Today's Hours: 8:00am - 10:00pm

Books

all 2116 "C" titles
  • Digital
    edited by David Biron, Gal Haspel.
    Contents:
    Library construction for mutation identification by whole-genome sequencing / Harold E. Smith
    Fundamentals of comparative genome analysis in caenorhabditis nematodes / Eric S. Haag and Cristel G. Thomas
    Genetic methods for cellular manipulations in C. elegans / Menachem Katz
    Fusion PCR method for expressing genetic tools in C. elegans / Yifat Eliezer and Alon Zaslaver
    Transposon-assisted genetic engineering with Mos1- mediated single-copy insertion (MosSCI) / Christian Frøkjær-Jensen
    Creating genome modifications in C. elegans using the CRISPR/Cas9 system / John A. Calarco and Ari E. Friedland
    Observing and quantifying fluorescent reporters / Michael Hendricks
    Microbial rhodopsin optogenetic tools : application for analyses of synaptic transmission and of neuronal network activity in behavior / Caspar Glock, Jatin Nagpal, and Alexander Gottschalk
    Simultaneous optogenetic stimulation of individual pharyngeal neurons and monitoring of feeding behavior in intact C. elegans / Nicholas F. Trojanowski and Christopher Fang-Yen
    High-pressure freeze and freeze substitution electron microscopy in C. elegans / Laura Manning and Janet Richmond
    Electron tomography methods for C. elegans / David H. Hall and William J. Rice
    Microfluidic devices for behavioral analysis, microscopy, and neuronal imaging in Caenorhabditis elegans / Ross C. Lagoy and Dirk R. Albrecht
    Tracking single C. elegans using a USB microscope on a motorized stage / Eviatar I. Yemini and André E. X. Brown
    Imaging system for C. elegans behavior / Matthew A. Churgin and Christopher Fang-Yen
    Method for obtaining large populations of synchronized Caenorhabditis elegans dauer larvae / Maria C. Ow and Sarah E. Hall
    Sampling and isolation of C. elegans from the natural habitat / Nausicaa Poullet and Christian Braendle
    Primer on prototyping / Dylan Lynch and David Biron
    Primer on quantitative modeling / Iulia Neagu and Erel Levine.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Sho Yamasaki, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on C-type lectin receptors, a newly emerging family of pattern-recognition receptors (PRRs) and a crucial part of the human innate immune system. Above all, the authors highlight these receptors' role in the recognition of pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs) and damage-associated molecular patterns (DAMPs) - one of the first steps in responding to foreign and potentially dangerous structures in the human body. The respective chapters chiefly examine various C-type lectin receptors, their corresponding ligands, and signalling. In addition to offering immunologists and clinicians important insights from the latest research, they may also provide novel points of departure for future drug development.

    Contents:
    C-type lectin receptors in phagocytosis
    C-type lectins in immunity to lung pathogens
    Signalling C-type lectins in antifungal immunity
    Dendritic cell immunoactivating receptor: an activating receptor for mycobacteria
    myeloid C-type lectin receptors sensing tissue damage
    3D structure and ligand recognition of C-type lectins
    Mechanisms and Functions of CARD9 Signaling in the Innate Immune System.
  • Digital
    J.C. McKeown.
    Summary: "There are few disciplines as exciting and forward-looking as medicine. Unfortunately, however, many modern practitioners have lost sight of the origins of their discipline. A Cabinet of Ancient Medical Curiosities aspires to cure this lapse by taking readers back to the early days of Western medicine in ancient Greece and Rome. Quoting the actual words of ancient authors, often from texts which have never before been translated into English, J. C. McKeown offers a fascinating glimpse at the origins of surgery, gynecology, pediatrics, pharmacology, diet and nutrition, and many other fields of medicine. This book features hundreds of passages from Greek and Roman authors, with gentle guidance from McKeown, giving a vividly direct picture of the ancient medical world, a world in which, for example, a surgeon had to be strong-minded enough to ignore the screams of his patient, diseases were assumed to be sent by the gods, medicine and magic were often indistinguishable, and no qualifications were required before setting oneself up as a doctor." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Medicine, religion, and magic
    The doctor in society
    Attitudes to doctors
    Some famous doctors
    Anatomy
    Sex matters
    Women and children
    Preventative medicine
    Prognosis and diagnosis
    Particular ailments and conditions
    Treatment and cures I
    Treatment and cures II
    General medicine
    Respice finem.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Frank Thévenod, David Petering, Douglas M. Templeton, Wing-Kee Lee, Andrea Hartwig, editors.
    Summary: This book outlines the interaction of cadmium with the proteome and signalling molecules of mammalian cells. Chapters from expert contributors cover topics such as cadmium chemical biology, membrane receptors and transporters for cadmium and cadmium complexes, and targets of cadmium toxicity. Students and researchers working in bioinorganic chemistry will find this book an important account.

    Contents:
    Membrane transport proteins and receptors for cadmium and cadmium complexes
    The chemical biology of cadmium
    Interactions of cadmium with signaling molecules
    Cell organelles as targets of cadmium toxicity
    Cadmium and its impact on genomic stability.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Seiichiro Himeno, Keiko Aoshima, editors.
    Summary: This volume focuses on cadmium (Cd) exposure, its effects on human health, the mechanism of Cd accumulation and the development of mitigation technologies. Further, it discusses clinical, epidemiological, agricultural, toxicological, and biochemical aspects of Cd pollution and presents recent biochemical studies on molecular mechanisms of Cd cytotoxicity and cellular transport as well as the mechanism of Cd-induced disturbances in phosphorus (P) metabolism. It also provides insights into the pathophysiology of itai-itai disease, a serious condition caused by Cd pollution. Cadmium -New Aspects in Human Disease, Rice Contamination, and Cytotoxicity- is a valuable resource for scientists involved in heavy metal toxicology, botanical sciences, and regulatory sciences. Addressing the features of Cd pollution in the past and in the present, as well as future perspectives, this is a must-have book for students, researchers and practitioners interested in global and local metal pollution.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Brian D. Coley.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Radiation effects and safety. Radiation bioeffects, risks, and radiation protection in medical imaging in children
    Media. Magnetic resonance safety
    Complications of contrast
    Section 2: Head and neck. Part 1: Orbit. Embryology, anatomy, normal findings, and imaging techniques
    Prenatal, congenital, and neonatal abnormalities
    Orbit infection and inflammation
    Orbital neoplasia
    Part 2: Nose and sinuses. Nose and sinonasal cavities
    Part 3: Ear and temporal bone. Embryology, anatomy, normal findings, and imaging techniques
    Congenital and neonatal abnormalities
    Infection and inflammation
    Neoplasia
    Part 4: Neck. Embryology, anatomy, normal findings, and imaging techniques
    Prenatal, congenital, and neonatal abnormalities
    Infection and inflammation
    Neoplasia
    Part 5: Thyroid and parathyroid. Thyroid and parathyroid
    Section 3: Neuroradiology. Part 1: Cranium and face. Embryology, anatomy, normal findings, and imaging techniques
    Prenatal imaging
    Craniosynostosis, selected craniofacial syndromes, and other abnormalities of the skull
    Neoplasms, neoplasm-like lesions, and infections of the skull
    Part 2: Mandible. The mandible
    Part 3: Skull and facial trauma. Traumatic lesions of the skull and face
    Part 4: Brain. Embryology and brain development
    Magnetic resonance spectroscopy and positron emission tomography
    Diffusion-weighted magnetic resonance imaging: principles and implementation in clinical and research settings
    Functional magnetic resonance imaging
    Perfusion imaging and magnetoencephalography
    Prenatal imaging
    Neonatal brain injury
    Congenital brain malformations
    Hydrocephalus
    Inherited metabolic and neurodegenerative disorders
    Infection and inflammation
    Pediatric brain neoplasms
    Cerebrovascular disorders
    Stroke
    Neuroimaging in pediatric epilepsy
    Trauma
    Part 5: Vertebral column and spinal cord. Embryology, anatomy, and normal findings
    Spinal cord imaging techniques
    Prenatal imaging
    Congenital abnormalities of the spine
    Infections of the spine and spinal cord
    Spinal tumor and tumorlike conditions
    Vascular lesions
    Trauma
    Section 4: Respiratory system. Part 1. Overview. Embryology, anatomy and neonatal lung pathophysiology
    Imaging techniques
    Prenatal imaging and intervention
    Part 2: Airway. Upper airway disease
    Lower large airway disease
    Part 3: Lungs. Congenital lung anomalies
    Pulmonary infection
    Neoplasia
    Diffuse lung disease
    Pulmonary manifestations of systemic disease
    Part 4: Mediastinum. The mediastinum
    Part 5: Chest wall, pleura, and diaphragm. The chest wall
    The pleura
    The diaphragm
    Section 5: Heart and great vessels. Part 1: Overview. Introductory embryology
    Cardiovascular anatomy and segmental approach to imaging of congenital heart disease
    Part 2: Imaging techniques. Pediatric echocardiography
    Chest radiography in pediatric cardiovascular disease
    Pediatric cardiothoracic computed tomographic angiography
    Magnetic resonance imaging for congenital heart disease
    Pediatric cardiac catheterization and electrophysiology
    Surgical considerations for congenital heart disease
    Prenatal imaging and therapy of congenital heart disease
    Part 3: Congenital and cardiovascular abnormalities. Abnormal pulmonary and systemic venous connections
    Systemic to pulmonary arterial shunts
    Left heart lesions
    Right heart lesions
    Conotruncal anomalies
    Congenital anomalies of the thoracic great arteries
    Coronary artery disease in children
    Syndromes and chromosomal anomalies
    Part 4: Acquired cardiovascular abnormalities. Myocardial, endocardial and pericardial diseases
    Cardiac and pericardial tumors
    Cardiovascular involvement by systemic diseases
    Acquired diseases of the thoracic great vessels
    Section 6: Gastrointestinal system. Part 1: Overview. Embryology, anatomy, and normal findings
    Imaging techniques
    Prenatal gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary imaging
    The abdominal wall and peritoneal cavity
    Part 2: Hepatobiliary system. Congenital hepatobiliary abnormalities
    Acquired biliary tract disease
    Parenchymal liver disease
    Infectious causes of liver disease
    Neoplasia
    Vascular abnormalities of the liver
    Liver transplantation in children
    Part 3: Spleen. The spleen
    Part 4: Pancreas. The pancreas
    Part 5: Esophagus. Congenital and neonatal abnormalities
    Disorders of swallowing
    Acquired esophageal disorders
    Part 6: Stomach. Congenital and neonatal abnormalities
    Hypertrophic pyloric stenosis
    Acquired disorders
    Part 7: Duodenum and small intestine. Congenital and neonatal abnormalities
    Acquired abnormalities
    Acquired lesions of the small intestines
    Part 8: Colon. Congenital and neonatal abnormalities
    Inflammatory and infectious diseases
    Intussusception
    Tumors and tumorlike conditions
    Abdominal trauma
    Section 7: Genitourinary system. Part 1: Overview
    Embryology, anatomy, and variants of the genitourinary tract
    Imaging techniques
    Prenatal imaging and intervention
    Part 2: Prenatal imaging and intervention. Congenital and neonatal abnormalities
    Acquired abnormalities (Stone disease and infection)
    Renal neoplasms
    Vascular conditions
    Renal failure and transplantation
    Part 3: Lower urinary tract. The ureter
    Vesicoureteral reflux
    Bladder and urethra
    Part 4: Adrenal and retroperitoneum. Congenital and neonatal conditions
    Acquired conditions
    Part 5: Trauma. Genitourinary trauma
    Part 6: Reproductive organs. Disorders of sex differentiation
    Abnormalities of the male genital tract
    Abnormalities of the female genital tract
    Amenorrhea and abnormalities of puberty
    Section 8: Musculoskeletal system. Part 1: Overview. Embryology, anatomy, and normal findings
    Imaging techniques
    Prenatal musculoskeletal imaging
    Part 2: Congenital malformations. Congenital anomalies of bone
    Skeletal dysplasias and selected chromosomal disorders
    Part 3: Disorders in alignment. Alignment disorders
    Scoliosis
    Developmental dysplasia of the hip
    Part 4: Arthritides and other inflammatory disorders. Arthritis and differential inflammatory joint disorders
    Part 5: Infections. Musculoskeletal infections
    Part 6: Tumors and tumor-like conditions. Soft tissue and bone tumors
    Part 7: Metabolic and endocrine disorders. Metabolic bone disease
    Endocrine disorders
    Part 8: Systemic disease. Skeletal manifestations of systemic disease
    Part 9: Trauma. Skeletal trauma
    Child abuse
    Sports medicine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Javier DeFelipe.
    Summary: This collection contains hundreds of beautiful rarely-seen-before figures produced throughout the nineteenth century and the beginning of the twentieth century by famed father-of-modern-neuroscience Santiago Ramón y Cajal (1852-1934) and his contemporaries. Cajal was captivated by the beautiful shapes of the cells of the nervous system. He and his fellow scientists saw neurons as trees and glial cells as bushes. Given their high density and arrangement, neurons and glial resembled a thick forest, a seemingly impenetrable terrain of interacting cells mediating cognition and behavior.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Susan D. Brain, Pierangelo Geppetti, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to focus on the role of Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide (CGRP) in health and disease. This peptide, originally discovered in the 1980s as a sensory neuropeptide with cardiovascular effects, is now known to play a distinct role in the pain processing of migraine. The various chapters address the origin, localization and function of CGRP and its receptor in the peripheral nervous system, in the cardiovascular system, and in other tissues and organs. Further attention is paid to the drug discovery pathway where recent findings show the beneficial effect of small molecule antagonists of the CGRP receptors for the relief of the migraine attack and of monoclonal antibodies against CGRP or the CGRP receptor for migraine prevention.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; CGRP Discovery and Timeline; 1 Discovery of the Sensory Neuropeptide Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide; 2 Family and Structure; 3 Receptors; 4 Migraine; 5 Antagonists; 6 Antibodies; 7 Other Indications for Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Antagonists and Antibodies; 8 Role of Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide in the Cardiovascular System; 9 The Therapeutic Potential of Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Agonists; 10 Conclusion; References; CGRP Receptor Biology: Is There More Than One Receptor?; 1 Introduction; 2 Proteins with Affinity for Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide 2 Excitatory Receptors in Primary Sensory Neurons2.1 Receptors for ATP; 2.2 PAR Receptors; 2.3 Serotonin Receptors; 2.4 Bradykinin and Prostaglandin Receptors; 3 Excitatory Channels in Trigeminal Primary Sensory Neurons; 3.1 Sodium Channels; 3.2 TRP Channels; 4 Inhibitory Receptors and Channels in Trigeminal Primary Sensory Neurons; 4.1 Adenosine Receptors; 4.2 Serotonin 5-HT1D Receptors; 4.3 Potassium Channels; 5 Agents that Provoke Migraine Attacks and Release CGRP; 5.1 Nitric Oxide Donors; 5.2 Ethanol and TRPV1; 5.3 TRPA1 Agonists 3 Pharmacology of Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide-Responsive Receptors4 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptors in Migraine; References; The Structure of the CGRP and Related Receptors; 1 Introduction to the CGRP Receptors; 2 The Extracellular Domain of Calcitonin Receptor-Like Receptor/Receptor Activity-Modifying Protein 1; Peptide Binding; 3 The Extracellular Domain of Calcitonin Receptor-Like Receptor/Receptor Activity-Modifying Protein 1; Non-peptide Antagonist ... ; 4 The TM Domains of Calcitonin Receptor and Calcitonin Receptor-Like Receptor; 5 The C-Terminus 5.2 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptor Activation of Endosomal Signalling Pathways6 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide-Mediated Signalling in Primary Cells; 6.1 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Signalling in Neuronal Cells; 6.2 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Signalling in Glial Cells; 6.3 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Signalling in Vascular Smooth Muscle Cells; 7 Conclusions; References; Pathways of CGRP Release from Primary Sensory Neurons; 1 Sources of CGRP Release; 1.1 Primary Sensory Neurons; 1.2 Intrinsic Gut Neurons; 1.3 Central Neurons; 1.4 Non-neuronal Cells 6 Receptor Component Protein7 Conclusion; References; CGRP Receptor Signalling Pathways; 1 The Discovery of the Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptor; 2 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptors Mediate G Protein-Dependent Signalling; 3 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptor Component Protein; 4 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptor Internalization and Trafficking; 5 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptor Signalling Pathways in Model Cell Lines; 5.1 Activation of Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptors Promotes Activation of Protein Kinases
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Jeremy Allgrove, Nick J. Shaw.
    Contents:
    Voyages of discovery / Allgrove, J.
    Physiology of calcium, phosphate, magnesium and vitamin D / Allgrove, J.
    Physiology of bone / Grabowski, P.
    Radiology of osteogenesis imperfecta, rickets and other bony fragility states / Calder, A.D.
    Bone densitometry : current status and future perspective / Crabtree, N.; Ward K.
    A practical approach to hypocalcaemia in children / Shaw, N.J.
    Approach to the child with hypercalcaemia / Davies, J.H.
    A practical approach to vitamin D deficiency and rickets / Allgrove, J.; Shaw, N.J.
    A practical clinical approach to pediatric phosphate disorders / Imel, E.A. ; Carpenter, T.O.
    Primary osteoporosis / Arundel, P. ; Bishop, N.
    Osteoporosis in children with chronic disease / Hgler, W. ; Ward, L.
    Genetics of osteoporosis in children / van Dijk, F.S.
    A practical approach to children with recurrent fractures / Korula, S.; Titmuss, A.T.; Biggin A.; Munns, C.F.
    Miscellaneous bone disorders / Mughal, M.Z.; Padidela, R.
    Skeletal aspects of non-accidental injury / Johnson, K.; Bradshaw, K.
    Skeletal dysplasias: an overview / Offiah, A.C
    Drugs used in paediatric bone and calcium disorders / Cheung, M.S.
    Classification of disorders of bone and calcium metabolism / Allgrove J.
    Case histories / Katugampola, H. ; Saraff, V.; Kumaran, A. ; Allgrove, J.; Shaw, N.J.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Juan A. Rosado, editor.
    Contents:
    Historical overview of store-operated Ca2+ entry
    The STIM1- Orai interaction
    The TRPCs, Orais and STIMs in ER/PM junctions
    The TRP-Na-Ca2+ exchanger coupling
    Role of TRPC channels in store-operated calcium entry
    Phospholipase A2 as a molecular determinant of store-operated calcium entry
    Extracellular calcium has multiple targets to control cell proliferation
    Regulation of platelet function by Orai, STIM and TRP
    On the roles of the Transient Receptor Potential Canonical 3 (TRPC3) channel in endothelium and macrophages: implications in atherosclerosis
    Second messenger-operated calcium entry through TRPC6
    Transient Receptor Potential Canonical 7 (TRPC7), a Calcium (Ca2+) Permeable Nonselective Cation Channel
    Calcium entry through thermosensory channels
    Calcium signalling through ligand-gated ion channels such as P2X1 receptors in the platelet and other non-excitable cells
    The calcium entry-calcium refilling coupling
    Microdomains associated to lipid rafts
    Role of scaffolding proteins in the regulation of TRPC-dependent calcium entry
    Modulation of calcium entry by mitochondria
    Modulation of calcium entry by the endo-lysosomal system
    Remodeling of calcium entry pathways in cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Md. Shahidul Islam, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface Calcium signaling: from basics to bedside Md. Shahidul Islam Measuring Ca2+ in living cells Joseph Bruton, Arthur J Cheng & Håkan Westerblad High-throughput fluorescence assays for Ion Channels and GPCRs Irina Vetter, David Carter, John Bassett, Jennifer R. Deuis, Bryan Tay, Sina Jami, Samuel D. Robinson. Imaging Native Calcium Currents in Brain Slices Karima Ait Ouares, Nadia Jaafari, Nicola Kuczewski and Marco Canepari Molecular diversity of plasma membrane Ca2+ transporting ATPases: their function under normal and pathological conditions. Luca Hegedűs, Boglárka Zámbó, Katalin Pászty, Rita Padányi, Karolina Varga, John T. Penniston, Ágnes Enyedi A role for SERCA pumps in the neurobiology of neuropsychiatric and neurodegenerative disorders Aikaterini Britzolaki, Joseph Saurine, Benjamin Klocke, Pothitos M. Pitychoutis Cytoplasmic Calcium Buffering: An Integrative Crosstalk Juan A. Gilabert An update on calcium binding proteins Jacobo Elíes, Matilde Yáñez, Thiago M.C. Pereira, José Gil-Longo, David A. MacDougall & Manuel Campos-Toimil Phospholipase C Colin A. Bill and Charlotte M. Vines New insights in the IP3 receptor and its regulation Jan B. PARYS & Tim VERVLIET Expression of the inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate receptor and the ryanodine receptor Ca2+-release channels in the beta-cells and alpha- cells of the human islets of Langerhans Fabian Nordenskjöld, Björn Andersson, Md. Shahidul Islam. Evolution of Excitation-Contraction Coupling John J. Mackrill and Holly A. Shiels Molecular Insights into Calcium Dependent Regulation of Ryanodine Receptor Calcium Release Channels Naohiro Yamaguchi Sarco-endoplasmic reticulum calcium release model based on changes in the luminal calcium content visualized from the luminal side Agustín Guerrero-Hernández, Víctor Hugo Sánchez-Vázquez, Ericka Martínez-Martínez, Lizeth Sandoval-Vázquez, Norma C. Perez-Rosas, Rodrigo Lopez-Farias, Adan Dagnino-Acosta Pyridine Nucleotide Metabolites and Calcium Release from Intracellular Stores Antony Galione and Kai-Ting Chuang Calcium Signaling in the Heart Derek A. Terrar Molecular basis and regulation of store-operated calcium entry Jose J Lopez, Isaac Jardin, Letizia Albarrán, Jose Sanchez-Collado, Carlos Cantonero, Gines M Salido, Tarik Smani and Juan A. Rosado Structure and activation mechanisms of CRAC channels Carmen Butorac, Adéla Krizova, Isabella Derler Canonical Transient Potential Receptor-3 Channels in Normal and Diseased Airway Smooth Muscle Cells Yong-Xiao Wang, Lan Wang, and Yun-Min Zheng Pathophysiological significance of store-operated calcium entry in cardiovascular and skeletal muscle disorders and angiogenesis Javier Avila-Medina, Isabel Mayoral-Sanchez, Isabel Galeano-Otero, Pedro C. Redondo, Juan A. Rosado, Tarik Smani Calcium signalling and the regulation of chemosensitivity in cancer cells: role of the Transient Receptor Potential channels. Giorgio Santoni, Maria Beatrice Morelli, Oliviero Marinelli, Massimo Nabissi, Matteo Santoni, Consuelo Amantini. Targeting Transient Receptor Potential Channels by microRNAs drives tumor development and progression. Giorgio Santoni, Maria Beatrice Morelli, Matteo Santoni, Massimo Nabissi, Oliviero Marinelli and Consuelo Amantini Calcium channels and Calcium-regulated channels in human red blood cells Lars Kaestner, Anna Bogdanova, Stephane Egee Regulation of multifunctional calcium/calmodulin stimulated protein kinases by molecular targeting Kathryn Anne Skelding and John A. P. Rostas Widespread roles of CaMK-II in Developmental Pathways Sarah C. Rothschild and Robert M. Tombes Readily releasable stores of calcium in neuronal endolysosomes: Physiological and pathophysiological relevance Koffi L. Lakpa, Peter Halcrow, Xuesong Chen and Jonathan D. Geiger At the crossing of ER stress and MAMs: A key role of Sigma-1 receptor? Benjamin Delprat, Lucie Crouzier, Tsung-Ping Su, and Tangui Maurice ER-mitochondria calcium transfer, organelle contacts and neurodegenerative diseases. Francesca Vallese, Lucia Barazzuol, Lorenzo Maso, Marisa Brini and Tito Calì The Role of Mitochondrial Calcium Signaling in the Pathophysiology of Cancer Cells Andra M Sterea and Yassine El Hiani Calcium Signaling and Gene Expression Basant K. Puri Simulation Strategies for Calcium Microdomains and Calcium Noise Nicolas Wieder, Rainer H. A. Fink, Frederic von Wegner A statistical view on calcium oscillations Jake Powell, Martin Falcke, Alexander Skupin, Tomas C Bellamy, Theodore Kypraios and Rüdiger Thul Calcium Regulation of Bacterial Virulence M. King, B. Kayastha, M. J. Franklin, M.A. Patrauchan Ca2+ Signaling in Drosophila Photoreceptor Cells Olaf Voolstra and Armin Huber Calcium imaging in Drosophila melanogaster. Nicola Vajente, Rosa Norante, Paola Pizzo and Diana Pendin. Calcium imaging in the zebrafish Petronella Kettunen Stimulation-secretion coupling in the beta cells: from basic to bedside Md. Shahidul Islam Calcium dynamics and synaptic plasticity Pedro Mateos-Aparicio and Antonio Rodríguez-Moreno Calcium signaling during brain aging and its influence on the hippocampal synaptic plasticity Ashok Kumar Calcium Signaling in Endothelial Colony Forming Cells in Health and Disease Francesco Moccia Sensing Extracellular Calcium
    An Insight into the Structure and Function of the Calcium-Sensing Receptor (CaSR) Sergei Chavez-Abiega, Iris Mos, Patricia P. Centeno, Taha Elajnaf, Wolfgang Schlattl, Donald T. Ward, Joachim Goedhart, Enikö Kallay Extracellular Ca2+ in bone marrow Ryota Hashimoto Calcium in Cell-Extracellular Matrix Interactions Sandeep Gopal, Hinke A. B. Multhaupt, John R. Couchman Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yong-Xiao Wang, editor.
    Contents:
    Ryanodine and Inositol Trisphosphate Receptors/Ca2+ Release Channels in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells / Lin Mei, Yun-Min Zheng, and Yong-Xiao Wang
    Kv7 (KCNQ) Potassium Channels and L-type Calcium Channels in the Regulation of Airway Diameter / Kenneth L. Byron, Lioubov I. Brueggemann, Priyanka P. Kakad, and Jennifer M. Haick
    Transient Receptor Potential and Orai Channels in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells / Jun-Hua Xiao, Yong-Xiao Wang, and Yun-Min Zheng
    Large-conductance calcium-activated potassium channels / Hiroaki Kume
    Calcium-activated Chloride Channels / George Gallos and Charles W. Emala Sr.
    Local Calcium Signaling in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells / Quing-Hua Liu, Carlo Savoia, Yong-Xiao Wang
    Regulation of Airway Smooth Muscle Contraction by Ca2+ Signaling: Physiology Revealed by Microscopy Studies of Lung Slices / Michael J. Sanderson
    Temporal Aspects of Ca2+ Signaling in Airway Myocytes / Etienne Roux
    Mechanisms Underlying Ca2+ Store Refilling in Airway Smooth Muscle / Charlotte K. Billington, Ian P. Hall, and Carl P. Nelson
    Novel Mechanisms in Ca2+-homeostasis and Internal Store Refilling of Airway Smooth Muscle / Luke J. Janssen
    The Role of Mitochondria in Calcium Regulation in Airway Smooth Muscle / Philippe Delmotte, Li Jia, and Gary C. Sieck
    Role of Caveolae in the Airway / Christina M. Pabelick, Brij B. Singh, and Y.S. Prakash
    CD38 : Cyclic ADP-ribose-mediated Calcium Signaling in Airway Myocytes /Deepak A. Deshpande, Alonso Guedes, Mythili Dileepan, Timothy F. Walseth, and Mathur S. Kannan
    The Pathways and Signaling Cross-talk with Oxidant in Calcium Influx in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells / Lei Cai and Quinghua Hu
    Role of RhoA/Rho-kinase and Calcium Sensitivity in Airway Smooth Muscle Functions / Satoru Ito
    Role of Integrins in the Regulation of Calcium Signaling / Thai Tran and Chun Ming Teoh
    Sex Steroid Signaling in the Airway / Y.S. Prakash, Venkatachalem Sathish, and Elizabeth A. Townsend
    Regulation of Contractility in Immature Airway Smooth Muscle / Y.S. Prakash, Christina M. Pabelick, and Richard J. Martin
    Mathematical Modeling of Calcium Dynamics in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells / James Sneyd, Pengxing Cao, Xiahui Tan, and Michael J. Sanderson
    Effects of Inflammatory Cytokines on Ca2+ Homeostasis in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells / Hisako Matsumoto
    Ca2+ Signaling and P2 Receptors in Airway Smooth Muscle / Luis M. Montaño, Edgar Flores-Soto, and Carlos Barajas-López
    Calcium Signaling in Airway Smooth Muscle Remodeling / Tengyao Song, Yun-min Zheng, and Yong-Xiao Wang
    Regulation of Intracellular Calcium by Bitter Taste Receptors on Airway Smooth Muscle / Deepak A. Deshpande and Stephen B. Liggett
    Modulation of Airway Smooth Muscle Contractile Function by TNFa and IL-13 and Airway Hyper-responsiveness in Asthma / Yassine Amrani
    Airway Smooth Muscle Malfunction in COPD / Yunchao Su.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    State of California, Department of Health ; prepared by the staff of the Crippled Children Services Section and Center for Health Statistics.
    Digital Access Google Books 1976-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    HV905.C2 C35
    1
  • Digital/Print
    State of California, Dept. of Rehabilitation
    Contents:
    Part 1. Reference and planning information
    Part 2. Facilities inventory.
    Digital Access
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RD795 .C153
    5
  • Digital
    [editors] Stefano A. Bini, Stephen M. Howell, G. Daxton Steele.
    Contents:
    Mechanical Alignment Total Knee Arthroplasty: A Thoughtful Beginning With Unanticipated Limitations
    Phenotypes of the Knee and Limb: Rationale for Transitioning Toward Personalized Alignment in Total Knee Arthroplasty
    It Is Time to Consider a Philosophical Change From Mechanical to Kinematic Alignment
    Preoperative Evaluation of the Patient for Treatment With a Calipered Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Calipered Kinematic Alignment Total Knee Arthroplasty Performed With Specific Manual Instrumentation, Verification Checks, and a Decision Tree
    Calipered Kinematic Alignment Using Patient-Specific Instrumentation
    Calipered Kinematic Alignment With Navigation Instrumentation
    Kinematic Alignment With Image-Based Robotic Instrumentation
    Strategies for Improving Implant Design Based on Differences in Tibiofemoral Kinematics of a Low-Conforming Total Knee Arthroplasty Implanted With Calipered Kinematic Alignment and the Native Knee
    Strategies for Improving the Prosthetic Trochlea Design Based on Differences in Trochlea Morphology Between Femoral Components Set in Kinematic and Mechanical Alignment and the Native Knee Advantages of Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty: A Biomechanical Perspective
    Calipered Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty Closely Restores the Tibial Compartment Forces of the Native Knee
    Clinical Outcome, Postoperative Alignment, and Implant Survivorship After Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Managing Severe Deformities With Calipered Kinematic Alignment
    Kinematic Alignment Technique for Unicompartmental Knee Arthroplasty
    Postoperative Management
    Reducing the Risk and Methods of Managing Stiffness After Calipered Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Reducing the Risk and Management of Early and Late Tibial Component Failure After Calipered Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Reducing the Risk and Management of Patellofemoral Instability After Calipered Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Retaining the Posterior Cruciate Ligament and Restoring the Prearthritic Tibial Joint Line Reduces the Risk of Early-Onset Tibiofemoral Instability After Calipered Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty Using Kinematic Alignment Principles.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mary E. Norton, MD, Leslie Scoutt, Vickie A. Feldstein.
    Contents:
    Obstetric ultrasound examination
    Genetics and prenatal genetic testing
    Ultrasound evaluation of fetal aneuploidy in the first and second trimesters
    Ultrasound of the early first trimester
    Evaluation of fetal anatomy in the first trimester
    Fetal biometry and growth
    Ultrasound evaluation in multiple gestations
    Ultrasound evaluation of normal fetal anatomy
    Ultrasound evaluation of the fetal central nervous system
    Ultrasound evaluation of the fetal face and neck
    Fetal musculoskeletal system
    Ultrasound evaluation of the fetal thorax
    Sonographic evaluation of the fetal heart
    Ultrasound evaluation of the fetal gastrointestinal tract and abdominal wall
    Fetal genitourinary tract
    Ultrasound features of fetal syndromes
    Evaluation of hydrops fetalis
    Ultrasound evaluation of the gravid cervix
    Ultrasound evaluation of the placenta, membranes, and umbilical cord
    Amniotic fluid volume in fetal health and disease
    Antepartum fetal surveillance and the role of ultrasound
    Role of Doppler sonography in obstetrics
    Role of magnetic resonance imaging in obstetrics
    Role of sonography in fetal procedures
    Obstetric ultrasound imaging and the obese patient
    Normal anatomy of the female pelvis and transvaginal sonography
    Abnormal uterine bleeding : the role of ultrasound
    Ultrasound evaluation of the uterus
    Evaluation of pelvic pain in the reproductive age patient
    Ultrasound evaluation of the ovaries
    Ultrasound evaluation of the fallopian tube
    Sonographic imaging in infertility and assisted reproduction
    Ectopic pregnancy
    Gynecologic sonography in the pediatric and adolescent patient
    Ultrasound and magnetic resonance imaging in urogynecology
    Role of magnetic resonance imaging in the evaluation of gynecologic disorders
    Role of sonography in gynecologic interventions
    Artifacts, pitfalls, and normal variants
    Appendices. Measurements frequently used to estimate gestational age and fetal biometry
    Measurements used in assessing fetal weight, growth, and body proportions
    Measurements for amniotic fluid assessment
    Fetal Doppler assessment (noncardiac)
    Doppler of the middle cerebral artery to assess fetal anemia
    Fetal cardiac measurements and Doppler assessment
    Sonographic detection of chromosomal abnormalities
    Medications and reported associated malformations
    Estimated radiation exposure to the fetus during radiographic examinations
    Magnetic resonance imaging of the female pelvis: representative protocols.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Carl T. Bergstrom & Jevin D. West.
    Summary: "The world is awash in bullshit, and we're drowning in it. Politicians are unconstrained by facts. Science is conducted by press release. Startup culture elevates bullshit to high art. These days, calling bullshit is a noble act. Based on Carl Bergstrom and Jevin West's popular course at the University of Washington, Calling Bullshit is a modern handbook to the art of skepticism. Bergstrom, a computational biologist, and West, an information scientist, catalogue bullshit in its many forms, explaining and offering readers the tools to see through the obfuscations, deliberate and careless, that dominate every realm of our lives. They instruct readers to ask: Who is saying it? How do they know? What do they have to gain by persuading me? Are the numbers or results too good or too dramatic to be true? Is the claim comparing like with like or apples and oranges? Is it confirming your personal bias? In this lively guide to everything from misleading statistics to "fake news," Bergstrom and West help you recognize bullshit whenever and wherever you encounter it--in data, in conversation, even within yourself--and explain it to your crystal-loving aunt or casually racist uncle. Now more than ever, calling bullshit is crucial to a properly functioning community, whether it be a circle of friends, a network of academics, or the citizenry of a nation"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Bullshit everywhere
    Medium, message, and misinformation
    The nature of bullshit
    Causality
    Numbers and nonsense
    Selection bias
    Data visualization
    Calling bullshit on Big Data
    The susceptibility of science
    Spotting bullshit
    Refuting bullshit.
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Patti Ideran and Mark Fishbein.
    Contents:
    Front Cover
    Title Page
    Copyright
    Authors and Contributors
    Dedication
    Contents
    Foreword Andrea Childers, RN, BSN, CPN
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. What Is Colic?
    Chapter 2. Is It Colic or Something Else?
    Chapter 3. Why Do Babies Cry?
    Chapter 4. Reading Cues: What Is Your Baby Saying?
    Chapter 5. Your Baby's Sensory World
    Chapter 6. Your Baby's Arousal Levels
    Chapter 7. Attachment and the Parent-Baby Relationship
    Chapter 8. A Calming Touch: Baby Massage
    Chapter 9. The Secret of Sleep --Chapter 10. Feeding Challenges and the Fussy Baby
    Chapter 11. Infantile Colic: Can Diet Help?
    Chapter 12. Understanding Your Baby's Postural Control
    Chapter 13. The Postpartum Family
    Chapter 14. Beyond Colic: Disorders in Babies Older Than 6 Months
    A CALMing Last Word
    Resources
    Index
    Back Cover.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Print
    Pamela G. Garn-Nunn.
    Summary: "This book is designed primarily as a text for students beginning the study of phonetics. The exercises are intended to help the student understand and learn the information. Concept questions have been added at the end of each chapter to help students master the text information"--Provided by publisher
  • Digital
    Mike Slade, University of Nottingham, Graham Thornicroft, Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience, King's College London.
    Summary: "The Camberwell Assessment of Need (CAN) is a standardised measure for assessing the needs of people experiencing severe and/or enduring mental health problems. It covers a wide range of health and social needs, and incorporates staff, service user and informal carer perspectives. The CAN was developed for use by three groups: a) mental health workers involved in planning care for people with severe mental health problems b) mental health service users in rating their own needs c) people wanting to evaluate mental health services. The first edition of the CAN was published in 1995 by the Section of Community Psychiatry (PRiSM) at what is now called the Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience in London, England. The accompanying book was published in 1999 by Gaskell, the imprint of the Royal College of Psychiatrists"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Kiriakos Xenitidis, Mike Slade, Graham Thornicroft, Nick Bouras.
    Summary: "The Camberwell Assessment of Need for adults with Developmental and Intellectual Disabilities (CANDID) is a needs assessment scale specifically designed for people with intellectual disabilities (previously known as learning disabilities, mental retardation, mental handicap or mental impairment) and mental health problems. The CANDID was developed at what was then known as the Institute of Psychiatry, London (now the Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience). It was developed by modification of the Camberwell Assessment of Need (CAN), an established needs assessment scale for people with severe and enduring mental illness (Slade 1999). The validity and reliability of the CAN and CANDID have been investigated by Phelan et al (1995) and Xenitidis et al (2000) respectively, and were found to be acceptable. The 1st edition of the CANDID book was published in 2003 by Gaskell, the imprint of the Royal College of Psychiatrists"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Needs assessment in intellectual disabilities mental health services
    Development and use of the CANDID
    Using the CANDID-S
    Using the CANDID-R
    Training for the CANDID
    Guidance on rating.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Steve Sussman, University of Southern California.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Fanny M. Cheung, Diane F. Halpern.
    Summary: "Scientific research on the psychology of women reveals the intersectionality of women's experiences relative to those of men. There is a growing knowledge base in understanding the differences and similarities between women and men, as well as the diversities among women and sexualities. Although genetic and biological characteristics define human beings conventionally as women and men, their experiences are contextualized in multiple dimensions in terms of gender, sexuality, class, age, ethnicity and other social dimensions. Beyond the biological and genetic basis of gender differences, gender intersects with culture and other social locations which affect the socialization and development of women across their life span"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Cambridge studies in population, economy, and society in past time to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Bernard Faye, Mohammed Bengoumi.
    Summary: "This work brings together a wealth of data regarding the reference values and factors of variation in biochemical parameters used by camel veterinarians and scientists to determine these animals' nutritional and clinical status. It also explores several technical aspects involved in determining these parameters, sampling procedures, and essential elements in the interpretation of the results. Though many texts are available on small and large ruminants, much less is known about species confined to the marginal zones of tropical and Mediterranean countries, such as camels. This book addresses precisely this research gap, on the one hand by presenting an extensive review of the literature, and on the other by synthesizing the outcomes of the authors' numerous previous works. In veterinary medicine, blood tests to help diagnose diseases in cattle were first proposed nearly a century ago, but were mainly developed in the 1960s, initially at specialized research or veterinary services laboratories, and eventually, with the advent of new equipment and the miniaturization of the analyzers, finding their way into veterinarians' cabinets. Beyond their diagnostic value, veterinary surgeons and zootechnicians also speculated on the potential use of blood tests to evaluate animals' nutritional status. Thus, a whole range of analyses are now proposed to the stakeholders responsible for animal health. Such analyses could help to define a metabolic profile, which would offer a valuable decision-making tool for experts and researchers alike."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Hematology
    Energetic parameters
    Nitrogen and protein parameters
    Clinical enzymology
    Macro-minerals and electrolytes
    Trace elements.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Cameron, Andrew M.; Cameron, John L.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
    (14th ed.)
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD49 .C976
    14
  • Digital
    edited by Manuela Zaccolo.
    Contents:
    Simultaneous assessment of cAMP signaling events in different cellular compartments using FRET-based reporters / Alex Burdyga and Konstantinos Lefkimmiatis
    Recording intracellular cAMP levels with EPAC-based FRET sensors by fluorescence lifetime imaging / Marcel Raspe, Jeffrey Klarenbeek, and Kees Jalink
    Novel approach combining real-time imaging and the patch-clamp technique to calibrate FRET-based reporters for cAMP in their cellular microenvironment / Andreas Koschinski and Manuela Zaccolo
    Structure-based, in silico approaches for the development of novel cAMP FRET reporters / Matías Machado and Sergio Pantano
    Automated image analysis of FRET signals for subcellular cAMP quantification / Silas J. Leavesley [and others]
    Channel-based reporters for cAMP detection / Thomas C. Rich [and others]
    Imaging sub-plasma membrane cAMP dynamics with fluorescent translocation reporters / Anders Tengholm and Olof Idevall-Hagren
    Adenoviral transduction of FRET-based biosensors for cAMP in primary adult mouse cardiomyocytes / Oliver Lomas [and others]
    Generation of transgenic mice expressing FRET biosensors / Daniela Hübscher and Viacheslav O. Nikolaev
    Photoactivatable adenylyl cyclases (PACs) as a tool to study cAMP signaling in vivo : an overview / Marina Efetova and Martin Schwärzel
    Selective disruption of the AKAP signaling complexes / Eileen J. Kennedy and John D. Scott
    Screening for small molecule disruptors of AKAP-PKA interactions / Carolin Schächterle [and others]
    Structure-based bacteriophage screening for AKAP- selective PKA regulatory subunit variants / Ryan Walker-Gray and Matthew G. Gold
    Yeast-based high-throughput screen for modulators of phosphodiesterase activity / Ana Santos de Medeiros and Charles S. Hoffman
    Separation of PKA and PKG signaling nodes by chemical proteomics / Eleonora Corradini, Albert J.R. Heck, and Arjen Scholten
    Development of computational models of cAMP signaling / Susana R. Neves-Zaph and Roy S. Song.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    S. Terry Canale, James H. Beaty, Frederick M. Azar.
    Summary: Ideal for orthopaedic surgeons who need a practical resource covering the top procedures in the field, Campbell's Core Orthopaedic Procedures utilizes a succinct format that focuses solely on the surgical techniques critical in helping achieve optimal patient outcomes. Featuring step-by-step procedures used at the Campbell Clinic, this new resource offers practical, concise solutions for every patient scenario.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Frederick M. Azar, S. Terry Canale, James H. Beaty.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Alan W. Partin ; editors, Roger R. Dmochowski, Louis R. Kavoussi, Craig A. Peters.
    Summary: "Continuing in a great tradition of publishers, editors, and authors, we proudly present to you, our readers, the twelfth edition of the "Bible of Urology"-- Campbell-Walsh-Wein Urology . Started in 1954 as Campbell's Urology and retitled Campbell-Walsh Urology in 2012, the present editors felt it was appropriate to honor Alan J. Wein, MD, PhD (Hon) for his many years of dedication to this text by adding his name to the previous chief editors. During his time as chief editor, Dr. Wein was responsible for keeping the textbook in pace with a rapidly growing field in medicine--for this diligence and dedication we are grateful. As with previous editions, the twelfth edition presents many exciting advances in our use and understanding of technology, physiology, pharmacology, epidemiology, and pathophysiology while maintaining our basic classical urological knowledge"--Preface.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Mikel San-Julian.
    Contents:
    History of surgery for limb bone tumors
    Non-Surgical Treatment Of Pediatric Bone Sarcomas
    Molecular Biology of Pediatric Bone Sarcomas
    Limb Salvage in Skeletally Immature Patients with Extremity Sarcoma
    Location of Sarcomas Within Bone: The Growth Plate
    A Histological Study of the Barrier Effect of the Physis Against Metaphyseal Osteosarcoma
    Growth Plate Involvement in Malignant Bone Tumours: Relationship Between Imaging Methods and Histological Findings
    Consequences of Delayed Diagnosis
    Imaging-Based Indications for Resection with Epiphyseal Preservation
    Conservation of the Epiphysis While Removing Metaphyseal Bone Tumors: Epiphysiolysis Before Excision
    Complications of the technique and solutions
    Clinical Results
    Other Techniques for Epiphyseal Preservation
    Worldwide Experience with the Cañadell Technique
    Questions and Answers.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Frederick F. Becker, editor.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Etiology : chemical and physical carcinogenesis.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC261 .C264
    1
  • Digital
    Carolyn Compton.
    Summary: This comprehensive, ground-breaking title presents, in simplifying style, the driving and organizing principles of cancer, making this multidimensional, highly complex disease easily understandable for readers. Developed out of the renowned author's many years of teaching a widely popular, several-hundred-student college course, this 12-chapter book begins with an account of the history of cancer as a medical and public health problem, as well as the major milestones and setbacks in the ongoing quest to understand the wide variety of cancers that continue to impact the world. Subsequent chapters then address pathogenesis, incidence and mortality statistics, risk factors, causal factors, screening challenges and victories, treatment strategies, and disease prevention approaches. This wealth of clinical information is further supplemented with socioeconomic discussions on the financial, social, ethical, technological, regulatory, political, and logistical challenges that limit progress in cancer research. A soon to be gold-standard text that thoroughly and expertly describes cancer as a composite, adaptive system, Cancer: The Enemy from Within equips and empowers all undergraduate students and graduate students to better understand this continually perplexing disease. Clinicians across all disciplines may also find this work of great interest.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The Nature and Origins of Cancer
    Chapter 2. Cancer Initiation, Promotion and Progression and the Acquisition of Key Behavioral Traits
    Chapter 3. Understanding the Hallmark Characteristics of Cancer
    Chapter 4. A Short History of Cancer
    How Did We Get Here?
    Chapter 5. Who Gets Cancer and Why? What Are the Consequences for Human Life and .-Longevity? How Can We Intervene? How Can We Track Progress?
    Chapter 6. Screening for Cancer: Find It Early; Treat It Early; Save Lives
    Chapter 7. Fundamentals of Cancer Diagnosis and Assessment
    Chapter 8. Local Therapy for Cancer
    Chapter 9. Systemic Therapy for Cancer
    Chapter 10. Palliative Care, Hospice, and End of Life
    Chapter 11. Development of New Cancer Therapies
    Chapter 12. Cancer and Society.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yacov Reisman, Woet L. Gianotten, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Awareness and paying attention
    3. The value of paying attention
    4. Relevant aspects of sexuality
    5. The various levels of impact
    6. A comprehensive guideline on sexual care in case of cancer
    7. Training in oncosexology
    8. Sexual consequences of the various process phases
    9. Psychosexual consequences of cancer diagnosis
    10. Sexual consequences of pelvic radiotherapy
    11. Sexual consequences of chemotherapy
    12. The sexual consequences of cancer surgery
    13. Sexual consequences of cancer medication and cancer-related medication
    14. Sexual aspects of specific cancers
    15. Breast cancer and sexuality
    16. Sexual function after gynaecological cancer
    17. Prostate cancer
    18. Sexual problems related to bladder cancer
    19. Sexual consequences to testicular cancer
    20. Penile cancer and sexuality
    21 Colorectal and anal cancer
    22. Blood and lymph node cancer
    23. Sexual consequences of head and neck cancer
    24. "Dealing with"
    25. Couple sexual rehabilitation
    26. Male sexual rehabilitation after pelvic cancer
    27. Sexual rehabilitation after gyneacological cancers
    28. Sexual tools and toys in oncosexology
    29. Special groups
    30. The partner
    31. The impact of cancer treatment on sexuality and relationships for the teenage and young adult cancer survivors
    32. Sexuality and cancer in the aged/aging population
    33. Homosexual men and women, cancer, and the health care system
    34. Sexuality and intimacy at the end of life.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Syed Wamique Yusuf, Jose Banchs, editors.
    Summary: The atlas provides a clear, concise, yet comprehensive review of common cardiovascular diseases occurring in patients with cancer. Cancer and cardiovascular disease are the two most common conditions worldwide. In clinical practice we frequently encounter patients who have established cardiovascular disease and subsequently develop cancer or are survivors of cancer with subsequent cardiovascular complications related to chemotherapy and or radiation. Most of the chapters are case based, followed by images and a discussion on current (evidence based, wherever available) investigations and treatment outline.

    Contents:
    Chemotherapy induced Cardiomyopathy
    Hypertension associated with chemotherapeutic agents
    Pericardial disease
    Radiation and Heart
    Management of Coronary Artery disease in patients with Cancer
    Management of Valvular heart disease in patients with Cancer
    Peripheral arterial disease in patients with Cancer
    Cardiac tumors
    Common Cardiac arrhythmias in patients with cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bogda Koczwara, editor.
    Contents:
    1. What is comorbidity?
    2. How do we measure comorbidity?
    3. Cancer, chronic conditions and social disadvantage--the perfect storm
    4. Impact of comorbidity on cancer screening and diagnosis
    5. Impact of comorbidity on treatment decision making and outcomes
    6. The impact of cancer and chronic conditions on caregivers and family members
    7. Prevention of chronic conditions and cancer
    8. Chronic condition management models for cancer care and survivorship
    9. The mamangement of polypharmacy in people with cancer and chronic conditions
    10. Breaking the silos: integrated care for cancer and chronic conditions
    11. Advocacy in cancer and chronic conditions--challenges and opportunities
    12. Research considerations in patients with cancer and comorbidity
    13. The cost of cure: chronic conditions in survivors of child, adolescent, and young adult cancers
    14. Chronic conditions and cancer in older adults
    15. Chronic conditions and cancer at the end of life.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Edmund S. Sabanegh, Jr., editor.
    Contents:
    1. Demographics of cancer in the reproductive age male
    2. Demographics of cancer in the reproductive age female
    3. Physiology of spermatogenesis: opportunities for disruption
    4. Fertility assessment in the male
    5. Fertility assessment in the female
    6. Fertility conditions associated with cancer development
    7. Chemotherapy and fertility
    8. Radiation therapy and fertility
    9. Sperm banking for cancer patients --10.Fertility preservation strategies in the male cancer patient
    11. Fertility preservation in the female cancer patient
    12. Cancer treatment in pregnancy
    13. Surgical approaches for sperm harvest in the azoospermic cancer patient
    14. Stem cells and fertility
    15. The role of assisted reproduction in the cancer patient
    16. Third party reproduction
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Yusuke Hiraku, Dr. Shosuke Kawanishi, Dr. Hiroshi Ohshima.
    Contents:
    Infection, inflammation, and cancer: overview / Hiroshi Ohshima, Noriyuki Miyoshi, and Susumu Tomono
    Stem cell theory and inflammation-related cancer / Toshihiko Tanno and William Matsui
    Epithelial-mesenchymal transition: a link between cancer and inflammation / Jonas Fuxe and Mikael C.I. Karlsson
    Role of nitrative DNA damage in inflammation-related carcinogenesis / Yusuke Hiraku and Shosuke Kawanishi
    Lipid peroxidation-derived DNA adducts and the role in inflammation-related carcinogenesis / Helmut Bartsch and Urmila Jagadeesan Nair
    Level of inflammation-related DNA adducts in human tissues / Tomonari Matsuda, Pei-Hsin Chou, and Haruhiko Sugimura
    Toll-like receptors: role in inflammation and cancer / Sarang Tartey and Osamu Takeuchi
    Inflammasomes and inflammation / Kaiwen W. Chen, Ayanthi A. Richards, Alina Zamoshnikova, and Kate Schroder
    Activation-induced cytidine deaminase: an intrinsic genome modulator in inflammation-associated cancer development / Hiroyuki Marusawa and Tsutomu Chiba
    MicroRNA and inflammation-related cancer / Zhaojian Gong, Zhaoyang Zeng, Pranab Behari Mazumder, Jian Ma, Ming Zhou, Xiayu Li, Xiaoling Li, Wei Xiong, Yong Li, and Guiyuan Li
    Inflammation as a niche for tumor progression / Futoshi Okada
    Human papillomavirus and cervical cancer / Kurt J. Sales
    Hepatitis viruses and hepatocellular carcinoma / Wai-Kay Seto, Ching-Lung Lai, and Man-Fung Yuen
    Epstein-Barr virus and nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Xiaoying Zhou, Xue Xiao, Fu Chen, Tingting Huang, and Zhe Zhang
    Barrett's esophagus and esophageal cancer / Albert Roessner and Angela Poehlmann
    Asbestos-induced chronic inflammation and cancer / Andrea Napolitano, Sandro Jube, Giovanni Gaudino, Harvey I. Pass, Michele Carbone, and Haining Yang
    Nanomaterials / Yiqun Mo, Rong Wan, David J. Tollerud, and Qunwei Zhang
    Inflammatory pathways of radiation-induced tissue injury / Danae A. Laskaratouu, Ifigeneia V. Mavragani, and Alexandros G. Georgakilas
    Photocarcinogenesis and inflammation / Chikako Nishigori
    Chemoprevention of colorectal cancer by anti-inflammatory agents / Michihiro Mutoh, Mami Takahasi, and Keiji Wakabayashi
    Nutraceuticals and colon cancer prevention / Deepak Poudyal and Lorne J. Hofseth
    Cancer chemoprevention by targeting cox-2 using dietary phytochemicals / Kyung-Soo Chun and Young-Joon Surh
    Regulation of inflammation-associated intestinal diseases with phytochemicals / Akira Murakami.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Eric H. Bernicker, editor.
    Summary: While a number of books have looked at the intersection between human health in general and other topics, such as climate change or diet, this book focuses specifically on cancer as it impacts and is impacted by social justice issues. The massive explosion of research knowledge of cancer immunology and genomics is holding out great promise of therapeutic advances, yet other human actions—climate change, pollution, business decisions, advertising – are fostering health inequalities as well as increasing risks. Those involved in cancer care and research are in a unique position to let their experiences and knowledge inform the public, yet very often have not taken strong public roles when it comes to discussing issues surrounding tobacco, climate change and health risks, financial toxicity of treatments, and diet choices. Written by a multidisciplinary team of authors and for medical oncologists, cancer researchers, occupational health workers, and related medical students, residents, and fellows, this book encourages oncologists to address public health care and the societal issues associated with cancer risk. This volume discusses the overarching theme of environmental justice and oncology, focuses on business and cancer (such as clinical trials, drug development and profits, and global disparities), as well as animals and cancer. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    David M. Langenau, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Powers of the zebrafish model. Uncharted waters: zebrafish cancer models navigate a course for oncogene discovery / Craig J. Ceol and Yariv Houvras
    The toolbox for conditional zebrafish cancer models / Marie Mayrhofer and Marina Mione
    Approaches to inactivate genes in zebrafish / John M. Parant and Jing-Ruey Joanna Yeh
    Tumor suppressors in zebrafish: from TP53 to PTEN and beyond / Jeroen den Hertog
    Identifying novel cancer therapies using chemical genetics and zebrafish / Michelle Dang, Rachel Fogley, and Leonard I. Zon
    Genomic approaches to zebrafish cancer / Richard M. White
    Transcriptomic analyses in zebrafish cancer models for global gene expression and pathway discovery / Xiaoqian Huang, Ira Agrawal, Zhen Li, Weiling Zheng, Qingsong Lin, and Zhiyuan Gong
    zebrafish discoveries in cancer epigenetics / Yelena Chernyavskaya, Brandon Kent, and Kirsten C. Sadler
    Lymphatics, cancer and zebrafish / Jonathan W. Astin and Philip S. Crosier
    In vivo imaging of cancer in zebrafish / Myron S. Ignatius, Madeline Hayes, and David M. Langenau
    Imaging cancer angiogenesis and metastasis in a zebrafish embryo model / C. Tulotta, S. He, W. van der Ent, L. Chen, A. Groenewoud, H. P. Spaink, and B. E. Snaar-Jagalska
    Allograft cancer cell transplantation in zebrafish / John C. Moore and David M. Langenau
    The zebrafish xenograft platform: evolution of a novel cancer model and preclinical screening tool / Jaime Wertman, Chansey J. Veinotte, Graham Dellaire, and Jason N. Berman
    Automation of technology for cancer research / Wietske van der Ent, Wouter J. Veneman, Arwin Groenewoud, Lanpeng Chen, Claudia Tulotta, Pancras C.W. Hogendoorn, Herman. P. Spaink, and B. Ewa Snaar-Jagalska
    part 2. Cancer models in fish. zebrafish models of human leukemia: technological advances and mechanistic insights / Nicholas R. Harrison, Fabrice J.F. Laroche, Alejandro Gutierrez, and Hui Feng
    Zebrafish Rhabdomyosarcoma / Michael Phelps and Eleanor Chen
    Baiting for cancer: using the zebrafish as a model in liver and pancreatic cancer / Katie L. Hwang and Wolfram Goessling
    Focusing the spotlight on the zebrafish intestine to illuminate mechanisms of colorectal cancer / Viola H. Lobert, Dmitri Mouradov, and Joan K. Heath
    zebrafish Melanoma / Charles K. Kaufman
    Neuroblastoma and its zebrafish model / Shizhen Zhu and A. Thomas Look
    zebrafish germ cell tumors / Angelica Sanchez and James F. Amatruda
    Malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors / Adam D. Durbin, Dong Hyuk Ki, Shuning He, and A. Thomas Look
    Xiphophorus and medaka cancer models / Manfred Schartl and Ronald B. Walter.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Phuc Van Pham, editor.
    Summary: This new series, based on a bi-annual conference and its topics, represents a major contribution to the emerging science of cancer research and regenerative medicine. Each volume brings together some of the most pre-eminent scientists working on cancer biology, cancer treatment, cancer diagnosis, cancer prevention and regenerative medicine to share information on currently ongoing work which will help shape future therapies. These volumes are invaluable resources not only for already active researchers or clinicians but also for those entering these fields, plus those in industry. Cancer Biology and Advances in Treatment is a proceedings volume which reflects papers presented at the 3rd bi-annual Innovations in Regenerative Medicine and Cancer Research conference; taken with its companion volume Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine and Stem Cells: Biology and Engineering it provides a complete overview of the papers from that meeting of international experts.

    Contents:
    1. The BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes in early onset breast cancer patients
    2. Anti-cancer effect of Xao tam phan Paramignya trimera methanol root extract on human breast cancer cell line MCF-7 in 3D model
    3. A novel nonsense mutation c.374C>G in CYP21A2 gene of a Vietnamese patient with congenital adrenal hyperplasia
    4. Variation of Mitochondrial DNA HV1 AND HV2 of the Vietnamese Population
    5. Synthesis and Characterization of PLGA-PEG Thymoquinone Nanoparticles and its Cytotoxicity Effects in Tamoxifen-resistant Breast Cancer Cells
    6. Adipose-derived mesenchymal stem cells promote growth and migration of lung adenocarcinoma cancer cells
    7. Predictive potential of PD-L1, TYMS and DCC expressions in treatment outcome of colorectal carcinoma
    8. Clinical trials with cytokine-induced killer cells and CAR-T cell transplantation for non-small cell lung cancer treatment
    9. Isopanduratin A isolated from Boesenbergia pandurata reduces HepG2 hepatocellular carcinoma cell proliferation in both monolayer and three-dimensional cultures
    10. Hopea Odorata extract can efficiently kill breast cancer cells and cancer stem like cells in three-dimensional culture more than in monolayer cell culture
    11. Selective cytotoxicity of some plant extracts against hepatocellular carcinoma cells but not mesenchymal stem cells: A pilot screening.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Eric C. Schirmer, Jose I. de las Heras.
    Summary: Nuclear envelope (NE) defects have been linked to cancer biology since the mid-1800s, but it was not until the last few years that we have begun to understand these historical links and to realize that there are myriad ways that the NE impacts on tumorigenesis. The NE is a complex double membrane system that encloses the genome while providing structural support through the intermediate filament lamin polymer and regulating protein/ mRNA trafficking and signaling between the nucleus and cytoplasm via the nuclear pore complexes (NPCs). These functions already provide some mechanisms for NE influences on cancer biology, but work in the past few years has elucidated many others. Lamins and many recently identified NE transmembrane proteins (NETs) have been now shown to function in DNA repair, regulation of cell cycle and signaling, apoptosis, cell migration in metastasis, and nuclear architecture and morphology. This volume presents a comprehensive overview of the wide range of functions recently identified for NE proteins and their relevance in cancer biology, providing molecular mechanisms and evidence of their value as prognostic and diagnostic markers, and suggesting new avenues for the treatment of cancer. Indeed some of these recent links are already yielding promising therapies, such as the current clinical trial of selective inhibitors of the nuclear export factor exportin in certain types of leukemia, melanoma and kidney cancer.

    Contents:
    Part I. History and use of the nuclear envelope in cancer prognosis
    Part II. The nuclear envelope in cell cycle regulation and signaling
    Part III. Nuclear envelope regulation of the genome
    Part IV. Functions of the NPC in cancer
    Part V. The nuclear envelope in DNA damage and stress responses
    Part VI. Towards a molecular explanation of prognostic links to the nuclear envelope
    Erratum to
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gabriel D. Dakubo.
    Summary: The ability to measure and monitor cancer biomarkers in "body fluid biopsy" should greatly impact oncologic practice. "Biomarkers in Proximal Fluids", the third of the "Cancer Biomarkers in Body Fluids" series details cancer signatures in none or minimally circulating body fluids including saliva, sputum, bronchoalveolar lavage fluid, exhaled breath condensate, nipple aspirate fluid, gastric and pancreatic juice, stool, urine, and prostatic, peritoneal and cerebrospinal fluid. These fluids are enriched with biomarkers, especially those emanating from cells of the proximal tissue. Chapter 1 examines the global burden of cancer and the need for regional efforts at primary prevention, early detection and patient care. Chapters 2-12 address tissue-specific biomarkers in associated body fluids. The tumor interstitial fluid as a microenvironment rich in cancer biomarkers is detailed in chapter 13, while chapter 14 looks at the human body fluid microbiome and its evolving role in cancer. Commercially available assays using proximal fluids are examined at the end of the respective chapters. This book complements its predecessors and is equally useful to oncologists, cancer researchers, clinicians, medical students, nurses, diagnostic laboratory and pharmaceutical industry personnel.

    Contents:
    1. Melanoma Biomarkers in Exfoliated Cells
    2. Head and Neck Cancer Biomarkers in Saliva
    3. Lung Cancer Biomarkers in Lung Fluids
    4. Breast Cancer Biomarkers in Breast Fluids
    5. Gastric Cancer Biomarkers in Gastric Fluid
    6. Colorectal Cancer Biomarkers in Stool
    7. Hepatobiliary Cancer Biomarkers in Bile
    8. Pancreatic Cancer Biomarkers in Pancreatic Juice
    9. Renal Cancer Biomarkers in Urine
    10. Bladder Cancer Biomarkers in Urine
    11. Prostate Cancer Biomarkers in Prostatic Fluid
    12. Testicular Cancer Biomarkers in Seminal Fluid
    13. Ovarian Cancer Biomarkers in Peritoneal Fluid
    14. Endometrial Cancer Biomarkers in Menstrual Fluid
    15. Cervical and Vulvar Cancer Biomarkers in Exfoliated Cells
    16. Brain Cancer Biomarkers in Cerebrospinal Fluid
    17. Hematologic Cancer Biomarkers in Blood
    18. The Body Fluid Microbiome and Cancer
    19. Biomarkers in Interstitial Fluids of Cancer Cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael Silbermann, editor.
    Contents:
    Medical Care in Countries in Transition
    How to Prioritize Cancer Care for Countries in Transition
    Cancer Trends and Risk Factors in Morocco
    The Magic of Dreams: Conflicts and Quandaries Within Multicultural Societies in Transition
    Modeling Integrative Oncology for the Arab Population in Northern Israel
    Cancer Care in Palestine
    Influx of Foreign Refugees to Jordan and its Overall Burden on Cancer Care
    Caring For Children With Cancer In A Country Conflicted With Massive Refugee Migration: Jordan as an Example
    Challenges and Future Trends for Cancer Care in Egypt
    Cancer Care in Lebanon, New Trends and Challenges
    Cancer Care in an economically torn country: Cyprus
    Cancer Care in a Country Undergoing Transition: Turkey. Current Challenges and Trends for the Future
    Cancer Care in Sudan: Current Situation and Challenges
    Cancer care in Countries in Transition in Africa; the case of Uganda
    Cancer Care in Pakistan
    Cancer Care in India
    Cancer Care in Afghanistan
    Kazakhstan
    An overview of cancer care in societies in transition- Global perspectives: UAE Experience
    Cancer care in countries in transition: The Islamic Republic of Iran
    Cancer Care in Regions/Societies in Transition in the Gulf States: Sultanate of Oman
    Challenges and prospects in cancer care in Georgia
    Romania: Attempting to Catch up the European standards of care for cancer patients
    Recent challenges and achievements in cancer care in Latin American societies
    Caring for Refugees with Cancer: A Case for Training of US Oncology Professionals
    University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Experience caring for patients from countries undergoing political-social conflict
    Forty Years Fast Forward: Vietnamese Refugees in the United States with Comments on their Cancer Care
    The current state of cancer care in North America
    Application of genetic testing for childhood cancers in emerging countries
    Cancer Care among Immigrants to North America
    Promoting Cancer Nursing Education, Training and Research in Countries in Transition.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    edited by John R.W. Masters and Bernhard Palsson.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC267 .C3
    3
  • Digital
    Dhruv Kumar, editor.
    Summary: This book illustrates various aspects of cancer cell metabolism, including metabolic regulation in solid tumours vs. non-solid tumours, the molecular pathways involved in its metabolism, and the role of the tumour microenvironment in the regulation of cancer cell metabolism. It summarizes the complexity of cancer cell metabolism in terms of the switch from anaerobic to aerobic glycolysis and how mitochondrial damage promotes aerobic glycolysis in cancer cells. The respective chapters provide the latest information on the metabolic remodelling of cancer cells and elucidate the important role of the signalling pathways in reprogramming of cancer cell metabolism. In addition, the book highlights the role of autophagy in cancer cell metabolism, and how metabolic crosstalk between cancer cells and cancer-associated fibroblasts promotes cancer cell progression. In closing, it summarizes recent advancements in drug development through targeting cancer metabolism.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Cancer cell metabolism: Solid tumor vs non-solid tumor
    Chapter 2: Reprogramming of cancer cell metabolism: Warburg and Reverse Warburg hypothesis
    Chapter 3: Molecular aspects of cancer cell metabolism: Altered glycolysis and lipid metabolism
    Chapter 4: Understanding the metabolic cross-talk between cancer cells and cancer-associated fibroblasts
    Chapter 5: Metabolic cross-talk between cancer cells and tumor microenvironment
    Chapter 6: Role of autophagy in cancer cell metabolism
    Chapter 7: Role of c-Met/HGF axis in altered cancer metabolism
    Chapter 8: Recent advances in drug development targeting cancer metabolism
    Chapter 9: Clinical relevance of "Diagnostic markers" in cancer metabolism
    Chapter 10: Alterations in Metabolite-driven Gene Regulation in Cancer Metabolism
    Chapter 11: Role of Phytochemicals in Cancer Cell Metabolism Regulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Martha Robles-Flores, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, México D.F., México.
    Contents:
    Use of Biguanides to Improve Response to Chemotherapy
    Evaluating Response to Metformin/Cisplatin Combination in Cancer Cells Via Metabolic Measurement and Clonogenic Survival
    Quantifying the Autophagy-Triggering Effects of Drugs in Cell Spheroids with Live Fluorescence Microscopy
    Interdependency Between Genetic and Epigenetic Regulatory Defects in Cancer
    Experimental Strategies to Manipulate the Cellular Levels of the Multifunctional Factor CTCF
    Use of Serum-Circulating miRNA Profiling for the Identification of Breast Cancer Biomarkers
    Prostate Cancer Detection Using a Non-Invasive Method for Quantifying mi RNAs
    DNA Methylation Analysis of Steroid Hormone Receptor Genes
    Control of Oncogenic mi RNA Function by Light-Activated mi RNA Antagomirs
    Methods for the Study of Long Non-Coding RNA in Cancer Cell Signaling
    Microvesicles as Mediators of Intercellular Communication in Cancer
    In Vivo Rat Model to Study Horizontal Tumor Progression
    An In Vivo Model to Study the Effects of Tumoral Soluble Factors on the Vascular Permeability in Mice
    Use of the Tumor Repressor DEDD as a Prognostic Marker of Cancer Metastasis
    Zebrafish-Based Systems Pharmacology of Cancer Metastasis
    A Flow Cytometry-Based Assay for the Evaluation of Antibody-Dependent Cell-Mediated Cytotoxicity (ADCC) in Cancer Cells
    Gene Disruption Using Zinc Finger Nuclease Technology.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Bruce A. Chabner, Dan L. Longo.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    edited by Syed A. Abutalib, MD, Assistant Director, Hematology and Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation, Midwestern Regional Medical Center, Cancer Treatment Centers of America, Zion, IL, USA, USA, Maurie Markman, MD, Senior Vice President of Clinical Affairs, National Director of Medical Oncology, Center, Cancer Treatment Centers of America, Clinical Professor of Medicine, Drexel University College of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA, USA.
    Contents:
    Section 1 Malignant hematology and hematopoietic cell transplantation
    Part 1 Acute lymphoblastic leukemia in adults
    Part 2 Acute myeloid leukemia in adults
    Part 3 Myelodysplastic syndromes and related disorders
    Part 4 Myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Part 5 Chronic lymphocytic and other leukemias
    Part 6 Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Part 7 Non-Hodgkin's lymphomas
    Part 8 Plasma cell neoplasms and related disorders
    Part 9 Special issues in hematology
    Part 10 Special issues in hematopoietic cell transplantation
    Section 2 Oncology
    Part 1 Central nervous system tumors
    Part 2 Head and neck cancers and thoracic malignancies
    Part 3 Breast cancer
    Part 4 Gastrointestinal oncology
    Part 5 Genitourinary oncology
    Part 6 Skin malignancies
    Part 7 Gynecological malignancies
    Part 8 Sarcomas
    Part 9 Multidisciplinary approach: consultation with surgical oncology team
    Part 10 Multidisciplinary approach: consultation with radiation oncology team
    Part 11 Hereditary cancer syndromes and genetic testing in oncology
    Part 12 Special issues in hematology and oncology.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Marvella E. Ford and Dennis K. Watson.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Yasuhiro Matsumura, David Tarin.
    Summary: This book proposes the importance of new systems of drug design and delivery based on cancer pathophysiology in addition to cancer molecular and cellular biology. The current studies based on molecular and cellular biology while ignoring pathophysiology and pharmacology may be leading the development of antitumor drugs in the wrong direction and wasting a lot of money. Although there have been numerous reports of genetic and phenotypic changes in tumors, a large body of pathological and clinical evidence supports the conclusion that there are no pivotal changes in tumor cells that distinguish them consistently and reliably from normal dividing cells. Unlike using antibiotics against bacterial infection, therefore, anticancer agents (ACAs) need to be delivered selectively to tumor tissues and should be kept there long enough to reproduce the concentrations they reach in the Petri dish, which is a closed space where the cytocidal effects of any anticancer agents (ACAs) including molecular targeting agents are very strong. In the body, however, administered ACAs are cleared with the passage of time. Furthermore, most human cancers possess abundant stroma that hinders the penetration of drugs into the tumor microenvironment. Therefore, to overcome these difficulties, novel drug delivery systems have been designed, such as nanoparticles and ACA conjugated antibodies to stromal components and to cancer cell surface antigens. These advances are described in this book after the first section, which describes core features of the pathophysiology of the cancer microenvironment, on which these new developments are based.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I Cancer pathophysiology
    1. The Cancer Stroma and its relevance to tumor survival
    2. Cancer and blood coagulation
    3. Tumor Blood Vessels as targets for cancer therapy
    4. Stromal barriers within the tumor microenvironment and obstacles to nanomedicine
    Part II Antibody drug conjugates (ADC)
    1. Recent progress in linker technology for antibody-drug conjugates: Methods for connection and release
    2. Preclinical studies of ADC therapy for solid tumors
    3. ADCs on the market and in clinical development
    Part III Hybrid techniques of active and passive targeting
    1. Micelles conjugated with a pilot molecule
    2. Liposomes conjugated with a pilot molecule
    3. Multifunctional Envelope-type Nano Devices (MEND) for cancer therapy
    Part IV Cancer stromal targeting (CAST) therapy and diagnosis
    1. Principle of CAST
    2. CAST therapy
    3. CAST diagnosis
    Part V The Current Status of Cancer Drug Delivery Systems and Future Directions
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Charles Bennett, Courtney Lubaczewski, Bartlett Witherspoon, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a wide-ranging description and analysis of recent developments and current trends in health policy with regard to cancer drug safety. The book opens with an overview of pharmacovigilance for cancer blockbuster drugs, covering both general considerations and efforts to develop a structured framework for the identification and reporting of adverse drug reactions (ADRs). A number of important examples of serious ADRs to hematology and oncology drugs are then reviewed, with evaluation of the lessons learned and the policy implications of the ensuing legal cases and their settlements. Further, the difficulty of reporting such blockbuster side effects in the medical literature is explored in an empirical study. Significant advances have been achieved in analytic methods for the identification of ADRs, and here there is a particular focus on the value of optimal discriminant analysis. Finally, the impacts on pharmacovigilance and drug safety of the huge fines paid under the U.S. False Claims Act relating to the defrauding of governmental programs also receive careful attention these fines are playing an important role in changing the landscape for pharmaceutical safety.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    1 Fluoroquinolone-Associated Disability and Other Fluoroquinolone-Associated Serious Adverse Events: Unexpected Toxicities Have Emerged in Recent Years
    1.1 Introduction
    1.1.1 FQ Adverse Event Drug Label Warnings
    1.1.2 FQ Drug Label Changes (See Table 1.1 for Levofloxacin Label Changes)
    1.1.3 FDA Reports of FQ Adverse Events
    1.1.4 November 5, 2015, FDA Advisory Committee Meeting Identifies FQAD
    1.1.5 November 5, 2015, FDA Advisory Committee Votes
    1.1.6 Boxwell FDA FQ Data Compared with Social Media FQ Reports 1.1.7 Gender
    1.1.8 Specific FQs
    1.1.9 Duration of FQAD
    1.1.10 FQAD: Reasons for Which FQ was Prescribed
    1.1.11 FQAD Specific Events
    1.1.12 Possible Mechanism of FQ Toxicities
    1.1.13 Another Possible Pathophysiologic Mechanism: Matrix Metalloproteinase Toxicity
    1.1.14 FQ-Associated Peripheral Neuropathy
    1.1.15 Levaquin Clinical Trials Completed Prior to FDA Approval in 1997
    1.1.16 2001 FDA FQ Review
    1.1.17 2003 FDA FQ Review
    1.1.18 2008 FDA Pediatric Levofloxacin Review
    1.1.19 2010 Pfizer Report
    1.1.20 2011 Levaquin Postmarketing Review 1.1.21 2013 FDA Review
    1.1.22 2014-Present Media Reports Regarding FQs
    1.1.23 2014 FDA Advisory Committee Comments
    1.1.24 2014 FDA Dear Healthcare Professional Letters
    1.1.25 2014 Citizen Petition
    1.1.26 2014 Meeting with U.S. Senate Health Committee
    1.1.27 2015 Meeting with FDA
    1.1.28 2015 FQ Case Studies
    1.1.29 2015 FDA Advisory Committee Meeting
    1.1.30 2015 FDA Listening Session
    1.1.31 2016 FQ Neuropsychiatric Study
    1.1.32 2016 FQ Label Updates
    1.1.33 2016 FDA Response to Citizen Petition
    1.1.34 2018 FQ Nature Article
    1.1.35 2019 Citizen Petition 1.1.36 2019 FQ Neuropsychiatric Toxicity Study
    1.2 Discussion
    1.3 Conclusions
    1.3.1 Recommendations
    1.3.2 Significance of This FQ Study
    1.4 REMS Request
    References
    2 Biosimilar Epoetin in the United States: A View from the Southern Network on Adverse Reactions
    2.1 Introduction
    2.1.1 Regulatory Approval for Epoetin Biosimilar in the United States
    2.1.2 Chemistry, Manufacturing, and Controls
    2.1.3 Biological Activity
    2.1.4 Pharmacology/Toxicology
    2.1.5 Immunogenicity
    2.1.6 Clinical Pharmacology
    2.1.7 Clinical Efficacy and Safety 2.1.8 Risk Evaluation and Mitigations Strategy (REMS)
    2.1.9 Extrapolation
    2.1.10 Findings of the Oncology Drug Advisory Committee (ODAC) of the FDA
    2.1.11 Patents and Litigation
    2.1.12 Naming and Labeling
    2.1.13 Interchangeability
    2.1.14 Substitution
    2.1.15 Pharmacovigilance and Immunogenicity
    2.1.16 Lessons from the European Union (EU) Countries
    2.1.17 Lessons from Japan
    2.2 Conclusions
    References
    3 Policing of Drug Safety Information Dissemination Under the False Claims Act
    3.1 Introduction
    3.1.1 The Settlement
    Radiotherapy
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Mukesh Verma.
    Contents:
    Cancer epigenetics : an introduction / Rajnee Kanwal, Karishma Gupta, and Sanjay Gupta
    Community resources and technologies developed through the NIH roadmap epigenomics program / John S. Satterlee ... [et al.]
    Epigenome-wide association studies (EWAS) : past, present, and future / James M. Flanagan
    Epigenetic biomarkers in liver cancer / Krishna K. Banaudha and Mukesh Verma
    Cancer type-specific epigenetic changes : gastric cancer / Danielle Queiroz Calcagno, Marília de Arruda Cardoso Smith, and Rommel Rodriguez Burbano
    Beyond the island : epigenetic biomarkers of colorectal and prostate cancer / Andrea J. Savio and Bharati Bapat
    Prostate cancer epigenome / Swathi Chinaranagari ... [et al.]
    CpG island hypermethylation as a biomarker for the early detection of lung cancer / Yujin Kim and Duk-Hwan Kim
    Analysis of DNA methylation in pancreatic cancer : an update / Christian Pilarsky and Robert Grützmann
    Epigenetics of urothelial carcinoma / Wolfgang A. Schulz ... [et al.]
    Epigenetics of prostate cancer / Tawnya C. McKee and James V. Tricoli
    Methylation profile landscape in mesothelioma : possible implications in early detection, disease progression, and therapeutic options / Xinbo Zhang ... [et al.]
    Techniques to access histone modifications and variants in cancer / Monica Tyagi ... [et al]
    Single base resolution analysis of 5-methylcytosine and 5-hydroxymethylcytosine by RRBS and TAB-RRBS / Maria A. Hahn ... [et al.]
    Quantitative DNA methylation analysis for epigenotyping of colorectal cancer / Atsushi Kaneda and Koichi Yagi
    Histone modifications associated with cancer cell migration and invasion / Miki Hieda, Nariaki Matsuura , and Hiroshi Kimura
    Aberrant epigenetic modifications in radiation-resistant head and neck cancers / Hon-Yi Lin, Tim Hui-Ming Huang, and Michael Wing-Yan Chan
    Cancer-associated infectious agents and epigenetic regulation / Vidya Vedham and Mukesh Verma
    Toxicoepigenomics and cancer : implications for screening / Mukesh Verma
    Human papilloma virus (HPV) modulation of the HNSCC epigenome / Josena K. Stephen and Maria J. Worsham
    Epigenetic regulation of HIV, AIDS, and AIDS-related malignancies / Mukesh Verma
    Epigenetics of colorectal cancer / Wenji Yan and Mingzhou Guo
    Epigenetics in breast and prostate cancer / Yanyuan Wu, Marianna Sarkissyan, and Jaydutt V. Vadgama
    Epigenetic inhibitors / Mukesh Verma and Hirendra Nath Banerjee
    Use of epigenetic modulators as a powerful adjuvant for breast cancer therapies / Aurore Claude-Taupin ... [et al.]
    Epigenetic approaches in glioblastoma multiforme and their implication in screening and diagnosis / Gwyneth Hyman ... [et al.]
    Detection of circulatory microRNAs in prostate cancer/ Anvesha Srivastava ... [et al.]
    Identification and characterization of small-molecule inhibitors of lysine acetyltransferases / Daiqing Liao
    Epigenetic regulation in biopsychosocial pathways / Kristin Litzelman and Mukesh Verma
    Viral epigenetics / Barry I. Milavetz and Lata Balakrishnan
    P53 tumor suppression network in cancer epigenetics / Alok Mishra, Daniel J. Brat, and Mukesh Verma
    Promoter hypermethylation as a biomarker in prostate adenocarcinoma / Jong Y. Park
    Sequencing the cancer methylome / Austin Y. Shull ... [et al.]
    Global DNA methylation profiling technologies and the ovarian cancer methylome / Jessica Tang ... [et al.]
    Recent progress in the discovery of epigenetic inhibitors for the treatment of cancer / Sharad K. Verma
    At the crossroad between obesity and gastric cancer / Jone Garai ... [et al.]
    Detection of epigenetic aberrations in the development of hepatocellular carcinoma / Yujing Zhang
    Specific type epigenetic changes in cervical cancers / Shuping Zhao
    Epigenetics in head and neck cancer / Syeda Marriam Bakhtiar, Amjad Ali, and Debmalya Barh
    Epigenetic therapy for colorectal cancer / Vivek Vaish ... [et al.]
    Epigenetics of gastric cancer / Mingzhou Guo and Wenji Yan.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Xavier Llor, Erin Wysing Hofstatter.
    Summary: "A guide and comprehensive reference for the care of patients with hereditary cancer syndromes. This book is intended to provide the essential tools needed to understand clinical cancer genetics"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Critical Cancer Genetics
    Risk Assessment In The Primary Care Office : Identification Of Patients For Referral
    Principals Of Cancer Risk Assessment And Genetic Counseling
    Laboratory Methods In Cancer Genetics Testing
    Breast Cancer
    Gastrointestinal Polyposis Syndromes
    Hereditary Non-Polyposis Colorectal Cancers
    Risk Assessment And Clinical Management-- Uterine Cancer
    Risk Assessment And Clinical Management-- Ovarian Cancer
    Pancreatic Cancer Genetics
    Risk Assessment and Clinical Management-- Genito-Urinary Tract Cancer
    Genetic Predisposition To Gastric Cancer
    Endocrine Cancers
    Risk Assessment And Clinical Management-- Skin Cancer
    Risk Assessment And Clinical Management-- Pediatric And Other Cancers
    Ethical, Legal And Psychosocial Issues In Cancer Genetic Assessment And Genetic Test
    Talking To Children And Family About Hereditary Cancer Risk And Genetic Test Results
    Future Challenges And Opportunities In Clinical Cancer Genomics.
    Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2022
  • Digital
    Madhumita Roy, Amitava Datta.
    Summary: The book discusses cancer and the potential use of phytochemicals as cancer therapeutics. It begins with the basics of cancer, including the definition, types, etiology and molecular mechanisms involved, before discussing the fundamentals of diagnosis, treatment and associated problems as well as remedial measures. Since cancer is not a single disease, and the mechanisms of carcinogenesis are different for different cancers, it examines the genes and proteins involved in carcinogenesis, and signal transduction pathways for each individual cancer type. Further, the book reviews the latest research on phytochemicals for cancer treatment, highlighting their anti-cancer properties, sources, structure, active biomolecules and probable mechanisms of action, and describing their biochemical properties in the context of cancer prevention and treatment.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Authors; 1 Cancer: Types and Hallmarks; 1.1 What Is Cancer?; 1.1.1 Types of Cancer; 1.1.1.1 Carcinoma; 1.1.1.2 Sarcoma; 1.1.1.3 Leukemia; 1.1.1.4 Lymphoma; 1.1.1.5 Myeloma; 1.1.1.6 Melanoma; 1.1.1.7 Brain and Spinal Cord Tumors; 1.2 Hallmarks of Cancer; 1.2.1 Sustaining Proliferative Signaling; 1.2.2 Evading Growth Suppressors; 1.2.2.1 Disruption of Contact Inhibition; 1.2.3 Resisting Cell Death; 1.2.4 Enabling Replicative Immortality; 1.2.5 Inducing Angiogenesis; 1.2.6 Activating Invasion and Metastasis; 1.2.7 Reprogramming Energy Metabolism 1.2.8 Evading Immune Destruction1.2.9 Genetic Instability and Mutation; 1.2.10 Tumor-Promoting Inflammation; 1.3 Cancer Diagnosis and Treatment; 1.3.1 Risk Factors and Causes of Cancer; 1.3.2 Symptoms; 1.3.3 Diagnosis; 1.3.3.1 Biopsy; 1.3.3.2 Imaging; 1.3.4 Treatment; 1.4 Conclusion; References; 2 Cancer: Genetics and Important Pathways; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Degree of Gene Mutations in Tumorigenesis; 2.3 Driver and Passenger Mutations; 2.4 Cancer-Specific Genomic Landscapes; 2.4.1 Genomic Landscape of Breast Cancer; 2.4.1.1 Summary; 2.5 Genomic Landscape of Other Cancers 3.5 Classification of Phytochemicals3.5.1 Phenolics; 3.5.1.1 Phenolic Acids; 3.5.1.2 Tannins; 3.5.1.3 Stilbenes; 3.5.1.4 Coumarins; 3.5.2 Flavonoids; 3.5.3 Carotenoid; 3.5.4 Alkaloid; 3.5.5 Nitrogen-Containing Compounds; 3.5.6 Organosulfur Compounds; 3.5.7 Benefits of Dietary Phytochemicals; 3.6 Conclusion; References; 4 Drugs and Phytochemicals; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Classification of Chemotherapy Drugs; 4.2.1 Alkylating Agents; 4.2.2 Antimetabolites; 4.2.3 Antitumor Antibiotics; 4.2.4 Topoisomerase Inhibitors; 4.2.5 Mitotic Inhibitors; 4.2.6 Corticosteroids 4.3 Mode of Action of Chemotherapeutic Drugs4.4 Benefits of Plant-Derived Medicines; 4.5 Plant-Derived Anticancer Drugs; 4.6 Other Phytochemicals as Anticancer Agents; 4.7 Conclusion; References; 5 Molecular Mechanisms of Phytochemical Actions in Cancer; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Epigenetic Control; 5.2.1 Histone Modification; 5.2.2 DNA Methylation; 5.2.3 miRNAs; 5.3 Keap1-Nrf2 Pathway; 5.4 Oxidative Stress; 5.5 Inflammation; 5.6 Roles of Dietary Phytochemicals in Oxidative Stress; 5.6.1 Phytochemicals and Oxidative Stress; 5.6.1.1 Phenolic Phytochemicals and Oxidative Stress
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Graham Dellaire, Jason N. Berman, Robert J. Arceci.
    Summary: Cancer Genomics addresses how recent technological advances in genomics are shaping how we diagnose and treat cancer. Built on the historical context of cancer genetics over the past 30 years, the book provides a snapshot of the current issues and state-of-the-art technologies used in cancer genomics. Subsequent chapters highlight how these approaches have informed our understanding of hereditary cancer syndromes and the diagnosis, treatment and outcome in a variety of adult and pediatric solid tumors and hematologic malignancies. The dramatic increase in cancer genomics research and ever-increasing availability of genomic testing are not without significant ethical issues, which are addressed in the context of the return of research results and the legal considerations underlying the commercialization of genomic discoveries. Finally, the book concludes with "Future Directions", examining the next great challenges to face the field of cancer genomics, namely the contribution of non-coding RNAs to disease pathogenesis and the interaction of the human genome with the environment. Tools such as sidebars, key concept summaries, a glossary, and acronym and abbreviation definitions make this book highly accessible to researchers from several fields associated with cancer genomics.Contributions from thought leaders provide valuable historical perspective to relate the advances in the field to current technologies and literature.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Narendra Wajapeyee.
    Contents:
    Genome-Wide Mapping Of RNA Pol-II Promoter Usage In Mouse Tissues By Chip-Seq
    Using Native Chromatin Immunoprecipitation To Interrogate Histone Variant Protein Deposition In Embryonic Stem Cells
    Reduced Representation Bisulfite Sequencing To Identify Global Alteration In The DNA Methylation
    A High-Throughput Microrna Expression Profiling System
    Using Pooled Mir30-Shrna Library For Cancer Lethal And Synthetic Lethal Screens
    Genome-Wide RNA Interference Screening To Identify Regulators Of Epigenetic Silencing Of A Tumor Suppressor Gene
    A Diphtheria Toxin Negative Selection In RNA Interference Screening
    Cancer Metabolism: Crosstalk Between Signaling And O-Glcnacylation
    Targeted Genome Modification Via Triple Helix Formation
    Synthesis Of Stabilized Alpha-Helical Peptides
    Arginine-Grafted Biodegradable Polymer: A Versatile Transfection Reagent For Both DNA And Sirna
    Using Laco Arrays To Monitor DNA Double-Strand Break Dynamics In Live Schizosaccharomyces Pombe Cells
    Zebrafish As A Platform To Study Tumor Progression
    Clonal Screens To Find Modifiers Of Partially Penetrant Phenotypes In C. Elegans
    Serum Profiling Using Protein Microarrays To Identify Disease Related Antigens
    Interrogation Of In Vivo Protein-Protein Interactions Using Transgenic Mouse Models And Stable Isotope Labeling
    New Biophysical Methods To Study The Membrane Activity Of Bcl-2 Proteins
    Purification Of Recombinant 2XMBP Tagged Human Proteins From Human Cells
    Computational Analysis In Cancer Exome Sequencing
    Matrix Factorization Methods For Integrative Cancer Genomics
    Computational Methods For DNA Copy-Number Analysis Of Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Cancer growth and progression to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    edited by Marvella E. Ford, Nestor F. Esnaola, Judith D. Salley.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Summary: Cancer Immunology is intended as an up-to-date, clinically relevant review of cancer immunology and immunotherapy. The rapid flow of studies in the field of cancer immunology during the last decade has increased our understanding of the interactions between the immune system and cancerous cells. In particular, it is now well known that such interactions result in the induction of epigenetic changes in cancerous cells and the selection of less immunogenic clones as well as alterations in immune responses. Understanding the cross-talk between nascent transformed cells and cells of the immune system has led to the development of combinatorial immunotherapeutic strategies to combat cancer. This volume is focused on interactions between cancerous cells and various components of the innate and adaptive immune system are fully described. Notably, the principal focus is very much on clinical aspects, the aim being to educate clinicians on the clinical implications of the most recent findings and novel developments in the field. This is to be hoped that this translational book will be comprehensible, cogent and of special value for researchers and clinicians who wish to extend their knowledge on cancer immunology.

    Contents:
    Introduction on cancer immunology and immunotherapy
    Inflammatory and innate immune cells in cancer microenvironment and progression
    Role of innate immunity in cancers and antitumor response
    Role of B cells in anti tumor response
    The role of exhaustion in tumor-induced T cell dysfunction in patients with cancer
    Regulatory T cells and Th17 cells in the immunosuppressive tumor network
    Role of cytokines in tumor immunity and immune tolerance to cancers
    Role of chemokines and chemokine receptors in cancers
    The role of Fas and Fas-ligand in cancers
    MHC class I molecules and cancer progression: Lessons learned from preclinical tumor models
    Role of plasmacytoid dendritic cells in cancer
    Cancer immunoediting: immunosurveillance, immuneequilibrium, and immune escape
    Apoptosis, autophagy and necroptosis in Cancer
    Prognostic value of innate and adaptive immunity in cancers
    Epigenetics and Micro RNAs in cancers
    Immunogenetics of cancers
    Immunodeficiencies and cancers
    Immunosenescence and cancers
    Nutrition, immunity and cancers
    Allergies and cancers
    Cancer immunology of transmissible cancers
    Systems biology and systems immunology of cancer
    Principles of immunological diagnostic tests for cancers
    Flow cytometry in cancer immunotherapy: applications, analysis, quality control and future
    Immunohistochemistry of cancers
    Immunology and immunotherapy of graft versus host disease. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Summary: "This book focusing on the immunopathology of cancers is published as part of the three-volume Springer series Cancer Immunology, which aims to provide an up-to-date, clinically relevant review of cancer immunology and immunotherapy. Readers will find detailed descriptions of the interactions between cancerous cells and various components of the innate and adaptive immune system. The principal focus, however, is very much on clinical aspects, the aim being to educate clinicians in the clinical implications of the latest research and novel developments in the field. In the new edition of this very well received book, first published in 2015, the original chapters have been significantly updated and additional chapters included on, for example, current knowledge on the roles of T-helper cells and NK cells in tumor immunity, the part played by oncoviruses in the development of various cancers, and the applications of fluorescent in situ hybridization, bioluminescence, and cancer molecular and functional imaging"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction on cancer immunology and immunotherapy
    Role of innate immunity in cancers and antitumor response
    Tumor-associated myeloid cells in cancer progression
    B-cells in cancer immunology: for or against cancer growth?
    The roles of CD4+ T-cells in tumor immunity
    Regulatory T-cells and Th cells in tumor microenvironment
    T-cell metabolism and its dysfunction induced by cancer
    The role of exhaustion in tumor-induced T-cell dysfunction in cancer
    The role of NK cells in cancer
    Role of plasmacytoid dendritic cells in cancer
    The CD95/CD95L signaling pathway: a role in carcinogenesis
    MHC class I molecules and cancer progression: lessons learned from preclinical mouse models
    Role of cytokines in tumor immunity and immune tolerance to cancer
    Role of chemokines and chemokine receptors in cancer
    Role of the inflammasome in cancer
    Cancer immunoediting: immunosurveillance, immune equilibrium, and immune escape
    Apoptosis and cancer
    Endoplasmic reticulum stress and autophagy in cancer
    Prognostic value of innate and adaptive immunity in cancers
    Immunogenetics of cancer
    Epigenetics and MicroRNAs in cancer
    The role of DNA methylation in cancer
    Immunosenescence, oxidative stress, and cancers
    Nutrition, immunity, and cancers
    Inborn errors of immunity and cancers
    Allergies and cancers
    Envisioning the application of systems biology in cancer immunology
    Principles of immunological diagnostic tests for cancers
    Immunohistochemistry of cancers
    Fluorescent in situ hybridization: methods and application in cancer diagnosis
    Cancer molecular and functional imaging
    Cancer imaging with radiolabeled monoclonal antibodies
    Flow cytometry in cancer immunotherapy: applications, quality assurance, and future.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Summary: This translational book describes in detail the clinical application of novel approaches in cancer immunotherapy with the aim of educating clinicians in the implications of the most recent research and new developments in the field. The scope is broad, encompassing, for example, prognostic biomarkers for personalized cancer treatment, strategies for targeting tumor immunosuppression, gene therapy, virus-based vaccines, targeting of cancer stem cells, hematopoietic stem cell transplantation, the role of T lymphocytes in cancer immunotherapy, use of monoclonal antibodies, and many more innovative approaches. Clinical immunologists, hematologists, and oncologists in particular will find the book to be of value in expanding their knowledge. ℗ℓ The book is the second in a three-volume series, Cancer Immunology, which offers an up-to-date review of cancer immunology and immunotherapy. The remaining volumes focus on the immunopathology of cancers and cancer immunotherapy for organ-specific tumors. In total the series, designed for both clinicians and researchers, includes contributions from more than 250 scientists working at leading universities and institutes from across the world.

    Contents:
    Frontiers in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Novel Strategy of Cancer Immunotherapy: Spiraling Up
    Novel Prognostic Biomarkers for Personalized Cancer Treatments
    Tumor Antigen and Epitope Identification for Pre-Clinical and Clinical Evaluation
    Strategies to Target Tumor Immunesuppression
    Immune Modulation of Drugs in Prevention and Treatment of Cancers
    Overcoming Immune Tolerance With Immune Checkpoint Blockade
    Gene therapy and Virus-Based Cancer Vaccines
    Cancer Stem Cells: Biology and Potential therapeutic Applications
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation and Lymphodepletion in Treatment of Cancers
    Combination of Chemotherapy and Cytokine Therapy in Treatment of Cancers
    T Cell Immunotherapy: From Synthetic Biology to Clinical Practice
    Role of Gamma-Delta T Lymphocytes in Cancer Immunosurveillance and Immunotherapy
    Adoptive T Cell therapy: Optimizing Chemokine Receptor-Mediated Homing of T Cells in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Cellular therapy of Cancer With B Effector Cells
    Monoclonal Antibodies for Treatment of Cancers
    Pattern Recognition Receptors in Cancers and Immunotherapy by Triggering or Targeting of Toll Like Receptors Pathway
    Recent Advances in the Use of NK Cells Against Cancer
    Dendritic Cell Vaccines for Cancer Therapy: Fundamentals and Clinical Trials
    Tumor Associated Macrophages and iNOS in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Photodynamic therapy and Anti-Tumor Immune Response
    Polarization of Tumor Milieu: Therapeutic Implications
    Immunotherapies Targeting 5T4 Oncofoetal Glycoprotein
    Immune Monitoring During Clinical Development of Anti-CTLA-4 Antibody Therapy
    PD-1 Blockade in Cancer Therapy
    New Advances in Radioimmunotherapy for the Treatment of Cancers
    Psychoneuroendocrinoimmunotherapy of Cancers
    Ethical Considerations in Cancer Immunotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Summary: This translational, clinically oriented book describes in detail novel approaches to cancer immunotherapy, current strategies to target tumor immunosuppression, and prognostic biomarkers for personalized cancer treatments. Since the first, very successful edition of the book was published in 2015, the original chapters have been significantly updated and entirely new chapters are included on, for example, cancer immunoprevention, aptamer-mediated cancer gene therapy, haploidentical bone marrow transplantation for pediatric malignancies, and nanoimmunotherapy. The book is published as part of the three-volume Springer series Cancer Immunology, which aims to provide an up-to-date, clinically relevant review of cancer immunology and immunotherapy. Other volumes in the series address the translational medicine context and cancer immunotherapy for organ-specific tumors. Cancer Immunology: Bench to Bedside Immunotherapy of Cancers will be of special value to clinical immunologists, hematologists, and oncologists.

    Contents:
    Frontiers in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Novel Strategy of Cancer Immunotherapy: Spiraling Up
    Novel Prognostic Biomarkers for Personalized Cancer Treatments
    Tumor Antigen and Epitope Identification for Pre-Clinical and Clinical Evaluation
    Strategies to Target Tumor Immunesuppression
    Immune Modulation of Drugs in Prevention and Treatment of Cancers
    Overcoming Immune Tolerance With Immune Checkpoint Blockade
    Gene therapy and Virus-Based Cancer Vaccines
    Cancer Stem Cells: Biology and Potential therapeutic Applications
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation and Lymphodepletion in Treatment of Cancers
    Combination of Chemotherapy and Cytokine Therapy in Treatment of Cancers
    T Cell Immunotherapy: From Synthetic Biology to Clinical Practice
    Role of Gamma-Delta T Lymphocytes in Cancer Immunosurveillance and Immunotherapy
    Adoptive T Cell therapy: Optimizing Chemokine Receptor-Mediated Homing of T Cells in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Cellular therapy of Cancer With B Effector Cells
    Monoclonal Antibodies for Treatment of Cancers
    Pattern Recognition Receptors in Cancers and Immunotherapy by Triggering or Targeting of Toll Like Receptors Pathway
    Recent Advances in the Use of NK Cells Against Cancer
    Dendritic Cell Vaccines for Cancer Therapy: Fundamentals and Clinical Trials
    Tumor Associated Macrophages and iNOS in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Photodynamic therapy and Anti-Tumor Immune Response
    Polarization of Tumor Milieu: Therapeutic Implications
    Immunotherapies Targeting 5T4 Oncofoetal Glycoprotein
    Immune Monitoring During Clinical Development of Anti-CTLA-4 Antibody Therapy
    PD-1 Blockade in Cancer Therapy
    New Advances in Radioimmunotherapy for the Treatment of Cancers
    Psychoneuroendocrinoimmunotherapy of Cancers
    Ethical Considerations in Cancer Immunotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Contents:
    Specific Organ Tumors: General Considerations On Immunotherapy
    Vaccination Of Human Solid Tumors: Recent Progress In The Clinical Setting
    Immunotherapy For Pediatric Solid Tumors
    Immunopathology Of Hematological Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Leukemia And Multiple Myeloma
    Immunopathology Of Lymphoma And Immunotherapy Of Hodgkin's Disease And Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma
    Cancer-Testis Antigens As Targets For The Immunotherapy Of Hematological Malignancies
    Tumor Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Gastrointestinal Tract Cancers
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Colorectal Cancer
    Immunopathology Of Hepatobiliary Tumors And Immunotherapy Of Liver Cancers
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Pancreatic Tumors
    Immunology Of Cutaneous Tumors And Immunotherapy For Melanoma
    Immunopathology Of Head And Neck Tumors And Immunotherapy Of Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Immunopathology And Immunotherapy Of Oral Cancers
    Immunopathology Of Bone And Connective Tissue Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Sarcomas
    Immunopathology Of Central Nervous System Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Brain Tumors
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Pulmonary Tumors
    Immunopathology Of Urinary System Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Renal And Bladder Cancers
    Immunopathology Of Cancers Of Male And Female Genitalia Organs And Immunotherapy Of Cervical And Prostate Cancer
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Ovarian Cancer
    Revisiting Immunology For Breast Cancer
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Graft Versus Host Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Nima Rezaei.
    Summary: This book explains the immunology of organ-specific malignancies and discusses novel immunotherapy strategies for their treatment. Since the first, very successful edition of the book was published in 2015, a number of entirely new chapters have been included. The range of cancers considered has accordingly been extended, with coverage of the latest immunotherapy approaches for skin cancers, ocular malignancies, endocrine malignancies, cardiac cancers, vascular cancers, and HPV-associated cancers. In addition, the original chapters have been updated to document the latest advances in immunotherapy for pediatric solid tumors, hematologic malignancies, gastrointestinal tumors, bone tumors, CNS tumors, lung cancer, genitourinary tract tumors, and breast cancer, among others. The book is published as part of the three-volume Springer series Cancer Immunology, which aims to provide an up-to-date, clinically relevant review of cancer immunology and immunotherapy. Other volumes in the series address the translational medicine context and bench to bedside immunotherapy. Cancer Immunology: Cancer Immunotherapy for Organ-Specific Tumors will be of special value to clinical immunologists, hematologists, and oncologists. .

    Contents:
    Specific Organ Tumors: General Considerations On Immunotherapy
    Vaccination Of Human Solid Tumors: Recent Progress In The Clinical Setting
    Immunotherapy For Pediatric Solid Tumors
    Immunopathology Of Hematological Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Leukemia And Multiple Myeloma
    Immunopathology Of Lymphoma And Immunotherapy Of Hodgkin's Disease And Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma
    Cancer-Testis Antigens As Targets For The Immunotherapy Of Hematological Malignancies
    Tumor Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Gastrointestinal Tract Cancers
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Colorectal Cancer
    Immunopathology Of Hepatobiliary Tumors And Immunotherapy Of Liver Cancers
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Pancreatic Tumors
    Immunology Of Cutaneous Tumors And Immunotherapy For Melanoma
    Immunopathology Of Head And Neck Tumors And Immunotherapy Of Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Immunopathology And Immunotherapy Of Oral Cancers
    Immunopathology Of Bone And Connective Tissue Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Sarcomas
    Immunopathology Of Central Nervous System Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Brain Tumors
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Pulmonary Tumors
    Immunopathology Of Urinary System Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Renal And Bladder Cancers
    Immunopathology Of Cancers Of Male And Female Genitalia Organs And Immunotherapy Of Cervical And Prostate Cancer
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Ovarian Cancer
    Revisiting Immunology For Breast Cancer
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Graft Versus Host Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Priya Hays, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the clinical scope of cancer immunotherapeutic agents for solid tumors and Hematologic malignancies, elaborates on the scientific details of their modes of action, and presents the impact of these agents on oncology, patients and the broader healthcare system. At present, cancer immunotherapies fall broadly into three categories: immune checkpoint inhibitors (ICIs), adoptive T cell therapies, and cancer vaccines which have distinct mechanisms of action. Immune checkpoint inhibitors rely upon disrupting tumor antigen recognition as self by the immune system through inhibition of checkpoint molecules. Adoptive T cell therapies involve the engineering of T cells ex vivo to target and destroy tumor cells. The first part of this book will provide an overview of the discovery and mechanistic details of the technology. The second part will be devoted to elaborating on the clinical outcomes, successes and limitations for specific tumor subtypes, which includes both solid tumors and hematologic malignances for both pediatric and adult populations. As such, the book offers a valuable resource for oncologists, hematologists, and all those seeking an up-to-date overview of cancer immunotherapies.

    Contents:
    Development of Cancer Immunotherapies
    Melanoma
    Engaging pattern recognition receptors in solid tumors to generate systemic anti-tumor immunity
    Allogeneic tumor antigen-specific T cells for broadly applicable adoptive cell therapy of cancer
    Chimeric Antigen Receptor (CAR) T Cell Therapy for Glioblastoma
    Lag3: From Bench to Bedside
    Immunotherapy in Genitourinary Malignancy: evolution in revolution or revolution in evolution
    Immune-based therapeutic interventions for Acute Myeloid Leukemia.-Off-the-shelf chimeric antigen receptor immune cells from human pluripotent stem cells
    The single-cell level perspective of the tumor microenvironment and its remodeling by CAR-T cells
    Clinical Development and Therapeutic Applications of Bispecific Antibodies for Hematological Malignancies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC271.I45 C36 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Cedrik Michael Britten, Sebastian Kreiter, Mustafa Diken, Hans-Georg Rammensee, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive update on the state of the art in cancer immunology, which has rapidly evolved from a field of clinical research into an established discipline of oncology. The key recent developments in immuno-oncology are all covered, from the ever-changing immunological and regulatory frameworks to the most promising therapeutic concepts. Themes include combination therapies and personalized medicine, as well as identification of biomarkers to guide the clinical development of new approaches and to pinpoint the optimal treatment for each patient. The book acknowledges the continuing dynamic nature of the field as reflected in the development of next-generation immunotherapies that are already in clinical testing. Cancer Immunotherapy Meets Oncology is dedicated to the lifetime achievements of Christoph Huber, founder and chair of the Association for Cancer Immunotherapy (CIMT). It is also a tribute to those researchers and clinicians who are striving to develop novel diagnostics and tailored immunotherapies for the benefit of cancer patients.

    Contents:
    Part I. Immunological and Regulatory Framework for Immuno-oncology
    From Basic Immunology to New Therapies for Cancer Patients / Hans-Georg Rammensee
    How T Cells Single Out Tumor Cells: "And That Has Made All the Difference...: / Marit M. van Buuren, Pia Kvistborg, and Ton N.M. Schumacher
    Effects of Regulatory T Cell-Dendritic Cell Interactions on Adaptive Immune Responses / Tobias Bopp, Hans Christian Probst, Markus Radsak, Edgar Schmitt, Michael Stassen, Hansjörg Schild, and Stefan Tenzer
    Evolution of the Regulatory Landscape for Immunomodulatory Compounds and Personalized Therapeutic Cancer Vaccines / Cedrik Michael Britten, Thomas Hinz, Harpreet Singh-Jasuja, and Ulrich Kalinke
    Immunoguiding, the Final Frontier in the Immunotherapy of Cancer / Sjoerd H. van der Burg, Steffen Walter, Sylvia Janetzki, Cedrik Michael Britten, Jérôme Galon, Marij J.P. Welters, and Cécile Gouttefangeas
    Developing Cancer Immunotherapies as Drugs: Setting the Stage Through Methodological Progress / Axel Hoos
    Part II. Immunotherapies
    Reflections on Cancer Vaccines / Cornelis J.M. Melief
    Dendritic Cell-Based Cancer Vaccines / H. Westdorp, K.F. Bol, M. Coşkuntürk, G. Schreibelt, I.J.M. de Vries, and C.G. Figdor
    mRNA Vaccination and Personalized Cancer Therapy / S. Kreiter, M. Diken, and U. Sahin
    Antibody Therapy in Oncology / Martin Glennie, Özlem Türeci, and Peter W.M. Johnson
    Bispecific Antibodies for the Treatment of Cancer: The Challenges of Translation / Gundram Jung and Ludger Grosse-Hovest
    The ABCs of T Cell Receptor Gene Therapy / Dolores J. Schendel and Philip D. Greenberg
    The Express Drivers: Chimeric Antigen Receptor-Redirected T Cells Make It to the Clinic / Hinrich Abken, Winfried S. Wels, and Klaus Kühlcke
    Part III. Cancer Entities
    Immunotherapy of Malignant Melanoma / Cedrik Michael Britten, G. Schuler, and S. Grabbe
    Prostate Cancer Vaccines Generated with the Disruptive RNActive® Technology Follow the Path Paved by Sipuleucel-T and Prostvac-VF / Karl-Josef Kallen
    Recent Developments in the Active Immunotherapy of Renal Cell Cancer / Harpreet Singh-Jasuja
    Current Status of Immunotherapy in Gastroesophageal Cancer / Stefan Kasper and Martin Schuler
    Non-small Cell Lung Cancer, NSCLC / Jens-Peter Marschner, Sonia Quaratino, and Ulf Forssmann
    Towards More Specificity and Effectivity in the Antileukemia Immune Response / Udo F. Hartwig, Ralf G. Meyer, and Wolfgang Herr
    Part IV. Biomarkers
    Molecular and Metabolic Cues of the Key-Lock Paradigm Dictating Immunogenic Cell Death / Jonathan M. Pitt, Marie Vetizou, Oliver Kepp, Guido Kroemer, and Laurence Zitvogel
    Pathogenesis of Minimal Residual Disease: CTCs as Novel Biomarkers in Cancer Disease / Tobias M. Gorges and Klaus Pantel
    Genomics Meets Cancer Immunotherapy / John C. Castle, Sebastian Boegel, Thomas Bukur, Valesca Boisguerin, and Martin Loewer
    Part V. Featured Chapters
    Oncolytic Viruses / Michael D. Mühlebach and Stefan Hutzler
    Part VI. Final Remarks
    Final Words / Cedrik Michael Britten, Mustafa Diken, Sebastian Kreiter, and Hans-Georg Rammensee.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Archie Bleyer, Ronald Barr, Lynn Ries, Jeremy Whelan, Andrea Ferrari, editors
    Summary: This is the second edition of the only book to be devoted exclusively to the total cancer picture in adolescents and young adults (AYA), now expanded from the age range 15-29 to that of 15-39 years. For each of the diverse spectrum of cancers encountered in the AYA group, the epidemiology, natural progression, diagnostic approaches, and treatment options are described, with special emphasis on strategies for early detection and prevention. Comparison is made with management of both younger and older patients, and model programs are presented that address common diagnostic, staging, treatment, and psychosocial shortcomings in the AYA group. Detailed attention is also paid to principles and practices of care, with consideration of psychosocial and quality of life issues, social support systems, rehabilitation, late effects, insurance, and economic aspects of health care, among other topics. The authors make compelling arguments for integrated strategies that allow young adults to benefit from the combined expertise of pediatric and adult oncologists in systems that identify both the complex disease and the social issues specific to this population. The proposed models of care include relationships with other specialties that do not specifically target this age group, i.e., infectious disease, endocrinology, pulmonary medicine, nephrology, gastroenterology, thoracic and abdominal surgery, urology, otolaryngology, and neurosurgery. New patterns of communication are advocated and endorsed as essential for productive interaction involving these specialties. References are extensive and are oriented toward users in pediatric hematology-oncology medical oncology, radiation oncology, surgical oncology, gynecologic oncology, oncology nursing, psycho-oncology, social work, epidemiology, public health and health services research. The contributing authors are from the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Italy, France, Israel, Switzerland and Australia, Germany, Japan and the Netherlands. .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    2015-19
    (1996-2000, 2008-18).
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC279.N58 C36
    8
  • Digital/Print
    edited by D.M. Parkin, J. Ferlay, A. Jemal, M. Borok, S.S. Manraj, G.G. N'da, F.J. Ogunbiyi, B. Liu, and F. Bray.
    Digital Access IARC 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC279.A357 C36 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Olufunso Adebola Adedeji, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses the current state of cancer pathway as it is relevant to sub-Saharan Africa and highlights differences in epidemiology and the underlying problems with management. It outlines the current practice and opinions in all forms of cancer, also highlighting future prospects. Starting by providing background information on the epidemiology and genomic variations, the book then goes on to look at Infection-related cancers and continues to prostate GI, breast cancer and ovarian and cervical cancer. The last part of the book focuses on delivery of affordable and accessible care. Palliative services and primary and transnational research, as well as clinical trials are also discussed. Written by a team of authors based in the UK, Nigeria, South Africa and the US. this book offers an overview of the current state and challenges of cancer care in sub-Saharan Africa, and it would be valuable to policy makers, researchers, funding organisations, and can be an adjunct to standard text books for students, residents and established doctors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Humaid O. Al-Shamsi, Ibrahim H. Abu-Gheida, Faryal Iqbal, Aydah Al-Awadhi, editors.
    Summary: This is an Open Access book. This book is a must-have for healthcare providers and researchers, public health specialists and policy makers who are interested and involved in cancer care in the Arab world. The Arab world consists of 22 countries, which are members of the Arab League and spanning over 13,132,327 km2 with over 423,000,000 population. Over the past few decades, the Arab world has witnessed a swift evolution in healthcare provision. Nonetheless, Arab countries have considerable variability in economic capabilities, resource allocation, and intellectual talent that inevitably reflect on access to modern cancer care and prevention. This book is authored by experts from the Arab world who provide vital information on cancer statistics and risk factors, available clinical care pathways and infrastructure, and prevention programs in their individual countries. The chapters also address specific challenges in each country and insights into future directions to achieve optimal care with conventional and novel diagnostics and therapies to keep up with the era of precision medicine. Special topics of interest and unique to the Arab world are also discussed, such as out of the country's medical tourism for cancer care and cancer care during war and conflict. Other special chapters include: Cancer research in the Arab world, Radiation therapy in Arab World and Pediatric Oncology in the Arab World Cancer in the Arab World is the first comprehensive book that addresses cancer care in depth in all Arab countries and it is endorsed by the prestigious Emirates Oncology Society.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 General Oncology Care in Algeria
    3 General Oncology Care in Bahrain
    4 General Oncology Care in Egypt
    5 General Oncology Care in Iraq
    6 General Oncology Care in Jordan
    7 General Oncology Care in Kuwait
    8 General Oncology Care in Lebanon
    9 General Oncology Care in Libya
    10 General Oncology Care in Mauritania
    11 General Oncology Care in Morocco
    12 General Oncology Care in Oman
    13 General Oncology Care in Palestine
    14 General Oncology Care in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
    15 General Oncology Care in Somalia
    16 General Oncology Care in Sudan
    17 General Oncology Care in Syria
    18 General Oncology Care in Tunisia
    19 General oncology care in the UAE
    20 General Oncology Care in the Republic of Yemen
    21 General Oncology Care in Qatar, Comoros & Djibouti
    22 Breast Cancer in the Arab World
    23 Colorectal Cancer in the Arab World
    24 Palliative Care in the Arab World
    25 Cancer Research in the Arab World
    26 Pediatric Oncology in the Arab World
    27 Challenges Associated with Medical Travel for Cancer Patients in the Arab World: A Systematic Review
    28 Radiation Therapy in Arab World
    29 Cancer Care During War and Conflict.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Yu Rencun, Beijing Hospital of Traditional Chinese Medicine, China, Hong Hai, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore.
    Contents:
    Principles of diagnosis and therapy in traditional Chinese medicine
    Herbs and prescriptions for therapy
    Cancer prevention and treatment using TCM
    Major forms of cancer and case studies
    Diet, exercise, and health cultivation.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital
    Shen Hu, editor.
    Summary: Cancer metabolomics is a rapidly evolving field that aims for a comprehensive dissection of the metabolic phenotypes and functional network of metabolites in human cancers. State of the art metabolomics tools have been developed and applied to studying cancer metabolism and developing metabolic targets for improved diagnosis, prognosis and therapeutic treatment of human cancers. Chapters are written by subject experts in the field of cancer metabolomics with cross-disciplinary contributions. Coverage includes advanced metabolomics technologies and methodologies, including chemical isotope labelling liquid chromatography - mass spectrometry, capillary ion chromatography - mass spectrometry, 2-D gas chromatography - mass spectrometry, capillary electrophoresis - mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, shotgun lipidomics, tracer-based metabolomics, microbial metabolomics, mass spectrometry imaging for single cell metabolomics and functional metabolomics. In addition, the book highlights new discoveries in cancer metabolism such as hypoxia inducible factor pathway, isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 mutation and oncometabolites. Finally, contributors focus on the translational applications of metabolomics in human cancers such as glioma, head and neck cancer, and gastric cancer. This new volume will be a unique reference source for cancer researchers and promote applications of metabolomics in understanding cancer metabolism.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Ann-Marie Broome.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Exosomes as theranostics for lung cancer
    Chapter 2. Nanotechnology approaches to improving cancer immunotherapy
    Chapter 3. Ultrasound contrast agents and delivery systems in cancer detection and therapy
    Chapter 4. Dendronized systems for the delivery of chemotherapeutics
    Chapter 5. Thermosensitive liposomes for image-guided drug delivery
    Chapter 6. Supramolecular analytical chemistry in cancer research
    Chapter 7. Gold nanoparticles for the delivery of cancer therapeutics
    Chapter 8. Single-cell proteomics for cancer immunotherapy.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Reema Zeineldin.
    Contents:
    Cancer nanotechnology : opportunities for prevention, diagnosis, and therapy / Reema Zeineldin and Joan Syoufjy
    Improved targeting of cancers with nanotherapeutics / Christian Foster, Andre Watson, Joseph Kaplinsky, and Nazila Kamaly
    Multifunctional liposomes / Bhawani Aryasomayajula, Giuseppina Salzano, and Vladimir P. Torchilin
    Multifunctional concentric FRET-quantum dot probes for tracking and imaging of proteolytic activity / Melissa Massey, Jia Jun Li, and W. Russ Algar
    Preparation and characterization of magnetic nano-in-microparticles for pulmonary delivery / Amber A. McBride, Dominique N. Price, and Pavan Muttil
    Multifunctionalization of gold nanoshells / Sandra W. Bishnoi and Yujen Lin
    Fabrication of photothermal stable gold nanosphere/mesoporous silica hybrid nanoparticle responsive to near-infrared light / Bei Cheng and Peisheng Xu
    Engineering well-characterized PEG-coated nanoparticles for elucidating biological barriers to drug delivery / Qi Yang and Samuel K. Lai
    Piloting your nanovehicle to overcome biological barriers / Steven M. Richards and Robert B. Campbell
    Detecting sonolysis of polyethylene glycol upon functionalizing carbon nanotubes / Ruhung Wang, Vasanth S. Murali, and Rockford Draper
    Methods for generation and detection of nonstationary vapor nanobubbles around plasmonic nanoparticles / Ekaterina Y. Lukianova-Hleb and Dmitri O. Lapotko
    Force measurements for cancer cells / Vivek Rajasekharan, Varun K.A. Sreenivasan, and Brenda Farrell
    Fractal analysis of cancer cell surface / Igor Sokolov and Maxim E. Dokukin
    Quantitative evaluation of the enhanced permeability and retention (EPR) effect / Luisa M. Russell, Charlene M. Dawidczyk, and Peter C. Searson
    Nanotechnology-based cancer vaccine / Aws Alshamsan
    Designing multicomponent nanosystems for rapid detection of circulating tumor cells / Shashwat S. Banerjee, Vrushali Khobragade, and Jayant Khandare
    Fluorescence and bioluminescence imaging of orthotopic brain tumors in mice / Emilie McKinnon, Alfred Moore, Suraj Dixit, Yun Zhu, and Ann-Marie Broome
    Ultrasensitive biosensing platform employing acetylcholinesterase and gold nanoparticles / Dingbin Liu and Xiaoyuan Chen
    Gene silencing using multifunctionalized gold nanoparticles for cancer therapy / Alexandra R. Fernandes and Pedro V. Baptista
    Generation of dose-response curves and improved IC50s for PARP inhibitor nanoformulations / Paige Baldwin, Shifalika Tangutoori, and Srinivas Sridhar
    Artificial antigen-presenting cells for immunotherapies / Alyssa L. Siefert, Tarek M. Fahmy, and Dongin Kim
    Exploiting uptake of nanoparticles by phagocytes for cancer treatment / Mee Rie Sheen and Steven Fiering
    Pulmonary delivery of magnetically targeted nano-in-microparticles / Amber A. McBride, Dominique N. Price, and Pavan Muttil
    Neutron-activatable nanoparticles for intraperitoneal radiation therapy / Derek Hargrove and Xiuling Lu
    Nanoparticle-mediated x-ray radiation enhancement for cancer therapy / Autumn D. Paro, Ilanchezhian Shanmugam, and Anne L. van de Ven
    Radiosensitizing silica nanoparticles encapsulating docetaxel for treatment of prostate cancer / Jodi Belz, Noelle Castilla-Ojo, Srinivas Sridhar, and Rajiv Kumar.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    David Schiff, Isabel Arrillaga, Patrick Y. Wen, editors.
    Summary: "This updated edition provides clinicians from various backgrounds and levels of training the information needed to optimally diagnose and manage neurologic complications of the nervous system. Organized into seven sections, this comprehensive volume begins with an overview of diagnostic studies for neurologic complications involving the nervous system. That is followed by sections on metastatic and non-metastatic complications of cancer involving the nervous system, and the interpretation, diagnosis, and management of common neuro-oncologic symptoms. The next section reviews the neurologic complications of cancer therapy, including corticosteroids, radiation therapy, chemotherapy, targeted molecular therapies, immunotherapies, hematopoietic stem cell transplantation, and infections involving the nervous system. The final section focuses on the most important neurologic complications in cancers arising from specific organs. In addition to capturing the latest advancements in the rapidly evolving fields of oncology and cancer neurology, the goal of this resource is to lead clinicians toward prompt diagnosis and intervention in order to improve patient quality of life"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Overview. The prevalence and impact of neurological disease in cancer
    Part II: Diagnostic studies. Imaging neurologic manifestations of oncologic disease
    Other diagnostic tools for neurological disease in cancer: EEG, EMG, and lumbar puncture
    Part III: Nervous system involvement of systemic cancers. Brain metastasis as complication of systemic cancers
    Leptomeningeal metastasis as complication of systemic cancers
    Spinal metastasis as complication of systemic cancers
    Peripheral nervous system metastases as complications of systemic cancers
    Part IV: Neurological complications of cancer. Headache as complication of cancer
    Seizures as complications in cancer
    Cerebrovascular complications of cancer
    Elevated intracranial pressure and hydrocephalus in brain tumor patients
    Cognitive dysfunction, mood disorders, and fatigue as complications of cancer
    Paraneoplastic syndromes of the nervous system as complications of cancer
    Part V: Neurological complications of cancer therapy
    Neurologic complications of radiation therapy
    Neurological complications of chemotherapy
    Neurological complications of targeted therapies
    Neurological complications of immune-based therapies
    Neurological complications of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Neurologic complications of corticosteroids in cancer therapy
    Central nervous system infections in patients receiving cancer therapies
    Part VI: Neurological complications of specific malignancies. Neurological complications of primary brain tumors
    Neurological complications of lung cancer
    Neurological complications of breast cancer and its treatment
    Neurological complications of gastrointestinal cancer
    Neurologic complications of genitourinary cancer
    Neurologic complications of female reproductive tract cancers
    Neurological complications of sarcomas
    Neurological complications of head and neck cancer
    Neurological complications of malignant melanoma
    Neurological complications of leukemia
    Neurologic complications of lymphoma
    Neurologic complications of plasma cell dyscrasias
    Neurologic complications of pediatric systemic cancer
    Part VII: Neurological complications in long term cancer survivors. Neurological complications of cancer and cancer therapies in long term survivors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Connie Henke Yarbro, MS, RN, FAAN, Adjunct Clinical Associate Professor, MU Sinclair School of Nursing, University of Missouri, Columbia, Columbia, Missouri, Editor, Seminars in Oncology Nursing, Destin, Florida, Debra Wujcik, PhD, RN, FAAN, AOCN, Oncology Consultant, Franklin, Tennessee, Barbara Holmes Gobel, MS, RN, AOCN, Associate Chief Nurse Executive, Director of Professional Practice and Development, Magnet Program Director, Northwestern Memorial Hospital, Chicago, Illinois, Adjunct Faculty, Rush University College of Nursing, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois.
    Summary: "Cancer Nursing: Principles and Practice, Eighth Edition continues as the gold standard in oncology nursing. With contributions from the foremost experts in the field, it has remained the definitive reference on the rapidly changing science and practice of oncology nursing for more than 25 years. Completely updated and revised to reflect the latest research and developments in the care of patients with cancer, the Eighth Edition includes new chapters on the biology of cancer, sleep disorders, and palliative care across the cancer continuum.The Eighth Edition also includes significant updates to the basic science chapters to reflect recent increases in scientific knowledge, especially relating to genes and cancer. Also heavily revised are the sections devoted to the dynamics of cancer prevention, detection, and diagnosis, as well as treatment, oncologic emergencies, end of life care, and professional and legal issues for oncology nurses. In addition, it provides extensive and current information on breast cancer, including two separate chapters on early stage breast cancer and metastatic breast cancer, and careful attention to survivorship issues." [Jones & Bartlett Learning].

    Contents:
    pt. I: The cancer problem
    pt. II: Prevention, detection, and diagnosis
    pt. III: Treatment
    pt. IV: Cancer symptom management
    pt. V: Oncologic emergencies
    pt. VI: The care of individuals with specific cancers
    pt. VII: Dimensions of cancer survivorship
    pt. VIII: Palliative and end of life
    pt. IX: Professional issues for the cancer nurse.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jeffrey N. Myers, MD, PhD, FACS, Oliver and Hubert Stringer Distinguished Professor in Cancer Research, Department of Head and Neck Surgery, The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, Texas, Ehab Y. N. Hanna, MD, FACS, Professor and Vice Chairman, Charles and Daneen Stiefel Chair in Cancer Research, Co-Director of Skull Base Surgery, Department of Head and Neck Surgery, Medical Director, Head and Neck Center, The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Eugene N. Myers, MD, FACS, FRCS Edin (Hon), Distinguished Professor and Emeritus Chair, Department of Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Professor, Department of Oral Maxillofacial Surgery, University of Pittsburgh School of Dental Medicine, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania ; illustrations by Michael E. Leonard, CMI, FAMI, Stockton, California.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Jesus E. Medina, Nilesh R. Vasan.
    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Evidence-Based Medicine
    2. Oral Cavity
    3. Oropharynx
    4. Nasopharynx
    5. Hypopharynx
    6. Larynx
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [editors], Vincent T. DeVita, Jr., MD, Amy & Joseph Perella, Professor of Medicine, Yale Comprehensive Cancer Center and Smilow Cancer Hospital at Yale-New Haven Professor of Epidemiology and Public Health, Yale University, School of Public Health, New Haven, Conneticut, Theodore S. Lawrence, MD, PhD, Isadore Lampe Professor and Chair, Department of Radiation Oncology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, Steven A. Rosenberg, MD, PhD, Chief, Surgery Branch, National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, Professor of Surgery, Uniformed Services, University of the Health Sciences, School of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, Professor of Surgery, George Washington University, School of Medicine, Washington, DC.
    Contents:
    Part I: Principles of oncology. The cancer genome
    Hallmarks of cancer: an organizing principle for cancer medicine
    Molecular methods in cancer
    Part II: Etiology and epidemiology of cancer. Tobacco
    Oncogenic viruses
    Inflammation
    Chemical factors
    Physical factors
    Dietary factors
    Obesity and physical activity
    Section 2: Epidemiology of cancer. Epidemiologic methods
    Trends in United States cancer mortality
    Part III: Cancer therapeutics. Essentials of radiation therapy
    Cancer immunotherapy
    Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of anticancer drugs
    Pharmacogenomics
    Alkylating agents
    Platinum analogs
    Antimetabolites
    Topoisomerase interactive agents
    Antimicrotubule agents
    Kinase inhibitors as anticancer drugs
    Histone deacetylase inhibitors and demethylating agents
    Proteasome inhibitors
    Poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase inhibitors
    Miscellaneous chemotherapeutic agents
    Hormonal agents
    Antiangiogenesis agents
    Monoclonal antibodies
    Assessment of clinical response
    Part IV: Cancer prevention and screening. Tobacco use and the cancer patient
    Role of surgery in cancer prevention
    Cancer risk-reducing agents
    Cancer screening
    Genetic counseling
    Part V: Cancer of the skin. Cancer of the skin
    Molecular biology of cutaneous melanoma
    Cutaneous melanoma
    Genetic testing in skin cancer.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    Alwin Krämer, Harald Löffler, editors.
    Summary: This book presents an up-to-date and thorough overview of cancer of unknown primary, encompassing topics ranging from epidemiology, tumor biology, and prognostic factors through to the most recent diagnostic and therapeutic advances. All aspects of management are covered, including radiological, nuclear medicine, and pathological diagnosis, site-specific therapies, platinum-based combination chemotherapy, radiotherapy, and novel targeted treatments. Clear guidance is offered on diagnosis of the tissue of origin by means of gene expression and micro-RNA analyses and its therapeutic implications. Detailed directions are also provided on the identification of subsets of patients with a more favorable prognosis, in whom specific treatment offers the chance of long-term survival or even cure. Readers will find Cancer of Unknown Primary to be an ideal source of practically oriented information that will assist in delivery of the best possible care for patients with this challenging diagnosis. .

    Contents:
    Introduction.- Epidemiology, risk factors and survival in CUP: pointers to disease mechanisms
    Biologic features of CUP
    Prognostic factors and their role in the management of CUP
    Diagnostic work-up of CUP
    an approach to current recommendations and underlying evidence
    The radiologist's approach to CUP
    Cancer of unknown primary: the pathologist's approach
    Treatment of disseminated CUP
    Concepts of radiotherapy in cancer of unknown primary
    Favorable subsets of CUP
    Novel Diagnostic and Therapeutic Strategies in the Management of Patients with Cancers of Unknown Primary Site
    Future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Francis P. Worden, MD, RPh, Professor, Division of Hematology/Oncology, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan Health System, Ann Arbor, Michigan, Anthony J. Perissinotti, PharmD, BCOP, Clinical Pharmacist Specialist, Inpatient Hematology, Department of Pharmacy, University of Michigan Health Services, Ann Arbor, Michigan, Bernard L .Marini, PharmD, Clinical Pharmacist Specialist, Inpatient Hematology, Department of Pharmacy, University of Michigan Health Services, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
    Contents:
    Microtubule inhibitors
    Alkylating agents
    Enzyme inhibitors : topoisomerase I inhibitors
    Enzyme inhibitors : topoisomerase II inhibitors
    Antimetabolites
    Monoclonal antibodies
    VEGF trap
    Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
    Anti-androgen therapies
    Mammalian target of rapamycin (MTOR) inhibitors
    Histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors
    Hypomethylating agents
    Proteasome inhibitors
    Immunomodulatory agents
    L-asparaginase enzymes
    Promyelocytic leukemia gene retinoic acid receptor-alpha (PMI-RARA)translocation inhibitors
    Sipuleucel-T(Provenge®)
    Omacetaxine (Synribo®)
    Estramustine (Emcyt®).
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital/Print
    June M. McKoy, Dennis P. West, editors.
    Summary: Cancer Policy: Pharmaceutical Safety provides invaluable information on the interesting and compelling field of cancer drug safety. Identifying and understanding high-priority policy issues and key pharmacovigilance strategies is of paramount importance. In this volume, outstanding and original chapters provide an overview and synthesis of the latest thoughts and findings relating to drug safety in the cancer domain. Topics include natural language processing and pharmacovigilance of alternative cancer pharmaceuticals. The information presented in this volume will improve understanding of emerging strategies to identify adverse drug reactions and drug-drug interactions within the cancer setting and will highlight policies that have been instituted to improve cancer patient safety. In summary, Cancer Policy: Pharmaceutical Safety explores many of the important areas of pharmacovigilance research in oncology.

    Contents:
    1. Impact of cost on the safety of cancer pharmaceuticals
    2. Cancer comorbidity: implications for drug safety
    3. Pharmacovigilance of alternative medications in the cancer setting
    4. Key elements in adverse drug reactions safety signals: application of legal strategies
    5. Biosimilars: are they really safe?
    6. The drug shortage crisis in the United States: impact on cancer pharmaceutical safety
    7. Anatomy of risk evaluation and mitigation strategies (REMS)
    8. Cancer drug toxicity: moving from patient to survivor
    9. Moonshot to cancer cure: recruiting policy to break down silos.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM301 .C36 2019
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Ann M. Bode and Zigang Dong.
    Contents:
    Combining computational and experimental methods for identifying molecular targets of phytochemicals / Ann M. Bode and Zigang Dong
    Common methods used for the discovery of natural anticancer compounds / Min Tang ... [et al.]
    Nrf2-target approaches in cancer chemoprevention mediated by dietary phytochemicals / Francisco Fuentes ... [et al.]
    Methods to analyze chemopreventive effect of silibinin on prostate cancer biomarkers protein expression / Gagan Deep, Swetha Inturi, and Rajesh Agarwal
    Approach to the evaluation of berries for cancer prevention with emphasis on esophageal cancer / Gary D. Stoner ... [et al.]
    Use of mouse models for lung cancer chemoprevention studies / Yian Wang ... [et al.]
    Azoxymethane plus dextran sulfate sodium-induced mouse colon cancer model for the study of dietary chemoprevention of inflammation-associated carcinogenesis / Ha-Na Lee, Hye-Won Yum, and Young-Joon Surh
    Use of seahorse extracellular flux analyzer in mechanistic studies of naturally occurring cancer chemopreventive agents / Michelle B. Moura ... [et al.]
    Utilizing RNA-seq to define phytochemical-induced alterations in insulin and IGF-regulated transcriptomes / Heather Beckwith and Douglas Yee
    Ex vivo use of keratinocytes from adult mice to define stem cell activities in cancer research / Rebecca J. Morris ... [et al.]
    Quantitation of acetaldehyde-DNA adducts : biomarkers of alcohol consumption / Silvia Balbo and Stephen S. Hecht
    Imaging tools in discovery and development of phytochemical chemopreventive agents / Marna Ericson
    Designing the chemoprevention trials of tomorrow : applying lessons learned from past definitive trials / Karen Colbert Maresso and Ernest Hawk.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Yuman Fong, T. Clark Gamblin, Ernest S. Han, Byrne Lee, Jonathan S. Zager, editors.
    Summary: This book is a state-of-the-art overview of cancer regional therapy (CRT) for the surgeons and interventional radiologists active in CRT development and research. The goals of this book are 1) to review the theory and practice of cancer regional therapies including pharmacology, devices, techniques, and workflow, 2) illustrate the most common procedures performed in the interventional and operating rooms, and 3) discuss data supporting use of CRT. This is meant to be a definitive text on the theory and practice of CRT. It begins with a summary of the history, technical principles that underlie regional therapy. The following parts discuss current data and practice in peritoneal, liver, limb, pleural and other sites. Included in the practice are considerations of workflow and financial issues revolving around CRT. Novel techniques and therapies under investigation are presented to inform the direction of the field. Cancer Regional Therapy summarizes the history, current technology, common procedures, and future prospects in this field and includes procedures from many surgical and interventional radiologic disciplines.

    Contents:
    The Basis of Regional Therapy, Pharmacology, Hyperthermia, and Drug Resistance
    Novel Biological Therapies with Direct Application to the Peritoneal Cavity
    Y-90 Radiomicrosphere Therapy: Principles and Clinical Use in Colorectal Cancer Liver Metastases
    Principles of Percutaneous Ablation in the Liver
    Regional Gene Therapy for Cancer
    Historical Perspective for Regional Peritoneal Therapy: HIPEC, EPIC and Port-based Therapy
    Rationale Behind HIPEC/Molecular and Genetic Considerations in HIPEC
    Data for HIPEC for Pseudomyxoma Peritonei/Tumors of the Appendix
    Data for HIPEC in Colorectal Cancer (T4 Lesions and Metastases)
    Role of Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy (HIPEC) in the Treatment of Peritoneal Metastasis of Gastric Cancer
    Regional Therapy for the Treatment of Ovarian Cancer: HIPEC and Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy
    Mesothelioma and Miscellaneous Disease Processes
    Anesthetic Considerations for Regional Therapies
    Post-Operative Management of Patients Undergoing Cytoreductive Surgery and Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy
    Complications of Cytoreductive Surgery and HIPEC
    Liver Resection and HIPEC
    Peritoneal Perfusion Techniques
    Operative Pearls for Cytoreduction of the Difficult Abdomen and Pelvis
    Novel Techniques and the Future of HIPEC (Immunotherapy, Viral Therapy)
    Pressurized IntraPeritoneal Aerosol Chemotherapy (PIPAC).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jennifer Baima, Ashish Khanna, editors.
    Summary: Finally, a concise pocket guide designed as a quick reference for busy clinicians who seek to improve the care they provide to cancer patients and cancer survivors. It is a comprehensive text formatted for fast access to a wide range of clinical information. This compact compendium is conveniently organized by cancer type for rapid review. It describes the many issues that cancer patients may face throughout the chronologic spectrum of care, starting from cancer diagnosis, to treatment, and survivorship. Each chapter helpfully highlights common impairments and treatment options using succinct tables, helpful illustrations and clinical peals from experts in the field. In addition, each chapter contains a clinical case and questions on the material to enhance understanding. Evidence for exercise treatment, including pertinent exercise precautions, is included, as are innovative research topics and emerging treatments. This includes dedicated chapters covering cancers of the breast; digestive organs; brain, eye, and central nervous system; urinary tract and genital organs; lip, oral cavity, and pharynx; lymphoid, hematopoietic, and related tissues; bone, articular cartilage, and soft tissues; respiratory and intrathoracic organs; skin. Thankfully, advances in cancer care such as chemotherapy, radiation, and surgery mean that more people than ever before are surviving long after their cancer diagnosis. Unfortunately, a large fraction of them live with at least one serious impairment as a consequence of their treatments that seriously impacts their ability to function and quality of life. This concise and essential guide to cancer rehabilitation will help the clinician navigate the care of this often complex population.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Impairment-based Cancer Rehabilitation by Type of Cancer
    Breast Cancer: Evidence along Continuum of Care-Prehab through Rehab
    Cancer of the Digestive Organs: Importance of Mobility for Motility
    Cancer of the Brain, Eye, and other Parts of the Central Nervous System: Asymmetric Weakness, Cognition, Vision
    Cancer of the Urinary Tract and Genital Organs: Female and Male
    Cancer of the Lip, Oral Cavity, and Pharynx: Disorders of Communication and Swallowing
    Cancer of the Lymphoid, Hematopietic, and Related Tissue: Infection Prevention, Exercise Precautions
    Cancer of the Bone, Articular Cartilage, Mesothelial and Soft Tissue: Limb Salvage and Amputation
    Cancer of the Respiratory and Intrathoracic Organs: Endurance
    Cancer of the Skin: Prevention Data
    Conclusion: Innovative Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joachim Weis, Markus Horneber.
    Summary: Cancer-related fatigue (CrF) is increasingly recognized as a significant problem for patients with cancer at all stages, including those undergoing therapy and in remission. In fact, studies have shown that CrF causes patients more distress than pain, nausea, or vomiting and yet fatigue is still often undertreated and rarely studied. However, several new treatments such as are being investigated to determine the most effective ways to manage this debilitating symptom and improve patient quality of life. Cancer-Related Fatigue will provide a concise overview of this condition, with an evidence-based discussion of diagnosis, treatment, and long-term management.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Etiology and pathogenetic factors
    Nonpharmacological treatment of cancer-related fatigue
    Pharmacological treatment of cancer-related fatigue
    Recommendations for the management of cancer-related fatigue.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Daniela Cristina Stefan, editor.
    Contents:
    1.Introduction: the need to conduct cancer research in developing countries
    2.Steps of a research study: from research question to publication
    3.Types of research designs
    4.Clinical research in developing countries: An overview
    5.The research protocol
    6.Ethics of conducting cancer research in developing countries
    7.Data management and statistics
    8.Funding For Cancer Research and Clinical Studies in Low and Middle-Income Countries
    9.International Collaboration in Cancer Research
    10.Publication and dissemination of research findings.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Mansi Arora, Deepak Kaul.
    Summary: In the last decade, researchers working in the field of cancer biology have shifted their focus from genetic defects to epigenetic dysregulation, especially that of non-coding RNAs (ncRNAs). This book encompasses a comprehensive review of the transcriptional landscape of the cell and its involvement in the cancer pathophysiology. The first two chapters elucidate the basics of biosynthesis, mechanism of action and modulation of the epigenetic regulation of gene expression by coding as well as non-coding RNAs. The third chapter discusses the aberrant expression of the cellular RNome in the cancer cells and highlights its role in the orchestration of processes involved in evolution as well as the sustenance of cancer cells. The fourth chapter describes the recent advances in the field of translating the transcriptome into diagnostic/prognostic biomarkers and as targets for novel anti-cancer therapies. The final chapter then reviews the emerging experimental approaches to screen, identify and explore the functions of ncRNAs. Providing valuable insights into the field of RNome in the context of cancer, this book is helpful to students, researchers and clinicians.

    Contents:
    1. Section 1. RNome: Evolution and nature
    Chapter. 1.1. RNA world hypothesis
    Chapter. 1.2. Various classes of RNAs (coding as well non-coding), their biosynthesis and basic functions
    2. Section 2. Cellular RNome: Chromatin dynamics
    Chapter. 2.1. Chromatin modifications & transcription
    Chapter. 2.2. RNA modifications and epitranscriptomics
    Chapter. 2.3. Cellular RNome: Contribution of non-coding RNA
    3. Section 3. Cancer RNome: Evolution and Sustenance.(How is cancer RNome different from RNome of healthy cell? How does the cancer RNome regulate the evolution as well as the sustenance of cancer?)
    Chapter. 3.1. Genome instability and mutation
    Chapter. 3.2. Tumor-promoting inflammation
    Chapter. 3.3. DNA methylation addiction
    Chapter. 3.4. Oncoviruses
    Chapter. 3.5. Sustained proliferative signaling
    Chapter. 3.6. Evasion of growth suppressors
    Chapter. 3.7. Replicative immortality
    Chapter. 3.8. Resisting Cell death
    Chapter. 3.9. Invasion and metastasis
    Chapter. 3.10. Angiogenesis induction.-Chapter. 3.11. Deregulated cellular energetics/Molecular sweet tooth
    Chapter. 3.12. Tumor Immune-evasion
    Chapter. 3.13. Cancer stem cells and tumor cell plasticity
    4. Section 4. Cancer RNome: Therapeutic implications(Translational implications of the cancer RNome). Chapter. 4.1. RNAs as diagnostic/prognostic biomarkers
    Chapter. 4.2. RNAs in cancer therapy & chemo-resistance.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Joseph D. Feuerstein, Adam S. Cheifetz, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise, yet comprehensive overview of cancer risks in patients with inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), as well as the screening modalities used to reduce these risks. Each chapter presents a major malignancy that patients with IBD are at risk from, stemming from the disease itself or from the medications used to treat the disease. Malignancies covered include colorectal cancer, skin cancer, lymphoma, and other cancers. Cancer risk and screening with current and emerging drug therapies are also discussed. Written by experts in the field, Cancer Screening in Inflammatory Bowel Disease: A Guide to Risk Management and Techniques is a valuable resource for gastroenterologists, colorectal surgeons, and primary care physicians who treat and manage patients with inflammatory bowel disease.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Risk Factors for Colorectal Cancer in Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
    Screening for Colon Cancer in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Skin Cancer Risk and Screening in Patients with Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Female Specific Cancern Risks and Screening in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Lymphoma Risk and Screening in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Pouch Neoplasia following IPAA in Patients with Underlying Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
    Other Cancers: Small Bowel Cancers, Cholangiocarcinoma, Urinary Tract, and Anal Cancer Risk and Screening in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Cancer Risks and Screening with Current and Emerging Drug Therapies in Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
    Preventing Colorectal Cancer in Patients with Inflammatory Bowel Diseases: Chemopreventive and Surgical Approaches
    Cancer Risk and Screening in Pediatric Patients
    Colorectal Cancer Risk and Screening in Geriatric Patients
    Use of Biologic Drugs Following an Initial Diagnosis of Malignancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Cristina Maccalli, Matilde Todaro, Soldano Ferrone, editors.
    Summary: This book represents an updated summary of the state of the art of the characterization of cancer stem cell/cancer initiating cell (CSC/CIC) properties. Experts provide an overview of the definition and biological properties of CSCs/CICs as well as the role of these cells in determining the resistance to standard and immune-based therapies. It also discusses limitations in the achievement of a definitive biological characterization of CSCs/CICs due to their high extent of plasticity and heterogeneity that is also mutually driven by the interaction of these cells with the tumor microenvironment. The limitations in targeting CSCs/CICs with immunotherapy are also explained together with explorative combination approaches that could increase the susceptibility of these cells to the recognition by immune cells. This book is conceived for a broad audience, including students, teachers, scientific experts. The critical revision of available results in terms of immunological profile of CSCs/CICs and the efficacy in targeting these cells by immunological approaches, results in a comprehensive and up to date recapitulation of the field and provides interesting suggestions on how to focus future investigations in order to assess the role of CSCs/CICs as prognostic and predictive biomarkers of responsiveness to therapies for cancer patients.

    Contents:
    Cancer Stem Cells: from birth to death
    A Cancer Stem Cell Perspective on Minimal Residual Disease in Solid Malignancies
    Cancer Stem Cells in Lung Cancer: Roots of Drug Resistance and Targets for Novel Therapeutic Strategies
    Overexpression of YY1 Regulates the Resistance of Cancer Stem Cells: Targeting YY1
    Cancer Stem Cell Challenges in Melanoma Characterization and Treatment
    Harnessing the immune system to target cancer cells
    Targeting leukemia stem cells and the immunological bone marrow microenvironment
    Crosstalk Between Prostate Cancer Stem Cells and Immune Cells: Implications for Tumor Progression and Resistance to Immunotherapy
    Cancer stem cells: the players of immune evasion from immunotherapy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Vinagolu K. Rajasekhar.
    Contents:
    Oxytocin and vasopressin systems: oxytocin, vasopressin, and their interplay with gonadal steroids: essentials of cancer stem cells and conceptual modeling
    Theoretical and experimental foundations of the "cancer stem cell" model
    The hallmarks of prostate cancer stem cells
    Self-renewal, induced proliferation, and autonomous cell growth represent distinct modes of cell multiplication: relevance to the cancer stem cell theory
    Human embryonic stem cells and cancer: modeling disease in a dish
    Cancer stem cell as a result of a reprogramming-like mechanism: implications in tumor development and treatment
    A cancer stem cell model: an insight into the conversion of induced pluripotent stem cells to cancer stem-like cells
    Altruistic stem cells and cancer stem cells
    The emerging concept of EMT-induced cancer stem cells
    Models to study chronic myeloid leukemia cancer stem cells
    Cancer stem cells in melanoma: biomarkers and mathematical models
    Stem cells in liquid tumors
    Acute myeloid leukemia stem cells: updates and controversies
    Leukemia-initiating cells in acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    Stem cells in solid tumors
    Lung cancer stem cells and resistance to radiotherapy
    Prostate cancer cell heterogeneity and prostate cancer stem cells
    Glioblastoma stem cells drive tumor recurrence and patient relapse: what's the evidence?
    Stem cells and pancreatic cancer
    Melanoma subpopulations with cancer stem cell phenotypes
    Sarcoma stem cells
    Cancer stem cells in tumor metastasis perspective
    Cancer stem cells in metastasis and minimal residual disease
    Role of cancer stem cells in metastasis
    Cancer stem cells and the stromal microenvironment
    A perspective on breast cancer malignant progression: from cancer stem cell intra tumor heterogeneity to metastasis-initiating cells
    Novel and potential targets in cancer stem cells
    Targeting cancer stem cells: modulating embryonic stem cell signaling, epigenetics, and tumor metabolism
    Oct4, Oct1, and cancer stem cells
    The role of Cripto-1 in cancer and cancer stem cells
    Leptin signaling in the regulation of stem and cancer stem cells
    Tumor-initiating stem-like cells: carcinogenesis through toll-like receptors, environmental factors, and virus
    The role of epithelial cell polarity pathways on cancer stem cells
    Cancer-initiating cells, exosomes, and the premetastatic niche
    Microrna therapeutics to target brain tumor stem cells
    The riboproteome orchestrates self-renewal and cell fate in leukemia
    Clinical relevance of cancer stem cells in patients
    Targeting different states of breast cancer stem cells
    Difficulties in targeting the beating heart: therapeutic implications of the cancer stem cell hypothesis in melanoma
    Targeting cancer stem cells for overcoming drug resistance and cancer progression
    The role of cancer stem cells in tumor radioresistance.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Curt I. Civin, Tami J. Kingsbury, Minjung Kim.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Print
    edited by Connie Henke Yarbro, Debra Wujcik, Barbara Holmes Gobel.
    Contents:
    Evidence-based symptom management
    Artharalgias and myalgias
    Cancer-related fatigue
    Menopausal symptoms
    Pain
    Sleep disturbances
    Hypersensitivity reactions to antineoplastic drugs
    Infection
    Constipation
    Diarrhea
    Nausea and vomiting
    Malignant ascites
    Bladder disturbances
    Bleeding and thrombotic complications
    Dyspnea
    Effusions
    The cancer cachexia syndrome
    Dysphagia
    Mucositis
    Xerostomia
    Increased intracranial pressure
    Peripheral neuropathy
    Alopecia
    Altered body image and sexual health
    Extravasation
    Lymphedema
    Ocular and otic complications
    Skin and nail bed changes
    Anxiety
    Cognitive dysfunction
    Depression
    Grief
    Spiritual distress
    Symptoms when death is imminent.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC266 .C3564 2014
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Xiaoyuan Chen, Stephen Wong.
    Contents:
    I: In vitro diagnostics. Cancer theranostics: an introduction
    Genomics-based cancer theranostics
    Proteomics-based theranostics
    II: Molecular imaging. Radionuclide imaging of cancer therapy
    Near-infrared fluorescence imaging probes for cancer diagnosis and treatment
    Bioluminescence imaging of cancer therapy
    Magnetic resonance imaging of cancer therapy
    Ultrasound imaging of cancer therapy
    Photoacoustic imaging for cancer diagnosis and therapy guidance
    III: Imaging-guided therapy. Multimodality image-guided lung intervention systems
    Label-free molecular vibrational imaging for cancer diagnosis
    Multimodality image-guided treatment
    Medical robotics for cellular and molecular imaging
    IV: Theranostic platforms. Porphyrins for imaging, photodynamic therapy, and photothermal therapy
    Magnetic resonance imaging and alternating magnetic fields
    Ultrasound for drug/gene delivery
    Radionuclides for imaging and therapy in oncology
    Noble metal nanoparticle platform
    Cancer theranostics with carbon-based nanoplatforms
    Silica nanoparticle platform
    Quantum dots for traceable therapeutic delivery
    Polymer- and protein-based nanotechnologies for cancer theranostics
    V: Other. Clinical translation and regulations of theranostics
    Scale-up production of theranostic nanoparticles
    Market considerations for nanomedicines and theranostic nanomedicines
    Application of theranostics to measure and treat cell heterogeneity in cancer.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Freireich, Emil J.; McGuire, William L.; Rosen, Steven T.
    Digital Access Springer v. 1-, 1981-
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Cancer treatment and research to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    edited by Richard A. Anderson, Norah Spears.
    Contents:
    Section I. Clinical
    Section II. Laboratory models
    Section III. Strategies to protect the ovary.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Print
    Natalia Savelyeva, Christian Ottensmeier, editors ; responsible series editor: Yuri Gleba.
    Contents:
    New approaches in immunotherapy for the treatment of lung cancer
    Novel approaches for vaccination against HPV-induced cancers
    Tapping the potential of DNA delivery with electroporation for cancer immunotherapy
    Targeted immunotherapy designed to treat MUC1-expressing solid tumour
    Chimeric DNA vaccines: an effective way to overcome immune tolerance
    Linked CD4 T cell help: broadening immune attack against cancer by vaccination
    mRNA cancer vaccines, messages that prevail
    The use of Anti-CD40 mAb in cancer
    Index.
  • Digital
    edited by Michael J.P. Lawman and Patricia D. Lawman.
    Contents:
    Single Step Antigen Loading and Maturation of Dendritic Cells Through mRNA Electroporation of a Tumor-Associated Antigen and a TriMix of Costimulatory Molecules
    Generation of Multiple Peptide Cocktail-Pulsed Dendritic Cells as a Cancer Vaccine
    Pulsing Dendritic Cells with Whole Tumor Cell Lysates
    Antigen Trapping by Dendritic Cells for Anti-Tumor Therapy
    Ex Vivo Loading of Autologous Dendritic Cells with Tumor Antigens
    Tumor Antigen/Cytokine-Pulsed Dendritic Cells in Therapy Against Lymphoma
    Dendritic Cells Primed with Protein-Protein Fusion Adjuvant
    Antigen-Specific mRNA Transfection of Autologous Dendritic Cells
    Electroporation of Dendritic Cells with Autologous Total RNA from Tumor Material
    Dendritic Cells Transfected with Adenoviral Vectors as Vaccines
    Genetic Modification of Dendritic Cells with RNAi
    Fast Monocyte-Derived Dendritic Cells-Based Immunotherapy
    Intratumoral Injection of BCG-CWS Pretreated Dendritic Cells Following Tumor Cryoablation
    Exploiting the CD1d-iNKT Cell Axis for Potentiation of DC-Based Cancer Vaccines
    Modification of T Lymphocytes to Express Tumor Antigens
    Genetic Modification of Mouse Effector and Helper T Lymphocytes Expressing a Chimeric Antigen Receptor
    Genetic Modification of Cytotoxic T Lymphocytes to Express Cytokine Receptors
    Monitoring the Frequency and Function of Regulatory T Cells and Summary of the Approaches Currently Used to Inhibit Regulatory T Cells in Cancer Patients
    Cytokine Activation of Natural Killer Cells
    Loading of Acute Myeloid Leukemia Cells with Poly(I:C) by Electroporation
    Autologous Tumor Cells Engineered to Express Bacterial Antigens
    Tumor Cell Transformation Using Antisense Oligonucleotide
    The Direct Display of Costimulatory Proteins on Tumor Cells as a Means of Vaccination for Cancer Immunotherapy
    Cloning Variable Region Genes of Clonal Lymphoma Immunoglobulin for Generating Patient-Specific Idiotype DNA Vaccine
    Heat Shock Proteins Purified from Autologous Tumors Using Antibody-Based Affinity Chromatography
    Invariant Chain-Peptide Fusion Vaccine Using HER-2/neu
    TLR-9 Agonist Immunostimulatory Sequence Adjuvants Linked to Cancer Antigens
    Production of Multiple CTL Epitopes from Multiple Tumor-Associated Antigens
    Preparation of Polypeptides Comprising Multiple TAA Peptides
    Idiotype Vaccine Production Using Hybridoma Technology
    Preparation of Cancer-Related Peptide Cocktails that Target Heterogeneously-Expressed Antigens
    Making an Avipoxvirus Encoding a Tumor-Associated Antigen and a Costimulatory Molecule
    Bacterial Vectors for the Delivery of Tumor Antigens
    Preparation of Peptide Microspheres Using Tumor Antigen-Derived Peptides
    Production of Antigen-Loaded Biodegradable Nanoparticles and Uptake by Dendritic Cells
    Development of Plasmid-Lipid Complexes for Direct Intratumoral Injection
    The Use of Dendritic Cells for Peptide-Based Vaccination in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Advances in Host and Vector Development for the Production of Plasmid DNA Vaccines
    Challenges Facing the Development of Cancer Vaccines
    Future of Cancer Vaccines.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Juan Alvarado Valdivia.
    Summary: Recounts the author's experience as a cancer patient. He was diagnosed with stage 2A Hodgkin lymphoma at age 30, and was cancer free in 2010, and five years later considered in complete remission.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC644 .A48 2015
    1
  • Digital
    by Dr. Alice Villalobos with Laurie Kaplan.
    Contents:
    Molecular biology of cancer and aging
    Caring for geriatric cancer patients : the concept of pawspice and what is needed aside from medical care
    The warning signs of cancer in geriatric pets
    Basic types of cancer and their biological behavior
    Generating the diagnosis and prognosis of cancer in geriatric pets
    Treating cancer in geriatric pets
    Principles and philosophic perspective
    The role of surgery in cancer management
    Chemotherapy in the management of geriatric cancer
    Adverse effects of cancer therapy in geriatric pets
    The role of radiation therapy in cancer management
    Immunotherapy, cancer vaccines, and gene therapy
    Chemoprevention and immunonutrition
    Integrative and alternative medicine
    Electroporation and electrochemotherapy
    Pain control for the geriatric cancer patient
    Decision making with advanced and recurrent cancer in the geriatric patient
    When and how to decide that a geriatric cancer patient is terminal
    Palliative care : end of life 'pawspice' care
    Euthanasia for the geriatric cancer patient
    The veterinary professional/client relationship : supporting your clients supporting yourselves
    Professional support : the wellbeing of the veterinarian and the team.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Jane E. Sykes.
    Contents:
    Basic principles in the diagnosis and management of small animal infection
    Laboratory diagnosis of canine and feline infectious diseases
    Isolation in cell culture
    Immunoassays
    Isolation and identification of aerobic and anaerobic bacteria
    Isolation and identification of fungi
    Nucleic acid detection assays
    Antiinfective therapy
    Principles of antiinfective therapy
    Antiviral and immunomodulatory drugs
    Antibacterial drugs
    Antifungal drugs
    Antiprotozoal drugs
    Basic principles for infection control
    Infection control programs for dogs and cats
    Immunization
    Major infectious diseases and their etiologic agents
    Viral diseases
    Rabies
    Canine parvovirus infections and other viral enteritides
    Canine distemper virus infection
    Canine herpesvirus infection
    Canine viral respiratory infections
    Infectious canine hepatitis
    Feline panleukopenia virus infection and other viral enteritides
    Feline coronavirus infection
    Feline immunodeficiency virus infection
    Feline leukemia virus infection
    Feline respiratory viral infections
    Feline poxvirus infections
    Pseudorabies
    Viral papillomatosis
    Vector-borne and other viral encephalitides
    Bacterial diseases
    Ehrlichiosis
    Anaplasmosis
    Rocky mountain spotted fever
    Salmon poisoning disease
    Coxiellosis and q fever
    Chlamydial infections
    Streptococcal and enterococcal infections
    Staphylococcus infections
    Gram-negative bacterial infections
    Anaerobic bacterial infections
    Bordetellosis
    Cell wall-deficient bacterial infections
    Mycoplasma infections
    Hemoplasma infections
    Actinomycosis
    Nocardiosis
    Mycobacterial infections
    Salmonellosis
    Enteric Escherichia coli infections
    Campylobacteriosis
    Enteric clostridial infections
    Gastric Helicobacter-like infections
    Leptospirosis
    Lyme borreliosis
    Bartonellosis
    Canine brucellosis
    Tetanus and botulism
    Yersinia pestis (plague) and other yersinioses
    Tularemia
    Bite and scratch wound infections
    Fungal and algal diseases
    Dermatophytosis
    Malassezia infections
    Blastomycosis
    Histoplasmosis
    Cryptococcosis
    Coccidioidomycosis
    Sporotrichosis
    Aspergillosis
    Rhinosporidiosis
    Candidiasis
    Miscellaneous fungal diseases
    Pythiosis, lagenidiosis, and zygomycosis
    Protothecosis
    Pneumocystosis
    Protozoal diseases
    Toxoplasmosis
    Neosporosis
    Leishmaniosis
    Babesiosis
    Cytauxzoonosis
    Canine and feline hepatozoonosis
    Trypanosomiasis
    Giardiasis
    Trichomoniasis
    Cryptosporidiosis
    Isosporiasis
    Miscellaneous protozoal diseases
    Infections of selected organ systems
    Pyoderma, otitis externa, and otitis media
    Osteomyelitis, discospondylitis, and infectious arthritis
    Infections of the cardiovascular system
    Bacterial bronchopneumonia and pyothorax
    Intra-abdominal infections
    Bacterial infections of the genitourinary tract
    Bacterial meningitis
    Vaccination schedules for dogs and cats.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Francesco Albanese.
    Summary: This book discusses canine and feline skin cytology and the importance of this diagnostic tool in interpreting skin lesions. With more than 600 clinical and cytological color pictures, it explains the cytological patterns observed in all cutaneous inflammatory and neoplastic lesions in cats and dogs, as well as cutaneous metastasis of non-primary skin neoplasms. The first part of the book describes cell morphology and cytological patterns, providing an overview of the normal structure of the skin. In the second chapter, readers learn how to choose the best techniques for different types of lesions. Further chapters present the cytological findings in the main inflammatory and neoplastic skin diseases. By focusing on the macroscopic aspects of the lesions from which the cells are collected, it helps readers to interpret cytological specimens. The final chapter explores the cytology of cutaneous metastasis from internal organs or accessory glands. This book offers veterinary students and practitioners alike an essential diagnostic tool.

    Contents:
    1. Morphology and Function of Skin Cells
    2. Techniques of Sampling, Preparation and Staining of Cytological Specimens
    3. Cytology of Canine and Feline Non Neoplastic Skin Diseases
    4. Cytology of Skin Tumors
    5. Cutaneous Metastasis from Non Primary Skin Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Vincenzo Di Marzo.
    Contents:
    Looking ahead after 50 years of research on cannabinoids / Raphael Mechoulam
    Cannabinoid receptor intracellular signaling : the long journey from binding sites to biological effects / Lawrence C. Blume, Khalil M. Eldeeb, and Allyn C. Howlett
    Endocannabinoid biochemistry : what do we know after 50 years? / Filomena Fezza and Mauro Maccarrone
    Genetic dissection of the endocannabinoid system and how it changed our knowledge of cannabinoid pharmacology and mammalian physiology / Beat Lutz
    Cannabinoids, endocannabinoids, and stress / Cecilia J. Hillard, Qing-song Liu, XiaoQian Liu, Bin Pan, Christopher J. Roberts, and Leyu Shi
    Cannabinoids and the brain : new hopes for new therapies / Javier Fernández-Ruiz, Mariluz Hernández, and Yolanda García-Movellán
    Potential therapeutic applications of cannabinoids in gastrointestinal and liver diseases : focus on tetrahydrocannabinol pharmacology / Paolo Caraceni, Francesca Borrelli, Ferdinando A. Giannone, and Angelo A. Izzo
    Years of cannabinoid research and the need for a new nomenclature / Vincenzo Di Marzo and Luciano De Petrocellis.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Eric Murillo-Rodriguez, S. R. Pandi-Perumal, Jaime M. Monti, editors.
    Summary: This volume highlights the recent advances in the understanding of the endocannabinoid system and the likely benefit from the therapeutic effects of cannabinoid treatment in a variety of health issues. Archeological evidence has shown that Cannabis has a long history of use for multiple purposes, including the treatment of medical conditions. The primary active constituent of the hemp plant Cannabis sativa, delta 9-tetrahydrocannabinol (Δ9-THC), causes euphoria, enhancement of sensory perception, tachycardia, antinociception, difficulties in concentration and impairment of memory, among other effects. Despite these undesirable effects, signaling is mostly inhibitory and suggests a putative role for cannabinoids as therapeutic agents by managing several diseases where inhibition of neurotransmitter release would be beneficial. The themes of this book have been edited and written by world-leaders in the field, The contents of the volume aims at readers from a range of academic and professional disciplines, such as biomedicine, several areas of biology, neurology, clinical medicine and pharmacy.

    Contents:
    Chapter 2: Neuromolecular Mechanisms of Cannabis Action
    2.1 Introduction and Scope of this Chapter
    2.1.1 Neuromolecular Targets of THC: The Cannabinoid Receptors
    2.1.1.1 CB1 Cannabinoid Receptor Characterisation: Protein, Distribution, Signalling and Pharmacology
    2.1.1.2 CB2 Cannabinoid Receptor Characterisation: Protein, Distribution, Signalling and Pharmacology
    2.1.2 Neuromolecular Targets of THC: Beyond the Cannabinoid Receptors
    2.1.3 Neuromolecular Targets of CBD
    2.1.4 Neuromolecular Targets of Other Cannabinoids
    2.1.4.1 Delta9-Tetrahydrocannabidivarin 2.1.4.2 Cannabinol
    2.1.4.3 Delta9-Tetrahydrocannabinolic Acid
    2.1.4.4 Cannabidivarin
    2.1.4.5 Cannabidiolic Acid
    2.1.4.6 Cannabigerol
    2.1.4.7 Cannabichromene
    2.1.5 Concluding Remarks
    References
    Chapter 3: Neuropharmacological Effects of the Main Phytocannabinoids: A Narrative Review
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Neuromolecular mechanisms of action of the main phytocannabinoids
    3.2.1 THC
    3.2.2 CBD
    3.2.3 Delta-9-THCV
    3.2.4 Delta-9-THCA
    3.2.5 Delta-8-THC
    3.2.6 CBDV
    3.2.7 CBN
    3.2.8 CBG
    3.2.9 CBC
    3.2.10 CBDA 3.3 Neurochemical and behavioral effects of THC and CBD: Human studies
    3.3.1 THC
    3.3.2 CBD
    3.4 Approved indications of cannabis-based products, THC and CBD
    3.4.1 Cannabis-based products
    3.4.2 THC
    3.4.2.1 Nausea and vomiting due to chemotherapy
    3.4.2.2 Appetite and decreasing weight loss associated with HIV/AIDS
    3.4.2.3 Multiple sclerosis symptoms (spasticity and chronic pain)
    3.4.2.4 Chronic pain (neuropathic and cancer pain)
    3.4.3 CBD
    3.4.3.1 Antiepileptic
    3.4.3.2 Therapeutic potentials of CBD with moderate/modest evidence from RCTs 3.5 Adverse effects of THC and CBD
    3.5.1 Cannabis-based products and THC
    3.5.2 CBD
    3.6 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4: Emerging Roles of Cannabinoids and Synthetic Cannabinoids in Clinical Experimental Models
    4.1 Introduction
    4.1.1 Cannabinoid Classifications
    4.2 Endocannabinoids
    4.3 Phytocannabinoids
    4.4 Synthetic Cannabinoids
    4.5 Cannabinoids in Neuromodulation
    4.5.1 Cannabinoids in Epilepsy
    4.5.2 Cannabinoids in Alzheimerś Disease
    4.5.3 Cannabinoids in Parkinsonś Disease
    4.6 Cannabinoids in Cancer
    4.7 Cannabinoids in Metabolic Disorders
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Samer N. Narouze, editor.
    Summary: This book presents a well-balanced view of the potential medical use of cannabinoids in pain. It comprehensively covers the current challenges with medical cannabis utilization and provides recommendations for research and future directions. Organized into nine sections, the book begins with an introduction to medical cannabis, including its history, regulations, and the general attitudes of pain physicians on cannabis. Section two explores the biological effects of marijuana via the endocannabinoid system and its complex structure of receptors and enzymes. Sections three, four, and five then delve further into pharmacology and the mechanisms of action applicable to cannabinoids in managing pain. Timely and socially conscious, section six examines the benefits of substituting opioids with cannabinoids for preoperative management. Echoing the book's well-rounded content, sections seven and eight consider the challenges with medical cannabis, including safety and quality control, brain development risks, vaping hazards, and withdrawal. The book then closes with a look at the future of cannabis in medical research. Thoroughly and equitably composed, Cannabinoids and Pain is an invaluable resource for primary care physicians, pain and palliative care physicians, and oncologists.

    Contents:
    History of Cannabis
    Cannabis Regulations
    The demand for medical cannabis education
    Pain physicians and cannabis: attitudes and beliefs
    Cannabis Terminology
    THE ENDOCANNABINOID SYSTEM
    The CB1 Receptors
    The CB2 Receptors
    Endocannabinoids: Anandamide and 2-AG
    Phytocannabinoids:Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC)
    Phytocannabinoids: Cannabidiol (CBD)
    Other Phytocannabinoids
    Cannabinoids Drug interaction
    Dronabinol (Marinol)
    Nabilone (Cesamet)
    Cannabidiol (Epidiolex)
    Nabiximols (Sativex)
    Medical Cannabis Strains
    The model of a specialized cannabis clinic
    Barriers for the prescription of cannabis-based medicines
    Practical recommendations for the use of medical cannabis
    Medical Cannabis Dosing and Titration
    Patient safety considerations
    Cannabinoids and Pain: Mechanisms of action
    Cannabinoids and Pain: Clinical Evidence
    Cannabinoids and Cancer Pain
    Cannabinoids as a substitute for opioids: Basic science and Clinical evidence
    Cannabiinoids as a substitute for opioids: Suggested algorithm
    Perioperative management of patients on cannabinoids
    The Colorado Experience
    Product Safety and Quality control
    Cannabis and brain development
    Cannabis and mental health risks
    Cannabis and adolescents
    Cannabis and child development during and after pregnancy
    Cannabis impairment and Adverse events
    Vaping hazards
    Cannabis Use Disorder
    Cannabis withdrawal
    Future research.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jaime M. Monti, S.R. Pandi-Perumal, Eric Murillo-Rodríguez, editors.
    Summary: Research on cannabis and sleep is emerging with promising results. This book offers current and comprehensive knowledge on cannabinoid research results in connection with sleep. The volume covers aspects of the hemp plant Cannabis sativa, the pharmacology of cannabinoids, neurobiology and pharmacology of sleep and wakefulness, and the benefits and side effects of cannabis on the central nervous system. It further discusses the putative therapeutical properties of cannabinoids and endocannabinoids and their potential for the treatment of sleep disorders such as insomnia, obstructive sleep apnea, REM sleep behavior disorder, and restless legs syndrome. The book is written by medical and scientific experts in this field and intended for researchers from a range of disciplines such as biomedicine, biology, neurosciences, clinical medicine, neurology, and pharmacology.

    Contents:
    Constituents of Cannabis Sativa
    Synthetic and Natural Derivatives of Cannabidiol
    Clinical Pharmacokinetics of Cannabinoids and Potential Drug-Drug Interactions
    Cannabinoid Receptors and Ligands: Lessions from CNS Disorders and the Quest for Novel Treatment Venues
    Sleep-Wake Neurobiology
    Cannabinoids and Sleep/Wake Control
    Effects of Cannabinoid Agonists and Antagonists on Sleep in Laboratory Animals
    Modulation of Noradrenergic and Serotonergic Systems by Cannabinoids: Electrophysiological, Neurochemical and Behavioral Evidence
    Natural Cannabinoids as Templates for Sleep Disturbances Treatment
    The Effect of Cannabinoids on the Brain´s Circadian Clock
    Effects of Cannabis Consumption on Sleep
    Addiction and Sleep Disorders
    Cannabis for Restless Legs Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Patricia H. Reggio.
    Contents:
    Contributors
    Preface
    Mouse Neuroblastoma CB1 Cannabinoid Receptor-Stimulated [35S]GTPgammaS Binding: Total and Antibody-Targeted Galpha Protein-Specific Scintillation Proximity Asays / by Khalil Eldeeb, Sandra Leone-Kabler, Allyn C. Howlett
    Protocols and Good Operating Practices in the Study of Cannabinoid Receptors / by Linda M. Console-Bram, Pingwei Zhao, Mary E. Abood
    Real-Time Measurement of Cannabinoid Receptor-Mediated cAMP Signaling / by Morag R. Hunter, David B. Finlay, Christa E. Macdonald, Erin E. Cawston, Natasha L. Grimsey, Michelle Glass
    Techniques for the Cellular and Subcellular Localization of Endocannabinoid Receptors and Enzymes in the Mammalian Brain / by Luigia Cristino, Roberta Imperatore, Vincenzo Di Marzo
    Endocannabinoid Transport Proteins: Discovery of Tools to Study Sterol Carrier Protein-2 / by Cecilia J. Hillard, Huan Huang, Caleb D. Vogt, Beatriz E. Rodrigues, Terrence S. Neumann, Daniel S. Sem, Friedhelm Schroeder, Christopher W. Cunningham
    Lipidomics: A Corrective Lens for Enzyme Myopia / by Heather B. Bradshaw, Emma Leishman
    Functional Analysis of Mitochondrial CB1 Cannabinoid Receptors (mtCB1) in the Brain / by Su Melser, Antonio C. Pagano Zottola, Roman Serrat, Nagore Puente, Pedro Grandes, Giovanni Marsicano, Etienne Hebert-Chatelain
    Modeling Neurodegenerative Disorders for Developing Cannabinoid-Based Neuroprotective Therapies / by Javier Fernández-Ruiz, María Gómez-Ruiz, Concepción García, Mariluz Hernández, José A. Ramos
    Metabolic Profiling of CB1 Neutral Antagonists / by Herbert H. Seltzman, Rangan Maitra, Katharine Bortoff, Jay Henson, Patricia H. Reggio, Daniel Wesley, Joseph Tam
    Ligand-Assisted Protein Structure (LAPS): An Experimental Paradigm for Characterizing Cannabinoid-Receptor Ligand-Binding Domains / by David R. Janero, Anisha Korde, Alexandros Makriyannis
    New Methods for the Synthesis of Cannabidiol Derivatives / by Ana Lago-Fernandez, Vanessa Redondo, Laura Hernandez-Folgado, Laura Figuerola-Asencio, Nadine Jagerovic
    Approaches to Assess Biased Signaling at the CB1R Receptor / by Robert B. Laprairie, Edward L. Stahl, Laura M. Bohn
    Design and Synthesis of Cannabinoid 1 Receptor (CB1R) Allosteric Modulators: Drug Discovery Applications / by Abhijit R. Kulkarni, Sumanta Garai, David R. Janero, Ganesh A. Thakur
    Assessing Allosteric Modulation of CB1 at the Receptor and Cellular Levels / by Caitlin E. Scott, Debra A. Kendall
    Purification of Functional CB1 and Analysis by Site-Directed Fluorescence Labeling Methods / by Jonathan F. Fay, David L. Farrens
    Mass Spectrometry Analysis of Human CB2 Cannabinoid Receptor and Its Associated Proteins / by Zhao-Hui Song, Alyssa S. Laun, Jian Cai
    Expression and NMR Structural Studies of Isotopically Labeled Cannabinoid Receptor Type II / by Alexei Yeliseev, Klaus Gawrisch
    Methods for the Development of In Silico GPCR Models / by Paula Morales, Dow P. Hurst, Patricia H. Reggio
    Molecular Dynamics Methodologies for Probing Cannabinoid Ligand/Receptor Interaction / by Diane L. Lynch, Dow P. Hurst, Derek M. Shore, Mike C. Pitman, Patricia H. Reggio
    Author Index
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    Carey S. Clark, editor.
    Summary: Offers a guide addressing nursing skills and responsibilities in cannabis care, including the physiology of the human endocannabinoid system, cannabis care as it relates to specific disease processes, the history of cannabis, advocacy and ethics, and the ins and outs of cannabis dosing, delivery methods, side effects, and more. Essential for all practice areas, this is a foundational resource for both students and practicing nurses who want to provide knowledgeable and effective medical cannabis care. --From publisher description.

    Contents:
    History of cannabis and prohibition / Llewellyn Dawn Smith
    The human endocannabinoid system (ECS): physiology / Denise A. Foster
    Cannabis pharmacology: from the whole plant to pharmaceutical applications / Rachel A. Parmelee, Carey S. Clark, and Deanna M. Sommers
    Cannabidiol / Eileen Konieczny
    Cannabis sciences: reviewing trends / Carey S. Clark, Rachel A. Parmelee, Barbara J. Ochester
    The nurse's role: providing cannabis care / Carey S. Clark
    Advanced practice nursing considerations / Eloise Theisen
    Legal, ethical, and advocacy concerns: cannabis from the federal to state level / Carey S. Clark.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM666.C266 C344 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Claude Cyr, Mellar P. Davis, Danial Schecter, Paul Daeninck.
    Summary: The use of cannabinoid-based medicines (CBM), and cannabis in particular, has risen steadily among cancer and palliative care patients over the last few years. This textbook aims to address the multiple challenges facing healthcare providers regarding the use of CBM in this vulnerable patient population. It provides insight into the latest preclinical and clinical data and offers a practical approach on the use of CBM in a rapidly evolving landscape. It answers questions regarding the prescribing process and elucidates controversies regarding cannabis disease-modifying effects. The first chapters will review basic concepts of the endocannabinoid system and pharmacology of CBM, while focusing more specifically on the unique characteristics of two main cannabinoids: THC and CBD. Indicating which benefits can be expected from using either or both of these compounds, the book then addresses issues of drug-drug interactions and other challenges involved in prescribing CBM to frail patients with polypharmacy and multiple comorbidities. Comparing available products, both approved and non-approved by the FDA, the book discusses regional challenges for accessing reliably tested and labelled products in the context of standardization efforts. After carefully determining objectives and addressing patient expectations, further chapters will examine the different clinical settings in which CBM may be useful in cancer care and explore symptom management, including cancer pain, anxiety, nausea, and insomnia among others. The possible benefits of cannabis psychoactivity will also be discussed, including harm reduction strategies for patients who wish to explore these effects. Cannabis and Cannabinoid-Based Medicines in Cancer Care: A Comprehensive Guide to Medical Management serves as a comprehensive text for oncologists, palliative care specialists, general practitioners, and nurse practitioners working with cancer patients or in palliative care settings.

    Contents:
    Overview of the Endocannabinoid System and Endocannabinoidome
    Cannabinoid-Based Medicine: Pharmacology and Drug Interactions
    Future Therapeutic Potential of Synthetic Cannabinoids and Endocannabinoid System Modulators
    Cannabis-Based Medicines as Anti-Cancer Agents
    Cannabinoid-Based Medicines and Cancer Symptom Management
    Patient Evaluation: Precautions and Managing Expectations
    Choosing a Product, Route of Administration, Initial Dosage, Titration, Monitoring and Management of Adverse Effects
    Psychoactive Effects of Cannabinoid-Based Medicines: Exploration and Inquiry.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kenneth Finn, editor.
    Summary: Legalization of marijuana is becoming increasingly prominent in the United States and around the world. While there is some discussion of the relationship between marijuana and overall health, a comprehensive resource that outlines the medical literature for several organ systems, as well as non-medical societal effects, has yet to be seen. While all physicians strive to practice evidence-based medicine, many clinicians aren't aware of the facts surrounding cannabis and are guided by public opinion. This first of its kind book is a comprehensive compilation of multiple facets of cannabis recommendation, use and effects from a variety of different perspectives. Comprised of chapters dedicated to separate fields of medicine, this evidence-based guide outlines the current data, or lack thereof, as well as the need for further study. The book begins with a general overview of the neurobiology and pharmacology of THC and hemp. It then delves into various medical concerns that plague specific disciplines of medicine such as psychiatry, cardiology, gastrointestinal and neurology, among others. The end of the book focuses on non-medical concerns such as public health and safety, driving impairment and legal implications. Comprised of case studies and meta-analyses, Cannabinoids in Medicine: An Evidence-Based Approach provides clinicians with with a concise, evidence-based guide to various health concerns related to the use of marijuana. By addressing non-medical concerns, this book is also a useful resource for professionals working in the public health and legal fields.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Losing Ground: The Rise of Cannabis Culture
    Addressing the Wider Implications of Increasing Marijuana Use
    Why Our Knowledge of the Risks in Cannabis Exposure Has Increased
    Limitations to Our Knowledge: Inadequate Measures, No Real Baseline
    Current Measurements of Marijuana Use Showing the Comparative Scope of the Problem
    Marijuana Use in Sub-populations at High Risk
    Monitoring the Future School-Based Data
    Widening Societal Impact of Increased Marijuana Prevalence The Societal Impact of Expanded Cannabis Extends to the Use of Other Substances Of Abuse
    Final Thoughts on the Wider Implications of Increased Use
    Reference Section
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Basic Science
    Chapter 1: The Properties and Use of Cannabis sativa Herb and Extracts
    Background
    THC
    Methods of Use
    Metabolism
    Synthetic Cannabinoids and Cannabimimetics
    Hemp
    CBD
    Conversion to THC
    CBD as a Quality Medicine
    Discussion
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 2: Cannabinoid and Marijuana Neurobiology
    Introduction Discovery, Evolutionary Origins, and Function of the Endocannabinoid System
    Endocannabinoid System in the Brain
    Endocannabinoid System Function in Early and Adolescent Brain Development
    Overall Function of the Endocannabinoid System in the Brain [45]
    Endocannabinoid System in Peripheral Tissues
    Disturbances of the Endocannabinoid System in the Brain
    Marijuana and the Brain: Receptors and Changes in Endocannabinoid Signaling
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: The Pharmacodynamics, Pharmacokinetics, and Potential Drug Interactions of Cannabinoids Drug-Drug Interaction with Cannabinoids
    Pharmacokinetics/Pharmacodynamics of Cannabinoids
    Pharmacodynamics
    Pharmacokinetics
    Drug-Drug Interactions
    Phase I Metabolism (Cytochrome P450)
    Phase II Metabolism
    Transport Proteins
    Epidiolex® Drug-Drug Interactions
    THC Drug-Drug Interactions
    Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Clinical Evidence
    Chapter 4: Cannabis and Neuropsychiatric Effects
    Blunted: The Effects of Cannabis on Cognition and Motivation
    Memory
    Attention
    Executive Function
    Intelligence and IQ
    Motivation
    Mechanisms of Action Moderating Factors
    Summary and Future Directions
    Cannabis and Psychiatric Conditions
    Psychosis
    Depression and Anxiety
    Addiction
    Cannabis-Related Violence and Death
    Potential Psychiatric Benefits of CBD
    Conclusion
    Cannabis Use and Psychosis, Mood, and Anxiety Disorders
    Introduction
    Increasing Cannabis Potency Post-legalization
    Post-legalization Trends in the Prevalence and Frequency of Cannabis Use
    Impact of Medical Legalization
    What Does Research Tell Us About Cannabis Use and Mental Illness?
    Cannabis, Psychosis, and Schizophrenia
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Paula Riggs, Thida Thant, editors.
    Summary: This book educates and familiarizes psychiatrists with the impact of cannabis beyond the scope of addiction and ways to effectively discuss the existing literature and knowledge with patients. Cannabis in Psychiatric Practice is organized by clinical setting to help tailor the literature to psychiatrists and other mental health clinicians working in all areas, whether traditional outpatient clinics, emergency departments, inpatient psychiatry or medical units. It helps readers, regardless of their training background, learn about the impact of cannabis on a variety of disorders in a manner adjusted to the unique needs and challenges of their particular treatment settings and patient populations. The book also includes clinical cases and practical tips integrating the current evidence, treatment approaches, and psychoeducation needed to effectively practice in the era of modern-day psychiatry and cannabis legalization. Chapters are written in a clear, easy-to-read style, allowing readers to reference specific portions of the book as needed, increasing its utility for the general psychiatrist and mental health clinician. With the increasing prevalence and availability of cannabis and CBD products, this book is an invaluable reference for psychiatrists who wish to explore the impact of cannabis in their clinical practice.

    Contents:
    1. Public Health Concerns of Cannabis
    2. Clinical Pharmacology of Cannabinoids
    3. Cannabidiol: Overview, Complexities and Opportunities for Behavioral Health
    4. Developmental Impact
    5. Cannabis in the Child and Adolescent Outpatient Mental Health Setting
    6. Cannabis in The Child and Adolescent Emergency and Inpatient Psychiatric Settings
    7. Clinical Considerations for Cannabis in the Child and Adolescent Consultation-Liaison Setting
    8. Disease course & prognosis
    9. Evaluation of Co-occurring Psychiatric Disorders and Cannabis Use in the Outpatient Setting
    10. Treatment of Co-occurring Psychiatric Disorders and Cannabis Use in the Outpatient Setting
    11. Acute intoxication and agitation/violence
    12. Cannabis and Psychosis
    13. Self-Harm and Cannabis Use
    14. Cannabis in the Adult Medical and Consultation-Liaison Settings
    15. Cannabis in the Perinatal Period
    16. Cannabis in the Geriatric Population
    17. Marijuana Use in Organ Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rahim Valani, editor.
    Summary: This book examines the effectiveness of a unique area of patient care, cannabis use in medicine. While many American states have legalized medical marijuana, the FDA still has not approved it as a treatment due to a lack of studies to prove its validity. Countries such as Canada and Uruguay, on the other hand, have legalized cannabis. This book aids in accelerating the medical legitimacy of cannabis through comprehensive coverage of its uses, legality, pharmacology, and potential issues. Organized into three parts, the book begins with topics that function as an introduction to cannabis for medical use, such as patient assessments, the role of genetics, evidence-based therapy reviews, legal aspects, and pharmacology. Subsequent chapters then delve into the practical applications of medical cannabis use, including treatment for gastrointestinal disorders, neurological diseases, rheumatic diseases, and pain management. The book's final section features crucial discussions on the potential complications and adverse events in cannabis use, as well as occupation and pediatric considerations. Nuanced and timely, Cannabis Use in Medicine, is a vital resource for medical practitioners of all specialties looking to add cannabis to their repertoire of therapies.

    Contents:
    Part I Introduction and Background to Cannabis Use in Medicine
    Introduction to Cannabis for Medical Use
    Legal Aspects of Cannabis
    Pharmacology of Cannabis
    Patient Assessment and Dosing Recommendations for Cannabis
    Analytical Testing of Cannabis
    The Role of Genetics in the Use of Cannabis
    Evidence Based Reviews on Cannabis Therapy
    Part II Use of Cannabis in the Management of Specific Medical Conditions
    The Effects and Benefits of Cannabis on the Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Neurological Diseases and Cannabinoid Treatment
    Cannabinoid Treatment for Rheumatic Disease
    The Use of Cannabis for Pain Management
    Complications and Adverse Events from Cannabis Use
    Part III Cannabis Use in Specific Populations
    Occupational Considerations Related to Cannabis Use
    Pediatric Considerations when Prescribing Cannabis
    Cannabis Use in the Pregnant Patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Quarraisha Abdool Karim, Salim S. Abdool Karim, Cheryl Baxter, editors.
    Summary: Since its inception 14 years ago, CAPRISA has conducted numerous clinical studies that have influenced international TB-HIV treatment guidelines as well as HIV prevention through innovations in the microbicide and vaccine fields. This book provides a historical account of how each of CAPRISA?s high impact studies was created, developed, implemented, analysed and communicated. In doing so, the reader is taken on a journey that provides glimpses into the genesis of research ideas and how this ultimately leads to a range of HIV prevention and treatment studies that have impacted the global response to the HIV and TB epidemics. Comprised of 5 sections, the book details the following: HIV epidemic in South Africa and the establishment of a research centre to undertake clinical, epidemiological and laboratory research on HIV. CAPRISA?s clinical trials on HIV and HSV-2 prevention. These studies investigated the impact of tenofovir gel as topical antiretroviral pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP), implementation of topical PrEP through family planning clinics, conditional cash incentives for HIV prevention, HIV vaccines, and passive immunisation with broadly neutralising antibodies. CAPRISA?s research on the treatment of HIV and TB co-infection. A review of the major scientific findings from the CAPRISA studies on acute infection and genital mucosal immunology. Essential support activities for the conduct of clinical trials, including research laboratories and pharmacies, as well as establishing effective communication and sustainable structures for community engagement to maintain effective and respectful partnerships with participating communities. The book concludes with a chapter about the challenges facing future HIV prevention and treatment trials. The CAPRISA Clinical Trials: HIV Treatment and Prevention is a resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students, health care providers, doctors, decision-makers and researchers who are seeking guidance and insights on clinical trials? their creation, conduct and impact.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    Studies Linked to the Evolving HIV Epidemic in South Africa: Informing the CAPRISA Scientific Agenda
    CAPRISA: Establishing A Research Center to Undertake HIV Clinical Trials
    Overview of Clinical Trials
    Part II. CAPRISA Clinical Trials for HIV and HSV-2 Prevention
    Antiretrovirals for HIV Prevention
    Rolling out of tenofovir gel in family planning clinics: the CAPRISA 008 implementation trial
    Conditional cash transfers to reduce HIV risk in young women: the CAPRISA 007 cluster randomised control trial
    HIV vaccine and passive immunity trials
    Part III: CAPRISA Clinical Trials for HIV?TB Treatment
    CAPRISA 003: Timing of antiretroviral initiation in HIV-TB co-infected patients
    The SAPiT Trial
    Scaling up TB-HIV integration in public health clinics: translating research findings into practice
    Part IV: Experiences and lessons learnt from clinical trials in CAPRISA
    Lessons from the Acute Infection Study: from Bench to Bedside
    Understanding sexual HIV transmission in women by focusing on the genital mucosa
    Part V: Essential support activities for the conduct of clinical trials
    Good practices in conducting clinical trials: Good Participatory Practice, Good Pharmacy Practice and Good Laboratory Practice
    Grants Management
    Taking science to the people: communication and media strategies for clinical trials
    Looking ahead: What Does the Future Hold for CAPRISA?
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Omar M.E. Abdel-Salam, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides an up-to-date account of the achievements pertaining to the application of capsaicin and capsaicin-like molecules in the therapy of various human ailments such as pain, non-allergic rhinitis, obesity, tumors, and gastrointestinal, dermatologic, and urologic disorders. It discusses the basic functions of the capsaicin receptor (TRPV1), its mechanisms of action, and its role in physiological and pathological processes. The text focuses on the most recent progress in the use of capsaicin and capsaicin-like molecules as a therapeutic agent and highlights potential pharmaceutical implications of further TRPV1 research. The chapters are written by noted experts in their fields of endeavor. This book offers both clinicians and researchers valuable resource and reference material on the subject that will stimulate future research.

    Contents:
    Capsaicin and Sensory Neurones: a Historical Perspective
    Pharmacology of the Capsaicin Receptor, Transient Receptor Potential Vanilloid Type 1 Ion Channel
    TRPV1 in the Central Nervous System: Synaptic Plasticity, Function and Pharmacological Implications
    Topical Capsaicin Formulations in the Management of Neuropathic Pain
    Capsaicin-Based Therapies for Pain Control
    Intranasal Capsaicin in Management of Non-allergic (Vasomotor) Rhinitis
    Capsaicin as an Anti-obesity Drug
    The Potential Antitumour Effects of Capsaicin
    Capsaicin as New Orally Applicable Gastroprotective and Therapeutic Drug Alone or in Combination with Non-Steroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs in Human Healthy Subjects and in Patients
    Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide as Target of Capsaicin Receptor in the Gut
    Capsaicin for Osteoarthritis Pain
    The Role of Capsaicin in Dermatology
    Use of Vanilloids in Urologic Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Nirala Ramchiary and Chittaranjan Kole.
    Summary: This book contains complete information on Capsicum genetic resources, diversity, evolution, history and advances in capsicum improvement from classical breeding to whole genome sequencing, genomics, databases and its impact on next generation pepper breeding. Capsicum is one of the most important Solanaceae crops grown worldwide as vegetables and spices. Due to its high economic value and to meet the demands of enormous population growth amid biotic and abiotic stresses, there has been an ongoing breeding program utilizing available genetic resources with desired traits to increase the sustainable productivity of this crop for several decades. However, the precision breeding of this crop for desired traits only started with the advent of molecular markers. The recent advances in high-throughput genome sequencing technologies helped in the quick decoding of transcriptome, epigenome, nuclear and organeller genomes, thereby enhancing our understanding of the structure and function of the Capsicum genome, and helping in genomics assisted breeding. These advanced technologies coupled with conventional mapping have greatly contributed towards dissection and manipulation of economically important traits more precisely and made less time consuming.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface to the Series; Preface to the Volume; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 The Capsicum Crop: An Introduction; Abstract; 1.1 Origin and Diffusion; 1.2 Economic and Culinary Importance; 1.3 The Properties of Pepper; 1.4 Genetic Resources and Breeding; References; 2 Genetic Resources of Capsicum; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Domestication Syndrome; 2.3 Capsicum Species Complex and Gene Pools; 2.4 Discovery of Highly Pungent Landraces; 2.5 Discovery and Utilization of Genetic Resources for Stress Resistance; 2.5.1 Resistance to Biotic Stresses; 2.5.1.1 Anthracnose; 2.5.1.2 Bacterial Wilt 2.5.1.3 Phytophthora Root Rot2.5.1.4 Viruses; Potyviruses; Cucumovirus; Begomovirus; Tospoviruses; Tobamoviruses; 2.5.1.5 Root-Knot Nematode; 2.5.1.6 Insects; 2.5.2 Tolerance to Abiotic Stress; 2.5.2.1 Moisture Deficit Tolerance; 2.5.2.2 Heat and Salt Tolerance; 2.6 Conservation of Genetic Resources; 2.6.1 Ex Situ; 2.6.2 In Situ; 2.7 Future Outlook; References; 3 Capsicum Breeding: History and Development; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 History of Capsicum Breeding; 3.3 Current Breeding Objectives for Capsicum Improvement; 3.3.1 Specific Objectives for Sweet Pepper Breeding 3.4 Breeding Methods for Capsicums3.5 Other Strategies Utilized for Capsicum Improvement and Achievements; 3.5.1 Mutation Breeding; 3.5.2 Polyploidy Breeding; 3.5.3 Haploid Breeding; 3.5.4 Embryo Rescue; 3.5.5 Transgenic Development; 3.5.6 Marker-Assisted Breeding; 3.6 Limitations of Traditional Breeding; 3.7 Need of Molecular Breeding; 3.8 Future Prospects; References; 4 Cytology and DNA Content Variation of Capsicum Genomes; Abstract; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Phylogeny of Chili Peppers; 4.3 Basic Chromosome Number; 4.4 Karyotyping of Capsicum Species 4.5 Mapping of the 45S and 5S Ribosomal RNA Genes4.6 AgNOR Mapping; 4.7 DNA Content of Capsicum Species; 4.8 Concluding Remarks and Future Prospects; References; 5 Development and Evolution of Molecular Markers and Genetic Maps in Capsicum Species; Abstract; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Development and Evolution of Markers in Capsicum Species; 5.2.1 Biochemical Marker; 5.2.2 DNA Marker; 5.2.2.1 Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP); 5.2.2.2 Minisatellites: Variable Number of Tandem Repeat (VNTR); 5.2.2.3 Random Amplified Polymorphic DNA (RAPD); 5.2.2.4 Inter-simple Sequence Repeat (ISSR) 5.2.2.5 Amplified Fragment Length Polymorphism (AFLP)5.2.2.6 Simple Sequence Repeat (SSR); 5.2.2.7 Cleaved Amplified Polymorphic Sequences (CAPSs); 5.2.2.8 Sequence-Characterized Amplified Region (SCAR); 5.2.2.9 Single-Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP) and Insertion/Deletion (InDel); 5.2.2.10 High-Throughput SNP Genotyping Systems; 5.3 Genetic Maps in Capsicum Species; 5.3.1 Interspecific Genetic Linkage Maps; 5.3.1.1 Capsicum annuum × Capsicum chinense; 5.3.1.2 Capsicum annuum × Capsicum frutescens; 5.3.1.3 Capsicum annuum × Capsicum baccatum; 5.3.2 Intraspecific Genetic Linkage Maps
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    David J. Hass, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive introduction and review of small bowel capsule endoscopy (SBCE). The book reviews the data regarding appropriate indications and contraindications for the implementation of small bowel capsule endoscopy, while discussing in detail the evolving role of SBCE in the treatment of obscure gastrointestinal bleeding, and the management of inflammatory bowel disease, small bowel polyposis syndromes, and refractory malabsorption. Topics such as complications of SBCE, methods to perform SBCE on patients with dysphagia or gastric emptying pathology, and understanding the normal anatomy of the gastrointestinal tract when viewed via SBCE are also discussed. In addition, an introduction to colon capsule technology and the next generation of small bowel capsule imaging is reviewed. The text is complemented by several illustrative cases that are demonstrated with both online full length videos as well as an online interactive companion that includes review questions to reinforce concepts learned in the text. Written by experts in the field, Capsule Endoscopy: A Guide to Becoming an Efficient and Effective Reader is an invaluable resource for novice capsule endoscopy readers, fellows in gastroenterology and hepatology, researchers, mid-level providers, residents, and medical students with an interest in learning how to implement and perform SBCE in the investigation of small bowel diseases.

    Contents:
    The History and Development of the Small Bowel Capsule/Comparison of Current Available Capsule Platforms
    SBCE Indications and Contraindications? and the Logistics of Administering the Capsule? Preps, Prokinetics, Retention
    Difficult Populations? Dysphagia/Partial SBOs/ICDs/Pediatrics
    Capsule Endoscopy for Obscure Ganstrointestinal Bleeding.-The Utility of Capsule Endoscopy in Crohn?s disease
    The Role of Capsule Endoscopy in the Diagnosis and Management of Celiac Disease and Refractory Diarrhea
    Becoming an Efficient and Effective Reader of Capsule Endoscopy in Screening and Surveillance of Small Bowel Polyposis Syndromes and Masses
    How to Read a Small Bowel Capsule Endoscopy Study
    Normal versus Abnormal CE Images
    Colon Capsule and the Future of Capsule Endoscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Bernd Lepenies.
    Contents:
    Carbohydrate-based vaccines : an overview / Julia Hütter and Bernd Lepenies
    Glycans as vaccine antigens and adjuvants : immunological considerations / Stephanie Zimmermann and Bernd Lepenies
    Glycan array platform as a tool to identify carbohydrate antigens / Li Xia and Jeffrey C. Gildersleeve
    Antibody-carbohydrate recognition from docked ensembles using the AutoMap procedure / Tamir Dingjan, Mark Agostino, Paul A. Ramsland, and Elizabeth Yuriev
    Generation of monoclonal antibodies against defined oligosaccharide antigens / Felix Broecker, Chakkumkal Anish, and Peter H. Seeberger
    Murine whole-blood opsonophagocytosis assay to evaluate protection by antibodies raised against encapsulated extracellular bacteria / Guillaume Goyette-Desjardins, René Roy, and Mariela Segura
    Determination of N-linked glycosylation in viral glycoproteins by negative ion mass spectrometry and ion mobility / David Bitto, David J. Harvey, Steinar Halldorsson, Katie J. Doores, Laura K. Pritchard, Juha T. Huiskonen, Thomas A. Bowden, and Max Crispin
    N-glycosylation fingerprinting of viral glycoproteins by xCGE-LIF / René Hennig, Erdmann Rapp, Robert Kottler, Samanta Cajic, Matthias Borowiak, and Udo Reichl
    Temporary conversion of protein amino groups to azides : a synthetic strategy for glycoconjugate vaccines / Tomasz Lipinski and David R. Bundle
    Gold nanoparticles as carriers for synthetic glycoconjugate vaccines / Fabrizio Chiodo and Marco Marradi
    Identification and characterization of carbohydrate-based adjuvants / Timo Johannssen and Bernd Lepenies
    Characterization of carbohydrate vaccines by NMR spectroscopy / Francesco Berti and Neil Ravenscroft
    Characterization of capsular polysaccharides and their glycoconjugates by hydrodynamic methods / Stephen E. Harding, Ali Saber Abdelhameed, Richard B. Gillis, Gordon A. Morris, and Gary G. Adams
    Glycoconjugate vaccines : the regulatory framework / Christopher Jones.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Hirohiko Tsujii, Tadashi Kamada, Toshiyuki Shirai, Koji Noda, Hiroshi Tsuji, Kumiko Karasawa, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a practical guide for the use of carbon ions in cancer radiotherapy. On the basis of clinical experience with more than 7,000 patients with various types of tumors treated over a period of nearly 20 years at the National Institute of Radiological Sciences, step-by-step procedures and technological development of this modality are highlighted. The book is divided into two sections, the first covering the underlying principles of physics and biology, and the second section is a systematic review by tumor site, concentrating on the role of therapeutic techniques and the pitfalls in treatment planning. Readers will learn of the superior outcomes obtained with carbon-ion therapy for various types of tumors in terms of local control and toxicities. It is essential to understand that the carbon-ion beam is like a two-edged sword: unless it is used properly, it can increase the risk of severe injury to critical organs. In early series of dose-escalation studies, some patients experienced serious adverse effects such as skin ulcers, pneumonitis, intestinal ulcers, and bone necrosis, for which salvage surgery or hospitalization was required. To preclude such detrimental results, the adequacy of therapeutic techniques and dose fractionations was carefully examined in each case. In this way, significant improvements in treatment results have been achieved and major toxicities are no longer observed. With that knowledge, experts in relevant fields expand upon techniques for treatment delivery at each anatomical site, covering indications and optimal treatment planning. With its practical focus, this book will benefit radiation oncologists, medical physicists, medical dosimetrists, radiation therapists, and senior nurses whose work involves radiation therapy, as well as medical oncologists and others who are interested in radiation therapy.

    Contents:
    Part I. The History of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy
    1. History of Charged Particle Radiotherapy / Hirohiko Tsujii
    Part II. An Overview of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy
    2. The Characteristics of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy / Tadashi Kamada
    3. Overview of the Heavy-Ion Medical Accelerator in Chiba (HIMAC) Practices / Tadashi Kamada
    Part III. Radiobiology of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy
    4. Heavy-Ion Radiobiology / Yoshiya Furusawa
    5. Biophysical Models and RBE / Naruhiro Matsufuji
    Part IV. Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy System
    6. Workflow of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy / Toshiyuki Shirai and Yuka Takei
    7. Beam-Delivery Systems / Shigekazu Fukuda, Takuji Furukawa, and Yoshiyuki Iwata
    8. Dosimetry / Manabu Mizota and Akifumi Fukumura
    9. Motion Management / Shinichiro Mori
    10. Quality Assurance / Takuji Furukawa and Shinichiro Mori
    Part V. Treatment Planning of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy
    11. Treatment Planning of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy / Nobuyuki Kanematsu and Taku Inaniwa
    Part VI. Facility Design
    12. Facility Design of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy / Koji Noda
    Part VII. Oncology Information System
    13. Oncology Information System / Yutaka Ando
    Part VIII. Evaluation of Treatment Outcome
    14. Evaluation of Treatment Outcomes Using the Heavy-Ion Medical Accelerator in Chiba (HIMAC) Approach / Tadashi Kamada
    Part IX. Head and Neck Tumors
    15. Cancer of the Head and Neck / Azusa Hasegawa
    16. Malignant Melanoma of the Head and Neck / Ryo Takagi
    17. Soft Tissue Sarcoma of the Head and Neck / Masashi Koto
    Part X. Skull Base and Paracervical Tumors
    18. Skull Base and Upper Cervical Spine Tumors / Masashi Koto
    Part XI. Eye Tumors
    19. Uveal Melanoma / Hiroshi Tsuji, Shingo Toyama, and Takuma Nomiya
    20. Lacrimal Gland Tumors / Hiroshi Tsuji, Nobutaka Mizoguchi, and Takuma Nomiya
    Part XII. Lung Tumors
    21. Lung Cancer / Naoyoshi Yamamoto and Mio Nakajima
    22. Metastatic Lung Tumors and Lymph Nodes / Naoyoshi Yamamoto and Mio Nakajima
    Part XIII. GI Tract Tumors
    23. Esophageal Cancer / Shigeo Yasuda
    24. Postoperative Recurrence of Rectal Cancer / Shigeu Yamada, Satoshi Endo, Kohtaro Terashima, Makoto Shinoto, Shigeo Yasuda, Miho Shiomi, and Tetsuro Isozaki
    Part XIV. Liver Tumors
    25. Hepatocellular Carcinoma / Shigeo Yasuda
    Part XV. Pancreatic Cancer
    26. Pancreatic Cancer / Shigeu Yamada, Kohtaro Terashima, Makoto Shinoto, Shigeo Yasuda, Miho Shiomi, and Tetsuro Isozaki
    Part XVI. Genitourinary Tumors
    27. Prostate Cancer / Hiroshi Tsuji, Hitoshi Ishikawa, and Takuma Nomiya
    28. Renal Cell Carcinoma / Takuma Nomiya and Hiroshi Tsuji
    Part XVII. Gynecologic Tumors
    29. Uterine Cancer / Masaru Wakatsuki
    30. Gynecological Melanoma / Kumiko Karasawa
    Part XVIII. Bone and Soft Tissue Sarcomas
    31. Bone and Soft-Tissue Sarcomas / Reiko Imai
    Part XIX. Other Tumors
    32. Previously Irradiated Tumors / Masashi Koto
    33. Metastatic Tumors / Kumiko Karasawa
    34. Brain Tumors / Masashi Koto
    35. Breast Cancer / Kumiko Karasawa.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Klaus Lorenz, Rattan Lal.
    Summary: Carbon Sequestration in Agricultural Ecosystems addresses basic processes of soil C dynamics and explains the underlying controls of technical and economic potential of soil C sequestration. It contains discussions on soil inorganic and organic C, and the factors affecting their stock and fluxes. After an introduction on agricultural land uses and their effects on the global C cycle; processes, factors and causes influencing SIC and SOC dynamics are presented in detail based on up-to-date scientific knowledge. Also discussed are processes affecting dynamics of SIC and SOC sequestration in soils of croplands and grasslands, and how agricultural practices affect them. This is followed by a description of SOC sequestration in wetlands under agricultural use, and those under agroforestry systems. Then, how the increasing biomass production for bioenergy and biofuel affects the SOC stocks of agroecosystems is presented. This is followed by a critical discussion on the importance of biochar to soil C sequestration in agroecosystems. The book concludes with an outlook about the importance of soils of agroecosystems for climate change policy. Focus of the book is on scientific understanding of SIC and SOC sequestration in agroecosystems. It lists a set of questions at the end of each chapter to stimulate thinking and promote academic dialogue. Each chapter lists pertinent references on the current research, and summarizes the present understanding while identifying the knowledge gaps for future research. It is timely because of the growing interests by the policy makers (as documented by the "4 per Thousand" initiative at COP21 in Paris, and the "Adapting African Agriculture" program at COP22 in Marrakech) in making soils and agriculture important to solutions of addressing the global issues. The book is a valuable source of information intended for use by graduate and undergraduate students, scientists, land managers, private sector, policy makers and the general public.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1 Agricultural Land Use and the Global Carbon Cycle
    2 Soil Carbon Stock
    3 Carbon Sequestration in Cropland Soils
    4 Carbon Sequestration in Grassland Soils
    5 Carbon Sequestration in Wetland Soils
    6 Agroforestry Systems
    7 Biomass and Bioenergy.-8 Biochar
    9 Importance of Soils of Agroecosystems for Climate Change Policy
    Conclusions: The Way Forward.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Susan C. Frost, Robert McKenna, editors.
    Summary: The study of carbonic anhydrase has spanned multiple generations of scientists. Carbonic anhydrase was first discovered in 1932 by Meldrum and Roughton. Inhibition by sulfanilamide was shown in 1940 by Mann and Keilin. Even Hans Krebs contributed to early studies with a paper in 1948 showing the relationship of 25 different sulfonamides to CA inhibition. It was he who pointed out the importance of both the charged and uncharged character of these compounds for physiological experiments. The field of study that focuses on carbonic anhydrase (CA) has exploded in recent years with the identification.

    Contents:
    Overview of the Carbonic Anhydrase Field
    Physiological Functions of the Alpha Class of Carbonic Anhydrases
    Catalytic Mechanism of [alpha]-Class Carbonic Anhydrases: CO2 Hydration and Proton Transfer
    Structure and Catalytic Mechanism of b-Carbonic Anhydrases
    Prokaryotic Carbonic Anhydrases of Earth?s Environment
    Carboxysomal Carbonic Anhydrases
    Carbonic Anhydrases and their Interplay with Acid/base-coupled Membrane Transporters
    Carbonic Anhydrase Related Proteins: Molecular Biology and Evolution
    Membrane Associated Carbonic Anhydrase IV (CA IV): A Personal and Historical Perspective
    Carbonic Anhydrase Expression in Kidney and Renal Cancer: Implications for Diagnosis and Treatment
    Carbonic Anhydrase IX: Regulation and Role in Cancer
    Carbonic Anhydrase IX as an Imaging and Therapeutic Target for Tumors and Metastases
    Carbonic Anhydrase IX (CAIX) as a Mediator of Hypoxia-induced Stress Response in Cancer Cells
    Carbonic Anhydrases and Brain pH in the Control of Neruronal Excitability
    Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitors: Drug Design
    Natural Products that Inhibit Carbonic Anhydrases
    Glaucoma and the Application of Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitors
    Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitors and High Altitude Illnesses
    Thermal-Stable Carbonic Anhydrases: A Structural Overview
    Carbonic Anhydrases in Industrial Applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Daumantas Matulis, editor.
    Summary: This book offers deep insights into the thermodynamics and molecular structures of the twelve catalytically active isoforms of human carbonic anhydrase (CA) with a particular focus on inhibitor binding for drug design. X-ray crystallographic structures in combination with enzyme kinetic testing provide information on the interaction of CAs and their inhibitors, knowledge which is crucial for rational drug design. CAs are zinc carrying enzymes that catalyse the reversible interconversion of carbon dioxide and bicarbonate and are involved in numerous cellular processes. They are therefore a common target for drugs. The suppression of CA activities through inhibitory compounds has found application for example in diuretics and in glaucoma therapy. In this book methods used to determine binding thermodynamics of inhibitory compounds (Isothermal titration calorimetry, Fluorescent thermal shift assay/differential scanning fluorimetry and others) will be compared in detail. Also types and chemical synthesis of CA inhibitors, the use of antibodies against CAs as well as inhibitor application in animals are discussed.

    Contents:
    Final ToC tbd. 1) Description of human carbonic anhydrases (12 catalytically active human isoforms; isoforms as drug targets, enzymatic activity, catalytic mechanism, thermodynamics of protonation of the water molecule in the active site)
    2) Thermal stabilities of all isoform CA catalytic domains
    Thermodynamics of inhibitor binding to CAs (incl. intrinsic thermodynamics
    not mentioned important subject in most CA literature)
    3) Comparison of methods to determine inhibitor binding to CAs (ITC, FTSA, enzymatic activity assays)
    4) Chemical synthesis of CA inhibitors
    5) X-ray crystallographic structures of CAs and their complexes with inhibitors
    6) Antibodies against CAs.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Lorenzo Galluzzi, Aitziber Buqué.
    Contents:
    1. Preface
    Chemical carcinogenesis in mice as a model of human cancer: Pros and cons, Lorenzo Galluzzi
    2. MPA/DMBA-driven mammary carcinomas, Aitziber Buqué Martinez
    3. Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene-Induced Mammary Tumorigenesis in mice, Isabelle Plante
    4. Urethane-induced lung carcinogenesis, Silvano Sozzani
    5. Methylcholanthrene-induced fibrosarcomas, Awen Gallimore
    6. BBN-driven bladder carcinomas
    Janos Terzic
    7. Oral squamous cell carcinomas driven by 4NQO, Nancy J. Philp
    8. Analysing skin tumor development in mice by the DMBA/TPA model, Cord Brakebusch
    9. DSS/AOM-driven colorectal carcinomas, David C. Montrose
    10. Diethylnitrosamine-induced liver tumorigenesis in mice, Peter Hasselblatt
    11. Two-stage 3-methylcholanthrene and butylated hydroxytoluene-induced lung carcinogenesis in mice, Alison K. Bauer
    12. Lung carcinomas induced by NNK and LPS, Peter Di
    13. Pristane-induced mammary carcinomas, Bae Hoon Lee
    14. The 4-NQO mouse model: an update on a well-established in vivo model of oral carcinogenesis, Pierre Saintigny.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    editors: Sudhir Bahadur, Alok Thakar and Bidhu K. Mohanti.
    Summary: Carcinomas of the larynx and hypopharynx present unique challenges when it comes to their assessment and management. Management involves the essential dilemma of optimizing cure rates while also ensuring that potential disability due to compromised airway, voice and swallowing is minimized. Treatment decisions involve careful disease assessment, judicious multispecialty decision-making, and subsequent meticulous implementation of the selected treatment modalities.The critical nature of each of these steps has led to dramatic advances in assessment techniques (radiology, endoscopy and photography, stroboscopy, narrow band imaging, contact endoscopy) and also in treatment methods (radiation therapy, combined concurrent chemo-radiation, combined sequential chemo-radiation, trans-oral CO2 laser and robotic surgery, partial laryngectomy, total laryngectomy, extended total laryngectomy). As such, treatment decisions have become increasingly complex with the twin objectives of maximizing cure as well as function preservation and are based on tumor stage, tumor location, systemic co-morbidities, nutritional status, patient priorities, and social and economic factors.    This multidisciplinary book has been written by a team of editors with considerable experience and expertise in these critical areas and a deep understanding of teamwork and the strengths and limitations of individual technologies and treatments. It presents a homogeneous and unbiased view that is applicable to all specialties involved in the care of larynx and hypopharynx cancers.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ahmed S. Awad, editor ; Ludmil Mitrev, Gordon Morewood, Michael Rosenbloom, Al Solina, associate editors.
    Summary: This concise book meets the market need for an accessible and up-to-date guide on understanding and managing cardiac anesthesia patients. It reflects the continual evolution of the very complex field of cardiac anesthesia. Organized into 10 sections, beginning chapters comprehensively examine the foundational concepts of cardiovascular function. The book then functions as a practical guide for clinical settings, including patient evaluation, operating room and anesthetic management, and postoperative care. Each chapter is authored by experienced cardiac anesthesiologists and many are supplemented by high quality, images, videos and tables. Written for the student, trainee, and junior cardiac anesthesiologist, Cardiac Anesthesia: The Basics of Evaluation and Management covers the core concepts needed to treat the cardiac surgery patient and to the skillset needed to succeed in this field.

    Contents:
    Chapter 01 Basic Cardiovascular Anatomy
    Chapter 02 Basic Cardiovascular Physiology
    Chapter 03 Basic cardiovascular pharmacology
    Chapter 04 Basic ECG and Common Arrhythmias for the Cardiac Surgery Patient
    Chapter 05 Preoperative evaluation and risk assessment for the cardiac surgery patient
    Chapter 06 A Guide to Interpreting Preoperative Cardiac Studies
    Chapter 07 Medically optimizing the cardiac surgical patient
    Chapter 08 Cardiac Operating Room Setup and Preparation of the Patient for Surgery
    Chapter 09 Intraoperative Hemodynamic monitoring for the cardiac surgery patient
    Chapter 10 The fundamentals of Transthoracic Echocardiography (TTE) and the Focused Assessment with Sonography in Trauma (FAST) examination
    Chapter 11 Common Pathophysiologic Findings on TTE and FAST Examination
    Chapter 12 The Fundamentals of Transesophageal Echocardiography
    Chapter 13 Fundamentals of Cardiopulmonary Bypass Machine Equipment and Technique
    Chapter 14 Myocardial Preservation During Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Chapter 15 Blood Conservation in Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 16 Anesthetic Management During Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Chapter 17 Weaning from Cardiopulmonary Bypass and Management of Difficulties
    Chapter 18 Anesthetic management for Conventional myocardial revascularization
    Chapter 19 Anesthetic management AND Surgical Considerations for the Patient Undergoing Off-Pump Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting
    Chapter 20 Anaesthesia for endovascular Thoracic Aortic Aneurysm repair (TEVAR)
    Chapter 21 Anesthetic management for valvular heart disease
    Chapter 22 Anesthetic Management for Thoracic Aortic Procedures
    Chapter 23 Anesthetic Management for Minimally Invasive Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 24 Anesthetic management for heart failure and Transplantation
    Chapter 25 Anesthetic management for Pulmonary Thromoendarterectomy
    Chapter 26 The Complications of Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 27 Anesthesia for cardioversion and cardiac ablation procedures
    Chapter 28 Anesthesia for Watchman procedure
    Chapter 29 Anesthesia for TAVR procedure
    Chapter 30 Anesthetic Considerations for Transcatheter Mitral Valve Repair with the MitraClip Device
    Chapter 31 Anesthesia for Laser Lead Extraction
    Chapter 32 Understanding Devices in the cardiac operating room
    Chapter 33 Anaesthesia for endovascular aortic Aneurysm repair (EVAR)
    Chapter 34 Anesthesia for Open Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    Chapter 35 Anesthesia for Lower Extremity Bypass
    Chapter 36 Anesthesia for Carotid Endarterectomy
    Chapter 37 Anesthesia considerations for upper extremity arteriovenous fistulas
    Chapter 38 Post-Operative Care for The Adult Cardiac Surgery Patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marc Vives, Alberto Hernandez, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical approach to cardiac perioperative care. The step-by-step format guides readers from basic concepts, such as cardiac physiology and pharmacology, to anesthetic management of specific cardiac surgical procedures, including cardiac percutaneous interventions, management of specific cardiac disease, circulatory support, and organ protection strategies. Written by experienced cardiac anesthesiologists in Europe, USA, Canada and Australia, this book provides an international perspective on the topic with each chapter referring the reader to the relevant key reading. Cardiac Anesthesia and Postoperative Care in the 21st Century is aimed at new consultants in cardiac anesthesia and intensive care, residents, and fellows. It may also be of interest to perfusionists and is a refreshing update for the experienced cardiac anesthesiologist.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Basic Concepts
    Anatomy and pathology of the heart
    Cardiovascular physiology
    Cardiovascular pharmacology
    Preoperative assesment and decisions based in test
    Monitoring for cardiac surgery
    Echocardiography
    Angiogram
    Cardiopulmonary bypass
    Pacemaker and other implantable devices
    Hemostasia and coagulation monitoring: Tromboelastogram, ROTEM and platelets mapping
    Part 2: Intraoperative Management
    General principles of anesthesia for adult cardiac surgery
    Fluid management and blood transfusion
    Cardiac electrophysiological interventions
    Myocardial revascularization
    Valvular surgery
    Interventional cardiac procedures
    Aortic arch surgery
    Adult congenital heart disease
    Heart transplantation
    Intra-aortic balloon pump and mechanical circulatory support
    Part 3: Postoperative Care
    Basic concepts of critical care following cardiac surgery
    Issues related to the type of surgery
    Sedation, pain relief and respiratory weaning
    Hemodynamic complications
    Acute kidney injury & management
    Neurocognitive dysfunction and delirium
    Cardiac arrest and post-cardiac arrest management
    Management of mechanical circulatory support
    Management of heart transplant
    Infections and management.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] John D. Wasnick, Alina Nicoara ; illustrations by Jill K. Gregory ; electronic media by Alina Nicoara, David Kramer, Sanford Littwin.
    Summary: "An essential resource for anesthesiologists new to the cardiac operating room Cardiac Anesthesia and Transesophageal Echocardiography, Second Edition is a fast and effective way for anesthesia trainees to acquire the skills necessary to successfully navigate the cardiac operating room. Clinically focused, this unique guide imparts the basic principles of both cardiac anesthesia and echocardiography in a way that reflects the realities of real-world practice. Whether you are looking for a concise, easy-to-read introduction to cardiac anesthesiology or a primer on incorporating the basic principles of cardiac anesthesiology and perioperative echocardiography into real-world practice, Cardiac Anesthesia and Transesophageal Echocardiography is the trusted one-stop guide to mastery of these two critical topics. This edition includes online access to nearly 100 narrated, labeled TEE clips that illustrate normal and abnormal echocardiographic views. Each clip is keyed to a specific passage in the text, which provides the reader with a true multimedia learning experience"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Perioperative Echocardiography
    Chapter 1: Preoperative Evaluation of the Heart Surgery Patient
    Chapter 2: Hemodynamics and Cardiac Anesthesia
    Chapter 3: Perioperative Rhythm Abnormalities
    Chapter 4: Routine Cardiac Surgery and Anesthesia
    Chapter 5: The Complicated Patient for Cardiac Anesthesia and Surgery
    Chapter 6: Aortic Valve Disease
    Chapter 7: Mitral Valve Disease
    Chapter 8: Right Heart Valves and Function
    Chapter 9: Anesthesia for Repair of Diseases of Thoracic Aorta
    Chapter 10: Hypertrophic Obstructive Cardiomyopathy and Cardiac Masses
    Chapter 11: Ventricular Assist Devices and Heart Transplantation
    Chapter 12: Anesthesia for Patients With Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 13: Off-Pump, Robotic, and Minimally Invasive Heart Surgery
    Chapter 14: The Postoperative Care of the Cardiac Surgery Patient
    Chapter 15: Anesthesia for Electrophysiology, Hybrid, and Catheterization Procedures
    Chapter 16: Coagulopathy, Bleeding, and Cardiac Anesthesia Emergencies
    Chapter 17: Cardiopulmonary Bypass.
  • Digital
    A.S. Kibos, Bradley P. Knight, Vidal Essebag, Steven B. Fishberger, Mark Slevin, Ion C. Tintoiu, editors.
    Summary: The past 50 years have witnessed the growth and evolution of clinical electrophysiology from a field whose goals were simply to understand of the mechanisms of arrhythmia to one of significant therapeutic impact. The development and refinement of implantable devices and catheter ablation have made non-pharmacological therapy a treatment of choice for most arrhythmias encountered in clinical practice. Cardiac Arrhythmias: From Basic Mechanism To State-of-the-Art Management provides an electrophysiologic approach to arrhythmias predicated on the hypothesis that a better understanding of the mechanisms of arrhythmias will lead to more successful and rationally chosen therapy. It encompasses the anatomy of arrhythmias, diagnostic methods, comorbid diseases, and the treatment of all forms of cardiac arrhythmias. It discusses modern ablation and mapping techniques, while reviews the methodology required to define the mechanism and site of origin of arrhythmias, so that safe and effective therapy can be chosen. It will thus be of interest to all involved in the management of these patients, from clinical cardiac electrophysiologists themselves to clinical cardiologists, interventionalists, cardiac surgeons, emergency medicine physicians and researchers in basic cardiac science.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy and Physiology of the Atrioventricular Node: Basic Concepts / Ambrose S. Kibos and Blanca F. Calinescu
    2. Anatomy and Physiology of the Atrioventricular Node: What Do We Know Today? / Hidekazu Miyazaki
    3. Molecular Basis of Arrhythmias Associated with the Cardiac Conduction System / Sunil Jit R.J. Logantha, Andrew J. Atkinson, Mark R. Boyett, and Halina Dobrzynski
    4. Functional Anatomy in Arrhythmias and Vascular Support of the Conduction System / Cristian Stătescu, Radu A. Sascău, and Cătălina Arsenescu Georgescu
    5. Autonomic Control of Cardiac Arrhythmia / Kieran E. Brack and G. André Ng
    6. Neural Mechanisms of Arrhythmia / Hyung-Wook Park and Jeong-Gwan Cho
    7. Understanding the Genetic Basis of Atrial Fibrillation: Towards a Pharmacogenetic Approach for Arrhythmia Treatment / Jason D. Roberts and Michael H. Gollob
    8. Importance of Isthmus Structure in the Right Atrium / Jiunn-Lee Lin, Ling-Ping Lai, Liang-Yu Lin, Chia-Ti Tsai, and Chih-Chieh Yu
    9. Channelopathies and Heart Disease / Bogdan Amuzescu, Bogdan Istrate, and Sorin Musat
    10. Late Open Artery Hypothesis and Cardiac Electrical Stability / Craig Steven McLachlan, Brett Hambly, and Mark McGuire
    11. The Clinical Utility of 12-Lead Resting ECG in the Era of Ablation Strategies / Jang-Ho Bae, Taek-Geun Kwon, and Ki-Hong Kim
    12. Long-Term ECG (Holter) Monitoring and Head-Up Tilt Test / Santosh Kumar Dora
    13. Echocardiography in Arrhythmias / Ioan Tiberiu Nanea
    14. Electrophysiologic Testing and Cardiac Mapping / Mitsunori Maruyama and Teppei Yamamoto
    15. How to Differentiate Between AVRT, AT, AVNRT, and Junctional Tachycardia Using the Baseline ECG and Intracardiac Tracings / Sharon Shen and Bradley P. Knight
    16. Recognizing the Origin of Ventricular Premature Depolarization During Sinus Rhythm and During Non- sustained Tachycardia / Seow Swee-Chong
    17. Detection and Management of Atrial Fibrillation in Patients with Stroke or TIA in Clinical Practice / Jerzy Krupinski, Jorge de Francisco, and Sonia Huertas
    18. Ventricular Arrhythmias During Acute Myocardial Ischemia/Infarction: Mechanisms and Management / Theofilos M. Kolettis
    19. Arrhythmias and Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy / Krishnakumar Nair, Douglas Cameron, Gil Moravsky, and Jagdish Butany
    20. Lai Tai, the Mysterious Death of Young Thai Men / Gumpanart Veerakul, Lertlak Chaothawee, Kriengkrai Jirasirirojanakorn, and Koonlawee Nademanee
    21. Cardiac Arrest Arrhythmias / Riccardo Proietti, Jacqueline Joza, Florea Costea, Mihai Toma, Dan Mănăstireanu, and Vidal Essebag
    22. Electrical Storm: Recent Advances / Mitsunori Maruyama and Teppei Yamamoto
    23. Electrical Storm: Clinical Management / Sofia Metaxa, Spyridon Koulouris, and Antonis S. Manolis
    24. Cellular Pharmacology of Cardiac Automaticity and Conduction: Implications in Antiarrhythmic Drug Assessment / Gary Aistrup
    25. Biophysical and Molecular Targets / Mark Slevin, Michael Carroll, Chris Murgatroyd, and Garry McDowell
    26. Proarrhythmia (Secondary) / Debabrata Dash
    27. Connexin-43 Expression: A Therapeutic Target for the Treatment of Ventricular Tachycardia / Craig Steven McLachlan, Zakaria Ali Moh Almsherqi, Brett Hambly, and Mark McGuire
    28. Biophysics of Modern Ablation Techniques and Their Limitations / Erik Wissner and Andreas Metzner
    29. Cardiac Imaging to Assist Complex Ablation Procedures / Alejandro Jimenez Restrepo and Timm M. Dickfeld
    30. AVNRT Ablation: Significance of Anatomic Findings and Nodal Physiology Félix Ayala-Paredes, Jean-Francois Roux, and Mariano Badra Verdu
    31. Mechanisms of Atrial Fibrillation / Rishi Arora and Hemantha K. Koduri
    32. Importance of Left Atrial Imaging in Catheter Ablation of Atrial Fibrillation / Seil Oh, Youngjin Cho, and Eue-Keun Choi
    33. Atrial Fibrillation Ablation: From Guidelines to Clinical Reality / Joseph M. Lee and Steven M. Markowitz
    34. Atrial Fibrillation: Should Cardiac Surgeons Be Consulted? / Max Baghai, Randolph H.L. Wong, Innes Y.P. Wan, and Malcolm John Underwood
    35. Atrial Arrhythmias After AF Ablation: Challenge for the Next Decade? / Tamás Tahin and Gábor Széplaki
    36. Cavotricuspid Isthmus Anatomy Particularities in Atrial Flutter Ablation / Liviu Chiriac, Gabriel Cristian, Romi Bolohan, and Ion C. Ţintoiu
    37. Location of Accessory Pathways in WPW: What and How Should We Ablate / Bieito Campos, Xavier Viñolas, José M. Guerra, Concepción Alonso, and Enrique Rodríguez
    38. VT Ablation Importance of Linear Lesions and Late Potentials / Cristiano Pisani, Sissy Lara Melo, Carina Hardy, and Mauricio Scanavacca
    39. Programmed Stimulation During Mapping and Ablation of VT / Yaariv Khaykin
    40. Catheter Ablation in Pediatric and Congenital Heart Disease / Steven B. Fishberger
    41. Interventional Electrophysiology in Patients with Congenital Heart Disease / Sissy Lara Melo, Cristiano Pisani, Eduardo Sosa, and Mauricio Scanavacca
    42. Epicardial Mapping and Ablation of Cardiac Arrhythmias / Robert Lemery
    43. Robotic Ablation in Electrophysiology / Ferdi Akca, Lara Dabiri, and Tamas Szili-Torok
    44. Strategies for Restoring Cardiac Synchrony by Cardiac Pacing / Gabriel Cristian, Ecaterina Bontas, Liviu Chiriac, Silviu Ionel Dumitrescu, and Ion C. Ţintoiu
    45. Device Therapy for Bradycardias / Chung-Wah Siu and Hung-Fat Tse
    46. Pacemaker Dependence After Atrioventricular Node Ablation / Joseph Yat-Sun Chan and Cheuk-Man Yu
    47. Pacing Site: From Theory to Practice / Cristian Stătescu and Cătălina Arsenescu Georgescu
    48. Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillators in the Pediatric and Congenital Heart Population / Steven B. Fishberger
    49. Sensing Issues in CRT Devices / Giuseppe Stabile, Assunta Iuliano, and Roberto Ospizio
    50. Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Do Benefits Justify the Costs and Are They Sustained Over the Long Term? / Chin-Pang Chan and Cheuk-Man Yu
    51. Complications of Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices (CIED) / Sorin Pescariu and Raluca Sosdean
    52. Peri-device Implantation Anticoagulation Management: Evidence and Clinical Implications / Alexander Omelchenko, Martin Bernier, David Birnie, and Vidal Essebag.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Eric N. Prystowsky, George J. Klein, James P. Daubert.
    Summary: Like the first edition, this book represents our personal approach to patients with cardiac arrhythmias. Nonetheless, it would be unrealistic to expect 3 electrophysiologists to have entirely uniform approaches to diagnosis and therapy. Hence, the primary author's views in individual chapters prevailed when there were minor differences in approach. Each of us reviewed all the chapters and made recommendations for change. In the end, we did not feel there were any substantial differences in our approach to patient care and were comfortable in signing off on the total content.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic Electrocardiographic Observations and Clinical Electrophysiologic Correlates
    Chapter 1: Cardiac Conduction
    Chapter 2: Electrocardiographic Consequences of Atrial and Ventricular Ectopy
    Chapter 3: Bundle Branch Block
    Chapter 4: Apparent Paradoxical Conduction
    Chapter 5: Mechanisms of Tachycardia
    Part II: Arrhythmias
    Chapter 6: Supraventricular Tachycardia
    Chapter 7: Preexcitation Syndromes
    Chapter 8: Ventricular Tachycardia
    Chapter 9: Atrial Fibrillation
    Chapter 10: Bradycardia: Causes of Pauses
    Part III: Clinical Presentations
    Chapter 11: Electrocardiographic Abnormalities in Asymptomatic Individuals
    Chapter 12: Narrow QRS Tachycardia
    Chapter 13: Wide QRS Tachycardia
    Chapter 14: Undiagnosed Syncope, Dizzy Spells, Palpitations
    Chapter 15: Sudden Cardiac Arrest/Sudden Cardiac Death
    Part IV: Methods and Therapy
    Chapter 16: Electrophysiologic Testing and Diagnostic Maneuvers
    Chapter 17: Catheter Ablation of Supraventricular Tachycardias
    Chapter 18: Catheter Ablation of Ventricular Tachyarrhythmias
    Chapter 19: Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Peter Kowey, Jonathan P. Piccini, Gerald Naccarelli, James A. Reiffel.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date, user-friendly and comprehensive guidance on the evaluation, diagnosis, and medical and surgical treatment of cardiac arrhythmias. This ensures that that this title aids every trainee and practicising cardiologist, cardiac electrophysiologist, cardiac surgeon, vascular surgeon, diabetologist, cardiac radiologist and any physician who manages cardiac patients. Cardiovascular Medicine: Cardiac Arrhythmias, Pacing and Sudden Death covers every aspect of cardiac arrhythmias, from cardiac signs and symptoms through imaging and the genetic basis for disease to surgery, interventions, treatment and preventive cardiology. This coverage is presented with consistent chapter organization, clear design, and engaging text that includes user-friendly features such as tables, lists and treatment boxes.

    Contents:
    Basic Electrophysiology
    Pathophysiology of Atrial Fibrillation
    Genomics of cardiac arrhythmias
    Channelopathies: Clinical Presentation and Genetics.-Extended ECG monitoring
    Sudden Cardiac Death: Methods of Risk Prediction
    Electrophysiologic Testing and Cardiac Mapping
    Antiarrhythmic Drug Management of Atrial Fibrillation
    Anticoagulants for atrial fibrillation
    Cardiac pacemakers
    Implantable and Wearable Defibrillator Therapy
    Atrial Fibrillation Ablation
    Ventricular Tachycardia Ablation
    Supraventricular Tachycardia
    Clinical Management of Atrial Fibrillation
    Ventricular Tachycardia and Fibrillation in Patients with Structural Heart Disease
    Ventricular Arrhythmias in the Absence of Structural Heart Disease
    Bradyarrhythmias/heart blocks
    Syncope and Risk of Sudden Death
    Management of Ventricular Arrhtyhmias in Nonischemic Cardiomyopathic Syndromes
    Arrhythmias in Congenital Heart Disease
    Arrhythmias in Special Populations.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Igor R. Efimov, Fu Siong Ng, Jacob I. Laughner, editors.
    Summary: The updated and expanded second edition of this book presents a contemporary review of the basic science, engineering technology, and clinical practice of cardiac bioelectric therapy. It covers the rapidly expanding technological development of pacemakers and defibrillators as well as ablative therapy, electrophysiological mapping, and other clinical diagnostic and therapeutic breakthroughs. The book highlights many different aspects of bioelectric therapy, including history, biophysical and computational concepts, basic electrophysiology studies, engineering technology advances, and clinical perspectives. In this revised edition, leading clinical and basic electrophysiologists share their perspectives on the science behind the mechanisms of cardiac arrhythmias; breakthrough technologies for scientific and clinical investigation of heart rhythm disorders; theoretical conceptualization of arrhythmias and treatment using state-of-the-art computational approaches; and novel approaches to treatment of cardiac arrhythmias using implantable devices, percutaneous ablation therapies, machine learning, and other approaches. The Second Edition of Cardiac Bioelectric Therapy is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and graduate students in clinical cardiac electrophysiology, cardiology, and cardiac surgery as well as researchers, professionals, and students in biomedical, mechanical, and electrical engineering.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Alan S. Maisel, Allan S. Jaffe, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Ischemic Heart Disease
    1. Pre-analytical factors and analytical issues affecting interpretation of cardiovascular biomarkers
    2. Troponin basics for clinicians
    3. Unique aspects of high sensitivity assays: what are they, why do we need them, and how do we use them?
    4. Evaluation of patients presenting with chest pain in the emergency department: where do troponins fit in?
    5. Using cardiac troponins in patients with acute myocardial infarction
    6. What is a Type 2 myocardial infaction: how is it recognized and what should one do to establish that diagnosis?
    7. Use of cardiac troponin in patients with heart failure
    8. Elevated cTn in other acute situations such as atrial fibrillation, sepsis, respiratory failure, and gastrointestinal bleeding
    9. Use of cTn for detection of more chronic disease states
    10. Use of high-sensitive cTn assays for the evaluation of patients potentially at risk for cardiovascular disease
    11. Other biomarkers in acute coronary syndrome
    12. Newer lipid markers: apolipoprotein B, LDL particle concentration, and triglyceride-rich lipoproteins, when are they needed?
    Part II. Heart Failure
    12. Natriuretic peptides: physiology for the clinician
    14. Natriuretic peptides: basic analytic considerations
    15. Natriuretic peptide use in screening in the community
    16. Natriuretic peptide use in the emergency department
    17. Heart failure: natriuretic peptide use in the hospital
    18. Natriuretic peptide guided therapy in outpatient heart failure management
    19. Caveats using natriuretic peptide levels
    20. Gaps in our biomarker armamentarium: what novel biomarkers might be synergistic in patients with acute disease
    21. Biomarkers in heart failure: ST2
    22. Biomarkers in heart failure: procalcitonin
    23. Novel biomarkers in heart failure: adrenomedullin and proenkephalin
    24. Biomarkers in specific disease states: cardio-oncology
    25. Biomarkers of sarcopenia and mitochondrial dysfunction
    26. Biomarkers in arrhythmias, sudden death, and device therapy
    27. Biomarkers in cardio-renal dysfunction
    28. Biomarkers in heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Gianfranco Butera, Massimo Chessa, Andreas Eicken, John Thomson, editors ; forewords by Shakeel Qureshi and Mario Carminati.
    Summary: Congenital cardiology continues to advance at a rapid pace, with recent decades witnessing exceptional growth in the number and range of catheter-based interventions. This handbook is an ideal, up-to-date guide to the application of these procedures across the entire patient age range, from fetal life through to adulthood. Clear instruction is offered on techniques of vascular access, valve dilatation, angioplasty, stent implantation, defect closure, defect creation, pulmonary valve implantation, and the hybrid approach, as well as miscellaneous other procedures. Topics are approached using a step-by-step format, ensuring that the reader will immediately be able to access information relevant to daily practice. Many explanatory figures and drawings are included in each chapter in order to clarify further how to plan, perform, and evaluate diagnostic and interventional procedures in the field of congenital heart disease. Attention is drawn to important tips and tricks that will assist in achieving optimal outcomes. Besides the detailed descriptions of procedures, background information is provided on patient preparation, anesthesia, instrumentation, and hemodynamics. At the end of the book, an appendix includes additional general equations and BSA and oxygen consumption charts. This handbook will be an invaluable tool and a comprehensive companion for all who work in the field of congenital heart disease.

    Contents:
    Section I General
    Section II : Vascular access
    Section III : Step-by-step : Valve dilatation.-Vessels treatment
    Section IV Step-by-step: closure of defects.- Section V Step-by-step: creating a defect.- Section VI Step-by-step: Pulmonary Valve implantation
    Section VII Step-by-step: principles of hybrid approach.- Section VIII Step-by-step: Miscellanea
    Section IX Tables and charts: Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Gianfranco Butera, Massimo Chessa, Andreas Eicken, John Thomson, editors.
    Summary: The second edition of this handbook is an up-to-date guide to the application of catheter-based interventions across the entire age range of congenital heart disease patients, from fetal life through to adulthood. It considers the changes and improvements that have occurred during the last few years in terms of new procedures, new tools and devices (in particular in the field of valves), new imaging and pre-procedural strategies, such as 3D-printing, 3D- rotational angiography and fusion imaging. It provides readers with clear instructions on techniques for vascular access, valve dilatation, angioplasty, stent implantation, defect closure, defect creation, pulmonary valve implantation and on the hybrid approach, as well as on various other procedures. As in the first edition, topics are approached using a step-by-step format, ensuring that readers can immediately access the information relevant to their daily practice. Numerous explanatory figures and drawings are included in each chapter in order to further clarify how to plan, perform and evaluate diagnostic and interventional procedures in the field of congenital heart disease. It also highlights important tips and tricks that will assist health operators in achieving optimal outcomes, and includes an appendix with additional general equations and BSA, and oxygen consumption charts. This practical guide will be a valuable resource for surgeons and cardiologists in their daily clinical practice.

    Contents:
    PART I) GENERAL 1) Informed Consent
    2) Anaesthesiological Management of the Paediatric Patient in the Catheterisation Laboratory
    3) Antibiotics and Anticoagulation
    4) 4) Angiography: Basics and Contrast Media
    5) Angiography: Standard Projections / Radiation Exposure
    6) Catheters and Wires
    7) Balloons
    8) Stents
    9) Transcatheter Valve Devices in Congenital Heart Disease
    10) Adult Tools Relevant For Congenital Heart Disease
    11) Hemodynamic Assessment: Pressures, Flow, Resistances and Vasoreactive Testing
    12) Congenital Heart Disease: An Integrated Care Approach
    PART II) VASCULAR ACCESS 13) The Usual Vascular Access
    14) Unusual Access
    15) Hemostasis
    16) Access Complications and Management
    17) Transseptal Access
    18) Hybrid Accesses
    PART III) FETAL PROCEDURES 19) Fetal Interventions
    PART IV) STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES: VALVE DILATATION 20) Aortic Valvular Stenosis
    21) Pulmonary Valvular Stenosis
    22) Pulmonary Atresia and Intact Venreicular Septum
    23) Percutaneous Transcatheter Balloon Mitral Commissurotomy
    PART V) STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES: VESSEL TREATMENT 24) Stent Implantation in Patients with Pulmonary Arterial Stenosis
    25) Aortic Coarctation
    26) The Role of Transcatheter Interventions in Middle Aortic Syndrome
    27) Reopening of Peripheral and Central Arteries and Veins
    28) PDA Stenting in Duct-dependent Pulmonary Circulation
    29) PDA Stenting in Duct-dependent Systemic Circulation
    PART VI) STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES: CLOSING OR CREATING A DEFECT 30) Step-by-step Closure of Atrial Septal Defects (ASDs)
    31) Step-by-step Device Closure of Persistent Foramen Ovale (PFO)
    32) Fontan Fenestrations Closure
    33) Ventricular Septal Defect
    34) Patent Ductus Arteriosus Closure
    35) Percutaneous Closure of PDA in Premature Babies
    36) Closure of Coronary Arterial Fistulas
    37) Vessel Embolization: Transcatheter Embolization of Pulmonary Arteriovenous Malformations and Aortopulmonary Collateral Arteries
    38) Closure of Residual Post-surgical Defects
    39) ASD Closure in Special Situations: Elderly, PA-IVS
    40) Creating an Interatrial Communication
    41) Transcatheter Correction of the Superior Sinus Venosus ASD
    PART VII) STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES: VALVE IMPLANTATION 42) Melody Valve Implantation in Pulmonary Position
    43) SAPIEN XT Valve Implantation in the Pulmonary Position
    44) Percutaneous Tricuspid Valve Implantation
    45) Novel Self-Expanding Pulmonary Valves and Devices
    46) Approaches to Large or Complex Right Ventricular Outflow Tract
    PART VIII) STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES: PRINCIPLES OF HYBRID APPROACH 47) Hybrid Approach in Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome (HLHS)
    48) Hybrid Approach: Defect Closure
    49) Hybrid Approach: Stent Implantation
    PART IX) STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES: MISCELLANEA 50) Retrieval Techniques
    51) Pericardiocentesis
    52) Endomyocardial Biopsies
    53) Evaluations Before Partial and Total Cavopulmonary Connections
    54) Hemodynamics in Pericardial and Myocardial Diseases
    55) Imaging and Treating Coronary Arteries in Children
    56) Transcatheter Treatments in PA-VSD-MAPCAs
    57) Stenting of the Right Ventricular Outflow Tract as Initial Palliation for Fallot-Type Lesions
    PART X) IMAGING TECHNIQUES 58) The Use of 3D Rotational Angiography in Congenital Heart Disease
    59) Intracardiac Echocardiography
    60) Three Dimensional Transoesophageal Echocardiography in Diagnosis and Transcatheter Treatment of Congenital Cardiac Defects
    61) 3D Mapping Live Integration and Overlay of 3D Data from MRI and CT for Improved Guidance of Interventional Cardiac Therapy
    62) 3D Printing and Engineering Tools Relevant to Plan a Transcatheter Procedure
    63) Development of a Quality Improvement Culture in the Congenital Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory
    64) Quality Improvement Tools and Risk Mitigation in the Congenital Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory
    65) Hemodynamic Formulae, Calculations and Charts.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marc Dewey.
    Summary: Cardiac computed tomography (CT) has become a highly accurate diagnostic modality that continues to attract increasing attention. This extensively illustrated book aims to assist the reader in integrating cardiac CT into daily clinical practice, while also reviewing its current technical status and applications. Clear guidance is provided on the performance and interpretation of imaging using the latest technology, which offers greater coverage, better spatial resolution, and faster imaging while also providing functional information about cardiac diseases. The specific features of scanners from all four main vendors, including those that have only recently become available, are presented. Among the wide range of applications and issues discussed are coronary calcium scoring, coronary artery bypass grafts, stents, and anomalies, cardiac valves and function, congenital and acquired heart disease, and radiation exposure. Upcoming clinical uses of cardiac CT, such as hybrid imaging, preparation and follow-up after valve replacement, electrophysiology applications, myocardial perfusion and fractional flow reserve assessment, and plaque imaging, are also explored.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Technical and Personnel Requirements
    Anatomy
    Cardiac CT in Clinical Practice
    Clinical Indications
    Patient Preparation
    Physics Background and Radiation Exposure
    Examination and Reconstruction
    Examinations on Different CT Scanners
    Reading and Reporting
    Coronary Artery Calcium
    Coronary Artery Bypass Grafts
    Coronary Artery Stents
    Coronary Artery Plaques
    Cardiac Function
    Cardiac Valves
    Transcatheter Aortic Valve Interventions
    Pulmonic Valve Implantation, Mitral Valve Repair, and Left Atrial Appendage Closure
    Myocardial Perfusion and Fractional Flow Reserve
    Hybrid Imaging
    Electrophysiology Interventions
    Coronary Artery Anomalies
    Congenital and Acquired Heart Disease
    Typical Clinical Examples
    Results of Clinical Studies
    Outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Zheng-yu Jin, Bin Lu, Yining Wang, editors.
    Summary: Over the past few decades there have been major advances in computed tomography (CT) to improve the performance of cardiac imaging. Thanks to the improved scanning speed, power boost tubes, and increased-width detectors, the latest CT technology delivers greater coverage, better spatial and temporal resolution, and functional information on cardiac diseases. Focusing on cardiac CT imaging, this book offers case-based information on cardiac diseases, presents the current technical status, and highlights applications, helping readers systematically understand how cardiac CTs are performed and interpreted in clinical practice. Divided into six chapters, it broadly discusses the characteristics of CT imaging and its applications to coronary artery disease (CAD); non-atherosclerotic coronary artery disease; congenital heart disease; cardiac neoplasms; cardiomyopathy and aortic diseases.

    Contents:
    Reversible myocardial ischemia
    Myocardial infarction
    Coronary artery stent implantation
    Coronary artery in-stent restenosis
    Dual-energy evaluation of high calcium score (>400) coronary artery
    Dual-energy evaluation of coronary artery stent
    Coronary artery bypass grafting
    Familial Hypercholesterolemia (FH)
    Takayasu's arteritis
    Kawasaki disease (KD)
    Behcets disease (BD)
    Fibromuscular Dysplasia
    Coronary artery origin anomalies (CAOA)
    Coronary artery fistula (CAF)
    Endocardial cushion defect (ECD)
    Aortopulmonary window (APW)
    Anomalous pulmonary venous connection (APVC)
    Cor triatriatum
    Double outlet right ventricle (DORV)
    Atrial septal defect (ASD)
    Ventricular septal defect (VSD)
    Patent ductus arteriosus (PDA)
    Tetralogy of fallot (TOF)
    Myxoma
    Rhabdomyoma
    Paraganglioma
    Fibroma
    Mesothelioma
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM)
    Dilated cardiomyopathy (DCM)
    Restrictive cardiomyopathy (RCM)
    Left ventricular noncompaction (LVNC).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Farhood Saremi, editor.
    Summary: This book is a state-of-the art reference that presents computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance (MR) cardiac imaging for the diagnosis and treatment planning of adult congenital heart disease (ACHD). It highlights the advantages of CT and MR in the management of ACHD, focusing on the complementary collaboration between these two modalities where possible. CT and MR aids in the evaluation of cardiac anatomy and function, leading to the demonstration of the full spectrum of abnormalities in complex cardiac malformations and the discovery of anomalous pathologies missed by other imaging techniques.

    Contents:
    1. Classification and Epidemiology
    2. Embryology
    3. Cardiac MRI Examination: An Overview
    4. Magnetic Resonance Angiography
    5. Principles of CT Imaging
    Echocardiographic Imaging in Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    6. Echocardiographic Imaging in Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    7. Right Ventricle Outflow Tract
    8. Left Ventricular Outflow Tract
    9. Repaired Tetralogy of Fallot
    10. Transposition of the Great Arteries
    11. Univentricular Heart
    12. Visceroatrial Situs in Congenital Heart Disease
    13. Cardiac Shunts: ASD, VSD, PDA
    14. Atrioventricular Septal Defects
    15. Ebstein Anomaly
    16. Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    17. The Right Myocardium
    18. CT in Pediatric Congenital Heart Disease
    19. Surgical Considerations in Adult Patients with Congenital Heart Disease
    20. MRI in Repaired Congenital Heart Disease
    21. Cardiac CT and MR Evaluation of the Adult Fontan Patient
    22. Transcatheter Interventions in Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    23. Virtual Surgery in Congenital Heart Disease
    24. Aortic Arch Anomalies
    25. Pulmonary Hypertension in Congenital Heart Disease
    26. Congenital Thoracic Venous Anomalies
    27. Coronary Artery Anomalies
    28. Coronary Veins
    29. Congenital Pericardial Anomalies
    30. Extracardiac Complications
    31. Cardiac MR in Patients with Implantable Arrhythmia Devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Matthew Budoff and Jerold Shinbane, editors.
    Summary: This book collates the current knowledge in cardiovascular CT and presents this in a clinically relevant and practical format appropriate for all who use the modality. The field has experienced continued rapid evolution due to advances in technology, the expanded spectrum of cardiovascular applications and significant growth in published data. As increasing numbers have access to CT scanners, Cardiac CT Imaging: Diagnosis of Cardiovascular Disease, Third Edition provides all the relevant information on the use of this modality. This extensive revision of this well-respected textbook brings the reader up-to-date with the technique, with chapters supplied by an experienced set of contributing authors and representing the full spectrum of cardiac CT. It thus represents an essential purchase for those preparing for board examinations, all training to use this modality, and those already using cardiovascular CT on a day-to-day basis who want to stay current.

    Contents:
    Computed Tomography: Overview
    Cardiovascular Computed Tomography: Current and Future Scanning System Design
    Radiation Safety: Radiation Dosimetry and CT Dose Reduction Techniques
    Assessment of Cardiovascular Calcium: Interpretation, Prognostic Value, and Relationship to Lipids and Other Cardiovascular Risk Factors
    Natural History and Impact of Interventions on Coronary Calcium
    The Aorta and Great Vessels
    Methodology for CCTA Image Acquisition
    Post processing and Reconstruction Techniques for the Coronary Arteries
    CTA Large Scale Trials
    Coronary CT Angiography: Native Vessels
    Coronary Angiography After Revascularization
    Assessment of Cardiac Structure and Function by Computed Tomography Angiography
    Perfusion and Delayed Enhancement Imaging
    Pericardial/Myocardial Disease Processes
    Computed Tomography Evaluation in Valvular Heart Disease
    Assessment of Cardiac and Thoracic Masses
    CT Angiography of the Peripheral Arteries
    Aortic, Renal, and Carotid CT Angiography
    Assessment of Pulmonary Vascular Disease
    Comparative Use of Radionuclide Stress Testing, Coronary Artery Calcium Scanning, and Noninvasive Coronary Angiography for Diagnostic and Prognostic Cardiac Assessment
    Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance Imaging: Overview of Clinical Applications
    Computed Tomographic Angiography in the Assessment of Congenital Heart Disease
    CT Imaging: Cardiac Electrophysiology Applications
    An Interventionalist's Perspective: Diagnosis of Cardiovascular Disease
    CCTA: Cardiothoracic Surgery Applications
    Cardiac CT in the Emergency Room
    Orientation and Approach to Cardiovascular Images.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    M. Gabriel Khan.
    Summary: This book is an essential guide to the medical treatment of the cardiac patient and presents core principles of cardiovascular therapeutics as well as drug recommendations. Major classes of drugs are featured, including beta-blockers, ACE inhibitors, calcium antagonists, diuretics, and antiplatelet agents and unique insights into the controversies surrounding the use of specific drugs are explored, with answers given to the question: do beta blockers and diuretics really cause diabetes? Properties, dosage, side effects, potential salutary benefits, and drawbacks on virtually all commercially available cardiac drugs are examined. This revised edition is thoroughly updated and addresses the entire spectrum of heart disorders, such as hypertension, angina, myocardial infarction, heart failure, arrhythmias, cardiac arrest, and dyslipidemias. New chapters include endocrine heart diseases, management of cardiomyopathies, and newer agents. In addition, topics such as cardiac drugs in pregnancy and lactation and drug interactions are covered. Cardiac Drug Therapy, Eighth Edition, is an authoritative and clinically relevant resource for cardiologists, cardiology fellows, and internists.

    Contents:
    Beta-Blockers: The Cornerstone of Cardiac Drug Therapy
    Beta-Blocker Controversies
    Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitors and Angiotensin II Receptor Blockers
    ACE Inhibitor Controversies
    Calcium Antagonists (Calcium Channel Blockers)
    Calcium Antagonist Controversies
    Diuretics
    Hypertension
    Hypertension Controversies
    Angina
    Acute Myocardial Infarction
    Heart Failure
    Heart Failure Controversies
    Management of Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Cardiac Arrest
    Management of Infective Endocarditis
    Dyslipidemias
    Endocrine Heart Diseases
    Antiplatelet Agents, Anticoagulants, Factor XA Inhibitors, Thrombin Inhibitors
    Cardiac Drugs During Pregnancy and Lactation
    Effects of Drug Interactions
    Hallmark Clinical Trials
    Management of Cardiomyopathies
    Newer Agents.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Karen Sliwa, John Anthony, editors.
    Summary: In the western world, the risk of cardiovascular disease in pregnancy has grown due to the increasing age at the first pregnancy and the worldwide obesity epidemic leading to early diabetes and hypertension. As a result more women are requiring drug therapy during pregnancy and some data has shown an altered pharmacodynamic profile in pregnant women when compared to the non-pregnant population. Cardiac Drugs in Pregnancy presents up-to-date research for the treatment of cardiovascular disease during pregnancy, and discusses the most important indications of drug usage in pregnancy and postpartum. The book aims to assess the potential risk of drugs and their possible benefit against each other, making it an essential read for a wide range of health professionals involved in cardiac drug therapy in pregnancy.

    Contents:
    General principles and guidelines
    Management of Hypertension
    Management of Heart Failure pre- and postpartum
    Management of coronary artery disease and Arrhythmia
    Anticoagulation in Pregnancy
    Obstetric drugs in the management of Cardiovascular disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Milind G. Parikh.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive review of clinical cardiac electrophysiology in a question and answer format. Chapters contain over 200 questions divided into 9 chapters, each organized by cardiac electrophysiology topic. Each question is followed by the correct answer with a detailed explanation along with references for further reading. Important concepts are highlighted and supported by over 200 illustrations and high resolution images. The book addresses a broad range of topics that are important when studying for the initial certification or recertification of the clinical cardiac electrophysiology board examination. It is also highly relevant for daily clinical practice in cardiology and cardiac electrophysiology. Topics covered in the book include: Review of basic and clinical cardiac electrophysiology principles associated with cardiac arrhythmias The evaluation and management of patients with cardiac rhythm disorders Review of pharmacologic and nonpharmacologic therapies for the treatment of arrhythmias Clinical indications, fundamental principles and electrical characteristics of implantable cardiac electronic devices such as pacemakers and defibrillators Clinical, electrocardiographic, and electrophysiologic characteristics of specific cardiac arrhythmia syndromes Cardiac Electrophysiology Board Review is a must-have resource for cardiology and cardiac electrophysiology trainees as well as attending physicians preparing for the certification or recertification examination. It may also be a useful guide for cardiologists, cardiac electrophysiologists and all clinicians who wish to further their understanding of heart rhythm disorders. .

    Contents:
    Basic Electrophysiology principles/ ion channels
    Cardiac channelopathies
    Pharmacology
    Normal cardiac conduction/ Sinoatrial, atrioventricular and His-Purkinge conduction
    Atrial tachycardia and atrial flutter
    Atrial fibrillation
    Supraventricular tachycardia
    Idiopathic ventricular tachycardia
    Ischemic ventricular tachycardia
    Pacemaker and Defibrillator device basics
    Permanent Pacemakers
    Implantable cardioverter defibrillators
    Syncope
    Arrhythmia Syndromes. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Andrea Natale, Paul J. Wang, Amin Al-Ahmad, N.A. Mark Estes, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Douglas P. Zipes, Jose Jalife.
    Summary: Cardiac Electrophysiology: From Cell to Bedside puts the latest knowledge in this subspecialty at your fingertips, giving you a well-rounded, expert grasp of every cardiac electrophysiology issue that affects your patient management. Drs. Zipes, Jalife, and a host of other world leaders in cardiac electrophysiology use a comprehensive, multidisciplinary approach to guide you through all of the most recent cardiac drugs, techniques, and technologies. Get well-rounded, expert views of every cardiac electrophysiology issue that affects your patient management from preeminent authorities in cardiology, physiology, pharmacology, pediatrics, biophysics, pathology, cardiothoracic surgery, and biomedical engineering from around the world.Visually grasp and easily absorb complex concepts through an attractive full-color design featuring color photos, tables, flow charts, ECGs, and more!
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Douglas P. Zipes, José Jalife, William G. Stevenson.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    edited by Riccardo Proietti, Yan Wang, Yan Yao, Guo Qiang Zhong, Shu Lin Wu, Félix Ayala-Paredes.
    Summary: This book reflects how the concern regarding the effects of radiation exposure in patients and health personnel involved in cardiac electrophysiology (EP) has inspired new developments in cardiac electrophysiology procedures without the use of fluoroscopy. This innovative method has become a subspecialty within electrophysioloy with several EP laboratories around the world adopting an exclusive non-fluoroscopy approach. It features guidance on how to use three dimensional (3D) navigation systems, ablation energy sources and zero-fluorospic implantation of cardiac electronic devices. The potential complications and associated preventative methods with utilising RFCA are also described. Cardiac Electrophysiology Without Fluoroscopy offers a thorough description of the technique correlated to the performance of EP procedure without the use of radiation, and provides a valuable resource for those seeking a practically applicable guide on how to perform cardiac EP without fluoroscopy, including practising and trainee electrophysiologists, cardiac imagers, general cardiologists and emergency medicine physicians.

    Contents:
    Clinical Studies of a purely 3D Navigation in Interventional Managements of Tachyarrhythmia
    Radiation exposure and safety for the electrophysiologist
    Ablation Energy Sources-Principles and Utility in Ablation without Fluoroscopy
    3D mapping and reduction in radiation exposure
    Catheter Placement and Model reconstruction
    Learning curve for zero-fluoroscopic procedure
    Atrioventricular Nodal Reentrant Tachycardia (AVNRT) with zero-fluoroscopic procedure
    AV Nodal re-entrant tachycardia ablation without fluoroscopy
    Non-Fluoroscopic Catheter Ablation of Accessory Pathways
    Focal atrial tachycardia
    Ablation of atrial flutter with zero fluoroscopy approach
    Non-Fluoroscopic Catheter Ablation of Atrial Fibrillation
    Non-Fluoroscopic Catheter Ablation of Idiopathic Ventricular Arrhythmias
    Ventricular Tachycardia with Structural Heart Disease
    Reduction on radiation exposure in pediatric population undergoing ablation procedures
    Complications of RFCA and Prevention Method
    Safety of zero-fluroscopic procedure during pregnancy
    Cost optimization when using 3-D mapping systems for a non fluoro EP lab
    Zero-fluoroscopic implantation of cardiac electronic Device
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy (CRT) guided by 3D mapping system
    Transesophageal Electrophysiological Study without fluoroscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ashok P. Sarnaik, Robert D. Ross, Steven E. Lipshultz, Henry L. Walters III, editors.
    Summary: This book is primarily for pediatric and adult emergency room physicians, primary care providers, hospitalists, and nurses. It will also be useful for critical care specialists, cardiologists and trainees at all levels. Cardiac Emergencies in Children describes the pathophysiology of a diverse group of congenital and acquired heart conditions and presents a therapeutic rationale for treating children presenting with these conditions under life-threatening conditions. The book discusses the effects of surgery on hemodynamics and how to manage these effects. Also described are the daily challenges faced by physicians, including identifying a child with heart disease, interpreting chest radiographs, ECGs, and laboratory findings, and beginning appropriate therapies.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Gary D Lopaschuk and Naranjan S. Shalla, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Control of Energy Metabolism
    A Primer on Carbohydrate Metabolism in the Heart / Heinrich Taegtmeyer
    Lipoproteins: A Source of Cardiac Lipids / Konstantinos Drosatos and Ira J. Goldberg
    Role of Lipoprotein Lipase in Fatty Acid Delivery to the Heart / Andrea Wan and Brian Rodrigues
    Control of Myocardial Fatty Acid Uptake / Jan F. C. Glatz and Joost J. F. P. Luiken
    Cardiac Energy Metabolism in Heart Failure Associated with Obesity and Diabetes / Gary D. Lopaschuk
    Transcriptional Control of Mitochondrial Biogenesis and Maturation / Rick B. Vega , Teresa C. Leone , and Daniel P. Kelly
    Relationship Between Substrate Metabolism and Cardiac Efficiency / Ellen Aasum
    Acetylation in the Control of Mitochondrial Metabolism and Integrity / Michael N. Sack
    Part II. Alteration in Energy Metabolism
    Adrenergic Control of Cardiac Fatty Acid Oxidation in Diabetes / Vijay Sharma and John H. McNeill
    The Myocardial Creatine Kinase System in the Normal, Ischaemic and Failing Heart / Craig A. Lygate and Stefan Neubauer
    Fuel Metabolism Plasticity in Pathological Cardiac Hypertrophy and Failure / Stephen C. Kolwicz and Rong Tian
    Defects in Mitochondrial Oxidative Phosphorylation in Hearts Subjected to Ischemia-Reperfusion Injury / Vijayan Elimban , Paramjit S. Tappia , and Naranjan S. Dhalla
    The Role of AMPK in the Control of Cardiac Hypertrophy / Nikole J. Byrne, Miranda M. Sung, and Jason R. B. Dyck
    The Role of Incomplete Fatty Acid β-Oxidation in the Development of Cardiac Insulin Resistance / John R. Ussher
    Part III. Optimization of Energy Metabolism
    Metabolic Therapy for the Ischemic Heart / Giacinta Guarini , Alda Huqi , and Mario Marzilli
    Inhibition of Fatty Acid Oxidation to Treat Heart Failure in Patients / Rui Yan , Jin Wei , and Dengfeng Gao
    Cardiac Metabolic Protection for the Newborn Heart / J. Carter Ralphe and Thomas D. Scholz
    Targeting Transcriptional Control of Fatty Acid Oxidation to Treat Heart Disease / Michael A. Portman and Aaron K. Olson.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Eric G. Schmuck, Peiman Hematti, Amish N. Raval.
    Summary: This book on cardiac extracellular matrix (ECM) features three sections, Fundamental Science, Pre-Clinical and Translational Science, and Clinical Applications. In the Fundamental Science section, we will cover the spectrum of basic ECM science from ECM's role in development, biomechanical properties, cardiac ECM influence of cardiomyocyte biology, pathophysiology of ECM in heart disease, and ECM in tissue engineering. Section two, Preclinical and Translational Science, will discuss cardiac ECM technologies in the clinical pipeline including approaches to ECM as a therapeutic, animal models of cardiac research, tracking and imaging methods of cardiac ECM, and cGMP manufacturing and regulatory considerations for ECM based therapeutics. Finally, the third section, Clinical Applications, will highlight the clinical experience around cardiac ECM including therapeutic strategies targeting scar tissue in the heart, clinical trial design and regulatory considerations, current human clinical trials in cardiovascular medicine and the role of pharmaceutical and biotech companies in the commercialization of ECM technologies for cardiovascular indications. This book provides a comprehensive review for basic and translational researchers as well as clinical practitioners and those involved in commercialization, regulatory and entrepreneurial activities.

    Contents:
    Biomechanical properties and mechanobiology of cardiac ECM / Michael Nguyen-Truong, Zhijie Wang
    Imaging the cardiac extracellular matrix / Michael A. Pinkert, Rebecca A. Hortensius, Brenda M. Ogle, Kevin W. Eliceiri
    Animal models and cardiac extracellular matrix research / Timothy A. Hacker
    Applications of cardiac extracellular matrix in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine / Mark C. Daley, Spencer L. Fenn, Lauren D. Black III
    Whole cardiac tissue bioscaffolds / Karis R. Tang-Quan, Nicole A. Mehta, Luiz C. Sampaio, Doris A. Taylor
    Natural sources of extracellular matrix for cardiac repair / Keith L. Spinali, Eric G. Schmuck
    Cardiac extracellular matrix modification as a therapeutic approach / Mikayla L. Hall, Brenda M. Ogle
    Extracellular matrix for myocardial repair / Jenna L. Dziki, Stephen F. Badylak
    Role of extracellular matrix in cardiac cellular therapies / Peiman Hematti
    Regulation of regenerative medicine products / Adrian P. Gee
    Clinical trial design for investigational cardio-regenerative therapy / Amish N. Raval
    Regenerative medicine venturing at the university-industry boundary: implications for institutions, entrepreneurs, and industry / Adam J. Bock, David Johnson.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ian M.C. Dixon, Jeffrey T. Wigle, editors.
    Contents:
    Cardiac fibrosis and heart failure-- cause or effect?
    Fibroblast activation in the infarcted myocardium
    Mechanical and matrix regulation of valvular fibrosis
    Bone marrow-derived progenitor cells, micro-RNA, and fibrosis
    The stressful life of cardiac myofibroblasts
    Pathogenic origins of fibrosis in the hypertensive heart disease that accompnaies aldosternoism
    Embryological origin of valve progenitor cells
    Diverse cellular origin of valve progenitor cells
    Diverse cellular origins of cardiac fibroblasts
    Non-canonical regulation of TGF-β1 signaling: a role for Ski/Sno and YAP/TAZ
    Molecular mechanisms of smooth muscle and fibroblast phenotype conversions in the failing heart
    Current and future strategies for the diagnosis and treatment of cardiac fibrosis
    Remodelling of the cardiac extracellular matrix: role of collagen degradation and accumulation in pathogenesis of heart failure
    Matrix metalloproteinase 9 (MMP-9)
    Collagen processing and its role in fibrosis
    Mechanisms of cardiac fibrosis and heart failure
    Mathematical simulations of sphingosine-1-phosphate actions on mammalian ventricular myofibroblasts and myocytes
    Extracellular matrix and cardiac disease: surgical and scientific perspectives
    The role or neurohumoral activation in cardiac fibrosis and heart failure
    Natriuretic peptides: critical regulators of cardiac fibroblasts and the extracellular matrix in the heart
    Cardiac tissue engineering for the treatment of heart failure post-infarction
    Mechanisms in cardiac valve failure and the development of tissue engineered heart valves
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Joe Y. Hsu, MD, Director of Cardiac CT/MR, Kaiser Permanente Los Angeles Medical Center, Los Angeles, California, Amar Shah, MD, Assistant Professor, New York Medical College, Valhalla, New York, Jean Jeudy, MD, Associate Professor, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Cardiothoracic Imaging, Department of Diagnostic Radiology and Nuclear Medicine, University of Maryland Medical Center, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Summary: "The Core Review Series will be the first and only reference specifically designed for the new exam. This title will consist of approximately 300 questions, in a format similar to the exam with image-rich MCQs. Answers to the questions will be discussed in a concise manner along with explanations of each choice followed by relevant references. Cardiac Imaging: A Core Review will cover questions ranging from basic imaging, normal anatomy, all diseases relative to cardiac imaging, all modalities, and postoperative appearances of devices. Key Features Image-rich review text with 300 questions-includes answers and explanations. On average, each question will have 1-2 corresponding images. Bundled with an Inkling version for interactive and mobile review. High-yield tables embedded in the answers. Answers to the questions with explanations on why a particular answer choice is correct and why the other choices are incorrect"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Jean Jeudy, Sachin Malik.
    Summary: "The second edition of the Cardiac Imaging: A Core Review builds on the success of the first edition by covering the essential aspects of cardiac imaging in a manner that serves as a guide for residents to assess their knowledge and review the material in a format that is like the ABR core examination"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basics of Imaging: Radiography, CT, and MR / Nancy Pham, MD, Joe Y. Hsu, MD, Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA, Jean Jeudy, MD, and Sachin Malik, MD
    Normal Anatomy, Including Variants, Encountered on Radiography, CT, and MR./ Joe Y. Hsu, MD, Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA, and Sachin Malik, MD
    Physiologic Aspects of Cardiac Imaging / Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA and Jean Jeudy, MD
    Ischemic Heart Disease / Brian Pogatchnik, MD, Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA, and Sachin Malik, MD
    Cardiomyopathy / Jean Jeudy, MD and Sachin Malik, MD
    Cardiac Masses / Joe Y. Hsu, MD and Jean Jeudy, MD
    Valvular Disease / Jean Jeudy, MD and Sachin Malik, MD
    Pericardial Disease / Alan Ropp, MD, MS, Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA, and Jean Jeudy, MD
    Congenital Heart Disease / Joe Y. Hsu, MD and Jean Jeudy, MD
    Acquired Disease of the Thoracic Aorta and Great Vessels / Joe Y. Hsu, MD, Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA, and Jean Jeudy, MD
    Devices and Postoperative Appearance / Jody Shen, MD, Joe Y. Hsu, MD, Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA, Jean Jeudy, MD, and Sachin Malik, MD.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Print
    Gautham P. Reddy, Robert M. Steiner, Christopher M. Walker.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lawrence M. Boxt, Suhny Abbara.
    Contents:
    Introduction to cardiac imaging / Lawrence M. Boxt and Suhny Abbara
    Echocardiography / Kaitlyn My-Tu Lam and Mary Etta E. King
    Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging / Amgad N. Makaryus and Lawrence M. Boxt
    Cardiac computed tomography / Amgad N. Makaryus and Lawrence M. Boxt
    Coronary heart disease / Nagina Malguria and Suhny Abbara
    Myocardium, pericardium, and cardiac tumor / Nagina Malguria, Stephen W. Miller, and Suhny Abbara
    Valvular heart disease / Suhny Abbara and Nagina Malguria
    Thoracic aortic disease / Steven L. Hsu, Sanjeeva Kalva, John G. Santilli, and Stephen W. Miller
    Congenital heart disease / B. Kelly Han, Stephen W. Miller, and Lawrence M. Boxt.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Dmitriy Kireyev, Judy Hung, editors.
    Contents:
    Echocardiography-Physics basics
    Views
    Chamber quantification
    Valves: AS, AR, MS, MR, TS, TR, PS, PR subchapters
    Artificial valves basics, AS, AR, MS, MR, TS, TR, PS, PR
    Diastology
    Pericardial disease
    Cardiac Masses
    Non-invasive catheterization
    Basic cardiac anomalies
    Ischemic heart disease
    CHF
    Cardiomyopathies
    Systemic diseases
    Aortic disease
    Basics of bubble and contrast studies
    SPECT-Basics of SPECT Radioisotopes
    Ischemia work up
    Viability work up
    CT- Technique
    Indications
    Sample images
    MRI-Basic technique
    Indications
    Function, Viability
    Masses, CMP, scar, amyloid, HCM images
    Pericardium: inflammation, constriction vs. restriction.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] David L. Brown.
    Summary: "Using a multidisciplinary, team-oriented approach, this unique title expertly covers all the latest approaches to the assessment, diagnosis, and treatment of patients with critical cardiac illness. Led by Dr David L. Brown, a stellar team of authoritative writers guides you through cardiac pathophysiology, disease states presenting in the CICU, and state-of-the-art advanced diagnosis and therapeutic techniques. A visually appealing format, new chapters, and thorough updates ensure that you stay on the cutting edge of this rapidly advancing field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction. Evolution of the coronary care unit: past, present, and future
    Ethical issues of care
    Physical examination
    Section II. Scientific foundation of cardiac intensive care. The role of the cardiovascular system in coupling the external environment to cellular respiration
    Regulation of cardiac output
    Coronary physiology and pathophysiology
    Pathophysiology of acute coronary syndromes: plaque rupture and atherothrombosis
    Regulation of hemostasis and thrombosis
    Section III. Coronary artery disease. Acute myocardial infarction
    Diagnosis of acute myocardial infarction
    Use of the electrocardiogram in acute myocardial infarction
    Reperfusion therapies for acute ST- elevation myocardial infarction
    Adjunctive pharmacologic therapies in acute myocardial infarction
    Complications of acute myocardial infarction
    Post-myocardial infarction cardiogenic shock
    Right ventricular infarction
    Mechanical complications of acute myocardial infarction
    Supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias in acute myocardial infarction
    Conduction disturbances in acute myocardial infarction
    Complications of percutaneous interventional procedures
    Section IV. Noncoronary diseases: diagnosis and management. Acute heart failure and pulmonary edema
    Acute fulminant myocarditis
    Stress (Takotsubo) cardiomyopathy
    Distributive shock
    Cardiorenal syndrome
    Sudden cardiac death
    Diagnosis and treatment of ventricular tachycardia
    Diagnosis and treatment of unstable supraventricular tachycardia
    Acute presentations of valvular heart disease
    Hypertensive emergencies
    Acute aortic syndromes: diagnosis and management
    Acute pericardial disease
    Acute respiratory failure
    Massive acute pulmonary embolism
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Hemodynamically unstable presentations of congenital heart disease in adults
    Overdose of cardiotoxic drugs
    Section V. Pharmacologic agents in the cardiac intensive care unit. Anticoagulation: antithrombin therapy
    Anti-platelet therapy
    Inotropic and vasoactive agents
    Intensive diuresis and ultrafiltration
    Antiarrhythmic electrophysiology and pharmacotherapy
    Analgesics, tranquilizers, and sedatives
    Pharmacologic interactions
    Section VI. Advanced diagnostic and therapeutic techniques: indications and technical considerations. Central venous access procedures
    Temporary pacing
    Pericardiocentesis
    Invasive hemodynamic monitoring
    Temporary mechanical circulatory support devices
    Ventricular assist device therapy in advanced heart failure
    Heart transplantation for advanced heart failure
    Emergency airway management
    Mechanical ventilation
    Cardiopulmonary cerebral resuscitation after cardiac arrest
    Palliative care.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Yasmin Rustamova, Massimo Lombardi.
    Summary: This book presents the main cardiac pathologies, providing a helpful guide featuring clinical cases and electronic supplementary material. There are several systematic books on cardiac magnetic resonance, which approach the different pathologies and related pathophysiology in a general manner, and these are useful for readers at an early stage in their medical careers. However, when it comes to individual patients (during the acquisition of images and reporting activities) there is no book providing operative protocols or systematic descriptions of details to look for. In the eight chapters (Cardiomyopathies, Myocarditis, Ischemic Heart Disease, Valvular Heart Diseases, Cardiac Masses, Pericardial Diseases, Congenital Heart Disease, and Miscellanea), the individual pathology is illustrated with a clinical case. The cases are divided into four sections: An introduction with a short medical history and the purpose of the diagnostic CMR A detailed CMR acquisition protocol CMR images, indicating purpose, method, analysis and meaning of the image, as well as videos. Concluding paragraph with the final diagnosis reached on the basis of the findings obtained in each image This book, collecting one hundred one clinical cases covering a broad spectrum of cardiac diseases, is an invaluable tool for radiologists and cardiologists.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Cardiomyopathies
    Chapter 2 Myocarditis
    Chapter 3 Ischemic Heart disease
    Chapter 4 Valvular Heart Diseases
    Chapter 5 Cardiac Masses
    Chapter 6 Pericardial Diseases
    Chapter 7 Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 8 Miscellanea.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andrea Ungar, Niccolò Marchionni, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction. The specificity of geriatric cardiology
    2. Epidemiology of heart disease in the elderly
    3. Molecular mechanisms of cardiovascular aging
    4. Frailty and heart disease
    5. Evidence based medicine and evidence biased medicine in geriatric cardiology. From the trial to the real word
    6. Polypharmacy
    7. Syncope and Unexplained Falls in the elderly.-- 8. Hypertension in the oldest old, beyond the guidelines.-- 9. New challenges in aortic stenosis in the elderly: from epidemiology to TAVI.-- 10. The aging kidney and cardiovascular disease
    11. Risk assessment in cardiac and non-cardiac surgery in the older patient
    12. Atrial fibrillation in the elderly
    13. Cardiac devices in the elderly
    14. Management of acute coronary syndromes in the elderly
    15. Cardiac surgery in the oldest old.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Gonzalo Baron Esquivias, Riccardo Asteggiano, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Physiopathology and toxic drugs heart effects
    Radiotherapy heart effects
    Cardiac imaging technology in cardio-oncology
    Evaluation of the oncologic patient before, during and after chemotherapy
    What drug/what possible complication
    What cancer type/what possible drug
    what cancer/what possible complication
    Management (prevention/diagnosis/evaluation/therapy) of hypertension
    Management (prevention/diagnosis/evaluation/therapy) of coronary disease and thrombo-embolic complication
    Management (prevention/diagnosis/evaluation/therapy) of arrhythmic complication
    Management (prevention/diagnosis/evaluation/therapy) of systolic dysfunction.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Samuel J. Asirvatham, MD, Paul A. Friedman, MD, David L. Hayes, MD.
    Summary: "In many ways, this textbook mirrors the development of the field of cardiac device placement and management. The original version of this text was written by Drs. Seymour Furman, David Hayes, and David Holmes, pioneers and founders of interventional electrophysiology and device management. The goals of the present text remain similar to the original intent, that is, to provide a relatable, practical approach without ignoring the rigors of fundamental principles while retaining the flexibility in the professional's mind to embrace new technology. Updates on resynchronization therapy, subcutaneous defibrillators, leadless devices, and improvements in lead extraction have been included in this text. We continue to stay away from an encyclopedic approach but rather focus on a usable, practical, and intuitive approach for problem solving in the day-to-day practice of a cardiac electrophysiology professional. As with all prior editions, we owe a great debt of gratitude to all the contributors who have tirelessly updated their sections and have done multiple revisions. We also have to thank our patients and nursing staff who provide us with material to allow us to learn to a point where we can try and teach troubleshooting approaches, etc. We received tremendous support from various device manufacturers, their engineers, and their published data material. These include assistance from Biotronik, Boston Scientific, Medtronic, and Abbott Medical"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Pacing and Defibrillation / T Jared Bunch, Suraj Kapa, David L Hayes, Charles D Swerdlow, Samuel J Asirvatham, Paul A Friedman
    Hemodynamics of Cardiac Pacing / Christopher V DeSimone, Joanna Gullickson, David L Hayes, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham
    Indications for Pacemakers, Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillators, and Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy / Krishna Kancharla, David L Hayes, Samuel J Asirvatham, Paul A Friedman
    Choosing the Device Generator and Leads / Christopher J McLeod, Anca Chiriac, Malini Madhavan, David L Hayes, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham
    Implanting and Extracting Cardiac Devices / Siva K Mulpuru, Malini Madhavan, Samuel J Asirvatham, Matthew J Swale, David L Hayes, Paul A Friedman
    Implant-Related Complications / Niyada Naksuk, David L Hayes, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham
    Timing Cycles / David L Hayes, Paul J Wang, Samuel J Asirvatham, Paul A Friedman
    Programming / Paul A Friedman, Charles D Swerdlow, Samuel J Asirvatham, David L Hayes, Avi Sabbag
    Sensor Technology for Rate-Adaptive Pacing and Hemodynamic Optimization / Krishna Kancharla, David L Hayes, Samuel J Asirvatham, Paul A Friedman
    Troubleshooting / Charles D Swerdlow, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham, David L Hayes
    Radiography of Implantable Devices / David L Hayes, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham
    Electromagnetic Interference / Subir Bhatia, Alan Sugrue, David L Hayes, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham
    Follow-up / Alan Sugrue, Vaibhav R Vaidya, David L Hayes, Michael Glikson, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham
    Index
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Maully Shah, Larry Rhodes, Jonathan Kaltman.
    Summary: With a growing population of young patients with congenital heart disease reaching adulthood, this unique new book offers an in-depth guide to managing the challenges and issues related to device therapy in this patient group. -The only book resource dedicated to pacing, cardiac resynchronization therapy and ICD therapy for the pediatric and congenital heart disease patient -Contains practical advice for pacemaker and ICD implantation, programming, trouble-shooting, managing complications and follow up -Up-to-date with the latest in device technology -Contains multiple graphics, device electrogram tracings, and radiographic images for clarity -Includes video clips and over 150 multiple choice questions with extended answers on companion website, ideal for self test -An invaluable resource for both the specialist pediatric cardiologist and the general cardiologist responsible for children with heart disease and pacing devices.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    S. Kim Suvarna, editor.
    Summary: This thorough review of cardiac and cardiovascular pathology covers ischemic heart disease, myocarditis, valvular disease, transplant pathology, cardiomyopathy, cardiac devices, congenital heart disease and more, illustrated with macro- and microscopic images.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface to the Second Edition; Contents; The Normal Adult Heart and Methods of Investigation; 1 Introduction; 2 Pericardium; 3 External Cardiac Morphology; 4 Right Atrium and Tricuspid Valve; 5 Right Ventricle and Pulmonary Valve; 6 Left Atrium and Mitral Valve; 7 Left Ventricle and Aortic Valve; 8 Aorta and Pulmonary Artery; 9 The Histology and Ultrastructure of the Myocardial Wall; 10 Coronary Blood Vessels; 11 The Valves; 12 The Conduction System; 13 Final Comment; References; Cardiac Electrophysiology; 1 Introduction; 2 Cellular Electrophysiology 2.1 Resting Membrane Potential2.2 Ion Channels; 2.3 Sodium Channel/Current; 2.4 Potassium Channel/Current; 2.5 The Rectifier K+ Currents; 2.6 Calcium Channels/Current; 2.7 The Action Potential; 2.7.1 Phase 4; 2.7.2 Phase 0; 2.7.3 Phase 1; 2.7.4 Phase 2; 2.7.5 Phase 3; 2.8 Nodal Action Potential; 2.9 Modulation of the Pacemaker Function; 2.10 Effects of Electrolyte Disturbance and Disease; 3 Cardiac Conduction and Excitation-Contraction Coupling; 3.1 Conduction of Electrical Impulses; 3.2 Excitation-Contraction Coupling; 4 The Electrocardiogram (ECG) 5 Cardiac Arrhythmogenesis5.1 Disordered Automaticity; 5.2 Triggered Activity; 5.3 Impulse Conduction Disorders; 6 Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices: Pacemakers, Implantable Cardiac Defibrillators and Cardiac Resynchronisation Devices; 7 Cardiac Electrophysiology; Further Reading; Cardiac Imaging; 1 Introduction; 2 Echocardiography; 2.1 M Mode Echocardiography; 2.2 2D Echocardiography; 2.3 Three-Dimensional Echocardiography (3D) Echo; 2.4 Trans-Oesophageal Echocardiography (TOE); 2.5 Stress Echocardiography; 2.6 Contrast Echocardiography and Perfusion Imaging 2.7 Strain and Strain Rate imaging3 Nuclear Cardiac Imaging; 3.1 Radionuclide Ventriculography, MUGA (Multiple Gated Acquisition) Scan; 3.2 Myocardial Perfusion Scan (MPS), and Combined Myocardial Perfusion and Metabolism; 3.3 Imaging of the Sympathetic Innervation of the Heart; 3.4 DPD Imaging for the Heart; 4 Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance Imaging; 5 Cardiac Computed Tomography; 6 Selective Invasive Coronary Angiography; 7 Examples of Disease Processes and Appropriate Imaging; 7.1 Assessment of Morphology and Function; 7.1.1 Left Ventricular Systolic Dysfunction 7.1.2 Left Ventricular Diastolic Dysfunction7.1.3 Left Ventricular Hypertrophy; 7.1.4 The Atria; 7.1.5 The Right Ventricle; 7.2 Congenital Heart Disease; 7.2.1 Assessment of the Atria, Inter-atrial Septal Defects and Pulmonary Venous Anatomy; 7.2.2 Valvular Abnormalities; 7.2.3 Complex Anomalies of the Ventricles and Atrio-Ventricular Connections; 7.2.4 Great Vessel Anomalies; 7.3 Cardiomyopathies; 7.3.1 Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy (ARVC); 7.3.2 Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy (HCM); 7.3.3 Dilated Cardiomyopathy (DCM)
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Josef Niebauer, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I Introduction to Cardiac Rehabilitation
    1. General Principles of Exercise Testing in Cardiac Rehabilitation
    2. General Principles of Nutrition Support in Cardiac Rehabilitation
    3. Psychological Care of Cardiac Patients
    Part II Cardiac Rehabilitation in Specific Cases
    4. Exercise Training in Cardiac Rehabilitation
    5. Angina Pectoris
    6. Diabetes Mellitus Type 2 and Cardiovascular Disease
    7. Cardiac rehabilitation after acute myocardial infarction; the influence of psychosocial disorders
    8. Stable coronary artery disease: Exercise based cardiac rehabilitation reduces the risk of recurrent angina after PCI in the case of arterial hypertension
    9. Rehabilitation of patients after CABG/sternotomy
    10. Congestive Heart Failure: Stable Chronic Heart Failure Patients
    11. Cardiac Rehabilitation in Patients with Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator
    12. Rehabilitation in Patients with Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    13. Exercise Training in Congenital Heart Diseases
    14. Pacemaker Implantation
    15. Patient with Peripheral Artery Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Nabil El-Sherif, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date overview of clinical and research aspects of cardiac repolarization geared toward practicing cardiologists and physicians. It analyzes elements of pathophysiology and molecular biology as they relate to the clinical aspects of cardiac repolarization, long QT syndromes, early repolarization syndromes, and special cardiac repolarization syndromes. Each chapter examines different aspects of the field with basic and clinical overviews and highlights the impact on medical management. The book covers a variety of repolarization topics including the influence of the autonomic system, racial and gender differences in patients, the future role of stem cells, inflammation and autoimmunity, and cardiovascular risk. Cardiac Repolarization: Basic Science and Clinical Management is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, fellows, and graduate students in cardiology, clinical cardiac electrophysiology, internal medicine, and cardiovascular biology.

    Contents:
    Part I. Pathophysiology, Molecular Biology, and Clinical Management of Cardiac Repolarization
    1. Physiology and Molecular biology of Cardiac Ion Channels and Ventricular Repolarization
    2. Cardiac Repolarization and the Autonomic Nervous System
    3. Role of Repolarization Remodeling in Organic Heart Disease
    4. Stem Cells in Study and Treatment of Cardiac Repolarization
    5. Racial and Gender Differences in Cardiac Repolarization and Arrhythmogenesis
    6. ECG-derived Evaluation of Cardiac Repolarization
    Part II. Pathophysiology, Molecular Biology, and Clinical Management of Long QT Syndromes
    7. Physiology and Molecular Biology of Congenital Long QT Syndrome (LQTS)
    8. Pharmacotherapeutics and Clinical Management of Congenital LQTS
    9. Drug-induced LQTS
    10. Arrhythmogenic Mechanism of TdP in LQTS
    11. Pathogenesis of Autoimmune-associated LQTS
    12. Role of inflammation and Autoimmune Disease in LQTS
    13. Future of Genetic Therapy of Congenital LQTS
    Part III. Pathophysiology, Molecular Biology, and Clinical Management of Early Repolarization Syndromes
    14. Genetics, Molecular biology, and Emerging Concepts of Early Repolarization Syndrome (ERS)
    15. Electrocardiographic J-wave and Cardiovascular Risk in the General Population
    16. Benign Versus Malignant Early Repolarization Patterns
    17. Genetics, Molecular Biology, and Management of Brugada Syndrome
    Part IV. Pathophysiology and Clinical Management of Special Cardiac Repolarization Syndromes
    18. Genetics, Molecular Biology, and Management of Short QT Syndrome
    19. Pathophysiology of Repolarization Alternans
    20. Microvolt T-wave Alternans: Pathophysiology and Clinical Aspects
    21. Atrial Repolarization and Arrhythmogenesis: Basic and Clinical Aspects.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Frederick Grover, MD, Professor, Division of Cardiothoracic Surgery, Past Chair, Department of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Anschutz Medical Campus, Denver Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Aurora, Colorado, Michael J. Mack, MD, Director of Cardiovascular service Line, Chair, Cariovascular Governance Council, Raylor Scott & White Health, Director of The Research Center, the Heart Hospital Baylor Plano, Baylor Research Institute, Dallas, Texas ; illustrations by Body Scientific International, LLC., Anne Rains, Arains Illustration, Inc.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2016
  • Digital
    Shahzad G. Raja, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Perioperative Care and Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    1: Cardiac Catheterization
    History of Cardiac Catheterization
    Invasive Diagnostic Coronary Angiography
    Indications
    Pre-procedure Preparation
    Technical Aspects of the Procedure
    Access
    Pharmacology
    Catheter Selection and Manipulation
    Angiographic Views
    Post-procedure Care
    Sheath Removal and Closure Devices
    Coronary Angiogram Analysis
    Complications
    Right Heart Catheterization
    Indications
    Procedure
    Complications
    Interpreting Haemodynamics
    Right Atrium Right Ventricle
    Pulmonary Artery
    Pulmonary Capillary Wedge Pressure
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Fractional Flow Reserve
    Introduction
    Definitions
    How Was This Cut-Off Decided?
    FFR Compared to Other Non-invasive Diagnostic Techniques
    Limitations of Pressure Wire Measurements
    Intravascular Ultrasound and FFR
    Assessing Left Main Stem Stenosis Using FFR
    FFR Use Pre Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting
    Main Outcome Studies with FFR
    DEFER Trial [24]
    FAME Trial [9]
    FAME 2 Trial [10]
    COMPARE ACUTE Trial [27]
    Instantaneous Wave-Free Pressure Ratio (iFR) Conclusions
    References
    3: Echocardiography
    Introduction
    Essential Ultrasound Theory for Echocardiography
    Modalities of Echocardiography
    Assessment of Myocardial Function
    Left Ventricular Systolic Function
    Changes in Volumes/Dimensions
    Indices of Global Contractility
    Systolic Strain
    Regional Contractile Function
    Right Ventricular Systolic Function
    Diastolic Function
    Assessment of Valve Pathology
    Aortic Stenosis
    Aortic Regurgitation
    Mitral Stenosis
    Mitral Regurgitation
    Tricuspid Valve Assessment
    Pulmonary Valve Assessment Infective Endocarditis
    Echo Findings in Endocarditis
    Pericardial Disease
    Masses
    Contrast Echocardiography
    Stress Echocardiography
    Stress Echo for Coronary Artery Disease
    Stress Echo for Aortic Stenosis
    Stress Echo for Mitral Regurgitation
    Other Indications for Stress Echocardiography
    Transesophageal Echocardiography (TEE)
    Pre-operative TEE
    Intraoperative TEE
    Conclusions
    References
    4: Cardiac Computed Tomography and Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Introduction
    Technology
    Computed Tomography (CT)
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) Clinical Applications of CT and MRI
    Coronary Artery Disease
    Myocardial Ischaemia
    Myocardial Viability
    Heart Failure and Cardiomyopathies
    Valvular Heart Disease
    Congenital Heart Disease
    Pericardial Diseases
    Cardiac Tumours
    Aortic Diseases
    Post-surgical Patient
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Assessment of Myocardial Viability
    Introduction
    Assessment of Myocardial Viability
    Electrocardiogram (ECG)
    Baseline 2D Echocardiography
    Dobutamine Stress Echocardiography
    Single Photon Emission Computerized Tomography (SPECT)
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gerhard Ziemer, Axel Haverich, editors.
    Contents:
    I. Introduction
    II. Technical Prerequisites
    III. Congenital Anomalies of the Heart and Great Vessels
    IV. Acquired Diseases of the Heart and Great Vessels.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sonya R. Hardin, Roberta Kaplow ; American Association of Critical-Care Nurses.
    Contents:
    Clinical judgment in critical care
    Cardiovascular anatomy and physiology
    Indications for cardiac surgery
    Preoperative cardiac surgery nursing evaluation
    Heart valve surgery
    Cardiopulmonary bypass and off-pump coronary artery bypass
    Minimally invasive cardiac surgery
    Recovery of anesthesia following cardiac surgery
    Hemodynamic monitoring
    Intra-aortic balloon pump
    Mechanical ventilation after open heart surgery
    Pharmacological support following cardiac surgery
    Postoperative complications of cardiac surgery and nursing interventions
    Pain management
    Postoperative dysrhythmias
    Neurologic complications
    Fluid and electrolyte imbalances following cardiac surgery
    Wound care
    Bridge to transplant and cardiac transplantation
    Complications of obesity of the cardiac surgery patient
    Cardiogenetics
    Nutritional issues in the patient undergoing cardiac surgery
    Psychological support for the patient undergoing cardiac surgery and the family
    Rehabilitation and care of the cardiac surgery patient on discharge
    Post-ICU care and other complications.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lawrence H. Cohn, David H. Adams.
    Contents:
    Section I. Fundamentals
    Section II. Perioperative/intraoperative care
    Section III. Ischemic heart disease
    Section IV. Aortic valve disease
    Section V. Mitral valve disease
    Section VI. Valvular heart disease (other)
    Section VII. Surgery of the great vessels
    Section VIII. Surgery for cardiac arrhythmias
    Section IX. Other cardiac operations
    Section X. Transplant and mechanical circulatory support.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2016
  • Digital
    Lawrence H Cohn.
    Contents:
    Section I: Fundamentals
    Chapter 1: History Of Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 2: Surgical Anatomy Of The Heart
    Chapter 3: Cardiac Surgical Physiology
    Chapter 4: Cardiac Surgical Pharmacology
    Chapter 5: Cardiovascular Pathology
    Chapter 6: Computed Tomography Of The Adult Cardiac Surgery Patient: Principles And Applications
    Chapter 7: Risk Assessment And Performance Improvement In Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 8: Simulation In Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 9: The Integrated Cardiovascular Center
    Section Ii: Perioperative/intraoperative Care
    Chapter 10: Preoperative Evaluation For Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 11: Cardiac Anesthesia
    Chapter 12: Echocardiography In Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 13: Extracorporeal Circulation
    Chapter 14: Transfusion Therapy And Blood Conservation
    Chapter 15: Deep Hypothermic Circulatory Arrest
    Chapter 16: Myocardial Protection
    Chapter 17: Postoperative Care Of Cardiac Surgery Patients
    Chapter 18: Temporary Mechanical Circulatory Support
    Section Iii: Ischemic Heart Disease
    Chapter 19: Myocardial Revascularization With Percutaneous Devices
    Chapter 20: Myocardial Revascularization With Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Chapter 21: Myocardial Revascularization Without Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Chapter 22: Myocardial Revascularization After Acute Myocardial Infarction
    Chapter 23: Minimally Invasive Myocardial Revascularization
    Chapter 24: Coronary Artery Reoperations
    Chapter 25: Surgical Treatment Of Complications Of Myocardial Infarction, Ventricular Septal Defect, Myocardial Rupture, And Left Ventricular Aneurysm
    Section Iv: Aortic Valve Disease
    Chapter 26: Pathophysiology Of Aortic Valve Disease
    Chapter 27: Aortic Valve Replacement With A Mechanical Cardiac Valve Prosthesis
    Chapter 28: Stented Bioprosthetic Aortic Valve Replacement
    Chapter 29: Stentless Aortic Valve And Root Replacement
    Chapter 30: Aortic Valve Repair And Aortic Valve-sparing Operations
    Section V: Mitral Valve Disease
    Section Vi: Valvular Heart Disease (Other)
    Section Vii: Surgery Of The Great Vessels
    Section Viii: Surgery For Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Section Ix: Other Cardiac Operations
    Section X: Transplant And Mechanical Circulatory Support.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2018
  • Digital
    Sandhya Balaram, Levi Bassin.
    Summary: This book comprehensively reviews a selection of cases resulting from complications that can occur in cardiac surgical procedures. It details the science behind each potential complication along with a range of available strategies to rectify the issues, including those applicable to minimally invasive techniques. Chapters are well illustrated and feature clinical pearls to reinforce key points. Cardiac Surgical Complications: Strategic Analysis and Clinical Review provides a practically applicable guide on how to successfully resolve and mitigate potential complications in cardiac surgery. Consequently, it is a valuable resource for all trainee and practicing cardiac surgeons, anesthesiologists and intensive care physicians.

    Contents:
    Cardiopulmonary bypass
    Surgical techniques
    Surgical decision-making
    Critical care. .
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Milica Radisic, Lauren D. Black III.
    Contents:
    Second generation codon optimized minicircle (CoMiC) for nonviral reprogramming of human adult fibroblasts / Sebastian Diecke ... [and 3 others]
    Scalable cardiac differentiation of human pluripotent stem cells as microwell-generated, size controlled three-dimensional aggregates / Celine L. Bauwens and Mark D. Ungrin
    Preparation and characterization of circulating angiogenic cells for tissue engineering applications / Aleksandra Ostojic ... [and 4 others]
    Isolation and expansion of C-kit-positive cardiac progenitor cells by magnetic cell sorting / Kristin M. French and Michael E. Davis
    Synthesis of aliphatic polyester hydrogel for cardiac tissue engineering / Sanjiv Dhingra, Richard D. Weisel, and Ren-Ke Li
    Fabrication of PEGylated fibrinogen : a versatile injectable hydrogel biomaterial / Iris Mironi-Harpaz, Alexandra Berdichevski, and Dror Seliktar
    Natural cardiac extracellular matrix hydrogels for cultivation of human stem cell-derived cardiomyocytes / Donald O. Freytes ... [and 4 others]
    Magnetically actuated alginate scaffold : a novel platform for promoting tissue organization and vascularization / Yulia Sapir ... [and 3 others.]
    Shrink-induced biomimetic wrinkled substrates for functional cardiac cell alignment and culture / Nicole Mendoza ... [and 4 others]
    Injectable ECM scaffolds for cardiac repair / Todd D. Johnson, Rebecca L. Braden, and Karen L. Christman
    Generation of strip-format fibrin-based engineered heart tissue (EHT) / Sebastian Schaaf ... [and 5 others.]
    Cell tri-culture for cardiac vascularization / Ayelet Lesman, Lior Gepstein, and Shulamit Levenberg
    Cell sheet technology for cardiac tissue engineering / Yuji Haraguchi ... [and 8 others]
    Design and fabrication of biological wires / Jason W. Miklas ... [and 3 others]
    Collagen-based engineered heart muscle / Malte Tiburcy ... [and 3 others]
    Creation of a bioreactor for the application of variable amplitude mechanical stimulation of fibrin gel-based engineered cardiac tissue / Kathy Y. Morgan and Lauren D. Black III
    Preparation of acellular myocardial scaffolds with well- preserved cardiomyocyte lacunae, and method for applying mechanical and electrical simulation to tissue construct / Bo Wang ... [and 3 others]
    Patch-clamp technique in ESC-derived cardiomyocytes / Jie Liu and Peter H. Backx
    Optogenetic control of cardiomyocytes via viral delivery / Christina M. Ambrosi and Emilia Entcheva
    Methods for assessing the electromechanical integration of human pluripotent stem cell-derived cardiomyocyte grafts / Wei-Zhong Zhu ... [and 3 others]
    Quantifying electrical interactions between cardiomyocytes and other cells in micropatterned cell pairs / Hung Nguyen ... [and 4 others].
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    L'Ecuyer, Kristine, Dr., PhD, RN, CNL; Young, Elaine, DNP, ACNS-BC, CV-BC.
    Contents:
    Cover
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors
    Foreword
    Preface
    Introduction
    Overview
    CVRN Certification
    About the Exam
    Eligibility Criteria
    How to Apply
    How to Contact American Nurses Credentialing Center
    Preparing for the Exam
    About the CV-BC™ Exam
    Chapter 1: Anatomy and Physiology
    Key Points
    Introduction
    Glossary Terms
    Properties of Cardiac Muscle
    Cellular Energy Metabolism: ATP
    Cardiac Cell Reproduction
    Autonomic Nervous System
    Hemodynamics
    Cardiac Output
    Preload, Contractility, and Afterload
    Heart Chambers Heart Valves
    Coronary Arteries and Veins
    Tissue Layers of the Heart
    Vascular Structure and Function
    Normal Function of the Vascular Endothelium
    Vascular Response to Injury
    Lymphatics
    Cerebral Circulation
    Chapter 2: The Cardiovascular Interview and History
    Key Points
    Introduction
    Glossary Terms
    The Patient Interview and History Identifying Data
    Identifying Data
    Current/Chief Concerns
    Review of Systems
    Glossary Terms
    Symptom Analysis
    Chest Discomfort
    Dyspnea
    Paroxysmal Nocturnal Dyspnea
    Abdominal Symptoms
    Palpitations
    Syncope Claudication
    Edema
    Key Signs of Cardiovascular Disease
    Coronary Heart Disease
    Heart Failure
    Valvular Heart Disease
    Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Peripheral Vascular Disease
    Medications
    Medical History Congenital and Childhood Illnesses
    Adult Illnesses
    Cardiovascular Diagnostic Tests and Procedures
    Surgical History
    Medications
    Allergies, Reactions, and Intolerances
    Family History
    Psychosocial and Social History
    Depression
    Cardiotoxic Substance Abuse
    Socioeconomic Status
    Self-Care
    Functional Assessment
    Lifestyle Factors Functional Activities
    Nutrition
    Physical Activity
    Sleep
    Therapeutic Communication/Motivational Interviewing
    Conclusion
    Clinical Pearls
    Chapter 3: Physical Assessment
    Key Points
    Introduction
    Glossary Terms
    Patient Interview
    Comprehensive History
    History of Present Illness
    Past Medical History
    Family History
    Social History
    Review of Systems
    General Survey
    Vital Signs
    Pulse
    Blood Pressure
    Orthostatic Vital Signs
    Pulse Pressure
    Respirations
    Temperature
    Oxygen Saturation
    Body Mass Index Cardiovascular Physical Assessment
    Carotid Arteries
    Inspection
    Palpation
    Auscultation
    Jugular Vein
    Inspection
    Palpation
    Hepatojugular Reflux/Abdominojugular Reflex
    Precordium
    Inspection
    Palpation
    Percussion
    Cardiac Auscultation
    Heart Sounds
    Cardiac Murmurs
    Pericardial Friction Rub
    Cardiovascular-Related Findings in Other Systems Eyes
    Eyes
    Inspection
    Fundoscopic Examination
    Integumentary
    Inspection
    Edema
    Peripheral Pulses
    Pulmonary
    Inspection
    Palpation
    Auscultation
    Percussion
    Abdominal
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Janani Rangaswami, Edgar V. Lerma, Claudio Ronco, editors.
    Summary: Extending from the outpatient management of cardiovascular and kidney disease, to hospital-based decision making in patients with cardio-renal disease and complex interfaces such as hemodialysis in patients with ventricular assist device support, this book serves as a single reference point for cardiology and nephrology clinicians and researchers dealing with the significant overlap areas between these two specialties. Chapters cover the physiology, biomarkers, therapeutic agents and full spectrum of these comorbidities and feature separate sections on cardiovascular and CKD evaluations, stratification of kidney transplant patients, lipid management in CKD, interventional strategies and hypertension. Leaders in cardiology, nephrology, hypertension and lipidology bring together the latest evidence with their collective clinical experience into this invaluable resource. This textbook is an essential resource for physicians and allied professionals practicing cardiology, nephrology, students and physician trainees, to deepen their understanding of this crucial field.

    Contents:
    Part I. Cardiovascular disease spectrum in chronic kidney disease
    Part II. Chronic kidney disease and CAD: two sides of the same coin
    Part III. Cardio-renal syndrome
    Part IV. Cardiac evaluation of the renal transplant candidate
    Part V. Anticoagulation and antiplatelet therapy in CKD
    Part VI. Interventional strategies in cardiovascular disease in CKD
    Part VII. The cardiorenometabolic spectrum
    Part VIII. Dilemmas in hypertension
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Antonio Russo, Nicola Maurea, Dimitrios Farmakis, Antonio Giordano, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Background: Immunology and Cancer
    References
    2: Available Immunotherapy Drugs in Oncology
    Anti-PD-1 Agents
    Pembrolizumab
    Nivolumab
    Anti-PD-L1 Agents
    Atezolizumab
    Durvalumab
    Avelumab
    Anti-CTLA4 Agents
    Ipilimumab
    References
    3: Immunotherapy Adverse Events
    Introduction
    Myocarditis
    Noninflammatory Myocardial Dysfunction
    Arrhythmias
    Pericardial Disease
    Vasculitis
    Myocardial Infarction
    References
    4: Pathophysiology of Cardiac Toxicity
    Pathophysiology of Cardiac Toxicity: An Overview
    Cardiac Dysfunction and Heart Failure
    Vascular Disease
    Arrhythmias
    Pericardial and Valvular Disease
    References
    5: Cardiac Risk Factors for Immunotherapy
    Why Evaluate the Cardiovascular Risk in Oncological Patients Who Have Undergone Immunotherapy?
    How to Quantify Cardiovascular Risk?
    Experimental Preventive Strategies for Immune Checkpoint Inhibitor (ICI)-Induced Cardiotoxicity: Evidence and Perspectives
    References
    6: Diagnostic Methods of Cardiac Immunotherapy Damaging
    Introduction
    Clinical and Electrocardiographic Evaluation
    Echocardiography
    Myocardial Deformation Imaging
    Nuclear Imaging and Cardiac Magnetic Resonance
    Role of Biomarkers
    Role of Endomyocardial Biopsy
    Diagnostic Approach
    Conclusion
    References
    7: Biomarkers of Early Cardiotoxicity
    Introduction
    Cardiac Troponins
    Brain Natriuretic Peptides
    New Emerging Biomarkers
    Conclusion
    References
    8: Management of Patients with Cardiac Toxicity: The Point of View of the Cardiologist
    Introduction
    Atherosclerosis and Cardiovascular Events
    Myocarditis and Heart Failure
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnosis
    Management
    ICI-Associated Pericarditis
    Diagnosis
    Management. Takotsubo Syndrome
    Arrhythmias
    Management
    Immunotherapy-Associated Vasculitis
    Immunotherapy-Associated Thromboembolism
    Screening and Surveillance
    Conclusion
    References
    9: Management of Patients with Cardiac Toxicity: The Point of View of the Oncologist
    Introduction
    Mechanisms of Action of Cardiovascular ICI Adverse Events
    Myocarditis
    Epidemiology
    Physiopathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Laboratory and Imaging Findings
    Diagnosis and Management
    Pericarditis
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Acute Coronary Syndrome (ACS) and Myocardial Infarction (MI)
    Epidemiology
    Physiopathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Takotsubo Cardiomyopathy
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Dysrhythmias
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Vasculitis
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Cardiotoxicity Related to New Immunotherapy (CAR T Cell)
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Baseline Assessment and General Principle of Management for Cardiovascular IRAE
    Conclusion
    References
    10: Future Perspectives
    Introduction
    Basic and Translational Research
    Clinical Research
    Education and Training
    Service Organization and Provision
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gretchen G. Kimmick, Daniel J. Lenihan, Douglas B. Sawyer, Erica L. Mayer, Dawn L. Hershman, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    David Goldsmith, Adrian Covic, Jonas Spaak, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the clinical challenges faced during the treatment of patients with cardiorenal syndrome (CRS). The bidirectional link that associates renal and cardiovascular diseases means that patients with CRS have an increased risk of hospital admission and mortality as a result of their coexistence yet, there are no agreed guidelines for their management. Cardio-Renal Clinical Challenges takes clinical presentations and clinical problems as its base, and then discusses the evidence for best management of common clinical problems and the reasons for the complex interplay between the cardiac and renal systems. In addition, the link between heart failure and chronic kidney disease (CKD) can impose a considerable epidemiological burden thus this text also aims to address the issue of organizing healthcare to maximize both the opportunities for prevention and best healthcare economic returns. This book will be of immediate value and practical interest to all consulting and trainee cardiologists and renal physicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Brendon J. Coventry, editor.
    Summary: Written by "internationally acclaimed" specialists, Cardio-Thoracic, Vascular, Renal and Transplant Surgery provides pertinent and concise procedure descriptions spanning benign and malignant problems and minimally invasive procedures. Complications are reviewed when appropriate for the organ system and problem, creating a book that is both comprehensive and accessible. Stages of operative approaches with relevant technical considerations are outlined in an easily understandable manner. Forming part of the series, Surgery: Complications, Risks and Consequences, this volume Cardio-Thoracic, Vascular, Renal and Transplant Surgery provides a valuable resource for all general surgeons and residents in training. Other healthcare providers will also find this a useful resource.

    Contents:
    Blood Transfusion
    Arterial Surgery
    Venous Surgery
    Amputation
    Vascular Access Surgery
    Lung Surgery
    Cardiac Surgery
    Renal Surgery
    Renal Transplant Surgery
    Liver Transplant Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Adel Elmoselhi.
    Summary: "The aim of this work is to integrate the basic and clinical science topics of the cardiovascular system in a deliberately clinically oriented review book. Approximately half of the medical schools in the United States have already implemented an integrated curriculum in their pre-clinical programs, a trend which is growing both nationally and internationally. This trend is due in part to the proven benefits of the evidence-based practice of medicine as well as the increasing number of integrative clinical vignette questions in the medical and healthcare professional license examinations."--Preface

    Contents:
    Development of the heart and blood vessels
    Anatomical structure of the heart
    Cardiovascular circuitry and hemodynamics
    Electrophysiology of the heart
    Cardiac output and the pressure-volume relationship
    The cardiac cycle
    Regulation of arterial blood pressure and microcirculation
    Ischemic heart disease and management drugs
    Arrhythmias and antiarrhythmic drugs
    Valvular heart diseases
    Congestive heart failure and management drugs
    Congenital heart diseases
    Systemic arterial hypertension and antihypertensive drugs
    Myocardial diseases
    Pericardial diseases
    Diseases of the peripheral vessels
    Cardiovascular drugs.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018
  • Digital
    by Ramdas G. Pai, Padmini Varadarajan, Sudha M. Pai.
    Summary: This compact but comprehensive board review includes everything you need to successfully prepare for the ABIM Cardiology Board Review examination.-Features over 1200 questions with answers and clear explanations -Includes over 400 accompanying images -Covers all key areas of cardiology practice, from history/physicial examination through all major diseases/disorders, along with special topics, e.g. consultative cardiology, covered on the exam -Complements standard textbook reading -Written by an internationally-recognized, well-respected and well-published senior cardiologist, expert in valvular heart disease and cardiovascular imaging.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Mark J. Eisenberg, MD, MPH, Professor of Medicine Cardiology Division Department of Medicine Jewish General Hospital McGill University Montreal, Quebec, Canada [4 others].
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2019
  • Digital
    John P. Higgins, Asif Ali, David M. Filsoof.
    Summary: A point-of-care Q&A guide to clinical cardiology. It answers more than one-hundred of the clinical cardiology questions most frequently asked of the authors during consultation. It simulates the consultation process: consult question; data collection; synthesis of data; and, solution.

    Contents:
    Section I: Diagnostic Testing
    Section II: ACS
    Section III: Valvular Disease
    Section IV: Cardiac Diseases
    Section V: Examination
    Section VI: Arrhythmias
    Section VII: Congenital Heart Diseases
    Section VIII: Heart Failure and Hypertension
    Section IX: Medications.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    60
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    32
  • Print
    Hanna Z. Mieszczanska, Adam S. Budzikowski, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers the latest advances in cardiovascular medicine. Key diagnostic and treatment points are reviewed across a range of cardiovascular issues, including concurrent cardiac problems, patients with cancer, peri-operative surgical and post-trauma patients, patients in the emergency department, pregnancy in the obstetric units, and the care of critically ill patients in medical and surgical intensive care units. Cardiology Consult Manual provides a detailed and clinically relevant guide for the cardiology practitioner of the potential cardiac issues encountered within the cardiology consult service and also a range of professionals in related disciplines. It therefore provides an important resource for all cardiology trainees, fellows, practitioners and health care providers involved in the management of patients with cardiovascular disease. .

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Cardiovascular Physical Examination; Visual Inspection; Vital Signs; Peripheral Pulses; Inspection/Palpation of the Precordium [8]; Jugular Venous Pulse (JVP); Calculating and Reporting the JVP; Waveforms; Auscultation; Precordial Auscultation Sites (Fig. 1.2); S2; Gallops [15, 16]; Pericardial Friction Rub [16]; Clicks [14, 17]; Snaps; Tumor Plop; Cardiac Murmurs [3, 14, 17-19]; Systolic Murmurs [17]; HOCM; VSD; Diastolic Murmurs [14]; Bedside Maneuvers; Other Findings; References
    Chapter 2: Evaluation and Management of Chest Pain and Acute Coronary Syndrome (ACS) in the Emergency DepartmentEpidemiology; General Approach; History; Physical Exam; 12 Lead Electrocardiogram (ECG); Cardiac Chest Pain; Cardiovascular Effects of Cocaine [18]; Cocaine Effects on Cardiovascular Disease (Fig. 2.2); Cocaine-Induced Chest Pain: Evaluation and Treatment; Risk Stratification for Suspected ACS; Evaluation for ACS; Initial Testing; Next Steps in Assessment; ED Management of ACS; Pharmacotherapy [26]; Monitoring and Supportive Care; Discharging Patients with Low-Risk Chest Pain Left Bundle Branch Block (LBBB) [12]Intraventricular Conduction Delay (IVCD); Premature Atrial Complex (PAC); Premature Ventricular Complexes (PVC); Prolonged QT Interval [13]; Torsades De Pointes; Preexcitation [14, 15]; Myocardial Ischemia [16, 17]; Acute Myocardial Infarction; Necrosis; Acute Pericarditis [18]; Atrial Fibrillation [19]; Atrial Flutter [20]; Multifocal Atrial Tachycardia (MAT); AV Nodal Reentry Tachycardia (AVNRT) [21]; Ventricular Tachycardia [22-25]; Ventricular Fibrillation; Hyperkalemia; Hypokalemia; Hypercalcemia; Hypocalcemia; Digoxin; Paced Rhythms [26]; References
    Chapter 4: Primary and Secondary Prevention of Cardiovascular DiseaseKey Terms; Epidemiology; Risk Assessment; General Disease Prevention Strategies; Targeted Disease Prevention (Table 4.2); Glycemic Control; ADA-Recommended Glycemic Targets for Nonpregnant Adults [11]; T2DM Trials; T1DM Trials; Hypertension Control; Antiplatelet Therapy; Dyslipidemia; HMG-CoA Reductase Inhibitor (Statin) Therapy (Fig. 4.1 and Table 4.3); Statin Intolerance; Nonstatin Lipid Therapy; Proprotein Convertase Subtilisin/Kexin 9 (PCSK9) Inhibitors; Ezetimibe; Fibrates; Nicotinic Acid (Niacin)
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by H. Edward Durham Jr.
    Summary: "Cardiology for Veterinary Technicians and Nurses is a comprehensive resource for veterinary technicians and nurses working with cardiovascular patients in veterinary practice. Offers a complete reference to veterinary cardiology targeted at veterinary technicians and nurses, summarizing fundamental knowledge on cardiovascular disease Covers dogs, cats, horses, ruminants, and camelids Provides information ranging from introductory to advanced for a thorough guide to cardiac conditions Presents detailed procedures for common cardiac catheterization techniques, including supplies required Includes photographs and illustrations to depict the concepts described"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Introduction. Section I-Cardiac Anatomy, Physiology and Dysfunction.
    Chapter 1. Cardiac Anatomy.
    Chapter 2. Basic Cardiac Physiology. Cardiac Cycle. Blood Pressure Regulation.
    Chapter 3. The Pathophysiology of Heart Failure. Section II-Diagnostics.
    Chapter 4. History and Physical Exam.
    Chapter 5. Electrocardiography: Principles and Use. Basic Theory. Arrhythmia recognition.
    Chapter 6. Thoracic Radiography.
    Chapter 7. Echocardiography. Basic Theory. Echocardiographic Views. Measurements.
    Chapter 8. Blood Pressure Measurement.
    Chapter 9. Angiography. Equipment.
    Chapter 10. Cardiac Specific Biomarkers. Section III-Diseases.
    Chapter 10. Acquired Disease. Dilated Cardiomyopathy. Acquired Valve Disease. Feline Cardiomyopathies.
    Chapter 11. Congenital Disease. Stenosis. Shunts.
    Chapter 12. Pericardial Disease and Cardiac Neoplasia. Section IV-Therapies and Interventions.
    Chapter 13. Cardiac Drugs. Antiarrhythmics. Drugs for Heart Failure.
    Chapter 14. Treatment of Congestive Heart Failure. Acute Therapy. Chronic Therapy.
    Chapter 15. Interventional Procedures. Balloon Valvuloplasty. PDA occlusion. Bradyarrhythmia Pacemaker Therapy. Other Procedures-. Section V-Large Animal Cardiology.
    Chapter 16. Equine.
    Chapter 17. Ruminants.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Carlos Jerjes-Sánchez.
    Summary: This book provides a guide for the management of patients with cardiovascular emergencies in the ER. It covers a broad range of the most important and frequent acute cardiovascular events including coronary syndromes, aortic syndromes, pulmonary embolism, and left heart failure. Pragmatic in nature, chapters discuss frequent clinical presentations in a thorough fashion while emphasizing a practical and concise approach to diagnosis and treatment. In addition, the book explores how new knowledge and technological advances are improving the quality of patient care in the emergency room, highlighting technological advances in the use of pharmacotherapy, biomarkers, and imaging techniques such as X-ray, echocardiography, CT, MRI, and nuclear. Cardiology in the ER: A Practical Guide is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, and fellows in cardiology, emergency medicine, intensive and critical care, and internal medicine.

    Contents:
    1. Chest pain
    2. Dyspnea
    3. Suspected cardiovascular syncope
    4. Biomarkers
    5. Acute coronary syndromes
    6. Acute aortic syndromes
    7. Cardiac tamponade
    8. Cardiogenic shock
    9. Acute pulmonary embolism
    10. Hypertensive emergency
    11. Tachyarrhythmias
    12. Bradyarrhythmia
    13. Acute left heart failure
    14. Cardiac arrest
    15. Valvular prosthesis thrombosis
    16. Pacemaker emergencies
    17. Cardiology bedside interventions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert C. Hendel, Carey Kimmelstiel, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Noninvasive Cardiology
    1. Transthoracic echocardiography
    2. Transesophageal echocardiography
    3. Contrast echocardiography
    4. Exercise stress testing
    5. Cardiopulmonary exercise testing --6. Pharmacologic stress testing
    7. Stress echocardiography
    8. Single photon emission computed tomography
    9. Positron emission tomography
    10. Radionuclide angiography
    11. Cardiac computed tomography (CT)
    12. Cardiac magnetic resonance
    Part II. Critical Care
    13. Central venous cannulation
    14. Right heart catherization
    15. Pericardiocentesis
    16. Procedural sedation
    17. Endotracheal intubation
    Part III. Electrophysiology
    18. The electrocardiogram
    19. Ambulatory electrocardiography
    20. Tilt table testing
    21. Electrophysiologic testing
    22. Temporary transvenous pacing
    23. Cardiac pacemakers
    24. Biventricular pacing
    25. Implantable cardioverter defibrillators (ICD)
    26. Pacemakers interrogation and programming
    27. Cardioversion and defibrillation
    Part IV. Interventional Cardiology
    28. Coronary angiography
    29. Coronary blood flow measurements
    30. Percutaneous coronary intervention
    31. Alcohol septal ablation
    32. Transcatheter closure of atrial septal defects and patent foramen ovale
    33. Balloon valvuloplasty
    34. Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    35. Endomyocardial biopsy
    36. Circlatory support devices
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Robert C. Hendel, Carey Kimmelstiel, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised edition is a single compact reference that describes a wide variety of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures performed by cardiologists. The focus is on the clinical application of these procedures with descriptions of their technical aspects, as well as contraindications and potential complications. The book provides detailed instruction on the interpretation of clinical data generated during these procedures and includes case presentations to illustrate how they are utilized in clinical practice. Cardiology Procedures: A Clinical Primer contains distilled clinical information and data important to those involved in the clinical care of cardiac patients. Comprising practical material designed to help in learning the diagnostic and therapeutic cardiology procedures performed in clinical practice, it will also be useful for trainees and practitioners in related disciplines.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Non-Invasive cardiology
    1 Transthoracic Echocardiography
    2 Transesophageal Echocardiography
    3 Contrast Echocardiography
    4 Exercise ECG Stress Testing
    5 Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing
    6 Pharmacologic Stress Testing
    7 Stress Echocardiography
    8 Single Photon Emission Computed Tomographic Myocardial Perfusion Imaging
    9 Positron Emission Tomography
    10 Radionuclide Angiography (MUGA)
    11 Amyloid Imaging
    12 Cardiac Computed Tomography (CT) and Fractional flow reserve-computed tomography (FFR-CT)
    13 Cardiac Magnetic Resonance
    Part 2 Critical Care
    14 Central Venous Cannulation
    15 Right Heart Catheterization
    16 Pericardiocentesis
    17 Procedural Sedation
    18 Endotracheal Intubation
    Part 3 Electrophysiology
    19 The Electrocardiogram
    20 Ambulatory Electrocardiography
    21 Tilt Table Testing
    22 Electrophysiologic Testing
    23 Temporary Transvenous Pacing
    24 Cardiac Pacemakers
    25 Biventricular Pacing
    26 Pacemaker Interrogation and Programming
    27 Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillators (ICD)
    28 DC Cardioversion
    29 Pulmonary Vein Isolation
    30 Left Atrial Appendage Closure
    Part 4 Interventional cardiology
    31 Coronary Angiography
    32 Coronary Blood Flow and Pressure Measurements
    33 Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    34 Alcohol Septal Ablation
    35 Transcatheter Closure of Atrial Septal Defects and Patent Foramen Ovale
    36 Balloon Valvuloplasty
    37 Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    38 Transcatheter Mitral Valve Repair
    39 Endomyocardial Biopsy
    40 Circulatory Support Devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Glenn N. Levine.
    Summary: Get quick answers to the most important clinical questions with Cardiology Secrets! Using the popular and trusted Secret Series Q&A format, this easy-to-read cardiology book provides rapid access to the practical, "in-the-trenches" know-how you need to succeed both in practice, and on cardiology board and recertification exams. Get the evidence-based guidance you need to provide optimal care for your patients with cardiac heart diseases.Explore effective solutions to a full range of clinical issues including the general examination, diagnostic procedures, arrhythmias, symptoms and disease states, valvular heart disease, cardiovascular pharmacology, and other medical conditions with associated cardiac involvement.Zero in on key information with bulleted lists, mnemonics, practical tips from the leading cardiologists, and "Key Points" boxes that provide a concise overview of important board-relevant content.Review essential material efficiently with the "Top 100 Secrets in Cardiology" - perfect for last-minute study or self-assessment.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Glenn N. Levine.
    Contents:
    Cardiovascular physical examination
    Heart murmurs and sounds
    Electrocardiography
    Chest x-ray
    Exercise stress testing
    Ambulatory electrocardiogram monitoring
    Echocardiography
    Nuclear cardiology
    Cardiac positron emission tomography
    Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging
    Cardiac computed tomography
    Swan-Ganz catheters and cardiac hemodynamics
    Coronary angiography and intracoronary imaging and physiologic assessment
    Chest pains and angina
    Chronic stable angina
    Non--ST-elevation acute coronary syndrome
    ST-elevation myocardial infarction
    Cardiogenic shock
    Percutaneous coronary intervention
    Coronary artery bypass surgery
    Myocarditis
    Dilated cardiomyopathy
    Heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Restrictive cardiomyopathy
    Acute decompensated heart failure
    Heart failure : long-term management
    Heart transplantation
    Aortic stenosis
    Aortic regurgitation
    Mitral regurgitation
    Mitral stenosis
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Endocarditis and endocarditis prophylaxis
    Atrial fibrillation
    Supraventricular tachycardia
    Ventricular arrhythmias
    Cardiac pacing for bradycardia, heart block, and heart failure
    Implantable cardiac defibrillator
    Cardiac arrest and resuscitation
    Hypertension
    Hyperlipidemia
    Diabetes and cardiovascular disease
    Smoking cessation
    Physical activity, exercise, and the heart
    Cardiac manifestations of HIV/AIDS
    Cardiovascular complications of rheumatic diseases
    Cardio-oncology
    Cocaine and the heart
    Heart disease in the elderly
    Heart disease in pregnancy
    Heart disease in women
    Sleep apnea and the heart
    Peripheral arterial disease
    Aortic aneurysm
    Aortic dissection
    Carotid artery disease
    Ischemic stroke
    Hemorrhagic stroke and cerebral venous sinus thrombosis
    Deep vein thrombosis : prophylaxis and treatment
    Pulmonary embolism
    Hypercoagulable states
    Adult congenital heart disease
    Cardiac tumors
    Hypertensive crisis
    Oral anticoagulation therapy
    Pericarditis, pericardial constriction, and pericardial tamponade
    Preoperative cardiac evaluation
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Syncope
    Traumatic heart disease.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Glenn N. Levine.
    Contents:
    Cardiovascular physical examination
    Heart murmurs and sounds
    Electrocardiography
    Chest x-ray
    Exercise stress testing
    Ambulatory ECG monitors
    Echocardiography
    Nuclear cardiology
    Cardiac positron emission tomography
    Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging
    Cardiac computed tomography
    Bedside hemodynamic monitoring
    Cardiac catheterization: coronary angiogram, intracoronary imaging, and physiology
    Chest pains and angina
    Chronic stable angina
    Non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndrome
    ST-elevation myocardial infarction
    Cardiogenic shock
    Percutaneous coronary intervention
    Coronary artery bypass surgery
    Myocarditis
    LV dysfunction and dilated cardiomyopathy: etiologies and evaluation
    Heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Restrictive cardiomyopathy
    Acute decompensated heart failure
    Heart failure: long-term management
    Heart transplantation
    Aortic stenosis
    Aortic regurgitation
    Mitral regurgitation
    Mitral stenosis
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Endocarditis and endocarditis prophylaxis
    Atrial fibrillation
    Supraventricular tachycardia
    Ventricular arrhythmias
    Cardiac pacing for bradycardia, conduction abnormalities, and heart failure
    Implantable cardioverter defibrillators
    Cardiac arrest and resuscitation
    Hypertension
    Hyperlipidemia
    Diabetes and cardiovascular disease
    Smoking cessation
    Physical activity, exercise, and the heart
    Cardiac manifestations of HIV
    Cardiac manifestations of rheumatologic disorders
    Cardio-oncology
    Cocaine and the heart
    Cardiovascular sequelae of COVID-19
    Heart disease in the elderly
    Heart disease in pregnancy
    Heart disease in women
    Sleep apnea and the heart
    Peripheral arterial disease
    Aortic aneurysms
    Aortic dissection
    Carotid artery disease
    Ischemic stroke
    Hemorrhagic stroke and cerebral venous sinus thrombosis
    Deep vein thrombosis
    Pulmonary embolism
    Hypercoagulable states
    Adult congenital heart disease
    Cardiac tumors
    Hypertensive crisis
    Oral anticoagulation therapy
    Pericarditis, pericardial constriction, and pericardial tamponade
    Preoperative cardiac evaluation
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Syncope
    Traumatic heart disease.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Gary R. Skuse and Maureen C. Ferran.
    Summary: This volume has been assembled for scientists interested in basic and applied biomedical research directed toward understanding the development, genetics, and function of cardiomyocytes. The methods and protocols contained within it address cell culture techniques, cardiomyocyte differentiation and redifferentiation, experimental induction of cardiomyopathies, introducing genes into cardiomyocytes, genomic approaches to the understanding cardiomyocytes, cryopreservation of neonatal cardiomyocytes, and modeling of cardiomyocyte function. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Practical and current, Cardiomyocytes: Methods and Protocols explores complimentary areas of cardiomyocyte science that, taken together, can inform individuals with a broad range of interests.

    Contents:
    Generating primary cultures of murine cardiac myocytes and cardiac fibroblasts to study viral myocarditis / Barbara Sherry
    Enrichment of cardiomyocytes in primary cultures of murine neonatal hearts / Sreejit Parameswaran ... [et al.]
    Deep sequencing of cardiac microRNA-mRNA interactomes in clinical and experimental cardiomyopathy / Scot J. Matkovich and Gerald W. Dorn II
    Next-generation sequencing technology in the genetics of cardiovascular disease / Cecilia Vecoli
    Computational cardiac electrophysiology : implementing mathematical models of cardiomyocytes to Simulate Action Potentials of the Heart / Michael M. Bell and Elizabeth M. Cherry
    Methods of myofibrillogenesis modeling / Nancy K. Drew and Anna Grosberg
    Using the mechanical bidomain model to analyze the biomechanical behavior of cardiomyocytes / Bradley J. Roth
    Fabrication of a myocardial patch with cells differentiated from human-induced pluripotent stem cells / Lei Ye, Joydeep Basu, and Jianyi Zhang
    Efficient differentiation of cardiomyocytes from human pluripotent stem cells with growth factors / Rajneesh Jha, Ren-He Xu, and Chunhui Xu
    Isolation, culturing, and characterization of cardiac muscle cells from nonhuman primate heart tissue / Steven M. Hoynowski and John W. Ludlow
    Mouse embryonic stem cell-derived cardiac myocytes in a cell culture dish / Carley Glass ... [et al.]
    Cryopreservation of neonatal cardiomyocytes / Adam C. Vandergriff, M. Taylor Hensley, and Ke Cheng
    Evaluation of sarcomeric organization in human pluripotent stem cell-derived cardiomyocytes / Chrishan J.A. Ramachandra and Winston Shim
    Electrotonic coupled metabolic purification of chick cardiomyocytes / Winston Shim
    Gene transfer into cardiac myocytes / Sarah E. Lang and Margaret V. Westfall
    Analysis of 4D myocardial wall motion during early stages of chick heart development / Madeline Midgett and Sandra Rugonyi.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Shinya Minatoguchi.
    Summary: This book will provide readers with a detailed understanding of the ischemic damage to the myocardium after myocardial infarction, as well as essential tools for the treatment of damaged heart after myocardial infarction. It discusses various methods such as pharmacological pre- and post-conditioning, cytokine therapy, and cell therapy especially using Muse cells.The coverage of Muse cell therapy, which includes the latest work done by the author and his collaborators, is a unique feature of the book. Muse cells have self-renewability and have ability to differentiate into cells with the characteristics of all three germ layers from a single cell, while they are non-tumorigenic. It is the first book to feature the Muse cell therapy, which may offer the new promising therapeutic strategy for acute myocardial infarction. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Myocardial infarction and development of heart failure
    Chapter 2: Ischemic preconditioning
    Chapter 3: Pharmacological preconditioning
    Chapter 4: Ischemic postconditioning
    Chapter 5: Pharmacological postconditioning
    Chapter 6: Cytokine therapy
    Chapter 7: Stem cell therapy
    Chapter 8: Future application and perspectives. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sheldon Magder, Atul Malhotra, Kathryn A. Hibbert, Charles Corey Hardin, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of the basic physiology of the cardiac and pulmonary systems, tools for cardiopulmonary monitoring, and related issues in the management of specific conditions. The volume is divided into three main parts. The first part examines the functional basis of normal and abnormal physiology, organized into cardiac and pulmonary units and followed by a combined interactive component. The next section discusses cardiopulmonary monitoring tools and variables and is also divided into cardiac (e.g, echocardiography, heart rate, cardiac output), pulmonary (e.g, lung volume, pleural pressure, electrical impedance tomography), and combined tools such as radiology/MRI and tissue perfusion tests. The third section concerns the management and application of specific clinical problems such as pulmonary hypertension, cardiac shunts, cardiogenic shock, and ECMO with an emphasis on the physiological basics. Cardiopulmonary Monitoring: Basic Physiology, Tools, and Bedside Management for the Critically Ill is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, medical students, and researchers in cardiology, critical care, emergency medicine, anesthesiology, and radiology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Part 1: Physiological Basics
    Section 1.1: Cardiovascular Basics
    Chapter 2. Volume and the Regulation of Cardiac Output
    Chapter 3. Function of the Right Heart
    Chapter 4. Function of the Left Heart
    Chapter 5. Pulmonary Vascular Resistance
    Chapter 6. Fluid Filtration in the Microcirculation
    Chapter 7. Physiology of Heart Rate
    Chapter 8. Physiological Aspects of Arterial Blood Pressure
    Chapter 9. Pulsatile Hemodynamics and Arterial Impedance
    Chapter 10. Basics of Fluid Physiology
    Chapter 11. Cerebral Hemodynamics
    Section 1.2: Pulmonary Basics
    Chapter 12. Stress, Strain and the Inflation of the Lung
    Chapter 13. Physiology of PEEP and Auto-PEEP
    Chapter 14. Basics of Ventilation/Perfusion Abnormalities in Critically Ill Ventilated Patients
    Chapter 15. Control of Breathing
    Chapter 16. Respiratory Muscle Blood Flow and Heart-Lung Interactions
    Chapter 17. Surfactant Activity and the Pressure Volume Curve of the Respiratory System
    Section 1.3: Interactions
    Chapter 18. Heart Lung Interactions
    Part 2: The Tools
    Section 2.1: Cardiovascular
    Chapter 19. Blood Pressure Measurements
    Chapter 20. Measurement of Cardiac Output
    Chapter 21. Evaluations of Devices for Measurement of Cardiac Output
    Chapter 22. Basics of Hemodynamic Measurements
    Chapter 23. Cerebral Hemodynamic Monitoring Techniques
    Chapter 24. Transthoracic Echocardiography for Monitoring Cardiopulmonary Interactions
    Chapter 25. Transesophageal Echocardiography for Monitoring Cardiopulmonary Interactions
    Chapter 26. Extra-Cardiac Doppler Hemodynamic Assessment Using Point-of-Care Ultrasound
    Chapter 27. Measurements of Fluid Requirements with Cardiovascular Challenges
    Chapter 28. CO2-Derived Indices to Guide Resuscitation in Critically Ill Patients
    Chapter 29. Microcirculatory Monitoring to Assess Cardio-Pulmonary Status
    Chapter 30. Clinical Assessment and Monitoring of Peripheral Circulation During Shock and Resuscitation
    Chapter 31. Optimizing Oxygen Delivery in Clinical Practice
    Section 2.2: Respiratory
    Chapter 32. Measuring Volume, Flow and Pressure in the Clinical Setting
    Chapter 33. Management of Pleural Pressure
    Chapter 34. Ultrasound Assessment of the Lung
    Chapter 35. Diaphragm Ultrasound: Physiology and Applications
    Chapter 36. Monitoring Respiratory Muscle Function
    Chapter 37. Basics of Electrical Impedance Tomography and its Application
    Chapter 38. Clinical Monitoring by Volumetric Capnography
    Chapter 39. MRI in the Assessment of Cardiopulmonary Interaction
    Section 2.3: Interaction
    Chapter 40. Respiratory Function of Hemoglobin: From Origin to Human Physiology and Pathophysiology
    Chapter 41. Acid Base and Hydrogen Ion
    Part 3: Applications
    Chapter 42. Use of Maintenance and Resuscitation Fluids
    Chapter 43. Identifying and Applying Best PEEP in Ventilated Critically Ill Patients
    Chapter 44. Cardiopulmonary Monitoring in the Prone Patient
    Chapter 45. Cardiopulmonary Interactions in the Management of Acute Obstructive Disease
    Chapter 46. Evaluation and Management of Ventilator-Patient Dyssynchrony
    Chapter 47. Cardiopulmonary Monitoring in the Patient with an Inflamed Lung
    Chapter 48. Ventilation during Veno-Venous Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation
    Chapter 49. Vasopressor Support of Patients with Cardio-Pulmonary Failure
    Chapter 50. Cardiogenic Shock Part 1: Epidemiology, Classification, Clinical Presentation, Physiological Process and Non-Mechanical Treatments
    Chapter 51. Cardiogenic Shock Part 2: Mechanical Devices for Cardiogenic Shock
    Chapter 52. Pathophysiology of Sepsis and Heart Lung Interactions: Part 1: Presentation and Mechanisms
    Chapter 53. Pathophysiology of Sepsis and Heart-Lung Interactions: Part 2,Treatment
    Chapter 54. Cardiopulmonary Monitoring of Pulmonary Hypertension and Right Ventricular Failure
    Chapter 55. Monitoring and Management of Acute Pulmonary Embolism
    Chapter 56. Clinical Neurologic Issues in Cerebrovascular Monitoring
    Chapter 57. Delirium in the Critically Ill Patient
    Chapter 58. Obesity in Critically Ill Patients
    Section 4: Epilogue
    Chapter 59. The Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    W.H. Wilson Tang, Frederik H. Verbrugge, Wilfried Mullens, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive manual reviews the management of cardiorenal syndrome in heart failure. Chapters are structured in a practically applicable and easy-to-follow format with realistic case vignettes and key clinical management questions and answers, followed by a brief discussion of underlying pathophysiological mechanisms of a patient with cardiorenal syndrome. Building from this case, key questions are posed that are relevant to the clinical management and then potential evidence-based treatment strategies are proposed. Topics covered include loop diuretic resistance in acute and chronic heart failure, abdominal congestion, low output failure and potential diuretic complications due to hyponatremia. Cardiorenal Syndrome in Heart Failure thoroughly reviews cardiorenal syndrome from the perspective of both the cardiologist and nephrologist. Its case-based approach makes it an ideal resource for both practising and trainee cardiology and nephrology practitioners.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Refining Physiologic-Based Individualized Management of Cardio-Renal Syndrome
    1. A Historical Perspective on Evolving Concepts of Cardio-Renal Syndrome in Heart Failure
    2. Hemodynamic Insights to Cardio-Renal Syndrome: A View Looking Back to See Forward
    Part 1. Insights from Pathophysiologic Mechanisms
    3. Mechanisms of Cardio-Renal Syndrome: From Molecular Pathways to Novel Therapeutics
    4. Pathophysiology of Cardio-Renal Syndrome: Autonomic Mechanisms
    5. Insights on Diuretic Therapy from Clinical and Pharmacologic Perspectives
    Part 2: Case-Based Discussions
    6. A patient with chronic kidney disease and heart failure with reduced ejection fraction
    7. A patient with chronic kidney disease and heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    8. Heart Failure in a Patient with End-Stage Kidney Disease and Renal Replacement Therapy
    9. Loop diuretic resistance in a patient with chronic heart failure
    10. Worsening renal function in a patient with acute heart failure and volume overload
    11. Loop diuretic resistance in a patient with acute heart failure
    12: Diuretic therapy complicated by hyponatremia
    13. A patient with abdominal congestion
    14. Hepatorenal Dysfunction in a Patient with Advanced Heart Failure
    15. Low output heart failure: the cold and wet patient
    16. Cardio-Renal Syndrome in a Patient with Mechanical Circulatory Support
    17. Patient with Severe Right Heart Failure
    18. Refractory congestion
    when to use ultrafiltration?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Peter Kokkinos and Puneet Narayan.
    Summary: This book examines the links between physical activity (PA), cardiorespiratory fitness (CRF), and cardiovascular and metabolic diseases. It presents an overview of the role of PA and CRF in the prevention and management of risk factors associated with cardiometabolic diseases such as hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, stroke, type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, dyslipidemia, obesity, and atherosclerosis. In addition, it explores how these risks vary with different populations such as the elderly and people of various racial backgrounds. The book also highlights risks associated with exercise and presents a prescription for appropriate and efficacious exercise to minimize risk and maximize health benefits for the heart. Cardiorespiratory Fitness in Prevention and Management of Cardiometabolic Disease is an essential resource for physicians, exercise physiologists, medical students, residents, fellows, nurses, and researchers in cardiology, cardiorespiratory fitness, exercise science, health promotion and disease prevention, public health, and epidemiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    J. Ernesto Molina.
    Summary: Significant changes have taken place in the realm of cardiac, thoracic, and vascular surgery during the last five to ten years. Many new operative procedures have been developed which remain relatively unknown to cardiothoracic surgeons. This practical manual covers a wide variety of these new processes, several of which are interventions offered to cardiologists practicing in the field of electrophysiology who are unaware that these interventions exist and can help them in situations they cannot solve. It includes general practical techniques; cardiac, thoracic, and vascular surgery procedures; and advances in cardiology and electrophysiology. Throughout the book, illustrations accompany the technical descriptions and show in step-by-step detail how to perform the operations and various procedures using proper equipment. Cardiothoracic Surgical Procedures and Techniques: A Practical Manual is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, fellows, physician assistants (PA), and graduate students in cardiology, cardiac surgery, thoracic surgery, and vascular surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jian Yang, Alex Pui-Wai Lee, Vladimiro L. Vid, editors.
    Summary: This book offers readers a comprehensive introduction to the techniques and application of 3D printing in cardiovascular medicine. To do so, it addresses the history, concepts, and methods of 3D printing, choice of printing materials for clinical purposes, personalized planning of cardiac surgery and transcatheter interventions with patient-specific models, enhancement of patient-physician communication, simulation of endovascular procedures, and advances in 3D bio-printing. The book particularly focuses on the application of 3D printing to improve the efficacy and safety of cardiac interventions, and to promote the realization of precision medical care. The book gathers contributions by an international team of experts in the field of cardiovascular medicine, who combine the latest findings with their own practical experience in using 3D printing to support the diagnosis and treatment of a wide range of cardiovascular diseases. They present in-depth discussions in the fields of congenital heart disease, valvular disease, coronary artery disease, cardiomyopathy, left atrial appendage occlusion, cardiac tumors and vascular diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    William E. DeTurk, Lawrence P. Cahalin.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basic medical science
    Cardiovascular and pulmonary assessment
    Cardiovascular and pulmonary disease comorbidity
    Cardiovascular and pulmonary interventions
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2018
  • Digital
    Peter R. Hoskins, Patricia V. Lawford, Barry J. Doyle, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a balanced presentation of the fundamental principles of cardiovascular biomechanics research, as well as its valuable clinical applications. Pursuing an integrated approach at the interface of the life sciences, physics and engineering, it also includes extensive images to explain the concepts discussed. Cardiovascular biomechanics encompasses the relationship between the mechanics of the cardiovascular system and biological function in health and disease, and it is increasingly recognised that normal function and diseases involve a complex interplay between biology and mechanical forces. With a focus on explaining the underlying principles, this book examines the physiology and mechanics of circulation, mechanobiology and the biomechanics of different components of the cardiovascular system, in-vivo techniques, in-vitro techniques, and the medical applications of this research. Written for undergraduate and postgraduate students and including sample problems at the end of each chapter, this interdisciplinary text provides an essential introduction to the topic. It is also an ideal reference text for researchers and clinical practitioners, and will benefit a wide range of students and researchers including engineers, physicists, biologists and clinicians who are interested in the area of cardiovascular biomechanics.

    Contents:
    Introduction to fluid and solid mechanics
    Introduction to biomechanics of the cardiovascular system
    Blood and blood flow
    Arterial biomechanics I. Pressure, flow and stiffness
    Arterial biomechanics II. Forces, adaptability and mechanotransduction
    Excitation-contraction in the heart
    Biomechanics of the venous system
    Biomechanics of the microcirculation
    Medical imaging
    Modelling of the cardiovascular system
    Patient specific modelling
    Flow phantoms
    Measurement of the mechanical properties of biological tissues
    Hypertension
    Atherosclerosis
    Aneurysms
    Cardiovascular prostheses
    Appendix 1: Questions
    Appendix 2: Glossary
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Michael Henein, editor.
    Summary: The book systematically describes the clinical and scientific aspects of cardiovascular calcification. Chapters detail the mechanisms associated with arterial and valve calcification, relevant risk factors, pathophysiology and the latest therapeutic techniques. Recent diagnostic technological developments including how computed tomography (CT) scanning can be utilized along with Agatston score to quantify coronary arterial calcification when investigating whether a patient for sub-clinical atherosclerosis are covered. The correlation with the presence of arterial calcification and extent of coronary stenosis is also explored. Cardiovasular Calcification details relevant aspects of the basic science and reviews the latest pathological and therapeutic techniques used in treating patients with cardiovascular calcification. It is therefore an essential resource for practicing cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, vascular specialists and radiologists.

    Contents:
    Plaque collagen synthesis and calcification: Working together to protect against instability and rupture
    Cardiovascular Calcification and Carotid Intima-media Thickness in atherosclerosis
    Heart valve calcification
    Valve Calcification (Aortic and Mitral)
    Calcification and Aortic Syndromes
    Prognostic Value of Coronary Artery Calcium
    Value of coronary calcium-screening for risk assessment in the general population
    Calcification and Coronary Interventions
    Coronary microcalcification
    Imaging Peripheral Arterial Calcifications
    Management of peripheral arterial calcification
    Arterial Calcification and Cerebral Disease: Stroke and Dementia
    Cardiovascular Calcification in Systemic Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Elena Aikawa, Joshua D. Hutcheson, editors.
    Summary: The book covers the basic science and clinical aspects of cardiovascular calcification and bone mineralization. Cardiovascular calcification is the leading predictor of cardiovascular morbidity and mortality, with a predictive value more significant than blood lipid levels. The presence of calcific mineral in cardiovascular tissues alters biomechanical performance, increasing workload on the heart and potentiating atherosclerotic plaque rupture and subsequent heart attack and stroke. This book examines the role of calcification in cardiovascular disease covering topics such as calcification in the atherosclerotic plaques and aortic valves arteries and valves, aortic valve replacement, peripheral artery disease, imaging of early calcification and target discovery. In addition, various forms of ectopic calcification as well as mechanisms of bone mineralization are discussed. Cardiovascular Calcification and Bone Mineralization is an essential resource for clinicians, researchers, and other medical professionals in cardiology, pathology, and biomedical engineering.

    Contents:
    Part I. Cardiovascular Calcification
    Chapter 1. The History of Cardiovascular Calcification
    Chapter 2. Basic Pathology of Arterial and Valvular Calcification in Humans
    Chapter 3. Developmental Pathways and Aortic Valve Calcification
    Chapter 4. Differential Mechanisms of Arterial and Valvular Calcification
    Chapter 5. Calcifying Extracellular Vesicles: Biology, Characterization, and Mineral Formation
    Chapter 6. Role of Biomechanical Stress and Mechanosensitive miRNAs in Calcific Aortic Valve Disease
    Chapter 7. The Role of Chronic Kidney Disease in Ectopic Calcification
    Chapter 8. The Role of Calcification in Peripheral Artery Disease
    Chapter 9. Bioprosthetic Heart Valve Calcification: Clinicopathologic Correlations, Mechanisms, and Prevention
    Part II. Ectopic Calcification
    Chapter 10. Electron Microscopy for the Characterization of Soft Tissue Mineralization
    Chapter 11. Cardiovascular Calcification in Hutchinson-Gilford Progeria and Correlation with Age-Related Degenerative Calcification
    Chapter 12. Calcinosis in Scleroderma
    Chapter 13. Placental Calcification: Long-standing Questions and New Biomedical Research Directions
    Chapter 14. Heterotopic Ossification Following Traumatic Blast Injury
    Part III. Bone Mineralization
    Chapter 15. The Paradoxical Relationship Between Skeletal and Cardiovascular Mineralization
    Chapter 16. Cellular Contributors to Bone Homeostasis
    Chapter 17. Bone Biology, Modeling, Remodeling, and Mineralization
    Chapter 18. Osteoclasts in Cardiovascular Calcification
    Part IV. Imaging, Treatment, and Target Discovery
    Chapter 19. Imaging Cardiovascular Calcification Activity with 18F-Fluoride PET
    Chapter 20. The Role of Elastin Degradation in Vascular Calcification: Possibilities to Repair Elastin and Reverse Calcification
    Chapter 21. Clinical Trials and Calcification-Based Treatment Decisions
    Chapter 22. Surgical Versus Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    Chapter 23. Target Discovery in Calcification Through Omics and Systems Approaches
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Merle Myerson and Marshall J. Glesby.
    Summary: This book provides the most current overview of the evaluation and management of cardiovascular disease in people living with HIV/AIDS. The text assesses the risk factors associated with cardiovascular disease in HIV/AIDS patients and explores the most cutting edge ways to diagnose and treat the specific diseases that are most common for people living with HIV. This text takes a well-rounded, multidisciplinary approach that considers infectious disease and HIV specialists who may have little familiarity with the diagnosis and management of manifest CVD or risk factors as well as those in remote areas where providers may have little or no infrastructure to support optimal care for their patients. The text also serves cardiovascular specialists who may not have the expertise in HIV care to meet the unique needs of these patients. Cardiovascular Care for the Patient Living with HIV is the ultimate resource for not only all infectious disease and HIV specialists, but also for cardiologists, neurologists, vascular surgeons, general practitioners, nurse practitioners, physicians assistants, and all other medical professionals who care for people living with HIV.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Maciej Banach, editor.
    Summary: This book is the first comprehensive approach on COVID-19 cardiac complications, both during the acute phase as well as in the long-COVID period. It provides an up-to-date and highly illustrated summary of the biology of SARS-CoV-2, the course of COVID-19, risk factors that worsen the disease in COVID-19 patients, clinical features of COVID-19 patients, COVID-19 cardiological complications, treatment, and prevention methods, and long-term cardiological aspects of COVID-19. Chapters provide the reader with a contemporary perspective on the emerging links between COVID-19 and cardiovascular disease. In addition, this volume discusses the clinical implications and therapeutic goals in patients with COVID-19 and cardiac complications, as well as possible therapeutic options. It also offers clear recommendations on how to manage (both non- and pharmacologically) to avoid the increased number of COVID-19 related deaths due to CVD and its risk factors. Cardiovascular Complications of COVID-19 will be the primary resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and nursed and medical students in the fields of cardiology and COVID-19/infectious diseases as well as healthcare providers that initiate preventive activities and dedicated programs.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Part I: General Part
    Chapter 1: Biology of SARS-CoV-2 Coronavirus
    Origin, Structure, and Variants
    Introduction
    Method of Search
    The SARS-CoV-2 Biology
    The SARS-CoV-2 Origins
    HCoV-229E
    HCoV-OC43
    SARS-CoV
    HCoV-NL63
    HCoV-HKU1
    MERS-CoV
    SARS-CoV-2
    The SARS-CoV-2 Structure
    SARS-CoV-2 Variants
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: COVID-19 Epidemiology and Differences in Incidence and Mortality Between Countries
    Origins
    Asian Countries
    COVID-19 in the United States of America Canada
    Mexico
    Peru
    Brazil
    Colombia
    Europe
    Russia
    Ukraine
    Italy
    Poland
    South Africa
    Antarctica
    References
    Chapter 3: Clinical Symptoms and Course of COVID-19
    SARS-CoV-2 Transmission
    Virus Replication
    Immunological Responses and Cytokine Storm (CS)
    Virus Variants and Associated Evolution in the Clinical Course
    Clinical Stages of COVID-19 [21]
    Mild and Asymptomatic Stage
    Symptomatic Stage
    Severe Disease
    Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome/Critical Stage
    Clinical Symptoms of COVID-19 General Symptoms in the Early, Asymptomatic and Mild Infection
    Respiratory Manifestations
    Extra-Respiratory Manifestations
    Hematologic Abnormalities
    Prothrombotic Events
    Cardiovascular Involvement
    Neurological and Neuropsychiatric Manifestations
    Kidney Involvement
    Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Involvement
    Skin Associated COVID-19 Symptoms
    COVID-19 in Children
    Long COVID-19
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4: Risk Factors of Developing COVID-19 and its Severe Course
    COVID-19 and Related Cardiovascular Risk Factors
    Age
    Sex
    Smoking
    Diabetes Obesity
    Hypertension
    Dyslipidemia
    Chronic Kidney Disease
    Additional Markers of Increased CV Disease Risk in COVID-19
    References
    Chapter 5: Prognosis in COVID-19 Patients: Statistics, Risk Factors
    Introduction
    Demographic Features
    Age and Sex
    Ethnicity
    Clinical Symptoms
    Comorbidities and the Course of COVID-19
    Hypertension
    Diabetes Mellitus
    Obesity
    Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)
    Chronic Kidney Disease
    Cancer
    Special Conditions and Populations of Patients and the COVID-19 Course
    Smoking
    Pregnancy
    Children Selected Laboratory Parameters Values and the COVID-19 Course
    Leukocyte Counts
    Lymphocyte Counts
    Neutrophil Counts
    Platelet Counts
    C-Reactive Protein (CRP)
    Procalcitonin (PCT)
    Lactate Dehydrogenase (LDH)
    Interleukin 6 (IL-6)
    D-Dimer
    Ferritin
    Albumin
    Aspartate Aminotransferase (AST) and Alanine Aminotransferase (ALT)
    Cardiac Troponin
    Complications
    Reinfection
    Conclusions and Take-Home Message
    References
    Part II: Cardiovascular Complications of the Acute Phase of COVID-19
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Umair Mallick.
    Summary: This book discusses the evidence behind the relationship between COVID-19 and heart disease based on emerging state-of-the-art data. The rapid and unexpected global spread of the COVID-19 has revealed proportional levels of cardiovascular and metabolic complications. A myriad of pathogenetic mechanisms has come to the surface. There is still much research required to define whether cardiovascular disease causes COVID-19 complications or that cardiovascular disease appears as a result of the infection and which mechanisms are responsible. With cardiovascular and metabolic diseases already at pandemic levels and expected to increase further, this book provides readers with an urgent and thorough analysis of this association. Cardiovascular Complications of COVID-19: Risk, Pathogenesis and Outcomes provides answers to the increasing numbers of questions related to heart disease in COVID-19, highlighting the association between these pandemics and including risk factors, mechanisms and how these may impact diverse patients populations. It describes how COVID-19 impacts older patients and those with metabolic illnesses such as obesity and diabetes mellitus, while providing an overview of the observed gender dichotomy among patients. It therefore represents an essential resource not only for all cardiovascular physicians but also for any healthcare professionals managing patients with these diseases or those exploring COVID-19.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology
    Virology Of COVID 19
    Clinical Features And Complications Of COVID 19.-Treatment Options In Covid 19
    Inflammation And COVID 19
    Renin Angiotensin System And COVID 19
    Pathogenetic Mechanisms In Non-Cardiovascular Complications
    Cytokines And Viral Damage In COVID 19
    Thrombosis In COVID 19
    Angiotensin Converting Enzyme 2 In COVID 19
    Regulatory Systems And COVID 19
    Miscellaneous Novel Mechanisms In COVID 19
    Myocardial Injury And Acute Coronary Syndromes In COVID 19
    Heart Failure, Hypertension And Arrhythmias In COVID 19
    Patients With Cardiometabolic Diseases And COVID 19
    Older Age And COVID 19
    Gender Dichotomy And COVID 19
    Quality Of Research In COVID 19
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Senta S. Rogers and Irvin C. Mohler.
    Contents:

    v. 1. 1960-1973.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Z6664.H3 R63 1974
    1
  • Digital
    Keith C. Ferdinand, Herman A. Taylor, Jr., Carlos J. Rodriguez, editors.
    Summary: The book discusses the impact of genetics, social determinants of health, the environment, and lifestyle in the burden of cardiometabolic conditions in African American and Hispanic/Latinx populations. It includes fully updated and revised chapters on genetics and CVD risk, epidemiology of cardiovascular health, cardiovascular imaging, dyslipidemias and other emerging risk factors, obesity and metabolic syndrome, heart failure, and genetic variations in CVD. Unique aspects within African American and Hispanic/Latinx populations are explored with suggested appropriate therapeutic interventions. New chapters focus on ASCVD risk assessment, emerging precision medicine concepts, the impact of diabetes, resilience and CVD survival, and lifestyle and dieting considerations. Written by a team of experts, the book examines the degree to which biomedical and scientific literature can clarify the impact of genetic variation and environment on cardiovascular disease. The Second Edition of Cardiovascular Disease in Racial and Ethnic Minority Populations is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology, internal medicine, family medicine, clinical lipidology, and epidemiology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    References
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Overview and Perspectives: Cardiovascular Disease in Racial/Ethnic Minorities in the Era of COVID-19
    Introduction
    Introduction to Precision Medicine: Minority Populations and Cardiovascular Health
    Lipoprotein(a): A Cardiovascular Risk Factor Affecting Ethnic Minorities
    Emerging Precision Medicine Concepts and Cardiovascular Health in African Americans and Hispanics
    The Implementation Frontier: Impact on Cardiovascular Health in Racial and Ethnic Minority Populations
    Genomic Approaches to Hypertension Heart Failure in African Americans and Hispanic Americans: A Persistent and Disproportionate Burden in Underrepresented Minorities
    Heterogeneity, Nativity, and Disaggregation of Cardiovascular Risk and Outcomes in Hispanic Americans
    Cardiovascular Epidemiology in Hispanics/Latinos: Lessons Learned from HCHS/SOL
    Lessons Learned from the Jackson Heart Study (JHS)
    Cardiovascular Disease Risk Factors in the Hispanic/Latino Population
    Progress in ASCVD Risk Assessment in African American and Hispanics Cardiovascular Disease in Minorities: Unique Considerations Hypertension in African and Hispanic Americans
    Weight Loss, Lifestyle, and Dietary Factors in CVD in African Americans and Hispanics
    Coronary Calcium Scoring in African American and Hispanic Patients
    Epidemiology CVD in African Americans
    Cardiac Amyloid Heart Disease in Racial/Ethnic Minorities: Focus on Transthyretin Amyloid Cardiomyopathy
    Imaging for the Assessment and Management of Cardiovascular Disease in Women and Minority Populations
    References 2: Introduction to Precision Medicine: Minority Populations and Cardiovascular Health
    An Introduction to Genomic Testing
    Diagnostic Genetic Testing for Heart Disease
    Advances in Genetic Testing
    Development of Genetic Tests as an Evidence-Based Process
    Lack of Diversity in Genetic Research and the Missing Evidence Supporting Generalizability of Genetic Tests
    Impaired Discovery of Genetic Causes in Minority Populations
    Misdiagnosis of Genetic Conditions in Minority Populations
    Unclear Treatment Response in Minority Populations Unclear Validity and Utility of Individual Genetic Tests in Minority Populations
    Understanding the Personal Utility of Genetic Tests in Minority Populations
    Access to Precision Medicine and the Health Disparities
    On the Horizon
    The Road Forward
    References
    3: Lipoprotein(a): A Cardiovascular Risk Factor Affecting Ethnic Minorities
    Introduction to Lipoprotein(a)
    References
    4: Emerging Precision Medicine Concepts and Cardiovascular Health in African Americans and Hispanics
    Introduction
    Race, Ethnicity, and Genetic Ancestry
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Thorsten M. Leucker, Gary Gerstenblith, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Bernhard T. Baune, Phillip J. Tully, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology of Cardiovascular Disease and Depression
    The risk relationship between depression and CVD during aging
    Mechanisms linking depression to cardiovascular disease: what do epidemiological studies tell us?
    Anxiety and the effects on cardiovascular disease
    A Clinical Cardiology Perspective of Psychocardiology
    The validity of vascular depression as a diagnostic construct
    Mental stress-induced myocardial infarction
    Neuropsychological Impairment of Patients with Depression
    Neuroimaging of risk factors of depression and cardiovascular disease
    Heart Rate Variability, Affective Disorders and Health
    Arterial Stiffness in the depression and cardiovascular comorbidity
    Depression and markers of arteriosclerosis
    cross-sectional analyses of the baseline examination of the BiDirect Cohort study
    Metabolic-Inflammation Aspects of Depression and Cardiovascular Disease
    Genetic overlap between depression and cardiovascular disease
    Emotional word processing in cardiovascular disease, depression, and depression subtypes
    Nutrition and depression
    current evidence on the association of dietary patterns with depression and its subtypes
    Cardiometabolic Risk and Monitoring in Psychiatric Disorders
    Monitoring for metabolic dysfunction and cardiovascular disease in bipolar disorder: a shared illness process approach
    Assessment and Psychological interventions in depression comorbid with cardiovascular disease
    Moving beyond mood: is it time to recommend cognitive training for depression in older adults?
    The Internet and Mobile technology: a platform for behavior change and intervention in depression and CVDs
    Pharmacological treatment and prevention of cardiovascular diseases and depression comorbidity: understanding epidemiological, clinical trial evidence and the biological underpinnings
    Anti-inflammatory agents for the treatment of depression in the light of comorbid cardiovascular disease
    The use of complementary alternative and integrative medicine (CAIM) for treatment and prevention of late-life depression and cardiovascular disease
    An integrative psychosomatic approach to the treatment of to the treatment of patients with cardiovascular disease
    Prevention of CVD in depression
    Screening for depression in coronary heart disease: detection of early disease states.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    [series editor, Graeme S. Avery].
    Contents:
    v.1, Antiarrhythmic, antihypertensive, and lipid lowering drugs ; v.2, [beta]-adrenoceptor blocking drugs ; v.3, Antithrombotic drugs ; v.4, Antihypertensive drugs today.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM345 .C375
    4
  • Digital
    Steven H. Yale, Halil Tekiner, Joseph J. Mazza, Eileen S. Yale, Ryan C. Yale.
    Summary: This book proposes a novel learning approach that complements and augments the prevailing method of case-based learning. Learning these signs requires the application and integration of the fundamental skills of observation, palpation, percussion, and auscultation, and in more advanced cases, the use of maneuvers performed at the patient's bedside. The book provides a discussion of the utility of the signs and reviews the mechanism and pathophysiology of related cardiovascular diseases. Each chapter discusses eponymic signs for a variety of cardiovascular diseases such as atherosclerosis, heart failure, hypertension, venothromboembolism, ischemic heart disease, pericarditis, and peripheral vascular disease. Finding a particular sign during the physical examination enhances clinical suspicion for a specific cardiovascular disease, directing physicians to obtain more specific studies to confirm a diagnosis. This should lead to the delivery of more efficient care with the potential benefit of lowering health care costs. Cardiovascular Eponymic Signs: Diagnostic Skills Applied During the Physical Examination is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, fellows, and graduate students in cardiology, primary care, and internal medicine.

    Contents:
    1. Aneurysms
    2. Atherosclerosis
    3. Endocarditis
    4. Heart Failure
    5. Hypertension
    6. Ischemic Heart Disease
    7. Murmurs
    8. Pericarditis
    9. Peripheral Vascular Disease
    10. Pulse
    11. Reflexes
    12. Sounds
    13. Sternal, Suprasternal, Intrathoracic and Right Atrium
    14. Venothromboembolism
    15. Vitals.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dhavendra Kumar, Perry Elliott, editors.
    Summary: This title reflects the exponential growth in the knowledge and information on this subject and defines the extensive clinical translation of cardiovascular genetics and genomics in clinical practice. This concise, clinically oriented text is targeted at a broad range of clinicians who manage patients and families with a wide range of heterogeneous inherited cardiovascular conditions. Cardiovascular Genetics and Genomics: Principles and Clinical Practice includes a concise and clear account on selected topics written by a team of leading experts on clinical cardiovascular genetics. Each chapter include key information to assist the clinician and case histories have been incorporated to reflect contemporary practice in clinical cardiovascular genetics and genomics. Therefore this will be of key importance to all professionals working in the discipline, from clinicians and trainees in cardiology, cardiac surgery, electrophysiology, immunology through geneticists, nursing staff and those involved in precision medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Arman T. Askari, Adrian W. Messerli, editors.
    Summary: Intended for anyone involved in the day-to-day management of patients with hemodynamic derangements, this book reinforces the basic tenets of hemodynamics through the use of hemodynamic tracings and clinical correlation.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface to the Second Edition; Acknowledgment; Contents; Contributors; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I: Components of Myocardial Performance;
    1: Preload; Understanding the Concept; Preload Physiology and Theory; Chamber Anatomy and Function; The Right Atrial Pressure Waveform; Assessing Preload from the Right Atrial Pressure; Preload Reserve and the Venous System; Preload and the Respiratory Cycle; The Pulmonary Capillary Wedge Pressure Waveform; Assessing Preload from the Pulmonary Capillary Wedge Pressure; Preload Dependency and Pressure-Volume Loops Preload in Clinical PracticeInvasive Hemodynamics; Noninvasive Preload Assessment Techniques; Additional Invasive Preload Assessment Techniques; References; Suggested Reading;
    2: Afterload; Understanding the Concept; Afterload Physiology and Theory; Afterload and Arterial Vasculature; Reflected Pressure Waves; Input Impedance and Characteristic Impedance; Assessing Afterload from Invasive Hemodynamics; Ventricular Wall Stress Versus Arterial Input Impedance; Afterload Mismatch; Ventriculo-Arterial Coupling and Pressure-Volume Loops; Afterload and Cardiac Efficiency Definition and Determinants of Cardiac OutputCirculatory Hemodynamics; Hemodynamic Disturbances: The Failing Heart and Shock; Methods of Determining Cardiac Output; Thermodilution; The Fick Cardiac Output; Other Methods of Assessing Cardiac Output; References; Suggested Reading; Part II: Effects of Selected Interventions on CV Hemodynamics;
    5: Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone Axis Modulators and Other Vasodilators; Introduction; Mechanism of Raas Inhibitors; Cardiovascular Hemodynamics; Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitors; Angiotensin Receptor Blockers; Aldosterone Antagonists Direct Renin InhibitorsDual RAAS Blockade; Other Vasodilators; References;
    6: Beta Blockers and Calcium Channel Blockers; Introduction; Beta Blockers; Introduction; Pharmacological Characteristics of Beta Blockers; Hemodynamic Effects of Beta Blockers; Effect on Central Pressure; The Therapeutic Indications of Beta Blockers; Hypertension; Arrhythmia; Heart Failure; Coronary Artery Disease; Conclusion; Calcium Channel Blockers (CCBs); Introduction; Mechanism of Action; Classification; Cardiovascular Hemodynamics; Left Ventricular Hypertrophy; Effects on Cardiac Contractility
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by George A. Stouffer ; associate editors, J. Larry Klein, David P. McLaughlin.
    Contents:
    Basics of hemodynamics. Introduction to basic hemodynamic principles / James E Faber, George A Stouffer
    The nuts and bolts of right heart catheterization and PA catheter placement / Vickie Strang, George A Stouffer
    Normal hemodynamics / Alison Keenon, Eron D Crouch, James E Faber, George A Stouffer
    Arterial pressure / George A Stouffer
    The atrial waveform / David P McLaughlin, George A Stouffer
    Cardiac output / Frederick M Costello, George A Stouffer
    Detection, localization, and quantification of intracardiac shunts / Frederick M Costello, George A Stouffer
    Valvular heart disease. Aortic stenosis / David P McLaughlin, George A Stouffer
    Hemodynamics of transcatheter and surgical aortic valve replacement / John P Vavalle, Michael Yeung, Thomas G Caranasos, Cassandra J Ramm
    Mitral stenosis / Robert V Kelly, Chadwick Huggins, George A Stouffer
    Aortic regurgitation / George A Stouffer
    Mitral regurgitation / Robert V Kelly, Mauricio G Cohen, George A Stouffer
    The tricuspid valve / David A Tate, George A Stouffer
    Hemodynamic findings in pulmonic valve disease / Cynthia Zhou, Anand Shah, George A Stouffer
    Cardiomyopathies. Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy / Jayadeep S Varanasi, George A Stouffer
    Heart failure / Geoffrey T Jao, Steven Filby, Patricia P Chang
    Restrictive cardiomyopathy / David P McLaughlin, George A Stouffer
    Pericardial disease. Constrictive pericarditis / David P McLaughlin, George A Stouffer
    Cardiac tamponade / Siva B Mohan, George A Stouffer
    Effusive-constrictive pericarditis / Eric M Crespo, Sidney C Smith, George A Stouffer
    Hemodynamic support. Hemodynamics of intra-aortic balloon counterpulsation / Richard A Santa-Cruz, George A Stouffer
    Hemodynamics of left ventricular assist device implantation / Brett C Sheridan, Jason N Katz
    Coronary hemodynamics. Coronary hemodynamics / David P McLaughlin, Samuel S Wu, George A Stouffer
    Fractional flow reserve / Paul M Johnson, Shriti Mehta, Prashant Kaul, George A Stouffer
    Miscellaneous. Right ventricular myocardial infarction / Robert V Kelly, Mauricio G Cohen, George A Stouffer
    Pulmonary hypertension / Lisa J Rose-Jones, Daniel Fox, David P McLaughlin, George A Stouffer
    Hemodynamics of arrhythmias and pacemakers / Rodrigo Bolanos, Kimberly A Selzman, Lukas Jantac, George A Stouffer
    Systematic evaluation of hemodynamic tracings / George A Stouffer.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Elena Aikawa, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Preclinical imaging of mechanisms of atherosclerosis and its complications
    Pathobiology and basic mechanisms of atherosclerosis
    Ultrasound imaging of endothelial cell activation and damage in atherosclerosis
    Molecular imaging of macrophages
    Optical molecular imaging of inflammation and calcification in atherosclerosis
    Imaging of antigen-presenting cells
    Imaging of oxidation-specific epitopes
    Intravascular molecular imaging
    Imaging of complications of atherosclerosis (platelets aggregation and thrombosis)
    Part 2: Imaging insights into mechanisms of calcific aortic valve disease (CAVD) and calcification
    Pathobiology and basic mechanisms of CAVD
    Molecular imaging of aortic valve inflammation and calcification: Preclinical studies
    PET CT imaging of inflammation and calcification in CAVD: Clinical studies
    Ultrasound imaging of CAVD
    Micro-OCT imaging of microcalcification
    Part 3: Clinical imaging of inflammation and calcification
    MR imaging in cardiovascular disease
    Molecular mechanisms of atherosclerosis imaged by MR
    Cardiovascular nuclear imaging
    Preclinical and clinical PET CT imaging of inflammation and calcification
    Clinical feasibility and monitoring of the effects of anti-inflammatory therapy in atherosclerosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    volume editors, Riccarda Granata, Jørgen Isgaard.
    Contents:
    Testosterone and cardiovascular risk in men / Kelly, D.M., Jones, T.H.
    Hormone therapy and venous thromboembolism among postmenopausal women / Scarabin, P.-Y.
    Cardiovascular and metabolic impact of glucocorticoid replacement therapy / Johannsson, G., Ragnarsson, O.
    Cardiovascular disease and thyroid function / Faber, J., Selmer, C.
    Hormonal alterations in heart failure : anabolic impairment in chronic heart failure
    diagnostic, prognostic and therapeutic issues / Arcopinto, M., Cittadini, A.
    Genetics of primary aldosteronism / Funder, J.W.
    Adipose tissue dysfunction and inflammation in cardiovascular disease / Wronkowitz, N., Romacho, T., Sell, H., Eckel, J.
    Potential peptides in atherosclerosis therapy / Marleau, S., Mellal, K., Huynh, D.N., Ong, H.
    Interaction between insulin-like growth factor-1 and atherosclerosis and vascular aging / Higashi, Y., Quevedo, H.C., Tiwari, S., Sukhanov, S., Shai, S.-Y., Anwar, A., Delafontaine, P.
    Ghrelin and the cardiovascular system / Tokudome, T., Kishimoto, I., Miyazato, M., Kangawa, K.
    Natriuretic peptide system and the heart / del Ry, S., Cabiati, M., Clerico, A.
    Beyond glycemic control : cardiovascular effects of incretin-based therapies / Angeli, F.S., Shannon, R.P.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Warren J. Manning, Dudley J. Pennell.
    Contents:
    Basic principles of cardiovascular magnetic resonance
    Techniques for T1, T2, and extracellular volume mapping
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance contrast agents
    Myocardial perfusion imaging theory
    Myocardial perfusion cardiovascular magnetic resonance : advanced techniques
    Blood flow velocity assessment
    Use of navigator echoes in cardiovascular magnetic resonance and factors affecting their implementation
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance assessment of myocardial oxygenation
    Cardiac magnetic resonance spectroscopy
    Special considerations for cardiovascular magnetic resonance : safety, electrocardiographic setup, monitoring, and contraindications
    Pacemaker and implantable cardioverter-defibrillator safety and safe scanning
    Special considerations : cardiovascular magnetic resonance in infants and children
    Human cardiac magnetic resonance at ultrahigh fields : technical innovations, early clinical applications and opportunities for discoveries
    Clinical cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging techniques
    Normal cardiac anatomy
    Assessment of cardiac function
    Stress cardiovascular magnetic resonance : wall motion
    Stress cardiovascular magnetic resonance : clinical myocardial perfusion
    Acute myocardial infarction : cardiovascular magnetic resonance detection and characterization
    Acute myocardial infarction : ventricular remodeling
    Myocardial viability
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance tagging for assessment of left ventricular diastolic function
    Magnetic resonance imaging of coronary arteries : technique
    Coronary artery imaging : clinical results
    Coronary artery and sinus velocity and flow
    Coronary artery bypass graft imaging and assessment of flow
    Atherosclerotic plaque imaging : aorta and carotid
    Atherosclerotic plaque imaging : coronaries
    Assessment of the biophysical mechanical properties of the arterial wall
    Valvular heart disease
    Role of cardiovascular magnetic resonance in dilated cardiomyopathy
    T1 and T2 mapping and extracellular volume in cardiomyopathy
    Cardiac iron loading and myocardial T2
    Arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy
    Myocarditis
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging in the evaluation of cardiac transplantation
    Cardiac and paracardiac masses
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance assessment of right ventricular anatomy and function
    Simple and complex congenital heart disease : infants and children
    Simple and complex congenital heart disease : adults
    Pulmonary vein and left atrial imaging
    Thoracic aortic disease
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance angiography : carotids, aorta, and peripheral vessels
    Pulmonary artery
    The pericardium : anatomy and spectrum of disease
    Interventional cardiovascular magnetic resonance
    Pediatric interventional cardiovascular magnetic resonance
    Cost-effectiveness analysis for cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging
    Cardiac positron emission tomography/magnetic resonance
    Guidelines for cardiovascular magnetic resonance
    Noncardiac pathology
    CMR screening form: Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center (BIDMC): CMR Center
    CMR sequence protocols in use (2018) at the Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center (BIDMC): CMR Center
    Analogous CMR terminology used by various vendors.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Raymond Y. Kwong, Michael Jerosch-Herold, Bobak Heydari, editors.
    Summary: The significantly updated second edition of this important work provides an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging (CMR), a rapidly evolving tool for diagnosis and intervention of cardiovascular disease. New and updated chapters focus on recent applications of CMR such as electrophysiological ablative treatment of arrhythmias, targeted molecular MRI, and T1 mapping methods. The book presents a state-of-the-art compilation of expert contributions to the field, each examining normal and pathologic anatomy of the cardiovascular system as assessed by magnetic resonance imaging. Functional techniques such as myocardial perfusion imaging and assessment of flow velocity are emphasized, along with the exciting areas of artherosclerosis plaque imaging and targeted MRI. This cutting-edge volume represents a multi-disciplinary approach to the field, with contributions from experts in cardiology, radiology, physics, engineering, physiology and biochemistry, and offers new directions in noninvasive imaging. The Second Edition of Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance Imaging is an essential resource for cardiologists and radiologists striving to lead the way into the future of this important field.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    editor, John H.K. Vogel.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC667 .C394
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Debabrata Mukherjee, Richard A Lange.
    Summary: "The field of cardiovascular medicine continues to rapidly evolve in both diagnostic and therapeutic arenas. Over the past decade, substantial advances have been made on many fronts including the development and utilization of techniques and devices for cardiovascular imaging, electrophysiology mapping and ablation techniques, heart failure diagnosis and management, percutaneous hemodynamic support, newer drug-eluting stents, drug coated balloons and structural heart endovascular techniques. Concurrent with advances in percutaneous techniques, cardiovascular surgery has also evolved with minimally invasive and robotic techniques"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital
    Sven Plein, John Greenwood, John P. Ridgway, editors.
    Summary: This updated manual is a practical and compact introductory text to CMR. It includes a didactic overview of the physics of magnetic resonance imaging, cross-referencing consistently to the clinical chapters and describing the relationship between an understanding of basic MRI physics and producing better images. Building on the first edition, the authors review the practicalities of CMR from referral to screening, set-up of the study and reporting, including numerous tips and tricks on how the reader can improve the quality of their images. The book outlines the most commonly acquired image components used in CMR and details how CMR is used in clinical practice. It covers the most common referrals for CMR imaging in a structured way with imaging protocols and case examples for each indication. Throughout the book, the authors have used graphs and tables to highlight important learning aspects. The emphasis of each chapter is on providing practical, hands-on information, making this book a key resource for all training and certifying for the use of CMR. Cardiovascular MR Manual, 2e is of use to all clinicians working in cardiology or imaging for developing a general understanding of the diagnostic information that can be obtained from CMR, the indications for referral, and the contraindications and limitations of the technique.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ik-Kyung Jang, editor.
    Contents:
    History of OCT
    Physics of OCT
    Histology validation of OCT images
    Characterization of coronary plaques
    Basic interpretation skill
    Early stent evaluation
    Late stent changes
    Bioabsorbable stent
    Stent thrombosis
    Neoatherosclerosis
    Consensus document
    Future development. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ik-Kyung Jang, editor.
    Summary: This heavily revised second edition comprehensively reviews the use of optical coherence tomography (OCT) in cardiovascular practice. It provides detailed guidance on how to properly interpret OCT images and successfully utilise it in daily clinical practice Chapters cover the development and physics associated with OCT, relevant interpretation skills, OCT imaging artifacts, plaque erosion, bioabsorbable stent, the detection of vulnerable plaque, and the use of OCT imaging in unison with other modalities such as phase contrast imaging (PCI). Areas of potential future development are also covered Cardiovascular OCT Imaging enables interventional cardiologists and cardiologists to quickly become both familiar and develop a detailed understanding of this technology to improve patient care and treatment outcome. It is a valuable reference for all practising and trainee medical professionals in cardiology, and in particular those who specialize in interventional cardiology.

    Contents:
    The Development and Physics of OCT
    Histology Validation of OCT Images
    Basic Interpretation Skills
    Intravascular OCT Imaging Artifacts
    Coronary plaque types: TCFA, healed plaque, calcified plaque
    Plaque Erosion
    How to use OCT to optimize PCI
    Post-PCI OCT findings and the clinical significance
    Very Late Stent Thrombosis (neoatherosclerosis)
    Bioabsorbable Stent
    Detection of Vulnerable Plaque
    Multi-modality imaging
    Future Development. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gary V. Heller, Timothy M. Bateman, James A. Case, Parthiban Arumugam.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Current Concepts of Cardiovascular Pet Imaging: The New Paradigm Timothy M. Bateman
    Section 1: Current Concepts of Cardiovascular Pet Imaging: The New Paradigm: Introduction
    Section 2: Clinical Overview of Contemporary Myocardial Perfusion Imaging with Cardiac PET
    Chapter 1: Clinical Overview of Contemporary Myocardial Perfusion Imaging with Cardiac Positron Emission Tomography (PET)
    Chapter 2: Coronary Artery Calcium Scanning in Conjunction with Stress/Rest Myocardial Perfusion Imaging: Complementary Uses for Risk Assessment and Clinical Patient Management
    Chapter 3: Interpretation of Cardiac PET Myocardial Perfusion Imaging Studies
    Section 3: Quantitative Myocardial Blood Flow Assessment
    Chapter 4: Assessing Myocardial Blood Flow with Cardiac PET: Acquisition, Processing, and Quality Control
    Chapter 5: Quantitative Myocardial Blood Flow: Practical Clinical Perspective with Case Examples
    Section 4: Technical Developments in Cardiovascular PET
    Chapter 6: Latest Innovations in Cardiovascular PET Instrumentation
    Chapter 7: New Developments in Cardiac PET Radionuclide Production: Tracers, Cyclotrons, Generators, and Delivery Systems for Cardiac PET Imaging
    Chapter 8: Radiation Exposure with Cardiovascular PET: New Data
    Section 5: Myocardial Viability Assessment: The Current Role of Cardiac PET
    Chapter 9: Cardiac PET Myocardial Viability Assessment: Emerging Clinical Data
    Chapter 10: Patient Preparation for FDG PET Viability Imaging
    Chapter 11: Interpretation of Cardiac PET Myocardial Viability Studies
    Section 6: Current Status of Assessment of Cardiovascular Inflammation and Infection Imaging
    Chapter 12: Current Status of Assessment of Cardiac Sarcoid and Cardiac Amyloid with PET/CT Imaging
    Chapter 13: FDG PET/CT for Imaging Cardiovascular Device Infection.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2019
  • Digital
    David E. Mohrman, PhD, Lois Jane Heller, PhD.
    Contents:
    Overview of the cardiovascular system
    Characteristics of cardiac muscle cells
    The heart pump
    Measurements of cardiac function
    Cardiac abnormalities
    The peripheral vascular system
    Vascular control
    Hemodynamic interactions
    Regulation of arterial pressure
    Cardiovascular responses to physiological stresses
    Cardiovascular function in pathological situations
    Answers to study questions.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    David E. Mohrman, Lois Jane Heller.
    Summary: "This ninth edition includes some recent, new findings as well as a newly added emphasis on cardiovascular energetics. The latter is a result of our recent realization that maximizing energy efficiency to limit the workload on the heart is an important part of the overall plan."--Preface

    Contents:
    Overview of the cardiovascular system
    Characteristics of cardiac muscle cells
    The heart pump
    Measurements of cardiac function
    Cardiac abnormalities
    The peripheral vascular system
    Vascular control
    Hemodynamic interactions
    Regulation of arterial pressure
    Cardiovascular responses to physiological stresses
    Cardiovascular function in pathological situations
    Answers to study questions
    Appendices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessCardiology
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Achilles J. Pappano, Withrow Gil Wier.
    Summary: "Gain a foundational understanding of cardiovascular physiology and how the cardiovascular system functions in health and disease. Cardiovascular Physiology, a volume in the Mosby Physiology Series, explains the fundamentals of this complex subject in a clear and concise manner, while helping you bridge the gap between normal function and disease with pathophysiology content throughout the book"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Overview of the circulation and blood
    Excitation : the cardiac action potential
    Automaticity : natural excitation of the heart
    The cardiac pump
    Regulation of the heartbeat
    Hemodynamics
    The arterial system
    The microcirculation and lymphatics
    The peripheral circulation and its control
    Control of cardiac output: coupling of heart and blood vessels
    Coronary circulation
    Special circulations
    Interplay of central and peripheral factors that control the circulation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Richard E. Klabunde.
    Summary: Praised for its concise coverage, this highly accessible monograph lays a foundation for understanding the underlying concepts of normal cardiovascular function and offers a welcome alternative to a more mechanicastically oriented approach or an encyclopedic physiology text. Clear explanations, ample illustrations, and engaging clinical cases and problems provide the perfect guidance for self-directed learning and prepare you to excel in clinical practice. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the cardiovascular system
    Cellular structure and function
    Electrical activity of the heart
    Cardiac function
    Vascular function
    Neurohumoral control of the heart and circulation
    Organ blood flow
    Exchange function of the microcirculation
    Cardiovascular integration, adaptation, and pathophysiology.
  • Digital
    editors, Vahid Serpooshan and Sean M. Wu.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive and up-to-date resource on the use of regenerative medicine for the treatment of cardiovascular disease. It provides a much-needed review of the rapid development and evolution of bio-fabrication techniques to engineer cardiovascular tissues as well as their use in clinical settings. The book incorporates recent advances in the biology, biomaterial design, and manufacturing of bioengineered cardiovascular tissue with their clinical applications to bridge the basic sciences to current and future cardiovascular treatment. The book begins with an examination of state-of-the-art cellular, biomaterial, and macromolecular technologies for the repair and regeneration of diseased heart tissue. It discusses advances in nanotechnology and bioengineering of cardiac microtissues using acoustic assembly. Subsequent chapters explore the clinical applications and translational potential of current technologies such as cardiac patch-based treatments, cell-based regenerative therapies, and injectable hydrogels. The book examines how these methodologies are used to treat a variety of cardiovascular diseases including myocardial infarction, congenital heart disease, and ischemic heart injuries. Finally, the volume concludes with a summary of the most prominent challenges and perspectives on the field of cardiovascular tissue engineering and clinical cardiovascular regenerative medicine. Cardiovascular Regenerative Medicine is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology and cardiovascular regeneration as well as clinical and basic researchers in bioengineering, nanomaterial and technology, and cardiovascular biology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael D. Shapiro, editors.
    Summary: This book is the first comprehensive text dedicated to risk assessment in the primary prevention of atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease. It provides an overview of current evidence regarding approaches to risk assessment, traditional and emerging risk factors, and atherosclerosis imaging for refinement of risk estimation. The volume seeks to provide an essential resource for professionals in the field to assess their patients for risk of cardiovascular disease. The book is divided into five sections, starting off with an overview of current best practices to risk assessment in primary prevention around the world. The second section discusses traditional risk factors, such as hypercholesterolemia, hypertension, diabetes, smoking, and obesity. The third section reviews the newly introduced concept of ‘Risk Enhancers’. The fourth section offers insight on novel risk factors, with in-depth discussion regarding lipoprotein(a), high-sensitivity CRP, apolipoprotein B, social determinants of health, stress and cardiovascular disease. and polygenic risk scores. The final section covers the use of non-invasive atherosclerosis imaging (computed tomography and ultrasound-based techniques) as a tool to refine risk estimates. Throughout the book, readers will find multiple tables, figures, and illustrations that complement the text. Up-to-date, evidence-based, and clinically oriented, Cardiovascular Risk Assessment in Primary Prevention is a must-have resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology, endocrinology, primary care, and health promotion and disease prevention.

    Contents:
    Part 1 - Global Approaches to Risk Assessment
    1. Cardiovascular Risk Assessment in Primary Prevention
    2. Global Approaches to Risk Assessment – the U.S. Guidelines
    3. European Guidelines for Risk Assessment in the Primary Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease
    Part 2 - Traditional Risk Factors
    4. Hypercholesterolemia
    5. Blood pressure control in primary care
    6. Cardiovascular Risk Assessment in Metabolic Syndrome and Diabetes
    7. Primary Prevention: Smoking
    8. At the Heart of the Matter: Obesity and its Interplay with Preventive Cardiology
    Part 3 - Risk Enhancers
    9. Family History of Premature Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease
    10. Primary Prevention and Cardiovascular Risk Assessment in Women
    11. Ethnic Factors in the Assessment of Cardiovascular Risk for Primary Prevention
    12. Triglycerides Rich-Lipoproteins
    13. "Inflammatory Diseases and Risk of Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease: A New Focus for Prevention"
    14. Chronic Kidney Disease is a Risk Enhanced for Cardiovascular Diseases
    15. Peripheral Arterial Disease and The Ankle Brachial Index
    Part 4 - Novel Risk Factors
    16. Lipoprotein(a)
    17. High-Sensitivity C-Reactive Protein
    18. Apolipoprotein B in Primary Prevention: Ready for Time Prime?
    19. Social Determinants of Cardiovascular Health
    20. Stress and Cardiovascular Disease
    21. Polygenic Risk Scores
    Part 5 - Atherosclerosis Imaging as a Tool to Refine Risk Estimates
    22. Coronary Artery Calcium
    23. Cardiac Computed Tomography Angiography for Prevention of Cardiovascular Events
    24. Carotid Intima-Media Thickness and Plaque Assessment.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    J. Rick Turner, Dilip R. Karnad, Snehal Kothari.
    Contents:
    The Central Importance of Cardiovascular Safety in Contemporary New Drug Development
    The Biological Basis of Drug Responses
    Cardiovascular Structure, Function, Pathophysiology, & Disease
    The Current Regulatory Landscape
    The "Comprehensive In Vitro Proarrhythmia Assay" Initiative
    The "Early ECG Assessment" Initiative
    The "Submission of Extended Digital ECG Data" Initiative
    Meta-analysis and Meta-methodology
    Current Regulatory Landscapes and their Potential Evolution
    Off-target Blood Pressure Responses to Non-cardiovascular Drugs
    Oncology Drug Development and Therapeutics: Cardiotoxicity Considerations
    Postmarketing Surveillance
    Regulatory Perspectives on General Drug Safety
    Future Directions in Cardiovascular Safety
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Rui Manuel de Sousa Sequeira Antunes de Almeida, Fabio Biscegli Jatene, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Raymond E. Phillips.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Circulation.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC669 .P49
    1
  • Print
    Anissa Gray.
    Summary: The Mothers meets An American Marriage in this dazzling debut novel about mothers and daughters, identity and family, and how the relationships that sustain you can also be the ones that consume you. The Butler family has had their share of trials, as sisters Althea, Viola, and Lillian can attest, but nothing prepared them for the literal trial that will upend their lives. Althea, the eldest sister and substitute matriarch, is a force to be reckoned with and her younger sisters have alternately appreciated and chafed at her strong will. They are as stunned as the rest of the small community when she and her husband Proctor are arrested, and in a heartbeat the family goes from one of the most respected in town to utter disgrace. The worst part is, not even her sisters are sure exactly what happened. As Althea awaits her fate, Lillian and Viola must come together in the house they grew up in to care for their sister's teenage daughters. What unfolds is a stunning portrait of the heart and core of an American family in a story that is as page-turning as it is important.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3607.R3876 C37 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Gerri Lamb, PhD, RN, FAAN, Robin Newhouse, PhD, RN, NEA-BC, FAAN.
    Summary: Care Coordination : A Blueprint for Action for RNs, [the sequel to the ANA's Care Coordination: the Game Changer] helps today's nurses reclaim this critical practice domain. It explores key issues in care coordination and offers timely, strategic actions nurses can take right now to identify opportunities and overcome barriers. It also includes critical resources for nurse care coordinators. This book will help you: Understand care coordination - past, present, and future - as well as the professional and practice environments in which it occurs; define the activities associated with effective care coordination; recognize the significant need for care coordination and opportunities for nurses Identify and explore issues pivotal to creating new inroads for nursing to adapt and advance this important work; expand the capacity of nurses to deliver care coordination and develop new and better care coordination models. Learn how you and your fellow nurses can advance your important role in care coordination in the current and emerging health care environment. -- Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Part I. A Care Coordination Blueprint for 21st Century Nurses
    Chapter 1. An Action-Oriented Approach to Care Coordination for Today's RNs
    Chapter 2: Care Coordination in Health Care Today: The Context and Framework for the Blueprint
    Part II. The Blueprint's Six Action Issues
    Action Issue 1. Engaging Patients, Families, and Caregivers in Care Coordination
    Action Issue 2. Demonstrating Competence and Readiness for Care Coordination Practice
    Action Issue 3. Optimizing Teams and Teamwork for Care Coordination
    Action Issue 4. Using documentation and HIT in Care Coordination
    Action Issue 5: Measuring Care Coordination
    Action Issue 6. Understanding Payment in Care Coordination
    Part III. Designing your own Blueprint for Action.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital/Print
    Nicholas Grier.
    Summary: As mental health is a critical but often neglected issue, especially among Black men, this book examines that sensitive topic in conjunction with reflections on race, gender, sexuality, and class to offer a hopeful and constructive framework for care and counseling and to point the way forward to integrating mental and spiritual health.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Acknowledgments; Introduction
    Part I: Understanding Context
    1. Chronically Dissed
    2. Breathing Racism's, Sexism's, and Classism's Toxic Air
    3. The Urgency for Men to Embody Empathy and Support for Women
    4. Intertwined Worlds in the Mind
    Part II: A Hope to Keep Going Framework for Care and Counseling
    5. Spiritual Hope
    6. A Hope to Keep Going Model of Change
    7. A Hope to Keep Going Model of Change; Conclusion
    Appendix A: Vignettes
    Appendix B: Individual Interview Questions
    Appendix C: Research Participants
    References; Index; About the Author.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    RC451.B53 G74 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Mariecel Pilapil, David E. DeLaet, Alice A. Kuo, Cynthia Peacock, Niraj Sharma, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the unique healthcare needs of adults with chronic childhood illnesses. It presents a model of primary and secondary prevention for emerging adulthood primary prevention in which all young adults are screened for high-risk behaviors and health needs and secondary prevention in which young adults with chronic childhood conditions are optimized through coordinated care, connections to community resources and social/family support. This book is organized in five parts. Part I provides a detailed overview of the health care transition from pediatrics to adult medicine from both a policy and practice perspective. In Part II, the concept of emerging adulthood as a developmental period is explored and strategies for providing improved comprehensive care for this age group are discussed. Part III reviews specific chronic childhood conditions, such as attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, autism, cystic fibrosis, and diabetes mellitus, and offers clinical cases and summary reports that can be used as a quick guides to each condition. In Part IV, additional clinical considerations that are not necessarily condition-specific but are highly relevant to the care of young adults with chronic childhood conditions are examined. Part V describes the socio-legal issues involved in caring for this population. Care of Adults with Chronic Childhood Conditions provides primary care providers with a new framework for the care of young adults and identifies opportunities to influence patient health outcomes over a life trajectory.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen J. Cozza, M.D., Matthew N. Goldenberg, M.D., Robert J. Ursano, M.D.
    Contents:
    An introduction to military service
    Health consequences of military service and combat
    Understanding military families : their characteristics, strengths, and challenges
    Military children and programs that meet their needs
    Military health care system and the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs : an overview
    Combat stress reactions and psychiatric disorders after deployment
    Substance use disorders
    The care of combat-injured service members
    Traumatic brain injury
    Suicidal thoughts and behaviors in military service members and veterans
    Collaborative care : mitigating stigma and other barriers to care through mental health service delivery in primary care settings
    Deployment-related care for military children and families
    Children and families of ill and injured service members and veterans
    Caring for bereaved military family members
    Building resilience in military families.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Alec Buchanan, Lisa Wootton.
    Contents:
    Society, madness, and control / Nikolas Rose
    UK health policy in relation to mentally disordered offenders in the community / Jane Senior, Adrian Hayes, and Jenny Shaw
    US outpatient commitment in context / Jeffrey W. Swanson, Marvin S. Swartz, and Daniel D. Moseley
    The law in England and Wales on mental health treatment in the community / Jo Beswick and Michael Gunn
    Achieving positive outcomes for justice-involved people with behavioral health disorders / David A. D'Amora, Mai P. Tran, and Fred C. Osher
    Psychiatric disorder and individual violence / Joan Busfield
    Recovery and recidivism reduction for offenders with mental illness / Merrill Rotter, Virginia Barber-Rioja, and Faith Schombs
    Treatment and management of personality-disordered offenders in the community / Nikki Jeffcote and Jackie Craissati
    Treatment with medication / Derek K. Tracy and Fiona Gaughran
    Outpatient psychotherapeutic approaches with mentally disordered offenders / Cleo Van Velsen and Kingsley Norton
    Sex offender treatment / John M.W. Bradford, Giovana V. de Amorim Levin, Adekunle G. Ahmed, and Sanjiv Gulati
    Violence risk in community settings / Alec Buchanan and Michael A. Norko
    Community psychiatric treatment under legal mandates / Alec Buchanan, Steve Kisely, Daniel D. Moseley, Jorun Rugkåsa, Jeffrey W. Swanson, and Marvin S. Swartz
    Lowering legal barriers to transitioning mentally disordered offenders into general mental health care / John Dawson and Tom Burns
    Multiple agencies with diverse goals / James McGuire and Lisa Wootton
    The community mental health team and the mentally disordered offender / Frank Holloway and Tony Davies
    The interface of general psychiatric and forensic psychiatric services / Lisa Wootton, Tom Fahy, Simon Wilson, and Alec Buchanan.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Print
    Zena Sharman [editor].
    Summary: Follow-up to the Lambda Literary Award-winning anthology: The Remedy : new ways of imagining what LGBTQ+ health care could look like. The Care We Dream Of is not quite an essay collection, and not quite an anthology. It's a hybrid. What if you could trust in getting the health care you need in ways that felt good and helped you thrive? What if the health system honoured and valued queer and trans people's lives, bodies, and expertise? What if LGBTQ+ communities led and organized our own health care as a form of mutual aid? What if every aspect of our health care was rooted in a commitment to our healing, pleasure, and liberation? LGBTQ+ health care doesn't look like this today, but it could. This is the care we dream of. This book weaves together the author's essays on topics like queering health and healing, transforming the health system, kinship, aging, and death, alongside stories, poetry and non-fiction pieces by a diverse group of LGBTQ+ writers including Leah Lakshmi Piepzna-Samarasinha, Kai Cheng Thom, Jillian Christmas, jaye simpson, Carly Boyce, Sand Chang, Blyth Barnow and Joshua Wales. The book also includes interviews with activists, health care workers and researchers whose work offers insights into what liberatory and transformative approaches to LGBTQ+ health can look like in practice. The Care We Dream Of offers possibilities-- grounded in historical examples, present-day experiments, and dreams of the future-- for more liberatory and transformative approaches to LGBTQ+ health and healing. It challenges readers to think differently about LGBTQ+ health and asks what it would look like if our health care were rooted in a commitment to the flourishing and liberation of all LGBTQ+ people. This book is a calling out, a calling in, and a call to action. It is a spell of healing and tranformation, rooted in love.-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Zena Sharman
    Seed / Jillian Christmas
    Queer alchemy : perverting the health system, fighting to win / Zena Sharman
    Pleasure as the baseline / interview with Dawn Serra
    Cripping healing / Leah Lakshmi Piepzna-Samarasinha
    The system isn't broken, it's working as designed / Zena Sharman
    The seven sacred ways of healing / jaye simpson
    Thoughts on an anarchist response to hepatitis C and HIV / Alexander McClelland and Zoë Dodd
    Regrowth in ruins : abolitionist dreams for health system transformation / Zena Sharman
    Putting yourself on the line / interview with Ronica Mukerjee
    Dreaming bigger : body liberation and weight inclusivity in health care / Sand C. Chang
    Revolution through health care / interview with Anita "Durt" O'Shea
    Do you feel empowered by your job? And other questions therapists ask sex workers / Kai Cheng Thom
    Borrowed wisdom : using lessons from queer history and community in suicide intervention / Carly Boyce
    Ritualizing queer care / Blyth Barnow
    Surviving together / Zena Sharman
    Sowing seeds from my ancestors, planting seeds for my descendants / interview with Sean Saifa Wall
    Hungry for possibilities : too many beloved dead, too few elders / Zena Sharman
    The emancipatory potential of aging / interview with Hannah Kia
    Libera me / Joshua Wales
    Put me in the living room and cover me with flowers : queering death / Zena Sharman. - Acknowledgments
    Endnotes
    Contributors.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    RA564.9.S49 C374 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Ravi A. Chandra, Neha Vapiwala, Charles R. Thomas Jr., editors.
    Contents:
    SECTION I: CAREER PLANNING
    Career Options in Radiation Oncology
    Foundations for a Successful Career
    Approaching Your Academic Career
    Strategies for Applicants Belonging to Underrepresented Groups
    SECTION II: APPLYING TO FACULTY POSITIONS
    Informational Interviews / Interviewing for a Position
    Preparing your CV and Cover Letter
    Evaluating Your Contract/Medical Legal Considerations
    Changing Jobs
    SECTION III: EARLY CAREER DEVELOPMENT
    Identifying and utilizing mentors
    Conflict Resolution and Interpersonal Strategies
    Aligning Your Goals with Your Colleagues, Department, and Institution
    Working with Staff and Colleagues
    Becoming a Clinician: Organization, Interprofessional Considerations, Documentation, Billing, and Insurance
    Becoming an educator: giving feedback, supervising trainees, formal didactics
    Becoming a researcher: Grants & Budgets; Reviewing and Writing Papers; and the IRB
    Radiation Oncology Career development in an Academic Satellite Network
    When life happens: parental leave, part-time schedules and flexible workplace strategies
    SECTION IV: MID AND SENIOR CAREER
    Professionalism: Instincts Below the Surface and Environmental Influences
    Promotions
    Maintenance and Assessment of Skills and Knowledge Over the Career Continuum
    Networking
    Leadership versus Service: What's the Difference? Is There a Difference?
    Disease Site Leadership
    Role of the Department Chair
    Successful Strategies to Exploit the Intersection Between the Radiation Oncology Department and Cancer Center
    Business Development from Research, Entrepreneurship Within Academic Medicine
    An Approach to the Management of Selected Personnel and Ethical Problems in Academic Radiation Oncology
    Approaching strategic planning
    SECTION V: MISCELLANEOUS CONTEXT ISSUES
    Handling Burnout
    Preparing for retirement and career transitions
    Personal Finance and Work-Life Balance
    Paying it forward: being a good mentor, steward, and colleague.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kathy Malloch, Timothy Porter-O'Grady.
    Contents:
    Intentional sharing of knowledge & wisdom
    Preparation for knowledge & wisdom transfer
    Essential business knowledge
    Essential business relationships
    The art and science of knowledge & wisdom transfer
    Strategies for successful knowledge & wisdom transfer
    Lifelong learning and giving
    Leaving nursing better than you found it.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2016
  • Digital
    Rodrigo J. Marino, Michael V. Morgan, A. Damien Walmsley, editors.
    Summary: In providing a comprehensive overview of the career paths currently open to oral health professionals, this book will serve as an essential reference guide for anyone considering a career in oral health. It covers, for example, clinical career paths in general dentistry (in private practices, community centers, and hospitals) and each of the various specialties, academically related career paths in both teaching and research, and non-traditional paths (community, government, administration, policy making, government research, and oral health organizations). The authors are from various countries and both academic and non-academic backgrounds. They have been selected for their distinction in particular career paths and include in their contributions insights gained from personal experience. This book will be ideal for readers seeking an introductory portrait of the different career paths in oral health, such as students. It will also be a useful source for those wishing to re-examine the field, e.g., oral health graduates considering their career choices, or to acquaint themselves with contemporary issues and debates.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Charalambos Panayiotou Charalambous.
    Summary: The transition from medical school to being a practicing junior doctor is challenging. It requires knowledge and clinical skills but also the ability to efficiently function in the workplace. At the same time postgraduate professional development in gaining clinical experience, passing postgraduate exams, under-taking research or audit, and publishing become essential for career progression. One soon realizes that being a doctor is not just a profession but a way of life. This book presents some well-known ℓ́ℓpearlsℓ́ℓ as how to improve your day to day workplace performance, be efficiently productive, be an inherent part of the team, how to shine and impress. Advice is also given as how to prepare for postgraduate exams, develop essential technical skills, apply for the next post, successfully participate in research and audit, publish, manage, lead, teach, and train. This generic guidance can be of use for those aspiring to become a generalist or subspecialty doctor and can be of value in whichever part of the world you end up practicing in.

    Contents:
    Part I Workplace
    Be time efficient
    Become part of the team
    Let known what you do
    Punctuality
    Stick to a system
    Give leading answers
    Respect seniors
    Respect each attachment
    Rights but also obligations
    It?s ok to say you don?t know
    When in doubt ask
    First impressions matter
    Part II Developing Technical skills
    Make it easy
    Learn from the best
    Practice makes better
    Have a plan B
    Part III Passing postgraduate Exams
    Passing written exams.- Passing clinical exams
    How to prepare
    When to sit them
    Part IV Research
    When to undertake research
    How to choose a research supervisor
    What project?.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    by Charalambos Panayiotou Charalambous.
    Summary: This book presents various skills to help surgeons improve their day-to-day performance and development including professionalism, communication, situation awareness, decision making, leadership, and technical dexterity. It also offers advice on how to organise a surgical theatre list, improve theatre efficiency, prepare for surgical interviews and participate in surgical research and audit. Furthermore, it emphasises the need to strive for safety in surgery and to learn from things going wrong. The complex world of emotions that surgeons may encounter is also discussed. The guidance presented here may be of value to any aspiring surgeon, whatever their surgical specialty, and wherever they choose to practise. The skills highlighted in this book reflect the author's initial experiences as a surgical trainee, the teachings of his senior trainers, as well as his subsequent involvement in supervising multiple junior surgeons as a Consultant in Trauma and Orthopaedics. Much of the material presented is supported by an extensive literature review. This book complements the previously published book "Career Skills for Doctors" by the same author.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Background
    Part 2. Workplace
    Part 3. Developing Technical skills
    Part 4. Safety in surgery
    Operating theatre checks.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, Falk Schwendicke, Jo Frencken, Nicola Innes.
    Contents:
    Pathophysiology of dental caries / G. Conrads, I. About
    Caries epidemiology and its challenges / J.E. Frencken
    Carious lesion diagnosis : methods, problems, thresholds / K.W. Neuhaus, A. Lussi
    Removing or controlling? how caries management impacts on the lifetime of teeth / F. Schwendicke, T. Lamont, N. Innes
    Restoring the carious lesion / G. Göstemeyer, F. Schwendicke, U. Blunck
    Removing carious tissue : why and how? / F. Schwendicke
    Stepwise excavation / L. Bjorndal
    Selective removal of carious tissue / D. Ricketts, N. Innes, F. Schwendicke
    Atraumatic restorative treatment : restorative component / S.C. Leal, C.C. Bonifacio, D.P. Raggio, J.E. Frencken
    Sealing carious tissue using resin and glass-ionomer cements / M. Fontana, N. Innes
    Sealing carious tissue in primary teeth using crowns / R.M. Santamaria, N. Innes
    No removal and inactivation of carious tissue : non-restorative cavity control / A.J.P. van Strijp, C. van Loveren
    Evidence-based deep carious lesion management : from concept to application in everyday clinical practice / S. Doméjean, B. Grosgogeat
    The problem : relevance, quality, and homogeneity of trial designs, outcomes, and reporting / G. Göstemeyer, C. Levey
    An agreed terminology for carious tissue removal / N. Innes, F. Schwendicke, J. Frencken
    Clinical recommendations on carious tissue removal in cavitated lesions / F. Schwendicke, J.E. Frencken, N.P.T. Innes
    Caries excavation : evidence gaps / N. Innes, M. Robertson, F. Schwendicke.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    Lisbeth Maria Fagerström.
    Summary: This book introduces readers to the basics of Advanced Practice Nursing (APN), which offers expanded clinical competence that can help improve the quality of health and care services. The book offers a range of perspectives on APN, APN models, APN education, challenges in the implementation of APN in new countries, as well as a description of the APN role, including areas of expertise. These core areas of the Caring APN model (clinical nursing practice; ethical decision-making; coaching and teaching; consultation; collaboration; case management; leadership; research and development) are described, together with the role of APN in acute care and primary healthcare service contexts. The book also explores the connection between epistemology, a three-dimensional view of knowledge (epistêmê, technê and phronesis) and a caritative perspective, as well as central theoretical aspects of nursing, e.g. health, holism and ethics/ethos. All research should be grounded in theoretical perspectives, and here we highlight the value of a caring and person-centered philosophy in advanced practice nursing. Through its specific focus on the central, generic theoretical features of nursing science that deepen the role of APN and the scope of practice and APN research and education, the content presented here will help any researcher, teacher or student understand the importance of epistemological issues for research, education and clinical practice in this field. Moreover, it can be used when designing Master's programs in Advanced Practice Nursing, making the book a valuable resource for the international nursing community.

    Contents:
    Advanced practice nursing : a justified need
    Registered nurses as advanced specialists or advanced generalists
    What is advanced practice nursing?
    Perspectives of knowledge on advanced practice nursing
    A caring advanced practice nursing model
    Theoretical perspectives on advanced practice nursing
    Core competence domains of advanced practice nursing
    Advanced practice nursing in acute care
    Advanced practice nursing in primary care
    The right to prescribe medication as an advanced practice nurse
    Core factors for the sustainable development of advanced practice nursing
    Leading change when introducing advanced practice nursing
    Education for advanced practice nursing.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Laura Maria Pigozzi ; foreword by Teddie M. Potter.
    Summary: "This concise and instructive guide outlines the specific challenges faced by the Latino population in US health care, including language barriers, unfamiliarity with the medical system, lack of insurance, access issues, monetary factors, and most importantly the fears surrounding undocumented immigrants. It shows how health care professionals and chaplains can support and care for this population in a way that acknowledges and understands the distinct characteristics of Latino culture. It offers advice on sensitives within this culture, such as health disparities, the importance of the family, and spirituality and religion in Latino culture. This inclusive guide improves cultural competency among non-Latino care staff and offers case studies and practical tips to input straight into practice"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Who we are
    Cultural beliefs
    Health beliefs
    The etiology of diabetes : case study
    Botánicas : case study
    Religiosity, spirituality, and mental health
    Communication
    Preferences for message delivery : case study
    Interpretation, translation, and localization.
  • Digital
    Hector Y. Adames, Yvette N. Tazeau, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a broad and critical presentation of the behavioral and psychosocial treatments of Latinxs with dementia in the United States (U.S.) and across a representative sample of Spanish-speaking countries in the world. The compendium of chapters, written by researchers, practitioners, and policy analysts from multiple disciplines provides a deep exploration of the current state of dementia care for Latinxs in the U.S. and around the globe. The volume is designed to increase and strengthen the collective scientific and sociocultural understanding of the epidemiological and biopsychosocial factors, as well as the overlapping systemic challenges that impact diagnosis and symptom management of Latinxs with dementia. The authors introduce policy options to reduce risk factors for dementia and present culturally-responsive interventions that meet the needs of Latinx patients and their caregivers. Highlighted topics featured in the book include: Contextual, cultural, and socio-political issues of Latinxs with dementia. New meta-analysis of dementia rates in the Americas and Caribbean. Dementia-related behavioral issues and placement considerations. Educational, diagnostic, and supportive psychosocial interventions. Pharmacological, non-pharmacological, and ethnocultural healthcare interventions. Intersectionality as a practice of dementia care for sexual and gender minoritized Latinxs. Prescriptions for policy and programs to empower older Latinxs and their families. Caring for Latinxs with Dementia in a Globalized World: Behavioral and Psychosocial Treatments is a resource thataccentuates and contextualizes the heterogeneity in nationality, immigration, race, sexual orientation, gender, and political realities. It is a key reference for a wide range of fields inclusive of demography, geriatrics, gerontology, medicine, mental health, neurology, neuropsychology, nursing, occupational therapy, pharmacology, psychiatry, psychology, rehabilitation, social work, sociology, and statistics all of which, collectively, bear on the problem and the solutions for better care for Latinxs affected by dementia.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Demographics and the Epidemiological Risk Factors for Dementia in Hispanic/Latino Populations
    Chapter 2. Contextual, Cultural, and Socio-political Issues in Caring for Latinxs with Dementia: When the Mind Forgets and the Heart Remembers
    Chapter 3. Meta-Analysis of Dementia Rates in Central America, South America, and the Caribbean
    Chapter 4. Treating Medical Comorbidities Associated with Dementia among Latinos
    Chapter 5. Functional Assessment in Latinos with Dementia: A Review of Tools and Cultural Considerations
    Chapter 6. Latinos with Dementia and Depression: Contemporary Issues and Assessment Challenges
    Chapter 7.Neurological, Psychiatric, and Affective Aspects of Dementia in Latinxs
    Chapter 8. Latino Families Living with Dementia: Behavioral Issues and Placement Considerations
    Chapter 9. Educational, Diagnostic, and Supportive Psychosocial Interventions for Latinos with Dementia
    ^Chapter 10. Cognitive Rehabilitation for Maintenance of Function in Latinos with Dementia
    Chapter 11. Behavioral Symptoms of Dementia in Latinos: Pharmacological, Non-pharmacological, and Ethnocultural Healthcare Interventions
    Chapter 12. Intersectionality as a Practice of Dementia Care for Sexual and Gender Minoritized Latinxs
    Chapter 13. Stress and Coping: Conceptual Models for Understanding Dementia among Latinos
    Chapter 14. Grief, Loss, and Depression in Latino Caregivers and Families affected by Dementia
    Chapter 15. Behavioral and Psychosocial Treatments of Dementia in Mexico
    Chapter 16. Dementia Care in Guatemala, Central America
    Chapter 17. Behavioral and Psychosocial Treatments of Dementia in the Caribbean: Cuba, Dominican Republic, and Puerto Rico
    Chapter 18. Dementia Treatment and Health Disparities among Puerto Ricans: The Impact of its Cultural and Political Histories
    ^Chapter 19. Dementia Diagnosis, Treatment, and Care in Colombia, South America
    Chapter 20. Behavioral and Psychosocial Treatments of Dementia in Spain
    Chapter 21. Community Partnerships and the Care of Latinos with Dementia: A Call for Action
    Chapter 22. Latinos and Dementia: Prescriptions for Policy and Programs that Empower Older Latinos and their Families.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    a joint collaborative project of American Academy of Pediatrics, American Public Health Association, National Resource Center for Health and Safety in Child Care and Early Education.
    Summary: The fourth edition contains guidelines on the development and evaluation of the health and safety of children in early care and education settings. This guide features 10 chapters of more than 650 standards and dozens of appendixes with valuable supplemental information, forms, and tools. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Staffing
    Program activities for healthy development
    Health promotion and protection
    Nutrition and food service
    Facilities, supplies, equipment, and environmental health
    Play areas/playgrounds and transportation
    Infectious diseases
    Children with special health care needs and disabilities
    Administration
    Licensing and community action.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    Larissa Nekhlyudov, Mita Sanghavi Goel, Jenny J. Lin, Linda Overholser, Kimberly S. Peairs, editors.
    Summary: This book serves to educate and train primary care clinicians to provide high quality care to patients across the cancer care continuum. This guide is divided into six main chapters that follow the trajectory of cancer care: prevention, screening, diagnosis, treatment, survivorship care, and palliative/end-of-life care. Its succinct style, bullet points, tables and figures allow busy clinicians to both develop an overview of the core competencies involved in cancer care and quickly refer to the text in the process of caring for patients. Written by primary care physicians with expertise in cancer care, each chapter covers current recommendations and includes key points for select populations, considerations for the role of team based care, and resources for further learning. This is an ideal resource for primary care clinicians caring for patients along the cancer care continuum.

    Contents:
    Introduction and overview
    Cancer prevention
    Cancer screening
    Cancer diagnosis
    Cancer treatment
    Cancer survivorship
    Palliative care/end-of-life care.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Geri-Ann Galanti.
    Summary: Provides healthcare workers with a frame of reference for understanding cultural difference and sound alternatives for providing the best possible care to multicultural communities.

    Contents:
    Basic concepts
    Communication and time orientation
    Pain
    Religion and spirituality
    Activities of daily living and the body
    Family
    Men and women
    Staff relations
    Birth
    End of life
    Mental health
    Traditional medicine : practices and perspectives
    Improving adherence
    Making a difference.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    David S. Kroll.
    Summary: Depression is the leading cause of disability in the United States, and the traditional framework for managing depression within a psychiatry practicei.e., a single psychiatrist treating a single patient for up to an hour per weekcomes up painfully short at the level of serving the population even if it can be highly effective for individuals. At the same time, the non-systematic way in which most patients identify the need to see a specialty provider in behavioral health leaves many stranded, regardless of how complex their needs are. Primary care is now often considered the "de facto mental health system" in the United States, and primary care providers have been charged with the impossible task of making up for the dearth of psychiatric specialty providers and somehow correcting the many inequities in access to care that remain. Primary care providers shouldnt have to do this alone. Help can come in many forms, of course, and some primary care practices are lucky enough to have a consulting psychiatrist on-site, available to answer any questions that come up and see patients directly when they need an expert opinion. This is exactly what David S Kroll, MD, an Associate Vice Chair in the Department of Psychiatry at Brigham and Womens Hospital in Boston and an Assistant Professor at Harvard Medical School, does for a primary care practice that serves more than 17,000 patients with a wide range of medical, social, and psychiatric problems. But most primary care practices dont have this resource. This book replicates the expertise of a consulting psychiatrist in a concise volume that primary care providers can pull off their shelves whenever they have a question about managing depression. It ensures that no one has to do this on their own. Managing Depression in Primary Care contains fourteen chapters that anticipate the questions, problems, and practical challenges that are most likely to come up when managing depression in primary care. It covers the basic skills that are needed for treating depression when it occurs in a vacuum, but it also provides practical guidance on treating depression in the real worldwhere it will inevitably be complicated by other factors. It also covers important associated topics including suicide, substance use, and disability.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mary Hesdorffer, Gleneara E. Bates-Pappas, editors.
    Summary: This book encompasses all areas for mesothelioma care, treatment, and research. Using nurses, social workers, surgeons, oncologist, radiologist and pain specialist to give the reader a comprehensive overview of mesothelioma treatment. Indeed, mesothelioma is a cancer that mainly affects the pleura and peritoneum, usually caused by exposure to asbestos. The number of individuals diagnosed with mesothelioma is increasing world-wide, particularly in developing countries where the use of asbestos remains uncontrolled. In spite of advances in chemotherapy, radiotherapy, and surgical approaches, mesothelioma remains resistant to treatment. According to the International Mesothelioma Interest group, overall survival has not improved; median survival times vary from one month to eighteen months. A small number of patients remain asymptomatic or with minimal symptoms for extended periods, and fewer live three years or more. Mesothelioma is often associated with difficult, intractable symptoms, particularly pain and difficulty breathing. Especially poor prognoses have been reported for those diagnosed with sarcomatoid rather than epithelioid histology, or with advanced disease, poor performance status, or pain and loss of appetite. Despite substantial progress of the last two decades improving the quality of life of patients with cancer, many mesothelioma patients still experience physical, psychological, social, and financial burdens. The development of multimodality treatment and mesothelioma centers has given renewed hope to patients. This book serves as a unique tool for medical professional while providing care for mesothelioma patients.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents; About the Editors; Part I: Mesothelioma Treatment;
    1: History of Pleural Surgical Treatment; 1 Macroscopic Complete Resection (MCR) Surgery; 1.1 Pleurectomy and Decortication; 1.2 Extrapleural Pneumonectomy; 2 Palliative Surgical Procedures; 2.1 Parietal Pleurectomy; 2.2 Pleurodesis/PleurX Catheter; 3 Outcomes; 4 Multimodality Treatment; References;
    2: History Cytoreductive Surgery and Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy for Peritoneal Metastasis and Evolution and Contemporary Application in Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 1 History of Cytoreductive Surgery 2 Mesothelioma Patient Selection for CRS/HIPEC3 Factors in Outcome and Survival in MPM and CRS/HIPEC; 4 Emerging Therapies and Future Direction; References;
    3: Cytoreductive Surgery and Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy for Treatment of Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 1 The Natural History of Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 2 Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy Alone for Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 3 Results of Treatment Combining Cytoreductive Surgery with Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy; 4 Current Standard of Care for Treatment of MPM 5 Recent Results with Cytoreductive Surgery, HIPEC, and NIPEC6 Evolution of Surgical Treatments; 7 Rationale for Peritonectomy Procedures and Visceral Resections; 8 Locations of Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 9 Electroevaporative Surgery; 10 Abdominal Exposure; 11 Total Anterior Parietal Peritonectomy; 12 Left Subphrenic Peritonectomy; 13 Greater Omentectomy and Possible Splenectomy; 14 Right Subphrenic Peritonectomy; 15 Stripping of Tumor from Glisson's Capsule; 16 Lesser Omentectomy and Cholecystectomy with Stripping of the Hepatoduodenal Ligament 17 Circumferential Resection of the Hepatogastric Ligament and Lesser Omental Fat by Digital Dissection18 Stripping of the Floor of the Omental Bursa; 19 Complete Pelvic Peritonectomy; 20 Resection of Rectosigmoid Colon and Cul-de-sac of Douglas; 21 Vaginal Closure and Low Colorectal Anastomosis; 22 Optimization of Cytoreduction of Small Bowel and Its Mesentery; 22.1 Five Types of Small Bowel Involvement by Cancer; 22.2 Techniques Used in Cytoreduction of the Small Bowel; 23 Follow-Up; References;
    4: Radiation Therapy 1 Integration of Radiation Therapy into Multimodality Management Regimen2 Radiation Therapy; 2.1 Radiation Therapy in the Setting of EPP; 2.2 Adjuvant Radiation Therapy After P/D; 2.3 Other Indications for Radiation Therapy; References; Part II: Therapeutic Treatments: Chemotherapy, Biotherapy, and Immunotherapy;
    5: Chemotherapy and Standard Treatment Options; 1 Background; 2 Chemotherapy Clinical Trials Nursing and Mesothelioma; 3 Chemotherapy Symptoms and Tolerability; 4 The Future of Chemotherapeutic Treatment; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    author, American Academy of Pediatrics, Section on Hospital Medicine ; editors, Jeffrey C. Gershel, Daniel A. Rauch.
    Summary: "Fully revised and updated, the second edition of this popular point-of-care manual offers practical, authoritative guidance in the hospital setting for safe, effective inpatient care from initial evaluation through hospital discharge management. Pediatric hospitalists provide proven recommendations for various pediatric inpatient problems, including anaphylaxis; cardiac conditions; dermatologic, ENT and GI issues; infectious diseases; seizure; eye trauma; fractures; physical and sexual abuse; and much more"--Publisher's description

    Contents:
    Adolescent medicine
    Allergy
    Cardiology
    Dermatology
    Ear, Nose, Throat
    Endocrinology
    Equipment and Procedures
    Ethics
    Gastroenterology
    Genetics and Metabolism
    Gynecology
    Hematology
    Hospitalist Practice
    Immunology
    Infectious Diseases
    Ingestions
    Liver Diseases
    Nephrology
    Neurology
    Nutrition
    Ophthalmology
    Orthopedics
    Psychiatry
    Psychosocial Issues
    Pulmonology
    Rheumatology
    Sedation and Analgesia
    Surgery.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks [2023]
  • Digital
    author, American Academy of Pediatrics, Section on Hospital Medicine ; editors, Jeffrey C. Gershel, Daniel A. Rauch.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    Elaine E. Schulte, Robin L. Michaelson.
    Summary: "This comprehensive resource offers trusted parenting advice from a leading adoption medicine expert and the American Academy of Pediatrics, focusing on the physical and emotional well-being of children"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction
    Getting ready to bring your child home
    A new everything! Welcoming your child home
    Your child's first pediatric visit: a comprehensive health evaluation
    Your follow-up visit: how are things going?
    Health issues and conditions
    Attachment: the foundation of connections
    Your child's emotional health: what to watch for and when to worry
    Learning and attention challenges
    Talking about adoption
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    Tanya Altmann, MD, FAAP, editor-in-chief ; David L. Hill, MD, FAAP, associate medical editor ; Steven P. Shelov, MD, MS, FAAP, founding editor, emeritus ; Robert E. Hannemann, MD, FAAP, associate medical editor, emeritus.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    Shelly Vaziri Flais, MD, FAAP, editor-in-chief, Pediatric Health Associates, Naperville, Illinois, assistant professor of Clinical Pediatrics, Northwestern University, Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois.
    Summary: "By the preeminent pediatric organization, a fully revised and updated edition of the bestselling children's parenting primer, reflecting the most up-to-date information and statistics about topics ranging from physical development and changing nutritional needs to stress, school issues, screen time, and sibling rivalry. During the years from five to twelve, today's children must master the skills and habits that determine their future health and well-being--from good sleep hygiene to healthy screen usage to nutritious food choices--and parents have a crucial role to play. The organization that represents the nation's finest pediatricians, the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP), is the standard-setter for best practices in pediatric medicine. This revised edition of one of their flagship titles presents a new wealth of information for parents who want to help their children thrive during these exciting and challenging years. Caring for Your School-Age Child is an essential childcare resource for all parents who want to provide the very best care for their children--and the one guide pediatricians routinely recommend and parents can safely trust"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Nutritional and physical fitness. Maintaining your child's health
    Nutrition
    Healthy nutrition and specific considerations
    Physical fitness and sports
    Part 2. Promoting health and development. Physical development
    Safely : prevention of injuries and substance use
    Emergency preparedness
    Your growing child and sex education
    If your child needs the hospital
    Part 3. Personal and social development. Your child's developing self
    Developing social skills
    Dealing with prejudice
    Part 4. Behavior and discipline. Communication and your child's behavior
    Communicating with your child
    Your child's behavior and discipline
    Managing common behavior problems
    Seeking professional help
    Part 5. Family matters. The importance of family
    Your family routines and dealing with disruptions
    Your development as a parent
    Brothers and sisters
    Sibling rivalry
    Child care
    Responsibilities and chores
    Media
    Pets
    Money skills
    If you choose a summer camp
    When both parents work
    Separation, divorce, and the school-age child
    Single-parent families
    Stepfamilies
    Adoption
    A death in the family
    Part 6. Children in school. Making school choices
    Preparing for a new school year
    Getting involved in your child's schooling
    Problems at school
    Homework
    Learning disabilities
    Other educational concerns
    If your child is gifted
    School and your child's health
    Part 7. Chronic health problems. If your child has a chronic health condition
    School issues for children with chronic health conditions
    The family's adjustment to a chronic health condition
    Part 8. Medical, mental health, and behavior issues. Abdominal issues and gastrointestinal tract
    Allergies
    Behavior and emotional issues
    Chest and lungs
    Child abuse
    Chronic conditions and diseases
    Ears, nose, and throat
    Emergencies
    Environmental health
    Eyes
    Fever
    Genital and urinary
    Head, neck, and nervous system
    Heart
    Immunizations
    Musculoskeletal problems
    Skin
    Sleep.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    by Mark Lazenby.
    Contents:
    Trustworthiness
    Imagination
    Beauty
    Space
    Presence
    The challenge of unreasonable demands
    The threat of becoming automatons
    Being good to ourselves
    Creating a civil community
    Being grateful
    Towards a better world.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Kathleen Sitzman, Jean Watson.
    Summary: This seminal work, based on the philosophy of Watson's Human Caring Theory, is designed to help students and practitioners of nursing to simplify Watson's complex teachings and integrate them into everyday practice. The revised second edition includes an abundance of new micro-practice examples for each of the 10 Caritas Processes®; practical exemplars from Dr. Sitzman's research, enabling readers to cultivate Caritas and mindfulness on a daily basis; and new case studies demonstrating how others have implemented Human Caring Science into everyday life and work. Drawing on the contemplative and mindfulness teachings of Thich Nhat Hanh, the text offers an engaging entry into Human Caring Theory for newcomers and deepens understanding for current practitioners. Clear and simple content supports foundational learning and promotes direct experience related to Watson's work. The book features guided mindfulness activities and artistic practices for each of the 10 Caritas Processes, plus case studies and guided procedures to facilitate learning and internalizing the method. The text also serves as the foundational text for the WCSI online course that provides step-by-step instructions on how to integrate and ground the philosophy and abstracts of Human Caring Theory into practice. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: INTRODUCTION TO CARITAS PRACTICE AND MINDFULNESS
    Use of Mindfulness to Cultivate Understanding of Watson's Theory of Caring
    Overview of Watson's Theory (10 Caritas Processes®)
    Thich Nhat Hanh's Five Mindfulness Trainings
    Entering the Stream: Understanding and Living Out Jean Watson's Work
    SECTION II: THE TEN CARITAS PROCESSES®
    The First Caritas Process®: Embrace Altruistic Values and Practice Lovingkindness With Self and Others
    The Second Caritas Process®: Be Authentically Present, Enable Faith and Hope, and Honor Others
    The Third Caritas Process®: Be Sensitive to Self and Others by Nurturing Individual Beliefs and Practices
    The Fourth Caritas Process®: Develop Helping-Trusting-Caring Relationships
    The Fifth Caritas Process®: Promote and Accept Positive and Negative Feelings as You Authentically Listen to Another's Story
    The Sixth Caritas Process®: Use Creative Scientific Problem-Solving Methods for Caring Decision Making - and Creative Solution-Seeking
    The Seventh Caritas Process®: Share Teaching and Learning That Addresses Individual Needs and Comprehension Styles
    The Eighth Caritas Process®: Create a Healing Environment for the Physical and Spiritual Self That Respects Human Dignity
    The Ninth Caritas Process®: Assist With Basic Physical, Emotional, and Spiritual Human Needs
    The Tenth Caritas Process®: Open to Mystery and Allow Miracles to Enter
    Conclusions and Suggestions for Deepening Study
  • Digital/Print
    Sara Horton-Deutsch, Jan Anderson.
    Contents:
    Caritas coaching : an overview
    My quest for caritas literacy
    Living a caritas consciousness : a philosophy for our everyday practices as nurse educators
    Creating an essence of compassion : a personal reflection on the journey through caring science
    Caritas coach : a work in progress
    The caritas coach : an instrument of healing
    Living caritas
    Love Is the essence
    Nursing as a sacred act of caring : practicing with an open mind and open heart
    Caritas coach literacy : sustaining loving-kindness for self and others
    Caritas coach reflections
    Reconnection
    The learning path of a caritas coach nurse
    Transformation through caring moments
    Caring leadership as a caritas coach
    Creating and sustaining a caritas way of being
    Working with others within the context of caring relationships
    A physician's journey with caritas : a path to healing
    Reflections of a caritas coach
    A global paradigm shift for the caritas coach
    The ever-evolving, introspective, and morally active life of a caritas coach.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Norihiko Misawa, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of carotenoid biosynthesis by different organisms, including bacteria, archaea, fungi, arthropods, and plants. Carotenoids are thought to provide health benefits in areas such as cancer, diabetes, osteoporosis, NAFLD, NASH, obesity, age-related functional decline, and as a result, they have received an increasing amount of attention. With contributions from leading experts in biology, biotechnology, and chemistry of carotenoid research, this volume discusses the biological functions of carotenoids such as astaxanthin, B-cryptoxanthin, and fucoxanthin, in addition to paprika carotenoids, capsanthin, and capsorubin. It also reveals the technologies behind the commercial production of some functional carotenoids. The book is targeted for academic and industrial readers in biology, biotechnology, nutrient physiology and related fields.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface and Introduction
    Contents
    Part I: Biosynthetic Approach
    1: Commercial Production of Astaxanthin from the Green Alga Haematococcus pluvialis
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Functions and Uses of Natural Astaxanthin
    1.3 Natural Sources for Astaxanthin
    1.4 Life History of H. pluvialis
    1.5 Mass Culture of H. pluvialis
    1.6 Extraction of Astaxanthin
    1.7 Future of H. pluvialis-Derived Astaxanthin
    References
    2: Commercial Production of Astaxanthin with Paracoccus carotinifaciens
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 P. carotinifaciens 4.4.5 Reduction of Carotenoids with 4-Oxo-[beta]-End Group to 4-Hydroxy-5,6-Dihydro-[beta]-End Group in Spindle Shells
    4.4.6 Oxidative Cleavage of Carbon-Carbon Double Bond at C7′-C8′ in C40 Skeletal Carotenoids to Form 8′-Apocarotenoids
    4.4.7 Novel Carotenoid Pyropheophorbide a Esters from Abalone
    4.5 Carotenoid Metabolism in Arthropoda (Crustaceans)
    4.5.1 Oxidation of [beta]-Carotene to Astaxanthin in Crustaceans
    4.5.2 Racemization of Astaxanthin and Reductive Metabolic Pathways of Carotenoids in Prawn
    4.5.3 Other Oxidative Metabolic Pathways of Carotenoids in Crustaceans 2.3 Improvement of Producing Astaxanthin with P. carotinifaciens
    2.4 Commercial Production of Astaxanthin with P. carotinifaciens
    2.5 Usage Examples of Dehydrated P. carotinifaciens
    2.6 Astaxanthin-Rich Carotenoid Extracts (ARE) Derived from P. carotinifaciens
    References
    3: Production of Carotenoids from Cultivated Seaweed
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Cultivation of C. okamuranus Discoid Germlings in Floating Form
    3.3 Production of Fucoxanthin and Fucoxanthin Chlorophyll a/c Protein
    3.4 Cultivation of Various Brown Algae in Microalgal Forms 3.5 Cultivation of Codium intricatum Trichomes in Floating Form
    3.6 Prospects for the Future
    References
    4: Carotenoid Metabolism in Aquatic Animals
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Carotenoids in Porifera
    4.3 Carotenoids in Coelenterata
    4.4 Carotenoid Metabolism in Mollusca (Mollusks) and Protochordata (Tunicates)
    4.4.1 Metabolism of Fucoxanthin in Bivalves and Tunicates
    4.4.2 Metabolism of Peridinin in Bivalves and Tunicates
    4.4.3 Metabolism of Diatoxanthin and Alloxanthin in Bivalves and Tunicates
    4.4.4 Oxidation of Carotenoids in Snail 4.6 Carotenoid Metabolism in Echinodermata (Echinoderms)
    4.7 Metabolism of Carotenoids in Fish
    4.7.1 Epimerization of Lutein Through 3-Hydroxy-[beta],E-Caroten-3′-One and Oxidative Metabolisms of Lutein and Zeaxanthin in Cypri...
    4.7.2 Reductive Metabolism Pathway of Astaxanthin in Perciformes and Salmonidae Fish
    4.7.3 Hydrogenation of Double Bond at C7-C8 (C7′-C8′) in Catfish Silurus asotus
    4.7.4 Oxidation of Hydroxy Groups and Retro Rearrangement of Polyene Chain of Zeaxanthin in Tilapia Tilapia nilotica
    4.7.5 Other Unique Structures of Carotenoids in Fish
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Muhammad Zia-Ul-Haq, Saikat Dewanjee, Muhammad Riaz, editors.
    Summary: Plants produce chemicals as part of their normal metabolic activities. These include primary metabolites found in all plants, such as sugars and fats, as well as secondary metabolites, which can have therapeutic effects in humans and be refined to produce drugs. Plants synthesize a bewildering variety of phytochemicals, but most are derivatives of a few biochemical motifs. Numerous herbal-derived substances have been evaluated for their therapeutic potential. These include alkaloids, coumarins, saponins, plant pigments and flavonoids. Flavonoids, carotenoids and anthocyanins are probably the best known of these substances due to their antioxidant properties. Carotenoids: Structure and Function in the Human Body presents comprehensive coverage of carotenoids. The text covers the scientific literature and clinical significance of this organic pigment, with an emphasis on its therapeutic potential. The authors approach carotenoids from a range of perspectives, from their structural and physicochemical properties to their distribution in nature, interaction with the human metabolism, and use as a coloring agent in various products. The intake, metabolism and secretion of anthocyanins in the human body are covered in-depth, as are the biosynthetic pathways through which these compounds are synthesized in the natural system. Factors affecting stability and extraction are listed, and health-related uses and biological activities are covered in great detail. Present and future trends in carotenoid research are also presented. This book provides a solid background in carotenoids for researchers and professionals in food science, food technology, nutrition, biology, chemistry and medical sciences.

    Contents:
    Historical and introductory aspects of carotenoids
    Chemistry of carotenoids
    Carotenoids synthesis and isomerism
    Apocarotenoids
    Role of carotenoids in photosynthesis
    Carotenoids as coloring agents
    Effect of processing on foods containing carotenoids
    Stability of carotenoids
    Analysis of carotenoids
    Carotenoids fortification
    Metabolism of carotenoids
    Carotenoids as antioxidants
    Carotenoids as anticancer agents
    Carotenoids as antidiabetic agents
    Carotenoids as antiparkinson agents
    Role of carotenoids in neurological diseases
    Carotenoids as antiobesity agents
    Carotenoids in liver and lung diseases
    Eye sight and carotenoids
    Carotenoids and cardiovascular diseases
    Carotenoids and bone health
    Carotenoids and periodontal diseases
    Carotenoids and skin diseases
    Application of carotenoids in cosmetics
    Carotenoids in women and infant health
    Provitamin A carotenoids
    Commercialization and marketing potential of carotenoids
    Past, present and future of carotenoid research.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Claudia Stange.
    Contents:
    Carotenoid distribution in nature
    Biosynthesis of carotenoids in plants: enzymes and color
    Structures and analysis of carotenoid molecules
    Carotenoids and photosynthesis
    Regulation of carotenoid biosynthesis in photosynthetic organs
    Regulation of carotenoid biosynthesis during fruit development
    Carotenoid biosynthesis in Daucus carota
    Carotenoids in microalgae
    Apocarotenoids : a new carotenoid-derived pathway
    Plastids and carotenoid accumulation
    Evidence of epigenetic mechanisms affecting carotenoids
    Manipulation of carotenoid content in plants to improve human health
    Modern breeding and biotechnological approaches to enhance carotenoid accumulation in seeds
    Carotenoids as a source of antioxidants in the diet
    Carotenoids in adipose tissue biology and obesity
    Absorption of carotenoids and mechanisms involved in their health-related properties.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Min S. Park, M. Yashar S. Kalani, Adam de Havenon, J. Scott McNally, editors.
    Summary: This truly comprehensive title addresses all aspects of the evaluation and management of carotid artery disease. The extracranial carotid artery is an area of confluence for both medical and surgical specialists. Given its unique position and function in the body, disease states that involve the carotid artery require a unique approach to ensure the best outcomes for patients. Developed by a multidisciplinary team of thought leaders from across medical, surgical, and radiological disciplines, Carotid Artery Disease: Evaluation and Management provides a diverse resource where readers can find presentation, evaluation, and management recommendations for any process involving the extracranial carotid artery, be it related to atherosclerotic, traumatic, inflammatory, or even oncologic disease. Indeed this title is a unique offering in that one can find traditional, and even exclusively medical, conditions within the same binding as surgical or interventional ones. Typically, access to this type of information requires the purchase of multiple different texts, but this complete title distills the evaluation and management of carotid artery disease into a one-of-a-kind, practical, accessible reference. A much-needed and invaluable contribution to the clinical literature, Carotid Artery Disease: Evaluation and Management will be of great interest to anyone early in his or her career and needing an introduction to the field, as well as seasoned clinicians in need of state-of-the-art, refresher information.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Scott F.M. Duncan, Ryosuke Kakinoki, editors.
    Summary: "Practical and user-friendly, this text provides the orthopedic and hand surgeon with all the essential information for diagnosing and treating carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS) and other median neuropathies of the hand and wrist, with special emphasis on challenges and complications. Organized to allow for easy searching of specific subject matter, opening chapters discuss anatomy of the median nerve, history and pathophysiology of CTS, clinical presentation and diagnosis, including imaging, and severity scoring. Presentation of various treatment strategies follows, both non-operative and surgical, including open and endoscopic techniques and revision surgery, incomplete release, transection, use of the reverse radial forearm flap, vein wrap, synovial wrap, and microneurolysis. Other median neuropathies are discussed as well, including neuromas and stimulation for chronic median nerve pain. Generously illustrated, Carpal Tunnel Syndrome and Related Median Neuropathies is a valuable resource for orthopedic and hand surgeons on the evaluation and treatment of complications and complexities arising from carpal tunnel syndrome and surgery." -- Page 4 of cover.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the median nerve: anatomic variations and anomalies
    History of carpal tunnel syndrome
    Pathophysiology of carpal tunnel syndrome
    Clinical presentations and diagnosis
    Differential diagnosis of carpal tunnel syndrome
    CTS associated or caused by other medical conditions
    Interpretation of electromyography and nerve conduction studies
    Imaging of the carpal tunnel and median nerve
    Severity scoring systems for carpal tunnel syndrome and outcome tools
    Unusual causes of carpal tunnel syndrome
    Nonoperative options for the management of carpal tunnel syndrome
    Open techniques for carpal tunnel release
    Endoscopic carpal tunnel release
    Challenges and complications of carpal tunnel syndrome
    Recurrent carpal tunnel syndrome
    Revision carpal tunnel surgery options
    Neuroma in continuity
    Treatment of median nerve transection
    Diagnosis of true recurrent carpal tunnel syndrome
    Use of reverse radial forearm fascial flap for median nerve coverage
    Vein wrap for recurrent carpal tunnel syndrome
    Synovial wrap in revision carpal tunnel surgery
    The use of microneurolysis
    Reconstruction of the flexor retinaculum
    Biomechanical effects of transvers carpal ligament release
    Carpal tunnel syndrome after fractures and other trauma
    Biologics, conduits, allografts and autografts in carpal tunnel syndrome
    Median compressive neuropathy proximal to the carpal tunnel
    Median nerve tumors
    Electrical nerve stimulation for chronic median nerve pain
    Complex regional pain syndrome and carpal tunnel surgery
    The indications and importance of obtaining electrical studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Andreia Ascenso, Sandra Simões, Helena Ribeiro.
    Summary: "This book presents new approaches for skin aging and photocarcinogenesis and topical formulations based on nanocarrier systems for skin disorders. It discusses cosmeceuticals, laser, photodynamic therapy, and melatonin-based treatments as important strategies for photoaging management. Photodynamic therapy and melatonin can be used in the photocarcinogenesis context, too. Therefore, the inclusion of this strong antioxidant in sunscreen products could be a promising approach. The book discusses topical formulations, including emulsions (conventional formulations and emulsions stabilized by solid particles), nail films, and nanocarriers used for the delivery of actives in various skin and nail diseases such as acne, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, fungal diseases, leishmaniasis, and skin cancer. Finally, several nanocarriers are introduced, such as lipid vesicles (ranging from the first-generation conventional liposomes to the more recent deformable vesicles), liquid crystalline nanodispersions, gelatin, and solid lipid nanoparticles. Their composition, formulation, characterization, and topical applications are also discussed. Although this is a broad topic, the most important (nano)pharmaceutical formulations are presented in the book."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Pedro P. Olea, Patricia Mateo-Tomás, José Antonio Sánchez-Zapata, editors.
    Summary: Carrion, or dead animal matter, is an inherent component of aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems worldwide, and is exploited by a wide diversity of organisms from different trophic levels, including microbes, arthropods and vertebrates. Further, carrion consumption by scavengers, i.e. scavenging, supports key ecosystem functions and services such as recycling nutrients and energy, disposing of carcasses and regulating disease spread. Yet, unlike dead plant matter, dead animal decomposition has received little attention in the fields of ecology, wildlife conservation and environmental management, and as a result the management of carrion for maintaining biodiversity and functional ecosystems has been limited. This book addresses the main ecological patterns and processes relating to the generation and consumption of carrion both in terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. It also discusses a number of conservation concerns and associated management issues, particularly regarding the increasing role of human-mediated carrion in ecosystems. Lastly, the book outlines future research lines in carrion ecology and management, and identifies the major challenges for scavengers and scavenging processes in the Anthropocene.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Introduction to the Topic of Carrion Ecology and Management. -Part 1 Carrion ecology:Description of the Main Ecological Patterns and Processes Occurring around a Carrion
    Chapter 2 Carrion Availability in Space and Time
    Chapter 3 Invertebrate scavenging communities.-Chapter 4 Vertebrate Scavenging Communities.-Chapter 5 Carrion Decomposition
    Chapter 6 Ecological Functions of Vertebrate Scavenging
    Part 2 Human and Carrion: The Impact of Humans on Carrion Ecology and Management
    Chapter 7 Scavenging and Disease Dynamics
    Chapter 8 Human-Mediated Carrion: Effects on Ecological Processes
    Chapter 9 What Makes Carrion Unsafe for Scavengers? Considerations for Appropriate Regulatory Policies and Sound Management Practices
    Part 3 Methodological Approaches: Description of some Methods Used to Study Carrion Ecology.-Chapter 10 Methods for Monitoring Carrion Decomposition in Aquatic Environs
    Chapter 11 Studying Movement of Avian Scavengers to Understand Carrion Ecology
    Chapter 12 Synthesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Philipp Simon, Massimo Iorizzo, Dariusz Grzebelus and Rafal Baranski.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date review and analysis of the carrots nuclear and organellar genome structure and evolution. In addition, it highlights applications of carrot genomic information to elucidate the carrots natural and agricultural history, reproductive biology, and the genetic basis of traits important in agriculture and human health. The carrot genome was sequenced in 2016, and its relatively small diploid genome, combined with the fact that it is the most complete root crop genome released to date and the first-ever Euasterid II genome to be sequenced, mean the carrot has an important role in the study of plant development and evolution. In addition, the carrot is among the top ten vegetables grown worldwide, and the abundant orange provitamin A carotenoids that account for its familiar orange color make it the richest crop source of vitamin A in the US diet, and in much of the world. This book includes the latest genetic maps, genetic tools and resources, and covers advances in genetic engineering that are relevant for plant breeders and biologists alike.

    Contents:
    Economic and Academic Importance
    Daucus: Taxonomy, Phylogeny, Distribution
    Carrot floral development and reproductive biology
    Gene Flow in Carrot
    Carrot Domestication
    Genetic Resources for Carrot Improvement
    Carrot Molecular Genetics and Mapping.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Aaron J. Krych, Leela C. Biant, Andreas H. Gomoll, João Espregueira-Mendes, Alberto Gobbi, Norimasa Nakamura, editors.
    Summary: Cartilage injuries of the knee are common, and diagnosis and treatment options have continued to evolve. This book focuses on current non-operative and surgical treatment strategies for articular cartilage injuries, highlighting the controversies and different approaches from an international perspective. This book includes information on the basic science of cartilage structure and function, expert perspectives on imaging and diagnosing, as well as work-up of athletes and patients presenting with acute or chronic cartilage injury. It also provides an evidence base for current cutting-edge cartilage repair and restoration. Written by leading experts in the field, the book, published in collaboration with ISAKOS and ICRS, is vital reading for orthopaedic and sports medicine surgeons, fellows and residents. It is also of interest to sports trainers, physiotherapists, medical students, postgraduate students, and physical medicine and rehabilitation specialists.

    Contents:
    1 Articular Cartilage: Structure and Biology
    2 Articular Cartilage: Functional Biomechanics
    3 Biomarkers in Articular Cartilage Injury
    4 How do we best Measure Expected Outcomes Following Cartilage Surgery?
    5 MRI in knee cartilage injury and post-treatment MRI assessment of cartilage repair
    6 Assessment of patient, joint, cartilage injury characteristics
    7 Non-operative Management Options for Symptomatic Cartilage Lesions
    8 The Role of Osteotomy in the Patellofemoral Joint with Cartilage Surgery
    9 Osteotomy for the Varus Knee in Cartilage Surgery
    10 Osteotomy for the Valgus Knee in Cartilage Surgery
    11 Role of the meniscus in cartilage injury (basic science)
    12 Concomitant Meniscus Repair for Cartilage Treatment
    13 Meniscus Root Tear and its Treatment
    14 Meniscus transplant and Cartilage Treatment
    15 Role of debridement of a Symptomatic Cartilage Injury
    16 Management of Osteochondritis Dissecans
    17 Managing concomitant cartilage injury with ACL tears
    18 Marrow stimulation/Microfracture for cartilage repair
    19 Microfracture augmentation options for cartilage repair
    20 Cell-based cartilage repair
    21 Role of MSCs in Symptomatic Cartilage Defects
    22 Scaffolds for Cartilage Repair
    23 Osteochondral autograft for the treatment of small cartilage injuries
    24 Osteochondral allograft for the treatment of large cartilage injuries
    25 Emerging cartilage repair options
    26 Patellofemoral joint stabilization with cartilage restoration
    27 Cartilage restoration strategies for the patellofemoral joint
    28 Rehabilitation and decision for return to play following Cartilage Restoration Surgery
    29 Return to sport following cartilage treatment: where is the evidence?
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gian Luigi Canata, C. Niek van Dijk, editors.
    Summary: This booklet, published in cooperation with ISAKOS, is a concise, up-to-date guide and reference on the treatment of cartilage lesions of the ankle that will be of practical clinical value for specialists in sports medicine and sports traumatology. Different techniques and the management of various lesions are described step by step, guiding the practitioner through the entire spectrum of care from evaluation of the injury to successful recovery. Chondral and osteochondral lesions of the talus can present as a consequence of repetitive ankle injuries, causing chronic pain, recurrent swelling, and weakness and stiffness of the ankle joint. An accurate early diagnosis is required, using clinical evaluation, imaging techniques, and arthroscopy of the ankle. In acute and non-displaced chondral and osteochondral lesions, conservative treatment is the mainstay. Surgery is recommended for unstable and persistent lesions and consists in several techniques focused on regeneration of the cartilage. Returning to play is possible after testing balance and proprioception, strength, range of motion, and agility.

    Contents:
    Current concepts and evidence-based treatment of the osteochondral lesions of the ankle
    MRI in the evaluation of osteochondral lesions
    Evolution of surgical treatment of cartilaginous lesions
    Arthroscopic debridement of osteochondral lesions of the talus
    Mosaicplasty of osteochondral lesions of the ankle
    The conservative treatment in Talar OCD: injections of PRP
    Management of the cystic osteochondral lesions
    Osteochondral ankle injuries in footballers
    Treatment of osteochondral defects of the talus in children
    Rehabilitation and return-to-sports activity after debridement and bone marrow stimulation of osteochondral talar defects. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Tom Minas.
    Contents:
    Chondral injury and osteoarthritis: the impact of articular cartilage lesions
    Cartilage repair and regeneration
    Imaging: the basis for a sound decision in joint preservation
    Patient evaluation, cartilage defect, and evidence: putting it all together
    Preclinical evidence for biologics in cartilage repair and early osteoarthritis
    PRP, BMAC, stem cells, and other adjuvants and how they affect repair: clinical outcome studies
    Debridement, microfracture, and osteochondral autograft transfer for the treatment of cartilage defects
    Use of fresh osteochondral allograft for chondral and osteochondral defects in the knee
    Autologous chondrocyte implantation
    Tibial osteotomy
    Femoral varus osteotomy
    Patellofemoral malalignment, tibial tubercle osteotomy, and trochleoplasty
    Treatment of deep osteochondritis dissecans lesions, avascular necrosis, and osteochondral defects of the knee using autologous bone grafting
    Meniscal allograft transplantation
    Complex cases in cartilage repair: tricks and tips
    Emerging technologies.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Jack Farr, Andreas H. Gomoll, editors.
    Summary: Attempting to bridge the gap between the science and art of cartilage restoration, Cartilage Restoration: Practical Clinical Applications combines an overview of clinical research and methodologies with clinical cases to help guide the orthopedic treatment and care of patients presenting with cartilage issues. With chapters written by internationally-renowned orthopedic surgeons, topics include an overview of current surgical options, debridement and marrow stimulation, autograft plug transfer, allografts, cell therapy, and meniscal issues. Cartilage Restoration is a valuable resource for orthopedic surgeons, residents, and fellows.

    Contents:
    Learning from the Evolution of Cartilage Restoration / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    The Osteochondral Unit / Andreas H. Gomoll and Jack Farr
    Imaging of Articular Cartilage / Nehal Shah and Hiroshi Yoshioka
    General Treatment Algorithm for Cartilage Defects / Andreas H. Gomoll, Christian Lattermann and Jack Farr
    Tibiofemoral Malalignment / Andreas H. Gomoll
    Tibiofemoral Patholaxity / Brian F. Wilson, David A. Hamilton, Jennifer S. Howard and Christian Lattermann
    Patellofemoral Considerations: Pain, Instability, Chondrosis and Alignment / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    Meniscal Considerations in Cartilage Surgery / Christian Lattermann and D. Jeff Covell
    Approaching Complex Cases / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    Debridement and Marrow Stimulation / Andreas H. Gomoll
    Osteochondral Autograft Transfer / Andreas H. Gomoll and Jack Farr
    Osteochondral Allograft / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    Autologous Chondrocyte Implantation (ACI) / Andreas H. Gomoll and Jack Farr
    Arthroscopic Matrix-Induced Autologous Chondrocyte Implantation / Thomas A. Bucher, Jay Robert Ebert and Gregory C. Janes
    Particulated/Minced Cartilage / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    Osteotomy for Tibiofemoral Malalignment / Andreas H. Gomoll and Jack Farr
    Patellofemoral Osteotomies / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    Meniscal Transplantation Techniques / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    Alternatives to Meniscus Transplantation Outside the United States / Vincenzo Condello, Mario Ronga, Eran Linder-Ganz and Claudio Zorzi.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jack Farr, Andreas H. Gomoll, editors.
    Summary: Bridging the gap between the science and art of cartilage restoration, this book offers an overview of clinical research, plus current surgical options, debridement and marrow stimulation, autograft plug transfer, cell therapy, allografts and meniscal issues.

    Contents:
    The Evolution of Cartilage Restoration / Jack Farr, Andreas H. Gomoll
    The Osteochondral Unit : The Importance of the Underlying Subchondral Bone / Tamas Olah, Henning Madry
    Imaging in Cartilage Restoration / Goetz H. Welsch
    "A Unifying Theory" Treatment Algorithm for Cartilage Defects / Andreas H. Gomoll, Christian Lattermann, Jack Farr
    Osteochondritis Dissecans of the Knee / Camila Maftoum Cavalheiro, Eric J. Cotter, Brian R. Waterman, Brian J. Cole
    Tibiofemoral Malalignment / Andreas H. Gomoll
    Meniscal Considerations in Cartilage Surgery / Christian Lattermann, Chaitu Melempati
    Patholaxity (Ligamentous) Issues / Mitchell lung Kennedy, Zachary S. Aman, Robert F. LaPrade
    Patellofemoral Issues / Dean Wang, Beth E. Shubin Stein, Sabrina M. Strickland --Staging and Practical Issues in Complex Cases / David R. Christian, Lucy Oliver-Welsh, Adam B. Yanke, Brian J. Cole
    Orthobiologics : Today and Tomorrow / Zaamin B. Hussain, Jorge Chahla, Robert F. LaPrade, Bert R. Mandelbaum
    The Regulatory Environment for Emerging Cartilage Repair Technologies / Adam W. Anz, Caleb O. Pinegar
    The Role of Stem Cells in Surgical Repair / Adam W. Anz, Caleb O. Pinegar
    The Role of MSCs for Nonsurgical Treatment of OA / Silvia Lopa, Matteo Moretti, Laura de Girolamo
    Debridement / Seth L. Sherman, Elliott E. Voss, Andrew J. Garrone, Clayton W. Nuelle
    Marrow Stimulation and Augmentation / Michael L. Redondo, Brian R. Waterman, Jack M. Bert, Brian J. Cole
    Augmented Marrow Stimulation for Cartilage Repair / Christoph Erggelet
    Osteochondral Autograft Transfer / Yen Hsun Chen, Yonah Heller, James Mullen, Nicholas A. Sgaglione
    Osteochondral Allograft / Luis Eduardo P. Tirico, William D. Bugbee
    Perforated Allograft Cartilage / Jack Farr
    Autologous Chondrocyte Implantation (ACI) / Andreas H. Gomoll, Jack Farr
    Arthroscopic Matrix-Induced Autologous Chondrocyte Implantation / Maurice S. Guzman, Thomas Bucher, Jay R. Ebert, Gregory C. Janes
    Particulated Cartilage Auto- and Allograft / Bjorn Borsoe Christensen, Martin Lind, Casper Bindzus Foldager
    Cell-Free Scaffolds for the Treatment of Chondral and Osteochondral Lesions / Iacopo Romandini, Francesco Perdisa, Giuseppe Filardo, Elizaveta Kon
    Osteotomy for Tibiofemoral Malalignment / Andreas H. Gomoll, Jack Farr
    Patellofemoral Osteotomies / Jack Farr, Andreas H. Gomoll
    Meniscal Allograft Transplantation Techniques / Alan Getgood, Jack Farr, Andreas H. Gomoll
    Meniscal Augmentation and Replacement (Menaflex, Actifit, and NUsurface) / Aad Alfons Maria Dhollander, Vincenzo Condello, Vincenzo Madonna, Marco Bonomo, Peter Verdonk
    Unloading Devices / Konrad Slynarski, Lukasz Lipinski
    Emerging Technologies in Cartilage Repair / Mats Brittberg.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Pauline M. Doran.
    Contents:
    Cartilage tissue engineering : what have we learned in practice / Pauline M. Doran
    Human fetal and adult chondrocytes / Kifah Shahin, Nastaran Mahmoudifar, and Pauline M. Doran
    Mesenchymal stem cells derived from human bone marrow / Oliver F. W. Gardner, Mauro Alini, and Martin J. Stoddart
    Mesenchymal stem cells derived from human adipose tissue / Nastaran Mahmoudifar and Pauline M. Doran
    Derivation and chondrogenic commitment of human embryonic stem cell-derived mesenchymal progenitors / Hicham Drissi ... [et al.]
    Differentiation of human induced pluripotent stem cells to chondrocytes / Rosa M. Guzzo and Hicham Drissi
    Gene transfer and gene silencing in stem cells to promote chondrogenesis / Feng Zhang and Dong-An Wang
    Hydrogels with tunable properties / Peggy P.Y. Chan
    Decellularized extracellular matrix scaffolds for cartilage regeneration / Shraddha Thakkar, Hugo Fernandes, and Lorenzo Moroni
    Use of interim scaffolding and neotissue development to produce a scaffold-free living hyaline cartilage graft / Ting Ting Lau ... [et al.]
    Bioprinted scaffolds for cartilage tissue engineering / Hyun-Wook Kang, James J. Yoo, and Anthony Atala
    Scaffolds for controlled release of cartilage growth factors / Marie Morille ... [et al.]
    Nanostructured capsules for cartilage tissue engineering / Clara R. Correia, Rui L. Reis, and João F. Mano
    Stratified scaffolds for osteochondral tissue engineering / Patcharakamon Nooeaid, Gundula Schulze-Tanzil, and Aldo R. Boccaccini
    Mechanobioreactors for cartilage tissue engineering / Joanna F. Weber, Roman Perez, and Stephen D. Waldman
    Shear and compression bioreactor for cartilage synthesis / Kifah Shahin and Pauline M. Doran
    Microbioreactors for cartilage tissue engineering / Yu-Han Chang and Min-Hsien Wu
    Transplantation of tissue-engineered cartilage in an animal model (xenograft and autograft) : construct validation / Hitoshi Nemoto, Deborah Watson, and Koichi Masuda
    Proteomic analysis of engineered cartilage / Xinzhu Pu and Julia Thom Oxford
    Mechanical testing of cartilage constructs / Dinorath Olvera, Andrew Daly, and Daniel John Kelly.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Elizabeth Carver, Barry Carver, Karen Knapp.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2021
  • Digital
    Curtis D. Klaassen and John B. Watkins, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the science of toxicology, and includes important concepts from anatomy, physiology, and biochemistry to facilitate the understanding of the principles and mechanisms of toxicant action on specific organ systems. A summary of key points at the beginning and review questions at the end of each chapter help you study, understand, and memorize the material.

    Contents:
    Unit 1: General principles of toxicology. History and scope of toxicology
    Principles of toxicology
    Mechanisms of toxicity
    Risk assessment
    Unit 2: Disposition of toxicants. Absorption, distribution, and excretion of toxicants
    Biotransformation of xenobiotics
    Toxicokinetics
    Unit 3: Nonorgan-directed toxicity. Chemical carcinogenesis
    Genetic toxicology
    Developmental toxicology
    Unit 4: Target organ toxicity. Toxic responses of the blood
    Toxic responses of the immune system
    Toxic responses of the liver
    Toxic responses of the kidney
    Toxic responses of the respiratory system
    Toxic responses of the nervous system
    Toxic responses of the ocular and visual system
    Toxic responses of the heart and vascular system
    Toxic responses of the skin
    Toxic responses of the reproductive system
    Toxic responses of the endocrine system
    Unit 5: Toxic agents. Toxic effects of pesticides
    Toxic effects of metals
    Toxic effects of solvents and vapors
    Toxic effects of radiation
    Toxic effects of terrestrial animal
    Toxic effects of plants, fungi, and algae
    Unit 6: Environmental toxicology. Air pollution
    Ecotoxicology
    Unit 7: Applications of toxicology. Food toxicology
    Analytic/forensic toxicology
    Clinical toxicology
    Occupational toxicology.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Curtis D. Klaassen, John B. Watkins III.
    Summary: "The most concise entry-level textbook to the science and clinical field of medical toxicology. Replete with useful pedagogical features and learning aids, and written at a level suitable for students just beginning their studies in toxicology"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Evolving Journey of Toxicology : A Historical Glimpse / Philip Wexler and Antoinette N. Hayes
    Principles of Toxicology / Lauren M. Aleksunes and David L. Eaton
    Mechanisms of Toxicity / Lois D. Lehman-McKeeman
    Risk Assessment / Elaine M. Faustman
    Absorption, Distribution, and Excretion of Toxicants / Angela L. Slitt
    Biotransformation of Xenobiotics / Andrew Parkinson, Brian W. Ogilvie, David B. Buckley, Faraz Kazmi and Oliver Parkinson
    Toxicokinetics / Kannan Krishnan
    Chemical Carcinogenesis / James E. Klaunig and Zemin Wang
    Genetic Toxicology / Joanna Klapacz and B. Bhaskar Gollapudi
    Developmental Toxicology / John M. Rogers
    Toxic Responses of the Blood / Martyn T. Smith and Cliona M. McHale
    Toxic Responses of the Immune System / Barbara L.F. Kaplan, Courtney E.W. Sulentic, Helen G. Haggerty, Michael P. Holsapple, and Norbert E. Kaminski
    Toxic Responses of the Liver / Robert A. Roth, Hartmut Jaeschke, and James P. Luyendyk
    Toxic Responses of the Kidney / Rick G. Schnellmann
    Toxic Responses of the Respiratory System / George D. Leikauf
    Toxic Responses of the Nervous System / Virginia C. Moser, Michael Aschner, Jason R. Richardson, Aaron B. Bowman, and Rudy J. Richardson
    Toxic Responses of the Cornea, Retina, and Central Visual System / Donald A. Fox and William K. Boyes Toxic Responses of the Heart and Vascular System / Matthew J. Campen
    Toxic Responses of the Skin / Donald V. Belsito
    Toxic Responses of the Endocrine System / Patricia B. Hoyer and Jodi A. Flaws
    Toxic Responses of the Reproductive System / Paul M.D. Foster and L. Earl Gray Jr.
    Toxic Effects of Pesticides / Lucio G. Costa
    Toxic Effects of Metals / Alexander C. Ufelle and Aaron Barchowsky
    Toxic Effects of Solvents and Vapors / James V. Bruckner, S. Satheesh Anand, and D. Alan Warren
    Toxic Effects of Radiation and Radioactive Materials / David G. Hoel
    Toxic Effects of Plants and Animals / John B. Watkins III
    Food Toxicology : Fundamental and Regulatory Aspects / Supratim Choudhuri
    Toxic Effects of Calories / Martin J.J. Ronis, Kartik Shankar, and Thomas M. Badger
    Nanoparticle Toxicology / David B. Warheit, Günter Oberdörster, Agnes B. Kane, Scott C. Brown, Rebecca D. Klaper, and Robert H. Hurt
    Ecotoxicology / Richard T. Di Giulio and Michael C. Newman
    Air Pollution / Daniel L. Costa and Terry Gordon
    Analytical and Forensic Toxicology / Bruce A. Goldberger, Dayong Lee, and Diana G. Wilkins
    Clinical Toxicology / Louis R. Cantilena, Jr.
    Occupational Toxicology / Peter S. Thorne.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Curtis D. Klaassen, PhD, DABT, ATS, FAASLD, University Distinguished Professor and Chair (Retired), Department of Pharmacology, Toxicology and Therapeutics, School of Medicine, University of Kansas, Kansas City, Kansas.
    Summary: "The gold-standard text on the science of poisons updated to capture the latest breakthroughs and developments Casarett & Doull's Toxicology: The Basic Sciences of Poisons is the most trusted all-in-one overview of the biomedical and environmental aspects of toxicology. Presented in full color, it delivers a skill-building review of the basic components of toxicology, including general principles, modes of action, and chemical-specific toxicity. Spanning the entire field, Casarett & Doull's is considered to be the ultimate authority in toxicology. The Ninth Edition has been extensively updated by each chapter author and is enhanced by the addition of all-new chapters on timely topics such as computational toxicology and auditory toxicology. The extensive use of tables, illustrations, and other visuals make the information easy to understand and remember"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Unit I: General principles of toxicology
    Unit II: Disposition of toxicants
    Unit III: Non-organ directed toxicity
    Unit IV: Target organ toxicity
    Unit V: Toxic agents
    Unit VI: Environmental toxicology
    Unit VII: Applications of toxicology.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Catherine Marcucci, Michael P. Hutchens, Erica D. Wittwer, Toby N. Weingarten, Juraj Sprung, Wayne T. Nicholson, Kirk Lalwani, David G. Metro, Randal O. Dull, Christopher E. Swide, F. Jacob Seagull, Jeffrey R. Kirsch, Neil B. Sandson.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Katherine Maloy.
    Contents:
    Anxiety, trauma and hoarding / Katherine Maloy
    Mood disorders : clinical examples and risk assessment / Jennifer Goldman
    Evaluating suicide risk in psychotic disorders / Katherine Maloy and Yona Silverman
    Evaluating violence risk in psychotic disorders / Abigail L. Dahan and Jessica Woodman
    Medical and neurologic syndromes / Jonathan Howard, Miriam Zincke, Anthony Dark, Bem Atim
    Substance abuse : intoxication and withdrawal / Joe Kwon, Emily Deringer, Luke Archibald
    Evaluating the geriatric patient / Dennis Popeo
    Borderline and narcissistic personality disorders / Wiktoria Bielska, Jillian Copeland
    Psychiatric emergencies in children and adolescents / Ruth Gerson, Fadi Haddad
    Developmental and autism spectrum disorders in adults / Katherine Maloy
    Ethical and legal issues / Amit Rajparia
    Forensic issues / Jennifer A. Mathur, Wiktoria Bielska, Rebecca Lewis, Bipin Subedi
    Short-term crisis intervention and mobile crisis evaluation / Adria N. Adams, Camilla Lyons, Madeleine O'Brien
    Somatization and consulting to the medical emergency department / Lindsay Gurin
    Psychodynamic issues in psychiatric emergency evaluation / Daniel J. Zimmerman
    Use of language interpretation / Bipin Subedi, Katherine Maloy
    The homeless patient / Katherine Maloy.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Jasmine H. Harris, Grant Cooper, Joseph E. Herrera, Ana Bracilovic, Arth Patel, editors.
    Summary: Hip pain is one of the most common reasons for patient visits to orthopedic, physiatrist, primary care and sports medicine offices. Most books that cover this topic review it as a chapter within a larger book on orthopedics as a whole, or they focus on one specific aspect of hip pathology, such as osteoarthritis. This practical text is an evidence-based, user-friendly review of the literature for the breadth of hip pathologies that present to the busy practitioner. Opening with a review of the relevant anatomy, subsequent chapters discuss bursitis and tendonitis, labral tears, impingement syndrome, and osteoarthritis. Additional chapters cover hip pain in the pediatric patient, sports trauma and fractures, and rheumatologic and infectious disease considerations. And while reviewing pathology and its diagnosis and treatment is important, proceeding through real case studies is extremely valuable in bringing the diagnosis and treatment of hip pathologies to life, hence an engaging section of clinical case material rounds out the presentation. Taken together, A Case-Based Approach to Hip Pain will be an ideal resource for musculoskeletal medicine practitioners of all types.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    1: Hip Anatomy
    Introduction
    References
    2: Bursitis and Tendonitis
    Introduction
    Greater Trochanteric Pain Syndrome (Trochanteric Bursitis)
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Exam
    Treatment
    Iliopsoas Bursitis
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Exam
    Treatment
    Ischial Bursitis
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Exam
    Treatment
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Labral Tears
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Non-operative Management
    Pharmacologic
    Physical Therapy
    Interventional and Regenerative Medicine
    Operative Management
    Return to Activities
    References
    4: Osteoarthritis
    Hip Osteoarthritis
    Pathological Process
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Workup
    Radiographic Study
    CT Study
    MRI Study
    Ultrasound Study
    Laboratory Test
    Treatment
    Holistic Approach
    Pharmacological Treatment
    Interventional Procedures
    Regenerative Medicine
    Supplements
    Compliance
    Prevention Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Septic Arthritis
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Osteomyelitis
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Chondrolysis
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Vascular Conditions of the Hip Avascular Necrosis
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Legg-Calve-Perthes Disease
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Musculoskeletal Conditions of the Hip
    Slipped Capital Femoral Epiphysis
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Return to Activities
    Avulsion Fracture
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Michelle Leong, Grant Cooper, Joseph E. Herrera, Peter Murphy, editors.
    Summary: Knee pain is one of the most common reasons for patient visits to orthopedic, physiatrist, primary care and sports medicine offices. Most books that cover this topic review it as a chapter within a larger book on orthopedics as a whole, or they focus on one specific aspect of knee pathology, such as osteoarthritis. This practical text is an evidence-based, user-friendly review of the literature for the breadth of knee pathologies that present to the busy practitioner. Opening with a review of the relevant anatomy, subsequent chapters discuss injuries to ligaments and tendons, the meniscus, and osteoarthritis. Additional chapters cover knee pain in the pediatric patient, sports trauma and fractures, and rheumatologic and infectious disease considerations. And while reviewing pathology and its diagnosis and treatment is important, proceeding through real case studies is extremely valuable in bringing the diagnosis and treatment of knee pathologies to life, hence an engaging section of clinical case material rounds out the presentation. Taken together, A Case-Based Approach to Knee Pain will be an ideal resource for musculoskeletal medicine practitioners of all types.

    Contents:
    Knee Anatomy
    Knee Ligament Injuries
    Meniscus Injuries
    Osteoarthritis of the Knee
    Patellofemoral Pathologies
    Pediatric Knee Pain
    Outpatient and On-Field Evaluation of Sports Trauma of the Knee
    Knee Fractures
    Rheumatology and Infectious Causes of Knee Pain
    Knee Pain Case Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Michael Harbus, Grant Cooper, Joseph E. Herrera, Zinovy Meyler, Marco Funiciello, editors.
    Summary: Neck pain is one of the most common reasons for patient visits to orthopedic, physiatrist, primary care and sports medicine offices. Most books that cover this topic review it as a chapter within a larger book on orthopedics as a whole, or they focus on one specific aspect of spinal pathology. This practical text is an evidence-based, user-friendly review of the literature for the breadth of cervical injuries and conditions that present to the busy practitioner. Opening with a review of the relevant anatomy, subsequent chapters discuss strains and sprains, facet joint and discogenic pain, radiculopathy and myelopathy. Additional chapters cover sports trauma and fractures as well as rheumatologic causes and considerations. And while reviewing pathology and its diagnosis and treatment is important, proceeding through real case studies is extremely valuable in bringing the diagnosis and treatment of neck pathologies to life, hence an engaging section of clinical case material rounds out the presentation. Taken together, A Case-Based Approach to Neck Pain will be an ideal resource for musculoskeletal medicine practitioners of all types.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    1: Cervical Anatomy
    Introduction
    Vertebrae
    Soft Tissue
    Muscles
    Spinal Cord
    Meninges
    Nerve Roots
    Vagus Nerves
    Phrenic Nerves
    Sympathetic Trunks
    Vasculature
    Subclavian Arteries
    Vertebral Arteries
    Thyrocervical Trunk
    Costocervical Trunk
    Veins
    Lymphatics
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Cervical Strains and Sprains
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    History and Physical
    Imaging
    Treatment
    Pharmacotherapy
    Physical Modalities
    Conclusion
    References 3: Facet Joint Pain
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Anatomy
    Pathophysiology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Examination
    Inspection
    Palpation
    Range of Motion
    Neurological Examination
    Sensory Testing
    Motor Testing
    Reflexes
    Special Tests
    Diagnosis
    Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Discogenic Pain
    Introduction
    Biomechanics/Pathophysiology
    Presentation
    Imaging
    Nonoperative Treatment
    Operative Treatment
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Cervical Radiculopathy
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Anatomy Mechanism of Injury
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcomes
    Conclusion
    References
    6: Cervical Myelopathy
    Introduction
    Myelomalacia
    Etiologies
    Risk Factors
    Demographics
    Degenerative Cervical Myelopathy
    Cervical Spondylotic Myelopathy
    Cervical Disc Herniation
    Ossification of the Posterior Longitudinal Ligament
    Ossification and Calcification of the Ligamentum Flavum
    Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Spinal Tumors
    Destructive Spondyloarthropathy
    Cervical Spine Anomalies of Congenital Disorders
    Pathophysiology
    Signs and Symptoms History
    Physical Exam
    Diagnosis
    Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment and Management
    Treatment
    Prognosis
    Conclusion
    References
    7: Sports Trauma and Fractures
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Cervical Spine Fractures and Dislocations
    Unstable Fractures and Dislocation
    Definition and Mechanism of Injury
    Lower Cervical Spine Fractures
    Flexion Teardrop Fracture
    Burst Fracture
    Facet Joint Dislocations
    Presentation
    Evaluation and Management
    Return to Play
    Upper Cervical Spine Fractures
    Odontoid Fracture
    Jefferson Fracture
    Hangman's Fracture Presentation
    Evaluation and Management
    Return to Play
    Stable Fractures and Dislocations
    Definition and Mechanism of Injury
    Spinous Process Fracture
    Wedge Fracture
    Presentation
    Evaluation and Management
    Return to Play
    Congenital Spinal Anomalies
    Non-fracture or Dislocation Cervical Spine-Related Trauma
    Cervical Cord Neurapraxia
    Definition and Mechanism of Injury
    Presentation
    Evaluation and Management
    Return to Play
    Stinger/Burners
    Definition and Mechanism of Injury
    Presentation
    Evaluation and Management
    Return to Play
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jasmin Harounian, Grant Cooper, Joseph E. Herrera, Scott Curtis, editors.
    Summary: Shoulder pain is one of the most common reasons for patient visits to orthopedic, physiatrist, primary care and sports medicine offices. Most books that cover this topic review it as a chapter within a larger book on orthopedics as a whole, or they focus on one specific aspect of shoulder pathology, such as osteoarthritis. This practical text is an evidence-based, user-friendly review of the literature for the breadth of shoulder pathologies that present to the busy practitioner. Opening with a review of the relevant anatomy, subsequent chapters discuss injuries to the rotator cuff, biceps tendonitis, labral tears, adhesive capsulitis, and osteoarthritis. Additional chapters cover shoulder pain in the pediatric patient, sports trauma and fractures, and medical causes of shoulder pain. And while reviewing pathology and its diagnosis and treatment is important, proceeding through real case studies is extremely valuable in bringing the diagnosis and treatment of shoulder pathologies to life, hence an engaging section of clinical case material rounds out the presentation. Taken together, A Case-Based Approach to Shoulder Pain will be an ideal resource for musculoskeletal medicine practitioners of all types.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    1: Shoulder Anatomy
    General Shoulder
    Bony Anatomy
    Joints
    Glenohumeral Joint
    Acromioclavicular Joint
    Sternoclavicular Joint
    Scapulothoracic Joint
    Muscular Anatomy
    Brachial Plexus
    Blood Supply
    Critical Shoulder Angle
    Thoracic Outlet
    Normal Anatomic Structures that May Mimic Pathology
    References
    2: Rotator Cuff Tendonitis and Bursitis
    Pathology
    Extrinsic Mechanisms
    Intrinsic Mechanisms
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam [8]
    Empty Can Test
    Full Can Test
    Drop Arm Test Patte Test
    Lift-off Test
    Bear Hug Test
    Neer Sign
    Hawkins Test
    The Painful Arc
    Yocum's Test
    Diagnostic Studies
    Radiographs (X-Ray)
    Ultrasound (US)
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    Treatment
    Return to Activities
    References
    3: Biceps Tendonitis
    Pathology
    What Is it?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Return to Activities
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Labral Tears of the Shoulder
    Normal Labral Anatomy and Function
    Types of Labral Tears
    Superior Labral Tears
    Anteroinferior Labral Tears Posteroinferior Labral Tears
    Circumferential Labral Tears
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam: Labral Tear Pain-Provoking Tests
    O'Brien Test for Superior Labrum Anterior Posterior (SLAP) Tear
    Jerk Test for Posterior Labrum Tear
    Kim's Test for Posterior-Inferior Labrum Tear
    Crank Test Vs O'Brien Test
    Diagnostic Studies [10, 13-15]
    MRI and MR Arthrography
    CT Arthrography
    Management
    Postoperative Rehabilitation and Return to Activities after SLAP Debridement or Repair
    0-6 Weeks Postop: Protective and Restrictive Phase
    6-12 Weeks Postop
    12-24 Weeks Postop 4 Months Postop
    References
    5: Adhesive Capsulitis
    Introduction
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam/Diagnostic Imaging
    Ultrasound
    MRI/MR Arthrography
    Management/Return to Activities
    Conclusion
    References
    6: Osteoarthritis
    Introduction and Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    References
    7: Sports Trauma
    Noncontact Athletes
    Anterior Capsular Ligament Dysfunction
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Return to Play Superior Labrum Anterior-Posterior (SLAP) Lesion
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Return to Play
    Proximal Humeral Epiphysiolysis (Little League Shoulder)
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Return to Play
    Contact Athletes
    Acromioclavicular Joint Trauma
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Return to Play
    Shoulder Dislocation
    Pathology
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Return to Play
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Majid Maleki, Azin Alizadehasl, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers a range of pathological cases in clinical cardiology. Chapters are case focused and detail how a patient is diagnosed and treated in a step-by-step format. A range of engaging video clips enhances the readers appreciation and understanding of how to apply these techniques into their day-to-day clinical practice with special focus on congenital heart disease diagnosis and management. Case-Based Clinical Cardiology presents a range of clinical scenarios across all cardiology disciplines with a particular focus on echocardiography, electrocardiography and cardiac catheterization. Therefore, it is an ideal resource for both the novice and experienced cardiology practitioner seeking an up-to-date selection of cases to test their knowledge.

    Contents:
    Electrocardiography Cases
    Echocardiography Cases
    Electrophysiology Cases
    Coronary Artery Disease Cases
    Congenital Heart Disease Cases
    Structural Heart Disease and Interventional Cardiology Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ulrika Birgersdotter-Green, Eric Adler, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive practical guide to the plethora of devices that have been developed to support the failing heart. It features easy to follow clinically relevant guidance on mechanical devices used for improving cardiac electrical conduction and cardiac output. Chapters cover indications and implant considerations for the implantable cardioverter defibrillator and cardiac resynchronization therapy devices and hemodynamic monitoring in the intensive care unit. Case-Based Device Therapy for Heart Failure describes how to properly use a range of available devices to treat heart failure. Thanks to its multidisciplinary authorship, it is a valuable resource for practising and trainee heart failure cardiologists, electrophysiologists and cardiac surgeons.

    Contents:
    Section I. MANAGEMENT of CARDIOGENIC SHOCK
    Assessment of the Shock Patient and Hemodynamic Monitoring
    IABP and Axial Flow Devices
    Extra-Corporal Devices and ECMO
    Section II. CHRONIC DEVICE THERAPY IN THE ADVANCED HEART FAILURE PATIENT
    Patient Selection
    Inpatient Management
    Outpatient Management of LVAD
    Management of LVAD Complications
    Section III. DEVICES for STAGE C Heart Failure
    Long Term Hemodynamic Monitoring
    Remote Monitoring for Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices Used in Heart Failure
    Section IV. DEVICE BASED ARRHYTHMIA MANAGEMENT
    Indications for the Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator
    Implant considerations for the Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator
    Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator Programming and Troubleshooting
    Use of the Subcutaneous Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator in Patients with Heart Failure
    How to Identify and Manage Complications from Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices
    Management of Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillators in Patients with a Left Ventricular Assist Device
    Indications and Use of the Wearable Cardioverter-Defibrillator
    Cardiac Device Management in Palliative Care
    Section V. CARDIAC RESYNCHRONIZATION THERAPY (CRT)
    Indications for Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Implant Considerations for Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy Programming and Troubleshooting
    His Bundle and Physiologic Pacing for Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in Patients with Left Ventricular Assist Devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited Aksel Siva, Christian Lampl, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the practicing physician with a practical approach to the diagnosis, evaluation, and management of headache disorders based on lessons learned from real-life headache patients. Internationally well-known headache experts present cases from their own practice and discuss the evaluation and management of each case step by step. The clearly structured chapters cover initial evaluation and diagnostic work-up, imaging, differential diagnosis, interpretation of findings of further work-up, treatment options and response and key points. A wide spectrum of headache types is covered, including both primary and secondary headache disorders. The reader will learn how to diagnose and manage different headache disorders directly from the clinical experience of experts. Case-Based Diagnosis and Management of Headache Disorders will be of value for neurologists and a wide range of physicians - from those in other specialties to primary care givers.

    Contents:
    1 Migraine without aura
    2 Migraine with aura
    3 Aura without migraine
    4 Hemiplegic migraine
    5 Chronic Migraine complicated with Medication Overuse Headache
    6 Refractory chronic migraine therapy with Botulinum Toxin A
    7 Complicated migraine
    8 Migraine with aura
    a CADASIL case
    9 Syndrome of transient Headache and Neurological Deficits with cerebrospinal fluid Lymphocytosis (HaNDL)
    10 Migraine patients with MRI lesions
    11 Migraine and PFO
    12 Refractory chronic Migraine: Therapy with Combined Peripheral Neurostimulation
    13 When headache becomes 'troublesome' in a child: what may be behind chronification of pediatric migraine?
    14 Headache in the Pediatric Patient
    15 Abdominal pain associated with migraine
    16 Migraine in the elderly
    17 Migraine with aura in the elderly or TIA and headache?
    18 Migraine without aura -discussion of trigger factors
    19 Migraine patients with co-morbid disorders and their management
    20 Tension type headaches: episodic and chronic
    21 Chronic Tension Type Headache
    22 Tension type headache with Medication overuse headaches
    23 Treatment-Resistant Chronic Cluster Headache
    24 Hemicrania continua secondary
    25 Primary cough headache
    26 Primary thunderclap headache
    27 Hypnic Headache
    28 Headache attributed to paracranial inflammatory disorders
    29 Headache attributed to paracranial inflammatory disorders
    30 Tumor related headaches
    31 Migraine in the E.R
    32 Headache attributed to non-traumatic subarachnoida hemorrhage (SAH)
    33 Headache in systemic diseases
    34 Headaches in patients with intracranial pressure changes
    hyper/idiopathic (pseudotumor cerebri)
    35 Headaches in patients with intracranial pressure changes
    hypo/leak HA
    36 Headache attributed to psychiatric disorders
    37 Headache attributed to somatization disorders
    38 Trigeminal Neuralgia
    39 Central neuropathic pain
    multiple sclerosis-related headaches.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Terry F. Davies, editor.
    Contents:
    1: Pituitary
    Overview: The role of medical therapy for secretory pituitary adenomas: current practices and new therapeutics
    Acromegaly, awareness is paramount for early diagnosis: highlights of diagnosis and treatment challenges
    A non-traumatic hip fracture in a young woman: Cushing's disease
    consequences of a late diagnosis and treatment highlights
    Section 2: Thyroid overactivity.- Introduction.- TSH-Secreting Pituitary.- Struma Ovarii.- Exogenous Thyrotoxicosis
    Section 3: Thyroid underactivity.- Thyroid Underactivity: Introduction.- Central Hypothyroidism.- Treatment of hypothyroidism
    Utility of adding T3 (liothyronine).- Hypothyroidism in Pregnancy
    Hypothyroid myopathy and thelogen effluvium
    Section 4: Thyroid cancer.- Introduction on Thyroid Chapters.- Approach to the Patient with an Incidentally Discovered Thyroid Nodule.- Papillary Thyroid Cancer.- Metastatic papillary thyroid cancer.- Management of Metastatic Medullary Thyroid Cancer.- Thyroid cancer and bone metastases
    Section 5: Adrenal.- Primary aldosteronism.- Adrenal Incidentaloma and Subclinical Hypercortisolism.- A Case of Pheochromocytoma
    Section 6: Hyperparathyroidism.- Introduction: Parathyroid Disorders
    Complex hyperparathyroidism.- Differential diagnosis of hypocalcemia.- Management of hypoparathyroidism.- Osteomalacia and primary hyperparathyroidism
    Section 7: Metabolic bone diseases
    Advances and challenges in the management of Osteoporosis.- Multiple Risk Factors for Osteoporosis and Fracture.- Delayed Diagnosis of Osteoporosis.- Misdiagnosis of atypical Femur Fractures
    Section 8: Endocrine Disorders of Men.- Introduction: Endocrine Disorders in Men.- Congenital Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism.- Klinefelter Syndrome.- Low testosterone and the Metabolic Syndrome
    Section 9: Pregnancy.- Introduction: Endocrine Cases and Pregnancy.- Getting pregnant with PCOS.- Thyrotoxicosis in pregnancy.- Gestational diabetes
    Section 10: Diabetes.- Introduction: Type 2 Diabetes.- Evaluation and Management of the Newly-diagnosed Patient with Type 2 Diabetes.- Transition to Insulin in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes.- Inpatient management
    Section 11: Lipid abnormalities.- Introduction: On Lipids.- LDL-apheresis Therapy for Refractory Familial Hypercholesterolemia.- Familial type II Hyperlipoproteinemia (familial dysbetalipoproteinemia).- Severe hypertriglycideremia
    Section 12: Obesity.- Introduction
    Obesity and the metabolic syndrome.- Managing a metabolic syndrome case.- The Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome (PCOS).- Bariatric Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Terry F. Davies, editor.
    Summary: Now in a revised and expanded third edition, this case-based guide emphasizes the latest investigative advances in both imaging and molecular diagnostics and new treatment approaches for a wide variety of common and complex endocrine conditions. Utilizing unique clinical case histories, each main endocrine condition and disorder is curated by a senior Section Editor with an introduction to his or her area covering both physiology and pathophysiology. This introductory chapter is followed by a number of case histories written by invited experts and designed to cover the important relevant pathophysiology, following a consistent chapter format for ease of use, including bulleted objectives, case presentations, review of the diagnosis, lessons learned, and 3-5 multiple-choice review questions. Section headings include the pituitary, thyroid (overactivity, underactivity and cancer) and parathyroid, adrenal disorders, metabolic bone disease, type 2 diabetes, lipid abnormalities, obesity, and pregnancy. Topics new to this edition include PCOS, transgender medicine and the endocrine effects of viral infections. With a focus on covering major parts of the APDEM curriculum, A Case-Based Guide to Clinical Endocrinology remains a tremendous resource for junior and veteran clinicians alike. .

    Contents:
    Part I. Pituitary Disorders
    Introduction to Pituitary Disorders
    Pituitary Tumor Behavior and Disease Severity in Patients with Acromegaly
    Abrupt Weight Gain, Hypertension and Severe Hypokalemia in a Young Male
    Dopamine Agonist-Induced Impulse Control Disorders
    Part II. Thyroid Overactivity
    Introduction to Thyroid Overactivity
    Immunoglobin G4 and Graves Orbitopathy
    Subclinical Hyperthyroidism: Case Report and Review of the Literature
    A Case of Gestational Thyrotoxicosis
    Part III. Thyroid Underactivity
    Introduction to Thyroid Underactivity
    Managing Hypothyroidism: Increasing Levothyroxine Requirements
    Gastrointestinal Disease and Levothyroxine Absorption
    Drug-Induced Central Hypothyroidism
    Part IV. Thyroid Cancer
    Introduction to Thyroid Cancer
    Papillary Thyroid Cancer
    Anaplastic Thyroid Carcinoma
    Medullary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Part V. Adrenal Disorders
    Introduction to Adrenal Disorders
    Adrenal Incidentalomas and Autonomous Cortisol Secretion
    Pheochromocytoma
    Ectopic ACTH Syndrome
    Part VI. Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Introduction to Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Cinacalcet Use in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    A Case of Apparently Sporadic Primary Hyperparathyroidism Carrying a Germline Mutation of CDC73 Gene
    Challenges in the Preoperative Localization of Hyperfunctioning Parathyroid Tissue in a Patient with Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Part VII. Metabolic Bone Diseases
    Introduction to Metabolic Bone Diseases
    Type 2 Diabetes and Bone
    Hypercalcemia and High Bone Mineral Density
    Rare Presentation of Severe Pediatric Rickets
    Part VIII. Endocrine Disorders in Men
    Introduction to Endocrine Disorders in Men
    Adult Onset Hypogonadism
    Congenital Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism
    Klinefelter Syndrome
    Part IX. Endocrine Disorders in Pregnancy
    Introduction to Endocrine Disorders in Pregnancy
    Prolactinoma in Pregnancy
    Adrenal Insufficiency in Pregnancy
    Pheochromocytoma in Pregnancy
    Diagnosis and Management of Thyroid Cancer in Pregnant Women
    Part X. Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Introduction to Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Initial Diagnosis and Management of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Outpatient Management of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Inpatient Management of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Part XI. Lipid Abnormalities
    Introduction to Lipid Abnormalities
    A Case of Heterozygous Familial Hypercholesterolemia: Success of Long-term Management
    A 53 Year Old Man with Severe Combined Hyperlipidemia and Multiple Medication Sensitivities
    Familial Partial Lipodystrophy Presenting as Extreme Hypertriglyceridemia and Acute Pancreatitis
    Part XII. Obesity
    Introduction to Obesity
    Obesity Assessment and Management Using an Illustrative Case in Severe Mental Illness
    Obesity Management and Use of Very Low Energy Diets
    Obesity Case Management: Bariatric Surgery
    Part XIII. Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    Introduction to Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    PCOS and Hirsuties
    PCOS and Reproduction
    PCOS and Insulin Resistance
    PCOS and the Metabolic Syndrome
    Part XIV. Transgender Medicine
    Introduction to Transgender Medicine
    Trans-Masculine Therapy
    Peri-operative Estrogen Considerations for Transgender Women Undergoing Vaginoplasty
    Feminizing Gender-Affirming Hormone Therapy: Special Considerations for Older Adults
    Part XV. Endocrine Effects in Virus Infections
    Introduction to Endocrine Effects in Virus Infections
    Adrenal Function in HIV Infection
    HIV Infection and Lipodystrophy
    Endocrinopathies of SARS-CoV-2.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Lan Zhou, Dennis K. Burns, Chunyu Cai, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical guide to the field of neuromuscular pathology including muscle, peripheral nerve, and skin biopsies with biopsy interpretation. Divided into three parts, the book begins with introductory chapters that review muscle, nerve, and skin biopsy indications and procedures, normal muscle and nerve histology, and common muscle and nerve pathology. The 28 myopathy case chapters in Part 2 and 11 neuropathy case chapters in Part 3 illustrate the clinical and pathological features of many neuromuscular diseases, demonstrate the indications and utilities of biopsies, discuss clinical and pathological differential diagnosis, update the individual disease management, and summarize pertinent clinical and pathology pearls for each case. A Case-Based Guide to Neuromuscular Pathology will function as an indispensable reference for neurologists and pathologists looking to understand the utility of muscle, nerve, and skin biopsies. This book will also aid neurology residents, neuromuscular fellows and neuropathology fellows in preparing for questions related to the muscle and nerve pathology in their in-service and board exams.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Marcia Hogeling, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    Atopic Dermatitis and Papulosquamous skin disease (including allergic contact dermatitis and psoriasis inpatient treatment)
    Chapter 2
    Viral Infections
    Chapter 3
    Bacterial Infections
    Chapter 4
    Fungal Infections
    Chapter 5
    Infestations and Parasitic Infections
    Chapter 6
    Drug eruptions
    Chapter 7
    Graft vs Host Disease
    Chapter 8
    Autoimmune skin disease and manifestations of systemic disease
    Chapter 9
    Neonatal inpatient dermatology
    Chapter 10
    Neoplastic and infiltrative diseases Chapter 11
    Vascular Anomalies
    Chapter 12
    Abuse and Factitial disorders
    Chapter 13- Bullous Disorders of childhood
    Chapter 14
    Vasculitic Disorders
    Chapter 15
    Skin signs of other systemic diseases .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Qianming Chen, Xin Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This book includes real-time photographical recording and panoramic summary of 105 cases with oral mucosal diseases along with their diagnosis and management. This book reflects the characteristic clinical manifestations through images of each case presented. In addition to the medical history, examination, diagnosis, pathology and management of each case, a comprehensive commentary is introduced in the end of each chapter with an emphasis on the normative clinical train of thoughts and guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Anita Sadeghpour, Azin Alizadehasl, editors.
    Summary: This volume is a step-by-step educational textbook covering basic to advanced echocardiography that is helpful to all residents, fellows and clinicians in cardiology, internal medicine, cardiac surgery, interventional cardiology and pediatric cardiology. It is designed to rationalise and instruct readers on the rapid development in echocardiographic techniques, including real-time three-dimensional echocardiography, strain/strain rate imaging, and speckle tracking, which have greatly expanded the capabilities of cardiac imaging while overshadowing the importance of the basics of echocardiography. Case-Based Textbook of Echocardiography offers a comprehensive review of echocardiography from basic to advanced, including practical points from recently published ASE/EACVI guidelines and explanatory movies and figures. It will be of great interest for all trainee cardiologists and provide experienced echocardiographers with a thorough reference on the topic.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Eugene C. Toy, Manuel Suarez, Terrence H. Liu.
    Summary: "Experience with clinical cases is key to mastering the art and science of medicine and ultimately to providing patients with compotent clinical care. [This book] provides 42 true-to-life cases that illustrate essential concepts in critical care. Each case includes an easy-to-understand discussion correlated to key concepts, definitions of key terms, clinical pearls, and board-style review questions to reinforce your learning."

    Contents:
    Section I. How to approach clinical problems
    Section II. Clinical cases
    Section III. Listing of cases
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC86.7 .T69 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Eugene C. Toy, Barry C. Simon, Katrin Y. Takenaka, Terrence H. Liu, Adam J. Rosh.
    Contents:
    Cases 1-6. Resuscitation
    cases 7-12. Cardiovascular
    cases 13-15. Pulmonary
    cases 16-20. Gastrointestinal
    cases 17-24. Renal/genitourinary
    cases 25-31. Neuro
    cases 32-34. Pediatrics
    cases 35-38. Obstetrics/gynecology
    cases 38-42. Infectious
    cases 43-45. Trauma
    cases 46-47. Wounds
    cases 48-49. Head, eyes, ears, neck, throat
    cases 50-51. Hematological
    cases 52-55. Environmental
    cases 56-59. Toxicology/substance abuse.
  • Digital
    by Eugene C. Toy ; Ericka Simpson.
    Contents:
    Absence versus complex partial seizures
    Acute cerebral infarct
    Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis
    Alzheimer dementia
    Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    Ataxia, spinocerebellar
    Autism spectrum disorder
    Benign epilepsy with centrotemporal spikes
    Cardiogenic syncope
    Cerebral concussion
    Chronic headache
    Chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy-- Delirium from hepatic encephalopathy
    Dermatomyositis
    Duchenne muscular dystrophy
    Epidural/subdural hematoma
    Essential tremor
    Facial paralysis
    Febrile seizures
    Foot drop
    Guillain-Barre syndrome
    HIV-associated dementia
    Huntington Disease
    Infantile Botulism
    Intracranial lesion (toxoplasmosis)
    Lewy body dementia
    Lissencephaly
    Median nerve mononeuropathy
    Meningioma of the acoustic nerve
    Metastatic brain tumor
    Migraine headache
    Multiple sclerosis
    NMDA encephalitis
    New-onset seizure, adult
    New-onset seizure, child
    Optic neuritis
    Parkinson disease
    Pediatric headache (migraine without aura)
    Posterior communicating artery aneurysm
    Pseudotumor cerebri/idiopathic intracranial hypension
    Psychogenic nonepileptic seizure
    Ptosis (myasthenia gravis)
    Sixth nerve palsy (ischemic mononeuropathy)
    Spinal cord injury, traumatic
    Spinal muscular atrophy type 1
    Sporadic Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease
    Stroke in young patient (acute ischemic)
    Subacute combined degeneration of the spinal cord
    Subarachnoid hemorrhage
    Tabes dorsalis
    Tardive dyskinesia
    Tourette syndrome
    Vertigo, benign paroxysmal positional
    Viral meningitis.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2017
  • Digital
    Eugene C. Toy, Patti Jayne Ross.
    Summary: "60 high-yield obstetrics and gynecology cases featuring complete discussions, pearls, and USMLE-format review questions help medical students excel in the clerkship and improve their shelf-exam scores. Learn and remember in the context of patient care!"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2022
  • Digital
    Eugene C. Toy; Mark D. Hormann; Robert J. Yetman; Margaret C. McNeese; Sheela L. Lahoti; Mark Jason Sanders; Abby M. Geltemeyer.
    Summary: Sixty high-yield pediatrics cases helps students sharpen their diagnostic and problem-solving skills. Case Files Pediatrics teaches students how to improve their diagnostic and problem-solving skills as they work through sixty high-yield clinical cases. Each case includes a complete discussion, clinical pearls, references, and USMLE-style review questions with answers. The fifth edition has been updated to include a new Case Correlations feature which highlights differential diagnosis and related cases in the book.

    Contents:
    How to Approach Clinical Problems
    Part 1 Approach to the Patient
    Part 2 Approach to Clinical Problem Solving
    Part 3 Approach to Reading
    Section II Listing of Cases
    Listing by Case Number
    Listing by Disorder (Alphabetical)
    Section III Clinical Cases
    Sixty Case Scenarios
    Section IV Review Questions
    Index.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2016
  • Digital
    Eugene C. Toy, Debra Klamen.
    Contents:
    Acute stress disorder
    Adjustment disorder
    Alcohol use disorder
    Alcohol withdrawal
    Amphetamine intoxication
    Anorexia nervosa
    Antisocial personality disorder
    Anxiety disorder due to another medical condition
    Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
    Autism spectrum disorder
    Avoidant personality disorder
    Benzodiazepine withdrawal
    Biopolar disorder (child)
    Borderline personality disorder
    Bulimina nervosa
    Conduct disorder
    Conversion disorder (functional neurological symptom disorder)
    Cyclothymic disorder
    Delirium
    Dependent personality disorder
    Depressive disorder due to hypothyroidism
    Dissociative identity disorder
    Enuresis, nocturnal type
    Factitious disorder
    Fetishistic disorder
    Gender dysphoria-- Generalized anxiety disorder
    Histrionic personality disorder
    Illness anxiety disorder
    Insomnia disorder
    Major depression with psychotic features
    Major depressive disorder
    Major vascular neurocognitive disorder (vascular dementia)
    Malingering
    Medication-induced acute dystonia (extrapyramidal symptoms)
    Mild intellectual disability (formerly mental retardation)
    Narcisistic personality disorder
    Nonrapid eye movement sleep arousal disorder, sleep terror type
    Obsessive-compulsive disorder (child)
    Obsessive-compulsive personality disorder
    Opiod withdrawal
    Panic disorder versus medication-induced anxiety disorder
    Paranoid personality disorder
    Persistent depressive disorder
    Phencyclidine intoxication
    Posttraumatic stress disorder
    Premenstrual dysphoric disorder
    Psychosis due to another medical condition
    Schizoaffective disorder
    Schizoid personality disorder
    Schizophrenia
    Schizotypal personality disorder
    Separation anxiety disorder
    Somatic symptom disorder with predominant pain
    Specific phobia
    Stimulant (cocaine) intoxication and stimulant (cocaine) use disorder
    Substance/medication-induced depressive disorder (cocaine)
    Tobacco use disorder
    Tourette disorder.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2016
  • Print
    Eugene C. Toy, MD, Assistant Dean for Educational Programs, Director of Doctoring Cources Program, Director of the Scholarly Concentrations in Women's Health, Professor and Vice Chair of MEdical Education, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, McGovern Medical School at University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston (TI-Health), Houston, Texas, Terrence H. Liu, MD, MPH, Professor of Clinical Surgery, University of California San Francisco School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, Program Director, University of California, San Francisco East Bay Surgery Residency, San Francisco, Calfornia, Attending Surgeon, Alameda County Medical Center, Oakland, California, Andre R. Campbell, MD, FACS, FACP, FCCM, Professor of Surgery and Director, Third Year Clerkship, University of California San Francisco, School of Medicine, Medical Sirector Surgical Intensive, Care Unit and Attending Surgeon, San Francisco General Hostpital, Director Surgical Critical Care Fellowship, UCSF School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, Barnard J.A. Palmer, MD, MEd, Assistant Clincial Professor and Associate, Residency Program Director, Deptarment of Surgery, University of California, San Francisco-East Bay, Oakland, California.
    Summary: "You need exposure to high-yield cases to excel in the surgery clerkship and on the shelf exam. Case Files: Surgery presents 56 real-life cases that illustrate essential concepts in surgery. Each case includes a complete discussion, clinical pearls, references, definitions of key terms, and USMLE-style review questions. With this system, you'll learn in the context of real patients, rather then merely memorize facts."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    I. How to approach clinical problems :
    Approach to the patient
    Approach to clinical problem solving
    Approach to reading
    II. Cases
    III. Review questions.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery [2016]
  • Digital
    Robin Wilding.
    Summary: "Case-based dentistry resource details the art of crafting basic to complex dental prosthodontics Case Guides to Complete and Partial Denture Prosthodontics by prosthodontist and educator Robin Wilding is designed to take dental students on a progressive journey through a sequence of case guides that are based on actual patient scenarios. This comprehensive resource presents clinical challenges in stepwise increments, starting with a one-tooth partial denture and concluding with an implant-supported mandibular overdentures. By mastering less complicated prosthetics first, students are able to gain the necessary skills and confidence to manage more advanced cases. Key Highlights: Eleven clinical scenarios reflect those a student or general dentist will likely encounter in daily practice. Basic science content offered in separate appendices provides relevant scientific background for each case, while keeping the focus on clinical skills. Highly-rated appendices cover practice management topics, including patient FAQs. Videos provide step-by-step guidance on performing specific procedures, from duplicating and placing a denture to solving the problems of an unstable mandibular complete denture This guide is an essential learning resource for dental students and an excellent teaching tool for dental school instructors. Robin Wilding, BDS, Dip Pros, M Dent, PhD, MSc, is Emeritus Professor, Department of Dental Prosthetics, University of the Western Cape, Cape Town, South Africa"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Acrylic-Based RPD Replacing Anterior Teeth
    The Acrylic-Based RPD Replacing Posterior Teeth
    Duplicating an Existing Complete Denture
    Complete Maxillary and Mandibular Dentures
    The Single Complete Denture Opposed by a Natural Dentition
    Metal Framework Support for an RPD
    Special Needs of the Elderly Denture Patient
    The Alveolar Ridge with Advanced Resorption
    Complete Dentures with Arch Size Discrepancy
    Capturing the Essence of a Natural Smile
    Implant-Supported Mandibular Overdentures.
  • Print
    Marc P. Cosentino.
    Summary: "Cosentino demystifies the consulting case interview. He takes you inside a typical interview by exploring the various types of case questions and he shares with you a system that will help you answer today's most sophisticated case questions"--Page 4 of cover.

    Contents:
    The interview
    Case questions
    Ivy Case System
    Practice cases
    Case starts
    Partner cases
    Final analysis
    Partner case charts.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Consult 102
    1
  • Print
    Marc P. Cosentino.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Consult 101
    1
  • Digital
    Suzanne K. Powell, Hussein M. Tahan.
    Summary: Ideal for case management certification (CCMC) exam preparation, this is a thorough review of the case managers many roles and skills, from acute to post-acute care. Whether you are a nurse transitioning to case management or already active in it, this is your road map to coordinating successful patient care, from hospital to home. -- Amazon.com.

    Contents:
    Overview of case management
    Roles, functions, and preparation of case management team members
    Management of resources and reimbursement concepts
    The case management process
    Utilization management
    Transitions of care
    Quality management and outcomes evaluation
    Legal considerations in case management practice
    Ethical principles in case management practice
    Case management standards and professional organizations
    Preparation for the case manager role
    Strategies for success in case management practice.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Neil J. Friedman, Peter K. Kaiser.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Optics/Refraction
    Chapter 2: Neuro-Ophthalmology/Orbit
    Chapter 3: Pediatric Ophthalmology/Strabismus
    Chapter 4: External Disease/Adnexa
    Chapter 5: Anterior Segment
    Chapter 6: Posterior Segment
    Index
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Stephen M. Stahl, Thomas L. Schwartz
    Summary: Following the success of the first collection of Stahl's Case Studies, published in 2011, we are pleased to present this completely new selection of clinical stories. Designed with the distinctive user-friendly presentation readers have become accustomed to and making use of icons, questions/answers and tips, these cases address complex issues in an understandable way and with direct relevance to the everyday experience of clinicians. Covering a wide-ranging and representative selection of clinical scenarios, each case is followed through the complete clinical encounter, from start to resolution, acknowledging all the complications, issues, decisions, twists and turns along the way. The book is about living through the treatments that work, the treatments that fail, and the mistakes made along the journey. This is psychiatry in real life - these are the patients from your waiting room - this book will reassure, inform and guide better clinical decision making. Optional posttests with CME credit are available for a fee (waived for NEI members). For more information, contact the Neuroscience Education Institute.
    Digital Access Cambridge v. 2=, 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Takesha Cooper, Gerald Maguire, Stephen M. Stahl.
    Summary: Following the success of the first two volumes in Stahl's Case Studies series, a brand new collection of clinical stories have been collated in Volume 3, derived from cases seen by medical students, residents and faculty from the University of California at Riverside (UCR) Department of Psychiatry and Neuroscience. The highly popular and unique user-friendly presentation of previous volumes has been maintained, with extensive use of icons, questions/answers, and tips. The cases address multifaceted issues in an understandable way and with direct relevance to the everyday experience of clinicians. Covering a wide-ranging and representative selection of clinical scenarios, each case is followed through the complete clinical encounter, from start to resolution, acknowledging all the complications, issues, decisions, twists and turns along the way. The book is about living through the treatments that work, the treatments that fail, and the mistakes made along the journey. This is psychiatry in real life.
    Digital Access Cambridge v. 3=, 2022
  • Digital
    John M. Miller, Mithilesh K. Das, Douglas P. Zipes.
    Summary: Keeping up with the use of new technologies in cardiology is becoming increasingly challenging. Case Studies in Clinical Cardiac Electrophysiology helps to bridge the gap between knowledge and application with 28 cases spanning both common and uncommon arrhythmias and ablation scenarios, each of which includes the clinical presentation, baseline ECG, ECG during arrhythmia, stepwise electrophysiologic diagnostic maneuvers and some of their pitfalls, and optimal therapy. Online access to the complete contents ensures the information you need is right at your fingertips.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Colin G. Kaide, Christopher E. San Miguel, editors ; Elena Ko (special pharmacy editor).
    Summary: This book contains a variety of medical case studies from actual patients presenting to the emergency department. It includes not only typical cases that present to the ED but also less common, yet very important cases that one can't afford to miss. Each chapter begins with a case - or set of cases with typical and atypical aspects - of the disease in question. This is followed by high-value learning points on the condition with introductory/background points, physiology and pathophysiology of the disease, how to make the diagnosis, and finally how to initiate treatment. The cases provide expert discussion with tips and tricks, personal experience with management of each of the cases, and a follow-up description of the outcome of the cases to provide the reader with closure. To supplement each case study, all 67 chapters include a pattern recognition component that identifies the key diagnostic features of the disease discussed. The chapters conclude with a summary of the diagnostic and treatment details of each condition. Using a concise, easy-to-read, bulleted format, the book helps readers to learn, evaluate, adopt new practices, right now (LEARN). Emergency Medicine Case Studies - LEARNing Rounds: Learn, Evaluate, Adopt, Right Now is an essential resource for a variety of emergency medicine clinicians including experienced physicians, residents, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, nurses, and medical students rotating in the emergency department. Finally, this book can be used as a basis for small group discussions, especially in emergency medicine training programs.

    Contents:
    1. LEARN Anticoagulation Reversal
    2. LEARN Blast Crisis
    3. LEARN Intubating LMA
    4. LEARN TTP
    5. LEARN Necrotizing Fasciitis
    6. LEARN Pneumothorax
    7. LEARN Central Retinal Artery Occlusion
    8. LEARN Vertigo
    9. LEARN Fishbone
    10. LEARN Good Samaritan Laws
    In Flight Emergencies
    11. LEARN Congestive Heart Failure
    12. LEARN Guillain Barre
    13. LEARN Flash Facial Burns
    14. LEARN Lightning
    15. LEARN Preoxygenation
    16. LEARN Occipital Neuralgia
    17. LEARN Malaria
    18. LEARN Mucormycosis
    19. LEARN Steven Johnson Syndrome
    20. LEARN Thyroid Storm
    21. LEARN VQ Scans
    22. LEARN WPW
    23. LEARN Tumor Lysis Syndrome
    24. LEARN Botulism
    25. LEARN STEMI
    26. LEARN Low-Risk Chest Pain
    27. LEARN Cyanide (Ingestion and House Fire)
    28. LEARN DIC
    29. LEARN Serotonin Syndrome
    30. LEARN Miller-Fisher Syndrome
    31. LEARN Organophosphate Poisoning
    32. LEARN Heavy Metal Toxicity
    33. LEARN Beta-Blocker Toxicity
    34. LEARN Thrombotic Thrombocytopenia Purpura
    35. LEARN Typhlitis
    36. LEARN Homonymous Hemianopsia
    37. LEARN Transverse Myelitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Raif Geha, Luigi Notarangelo, Harvard Medical School.
    Contents:
    X-linked agammaglobulinemia
    CD40 ligand deficiency
    Activation-induced cytidine deaminase deficiency
    Common variable immunodeficiency
    X-linked severe combined immunodeficiency
    Adenosine deaminase deficiency
    Omenn syndrome
    MHC class II deficiency
    DiGeorge syndrome
    Acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS)
    Graft-versus-host disease
    MHC class I deficiency
    X-linked lymphoproliferative syndrome
    Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis
    Chediak-higashi syndrome
    Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome
    Autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED)
    Immune dysregulation, polyendocrinopathy, enteropathy X-linked disease
    Autoimmune lymphoproliferative syndrome (ALPS)
    Hyper IgE syndrome
    Ataxia telangiectasis
    Warts, hypogrammaglobulinemia, infections, and myelokathexis syndrome (WHIM syndrome)
    X-linked hypohidrotic ectodermal dysplasia and immunodeficiency
    Interferon-{u01B4} receptor deficiency
    Severe congenital neutropenia
    Chronic granulomatous disease
    Leukocyte adhesion deficiency
    Recurrent herpes simplex encephalitis
    Interleukin 1 receptor-associated kinase 4 deficiency
    Congenital asplenia
    Hereditary angioedema
    Deficiency of the C8 complement component
    Hereditary periodic fever syndromes
    Systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Systemic lupus erythematosus
    Crohn's disease
    Multiple sclerosis
    Autoimmune hemolytic anemia
    Myasthenia gravis
    Pemphigus vulgaris
    Celiac disease
    Acute infectious mononucleosis
    Hemolytic disease of the new born
    Toxic shock syndrome
    Lepromatous leprosy
    Allergic asthma
    Drug-induced serum sickness
    Contact sensitivity to poison ivy
    Dedicator of cytokinesis 8 deficiency
    Activated P13KD syndrome (APDS)
    Increased susceptibility to Candida infections
    LPS-responsive beige-like anchor (LRBA) deficiency
    T cell signaling defects
    Channelopathies
    Digital Access TandFonline 2016
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Mark J. Eisenberg.
    Summary: Case Studies in Interventional Cardiology is designed as a teaching aid for cardiology fellows, interventional fellows, beginning interventional cardiologists, and for all cardiologists who have an interest in the cardiac catheterization laboratory.The cases are presented in a random order so that the user does not know the type of case being presented or the final diagnosis. Each case is presented in approximately the following format: 1) Case Presentation, 2) Electrocardiography, 3) Angiography (Videos), 4) Multiple Choice Questions, 5) Hospital Course, 6) Follow-Up, 7) Final Diagnosis, 8) Self-Review Questions, 9) References, and 10) Answers. Included among the 50 cases are: 349 videos, 65 figures, 165 multiple-choice questions, 150 self-review questions, and 750 references.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Paul S. Giacomini.
    Contents:
    1. Optic Neuritis.
    2. Myelitis
    3. Disease-Modifying Therapies in MS
    4. Management of Replaces with Corticosteroids
    5. Breakthrough Disease
    6. Progressive Multifocal Leukoencephalopathy
    7. Induction Therapy
    8. Diagnosing Primary Progressive Multiple Sclerosis
    9. Symptomatic Care in Primary Progressive Multiple Sclerosis
    10. Diagnosing Secondary Progressive Multiple Sclerosis
    11. Walking Disability in MS
    12. Cognitive Impairment in MS
    13. Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis
    14. Pediatric Multiple Sclerosis
    15. Pediatric Multiple Sclerosis Mimics
    16. Prenatal Planning with MS
    17. MS Therapies and Pregnancy
    18. Postpartum Issues with MS
    19. Neuromyelitis Optica.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Tom Solomon, Benedict D. Michael, Alastair Miller, Rachel Kneen.
    Summary: "The global burden of neurological infectious diseases is huge. Sometimes the diagnosis is straightforward. On other occasions it may be difficult, especially because of the overlap with inflammatory neurological conditions. Delays or missed diagnoses can have devastating consequences for patients. This book brings together adult and pediatric clinical cases in neurological infection and inflammation, including important conditions for both developed countries and resource-poor settings. Clinical case studies are recognized as a useful learning tool for clinicians at all stages in their careers. Each real case works through the history, examination, and investigation findings to the diagnosis and treatment pathway. This is followed by discussion of the key issues, with the inclusion of historical or quirky facts. Many cases are supported online by a certified post-case quiz, testing the reader's clinical reasoning, integrative thinking, and problem-solving"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Robinson, Maisha T.
    Summary: With the growth of neuropalliative care as a rapidly-emerging subspecialty in neurology, it is essential that clinicians develop core skills to offer high-quality, patient-centred care. This book captures the essence of palliative care in Neurology, highlighting abundant opportunities to incorporate key principles into patients' management plans. Through a pragmatic, case-based format with suggested references for readers to expand their knowledge on a range of topics, this guide explores didactic opportunities. From patients facing challenging end-of-life decisions, families struggling to determine the treatment intensities, to clinicians leading difficult conversations, these cases are straightforward and relatable. Demonstrating the breadth of palliative care opportunities occurring on the spectrum of neurologic disease, this essential toolkit supports clinicians at all levels, providing assistance for patients who have chronic, progressive, or terminal neurologic diseases. Compelling and thought-provoking, this guide highlights the many opportunities to ease suffering and to improve quality of life.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Adam C. Adler, Arvind Chandrakantan, Ronald S. Litman.
    Summary: Pediatric anesthesiologists will encounter numerous challenges when caring for children, as their work involves more than simply adjusting drug dosages and equipment for smaller patients. In response, this practical book provides clinical guidance in an easily accessible and digestible question-answer format. Case Studies in Pediatric Anesthesia reviews the entire breadth of pediatric anesthesia and pain management, taking a case-based approach. Each chapter commences with a clinical case or scenario, guiding the reader through a tailored discussion. The chapters review the pathophysiology, anesthetic techniques, and surgical and perioperative considerations. High quality tables and figures feature throughout to help solidify key concepts. The chapters are prepared to be read in isolation and for reference when appropriate. Case Studies in Pediatric Anesthesia is aimed at anesthesiologists of all levels, from the trainee on their first pediatric rotation, to the pediatric fellow preparing for boards examination to the seasoned clinician.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Robert M. Veatch, Amy Haddad, E.J. Last.
    Contents:
    Part I. Ethics and values in pharmacy
    Part II. Ethical principles in pharmacy ethics
    Part III. Special problem areas.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Theodore H. Tulchinsky, with M. Joan Bickford ; foreword by Walter A. Orenstein.
    Summary: Case Studies in Public Health contains selected case studies of some of the most important and influential moments in medicine and epidemiology. The cases chosen for this collection represent a wide array of public health issues that go into the makeup of what can be termed the New Public Health (NPH), which includes traditional public health, such as sanitation, hygiene and infectious disease control, but widens its perspective to include the organization, financing and quality of health care services in a much broader sense. Each case study is presented in a systematic fashion to facilitate learning, with the case, background, current relevance, economic issues, ethical issues, conclusions, recommendation and references discussed for each case. The book is a valuable resource for advanced students and researchers with specialized knowledge who need further information on the general background and history of public health and important scientific discoveries within the field. It is an ideal resource for students in public health, epidemiology, medicine, anthropology, and sociology, and for those interested in how to apply lessons from the past to present and future research.

    Contents:
    James Lind and scurvy
    Edward Jenner, vaccination and eradication of smallpox
    From panum to eradication of measles
    Semmelweiss, Crede, Lister, and Nightingale : pioneers in controlling hospital infections
    John Snow, cholera, the Broad Street Pump; waterborne diseases then and now
    Pasteur on microbes and infectious diseases
    Robert Koch and Paul Ehrlich : criteria of causation of disease and chemotherapy as "magic bullets"
    Bismarck and the long road to universal health coverage
    Joseph Goldberger, pellagra, and nutritional epidemiology
    Endemic goiter and elimination of iodine deficiency disorders
    Elmer McCollum and Edward Mellanby : vitamin D and cod liver oil for prevention of rickets and osteoporosis
    Norman Gregg and congenital rubella syndrome
    Ethical issues in public health
    Framingham and North Karelia : studies that changed the cardiovascular disease pandemic
    Milton Roemer, hospital bed supply and economics of health
    John Enders, Jonas Salk, Albert Sabin and eradication of poliomyelitis
    Preventing vitamin K deficiency bleeding in newborns
    Eliminating beta thalassemia major and other congenital blood disorders
    Maurice Hilleman : creator of vaccines that changed the world
    Robert Guthrie and Nicholas Wald : screening and preventing birth defects
    Marc Lalonde, the health field concept and health promotion
    Warren, Marshall, helicobacter pylori, peptic ulcers and gastric cancer.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Sana Loue.
    Summary: This book explores, through case studies, the interplay between religion, culture, government, and politics in diverse societies on questions arising in the domain of bioethics. The case studies draw from multiple disciplinary perspectives, including history, theology, law, bioethics, public policy, science, and medicine. The text's global perspective permits a comparison of the differing approaches adopted by countries facing similar bioethical quandaries and the extent to which religion has or has not been instrumental in addressing such dilemmas. Secular and religious societies across the globe are being confronted with complex questions involving religious belief and the extent to which specific religious perspectives have in the past or should in the future be adopted as official policy. Bioethical issues involving the interplay of religion and government have become particularly notable in recent years. How these issues are resolved has major implications for individuals, healthcare providers, and the future of medical research and medical care. Topics explored among the chapters include: Homosexuality: Sin, Crime, Pathology, Identity, Behavior Medical Error: Truthtelling, Apology, and Forgiveness Refusal of Medical Treatment Medical Deportation Case Study: Nazism, Religion, and Human Experimentation The New Frontier: Cloning Case Studies in Society, Religion, and Bioethics will find an engaged audience among researchers and scholars in history, religion/theology, medicine, and bioethics interested in the influence of religion on bioethical decision-making. Students--particularly upper-level undergraduate and graduate students interested in bioethics, humanities, and theology--will find the text helpful in understanding the processes through which religion may serve as a basis for both societal policy and law and individual decision-making in health-related matters.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Amit D. Mistry, Thomas McCabe, Alan Currie.
    Summary: "A small aspect of football culture has an enmeshed history with alcohol and can create an environment where harmful alcohol consumption is promoted. As a result, both current and former professional footballers are at risk. Alcohol-related psychiatric assessments need to serially assess severity, risk, social function and manage any comorbid physical or mental health conditions. Following these assessments, a personalised biopsychosocial care plan should be agreed. A sport psychiatrist must understand how alcohol misuse presents within the elite football environment and how patient motivation towards behaviour change is central to recovery. Background AS is a 23 year old, defender for an English professional football team. Thirteen months ago he injured his right anterior cruciate ligament (ACL). This required reconstruction and he was sidelined for eight months. Two months after returning to play he re-injured the same ACL and has since been receiving further rehabilitative physiotherapy"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Miguel A. Cuesta, H. Jaap Bonjer, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Suspicion of an Anastomotic Problem after Esophageal Resection for Cancer
    2. Cervical Leakage of an Oesophago-Gastric Conduit Anastomosis
    3. Thoracic Duct Injury
    4. Postoperative Hiatal Herniation after Esophageal Resection
    5. Benign Stenosis of the Intrathoracic and Cervical Esophagogastric Anastomosis after Esophagectomy
    6. Recurrent Nerve Lesion (Double) As a Consequence of Esophageal Resection for Cancer
    7. Trachea-Gastric Conduit Fistula after Esophageal Resection
    8. Herniation of the Stomach into the Thorax after Laparoscopic Repair of a Type 3 Para-Esophageal Hernia
    9. Dysphagia after Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication
    10. Iatrogenic Esophageal Perforation
    11. Peritonitis after Unrecognized Perforation Following Heller Myotomy and Dor Fundoplication for Achalasia
    12. Esophagojejunostomy Leakage Following Extended Total Gastrectomy
    13
    Leakage of the Duodenal Stump Following Gastrectomy
    14.Re-Bleeding after Repair of Bleeding Duodenal Ulcer
    15. Stenosis of a Side-To-Side Gastrojejunostomy after a Laparoscopic Subtotal Gastrectomy
    17. Leakage after Closure of a Perforated Duodenal Diverticulum
    18. An Acute Complication of the Wilki Syndrome
    19. Distal Duodenal Perforation after Double Balloon Endoscopy (DBE)
    20.Duodenal Leakage after Resection of an Insulinoma of the Head of the Pancreas
    21. Postoperative Intraluminal Bleeding Following a Gastric Bypass
    22. Complication of Sleeve Gastrectomy after Bariatric Surgery
    23. Leakage of Gastric Bypass Performed Because Of Obesity
    24. Complication of Adjustable Gastric Band Converted in a Gastric Bypass
    25. Problems with Laparoscopic Adjustable gastric band: erosion and migration
    26. Jaundice and Hepatic Failure after Major Hepatic Resection
    27. Biliary Leakage and Abscess after Liver Resection
    28. A Patient with Biliary Strictures in One Half of the Liver after Liver Transplantation
    29. Patient with a Stenosis of the Cavocavostomy after Liver Transplantation
    30. CBD Lesion during Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    31. CBD Lesion during Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    32. Hepatic Abscess after Double Lesion (CBD and Right Hepatic Artery) During Cholecystectomy
    33. Unrecognized CBD Stones after Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    34. Recurrence of Gallbladder Acute Pancreatitis: When to Perform a Cholecystectomy?
    35. Complicated Retained Stones in the Common Bile Duct after Multiple Sphincterotomies by ERCP
    36. Complications after ERCP and Sphincterotomy
    37. Lost Stones in Abdomen after Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    38. Late Stenosis of Bilio-Digestive Anastomosis with Cholangitis (After Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy)
    39. Complication after Surgical Treatment Klatskin Tumor
    40. Postoperative Intraluminal Bleeding after Whipple Resection
    41. Leakage of the Pancreato-Jejunostomy after a Whipple Procedure
    42. Bile Leakage (And Portal Vein Thrombosis) after Whipple Procedure
    43. Bleeding in the Small Remnant of the Head of the Pancreas after Duodenum Preserving Resection for Middle Pancreatic Tumor
    44. Impaction of Enteral (Bezoars) During Enteral Feeding After Whipple Procedure
    45. Gastric Bleeding Caused by a Necrotizing Pancreatitis with Extensive Pseudocyst Formation
    46. 'Infection Is Not Found but Patient Is Becoming Worse'
    47. Pseudocyst Pancreas, Endoscopically or Surgical Treatment?
    48. Pancreatic Pseudocyst Far from the Stomach
    49. Intra-Abdominal Bleeding with Shock as Consequence of Necrotizing Pancreatitis
    50. Recurrence of Infection after Video-Assisted Retroperitoneal Debridement
    51. Splenic and Portal Vein Thrombosis after Splenectomy
    52. Rebleeding after Initial Coiling Of Spleen Trauma
    53. Adrenal Insufficiency (Addison Syndrome), After Removal of an Adenocarcinoma of the Adrenal Gland
    54. Leakage after Left Pancreatic Resection
    55. Postoperative Shock during Laparoscopic Appendicectomy
    56. Postoperative Abscess After Appendicectom
    57. Carcinoid Discovered in the Appendix
    58. Complications after Conservatively Treated Appendicular Phlegmon
    59. Anastomotic Leakage Following Small Bowel Resection
    60. Recurrence of Crohn's Disease
    61. Short Bowel Syndrome
    62. Recurrence of Intestinal Obstruction Because of Adhesions
    63. Inadvertent Small Bowel Lesion during Laparoscopic Operation
    64.Small Bowel Ischemia during Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy Because of Gastro- Esophageal Junction Cancer
    65. Complications of Malrotation
    66. Leakage after Right Hemicolectomy
    67. Anastomotic Rotation after Laparoscopic Right Hemicolectomy for Colonic Cancer
    68. Leakage after Elective Ileo-Cecal Resection for Crohn's Disease
    69. Leakage after Ileoanal Pouch Anastomosis, IAPA
    70. Leakage after Sigmoid Resection
    71. Leakage after LAR and Coloanal Anastomosis
    72. Presacral Abscess and Sinuses after Lar
    73. Stenosis after LAR
    74. Problems after Coloanal Anastomosis (Stenosis Coloanal Anastomosis and Repeated Stools and Soiling)
    75. Ureter Lesion during Low Anterior Resection
    76. Late Ileo-Anal Pouch Anastomosis Fisteling (Vaginal And Perineal)
    77. Ano-Rectal Adenocarcinoma in a Colorectal Crohn's Disease
    78. Recto-Vaginal Fistula after LAR
    79. Recto-Vesical Fistula after LAR
    80. Perianal Problems after APR
    81. Recurrence after TME Because of Rectal Cancer
    82. Complication after Laparoscopic Abdominal Lavage Because of Perforated Diverticuliti
    83. Anastomotic Leakage After Taken Down Hartmann Procedure
    84. Complication after Sacrocolpopexy
    85. Ischemia-Necrosis of the Sigmoid After Repair of A Ruptured Juxta-Renal Aneurysm
    86. Complications and Approach in Post-Radiation Enteritis
    87. Complications Following Cytoreductive Surgery and Heated Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy (HIPEC)
    88. Colorectal Anastomosis Bleeding
    89. Laparoscopic Approach of Anastomotic Leakage after Laparoscopic Resection
    90. Leakage Distal Anastomosis after Low Anterior Resection with Protective Ileostomy
    91. Leakage Distal Anastomosis After Low Anterior Resection (Lar) Without Protective Ileostomy
    92. Complications of Ileostomy
    93. Necrosis of Colostomy. Retraction and Stenosis
    94. Parastomal Hernia Complications
    95. Severe Complication after Pph Procedure for Hemorrhoids
    96. Complex Recurrent Anal Fistula
    97. Faecal Incontinence after Delivery
    98. Rectovaginal Fistula Following Delivery
    99. Dehiscence/Evisceration of the Abdominal Wall after Laparotomy
    100. Recurrence of Open Incisional Hernia after Large Hernia Repair Using (Low-Weight) Polypropylene Mesh
    101. Abdominal Compartment Syndrome
    102. Enterocutaneous Fistula Through Previous Laparotomy
    103.Care and Closure of Open Abdomen Approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel B. Fishman, Stanley B. Messer, David J.A. Edwards, Frank M. Dattilio.
    Contents:
    The terrain / Daniel B. Fishman and David J.A. Edwards
    Navigating the projects / Daniel B. Fishman
    "Cool kids/chilled adolescents" : cognitive behavioral therapy for youth with anxiety disorders in denmark / Mikael Thastum, Irene Lundkvist-Houndoumadi, Kristian Bech Arendt, Silke Stjerneklar and Daniel B. Fishman
    International implementation : universal principles meet local needs / Lauren J. Hoffman, Elaina A. Zendegui, and Brian C. Chu
    The efficacy of interpersonal psychotherapy : adolescent skills training (IPT-AST) in preventing depression / Sarah S. Kerner and Jami F. Young
    Identifying moderators of change from both RCTs and case studies / Laura Dietz
    Transference-focused psychotherapy for adult borderline personality disorder / Kenneth N. Levy, Kevin B. Meehan, Tracy L. Clouthier, Frank E. Yeomans, and John F. Clarkin
    Complementarity and clinical implications in using a mixed methods approach / William E. Piper and Carlos A. Sierra Hernandez
    Motivational enhancement therapy for increasing antidepressant medication adherence and decreasing clinical depression among adult latinos / Alejandro Interian, Ariana Prawda, Daniel B. Fishman, and William M. Buerger
    The best of both worlds / John C. Norcross
    An outside perspective / Harold Chui, Sarah Bloch-Elkouby, and Jacques P. Barber
    Themes and lessons learned / Daniel B. Fishman, Stanley B. Messer, David J.A. Edwards, and Frank Dattilio.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Print
    Robert K. Yin, COSMOS Corporation.
    Summary: "[This book] provides a complete portal to the world of case study research. With the integration of 11 applications in this edition, the book gives readers access to ... case studies drawn from a wide variety of academic and applied fields. Ultimately, [this book] will guide students in the ... design and use of the case study research method. New to this edition: includes 11 in-depth applications that show how researchers have implemented case study methods successfully; increases reference to relativist and constructivist approaches to case study research, as well as how case studies can be part of mixed methods projects; places greater emphasis on using plausible rival explanations to bolster case study quality; discusses synthesizing findings across case studies in a multiple-case study in more detail; adds an expanded list of 15 fields that have text or texts devoted to case study research; and sharpens discussion of distinguishing research from non-research case studies. The author brings to light at least three remaining gaps to be filled in the future: how rival explanations can become more routinely integrated into all case study research; the difference between case-based and variable-based approaches to designing and analyzing case studies; and the relationship between case study research and qualitative research."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foreword / Donald T. Campbell
    Preface
    Getting started : how to know whether and when to use the case study as a research method
    Designing case studies : identifying your case(s) and establishing the logic of your case study
    Preparing to collect case study evidence : what you need to do before starting to collect case study data
    Collecting case study evidence : the principles you should follow in working with six sources of evidence
    Analyzing case study evidence : how to start your analysis, your analytic choices, and how they work
    Reporting case studies : how and what to compose.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    H62 .Y56 2018
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Henry Cohen.
    Summary: A case-based approach to teaching students how to design accurate dosing regimens.

    Contents:
    Amiodarone and dronedarone / Ahmed M. Abdelhady, Dustin Spencer, and Brian R. Overholser
    Aminoglycoside pharmacokinetics / Manny Saltiel, Serina Tart, Kelly A. Killius, Tracey H., Truesdale, Danielle Perrodin, Nicole D. Verkleeren, Erica Maceira, Christy Vaughan, and Angela M. Plewa
    Continuous and intermittent infusion beta-lactam antibiotics / Dora E. Wiskirchen, Rebecca A. Keel, and David P. Nicolau
    Antiepileptic drugs : second-generation/newer agents / Keri S. Kim, Jeffrey J. Mucksavage, and Gretchen M. Brophy
    Carbamazepine / Henry Cohen
    Digoxin / John Noviasky, William Darko, Darowan Akajabor, Arkadiy Makaron, Christopher Miller, Deirdre P. Piercem, Robert Seabury, and Karen Whalen
    Unfractionated heparin and low-molecular heparins / Liz G. Ramos and Amy L. Dzierba
    Colistin and polymyxin B / Lisa M. Voigt and Kimberly T. Zammit
    Lidocaine / Tudy Hodgeman
    Lithium / Henry Cohen
    Long-acting injectable antipsychotics / Michael Biglow and Megan Flinchum
    Neuromuscular blocking agents / Lesly Jurado, Teresa A. Allison, and Brian Gulbis
    Opioids / Jeff rey Fudin, Ruth J. Perkins, and Arthur G. Lipman
    Phenobarbital and primidone / Denise H. Rhoney, Karen J. McAllen, Xi Liu-DeRyke, and Dennis Parker Jr.
    Phenytoin and fosphenytoin / Catherine A. Millares, Antonia Alafris, and Henry Cohen
    Extended-spectrum triazole antifungals : posaconazole and voriconazole / Kelly E. Martin, Maurice Alexander, and Benyam Muluneh
    Procainamide / Victor Cohen and Samantha P. Jellinek-Cohen
    Quinidine / Edgar R. Gonzalez and Rebecca B. Goad
    Valproic acid / Eljim P. Tesoro, Gretchen M. Brophy, and Henry Cohen
    Vancomycin / Denise E. Riccobono and Maricelle O. Monteagudo-Chu
    Warfarin / Valery L. Chu and Helene Maltz
    Erythropoietin-stimulating agents / Timothy Nguyen, Vijay Lapsia, and Sara Kim
    Direct thrombin inhibitors / Erin E. Mancl and Stacy A. Voils
    Pharmacokinetic considerations in oncology / Alice C. Ceacareanu and Zachary A.P. Wintrob.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2015
  • Digital
    Richard Volpe, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Editor
    1: The Challenge of Traumatic Injury Prevention
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Prevention as Change in Complex Systems
    1.3 Context and the Life Space Study Framework
    1.4 Best Practices and Exemplary Programs
    1.5 The Concept of Evidence in Exemplary Programming of Practices
    1.6 The Identification of Exemplary Programs
    1.6.1 Overview Incidence and Literature Review Strategy
    1.6.2 Exemplary Programs Review Methodology
    1.6.2.1 Phase 1: Steps to Identify Exemplary Programs
    Investigation
    Nomination Selection
    1.6.2.2 Phase 2: Data Gathering Methods
    The BRIO Model
    Life Space Case Study Analysis Framework
    1.6.2.3 Phase 3: Final Criteria for Determining an Exemplary Program
    1.7 Overview of Area Previews and Case Studies
    References
    Part I: Sports and Recreation-Related Traumatic Injury Prevention Programs
    2: Overview of Sports and Recreation-Related Traumatic Injury Prevention Programs
    2.1 Section Chapters
    2.1.1 Organized Team Sports
    2.1.2 Individual Sports and/or Recreational Activities
    2.2 For What Follows
    References 3: Heads Up: Concussion in High School Sports
    3.1 Background
    3.2 Resources
    3.3 Implementation
    3.3.1 The Pilot Study
    3.3.2 Pilot Study Outcome
    3.3.3 First Focus Groups
    3.4 Outcome
    3.4.1 The National Launch
    3.4.2 Evaluation Study
    3.4.3 Evaluation Outcome
    3.4.4 Analysis
    3.5 Conclusion
    BRIO Model: Heads Up-Concussion in High School Sports
    Life Space Model: Heads Up-Concussions in High School Sports
    References
    4: Play It Cool: Hockey Safety
    4.1 Background
    4.1.1 Target Population
    4.1.2 A Review of the Prevention Strategies 4.1.3 Goals and Objectives of the Play It Cool program
    4.2 Resources
    4.2.1 Stakeholders and Collaborators
    4.3 Implementation
    4.3.1 Methods for Evaluation
    4.3.2 Improving the Play It Cool Program
    4.4 Outcome
    4.4.1 Short- and Long-Term Outcomes
    4.5 Conclusion
    Brio Model: Play It Cool-Hockey Injury Prevention Program
    Life Space Model: Play It Cool-Hockey Injury Prevention Program
    References
    5: RugbySmart
    5.1 Background
    5.1.1 Neurotraumatic Injuries
    5.2 Resources
    5.2.1 Financial Resources
    5.2.2 Human Resources
    5.3 Implementation 5.3.1 Primary Prevention
    5.3.2 Secondary Prevention
    5.3.3 Tertiary Prevention
    5.3.4 Examples of the Prevention Methods for Brain and Spinal Cord Injury
    5.3.5 Effective Strategies for Implementation
    5.3.6 Effective Strategies for Preventing Injuries
    5.4 Outcome
    BRIO Model: RugbySmart
    Life Space Model: Rugby Smart
    References
    6: SafeClub: An Effective Soccer Injury Prevention Program
    6.1 Background
    6.1.1 History and Development
    6.1.2 SafeClub Risk Management Strategy and Its Implementation
    6.1.3 Pilot Study
    6.1.4 Goals and Implementation Strategies.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Cheuk-Man Yu, David L. Hayes, Angelo Auricchio.
    Summary: Cases in Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy, a brand-new medical reference book for cardiologists, electrophysiologists, surgeons, and primary care doctors, offers an informative and structured view of the newest approaches, treatments and follow-up care methods for heart failure patients treated with Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy. Complete with practical examples from top leaders in the field, this resource is designed to equip you with the cohesive, expert knowledge you need to make the best use of today's available technologies and research. Better manage the challenging clinical scenarios you may encounter with case studies that include a brief introduction, clinical decision-making techniques, evidence-based rationales, and selected references for further study.Remain up-to-date in this rapidly evolving field with clinical recommendations, updates on the latest technological advances, troubleshooting techniques, and recent key clinical trials.Access practical examples regarding the process for selecting and implanting devices, as well as follow-up care for heart-failure patients being treated with CRT.Stay abreast of today's novel wireless technologies, information on robotic-assisted implantations, and current methodologies on VV optimization.

    Contents:
    Paroxysmal Atrial Fibrillation in Patients Undergoing Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Challenge or Routine?
    Implantation of a Biventricular Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillator Followed by Catheter Ablation in a Patient with Dilated Cardiomyopathy and Permanent Atrial Fibrillation
    Efficacy of Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in Right Bundle Branch Block
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in a Patient with QRS Duration Between 120 and 150 Milliseconds
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in Patients with Right Heart Failure Resulting from Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Role of Optimal Medical Therapy
    Efficacy of Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in New York Heart Association II
    Pacemaker Indication
    Intercommissural Lead Placement into a Right Ventricular Coronary Sinus
    Right Ventricular Pacing-Related Cardiomyopathy
    Successful Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy Implantation: When to Consider the Middle Cardiac Vein
    Mapping the Coronary Sinus Veins Using an Active Fixation Lead to Overcome Phrenic Nerve Stimulation
    Utility of Active Fixation Lead in Unstable Left Ventricular Lead Positions in the Coronary Sinus for Left Ventricular Stimulation
    Persistent Left Superior Vena Cava: Utility of Right-Sided Venous Access for Coronary Sinus Lead Implantation
    Persistent Left Superior Vena Cava: Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy with Left-Sided Venous Access
    Video-Assisted Thoracotomy Surgery for Implantation of an Epicardial Left Ventricular Lead
    Role of Cardiac Computed Tomography Before Implant: Diagnosis of a Prominent Thebesian Valve as an Obstacle to Left Ventricular Lead Deployment in Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Endocardial Left Ventricular Lead: High Approach
    Left Ventricular Endocardial Pacing in a Patient with an Anomalous Left-Sided Superior Vena Cava
    Novel Wireless Technologies for Endocardial Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Robotically Assisted Lead Implantation for Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in a Reoperative Patient
    Atrioventricular Optimization by Transthoracic Echocardiography in a Patient with Interatrial Delay
    Left Ventricular Quadripolar Lead in Phrenic Nerve Stimulation: It Is Better to Prevent Than to Treat
    Loss of Left Ventricular Pacing Capture Detected by Remote Monitoring
    The Importance of Maintaining a High Percentage of Biventricular Pacing
    Managing Ventricular Tachycardia: Total Atrioventricular Block After Ablation in a Patient with Nonischemic Dilated Cardiomyopathy
    Prevention of Effective Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy by Frequent Premature Ventricular Contractions in a Patient with Nonischemic Cardiomyopathy
    Atrial Fibrillation Therapy in Refractory Heart Failure
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy Defibrillator Implantation in Atrial Fibrillation
    Up and Down in Device Therapy
    Resumption to Sinus Rhythm After Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in a Patient with Long-Lasting Persistent Atrial Fibrillation
    Guide Wire Fracture During Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy Implantation and Subsequent Management
    A Difficult Case of Diaphragmatic Stimulation
    Extraction of a Biventricular Defibrillator with a Starfix 4195 Coronary Venous Lead
    Complications of Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Infection
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in Non-Left Bundle Branch Block Morphology
    Use of Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance to Guide Left Ventricular Lead Deployment in Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Role of Scar Burden Versus Distribution Assessment by Cardiovascular Magnetic Resynchronization in Ischemia
    Difficulties in Prediction of Response to Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Management of Frequent Ventricular Extrasystoles
    Cardiac Contractility Modulation in a Nonresponder to Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Nonresponders to Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Switch-Off If Worsening
    Recognition of Anodal Stimulation
    Significant Residual or Worsening Mitral Regurgitation (MitraClip)
    Intrathoracic Impedance (Dietary Incompliance)
    Pulmonary Hypertension and Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Evaluation Prior to Implantation and Response to Therapy
    Role of Left Atrial Pressure Monitoring in the Management of Heart Failure
    Role of Remote Monitoring in Managing a Patient on Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Medical Therapy and Device Optimization
    Role of Remote Monitoring in Managing a Patient on Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Atrial Fibrillation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    Okechukwu Ekenna.
    Contents:
    Skin and Soft Tissue Infections
    Fever of Unknown Origin and Drug-Induced Fever
    Dermatologic Manifestations of Infectious and Non-infectious Diseases
    Diseases Acquired Through Close Contact with Animals
    Travel-associated Blood-borne Parasitic Infection
    Gulf Coast Tick Rash Illness
    Infectious Diseases Associated with Trauma and Outdoor Activities
    Acute and Chronic Subcutaneous Fungal Infections
    Endocarditis with Unusual Organisms or Characteristics
    Severe Systemic Fungal and Other Infections in AIDS Patients
    Toxic Manifestations of Infectious and Non-infectious Diseases
    Skin and Soft Tissue Infections Seen Post Hurricane Katrina in 2005
    Other Miscellaneous Infections
    Index
    Supplemental Images.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Print
    edited by George R. Leopold.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC78.7.U4 C37
    1
  • Digital
    Zahir Kanjee, Joshua M. Liao.
    Contents:
    Sepsis / Nicholas Kiefer and William Rusty Phillips
    Acute Pancreatitis / Katerina L. Byanova
    Skin and Soft Tissue Infection / Neal Biddick and David Arboleda
    Alcohol Withdrawal / Rahul Ganatra and Scott Navarett
    Urinary Tract Infection / Maria Nardell and Jonathan Bortinger
    Syncope / Amrita Mukhopadhyay and Nicholas D. Patchett
    Stroke / Jonathan Wang, Dawn Lei, and Zahir Kanjee
    Gallbladder Disease / Henry R. Kramer and Joseph S. Wallins
    Meningitis and Encephalitis / Jennifer Hu and Amanda Cooke
    Diabetes and Hyperglycemia / Anita Vanka and Celeste Pizza
    Upper Gastrointestinal Bleed / Kirsten Courtade and Jonathan Bortinger
    Acute Liver Injury and Failure / Andrew Junkin and Joy J. Liu
    Acute Coronary Syndrome / Zahir Kanjee and Joshua M. Liao
    Pneumonia / Lauren Noll and Neha Deshpande
    Heart Failure Exacerbation / Megan U. Roosen-Runge and Shobha W. Stack
    Atrial Fibrillation / Michael Charles C. Tan and Kristen M. Rogers
    Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Exacerbation / Yilin Zhang and Jonathan Hourmozdi
    Venous Thromboembolism / Mehraneh Khalighi
    Infective Endocarditis / Mara Bann
    Delirium / Erin Wu and Maya Narayanan
    End-Stage Liver Disease / Elijah J. Mun and Tyler J. Albert
    Clostridioides Difficile Infection / Courtney Tuegel and Christopher Kim
    Ventricular Tachycardia / Christopher P. Kovach and Mala M. Sanchez
    Perioperative Medicine / Divya Gollapudi
    Acute Kidney Injury / Patrick Marcus and Eric M. LaMotte
    Opiates and Opiate Use Disorder / Rachel Hensel and Zahir Kanjee
    Hip Fracture / Neal Biddick, Staci Saunders, and Zahir Kanjee
    Frailty in Hospitalized Patients / Leah Marcotte and Joshua M. Liao
    Communication in Academic Hospital Medicine / Leah Marcotte and Joshua M. Liao
    End-of-Life Care / Zahir Kanjee and Cindy Lien
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2020
  • Digital
    by Peter H. Gilligan, Ph.D., Director, Clinical Microbiology-Immunology Laboratories, University of North Carolina Hospitals, Professor, Microbiology-Immunology and Pathology, University of North Carolina School of Medicine Chapel Hill, North Carolina ; Daniel S. Shapiro, M.D., Professor and H. Edward Manville, Jr. Endowed Chair of Internal Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine - Reno, University of Nevada School of Medicine, Reno, Nevada ; Melissa B. Miller, Ph. D., Director, Clinical Molecular Microbiology Laboratory, Associate Director, Clinical Microbiology-Immunology Laboratories, University of North Carolina Health Care, Associate Professor, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, University of North Carolina School of Medicine, Chapel Hill, North Carolina.
    Summary: This book challenges students to develop a working knowledge of the variety of microorganisms that cause infections in humans. This valuable, interactive text will help them better understand the clinical importance of the basic science concepts presented in medical microbiology or infectious disease courses.

    Contents:
    Urogenital tract infections
    Respiratory tract infections
    Gastrointestinal tract infections
    Skin & soft tissue infections
    Central nervous system infections
    Systemic infections
    Advanced cases.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Anitha Varghese, Neal Uren, Peter Ludman, editors.
    Summary: This book utilizes case studies to illustrate a variety of percutaneous strategies to treat important cardiac pathology that would previously have mandated cardiac surgery. A desire to minimize the invasiveness of interventions and reduce patient exposure to risk have been the main drivers in developing catheter-based techniques in preference to established surgical methods. Cases in Structural Cardiac Interventions discusses how procedures will continue to increase in popularity as operator expertise grows and technology advances. It provides a useful resource for imaging and interventional cardiologists to work together in developing an inter-disciplinary team skill set that can be adapted towards specific percutaneous intervention in order to ensure optimal patient outcome.

    Contents:
    Transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    Mitral valve repair: clips and balloons
    Paravalvular leak closures
    Septal ablation In hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Atrial fibrillation ablation
    Left atrial appendage occluders
    Pulmonary valve implantation
    Device closure in patent foramen ovale and atrial septal defects
    Percutaneous aortic coarctation repair
    Percutaneous coronary intervention
    Computed tomography angiography
    Perfusion cardiovascular magnetic resonance
    Myocardial contrast & stress echocardiography.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Peter V. Bozhkov, Department of Plant Biology, Uppsa;a BioCenter, Swedish University of Agricultural Science and Linnean Center for Plant Biology, Uppsala, Sweden, Guy Salvesen, Sanford-Burnham Medical Research Institute, La Jolla, CA, USA.
    Contents:
    General in vitro Caspase Assay Procedures
    Positional Scanning Substrate Combinatorial Library (PS-SCL) Approach to Define Caspase Substrate Specificity.- Global Identification of Caspase Substrates using PROTOMAP (PROtein TOpography and Migration Analysis Platform)
    Caspase-2 Protocols
    Caspase-14 Protocols
    Caspase Protocols in Caenorhabditis elegans
    Detecting Caspase Activity in Drosophila Larval Imaginal Discs
    Methods for the Study of Caspase Activation in the Xenopus laevis Oocyte and Egg Extract
    Caspase Protocols in Mice
    Measurement of Caspase Activation in Mammalian Cell Cultures
    Detection and Measurement of Paracaspase MALT1 Activity
    Leishmania Metacaspase: an Arginine-Specific Peptidase
    Purification, Characterization, and Crystallisation of Trypanosoma Metacaspases
    Monitoring the Proteostasis Function of the Saccharomyces cerevisiae Metacaspase Yca1
    Plant Metacaspase Activation and Activity
    Preparation of Arabidopsis thaliana Seedling Proteomes for Identifying Metacaspase Substrates by N-terminal COFRADIC.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Isabel Wilkerson.
    Summary: "As we go about our daily lives, caste is the wordless usher in a darkened theater, flashlight cast down in the aisles, guiding us to our assigned seats for a performance. The hierarchy of caste is not about feelings or morality. It is about power--which groups have it and which do not. In this book, Isabel Wilkerson gives us a portrait of an unseen phenomenon in America as she explores, through an immersive, deeply researched narrative and stories about real people, how America today and throughout its history has been shaped by a hidden caste system, a rigid hierarchy of human rankings. Beyond race, class, or other factors, there is a powerful caste system that influences people's lives and behavior and the nation's fate. Linking the caste systems of America, India, and Nazi Germany, Wilkerson explores eight pillars that underlie caste systems across civilizations, including divine will, bloodlines, stigma, and more. Using riveting stories about people--including Martin Luther King, Jr., baseball's Satchel Paige, a single father and his toddler son, Wilkerson herself, and many others--she shows the ways that the insidious undertow of caste is experienced every day. She documents how the Nazis studied the racial systems in America to plan their out-cast of the Jews; she discusses why the cruel logic of caste requires that there be a bottom rung for those in the middle to measure themselves against; she writes about the surprising health costs of caste, in depression and life expectancy, and the effects of this hierarchy on our culture and politics. Finally, she points forward to ways America can move beyond the artificial and destructive separations of human divisions, toward hope in our common humanity."--Provided by the publisher

    Contents:
    The man in the crowd
    Part One: Toxins in the Permafrost and Heat Rising all Around
    The afterlife of pathogens
    The vitals of history
    An old house and an infrared light
    An American untouchable
    An invisible program
    Part Two: The Arbitrary Construction of Human Divisions
    A long-running play and the emergence of caste in America
    "The container we have built for you"
    The measure of humanity
    Through the fog of Delhi to the parallels in India and America
    The Nazis and the acceleration of caste
    The evil of silence
    Part Three: The Eight Pillars of Caste
    The foundations of caste : The origins of our discontents
    Pillar number one : Divine will and the laws of nature
    Pillar number two : Heritability
    Pillar number three : Endogamy and the control of marriage and mating
    Pillar number four : Purity versus pollution
    Pillar number five : Occupational hierarchy : the jatis and the mudsill
    Pillar number six : Dehumanization and stigma
    Pillar number seven : Terror as enforcement, cruelty as a means of control
    Pillar number eight : Inherent superiority versus inherent inferiority
    Part Four: The Tentacles of Caste
    Brown eyes versus blue eyes
    Central miscasting
    Dominant group status threat and the precarity of the highest rung
    A scapegoat to bear the sins of the world
    The insecure alpha and the purpose of an underdog
    The intrusion of caste in everyday life
    The urgent necessity of a bottom rung
    Last place anxiety : packed in a flooding basement
    On the early front lines of caste
    Satchel Paige and the illogic of caste
    Part Five: The Consequences of Caste
    The euphoria of hate
    The inevitable narcissism of caste
    The German girl with the dark, wavy hair
    The Stockholm Syndrome and the survival of the subordinate caste
    Shock troops on the borders of hierarchy
    Cortisol, telomeres, and the lethality of caste
    Part Six: Backlash
    A change in the script
    Turning point and the resurgence of caste
    The symbols of caste
    Democracy on the ballot
    The price we pay for a caste system
    Part Seven: Awakening
    Shedding the sacred thread
    The radicalization of the dominant caste
    The heart is the last frontier
    Epilogue: A world without caste.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Fulltext (1 concurrent user)
    Fulltext (1 concurrent user) Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Audio Book (1 concurrent user)
    Audio Book (1 concurrent user) Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA407.3 .C3591
    5
  • Digital
    Jorge L. Alió, H. Burkhard Dick, Robert H. Osher, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive approach to the specialty of cataract surgery. Chapters are authored by an international group of experts who evaluate technology, recommend surgical technique, and review the management of both anticipated and unexpected complications. With more than 30 chapters, everyday challenges such as the white, mature, and uveitic cataract are included while the most difficult cases like the loose lens, posterior polar, aniridic, and the traumatic cataract are covered in detail. The editors have also included topics like IOL repositioning and exchange. Cataract Surgery: Advanced Techniques for Complex and Complicated Cases offers the reader an encyclopedic collection of invaluable lessons that will help both the surgeon who is early in his career as well as the veteran cataract surgeon.

    Contents:
    Key Elements in the Risk Evaluation
    Technology and Devices Involved in Cataract Surgery in Special Cases
    The Hard Cataract
    Intumescent Cataract and Preventing the Argentinian Flag Sign
    Pediatric Cataract
    The Unstable Lens in the Adult Patient
    IOL Implantation with Zonulopathy
    Cataract Surgery in Eyes with Ocular Surface Problems and Severe Dry Eye
    Cataract Surgery in Stevens-Johnson Syndrome and Pemphigoid Diseases
    Cataract Surgery in Keratoconus
    Cataract in Cases with Previous Corneal Graft Surgery; High Astigmatism
    Cataract Surgery in Eyes with Fuchs Endothelial Corneal Dystrophy
    The Posterior Polar Cataract
    Cataract Surgery in the Edematous, Partially Opaque Cornea and After Corneal Graft
    Cataract Surgery in Previous Refractive Corneal Surgery Cases
    Complications of Phakic Intraocular Lenses
    Safety and Visual Outcomes Following Phakic Intraocular Lens Bilensectomy
    Intraocular Lens Explantation and Exchange
    Cataract Surgery in Uveitis
    Prevention and Treatment of Negative and Positive Dysphotopsia
    Cataract Surgery in the Vitrectomized Eye
    Combined Cataract Surgery with Pars Plana Vitrectomy
    Cataract Surgery in High and Extreme Myopia
    Relative Anterior Microphthalmos, High Hyperopia, Nanophthalmos
    Cataract Surgery in the Diabetic Eye
    Cataract Surgery in Aniridia
    Floppy Iris Syndrome
    Iris Repair
    Artificial Iris Implantation: Overview of Surgical Techniques
    Advanced Iris Repair
    Correction of Severe Iris Defects and Cases of Traumatic Aniridia with Aphakia by Combined Scleral Fixated Intraocular Lens and Keratopigmentation
    Cataract Surgery in the Traumatized Anterior Segment
    Traumatic Cataract
    Femtosecond Laser in Complex and Complicated Cases
    Complications of Femtosecond Laser-Assisted Cataract Surgery
    Hard Cataract Management with Modern Extracapsular Cataract Surgery
    Managing Complications During Cataract Surgery
    Dislocated IOLs
    Management of Dropped Nucleus in Complicated Cataract Surgery
    The Miscalculated IOL: Postoperative Refractive Surprise
    MIGS in Special Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Hiroko Bissen-Miyajima, Douglas Donald Koch, Mitchell Patrick Weikert, editors.
    Summary: Cataract Surgery: Maximizing Outcomes Through Research provides cataract surgeons with helpful information about cataract operations based on the latest fundamental and clinical research. This book comprehensively covers a wide range of topics from the basic principles of each treatment to today?s hot topics such as femtosecond laser application, cataract surgery, and new intraocular lenses (IOLs) with accommodating or light-adjustable function. Detailed cutting-edge discussion is provided in each chapter with the addition of diagrams, photographs, and tables to help readers better understand the subject. Authored by leading international experts, the book covers topics from preoperative evaluations to postoperative care including evaluation of accommodation and pseudo-accommodation, glistening and visual function, the eye?s image quality with a premium IOL, IOL power calculations, pupil size and postoperative visual function, posterior capsular opacity, corneal astigmatism, femtosecond laser techniques, and more. Cataract Surgery: Maximizing Outcomes Through Research is the perfect book for cataract surgeons and general ophthalmologists who wish to update their knowledge and make use of it in their everyday medical practice.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Pupil Size and Postoperative Visual Function
    Evaluation of Visual Function in Pseudophakic Eyes and Phakic Eyes in Various Age Groups
    Screening Cataract Surgery Candidates with Corneal Topographer
    Intraocular Lens Power Calculations in Long Eyes
    Using Optical Coherence Tomography for IOL Power Calculations in Eyes with Prior Ablative Corneal Surgery
    Corneal Astigmatisms and Postoperative Visual Acuity
    Cataract Wound Size and Astigmatism
    Correction of corneal astigmatism with toric IOLs
    Corneal Astigmatic Correction by Femtosecond Laser Incisions
    Fluidics of Phacoemulsification Systems
    The optic edge and adhesive property of an intraocular lens influences lens epithelial cell migration under the optic
    Femtosecond Techniques in Cataract Surgery
    Optical Bench Testing of IOLs
    Image Quality in Eyes with Premium Multifocal Intraocular Lens Simulation of the Patients? View
    Image quality of the eye with a premium IOL ? simulation of the retinal surgeon?s view
    Glistenings and their Influence on Visual Function
    IOL Surface Light Scattering and Visual Function.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Christopher Liu, Ahmed Shalaby Bardan, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book provides ophthalmic professionals and trainees with practical guidance on how to perform cataract surgery efficiently. From patient satisfaction and risk stratification to safely performing cataract surgery, it addresses specific problems and offers clear solutions. The respective chapters address the health economy, surgical outcomes, staff satisfaction, surgical training, and research. Cataract surgeons seeking to further develop their clinical skills will find this book an indispensable resource in their day-to-day practice. Written by respected laser and lens refractive surgeons, this book will provide professionals and trainees with valuable new approaches to cataract surgery and patient management.

    Contents:
    What do cataract patients want?
    Timing of cataract surgery
    Risk stratification
    Choice of Anaesthesia
    Novel methods of delivery
    Refractive Aim and Choice of Intraocular lens
    Calculating the human eye - Basics on Biometry
    Teaching Phacoemulsification cataract surgery
    Surgical pearls for challenging cases
    Pseudophakic Cystoid Macular Oedema
    Prophylaxis and treatment of endophthalmitis
    Posterior Capsule Opacification
    Market forces, premium cataract surgery and managing the unhappy patient
    Sustainable cataract surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Charles J. Fox, III, Elyse M. Cornett, G. E. Ghali, editors.
    Summary: This textbook provides educational material for the many students, as well as nurses, residents or attending physicians who participate in perioperative medicine. It focuses on the most serious perioperative complications and includes a discussion of the pathophysiologic and pharmacologic implications unique to each. Additionally, the textbook provides medicolegal information pertinent to those providing care to these patients. All chapters are written with the most current and relevant information by leading experts in each field.The layout and format is designed to be purposeful, logical and visually effective. Other features include review questions and answers, chapter summaries and shaded call-out boxes to facilitate learning.

    Contents:
    Sleep Apnea
    Postoperative Visual Loss: Anatomy, Pathogenesis, and Anesthesia Considerations
    Substance Abuse
    Awareness
    Shared Airway: Techniques, Anesthesia Considerations and Implications
    Dental Injury: Anatomy, Pathogenesis, and Anesthesia Considerations and Implications
    Complications of General Anesthesia
    Pain Management
    Regional Anesthesia/ Monitored Anesthesia Care
    Massive Perioperative Hemorrhage: Considerations in Clinical Management
    Cardiovascular System Damaging Events
    Airway and Respiratory System Damaging Events
    Burns in the Operating Room
    Eye Injury
    Severe Peripheral Nerve Injury
    Catastrophic Perioperative Complications and Management in the Trauma Patient
    Obstetrics
    Catastrophic Complications in Pediatric Anesthesiology
    Ambulatory and Office Based Surgery
    Remote Locations
    Equipment Problems
    Perioperative Medication Errors
    Physiologic Monitoring: Technological Advances Improving Patient Safety
    Quality of Care in Perioperative Medicine
    Professional Liability
    Medical Malpractice
    Closed Claims Project Overview
    Peer Review in Perioperative Medicine
    Perioperative Complications Chapter: Shared Decision Making and Informed Consent.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Lewis Landsberg, MD, Irving S. Cutter Professor of Medicine, dean emeritus, director, Northwestern Comprehensive Center on Obesity (NCCO), Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: pt. I Fundamental Aspects of Catecholamine Biology
    Introduction: Overview of the Sympathoadrenal System
    Biosynthesis of Catecholamines
    Catecholamine Storage and Release from Sympathetic Nerve Endings and Adrenal Medullary Chromaffin Cells
    Regulation of Central Sympathoadrenal Outflow
    The Peripheral Dopaminergic System
    Metabolism and Termination of Action of Catecholamines
    Adrenergic Receptors
    Assessment of Sympathoadrenal Activity
    pt. II Physiology of the Sympathoadrenal System
    General and Unique Features of Regulation by the Sympathoadrenal System: Central Neural Control
    Cardiovascular Effects of the Sympathoadrenal System
    Metabolic Effects of the Sympathoadrenal System
    Sympathetic Nervous System Effects on Heat Conservation and Heat Generation
    Sympathoadrenal Effects on Visceral Smooth Muscle and Exocrine Glands
    Sympathoadrenal Effects on Renal Function, Electrolytes, and Hormone Secretion
    pt. III The Role of the Sympathoadrenal System in Physiologic Adaptation and the Pathophysiology of Disease States
    Cold Exposure
    Exercise and Physical Training
    Dietary Intake: Fasting and Overfeeding
    Hypoglycemia
    Ketosis, Ketogenesis, and Ketoacidosis
    Hypertension
    Obesity
    Hypoxia and Hypercarbia (Hypercapnia)
    Congestive Heart Failure
    Thyroid and Adrenal Hormones
    Hypotension and Shock
    pt. IV Pharmacology
    Adrenergic Agonists
    Adrenergic Antagonists
    Drugs Affecting the Metabolism and the Inactivation of Catecholamines
    pt. V Tumors of the Sympathoadrenal System
    Pheochromocytoma
    Neuroblastoma, Ganglioneuroblastoma, and Ganglioneuroma.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Kenzo Hirao, editor.
    Summary: This book provides cutting-edge theories and techniques for catheter ablation of all kinds of tachyarrhythmias. Catheter ablation has been a main therapeutic method for tachyarrhythmias for more than thirty years now, and countless operations have been successfully performed. It is crucial for electrophysiologists to diagnose arrhythmia mechanisms correctly and to optimize ablation methods, especially in Japan, one of the world's fastest-aging countries and where many of this book's authors are based. The volume is divided into eight parts. The first three parts present the basic theories and novel insights essential to diagnosing and performing catheter ablations. In turn, the latter five parts highlight practical ablation methods in the context of frequently encountered arrhythmias cases, as well as rare ones such as chanellopathies. Written for electrophysiologists who treat patients with cardiac arrhythmias, the book offers reader s essential tips and tricks for the optimal treatment of arrhythmias.

    Contents:
    Part I - Cardiac Anatomy for Catheter Ablation
    1. Atrial and Atrio-Ventricular Junctional Anatomy: Myocardial orientation and its heterogeneity
    2. Anatomy of Aorta, Pulmonary artery and Ventricles
    Part II -Techniques and Interpretation to Diagnose the Mechanism of Supraventricular Tachycardias
    3. Entrainment pacing: A diagnostic tool for reentrant tachycardia and its application for catheter ablation
    4. Para-Hisian Pacing
    5. Entrainment Pacing for Differential Diagnosis of Supraventricular Tachycardias
    Part III - Special Sites for Ablation
    6. Aortic Sinus Cusps for Catheter Ablation of Supraventricular and Ventricular Arrhythmias
    7. Coronary Sinus for Ablation of Ventricular Tachyarrhythmia and Supraventricular
    8. Vein of Marshall Chemical Ablation of Atrial Tachyarrhythmias
    Part IV - Catheter Ablation of Atrial Tachycardias and Flutter
    9. Cavo-tricuspid Isthmus Dependent Atrial Flutter
    10. Uncommon Atrial Flutter
    11. Adenosine-sensitive Atrial Tachycardia
    12. Focal Atrial Tachycardia
    13. Catheter Ablation of Atrial Tachycardia Following Catheter and Surgical Ablation of Atrial Fibrillation
    Part V - Catheter Ablation of Atrial Fibrillation
    14. Pulmonary vein isolation: Radiofrequency energy
    15. Pulmonary vein isolation: cryoballoon ablation
    16. Radiofrequency HotBalloon Ablation
    17. Catheter Ablation of Posterior LA Isolation: Box Isolation
    18. Isolation of Superior Vena Cava
    19. Catheter Ablation of Non-Pulmonary Vein Foci 20. Stepwise Ablation for Persistent Atrial Fibrillation
    21. Substrate ablation of persistent AF
    22. Autonomic Ganglionated Plexi Ablation in Patients with Atrial Fibrillation
    Part VI - Catheter Ablation of Atrio-Ventricular Nodal Tachycardias
    23. Slow Pathway Ablation for Atrioventricular Nodal Reentrant Tachycardia
    24. Ablation of Superior Slow Pathway in Atypical Fast-Slow Atrioventricular Nodal Reentrant Tachycardia
    25. Retrograde Fast Pathway Ablation in Atrio-ventricular Nodal Reentrant Tachycardia
    Part VII - Catheter Ablation of Accessory Pathways
    26. Free Wall Atrio-Ventricular Accessory Pathways
    27. Posteroseptal Atrio-Ventricular Accessory Pathways
    28. Catheter ablation of antero-septal (supero-paraseptal) and mid-septal (true septal) accessory pathways
    29. Atriofascicular Accessory Pathways
    30. Nodofascicular/ Nodoventricular Accessory Pathway
    Part VIII - Catheter Ablation of Ventricular Tachycardias
    31. Outflow Tract Ventricular Tachycardias and Premature Ventricular Contractions - ECG based prediction of Origin Sites
    32. Idiopathic Left Fascicular Ventricular Tachycardia
    33. Bundle Branch Reentrant Ventricular Tachycardia
    34. Papillary Muscle Ventricular Tachycardia
    35. Ventricular Tachycardia in Non-ischemic Cardiomyopathy
    36. Ventricular Tachycardia in Ischemic Heart Disease
    37. Ablation of Brugada Syndrome
    38. Ablation of Catecholaminergic Polymorphic Ventricular Tachycardia
    39. Epicardial Ablation for Ventricular Tachycardia
    40. Ablation of Electrical Storm.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Shoei K. Stephen Huang MD and John M. Miller MD.
    Summary: "From anatomy and diagnostic criteria through specific mapping and ablation techniques, Catheter Ablation of Cardiac Arrhythmias, 4th Edition, covers all you need to know in this fast-changing field. Ideal for practitioners who need a comprehensive, user-friendly ablation text for the electrophysiology lab or office setting, this authoritative reference offers quick access to practical content, using detailed tables and high-quality images to help you apply what you learn in your practice"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Biophysics and pathophysiology of radiofrequency lesion formation
    Guiding lesion formation during radiofrequency catheter ablation
    Irrigated and cooled-tip radiofrequency catheter ablation
    Catheter cryoablation : biophysics and clinical applications
    Cardiac anatomy for catheter mapping and ablation of arrhythmias
    Fundamentals of intracardiac mapping
    Catheter 3-dimensional mapping systems
    Remote catheter navigation systems
    Intracardiac echocardiography, computed cardiac tomography, and magnetic resonance imaging for guiding mapping and ablation
    Ablation of focal atrial tachycardias
    Ablation of cavotricuspid isthmus-dependent atrial flutters
    Ablation of nonisthmus-dependent flutters and atrial macroreentry
    Ablation of postoperative atrial tachycardia in congenital heart disease
    Pulmonary vein isolation for atrial fibrillation
    Pulmonary vein isolation by cryoballoon catheter
    Ablation of nonpulmonary vein triggers
    Substrate-based ablation for atrial fibrillation
    Ablation of atrial fibrillation drivers : focal impulse and rotor modulation
    Ablation of persistent and long-standing persistent atrial fibrillation
    Epicardial and endocardial hybrid ablation for atrial fibrillation
    Ablation of atrioventricular junctional tachycardias : atrioventricular nodal reentry, variants, and focal junctional tachycardia
    Atrioventricular junction ablation for heart-rate control of atrial fibrillation
    Ablation of free wall accessory pathways
    Ablation of posteroseptal accessory pathways
    Catheter ablation of superoparaseptal (anteroseptal) and midseptal accessory pathways
    Ablation of atriofascicular accessory pathways and variants
    Special problems in ablation of accessory pathways
    Ablation of ventricular outflow tract tachycardias
    Ablation of idiopathic left and right ventricular and fascicular tachycardias
    Ablation of ventricular tachycardia in coronary artery disease
    Ablation of ventricular tachycardia associated with nonischemic cardiomyopathy
    Ablation of unstable ventricular tachycardia and ventricular fibrillation
    Substrate-based ablation for ventricular tachycardia
    Epicardial approach to catheter ablation of ventricular tachycardia
    Ablation of ventricular tachycardia with congenital heart disease
    Ablation of genetically triggered ventricular tachycardia/fibrillation--focusing on brugada syndrome
    Ablation of ventricular tachycardia with percutaneous hemodynamic support
    Complications associated with radiofrequency catheter ablation of arrhythmias
    Atrial transseptal catheterization special considerations for ablation in pediatric patients.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Simon Shorvon, Renzo Guerrini, Steven Schachter, Eugen Trinka.
    Summary: Unique to the market and expanded and revised, this definitive text describes the many causes of epilepsy. It is the only single source of information, designed for clinical practice and written by leading figures from the field. This new edition has been fully revised and expanded.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Alex Clarke, Andrew Thompson, Elizabeth Jenkinson, Nichola Rumsey, and Rob Newell.
    Contents:
    Background, clinical problems, common presentation and treatment considerations
    A stepped-care approach to psychosocial intervention
    Models and frameworks: expanding the conceptual approach to managing appearance-related distress
    Clinical assessment
    Social skills and coping strategies
    Cognitive behavioral therapy
    Planning treatment and sessional guides
    The emerging adult: facilitating transition from child to adult service
    Psychological assessment for cosmetic surgery
    Models of service delivery.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    David F. Tolin, Blaise L. Worden, Bethany M. Wootton, Christina M. Gilliam.
    Contents:
    Introductory Information for Clinicians. What is Hoarding Disorder?
    Implementing Group CBT for Hoarding Disorder
    Treatment Manual. Welcome to the Class
    Why Do I Have So Much Stuff?
    Making Decisions and Solving Problems
    Making Decisions and Solving Problems
    Intense Emotions
    Intense Emotions
    Unhelpful Thinking
    Unhelpful Thinking
    Waxing and Waning Motivation
    Waxing and Waning Motivation
    Putting It All Together
    Putting It All Together
    Putting It All Together
    Putting It All Together
    Staying Clutter Free in the Future
    Staying Clutter Free in the Future
    Appendix A: Clock Sign
    Appendix B: "Bad Guy" Reminder Cards for Participants.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    M. Becker [and others].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R856.6 .C46 2015
    1
  • Digital
    editors Edward G. Wing, Fred J. Schiffman.
    Summary: "Known for its concise, easy-to-read writing style and comprehensive coverage, Cecil Essentials of Medicine has been a favorite of students, residents, and instructors through nine outstanding editions. This revised 10th Edition continues the tradition of excellence with a focus on high-yield core knowledge of key importance to anyone entering or established in the field of internal medicine. Fully revised and updated by editors Edward J. Wing and Fred J. Schiffman, along with other leading teachers and experts in the field, Cecil Essentials remains clinically focused and solidly grounded in basic science."--Amazon.com
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    edited by S. Devi Rampertab, Gerard E. Mullin.
    Summary: Celiac Disease is an authoritative text intended to educate healthcare practitioners, gastroenterologists, physicians and nutritionists about the diverse manifestations, complications and management of gluten-sensitive enteropathy. The seventeen-chapter text provides the latest research on pathophysiology, including animal models, immunopathogenesis, genetics and the intestinal microflora. The book also features chapters on diagnosis, monitoring, complications and nutritional management, including therapies on the horizon. The text concludes with appendices that provide educational tools for symptom monitoring and dietary guidance. Written by specialists in their respective fields, "Celiac Disease" is a comprehensive resource that provides the healthcare practitioner an evidence-based practical guide to pathogenesis and therapy of celiac disease.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Definition of Celiac Disease and Gluten Sensitivity
    Epidemiology of Celiac Disease
    The Pathophysiology of Celiac Disease
    Immunogenetics of Celiac Disease
    Using Animal Models of Celiac Disease to? Understand the Role of MHC II
    Role of Gut Microbes in Celiac Disease Risk and Pathogenesis
    Presentation of Celiac Disease in Children and Adults
    Diagnosis of Celiac Disease
    Nutrition in Celiac Disease
    Dietary Supplements in Celiac Disease
    Monitoring and Follow-up of Patients with Celiac Disease
    Special Considerations in Children and Young Adults with Celiac Disease
    Novel and Experimental Therapies on the Horizon
    Morbidity and Mortality Associated with Celiac Disease
    Refractory Celiac Disease
    Celiac Disease: Dispelling Misconceptions and Myths
    Summary of Recommendations from the American College of Gastroenterology Celiac Disease Guidelines
    Resources for Celiac Disease Practitioners and Patients
    Taxonomic Relationships of the Major Cereal Grains
    Some Potential Sources of Hidden Gluten
    Key Elements in the Management of Celiac Disease
    Celiac Iceberg
    An Approach to Gluten Challenge for the Diagnosis or Exclusion of Celiac Disease
    An Approach to the Monitoring of Celiac Disease
    An Approach to the Diagnosis of Celiac Disease
    An Approach to the Patient with Non-Responsive Celiac Disease
    Dietary Reference Intakes (DRIs): Recommended Dietary Allowance and Adequate Intakes, Vitamins and Elements
    Dietary Reference Intakes (DRIs): Tolerable Upper Intake Levels, Vitamins and Elements.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Anthony W. Ryan.
    Contents:
    Celiac disease : background and historical context / Graham D. Turner, Margaret R. Dunne, and Anthony W. Ryan
    Celiac disease : diagnosis / Greg Byrne and Conleth F. Feighery
    Generating transgenic mouse models for studying celiac disease / Josephine M. Ju, Eric V. Marietta, and Joseph A. Murray
    Study designs for exploring the non-HLA genetics in celiac disease / Åsa Torinsson Naluai
    Twenty-four hour ex vivo culture of celiac duodenal biopsies / Sarah E. J. Cooper, Sharon Wilson, and Conleth F. Feighery
    Isolation and cloning of gluten-specific T cells in celiac disease / Yvonne Kooy-Winkelaar and Frits Koning
    Flow cytometric analysis of human small intestinal lymphoid cells / Margaret R. Dunne
    Adaptation of a cell-based high content screening system for the in-depth analysis of celiac biopsy tissue / Sarah E. J. Cooper ... [et al.]
    HLA genotyping : methods for the identification of the HLA-DQ2,-DQ8 heterodimers implicated in celiac disease (CD) susceptibility / Maria Edvige Fasano, Ennia Dametto, and Sandra D'Alfonso
    Detecting allelic expression imbalance at candidate genes using 5' exonuclease genotyping technology / Jillian M. Gahan ... [et al.]
    Gene expression profiling of celiac biopsies and peripheral blood monocytes using taqman assays / Martina Galatola, Renata Auricchio, and Luigi Greco
    Cloning gene variants and reporter assays / Ben Molloy and Ross McManus
    Epigenetic methodologies for the study of celiac disease / Antoinette S. Perry, Anne-Marie Baird, and Steven G. Gray
    Candidate gene knockdown in celiac disease / Ben Molloy ... [et al.]
    Perl one-liners : bridging the gap between large data sets and analysis tools / Karsten Hokamp
    Bioinformatic analysis of antigenic proteins in celiac disease / Cathal P. O'Brien
    Quality control procedures for high-throughput genetic association studies / Ciara Coleman, Emma M. Quinn, and Ross McManus
    Quality control and analysis of NGS RNA sequencing data / Emma M. Quinn and Ross McManus.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Herbert Wieser, Peter Koehler, Katharina Konitzer.
    Contents:
    Celiac disease : a complex disorder
    Gluten : the precipitating factor
    Treatment of Celiac disease
    Gluten-free products.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Heide Schatten, editor.
    Summary: "This volume covers classic and modern cell and molecular biology of prostate cancer, as well as novel biomarkers, inflammation, centrosome pathologies, microRNAs, cancer initiation and genetics, epigenetics, mitochondrial dysfunctions and apoptosis, cancer stem cells, angiogenesis and progression to metastasis, and treatment strategies including clinical trials related to prostate cancer. Cell & Molecular Biology of Prostate Cancer is one of two companion books comprehensively addressing the biology and clinical aspects of prostate cancer. Prostate Cancer: Molecular & Diagnostic Imaging and Treatment Stategies, the companion volume, discusses both classic and the most recent imaging approaches including analysis of needle biopsies, applications of nanoparticle probes and peptide-based radiopharmaceuticals for detection, early diagnosis and treatment of prostate cancer. Taken together, these volumes form one comprehensive and invaluable contribution to the literature"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Brief overview of prostate cancer statistics, grading, diagnosis and treatment strategies / Heide Schatten
    Novel biomarkers for prostate cancer detection and prognosis / Xavier Filella, Laura Foj
    Inflammation and prostate cancer / Ashutosh K. Tewari, Jennifer A. Stockert, Shalini S. Yadav, Kamlesh K. Yadav, Irtaza Khan
    The impact of centrosome pathologies on prostate cancer development and progression / Heide Schatten, Maureen O. Ripple
    MicroRNAs as regulators of prostate cancer metastasis / Divya Bhagirath, Thao Ly Yang, Rajvir Dahiya, Sharanjot Saini
    Epithelial-mesenchymal transition (EMT) and prostate cancer / Valerie Odero-Marah, Ohuod Hawsawi, Veronica Henderson, Janae Sweeney
    The role of multi-parametric MRI and fusion biopsy for the diagnosis of prostate cancer: a systematic review of current literature / Debashis Sarkar
    A geneticist's view of prostate cancer: prostate cancer treatment considerations / Abraham Eisenstark.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Vladimir Berezin, Peter S. Walmod, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Cell Adhesion Molecules Belonging to the Immunoglobulin Superfamily
    Thy-1 Modulates Neurological Cell-Cell and Cell-Matrix Interactions Through Multiple Molecular Interactions / Lisette Leyton and James S. Hagood
    The IgCAMs CAR, BT-IgSF, and CLMP: Structure, Function, and Diseases / Jadwiga Schreiber, Hanna Langhorst, René Jüttner and Fritz G. Rathjen
    GLIALCAM, A Glial Cell Adhesion Molecule Implicated in Neurological Disease / Alejandro Barrallo-Gimeno and Raúl Estévez
    The Neuroplastins: Multifunctional Neuronal Adhesion Molecules--Involvement in Behaviour and Disease / Philip Beesley, Michaela Kraus and Nathalie Parolaro
    Roles of Nectins and Nectin-Like Molecules in the Nervous System / Masahiro Mori, Yoshiyuki Rikitake, Kenji Mandai and Yoshimi Takai
    ICAM-5: A Neuronal Dendritic Adhesion Molecule Involved in Immune and Neuronal Functions / Carl G. Gahmberg, Lin Ning and Sonja Paetau
    ROUNDABOUT Receptors / Athéna R. Ypsilanti and Alain Chedotal
    New Insights into the Roles of the Contactin Cell Adhesion Molecules in Neural Development / Alma N. Mohebiany, Sheila Harroch and Samuel Bouyain D.Phil.-- The L1 Family of Cell Adhesion Molecules: A Sickening Number of Mutations and Protein Functions / Kakanahalli Nagaraj, Rula Mualla and Michael Hortsch
    Organisation and Control of Neuronal Connectivity and Myelination by Cell Adhesion Molecule Neurofascin / Julia Ebel, Simone Beuter, Jennifer Wuchter, Martin Kriebel and Hansjürgen Volkmer
    Roles for DSCAM and DSCAML1 in Central Nervous System Development and Disease / María Luz Montesinos
    Part II. Cell Adhesion Molecules Not Belonging to the Immunoglobulin Superfamily
    The Adhesion Molecule Anosmin-1 in Neurology: Kallmann Syndrome and Beyond / Fernando de Castro, Pedro F. Esteban, Ana Bribián [and 3 others]
    Protocadherins in Neurological Diseases / Takahiro Hirabayashi and Takeshi Yagi
    Neural Cell Adhesion Molecules Belonging to the Family of Leucine-Rich Repeat Proteins / Malene Winther and Peter S. Walmod
    Erratum to: The L1 Family of Cell Adhesion Molecules: A Sickening Number of Mutations and Protein Functions / Kakanahalli Nagaraj, Rula Mualla and Michael Hortsch.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Christian Behl, Christine Ziegler.
    Contents:
    Aging and cell aging : an introduction
    Cell cycle : the life cycle of a cell
    Theories and mechanisms of aging
    Selected age-related disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Nalini Chandar, Susan M. Viselli.
    Summary: "Up to date, easy to use, and rich with vibrant illustrations, Lippincott® Illustrated Reviews: Cell and Molecular Biology, 3rd Edition, provides a highly visual presentation of essential cell and molecular biology with a focus on topics related to human health and disease. This engaging approach incorporates all of the most popular features of the bestselling Lippincott® Illustrated Reviews series, including abundant full-color illustrations, chapter summaries, and review questions that link basic science to real-life clinical situations."--Provided by publisher
  • Digital
    Nalini Chandar, Susan Viselli.
    Contents:
    Stem cells and their differentiation
    Extracellular matrix and cell adhesion
    Biological membranes
    Cytoskeleton
    Organelles
    The eukaryotic genome
    DNA replication
    Transcription
    Translation
    Regulation of gene expression
    Protein trafficking
    Protein degradation
    Basic concepts of transport
    Active transport
    Glucose transport
    Drug transport
    G protein signaling
    Catalytic receptor signaling
    Steroid receptor signaling
    The cell cycle
    Regulation of the cell cycle
    Abnormal cell growth
    Cell death
    Aging and senescence.
  • Digital
    Marco A. Zarbin, Mandeep S. Singh, Ricardo P. Casaroli-Marano, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses why specific diseases are being targeted for cell-based retinal therapy, what evidence exists that justifies optimism for this approach, and what challenges must be managed in order to bring this technology from the laboratory into routine clinical practice. There are a number of unanswered questions (e.g., surgical approach to cell delivery, management of immune response, optimum cell type to transplant) that very likely are not going to be answered until human trials are undertaken, but there is a certain amount of "de-risking" that can be done with preclinical experimentation. This book is essential reading for scientists, clinicians, and advanced students in stem cell research, cell biology, and ophthalmology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Advantages of the Eye as a Target Organ for Cell-Based Therapy in the Central Nervous System; Introduction; Advantages of the Eye as a Target Organ; Anatomy and Physiology; Surgical Access; Immune Privilege; Antigen Load; High-Resolution Noninvasive Imaging Technology; Functional Assessment of the Transplant; Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 2: Proof of Principle: Preclinical Data on Retinal Cell Transplantation; Introduction; Photoreceptor Rescue Therapy; RPE Transplantation; Neural and Retinal Progenitor Cell Transplantation Age-Related Macular DegenerationClinical Characteristics; Genetic Association and Pathophysiology; Ophthalmoscopic Features; Imaging and Other Useful Tests; Fluorescein Angiography; Optical Coherence Tomography; Fundus Autofluorescence; Electrophysiological Testing; Differential Diagnosis; ABCA4 (Stargardt) Dystrophy; Clinical Characteristics; Genetic Association and Pathophysiology; Ophthalmoscopic Features; Imaging and Other Useful Tests; Fundus Autofluorescence; Fluorescein Angiography; Optical Coherence Tomography; Electrophysiological Testing; Differential Diagnosis; Best Disease Bone Marrow Cell TransplantationUmbilical Tissue-Derived Cell Transplantation; Photoreceptor Replacement Therapy; Neuroretinal Sheet Transplantation; Photoreceptor Cell Transplantation; Retinal Cellular Materials Transfer; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Clinical and Pathological Features of Selected Human Retinal Degenerative Diseases; Introduction; Generalized Retinal Degenerations; Retinitis Pigmentosa; Clinical Characteristics; Genetic Associations and Pathophysiology; Ophthalmoscopic Features; Imaging and Other Useful Tests; Perimetry and Electrophysiological Testing Clinical CharacteristicsGenetic Association and Pathophysiology; Ophthalmoscopic Features; Imaging and Other Useful Tests; Optical Coherence Tomography; Fundus autofluorescence; Fluorescein Angiography; Electrophysiological Testing; Differential Diagnosis; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Degenerative Retinal Diseases: Cell Sources for Cell-Based Therapy; Retinal Degenerative Diseases; Sources of Stem Cells; Embryonic Stem Cells (ESCs); Fetal Stem Cells; Adult Stem Cells; Neuronal Origin; RPE Stem Cells; Ciliary Epithelium-Derived Progenitor Cells; Müller Progenitor Cells (MCs) Fundus AutofluorescenceFluorescein Angiography; Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT); Differential Diagnosis; Leber Congenital Amaurosis; Clinical Characteristics; Genetic Association and Pathophysiology; Ophthalmoscopic Features; Imaging and Other Useful Tests; Fundus Autofluorescence, Fluorescein Angiography, and OCT; Psychophysical and Electrophysiological Testing; Differential Diagnosis; Choroideremia; Clinical Characteristics; Genetic Association and Pathophysiology; Ophthalmoscopic Features; Imaging and Other Useful Tests; Differential Diagnosis; Central Degenerations
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Ricardo P. Casaroli-Marano, Marco A. Zarbin.
    Contents:
    Age-related macular degeneration: clinical findings, histopathology, and imaging techniques / Zarbin, M.A.; Casaroli-Marano, R.P.; Rosenfeld, P.J.
    General pathophysiology in retinal degeneration / Wert, K.J.; Lin, J.H.; Tsang, S.H.
    Juvenile-onset macular degeneration and allied disorders / North, V.; Gelman, R.; Tsang, S.H.
    Diagnosis and complementary examinations / Menghini, M.; Duncan, J.L.
    Stem cells for retinal repair / Stern, J.; Temple, S.
    Differentiation of pluripotent stem cells into retinal pigmented epithelium / Croze, R.H.; Clegg, D.O.
    Neural retinal regeneration with pluripotent stem cells / Ramsden, C.M.; Powner, M.B.; Carr, A.-J.F.; Smart, M.J.K.; da Cruz, L.; Coffey, P.J.
    Stem cells, retinal ganglion cells and glaucoma / Sluch, V.M.; Zack, D.J.
    Stem cells : immunology and immunomodulation / Tena, A.; Sachs, D.H.
    Biochemical restoration of aged human Bruch's membrane : experimental studies to improve retinal pigment epithelium transplant survival and differentiation / Sugino, I.K.; Sun, Q.; Cheewatrakoolpong, N.; Malcuit, C.; Zarbin, M.A.
    Approaches to cell delivery : substrates and scaffolds for cell therapy / Kundu, J.; Michaelson, A.; Baranov, P.; Young, M.J.; Carrier, R.L.
    Microdevice-based cell therapy for age-related macular degeneration / Lu, B.; Tai, Y.-C.; Humayun, M.S.
    Cell and gene therapy / Rao, R.C.; Zacks, D.N.
    Cellular manufacturing for clinical applications / Sheu, J.; Klassen, H.; Bauer, G.
    Regulatory issues in cell-based therapy for clinical purposes / Casaroli-Marano, R.P.; Tabera, J.; Vilarrodona, A.; Trias, E.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Thomas D. Pollard, William C. Earnshaw, Jennifer Lippincott-Schwartz, Graham T. Johnson.
    Summary: The much-anticipated 3rd edition of Cell Biology delivers comprehensive, clearly written, and richly illustrated content to today's students, all in a user-friendly format. Relevant to both research and clinical practice, this rich resource covers key principles of cellular function and uses them to explain how molecular defects lead to cellular dysfunction and cause human disease. Concise text and visually amazing graphics simplify complex information and help readers make the most of their study time.

    Contents:
    Sect. I: Introduction to cell biology
    Sect. II: Chemical and physical background
    Sect. III: Chromatin, chromosomes, and the cell nucleus
    Sect. IV: Central dogma: from gene to protein
    Sect. V: Membrane structure and function
    Sect. VI: Cellular organelles and membrane trafficking
    Sect. VII: Signaling mechanisms
    Sect. VIII: Cellular adhesion and the extracellular matrix
    Sect. IX: Cytoskeleton and cellular motility
    Sect: X: Cell cycle.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Thomas D. Pollard, William C. Earnshaw, Jennifer Lippincott-Schwartz, Graham T. Johnson.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: "Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. With a goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange, this new book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of SpringerNature's longstanding and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series is launched. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells will be covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the first volume of a continuing series"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Embryonic stem cells in development and regenerative medicine / Ayşegül Doğan
    Adult stem cells and medicine / Sinem Civriz Bozdağ, Meltem Kurt Yüksel, Taner Demirer
    Stem cells in regenerative cardiology / Semih Arbatlı, Galip Servet Aslan, Fatih Kocabaş
    The potency of induced pluripotent stem cells in cartilage regeneration and osteoarthritis treatment / Cormac Murphy, Ali Mobasheri, Zsuzsanna Táncos, Julianna Kobolák, András Dinnyés
    Pericytes: the role of multipotent stem cells in vascular maintenance and regenerative medicine / Toka A. Ahmed, Nagwa El-Badri
    Stem cell therapy: repurposing cell-based regenerative medicine beyond cell replacement / Eleonora Napoli, Trenton Lippert, Cesar V. Borlongan
    Stem cells in Alzheimer's disease: current standing and future challenges / Haitham Salem, Gabriela D. Colpo, Antonio L. Teixeira
    Developments in Hematopoietic Stem Cell Expansion and gene editing technologies / Dogacan Yucel, Fatih Kocabas
    Clinical applications of induced pluripotent stem cells
    Stato Attuale / Chavali Kavyasudha, Dannie Macrin, K.N. ArulJothi, Joel P. Joseph, M.K. Harishankar, Arikketh Devi
    Safety and efficacy of epigenetically converted human fibroblasts into insulin-secreting cells: a preclinical study / Tiziana A.L. Brevini, Georgia Pennarossa, Elena F.M. Manzoni, Fulvio Gandolfi.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This online first book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of SpringerNature's Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the second volume of a continuing series.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editor, Kursad Turksen.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions.This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of SpringerNature’s longstanding and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the fifth volume of a continuing series.

    Contents:
    Benjamin W. Streeter, Michael E. Davis Therapeutic Cardiac Patches for Repairing the Myocardium Nidheesh Dadheech and AM James Shapiro Human Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells in the Curative Treatment of Diabetes and Potential Impediments Ahead Selami Demirci, PhD, Alexis Leonard, MD, Juan J. Haro-Mora, PhD, Naoya Uchida, MD, PhD and John F Tisdale, MD CRISPR/Cas9 for Sickle Cell Disease: Applications, Future possibilities, and Challenges David Richards, Joe Swift, Lu Shin Wong, Stephen M. Richardson; Photoresponsive Hydrogels with Photoswitchable Stiffness: Emerging Platforms to Study Temporal Aspects of Mesenchymal Stem Cell Responses to Extracellular Stiffness Regulation Isabel Calejo, Raquel Costa-Almeida, Manuela E. Gomes; Cellular complexity at the interface: Challenges in enthesis tissue engineering BURCU TALUG AND ZEYNEP TOKCAER KESKIN; Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells in Disease Modelling and Regeneration Ayşegül Mendi, Hacer Ulutürk, Mustafa Sancar Ataç, Derviş Yılmaz; Stem cells for the oromaxillofacial area: Could they be a promising source for regeneration in dentistry? Safa AYDIN, Fikrettin ŞAHİN; Stem Cells Derived from Dental Tissues Hüseyin Abdik, Ezgi Avsar Abdik, Ayşen Aslı Hızlı Deniz, Pakize Neslihan Taşlı, Fikrettin Şahin; A Novel Virtue in Stem Cell Research: Exosomes and Their Role in Differentiation Taha Bartu Hayal, Binnur Kıratlı, Hatice Burcu Şişli, Fikrettin Şahin, Ayşegül Doğan; Mesenchymal Stem Cells as Regulators of Carcinogenesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of SpringerNature's longstanding and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the seventh volume of a continuing series.

    Contents:
    Application of iPSC to modelling of respiratory diseases
    Gene editing in human pluripotent stem cells: recent advances for clinical therapies
    Vascular wall as source of stem cells able to differentiate into endothelial cells
    Physiological and therapeutic roles of neuropeptide Y on biological functions
    Rho signaling-directed YAP/TAZ regulation encourages 3D spheroid colony formation and boosts plasticity of Parthenogenetic Stem Cells
    Transamniotic Stem Cell Therapy
    Regenerative medicine: Injectable cell-based therapeutics and approved products
    Stem Cell Therapy for Hepatocellular Carcinoma: Future Perspectives
    Potential of tribological properties of metalnanomaterials in biomedical applications
    The impact of the low frequency of the electromagnetic field on human.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of SpringerNatures longstanding and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the eight volume of a continuing series.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Kursad Turksen.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of SpringerNatures longstanding and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the ninth volume of a continuing series.

    Contents:
    Data Analysis of Infection Rates Among Exposed Healthcare Workers Could Reveal Effective Prophylactics Against SARS-CoV-2
    Immune Responses to SARS-CoV, MERS-CoV AND SARS-CoV-2
    Normothermic Preservation of Liver
    What does the Future Hold?
    Tissues from Post-Mortem Donors as Alternative Sources of Stem Cells for Regenerative Medicine
    New Pioneers of Optogenetics in Neuroscience
    A Current Overview of Scaffold-Based Bone Regeneration Strategies with Dental Stem Cells
    The Importance of Stem Cell Senescence in Regenerative Medicine
    Hematological Malignancies and Fertility
    Unraveling polymeric nanoparticles cell uptake pathways: two decades working to understand nanoparticles journey to improve gene therapy
    Cellular Dust as a Novel Hope for Regenerative Cancer Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions.

    Contents:
    Apelin Receptor Signaling During Mesoderm Development / Derya Sagraç, Hatice Burcu Sisli, Aysegül Dogan
    Epidermal Stem Cells in Regenerative Medicine / Simona Martinotti, Katia Marconato, Gregorio Bonsignore, Elia Ranzato
    The Cellular and Molecular Patterns Involved in the Neural Differentiation of Adipose-Derived Stem Cells / Aida Selaru, Sorina Dinescu, Marieta Costache
    Biomatrices for Heart Regeneration and Cardiac Tissue Modelling In Vitro / I. Kulvinskiene, R. Aldonyte, R. Miksiunas, A. Mobasheri, Daiva Bironaite
    Dentin-Pulp Tissue Regeneration Approaches in Dentistry: An Overview and Current Trends / Soner Sismanoglu, Pinar Ercal
    Stem Cell Culture Under Simulated Microgravity / Muge Anil-Inevi, Oyku Sarigil, Melike Kizilkaya, Gulistan Mese, H. Cumhur Tekin, Engin Ozcivici
    Smart Polymeric Systems: A Biomedical Viewpoint / Afsaneh Adibfar, Samaneh Hosseini, Mohamadreza Baghaban Eslaminejad
    Acute Lung Injury: Disease Modelling and the Therapeutic Potential of Stem Cells / Jie Lian, Juntang Lin, Norashikin Zakaria, Badrul Hisham Yahaya
    COVID-19 and Mesenchymal Stem Cell Treatment: Mystery or Not / Tunc Akkoc
    PCDH19 Pathogenic Variants in Males: Expanding the Phenotypic Spectrum / Kristy L. Kolc, Rikke S. Møller, Lynette G. Sadleir, Ingrid E. Scheffer, Raman Kumar, Jozef Gecz.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Contents:
    Induced pluripotent stem cell derived human lung organoids to map and treat the SARS-CoV2 infections in vitro
    Embryonic Stem Cells in Clinical Trials: Current Overview of Developments and Challenges
    Functions of Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Cardiac Repair
    Cardiac Progenitor Cells
    Cardiac Immunology: a new era for immune cells in the heart
    Conventional and Alternative Mesenchymal Stem Cell Therapies for the Treatment of Diabetes
    Mesenchymal stem cells: The past present and future
    Extracellular vesicles therapeutics in regenerative medicine
    Exosomes as part of the human adipose-derived stem cells secretome- opening new perspectives for cell-free regenerative applications
    A Museum of Stem Cells Points to Muse Cells as Robust Transplantable Cells for Stroke.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of Springer Natures long-standing and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the twelfth volume of a continuing series.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of Springer Nature's long-standing and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the thirteenth volume of a continuing series.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Contents:
    Recent Advances in the Generation of [beta]-cells from Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells As a Potential Cure for Diabetes Mellitus
    Differentiated cells derived from hematopoietic stem cells and their applications in translational medicine
    Organoids in Tissue Transplantation
    Aldo keto reductases AKR1B1 and AKR1B10 in cancer: molecular mechanisms and signaling networks
    Bilayer Scaffolds for Interface Tissue Engineering and regenerative medicine: A Systematic Review
    Pluripotent Stem Cell Derived Neurons as In Vitro Models for Studying Autosomal Recessive Parkinson's Disease (ARPD): PLA2G6 and Other Gene Loci
    Stem Cell Applications In Lysosomal Storage Disorders: Progress And Ongoing Challenges
    Mechanisms of Drug Resistance and Use of Nanoparticle Delivery to Overcome Resistance in Breast Cancers
    Telomere length and oxidative stress in patients with St-elevation and Non-St-elevation myocardial infarction
    Eosinophils as major player in Type 2 inflammation: autoimmunity and beyond.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of Springer Nature's long-standing and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the 15th volume of a continuing series.

    Contents:
    Molecular Mechanisms of SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 Pathogenicity on the Central Nervous System: Bridging Experimental Probes to Clinical Evidence and Therapeutic Interventions
    The Probable Protective Effect of Photobiomodulation on the Inflammation of the Airway and Lung in COVID-19 Treatment: A Preclinical and Clinical Meta-Analysis
    Metabolomics Signatures of SARS-CoV-2 Infection
    Autophagic Mediators in Bone Marrow Niche Homeostasis
    Pluripotency Stemness and Cancer: More Questions than Answers
    In Vitro Culturing of Adult Stem Cells: The Importance of Serum and Atmospheric Oxygen
    Mouse Models of Asthma: Characteristics, Limitations and Future Perspectives on Clinical Translation
    From Cells to Organs: The Present and Future of Regenerative Medicine
    Tissue-Restricted Stem Cells as Starting Cell Source for Efficient Generation of Pluripotent Stem Cells: An Overview
    Molecular Mechanisms behind Persistent Presence of Parvovirus B19 in Human Dilated Myocardium.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Klaus Osterrieder, editor.
    Summary: Herpes viruses are widely distributed in nature, causing disease in organisms as diverse as bivalves and primates, including humans. Each virus appears to have established a long-standing relationship with its host, and the viruses have the ability to manipulate and control the metabolism of host cells, as well as innate and adaptive antiviral immune responses. Herpes viruses maintain themselves within hosts in a latent state resulting in virus persistence for years? usually for the life span of the hosts. Herpes viruses comprise a large number of pathogens with diverse cellular targets and biological consequences of infection. What they have in common is their structure and the fact that they establish a dormant (latent) infection in their hosts that usually persists for life. The reviews here will highlight the general principles of herpes virus infection, with equal attention to overall principle and important difference. Also, the cell type- and life-style dependent differences in the establishment and maintenance of virus persistence will be covered.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hidetaka Katabuchi, Takashi Ohba, Takeshi Motohara, editors.
    Summary: This unique compilation focuses on a very curious organ, the ovary. There are still many unknown facts about the origins of ovarian tissue and ovarian cancer, and each chapter describes in detail the latest insights into the ovary from basic to clinical aspects. Expert authors reveal the most recent findings on ovariogenesis and ovarian carcinogenesis by shedding light on stem cell biology for the ovarian surface epithelial cells or primordial germ cells. Readers will greatly increase their understanding of the relevance of the cells that constitute the ovary, which is of vast significance in comprehending the occurrence mechanism of ovarian tissue and ovarian cancer. In this way the book covers a wide range of fields concerned with the ovary. This work benefits not only gynecologists and obstetricians, but also basic researchers in the field of stem cell biology and all clinicians who are involved in the management of fertility preservation or ovarian cancer. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Eishi Noguchi and Mariana C. Gadaleta.
    Contents:
    Cell cycle-regulated transcription : effectively using a genomics toolbox / Sara L. Bristow, Adam R. Leman, and Steven B. Haase
    Cell cycle regulation by checkpoints / Kevin J. Barnum and Matthew J. O'Connell
    Interplacy between the cell cycle and double-strand break response in mammalian cells / Kate Beishline and Jane Azizkhan-Clifford
    Cell cycle regulation by protein degradation / Deanna M. Koepp
    Linking chromosome duplication and segregation via sister chromatid cohesion / Adam R. Leman and Eishi Noguchi
    The greatwall : PP2A axis in cell cycle control / Peng Wang, Marcos Malumbres, and Vincent Archambault
    Cell cycle regulation by the nutrient-sensing mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) pathway / Elisabet Cuyàs ... [and 3 others]
    The senescence arrest program and the cell cycle / Alessandro Bitto ... [and 4 others]
    Oncogenic Ras pushes (and pulls) cell cycle progression through ERK activation / Paul M. Campbell
    Cell cycle regulation during viral infection / Sumedha Bagga and Michael J. Bouchard
    The roles of cohesins in mitosis, meiosis, and human health and disease / Amanda S. Brooker and Karen M. Berkowitz
    Introductory review of computational cell cycle modeling / Andres Kriete, Eishi Noguchi, and Christian Sell
    Cell cycle synchronization and flow cytometry analysis of mammalian cells / Naoko Yoshizawa-Sugata and Hisao Masai
    Analyzing transcription dynamics during the budding yeast cell cycle / Adam R. Leman, Sara L. Bristow, and Steven B. Haase
    Analyzing cell cycle checkpoints in response to ionizing radiation in mammalian cells / Bin Wang
    Analyzing DNA replication checkpoint in budding yeast / Nicole Hustedt and Kenji Shimada
    Analyzing cell cycle-dependent degradation and ubiquitination in budding yeast / Dong-Hwan Kim and Deanna M. Koepp
    Imaging analysis of cell cycle-dependent degradation of Cdt1 in mammalian cells Yasushi Shiomi ... [and 4 others]
    PCNA-dependent ubiquitination of Cdt1 and p21 in mammalian cells / Akiyo Hayashi ... [and 3 others]
    Analyzing Cdc2/Cdk1 activation during stress response in Schizosaccharomyces pombe / Miguel A. Rodríguez-Gabriel
    Analyzing Ras-associated cell proliferation signaling / Matthew C. Stout ... [and 4 others]
    Telomere regulation during the cell cycle in fission yeast / Bettina A. Moser, Ya-Ting Chang, and Toru M. Nakamura
    Detecting senescence : methods and approaches / Elizabeth P. Crowe ... [and 5 others]
    Analyzing RB and E2F during the G1-S transition / Michael J. Thwaites, Matthew J. Cecchini, and Frederick A. Dick
    Analyzing G1-S transcriptional control / Steffi Klier, Sarah Farmer, and Robertus A.M. de Bruin
    Analysis of replication timing using synchronized budding yeast cultures / Jie Peng, M.K. Raghuraman, and Wenyi Feng
    Analysis of ssDNA gaps and DSBs in genetically unstable yeast cultures / Jie Peng, M.K. Raghuraman, and Wenyi Feng
    Chromatin fractionation analysis of licensing factors in mammalian cells / Hideo Nishitani ... [and 4 others]
    Imaging analysis to determine chromatin binding of the licensing factor MCM2-7 in mammalian cells / Masayuki Morino ... [and 3 others]
    Chromatin immunopreciptiation to investigate origin association of replication factors in mammalian cells / Adam R. Leman and Eishi Noguchi
    Live-cell fluorescence imaging for phenotypic analysis of mitosis / Sushama Sivakumar, John R. Daum, and Gary J. Gorbsky
    Analyzing sister chromatid cohesion in mammalian cells / Katherine M. Feeney, Laura McFarlane-Majeed, and Joanna L. Parish
    Affinity purification of protein complexes from Drosophila embryos in cell cycle studies / Zoltan Lipinszki ... [and 8 others]
    Tracking histone variant nucleosomes across the human cell cycle using biophysical, biochemical, and cytological analyses / Marcin P. Walkiewicz ... [and 3 others].
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Amanda S. Coutts, Louise Weston.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    edited by David Caballero, Subhas C. Kundu, Rui Luís Reis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Monica Gotta, Patrick Meraldi, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Kirill Alexandrov and Wayne A. Johnston.
    Contents:
    Production of eukaryotic cell-free lysate from Leishmania tarentolae / Wayne A. Johnston and Kirill Alexandrov
    Bioinformatics analysis and optimization of cell-free protein synt / Alexander A. Tokmakov ... [et al.]
    Cell-free expression screen to identify fusion tags for improved protein expression / Andrew Kralicek
    One-pot, microscale cell-free enzyme expression and screening / Aarthi Chandrasekaran and Anup K. Singh
    Cell-free translation of biofuel enzymes / Taichi E. Takasuka ... [et al.]
    Cloning-independent expression and screening of enzymes using cell-free protein synthesis systems / Yong-Chan Kwon, Jae-Kwang Song, and Dong-Myung Kim
    High-level cell-free production of membrane proteins with nanodiscs / Christian Roos ... [et al.]
    Cell-free protein-based enzyme discovery and protein-ligand interaction study / Sabrina Guillemer ... [et al.]
    Human cell extract-derived cell-free systems for virus synthesis / Tominari Kobayashi, Kodai Machida, and Hiroaki Imataka
    Cell-free protein synthesis in microfluidic 96-well plates / Kirsten Jackson, Ruba Khnouf, and Z. Hugh Fan
    Preparation of multiple site-specific mutant proteins for NMR studies by PCR-Directed cell-free protein synthesis / Kiyoshi Ozawa and Ruhu Qi
    Site-specific incorporation of unnatural amino acids into proteins by cell-free protein synthesis / Kiyoshi Ozawa and Choy Theng Loh
    In vitro translation of papillomavirus authentic and codon-modified L1 capsid gene mRNAs in mouse keratinocyte cell-free lysate / Kong-Nan Zhao
    Optimized yeast cell-free lysate system for in vitro translation of human virus mRNA / Xiao Wang, Liang Zhao, and Kong-Nan Zhao
    In vitro translation-based protein kinase substrate identification / Szilvia K. Nagy and Tamás Mészáros
    Preparation of protein arrays using cell-free protein expression / Elizabeth A. Cook and Mingyue He
    Posttranscriptional control of protein synthesis in Drosophila S2 cell-free system / Motoaki Wakiyama and Shigeyuki Yokoyama
    Cell-free membrane protein expression / Tomomi Kimura-Soyema, Mikako Shirouzu, and Shigeyuki Yokoyama
    PURE System for Protein Production / Yoshihiro Shimizu ... [et al.]
    Cell-free protein synthesis system from insect cells / Toru Ezure, Takashi Suzuki, and Eiji Ando
    Cell-free expression platform for production of protein microarrays / Xristo Zárate and David W. Galbraith.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Kurt Pfannkuche.
    Summary: This volume details protocols on detection and analysis of fusion events in various cell types in vitro and in vivo. Additional, protocols aim to facilitate the future highly relevant process of engineering cells for specific purposes, such as generation of transgenic embryos and development of hybrid cells, in order to tackle specific tasks in cell biology and medicine. Written for the Methods in Molecular Biology series, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Practical and authoritative, Cell Fusion: Overviews and Methods, Second Edition serves as an ideal reference on cell fusion and laboratory protocols.

    Contents:
    State of the art in cell-cell fusion / Lena Willkomm and Wilhelm Bloch
    Fusion in cancer : an explanatory model for aneuploidy, metastasis formation, and drug resistance / Marieke Mohr, Kurt S. Zaenker, and Thomas Dittmar
    Mouse embryos' fusion for the tetraploid complementation assay / Marina Gertsenstein
    Generation of mouse chimeras with high contribution of tetraploid embryonic stem cells and embryonic stem cell-fibroblast hybrid cells / Natalia M. Matveeva, ElenaA. Kizilova, and Oleg L. Serov
    Microfluidic systems for cell pairing and fusion / Burak Duraand Joel Voldman
    Chromosome tracking in fused cells by single nucleotide polymorphisms / Azra Fatima, Jürgen Hescheler, and Tomo Šarić
    Fusion of mesenchymal stem cells and islet cells for cell therapy / Shoichiro Sumi and Goichi Yanai
    Detection of fusion events in mammalian skeletal muscle / Frank Suhr
    FISH detection of X and Y chromosomes in combination with immunofluorescence to study contribution of transplanted cells to skeletal muscle fibers / Anna Strömberg and Monika Jansson
    Using phosphatidylserine exposure on apoptotic cells to stimulate myoblast fusion / Amelia E. Hochreiter-Hufford, Sanja Arandjelovic, and Kodi S. Ravichandran
    Tracing myoblast fusion in Drosophila embryos by fluorescent actin probes / Shruti Haralalka and Susan M. Abmayr
    Analyzing cell fusion events within the central nervous system using bone marrow chimerism / Kevin Kemp and Kelly Hares
    Cell fusion between dendritic cells and whole tumor cells / Shigeo Koidoand Jianlin Gong
    Membrane nanotube formation in osteoclastogenesis / Toshio Kukita ... [et al.]
    Modified adherence method (MAM) for electrofusion of anchorage-dependent cells / Marko Ušajand Maša Kandušer
    FRET in the analysis of in vitro cell-cell fusion by flow cytometry / Guillermo Gómez-Icazbalceta ... [et al.]
    Dual split protein (DSP) assay to monitor cell-cell membrane fusion / Shuhei Nakane and Zene Matsuda
    Photoconvertible fluorescent protein-based live imaging of mitochondrial fusion / Geoffrey C. Owens and David B. Edelman.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Dan Ohtan Wang, Daniel Packwood, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights cutting-edge studies in the development of cell-inspired biomaterials and synthetic materials that manipulate cell functions and provide the next generation with contemporary tools for treating complex human diseases. It explores the convergence of synthetic materials with cell and molecular biology and surveys how functional materials, when patterned with spatial and temporal precision, can be used effectively to maintain cell proliferation and phenotype in vitro, to trigger specific cell functions, and to redirect cell-fate decisions. Human stem cells are a frequently discussed subject in this book. This is an ideal book for students, cell biologists, researchers interested in interdisciplinary research, and biomedical engineers. This book also: Highlights successfully developed technologies in cell engineering that make possible new therapeutic development for previously untreatable conditions Covers topics including bio-inspired micro patterning, DNA origami technology, synthetic NOS inspired by compartmentalized signaling in cells, and light-induced depolarization of the cell membrane Illustrates in detail the use of stem cells and synthetic scaffolds to model ethically sensitive embryonic tissues and organs.

    Contents:
    1. Generation of hepatocytes for human ES/iPS cells for regenerative medicine
    2. Construction of multi-step catalytic systems in protein assemblies
    3. Machine learning and Monte Carlo methods for surface-assisted molecular self-assembly
    4. DNA nanotechnology to disclose molecular events at the nanoscale and mesoscale levels
    5. Materials designed for biological nitric oxide delivery
    6. Designing bio-mimicking synthetic transcription factors for therapeutic gene modulation
    7. Magnetic nanoparticles and alternating magnetic field for cancer therapy: From cells to clinics
    8. Light-control of cell membrane potential and its environment
    9. Physical concepts towards cell-material integration
    10. Using stem cells and synthetic scaffolds to model ethically sensitive human placental tissue
    11. Nanofiber extracellular matrices in regenerative medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Caterina A. M. La Porta, Stefano Zapperi.
    Summary: Cell migration plays an important role during development and in many physiological and pathological processes, from wound healing to cancer. This edited volume presents a collection of contributions meant to illustrate the state of the art on this topic from an interdisciplinary perspective. Readers will find a detailed discussion of the properties of individual and collective cell migration, including the associated biochemical regulation and important biophysical and biomechanical aspects. The book includes information on the latest experimental techniques employed to study cell migration, from microfluidics to traction force microscopy, as well as the latest theoretical and computational models used to interpret the experimental data. Finally, the role of cell migration in cancer and in development is also reviewed. The contents of this work should appeal to students and researchers in biology and biophysics who want to get up to date on the latest interdisciplinary development in this broad field of research. The chapters are written in a self-contained form and can also be used as individual articles.

    Contents:
    Computational modeling of Collective Cell Migration: Mechanical and biochemical aspects
    Contour models of cellular adhesion
    Force and Collective Epithelial Activities
    Continuum models of collective cell migration
    Statistical features of collective cell migration
    Cell migration in microfluidic devices: Invadosomes formation in confined environments
    Collective Cell Migration in Development
    Nuclear mechanics and cancer cell migration.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Ülo Langel.
    Contents:
    Classes of cell-penetrating peptides / Margus Pooga and Ülo Langel
    Penetratin story : an overview / Edmond Dupont, Alain Prochiantz, and Alain Joliot
    Prediction of cell-penetrating peptides / Mattias Hällbrink and Mati Karelson
    Computer-aided virtual screening and designing of cell- penetrating peptides / Ankur Gautam, Kumardeep Chaudhary, Rahul Kumar, and Gajendra Pal Singh Raghava
    Investigating membrane interactions and structures of CPPs / Fatemeh Madani and Astrid Gräslund
    Determining the effects of membrane-interacting peptides on membrane integrity / William C. Wimley
    Study of CPP mechanisms by mass spectrometry / Sandrine Sagan, Chérine Bechara, and Fabienne Burlina
    Methods to study the role of the glycocalyx in the uptake of cell-penetrating peptides / Samuel Schmidt, Rike Wallbrecher, Toin H. van Kuppevelt, and Roland Brock
    Toxicity, immunogenicity, uptake, and kinetics methods for CPPs / Julia Uusna, Kent Langel, and Ülo Langel
    Unraveling the mechanisms of peptide-mediated delivery of nucleic acids using electron microscopy / Helerin Margus, Carmen Juks, and Margus Pooga
    SCARA involvement in the uptake of nanoparticles formed by cell-penetrating peptides / Henrik Helmfors, Staffan Lindberg, and Ülo Langel
    Protein mimicry and the design of bioactive Cell- penetrating peptides / John Howl and Sarah Jones
    Pepducins and other lipidated peptides as mechanistic probes and therapeutics / Ping Zhang, Lidija Covic, and Athan Kuliopulos
    Identification and characterization of homing peptides using in vivo peptide phage display / Maija Hyvönen and Pirjo Laakkonen
    Antimicrobial and antiviral applications of cell- penetrating peptides / Kalle Pärn, Elo Eriste, and Ülo Langel
    Visualizing actin architectures in cells incubated with cell-penetrating peptides / Lin He, Peter D. Watson, and Arwyn T. Jones
    Cell-penetrating peptides as carriers for transepithelial drug delivery in vitro / Stine Rønholt, Mie Kristensen, and Hanne Mørck Nielsen
    Pathway toward tumor cell-selective CPPs? / Isabel D. Alves, Manon Carré, and Solange Lavielle
    PepFects and nickFects for the intracellular delivery of nucleic acids / Piret Arukuusk, Ly Pärnaste, Mattias Hällbrink, and Ülo Langel
    In vitro assays to assess exon skipping in duchenne muscular dystrophy / Prisca Boisguerin, Liz O'Donovan, Michael J. Gait, and Bernard Lebleu
    Applications of ApoB LDLR-binding domain approach for the development of CNS-penetrating peptides for alzheimer's disease / Eliezer Masliah and Brian Spencer
    CPP-based delivery system for in vivo gene delivery / Kaido Kurrikoff, Kadi-Liis Veiman, and Ülo Langel
    Application of CPPs for brain delivery / Artita Srimanee, Jakob Regberg, and Ülo Langel
    Intracellular delivery of nanoparticles with cell penetrating peptides / Giuseppina Salzano and Vladimir P. Torchilin
    Multifunctional oligoaminoamides for the receptor-specific delivery of therapeutic RNA / Judith Weber, Ulrich Lächelt, and Ernst Wagner
    Cell penetrating peptides for chemical biological studies / Ikuhiko Nakase, Toshihide Takeuchi, and Shiroh Futaki
    Experiences with CPP-based self assembling peptide systems for topical delivery of botulinum toxin / Jane Lee, Phil Kennedy, and Jacob M. Waugh
    Applications of CPPs in genome modulation of plants / Alicja Ziemienowicz, Jordan Pepper, and François Eudes
    DNA transfer into animal cells using stearylated CPP based Transfection Reagent / Kristiina Karro, Tiiu Männik, Andres Männik, and Mart Ustav
    Live cell genomics : cell-specific transcriptome capture in live tissues and cells / Thomas J. Bell and James Eberwine
    Live cell genomics : RNA exon-specific RNA-binding protein isolation / Thomas J. Bell and James Eberwine.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas Lecuit.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. A user's guide for characterizing plasma membrane subdomains in living cells by spot variation fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
    Chapter 2. Investigating symetry breaking in yeast: from seeing to understanding
    Chapter 3. Precise tracking of the dynamics of multiple prteins in endocytic events
    Chapter 4.Quantitative approaches for the study of microtubule aster motion in large eggs
    Chapter 5. Dissection and characterization of microtubule bundles in the mitotic spindle using femtosecond laser ablation
    Chapter 6. Fluorescence eXclusion measurement of volume in live cells
    Chapter 7. Quantitative methods to study epithelial morphogenesis and polarity
    Chapter 8. Probing tissue interaction with laser-based cauterization in the early developing Drosophila embryo
    Chapter 9. Optogenetic inhibition of apical constriction during Drosophila embryonic development
    Chapter 10. Micropipette aspiration: a unique tool for exploring cell and tissue mechanics in vivo --Chapter 11. In-vivo analysis of morphogenesis in plants.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    edited by Thomas G. Pretlow, Theresa P. Pretlow ; contributors, A.M. Cheret ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QH585.5.C44 C44
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Henry J. Leese, Daniel R. Brison, editors.
    Summary: The book considers signaling events from the zygote embryo through to the blastocyst with relevant data from embryonic stem (ES) cells, including dialogue with the extracellular environment and with the maternal tract during the implantation process. Application of the knowledge described to improve the success of human and animal assisted conception is considered where appropriate, but the focus is largely on fundamental rather than applied cell/molecular biology, as this is the area that has historically been neglected. While the general features of metabolism during preimplantation development are well established, especially in terms of nutrient requirements, uptake and fate, remarkably little is known about early embryo signaling events, intracellular or intercellular, between individual embryos in vitro or with the female reproductive tract in vivo. This contrasts with the wealth of information on cell signaling in somatic cells and tissues, as a glance at any textbook of biochemistry illustrates. This lack of information is such that our understanding of the molecular cell biology of early embryos -- a prerequisite to defining the mechanisms which regulate development at this critical stage of the life cycle -- is seriously incomplete. This volume is the first to address this issue by describing the current state of knowledge on cell signaling during mammalian early embryo development and highlighting priority areas for research.

    Contents:
    Cell signalling during blastocyst morphogenesis / Judith J. Eckert, Miguel A. Velazquez and Tom P. Fleming
    Amino acids and conceptus development during the peri-implantation period of pregnancy / Fuller W. Bazer, Gregory A. Johnson and G. Wu
    The role of hexosamine biosynthesis and signaling in early development / Marie Pantaleon
    Molecular biology of the stress response in the early embryo and its stem cells / Elizabeth E. Puscheck, Awoniyi O. Awonuga, Yu Yang, Zhongliang Jiang and Daniel A. Rappolee
    Survival signalling in the preimplantation embryo / C. O'Neill, Y. Li and X.L. Jin
    Intracellular Ca2+ signaling and preimplantation development / D. Randall Armant
    Female tract cytokines and developmental programming in embryos / Sarah A. Robertson, Peck-Yin Chin, John E. Schjenken and Jeremy G. Thompson.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Salvatore V. Pizzo.
    Contents:
    1. An historical perspective: cell surface GRP78, a new paradigm in signal transduction biology
    2. The endoplasmic reticulum chaperone GRP78 also functions as a cell surface signaling receptor
    3. Cell surface GRP78: anchoring and translocation mechanisms and therapeutic potential in cancer
    4. Cell surface GRP78: a novel regulator of tissue factor procoagulant activity
    5. Novel cell surface targets for the plasminogen activating system in the brain: implications for human disease
    6. Cell surfact GRP78: a targetable marker of cancer stem-like cells
    7. Escherichia coli subtilase cleaves cell surface GRP78 preventing COOH-terminal domain signaling.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Kiyohiro Houkin, Koji Abe, Satoshi Kuroda, editors.
    Summary: This book presents comprehensive reviews for both translational research and clinical trials on cell therapy for stroke. Cerebral stroke is still a leading cause of death and disability. However, despite intensive research, few treatment options are available. The therapeutic potential of cell transplantation has been studied for various pathological conditions of the central nervous system (CNS) including traumatic brain injury, traumatic spinal cord injury, degenerative disease, demyelinating disease and ischemic stroke, as the injured neural tissue in the CNS has only a limited regenerative capacity. Recently, a growing body of evidence in this field suggests that cell transplantation holds great potential as a form of stroke therapy. The authors, who are experts in the field of neurosurgery, review and discuss optimal cell sources and various issues involved in translational research; further, they outline ongoing clinical trials in Japan.

    Contents:
    Part I. Optimal Cell Sources
    1. Bone Marrow-Derived Mononuclear Cells
    2. Mesenchymal Stem Cells / Bone Marrow Stromal Cells
    3. Neural Stem Cells / Neuronal Progenitor Cells
    4. iPS Cells / iN
    Part II. Translational Research
    5. Cell Culture
    6. Cell Dose, Timing and Route
    7. Scaffold
    8. Cell Tracking
    9. Functional Bio-Imaging
    Part III. Clinical Trials
    10. Review of Previous Clinical Trials and Guideline of Cell Therapy
    11. Bone Marrow-Derived Mononuclear Cells
    12. Mesenchymal Stem Cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Haruo Shintaku, Akira Oka, Makoto Nabetani, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a wealth of insights, advances and new perspectives on cell therapy for different types of neonatal ischemic disease, such as Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy (HIE), Periventricular Leukomalacia (PVL) and neonatal infarction. These diseases pose serious challenges for neonatologists and neurologists, because the severe sequelae lead to decreasing QOL for patients and their families. Accordingly, new treatments for neonatal ischemic diseases are needed all over the world. The book develops new effective therapies combined with hypothermia therapy, an established treatment for HIE. After reviewing past approaches, it presents cutting-edge topics in cell therapy, one of the most promising candidates for treating neonatal ischemic disease. Cell Therapy for Neonatal Ischemic Disease will offer readers a better understanding of the current state of the art in this field from bench to bedside, and inspire researchers and physicians to further explore this evolving therapy.

    Contents:
    1. Clinical trial of autologous cord blood cell therapy for neonatal hypoxic‐ischemic encephalopathy (HIE)
    2. New strategy of clinical studies for premature babies with ischemic brain damage
    3. Pathophysiology and pathology of neonatal hypoxic-ischemic encephalopathy
    4. Neural stem/progenitor cells for perinatal brain injury
    5. Hematopoietic stem cells for perinatal brain injury
    6. Umbilical cord-derived mesenchymal stromal cells for perinatal brain injury
    7. Other tissues-derived mesenchymal stem cells for perinatal brain injury
    8. CD34+ cell in cord blood and neonates
    9. The History of Hypothermia therapy for perinatal ischemic brain injury
    10. Clinical Procedure of Cell Therapy (Cord blood collection)
    11. Clinical Procedure of Cell Therapy (Separation and infusion)
    12. Cell therapy for adult infarction
    13. Clinical trials on cell therapy for perinatal brain injury: Challenges and opportunities
    14. A new prospective cell therapy for neonatal brain injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Edmund B. Sandborn ; version française par Réal Gagnon, Pierre Jean, Bernard Messier.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D611 .S21 1970
    1
  • Digital
    Malgorzata Lekka.
    Summary: "Despite substantial evidence showing the feasibility of Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) to identify cells with altered elastic and adhesive properties, the use of this technique as a complementary diagnostic method remains controversial. This book is designed to be a practical textbook that teaches how to assess the mechanical characteristics of living, individual cells by AFM. Following a step-by-step approach, it introduces the methodology of measurements in the case of both determination of elastic properties and quantification of adhesive properties."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Peter Sutovsky, editor.
    Summary: This new volume of our successful book series Advances in Anatomy, Embryology and Cell Biology is focused on mitochondrial inheritance in humans and both vertebrate and invertrebate animals including Drosophila, C. elegans, bivalve molusc Mytilus and livestock mammals. Special consideration is given to cellular mechanisms promoting uniparental inheritance of mitochondria and mitochondrial genes, evolutionary perspectives, and biomedical and epidemiological considerations. Contributed by five distinguished mitochondrial research teams from around the world, this volume will target a wide audience of physiologists, anatomists, cell, and developmental and evolutionary biologists, as well as physicians, veterinarians, livestock specialists and biomedical researchers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Autophagosomal Sperm Organelle Clearance and mtDNA Inheritance in C. elegans
    Chapter 2: Doubly Uniparental Inheritance of mtDNA: an unappreciated defiance of a general rule
    Chapter 3: Exogenous factors may differentially influence the selective costs of mtDNA mutations
    Chapter 4: Dysfunctional Mitochondrial DNA Transmission and Its Implications for Mammalian Reproduction
    Chapter 5: Mitochondria Inspire a Lifestyle.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Laurent Nguyen, Simon Hippenmeyer, editors.
    Summary: Cellular and Molecular Control of Neuronal Migration provides an up-to-date collection of reviews on the molecular and cellular principles of neuronal migration in the mammalian brain. Over the last decades a rich catalogue of signaling molecules controlling neuronal migration has been compiled, and within this book an international panel of experts provides up-to-date discussions of the state of knowledge how these distinct signaling pathways regulate various aspects of neuronal migration. This book introduces the reader to the latest discoveries and concepts of neuronal migration enabled through the application of most sophisticated methods and cutting edge experimental approaches. Cellular and Molecular Control of Neuronal Migration also provides an update on the underlying cellular and molecular basis of neurodevelopmental migration disorders in human patients for all interested neuroscientists and clinicians.

    Contents:
    1. Molecular Pathways Controlling the Sequential Steps of Cortical Neuron Migration / Simon Hippenmeyer
    2. The Dynamics of Neuronal Migration / Qian Wu, Jing Liu, Ai Fang, Rui Li, Ye Bai, Arnold R. Kriegstein, Xiaoqun Wang
    3. The Impact of JNK on Neuronal Migration / Justyna Zdrojewska, Eleanor T. Coffey
    4. Novel Functions of Core Cell Cycle Regulators in Neuronal Migration / Juliette D. Godin, Laurent Nguyen
    5. Microtubules and Neurodevelopmental Disease: The Movers and the Makers / Martin Breuss, David A. Keays
    6. Mark/Par-1 Marking the Polarity of Migrating Neurons / Orly Reiner, Tamar Sapir
    7. The PAR Polarity Complex and Cerebellar Granule Neuron Migration / Joseph S. Ramahi, David J. Solecki
    8. Spinal Motor Neuron Migration and the Significance of Topographic Organization in the Nervous System / Artur Kania
    9. Extracellular Signals Controlling Neuroblast Migration in the Postnatal Brain / Giovanna Lalli.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Abul K. Abbas, Andrew H. Lichtman, Shiv Pillai ; illustrations by David L. Baker.
    Contents:
    Properties and overview of immune responses
    Cells and tissues of the immune system
    Leukocyte circulation and migration into tissues
    Innate immunity
    Antibodies and antigens
    Antigen presentation to T lymphocytes an the function of major histocompatibility complex molecules
    Immune receptors and signal transduction
    Lymphocyte development and antigen receptor gene rearrangement
    Activation of T lymphocytes
    Differentiation and functions of CD4+ effector T cells
    Differentiation and functions of CD8+ effector T cells
    B cell activation and antibody production
    Effector mechanisms of humoral immunity
    Specialized immunity at epithelial barriers and in immune privileged tissues
    Immunologic tolerance and autoimmunity
    Immunity to microbes
    Transplantation immunology
    Tumors immunology
    Hypersensitivity disorders
    Allergy
    Primary and acquired immunodeficiencies.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Quaiser Saquib, Mohammad Faisal, Abdulaziz A. Al-Khedhairy, Abdulrahman A. Alatar, editors.
    Summary: This edited book is a compilation of findings on the molecular and cellular toxicity of nanoparticles (NPs) in animal cell, human cells, invertebrates. The varied selection of test models will provide better understanding about the horizon of NPs toxicity. Interaction of NPs with cells and its organelles can induce toxicological consequences, including transcriptional and translational alterations, DNA damage, cytotoxicity, oxidative stress, mitochondrial dysfunction and cell death. NPs can get internalized in cells through phagocytosis, macropinocytosis, receptor-mediated endocytosis and passive penetration, which can affect varied cell types. Readers will be benefited with the compilations on basic and molecular facet of NPs toxicity. The chapters will provide a comprehensive information on the state-of-the-art methodologies. The application of toxicogenomic approaches, which is already established in nanotoxicology, has been given special consideration to unravel the toxicodynamics of nanomaterials. Among these approaches, the high-throughput RNA sequencing (RNA-Seq), which is able to build a complete map of transcriptome across different cell types and perturbations upon NPs exposure has been included. The readers are also introduced to the less studied topic on the adsorption of biomolecules (mainly proteins) on the NPs surface, constituting the so-called “biomolecular corona”. The book has been designed for scientists engaged in NPs toxicity research. Nonetheless, it should be of interest to a variety of scientific disciplines including marine biology, environmental pollution, genetics, pharmacology, medicine, drug and food material sciences, consumer products. Also, the compilations will be of interest to the environmental watchdogs, federal regulators, risk assessors and the policy makers.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    John Torday, William Miller, Jr.
    Summary: There has been no mechanistic explanation for evolutionary change consistent with phylogeny in the 150 years since the publication of 'Origins. As a result, progress in the field of evolutionary biology has stagnated, relying on descriptive observations and genetic associations rather testable scientific measures. This book illuminates the need for a larger evolutionary-based platform for biology. Like physics and chemistry, biology needs a central theory in order to frame the questions that arise, the way hypotheses are tested, and how to interpret the data in the context of a continuum. The reduction of biology to its self-referential, self-organized properties provides the opportunity to recognize the continuum from the Singularity/Big Bang to Consciousness based on cell-cell communication for homeostasis.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Darwin, the Modern Synthesis, and a New Biology
    Chapter 3. Cognition and the living condition
    Chapter 4. What is consciousness? An Evolutionary Perspective
    Chapter 5. Networking from the Cell to Quantum Mechanics as Consciousness
    Chapter 6. The Nature of information and its communication
    Chapter 7. The information cycle and biological information management
    Chapter 8. Communication and the accumulation of genetic information
    Chapter 9. Non-genic means of information reception and exchange
    Chapter 10. The primacy of the unicellular state
    Chapter 11. Phenotype, niche construction and natural cellular engineering
    Chapter 12. Holobionts
    Chapter 13. Four Domains: Cognition-based evolution
    Chapter 14. Reconciling physics and biology
    Chapter 15. What does this mean for evolution?
    Chapter 16. Conclusion: Cellular-molecular evolution in the 21st century.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Bhanu P. Jena.
    Summary: In this book, the major paradigm-shifting discoveries made in the past century on key cellular nanomachines are described in great detail: their complex yet precise and elegant design and function, as well as the diseases linked to their dysfunction and the therapeutic approaches to overcome them. The major focus of this book is the "porosome" nanomachine, the universal secretory portal in cells. This is an ideal book for students, researchers, and professionals in the fields of nanoscience and nanotechnology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Introduction
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Porosome: Cells Secretory Nanomachine
    Introduction
    Porosome Discovery
    Porosome Structure and Dynamics
    Porosome: Isolation and Composition
    Porosome: Functional Reconstitution in Lipid Membrane and Live Cells
    Establishment of the t-/v-SNARE Rosette or Ring Complex at the Porosome Base
    Vesicle Volume Regulates Porosome-Mediated Fractional Content Release
    Porosome in Health and Disease
    References
    Chapter 2: Ubiquitin-Proteasome Machinery: Cells Garbage Disposal
    Discovery Chapter 6: Nuclear Pore: A Bidirectional Transport Machinery
    Discovery
    Structure-Function
    Defects in Nuclear Transport and Disease
    References
    Chapter 7: Myosin: Cellular Molecular Motor
    Discovery
    Structure-Function
    Altered Motor Protein and Disease
    References
    Chapter 8: Assembly of Cellular Nanomachines
    Membrane-Directed Self-Assembly of t-/v-SNARE Ring Complexes
    Biogenesis of Cellular Membranes
    References
    Index Proteasome Structure-Function
    Disease and Treatments Targeting the Proteasome
    References
    Chapter 3: Chaperonin: Protein Folding Machinery in Cells
    Discovery
    Structure-Function
    Disease Resulting from Alterations in Chaperonin
    References
    Chapter 4: ATP Synthase: Energy Generating Machinery in Cells
    Discovery and Structure-Function
    Disease Resulting from Altered ATP Synthase
    References
    Chapter 5: Ribosome: Cells Protein Synthetic Machinery
    Discovery
    Structure-Function
    Ribosome in Health and Disease
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Adler, Ruben; Farber, Debora B.; Fedoroff, Sergey; Zagoren, Joy C.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Cellular neurobiology to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    W. Glenn McCluggage, John Tidy, John H.F. Smith.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive account of the cellular pathology of glandular lesions and uncommon neoplasms of the cervix and places these in a contemporary clinical context. The book features comprehensive, detailed descriptions and a consistent approach to each tumor or tumor-like condition with clear color illustrations. Cytological/histological correlation is emphasised and diagnostic pitfalls are highlighted. Cellular Pathology of Glandular Lesions and Uncommon Neoplasms of the Cervix is aimed at both trainee and consultant pathologists.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The Normal Cervix.- Benign Endocervical Glandular Lesions.- Premalignant Glandular Lesions Of The Cervix.- Malignant Glandular Lesions Of The Cervix.- Other Neoplasms Of The Cervix.- Cytology Of Glandular Lesions
    Cytology Of Other Neoplasms Of The Cervix.- Colposcopy and Management of Glandular Neoplasia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Mordecai P. Blaustein, Joseph P.Y. Kao, Donald R. Matteson.
    Summary: Gain a quick and easy understanding of this complex subject with the 2nd edition of this title by doctors Mordecai P. Blaustein, Joseph PY Kao, and Donald R. Matteson. The expanded and thoroughly updated content in this Mosby Physiology Monograph Series title bridges the gap between basic biochemistry, molecular and cell biology, neuroscience, and organ and systems physiology, providing the rich, clinically oriented coverage you need to master the latest concepts in neuroscience. See how cells function in health and disease with extensive discussion of cell membranes, action potentials, membrane proteins/transporters, osmosis, and more. Reference key abbreviations, symbols, and numerical constants at a glance with new appendices.

    Contents:
    Introduction : homeostasis and cellular physiology
    Diffusion and permeability
    Osmotic pressure and water movement
    Electrical consequences of ionic gradients
    Ion channels
    Passive electrical properties of membranes
    Generation and propagation of the action potential
    Ion channel diversity
    Electrochemical potential energy and transport processes
    Passive solute transport
    Active transport
    Synaptic physiology I
    Synaptic physiology II
    Molecular motors and the mechanism of muscle contraction
    Excitation-contraction coupling in muscle
    Mechanics of muscle contraction.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Mario Milco D'Elios, Cosima Tatiana Baldari, Francesco Annunziato, editors ; foreword by Donatella Lippi.
    Summary: This volume of the series Rare Diseases of the Immune System presents detailed state of the art knowledge on the cellular primary immunodeficiencies; it includes extensive coverage of both basic science discoveries and the latest clinical advances in the field. The book is structured in accordance with the most recent classification of PIDs and also covers updates on the T cell immunological synapse. Readers will find comprehensive, in-depth descriptions of novel cellular PID genes and related clinical applications, mucosal T cells, and the various clinical phenotypes of cellular PIDs. Cellular Primary Immunodeficiencies will be of high value for immunologists, pediatricians, rheumatologists, oncologists, internists, and infectious disease specialists and will also be informative for MD, Master and PhD students.

    Contents:
    1. Primary Immunodeficiencies
    2. Genetics of Cellular Immunodeficiencies
    3. Phenocopies of Primary Immuno Deficiencies
    4. Dysfunctional immune synapses in T cell immunodeficiencies
    5. Mucosal immunity in primary immunodeficiencies
    6. Combined Immuno Deficiencies
    7. Congenital defects of phagocytes
    8. Defects in intrinsic and innate immunity
    9. Diseases of immune dysregulation
    10. IPEX syndrome and IPEX-related disorders
    11. Autoinflammatory disorders
    12. Lung in Cellular Immunodeficiencies
    13. Gut involvement in Cellular Immunodeficencies
    14. Malignancies in Cellular Immunodeficencies
    15. Autoimmunity in Cellular Immunodeficencies
    16. Differential diagnostic in Cellular Immunodeficiencies
    17. Management of Cellular Immunodeficiencies
    18. Vaccines in Cellular Immunodeficiencies
    19. Gene therapy in Cellular Immunodeficiencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Juergen Eckel.
    Summary: The Cellular Secretome and Organ Crosstalk focuses on the release of peptides and proteins from different organs and their specific functions in metabolic regulation and cell- and organ crosstalk. The book is written for experts in the field, however, for each topic, helpful references are included. The book also includes technical sections that summarize the state-of-the-art of secretome and crosstalk analysis. This book fulfills the need for a resource that comprehensively describes the current knowledge of secretome biology in health and disease. Communication between different organs involves lipids and other small molecules and a host of proteins and peptides comprising the secretome of different organs (organokinome). More than 600 adipokines have been identified, and an increasing number of hepatokines and myokines have recently been discovered with mostly unknown physiological impact. Importantly, an aberrant signature of the organokinome may be critically underlying a variety of metabolic diseases and may determine the individual susceptibility to disease development. Summarizes our current knowledge on the secretome of different cells and tissues.

    Contents:
    General introduction
    Adipose tissue: a major secretory organ
    Skeletal muscle: a novel secretory organ
    Adipomyokines: an extended view on the crosstalk scenario
    Secretory malfunction: a key step to metabolic diseases
    Technical annex.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Li-Ru Zhao, John H. Zhang.
    Summary: The first book to focus on cellular therapy for stroke and other CNS injuries. Addresses recent research on all relevant cell types including neural stem cells, bone marrow stem cells, endothelial progenitor cells, and many others that have had protective or regenerative effects in animal models. Cellular therapy for stroke and neural trauma has gained worldwide attention during the last decade and has shown some promising results. The book also provides information on cell isolation and culture skills, transplantation methods, and neurological functional evaluations.

    Contents:
    Basic studies for neural stem cells in the brain
    Basic studies for neural stem cells in the brain
    The role of endogenous neural stem cells in ischemic stroke
    Bone marrow mesenchymal stromal cell-a neurorestorative therapy for stroke
    Cord Blood as a Treatment for Stroke
    The role of endothelial progenitor cells in stroke
    Endothelial progenitor cell therapy in stroke
    Adipose-derived stem cells: isolation and culturing
    Transplantation of adipose-derived stem cells in stroke
    Endogenous Neurogenesis after Traumatic Brain Injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Contents:
    Cover
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Preface
    Introduction: Certification Examination and Tips for Preparation
    Pass Guarantee
    Part I: Practice Questions and Answers with Rationales
    Chapter 1: Cardiovascular Emergencies
    1. C) Furosemide 40 mg intravenous push
    2. B) Severe headache
    3. C) Prepare for synchronized cardioversion starting at 50 J
    4. D) Initiate fibrinolytic therapy
    5. B) History of cerebral vascular disease/stroke
    6. A) Epinephrine 1 mg every 4 minutes
    7. D) 190/120 mmHg with elevated creatinine
    8. B) Take manual blood pressures in both arms 9. D) Resynchronize in preparation for the next attempt
    10. B) Check for mechanical capture by observing that each pacing spike-QRS complex grouping produces a palpable femoral pulse
    11. D) Administer furosemide via slow IV push
    12. C) Initiate a crystalloid fluid bolus
    13. C) Peripheral edema decreases
    14. C) Reestablish blood flow through an occluded coronary artery
    15. C) Thrill
    16. D) Minimizing the time to revascularization of the occluded coronary vessels
    17. A) Commotio cordis
    18. B) Needle pericardiocentesis 19. C) The patient reports sharp pain in the chest on inspiration
    20. A) Bring down the blood pressure cautiously
    21. D) Anterolateral myocardial infarction
    22. D) A 59-year-old male with supraventricular tachycardia
    23. A) Pericarditis
    24. C) Quantitative end-tidal carbon dioxide
    25. C) Initiate continuous cardiac monitoring with defibrillation capability
    Chapter 2: Respiratory Emergencies
    1. B) Administer racemic epinephrine
    2. D) Hypoxemia
    3. B) Spontaneous pneumothorax 4. D) Aspiration of water can interfere with surfactant function and cause collapse of the alveoli
    5. B) Assist with advanced airway management
    6. A) Streptococcus pneumoniae
    7. A) Provide supplemental oxygen
    8. C) May have a pulmonary embolus due to hypercoagulability in the postpartum period
    9. C) Provide supplemental oxygen
    10. B) Pulsus paradoxus
    11. B) Decrease FiO
    12. A) Pediatric Glasgow Coma Scale
    13. D) Hyperventilation syndrome
    14. C) Moderate-persistent
    15. A) Transudate
    16. A) Chest radiograph
    17. A) Uncompensated respiratory acidosis 18. A) Wheezing upon auscultation
    19. A) Elevated D-dimer
    20. D) Obtain supplies for provider to perform needle decompression
    Chapter 3: Neurological Emergencies
    1. C) Open the airway and apply oxygen
    2. A) Respiratory
    3. B) Brown-Séquard syndrome
    4. A) Complete a full neurological assessment
    5. D) "I will change the drainage bag with clean gloves."
    6. C) Gag
    7. A) Hyperextension
    8. D) Meningeal irritation
    9. D) Methylprednisolone
    10. A) Hydromorphone
    11. A) Dysphagia protocol
    12. A) Guillain-Barré syndrome
    13. B) Pseudo seizures
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    authors: Laetitia Teixeira, Lia Araújo, Constança Paúl, Oscar Ribeiro.
    Summary: This book focuses on centenarians - people aged 100 and over - one of the fastest growing segments of the population in most developed countries. Drawing on official international and national data, it describes the longevity phenomenon and profiles socio-demographic, health and living conditions of long-lived people in 28 European countries. By comparing and synthesizing current information according to country, the book helps fill the knowledge gap regarding Europes centenarian population. Providing insights to help stakeholders better predict, plan for and respond to the challenges of extreme longevity, it is a valuable resource for students and academics in the field of population aging, gerontology and geriatrics, as well as social scientists and policymakers.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    1 Introduction
    1.1 The Oldest Old Population in the European Union
    1.2 This Book's Objectives
    2 Methodological Note
    2.1 Measures of Exceptional Human Longevity
    2.2 Database Sources, Concepts/Measures, and Statistical Analyses
    3 Profiling European Centenarians
    3.1 The Increasing Number of (Super) Centenarians
    3.2 The Feminization of Exceptional Longevity
    3.3 The Diversity of Educational Attainment
    3.4 Urbanized Centenarians?
    3.5 A Population of Expected Widows
    3.6 Living Mostly at Home 3.7 The Impact of Cardiovascular Diseases in Mortality
    4 Centenarian Studies Across Europe
    4.1 Ongoing International Collaboration Initiatives
    4.2 Overview of European Studies on Centenarians
    5 Final Remarks
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Calogero Caruso, editor.
    Summary: This state-of-the-art review on longevity focuses on centenarians, studied as a model of positive biology. The extraordinary rise in the elderly population in developed countries underscores the importance of studies on ageing and longevity in order to decrease the medical, economic and social problems associated with the increased number of non-autonomous individuals affected by invalidating pathologies. Centenarians have reached the extreme limits of human life span. Those in relatively good health, who are able to perform their routine daily tasks, are the best examples of extreme longevity, representing selected individuals in which the appearance of major age-related diseases - including cancer and cardiovascular diseases - has been consistently delayed or avoided. The relationship between causality and chance is an open discussion topic in many disciplines. In particular, ageing, the related diseases, and longevity are difficult to define as a consequence of causality, chance or both. Discussing the relevance of these different factors in the attainment of longevity, the book gathers contributions on genetic, epigenetic and phenotypic aspects of centenarians. The "positive biology" approach is applied to clarify the causes of positive phenotypes, as well as to explain the biological mechanisms of health and well-being with the aim of preventing and/or reducing frailty and disability in the elderly. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Per Brodal, MD, PhD, Institute of Basic Medical Sciences, University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway.
    Contents:
    Structure of the neuron and organization of nervous tissue
    Glia
    Neuronal excitability
    Synaptic function
    Neurotransmitters and their receptors
    Parts of the nervous system
    The coverings of the brain and the ventricular system
    The blood supply of the CNS
    Prenatal and postnatal development
    The nervous system and aging
    Restitution of function after brain damage
    Sensory of receptors in general
    Peripheral parts of the somatosensory system
    Central parts of the somatosensory system
    Pain
    The visual system
    The auditory system
    The sense of equilibrium
    Olfaction and taste
    Motor systems and movements in general
    The peripheral motor neurons and reflexes
    The motor cortical areas and descending pathways
    The basal ganglia
    The cerebellum
    Control of eye movements
    The reticular formation: premotor networks, consciousness, and sleep
    The cranial nerves
    Visceral efferent neurons: the sympathetic and parasympathetic divisions
    Sensory visceral neurons and sympathetic and parasympathetic divisions
    Sensory visceral neurons and visceral reflexes
    The central autonomic system: the hypothalamus
    The amygdala and other neuronal groups with relation to emotions
    The hippocampal formation: learning and memory
    The cerebral cortex: intrinsic organization and connections
    Functions of the neocortex.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Adrian Cristian.
    Summary: "Offering a well-rounded overview of CNS cancers and best practices for rehabilitation of the cancer patient, Central Nervous System Cancer Rehabilitation provides succinct, easy-to-digest coverage for practicing and trainee physiatrists, as well as physical and occupational therapists. This concise resource by Dr. Adrian Cristian begins with an introduction to CNS cancers and progresses to rehabilitation practice, associated symptom management, and palliative care"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Cancer rehabilitation care continuum
    Safety considerations in the rehabilitation of persons with cancer of the brain and spinal cord
    Inpatient rehabilitation outcome measures in persons with brain and spinal cord cancer
    Tumors of the brain
    Brain tumor rehabilitation
    Cognitive deficits in brain cancer
    Communication and swallowing impairments in brain cancer
    Spinal cord tumors
    Neurosurgical management of spinal cord tumors
    Inpatient rehabilitation of persons with spinal cord injury due to cancer
    Rehabilitation of the child with brain and spinal cord cancer
    Cancer related fatigue
    Spinal imaging, stability and management of spine pain due to cancer
    Pain in cancer of the central nervous system
    Attending to the quality of life at the end of life. Palliative rehabilitation is person-centered care for patients with advanced cancer.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Gert Holstege, Caroline M. Beers, Hari H. Subramanian.
    Summary: Respiration is one of the most basic motor activities crucial for survival of the individual. It is under total control of the central nervous system, which adjusts respiratory depth and frequency depending on the circumstances the individual finds itself. For this reason this volume not only reviews the basic control systems of respiration, located in the caudal brainstem, but also the higher brain regions, that change depth and frequency of respiration. Scientific knowledge of these systems is crucial for understanding the problems in the many patients suffering from respiratory failure.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    César R. Lacruz, Javier Sáenz de Santamaría, Ricardo H. Bardales.
    Summary: The Essentials in Cytopathology book series fulfills the need for an easy-to-use and authoritative synopsis of site specific topics in cytopathology. These guide books fit into the lab coat pocket and are ideal for portability and quick reference. Each volume is heavily illustrated with a full color art program, while the text follows a user-friendly outline format. Central Nervous System Intraoperative Cytopathology covers the full spectrum of benign and malignant conditions of the CNS with emphasis on common disorders. The volume is heavily illustrated and contains useful algorithms that guide the reader through the differential diagnosis of common and uncommon entities encountered in the field of intraoperative neuro-cytopathology. Central Nervous System Intraoperative Cytopathology is a valuable quick reference for pathologists, cytopathologists, and fellows and trainees dealing with this exigent field.

    Contents:
    Introduction to CNS Intraoperative Cytopathology
    Clinical, Radiologic, and Technical Considerations
    Algorithmic Approach to CNS Intraoperative Cytopathology
    Normal Brain and Gliosis
    Astrocytic Tumors
    Oligodendroglial Tumors
    Ependymal Tumors
    Choroid Plexus Tumors
    Neuronal and Glioneural Tumors
    Embryonal Tumors
    Meningeal Tumors
    CNS Germ Cell Tumors
    Tumors of the Hematopoietic System
    Tumors of the Cranial and Spinal Nerves
    Tumors of the Pineal Region
    Tumors of the Sellar Region
    Metastatic Tumors
    Benign Cystic Lesions
    Non-Neoplastic Disorders
    Extradural Mass Lesions Compressing the Spinal Cord.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    César R. Lacruz, Javier Saénz de Santamaría, Ricardo H. Bardales.
    Summary: This book covers the full spectrum of benign and malignant conditions of the central nervous system with an emphasis on common disorders. It contains useful algorithms that guide the reader through the differential diagnosis of common and uncommon entities.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Manmeet Ahluwalia, Philippe Metellus, Riccardo Soffietti, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of brain metastases, from the molecular biology aspects to therapeutic management and perspectives. Due to the increasing incidence of these tumors and the urgent need to effectively control brain metastatic diseases in these patients, new therapeutic strategies have emerged in recent years. The volume discusses all these innovative approaches combined with new surgical techniques (fluorescence, functional mapping, integrated navigation), novel radiation therapy techniques (stereotactic radiosurgery) and new systemic treatment approaches such as targeted- and immunotherapy. These combination strategies represent a new therapeutic model in brain metastatic patients in which each medical practitioner (neurosurgeon, neurologist, medical oncologist, radiation oncologist) plays a pivotal role in defining the optimal treatment in a multidisciplinary approach. Written by recognized experts in the field, this book is a valuable tool for neurosurgeons, neuro-oncologists, neuroradiologists, medical oncologists, radiation oncologists, cognitive therapists, basic scientists and students working in the area of brain tumors.

    Contents:
    PREFACE
    I Epidemiology
    II Pathology and Biology
    1 Pathology of brain metastases
    2 Translationnal approaches
    3 Molecular mechanisms driving brain metastases development
    4 Genomics characterization of BM
    5 BM cell partners and tumor microenvironment
    6 Experimental models of Brain Metastases
    III Clinical presentation and symptom management
    7 Clinical presentation
    8 Epilepsy in CNS metastases
    9 Safety, tolerability and use of steroids in CNS metastasis patients
    10 Thrombo-embolic complications in BM patients
    IV Imaging
    11 BM diagnosis and monitoring
    12 Metabolic imaging of BM
    13 Radiation necrosis and progression assessment and definition
    V Surgery
    14 Modern surgical techniques
    15 Quality of surgical resection assessment
    16 Indications and emerging concepts in the era molecular biology
    VI Radiation Therapy
    17 Stereotatic radiosurgery
    18 WBRT
    19 Combined radiation therapy and systemic treatment
    VII Systemic treatment
    20 Lung
    21 Breast.-. 22 Melanoma
    23 Miscellaneous
    VIII Neurocognition and QoL
    IV Leptomeningeal disease
    X Prevention/Prohylaxis strategies
    XI Prognosis and prognostic models
    XII Clinical trials / Endpoints and outcome assessment. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rohan Ramakrishna, Rajiv S. Magge, Ali A. Baaj, Jonathan P.S. Knisely, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    WHO Classification of Tumours Editorial Board.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RC280.N43 C45 2021
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Patrick L. Tonnard, Alexis M. Verpaele, Richard H. Bensimon ; illustrations by Cassio Lynm.
    Contents:
    The role of fat grafting in facial rejuvenation / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Microfat grafting / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Augmentation blepharoplasty / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Perioral rejuvenation / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Sharp needle intradermal fat grafting / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Nanofat grafting / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Centrofacial rejuvenation : putting it all together / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Midface volume rejuvenation with fillers / Javier Beut, Glenn Jelks, Christopher Surek, and Jerome Lamb
    Filling temples with highly diluted hyaluronic acid fillers / Val Lambros
    Aesthetic contouring of the upper and central third of the face with soft tissue fillers / Woffles T.L. Wu
    Background to facial aging and facial resurfacing / Richard Bensimon
    The technical use of croton oil peels / Richard Bensimon.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    [edited by] Renata Basto and Karen Oegema.
    Summary: This new volume of Methods in Cell Biology looks at methods for analyzing centrosomes and centrioles. Chapters cover such topics as methods to analyze centrosomes, centriole biogenesis and function in multi-ciliated cells, laser manipulation of centrosomes or CLEM, analysis of centrosomes in human cancers and tissues, proximity interaction techniques to study centrosomes, and genome engineering for creating conditional alleles in human cells.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Jonathan Davidson.
    Contents:
    Samuel Hahnemann: Rebarbative Genius
    Women, Reform, and Medical Leadership
    The Homeopathic Scalpel: Contributions to Surgery from the World of Homeopathy
    Homeopaths and the Dawning of Anesthesiology
    Homeopathy and the Mind: From Alienists to Neuroscientists
    Public Health
    The Early Days of Radiation: Homeopathic Shadows
    Heartbeat, Heart Failure, and Homeopathy
    Allergy and Allergic Disorders: Homeopathic Leaders
    Academic Homeopaths Reinvented
    Oncology
    Other Stars in the Sky
    Congress, Parliament, Presidents, and Monarchs
    Bioethics and the Contributions of Otto Guttentag
    Less Is More: Finding the Right Dose
    A Homeopathic Rogues' Gallery
    Concluding Thoughts.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by John Janovy, Jr., Gerald W. Esch.
    Summary: "A celebration of the long shelf life and intellectual breadth of this journal, along with the rich history of parasitology, especially as manifest by American parasitologists and their colleagues from around the world"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Fatma Boukid, editor.
    Summary: Cereal-Based Foodstuffs: The Backbone of the Mediterranean provides an overview of cereal-based products in the Mediterranean region, illustrating the spectrum of products from past to present and their various processing methods. The text explores new and understudied market trends in cereal-based products, such as cereal-pulse blends, pulse pastas, and flat breads. Chapters cover products originating in North Africa, such as bulgur and couscous, which are consumed worldwide but underrepresented in the scientific literature. Contributing authors also offer a legislative perspective on issues of food safety, the European Food Safety Association definition of novel foods, and the position of traditional foods in the Mediterranean food industry. This wide-ranging text thus serves members of both the scientific and industrial community seeking better coverage of global cereal product trends.

    Contents:
    1. Cereals in the Mediterranean: breeding history
    2. The evolution of milling processing
    3. Wheat bread in the Mediterranean area: from past to the future
    4. Italian pasta: conventional and innovative ingredients and processing
    5. From tradition to innovation in cereal-derived foodstuffs
    6. Blending pulses with cereals for healthier foods
    7. Snacking: ingredients, processing and safety
    8. Rice: a versatile food at the heart of the Mediterranean diet
    9. The Bright and Dark Sides of Wheat
    10. Gluten-free breadmaking: facts, issues and future
    11. The holy grail of ancient cereals
    12. Safety of traditional cereals foodstuff.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Robert J. Henry, Agnelo Furtado.
    Contents:
    DNA Extraction from Vegetative Tissue for Next Generation Sequencing?
    DNA Extraction from Rice Endosperm (Including a Protocol for Extraction of DNA from Ancient Seed Samples)
    RNA Extraction from Cereal Vegetative Tissue
    RNA Extraction from Developing or Mature Wheat Seeds
    cDNA Library Preparation
    Preparation of High Molecular Weight gDNA and Bacterial Artificial Chromosome (BAC) Libraries in Plants
    The Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
    General Methods
    Mutation and Mutation Screening
    The Quantitative Real-Time Polymerase Chain Reaction for the Analysis of Plant Gene Expression
    Cloning of DNA Fragments: Ligation Reactions in Agarose Gel
    Rapid Cloning of Genes and Promoters for Functional Analyses
    Genome Walking
    Functional Analysis by Protein Biochemistry
    Genomic Southern Blot analysis
    Northern Hybridization: A Proficient Method for Detection of Small RNAs and MicroRNAs
    Protein Blotting-Protocol for Beginners
    Genetic Transformation of Wheat via Particle Bombardment
    Sorghum Genetic Transformation by Particle Bombardment
    Genetic Transformation of Wheat via Agrobacterium-mediated DNA Delivery
    A Protocol for High-throughput Agrobacterium-mediated Barley Transformation
    Agrobacterium-mediated Transformation- Rice Transformation
    Agrobacterium-mediated Transformation of Maize (Zea mays) Immature Embryos
    A Technical Platform for PCR-based SNP Screening in Cereals and Other Crops
    A Method for Discovery of Genome-wide SNP Between Any Two Genotypes from Whole Genome Re-sequencing Data.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Narender Ramnani.
    Summary: Progress in Brain Research is the most acclaimed and accomplished series in neuroscience, firmly established as an extensive documentation of the advances in contemporary brain research. The volumes, some of which are derived from important international symposia, contain authoritative reviews and original articles by invited specialists. The rigorous editing of the volumes assures that they will appeal to all laboratory and clinical brain research workers in the various disciplines: neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, neuropharmacology, neuroendocrinology, neuropathology, basic neurology, biologi
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Mario Manto, Thierry A.G.M. Huisman.
    Summary: "The Cerebellum: Disorders and Treatment, Volume 155 updates readers on the latest and clinically relevant advances in the study of cerebellar diseases in children and adults. It is organized into sections detailing: (1) Disorders (starting from the fetal cerebellum, to adult cerebellum) encountered during daily practice, and (2) Therapy (including insights into innovative drug and rehabilitative approaches). The book's innovative structure discusses cerebellar disorders in children and adults as a continuum, with its companion volume, The Cerebellum: From Embryology to Diagnostic Investigations detailing embryology, anatomy, function and diagnostic investigations and neuroimaging, including conventional sequences, diffusion tensor imaging, functional MRI, and connectivity studies"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section I. Disorders. Fetal cerebellar disorders
    Chiari 1 deformity in children: etiopathogenesis and radiological diagnosis
    Cerebellar injury in preterm infants
    Cerebellar involvement in Autism and ADHD
    Recessive ataxias
    Non-progressive congenital ataxias
    Non-syndromic cerebellar ataxias associated with disorders of DNA single-strand break repair
    Metabolic ataxias
    Mitochondrial ataxias
    Spinocerebellar ataxias
    X-linked ataxias
    Spastic ataxias
    Episodic ataxias
    Sporadic adult onset ataxia
    Epigenetic cerebellar diseases
    Essential tremor and the cerebellum
    The cerebellum and dystonia
    Cerebellar mutism syndrome
    Cerebellar tumors
    Cerebellar stroke in adults and children
    Immune-mediated ataxias
    Toxic-induced cerebellar syndrome: from the fetal period to the elderly
    Endocrine disorders and the cerebellum: from neurodevelopmental injury to late-onset ataxia
    Section II. Therapy. Drug treatment
    Neurotransplantation therapy
    Noninvasive stimulation
    The cerebellum from the fetus to the elderly: history, advances and future challenges
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mario Manto, Thierry A.G.M. Huisman.
    Summary: "The Cerebellum: From Embryology to Diagnostic Investigations, Volume 154 is designed to update the reader on the latest and clinically relevant advances in the study of cerebellar diseases in children and adults. It is organized into sections detailing: (1) Embryology, Anatomy and Function, and (2) Diagnostic investigations: Neuroimaging, and includes content on conventional sequences, diffusion tensor imaging, functional MRI, and connectivity studies. Its companion volume, The Cerebellum: Disorders and Treatment, describes disorders (starting from the fetal cerebellum, to adult cerebellum) encountered during daily practice and therapy (including insights into innovative drug and rehabilitative approaches to treat children and adults with cerebellar disorders)"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction. Historical view
    Section II. Embryology, anatomy and function. Embryology
    Principles of organization of the human cerebellum: macro and microanatomy
    Functional topography of the human cerebellum
    Topography of the cerebellum in relationship to social brain regions and emotions
    Physiology of the cerebellum
    Cerebellar networks and neuropathology of cerebellar developmental disorders
    The neuropathology of the adult cerebellum
    Cerebellar motor syndrome from children to the elderly
    Cognitive aspects: sequencing, behavior and executive functions
    Language and the cerebellum
    Section III. Diagnostic investigations. Ultrasound and CT of the posterior fossa in neonates
    Conventional MRI
    Probing the neuroanatomy of the cerebellum using tractography
    Nuclear medicine of the cerebellum
    Genetics of cerebellar disorders
    Laboratory investigations
    Neurophysiology of gait
    Neuro-ophthalmologic assessment and investigations in children and adults with cerebellar diseases
    Scales for the clinical evaluation of cerebellar disorders.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Richard Milner.
    Contents:
    Cerebral Angiogenesis During Development: Who is Conducting the Orchestra?
    Cerebral Angiogenesis: A Realistic Therapy for Ischemic Disease?
    Vascular Normalization in Cerebral Angiogenesis: Friend or Foe?
    Pericytes and Adaptive Angioplasticity: The Role of Tumor Necrosis Factor Weak Inducer of Apoptosis (TWEAK)
    Analysis of Angiogenesis in the Developing Mouse Central Nervous System
    Hypoxia-Induced Angiogenesis and Capillary Density Determination
    The Middle Cerebral Artery Occlusion Model of Transient Focal Cerebral Ischemia
    A Mouse Model of Chronic Cerebral Hypoperfusion Characterizing Features of Vascular Cognitive Impairment
    A Mouse Model of Permanent Focal Ischemia: Distal Middle Cerebral Artery Occlusion
    A Method of Inducing Global Cerebral Ischemia
    Induction of Cerebral Arteriogenesis in Mice
    Vessel Painting Technique for Visualizing the Cerebral Vascular Architecture of the Mouse
    Examining Cerebral Angiogenesis in Response to Physical Exercise
    Histological Assessment of Angiogenesis in the Hypoxic Central Nervous System
    Examining Vascular Remodeling in the Hypoxic Central Nervous System
    Analysis of Cerebral Angiogenesis in Human Glioblastomas
    Quantitative Cerebral Blood Flow Measurements Using MRI
    Fluorescent Angiogenesis Models Using Gelfoam? Implanted in Transgenic Mice Expressing Fluorescent Proteins
    Laser Speckle Contrast Imaging to Measure Changes in Cerebral Blood Flow
    Laser Doppler Flowmetry to Measure Changes in Cerebral Blood Flow
    Defining the Role Of HIF and Its Downstream Mediators in Hypoxic-Induced Cerebral Angiogenesis
    Inducible Gene Deletion in Glial Cells to Study Angiogenesis in the Central Nervous System
    Bone Marrow Chimera Experiments to Determine the Contribution of Hematopoietic Stem Cells to Cerebral Angiogenesis
    Novel Methods for Accurate Identification, Isolation, and Genomic Analysis of Symptomatic Micro-Environments in Atherosclerotic Arteries
    Induction of Brain Arteriovenous Malformation in the Adult Mouse
    Stimulation of Cerebral Angiogenesis by Gene Delivery
    Investigating the Role of Perlecan Domain V in Post-Ischemic Cerebral Angiogenesis
    Isolation and Culture of Primary Mouse Brain Endothelial Cells
    Purification of Endothelial Cells from the Rat Brain
    Generation of Primary Cultures of Bovine Brain Endothelial Cells and Setup of Co-Cultures with Rat Astrocytes
    Isolation and Culture of Primary Pericytes from Mouse Brain
    Assays to Examine Endothelial Cell Migration, Tube Formation, and Gene Expression Profiles
    A Neurovascular Blood-Brain Barrier In Vitro Model
    In Vitro Models of the Blood-Brain Barrier.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gianni Boris Bradac.
    Summary: This revised and enlarged edition of Cerebral Angiography, which includes new angiographic studies and illustrative drawings, offers detailed guidance on diagnostic use of the procedure. The first part of the book describes the normal anatomy of the cerebral arteries and veins, with attention to morphological aspect, embryological development, function, and vascular territories. The intraorbital and extracranial vascularization is also considered. The reader will gain a sound knowledge of normal vascular anatomy and its variations that will serve as a basis for the correct interpretation of pathological processes and their clinical significance, as covered in the second part of the book. Among the pathologies considered are vascular abnormalities, including angiomas, fistulas and aneurysms; atherosclerotic and non-atherosclerotic stenosis and occlusion of the cerebral vessels; venous thrombosis; intraorbital and extracranial vascular malformations. Pathogenesis, morphological and dynamic aspects, responsible for clinical symptoms and influencing the therapy are described. While the emphasis throughout is on the diagnostic value of cerebral angiography, many examples of endovascular treatment in different pathological situations are also presented, with discussion of indications, risks and results.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Weijian Jiang, Wengui Yu, Yan Qu, Zhongsong Shi, Benyan Luo, John H. Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This volume is focused on subjects related to cerebral ischemia and reperfusion injuries after acute stroke. All chapters are selected from the Sixth Elite Stroke meeting named Pangu Stroke Conference and written by members of world leading laboratories of stroke studies. The contents cover both clinical and bench studies, from basic components of cerebral arterial system to clinical reperfusion injury cases, from reperfusion caused programmed cell death and astrocyte activation to oxidative stress and nitric oxide after reperfusion, from extracellular matrix and inflammation to a role of diabetes after reperfusion, from small artery disorders to collateral circulation and blood pressure control after reperfusion. Wei-Jian Jiang, Chairman of New Era Stroke Care and Research Institute of PLA Rocket Force General Hospital, Beijing, China. Wengui Yu, Professor and Director of Comprehensive Stroke & Cerebrovascular Center, University of California, Irvine Yan Qu, Professor and Director of Neurosurgery at the Second Affiliated Hospital of Air Force Medical University, Xi'an, China. Zhongsong Shi, Professor of Neurosurgery at Sun Yat-sen Memorial Hospital, Sun Yat-sen University, Guangzhou, China. Ben-yan Luo, Professor and Chair of Neurology at the First Affiliated Hospital of Zhejiang University. John H. Zhang, Professor of Anesthesiology and Physiology at Loma Linda University School of Medicine, Loma Linda, CA, USA.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Gillian S. Forrester, William D. Hopkins, Kristelle Hudry, Annukka Lindell.
    Summary: "Cerebral Lateralization and Cognition: Evolutionary and Developmental Investigations of Motor Biases, Volume 238, the latest release in the Progress in Brain Research series, discusses interdisciplinary research on the influence of cerebral lateralization on cognition within an evolutionary framework"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Behavioral biases in animals. Insights into the evolution of laterality in insects
    Motor asymmetries in fish, amphibians and reptiles
    A review of performance asymmetries in hand skill in nonhuman primates with a special emphasis on chimpanzees
    Manual bias, behavior, and cognition in common marmosets and other primates
    Mother and offspring lateralized social behavior across mammalian species
    Section 2: Behavioral biases in humans. Speech lateralization and motor control
    Mother and offspring lateralised social interaction across animal species
    Handedness and cognitive ability: using meta-analysis to make sense of the data
    Atypical structural and functional motor networks in autism
    Lateralization of the expression of facial emotion in humans
    Split brain patients: visual biases for faces
    Section 3: Methodological considerations. Manual laterality and cognition through evolution: an archeological perspective
    Cognitive archeology, body cognition, and hand–tool interaction
    Evolution and development of handedness: an Evo–Devo approach
    Section 4: Cerebral lateralization and behavioral biases as a foundation for higher cognitive function. A comparative perspective on lateral biases and social behavior
    Sensorimotor lateralization scaffolds cognitive specialization.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Freeman Miller, Steven Bachrach, Nancy Lennon, Margaret E. O'Neil.
    Springer Nature eReference.
    Summary: This new edition will grow to three volumes and significantly expand existing sections on medical management of children with cerebral palsy, research, education and therapies. The first volume will cover the cause of CP, the underlying pathology in the brain and the secondary pathologies in different tissues, such as muscle and bone. There are a fair number of controversies and new techniques, such as PET scans, that are getter attention to make earlier diagnosis. It is still not clear whether early diagnosis makes a long term difference. Epidemiology will also be discussed. The second volume will focus on general medical concerns related to CP on each of the medical specialties and the musculoskeletal section - which served as the main focus of the previous edition. This volume will be updated with an emphasis on gait disorders, spasticity, seizures and movement disorders. New research and techniques on the hip and spine areas will be added as well. The third and final volume will be an expanded and comprehensive resource on therapies. More detail on the latest outcome research and techniques will be provided along with sections on orthotics and novel treatments and techniques. This reference work will build on gaps within the first edition and continue to be the definitive guide for rehabilitation physicians, orthopedics, neurologists and therapists who treat children with CP .

    Contents:
    The Child, The Parent and the Goal
    Prematurity
    Congenital malformation
    Infections
    Congenital Metabolic
    In utero Stroke
    Problem during delivery
    Post natal encephalopathy
    Over-view of the past 50 Years
    American experience
    European Experience
    Asian experience
    African experience
    Physical pathology
    Current Imaging -PET
    Muscle changes at the cellular level
    Gross Anatomic Muscle changes in CP
    Neuro-motor junction changes
    Bone Alterations in CP
    Over view of when and how to evaluate
    Who should get Imaging
    Indications for metabolic work up
    Indications for full genetic work up
    Prognosis assessment
    role of PE -Pathologic Reflexes
    Classification Terminology
    Over view of Normal Natural history
    The Irritable Child with CP
    Pain in The Non-communicative Patient
    Post-operative Pain Management
    Seizures
    Diagnosis, Natural History
    Seizures
    Medical Management
    Seizures
    Ketogenic Diet
    Indication and Description
    Seizures
    Role of VNS
    Seizures
    Role of Surgical Removal
    Seizure Surgery
    Workup and technique Description
    Pseudo-seizures
    Diagnosis and Treatment
    Hydrocephalus Diagnosis and treatment indications
    Shunting for Hydrocephalus
    Surgical Ventriculostomy for Hydrocephalus
    Attention Deficient associated with CP
    Autism and CP as Comorbidities
    Family Stress Secondary to Disability
    Impact on Siblings
    Depression associated with CP
    Mood disorders (Bipolar and CP)
    Thought disorder and CP
    Overview and natural of feeding issues with growth and development
    Aspiration
    risks, work up, when is it a problem
    Gastrostomy feeding
    when indicated
    Tracheostomy or diversion
    When indicated and how done
    Weight and growth in the child with CP
    Feeding Therapy
    Indications how long
    GE reflux
    Work up and medical Management
    GE Reflux
    Work up and Surgical Management
    Poor Intestinal Motility
    Constipation
    Implications long term and treatment
    Toilet training and bladder control
    Neurogenic Bladder
    Renal stones
    risks, prevention and management
    Undescended Testicles
    Drooling
    diagnosis, measurement and medical management
    Drooling
    management with local injections
    Botulinum
    Drooling
    Surgical treatment options and outcomes
    Hearing Evaluation
    When and How
    Cochlear Implant Indication and role in CP
    Upper Airway Obstruction
    Indication for adenoid and tonsillectomy
    Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
    Natural History, etiology and outcome
    Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
    Medical management
    Reactive airways
    Chronic aspiration
    Airway obstruction
    Work up and medical management
    Airway obstruction
    Indication and options for surgical management
    Pitutary-hypohoseal dysfunction
    Adrenal insufficency
    Short Stature
    Work up and treatment indications
    Pillow angel treatment
    indication ethics approach
    Glucose intolerance due to intramuscular fat
    Premature or Delayed Sexual Maturation
    Testing Sight
    how when and the outcome
    Strabismus
    Cortical blindness
    Routine hygiene, When and how for child with CP
    Dental Caries
    When to treat, how often to check outcome
    Gum Hypertrophy
    etiology, and management and outcome
    Malignments
    when to treat and expected outcome
    Bruxism
    Management and long term outcome
    Lip biting
    Management and long term outcome
    Neurologic Control of the Muscluosketal System
    Muscle tone
    Spasticity
    Assessment
    Movement disorders
    Description and assessment
    Medical Management of Spasticity
    Medical Management of Movement disorders
    Local treatment
    Botulinum, Phenol, Neurectomy
    Inthrathecal Baclofen Therapy
    Dorsal Rhizotomy
    Deep Brain Stimulation
    Ataxia
    Disorder of Balance, Description and Assessment
    Assessing dynamic Balance
    Normal Gait
    Overview and Natural history of CP Gait
    Use of Diagnostic Gait Analysis to Guide Treatment
    Using Gait Analysis as an Outcome Assessment
    Managing Hemiplegic Gait
    Diplegic Gait
    Torsional Malignments
    Stance phase
    Crouch and Back Kneeing
    Swing Phase
    Toe drag
    Gait with Movement Disorders
    Gait in Ataxia
    Complications of Gait Management and Gait Analysis
    Overview of Natural History and Outcome
    Assessment of the Upper Extremity for Diagnostic Assessment
    Assessment of the Upper Extremity for Outcome Evaluation
    Tone Management
    Botulinum, Neurectomy, Rhizotomy
    Single Event Multi-level Surgery Approach
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Forearm and Wrist
    Thumb
    Fingers
    Overview and Natural History
    Non-operative Management of CP scoliosis
    Surgical Planning
    Medical Evaluation Pre-op
    Role and Response to Spinal Cord Monitoring
    Anesthesia for CP Spinal Fusion
    Surgical Management of Scoliosis (operative Procedure)
    Surgical Management of Kyphosis and Lordosis
    Post-operative Management
    Managing Early Onset Scoliosis in CP
    Managing Complications related to Spinal Fusion
    Cervical Spinal Problems in CP
    Lumbar Spondolethesis
    Ambulatory child CP and Scoliosis
    Scoliosis and Hip dislocation
    Management considerations
    Summary Overview
    Etiology and Natural History
    Screening and Surveillance
    Prophalactic Treatment
    Reconstruction of Common Posterior Lateral Displacement
    Reconstruction of the Atypical- Anterior or Inferior Displacement
    Palliative or Salvage Treatment
    Complications of CP hip Management
    Summary of Knee problems
    Patella-femoral instability
    Apophositis and stress fractures
    Rotatory or torsion Instability
    Fixed knee flexion Contracture
    Hyper-extension knee deformity
    Knee extension Contracture and Stiff Knee Gait
    Tibial Torsion and Bowing
    Over view of the FOOT in CP
    Natural History of Foot posture in Children with CP
    Equinus
    Ankle Varus and Valgus
    Planovalgus
    Varus
    Calcaneovalgus
    Hallux
    Claw toes, Over Lap, and Crossing Toes
    Toe Nail Problems
    Complications of Managing Foot Problems
    Over view and history of therapy for CP
    Early Intervention
    techniques and outcome
    Habilation therapy
    in middle childhood
    role and outcome
    Short High Intensity VS Long-term Low frequency
    Rehabilitation Therapy -(Post op) Frequency and Approach
    Role of Therapy in Teenagers to prevent function loss
    Educational Therapy
    Technique outcome, how not medical therapy
    Therapy Theories
    NDT ECT outcome expectations
    Hydrotherapy
    Strength Training
    Cardiovascular Endurance training
    Hippotherapy
    Robotic training, Suspended Treadmill training
    Over view theories and expectations
    Early intervention expectations and outcome
    UE Habilation techniques
    Outcomes
    Constrained use
    Enforced use Therapy Techniques and expected outcome
    UE splinting VS use encouragement
    Evaluation for Driver Training and adaptations
    Over view of ST and expect outcome
    Feeding Therapy Indications, techniques, outcome
    Speech therapy, When techniques and expected outcome
    Augmentative communication, When and expected outcome how to evaluate
    Training oral control for Drooling
    Techniques and outcome
    Overview of the wide range
    Swimming with Dolphins
    Hyperbaric Oxygen
    Acupuncture
    Pressure suits and vests
    Elastic Space suits
    Votja Technique
    ECT ECT ECT
    Standers
    Which, when how long, who and what is the benefit
    Reclining
    Side Lyers, wedges, beds
    Benefit for who and when
    Gait trainers
    Who when how long
    Benefit
    Walkers
    WHO WHEN how long and what is the benefit
    Crutches, and canes and sticks
    UE
    Self feeders
    WHO W WH outcome
    General Over view of issues to be considered
    Wheel chair VS stroller
    difference and why and when and outcome
    Power Wheel chair
    WHEN WHO outcome
    Early power wheeled toy mobility
    Benefit outcome
    Consideration of the appropriate WHEEL chair for permanent use
    One arm drive chair for who and when
    General Overview when indicated benefits and risks
    Control Foot posture
    Arch supports, UCBL and SMO
    Ankle control
    Knee control options
    Hip control
    UE orthotics.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Christos P. Panteliadis, editor.
    Summary: This third edition systematically reviews recent developments in the diagnosis and evidence-based treatment of cerebral palsy, a consequence of foetal and early infant brain damage resulting in lifelong disabilities with a range of clinical characteristics. The first part discusses the definition, aetiology, classification, imaging and neuropathology, while the second focuses on the management of the individual challenges that children with cerebral palsy face, such as spasticity, dyskinesia, feeding problems and scoliosis. Based on the diverse characteristics of cerebral palsy, children require care from various specialists, including neuro-paediatricians, orthopaedists, psychologists, epidemiologists, physiotherapists and occupational therapists. This work was written by an international team of such specialists, providing a comprehensive mix of perspectives and expertise.

    Contents:
    Cerebral palsy: a historical review
    Definition
    Epidemiology
    Neuropathology
    Aetiological factors
    Intrauterine infection
    Magnesium sulphate for prevention
    Early markers
    Clinical characteristics
    Early diagnosis
    Brain Imaging
    Ultrasonography
    Positrons-Emission-Tomography
    Physiotherapy
    Occupational therapy
    Pathophysiology of muscle
    Orthpaedic management
    Early developmental intervention
    Hip luxation
    Scoliosis
    Bone status
    Oral medication
    Management with Botulinum Neurotoxin A
    Intrathecal Baclofen
    Rhizotomy
    Comorbidities.- Epilepsies
    Visual impairment
    Gastrointestinal problems
    Long-term prognosis
    Quality of life
    Psychosocial problems.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Psiche Giannoni, Liliana Zerbino, editors.
    Summary: This book helps rehabilitators and caregivers understand the multifaceted needs of children with cerebral palsy or other neuromotor impairments in order to plan and implement an effective treatment regimen. Drawing on the authors extensive experience spanning several decades, it addresses the sensitive challenge of rehabilitation, which cannot and must not be confined by the rigid schemes of established schools. In particular, the book provides numerous practical suggestions, intended to guide the reader through correct clinical reasoning, setting goals and subsequent treatment. Furthermore, it includes chapters on evaluating and treating the upper limbs, feeding and communication problems, as well as on the care of soft tissues and the management of the visual difficulties in these children. The book is a valuable resource for physiotherapists, occupational therapists, speech therapists and other caregivers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1) Child Evaluation Guide and Clinical Reasoning
    Chapter 2) The Child with Bilateral Spastic Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 3) The Child with Unilateral Spastic Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 4) The Child with Dyskinesia
    Chapter 5) Ataxia in Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 6) Sensory-Motor and Perceptual Problems in Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 7) Therapeutic Approaches for the Soft Tissues
    Chapter 8) Guidelines for Upper Limb Rehabilitation
    Chapter 9) Upper Limbs Functional Problems in Different Forms of Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 10) Feeding and Dysphagia in Children with Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 11) The Child with Cerebral Palsy and Visual Impairment
    Chapter 12) Augmentative and Alternative Communication in Severe Motor Impairment
    Chapter 13) Rehabilitation Technologies for Sensory-Motor-Cognitive Impairments.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Yoshio Matsuda, editor.
    Summary: This edited book presents the latest information on epidemiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, therapy, and some current topics covering all aspects of cerebral palsy. It offers a novel interpretation of a group of lifelong movement disorders, which now is an accepted notion that the causes of cerebral palsy are multifactorial rather than birth asphyxia. The book is organized into three parts, and it begins with illustrating the perspective of the disease. Then focuses on the relationship between clinical features of perinatal complications/events and cerebral palsy. The last part offers a hot topic of the prevention and the latest therapy, such as hypothermia, neuroprotection, and stem cell transfer. Since there is no cure for this congenital motor disability of cerebral origin, effective strategies for primary prevention are highly desirable. Effective strategies require an understanding of causal pathways and the Editor wishes to disseminate the experience and knowledge through this comprehensive volume to the readers....

    Contents:
    Part I Perspective
    1 History and Definitions
    2 Epidemiology of the Cerebral Palsy
    3 Current Status of the Japan Obstetric Compensation System for Cerebral Palsy
    4 Clinical Diagnosis of Cerebral Palsy
    5 Imaging Findings of Perinatal Brain Lesions that may Cause Cerebral Palsy
    Part II Relations of perinatal complications/events to CP
    6 Chromosomal Abnormality
    7 Morphological Abnormalities Mainly in the Central Nervous System
    8 Cytomegalovirus Infection, Toxoplasmosis
    9 Herpes Infection
    10 Multiple Pregnancy
    11 Hypertensive Disorders of Pregnancy
    12 Urgent Preterm Labor/Preterm Water Breaking
    13 Fetal Growth Restriction/Small for
    Dates
    14 Cases Probably Considered as Intrauterine Onset
    15 Reduced Fetal Movement
    16 Placental Abruption
    17 Intrauterine Infection/Chorioamnionitis
    18 Fetomaternal hemorrhage
    19 Cases Associate with Umbilical Cord
    20 Intrapartum Hypoxia
    21 Uterotonic Agents
    22 Assisted Vaginal Delivery (Including Kristeller M
    neuver)
    23 Prolonged Labor
    24 Maternal Respiratory and Circulatory Failure
    25 GBS Infection
    26 Birth Asphyxia
    27 Prematurity
    28 Intraventricular Hemorrhage, Periventricular Leu
    omalacia
    29 Neonatal Stroke
    30 Neonatal Hypoglycemia
    31 Bilirubin Encephalopathy
    32 Apparent Life Threatening Event (ALTE)
    Part III Prevention
    33 Neonatal Hypothermia
    34 Recent Findings on the Perinatal Brain Protective Effects of Magnesium
    35 Mechanism and Current Status of Umbilical Cord Blood Stem Cell Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Roberta B. Shepherd.
    Summary: This is a thought-provoking book which introduces a new way of thinking on the development and use of interventions. Relevant to current practice, it advocates early, targeted activity that is focused on increasing muscle activation, training basic actions and minimizing (or preventing) mal-adaptive changes to muscle morphology and function. The authors present recent scientific findings in brain science, movement sciences (developmental biomechanics, motor control mechanisms, motor learning, exercise science) and muscle biology. This knowledge provides the rationale for active intervention, underpinning the need for an early referral to appropriate services. The book features methods for promoting relatively intensive physical activity in young infants without placing a burden on parents which include assistive technologies such as robotics, electronic bilateral limb trainers and baby treadmills. This book begins by specifying the guidelines for training and exercise, outlining the rationale for such intervention. It goes on to cover the fundamentals of neuromotor plasticity and the development and negative effects of limited motor activity on brain organization and corticospinal tract development. Neuromuscular adaptations to impairments and inactivity are discussed along with the General Movement assessment that can provide early diagnosis and prognosis, facilitating very early referral from paediatric specialists to training programs. The book ends with a section featuring various methods of training with the emphasis on preventing/minimizing muscle contracture, stimulating biomechanically critical muscle activity and joint movement.

    Contents:
    The changing face of intervention in infants with cerebral palsy / Roberta Shepherd
    Corticospinal tract development and activity-dependent plasticity / Janet Eyre
    Re-thinking the brain : new insights into early experience and brain development / Mary P. Galea
    Functional effects of neural impairments and subsequent adaptations / Adel Abdullah Alhusaini
    The syndrome of deforming spastic paresis : pathophysiology, assessment and treatment / Nicolas Bayle, Jean-Michel Gracies
    Skeletal muscle changes due to cerebral palsy / Richard L Lieber, Lucas R. Smith
    Early muscle development in children with cerebral palsy : the consequences for further muscle growth, muscle function, and long-term-mobility / Martin Gough, Adam P. Shortland
    Early diagnosis and prognosis in cerebral palsy / Giovanni Cioni, Vittorio Belmonti, Christa Einspieler
    Effects of motor activity on brain and muscle development in cerebral palsy / Diane L. Damiano
    The consequences of independent locomotion for brain and psychological development / David I. Anderson ... [et al.]
    Training lower limb performance in early infancy : support, balance and propulsion / Roberta B. Shepherd
    Treadmill training in early infancy : sensory and motor effects
    Caroline Teulier, Marianne Barbu-Roth, David I. Anderson
    Very early upper limb interventions for infants with asymmetric brain lesions / Roslyn Boyd, Micah Perez, Andrea Guzzetta
    Constraint-induced therapy and bimanual training in children with unilateral cerebral palsy / Andrew M Gordon
    Interactive technologies for diagnosis and treatment in infants with cerebral palsy / Jens Bo Nielsen.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Florian Deisenhammer, Finn Sellebjerg, Charlotte E Teunissen, Hayrettin Tumani, editors.
    Summary: The cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) is an invaluable diagnostic tool in clinical neurology, not only in the evaluation of inflammatory, degenerative, and malignant diseases of the nervous system, but also in the diagnosis of all forms of cerebral and subarachnoidal bleedings. The CSF can be easily obtained by lumbar puncture and a set of basic analyses can be conducted using relatively simple laboratory methods. By combining different CSF parameters, a wide range of diagnostic entities can be identified. However, properly interpreting the test results requires a high level of expertise and cannot be achieved by just reporting on individual analytic values. This book covers essential aspects of cerebrospinal fluid analysis and its use in the diagnosis of common neurological diseases. The first part addresses preclinical aspects such as the history of CSF, as well as the anatomical, physiological, and biological background of this valuable fluid. In addition, CSF collection, its preanalytical and methodological implications, and the increasing number of disease-specific markers in CSF are discussed in detail. Lastly, CSF analyses are put into context with clinical syndromes, demonstrating their diagnostic value in neurological clinical practice. Cerebrospinal Fluid in Clinical Neurology helps readers understand the preanalytical and analytical aspects of CSF diagnostics and offers a valuable reference guide for interpreting CSF results during the clinical work-up for neurological patients.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. History of CSF
    3. Anatomy of CSF-related spaces
    4. Physiology of CSF
    4.1. CSF production
    4.2. CSR resorption
    4.3. Biological function of CSF
    5. CSF collection
    5.1. Techniques
    5.2. Counter-indications and complications
    5.3. Preanalytical aspects
    6. Methods
    6.1. Cell counts and cell staining
    6.2. Glucose and Lactate
    6.3. Proteins
    6.4. Albumin
    6.5. Immunoglobulins
    6.6. Detection of infectious agents
    6.7. Immunohistochemistry
    6.8. Others (biomarkers)
    7. CSF in clinical syndromes
    7.1. Inflammatory disease of the CNS
    7.1.1. Acute (bacterial, viral meningitis)
    7.1.2. Chronic (MS)
    7.2. Inflammatory diseases of the PNS
    7.2.1. Acute (GBS, Neuroborreliosis)
    7.2.2 Chronic (CIDP)
    7.3. Neoplastic and paraneoplastic neurological disorders
    7.4. Dementias and degenerative disorders
    7.5. Cerebral bleedings
    7.6. CSF rhinorrhoea and otorrhoea. 8. Guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    volume editors, Florian Deisenhammer, Charlotte E. Teunissen, and Hayrettin Tumani.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Raj Sindwani, Christopher Roxbury.
    Summary: Offering up-to-date, multidisciplinary coverage of this nuanced and evolving field, Cerebrospinal Fluid Rhinorrhea provides a comprehensive overview of the evaluation and diagnosis, as well as the medical and surgical management options, for all causes of cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) rhinorrhea. It covers all aspects of CSF leaks, synthesizing current knowledge on pathophysiology, diagnosis, perioperative care, and operative techniques for this complex group of patients. Leading experts in otolaryngology and neurosurgery, as well as ophthalmology, neurology, and radiology, provide detailed coverage of the distinctions between management of patients with differing etiologies of CSF rhinorrhea, including spontaneous, traumatic/iatrogenic, and tumor-related.

    Contents:
    Evaluation and diagnosis of cerebrospinal fluid rhinorrhea
    Cerebrospinal fluid physiology and anatomy of the cranial base
    Traumatic and iatrogenic cerebrospinal fluid leaks
    Spontaneous cerebrospinal fluid leaks and idiopathic intracranial hypertension
    Endoscopic cerebrospinal fluid leak repair and skull base reconstruction and after tumor surgery
    Cerebrospinal fluid diversion and advances in instrumentation and biomaterials.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Ji Y. Chong, Michael P. Lerario.
    Contents:
    1. Treatment of acute right-sided weakness
    2. Large vessel occlusion
    3. Masquerade
    4. Improving symptoms
    5. Progressive quadriplegia
    6. Malignant edema
    7. To treat or not to treat (blood pressure)
    8. Unidentified bright objects
    9. Detected bruit
    10. Small vessel disease
    11. Obstructed flow
    12. Aphasia and atherosclerosis
    13. A new arrhythmia
    14. Arch disease
    15. Hole in my heart
    16. Investigating the occult
    17. A Horner's syndrome following trauma
    18. Young adult with headache and blurred vision
    19. Cancer and coagulopathy
    20. Fevers in a patient with valve replacement
    21. Seeing jellyfish
    22. Driving is a headache
    23. Puff of smoke
    24. Thunderclap headache
    25. Hypertension and confusion
    26. A protean presentation
    27. Can I go home now?
    28. Cardiac arrest
    29. A sickle pickle
    30. Numbness while on anticoagulation
    31. Hemorrhage in a patient with dementia
    32. An unusual hemorrhage
    33. Recurrent headaches
    34. Progressive gait dysfunction
    35. Worst headache of her life
    36. An incidental finding
    37. Forget about it
    38. Seizures, sadness, and spasticity.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Print
    Summary: Consists of the transactions of the 10th-11th Princeton Conference on Cerebrovascular Diseases, held 1976-1979; 12th-13th, 15th-18th Research (Princeton) Conference on Cerebrovascular Diseases, held 1980-1982, 1986-1992; 14th Research (Princeton- Williamsburg) Conference on Cerebrovascular Diseases, held 1984; <19th> Princeton Stroke Conference, held 1994; <22nd> Princeton Conference on Cerebrovascular Disease, held 2000.
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Click on Series link(s) for access options
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC386 .C414
    11
  • Digital
    Yoko Kato, Ahmed Ansari, editors.
    Summary: This book will discuss and cover standard treatments and advances in some of the most controversial topics in cerebrovascular surgery traversing the whole arena, including open and interventional surgeries. They will be discussed with case scenarios, bail out strategies and complication handling, followed by advances in the subject. Some of the best academic cereberovascular physician will author these chapters with their vast experience. The book will be of particular benefit to neurosurgeons, neurologists, and radiologists. It will be particularly targeting residents, young and experienced faculty in the subject, and will provide first hand up to the mark information and experiences in cerebrovascular surgery.

    Contents:
    1 Cranial base approaches to aneurysms
    2 Deep and eloquent AVMs
    3 Posterior circulation aneurysms
    4 Cerebral revascularization in aneurysm surgeries
    5 Ischemic stroke revascularization
    6 Hemorrhagic stroke- endoscopic evacuation
    7 Cavernous malformation in brainstem
    8 Giant aneurysm management
    9 Cerebral veins and dural sinus reconstruction
    10 Moya moya-standards and advances
    11 Carotid endarterectomy
    12 Carotid angioplasty and stenting for occlusive diseases
    13 Complex intracranial aneurysms
    14 Pre operative and therapeutic embolizaion for AVMs
    15 Management of AV fistulas
    16 Keyhole approach in cerebral aneurysm surgeries
    17 Recurrent aneurysm after coiling/ clipping management
    18 FDs and stenting in management of aneurysms.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Robin L. Watson, RN, MN, CNS, CCRN, Clinical Informaticist, Los Angeles County Department of Health Services, Health Services Administration, Los Angeles, California, Beth C. Diehl, DNP, NNP-BC, CCRN, LNCC, Neonatal Nurse Practitioner/Transport Nurse, Johns Hopkins Hospital/Maryland Regional Transport Program, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Shari Burns ; with contributors Jacob D. Hantla, F. Scott Imus, Shaun Mendel, Michael MacKinnon, Christol Williams.
    Summary: A new review for the nurse anesthesia certification exam backed by authority of Morgan & Mikhail's Clinical Anesthesiology.

    Contents:
    Basic sciences
    Equipment, instrumentation, and technology
    Basic principles
    Advanced principles.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2015
  • Digital
    Theresa Clifford, Denise O'Brien.
    Contents:
    Certification of perianesthesia nurses : CPAN and CAPA certification programs
    Respiratory, cardiovascular, peripheral vascular and hematologic systems
    Neurologic and gastrointestinal systems
    Renal and integumentary systems
    Genitourologic, reproductive, and musculoskeletal systems
    Endocrine system, fluids, and electrolytes
    Maintenance of normothermia, physiologic comfort, and the therapeutic environment
    Anesthesia and malignant hyperthermia
    Diversity and psychosocial assistance
    Patient and family education
    ASPAN standards, documentation, regulatory guidelines, and patient safety needs.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Ruth A. Wittmann-Price, Maryann Godshall, Linda Wilson, editors
    Summary: "The fourth edition of Certified Nurse Educator (CNE®/CNE®n) Review is designed to help you prepare for the National League for Nursing (NLN) certification exams. Designed for use by both novice and expert nurse educators, this comprehensive study aid with practice Q&A features a systematic approach to exam preparation and incorporates all key competencies and essential knowledge areas. The fourth edition has been updated to closely reflect the latest exam blueprints as well as current practices and an in-depth focus on the nurse educator shortage; competency-based education; technological teaching--learning tools, such as virtual simulation; and multigenerational learners. Case studies, critical-thinking questions, evidence-based teaching practice boxes, and teaching gems are also featured. Each chapter covers everything you need to know to pass the exam and includes end-of-chapter questions to check your knowledge. The review concludes with a full-length practice test to get you ready for exam day. With 300 practice questions, and detailed review content and answer rationales, the study aid empowers you with the tools and materials to study your way and the confidence to pass the first time, guaranteed! Know that you're ready. Know that you'll pass with Springer Publishing Exam Prep. Key Features Includes review for the new Academic Novice Nurse Educator (CNE®n) exam Reflects the latest NLN CNE®/CNE®n exam blueprints Provides a comprehensive yet concise review of essential knowledge for both exams Features case studies and critical-thinking questions to showcase practical applications of nurse educator topics. Provides Evidence-Based Teaching Practice Boxes and "Teaching Gems" from practice experts to reinforce key concepts. Includes end-of-chapter Q&A and a full practice test with detailed rationales Boosts your confidence with a 100% pass guarantee CNE® and CNE®n are registered service marks of the National League for Nursing (NLN). NLN does not sponsor or endorse this resource, nor does it have a proprietary relationship with Springer Publishing"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Introducing the cne and the cnen exams and blueprints
    Facilitate learning
    Teaching and learning strategies
    Educational technology
    Online learning
    Skills laboratory learning
    Facilitating learning in the clinical setting
    Learning with simulation
    Facilitating learner development and socialization
    Facilitating learner development through civic engagement experiences
    Using assessment and evaluation strategies
    Curriculum design and evaluation of program outcomes
    Pursuing systematic self-evaluation and improvement
    Functioning as a change agent and leader
    Engaging in the scholarship of teaching
    Functioning effectively within the institutional environment and academic community
    Practice test
    Practice test : answers
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Print
    Summary: Certified Perioperative Nurse (CNOR®) Review is designed to help you prepare for the Competency and Credentialing Institute (CCI) certification exam. This comprehensive study aid is organized according to the latest CNOR® exam content outline. Content is presented in a templated, easy-to-read format, providing a targeted review that promotes knowledge retention. Tips and key points highlight key information to remember on exam day. Each chapter covers everything you need to know to pass the exam and includes end-of-chapter questions to check your knowledge. The review concludes with a full-length practice test to get you ready for exam day. With more than 400 practice questions, detailed review content and answer rationales, and access to ExamPrepConnect, this study aid empowers you with the tools and materials to study your way and the confidence to pass the first time, guaranteed! Know that you're ready. Know that you'll pass with Springer Publishing Exam Prep.--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction: strategies for success
    Perioperative patient assessment and nursing diagnosis
    Individualized plan of care and expected outcome identification
    Management of intraoperative activities: partient care and safety
    Management of intraoperative activities: personnel, services, and materials
    Communication and documentation
    Infection prevention and control of the environment, instruments, and supplies
    Emergency situations and patient and personnel safety
    Professional accountability
    Practice exam
    Practice exam: answers.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Fong Chan, Malachy Bishop, Julie Chronister, Eun-Jeong Lee, Chung-Yi Chiu.
    Summary: "We are pleased to present this third edition of Certified Rehabilitation Counselor Examination Preparation. In the first edition of this guide, we indicated that ". . . the purpose of the book is to provide a concise yet comprehensive preparation guide for the CRCC 's Certified Rehabilitation Counselor (CRC) examination." In the development of this third edition this has remained our purpose and commitment"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Certified Rehabilitation Counselor Examination Information, Study and Test Taking Strategies / Yunzhen Huang and Stuart Rumrill
    Professional Orientation and Ethical practice / Connie Sung, Fong Chan, Jessica Brooks, Jill Bezyak, Emre Umucu, and Xiangli Chen
    Evidence-Based Practice, Counseling Theories, and Techniques / Sandra Fitzgerald and Julie Chronister
    Group Work and Family Dynamics / Eun-Jeong, Jinhee Park, and Kristin Kosyluk
    Crisis and Trauma Counseling and Intervention / Julie Chronister, Yazmin Castruita Rios, and Stuart Rumril
    Psychosocial Aspects of Chronic Illness and Disability / Julie Chronister and Sandra Fitzgerald
    Assessment / Eun-Jeong Lee, Nicole Ditchman and Yen Chun Tseng
    Career Development and Job Placement / Connie Sung, Jessica M. Brooks, Joshua Taylor, Emre Umucu, Beatrice Lee, Cahit Kaya, and Fong Chan
    Demand-Side Employment / Fong Chan, Jill Bezyak, Timothy Tansey, Sharon Hsu, Cahit Kaya, and Xiangli Chen
    Community Resources and Partnerships / Malachy Bishop, Muna Bhattarai, Stuart Rumrill, and Deborah Lee
    Rehabilitation, Disability, and Healthcare Case Management / Malachy Bishop, Stuart Rumrill, Mirang Park, Muna Bhattarai, Kaiqi Zhou, Jay Kim, and Megan Baumunk
    Medical Aspects of Chronic Disease and Disability / Chungyi Chiu, Jessica M. Brooks, and Connie Sung
    Research, Methodology, and Performance Management / Chungyi Chiu and Phillip Rumrill
    Mock Examination.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    Jaime G. de la Garza-Salazar, Flavia Morales-Vásquez, Abelardo Meneses-Garcia, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with a thorough review on cervical cancer, treatment guidelines and emerging therapies available for the disease. It reviews the epidemiology clinical features, diagnosis, and medical management of cervical cancer. Given the increasing need for preventive strategies, treatment optimization with collaborative and integrative work, this book improves the actual and integral knowledge in this neoplasm. Given the high prevalence of this disease in Latin America, this is an important text for clinicians in this region. This book outlines the state of the art in cervical cancer treatments and is an indispensable companion for oncologists, gynecologists, surgeons and medical students.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Cervical cancer epidemiology
    3. Malignant transforming mechanisms of human papillomavirus
    4. Transcriptome studies reveal altered signaling pathways in cervical cancer
    5. Pre-invasive lesions of the cervix
    6. Control and prevention in cervical cancer
    7. Cervical cancer cytology and pathology
    8. Cervical cancer staging
    9. Imaging in cervical cancer
    10. Primary surgical treatment of cervical cancer
    11. Surgical treatment for advanced or recurrent disease in cervical cancer
    12. Radiotherapy in cervical cancer
    13. Systemic treatment of cervical cancer
    14. Immuno-oncology in cervical cancer
    15. Palliative care in cervical cancer patients
    16. Special conditions and follow-up in cervical cancer
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel Keppler, Athena W. Lin.
    Contents:
    Evolution and classification of oncogenic human papillomavirus types and variants associated with cervical cancer / Zigui Chen, Luciana Bueno de Freitas, and Robert D. Burk
    Real-time PCR approach based on SPF10 primers and the INNO-LiPA HPV genotyping extra assay for the detection and typing of human papillomavirus / M. Isabel Micalessi, Gaëlle A. Boulet, and Johannes Bogers
    Replication of human papillomavirus in culture / Eric J. Ryndock, Jennifer Biryukov, and Craig Meyers
    HPV binding assay to laminin-332/integrin [alpha]6[beta]4 on human keratinocytes / Sarah A. Brendle and Neil D. Christensen
    Methods to assess the nucleocytoplasmic shuttling of the HPV E1 helicase and its effects on cellular proliferation and induction of a DNA damage response / Michaël Lehoux, Amélie Fradet-Turcotte, and Jacques Archambault
    Genetic methods for studying the role of viral oncogenes in the HPV life cycle / Jason M. Bodily
    Robust HPV-18 production in organotypic cultures of primary human keratinocytes / Hsu-Kun Wang, Thomas R. Broker, and Louise T. Chow
    High-throughput cellular assay to quantify the p53- degradation activity of E6 from different human papillomavirus types / David Gagnon and Jacques Archambault
    Retroviral expression of human cystatin genes in HeLa cells / Crystal M. Diep, Gagandeep Kaur, Daniel Keppler, and Athena W. Lin
    Molecular analysis of human papillomavirus virus-like particle activated langerhans cells in vitro / Andrew W. Woodham, Adam W. Woodham, Adam B. Raff, Diane M. Da Silva, and W. Martin Kast
    Selective silencing of gene target expression by siRNA expression plasmids in human cervical cancer cells / Oscar Peralta-Zaragoza [and eleven others]
    Silencing of E6/E7 expression in cervical cancer stem- like cells / Wenyi Gu, Nigel McMillan, and Chengzhong Yu
    Two-step procedure for evaluating experimentally induced DNA damage : texas red and comet assays / Gina J. Ferris, Lauren B. Shunkwiler, and Charles A. Kunos
    Measurement of deubiquitinating enzyme Activity via a suicidal HA-Ub-VS probe / Colleen Rivard and Martina Bazzaro
    Immunocytochemical analysis of the cervical pap smear / Terry K. Morgan and Michelle Berlin
    Diagnosis of HPV-negative, gastric-type adenocarcinoma of the endocervix / Edyta C. Pirog
    Targeting of the HPV-16 E7 protein by RNA aptamers / Julia Dolores Toscano-Garibay, María Luisa Benítez-Hess, and Luis Marat Alvarez-Salas
    Use of MYBL2 as a novel candidate biomarker of cervical cancer / Cara M. Martin [and others]
    Fixation methods for the preservation of morphology, RNAs, and proteins in paraffin-Embedded human cervical cancer cell xenografts in mice / Yoko Matsuda and Toshiyuki Ishiwata
    Assessment of the HPV DNA methylation status in cervical lesions / Mina Kalantari and Hans-Ulrich Bernard
    MeDIP-on-chip for methylation profiling / Yaw-Wen Hsu, Rui-Lan Huang, and Hung-Cheng Lai
    Use of DBD-FISH for the study of cervical cancer progression / Elva I. Cortés-Gutiérrez [and four others]
    Quantitative and high-throughput assay of human papillomavirus DNA replication / David Gagnon, Amélie Fradet-Turcotte, and Jacques Archambault
    Native human papillomavirus production, quantification, and infectivity analysis / Jennifer Biryukov, Linda Cruz, Eric J. Ryndock, and Craig Meyers
    Functional analysis of HPV-like particle-activated langerhans cells in vitro / Lisa Yan, Andrew W. Woodham, Diane M. Da Silva, and W. Martin Kast
    Assessment of the radiation sensitivity of cervical cancer cell lines / Mayil Vahanan Bose and Thangarajan Rajkumar
    Mouse model of cervicovaginal papillomavirus infection / Nicolas Çuburu, Rebecca J. Cevio, Cynthia D. Thompson, and Patricia M. Day
    Establishment of orthotopic primary cervix cancer xenografts / Naz Chaudary, Karolina Jaluba, Melania Pintilie, and Richard P. Hill
    Generation of K14-E7/[delta]N87[beta] cat double transgenic mice as a model of cervical cancer / Gülay Bulut and Aykut Üren.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kathleen Rice Simpson.
    Summary: "One of the foremost experts on the subject, Kathleen Rice Simpson, PhD, RNC, FAAN, presents the latest research-based clinical practices that promote the safest possible care for women and babies who put their trust in you, including: Requiring elective labor induction to be limited to women with 39 completed weeks of gestation, standardizing oxytocin protocols, prioritizing scheduled inductions on the basis of indication and maternal-fetal condition, ensuring cervical readiness before induction, ensuring uterine tachysystole is addressed appropriately"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Definition of terms
    Incidence
    Medical indications
    Nonmedical indications (elective)
    Preparation for cervical ripening, induction, or augmentation
    Cervical ripening
    Induction and augmentation of labor
    Summary
    References
    Appendices. Protocol for induction/augmentation of labor with oxytocin
    Quality measures related to cervical ripening and induction and augmentation of labor.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Pier Paolo Maria Menchetti, editor.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of cervical spine
    Biomechanical evaluation of cervical spine Imaging
    Anesthesiology procedures involved on cervical spine
    Pain management of cervical spine disease
    Percutaneous procedures in cervical disc herniation treatment
    Endoscopy in cervical spine surgery
    Percutaneous posterior facet augmentation in cervical foraminal stenosis
    Anterior cervical decompression and fusion
    Anterior approach and autologous interbody fusion
    Role of cages in anterior cervical surgery
    Cervical prosthetic discs
    Role of materials in cervical spine fusion
    Biomechanical engineering in choice of different stiffness material
    C1-C2 posterior approach
    Screwing of the dens epistropheus
    Transarticular posterior screw fixation
    Posterior open door approach
    Vertebral compression fracture on cervical spine
    Corpectomy in cervical bone metastasis
    Trigeminal neuralgia surgery
    Robotics in cervical spine surgery
    Postoperative physical therapy rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Pier Paolo Maria Menchetti, editor.
    Summary: This heavily revised second edition covers minimally invasive and open surgical techniques for treating a variety of common and rare of cervical pathologies. Extensively revised chapters detail how to successfully perform a variety of the latest procedures for conditions including cervical spine fractures, cervical tumours and cranio cervical anomalies. Guidance on the appropriate techniques for decompression and fusion with cages and autologous bone graft are also described. Cervical Spine: Minimally Invasive and Open Surgery satisfies the need for a multi-disciplinary text covering open and minimally invasive techniques available for treating ailments of the cervical spine. Practicing and trainee orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, radiologists, anesthesiologists and pain management specialists will all find the content of this work to be of a great help to them when seeking guidance on the latest advances in the field.

    Contents:
    Anatomy
    Biomechanics
    Imaging
    Pathophysiology
    Anaesthesia and perioperative care
    Tribology
    Advanced technology: surgery robotic assisted, 4D navigation
    Chronic Cervical Pain management using Radio Frequency
    Endoscopy on cervical spine
    Percutaneous treatment of contained disc herniation
    Anterior cervical approaches: Decompression and fusion with cages
    Decompression and fusion with autologous bone graft
    Posterior cervical approaches
    Arthroplasty
    Cranio Cervical anomalies (Arnold-Chiari anomaly, Syringomyelia, Basilar invagination, Atlanto-axial dislocations)
    Axial and subaxial Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Cervical spine fractures
    Cervical spine tumors intramedullary, extramedullary
    Postoperative rehabilitation. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Christopher P. Ames, K. Daniel Riew, Justin S. Smith, Kuniyoshi Abumi.
    Contents:
    Adult cervical spinal deformity and comparative impact on health / Juanita Garces, Davis Taylor, Bhargav Desai, Christopher I Shaffrey, Christopher P. Ames, Shay Bess, and Justin S. Smith
    Global sagittal alignment / Tejbir Pannu, Frank Schwab, and Virginie Lafage
    Cervical spine alignment / Lee A. Tan, K. Daniel Riew, Vincent C. Traynelis, and Christopher P. Ames
    Radiographic measurement / Nicholas Stekas and Themistocles S. Protopsaltis
    Cervical disability assessment / Nicholas Stekas and Themistocles Protopsaltis
    Cervical malalignment and disability scores / Sravisht Iyer, Han Jo Kim, and K. Daniel Riew
    Physical examination of cervical deformity / Amanda N. Sacino, Corinna C. Zygourakis, and Christopher P. Ames
    Cervical osteotomy types / Marcus D. Mazur, Christopher I Shaffrey, K. Daniel Riew, Christopher P. Ames, and Justin S. Smith
    Technique of low-grade osteotomies for semi-rigid deformities / Philippe Bancel
    Uncovertebral joint osteotomy (anterior riew osteotomy) for correction of rigid cervical spine deformity / Lee A. Tan, Christopher P. Ames, K. Daniel Riew
    Cervical pedicle subtraction osteotomy for correction of sagittal deformities / Winward Choy, Darryl Lau, Cecilia L. Dalle Ore, Heiko Koller, Sang Hun Lee, and Christopher P. Ames
    Cervical opening wedge osteotomy / Lee A. Tan and Christopher P. Ames
    Cervical pedicle screw fixation / Sang Hun Lee, Corinna Zygourakis, and Christopher P. Ames
    Upper thoracic osteotomy for cervical deformity / Sang Hun Lee, Khaled M. Kebaish, and Paul D. Sponseller
    Osteotomy in the thoracolumbar spine for cervical deformity / Sang Hun Lee, Ki-Tack Kim, Yong Chan Kim, Cheung Kue Kim, Hyung Suk Juh, and Khaled M. Kebaish
    Congenital cervical deformity and hemivertebra / Joshua M. Pahys and Amer F. Samdani
    Risk stratification and frailty in complex cervical surgery / Emily Miller and Christopher Shaffrey
    Surgical and neurological complications / Brandon B. Carlson, Han Jo Kim, and Justin S. Smith
    Medical complications / F. Andrew Rowan, Ananth Eleswarapu, and Eric Klineberg
    Relationship of cervical spondylotic myelopathy to cervical deformity / Peter Passias
    C1-2 joint osteotomy and reduction of vertical deformity / Jae Taek Hong
    Cervical deformity classification / Jeffrey Mullin, Davis Taylor, Justin S. Smith, Christopher I Shaffrey, and Christopher P. Ames
    Distal junctional kyphosis and fusion level selection / Tina Raman, Nicholas Stekas and Themistocles Protopsaltis
    Fusion level selection in cervical deformity / Anand H Segar, Deeptee Jain, Peter G. Passias and Themistocles Protopsaltis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Heiko Koller, Yohan Robinson, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive, up-to-date textbook of modern cervical spine surgery describes the standard and advanced techniques recommended by the Cervical Spine Research Society - European Section (CSRS-E) with a view to enabling both young and experienced surgeons to further develop their skills and improve their surgical outcomes. Success in cervical spine surgery depends on the surgeon's awareness of the main challenges posed by distinct cervical spine diseases, theoretical understanding of treatment concepts, and knowledge of technical options and the related potential for complications. It is the surgeon who has to merge theory and practice to achieve the desired outcome, in each case appraising the details of surgical anatomy and weighing the challenges and complications associated with a surgical technique against the skills that he or she possesses. This excellently illustrated book, written by key opinion makers from the CSRS-E with affiliated surgeons as co-authors, presents the full range of approaches and techniques and clearly identifies indications, precautions, and pitfalls. It will be a superb technical reference for all cervical spine surgeons, whether orthopaedic surgeons or neurosurgeons.

    Contents:
    Surgical Anatomy. Surgical Approaches. Surgical Techniques: Positioning for Anterior and Posterior Procedures
    Upper Cervical
    Subaxial Cervical Spine.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert F. Heary.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Jaime Marcelo Altcheh, Hector Freilij, editors.
    Summary: Chagas disease is a potentially life threatening condition that was historically mainly endemic to Latin America. Over the last decade, however, the disease has spread to and is increasingly prevalent in other continents such as North America and Europe, with an estimated 7 million people infected worldwide. It is primarily transmitted by insect vectors that carry the parasite Trypanosoma cruzi, the disease agent. In areas where there is vector control and in non-endemic countries, it is mainly transmitted via congenital infection. Cardiac and gastrointestinal complications are common in untreated individuals. This book offers a comprehensive overview of Chagas disease, including its vectorial and congenital transmission, and molecular diagnosis, which is essential for screening, and developing and providing timely, effective anti-trypanosomal treatment. Written by experts working with infected patients on a daily basis, it discusses the pathogenesis of congenital, cardiac, gastrointestinal and oral Chagas disease, as well as its treatment and the pharmacological aspects of drug development in this area. The chapter, 'Chagas Disease Treatment Efficacy Biomarkers: Myths and Realities is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface I; Preface II; Contents; Part I: Overview; Chagas Disease: Past, Present, and Future; 1 Transmission Ways; 1.1 Vectorial; 1.2 Transplacental; 1.3 Oral Chagas Disease; 1.4 Transfusion; 2 Immune Status of the Patient; 3 Phases of the Disease; 4 Diagnosis and Progression Markers; 5 Cure in Chagas Disease; 6 Anti-parasitic Drugs; 7 Other Drugs?; 8 Endemic Rural Area; 9 Patient Care; 10 New Research; References; Part II: The Agent; Trypanosoma cruzi Journey from the Insect Vector to the Host Cell; 1 The Etiological Agent; 1.1 Parasitic Stages; 1.2 Parasite Body 1.3 Taxonomic Classification1.4 Intraspecific Variation; 1.5 T. cruzi Surface Molecules; 2 Intermediate Host; 2.1 Taxonomic Classification; 2.2 Main Species of Vectors and Geographic Distribution; 2.3 Biological Cycle of the Insect Vector; 3 Trypanosoma cruzi Life Cycle; 3.1 Domestic Cycle; 3.2 Sylvatic Life Cycle; 4 Non-vectorial Pathways of T. cruzi Infection; 4.1 Blood Transfusions; 4.2 Congenital or Connatal Route; 4.3 Organ or Tissue Transplantation; 4.4 Oral Route; 4.5 Laboratory Accidents; 5 The Parasite in the Insect Vector; 5.1 Metacyclogenesis 3.2.1 Cytotoxic T Lymphocytes and Elimination of the Intracellular Forms of T. cruzi3.2.2 Helper T Cells and Specific Immune Response Modulation; 3.3 Human Immune Response After Anti-parasitic Treatment; References; Part III: Epidemiology; Epidemiology of Chagas Disease; 1 Introduction; 2 The Vectors; 3 The Parasite; 4 Possible Routes of Dissemination of Domestic Vector Species; 4.1 Triatoma infestans; 4.2 Panstrongylus megistus; 4.3 Rhodnius prolixus; 4.4 Triatoma brasiliensis; 4.5 Triatoma dimidiata; 5 Transmission and Infection; 6 Mother-to-Child Transmission 5.2 Selectivity Among the Parasitic Populations and the Vectors6 The Mammalian Host; 6.1 Any Cell Can Be Host of T. cruzi; 6.2 Navigating Across the Extracellular Matrix; 6.3 Attaching to the Host Cell Surface; 6.3.1 Role of Gp82 and Gp90 in Oral Infection; 6.3.2 Role of Gp85/TS in Adhesion and Survival into Mammalian Host Cells; 7 One Parasite with Multiple Mechanisms to Enter the Host Cell; 7.1 Lysosomal-Dependent Exocytic Pathway; 7.2 Endocytic Pathway; 7.3 The Autophagic Mode of Entry; 7.4 Phosphatidylinositol 3-Kinase Signaling and the Parasitophorous Vacuole 8 How to Survive Inside a Professional Phagocytic Cell?9 The Parasitophorous Vacuole (PV); 9.1 PV Always Ends Up as a Lysosomal Compartment; 9.2 Degradation of the PV and Cytosolic Settlement; 10 Parasite Differentiation; 11 Extracellular Amastigote Entry to the Host Cells; 12 Concluding Remarks; References; A Panoramic View of the Immune Response to Trypanosoma cruzi Infection; 1 Introduction; 2 Innate Immunity; 2.1 Complement System; 2.2 Macrophages and Neutrophils; 2.3 Dendritic Cells; 2.4 Natural Killer Lymphocytes; 3 Adaptive Immunity; 3.1 B Lymphocytes; 3.2 T Lymphocytes
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors: María-Jesús Pinazo Delgado, Joaquim Gascón.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    John Geigert.
    Summary: This book since first published in 2004 has been a major resource providing insights and practical guidance for the CMC teams to develop an acceptable cost-effective, risk-based CMC regulatory compliance strategy for biopharmaceuticals (recombinant proteins, monoclonal antibodies, genetically engineered viruses and genetically engineered human cells) from early clinical stage development through market approval. The third edition of this book provides added coverage for the biosimilars, antibody drug conjugates (ADCs), bispecific antibodies, genetically engineered viruses, and genetically engineered cells. This third edition of the book also addresses the heightened pressure on CMC regulatory compliance timelines due to the introduction of expedited clinical pathways moving the clinical development closer to a seamless phase process (e.g., FDA Breakthrough Therapy designation, CBER Regenerative Medicine Advanced Therapy (RMAT) designation, EMA Priority Medicines (PRIME) designation). The Challenge of CMC Regulatory Compliance for Biopharmaceuticals is essential, practical information for all pharmaceutical development scientists, Manufacturing and Quality Unit staff, Regulatory Affairs personnel, and senior management involved in the manufacture of biopharmaceuticals.

    Contents:
    Complexity of Biologics CMC Regulation
    Biopharmaceutics are Not Chemical Drugs
    An Effective CMC Strategy is Possible
    Challenge of Adventitious Agent Control
    Biopharmaceutical Source Materials
    Manufacturing of Biopharmaceutical APIs
    Manufacturing of the Drug Product
    Complex Process-Related Impurity Profiles
    Product Characterization is a Journey
    Priceless Potency (Therapeutic Activity)
    Quality Attributes of a Biopharmaceutical
    Designing the Stability Program
    The Art of Setting Specifications
    Demonstrating Product Comparability After Process Changes
    Invaluable CMC-Focused Meetings with Regulatory Authorities.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mora Claramita, Ardi Findyartini, Dujeepa D. Samarasekera, Hiroshi Nishigori, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses health professions educational challenges specific to non-Western cultures, implementing a shifting paradigm for educating future health professionals towards patient-centered care. While health professions education has received increasing attention in the last three decades, promoting student-centered learning principles pioneered by leaders in the medical community has, for the most part, remain rooted in the Western context. Building from Hofstedes analysis of the phenomena of cultural dimensions, which underpin the way people build and maintain their relationships with others and influence social, economic, and political well-being across nations, this book demarcates the different cultural dimensions between East and West, applied to medical education. The respective hierarchical and collectivist cultural dimensions are unpacked in several studies stemming from non-western countries, with the capacity to positively influence healthcare education and services. The book provides new insights for researchers and health professional educators to understand how cultural context influences the input, processes, and output of health professionals education....

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Student-centered Learning
    Chapter 2. Facilitating Learning
    Chapter 3. Learning Resources
    Chapter 4. Workplace-based Learning
    Chapter 5. Curriculum Development
    Chapter 6. Student-Assessment
    Chapter 7. Professionalism Education
    Chapter 8. Quality Assurance
    Chapter 9. Leadership
    Chapter 10. Personal and Professional Development
    Chapter 11. Interprofessional Education
    Chapter 12. Student and Faculty Well-being
    Chapter 13. Way Forward.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Wan Soo Kim, Kyeong Hwan Kim.
    Summary: This book presents the principles and pearls for successful surgical management of challenging situations encountered during cataract surgery. A wide range of settings are considered, including cataract surgery in patients with uveitis, traumatic cataract, dislocation of an intraocular lens, intumescent cataract, brunescent cataract, combined cataract and corneal disease, combined cataract and glaucoma, pediatric cataract, and refractive cataract surgery. In addition, preoperative factors conducive to a favorable surgical result are identified and appropriate management of postoperative complications, described. As longevity increases, cataract is becoming an even greater public health issue worldwide. The use of cataract surgery, already one of the most frequently performed surgeries, is consequently increasing still further ℓ́ℓ a trend reinforced by developments in instrumentation and technology and improvements in access to surgery. However, comorbidities and challenges during surgery are very common. Challenges in Cataract Surgery will be a valuable reference for all residents, fellows, and practicing ophthalmologists who wish to improve their surgical techniques and outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Harry J. Visser.
    Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases, this concise, practical casebook provides clinicians and surgeons with current reconstructive techniques for complicated manifestations of foot and ankle injuries as a result of trauma, neuromuscular disease and deformity. Presenting unique cases in forefoot, midfoot, rearfoot, and ankle surgery, it is sensibly divided into six sections: forefoot maladies, the varus foot and ankle, the valgus foot and ankle, Charcot neuropathy, tendinopathies, and ankle joint revision. Each section demonstrates the surgical techniques chosen in each case, supported by generous, detailed surgical and radiographic slides and diagrams. A consistent chapter format, outlining the case presentation, diagnosis, management, and pearls and pitfalls, ensures its utility and accessibility. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Challenges in Foot and Ankle Reconstruction Surgery: A Case-based Approach is an excellent resource for foot and ankle surgeons, podiatrists and all clinical staff treating these common yet challenging conditions.

    Contents:
    Part I. Forefoot Maladies
    Revision of Lapidus, antibiotic spacer 2nd MTPJ
    Revision of Lapidus, interposition biofoam wedge, CC arthodiastatic via TN fusion
    Revision of Lapidus with interpositional fresh femoral head allograft and akin, gastroc recession
    Revision of trauma after Austin bunionectomy, locking plates x2 applied
    Revision of bunionectomy with 1st MT head resection, interpositional fresh femoral head allograft/bone marrow aspirate, locking bridge plate
    Removal of Laporta implant, allomatrix in canals, interposition 1st MTPJ
    Congenital brachymetapody
    Part II. Varus Foot and Ankle
    Cuboid reconstructed with fibula, reattachment
    STJ arthrodesis, arthrodesis of 5th MT shaft to 4th MT base
    Talectomy via transfibular approach, locking plate
    TA tendon tranfer to lateral cuneiform
    AVN of talus secondary to Charcot. Talectomy via transfibular approach, interposition of allograft in reamed tibial and calcaneal sites, application of internal bone stimulator
    Talar AVN. Transfibular approach, resection of tibia and calcaneus, back filling with bone chips. Rigid construct to allow for back filling of gap
    Intrinsic talar tilt in varus. Evans, PB tenodesis, lateral ankle stabilization, deltoid peel, tibialis posterior intratendinous lengthening
    Part III. Valgus Foot and Ankle
    Mueller-Weiss disease reconstruction
    Revision of flatfoot recon. Removal of subtalar screws, revision of STJ arthrodesis. Repeat gastroc recession, derotation osteotomy of TN malunion, removal non-union allograft medial cuneiform arthrodesis of 1st TMT
    Revision of failed triple arthrodesis. Re-alignment of ankle by resection of medial malleolus, femoral head allograft, lateral stabilization plate
    Severe fibular-calcaneal impingement secondary to valgus rearfoot position. Performed talectomy, tibiocalcaneal arthrodesis with IM nail, arthrodesis of 1st MTPJ and hammertoe repair
    Semi-rigid flatfoot in 15 yo M. Treated with sub-capital talar head wedge, Z-plasty tendo achilles lengthening, Koutsigiannis osteotomy
    PT tear. Baumann gastroc recession, double calcaneal osteotomy, Koutsigiannis calc osteotomy, PB to PL transmer inframalleolar, Evans, spring ligament repair, FDL transfer
    Subtalar arthrosis with valgus deformity. Repaired by revision of STJ via Achilles tendon split tendon approach to expose posterior facet. Joint backfilled with BMA and DBM and cancellous chips with 2 parallel fully threaded screws
    Part IV. Charcot Neuropathy
    Biplane transpedal wedge, gastroc recession, posterior calcaneal osteotomy
    Beaming screws to medial and lateral columns, locking plate medially
    Schon type II/III treated with triple arthrodesis with beams, medial column naviculectomy with grafting using beaming technique, protected with Ex-fix
    Bimalleolar fracture. ORIF 5 weeks post injury. Multiple tetrasystesmotic screw fixation, percutaneous screw fixation of medial malleolus
    Ankle fx with IM nail, no joint preparation
    Part V. Tendinopathies
    Hunter rod peroneal reconstruction
    Dwyer osteotomy, excision of peroneal tendons, insertion of peroneal tendon allograft
    Lateral calcaneal osteotomy, FDL transfer to PB stump
    D.P
    Infection secondary to graft jacket. Treated by open Z-plasty and FHL tendon transfer
    Revision of Achilles tendon repair. Treated by resection of Achilles and transfer FHL an FDL
    Repair of insertion of TA tendon
    Part VI. Ankle Joint Revisions
    Tibial calcaneal arthrodesis with IM nail
    Removal of ankle implant, ankle arthrodesis with interpositional bone graft
    Revision of INBONE TAR. 50% talar surface replaced with iliac crest bone graft strut.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Heidi W. Brown, Makeba Williams, Sarina Schrager, editors.
    Summary: The number of Americans 65 years of age or older is projected to more than double to over 98 million by 2060, making them 24% of the overall population. Women constitute more than 50% of this group. Most clinicians who provide primary care for older women receive minimal training about their unique health issues and needs during residency however, and few resources exist to guide them regarding these issues in practice. This book provides user-friendly, evidence-based guidance to manage common challenges in healthcare for women during menopause and beyond, filling a huge and growing unmet need for primary care clinicians. Edited by a multidisciplinary team with content expert authors from family medicine, oncology, urogynecology, obstetrics and gynecology, psychology, and more, this text provides clinically relevant information about important conditions impacting the health of older women, including suggested guidelines for management and helpful resources for patient counselling and care. The first half of the book covers general topics such as menopause, bone health, depression and grief, cancer survivorship, and obesity. The second half focuses on issues below the belt that are difficult to talk about, such as incontinence, vulvar pathology, and sexual health after menopause. While there is copious literature about the menopausal transition, few resources for clinicians exist about caring for women beyond the 6th decade. Challenges in Older Women's Health: A primer for clinicians provides focused, evidence-based information about high-yield topics for a too often neglected group of patients.

    Contents:
    Menopause Management
    Breast Cancer Screening in Older Women
    Bone Health in Older Women
    Depression and Grief
    Caring for Caregivers
    Cancer Survivorship in Women 65 years and Older
    Obesity and aging
    Insomnia and Sleep Disorders in Older Women
    Pelvic Organ Prolapse
    Vulvar Pathology in Older Women
    Bladder and Bowel Continence in Older Women
    Sexual health and function in menopause and beyond.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Katherine E. Twombley, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the unique challenges inherent in pediatric kidney transplantation. The text reviews the problems faced during each stage of the kidney transplantation process, including the occurrence of infections during the pre-transplant stage, surgical challenges during the actual transplantation, and medication issues during the post-transplant stage. The book also features high-yield case presentations of typical pediatric transplant scenarios, from the pre-transplant management of a child with CAKUT to the evaluation and treatment of antibody mediated rejection in children. Written by experts in the field, Challenges in Pediatric Kidney Transplantation: A Practical Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, and trainees who manage or are interested in this challenging group of patients.

    Contents:
    Immunologic Challenges
    Immunologic Challenges Pre-Transplant
    Challenges in Post-Transplant Immunologic Monitoring
    Rejection Challenges- Diagnosis and Management
    Infectious Challenges
    Pre-transplant Donor and Recipient Infectious Challenges
    Post-Transplant Recipient Infectious Challenges
    Disease Challenges
    Urological Considerations for Pediatric Renal Transplantation: CAKUT Challenges
    Rheumatologic Challenges
    Recurrent Disease Challenges in Pediatric Kidney Transplantation
    Nephrotic Syndrome Challenges: An Old Recurring Problem
    Challenges of Maintaining Adequate Health and Well-being, Growth, Nutrition, and Development in Pediatric Transplant Recipients
    Medication Challenges
    Challenges Surrounding Induction Protocols in Children
    Post-Transplant Medication Challenges
    Surgical Challenges
    Challenges in Surgical Approach and Complications in Pediatric Renal Transplant
    Multiorgan Transplantation Challenges
    Ethical Challenges
    Ethical Challenges in Pediatric Kidney Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nicholas W. Warne, Hanns-Christian Mahler, editors.
    Summary: In this volume, the authors discuss the many significant challenges currently faced in biotechnology dosage form development, providing guidance, shared experience and thoughtful reflection on how best to address these potential concerns. As the field of therapeutic recombinant therapeutic proteins enters its fourth decade and the market for biopharmaceuticals becomes increasingly competitive, companies are increasingly dedicating resources to develop innovative biopharmaceuticals to address unmet medical needs. Often, the pharmaceutical development scientist is encountering challenging pharmaceutical properties of a given protein or by the demands placed on the product by stability, manufacturing and preclinical or clinical expectations, as well as the evolving regulatory expectations and landscape. Further, there have been new findings that require close assessment, as for example those related to excipient quality, processing, viscosity and device compatibility and administration, solubility and opalescence and container-closure selection. The literature varies widely in its discussion of these critical elements and consensus does not exist. This topic is receiving a great deal of attention within the biotechnology industry as well as with academic researchers and regulatory agencies globally. Therefore, this book is of interest for business leaders, researchers, formulation and process development scientists, analytical scientists, QA and QC officers, regulatory staff, manufacturing leaders and regulators active in the pharmaceutical and biotech industry, and expert reviewers in regulatory agencies.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Abbreviations; Formulation Development of Biologics; 1 Introduction into Formulation Development of Biologics; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Formulation Development Strategies and Approaches; 1.2.1 Protein Formulation: Beyond Stabilization; 1.2.2 Components of a Protein Formulation; 1.2.2.1 Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient and Drug Substance; 1.2.2.2 Excipients; 1.2.2.3 Primary Packaging Material; 1.2.3 Preformulation; 1.2.4 Formulation Development; 1.2.4.1 Formulation Development Strategies; 1.2.4.2 Early Stage Formulation Development. 1.2.4.3 Late-Stage Formulation Development1.2.4.4 Formulation Development After Commercialization; 1.3 Challenges During Formulation Development; 1.3.1 Amount and Quality of DS; 1.3.2 Selection of Analytical Methods and Stress Conditions; 1.3.2.1 Analytical Methods; 1.3.2.2 Stability Testing and Forced-Degradation Studies; 1.3.3 Manufacturability and Formulability; 1.3.4 Data Handling and Analysis; 1.4 Conclusions; References; Further Reading; Challenges with Excipients; 2 Polysorbate Degradation and Quality; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Chemical Structure, Synthesis and Composition. 2.2.1 Structure Heterogeneity in PS20 and PS802.3 Use in Biotherapeutics; 2.4 Interaction of Nonionic Surfactants with Proteins; 2.5 Interactions of Protein-Surfactant Mixtures at Interfaces; 2.6 Pharmacopoeia Requirements and Commercially Available Grades of Polysorbate; 2.7 Stability and Degradation in Formulations; 2.8 Mechanistic Pathways of Polysorbate Degradation; 2.9 Hydrolysis; References; 3 Sucrose and Trehalose in Therapeutic Protein Formulations; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Physical Properties; 3.2.1 Introduction; 3.2.2 Solution-State Properties; 3.2.3 Solid-State Properties. 3.2.4 Chemical Properties3.3 Use in Formulations and Stabilization Mechanisms; 3.3.1 Liquid State; 3.3.2 Frozen State; 3.3.3 Lyophilized State; 3.4 Regulatory and Safety Aspects; 3.4.1 Regulatory Aspects; 3.4.2 Safety Aspects; 3.5 Summary and Recommendations; References; High Concentration Proteins; 4 Introduction to High-Concentration Proteins; Abstract; 4.1 Overview of Recombinant Therapeutic Proteins; 4.1.1 Antibody Therapeutics; 4.1.2 Concentration Ranges of Marketed Biotherapeutics; 4.2 Need for High-Concentration Protein Products; 4.2.1 Routes of Administration. 4.2.2 High Dose Requirement4.2.3 Long-Term Drug Administration; 4.2.4 Manufacturing Cost; 4.3 Overall Challenges in Developing High-Concentration Products; 4.3.1 Theoretical Considerations; 4.3.2 Physical Properties and Influencing Factors of High-Concentration Proteins; 4.3.2.1 Solution Viscosity; 4.3.2.2 Protein Conformation; 4.3.2.3 Aggregation Tendency; 4.3.2.4 Factors Influencing Protein-Protein Interactions; 4.3.3 Major Challenges; 4.3.3.1 Formulation Development; 4.3.3.2 Process Development; 4.3.3.3 Drug Administration; 4.4 Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Cemal Cingi, Nuray Bayar Muluk, Glenis K Scadding, Ranko Mladina, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Is the nasal cycle real? How important is it?
    Are there additional nasal sinuses? Do they matter?
    What is nasal hyperreactivity?
    What is vasomotor rhinitis?
    Cobweb rhinitis - Arachnoidal rhinitis
    What is honeymoon rhinitis?
    Recurrent Epistaxis from Kiesselbach's Area Syndrome (REKAS)
    Local allergic rhinitis, a new allergic rhinitis phenotype
    Recent Combination Therapy Options for Allergic Rhinitis
    Does allergy cause chronic rhinosinusitis with nasal polyps?
    Is allergen- specific immunotherapy (AIT) helpful in treating CRSwNP?
    Does aspirin desensitisation work in N-ERD?
    Complementary and alternative medicine in allergic rhinitis
    Sneezing and nasal discharge as a barrier in communication during adolescence
    How should rhinitis be managed during pregnancy?
    Paediatric Rhinitis and Rhinosinusitis
    Have technical advances improved CRS outcomes?
    What is the significance of rhinitis in otitis media with effusion?
    Is there any analogy between the defect of the eardrum in chronic otitis media and defect of the fontanel (Two Holes Syndrome) in chronic maxillary sinusitis?
    Approaches to repairing skull base defects for the prevention of cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) leakage
    IMAGING OF CEREBROSPINAL FLUID RHINORRHEA
    Who really needs a rhinoplasty?
    Which approach should be applied in rhinoplasty
    open or endonasal?
    Selfies and the rising demand for rhinoplasty
    Assessment of Angulation Deformities of Lower Lateral Cartilages and Their Restoration
    Preservation Rhinoplasty
    Suture Lift of the Nasal Tip
    Fillers as a new tool for improving nasal appearance
    What is the ideal packing and ointment after nasal surgery?
    The best time to operate on nasal polyps
    Surgical treatment for inferior turbinate hypertrophy
    THE ROLE OF ALLERGIC RHINITIS FOR PROFESSIONAL VOICE USERS
    Ideal Anaesthesia in Nasal Surgery
    Are antifungals effective in rhinosinusitis?
    How does nasal polyp formation relate to immunomodulatory effects?
    The importance of IgE and the uses of anti- IgE
    When should we use biologics in rhinology?
    Recent advances in olfactory dysfunction treatment and rehabilitation
    Does nasal disease cause headaches?
    Upper And Lower Airways Interaction: Is The United Airway Disease Concept A Reflection Of Reality? How Important Is It?
    Does rhinitis pharmacotherapy improve control of comorbid asthma?
    Chronic cough: pathology, causes and the role of rhinitis/rhinosinusitis
    Occupational rhinitis
    UPPER AIRWAY COUGH SYNDROME
    Does immunodeficiency matter in ENT?
    Is an ideal nasal drop able to reduce all symptoms of Allergic Rhinitis?
    The Threat from Emerging Virus Infections: Today and Tomorrow
    Computational Fluid Dynamics: Analysis of a Real Nasal Airway
    Some forensic aspects of the nasal septal deformities.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editors, Christian Surber, Uli Osterwalder.
    Summary: "In the early 20th century, tanned skin was associated with good health. However, people began to protect themselves against potential overexposure to avoid sunburns. Around 1945, the first sunscreen products became available. In the years to follow, a vast number of different sunscreen filters and frameworks regulating filter substances and preparations, and methods characterizing sunscreen products were developed. The perception regarding the tasks of sunscreen products changed several times - initially it was promoted as a lifestyle product, then as a skin cancer preventive means, and more recently also for anti-aging. Different purposes and the widespread use of these products have led to myriad studies and a wealth of information. In this volume, the editors present a current collection of information analyzing and discussing issues related to sunscreen products and their use. These include challenges regarding the ideal sunscreen product including filter selection and formulation issues, measurement methods, performance characterization, safety, and regulatory issues. Further papers address topics related to the use of sunscreen products in everyday life, in vulnerable cohorts and outdoor workers. Controversial topics such as environmental effects of sunscreen products and the risks and benefits of UV radiation in the context of skin cancer, vitamin D and cardiovascular and metabolic health are also covered"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Karger 2021
  • Digital
    by: Varon, Joseph, Marik, Paul, Iglesias, Jose, Souza, Christopher <de>.
  • Digital
    Bianca Buijck, Gerard Ribbers editors.
    Summary: This volume provides integral knowledge of all aspects of stroke care and rehabilitation after stroke, and is therefore highly relevant for nurses who work in rehabilitation centers. It outlines the several phases after stroke, for example the type of care patients may receive in the chronically phase at home. Nurses will obtain knowledge about treatment, importance of observation and caring with a special focus on communication problems, swallowing problems, activities of daily living, urinary and defecation problems, shoulder and hand issues. Thanks to photographs, nurses will learn to transfer patients in the adequate positions. Several chapters provide nurses with examples of effective and efficient collaboration with multidisciplinary professionals, informal caregivers and patients themselves. There is also an emphasis on behavior and cognitive functioning. And lastly, in the final chapters authors highlight the organization of rehabilitation and integrated care issues. Nurses play a very important role in rehabilitation, education, counseling, prevention, and caring for patients with cerebrovascular accident (CVA). In caring for stroke patients, nurses need specific competences and abilities that go beyond the general neurologic knowledge and experience. Nurses need to collaborate in an efficient and effective manner with multidisciplinary team members in their organization and across organizations. This book discusses medical aspects and specific symptoms of a stroke, as well as the limitations that patients experience, and which interventions are indicated for recovery. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Stroke - medical aspects
    Chapter 2. Acute phase
    Chapter 3. Recovery after a stroke
    Chapter 4. Therapeutic climate
    Chapter 5. Multidisciplinary collaboration
    Chapter 6. Skills
    Chapter 7. Swallowing disorders
    Chapter 8. Communication disorders
    Chapter 9. Activities in daily life (ADL)
    Chapter 10. Urinary incontinence after stroke
    Chapter 11. Problems with the shoulder and hand due to hemiplegia
    Chapter 12. Cognition, emotion, and behavior
    Chapter 13. Neuropsychiatric symptoms after a stroke
    Chapter 14. Care in the chronic phase
    care at home
    Chapter 15. Integrated care pathways after stroke
    Chapter 16. An example: course developed in the Rotterdam Stroke Service (The Netherlands).
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sachinder Singh Hans.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Lessons Learned from 100 Challenging Arterial Reconstructions
    Contents
    List of Invited Discussants
    Part I: Open Repair of Intact Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    1: Symptomatic Proximal Anastomotic Pseudoaneurysm of Suprarenal Aorta
    History
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    Invited Commentary from Charles W. Acher, MD
    References
    2: Repair of Juxtarenal Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm with Aortorenal Bypass
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    Invited Commentary from Timothy J. Nypaver, MD
    References 3: Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair in a Patient with Celiac Artery Occlusion and a Large Inferior Mesenteric Artery
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    Invited Commentary from Mitchell Ross Weaver, MD
    References
    4: Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair in a Patient with a Pelvic Kidney
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    Invited Commentary from Mitchell Ross Weaver, MD
    References
    5: Open Repair of Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm in a Patient with Double Inferior Vena Cava
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion Invited Commentary from Graham W. Long, MD
    References
    6: Mycotic Aneurysm of the Abdominal Aorta
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    References
    7: Open Abdominal Aortic and Iliac Aneurysm Repair in a Patient with Cirrhosis of the Liver
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    References
    8: Major Venous Injury During Repair of Abdominal Aortic and Iliac Aneurysm
    History and Procedure
    Discussion
    Reference
    9: Secondary Aortoduodenal Fistula Following Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair
    History and Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion Invited Commentary from Dipankar Mukherjee, MD
    References
    14: Inflammatory Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Presenting with Testicular Pain
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    15: Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair in a Patient with Factor VII Deficiency
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    References
    Part II: Open Repair of Ruptured Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    16: Open Repair of Ruptured Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Complicated by Pancreatitis and Duodenal Obstruction
    History
    Procedure
    Discussion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mohammad Ali El-Darouti, Faiza Mohamed Al-Ali.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers a range of challenging cases in dermatology. It provides easy to follow guidance on how to successfully diagnose and treat a range of unusual diseases with a range of figures with informative legends and clinical data focused exercises to enable the reader to gain confidence and a deep understanding of why the diagnostic and treatment procedures taken in each case were chosen. Cases covered include follicular disorders, melanocytic diseases, vascular tumors, cutaneous lymphomas, and bullous diseases. This second volume of Challenging Cases in Dermatology systematically describes a range of unusual and rare clinical cases in dermatology. It is therefore a valuable resource for all trainee and practising dermatologists looking to further develop their knowledge and understanding of how to successfully diagnose and treat rare and challenging diseases.

    Contents:
    Genodermatosis
    Infections of the skin
    Bullous Diseases
    Connective Tissue Diseases
    Melanocytic Disorders
    Metabolic Disorders
    Follicular Disorders
    Sweat Gland Diseases
    Vasculitis and related disorders
    Vascular tumors, disorders & malformation
    Neutrophilic Disorders
    Cutaneous Lymphomas & lymphocytic infiltrate
    Systemic Diseases and the skin
    Soft tissue tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Juergen Freyschmidt ; translator, Terry C. Telger.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2015
  • Digital
    Joel I. Shenker, Nakul Katyal, Junaid Siddiqui, Raghav Govindarajan, editors.
    Summary: This concise book is about using clinical stories to learn how to practice neurology. Each chapter represents a neurological case from different sub-specialty of neurology; authors illustrate how clinical neurology storytelling remains heavily tied to a detailed understanding of neuroanatomy, then consideration of a differential diagnosis for neuroanatomic localization before determining an etiologic a differential diagnosis. The neuroanatomic localization can be focal (one spot or region), multifocal (two or more physically discrete separate regions), or diffuse (widely dispersed across a broad but selected part of neuroanatomy). These stories capture the hypothesis testing point of view by offering different diagnostic possibilities based on presenting history alone, and then the storyteller revises those possibilities after testing them further with physical exam findings and later with test data. At each point, the exercise is to understand what the possibilities are based only on the information available at that point of the hypothesis testing and data collection processes. This interesting read for the upcoming residents and medical student educates on presenting complex neurological case in an explicit way.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Neuro-Oncology
    Chapter 1. Case 1: Elusive
    Chapter 2. Case 2 : Summer Butterflies
    Section 2: Spinal Cord
    Chapter 3. Case 1: Come and Gone
    Section 3: Headache
    Chapter 4. Case 1: Every day is a Sunday
    Chapter 5. Case 2: Mi Cabeza
    Section 4: Neuromuscular
    Chapter 6. Case 1: Make Me Smile
    Section 5: Neurovascular
    Chapter 7. Case 1: Eye of the Tiger
    Section 6: Neuro-immunology
    Chapter 8. Case 1: The Last Ride
    Section 7: Cognitive Neurology
    Chapter 9. Case 1 : He Loves Me, He Loves Me Not
    Chapter 10. Case 2: The Minister, his Ferrari and his new wife
    Section 8: Neuro-ophthalmology
    Chapter 11. Case 1: Doc I see aliens!
    Chapter 12. Case 2: Still Cant See (NMSOD).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Asthik Biswas, Farha Furruqh, Manda Raz, Michael Ditchfield.
    Summary: The book covers challenging clinical radiological cases spanning the central nervous system, respiratory and cardiovascular systems, gastrointestinal system, genitourinary system, musculoskeletal system, as well as multi-organ cases in paediatric patients. Each case includes pathognomonic images followed by a quiz to test the reader and a discussion of the case with a focus on key diagnostic features to help the reader recognise the case in working and examination environments. It combines the expertise of radiology consultants and trainees in order to provide pertinent information conducive to better clinical practice and focused specialty exam preparation in paediatric radiology.

    Contents:
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Skeletal Dysplasia
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Thorax part I
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Thorax part II
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Gastrointestinal System Part I
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Gastrointestinal System Part II
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Genito Urinary System Part I
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Genito Urinary System Part II
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Musculoskeletal System
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Head and Neck
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Central Nervous System Part I
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Central Nervous System Part II
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Central Nervous System Part III
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Miscellaneous. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    W. Robert Morrow, editor
    Summary: Written in a case-based format, this valuable resource helps primary care physicians in diagnosing and treating children with common and uncommon cardiac conditions. Cases are grouped by treating location: office, nursery, emergency department, and pediatric intensive care unit

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Part 1. Pediatric Cardiology in the Office
    Chapter 1. Refractory Supraventricular Tachycardia and Hypotension
    Chapter 2. Cyanosis Without a Murmur
    Chapter 3. Enlarged Cardiac Silhouette on Chest Radiography
    Chapter 4. Unexplained Tachycardia
    Chapter 5. A Child With Stomach Pain
    Chapter 6. Family History of Sudden Death
    Chapter 6. Family History of Sudden Death
    Chapter 8. Cyanosis in a 4-Year-Old Boy
    Chapter 9. Fainting in an Adolescent at School
    Chapter 10. A New Murmur and Rash
    Chapter 11. Chest Pain With Exercise Chapter 12. An Athlete With a Murmur
    Chapter 13. Syncope During a Basketball Game
    Chapter 14. Sports Participation in a Child After Heart Surgery
    Chapter 15. An Abnormal Electrocardiogram in an Athlete
    Part 2. Pediatric Cardiology in the Nursery
    Chapter 16. Cyanosis in a Newborn
    Chapter 17. A Loud Murmur in a Neonate Without Symptoms
    Chapter 18. Cardiogenic Shock in a 2-Day-Old
    Chapter 19. Tachycardia With Fetal Hydrops
    Chapter 20. Small Heart With "White Out" on a Chest Radiograph
    Chapter 21. Tachypnea and Poor Pulses Part 3. Pediatric Cardiology in the Emergency Department
    Chapter 22. Cardiac Arrest in an Adolescent
    Chapter 23. Syncope in an Adolescent Athlete
    Chapter 24. Recurrent Seizure and a Family History of Sudden Death
    Chapter 25. Increasing Shortness of Breath With Exercise
    Chapter 26. Cardiac Failure and Abnormal Electrocardiogram in an Infant
    Chapter 27. Syncope and Exercise Intolerance in an Adolescent Girl
    Chapter 28. Fainting and Bradycardia
    Chapter 29. A Toddler With Failure to Thrive, Hypotonia, and a Heart Murmur Part 4. Pediatric Cardiology in the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
    Chapter 30. Hemiplegia in a 17-Year-Old Athlete
    Chapter 31. Recurrent Stridor in a 9-Year-Old
    Chapter 32. Wide QRS Tachycardia and Heart Failure
    Chapter 33. Acute Onset of Hemiplegia With Murmur
    Chapter 34. Failure to Thrive in a 6-Week-Old
    Untitled
    Index
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Daniel A. Rauch, Snezana Nena Osorio ; associate editors, Jennie G. Ono and Jennifer Oshimura.
    Summary: Challenging Cases in Pediatric Hospital Medicine is a collection of interesting pediatric hospital medicine cases that address clinical conundrums or issues and are to be used as teaching cases of clinical reasoning.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Asthma Care Challenges in Adolescents
    Chapter 2: Prolonged Fever and Rash
    Chapter 3: Thinking Beyond Bronchiolitis
    Chapter 4: Apnea in Infancy
    Chapter 5: Cough and Chest Pain
    Chapter 6: Pelvic Pain
    Chapter 7: Chronic Leg Pain
    Chapter 8: Right Upper Quadrant Pain in an Adolescent
    Chapter 9: Palliative Care in Hospital Medicine
    Chapter 10: Nutrition and Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Chapter 11: Managing Eating Disorders in the Hospital
    Chapter 12: Altered Mental Status
    Chapter 13: Persistent Neonatal Jaundice
    Chapter 14: Fever and Refusal to Walk
    Chapter 15: Failure to Thrive Beyond Infancy
    Chapter 16: Breastfeeding Difficulties
    Chapter 17: Intentional Ingestion
    Chapter 18: Convulsive-like Movements
    Chapter 19: Hypotonia and Poor Feeding
    Chapter 20: Unintentional Lead Poisoning
    Chapter 21: Prolonged Fever and Joint Pain
    Chapter 22: Newborn With In Utero Polysubstance Exposure
    Chapter 23: Developmental Regression and Transaminitis
    Chapter 24: Food Allergy in Infancy
    Chapter 25: Attention-Seeking Behavior of Parents
    Chapter 26: Severe Headaches
    Chapter 27: Hand Swelling After an Animal Bite
    Chapter 28: Care of Medically Complex Patients
    Chapter 29: Fever of Unknown Origin in a Child Who Has Immigrated
    Chapter 30: Extreme Inflammatory Response
    Chapter 31: Chronic Congestion and Wheezing
    Chapter 32: A Newborn With Black Stools
    Chapter 33: Diabetic Ketoacidosis
    Chapter 34: Ventriculoperitoneal Shunt Complications
    Chapter 35: Recurrent Stridor
    Chapter 36: Sickle Cell Disease and Cognitive Biases
    Chapter 37: Incomplete Maternal History Confounding the Diagnosis
    Chapter 38: Recurrent Pancreatitis
    Chapter 39: "Direct" Hyperbilirubinemia in a Newborn
    Chapter 40: Clavicular Mass and Fever
    Chapter 41: Abdominal Pain After a Resolved Splenic Pseudocyst
    Chapter 42: Agitation in an Adolescent
    Chapter 43: Newborn Screening and Failure to Thrive
    Chapter 44: Unusual Bruising in an Active Child
    Chapter 45: Infant With Fever
    Chapter 46: Staphylococcal Skin Abscess
    Chapter 47: Neonatal Hypoglycemia
    Chapter 48: Urinary Tract Infection
    Chapter 49: Kawasaki Shock Syndrome
    Chapter 50: Cardiac Arrest.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Dr Krishna Chinthapalli, Dr Nadia Magdalinou, Professor Nicholas Wood.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Digital
    supervisory editor, Dr. Nicholas Hart ; co-editors, Dr. Lucy Schomberg, Dr. Elizabeth Sage.
    Summary: A case-based guide with expert commentary this case based title deals with contemporary clinical scenarios in respiratory medicine. Each chapter is based around a real-life case, and interspersed with the most up-to-date evidence, management strategies, guidelines and controversies in management.
    Digital Access Oxford [2017]
  • Digital
    Mitchell K. Freedman, Jeffrey A. Gehret, George W. Young, Leonard B. Kamen.
    Contents:
    Challenging Neuropathic Pain Syndromes, 1e 1. Piriformis Syndrome 2. Pain Syndromes Associated with Traumatic Brain Injury 3. Pain Syndromes Associated with Cerebrovascular Accidents 4. Pain Syndromes Associated with Spinal Cord Injury 5. Post Mastectomy Pain Syndrome 6. Lyme Related Pain Syndrome 7. Post-Thoracotomy Pain Syndrome 8. CRPS Introduction 9. CRPS Diagnostic Criteria 10. CRPS Medications 11. Chronic Pain and Centralization 12. CRPS
    Rehabilitation Treatment 13. CRPS
    Interventional Treatment 14. Phantom Limb Pain 15. Multiple Sclerosis associated pain syndromes 16. Chronic Pain and Centralization 17. Diabetic Neuropathic Pain Syndromes 18. HIV
    Related Pain Syndromes 19. Acute Herpes Zoster and Post-Herpetic Neuralgia 20. Oncological Pain Syndromes/Cancer Pain Syndromes/Malignancy and Paraneoplastic Pain Syndromes 21. Thoracic Outlet Syndrome 22. Parsonage-Turner Syndrome 23. Introduction 24. Pathophysiology of Pain 25. Screening, Measurement and Outcome Tools Utilized in the Management of Neuropathic 26. Pain Syndromes 27. HIV
    Related Pain Syndromes 28. Pathophysiology of Pain 29. Trigeminal Neuralgia and Facial Pain Syndromes 30. Pain Syndromes Associated with Cerebrovascular Accidents 31. CRPS Diagnostic Testing
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Zahid Hussain Khan, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on controversial issues in neuroanesthesia and neurocritical care that in general have been subjected to insufficient professional scrutiny. The book is in three parts, the first of which is devoted to topics relating to traumatic brain and spinal cord injury, such as brain tissue oxygenation, the role of biomarkers, and diagnosis of brain death. Aspects of airway and pain management are then addressed, covering, for example, airway management in an emergency setting, airway evaluation in the edentulous patient, and pain management in neurosurgery and after craniotomy. The final part of the book considers a wide range of other challenging subjects in the field of neuroanesthesia and neurocritical care. Throughout, much information is provided on the latest, state of the art management. The authors are acknowledged experts in the issues they discuss, and the book will be of interest for graduate and undergraduate students, residents, neuroanesthetists, neurointensivists, emergency medicine residents and specialists, fellows in neurocritical care and all those directly involved in the perioperative care of patients with head and neck pathology.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Traumatic And Spinal Cord Injury
    Intracranial Compliance, Traumatic Brain Injury and Management
    Advanced Monitoring in Neurocritical Care: Brain tissue Oxygen Pressure
    Predictors of Outcome in Traumatic Brain Injury
    Understanding the Process of Brain Death Declaration Through Real-Life Scenarios
    Paroxysmal sympathetic Hyperactivity Following Acute Acquired Brain Injury
    Spinal Cord Injury
    Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
    Part 2 Airway And Pain Management
    Airway Management in Neurosurgical Procedures (Along with Ventilation Management)
    A New Airway Assessment for Edentulous Patients and Its Potential Role in Neurocritical Care
    Airway Management in Neurocritical Care
    Postoperative Pain Management After Craniotomy
    Part 3 Neuroanesthesia And Neurocritical Care
    Anesthesia For Awake Craniotomy
    TIVA In Neurosurgery
    Anesthetic Challenges In Pediatric Cranio-Facial Surgeries
    Acromegaly: Do They Pose airway Problems?
    Airway and Fluid Management of Patients in a Prone Position
    Anesthesia Considerations For Posterior Fossa Surgery
    Anesthesia For Pituitary Surgery
    Venous Air Embolism in Neurosurgical Patients
    Blood Glucose Concentration in Neuro-Patients
    Anesthesia for Deep Brain Stimulation
    Intra-operative Magnetic Resonance Imaging (iMRI)
    Sedation In Neurocritical Care Units (NICU)
    Transcranial Doppler and Transcranial Color-Coded Duplex Sonography
    The Conundrum of Postoperative Hematoma in Intracranial surgery
    Neuroprotection in Neuroanesthesia And Neurocritical Care
    Sepsis And Septic Shock.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Nancy D. Chiaravalloti, Yael Goverover, editors.
    Summary: This informative text details the many changes in everyday life as the result of injury, illness, or aging affecting the brain. Experts across brain-related fields trace mechanisms of conditions such as Parkinson's disease, TBI, and dementia as they impact regions of the brain, and resulting cognitive, emotional, sensory, and motor impairments as they contribute to deficits in personal and social functioning. In addition to symptoms and behaviors associated with insults to the brain (and the extent to which the brain can adapt or self-repair), chapters provide cogent examples of how societal and cultural expectations can shape the context and experience of disability. The book's focus on everyday activities brings new clarity to diverse links between symptoms and diagnosis, brain and behavior. Included in the coverage: ·The aging brain and changes in daily function. ·Stroke: impact on life and daily function. ·Traumatic brain injury (TBI) and the impact on daily life. ·Everyday life with cancer. ·Real-world impact of HIV-associated neurocognitive impairment. ·Disability and public policy in America. ·Living after brain changes, from the patient's perspective. Rich in empirical data and human insight, Changes in the Brain gives neuropsychologists, clinical psychologists, clinical social workers, and rehabilitation nurses a robust new understanding of the daily lives of patients, both in theory and in the real world.

    Contents:
    Measurement: the quantification of changes in daily life
    Normal aging
    Alzheimer's disease
    Parkinson's disease
    Traumatic brain injury (possibly two chapters: mild and severe)
    Multiple sclerosis
    Stroke
    Cancer
    Epilepsy
    Public policy: Impact on individuals with brain injury and illness
    Where do we go from here?
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Meredith Welch-Devine, Anne Sourdril, Brian J. Burke, editors.
    Summary: This book explores how individuals and communities perceive and understand climate change using their observations of change in the world around them. Because processes of climatic change operate at spatial and temporal scales that differ from those of everyday practice, the phenomenon can be difficult to understand. However, flora and fauna, which are important natural and cultural resources for human communities, do respond to the pressures of environmental change. Humans, in turn, observe and adapt to those responses, even when they may not understand their causes. Much of the discussion about human experiences of our changing climate centers on disasters and extreme events, but we argue that a focus on the everyday, on the microexperiences of change, has the advantage of revealing how people see, feel, and make sense of climate change in their own lives. The chapters of this book are drawn from Asia, Europe, Africa, and South and North America. They use ethnographic inquiry to understand local knowledge and perceptions of climate change and the social and ecological changes inextricably intertwined with it. Together, they illustrate the complex process of coming to know climate change, show some of the many ways that climate change and our responses to it inflict violence, and point to promising avenues for moving toward just and authentic collaborative responses.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Understanding Microexperiences of Climate Change: How Climate Ethnography Informs Collaboration, Adaptation, and Effective Responses
    1.1 Key Insights for Climate Ethnography
    1.2 This Volume
    References
    Chapter 2: Fishers' Perceptions of Environmental and Climate Change in Puerto Rico: Implications for Adaptation and Sustainability
    2.1 Introduction
    2.1.1 Climate Change and Fisheries
    2.1.2 Puerto Rico Fisheries
    2.2 Methods of Data Collection
    2.3 Measurements and Analyses
    2.3.1 Fishers' Characteristics
    2.3.1.1 Job Satisfaction 2.3.1.2 Environmental Ethic
    2.3.2 Perceptions on Status of Fishery Resources
    2.3.3 Perceptions of Climate Change and Other Anthropogenic Impacts
    2.3.4 Factors Influencing Perceptions of Climate Change
    2.3.5 Fishers' Adaptations to Change
    2.4 Discussion
    2.4.1 Perceptions of Change and Adaptations
    2.4.2 Factors Influencing Fishers' Perceptions
    2.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: "We Used to go Asking for the Rains": Local Interpretations of Environmental Changes and Implications for Natural Resource Management in Hwange District, Zimbabwe
    3.1 Introduction 3.2 Studying Perceptions of Environmental Changes in a Context of Rapid Transformations
    3.2.1 Land Distribution and Conservation in Hwange: Strong Constraints for Subsistence
    3.2.2 Community-Based Natural Resource Management
    3.2.3 Local Knowledge and Perceptions of Environmental Changes
    3.3 Climate Change: Local Knowledge and Related Practices of Natural Resource Management
    3.3.1 Climate Knowledge and the Unpredictability of the Rain
    3.3.2 Forecasting the Rain: The Main Role of Birds and Trees
    3.3.3 Protecting Sacred Trees by Perpetuating Rainmaking Ceremonies 3.4 What Do These Representations Say About Inequalities in Environmental Management?
    3.4.1 Mobilizing Management Policies as Proximal Causes
    3.4.2 "We used to go asking for the rain"
    3.4.3 People's Marginalization from Their Rights Over the Land and the Natural Resources
    3.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Indigenous Knowledge and Dynamics Among Himalayan Peoples, Vegetation, and Climate Change
    4.1 Himalayan Climate Change
    4.2 Himalayan Research Sites, Peoples, and Methods
    4.3 Vegetation Responses to Climate Change
    4.4 Human Responses to Climate Change 4.5 Vegetation Responses Affect People
    4.6 Human Responses Affect Vegetation and Climate Change
    4.7 A Dynamic Whole
    4.8 Conclusion
    Bibliography
    Chapter 5: Observing "Weeds" to Understand Local Perceptions of Environmental Change in a Temperate Rural Area of Southwestern France
    5.1 Introduction: "More and More Weeds": How to Get Rid of Weeds in the Cemetery?
    5.2 Study Area and Methods: Ethnography of Rain, Weeds, and Rural Exodus in a House-Centered Society in Rural Southwestern France
    5.3 Results and Discussion - When Weed Management Becomes an Issue in a Community Facing Climate and Social Changes: How to Deal with a Growing Problem with Fewer People?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Martin McKee, Sherry Merkur, Nigel Edwards, Ellen Nolte.
    Summary: "Hospitals today face a huge number of challenges, including new patterns of disease, rapidly evolving medical technologies, ageing populations and continuing budget constraints. This book is written by clinicians for clinicians and hospital managers, and those who design and operate hospitals. It sets out why hospitals need to change as the patients they treat and the technology to treat them changes. In a series of chapters by leading authorities in their field, it challenges existing models, reviews best practice from many countries and presents clear policy recommendations for policymakers and hospital administrators. It covers the main patient groups and conditions as well as those departments that make modern effective care possible, in imaging and laboratory medicine. Each chapter looks at patient pathways, aspects of workforce, required levels of specialisation and technology, and the opportunities and challenges for optimising the delivery of services in the hospital of the future"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The changing nature of care provided in the hospital
    The challenges of adapting hospital care for children
    Patients with stroke
    Meeting the needs of frail older patients
    Oncological hospital care
    COPD as an exemplar of a chronic health condition
    Emergency medicine
    Advances in perioperative medicine
    Advances in imaging
    Advances in laboratory medicine
    Conclusions
    Challenges for hospitals of the future.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Gerald F. Kominski, editor.
    Contents:
    Changing the U.S. health care system: the patient protection and affordable care act
    Improving access to care in America
    Ethnic disparities in health status
    Racial and ethnic disparities in health care
    Multilevel social determinants of health
    Public policies to extend health care coverage
    Private health insurance
    Measuring health care costs and trends
    Containing health care costs
    Promoting pharmaceutical access while controlling prices and expenditures
    Measuring health-related quality of life and other outcomes
    Evaluating the quality of care
    Public release of information on quality
    Health care information systems
    Performance measurement of nursing care
    Long-term services and supports for the elderly population
    Hiv and aids in the twenty-first century
    Health reform for children and families
    Homeless persons
    Changing the US health care delivery system
    Medicare reform
    Public health and clinical care
    Strengthening the safety net
    Ethical issues in public health and health services.
    Digital Access R2Library 2014
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Alexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.
    Summary: Chaperokine is a term that describes the unique function of extracellular heat shock protein (eHsp) as both chaperone and cytokine. The cellular consequence of binding and signaling of eHsp is the stimulation of a potent and long lasting immune response. eHsp induces a plethora of immune responses including the release of bioactive mediators such as cytokines, chemokines, nitric oxide, apotogenic mediators, stimulation of the innate and adaptive immune response, migration and maturation of dendritic cells (DC) and the enhancement of natural killer cell-mediated cellular cytotoxicity. This edited book provides the most comprehensive review of contemporary knowledge of the chaperokine activity of heat shock proteins (HSP) in biology and medicine. Using an integrative approach to understanding the chaperokine activity of HSP, the contributors provide an overview of novel mechanisms, signal transduction pathways and a concise understanding of how the principles of the chaperokine activity of HSP has been harnessed for therapeutic gain. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present cutting-edge research activities and importantly, the future direction of chaperokine research. The book is a must read for researchers, postdoctoral fellows and graduate students in the fields of Translational Medicine, Clinical Psychology, Human Physiology, Zoology, Botany, Biotechnology, Molecular Medicine, Infectious Disease, Pathology and Pharmaceutical Sciences, as well as for researchers involved in Drug Discovery.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Editors Biography; Part I: Immunological and Inflammatory Responses;
    Chapter 1: The Chaperokine Activity of Heat Shock Proteins; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Chaperokine-Induced Signal Transduction Pathways; 1.1.2 Biological Significance of Circulating Serum HAPA1A: Role in Host Physiology; 1.1.3 Application of Extracellular HSPA1A: HSPA12A-Based Immunotherapies; 1.1.4 Active Release Mechanism: Inflammation, Exercise, Psychological Stress, Brain and Cerebral Spinal Fluid (CSF); 1.1.5 Chaperokine-Mediated Inflammatory Responses; 1.1.6 Chaperokine Activity and Aging 3.3 Role of sHSP60 in Several Chronic Inflammatory Diseases; 3.3.1 Atherosclerosis; 3.3.2 Diabetes and Obesity; 3.3.3 Arthritis-Related Diseases; 3.4 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Heat Shock Protein 60: A Mediator of Atherosclerosis and Its Potential Therapeutic Role; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Heat Shock Proteins; 4.3 Heat Shock Protein 60 (HSP60); 4.4 Initiation of Immune Responses: The Chaperokine Activity of HSP60; 4.5 Early Atherosclerosis; 4.6 The "Autoimmune Concept of Atherosclerosis"; 4.7 HSP60 in Human Atherosclerosis; 4.8 HSP60-Induced Experimental Atherosclerosis 4.9 HSP60 Tolerization in Atherosclerosis; 4.10 HSP60 Tolerization in Other Autoimmune Diseases; 4.11 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 5: Role of Heat Shock Protein 90 in Autoimmune Inflammatory Rheumatic Diseases; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Rheumatoid Arthritis; 5.3 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus; 5.4 Idiopathic Inflammatory Myopathies; 5.5 Systemic Sclerosis; 5.6 Other Rheumatic Diseases; 5.7 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 6: Upregulation of Cytoprotective Chaperones Mediate Better Tolerance to High Altitude; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 High Altitude, Hypobaric Hypoxia and Oxidtive Stress.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Nick Watson.
    Summary: Chapman and Nakielny's Guide to Radiological Procedures has become the classic, concise guide to the common procedures in imaging with which a radiology trainee will be expected to be familiar. Now fully revised and updated in line with current practice, it will also prove invaluable to the wider clinical team that now delivers modern imaging services, including radiographers and radiology nurses, as well as a handy refresher for radiologists at all levels. The highly accessible format has been retained, with every technique described under a set of standard headings, making it ideal for both quick reference and exam preparation. The important topic of 'consent' is reflected in an additional new chapter and the latest key guidelines are referenced throughout. New to this edition is complementary access to the complete, fully searchable eBook, making it even more practical to use than ever before, anytime, anywhere! Synoptic style makes for easy everyday quick reference as well as exam preparationSelectivity of techniques covered focuses candidates' attention on what questions to expect.Use of standard headings makes information highly accessible.

    Contents:
    Intravascular contrast media
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Liver, biliary tract, and pancreas
    Urinary tract
    Reproductive system
    Respiratory system
    Heart
    Arterial system
    Venous system
    Lymph glands, lymphatics, and tumours
    Bones and joints
    Brain
    Spine
    Lacrimal system and salivary glands
    Thyroid and parathyroids
    Breast
    Sedation and monitoring
    Medical emergencies
    Patient consent.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    Richard G. Delisle.
    Summary: This book offers a thorough reanalysis of Charles Darwin's Origin of Species, which for many people represents the work that alone gave rise to evolutionism. Of course, scholars today know better than that. Yet, few resist the temptation of turning to the Origin in order to support it or reject it in light of their own work. Apparently, Darwin fills the mythical role of a founding figure that must either be invoked or repudiated. The book is an invitation to move beyond what is currently expected of Darwin's magnum opus. Once the rhetorical varnish of Darwin's discourses is removed, one discovers a work of remarkably indecisive conclusions. The book comprises two main theses: (1) The Origin of Species never remotely achieved the theoretical unity to which it is often credited. Rather, Darwin was overwhelmed by a host of phenomena that could not fit into his narrow conceptual framework. (2) In the Origin of Species, Darwin failed at completing the full conversion to evolutionism. Carrying many ill-designed intellectual tools of the 17th and 18th centuries, Darwin merely promoted a special brand of evolutionism, one that prevented him from taking the decisive steps toward an open and modern evolutionism. It makes an interesting read for biologists, historians and philosophers alike.

    Contents:
    Acknowledgements Introduction: Darwin in the Large Intellectual Context Recalibrating Darwin's imageSketch of an intellectual frameworkThe multiple faces of Darwin: John C. Greene, Michael Ruse, and Robert J. Richards A static worldview: The main theses of this book Part I: Historical Shallowness Chapter 1: Evolution in a Fully Constituted Word The completeness of the worldNeontology versus paleontology: the double epistemological standard Recycling today's variations A closed, permanent and segmented tree of life Archetypes, ancestors, or shadows?Conclusion of part IPart II: To Travel in Geographical Space is to Travel in Geological Time Chapter 2: Imposing Order Upon Complexity: Divergence Forward in Time (Origin, chap. 1-5, 8) The Origin of Species: The argumentative structure of a book The tradition of natural theology From the economy of nature (Linnaeus) to the principle of divergence (Darwin) Divergence forward in timeHow to segregrate entities bound in reproductive networks? Natural selection: a force blurring affiliative signs? Graduated lower entities or intertwined strains?The exhaustion of the evolutionary dynamics over time Conclusion Chapter 3: The Wild Power of Natural Selection: Vertical Evolution, Analogies, and Imaginary Scenarios (Origin, chap. 6-7) pLooking for transitions: Darwin's explicit method Case studies: Squirrels, ants, and flying creatures Case study: The rise of complex eyes The homology-analogy spectrum The unity of type (descent) versus the conditions of existence (natural selection) Conclusion Chapter 4: An Attempt at Taming Natural Selection With Convergence Backward in Time, Part I (Origin, chap. 11-12) The structure of Darwin's theory: Levels of explanation A research program on biogeography Case study: Alpine plants in the Northern Hemisphere Case study: The Galapagos Islands Case study: A worldwide dispersal from around the North Pole The weak contingency thesis versus the strong contingency thesis ConclusionChapter 5: An Attempt at Taming Natural Selection With Convergence Backward in Time, Part II (Origin, chap. 13) Blurred phylogenetic connections: Facing analogies and deleted affiliation The limitations of systematics The limitations of morphology, embryology, and comparative anatomy Conclusion of part II Part III: Evolutionary DynamicsChapter 6: Cyclicity, Evolutionary Equilibrium, and Biological Progress Darwin and biological progressThwarting biological progressMotion in a closed system: Recycling mechanical devices Rotating shafts: Fixed taxonomic categories and cycling taxonomic categories Opening and closing devices
    Increasing population versus decreasing population
    A world fully stocked versus a world not fully stocked
    Atomism versus connectedness Conclusion of part IIIPart IV: A Question of Methods Chapter 7: Methodologies for a World Already Revealed Behind a science of real cause (vera causa) From ontology to methodology and back The touchstone of Darwin's methodology: uniformitarianism Conclusion of part IVConclusion: A restored unity in the Origin of Species? References.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Louis-Cyril Celestin.
    Summary: Genius and dilettantism often go hand in hand. Nowhere is this truer than in the life of Charles-Edouard Brown-Sequard, the bilingual physician and neurologist who succeeded Claude Bernard as the Chair of Experimental Medicine at the College de France in Paris after having practiced in Paris, London and in the USA, especially in Harvard. For most men, making one discovery of global importance would have sufficed to satisfy their curiosity and self-image. Not so Brown-Sequard. His explanation of the neurological disparity following the hemi-section of the spinal cord was a unique achievement that added his name to the syndrome and made him immortal. Yet, the demons of his mind tormented him in his endless search for medical truths and drove him to explore other phenomena, seeking to explain and remedy them. This unique biography shows for the first time the conflict between his professional and personal life, and should appeal to all students of medical history and psychology.

    Contents:
    Physiology in the Nineteenth Century
    The Birthplace
    The Forebears
    The Formative Years: 1817-1837
    The Medical Student: 1838-1846
    The Lone Experimenter: 1846-1851
    The Visitor to America: 1852-1853
    The Cholera Physician: 1854
    The Richmond Professor: 1854-1855
    The Paris Practitioner: 1856-1857
    The Itinerant Lecturer: 1856-1859
    The London Consultant Neurologist: 1860-1864
    The Harvard Professor: 1864-1867
    The Paris Course Lecturer: 1869-1872
    The New York Practitioner: 1872-1874
    The Indigent Physician: 1874-1877
    The College de France Professor: 1878-1894
    The Father of Hormonal Therapy: 1889-1893
    The Last Years: 1892-1894.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    B.M. Wroblewski, Paul D. Siney, Patricia A. Fleming.
    Summary: In light of more clinical experience, this book reviews the principles and concepts underlying Professor Sir John Charnley's original work Low Friction Arthroplasty of the Hip: Theory and Practice. Consistency of design, materials, principles of surgical techniques and regular follow-up of a large number of patients has offered truly long-term results to be presented in this book. Charnley Low-Frictional Torque Arthroplasty of the Hip: Practice and Results involves studies spanning from 1962 - 2015 to successfully indicate the avenues for further development and new ideas in clinical practice. With over 40 years of research included, this book is not a sudden diversion into a speculative area of hip replacement surgery. It is a carefully documented work of the evolution of the Charnley low-frictional torque arthroplasty to assist surgeons who practice this technique in their daily clinical work.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    C.E. Scott-Conner (ed.) ; illustrations by Caspar Henselmann.
    Summary: The Fourth Edition of Chassins Operative Strategy in General Surgery: An Expositive Atlas is designed to expand this comprehensive and unique general surgery reference while remaining true to the special character of the work. This unique text continues to provide an emphasis on surgical strategy that is unmatched by other textbooks of surgical technique. It continues to comprehensively cover all non-vascular operations commonly performed by general surgeons. As always, Chassins explains the conceptual basis of each operation, outlines strategies to avoid common pitfalls, and carefully describes and beautifully illustrates the technical steps of each operation. The Fourth Edition has been expanded and updated by adding both new procedures and new features. A significant new feature, Documentation Basics has been added to each chapter, providing a bulleted list of key features that need to be listed in the operative note to accurately describe extent of procedure and enhance accuracy of coding. General surgery continues to evolve. Procedures are added and many operations are done through new minimal access approaches. However, as a surgeon may be called upon to perform an operation that has become rare, Chassins unique legacy material has been retained for reference. In addition, 17 new chapters have been added, including 4 new chapters on colorectal surgery. Over 1100 elegant illustrations and new radiographs accompany detailed textual explanations. More than ever, Chassins Operative Strategy in General Surgery: An Expositive Atlas, Fourth Edition is an indispensable reference for all surgical residents and practicing surgeons.

    Contents:
    Part I. General Principles
    1. Concepts and Strategies of Surgery
    2. Mechanical Basics of Operative Technique
    3. Incision, Exposure, Closure
    4. Dissecting and Suturing
    5. Surgical Stapling: Principles and Precautions
    6. Control of Bleeding
    7. Management of the Contaminated Operation
    8. Damage Control Laparotomy
    9. Mechanical Basics of Laparoscopic Surgery
    10. Rational Use of Drains
    11. Illustrated Glossary of Surgical Instruments
    12. The Operative Note
    Part II. Esophagus
    13. Concepts in Esophageal Surgery
    14. Esophagectomy: Right Thoracotomy and Laparotomy
    15. Esophagogastrectomy: Left Thoracoabdominal Approach
    16. Transhiatal Esophagectomy
    17. Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy
    18. Operations to Replace or Bypass the Esophagus: Colon or Jejunum Interposition
    19. Transabdominal Nissen Fundoplication
    20. Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication
    21. Posterior Gastropexy (Hill Repair): Surgical Legacy Technique
    22. Transthoracic Gastroplasty (Collis) and Nissen Fundoplication: Surgical Legacy Technique
    23. Bile Diverting Operations for Management of Esophageal Disease
    24. Cricopharyngeal Myotomy and Operation for Pharyngoesophageal (Zenker's) Diverticulum
    25. Esophagomyotomy for Achalasia and Diffuse Esophageal Spasm: Surgical Legacy Technique
    26. Laparoscopic Esophagomyotomy
    27. Operations for Esophageal Perforation and Anastomotic Leaks
    Part III. Stomach and Duodenum
    28. Concepts in Surgery of the Stomach and Duodenum
    29. Truncal Vagotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    30. Proximal Gastric Vagotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    31. Pyloroplasty (Heineke-Mikulicz and Finney), Operation for Bleeding Duodenal Ulcer: Surgical Legacy Techniques
    32. Gastrojejunostomy
    33. Partial Gastrectomy Without Lymphadenectomy
    34. Perforated Peptic Ulcer
    35. Laparoscopic Plication of Perferated Ulcer
    36. Gastrostomy
    37. Distal Gastrectomy with D2 Nodal Dissection
    38. Total Gastrectomy
    39. Exposure of the Third and Fourth Portions of the Duodenum
    40. Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding
    41. Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    Part IV. Samll Intestine and Appendix
    42. Concepts in Surgery of the Small Intestine and Appendix
    43. Small Bowel Resection and Anastomosis
    44. Enterolysis for Intestinal Obstruction
    45. Baker Tube Stitchless Plication: Surgical Legacy Technique
    46. Appendectomy
    47. Laparoscopic Appendectomy
    Part V. Large Intestine
    48. Concepts in Surgery of the Large Intestine
    49. Right Colectomy for Cancer
    50. Laparoscopic Right Hemicolectomy
    51. Left Colectomy for Cancer
    52. Laparoscopic Left Hemicolectomy and Low Anterior Resection
    53. Low Anterior Resection for Rectal Cancer
    54. Abdominoperineal Resection for Rectal Cancer
    55. Laparoscopic Abdominoperineal Resection and Total Proctocolectomy with End Ileostomy
    56. Subtotal Colectomy with Ileoproctostomy or Ileostomy
    57. Restorative Proctocolectomy with Mucosal Proctectomy and Ileal Reservoir
    58. Abdominoperineal Proctectomy for Benign Disease
    59. End-Ileostomy
    60. Loop Ileostomy
    61 Cecostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    62. Transverse Colostomy
    63. Closure of Temporary Loop Colostomy or Ileostomy
    64. Laparoscopic Stoma Construction and Closure
    65. Surgery for Colonic Diverticulitis and Other Benign Conditions of the Left Colon (Hartmanns Procedure)
    66. Ripstein Operation for Rectal Prolapse: Surgical Legacy Procedure
    Part VI. Anus, Rectum, and Pilonidal Region
    67. Concepts in Surgery of the Anus, Rectum, and Pilonidal Region
    68. Rubber Band Ligation of Internal Hemorrhoids
    69. Hemorrhoidectomy
    70. Procedure for Prolapse and Hemorrhoids
    71. Anorectal Fistula and Pelvirectal Abscess, Seton Placement
    72. Lateral Internal Sphincterotomy for Chronic Anal Fissure
    73. Anoplasty for Anal Stenosis
    74. Perineal Operations for Rectal Prolapse
    75. Operations for Pilonidal Disease
    Part VII. Hepatobiliary Tract
    76. Concepts in Hepatobiliary Surgery
    77. Cholecystectomy
    78. Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    79. Cholecystostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    80. Common Bile Duct Exploration: Surgical Legacy Technique
    81. Secondary Choledocholithotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    82. Sphincteroplasty: Surgical Legacy Technique
    83. Choledochoduodenostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    84. Roux-en-Y Biliary-Enteric Bypass
    85. Transduodenal Diverticulectomy
    86. Operations for Lesions of Hepatic Duct Bifurcation
    87. Hepatic Resection
    Part VIII. Pancreas
    88. Concepts in Surgery of the Pancreas
    89. Partial Pancreatoduodenectomy
    90. Total Pancreatoduodenectomy
    91. Distal Pancreatectomy
    92. Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy
    93. Operations for Pancreatic Pseudocyst
    94. Pancreaticojejunostomy (Puestow) for Chronic Pancreatitis
    Part IX. Spleen
    95. Concepts in Splenic Surgery
    96. Splenectomy for Disease
    97. Operations for Splenic Trauma
    98. Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    Part X. Hernia Repairs, Operations for Necrotizing Fasciitis, Drainage of Suphrenic Abscess
    99. Concepts in Hernia Repair, Surgery for Necrotizing Fasciitis, and Drainage of Subphrenic Abscess
    100. Shouldice Repair of Inguinal Hernia
    101. Coopers Ligament (McVay) Repair of Inguinal Hernia
    102. Mesh Repair of Inguinal Hernia
    103. Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair: Transabdominal Preperitoneal (TAPP) and Totally Extraperitoneal (TEP) Repairs
    104. Operations for Recurrent Inguinal Hernia
    105. Femoral Hernia Repair
    106. Operations for Large Ventral Hernia
    107. Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair
    108. Operations for Infected Abdominal Wound Dehiscence, Necrotizing Fasciitis, and Intra-abdominal Abscesses
    Part XI. Breast and Melanoma
    109. Concepts in Breast and Melanoma Surgery
    110. Excision of Benign Palpable Breast Mass
    111. Excision of Ducts, Operations for Breast Abscess
    112. Lumpectomy for Breast Cancer
    113. Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy and Axillary Staging for Breast Cancer
    114. Modified Radical Mastectomy, Simple (Total) Mastectomy
    115. Radical Mastectomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    116. Wide Local Excision and Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy for Melanoma
    117. Axillary Lymphadenectomy for Melanoma
    118. Inguinal and Pelvic Lymphadenectomy
    Part XII. Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Adrenal
    119. Concepts in Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Adrenal Surgery
    120. Thyroidectomy
    121. Parathyroidectomy
    122. Adrenalectomy
    123. Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy
    124. Parotidectomy
    125. Cricothyroidotomy
    126. Tracheostomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Chassin, Jameson L.; Kaiser, Andreas M.; Nguyen, N. T.; Sarpel, Umut; Scott-Conner, Carol E. H.; Sugg, Sonia L.
    Summary: This fifth edition of Chassin's Operative Strategy in General Surgery is a major revision that strives to remain faithful to the purpose and tone of Dr. Chassins original text. This unique textbook provides an emphasis on surgical strategy that is unmatched by other textbooks of surgical technique. The text explains the conceptual basis of each operation, outlines strategies to avoid common pitfalls, and carefully describes and beautifully illustrates the technical steps of each operation. The fifth edition preserves the unique qualities of its previous edition while providing a comprehensive update. This updated volume also features a vast amount of richly detailed artwork and operative photographs, which help depict operative techniques step-by-step. No other text so successfully combines operative technique with the concept of strategy that is, key governing principles that dictate safe surgery and avoidance of complications. There are books of technique, there are books about complications, and there are books about the rationale involved in the treatment of various kinds of surgical pathology. Chassins combines all three. Chassins Operative Strategy in General Surgery: An Expositive Atlas Fifth Edition comprehensively covers all non-vascular operations commonly performed by general surgeons. This edition expands this comprehensive general surgery reference while remaining true to the special character of the work. The revision expands upon procedures not covered in the previous edition and incorporates new techniques into many other chapters.

    Contents:
    Part I. General Principles
    Concepts and Strategies of Surgery
    Mechanical Basics of Operative Technique
    Incision, Exposure, Closure
    Dissecting and Suturing
    Surgical Stapling: Principles and Precautions
    Control of Bleeding
    Management of the Contaminated Operation
    Damage Control Laparotomy
    Mechanical Basics of Laparoscopic Surgery
    Rational Use of Drains
    Illustrated Glossary of Surgical Instruments
    Surgical Documentation, Informed Consent, and Operative Note
    Part II. Esophagus
    Concepts in Esophageal Surgery
    Laparoscopic and Thoracoscopic Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy
    Transhiatal Esophagectomy
    Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy for Achalasia
    Endoscopic Stent for Management of Esophageal Leaks
    Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication for Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Laparoscopic Magnetic Augmentation of the Lower Esophageal Sphincter
    Laparoscopic Paraesophageal Hernia Repair
    Laparoscopic Collis Gastroplasty
    Endoscopic Anti-Reflux Procedures
    Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy for Achalasia
    Part III: Stomach and Duodenum
    Concepts in Surgery of the Stomach and Duodenum
    Truncal Vagotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    Proximal Gastric Vagotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    Pyloroplasty (Heineke-Mikulicz and Finney), Operation for Bleeding Duodenal Ulcer: Surgical Legacy Technique
    Gastrojejunostomy
    Partial Gastrectomy Without Lymphadenectomy
    Perforated Duodenal Ulcer
    Laparoscopic Plication of Perforated Duodenal Ulcer
    Enteral Access
    Distal Gastrectomy with D2 Nodal Dissection
    Total Gastrectomy
    Management of GI Stromal Tumor of the Stomach
    Exposure of the Third and Fourth Portions of the Duodenum
    Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    Laparoscopic Reoperative Bariatric Surgery
    Endoscopic Intragastric Balloon
    Part IV. Small Intestine and Appendix
    Concepts in Surgery of the Small Intestine and Appendix
    Small Bowel Resection and Anastomosis
    Enterolysis for Intestinal Obstruction
    Baker Tube Stitchless Plication: Surgical Legacy Technique
    Appendectomy (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Management of Appendicostomy for Malone Antegrade Continence Enema (MACE)
    Management of Enterocutaneous and Enteroatmospheric Fistulas
    Stricturoplasty in Crohn Disease
    Placement of Feeding Tube Jejunostomy
    Creation of Ileostomy (Loop, End)
    Closure of Loop Ileostomy
    Management of Problems Related to an Existing Continent Ileostomy
    Part V. Large Intestine
    Concepts in Surgery of the Large Intestine
    Minimally Invasive Surgery (MIS) in Colorectal Surgery
    Endoscopic Techniques for Colorectal Lesions
    Right and Extended Right Hemicolectomy (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Sigmoid Resection and Left Hemicolectomy (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Discontinuous Colon Resection (Hartmann Procedure)
    Total Mesorectal Excision/Low Anterior Resection (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Abdominoperineal Resection (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Multivisceral Resections (Pelvic Exenteration)
    (Sub-)Total colectomy with Ileostomy or Ileo-Rectal Anastomosis (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Proctocolectomy with ileal pouch anal anastomosis (IPAA) or end ileostomy (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Cecostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    Creation of Transverse Colostomy (Loop, Prasad-type)
    Laparoscopic versus Open Creation of Sigmoid Colostomy (Loop, Prasad-type, End)
    Closure of Temporary Loop Colostomy or Ileostomy
    Hartmann Reversal (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Surgeries for Large Bowel Obstruction
    Surgery for Colonic Fistula to Bladder, Vagina, or Skin
    Abdominal Repair of Rectal Prolapse and Pelvic Organ Descent (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Part VI. Anus, Rectum, and Pilonidal Region
    Concepts in Surgery of the Anus, Rectum, and Pilonidal Region
    Office Procedures for Internal Hemorrhoids (Sclerotherapy, Infrared Coagulation, and Rubber Band Ligation)
    Excisional Hemorrhoidectomy (Ferguson, Milligan-Morgan, Whitehead)
    Stapled Hemorrhoidectomy/-opexy
    Doppler-Guided Hemorrhoidal Artery Ligation
    Surgical Management of Anorectal Abscess and Fistula
    Rectovaginal Fistula Repair
    Rectourinary Fistula Repair
    Lateral Internal Sphincterotomy with/without Fissurectomy for Chronic Anal Fissure
    Anoplasty for Anal Stenosis
    Perineal Operations for Rectal Prolapse
    Operations for Pilonidal Disease
    Overlapping Sphincteroplasty
    Sacral Nerve Stimulation for Fecal and Urinary Incontinence
    Transanal Local Excision of Rectal Lesions (TEMS, TAMIS, TAE)
    Part VII. Hepatobiliary Tract
    Concepts in Hepatobiliary Surgery
    Open Cholecystectomy
    Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    Open and Laparoscopic Common Bile Duct Exploration
    Sphincteroplasty
    Choledochoduodenostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    Transduodenal Diverticulectomy
    Hepatic Resection
    Part VIII. Pancreas
    Concepts in Surgery of the Pancreas
    Partial Pancreatoduodenectomy
    Total Pancreatoduodenectomy
    Distal (Left) Pancreatectomy
    Operations for Pancreatic Pseudocyst
    Pancreaticojejunostomy for Chronic Pancreatitis
    Part IX. Spleen
    Concepts in Splenic Surgery
    Open Splenectomy for Disease
    Operations for Splenic Trauma
    Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    Part X. Hernia Repairs, Operations for Necrotizing Faciitis, Drainage of Subphrenic Absess
    Concepts in Hernia Repair, Surgery for Necrotizing Fasciitis, and Drainage of Subphrenic Abscess
    Shouldice Repair of Inguinal Hernia
    Coopers Ligament (McVay) Repair of Inguinal Hernia
    Mesh Repair of Inguinal Hernia
    Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair: Transabdominal Preperitoneal (TAPP) and Totally Extraperitoneal (TEP) Repairs
    Operations for Recurrent Inguinal Hernia
    Femoral Hernia Repair
    Operations for Large Ventral Hernia
    Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair
    Operations for Infected Abdominal Wound Dehiscence, Necrotizing Fasciitis, and Intra-abdominal Abscesses
    Part XI: Breast and Melanoma
    Concepts in Breast Surgery
    Excision of Benign Palpable Breast Mass
    Excision of Ducts, Operations for Breast Abscess
    Lumpectomy for Breast Cancer
    Mastectomy: Simple (Total), Modified, and Classical Radical
    Skin and Nipple Sparing Mastectomy
    Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy and Axillary Staging for Breast Cancer
    Concepts in Melanoma Surgery
    Wide Local Excision and Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy for Melanoma
    Axillary Lymphadenectomy for Melanoma
    Superficial and Deep Groin (Femoro-inguinal and Pelvic) Dissection
    Part XII. Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Adrenal, Parotidectomy, and Tracheal Procedures
    Concepts in Thyroid, Parathyroid and Adrenal Surgery
    Thyroidectomy
    Neck Dissection for Thyroid Cancer
    Parathyroidectomy
    Minimally Invasive Parathyroidectomy
    Open Adrenalectomy
    Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy
    Parotidectomy
    Cricothyroidotomy
    Tracheostomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Marco Gobbetti, Erasmo Neviani, Patrick Fox ; with contribution by Gian Maria Varanini.
    Summary: This book contains a detailed description of the historical aspects of cheese manufacture, historical information on the most traditional and popular Italian cheese varieties. An overview of cheese production is included, covering the main general aspects. An overall classification of Italian cheeses follows, which categorizes all the cheese varieties that have a tradition and/or an economic importance. Based on a large literature review, the core of the book includes descriptions of cheese- making traits which are unique to Italian cheeses. In particular, the chemical composition of milk, the use whey or milk natural starters, some technology options (e.g., curd cooking), the microbiota composition and metabolism during curd ripening, especially for cheese made from raw milk, and the main relevant biochemical events, which occur during the very long-time ripening, are described. The last part of the book provides a detailed description of the biotechnology for the manufacture of the most traditional and popular Italian cheeses.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: The orgins of cheesemaking
    Chapter 2: The history and culture of Italian cheeses in the middle age
    Chapter 3: Cheese: an overview
    Chapter 4: Classification of cheese
    Chapter 5: The distinguishing features of Italian cheese manufacture
    Chapter 6: The most traditional and popular Italian cheeses.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    [edited by] C. Bradley Moore.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QD63.L3 M66
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Roderic G. Eckenhoff, Ivan J. Dmochowski.
    Contents:
    Part A: Chapter One: Physical Accuracy Leads to Biological Relevance: Best Practices For Simulating Ligand-Gated Ion Channels Interacting with General Anesthetics / Sruthi Murlidaran, Grace Brannigan
    Chapter Two: Computational Approaches to Studying Voltage-Gated Ion Channel Modulation by General Anesthetics / Eleonora Gianti, Vincenzo Carnevale
    Chapter Three: Molecular Mechanics Parameterization of Anesthetic Molecules / Thomas T. Joseph, Jérôme Hénin
    Chapter Four: Insights Into Receptor-Based Anesthetic Pharmacophores and Anesthetic-Protein Interactions / Victoria S. Fahrenbach, Edward J. Bertaccini
    Chapter Five: Understanding Anesthetic Mechanisms: Analysis of the Complex Kinetics of Ligand-Gated Ion Channels / Robert S. Cantor
    Chapter Six: General Genetic Strategies / Louise M. Steele, Philip G. Morgan
    Chapter Seven: Approaches to Anesthetic Mechanisms: The C. elegans Model / Louise M. Steele, Margaret M. Sedensky
    Chapter Eight: Using Drosophila to Understand General Anesthesia: From Synapses to Behavior / Shanker Karunanithi, Michael Troup, Bruno van Swinderen
    Chapter Nine: High-Throughput Screening to Identify Anesthetic Ligands Using Xenopus laevis Tadpoles / Kellie A. Woll, Roderic G. Eckenhoff
    Chapter Ten: Zebrafish: A Pharmacogenetic Model for Anesthesia / Victoria Bedell, Elena Buglo, Daniel Marcato, Christian Pylatiuk, Ralf Mikut, Johannes Stegmaier, Will Scudder, Maxwell Wray, Stephan Zuchner, Uwe Strahle, Ravindra Peravali, and Julia E. Dallman
    Chapter Eleven: The Mouse as a Model Organism for Assessing Anesthetic Sensitivity / Andrzej Z. Wasilczuk, Kaitlyn L. Maier, Max B. Kelz
    Chapter Twelve: Identification of General Anesthetic Target Protein-Binding Sites by Photoaffinity Labeling and Mass Spectrometry / Kellie A. Woll, William P. Dailey, Roderic G. Eckenhoff
    Chapter Thirteen: Xenon-Protein Interactions: Characterization by X-Ray Crystallography and Hyper-CEST NMR / Benjamin W. Roose, Serge D. Zemerov, Ivan J. Dmochowski
    Chapter Fourteen: Methods for Defining the Neuroprotective Properties of Xenon / Richie Robel, Peter Caroccio, Mervyn Maze
    Chapter Fifteen: Xenon Anesthesia and CT: Noninvasive Measures of Brain Anesthetic Concentration / Andrew McKinstry-Wu, Charles W. Carspecken, Alex Proekt, Max B. Kelz
    Chapter Sixteen: Native System and Cultured Cell Electrophysiology for Investigating Anesthetic Mechanisms / Paul Hoerbelt, Boris D. Heifets
    Chapter Seventeen: Electrophysiological Analysis of Voltage-Gated Ion Channel Modulation by General Anesthetics / Elaine Yang, Lianteng Zhi, Qiansheng Liang, Manuel Covarrubias
    Chapter Eighteen: Combining Mutations and Electrophysiology to Map Anesthetic Sites on Ligand-Gated Ion Channels / Stuart A. Forman
    Chapter Nineteen: HCN and K2P Channels in Anesthetic Mechanisms Research / Paul M. Riegelhaupt, Gareth R. Tibbs, Peter A. Goldstein. Part B: Chapter One: Structural Analysis of Anesthetics in Complex with Soluble Proteins / Patrick J. Loll
    Chapter Two: X-Ray Crystallographic Studies for Revealing Binding Sites of General Anesthetics in Pentameric Ligand-Gated Ion Channels / Qiang Chen, Yan Xu, Pei Tang
    Chapter Three: Solution NMR Studies of Anesthetic Interactions with Ion Channels / Vasyl Bondarenko, Marta Wells, Yan Xu, Pei Tang
    Chapter Four: Time-Resolved Neutron Interferometry and the Mechanism of Electromechanical Coupling in Voltage-Gated Ion Channels / J. Kent Blasie
    Chapter Five: Fluorescent Anesthetics / Daniel J. Emerson, Ivan J. Dmochowski
    Chapter Six: Investigation of Anesthetic-Protein Interactions by a Thermodynamic Approach / Hasan Babazada, Renyu Liu
    Chapter Seven: Electron Spin Resonance (EPR) in Drosophila and General Anesthesia / Luca Turin, Efthimios M.C. Skoulakis
    Chapter Eight: Giant Plasma Membrane Vesicles: An Experimental Tool for Probing the Effects of Drugs and Other Conditions on Membrane Domain Stability / Zoe Gerstle, Rohan Desai, Sarah L. Veatch
    Chapter Nine: Anesthetic Drug Discovery and Development: A Case Study of Novel Etomidate Analogs / Megan McGrath, Douglas E. Raines
    Chapter Ten: Optoanesthesia: Use of Anesthetic Photolabels In Vivo / Andrew R. McKinstry-Wu, Max B. Kelz
    Chapter Eleven: Optogenetics and Chemogenetics / Ksenia Vlasov, Christa J. Van Dort, Ken Solt
    Chapter Twelve: Genetic Reporters of Neuronal Activity: c-Fos and G-CaMP6 / Andrew E. Hudson
    Chapter Thirteen: Genomics and Proteomic Techniques / Jonathan Z. Pan
    Chapter Fourteen: Neurochemistry of Anesthetic States / Ralph Lydic, Helen A. Baghdoyan, Amanda L. May
    Chapter Fifteen: Brief Introduction to Electroencephalography / Alex Proekt
    Chapter Sixteen: Using Positron Emission Tomography in Revealing the Mystery of General Anesthesia: Study Design Challenges and Opportunities / Harry Scheinin, Emilee C. Alkire, Annalotta Scheinin, Michael T. Alkire, Oskari Kantonen, and Jaakko Långsjö
    Chapter Seventeen: Brain Imaging Using Hyperpolarized 129Xe Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Simrun Chahal, Braedan R.J. Prete, Alanna Wade, Francis T. Hane, and Mitchell S. Albert.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Maria Claudia Almeida Issa, Bhertha Tamura, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Arun K. Shukla.
    Contents:
    Part A: Targeted m6A reader proteins to study the epitranscriptome / Simone Rauch and Bryan C. Dickinson
    Synthetic gene expression circuits regulating sexual reproduction / Nobuo Fukuda and Shinya Honda
    Nucleotide resolution sequencing of N4-acetylcytidine in RNA / Justin M. Thomas, Keri M. Bryson and Jordan L. Meier
    A guide for drug inducible genome editing with HIT systems / Chen Zhao, Shixian Wei and Yu Wang
    A guide for drug inducible transcriptional activation with HIT systems / Chen Zhao, Shixian Wei and Yu Wang
    Direct cloning and heterologous expression of natural product biosynthetic gene clusters by transformation-associated recombination / Jia Jia Zhang, Kazuya Yamanaka, Xiaoyu Tang and Bradley S. Moore
    Salt-sensitive intein for large-scale polypeptide production / Yi-Zong Lee and Shih-Che Sue
    Methods for the recombinant expression of active tyrosine kinase domains: Guidelines and pitfalls / M. Escarlet Díaz Galicia, Abdullah Aldehaiman, SeungBeom Hong, Stefan T. Arold and Raik Grünberg
    Design, cloning and characterization of transcription factor-based inducible gene expression systems / Erik K.R. Hanko, Nigel P. Minton and Naglis Malys
    Design, construction, and validation of optogenetic proteins / Colin P. O'Banion, Anwesha Goswami and David S. Lawrence
    Overcoming component limitations in synthetic biology through transposon-mediated protein engineering / Joshua T. Atkinson, Bingyan Wu, Laura Segatori and Jonathan J. Silberg
    Chemical biology of glycoproteins: From chemical synthesis to biological impact / Yaohao Li, Amy H. Tran, Samuel J. Danishefsky and Zhongping Tan
    In bulla functional channel expression systems that mimic bacterial synthetic membranes / Masayuki Iwamoto and Shigetoshi Oiki
    A mass spectrometry-based isotope-coded mass tag method to map thiol accessibility in biological systems / John E. Gadbery and Nicole S. Sampson
    Quick-soaking of crystals reveals unprecedented insights into the catalytic mechanism of glycosyltransferases / David Albesa-Jové, Javier O. Cifuente, Beatriz Trastoy and Marcelo E. Guerin
    Cysteine-ethylation of tissue-extracted membrane proteins as a tool to detect conformational states by solid-state NMR spectroscopy / Daniel K. Weber, Taysir Bader, Erik K. Larsen, Songlin Wang, Tata Gopinath, Mark Distefano and Gianluigi Veglia
    Improved sensitivity and resolution of in-cell NMR spectra / David S. Burz, Leonard Breindel and Alexander Shekhtman
    High-throughput methods in aptamer discovery and analysis / Kyle H. Cole and Andrej Lupták
    Drop-in-well chamber for droplet interface bilayer with built-in electrodes / Kazuhiro Urakubo, Masayuki Iwamoto and Shigetoshi Oiki. Part B: Input-dependent post-translational control of the reporter output enhances dynamic resolution of mammalian signaling systems / Brianna E.K. Jayanthi, Wenting Zhao and Laura Segatori
    Design and synthesis of fluorescent activity probes for protein phosphatases / Garrett R. Casey, Jon R. Beck and Cliff I. Stains
    Utilizing split-NanoLuc luciferase fragments as luminescent probes for protein solubility in living cells / Travis J. Nelson, Jia Zhao and Cliff I. Stains
    Engineering of a sulfotyrosine-recognizing small protein scaffold for the study of protein tyrosine O-sulfation / Justin Lawrie, Wei Niu and Jiantao Guo
    Synthesis and screening of bead-displayed combinatorial libraries / Todd M. Doran, Paige Dickson, John Maina Ndungu, Peng Ge, Irena Suponitsky-Kroyter, Hongchan An and Thomas Kodadek
    Visualizing the brain's astrocytes / Alyssa N. Preston, Danielle A. Cervasio and Scott T. Laughlin
    Modular activatable bioorthogonal reagents / Pratik Kumar and Scott T. Laughlin
    Engineering PEG-fatty acid stapled, long-acting peptide agonists for G protein-coupled receptors / Sam Lear, Zaid Amso and Weijun Shen
    Quantifying drug-target engagement in live cells using sulfonyl fluoride chemical probes / Lyn H. Jones, Hua Xu and Olugbeminiyi O. Fadeyi
    Selection and optimization of enzyme reporters for chemical cytometry / Angela Proctor, Qunzhao Wang, David S. Lawrence and Nancy L. Allbritton
    Synthetic cell-like membrane interfaces for probing dynamic protein-lipid interactions / Spencer T. Glantz, Erin E. Berlew and Brian Y. Chow
    Rational engineering acyltransferase domain of modular polyketide synthase for expanding substrate specificity / Wan Zhang, Linjun Zhou, Chunyu Li, Zixin Deng and Xudong Qu
    Identifying potentially O-GlcNAcylated proteins using metabolic labeling, bioorthogonal enrichment, and Western blotting / Narek Darabedian and Matthew R. Pratt
    Optogenetic perturbation of the biochemical pathways that control cell behavior / Lauren L. Haar, David S. Lawrence and Robert M. Hughes
    pH-shift stress on antibodies / Hiroshi Imamura and Shinya Honda / Small molecule target identification using photo-affinity chromatography / Seung-Yong Seo and Timothy W. Corson
    Computational structural enzymology methodologies for the study and engineering of fatty acid synthases, polyketide synthases and nonribosomal peptide synthetases / Andrew J. Schaub, Gabriel O. Moreno, Shiji Zhao, Hau V. Truong, Ray Luo and Shiou-Chuan Sheryl Tsai
    On-cell coordination chemistry: Chemogenetic activation of membrane-bound glutamate receptors in living cells / Ryou Kubota, Shigeki Kiyonaka and Itaru Hamachi
    Bioorthogonal oncometabolite ligation / Chloe A. Briney, Susana Najera and Jordan L. Meier.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan E. Hempel, Charles H. Williams, Charles C. Hong.
    Contents:
    Identification of Therapeutic Small Molecule Leads in Cultured Cells Using Multiplexed Pathway Reporter Read-outs
    Applying the Logic of Genetic Interaction to Discover Small Molecules That Functionally Interact with Human Disease Alleles
    Construction and Application of a Photo-cross-linked Chemical Array
    High Content Screening for Modulators of Cardiac Differentiation in Human Pluripotent Stem Cells
    Small Molecule High-Throughput Screening Utilizing Xenopus Egg Extract
    Fission Yeast-based High-throughput Screens for PKA Pathway Inhibitors and Activators
    A Method for High-throughput Analysis of Chronological Aging in Schizosaccharomyces pombe
    Protocols for the Routine Screening of Drug Sensitivity in the Human Parasite Trichomonas vaginalis
    Chemical Genetic Screens Using Arabidopsis thaliana Seedlings Grown on Solid Medium
    Small Molecule Screening Using Drosophila Models of Human Neurological Disorders
    High-throughput Small Molecule Screening in Caenorhabditis elegans
    Whole-organism Screening for Modulators of Fasting Metabolism Using Transgenic Zebrafish
    High Content Screening for Modulators of Cardiovascular or Global Developmental Pathways in Zebrafish
    Extraction Methods of Natural Products from Traditional Chinese Medicines
    Bioassay-guided Identification of Bioactive Molecules from Traditional Chinese Medicines
    NMR Screening in Fragment-Based Drug Design: A Practical Guide
    Practical Strategies for Small Molecule Probe Development in Chemical Biology
    Principal Component Analysis as a Tool for Library Design: A Case Study Investigating Natural Products, Brand-name Drugs, Natural Product-like Libraries, and Drug-like Libraries
    Small Molecule Library Screening by Docking with PyRx
    Fluorous Photoaffinity Labeling to Probe Protein-Small Molecule Interactions
    Identification of the Targets of Biologically Active Small Molecules Using Quantitative Proteomics
    Drug Affinity Responsive Target Stability (DARTS) for Small Molecule Target Identification
    Chemical Genomic Profiling via Barcode Sequencing to Predict Compound Mode of Action
    Image-Based Prediction of Drug Target in Yeast.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    by R.H.A. Plimmer.
    Contents:
    pt. 1. Analysis
    pt. 2. Synthesis.
    Digital Access Google Books 1917-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F551 .P72 1917
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Michael T. McMahon, Assaf A. Gilad, Jeff W.M. Bulte, Peter C.M. van Zijl.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Shuo Wang, editor.
    Summary: This book summarizes the types, contents, analytical methods, formation mechanisms and control strategies for hazardous substances produced during the thermal processing of foods. In each chapter, hazardous substances such as dicarbonyl compounds, acrylamide, furan, heterocyclic amines, trans-fatty acids, and advanced glycation end products (AGEs) are covered and discussed in terms of analytical methods, formation mechanisms and mitigation strategies. The content chiefly focuses on how these hazardous substances are formed during thermal processing and what can be done to mitigate or eliminate them in food products (e.g. those prepared at higher temperatures by baking, frying or roasting). The major objective of this book is to provide a timely and informative guide for researchers and graduate students in the fields of food chemistry, food ingredients, food analysis, food safety, food processing, chemical toxicology, disease prevention and health promotion.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Brief Introduction of Food Processing Methods and Chemical Hazards Formed during Thermal Processing; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Thermal Processing Methods; 1.2.1 Dry-Heating Methods; 1.2.1.1 Broiling; 1.2.1.2 Grilling; 1.2.1.3 Roasting and Baking; 1.2.1.4 Sautéing; 1.2.1.5 Deep-Fat Frying; 1.2.1.6 Pan-Frying; 1.2.2 Moist-Heating Methods; 1.2.2.1 Poaching; 1.2.2.2 Simmering; 1.2.2.3 Boiling; 1.2.2.4 Steaming; 1.2.2.5 Pasteurization and Sterilization; 1.2.2.6 Braising and Stewing; 1.2.3 Application of Thermal Processing; 1.2.3.1 Meat Products; 1.2.3.2 Fish Products 3.3.1.3 MSPD Methods3.3.1.4 Derivatization Methods; 3.3.1.5 QuEChERS Methods; 3.3.2 Instrument Analysis; 3.3.2.1 HPLC Technology; 3.3.2.2 GC Technology; 3.3.2.3 Capillary Electrophoresis (CE) Technology; 3.3.3 Rapid Detection Technologies; 3.3.3.1 Elisa Methods; 3.3.3.2 Sensor Methods; 3.3.3.3 Nondestructive Methods; 3.4 Inhibition Methods of AA Formation in Foods; 3.4.1 Reducing the AA Formation Precursors in Food Systems; 3.4.2 Optimizing the Processing Technologies; 3.4.2.1 Controlling the Processing Temperature and Time; 3.4.2.2 Adjusting the pH Values
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Karger v. 82-, 2003-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    13
  • Print
    edited by Erin E. Carlson.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Cynthia V. Rider, Jane Ellen Simmons, editors ; foreword by Linda S. Birnbaum.
    Summary: Exposure to multiple chemical and nonchemical stressors is the rule, not the exception. Nevertheless, it continues to be a significant challenge in toxicology and risk assessment to thoroughly take mixtures into account. In this book, both basic and advanced concepts for considering mixtures are discussed, from initial-exposure characterization through the evaluation of risk associated with combined exposures. Several chapters also examine the adoption of promising tools from other disciplines. Looking beyond chemical mixtures, the discussion also addresses incorporating nonchemical stressors into toxicity studies and cumulative-risk assessments. This "excellent" volume--as described by Linda S. Birnbaum, Director of the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences and the National Toxicology Program, in her foreword to the book--forms "a comprehensive picture of the current state of mixtures science." With contributions from a host of established experts, Chemical Mixtures and Combined Chemical and Nonchemical Stressors: Exposure, Toxicity, Analysis, and Risk is an essential text for mixtures researchers in the fields of toxicology, epidemiology, exposure science, risk assessment, and statistics. Both seasoned mixtures researchers and those new to the field will appreciate the clear explanations of mixtures concepts as well as the comprehensive presentation of available tools for predicting mixture effects and estimating risk from combined exposures. This volume also serves as a useful reference book for students.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Combined exposures
    Biomonitoring to assess exposures to mixtures of environmental chemicals
    Considerations for measuring exposures to chemical mixtures
    Modeling complex exposures
    Prioritizing mixtures for study
    Introduction to environment and exposome-wide association studies: A data-driven method to identify multiple environmental factors associated with phenotpyes in human populations
    Ecological assembly of chemical mixtures
    Adverse outcome pathways to support the assessment of chemical mixtures
    Toxicology
    Dose-response modeling
    Predicting mixture toxicity with models of additivity
    Mixtures: contrasting perspectives from toxicology and epidemiology
    Comparing predicted additivity models to observed mixture data
    Physiologically based parmacokinetic modeling of chemical mixtures
    Mixture experimental design
    Chemical mixtures risk assessment
    Component-based risk assessment approaches with addivity and interactions
    Assessing human health risks using information on whole mixtures
    Nonchemical stressors
    Consideration of physical stressors in cumulative risk assessment
    Psychosocial and chemical stressors
    Community-based cumulative impact assessment: California's approach to integrating nonchemical stressors into environmental assessment practices.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editor, Suzan Obagi.
    Contents:
    The chemistry of peels: a hypothesis of action mechanisms and a proposal of a new classification of chemical peelings
    Choosing the correct peel for the appropriate patient
    The role of priming the skin for peels
    Light chemical peels
    Medium-depth peels and trichloroacetic acid blue peel
    Trichloroacetic acid peels of the neck, chest, and arms and hands
    Phenol-croton oil peels
    Deep chemical peels
    Peels in men ; special considerations
    Combination therapy in acne : peels as adjuvant therapy
    Treatment of acne scars with a combination of chemical peels and microneedling
    The Rullan two-day croton oil-phenol chemasbrasion peel
    New advances combining the chemical reconstruction of skin scars (CROSS) and subcision
    Chemical peeling as an adjunct to facelift and eyelid surgery
    Segmental phenol croton oil peels for brow lifting, eyelid tightening, and lip eversion
    Skin resurfacing complications.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Print
    William J. Rea.
    Contents:
    v. 3. Clinical manifestations of pollutant overload
    v. 4. Tools of diagnosis and methods of treatment.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB152 .R38
    2
  • Digital
    Yukio Yanagisawa, Hiroshi Yoshino, Satoshi Ishikawa, Mikio Miyata.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Present state of chemical sensitivity / Satoshi Ishikawa
    Chapter 2. Effects of chemical sensitivity on patients' daily lives / Satoshi Ishikawa
    Chapter 3. Promoting understanding of chemical sensitivity / Satoshi Ishikawa and Mikio Miyata
    Chapter 4. Medical facts / Mikio Miyata, Kou Sakabe, and Satoshi Ishikawa
    Chapter 5. Diagnosis / Satoshi Ishikawa and Mikio Miyata
    Chapter 6. Treatment of patients with chemical sensitivity / Mikio Miyata and Satoshi Ishikawa
    Chapter 7. Chemical sensitivity in children / Kazuhiko Kakuta
    Chapter 8. Multiple chemical sensitivity : medical aspects from Germany / Klaus-Dietrich Runow
    Chapter 9. Emission rate of chemical compounds in the building products and materials / Shin-ichi Tanabe
    Chapter 10. Ventilation strategies for each kind of building and statutory regulations / Haruki Osawa and Masaki Tajima
    Chapter 11. Ventilation, air-tightness, and air pollution / Hiroshi Yoshino and Rie Takaki
    Chapter 12. Chemical features of indoor pollutants and current regulation / Naohide Shinohara
    Chapter 13. Methods for measurement of indoor pollution / Atsushi Mizukoshi
    Chapter 14. The current situation and shift in approaches to indoor air pollution / Miyuki Noguchi
    Chapter 15. Investigation of indoor environments and occupants' health in sick houses / Hiroshi Yoshino, Sachiko Hojo, and Rie Takaki
    Chapter 16. Round table discussion / Yukio Yanagisawa.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Christina D. Buesching.
    Summary: In August 2017, the Chemical Signals in Vertebrates (CSiV) group held its 14th triennial meeting. This well established international conference brings together leaders and students in the field of olfactory communication and chemical signaling of vertebrates to present new advances in their research as well as synopses of disparate areas under new angles. This volume is a collection of the proceedings of this meeting that covers a wide variety of topics in chemical ecology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Intra-specific Communication in Non-Human Vertebrates; Perspectives on Chemical Signals Conveying Information in Rodents; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Sources of Scents; 3 Concluding Thoughts; Acknowledgements; References; Latrines as Potential Communication Centres in Short-Beaked Echidnas; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Study Site and Animals; 2.2 Latrine Location in Relation to Habitat Type and Core Home Ranges; 2.3 Temporal Patterns of Latrine Visits and Echidna Behaviour; 3 Results 2.1 Study Population and Sample Collection2.2 Scent-Playback Experiments and Behavioural Observations; 2.3 Enzyme Immunoassay (EIA) Analyses of Urinary Oestradiol and Testosterone Metabolites; 2.3.1 Oestrogen EIA (Ng/Ml); 2.3.2 Testosterone EIA (Ng/Ml); 2.3.3 Normalisation of Urinary Hormone Concentration with Specific Gravity; 2.4 Statistical Analysis; 2.4.1 Behavioural Observations with Scent-Playback Experiments; 2.4.2 Correlating Behavioural Observations with EIA Analyses; 3 Results; 3.1 Behavioural Observations with Scent-Playback Experiments 2.2 Eye Temperature Measurement and Recording of Pig Behaviour2.3 Headspace Volatile Extraction and Analysis Using SPME-GC-MS; 2.4 Peak Area Measurement; 2.5 Statistical Analysis; 3 Results; 3.1 LPS Treatment Increases Body Temperature and Induces Sickness Behaviours in Pigs; 3.2 LPS Treatment Quantitatively Changes the Urinary Headspace Volatile Compounds; 4 Discussion; Acknowledgements; References; A Field Study of Wild Echidna Responses to Conspecific Odour; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 3 Results; 4 Discussion; References; How Diet Affects Vertebrate Semiochemistry 3.1 Latrine Location in Relation to Habitat Type and Core Home Ranges 3.2 Echidna Behaviour at Latrines; 4 Discussion; Acknowledgements; References; Do Urinary Volatiles Carry Communicative Messages in Himalayan Snow Leopards [Panthera uncia, (Schreber, 1775)]?; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Collection of Samples; 2.2 Chemical Analysis; 2.3 Statistical Data Analysis; 3 Results; 4 Discussion; Acknowledgements; References; Encoded Information Within Urine Influences Behavioural Responses Among European Badgers (Meles meles); Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Methods 3.2 Effects of Age-Related Information on Behavioural Responses3.3 Effects of Sex-Related Information on Behavioural Responses; 3.4 Effects of Familiarity on Behavioural Responses; 3.5 Correlating Behavioural Observations with Sex-Steroid Levels; 3.5.1 Effects of Female Donor Oestradiol Levels; 3.5.2 Effects of Male Donor Testosterone Levels; 4 Discussion; References; LPS-Induced Immune System Stimulation Alters Urinary Volatiles and Behaviour in Growing Pigs; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Pigs and Urine Collection
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Howard I. Maibach, Alan H. Hall, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date, compact but comprehensive review of chemical skin injuries, differentiating them from thermal skin burns. After an introductory chapter on the history of chemical skin injuries and the scope of the problem, the anatomy, histology, physiology, and immunology of normal skin are described. Mechanisms involved in chemical penetration of normal skin are explained, and the effects of damaged skin on chemical penetration are analyzed. The remainder of the book discusses a variety of clinically relevant aspects, such as the different forms of chemical skin injury, including injuries that arise during skin peeling or due to hair products; preventive measures; emergency treatment; rinsing therapy; medical and surgical treatment; and the importance of providing relevant information to workers. The role of predictive toxicology is also considered. Chemical Skin Injury: Mechanisms, Prevention, Decontamination, Treatment is an ideal resource for readers who want to understand chemical skin injury, to put preventive measures in place, and to respond appropriately should a chemical skin injury occur.

    Contents:
    Skin in the Past and in the Modern Times
    Normal Skin Aspects
    Molecular Dimension of Skin Chemical Aggression
    Damaged Skin
    Practical Aspects of Skin Chemical Exposure and Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Philip K. Moore, Matt Whiteman.
    Summary: This book puts hydrogen sulfide in context with other gaseous mediators such as nitric oxide and carbon monoxide, reviews the available mechanisms for its biosynthesis and describes its physiological and pathophysiological roles in a wide variety of disease states. Hydrogen sulfide has recently been discovered to be a naturally occurring gaseous mediator in the body. Over a relatively short period of time this evanescent gas has been revealed to play key roles in a range of physiological processes including control of blood vessel caliber and hence blood pressure and in the regulation of nerve function both in the brain and the periphery. Disorders concerning the biosynthesis or activity of hydrogen sulfide may also predispose the body to disease states such as inflammation, cardiovascular and neurological disorders. Interest in this novel gas has been high in recent years and many research groups worldwide have described its individual biological effects. Moreover, medicinal chemists are beginning to synthesize novel organic molecules that release this gas at defined rates with a view to exploiting these new compounds for therapeutic benefit.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    edited by Endre A. Balazs.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Collagen, basal laminae elastin --
    v. 2. Glycosaminoglycans and proteoglycans --
    v. 3. Structural organization and function of the matrix.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D506 .C51 1970
    3
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Ravin Narain.
    Contents:
    General methods of bioconjugation
    Covalent and noncovalent bioconjugation strategies
    Polymer bioconjugates
    Bioconjugates based on poly(ethylene glycol)s and polyglycerols
    Synthetic polymer bioconjugate systems
    Natural polymer bioconjugate systems
    Dendrimer bioconjugates: synthesis and applications
    Organic nanoparticles based bioconjugates
    Bioconjugation strategies: lipids, liposomes, polymersomes, and microbubbles
    Organic nanoparticle bioconjugate: micelles, cross-linked micelles, and nanogels
    Carbon nanotubes and fullerene C60 bioconjugates
    Inorganic nanomaterials bioconjugates (metals, metal oxides--quantum dots, iron-oxide)
    Gold nanomaterials bioconjugates
    Methods for magnetic nanoparticle synthesis and functionalization
    Quantum dots bioconjugates
    Silica nanoparticle bioconjugates
    Polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxanes (POSS) bioconjugates
    Cell-based, hydrogels/microgels and glyco-bioconjugates
    Cell-based bioconjugates
    Bioresponsive hydrogels and microgels
    Conjugation strategies used for the preparation of carbohydrate-conjugate vaccines
    Characterization, physico-(bio)chemical properties, and applications of bioconjugates
    Properties and characterization of bioconjugates
    Physico-chemical and biochemical properties of bioconjugates
    Applications of bioconjugates.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Print
    foreword by H.J. Emeléus.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D333 .K32
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Tracy M. Handel.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    edited by W. Russ Algar, Philip E. Dawson and Igor L. Medintz.
    Contents:
    Chemistries. A Brief Introduction to Traditional Bioconjugate Chemistry / W Russ Algar
    [3+2]-Dipolar Cycloadditions in Bioconjugation / Jason E Hein
    Diels-Alder and Inverse Diels-Alder Reactions / Roberto J Brea, Neal K Devaraj
    The Staudinger Ligation / Olaia Nieto-García, Marcie B Jaffee, Michaela Mühlberg, Christian P R Hackenberger
    Thiol-Ene Chemistry / Neil B Cramer, Christopher N Bowman
    Ligand-Directed Tosyl and Acyl Imidazole Chemistry / Kazuya Matsuo, Itaru Hamachi
    Bioorthogonal Labeling of Cellular Proteins by Enzymatic and Related Mechanisms / Scott A Walper, Kendrick B Turner, Igor L Medintz
    Metal-Mediated Bioconjugation / Justin M Chalker
    Front Matter
    Applications. Protein and Antibody Labeling / Angela M Mariani, Kim E Sapsford
    Activity-Based Protein Profiling / Eliane V Wolf, Steven H L Verhelst
    Nucleic Acid Labeling, Ligation, and Modification / Afaf H El-Sagheer, Tom Brown
    Chemoselective Reactions for Glycan Labeling / Janet E McCombs, Jennifer J Kohler
    Chemoselective Attachment of Lipids to Proteins / Christian F W Becker
    In Vivo Applications of Bioorthogonal Chemistries / Chelsea G Gordon, Carolyn R Bertozzi
    Immobilization of Biomolecular Probes for Arrays and Assay: Critical Aspects of Biointerfaces / Stella H North, Chris Rowe Taitt
    Chemical Ligations in the Design of Hydrogel Materials / Scott H Medina, Joel P Schneider
    Nanoparticle Bioconjugates: Materials that Benefit from Chemoselective and Bioorthogonal Ligation Chemistries / Melissa Massey, W Russ Algar
    Application of Engineered Viral Nanoparticles in Materials and Medicine / Michael D Glidden, John F Edelbrock, Amy M Wen, Sourabh Shukla, Yingfang Ma, Roger H French, Jonathan K Pokorski, Nicole F Steinmetz.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Jérôme Harmand, Claude Lobry, Alain Rapaport, Tewfik Sari.
    Contents:
    Bioreactors
    The Growth of a Single Species
    Competitive Exclusion
    Competition: the Density-Dependent Model
    More Complex Models
    Differential Equations
    Indications for the Exercises.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by MiKaela M. Olsen, Kristine B. LeFebvre, and Kelly J. Brassil.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Edouard J. Trabulsi, Costas D. Lallas, Anne E. Lizardi-Calvaresi, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to familiarize clinical practitioners in systemic therapy options and medical management of urologic malignancies including prostate cancer, bladder and upper tract urothelial carcinoma, and renal cell carcinoma. Organized by organ system, the text highlights new therapies such as novel forms of androgen deprivation, cytotoxic chemotherapy, immune check point and immunomodulatory agents, and targeted therapies. Written by experts in the field, the book also reviews current chemotherapy and immunotherapy regimens for genitourinary malignancies and discusses indications, outcomes, and toxicities, as well as clinical trial concepts. Each of the book's chapters offers a bulleted box of clinical pearls on the particular role of the APP. Chemotherapy and Immunotherapy in Urologic Oncology: A Guide for the Advanced Practice Provider is a resource for urologists, uro-radiologists, medical clinicians and family practitioners alike, familiarizing its audiences with systemic therapy regimens for urologic malignancies, as well as their expected outcomes and side effects. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Introduction: Integration of APP into Urologic Oncology Practice
    Part I: Prostate Cancer
    Chapter 2: Overview and Active Surveillance of Prostate Cancer
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Risk Factors
    Signs and Symptoms
    PSA and Screening
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Pathology
    Staging
    Risk Stratification
    Active Surveillance
    Bibliography
    Chapter 3: Monitoring and Managing Men Following Initial Treatment of Prostate Cancer
    Introduction
    Monitoring Categories
    Monitoring for Biochemical Recurrence Risk Stratification and Additional Testing
    Evidence of Recurrence
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Radical Prostatectomy and Survivorship After Radical Prostatectomy
    Radical Prostatectomy
    Survivorship after Radical Prostatectomy
    Urinary Recovery
    Sexual Recovery
    Works Cited
    Chapter 5: Multimodal Treatment Plans in Prostate Cancer
    Introduction
    Postoperative Radiation Therapy
    Genomics
    Bibliography
    Chapter 6: Radiotherapy for Prostate Cancer
    Radiotherapy Techniques
    External Beam Radiation Therapy
    Brachytherapy Radiation Therapy Based on Prostate Cancer Staging
    Fractionation Schedules and Dosing
    Moderate Hypofractionation
    Ultrahypofractionated Regimens
    Accuracy
    Palliative Radiation Therapy
    Use of Androgen Deprivation Therapy (ADT) with Radiotherapy
    Unfavorable Intermediate-Risk Disease
    High-Risk and Very-High-Risk Disease
    Possible Side Effects
    Unique Toxicities: Recognition, Treatment, and Management
    Fatigue
    Urinary Toxicities
    Gastrointestinal Toxicities
    Sexual Dysfunction
    Stress Fractures
    Methods of Minimizing Adverse Effects Survivorship after Radiotherapy
    Urinary Recovery
    Sexual Recovery
    Bowel Toxicity
    Secondary Malignancies
    Other Survivorship Considerations
    Assessing for Recurrence
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 7: Androgen Deprivation Therapy
    Introduction
    Mechanism of Action
    Regulation of Androgen Production
    Agents of Treatment
    Removal of Sources of Androgens
    Use of LHRH Agonists and GnRH Antagonists
    Antiandrogens: Nonsteroidal and Steroidal Antiandrogens
    Antiandrogen Withdrawal
    Side Effects Management
    Healthy Lifestyle
    Patient Counseling Second-Line Hormone Manipulation
    Ketoconazole
    References
    Chapter 8: Second-Generation Androgen-Targeted Agents
    Second-Generation Androgen-Targeted Agents
    Usage, Indications, and Side Effects of Abiraterone, Enzalutamide, Apalutamide, and Darolutamide
    Abiraterone (ZYTIGA™, YONSA™)
    Enzalutamide (XTANDI™)
    Apalutamide (ERLEADA™)
    Darolutamide (NUBEQA™)
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 9: Chemotherapy and Prostate Cancer
    Introduction
    Metastatic Hormone-Sensitive Prostate Cancer (mHSPC)
    Metastatic Castration-Resistant Prostate Cancer (mCRPC)
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Carolina Witchmichen Penteado Schmidt, Kaléu Mormino Otoni, editors.
    Summary: In response to the complexity involved in treating leukemia during pregnancy, and the need to find the most efficient treatment possible without harming the fetus, this book offers essential guidelines for institutions and practitioners alike. Pursuing a comprehensive approach, the book addresses a broad range of subjects, including: pregnancy and its characteristics; staging, pathology, morbidity and what to expect in each type of leukemia; chemotherapy for leukemia in pregnant women with complete trials; dose adjustment of chemotherapy for leukemia in pregnancy based on serum dosages; and pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics for this unique group of patients. In turn, subsequent chapters focus on protecting the fetus and neonatal management regarding chemotherapy for leukemia in pregnancy, including the treatment and risks for the fetus (for each type of leukemia), intrathecal therapy and its effects on the fetus; supportive drugs, antibiotics and antifungals for pregnant patients during chemotherapy, including intervention and dose adjustments; palliative care for women with leukemia in pregnancy; breastfeeding during treatment for leukemia; pharmacological aspects of supplements, vitamins and nutrition in pregnancy during leukemia treatment; and more. Combining contributions from highly qualified hematology professionals, who have pooled their knowledge to address the treatment of virtually every aspect of leukemia in pregnancy, the book is aimed at a complete pharmacological treatment, including guidelines and trials. It is a must-have not only for institutions providing care for hematology patients, but also for residency programs, research institutions, and professionals in areas that involve leukemia treatment for pregnant women - e.g. hematology, neonatology, obstetrics clinics, intensive medicine and critical care units.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Clinical Perspectives For Leukemia Treatment During Pregnancy
    Chemotherapy Protocols For Leukemia During Pregnancy
    Pharmacokinetics And Pharmacodynamics Of Chemotherapy For Leukemia In Pregnancy
    Clinical Care Of The Fetus And The Mother: Obstetrics Management For Patients On Treatment For Leukemia
    Antibiotic And Antifungal Therapies During Leukemia Treatment In Pregnancy
    Transfusion In Pregnant Patients Receiving Treatment For Leukemia
    Dose Adjustment Of Chemotherapy For Leukemia In Pregnancy Based On Serum Dosages
    Supportive drugs in leukemia treatment during pregnancy
    Breastfeeding During Chemotherapy Treatment For Leukemia
    Palliative Care For Patients With Leukemia During Pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Iago Dillion Lima Cavalcanti.
    Summary: This book aims to address the infusion sequence of the main protocols used in the treatment of varied solid cancers. Since an inadequate infusion sequence can compromise the patient's treatment, this work will provide support to professionals working in the field of oncology in assessing each chemotherapy infusion sequence. The introductory chapters present the definition, indication, and the risks and benefits of polypharmacy in cancer therapy, and discuss the importance of drug combination in cancer treatment. Chapter 2 focuses on the challenges and also the toxicity of combination therapy in cancer, while chapter 3 highlights the parameters that must be evaluated before defining the infusion sequence, such as pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic profiles, drugs stability when diluted or reconstituted, toxicological profile of each drug, among others. The remaining chapters are divided by type of cancer. The content is focused on solid tumors, dividing the chapters according to breast, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, gynecological, head and neck, lung, and neurological cancers. In each chapter the epidemiological profiles, pathophysiology, therapeutic modalities, and the main chemotherapy protocols are addressed, as well as efficacy studies and data on the infusion sequence of each mentioned protocol. This work will be a valuable resource to physicians, nurses, and pharmacists, and may help to improve health service practices.

    Contents:
    Polypharmacy in Cancer Therapy
    Combined Therapy for the Treatment of Cancer
    Importance of the Infusion Order in the Treatment of Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Breast Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Gastrointestinal Tract Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Genitourinary Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Gynecological Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Head and Neck Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Lung Cancer
    Chemotherapeutic Protocols for the Treatment of Neurological Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Robert N. Taylor, Kirk P. Conrad, Sandra T. Davidge, Anne Cathrine Staff, James M. Roberts.
    Summary: Leon Chesley's Hypertensive Disorders in Pregnancy was initially published in 1978. Four decades later, hypertension complications in pregnancy are still a major cause of fetal and maternal morbidity and death, especially in less developed nations. It is also a leading cause of preterm birth now known to be a risk factor in remote cardiovascular disease. Despite this, hypertensive disorders remain marginally studied and management is often controversial. Chesley's Hypertensive Disorders in Pregnancy, Fifth Edition continues its tradition as one of the beacons to guide the field of preeclampsia research, recognized for its uniqueness and utility. This revision focuses on prediction, prevention, and management for clinicians, and is an essential reference text for clinical and basic investigators alike. It provides a superb analysis of the multiple topics that relate to hypertension in pregnancy, especially of preeclampsia.

    Contents:
    The spectrum of hypertensive disorders in pregnancy: Dr. Leon Chesley's legacy
    Epidemiology of hypertensive disorders in pregnancy
    Genetic factors in the etiology of preeclampsia/eclampsia
    Preconceptional and periconceptional pathways to preeclampsia
    Placentation and placental function in normal and preeclamptic pregnancies
    Unbiased approaches for addressing the complexities of the placenta's role in the preeclampsia syndrome
    The immunology of preeclampsia
    Trophoblast extracellular vesicles in preeclampsia
    Angiogenesis and preeclampsia
    Vascular endothelial cell dysfunction in preeclampsia
    Cardiovascular alterations in normal and preeclamptic pregnancy
    Cardiometabolic antecedents of preeclampsia
    Cerebrovascular pathophysiology in preeclampsia and eclampsia
    The kidney in normal pregnancy and preeclampsia
    Salt, aldosterone, and the renin-angiotensin system in pregnancy
    Platelets, coagulation, and the liver
    Clinical management and antihypertensive treatment of hypertensive disorders of pregnancy
    Prediction and prevention of preeclampsia
    Long-term effects of preeclampsia on mothers and offspring
    Animal models used for investigating pathophysiology of preeclampsia and identifying therapeutic targets
    Harmonization of data and biobanks for preeclampsia research.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Mary M. Salvatore, Ronaldo Collo Go, Monica A. Pernia M.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide to chest CTs for non-radiologists. A succinct and focused book, Chest CT for Non-Radiologists is designed to give the reader just the level of information they need to know. Chapters begin with the basics of a chest CT, including when they are necessary and the basic procedures, so physicians and medical professionals can best counsel their patients. The book then moves into various parts of the chest and the common diseases and presentations that would be found in a chest CT (lung fibrosis, pulmonary nodules, etc.). It teaches the reader what to look for and how to provide the most accurate and effective diagnosis for their patients. There are also several de-identified CT scans that allow the reader to test his or her skills. This is an ideal resource for non-radiologist physicians -- including pulmonologists, internal medicine physicians, emergency medicine physicians, and critical care specialists, residents, and medical students -- to learn the basics of the chest CT and thereby provide optimal care for their patients.

    Contents:
    Radiation Dose and Imaging Protocols
    The Scout Film
    The Trachea and Bronchi
    The Lung Parenchyma
    Lung Nodules
    The Mediastinum and Pleural
    The Upper Abdomen
    The Soft Tissues
    The Osseous Structures.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Thomas Kiefer, editor.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of successfully treating patients using chest drains, beginning with anatomy and ending with physiotherapy and pain management. The aim of the book is to provide medical professionals with a step-by-step guide to using a chest drain, with specific chapters on indications, kinds of chest drains, catheters, drainage systems, how to insert a chest tube, complications during placement and handling of a chest drain, removing a chest drain, management of the pleural space and post-procedural care. Unlike general thoracic surgery textbooks, this book gives a complete overview of chest drains in clinical practice to ensure the best possible care of patients. .

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy of the chest wall and the pleura
    2. Physiology and pathophysiology of the pleura
    3. Indications for draining the chest
    4. Different kinds of drains (-catheters)
    5. Different drainage systems and philosophies
    6. Inserting a chest drain: how to do
    7. Complications of chest drain insertion and management
    8. Care of patients having a chest drain
    9. Management of the pleural space: handling of chest tubes and drainage systems
    10. Pain management in patients with a chest drain
    11. Physiotherpy in patients with chest drains
    12. Removal of the chest drain: how to do it
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    James C. Reed.
    Contents:
    Chest wall lesions
    Pleural and subpleural opacities
    Pleural effusion
    Pleural thickening and pleural calcification
    Elevated diaphragm
    Shift of the mediastinum
    Widening of the mediastinum
    Anterior mediastinal mass
    Middle mediastinal mass
    Hilar enlargement
    Posterior mediastinal mass
    Atelectasis
    Segmental and lobar consolidations
    Diffuse air-space opacities
    Multifocal ill-defined opacities
    Diffuse fine nodular opacities
    Fine reticular opacities
    Coarse reticular opacities (honeycomb lung)
    Solitary pulmonary nodule
    Multiple nodules and masses
    Hyperlucent thorax
    Solitary lucent defect
    Multiple lucent lesions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Jannette Collins, Md, MEd, FCCP, FACR, Ben Felson Professor and Chair of Radiology, Professor of Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, Ohio, Eric J. Stern, MD, Professor of Radiology, Adjunct Professor of Medicine, Medicine Education and Bioinformatics, and Global Health, Vice-Chair, Academic Affairs, University of Washington, Settle, Washington.
    Summary: "A concise and readable text of chest radiology aimed at helping first and second-year radiology residents acquire the basic knowledge to interpret plain films and essential CT findings. Chapters start with learning objectives; schematic drawings and tables summarize common causes of radiologic abnormalities. A self-assessment exam at the end includes a variety of exercises, followed by detailed answers and explanations"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Gebhard Mathis, editor.
    Summary: This book, widely regarded as the standard work in the field, presents the state of the art in chest sonography with the aid of a wealth of excellent illustrations. It provides the reader with concise, easy-to-assimilate information on all aspects of the use of the modality, including indications, investigative techniques, diagnostic decision making, and imaging artifacts and pitfalls. Numerous tips and tricks and potential sources of diagnostic error are highlighted to aid in daily clinical practice. This fourth edition has been extensively revised to take full account of the latest techniques, study results, and meta-analyses, with inclusion of important additional illustrative material. An entirely new chapter is devoted to interstitial syndrome, and detailed guidance is provided on contrast-enhanced sonography, ultrasound techniques for evaluation of the mediastinum, and the role of chest sonography in emergency medicine. As the value of the technique continues to grow, readers will find Chest Sonography to be a superb up-to-date resource and guide.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Gebhard Mathis, editor.
    Summary: This book, widely regarded as the standard work in the field, presents the state of the art in chest sonography, enhanced by a wealth of excellent illustrations. It provides the reader with concise, easy-to-assimilate information on all aspects of the use of the modality, including indications, investigative techniques, diagnostic decision making, and imaging artifacts and pitfalls. Chapters offer numerous tips and tricks and highlight potential diagnostic error sources to aid in daily clinical practice. This edition has been extensively revised to consider the latest techniques, study results, and meta-analyses and includes essential additional illustrative material. Chapter revisions include detailed guidance on contrast-enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) and the use of thoracic point-of-care ultrasound (PoCUS) in emergency patients. As the technique's value and use continue to grow, readers will find Chest Sonography a valuable up-to-date resource and guide.

    Contents:
    Indications, Technical Equipment and Investigation Procedure
    Ultrasonography of the Chest Wall
    Pleura
    Interstitial Syndrome
    Lung Consolidation
    Mediastinum
    Endobronchial Sonography
    Vascularization and Contrast-Enhanced Ultrasound (CEUS)
    Image Artifacts and Pitfalls
    Interventional Chest Sonography
    From the Symptom to the Diagnosis
    Thoracic Point-of-Care Ultrasound (PoCUS) in Emergency Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Hendrik C. Dienemann, Hans H. Hoffmann, Frank C. Detterbeck, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Approach
    1. Video-Assisted Thoracoscopic Surgery / Michael Klopp
    2. Thoracotomy and Sternotomy / Joachim Pfannschmidt
    Part II. Trachea
    3. Tracheostomy / Konstantina Storz and Werner Schmidt
    4. Benign Tracheal Stenosis / Fernando A. Abdala
    5. Subglottic Tracheal Stenosis / Henning A. Gaissert and Douglas J. Mathisen
    6. Tracheal Injuries and Fistulas / Thomas Schneider
    7. Tracheobronchoplasty / Sidhu P. Gangadharan
    8. Malignant Tracheal Tumors
    Cameron D. Wright
    9. Endoscopic Maneuvers / Ralf Eberhardt
    Part III. Carinal Region
    10. Carinal Resection and Reconstruction / Hendrik C. Dienemann
    Part IV. Lung
    11. VATS Wedge Resection / Gaetano Rocco
    12. Open Wedge Resection / Junji Yoshida
    13. Laser Resection of Metastases / Axel Rolle
    14. Thoracotomy Pneumonectomy / Elisabeth U. Dexter and Todd L. Demmy
    15. Thoracoscopic-Assisted Pneumonectomy / Elisabeth U. Dexter and Todd L. Demmy
    16. Anatomic Segmental Resection / Hisao Asamura
    17. Pulmonary Lobectomy (Thoracotomy and VATS) / Bernard J. Park and Suyog A. Mokashi
    18. Bronchial Sleeve Resection / Hans Hoffmann
    19. Vascular Sleeve Resection / Bernward Passlick
    20. Lymph Node Dissection / Alper Toker
    21. Lung Sequestration / Erich Stoelben
    22. Pulmonary Malformation / Stefan Holland-Cunz
    23. Bronchiectasis / Semih Halezeroğlu
    24. Lung Volume Reduction Surgery / Stefan Welter and Georgios Stamatis
    25. Bullectomy / Konstantina Storz
    26. Aspergilloma / Ashok N. Babu and John D. Mitchell
    Part V. Mediastinum
    27. Video-Assisted Mediastinoscopic Lymphadenectomy (VAMLA) / Biruta Witte and Martin Hürtgen
    28. Transcervical Extended Mediastinal Lymphadenectomy (TEMLA) / Marcin Zieliński
    29. Endoscopic Staging / Felix J.F. Herth
    30. Mediastinotomy / M. Blair Marshall
    31. Transsternal Thymectomy / Joshua Sonett
    32. Thymectomy (VATS, da Vinci) / Jens C. Rückert, Marc Swierzy, Ralph I. Rückert, and Mahmoud Ismail
    33. Benign Neurogenic Tumors and Bronchogenic Cysts / Christiane Grünewald and Hendrik C. Dienemann
    34. Superior Vena Cava Resection / Lorenzo Spaggiari and Domenico Galetta
    35. Resection of Malignant Mediastinal Germ Cell Tumors / Kenneth A. Kesler
    Part VI. Pleura
    36. Benign and Malignant Pleural Effusions / Thomas Schneider
    37. Pleural Empyema / Michael Klopp
    38. Boerhaave's Syndrome / Gereon Gäbelein, Christoph Benckert, Uwe Eichfeld, and Sven Jonas
    39. Pneumothorax / Tomasz Grodzki
    40. Pleurectomy and Decortication for Mesothelioma / Raja M. Flores
    41. Chylothorax / Heike Zabeck
    Part VII. Chest Wall
    42. Chest Wall Resection and Repair / Joachim Pfannschmidt
    43. Resection of Sternal Tumors / K. Robert Shen
    44. Thoracoplasty / Ludwig Lampl
    45. Nuss Procedure for Pectus Excavatum / Ronald F. Lützenberg
    46. Superior Pulmonary Sulcus (Pancoast) Tumors / Rudolf A. Hatz
    Part VIII. Diaphragm
    47. Diaphragm Plication and Repair / Carsten N. Gutt and Robert Grabensee
    Part IX. Lung Transplantation
    48. Lung Transplantation / Jose Ramon Matilla Siguenza, Clemens Aigner, and Walter Klepetko
    Part X. Postoperative Complications
    49. Postoperative Complications / Heike Zabeck
    50. Sternal Infection / Ina C. Ennker and Jürgen C. Ennker.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Amulya K. Saxena, editor.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Shyam K. Kolvekar, Hans K. Pilegaard, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    David H. Chestnut, Cynthia A. Wong, Lawrence C. Tsen, Warwick D. Ngan Kee, Yaakov Beilin, Jill M. Mhyre, Brian T. Bateman, Naveen Nathan.
    Contents:
    The history of obstetric anesthesia
    Physiologic changes of pregnancy
    Uteroplacental blood flow
    The placenta : anatomy, physiology, and transfer of drugs
    Fetal physiology
    Antepartum fetal assessment and therapy
    Anesthesia for fetal surgery and other intrauterine procedures
    Intrapartum fetal assessment and therapy
    Neonatal assessment and resuscitation
    Fetal and neonatal neurologic injury
    Patient safety and team training
    Spinal, epidural, and caudal anesthesia : anatomy, physiology, and technique
    Local anesthetics and opioids
    Pharmacology during pregnancy and lactation
    In vitro fertilization and other assisted reproductive technology
    Problems of early pregnancy
    Nonobstetric surgery during pregnancy
    Obstetric management of labor and vaginal delivery
    Trial of labor and vaginal birth after cesarean delivery
    The pain of childbirth and its effect on the mother and the fetus
    Childbirth preparation and nonpharmacologic analgesia
    Systemic analgesia : parenteral and inhalational agents
    Epidural and spinal analgesia: anesthesia for labor and vaginal delivery
    Alternative regional analgesic techniques for labor and vaginal delivery
    Postpartum tubal sterilization
    Anesthesia for cesarean delivery
    Postoperative analgesia
    Aspiration : risk, prophylaxis, and treatment
    The difficult airway : risk, assessment, prophylaxis, and management
    Postpartum headache
    Neurologic complications of pregnancy and neuraxial anesthesia
    Shared decision-making and communication
    Preterm labor and delivery
    Abnormal presentation and multiple gestation
    Hypertensive disorders
    Infection
    Antepartum and postpartum hemorrhage
    Embolic disorders
    Maternal mortality
    Autoimmune disorders
    Cardiovascular disease
    Chronic pain during and after pregnancy
    Endocrine disorders
    Hematologic and coagulation disorders
    Liver disease
    Malignant hyperthermia
    Musculoskeletal disorders
    Neurologic and neuromuscular disease
    Obesity
    Psychiatric disorders
    Renal disease
    Respiratory disease
    Substance use disorders
    Trauma and critical care
    American Society of Anesthesiologists guidelines for neuraxial anesthesia in obstetrics
    Practice guidelines for obstetric anesthesia: an updated report by the American Society of Anesthesiologists Task Force On Obstetric Anesthesia and the Society for Obstetric Anesthesia and Perinatology
    Optimal goals for anesthesia care in obstetrics
    Information technology resources for obstetric anesthesia providers.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    R. Shane Tubbs, Mehmet Turgut, W. Jerry Oakes, editors.
    Summary: Focusing on the two most common forms of hindbrain herniation, the Chiari I and II malformations, this book reviews current understanding of the conditions, as well as their radiologic definition, details of operative intervention and prediction of outcome.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    by Cástulo de la Rocha, Diana Bontá, Joel García, and David E. Hayes-Bautista.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. Before the Chicanos
    Chapter 2. Lighting the Fuse
    Chapter 3. Is Health Care a Human Right?
    Chapter 4. Empowering a Movement
    Chapter 5. Controlling Our Destiny
    Chapter 6. Finding Friends, Fighting Foes
    Chapter 7. Putting Down Roots
    Chapter 8. Brown Students, White Coats
    Chapter 9. Shaping our Future
    Chapter 10. Grasping the Torch
    Afterword
    Acknowledgments
    Interviewees
    Image Credits
    About the Authors.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RA448.5.M4 D1 2020
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen Higgs, Dana L. Vanlandingham, Ann Powers.
    Summary: Chikungunya and Zika viruses provides the primary "go-to" source for both historical and current information on these increasingly important human pathogens. Both viruses are newly emerged pathogens that have recently become established in greatly expanded global ranges, to threaten hitherto unexposed populations. Epidemics since 2004 have spread from Africa and Asia to Europe and have caused millions of cases in the Americas. The viruses have probably established themselves in South and Central America permanently leaving millions at risk for future infection. Chikungunya virus (CHIKV) causes severe crippling arthritis and symptoms that can last for months or years. Infections with Zika virus (ZIKV) have been associated with potentially fatal neurological symptoms notably to children of women infected during pregnancy. There are no approved vaccines or specific treatments available. Chikungunya and Zika viruses contributes significantly to our understanding of these pathogens. This dedicated monograph brings this combined knowledge together to provide a single up-to-date source of information.

    Contents:
    The origins of Chikungunya and Zika viruses - History of the discoveries
    Chikungunya virus and Zika virus transmission cycles
    Chikungunya and Zika disease
    Emergences of Chikungunya and Zika in Africa
    Chikungunya and Zika virus in Asia
    Chikungunya virus and Zika virus in Europe
    The emergence of Chikungunya and Zika viruses in the Americas
    Viral genetics of Chikungunya virus and Zika virus and its influence in their emergence and application for public health control strategies
    Diagnostics and laboratory techniques
    Animal models for Chikungunya virus and Zika virus
    Chikungunya and Zika virus vaccines
    Chikungunya and Zika: the future.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Mark Heise, editor.
    Summary: This book provides readers with a collection of latest reviews written by Chikungunya virus (CHIKV) research leaders who cover topics related to CHIKV replication, advances in CHIKV research reagents and model system development, as well as the pathogenesis of chronic CHIKV disease. Moreover, the volume updates on recent progress in the development of therapeutics and vaccines for treatment and prevention of CHIKV-induced disease. Chikungunya virus (CHIKV) is a mosquito-borne pathogen that has re-emerged to become a significant global disease threat. Although CHIKV has historically been associated with localized outbreaks of debilitating polyarthralgia in Africa and Asia, factors such as increased global travel and viral adaptation to new mosquito vectors have led to the introduction and spread of CHIKV in new regions of the world, including the Americas. The re-emergence of CHIKV has stimulated significant interest both in understanding the biology of CHIKV and in the development of medical countermeasures against the virus.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Molecular Virology of Chikungunya Virus
    Understanding molecular pathogenesis with chikungunya virus research tools
    Chronic Chikungunya Virus Disease
    Chikungunya Virus Vaccines: Platforms, Progress, and Challenges
    Small Molecule Inhibitors Targeting Chikungunya Virus.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Suzan J. Song, Peter Ventevogel, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to provide an overview of the latest theoretical insights from research on sociocultural aspects of mental health and connect these with clinical insights from practical mental health care provision. Using strengths-based, resiliency-oriented and family-centered approaches can enrich clinical practice in refugee mental health, but clinicians need to translate the emerging evidence into concrete steps and interventions. This requires additional skills for the assessment and management of mental health conditions in refugee children and families. The chapters in this book are written by a diverse group of authors using global, multi-disciplinary approaches. The chapters provide examples from various contexts including refugees who are displaced to neighboring countries, refugees 'on the move, and refugees and asylum seekers in resettlement settings. This book is therefore a unique resource for clinicians, researchers and policy makers working on mental health issues of refugee children and adolescents around the world.

    Contents:
    Showing Respect to Refugee Children Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    Contributors
    About the Authors
    Part I: Theoretical Approaches to Comprehensive Understanding of Child, Adolescent, and Family Refugee Mental Health
    1: Bridging the Humanitarian, Academic, and Clinical Fields Toward the Mental Health of Child and Adolescent Refugees
    Conceptual Debates in the Field of Child Refugee Mental Health
    Conceptual Debates in Humanitarian Mental Health and Psychosocial Support
    The Importance of Socio-ecological Approaches and Public Mental Health
    Why This Book?
    Using a Global Perspective Blending Research Findings with Clinical Wisdom
    Linking Treatment of the Individual with the Context of Family, Community, and Society
    Considering a Range of Clinical Issues
    Making the Text Accessible for Nonspecialists
    Defining the Core Concepts
    What Is a Refugee?
    What Is a Child?
    What Is the Migration Trajectory of a Refugee?
    What Is Trauma?
    How This Book Is Organized
    What This Book Hopes to Accomplish
    References
    2: Children and Adolescents in Conflict and Displacement
    Introduction
    Children, Adolescents, and Armed Conflict
    Society
    Community Interpersonal Relationships and Family
    Individual
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Unpacking Context and Culture in Mental Health Pathways of Child and Adolescent Refugees
    Introduction
    Defining "Context"
    Culture as a Social System
    Philosophical Approach
    Value Theories
    Clinical Approach
    Cultural Context in an Ecological Mode
    The Cultural in Socio-Ecology
    Researching Cultural Context in an Ecological Approach
    Interventions Incorporating an Ecological Approach
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Supporting Mental Health in Young Refugees: A Resilience Perspective Forced Migration Stressors
    Transition: Being, Belonging and Becoming in the Face of Migration
    Facilitating Adaptation and Positive Transformation: The Resilience Framework
    Social-Ecological Approaches to Resilience
    Supporting Resilience in Refugee Youths: A Multilevel Approach
    Strengthening Refugee Youths
    Building Supportive Environments Around Refugee Youths
    Advocacy
    Conclusion
    Bibliography
    Part II: Mental Health Assessment of Refugee Children
    5: Principles of the Mental Health Assessment of Refugee Children and Adolescents
    Introduction Engaging the Sociocultural Context
    The Role of the Socio-Ecological Context in an Assessment
    Unpacking Emotional and Behavioral Distress
    Dimensional Approach to Mental Health Problems
    Role of Culture and Context in Shaping "Normal"
    Developmental Understanding
    The Role of Development in Understanding Mental Health Problems
    Role of Development and Communication Style
    Working with Interpreters
    Considerations in Working with Interpreters
    Persistent Language Barriers
    Interpreters as Cultural Mediators
    Building an Alliance
    Understanding Confidentiality
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Caroline Rey-Salmon, Catherine Adamsbaum, editors.
    Summary: This book offers an interdisciplinary approach to child abuse providing a comprehensive overview of the topic. From fetal life to adolescence, various patterns of child abuse are described in 23 chapters with highlight on early diagnostic features and differential diagnoses. Data on psychological and domestic violence is also presented. Readers will improve their knowledge in the field of child abuse, helping to identify such situations at onset and subsequently prevent recurrences. This volume outlines and summarizes the main different judicial processes for child abuse around the world. The book also provides the unique angle and information from experts in France, who unlike other countries, are fully independent of all other parties i.e. judges, prosecutors and families, thus having a unique insight to the origin and context of the violence. Insight to their approach can lead to better prevention of abuse around the world. Written by a panel of authors including paediatricians, radiologists, forensic scientists, a judge, a magistrate and a psychologist, this book is of interest to professionals involved in pediatrics healthcare, students, medical doctors or nurses. Beyond the field of health, the book may also concern professionals of social and judicial areas who deal with child abuse.

    Contents:
    Introduction.- Historical approach.- Definitions and epidemiological data.- Judicial expertise in Europe
    Inflicted cutaneous lesions and burns: The skin
    Inflicted cutaneous lesions and burns: Abuse-related burns.- Inflicted skeletal injuries.- Inflicted injuries of brain and spinal cord.- Visceral injuries
    Retinal hemorrhages.- Injuries to the face, neck, mouth and scalp.- Sexual abuse
    female genital mutilation
    Chemical submission
    Childhood deprivation and neglect.- Psychological maltreatment.- Munchausen syndrome by proxy
    Fetus.- Maltreatment and adolescence.- Domestic violence: a form of child maltreatment.- Autopsy and histological findings
    Post mortem imaging.- Diagnostic strategies and recommendations.- The caregiver's position.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Edilma L. Yearwood, Geraldine S. Pearson, Jamesetta A. Newland.
    Summary: "Knowledge of the characteristics of normal development in typically developing infants, children, and youth is a necessary precursor for recognizing characteristics that are considered atypical for the developmental stage. This knowledge is essential for advanced practice psychiatric and primary care practitioners in nursing who screen and monitor for the early signs of developmental abnormalities, mental illness, or behavioral difficulties. These can be indicative of minor developmental issues or of serious diagnostic conditions such as autism spectrum disorder (ASD) that can be ameliorated, although not cured, with intensive early intervention services. Understanding developmental norms aids in early recognition of mental health disorders such as depression in children and youth (American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 2009)"-- Provided by publisher Research has shown that a range of adult psychiatric disorders and mental health problems originate at an early age, yet the psychiatric symptoms of an increasing number of children and adolescents are going unrecognized and untreated—there are simply not enough child psychiatric providers to meet this steadily rising demand. It is vital that advanced practice registered nurses (APRNs) and primary care practitioners take active roles in assessing behavioral health presentations and work collaboratively with families and other healthcare professionals to ensure that all children and adolescents receive appropriate treatment. Child and Adolescent Behavioral Health helps APRNs address the mental health needs of this vulnerable population, providing practical guidance on assessment guidelines, intervention and treatment strategies, indications for consultation, collaboration, referral, and more. Now in its second edition, this comprehensive and timely resource has been fully updated to include DSM-5 criteria and the latest guidance on assessing, diagnosing, and treating the most common behavioral health issues facing young people. New and expanded chapters cover topics including eating disorders, bullying and victimization, LGBTQ identity issues, and conducting research with high-risk children and adolescents. Edited and written by a team of accomplished child psychiatric and primary care practitioners, this authoritative volume: Provides state-of-the-art knowledge about specific psychiatric and behavioral health issues in multiple care settings Reviews the clinical manifestation and etiology of behavioral disorders, risk and management issues, and implications for practice, research, and education Offers approaches for interviewing children and adolescents, and strategies for integrating physical and psychiatric screening Discusses special topics such as legal and ethical issues, cultural influences, the needs of immigrant children, and child and adolescent mental health policy Features a new companion website containing clinical case studies to apply concepts from the chapters Designed to specifically address the issues faced by APRNs, Child and Adolescent Behavioral Health is essential reading for nurse practitioners and clinical nurse specialists, particularly those working in family, pediatric, community health, psychiatric, and mental health settings.

    Contents:
    Child , adolescent, and family development / Stephanie wright and Edilma L. Yearwood
    Temperament and self regulation / Pamela Galehouse and Marie Foley
    Neurobiology and neuorphysiology of behavioral/psychiatric disorders / Susan J. Boorin and Norman L. Keltner
    Integration of physical and psychiatric assessment / Veronica C. Doran and Jamesetta A. Newland
    Child sexual development / Gabrielle Abelard Emma Dundon
    Adolescent sexual behaviors / Bridgette M. Brawner and Anne M. Teitelman
    Assessing and managing the needs of LGBTQ youth / Liam C. Hein and Jose A. Parés‐Avila
    Adverse childhood experiences : providing trauma‐informed care to promote resilience in children and their families in health settings / Freida H. Outlaw, Lisa Milam and Patricia K. Bradley
    Psychopharmacology : issues in prescribing psychiatric medication to children and adolescents / Geraldine S. Pearson and Crystal Marie Bennett
    Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
    Geraldine S. Pearson and Cherry Leung
    Anxiety disorders / Geraldine S. Pearson and Kathleen Kenney‐Riley
    Mood dysregulation disorders / Mikki Meadows‐Oliver and Edilma L. Yearwood
    Deliberate self‐harm : nonsuicidal self‐injury and suicide in children and adolescents / Edilma L. Yearwood and Eve Bosnick
    Perceptual alterations disorders / Heeyoung Lee and Eunjung Kim
    Feeding and eating disorders in children and adolescents / Janiece E. DeSocio and Joan B. Riley
    Autism spectrum disorder / Judith Coucouvanis and Donna Hallas
    Learning and intellectual disabilities / Linda M. Finke and Patricia Ryan‐Krause
    Nonpharmacological treatment modalities : play and group therapies / Edilma L. Yearwood and Allison Grady
    Individual and family therapies / Kathleen Scharer
    Cognitive behavioral interventions in child and adolescent mental health treatment / Pamela Lusk and Jessica Lee Kozlowski
    Disorders specific to infants and young children / Joan A. Kearney and Shannon D'Alton
    Juvenile justice populations / Elizabeth Bonham and Moriah Freeman
    Substance use / Caroline R. McKinnon, Deborah Johnson and Linda Stephan
    Child and adolescent victims of trauma
    Dawn Bounds, Necole Leland and Angela F. Amar
    Children in out‐of‐home placement / Julie E. Bertram and Betty Boyle‐Duke
    Chronic and palliative care pediatric populations / Geraldine S. Pearson and Deborah Fisher
    Collaborative treatment with primary care / Madeleine M. Lloyd and Jamesetta A. Newland
    Legal and ethical issues / Margaret Hardy and Sarah B. Vittone
    Evidence‐based nursing practice / Donna Hallas and Pamela Lusk
    Cultural influences on child and adolescent mental health : needs of immigrant, refugee, displaced, and culturally vulnerable youth / Edilma L. Yearwood and Mikki Meadows‐Oliver
    Conducting behavioral health research with children and using research methods / Elizabeth Burgess and Dowdell Judith Fry‐McComish
    Advanced practice registered nurses interfacing with the school system / Melissa M. Gomes and Naomi A. Schapiro
    Child and adolescent mental health policy / Sally Raphel and Eileen K. Fry‐Bowers.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    / Douglas Davies and Michael F. Troy.
    Summary: "This book describes child development and how it can be applied to practice with children. Developmental knowledge provides a framework for understanding children in relation to the tasks and issues relevant to their age. These, in turn, are determined by physical, social, emotional, and neurodevelopmental norms that transform in meaningful ways from birth through adolescence. Only with a sound grounding in this knowledge can we determine whether a child's emotions, thoughts, or behaviors fall within normal expectations. Part I, "Contexts of Development: A Transactional Approach," introduces the idea that the child's development is the outcome of the interplay of normative developmental maturation and the context within which it occurs. Part II, "The Course of Child Development," represents the core of the book, looking at childhood through the lens of discrete expected stages"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Contexts of development: A transactional approach
    Attachment as context for development
    Brain development
    Risk and protective factors: The child, family, and community contexts
    Analysis of risk and protective factors: Practice applications
    The course of child development
    Infant development
    Practice with infants
    Toddler development: Core domains
    Toddler development: Integrated domains
    Practice with toddlers
    Preschool development: Core domains
    Preschool development: Integrated domains
    Practice with preschoolers
    Middle childhood development: Core domains
    Middle childhood development: Integrated domains
    Practice with school-age children
    Conclusion: Development knowledge and practice.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital/Print
    Kathryn E. Barnard, Sandra J. Eyres, editors.
    Digital Access Google Books 1979
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RJ50 .C48 1979
    1
  • Digital
    Marguerite Dunitz-Scheer, Peter J. Scheer.
    Summary: This book is the result of thousands of encounters with tube-fed infants and their families over the past four decades. The ailing and fragile children, suffering from a myriad of medical conditions acted as muses and mentors teaching more than could be expected. This book is addressed to medical professionals, early interventionists, pediatricians, child surgeons, nurses, dieticians, occupational therapists, speech and language pathologists (SLPs), feeding specialists, psychologists, physiotherapists, infant psychiatrists as well as parents. The medically fragile child (MFC) is the subject of the authors work when it is concerned with enteral nutrition support (ENS) by means of a feeding tube (ENT). As pediatricians and psychotherapists, they have been treating eating and feeding disorders of children since 1986 and with this book they pass on knowledge they have garnered over three decades. Over 5,000 children have been weaned off their feeding tubes. Tube weaning requires the evaluation of medical, nutritional, sensory, developmental, metabolic and growth-related findings. The review of the literature around this subject has provided a source of inspiration as well as critical self-reflection; the authors wish to offer their insight and ideas on how to approach child-led tube-management and tube-weaning to all healthcare professional involved in the management of these children.

    Contents:
    The fascination of eating development
    Presentation of the EAT-concept
    How eating development can get stuck
    Focus on the child itself
    The composition and task of the feeding-team
    The assessment of functional aspects before tube placement
    Temporary versus permanent ENT
    Taking care of oral skills during ENT
    Nutritional aspects
    Unintended side-effects of ENT
    Tube management and maintenance
    Major diagnostic groups receiving ENT
    Tube dependence
    The specific role of the individual professions within the feeding team
    Tube weaning
    Play picnics and making food worlds
    Common obstacles due to specific conditions and special needs
    What happens afterwards? A new life for children and parents
    Outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by David Skuse, Helen Bruce, Linda Dowdney.
    Contents:
    Family and systemic influences / Barbara Maughan
    Child development and cultural considerations in clinical practice / Ruma Bose and Sanjida Sattar
    Neurobehavioural development in infancy : the buffering and transducing role of the mother/caretaker-infant dyad / Cindy H. Liu and Ed Tronick
    Genetic and biological influences / David Skuse
    Clinical evaluation of development from birth to 5 years / Ajay Sharma, Tony O'Sullivan and Gillian Baird
    Emotional development in the first year of life / Howard Steele
    Young people with learning disabilities / David Dossetor
    Language development / Thomas Klee and Stephanie F. Stokes
    Development of social cognition / Virginia Slaughter
    Social and emotional development in middle childhood / Alan Carr
    Social-cognitive development during adolescence / Sarah-Jayne Blakemore
    Attachment in the early years : theory, research and clinical implications / Pasco Fearon
    Promoting infant mental health / Christine Puckering
    Promoting children's well-being : the prevention of depression and anxiety / Paul Stallard
    Fostering resilience in adolescents / Angela Veale
    Sexual orientation, sexual health and gender dysphoria / Justin Wakefield
    Child users of online and mobile technologies : risks, harms and intervention / Peter K. Smith and Sonia Livingstone
    Chidlren bereaved by parent or sibling death / Linda Dowdney
    Stress and reactions to stress in children / David Trickey
    Children's developing sense of moral agency, and the disruptions associated with war exposure / Cecilia Wainryb
    Child maltreatment / Danya Glaser
    The neuroscience and genetics of childhood maltreatment / Eamon McCrory, Vanessa B. Puetz and Essi Viding
    Autism spectrum disorder : an evolving construct / William Mandy
    Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder / Antonio Muñoz-Solomando and Anita Thapar
    Anxiety disorders in children and adolescents / Aaron Vallance and Elena Garralda
    Childhood behavioural disorders / Graeme Lamb and Ramya Srinivasan
    Depression and suicidal behaviour / Julia Gledhill and Matthew Hodes
    Eating disorders in adolescence / Dasha Nicholls
    Emerging personality disorder / Eileen Vizard
    Literacy disorders / Valerie Muter and Margaret J. Snowling
    Challenges in child and adolescent obsessive compulsive disorder / Elaine Chung, Anup Kharod and Isobel Heyman
    Medically unexplained symptoms/functional symptoms in children and adolescents / Eve McAllister, Laura Markham, Anna Coughtrey and Isobel Heyman
    Paediatric bipolar disorder / Anthony James
    Early intervention in psychosis / Paolo Fusar-Poli and Giulia Spada
    Developmental language disorder / Gina Conti-Ramsden and Kevin Durkin
    Substance misuse in young people / K.A.H. Mirza, Roshin M. Sudesh and Sudeshni Mirza
    New perspectives on the classification of child psychiatric disorders / Elena Garralda
    Paediatric neuropsychological assessment : domans for assessment / Jane Gilmour and Bettina Hohnen
    Cognitive behavioural therapy for children and adolescents / Cathy Creswell and Thomas G. O'Connor
    Psychodynamic psychotherapy for children and adolescents / Eilis Kennedy
    Systemic and family approaches to intervention / Philip Messent
    Mentalization / Dickon Bevington
    Parenting programmes for conduct problems / Stephen Scott and Sajid Humayun
    Paediatric psychopharmacology : special considerations / Paramala Santosh and Rakendu Suren
    Paediatric liaison / Peter Hindley
    Promoting educational success : how findings from neuroscience can guide educators to work optimally with the brain / Bettina Hohnen
    Continuities and discontinuities in youth mental healthcare / Helen Bruce and Linda Dowdney
    The children and young people's improving access to psychological therapies (CYP IAPT) programme in England / Peter Fonagy, Kathryn Pugh and Anne O'Herlihy.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Christian Harkensee, Karen Olness, B. Emily Esmaili, editors.
    Summary: This is a practical book for any health professional working with refugee children and families in various settings, from the initial humanitarian crisis, through displacement, living in camps, transfer between countries, settling in host countries, to return to the country of origin. Providing a holistic and intergenerational perspective, topics include the psychological impact, growth and nutrition, the management of chronic illness and infectious diseases, as well as the health of girls, pregnant women and mothers. Finally social issues such as education and the development of a healthy future generation are addressed. Child Refugee and Migrant Health is a hands-on resource for anyone who cares for children, assessing and addressing their health and psychological needs, in the best way possible, with the available resources, in any setting. There is a strong focus not just on caring for refugee and migrant children in crisis situations, but also on their families, long term physical and mental health.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Introduction
    Chapter 1: Refugee Children and their families: The bigger Picture
    Part 2: Psychosocial Aspects of children in humanitarian emergencies. Chapter 2: Assessment and Early Intervention
    Chapter 3: The Return to Happiness Program
    Chapter 4: How Schools and Teachers can help displaced Children
    Chapter 5: Trauma and PTSD in children who are refugees or immigrants
    Chapter 6: Children's understanding of and adjustment to death in the aftermath of a crisis
    Chapter 7: Unaccompanied Minors
    Chapter 8: How to help parents and other caretakers
    Chapter 9: Coping with cultural Differences
    Chapter 10: Clinics for Migrant and Refugee Children
    Part 3: A lifetime perspective on child refugee and migrant health
    Chapter 11: Malnutrition
    Chapter 12: Food Security
    Chapter 13: Child Development and developmental Concerns
    Chapter 14: Child Health Promotion for refugees and other vulnerable populations
    Part 4: Field Guide
    Chapter 15: Preparation and Wellbeing for Humanitarian Workers
    Chapter 16: Environment of Care
    Chapter 17: Epidemiology and Infectious Diseases Outbreaks
    Chapter 18: Data Management Systems for Child Refugees and Migrants
    Chapter 19: Field Pharmacy
    Chapter 20: Working with Interpreters
    Chapter 21: Food and Nutrition Survey
    Chapter 22: Nutrient Deficiencies
    Chapter 23: Respiratory Illnesses
    Chapter 24: Gastrointestinal Issues in Refugee Settings
    Chapter 25: Childhood Infectious Diseases in Refugee Populations
    Chapter 26: Adolescent Health
    Chapter 27: Reproductive Health
    Chapter 28: Newborn Care
    Chapter 29: Burns, Bites and Stings
    Chapter 30: Managing Epilepsy in Low Resource Settings
    Chapter 31: Chronic Diseases
    Chapter 32: Palliative Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tanya S. Hinds, Angelo P. Giardino.
    Summary: This brief approaches the challenging topic of child sexual abuse from an objective, evidence-based perspective. It offers an overview of child sexual abuse, including definitions and a clear explanation of the epidemiology. The text also explores the conceptual frameworks that seek to explain how a child comes to be sexually abused by an adult or older adolescent. In the chapters, the authors present credible prevalence and incidence studies that are used to provide a scientific response to how common this problem is. In addition, they address the policy implications for a myriad of prevention and treatment initiatives as well as related issues such as delayed reporting and the risk for sexual abuse within child serving organizations. Finally, the brief concludes with the authors' recommendations for the future on how best to prevent child sexual abuse in the first place. Prevention of child sexual abuse is very different than prevention of child physical abuse and neglect and requires a different framework and set of initiatives. Child Sexual Abuse: Current Evidence, Clinical Practice, and Policy Directions is a must-have resource for a range of professionals including healthcare providers, child advocates, clinical social workers, public health officials, mental health providers, and legislative staff professionals. It also is written in a readable manner for members of the lay public.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Incidence and Prevalence of Child Sexual Abuse
    1.1 Definition
    1.2 Scope of the Problem
    1.3 Child, Caregiver, and Environmental Risk Factors
    References
    Chapter 2: Clinical Perspective
    2.1 Listening and History Taking
    2.1.1 Obtaining a History from Caregiver(s)
    2.1.2 Obtaining a History from the Child
    2.2 Physical Examination
    2.2.1 Anogenital Exam
    2.2.2 Variations of Normal Anogenital Anatomy
    2.2.3 Hymenal Injuries
    2.2.4 Anal and Other Non-Hymenal Injuries 2.2.5 Interpreting Anogenital Findings (or Lack Thereof): The Normalcy of a Normal Anogenital Exam
    2.3 Differential Diagnosis and "Mimics" of Sexual Trauma
    2.4 Forensic Examination
    2.5 Diagnostic Testing and Treatment of Sexually Transmitted Infections
    2.5.1 Post-Exposure STI and Pregnancy Prophylaxis
    2.6 Summary
    References
    Chapter 3: Related Issues
    3.1 Delayed Disclosures in Child Sexual Abuse
    3.2 Accuracy of History/Interview in Child Sexual Abuse
    3.2.1 The Child
    3.2.1.1 Before School Age Children (0-5 Years) 3.2.1.2 School Age Children and Adolescents (6-11 Years)
    3.2.1.3 Adolescents (12-18 Years)
    3.2.2 The Caregiver
    3.2.3 Society
    3.2.4 Multicultural Considerations
    3.2.4.1 China/Taiwan
    3.2.4.2 Australian Aboriginals
    3.2.5 Conclusion
    3.3 Risk of Child Sexual Abuse of Children with Disabilities
    3.3.1 Definition of Children with Disabilities
    3.3.2 Conclusion
    3.4 Risk of Child Sexual Abuse in Youth Serving Organizations
    3.4.1 The Scope of the Problem
    3.4.2 Response and Prevention
    3.4.3 Conclusion
    3.5 Online Sexual Solicitations of Minors
    3.5.1 Introduction 3.5.2 Unique Qualities of Internet Cases
    3.5.3 Offender Characteristics/Demographics
    3.5.4 The Declining Trend in Online Sexual Solicitation of Minors
    3.5.5 Prevention
    3.5.6 Future Research
    3.6 Backlash Against Child Sexual Abuse
    3.6.1 Introduction
    3.6.2 The Backlash Context
    3.6.3 Looking Towards the Future
    References
    Chapter 4: Compassion Fatigue, Burnout, and Coping Strategies among Child-Serving Professionals
    4.1 Ending Violence against Children
    4.2 Compassionate Service and Idealism
    4.3 Secondary Traumatic Stress, Compassion Fatigue, and Burnout 4.4 Positive Coping Strategies
    4.5 Organizational Support
    4.6 Summary
    References
    Chapter 5: Policy Direction: Focus on Prevention
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Background
    5.2.1 CSA Prevention vs. Child Physical Abuse Prevention
    5.2.2 Calls for CSA Prevention
    5.2.3 Research and Evaluation on Existing CSA Prevention Programs
    5.2.3.1 Child-Focused Skills Training
    5.2.3.2 Adult-Focused Education and Training
    5.3 Conclusion
    Appendix: Organizations that Promote CSA Prevention
    References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Diego Riva, Gianfranco Minini, editors.
    Contents:
    Anatomy And Physiology Of The Pelvic Floor
    Perineal And Anal Sphincter Obstetric Injury
    A Computerized Model Of Pelvic Floor Muscles Physiology During Delivery
    Clinical Approach To The Evaluation Of Pelvic Floor Dysfunctions
    Echographic Diagnosis Of Pelvic Floor Injuries Childbirth Related
    Combined Three-Dimensional Transperineal Ultrasonography (3-D TPUS) and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) After Vaginal Delivery
    Pelvic Floor EMG: Principles, Technique And Applications
    Sexual Function After Delivery
    The controversial role of episiotomy
    Perineal Care During Pregnancy, Delivery And Post-Partum
    Genital Prolapse And Urinary Incontinence After Childbirth
    Faecal Incontinence After Childbirth: Diagnostic And Clinical Aspects
    Principles And Methods Of Physiotherapy After Delivery
    Surgery For Urinary Incontinence And Prolapse Shortly After Childbirth
    A Practical Approach To Pelvic Floor Dysfunctions After Childbirth: Diagnostic And Therapeutic Flow-Charts
    Clinical Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Stergios K. Doumouchtsis, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Anatomy of the Female Pelvis
    2. Anorectal Anatomy and Physiology
    3. Epidemiology of Childbirth Trauma and Associated Pelvic Floor Disorders
    4. The Effect of Pregnancy on the Pelvic Floor
    5. Mode of Delivery and Perineal Trauma
    6. Episiotomy
    7. Types of Pelvic Floor Injury During Childbirth
    8. Principles of Assessment of Childbirth Injury
    9. Management of Childbirth Injury
    10. Further Investigations and Follow-up: Pelvic Floor Trauma Ultrasound
    11. Childbirth and Lower Urinary Tract Complications
    12. Childbirth Trauma and Lower Gastrointestinal Tract Complications
    13. Healing Process and Complications
    14. Pregnancy, Puerperium and Pelvic Organ Prolapse
    15. Obstetric Fistula
    16. Prediction, Risk Assessment, and Prevention of Childbirth Trauma
    17. Pelvic Floor Physiotherapy for the Prevention and Management of Childbirth Trauma
    18. Prognosis of Childbirth Trauma.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Heather C. Forkey, Jessica L. Griffin, Moira Szilagyi.
    Summary: Trauma-informed care is emerging as a critical component of pediatric best practices. With this new practical guide, pediatricians and other child health professionals will learn to identify, evaluate, and treat children and families affected by trauma and adversity when they present at the office.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction
    Part 1. Building the Resilient Child
    Chapter 1. Brain Development: Early Childhood Through Adolescence
    Chapter 2. Promoting Resilience
    Chapter 3. Attachment
    Chapter 4. Parenting
    Chapter 5. Cultural Connections (Andrea Ocampo Rosales, MA)
    Part 2. Effects of Adversity and Trauma
    Chapter 6. Pathophysiology of Trauma
    Chapter 7. How Trauma Can Manifest in Children and Teens
    Part 3. Promoting Recovery From Trauma
    Chapter 8. Engagement
    Chapter 9. Patient Evaluation and Differential Diagnosis.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Digital
    Gianfranco Spalletta, Delfina Janiri, Federica Piras and Gabriele Sani, editors.
    Summary: This volume presents a comprehensive overview of childhood trauma, considering the psychopathological definition and its neurobiological implications as well as its impact on different psychiatric disorders. The focus on childhood trauma rather than that occurring in adulthood is important due to its general "neuro-psyco-socio" and its specific biological implications, since trauma during childhood impacts directly on neurodevelopment. It has been suggested that early life stress increases vulnerability to psychiatric disorders; however, the exact mechanisms of this association are not yet completely understood. Although childhood trauma could be considered too unspecific to be an important risk factor for individual psychiatric disorders since it seems to occur across the board, it impacts differently on different psychiatric disorders, and it can modulate their clinical expression. Therefore, the assessment of early trauma needs to be included in the clinical evaluation of patients with psychiatric disorders. The volume will be an invaluable tool for psychiatrists, helping them to select suitable pharmacological, psychotherapeutic and rehabilitative treatments.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: General
    1: Introduction on Childhood Trauma in Mental Disorders: A Comprehensive Approach
    References
    2: The Concept of Childhood Trauma in Psychopathology: Definitions and Historical Perspectives
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Epidemiology of Childhood Trauma Worldwide
    2.2.1 Physical and Sexual Abuse, Neglect, Witnessing Violence
    2.2.2 Large-Scale Natural and Manmade Disasters: Children in Specific Regions of the World and Marginalized Children Are Disproportionately at Risk
    2.2.3 Unintentional Injuries 2.3 Historical Perspectives on Childhood Trauma
    2.4 The Relationship Between Childhood Trauma and Developmental Psychopathology
    2.4.1 Childhood Trauma, Childhood Mental Disorders, and Adult Mental Disorders
    2.4.2 Developmental Trajectories and Developmental Cascades
    2.4.3 Equifinality and Multifinality
    2.4.4 Typical Development, Resilient Development, and Pathological Development
    2.5 Risk and Protective Factors
    2.6 Theories of Vulnerability
    References
    Part II: Neurobiology
    3: Neuroimaging and Cognition of Early Traumatic Experiences
    3.1 Introduction 3.1.1 Trauma and Normal Brain Development
    3.1.2 The Effects of Childhood Trauma on Neuropsychological Function and Cognitive Development
    3.1.3 The Effects of Childhood Trauma on Brain Development and Morphology
    3.1.3.1 Hippocampus
    3.1.3.2 Amygdala
    3.1.3.3 Prefrontal Cortex
    3.1.3.4 Sensory Cortex and Fiber Pathways
    3.1.3.5 Corpus Callosum
    3.1.3.6 Cerebellum
    3.2 Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging Studies in Maltreated Subjects
    3.2.1 Threat Processing
    3.2.2 Reward Processing
    3.2.3 Emotion Regulation
    3.2.4 Executive Control
    3.3 Conclusions 5.2.1 Physical Bases of Electrophysiologic Activity
    5.2.2 Types of EEG Recordings
    5.2.2.1 Conventional EEG
    5.2.2.2 Continuous EEG
    5.2.2.3 Quantitative EEG
    5.2.3 Types of EEG Analyses
    5.2.3.1 Spectral Analysis
    5.2.3.2 Frontal Asymmetry
    5.2.3.3 Coherence
    5.2.3.4 Event-Related Potentials (ERPs)
    5.2.3.5 Source Analyses
    5.3 EEG Evidences in Childhood Trauma
    5.3.1 Spectral Analysis
    5.3.2 Cortical Asymmetry
    5.3.3 Coherence
    5.3.4 ERPs
    5.3.5 Source Analyses
    5.4 Neurobiology of Childhood Trauma: A Neurophysiological Perspective
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editor, Kristin Hansen Lagattuta.
    Contents:
    Introduction : integrated approaches to studying the development of emotion / Hansen Lagattuta, K.
    Emotion processing in infancy / Hoehl, S.
    Developmental affective psychophysiology : using physiology to inform our understanding of emotional development / Hastings, P.D., Kahle, S.S., Han, G.H.-P.
    Emotional development in maltreated children / Cicchetti, D., Ng, R.
    Temperament and attention as core mechanisms in the early emergence of anxiety / Pérez-Edgar, K., Taber-Thomas, B., Auday, E., Morales, S.
    Emotional competence and social relations / Lemerise, E.A., Harper, B.D.
    Emotion socialization in the family with an emphasis on culture / Camras, LA., Shuster, M.M., Fraumeni, B.R.
    Gender and voice in emotional reminiscing / Fivush, R.
    How does talk about thoughts, desires, and feelings foster children's socio-cognitive development? : mediators, moderators and implications for intervention / Hughes, C., White, N., Ensor, R.
    The mysterious emotional life of little red riding hood / Harris, PL., de Rosnay, M., Ronfard, S.
    Author index
    Subject index.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    edited by James K. Luiselli.
    Summary: "Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a relatively new diagnostic label which reflects the variability and differentiation of symptomatology among children and youth commonly described as having autistic disorder, high-functioning autism (HFA), and Asperger's syndrome. Current best practices have emerged from decades of evidence-based research, research-to-practice translation of empirically supported procedures, and consensus-driven recommendations from multiple disciplines. As a result, practitioners have many educational and intervention choices for children and youth with ASD-what is critical is that these options are informed by empirical outcomes that have been replicated in experimental trials (group and single-case) and disseminated to professionals and researchers alike."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Conducting diagnostic screening and assessment / Johnny L. Matson, Jennifer S. Beighley, Lindsey W. Williams, and Anna C. May
    Comorbidity among children and youth with autism spectrum disorder / Nicole Neil, Laura Moum, and Peter Sturmey
    Progress and outcome measurement / Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Jonathan Baker, and Leigh Grannan
    Early intensive behavioral intervention: current status and future directions / Linda A. LeBlanc, Natalie A. Parks, and Nicole M. Hanney
    Computer-based instruction / Jeff Sigafoos, Sathiyaprakash Ramdoss, Debora Kagohara, Robert C. Pennington, Giulio E. Lancioni, and Mark F. O'Reilly
    Naturalistic approaches to social skills training and development / Mark F. O'Reilly, Audrey Sorrells, Summer Gainey, Jeff Sigafoos, Giulio E. Lancioni, Russell Lang, Mandy Risploi, and Tonya Davis
    Augmentative and alternative communication / Ralf W. Schlosser, Jeff Sigafoos, Howard Shane, Rajinder Koul, and Parimala Raghavendra
    Self-management and self-regulation / Mark R. Dixon and Autumn McKeel
    Pivotal response treatment / Lynn Kern Koegel, Brittany Lynn Koegel, Robert L. Koegel, and Ty W. Vernon
    Evaluating and improving intervention integrity / Florence D. Digennaro Reed and Derek D. Reed
    Food selectivity and refusal / Charles S. Gulotta and Peter A. Girolami
    Sleep problems / V. Mark Durand
    Exercise, physical activity, and sports / James K. Luiselli
    Mindful caregiving and support / Nirbhay N. Singh, Giulio E. Lancioni, Alan S.W. Winton, Judy Singh, Ashvind N. Adkins Singh, and Angela D. Adkins Singh
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy / Robert R. Selles, Danielle Ung, Josh Nadeau, and Eric A. Storch
    Behavioral family intervention / Adel C. Najdowski and Evelyn R. Gould
    Commentary: conclusions and future directions / James K. Luiselli.
    Digital Access Oxford [2014]
  • Digital
    Julia Downing, editor.
    Summary: This manual enables individuals working in children's palliative care (CPC) globally to learn through engaging real-world cases. The aim is to provide a clinical case-based resource that is globally relevant and accessible to those working in CPC. Drawing on case histories from around the world that reflect key issues and elements of CPC, it provides a practical approach grounded in experience. It addresses multidisciplinary care in the management of children and their families; discusses cases from an international perspective, and shares examples from a variety of countries, utilising cases across a range of ages and conditions, demonstrating holistic care. It represents the first case-based manual on global CPC and is endorsed and promoted by the International Children's Palliative Care Network (ICPCN). Children's palliative care is a rapidly developing field, both in the UK and internationally. The provision of CPC varies considerably, with provision often being insufficient, and over 65% of countries having no recognised CPC service provision whatsoever. As such, while there are an estimated 21.6 million children who require palliative care, in many areas of the world, CPC is poor or non-existent, and children are treated like little adults without their distinctive needs being recognised or understood. There is also a dearth of literature on CPC, hence this clinical case-based manual fills a gap in the market, and is aimed at a global audience, making it a unique text in the field.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction to children's palliative care and serious health related suffering, along with how to use this case based manual
    Chapter 2. The need for and gaps in provision of children's palliative care globally
    Chapter 3. Universal Health Coverage and Serious Health related Suffering (SHS)
    Chapter 4. Children's palliative care across a range of conditions, settings and resources
    Chapter 5. The importance of good holistic assessment
    Chapter 6. Communication to children and their families
    Chapter 7. Pain assessment and management
    Chapter 8. Respiratory care
    Chapter 9. Gastrointestinal symptoms
    Chapter 10. Fatigue
    Chapter 11. Nutritional support
    Chapter 12. Psychological care and distress
    Chapter 13. Spiritual care
    Chapter 14. Social and cultural support
    Chapter 15. End of life care
    Chapter 16. Supporting the family at the time of death
    Chapter 17. Anticipatory grief and bereavement support
    Chapter 18. Perinatal and neonatal palliative care
    Chapter 19. Supporting the adolescent and young adult
    Chapter 20. Managing ethical issues
    Chapter 21. Collaborative working and use of national, regional and international networks
    Chapter 22. Empowering the team through education
    Chapter 23. Integrating research into care
    Chapter 24. Conclusion
    Chapter 25. Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel W. Lee, Nirali N. Shah.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    When to refer a patient for CAR-T cell therapy
    Optimizing the apheresis product
    CAR T cells: cell processing laboratory considerations
    Peri-CAR-T cell management
    Management of cytokine release syndrome
    Special considerations for ICU management of patients receiving CAR therapy
    Neurotoxicities after CAR-T cell immunotherapy
    Hematologic and non-CRS toxicities
    Response assessment and post-CAR-T cell therapy management
    Relapse management and role for consolidative hematopoietic stem cell transplantation following CAR-T cell therapy
    Promising chimeric antigen receptors for non-B cell hematological malignancies, pediatric solid tumors, and carcinomas
    CAR T cell therapy for CNS malignancies
    CAR 2.0: the next generation of synthetic receptor-based cellular therapy for cancer.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Nicole L. Draper, editor.
    Summary: This text provides a comprehensive, up-to-date review of chimerism. The first part of the volume presents the causes of chimerism, specifically focusing on fertilization and early embryonic errors, pregnancy and multiple gestations, and transplantation and transfusion. The second part of the volume outlines clinical identification and consequences of chimerism. Chapters in this section focus on the effects of chimerism on testing in relationship determination and forensics, prenatal genetic testing and screening, and blood and HLA typing. This part also reviews new data concerning matching donors and recipients for transplantation, while outlining the risks of transplantation, such as graft-vs-host disease and passenger lymphocyte syndrome. Additionally, evidence on the role of chimerism in autoimmune disease and cancer is presented. Written by experts in the field, Chimerism: A Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians and researchers that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kevin D. Hunt, Indiana University, Bloomington.
    Summary: "The chimpanzee is one of our planet's best-loved and most instantly recognisable animals. Splitting from the human lineage between four and six million years ago, it is (along with its cousin, the bonobo) our closest living relative, sharing around 94% of our DNA. First encountered by Westerners in the seventeenth century, virtually nothing was known about chimpanzees in their natural environment until 1960, when Jane Goodall travelled to Gombe to live and work with them. Accessibly written, yet fully referenced and uncompromising in its accuracy and comprehensiveness, this book encapsulates everything we currently know about chimpanzees: from their discovery and why we study them to their anatomy, physiology, genetics and culture. The text is beautifully illustrated and infused with examples and anecdotes drawn from the author's 30 years of primate observation, making this a perfect resource for students of biological anthropology and primatology as well as nonspecialists interested in chimpanzees"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Christophe Boesch, Roman Wittig, Catherine Crockford, Linda Vigilant, Tobias Deschner, Fabian Leendertz.
    Summary: "The Taï Chimpanzee Project (Taï National Park, Cote D'Ivoire) has yielded unprecedented insights into the nature of cooperation, cognition, and culture in our closest living relatives. Founded in 1979 by Christophe and Hedwige Boesch, the project has entered its 40th year of continuous research. Alongside other famous long-term chimpanzee study sites at Gombe and Mahale in East Africa, the tireless work of the team at Taï has contributed to the fields of behavioural ecology and anthropology, as well as improving public awareness of the urgent need to protect this already endangered species. Encompassing important research topics including chimpanzee ecology, reproductive behaviour, tool use, culture, communication, cognition and conservation, this book provides an engaging account of how Taï chimpanzees are adapted to African jungle life and how they have developed unique forms of cooperation with less violence, regular adoptions and complex cultural differences between groups"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Cover
    Half-title page
    Title page
    Copyright page
    Dedication page
    Contents
    List of Contributors
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    1 War and peace in the Taï chimpanzee forest: running a long-term chimpanzee research project
    2 Developments in statistical methods applied over four decades of research in the Taï Chimpanzee Project
    3 Observation protocol and long-term data collection in Taï
    4 The Wild Chimpanzee Foundation (WCF) and the Taï Chimpanzee Project (TCP)
    5 Insights from genetic analyses of the Taï chimpanzees
    6 Endocrinological analyses at Taï 7 Chimpanzee behavioural diversity and the contribution of the Taï Chimpanzee Project
    8 An energetic model of foraging optimization: wild chimpanzee hammer selection for nut-cracking
    9 Demography and life history of five chimpanzee communities in Taï National Park
    10 Adoption in the Taï chimpanzees: costs, benefits and strong social relationships
    11 Spatial integration of unusually high numbers of immigrant females into the South Group: further support for the bisexually bonded model in Taï chimpanzees
    12 Forty years striving to capture culture among the Taï chimpanzees 13 Cultural diversity of nut-cracking behaviour between two populations of wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes verus) in the Côte d'Ivoire
    14 Ecological and social influences on rates of social play in immature wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes verus)
    15 Long-term diet of the chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes verus) in Taï National Park: interannual variations in consumption
    16 Why Taï mangabeys do not use tools to crack nuts like sympatric-living chimpanzees: a cognitive limitation on monkey feeding ecology
    17 Providing research for conservation from long-term field sites 18 Rank changes in female chimpanzees in Taï National Park
    19 Effects of large-scale knockouts on chimpanzee association networks
    20 Why do the chimpanzees of the Taï Forest share meat? The value of bartering, begging and hunting
    21 Group-specific social dynamics affect urinary oxytocin levels in Taï male chimpanzees
    22 The chimpanzees of the Taï Forest as models for hominine microorganism ecology and evolution
    23 Acute infectious diseases occurring in the Taï chimpanzee population: a review 24 Why does the chimpanzee vocal repertoire remain poorly understood and what can be done about it?
    25 Evidence for sexual dimorphism in chimpanzee vocalizations: a comparison of male and female call production and acoustic parameters
    26 Gestural usage and development in two chimpanzee groups of different subspecies (Pan troglodytes verus/P.t. schweinfurthii)
    27 Spatial cognitive abilities in foraging chimpanzees
    28 Temporal cognition in Taï chimpanzees
    Index
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Zongcheng Yang, editor.
    Summary: This is a comprehensive book in burn surgery, written by 25 experts in China. It summarizes the theoretical basis of and clinical experience in the prevention and control of burn injuries. It is a comprehensive and up-to-date reference book for surgeons and scientists working with burn management. The different degree of burns and surgical techniques during burn wound care, reconstruction and healing are reviewed separately. Authors also introduce successful cases in different kinds of burns. Editor Zongcheng Yang is a professor at Southwest Hospital, Third Military Medical University, Chongqing, China.

    Contents:
    Development of burn medicine in China / Zongcheng Yang
    The alterations of microcirculation in burns / Keseng Zhao and Qiaobing Huang
    Burn shock / Zhenrong Guo and Zhaofan Xia
    Infection in burns / Guangxia Xiao and Weishi Xu
    Bacterial endotoxin and exotoxin in severe burns / Yongming Yao
    Advances in burn immunology / Daizhi Peng
    Burn wound care / Bi Chen [and 4 others]
    Reconstruction of burn in late phase / Bi Chen and Xiaoyuan Huang
    Burn wound healing / Shuliang Lu
    Growth factors and stem cells for wound repair and tissue regeneration / Xiaobing Fu
    Inhalation injury / Zongcheng Yang, Guohui Li
    Electrical burns / Yonghua Sun
    Combined radiation-burn injuries / Tianmin Cheng
    Postburn multiple organ dysfunction / Jiake Chai and Zhiyong Sheng
    Metabolism in burns / Shiliang Wang and Shilin Deng
    Nutrition in burns / Shiliang Wang and Shilin Deng
    Pathological changes of visceral organs and endocrine glands after burns / Yisheng Chen and Jingquan Shi.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jörg Kastner, MD, LAc; Private Practice, Lünen, Germany.
    Summary: "For millennia, the Chinese have taught that a balanced and nutritious diet is an integral part of maintaining good health while healing a wide range of disorders. Here, in a new, third edition of the acclaimed Chinese Nutrition Therapy, the author further demystifies Chinese dietetics, one of the pillars of Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM). Joerg Kastner's introduction to the principles of TCM and the "energetics" of foods emphasizes a holistic approach throughout, providing readers with tools for integrating the principles of Chinese dietetics into their daily lives. Included are a comprehensive classification of more than 300 readily available foods: vegetables, grains, herbs and spices, fruit, meat, seafood, dairy products, and oils and fats. Many clinical examples and treatment suggestions artfully combine Western medical conditions with Chinese diagnostic and therapeutic techniques. The explanation of causes of diseases according to Traditional Chinese Medicine, the different symptoms, and the lists of recommended foods and foods to avoid are supplemented by advice on the appropriate acupuncture treatments. This third edition has been expanded with chapters covering allergies, food sensitivities, dietary support in oncologic cases, fasting, "superfoods" and smoothies. Where appropriate, bridges have been constructed between the paradigms of TCM and those of contemporary scientific medicine. Highlights:
  • Digital
    edited by Xijun Wang ; associate editors, Aihua Zhang, Hui Sun.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Origin of Chinmedomics
    Ch. 2. Methods and protocols of Chinmedomics
    Ch. 3. Chinmedomics advancing drug discovery and development from Yinchenhao Tang
    Ch. 4. Chinmedomics approach dissects therapeutic properties of ShenQiWan acting on ShenYangXu Syndrome
    Ch. 5. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers analysis of jaundice syndrome
    Ch. 6. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers analysis of GanYu PiXu Syndrome
    Ch. 7. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers of Yinhuang Syndrome and evaluation of Yinchensini Tang
    Ch. 8. Metabolite profiling and biomarkers analysis of jaundice sydrome-related animal models
    Ch. 9. Metabolomic evaluation of hepatoprotective effect of Yinchenhao Tang and its major bioactive constituents
    Ch. 10. Metabolomics and proteomics annotate therapeutic mechanisms of geniposide
    Ch. 11. Metabolic profiling and potential biomarkers of ShenYinXu Syndrome and the therapeutic effect of Liuweidihuang Wan
    Ch. 12. Metabolic profiling of healthy persons treated with Liuweidihuang Wan
    Ch. 13. Metabolic profiling and potential biomarkers analysis of ShenYangXu Syndrome
    Ch. 14. Metabolic evaluation of ShenQiWan nourishing ShenYangXu Syndrome
    Ch. 15. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers analysis of XinQiXu Syndrome
    Ch. 16. Active constituents screening based on correlation analysis between marker metabolites and the absorbed constituents in WenXin formulae
    Ch. 17. Targeted synergism effects of the combined active constituents of Yinchenhao Tang
    Ch. 18. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers of Type 2 Diabetes and the effective evaluation of the Tinaqi Jiangtang capsule
    Ch. 19. Metabolic biomarkers of alcohol liver damage and the intervention effect of Yinchenhao Tang
    Ch. 20. Metabolic profiling and biomarkers analysis of insomnia and the intervention effects of Suanzaoren Decoction and its related active ingredients
    Ch. 21. Metabolic biomarkers of nonbacterial prostatisis and the treatment evaluation of Phellodendri Amurensis cortex and its main components
    Ch. 22. Metabolic profiling provides a system for the understanding of Alzheimer's Disease in rates post-treatment with Kaixin San
    Ch. 23. Metabolic profiles delineate the effect of Shengmai San on Alzheimer's Disease in rats
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Zhiyong Tang.
    Contents:
    An Introduction to Chiral Nanomaterials: Origin, Construction, and Optical Application / Zhengtao Li, Lin Shi, Zhiyong Tang
    Chirality at Nanoscale - Theory and Mechanism / Wei Zhang
    Plasmonic Chiral Materials / Chengyi Song, Chen Zhang, Peng Tao
    Optically Active and Chiral Semiconductor Nanocrystals / Assaf Ben Moshe, Gil Markovich
    Chirality in Gold Nanoclusters / Chenjie Zeng, Zhikun Wu, Rongchao Jin
    Chiral Mesoporous Silica Materials / Yuanyuan Cao, Shunai Che
    DNA-Based Chiral Nanostructures / Hua Kuang, Chuanlai Xu
    Applications in Catalysis / Tomohiro Yasukawa, Hiroyuki Miyamura, Shū Kobayashi
    Applications in Polymer Science / Yi Li, Baozong Li, Yonggang Yang.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Edzard Ernst.
    Summary: Of all forms of alternative medicine, chiropractic is the one that is most generally accepted. In the UK, for instance, chiropractors are regulated by statute and even have their own 'Royal College of Chiropractic. In the US, chiropractics country of origin, most chiropractors carry the title 'doctor and many consumers believe they are medically trained. Despite this high level of acceptance, chiropractic is wide open to criticism. The claims and assumptions made by chiropractors are far from evidence based. Chiropractic manipulations are of doubtful effectiveness and have regularly been associated with severe adverse effects, including multiple fatalities. The advice issued by chiropractors to patients and consumers is often less than responsible. The behaviour of chiropractors and their organisations is frequently less than professional. This book presents and discusses recent evidence in and around chiropractic in a factual and unemotional manner. It amounts to an evidence-based critique of this profession and discloses the often dangerously misleading information published for the lay audience. It thereby contributes to advancing public health and critical thinking.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1 Introduction
    2 The History of Chiropractic
    3 Current Popularity of Chiropractic
    4 Subluxation
    5 Spinal Manipulation
    6 Other Alternative Modalities Used by Chiropractors
    Acupuncture
    Applied Kinesiology
    Chelation Therapy
    Cupping
    Detox
    Dietary Supplements
    Energy Healing
    Homeopathy
    Massage
    Mind-Body Therapies
    Vega Test
    7 Therapeutic Claims by (and Ambitions of) Chiropractors
    8 Other Manual Therapies
    Bowen Technique
    Craniosacral Therapy
    Dorn Method
    Khalifa Therapy
    Naprapathy
    Osteopathy Polarity Therapy
    Rolfing
    Tragerwork
    Visceral Osteopathy
    9 What Is Evidence?
    10 Effectiveness of Spinal Manipulation for Spinal Problems
    Treatment of Acute Low Back Pain
    Treatment of Chronic Low Back Pain
    Treatment of Neck Pain
    11 Effectiveness of Spinal Manipulation in Other Problems
    Migraine
    Other Forms of Headache
    Otitis Media
    Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
    Fibromyalgia
    Treatment of Shoulder Problems
    Osteoarthritis
    Sport Injuries
    Any Non-spinal Pain
    Opioid Over-Use
    Hypertension
    Gastrointestinal Problems
    12 Chiropractic for Children Potential for Harm
    13 Disease Prevention
    14 Direct Risks of Spinal Manipulation
    Minor Problems
    Cerebral Accidents
    Eye Injuries
    Other Serious Complications
    Deaths
    Relative Safety
    15 Indirect Risks
    Risks of Useless Treatments
    Risks of Diagnostic Methods
    Vaccinations
    16 Professionalism and Education
    Regulators
    Professional Organisations of Chiropractors
    Individual Chiropractors
    17 Ethical Issues
    Nonsensical Research
    Informed Consent
    18 Postscript
    Glossary
    Useful Links and Books
    Critical Books on Chiropractic
    Books by DD Palmer
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rainer Thiele.
    Summary: Rainer Thiele deals with chiropractic and examines two questions: Is chiropractic treatment of lower back pain a successful therapeutic approach? Is chiropractic treatment a standard treatment for headaches? On the topic of chiropractic in lower back pain, a congress abstract was published by the author using the latest randomized clinical studies and discussed as a poster contribution to the 16th Congress for Health Services Research in Berlin. A systematic review answers the question about chiropractic treatment of headaches. Contents Chiropractic Treatment for Headache Chiropractic Treatment for Lower Back Pain Target Groups Researchers, lecturers and students of chiropractic, osteopathy and orthopedics Chiropractors, osteopaths, orthopedists, pain medics About the Author Dr. scient. med. Rainer Thiele wrote this work as part of his doctoral studies in medical science at the UFL (Private University of Liechtenstein) as a cumulative dissertation. He is managing director of the specialist practice for Chiropractic / Osteopathy and Sports Medicine in Munich.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    hrsg. von Prof. Dr. M. Kirschner und Prof. Dr. C. Nordmann.
    Contents:
    [v.7] Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M31 .C53
    10
  • Print
    von Ferdinand Sauerbruch, zugleich 2. Aufl. der Technik der Thoraxchirurgie von F. Sauerbruch und E.D. Schumacher ...
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M536 .S25 1920
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Shakeel Ahmed and Saiqa Ikram.
    Summary: This book delves deeply in to the preparation, characterization and multiple applications of chitin and chitosan. The 17 chapters written by leading experts is an excellent reference source and state-of-the-art review for researchers and scientists using chitosan or biopolymers in their respective areas. This book is divided into following sections:- Production and derivatives of chitosan- Chitosan in the textile and food industries- Chitosan in biomedical applications- Chitosan in agriculture and water treatment The book is practical as readers will be able to see descriptions of chitosan production methods as well as techniques that can be used to estimate and modify their physical and chemical properties. It provides a full description not only of the traditional and recent developments in the applications of chitosan in the fields of biotechnology, environmental studies, food, medicine, water treatments, drug delivery, but it includes all of the therapeutically usages as well.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Pal Maliga.
    Contents:
    The Plastid Genomes of Flowering Plants
    Next Generation Technologies to Determine Plastid Genome Sequences
    Plastid Gene Transcription: Promoters and RNA Polymerases
    Plastid mRNA Translation
    Engineering Chloroplasts for High-Level Foreign Protein Expression
    Excision of Plastid Marker Genes Using Directly Repeated DNA Sequences
    Fluorescent Labeling and Confocal Microscopic Imaging of Chloroplasts and Non-Green Plastids
    Plastid Transformation in Nicotiana tabacum and Nicotiana sylvestris by Biolistic DNA Delivery to Leaves
    Nicotiana tabacum PEG-mediated Plastid Transformation
    Plastid Transformation of Tobacco Suspension Cell Cultures
    Tryptophan and Indole Analog Mediated Plastid Transformation
    Plastid Marker Gene Excision in Greenhouse-Grown Tobacco by Agrobacterium-Delivered Cre Recombinase
    Determination of the Half-Life of Chloroplast Transcripts in Tobacco Leaves
    Quantification of Organellar DNA and RNA Using Real-Time PCR
    Plastid Transformation for Rubisco Engineering and Protocols for Assessing Expression
    Plastid Transformation in Tomato
    Stable Plastid Transformation of Petunia
    Plastid Transformation in Potato
    Solanum tuberosum
    Plastid Transformation in Eggplant
    Plastid Transformation in Lettuce (Lactuca sativa L.) by Polyethylene Glycol Treatment of Protoplasts
    Plastid Transformation in Lettuce (Lactuca sativa L) by Biolistic DNA Delivery
    Plastid Transformation in Soybean
    Plastid Transformation in Cabbage (Brassica oleracea L. var. capitata L.) by the Biolistic Process
    Plastid Transformation in Sugar Beet Beta vulgaris
    Integration and Expression of gfp in the Plastid of Medicago sativa L.
    Rapid Screening for the Robust Expression of Recombinant Proteins in Algal Plastids
    A Simple, Low Cost Method for Chloroplast Transformation of the Green Alga Chlamydomonas reinhardtii
    Tools for Regulated Gene Expression in the Chloroplast of Chlamydomonas
    Plastid Transformation in Physcomitrella patens
    Plastid Transformation of Sporelings and Suspension-cultured Cells from the Liverwort Marchantia polymorpha L.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gordon Moore, John A. Quelch, Emily Boudreau.
    Contents:
    Introducing choice
    Is healthcare special?
    Conditions for creating a consumer market
    The decision-making process
    The six E's of consumer decision-making
    Consumer segmentation strategies
    Making a consumer choice system work.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    Shyam Menon, Venkata Lekharaju, Christopher Wadsworth, Laura Dwyer, Richard Sturgess.
    Summary: This book presents the latest approaches to cholangioscopy and covers recent innovations in single-operator cholangioscopy platforms, which have evolved from fibre-optic technology to digital endoscopes and have significantly advanced the management of biliary disease. The first part presents the development of cholangioscopy and hepatobiliary anatomy and then goes on to discuss the indications for this technique. With dedicated chapters on each stage of the technique, the book subsequently covers patient preparation and nursing issues, set-up, and different types of cholangioscopy. This book offers a highly topical resource, and addresses the technical challenges related to the procedure, including the different systems available. Accompanied by an extensive library of videos and images, it represents a unique and novel resource for all advanced biliary endoscopists.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction/history of cholangioscopy
    2. Hepatobiliary anatomy for the endoscopist
    3. Indications for cholangioscopy
    4. Patient preparation and nursing issues
    5. Single operator cholangioscopy
    a. Set up
    b. Technique
    c. Diagnostic cholangioscopy
    d. Lithotripsy
    6. Direct cholangioscopy
    7. Developments / future applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    B. Fernando Santos, Nathaniel Soper, editors.
    Summary: This volume addresses the current lack of knowledge of many general surgeons and trainees in the comprehensive management of patients with choledocholithiasis, with an emphasis on how the surgeon can provide single-stage management for the majority of patients. It begins with a historical perspective on surgical techniques for laparoscopic common bile duct exploration (LCBDE) and reviews the knowledge and experience gained during the "open" era. Subsequent chapters cover preoperative evaluation, decision-making, and operative management, including intraoperative cholangiography, intraoperative ultrasound, laparoscopic and open common bile duct exploration, laparoscopic placement of biliary stents and other adjuncts, and laparoscopic bilio-enteric bypass. The volume also provides the reader with material on the full spectrum of options including chapters on endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography and percutaneous approaches to the biliary tree. The chapters on individual procedures emphasize the technical aspects of the procedures, and include rich visual resources to guide the reader (illustrations, photographs, and videos to demonstrate typical cases and also challenging cases), as well as their outcomes and complication management. Finally, there is a discussion of how to identify and overcome logistical and institutional barriers to the adoption of LCBDE, and how simulation may be used to help teach the procedure. Choledocholithiasis: Comprehensive Surgical Management will be of great value and utility to General Surgeons, Hepatobiliary Surgeons, Surgical Residents and Fellows, Endoscopists, and Interventional Radiologists.

    Contents:
    Historical Perspective on the Treatment of Choledocholithiasis: Lessons Learned and Techniques Prior to the Laparoscopic Era
    Current Understanding of Choledocholithiasis- Clinical Presentation and Pre-operative Evaluation
    Preoperative Decision-making Algorithm
    Intraoperative Ultrasound- Technique, Results, Pearls/Pitfalls, Rationale, and Benefits of Routine Use
    Intraoperative Cholangiography- Technique, Results, Pearls/Pitfalls, Rationale, and Benefits of Routine Use
    Laparoscopic Trans-cystic Exploration (Deciding who to Approach, Contraindications, Techniques- Cannulation, Dilation, Flouro-guided v. Choledochoscopy, Results, Complications, and Their Management.- Laparoscopic transcholedochal exploration (deciding who to approach, contraindications, technique of choledochotomy, instruments
    catheters, scopes, etc., closure
    primary v. t-tube v. internal drainage, results, complications and their management).- Stone fragmentation technologies and the approach to impacted stones (laser, mechanical lithotripsy, shock-wave, pneumatic and ultrasonic lithotriptors).- Adjuncts to common bile duct exploration (stents, drains, balloon dilation, antegrade sphincterotomy).- Open Common Bile Duct Exploration (indications/role in the modern era, technique, outcomes/complications).- Role of bilioenteric bypass in management of biliary stone disease (how to decide who needs this, technique, results/complications and management).- Endoscopic sphincterotomy for choledocholithiasis
    preoperative v. postoperative, techniques, stone fragmentation for large stones, complications and management, outcomes, recent issues of infection with multi-drug resistant bacteria and implications).- Endoscopic ultrasound (EUS)- role in diagnosis and management of choledocholithiasis, transhepatic EUS approaches.- Laparoscopic-assisted ERCP (rendezvous procedures and transgastric ERCP)
    Percutaneous techniques (transhepatic drainage)
    Overcoming Institutional and Logistical Barriers to LCBDE.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    G. Balakrish Nair and Yoshifumi Takeda, editors.
    Summary: The most feared attribute of the human pathogen Vibrio cholerae is its ability to cause outbreaks that spread like wildfire, completely overwhelming public health systems and causing widespread suffering and death. This volume starts with a description of the contrasting patterns of outbreaks caused by the classical and El Tor biotypes of V. cholerae. Subsequent chapters examine cholera outbreaks in detail, including possible sources of infection and molecular epidemiology on three different continents, the emergence of new clones through the bactericidal selection process of lytic cholera phages, the circulation and transmission of clones of the pathogen during outbreaks, and novel approaches to modeling cholera outbreaks. A further contribution deals with the application of the genomic sciences to trace the spread of cholera epidemics and how this information can be used to control cholera outbreaks. The book closes with an analysis of the potential use of killed oral cholera vaccines to stop the spread of cholera outbreaks.

    Contents:
    Cholera outbreaks in the classical biotype era
    Cholera outbreaks in the El Tor biotype era and the impact of the new El Tro variants
    Cholera outbreaks in India
    Cholera outbreaks in South-East Asia
    Cholera outbreaks in Africa
    Cholera outbreak in Haiti: where and how did it begin?
    Role of phages in the epidemiology of cholera
    Circulation and transmission of clones of Vibrio cholerae during cholera outbreaks
    Modeling cholera outbreaks
    Genomic science in understanding cholera outbreaks and evolution of Vibrio cholerae as a human pathogen
    When, how, and where can oral cholera vaccines be used to interrupt cholera outbreaks?
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Elizabeth J. Carey, Keith D. Lindor, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Diagnosis of Cholestasis / Andrea A. Gossard
    2. Drug-Induced Cholestasis / Einar S. Björnsson
    3. Primary Biliary Cirrhosis / Marina G. Silveira
    4. Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis / Meredith Borman and Bertus Eksteen
    5. IgG4 Related Cholangitis / Said Al Mamari, Emma L. Culver, and Roger W. Chapman
    6. Rare Causes of Cholestasis / Tamir Miloh and Ozlem Pinar Bulut
    7. Cholestatic Variants of Viral Disease and Alcohol / Mary A. Atia and Bashar Aqel
    8. Cholestasis Related to Systemic Disorders / Anitha Yadav and Elizabeth J. Carey
    9. Complications of Cholestasis / Abrar Ahmed and Marlyn J. Mayo
    10. Cholestasis Post-Liver Transplantation / Denise M. Harnois and Kymberly D. S. Watt
    11. Cholestasis in the Hospitalized Patient / Anne M. Larson
    12. Endoscopic Management of Biliary Obstruction / James H. Tabibian and Todd H. Baron.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Avia Rosenhouse-Dantsker, Anna N. Bukiya, editors.
    Summary: "In this book, renowned scientists describe the role of steroid chirality and modification of lipid membrane physical properties in the modulation of G protein-coupled receptors and ion channels. The application of commonly-used technical approaches such as mass spectrometry and nucleic magnetic resonance transfer spectroscopy for studies on cholesterol distribution and alteration of lipid bilayer characteristics is also discussed. This book offers comprehensive insights into the current understanding of cholesterol-driven modulation of protein function via mechanisms that extend beyond lipid-protein direct interactions. In the first part, the chapters introduce the reader to the use of the chemical derivatives of cholesterol as a valuable laboratory tool in the studies of cholesterol-driven modulation of protein function. In the second part, examples of cholesterol-induced changes in membrane physical characteristics are presented and discussed in light of their multifaceted contribution to the effect of cholesterol on protein function. The book will be of interest to undergraduate and graduate students as well as basic science and medical researchers with a keen interest in the biophysical properties of cholesterol and physiological consequences of cholesterol presence in biological systems"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Includes bibliographical references and index. Sterol specificity in modulating protein function. Chirality effect on cholesterol modulation of protein function / Jitendra D. Belani
    A critical analysis of molecular mechanisms underlying membrane cholesterol sensitivity of GPCRs / Md. Jafurulla, G. Aditya Kumar, Bhagyashree D. Rao, Amitabha Chattopadhyay
    Regulation of BK channel activity by cholesterol and its derivatives / Anna N. Bukiya, Alex M. Dopico
    Chiral specificity of cholesterol orientation within cholesterol binding sites in inwardly rectifying K+ channels / Nicolas Barbera, Irena Levitan
    Indirect modulation of protein function by cholesterol. Cholesterol effects on the physical properties of lipid membranes viewed by solid-state NMR spectroscopy / Trivikram R. Molugu, Michael F. Brown
    Effect of cholesterol on the dipole potential of lipid membranes / Ronald J. Clarke
    Mass spectrometry imaging of cholesterol / Stephanie M. Cologna
    Cholesterol-dependent gating effects on ion channels / Qiu-Xing Jiang.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Francis J. Hornicek, editor.
    Summary: Chondrosarcoma, a rare cancer that develops from cartilage cells, occurs mainly in the bones but can also appear in the soft tissue of the pelvis, hip and shoulder. Unfortunately, these cancers are highly resistant to both chemotherapy and radiation, and no successful adjuvant therapies currently exist. As such, surgical treatment and resection remain the mainstays of management for patients with these tumors. This concise text is a comprehensive presentation of the current knowledge regarding the development, diagnosis and management of chondrosarcomas. Part I discusses pathology, molecular biology and imaging features of chondrosarcomas. The different types of skeletal and extraskeletal tumors are presented in detail in part II, including conventional and secondary tumors. Management approaches are outlined and described in part III - limb salvage surgery is the most common, and although less effective, radiation and chemotherapy are indicated in certain cases. Part IV examines the future of chondrosarcoma management and development of novel adjuvant therapies, as well as the relationship of this disease to similar types (e.g., chordoma). Bringing together the most up-to-date information on this rare cancer, Chondrosarcoma will be a valuable resource for orthopedic oncologists, researchers and all medical professionals treating these challenging tumors.

    Contents:
    Part I. Biology of Chondrosarcoma
    Pathology of Chondrosarcoma
    Advances in the Molecular Biology of Chondrosarcoma
    Imaging Features of Chondrosarcoma
    Part II. Skeletal and Extraskeletal Chondrosarcoma
    Chondrosarcomas: Conventional and Secondary
    Primary Soft Tissue Chondrosarcoma
    Part III. Management of Chondrosarcoma
    Chondrosarcoma of the Axial Skeleton
    Chondrosarcoma of the Appendicular Skeleton
    Chondrosarcoma of the Hand
    Chondrosarcoma of the Clavicle
    Radiation Therapy for Chondrosarcoma
    Systemic Therapy for Chondrosarcoma
    Vascular Issues in Complex Surgical Resection of Chondrosarcoma
    Part IV. The Future of Chondrosarcoma Research and Treatment
    The Future of Chondrosarcoma Research and Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gary X. Wang, Mark A. Anderson, Lauren Uzdienski, Susanna I. Lee.
    Summary: This book will enable practicing physicians and trainees to learn, in a clinically relevant and intellectually stimulating way, guidelines for appropriate ordering of imaging exams. The new edition provides more than 460 clinical case scenarios, organized into subspecialty modules (breast, cardiac, thoracic, gastrointestinal, urologic, women's, pediatric, vascular, musculoskeletal, and neurologic imaging). Each scenario is presented as a quiz in which the reader is invited to select the best option from various imaging modalities. All choices are given ratings of appropriateness and is consistent with the American College of Radiology (ACR) Appropriateness Criteria. Furthermore, a brief solution to each case is included. Finally, over 500 radiologic images are included each associated with a clinical case to illustrate the diagnostic capabilities of the imaging exam. This second edition incorporates new content and revisions to remain consistent with the updated ACR Appropriateness Criteria since the original publication in 2012. It will be an ideal tool both for self-study and for quantitative evaluation of students’ knowledge.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Breast Imaging
    3. Cardiac Imaging
    4. Thoracic Imaging
    5. Gastrointestinal Imaging
    6. Urologic Imaging
    7. Women's Imaging
    8. Vascular Imaging
    9. Pediatric Imaging
    10. Musculoskeletal Imaging
    11. Neurologic Imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Daniel M. Sciubba, Joseph H. Schwab, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the epidemiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis, and management of chordomas of the mobile spine and sacrum. Historically, knowledge about how to deliver such state-of-the-art care has not been widespread, resulting in inconsistent treatment, and, all too often, suboptimal outcomes for chordoma patients. This text is an important step towards broadening that knowledge, and, in turn, improving the care provided to chordoma patients. The book is divided into 4 parts comprising 16 chapters. The first part focuses on the pathophysiology and molecular drivers of chordoma. The second focuses on the epidemiology and clinical history, as well as the histological, oncologic, and radiographic work-up of chordoma. The third part focuses primarily on the technical aspects of surgery for chordoma. It is broken down by anatomic region, with the final two chapters focusing on the soft tissue and bony reconstruction following chordoma resection. The last part focuses on the exciting field of adjuvant therapies for chordoma. This includes both radiation therapies and novel chemotherapeutic options for recurrent, metastatic, and dedifferentiated chordoma. Written by world experts from leading chordoma centers, Chordoma of the Spine serves as a valuable reference for spinal oncologists and general spine surgeons who may encounter chordoma patients in their practice. It provides the most up-to-date evidence regarding all aspects of treating patients with this disease. By focusing on this specific pathology of the spine, this resource condenses expert-level research into understandable treatment algorithms.

    Contents:
    Section I Pathophysiology and Molecular Mechanisms of Chordoma
    Notochordal Morphogenesis and the Origin of Chordoma
    Molecular and Genetic Mechanisms of Spinal Chordoma
    Section II Epidemiology, Clinical History, and Work-Up for Chordoma.-Historical Overview, Demographics, and Clinical Presentation of Spinal Chordoma
    Clinical Work up, Diagnostic Imaging and Biopsy
    Histopathologic Classification of Spinal Chordoma
    Multi-disciplinary Planning for Treatment
    Section III Surgical Management of Chordoma
    Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Occipitocervical Junction
    Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Cervical Spine
    Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Thoracic Spine
    Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Lumbar Spine
    Surgical Management of Chordoma of the Sacrum
    Soft Tissue Reconstruction Following Surgery for Sacral Chordoma
    Vascular Reconstruction After EnBloc Resection
    Section IV Radiation and Chemotherapeutic Adjuvants for Chordoma
    Photon Therapy for Chordoma of the Spine
    Heavy Particle Therapy for Chordoma
    Systemic Therapy, Trials and Future Directions for Chordoma of the Spine
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] M. Necmettin Pamir, Ossama Al-Mefty, Luis A.B. Borba.
  • Digital
    edited by Griffith R. Harsh IV, Francisco Vaz-Guimaraes.
    Contents:
    Section I. Embryology, pathology, and molecular biology
    Section II. Demographics, presentation, and diagnosis
    Section III. Surgery of skull base tumors
    Section IV. Surgery of spinal and sacral tumors
    Section V. Radiation therapy of chordomas and chondrosarcomas-- Section VI. Special considerations
    Section VII. Patient advocacy
    Index.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Federico E. Micheli, Peter A. LeWitt.
    Contents:
    1. A Clinician's Approach to Chorea / Peter A. LeWitt
    2. Benign Hereditary Chorea / Carlos Zúñiga-Ramírez and Héctor Alberto González-Usigli
    3. Chorea-Acanthocytosis / Andreas Hermann
    4. Sydenham's Chorea / Francisco Cardoso
    5. Huntington's Disease: Clinical Phenotypes and Therapeutics / Michael Orth
    6. Huntington's Disease: Molecular Pathogenesis and New Therapeutic Perspectives / Claudia Perandones and Ignacio Muñoz-Sanjuan
    7. Huntington Disease and Huntington Disease-Like Syndromes: An Overview / Susanne A. Schneider and Felix Gövert
    8. McLeod Syndrome / Hans H. Jung
    9. Neuroferritinopathy / Vanderci Borges and Roberta Arb Saba
    10. Neurodegeneration with Brain Iron Accumulation / Nardocci Nardo , Vanessa Cavallera , Luisa Chiapparini, and Giovanna Zorzi
    11. Aceruloplasminemia / Hiroaki Miyajima
    12. Chorea in Inherited Ataxias / Hélio A. Ghizoni Teive and Renato Puppi Munhoz
    13. Chorea in Prion Diseases / Marie-Claire Porter and Simon Mead
    14. Inherited Metabolic Disorders Causing Chorea / Mônica Santoro Haddad
    15. Drug-Induced Chorea / Federico E. Micheli
    16. Structural Causes of Chorea / Jon Snider and Roger L. Albin
    17. Chorea: A Surgical Approach / Raul Martinez-Fernandez and Elena Moro
    18. Chorea in Childhood / Emilio Fernández-Alvarez
    19. Psychogenic Chorea / Juan Carlos Giugni , Daniel Martínez-Ramírez, and Ramon L. Rodríguez-Cruz.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jay Chhablani, Jorge Ruiz-Medrano.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The history of the choroid
    Chapter 2. Electron microscopy of the human choroid
    Chapter 3. Choroidal histopathology
    Chapter 4. Choroidal imaging techniques: Past, current, and future
    Chapter 5. Dystrophies
    Chapter 6. Choroidal imaging in dry age-related macular degeneration
    Chapter 7. Neovascular (wet) age-related macular degeneration
    Chapter 8. Choroidal neovascularization secondary to diseases other than age-related macular degeneration
    Chapter 9. Central serous chorioretinopathy
    Chapter 10. Pachychoroid
    Chapter 11. High myopia
    Chapter 12. Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada disease
    Chapter 13. Chorioretinal inflammatory non-infectious diseases
    Chapter 14. Infectious chorioretinal diseases
    Chapter 15. Choroidal findings in systemic disorders
    Chapter 16. The choroid in retinal vascular diseases
    Chapter 17. Choroidal tumors
    Chapter 18. Imaging and diagnosis of polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy
    Chapter 19. Other choroidal disorders
    Chapter 20. Imaging choroidal disorders: The future.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Jay Chhablani, editor.
    Summary: The book discusses all aspects of choroidal neovascularization (CNV), including the basics, clinical conditions associated with CNV, clinical trials related to CNV, future directions and rehabilitation. The first section covers the pathogenesis, proposed mechanisms, disease models, histopathology and electronmicroscopy. The next section explores CNV secondary to various clinical conditions, such as age-related macular degeneration (AMD), myopia, and less common conditions like choroidal osteoma. The book also covers clinical features, imaging characteristics, and treatment approaches, as well as clinical trials in CNV conditions with recent updates. Lastly, it features chapters on stem cell therapy, gene therapy, new molecules, and lasers, as well as a section on rehabilitation, which addresses home monitoring and low vision aids. This book is intended for retina specialists, retina fellows and general ophthalmologists.

    Contents:
    Section I: History
    History of choroidal neovascularization (CNV)
    initial understanding and development
    Section II: Basics
    Pathogenesis - various proposed mechanisms
    Histopathology - recent understanding in relationship with imaging
    Electron microscopy - update in choroidal changes
    Section III: Clinical classification
    Neovascular age-related macular degeneration (AMD) - clinical features, imaging, protocols and outcomes
    CNV secondary to pathologic myopia - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
    Pachychoroid related CNV - recent updates, imaging and outcomes
    Inflammatory CNV - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
    Dystrophy related CNV - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
    CNV secondary to angioid streaks - clinical features, imaging and treatment protocols
    Idiopathic CNV - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
    CNV associated with idiopathic juxtafoveal telangiectasia - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
    CNV associated with other causes - laser induced, idiopathic intracranial hypertension, choroidal osteoma, trauma, choroidal coloboma, choroidal nevus, etc
    Peripapillary CNVM - overview of various causes, imaging features and treatment outcomes
    Pediatric CNVM - overview of various causes, imaging features and treatment outcomes
    Polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy (PCV) - clinical features, imaging and treatment outcomes
    Section IV: Treatment options
    Anti-VEGF current options - Ranibizumab, Bevacizumab, Aflibercept, Ziv-aflibercept, Conbercept
    Photodynamic therapy - current status in anti-VEGF era
    Surgical intervention - graft, retinal implant, the implantable miniature telescope, surgical removal of CNV, subretinal tissue plasminogen activator
    Section V: Clinical trials
    n-AMD trials - comprehensive overview of PDT and anti-VEGF trials in AMD
    Myopic CNV trials - comprehensive overview of PDT and anti-VEGF trials in AMD
    Non-AMD CNV trials - comprehensive overview of various trials in non-AMD related CNV causes
    PCV trials - comprehensive overview of PDT and anti-VEGF trials in PCV
    Section VI: Future directions
    Stem cells in AMD - current status and future expectations
    Newer molecules - newer targets in CNV and the upcoming research
    Radiotherapy - role of radiotherapy and clinical trials
    Other options - role of subthreshold laser, and other therapies in CNV
    Section VII: Rehabilitation
    Low vision aids
    Peripheral vision development - newer approach for macular diseases
    Monitoring techniques - advanced home monitoring techniques and initial experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    John R. Peteet, H. Steven Moffic, Ahmed Hankir, Harold G. Koenig, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to help readers appreciate the many-faceted relationship between Christianity, one of the world's major faith traditions, and the practice of psychiatry. Chapter authors in this book first consider challenges posed by historical antagonisms, church-based mental health stigma, and controversy over phenomena such as hearing voices. Next, others explore both how Christians often experience conditions such as mood and psychotic disorders, disorders in children and adolescents, moral injury and PTSD, and ways that their faith can serve as a resource in their healing. Twelve Step spirituality, originally informed by Christianity, is the subject of a chapter, as are issues raised for Christians by disability, death and dying. A set of chapters then focuses on the state of integration of Christian beliefs and practices into psychotherapy, treatment delivery, educational programming, clergy/clinician collaboration, and treatment by a non-Christian psychiatrist. Finally, there are chapters by a mental health professional who has been a patient, a Jewish psychiatrist, a Muslim psychiatrist knowledgeable about Christianity and psychiatry in the Muslim majority world, and a Christian psychiatrist. These chapters provide context, diversity and personal perspectives. Christianity and Psychiatry is a valuable resource for mental health professionals seeking to understand and address the particular challenges that arise when caring for Christian patients. .

    Contents:
    The Fraught History of Psychiatry and Christianity
    Mental Illness Stigma in Christian Communities
    Psychotic symptoms and spiritual phenomena
    Mood Disorders & Christianity
    Working with Christian Children and Families
    Trauma
    Understanding Moral Injury in Individuals: Current Models, Concepts, and Treatments
    Moral Injury in Christian Organizations: Sacred Moral Injury
    Christianity and Disability
    Miracles and Care at the End of Life
    Addiction and Twelve-Step Spirituality
    Models of integration of Christian worldview and psychiatry
    Christian Integrated Psychotherapy
    Models of Delivering Christian Psychiatric Care
    Clergy-Clinician Collaboration
    Principles and Practice in Educating Christians About Mental Health- A Primer
    Called to lead?
    Treating Christian Patients as a Non-Christian Psychiatrist
    A Jewish Psychiatrist's Perspective
    Christianity from a British-Muslim Psychiatrist's Perspective
    A Christian Psychiatrist's Perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Srikumar P. Chellappan.
    Summary: Updated and revised, this thorough volume is organized such that it begins with techniques related to the study of chromatin structure. Protocols for reconstitution of chromatin on solid supports for analysis, preparation of positioned mononucleosomes, techniques to study premature chromatin condensation, and the use of comparative genomic hybridization to assess genomic aberration are included as well. Novel techniques for imaging chromatin using atomic force microscopy and the isolation of specific genomic regions using engineered DNA binding molecules generated by CRISPR are then examined. That section is followed by protocols to analyze DNA and histone modifications, while the third section includes methods to study DNA replication and repair, in the context of chromatin. Last but not least, protocols for studying chromatin and its relation with transcriptional regulation are presented in a fourth section. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and up-to-date, Chromatin Protocols, Third Edition aims to help researchers in facilitating in-depth molecular analysis of various aspects of chromatin structure and function.

    Contents:
    Beads-on-a-string on a bead : reconstitution and analysis of chromatin on a solid support / Raphael Sandaltzopoulos and Peter B. Becker
    Preparation and analysis of positioned mononucleosomes / Olga I. Kulaevaand Vasily M. Studitsky
    Chromatin imaging with time-lapse atomic force microscopy / Yuri L. Lyubchenko and Luda S. Shlyakhtenko
    Isolation of specific genomic regions and ifentification of associated molecules by engineered DNA-binding molecule-mediated chromatin immunoprecipitation (enChIP) using CRISPR / Toshitsugu Fujita and Hodaka Fujii
    Drug-induced premature chromosome condensation (PCC) protocols : cytogenetic approaches in mitotic chromosome and interphase chromatin / Eisuke Gotoh
    Analysis of genomic aberrations using comparative genomic hybridization of metaphase chromosomes / Melanie A. Carless
    Histone deacetylase activity assay / Lirong Peng, Zhigang Yuan, and Edward Seto
    In vitro histone demethylase assays / Kenji Kokura, Lidong Sun, and Jia Fang
    Integrated DNA methylation and chromatin structural analysis at single-molecule resolution / Carolina E. Pardo ... [et al.]
    Determination of DNA methylation levels using illumina HumanMethylation450 BeadChips / Melanie A. Carless
    Investigation of genomic methylation status using methylation-specific and bisulfite sequencing polymerase chain reaction / Melanie A. Carless
    In vitro and in vivo assays for studying histone ubiquitination and deubiquitination / Heui-Yun Joo ... [et al.]
    Immunostaining analysis of tissue cultured cells and tissue sections using phospho-histone H3 (Serine 10) antibody / Jaya Padmanabhan
    Identification and characterization of nonhistone chromatin proteins : human positive coactivator 4 as a candidate / Sujata Kumari ... [et al.]
    Methods to study transcription-coupled repair in chromatin / / Hélène Gaillard, Ralf Erik Wellinger, and Andrés Aguilera
    Analysis of DNA replication associated chromatin decondensation : in vivo assay for understanding chromatin remodeling mechanisms of selected proteins / Sergiy Borysov, Victoria L. Bryant, and Mark G. Alexandrow
    Non-radioactive assay methods for the assessment of telomerase activity and telomere length / Partha P. Banerjee and Shankar Jagadeesh
    Detecting ATM-dependent chromatin modification in DNA damage response / Durga Udayakumar ... [et al.]
    Imaging local deposition of newly synthesized histones in UVC-damaged chromatin / Salomé Adam ... [et al.]
    In vitro replication assay with mammalian cell extracts / Wasia Rizwani and Srikumar P. Chellappan
    Fluorescent in situ hybridization on comets : FISH comet / Sergey Shaposhnikov, Naouale El Yamani, and Andrew R. Collins
    Methods to study histone chaperone function in nucleosome assembly and chromatin transcription / Parijat Senapati ... [et al.]
    Preparation of mononucleosomal templates for analysis of transcription with RNA polymerase using spFRET / Kseniya S. Kudryashova ... [et al.]
    Transcriptome-wide identification of in vivo interactions between RNAs and RNA-binding proteins by RIP and PAR- CLIP assays / Edgar González-Buendía ... [et al.]
    Chromatin immunoprecipitation assays : analyzing transcription factor binding and histone modifications in vivo / Smitha Pillai, Piyali Dasgupta, and Srikumar P. Chellappan
    ChIP on chip and ChIP-Seq assays : genome-wide analysis of transcription factor binding and histone modifications / Smitha Pillai and Srikumar P. Chellappan
    ChIP-on-Chip analysis methods for affymetrix tiling arrays / Sean J. Yoder.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jason Knott, Keith Latham, editors.
    Summary: Five leaders in the field of mammalian preimplantation embryo development provide their own perspectives on key molecular and cellular processes that mediate lineage formation during the first week of life. The first cell-fate decision involves the formation of the pluripotent inner cell mass (ICM) and extraembryonic trophectoderm (TE). The second cell-fate choice encompasses the transformation of ICM into extraembryonic primitive endoderm (PE) and pluripotent epiblast. The processes, which occur during the period of preimplantation development, serve as the foundation for subsequent developmental events such as implantation, placentation, and gastrulation. The mechanisms that regulate them are complex and involve many different factors operating spatially and temporally over several days to modulate embryonic chromatin structure, impose cellular polarity, and direct distinct gene expression programs in the first cell lineages.

    Contents:
    CHD1 controls cell lineage specification through zygotic genome activation
    Chromatin remodelling proteins and cell fate decisions in mammalian preimplantation development
    Transcriptional regulation and genes involved in first lineage specification during preimplantation development
    ROCK and RHO playlist for preimplantation development: Streaming to HIPPO pathway and apicobasal polarity in the first cell differentiation
    XEN and the art of stem cell maintenance
    molecular mechanisms maintaining cell fate and self-renewal in extraembryonic endoderm stem (XEN) cell lines.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Udy, Marvin J.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Chemistry of chromium and its compounds
    v. 2. Metallurgy of chromium and its alloys.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D333 .U21
    1
  • Digital
    B. Michael Ghadimi, Thomas Ried, editors.
    Contents:
    DNA repair and chromosomal translocations
    CINcere modelling: what have mouse models for chromosome instability taught us?
    Telomere dysfunction, chromosomal instability and cancer
    Genetic instability and disease progostication
    Causes of chromosomal instability
    Patterns of chromosomal aberrations in solid tumors
    Yeast as models of mitotic fidelty
    The diverse effects of complex chromosome rearrangements and chromothripsis in cancer development
    Consequence of aneuploidy in cancer: transcriptome and beyond.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Shondra M. Pruett-Miller.
    Contents:
    Genome editing by targeted chromosomal mutagenesis
    Piggybac transposon-based insertional mutagenesis in mouse haploid embryonic stem cells
    Using phage integrases in a site-specific dual integrase cassette exchange strategy
    Therapeutic genome mutagenesis using synthetic donor DNA and triplex-forming molecules
    Genome engineering using adeno-associated virus (AAV)
    Engineering of customized meganucleases via in vitro compartmentalization and in cellulo optimization
    Efficient design and assembly of custom TALENs using the golden gate platform
    Ligation-independent cloning (LIC) assembly of TALEN genes
    Assembly and characterization of megatals for hyperspecific genome engineering applications
    Genome engineering using CRISPR-Cas9 system
    Donor plasmid design for codon and single base genome editing using zinc finger nucleases
    Endogenous gene tagging with fluorescent proteins
    Silencing long noncoding RNAs with genome-editing tools
    Gene editing using ssODNs with engineered endonucleases
    Genome editing in human pluripotent stem cells using site-specific nucleases
    Strategies to increase genome editing frequencies and to facilitate the identification of edited cells
    Using engineered endonucleases to create knockout and knockin zebrafish models
    Creating knockout and knockin rodents using engineered endonucleases via direct embryo injection
    Simple sperm preservation by freeze-drying for conserving animal strains.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Editors: David Stewart and Bruce Stillman.
    Contents:
    Chromatin, histones, and instability
    Chromosome biology and genome architecture
    Centromeres and kinetochores
    Organizing chromosomes during segregation
    Mitosis and cell cycle
    Meiosis
    Germ cells, imprinting, gene dosage, and regulation
    Heterochromatin, errors, and damage
    Dorcas Cummings lectures.
  • Digital
    Yu Zhang, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Historical and clinical perspectives on chromosomal translocations
    2. Induction of chromosomal translocations with CRISPR-Cas9 and other nucleases: understanding the repair mechanisms that give rise to translocations
    3. Dynamics of double-strand breaks: implications for the formation of chromosome translocations
    4. The CRISPR/Cas9 system as a tool to engineer chromosomal translocation in vivo
    5. Generation of genomic alteration from cytidine deamination
    6. The role for the DSB response pathway in regulating chromosome translocations
    7. Telomeres and chromosomal translocations
    8. 3D genomie organization influences the chromosome translocation pattern
    9. The role of chromosome deletions in human cancers
    10. Processing-challenges generated by clusters of DNA double-strand breaks underpin increased effectiveness of high-LET radiation and chromothripsis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Leonardo Kapural.
    Summary: Chronic Abdominal Pain is a comprehensive resource focused on the management of chronic abdominal pain. Chapters begin with an overview of pain generation, adaptive mechanisms and various diagnostic approaches. A complete range of novel, conservative, minimally invasive and surgical therapeutic options and their proper selection are then discussed along with evidence-based and practical clinical aspects of patient care. Authored by a team of world-renowned physicians and researchers, this definitive guide provides novel algorithms for contemporary treatment of chronic abdominal pain, giving pain medicine clinicians and practitioners the knowledge needed to assess and treat patients with abdominal pain.

    Contents:
    Etiology and Mechanisms of Chronic Abdominal Pain
    The Epidemiology of Chronic Abdominal Pain.- Establishing Diagnosis of Chronic Abdominal Pain: Gastroenterologist View.- Establishing Diagnosis of Chronic Abdominal Pain: Pain Medicine view.- Lessons Learned from Visceral Sensory Stimulation: Implications for Treatment of Chronic Abdominal Pain
    Abdominal Pain in Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS)
    Gastroparesis: Pathophysiology of Chronic Abdominal Pain and Current Treatment
    Chronic Pain Due to Postsurgical Intra-Abdominal Adhesions: Therapeutic Options
    Chronic Pancreatitis with or without Acute Exacerbations: Novel Options for Pain Control
    Chronic Abdominal Pain of Gynecologic Causes: Diagnosis and Treatment
    Pediatric Chronic Abdominal Pain: Etiology, Diagnosis and Treatment
    Interventional Treatment of Chronic Abdominal Pain in Children
    Cancer-Related Abdominal Pain
    Opioids in Abdominal Pain
    Sympathetic Blocks for Chronic Abdominal Pain
    Radiofrequency and Neurolysis for the Treatment of Chronic Visceral Abdominal Pain
    Regional Anesthesia for Abdominal/Truncal Pain
    Chronic Abdominal Wall Pain: Diagnosis and Interventional Treatment
    Spinal Cord Stimulation for Chronic Abdominal Pain
    Peripheral Nerve Stimulation for Chronic Abdominal Pain
    Gastric and other Visceral Stimulation for Chronic Painful Gastrointestinal Motility Disorders
    Intrathecal Therapy for Non-malignant and Malignant Abdominal Pain
    Surgical Options for Chronic Visceral Abdominal Pain
    Neurosurgical Options for Control of Chronic and Malignant Abdominal Pain
    Psychological Determinants and Treatments for Chronic Abdominal Pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] James A. de Lemos, Torbjørn Omland.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Dunbar Gram, Rowan Milner, Remo Lobetti.
    Contents:
    Part One. Communication and Caregiving
    1. Communication, caregiving, and chronic disease
    Part Two. Syndromes and Clinical Signs of Chronic Disease
    2. Pruritus, atopic dermatitis, and pyoderma
    3. Managing mobility: an integrative approach (orthopedic and neurologic impairments of mobility)
    4. Chronic diseases of the eye and adnexa
    5. Heart disease
    6. Canine cognitive dysfunction
    7. Vestibular syndromes
    8. Seizure disorders
    9. Feline hyperthyroidism
    10. Hypoadrenocorticism in dogs
    11. Canine hypothyroidism
    12. Hyperadrenocorticism in dogs and cats
    13. Diabetes mellitus
    14. Chronic pancreatitis
    15. Mega-esophagus and esophageal dysmotility
    16. Chronic gastritis
    17. Ulcerative colitis
    18. Mega-colon
    19. Inflammatory bowel disease
    20. Protein-losing enteropathy
    21. Cholecystitis
    22. Biliary mucocele
    23. Chronic hepatitis
    24. Portosystemic liver stunts
    25. Hepatic lipidosis
    26. Feline cholangitis
    27. Chronic kidney disease
    28. Chronic urinary tract infection
    29. Feline interstitial cystitis
    30. Canine chronic bronchitis
    31. Bronchiectasis
    32. Interstitial lung diseases
    33. Feline asthma
    34. Collapsing trachea
    25. Allergic rhinitis
    Part Three. End of Life
    36. Hospice care and end of life.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] John L. Dornhoffer, Michael B. Gluth.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Timothy P. Daaleman, Margaret R. Helton, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Junwei Yang, Weichun He, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and systematic review of the latest findings in a wide spectrum of clinically important aspects of chronic kidney disease (CKD), focusing on clinical diagnosis and therapeutics. CKD is a global health problem with a rising morbidity and mortality. The last decade has seen significant improvements in determining the incidence, prevalence, and complications of CKD, mainly thanks to the definitions of CKD developed by the National Kidney Foundation's Kidney Disease Outcomes Quality Initiative (K/DOQI). However, increased recognition of CKD has led to awareness of the limitations of its clinical diagnosis and treatment, which are essential to patients' wellbeing. This book is of particular value not only to nephrologists, but also to general practitioners and residents with an interest in CKD. It offers a well-organized exposition of the current knowledge base. Compared with previously published books on kidney disease and CKD, it has a smaller number of more concise chapters. As a result, readers can easily obtain an overview of the most important topics in CKD. We hope that practitioners will gain as much from reading this practical guide to clinical management of CKD as we have from editing it. Junwei Yang is a professor at Nanjing Medical University and a chief physician at the Centre for Kidney Disease, Second Affiliated Hospital, Nanjing, China.

    Contents:
    Chronic Kidney Disease
    Complications of Chronic Kidney Disease
    Management of Chronic Kidney Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jonathan Himmelfarb, T. Alp Ikizler.
    Summary: "From basic science to practical clinical tools, Chronic Kidney Disease, Dialysis, and Transplantation, 4th Edition provides you with the up-to-date, authoritative guidance you need to safely and effectively manage patients with chronic renal disease. Covering all relevant clinical management issues, this companion volume to Brenner and Rector's The Kidney presents the knowledge and expertise of renowned researchers and clinicians in the fields of hemodialysis, peritoneal dialysis, critical care nephrology, and transplantation - for an all-in-one, indispensable guide to every aspect of this fast-changing field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Chronic kidney disease. Chronic kidney disease: definitions, epidemiology, cost, and outcomes
    Measurement and estimation of kidney function
    Diabetic kidney disease
    Hypertensive kidney disease
    Chronic kidney disease in the elderly
    The pediatric patient with chronic kidney disease
    Genetic causes of chronic kidney disease
    Section 2: Complications and management of chronic kidney disease. The role of the chronic kidney disease clinic and multidisciplinary team care
    Anemia in chronic kidney disease
    Mineral bone disorders in chronic kidney disease
    Vitamin D disorders in chronic kidney disease
    Cardiovascular disease in chronic kidney disease
    Nutrition, metabolism and hormonal function in chronic kidney disease
    Inflammation in chronic kidney disease
    Sleep disorders in chronic kidney disease
    Depression and neurocognitive function in chronic kidney disease
    Medication management in chronic kidney disease
    The pathophysiology of uremia
    Timing and initiation and modality options for renal replacement therapy
    Ethical challenges and the role of palliative care in kidney disease
    Section 3: Dialysis. Dialysis and end stage kidney disease: epidemiology, cost, and outcomes
    Principles of hemodialysis
    Vascular access
    Hemodialysis adequacy
    Hemodialysis-associated infections
    Acute complications associated with hemodialysis
    Frequent hemodialysis: physiological, epidemiological, and practical aspects
    Home hemodialysis
    Peritoneal physiology
    The utilization and outcomes of peritoneal dialysis
    Peritoneal dialysis solutions, prescription and adequacy
    Peritoneal dialysis-related infections
    Noninfectious complications of peritoneal dialysis
    Section 4: Transplantation. Transplant epidemiology, costs and outcomes
    Transplantation immunobiology
    Evaluation of donors and recipients
    Surgical management of the renal transplant recipient
    Immunosuppresive therapy
    Diagnosis and therapy of graft dysfunction
    Infection in renal transplant recipients
    Noninfectious complications after kidney transplantation
    Recurrent and de novo renal diseases after kidney transplantation
    Pediatric renal transplantation
    Chronic kidney disease in the kidney transplant recipient
    Section 5: Acute kidney injury. Acute kidney injury: epidemiology, costs and outcomes
    Metabolic and nutritional complications of acute kidney injury
    Acute kidney injury diagnostics and biomarkers
    Pharmacological interventions in acute kidney injury
    Dialytic management for acute renal failure
    Extracorporeal treatment of poisonings.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Matthew R. Weir, Edgar V. Lerma, editors.
    Summary: The treatment of hypertension has become the most important intervention in the management of all forms of chronic kidney disease. Chronic Kidney Disease and Hypertension is a current, concise, and practical guide to the identification, treatment and management of hypertension in patients with chronic kidney disease. In depth chapters discuss many relevant clinical questions and the future of treatment through medications and or novel new devices.

    Contents:
    Changes in Guideline Trends and Applications in Practice: JNC 2013 and the future
    Central BP monitoring, Home BP Monitoring, Ambulatory BP Monitoring in CKD
    Resistant hypertension in patients with chronic kidney disease
    Neurogenic Factors In Hypertension Associated With Chronic Kidney Disease
    Novel Molecules
    Dual Inhibitors: RAAS Blockers/Combination Therapies: What Do All These Trials Mean?
    Renal Sympathetic Denervation
    Novel baroreceptor activation therapy
    Blood Pressure Vaccines
    Masked Hypertension: Does it Lead to CVD or CKD?
    White Coat Hypertension- Do We Really Understand It Now?
    Uric Acid And Hypertension
    Is There Really A Link?.- Preeclampsia: Angiogenic factors, blood pressure, and the kidney
    Inflammation and Hypertension
    Genome-Wide Association Studies (Gwas) Of Blood Pressure In Different Populations
    Endocrine Hypertension and Chronic Kidney Disease
    Hypertension in Children with Chronic Kidney Disease
    Obesity/OSA/Metabolic syndrome in pts with CKD and hypertension-the missing link.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Guillermo García-García, MD, FACP, FASN, Lawrence Y. Agodoa, MD, Keith C. Norris, MD, PhD, FACP, FASN.
    Summary: Chronic Kidney Disease in Disadvantaged Populations investigates the increased incidence and prevalence of kidney disease in vulnerable populations world-wide. The volume explores the complex interactions of genetic, biologic, cultural and socioeconomic factors such as the environment, and specific health behaviors that seem to be responsible for a significant proportion of the health disparities in these communities. Each chapter is written by leading experts in the field and analyzes the prevalence and incidence of pre-dialysis kidney disease in disadvantaged populations across both developed and developing countries. In addition, each contribution analyzes differentiated risk factors and compares the disparities in access to screening, prevention strategies, treatment protocols and renal replacement therapies. Chronic Kidney Disease in Disadvantaged Populations is essential reading for residents, fellows, clinicians and biomedical researchers working in nephrology, internal medicine, and epidemiology, especially those working in areas with high concentrations of disadvantaged populations.Presents a comprehensive account of both traditional and non-traditional risk factors for kidney diseaseExplores the mechanisms by which poverty increases the burden of kidney disease in these populations, barriers to access to renal health care, including renal replacement therapies, organ donation, and organ commercializationOffers the latest perspectives on outcomes in renal replacement therapies as well as prevention strategies
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    volume editor, Kosaku Nitta.
    Contents:
    Clinical effect of pre-dilution hemodiafiltration based on the permeation of the hemodiafilter / Yamashita, A.C., Sakurai, K
    The past, present and future of the dialyzer / Mineshima, M
    Importance of abnormal bone metabolism in the acceleration of atherosclerosis in hemodialysis patients / Inaba, M
    Dysregulated iron metabolism in patients on hemodialysis / Nakanishi, T., Hasuike, Y., Otaki, Y., Nanami, M., Kuragano, T
    The present status of and perspectives on home hemodialysis therapy in Japan / Masakane, I., Hanafusa, N., Kita, T., Hasegawa, T., Maeda, K
    Safety and efficacy evaluation of lanthanum carbonate for hyperphosphatemia in end-stage renal disease patients / Shigematsu, T., Ohya, M., Negi, S., Masumoto, A.R., Nakashima, Y.M., Iwatani, Y., Moribata, M.K., Yamanaka, S., Tatsuta, K., Mima, T
    Klotho/FGF23 axis in CKD / Tsuchiya, K., Nagano, N., Nitta, K
    Cell sheet-based tissue engineering for mesothelial cell injury / Kawanishi, K.; Nitta, K
    Erythropoiesis-stimulating agent hyporesponsiveness in end-stage renal disease patients / Ogawa, T., Nitta, K
    Past and present perspectives on encapsulating peritoneal sclerosis / Kawanishi, H., Shintaku, S., Banshodani, M., Hashimoto, S
    DPP-4 inhibitors in diabetic patients with chronic kidney disease or end-stage kidney disease on dialysis in clinical practice / Abe, M., Okada, K
    Present status and future of peritoneal dialysis in Japan / Nakamoto, H
    Cost-effectiveness of hemodialysis in Japan / Takura, T
    Vascular access for long-term hemodialysis/hemodiafiltration patients in Japan / Tsuchida, K., Nagai, K., Minakuchi, J., Kawashima, S
    New aspects of cerebrovascular diseases in dialysis patients / Naganuma, T., Takemoto, Y
    Current topics of purification and constitutions of dialysis fluid / Tomo, T
    Vascular calcification in end-stage renal disease patients / Nitta, K., Ogawa, T.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    editors: Sheikh Rayees, Inshah Din, Gurdarshan Singh, Fayaz A Malik.
    Summary: Chronic lung diseases: pathophysiology and therapeutics provides a much-needed reference tool for pathologists, practicing pulmonologists and researchers who are currently working on lung related diseases. Each chapter addresses a specific lung disease, which it introduces before turning to the diseases pathophysiology, current treatment and future prospects. Various key lung diseases are covered, including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, lung cancer, tuberculosis, chronic pneumonia, acute respiratory distress syndrome, asthma, cystic fibrosis and pulmonary hypertension. Medical students and researchers whose work involves pulmonary related disorders will find this work both instructive and informative.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    Therapeutic Advances in the Management of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Chapter 2
    Asthma: Pathophysiology, Current Status and Therapeutics
    Chapter 3
    Cystic Fibrosis: Biology and Therapeutics
    Chapter 4
    Chronic Pneumonia
    Chapter 5
    Tuberculosis
    Chapter 6
    Lung cancer
    Pathophysiology and Current Advancements in Therapeutics
    Chapter 7
    Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Therapeutics, Pathobiology and Prognosis
    Chapter 8
    Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    An Update on Therapeutics and Pathophysiological Understanding.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Michael Hallek, Barbara Eichhorst, Daniel Catovsky, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes current knowledge on chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), taking into account the most recent research. All aspects are considered, including pathophysiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, follow-up, and complications and their management. Readers will find important information on the various prognostic markers as well as practical guidance on the use of different diagnostic procedures. A key focus of the book is the changing treatment paradigm in CLL as progress in understanding of pathogenesis and pathophysiology leads to the identification of new potential therapeutic targets. General treatment concepts are clearly described, and it is explained how choice of treatment for CLL depends on stage, age, and performance status as well as specific genetic aberrations. In addition, frontline therapeutic strategies for disease relapse, including allogeneic stem cell transplantation, are reported. Looking beyond CLL, the diagnosis and therapy of T-cell prolymphocytic leukemia and T-cell large granular lymphocyte leukemia, two rare CLL-related entities, are addressed. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Rüdiger Hehlmann, editor.
    Summary: This book provides state-of-the-art reviews of key issues and recent developments relating to chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), acquainting the reader with advances in research, treatment, and promotion of public health. Among the management topics addressed are the choices, advantages, and pitfalls of first-, second-, and third-line treatments; the European LeukemiaNet recommendations; management of adverse effects of tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKI); management of CML blast crisis; management of pregnancy in the context of CML; the role of hematopoietic cell transplantation; the current experience with TKI discontinuation; and the value of interferon α in improving the outcome of TKI treatment. Various aspects of relevance to treatment outcome are discussed, including prognostic scores, molecular monitoring (principles and interlaboratory standardization), and response-related predictors of survival. Furthermore, updates are provided on the increasing prevalence of CML and its implications and on the changing cost of care for CML, taking into account the impact of availability of generic imatinib.

    Contents:
    Cytogenetics of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia (CML)
    The Biology and Pathogenesis of Chronic Myeloid Leukaemia
    Epidemiology of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia.-Imatinib and the first line CML Therapy
    CML Therapy: A Focus on Second and Third Generation Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors
    Adverse events associated with ATP-competitive BCR-ABL1 tyrosine kinase inhibitors in chronic myeloid leukemia
    Pharmacoeconomic considerations for tyrosine kinase inhibitors in the treatment of chronic myeloid leukemia
    Standardization of molecular monitoring for chronic myeloid leukemia: 2021 update
    Prognostic Scores for Patients with Chronic Myeloid Leukemia under Particular Consideration of Disease-Specific Death
    A Review and an Update of European LeukemiaNet Recommendations for the Management of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
    The Role of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in CML
    CML end-phase and blast crisis: implications and management
    The Interferon-alpha Revival in CML
    Managing Pregnancy in Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
    Response-Related Predictors of Survival and of Treatment Free Remission in CML
    Discontinuation or cessation of tyrosine kinase inhibitor treatment in Chronic myeloid leukemia patients with deep molecular response.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hiroyuki Nakamura, Kazutetsu Aoshiba, editors.
    Summary: This book considers chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) not as a simple inflammation of the lung but as a systemic inflammatory disease. Beginning with epidemiological studies, etiology, diagnosis and treatment, it elaborates further, illustrating some comorbidities and associations with other respiratory diseases. As such it provides numerous improved and more comprehensive treatment methods, including drug therapies as well as some non-drug therapies. There are also chapters describing the pathogenesis, genetic abnormalities and newly discovered pathogenetic mechanisms that are expected to be studied further in the future. Edited and written by pioneering researchers, each chapter summarizes the latest trends, describes future prospects and explores the unresolved and critical questions. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease - A Systemic Inflammatory Disease is a valuable resource to beginning researchers, physicians engaged in clinical practice, supervisors, and basic researchers whose work includes COPD.

    Contents:
    Part I Definition and Epidemiology
    1. Definition of COPD
    2. Epidemiology of COPD
    Part II Genetic Predisposition and Pathogenic Mechanisms
    3. Genetic predisposition to COPD
    4. Pathogenesis of COPD--Persistence of airway inflammation
    5. Pathogenesis of COPD 3- Oxidative stress
    6. Pathogenesis of COPD 4
    Part III Comorbidities
    7. Pathogenesis of comorbidities in COPD
    8. Assessment of inflammation in COPD
    Part IV Management and Treatment
    9. Exercise therapy for COPD
    10. Nutritional therapy for COPD
    11. Home oxygen therapy for COPD
    12. Bronchodilators for COPD
    13. Inhaled corticosteroids for COPD
    14. New anti-inflammatory drugs for COPD
    15. Exacerbation of COPD
    Part V Associations with other Respiratory Diseases
    16. Asthma-COPD overlap syndrome (ACOS)
    17.Combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema (CPFE)
    18. Association of COPD and lung cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Carl Y. Saab.
    Summary: It is only natural for someone in pain to attend to the body part that hurts. Yet this book tells the story of persistent pain having negative effects on brain function. The contributors, all leading experts in their respective fields of pain electrophysiology, brain imaging, and animal models of pain, strive to synthesize compelling and, in some ways, connected hypotheses with regard to pain-related changes in the brain. Together, they contribute their clinical, academic, and theoretical expertise in a comprehensive overview that attempts to define the broader philosophical context of pain (disentangling sensical from nonsensical claims), list the changes known to take place in the brains of individuals with chronic pain and animal models of pain, address the possible causes and mechanisms underlying these changes, and detail the techniques and analytical methods at our disposal to "visualize" and study these changes. Philosophical and social concepts of pain; testimonials of chronic-pain patients. Clinical data from pain patients' brains. Advances in noninvasive brain imaging for pain patients. Combining theoretical and empirical approaches to the analysis of pain-related brain function. Manipulation of brain function in animal models. Emerging neurotechnology principles for pain diagnostics and therapeutics.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Carl Y. Saab
    Morphological Brain Changes in Chronic Pain : Mystery and Meaning / Eric Newman, Eric Moulton, Lino Becerra, David Borsook - Thalamic Burst Firing in Response to Experimental Pain Stimuli and in Patients with Chronic Neuropathic Pain May Be a Carrier for Pain-Related Signals / T. M. Markman, C. C. Liu, J. C. Zhang, K. Kobayashi, J. H. Kim, Frederick A. Lenz
    Central Pain : A Thalamic Deafferentation Generating Thalamocortical Dysrhythmia / Rodolfo R. Llinas and Kerry Walton
    Surgical Interventions for Pain / Daniel M. Aghion, Garth Rees Cosgrove
    Thalamocortical Abnormalities in Spinal Cord Injury Pain / Asaf Keller, Radi Al-Masri
    Discussion / Carl Y. Saab.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jessica Merlin, Peter A Selwyn, Glenn Treisman, Angela Giovanniello.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of chronic pain in HIV-infected individuals
    Pathophysiology of chronic pain in individuals with HIV
    Musculoskeletal pain in individuals with HIV
    Headache in individuals with HIV
    HIV and peripheral neuropathy
    Common medical comorbid conditions and chronic pain in HIV
    Psychiatric comorbidities among individuals with HIV and chronic pain
    Comorbid substance use among HIV-infected individuals with chronic pain
    Treatment of chronic pain syndromes in the HIV-infected person
    Potential benefit and harm of prescription opioids in HIV
    Safer opioid prescribing in HIV-infected patients with chronic pain
    Communicating about chronic pain assessment, diagnostic testing, and management in individuals with HIV
    The "difficult patient" with HIV and chronic pain
    HIV-related pain in low and middle-income countries with reference to Sub-Saharan Africa
    Pain at the end of life in individuals with AIDS
    Disparities and barriers in management of chronic pain among vulnerable populations with HIV infection.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Koki Shimoji, Antoun Nader, Wolfgang Hamann, editors.
    Summary: This book covers a range of topics, from the cause and identity of pain, to pain relief management. Starting from the mechanism of pain, it continues to pain management techniques such as nerve blocks, drugs (pain killers), noninvasive manipulations psychological techniques and electric management, before describing the management of various painful conditions such as headaches, back pain, extremities pain, post-herpetic pain or complex regional pain syndrome. It also provides the format of case reports which can be used to explain management options. A novel feature of the book is that it provides additional insights into how clinicians involve patients in treating their own pain through guided self-assessment and self-management. Recent studies have revealed that pain is not only a biological alarm that warns of disease, but can also be the disease itself, or the catalyst of a vicious circle of pain and disease. Providing rapid pain relief is often effective in sparking the rapid recovery from various diseases. This book offers the perfect guide for all clinicians, not only those working at pain clinics but all those who have to treat patients who are in pain.

    Contents:
    Part-1: Basic Considerations. History of Pain
    Theories of Pain
    Anatomical Physiology of pain
    Pathophysiology of Pain
    Pharmacology of Analgesics
    Investigation of the Chronic Pain Patient
    Interventional Treatment of Chronic Pain
    Nerve Blocks
    Minimally Invasive Techniques in Pain Clinic (Methods Treating Chronic Pain other than Nerve Brocks)
    Pain Measurements. Part-2: Pain Management Techniques. Back Pain
    Postherpetic Neuralgia
    Neuropathic Pain
    Complex Regional Pain Syndrome (CRPS)
    Neuropathic Pain Syndrome: Diabetic and Other Neuropathies
    Phantom Limb Pain
    Neuropathic pain syndromes
    Psychological and Psychiatric Pain Conditions
    Headache
    Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Orofacial Pain
    Myofascial Pain Syndrome and Fibromyalgia
    Urogenital Pain Including Pelvic Pain
    Chest pain
    Central Pain
    Cancer Pain
    Arthritis Pain; Rheumatoid Arthritis, Osteoarthritis and Fibromyalgia
    Vascular Pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Zhao-Shen Li, Zhuan Liao, Jian-Min Chen, Claude Férec, editors.
    Summary: This book is a concise guide to the clinical diagnosis and management of chronic pancreatitis, presenting the latest research into the disease. It focuses on pathogenesis, epidemiology, genetics, diagnosis, endoscopic and surgical treatment, and prognosis. It also offers comprehensive descriptions of 4 diagnostic methods and discusses the contemporary management of chronic pancreatitis, including conservative, ESWL, interventional and surgical treatments. The final chapter includes 6 typical case presentations, which taken together provide a standard description of this condition.

    Contents:
    The history of chronic pancreatitis research
    Definition and classification of chronic pancreatitis
    The epidemiology of chronic pancreatitis
    The etiology of chronic pancreatitis
    The histopathology of chronic pancreatitis
    The pathogenesis of chronic pancreatitis
    The genetics of chronic pancreatitis
    Interventional/endoscopic management
    Surgical treatment
    Special types of chronic pancreatitis
    Chronic pancreatitis and pancreatic cancer
    The future developments of chronic pancreatitis research
    Case presentations.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Alessandro Giammò, Antonella Biroli, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with a holistic approach to chronic pelvic pain which is an extremely complex condition with associated pelvic dysfunctions. This approach significantly facilitates and accelerates the clinical assessment and subsequent follow-up. The pathophysiologic mechanisms involving the nervous system, the pelvic organs and the pelvic floor are discussed, deepening the possible implications on mind, sexuality and pelvic dysfunctions. Evaluation and diagnosis are examined for different types of syndromes. Moreover, since the Bladder Pain Syndrome and the Interstitial Cystitis are main causes of pelvic pain, an original diagnostic approach is proposed specifically for these conditions. In order to deliver the best clinical outcomes, this new system provides a multidisciplinary approach, both in the diagnostic phase and in the therapeutic phase The most recent therapies for chronic pelvic pain following a multidisciplinary approach have been described. As such, the book content will greatly benefit all professionals dealing with this debilitating disease, supporting them in their daily clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: The Nervous System and Pain
    1: Introduction to Pain
    1.1 Anatomy of Pain Pathways
    1.2 Physiology of Pain
    1.3 Classification of Pain
    1.4 Conclusion
    References
    2: Neurophysiology of Visceral Pain
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Clinical Presentation of Visceral Pain
    2.2.1 True Visceral Pain
    2.2.2 Referred Pain and Hyperalgesia (Viscero-somatic Convergence)
    2.2.3 Visceral Hyperalgesia
    2.2.4 Viscero-visceral Hyperalgesia
    2.3 Pathophysiology of Visceral Pain 2.3.1 Visceral Nociceptors and the Primary Afferent
    2.3.2 Peripheral Sensitization
    2.3.2.1 Transient Receptor Potential Vallinoid
    2.3.3 The Role of Dorsal Columns
    2.3.4 Central Processing
    2.3.5 Central Sensitization
    2.3.6 Descending Control of Visceral Pain
    2.3.7 The Role of Gut Microbiota in Visceral Pain
    2.4 Conclusion
    References
    3: Neuroinflammation and Chronic Pelvic Pain Syndrome
    3.1 Chronic Pelvic Pain
    3.2 Neuroinflammation
    3.3 Microglia and Astrocytes in Chronic Pain
    3.4 Molecular Mediators in Chronic Pain 3.5 Targeting Excessive Inflammation as a Therapy for Neuropathic Pain
    3.6 Clinical Significance and Future Perspectives
    3.7 PEA
    3.8 Polydatin
    3.9 PEA and Polydatin as Future Treatment of Chronic Pelvic Pain
    References
    Part II: The Organs, Pelvic Functions and Pain
    4: Chronic Pelvic Pain and Chronic Pelvic Pain Syndrome: Classification and Epidemiology
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Definitions
    4.3 Classification
    4.3.1 Classification of CPPS
    4.4 Dyspareunia
    4.5 Perineal Pain Syndrome
    4.6 Epidemiology
    References 5: Bladder Pain Syndrome/Interstitial Cystitis
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Definition
    5.3 Epidemiology
    5.4 Non-bladder Syndromes (NBS)
    5.5 Etiology and Pathogenesis
    5.5.1 Infection
    5.5.2 Mastocytosis
    5.5.3 Dysfunctional Bladder Epithelium
    5.5.4 Neurogenic Inflammation
    5.5.5 Reduced Vascularization
    5.5.6 Pelvic Floor Dysfunction
    5.5.7 Autoimmunity
    5.6 Diagnosis
    5.7 O'Leary Sant Symptom and Pain Index
    5.8 Gynecological Associated/Confusable Disease
    5.9 Treatment
    5.10 Multimodal Medical Therapy
    5.10.1 First Line: Conservative Therapy 5.10.2 Second Line: Medical Therapy
    5.11 Oral Therapy
    5.11.1 Pain Modulators
    5.11.2 Analgesics (Grade of Recommendation: C-Level of Evidence: 4)
    5.11.2.1 Tricyclic Antidepressants(TCAs)
    Doxepin, Desipramine, Duloxetine
    5.11.3 Protection of the Mucosal Surface
    5.11.3.1 Antihistamines
    5.11.3.2 Immunosuppressant
    5.11.3.3 Other Oral Medications
    5.12 Intravesical Instillation or Bladder Wall Injection
    5.12.1 Third to Fourth Line: Procedural Intervention
    5.13 Conclusions
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gérard Mick, Virginie Guastella, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Chronic Post-Surgical Pain: General Aspects
    How to Study Chronic Post-Surgical Pain the Example of Neuropathic Pain
    Epidemiology of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
    Part 2: Risk Factors for Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
    Predisposing Factors for Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
    Mononeuropathies Caused by Surgery: From Anatomy to Prevention
    Surgical Factors Influencing the Occurrence of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
    Psychosocial Factors Involved in the Occurrence of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
    Part 3: Perioperative Strategies for the Prevention of Post-Surgical Pain
    Perioperative Analgesia by Opioids: Rationale and Practical Basics
    The Role of Coxibs in the Management of Postoperative Pain
    Perioperative Strategy for Prevention of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain: General Foundations
    Antiepileptics and Perioperative Anti-Hyperalgesia: A Survey
    Part 4: Clinical Aspects of Chronic Post-Surgical Pain
    Neuropathic Post-Surgical Pain
    Scar Neuromas
    Chronic Post-Mastectomy Pain: Clinical Aspects
    Chronic Pain after Total Knee Replacement.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alexander V. Akleyev.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of chronic radiation syndrome (CRS) based on observations in a unique sample of residents of the Techa riverside villages in the southern Urals who were exposed to radioactive contamination in the 1950s owing to releases of liquid radioactive wastes from Mayak Production Association, which produced plutonium for weapons. In total, 940 cases of CRS were diagnosed in this population and these patients were subjected to detailed analysis. The opening chapters address the definition and classification of CRS, epidemiology and pathogenesis, covering molecular and cellular mechanisms, radioadaptation, and the role of tissue reactions. The pathoanatomy of CRS during the development and recovery stages is discussed for all organ systems. Clinical manifestations of CRS at the different stages are then described in detail and the dynamics of hematopoietic changes are thoroughly examined. In the following chapters, principles of diagnosis (including assessment of the exposure doses to critical organs) and differential diagnosis from a wide range of other conditions are discussed and current and potential treatment options, described. The medical and social rehabilitation of persons with CRS is also covered. This book, which casts new light on the condition, will be of value for all practitioners and researchers with an interest in CRS.

    Contents:
    1. Definition, classification and clinical presentation of Chronic Radiation Syndrome (CRS) associated with total exposure to external gamma-radiation
    2. Epidemiology of Chronic Radiation Syndrome
    3. Mechanisms involved in Chronic Radiation exposure effects. Pathogenesis of Chronic Radiation Syndrome
    4. Pathoanatomy of Chronic Radiation Syndrome during the period of its development and at recovery stage
    5. Clinical manifestations of Chronic Radiation Syndrome
    6. Dynamics of Hematopoietic Changes in Persons with CRS
    7. Diagnosis of Chronic Radiation Syndrome
    8. Treatment of Persons with CRS
    9. General Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Luo Zhang, Claus Bachert, editors.
    Summary: Chronic rhinosinusitis (CRS) is one of the most common health care complaints, with the prevalence of 5-12% worldwide. This book aims to present the new findings in mechanism, diagnosis and management of this widespread condition to clinical practitioners. All practical information about CRS is compiled; therefore busy clinicians would not have to perform exhaustive literature studies to diagnose CRS. This book firstly presents the advances in the understanding of epidemiology, genetics, mechanisms, phenotypes, and immunology of this disorder. In the following chapters, details in clinical diagnosis of CRS are summarized, especially clinical characteristics in paediatric CRS. Later chapters introduce medical, surgical, and innovative treatments of CRS, with brief case studies. The role of allergies, asthma, allergic fungal rhinosinusitis, and systemic diseases are also discussed. With the illustrative figures, this book is a comprehensive and quick reference to otolaryngologists, paediatricians, family care physicians, allergists, professional clinical staff, and medical students.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology and Impact of CRS
    Genetics and Epigenetics of CRS
    Mechanisms
    Phenotypes of CRS
    Endotypes of CRS
    Co-morbidities of CRS
    Diagnosis
    Associated Auto-Immune Disorders
    Pediatric CRS
    Differential Diagnosis
    Medical Treatment
    Surgical Approaches
    Innovative Treatments and Management
    Unmet Needs, Future Directions for Investigation and Innovation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Subramoniam Vaidyanathan, Riju Ramachandran Menon, Pradeep Jacob, Binni John.
    Summary: Chronic venous disorders are a major health problem due to their wide prevalence and socio-economic considerations. This book is a comprehensive manual providing state- of- the- art information on the diagnosis and management of these common problems. Till recently venous disorders have been getting secondary attention as compared to their arterial counterpart. However, the last two decades witnessed major technological advancements and therapeutic strategies for these problems. Written with a surgical perspective, this monograph covers the latest developments and recommended procedures in an easy-to-read format guiding the surgeon to prepare a rational treatment plan. Supplemented with numerous figures and illustrations, the chapters update the readers with how to evaluate such patients in their practices, selection criteria for appropriate procedures and how to manage the complications. The book includes basics of venous disorders, primary varicose veins and recurrence after surgery, chronic venous insufficiency, venous ulcers and congenital venous malformations. Detailed coverage of endo-venous procedures such as radio-frequency ablation, laser ablation and foam sclerotherapy are additional essential features of this book. Primarily intended for the practicing general surgeon, this volume is also relevant for residents in general surgery and vascular surgery.

    Contents:
    Section I
    Basics Chapter 1 Venous diseases
    a historical survey
    Chapter 2
    Lower limb venous anatomy
    Chapter 3
    Venous physiology and haemodynamics of lower limbs
    Chapter 4
    Chronic venous disorders. Classification, severity assessment and nomenclature. Section II
    Primary varicose veins -C2 clinical class
    Chapter 5
    Epidemiology and risk factors
    Chapter 6
    Primary varicose veins : symptoms and diagnosis
    Chapter 7
    Open surgery for primary varicose veins
    Chapter 8
    Endovenous thermal ablation
    Chapter 9
    Sclerotherapy
    Chapter 10
    Recurrent varicose veins Section III
    Chronic venous insufficiency and leg ulcer
    C3-C6 clinical class
    Chapter 11
    Chronic venous insufficiency and venous ulcers: pathophysiology
    Chapter 12
    Chronic venous insufficiency
    clinical features and investigations
    Chapter 13
    Principles of treatment of chronic venous insufficiency
    Chapter 14
    The post-thrombotic syndrome. Pathophysiology, clinical features and management
    Chapter 15
    Care of ulcer and compression therapy
    Chapter 16
    Pharmacotherapy of CVI
    Chapter 17
    Strategies for the management of incompetent perforating veins
    Chapter 18
    Deep vein valve reconstruction.- Chapter 19
    Deep vein obstruction
    management strategies. Section IV
    Assorted venous problems
    Chapter 20
    Venous telangiectasia and reticular veins- Clinical class CI
    Chapter 21
    Pelvic venous syndromes
    Chapter 22
    Non thrombotic iliac vein lesion (May Thurner syndrome)
    Chapter 23
    Klippel Trenaunay Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Melvin A. Shiffman, Mervin Low, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Chronic Wounds
    Impact of Host Defence Peptides on Chronic Wounds and Infections
    Low-Level Laser Therapy (LLLT) in Wound Healing
    Biologic Tools for Genetic Engineering Chronic Wounds
    Challenges and Opportunities in Drug Delivery for Wound Healing
    Engineered Biomaterials for Chronic Wound Healing
    Chronic Wounds of the Upper Extremity and their Management
    Marjolin's Ulcer
    Radiation Wounds and their Management: Reconstructive Options
    Co-Opting Developmental Signaling Pathways to Promote Wound Healing
    Segmentation and Management of Chronic Wound Images: A Computer-Based Approach
    Extracellular Matrix and Other Factors that Impact on Cutaneous Scarring
    Part 2: Wound Dressings
    Introduction to Wound Dressings
    Wound Dressings and Comparative Effectiveness Data
    Early Wound Dressing Removal
    Electrospun Antimicrobial Wound Dressings: Novel Strategies to Fight Against Wound Infections
    Cognition and Wound Healing
    Part 3: Wound Healing
    Acute Wound Healing: Normal Mechanisms
    Stem Cell Therapies for Wound Healing
    The Role of miR-205 during Skin Wound Reepithelialization
    Porcine Acellular Lung Matrix in Wound Healing and Hernia Repair
    Wound Healing Problems in the Mouth
    Skin Substitutes in Wound Healing and the Stimulatory Effects of Adipose-Derived Stem Cells for the Proliferation of Keratinocytes on Chitosan
    Why isnt this Wound Healing?
    Traditional and Non-Traditional Evaluation of Wound Healing Process
    Mechanoregulation of Wound Healing and Skin Homeostasis
    Impact of Amnion-Derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells on Wound Healing
    Kinin Receptors in Skin Wound Healing.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dagmar Rinnenburger.
    Summary: This book comprehensively and critically discusses chronicity as a crucial challenge for the future of medicine in an era of aging populations and the steady growth of non-communicable comorbidities. It describes how health systems that are still designed and based on the treatment of acute diseases are suffering from crowded emergency rooms and growing conflicts between patients, while medical staff increasingly face frustration and the risk of burn-out. The author not only shares her own clinical and personal experience in the care of end stage COPD or ALS patients with respiratory insufficiency, but also explores how primary care, incremental medicine and initiative medicine can improve the care provided for these patients. In turn, the book examines how developing countries are facing the chronicity issue in their daily struggles with communicable diseases like diarrhea and infections, and with non-communicable ones like obesity, diabetes and asthma. It also discusses the cost-related challenges that could accompany a possible paradigm shift from chronic to curable status, as was the case with hepatitis C. Due to the inevitable link between chronicity and end of life, the author tactfully addresses palliative care, focusing on the importance of shared decision-making as well as a full awareness of the future scenarios. Uniquely reflecting life-long clinical experience and stimulating discussion on a highly topical issue, this book appeals to a wide readership, from health professionals through caregivers to patients with chronic conditions.

    Contents:
    Stories from a world where everyone can enter, and where many already reside
    Chronic / Acute: two opposite scenarios?
    The burden on chronicity
    The strain of being chronically ill
    The strain of treating chronic patients
    How to treat the sick and, above all, where?
    The rainbow of places of care disrupted by the COVID-19 pandemic
    The epidemiological shift from acute to chronic in India
    Asthma can be lethal (but it is also possible to live with it)
    Education as therapy: a history of failure?
    Primary care, incremental care and initiative anticipatory healthcare
    Chronic meets chronic (when doctors are dangerous)
    Chronic seeks chronic: the opportunities of Web 2.0
    The decline of chronic illness towards the end of life
    If chronic illness works with palliative care
    In the spotlight or behind the scenes?
    In conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kuniaki Otsuka, Germaine Cornelissen, Franz Halberg.
    Summary: This fascinating volume applies the concept of chronomics to the medical treatment of hypertension. It starts with the recent updates on chronomics, the analytic techniques, and their application to community-based assessments. The authors advocate the use of 7-day/24-h records of blood pressure, which is effective for finding masked hypertension, masked morning surge, and other rhythm abnormalities. Most organisms, from cyanobacteria to mammals, are known to use the circadian mechanism. However, our body systems also demonstrate circaseptan (roughly weekly), circannual (roughly yearly), and even longer rhythms. Chronomics monitors the physiological data and then analyzes the superimposed rhythms, isolating the cycles mathematically to determine how organisms and their environment interact. It is the study of interactions among time structures (chronomes) in and around us.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA1231.A8 C4 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Xiaozhong Hu, Xiaofeng Lin, Weibo Song, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Brent A. Vogt.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Olivia Engmann, Marco Brancaccio, editors.
    Summary: In this book, leading experts in the field review how circadian rhythms impact the brain. An essential function of mammalian life is the exploitation of the regularities provided by the 24-hour cycle of day and night. The development and evolution of circadian clock mechanisms have allowed us to optimally adapt our behavior and physiology to the external world. Not surprisingly, a growing body of evidence links the disruption of circadian rhythms by genetic, lifestyle and environmental factors to illnesses of the brain. In the first section of the book, readers will learn about the molecular and anatomic architecture of circadian function in mammals. The ways in which environmental disruptions and misalignments can influence such mechanisms and therefore impair brain function and health status are also addressed. In the second part, the focus shifts to those brain regions responsible for brain function and the body-wide regulation of circadian function. Amongst others, special attention is paid to the role of astrocytes and the brain's reward and hyprocretin / orexin systems. The book concludes with an extensive discussion on the consequences of circadian rhythm dysfunction. Several chapters present the latest findings on Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, schizophrenia, autism spectrum disorder, drug abuse and mood disorders. Written by auhorities in the field, the book provides a state-of-the-art review of the latest findings on circadian clocks in the brain and highlights their potentially far-reaching impacts on our health and well-being. As such, it is essential reading for all neuroscientists and clinicians seeking to understand the intricate connections between circadian rhythms and brain health and illness.

    Contents:
    PART I. Molecular Gears of the Circadian Clock
    Introduction to the Clock System
    Circadian Clocks, Sleep, and Metabolism
    Linking Depression to Epigenetics: Role of the Circadian Clock
    PART II. Brain Regions Implicated in Circadian Rhythms
    The Brain's Reward System in Health and Disease
    Brain Clocks, Sleep and Mood
    Astrocyte Circadian Timekeeping in Brain Health and Neurodegeneration
    PART III. Clock and Mental Illness
    The Role of the Circadian System in Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
    How Psychoactive Drugs and the Circadian Clock Are Enlightening One Another
    Circadian Rhythms in Mood Disorders
    The Reciprocal Interaction Between Sleep and Alzheimer's Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Amita Sehgal.
    Summary: Two new volumes of Methods in Enzymology continue the legacy of this premier serial with quality chapters authored by leaders in the field. Circadian Rhythms and Biological Clocks Part A and Part B is an exceptional resource for anybody interested in the general area of circadian rhythms. As key elements of timekeeping are conserved in organisms across the phylogenetic tree, and our understanding of circadian biology has benefited tremendously from work done in many species, the volume provides a wide range of assays for different biological systems. Protocols are provided to assess clock function, entrainment of the clock to stimuli such as light and food, and output rhythms of behavior and physiology. This volume also delves into the impact of circadian disruption on human health. Contributions are from leaders in the field who have made major discoveries using the methods presented here.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Junjie Xiao, editor.
    Summary: Provides an essential overview of the rapidly advancing field of circular RNAs -- newly discovered RNAs that are generated by back-splicing precursor mRNA and perform regulatory functions in many biological processes. Although many aspects of circular RNAs' biology and mechanisms of gene regulation remain unclear, they have been found to be abundant, evolutionally conserved, and stable in cells; further, they have numerous potential functions. The book consists of eight parts:1) An overview of circular RNAs, 2) Bioinformatics for circular RNAs, 3) Biogenesis of circular RNAs, 4) Molecular mechanisms and gene regulation of circular RNAs, 5) Circular RNAs as potential disease biomarkers, 6) Circular RNAs and human diseases, 7) Circular RNAs in Plants and in Archaea, and 8) Future prospects. Given its focus, the book will be especially useful for researchers and students in the fields of biochemistry, molecular biology, cell biology, and medicine.

    Contents:
    Overview. An overview of circular RNAs / Rajendra Awasthi, Anurag Kumar Singh, Gaurav Mishra, Anand Maurya, Dinesh Kumar Chellappan, Gaurav Gupta [and others]
    Bioinformatics for circular RNAs. RNA sequencing and prediction tools for circular RNAs analysis / Elena López-Jiménez, Ana M. Rojas, Eduardo Andrés-León
    Online databases and circular RNAs / Seyed Hamid Aghaee-Bakhtiari
    Biogenesis of circular RNAs. Circular RNA splicing / Nicole Eger, Laura Schoppe, Susanne Schuster, Ulrich Laufs, Jes-Niels Boeckel
    Circular RNAs biogenesis in eukaryotes through self-cleaving hammerhead ribozymes / Marcos de la Peña
    Molecular mechanisms and gene regulation of circular RNAs. circular RNAs act as mirna sponges / Amaresh Chandra Panda
    Regulation of transcription by circular RNAs / Rumela Bose, Rupasri Ain
    Functional analysis of circular RNAs / Shanmugapriya, Hisham Alkatib Huda, Soundararajan Vijayarathna, Chern Ein Oon, Yeng Chen, Jagat R. Kanwar [and others]
    Circular RNAs as potential disease biomarkers. Circular RNA in exosomes / Daniele Fanale, Simona Taverna, Antonio Russo, Viviana Bazan
    Circular RNAs in blood / Angela Vea, Vicenta Llorente-Cortes, David de Gonzalo-Calvo
    Circular RNA in saliva / Farinaz Jafari Ghods
    Emerging role of circular RNAs as potential biomarkers for the diagnosis of human diseases / Rupal Ojha, Raj Nandani, Nina Chatterjee, Vijay Kumar Prajapati
    Circular RNAs as novel biomarkers for cardiovascular diseases / Qiulian Zhou, Zhongrong Zhang, Yihua Bei, Guoping Li, Tianhui Wang
    Circular RNAs as biomarkers for cancer / Lu Xia, Meiyi Song, Mengxue Sun, Fei Wang, Changqing Yang
    Circular RNAs and human diseases. Circular RNAs in cardiovascular diseases / Lijun Wang, Xiangmin Meng, Guoping Li, Qiulian Zhou, Junjie Xiao
    Circular RNAs and neuronal development / Lena Constantin
    Circular RNAs in cancer / Susanne Lux, Lars Bullinger
    Circular RNAs in brain physiology and disease / S. Gokul, G. K. Rajanikant
    Circular RNA and alzheimer's disease / Rumana Akhter
    Circular RNA in liver: health and diseases / Meiyi Song, Lu Xia, Mengxue Sun, Changqing Yang, Fei Wang
    Circular RNAs in organ fibrosis / Jianhua Yao, Qiying Dai, Zhuyuan Liu, Lei Zhou, Jiahong Xu
    Circular RNAs in metabolic diseases / Tianhui Wang, Wen Pan, Jun Hu, Zhongrong Zhang, Guoping Li, Yajun Liang
    Circular RNAs in vascular functions and diseases / Shengguang Ding, Yujiao Zhu, Yajun Liang, Haitao Huang, Yiming Xu, Chongjun Zhong
    Functional role of circular RNA in regenerative medicine / Richard Y. Cao, Qiying Dai, Qing Li, Jian Yang
    The role of circular RNAs in cerebral ischemic diseases: ischemic stroke and cerebral ischemia/reperfusion injury / Jian Yang, Mengli Chen, Richard Y. Cao, Qing Li, Fu Zhu
    Circular RNAs in plants and in archaea. Circrnas in plants / Xuelei Lai, Jérémie Bazin, Stuart Webb, Martin Crespi, Chloe Zubieta, Simon J. Conn
    Circular RNAs and plant stress responses / Celso Gaspar Litholdo Jr., Guilherme Cordenonsi da Fonseca
    Future prospects. Prospective advances in circular RNA investigation / Siti Aishah Sulaiman, Nor Azian Abdul Murad, Ezanee Azlina Mohamad Hanif, Nadiah Abu, Rahman Jamal.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Peter Igaz, editor.
    Summary: MicroRNAs as the endogenous mediators of RNA interference have experienced an unprecedented career in recent years, highlighting their pathogenic, diagnostic and potential therapeutic relevance. Beside tissue microRNAs, they are also found in body fluids, most notably in blood. Significant differences of circulating microRNA levels have been found in various diseases, making them candidates for minimally invasive markers of disease, for example tumor malignancy. The book focuses on the potential diagnostic applicability of circulating microRNAs in various diseases and their potential biological significance.

    Contents:
    Part I: General features and technical issues related to circulating microRNA
    1. Introduction to microRNAs: biogenesis, action, relevance of tissue microRNAs in disease pathogenesis, diagnosis and therapy. The concept of circulating microRNAs
    2. Extracellular microRNAs in membrane vesicles and non-vesicular carriers
    3. Technical aspects related to the analysis of circulating microRNAs
    Part II: Diagnostic relevance of circulating microRNAs
    4. Circulating blood-borne microRNAs as biomarkers in solid tumors
    5. Circulating microRNA as biomarkers in hematological malignancies
    6 Circulating microRNAs as biomarkers in cardiovascular diseases
    7 Circulating microRNAs in neurodegenerative diseases
    8 Circulating extracellular microRNA in systemic autoimmunity
    9. Circulating microRNAs in inflammatory bowel diseases
    10. Circulating microRNAs in diabetes progression: discovery, validation and research translation
    11. Diagnostic relevance of microRNAs in other body fluids including urine, feces and saliva
    Part III: Potential biological relevance of circulating microRNA
    12 Circulating microRNAs as hormones
    intercellular and inter-organ conveyors of epigenetic information?
    13. Are circulating microRNAs involved in tumor surveillance?
    14.-Hypothetic interindividual and interspecies relevance of microRNAs released in body fluids.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Peter B. Gahan, Michael Fleischhacker, Bernd Schmidt, editors.
    Contents:
    Circulating cell-free miR-373, miR-200a, miR-200b and miR-200c in patients with epithelial ovarian cancer / Xiaodan Meng, Volkmar Müller, Karin Milde-Langosch, Fabian Trillsch, Klaus Pantel [and others]
    Cell-free miRNA-141 and miRNA-205 as prostate cancer biomarkers / Ivan D. Osipov, Ivan A. Zaporozhchenko, Anna A. Bondar, Marat M. Zaripov [and others]
    Clinical utility of circulating tumor DNA for molecular assessment and precision medicine in pancreatic cancer / Erina Takai, Yasushi Totoki, Hiromi Nakamura, Mamoru Kato, Tatsuhiro Shibata [and others]
    An enquiry concerning the characteristics of cell-free DNA released by cultured cancer cells / Abel Jacobus Bronkhorst, Johannes F. Wentzel, Janine Aucamp, Etresia van Dyk [and others]
    Detection of p53 mutations in circulating DNA of transplanted hepatocellular carcinoma patients as a biomarker of tumor recurrence / N. García-Fernández, Hada C. Macher, Amalia Rubio, Pilar Jiménez-Arriscado [and others]
    Unbiased detection of somatic copy number aberrations in cfDNA of lung cancer cases and high-risk controls with low coverage whole genome sequencing / Fiona Taylor, James Bradford, Penella J. Woll, Dawn Teare, Angela Cox
    Liquid Profiling in Lung Cancer & Quantification of extracellular miRNAs in bronchial lavage / Bernd Schmidt, Grit Rehbein, Michael Fleischhacker
    Screening of KRAS mutation in pre- and post-surgery serum of patients suffering from colon cancer by COLD-PCR HRM / Elena Trujillo-Arribas, Hada C. Macher, Pilar Jiménez-Arriscado [and others]
    Non-dividing cell virtosomes affect in vitro and in vivo tumour cell replication / Mariano Garcia-Arranz, Damian Garcia-Olmo, Luz Vega-Clemente, Maurice Stroun [and others]
    Features of circulating DNA fragmentation in blood of healthy females and breast cancer patients / Svetlana N. Tamkovich, Natalia A. Kirushina, Vladimir E. Voytsitskiy [and others]
    Liquid profiling of circulating nucleic acids as a novel tool for the management of cancer patients / Stefan Holdenrieder
    Characterization of human pregnancy specific glycoprotein (PSG) gene copy number variations in pre-eclampsia patients / Chia Lin Chang, Chia Yu Chang, Da Xian Lee, Po Jen Cheng
    Non-invasive prenatal diagnosis of feto-maternal platelet incompatibility by cold high resolution melting analysis / Marta Ferro, Hada C. Macher, Pilar Noguerol, Pilar Jimenez-Arriscado [and others]
    Implementing non-invasive prenatal diagnosis (NIPD) in a National Health Service laboratory: from dominant to recessive disorders / Suzanne Drury, Sarah Mason, Fiona McKay, Kitty Lo, Christopher Boustred, Lucy Jenkins [and others]
    Comparative analysis of harmful physical factors effect on the cell genome / Irina N. Vasilyeva, Valery N. Zinkin, Vladimir G. Bespalov
    Heterochromatic tandem repeats in the extracellular DNA / Olga I. Podgornaya, Irina N. Vasilyeva, Vladimir G. Bespalov
    A historical and evolutionary perspective on circulating nucleic acids and extracellular vesicles: circulating nucleic acids as homeostatic genetic entities / Janine Aucamp, Abel Jacobus Bronkhorst, Piet J. Pretorius
    Comparison of microRNA content in plasma and urine indicates the existence of a transrenal passage of selected microRNAs / Eva Pazourkova, Sarka Pospisilova, Iveta Svobodova, Ales Horinek, Antonin Brisuda [and others]
    A quantitative assessment of cell-free DNA utilizing several housekeeping genes: measurements from four different cell lines / Janine Aucamp, Abel Jacobus Bronkhorst, Johannes F. Wentzel, Piet J. Pretorius
    Oligodeoxynucleotide analogues of circulating DNA inhibit dsRNA-induced immune response at the early stages of signal transduction cascade in a cell type-dependent manner / Anna V. Cherepanova, Zhanna K. Nazarkina, Pavel P. Laktionov
    Evaluation of the state of transplanted liver health by monitoring of organ-specific genomic marker in circulating DNA from receptor / Hada C. Macher, G. Suárez-Artacho, Pilar Jiménez-Arriscado, S. Álvarez-Gómez [and others]
    Vesicular and extra-vesicular RNAs of human blood plasma / Anna V. Savelyeva, Dmitriy N. Baryakin, Elena D. Chikova, Elena V. Kuligina [and others]
    Artificial analogues of circulating box C/D RNAs induce strong innate immune response and microRNA activation in human adenocarcinoma cells / Grigory A. Stepanov, Julia A. Filippova, Anna A. Nushtaeva, Elena V. Kuligina [and others]
    Multiple ways of cfDNA reception and following ROS production in endothelial cells / Anna Yu. Alekseeva, Larisa V. Kameneva, Svetlana V. Kostyuk, Natalia N. Veiko
    Protein content of circulating nucleoprotein complexes / Svetlana N. Tamkovich, Oleg S. Tutanov, Danil S. Serdukov, Maxim S. Belenikin [and others]
    Digital PCR of genomic rearrangements for monitoring circulating tumour DNA / Hongdo Do, Daniel Cameron, Ramyar Molania, Bibhusal Thapa, Gareth Rivalland [and others]
    mFast-SeqS as a monitoring and pre-screening tool for tumor-specific aneuploidy in plasma DNA / Jelena Belic, Marina Koch, Peter Ulz, Martina Auer, Teresa Gerhalter, Sumitra Mohan [and others]
    Methodological variables in the analysis of cell-free DNA / Abel Jacobus Bronkhorst, Janine Aucamp, Piet J. Pretorius
    Novel technology for enrichment of biomolecules from cell-free body fluids and subsequent DNA sizing / Vipulkumar Patel, Peter Celec, Magdalena Grunt, Heidi Schwarzenbach, Ingo Jenneckens [and others]
    A rapid and sensitive method for detection of the T790M mutation of EGFR in plasma DNA / Hideharu Kimura, Shingo Nishikawa, Hayato Koba, Taro Yoneda, Takashi Sone [and others]
    Evaluation of different blood collection tubes and blood storage conditions for the preservation and stability of cell-free circulating DNA for the analysis of the methylated mSEPT9 colorectal cancer screening marker / Jurgen Distler, Reimo Tetzner, Gunter Weiss, Thomas König, Anne Schlegel [and others]
    Purification of circulating cell-free DNA from plasma and urine using the automated large-volume extraction on the QIAsymphony® SP instrument / Alexander Wolf, Katharina Beller, Sebastian Groemminger, Wera Hofmann, Matthias Sachse [and others]
    Detection and quantification of KIT mutations in ctDNA by plasma Safe-SeqS / Johannes Fredebohm, Daniel H. Mehnert, Ann-Kathrin Löber, Frank Holtrup [and others]
    Lost in translation? Ethical challenges of implementing a new diagnostic procedure / Dagmar Schmitz
    Academia meets industry / Christian Schäfer, Tobias Paprotka, Ellen Heitzer, Mark Eccleston, Johannes Noe [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Richard J. Cote, Ram H. Datar, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Foreword
    Section I. Technologies for CTC Identification
    1. Significance of Studying Circulating Tumor Cells
    2. Affinity-Based Enrichment of Circulating Tumor Cells
    3. Size-Based and Non-Affinity Based Microfluidic Devices for Circulating Tumor Cell Enrichment and Characterization
    4. Molecular Assays for the Detection and Molecular Characterization of CTCs
    5. Cancer Stem Cells and Circulating Tumor Cells Molecular Markers, Isolation Techniques and Clinical Implications
    Section II. Fundamental Studies of CTC
    6. Circulating Tumor Cells and Tumor Dormancy.- 7. Prevention of Conversion of Tumor Dormancy into Proliferative Metastases
    8. Genesis of Circulating Tumor Cells through Epithelial-Mesenchymal Transition as a Mechanism for Distant Dissemination
    Section III. CTC Analysis
    9. CTC Analysis FISH, ISH, Array-CGH and Other Molecular Assays
    10. Genome-Wide Gene Copy Number Analysis of Circulating Tumor Cells
    11. Perspectives on the Functional Characterization and In Vitro Maintenance of Circulating Tumor Cells
    12. Prognostic Implications of CTC in Breast Cancer
    Section IV. Potential Clinical Applications of CTC
    13. CTC in Advanced Breast Cancer Prognosis, Monitoring and Clinical Utility
    14. Evolution of Metastatic Disease: The Need for Monitoring and Emerging Therapeutic Opportunities
    15. CTC for Biomarker and Companion Diagnostic Development
    16. Perspectives on Clinical Applications of CTCs
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Roberto Piñeiro, editor.
    Summary: This book compiles the latest research and key findings about the role of circulating tumor cells (CTCs) in Breast Cancer progression, both from the research and clinical standpoint. Based on latest advancements, the content of the book is set out to provide a clear overview about the biology and use of CTCs as a tool for the monitoring and management of breast cancer patients. This work covers basic concepts about the process of metastasis, the biology of CTCs and their potential applications as a biomarker in breast cancer. It will enable readers to delve into the process of epithelial-mesenchymal plasticity (EMP), mechanisms and clinical implications of tumor cell dormancy and minimal residual disease, and into the phenotypical and molecular heterogeneity of CTCs and CTC clusters, including the epigenetic characterization of CTCs. Readers will find out about the key technologies used for the isolation of CTCs as well as the latest advances towards the characterization of CTCs, involving single cell analyses and patient-derived models. It will discuss the evidences about the use of CTCs as a tool to monitor breast cancer progression and therapy response, as well as to unravel mechanisms of resistance to therapy and to identify new therapeutic targets favoring the development of novel anticancer drugs. Lastly, it will discuss ongoing clinical trials and try to foresee the future of CTCs in terms of clinical application and implementation in the clinical routine. The topic of this book is particularly relevant for cancer researchers and oncologist with an interest in the field, looking to refresh or to broaden their knowledge and understanding about the use of CTCs as a diagnostic biomarker in breast cancer.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Biology of Breast Cancer Metastasis and Importance of the Analysis of CTCs
    Epithelial-Mesenchymal Plasticity in Circulating Tumor Cells, the Precursors of Metastasis
    Disseminated Tumor Cells and Dormancy in Breast Cancer Progression
    Methodology for the Isolation and Analysis of CTCs
    Advances in the Characterization of Circulating Tumor Cells in Metastatic Breast Cancer: Single Cell Analyses and Interactions, and Patient-derived Models for Drug Testing
    Circulating Tumor Cells (CTCs) Heterogeneity in Metastatic Breast Cancer: Different Approaches for Different Needs
    Relevance of CTC Clusters in Breast Cancer Metastasis
    Epigenetics of Circulating Tumor Cells in Breast Cancer
    Circulating Tumor Cells: Applications for Early Breast Cancer
    Clinical Relevance and Therapeutic Application of CTCs in Advanced Breast Cancer. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Samuel S. Lee, Richard Moreau.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Alessandra Gentile, Stefano La Malfa, Ziniu Deng, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews how the release of the citrus genome facilitates the investigation of ancestral species, the study of their complex biological features, and the genetic basis of agronomic traits of paramount importance for their sustainable cultivation. The first chapters discuss citrus origin and distribution, and the economic importance and varietal composition of the cultivated species, providing an overview of citrus and related genera genetic resources. The book then describes the role of traditional breeding techniques (for scion and rootstocks) as well as the potential of genomic breeding and innovative protocols for biotechnological approaches. The second part provides essential information on the genus Citrus, the attributes of pure citrus species, genetic admixtures, hybrids and citrus relatives, and on the horticultural classification of cultivated species, varieties and rootstocks. The third part then focuses on the different molecular mechanisms, covering various aspects of citrus biology, including the role of beneficial compounds of citrus fruits. In addition, it examines the molecular responses of citrus to abiotic stresses and to field and post-harvest diseases. Providing insights gained in recent years, it is a valuable guide for those who are interested in gene discovery, comparative genomics, molecular breeding and new breeding techniques. It is particularly useful for scientists, breeders and students at universities and public sector institutes involved in research for the citrus industry.

    Contents:
    Citrus origin, diffusion and economic importance
    Genetic resources of Citrus and related genera
    Conventional breeding of cultivated varieties
    Conventional breeding of rootstocks
    Ploidy manipulation as breeding strategy
    Markers, maps and marker-assisted selection
    From the draft genome of sweet orange toward a pan-genome
    New Breeding Techniques for Citrus
    From flower to fruit in citrus
    Genetic control of ripening
    Pigments in citrus: importance and genetic background
    Essential oils in citrus
    Abiotic stress resistance
    Biotechnological approaches for the resistance to citrus huanglongbling
    Genetic basis of canker resistance
    Molecular mechanisms for resistance to biotic stresses
    Future perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by A. Joseph Layon, Andrea Gabrielli, Mihae Yu, Kenneth E. Wood.
    Summary: "Covering every problem encountered in today's intensive care unit, this leading critical care textbook presents the knowledge and expertise of more than 350 global experts in this fast-changing field. Beginning with the social aspects of medicine, it then discusses monitoring and organ system pathobiology followed by specific diseases states/syndromes. Each chapter begins with immediate concerns and proceeds to broader-based discussions of relevant pathophysiologic and clinical issues. KEY FEATURES: Features new chapters on Critical Care Implications in Acute Care Surgery, The Obstetric Patient, and Brain Death and Management of the Potential Organ Donor; all chapters thoroughly revised including up-to-date discussions of what happens after the patient leaves the ICU. Covers surgical critical care more thoroughly than any other text. Includes expert coverage of pharmacology, nutrition, toxicology and the environment, disaster management, point-of-care testing, bedside ultrasound, surgical infections, and much more. Presents information in a reader-friendly manner, streamlining the print text to focus on the material most important for bedside care in the ICU. Expertly edited by leaders in every area of critical care: Dr. Mihae Yu (surgery), Dr. A. Joseph Layon (internal medicine), and Drs. Layon and Andrea Gabrielli (anesthesiology), who are joined in this edition by Dr. Kenneth Wood (internal medicine). Your book purchase includes a complimentary download of the enhanced eBook for iOS, Android, PC & Mac. Take advantage of these practical features that will improve your eBook experience: The ability to download the eBook on multiple devices at one time -- providing a seamless reading experience online or offline. Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links that allow you to search within this book, or across your entire library of VitalSource eBooks Multiple viewing options that enable you to scale images and text to any size without losing page clarity as well as responsive design. The ability to highlight text and add notes with one click"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    volume editors, Takeshi Nakanishi, Takahiro Kuragano.
    Contents:
    Current topics in vascular access : superficialization of arteriovenous fistula / Nanami, M., Suemitsu, K., Nagasawa, Y., Hasuike, Y., Kuragano, T., Nakanishi, T.
    Malnutrition-wasting conditions in older dialysis patients : an individualized approach / Hanafusa, N., Tsuchiya, K., Nitta, K.
    Blood purification for paediatric patients / Ishikawa, K.; Oyama, K.
    Chronic inflammation and progression of diabetic kidney disease / Furuya, F., Ishii, T., Kitamura, K.
    Correlation between aortic calcification score and biochemical parameters in hemodialysis patients / Maruyama, N., Higuchi, T., Ono, M., Oguma, H., Nakamura, Y., Utsunomiya, K., Akiya, Y., Horikami, T., Yamazaki, T., Okawa, E., Ando, H., Abe, M.
    New Japanese Society of Dialysis Therapy guidelines for peritoneal dialysis / Ito, Y., Tawada, M., Yuasa, H., Ryuzaki, M.
    Recent advances in the management of vascular calcification in patients with end-stage renal disease / Nitta, K., Ogawa, T., Hanafusa, N., Tsuchiya, K.
    Carnitine profile by tandem mass spectrometry and dialysis patients / Kamei, D., Kamei, Y., Tanaka, N., Tsukada, M., Miwa, N., Hanafusa, N., Mineshima, M., Nitta, K., Tsuchiya, K.
    The current status and future of peritoneal dialysis in Japan / Nakamoto, H.
    Economic issues of chronic kidney disease and end-stage renal disease / Takemoto, Y., Naganuma, T.
    Clinical benefit of an adsorptive technique for elderly long-term hemodialysis patients / Kuragano, T., Kida, A., Yahiro, M., Nakanishi, T.
    Iron metabolism in chronic kidney disease patients / Honda, H., Hosaka, N., Ganz, T., Shibata, T.
    Hypoxia-inducible factor-prolyl hydroxylase domain inhibitors to treat anemia in chronic kidney disease / Sakashita, M., Tanaka, T., Nangaku, M.
    The hepcidin-anemia axis : pathogenesis of anemia in chronic kidney disease / Nakanishi, T., Kimura, T., Kuragano, T.
    Anemia management considering the pathophysiology of elderly chronic kidney disease patients / Kuragano, T., Mizusaki, K., Kimura, T., Nakanishi, T.
    Digital Access Karger 2019
  • Digital
    Bo Gao, Alexander M. McKinney, editors ; Shi Zhou, Shi Zuo, associate editors.
    Summary: This book systematically summarizes classic imaging signs' characteristics and theory for whole body imaging, serving as a clinical guide for the understanding, prevention, and diagnosis of miscellaneous entities. In recent years, with the rapid evolution of modern imaging modalities, radiology has secured an irreplaceable role in diagnosis within standard clinical practice and being familiar with radiological signs has become essential. The book provides a multimodality review of more than 300 commonly utilized radiologic signs in radiography, CT, MRI, US, angiography, and nuclear medicine, including PET-CT. It is designed to enhance recognition of specific imaging patterns and enable the image interpreter to confidently reach an accurate diagnosis. Divided into ten chapters dedicated to different anatomic areas, each sign includes detailed discussion that explains the history and meaning of the descriptive or metaphoric sign, alongside illustrative photos for memory aid and clarification. Uniquely written from a practical point of view, each case leads you through a radiology expert's thought process in analyzing the classic signs with considerations of common misinterpretations and imaging pitfalls. The cases then highlight clinical presentation, relevant pathology, anatomy, physiology, and pertinent imaging features of common disease processes. Key information is distilled into succinct, bulleted points with detailed illustrations and images. This book is an ideal reference and review for practicing radiologists, as well as trainees preparing for licensing examinations.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Brain
    Head and Neck
    Chest
    Solid organs of Upper Abdomen
    Gastrointestinal Tracts
    Peritoneum and Pelvis
    MSK
    Spine
    Vascular and interventional.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Paul A. Banaszkiewicz, Deiary F. Kader, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    David Mertz.
    Summary: A comprehensive guide for data scientists to master effective data cleaning tools and techniques Key Features Master data cleaning techniques in a language-agnostic manner Learn from intriguing hands-on examples from numerous domains, such as biology, weather data, demographics, physics, time series, and image processing Work with detailed, commented, well-tested code samples in Python and R Book Description It is something of a truism in data science, data analysis, or machine learning that most of the effort needed to achieve your actual purpose lies in cleaning your data. Written in David's signature friendly and humorous style, this book discusses in detail the essential steps performed in every production data science or data analysis pipeline and prepares you for data visualization and modeling results. The book dives into the practical application of tools and techniques needed for data ingestion, anomaly detection, value imputation, and feature engineering. It also offers long-form exercises at the end of each chapter to practice the skills acquired. You will begin by looking at data ingestion of data formats such as JSON, CSV, SQL RDBMSes, HDF5, NoSQL databases, files in image formats, and binary serialized data structures. Further, the book provides numerous example data sets and data files, which are available for download and independent exploration. Moving on from formats, you will impute missing values, detect unreliable data and statistical anomalies, and generate synthetic features that are necessary for successful data analysis and visualization goals. By the end of this book, you will have acquired a firm understanding of the data cleaning process necessary to perform real-world data science and machine learning tasks. What you will learn How to think carefully about your data and ask the right questions Identify problem data pertaining to individual data points Detect problem data in the systematic "shape" of the data Remediate data integrity and hygiene problems Prepare data for analytic and machine learning tasks Impute values into missing or unreliable data Generate synthetic features that are more amenable to data science, data analysis, or visualization goals. Who this book is for This book is designed to benefit software developers, data scientists, aspiring data scientists, and students who are interested in data analysis or scientific computing. Basic familiarity with statistics, general concepts in machine learning,...
  • Digital
    Rodrick Wallace, Luis Fernando Chaves, Luke R. Bergmann, Constância Ayres, Lenny Hogerwerf, Richard Kock, Robert G. Wallace.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    William Wan.
    Summary: "This book is a 25-year milestone celebration of DAS' efforts in creating awareness for dyslexia and providing quality support for people with dyslexia in Singapore. It showcases an overview of how the association developed over the years and the key role DAS has played in shaping dyslexia intervention. Today, DAS is one of the forerunners in dyslexia support in Asia, and experts around the world have taken interest in the way they help dyslexics tackle the unique multilingual culture and high education standard. Also featured are personal stories of individuals who struggle with learning differences, as well as passionate advocates, educators and supporters whose efforts have paved the way for dyslexics to achieve success in life."-- Publisher's website.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital
    Nivaldo Alonso, Cassio Eduardo Raposo-Amaral, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to discuss cleft lip and palate deformities in a comprehensive way, presenting it from the basics to the most clinically and surgically relevant issues. First, the basic concepts of embryology and pathogenesis of the facial deformities will be discussed. Special attention will be paid to the genetics underlying this condition. Following that, basic principles of surgical treatment through the most recent advances in the field will be presented, along with most important evidences from the literature and the personal experience of the editors and authors. Cleft Lip and Palate Treatment presents the state of the art and advances in the field and is intended to serve as a comprehensive guide for a broad audience. All the specialties involved in the comprehensive care of these craniofacial deformities will be presented in this book.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Promoting Comprehensive Cleft Care into a Unified Heath System in Brazil: Challenges and Achievements
    Global Cleft Lip And Palate Care: A Brief Review
    Genetics of Cleft Lip and Palate: Perspectives in Surgery Management and Outcome
    Classification of Cleft Phenotypes
    An overview of Protocols and Outcomes in Cleft Care
    Unilateral Cleft Repair
    Treatment of Bilateral Cleft Lip and Palate: Protocol for Surgical Treatment
    Current Management of Bilateral Cleft Lip
    Cleft Palate: Anatomy and Surgery
    Buccinator Myomucosal Flap in Cleft Repair: The SOBRAPAR Hospital Experience
    Velopharyngeal Insufficiency: Etiopathology and Treatment
    Surgical Management of Velopharyngeal Insufficiency: The Sobrapar Hospital Algorithm
    Speech Therapie in Cleft Patients
    Robin Sequence
    Bone Graft in Alveolar Cleft Lip and Palate
    Bone Substitute Alveolar Bone Grafting with Rhbmp-2
    Orthodontic Treatment of Patients with Orofacial Cleft
    Orthognatic Surgery in Cleft Patients
    Secondary Unilateral Cleft Rhinoplasty
    The Rare Facial Cleft
    Three Dimensional Digital Stereophotogrammetry in Cleft Care
    Standardized Two Dimensional Photographic Documentation of Cleft Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mikko Saarikoski, Camilla Strandell-Laine, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Brian P. Griffin, Samir R. Kapadia, Venu Menon.
    Summary: "Providing a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review of every area of contemporary cardiovascular medicine, The Cleveland Clinic Cardiology Review is an excellent tool for learning and reviewing key concepts in major areas of cardiology. The ThirdEdition contains fully revised content, review questions used on the board exam. A new, easy-to-follow chapter template facilitates quick review and retention of the material. Emphasizes board-relevant clinical material and accurate, real-world clinical decision making.Covers every major topic you'll encounter on certification and recertification exams, including congenital heart disease, electrophysiology, valvular heart disease, vascular disease, and pharmacology, and more.Presents review questions with each chapter for thorough exam preparation and self-assessment.Uses a new, consistent format for most chapters: introduction, clinical presentation, diagnosis, algorithm, treatment, suggested readings, and questions/answers.Written by distinguished clinicians from the Cleveland Clinic Foundation's Department of Cardiovascular Medicine and based on the Cleveland Clinic Foundation's popular annual Intensive Review of Cardiology course. Enrich Your eBook Reading ExperienceRead directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone.Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital
    editors, James K. Stoller, Craig Nielsen, Janet Buccola, Andrei Brateanu.
    Contents:
    Section I. Multidisciplinary skills for the internet
    Section II. Infectious disease
    Section III. Hermatology and medical oncology
    Section IV. Rheumatology
    Section V. Pulmonary and critical care medicine
    Section VI. Endocrinology
    Section VII. Nephrology and hypertension
    Section VIII. Gastroenterology
    Section IX. Cardiology.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Scott R. Steele.
    Summary: "Tips and Tricks in Surgery will be a series of books that offer the sort of wisdom attending surgeons pass on to residents or fellows about how to perform surgery (it is patterned after the series being developed in the orthopaedic surgery program). Keith Lillemoe, chair of surgery at MGH, is the series editor. Each volume will cover one area of surgery and will be written by faculty and residents of a single institution renowned for its work in that area"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Camille Sabella, Robert J. Cunningham III.
    Summary: "Review for the pediatric boards with confidence! <B>The Cleveland Clinic Intensive Review of Pediatrics, 5th Edition</B>, provides the core pediatric material you need to know in a practical format ideal for board review and preparation._ Up-to-date subspecialty chapters provide concise overviews with bulleted lists, tables, photographs, and radiographs, as well as new multiple-choice questions with detailed rationales._ Board simulation chapters in every section and at the end of the book, along with three practice exams, build your test-taking skills. Key Features:<ul><li>Evaluate your strengths and weaknesses, review important concepts efficiently, and gain experience answering board-style questions.</li><li>An essential resource for physicians preparing for certification or recertification, and for primary care physicians seeking to update their knowledge of pediatrics.</li><li>Written primarily by distinguished faculty from Cleveland Clinic Children's Hospital.</li></ul>Your book purchase includes a complimentary download of the enhanced eBook for iOS, Android, PC & Mac. Take advantage of these practical features that will improve your eBook experience:<ul><li>The ability to download the eBook on multiple devices at one time -- providing a seamless reading experience online or offline</li><li>Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links that allow you to search within this book, or across your entire library of VitalSource eBooks</li><li>Multiple viewing options that enable you to scale images and text to any size without losing page clarity as well as responsive design</li><li>The ability to highlight text and add notes with one click</li></ul>"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Ahmet Bahadir Ergin, A. Laurence Kennedy, Manjula K. Gupta, Amir H. Hamrahian.
    Summary: Developed via a peer review process that included 25 experienced endocrinologists and utilizing the best current evidence, The Cleveland Clinic has created a practical set of protocols for over 25 commonly used dynamic endocrine tests. The cornerstone of clinical endocrinology, these evidence-based protocols play an important role in clinical decision-making and are important element of billing and compliance with high quality standards. Included here are various tests for pituitary and adrenal disorders, thyroid disorders, and glucose metabolism and pancreatic disorders, presented systematically with indications, preparation, materials needed, precautions, procedure, interpretation, and caveats. Filling the gap left by a lack of national guidelines, The Cleveland Clinic Manual of Dynamic Endocrine Testing is an up-to-date practical guide for endocrinologists, nurses, and their staff, inside or outside of the US, who need to perform and interpret dynamic endocrine testing in their everyday practice, as well as medical students, residents and fellows who have interest in endocrinology.

    Contents:
    Part I: Dynamic Tests in Pituitary/Adrenal Disorders
    ACTH Stimulation Test for Adrenal Insufficiency with Total Cortisol Levels
    ACTH Stimulation Test for Adrenal Insufficiency with Free Cortisol Levels
    ACTH Stimulation Test for Late Onset (Non-classic) 21-Hydroxylase Deficiency
    Metyrapone Stimulation Test
    Two Day Low Dose Dexamethasone Suppression Test
    Combined CRH Dexamethasone Suppression Test
    Overnight Low Dose Dexamethasone Suppression Test ? 1 mg
    Overnight High Dose Dexamethasone Suppression Test ? 8 mg
    Ovine Corticotropin Releasing Hormone (oCRH) Stimulation Test
    Insulin Tolerance Test (ITT)
    Glucagon Stimulation Test for GHD (GST)
    GHRH-Arginine GH Stimulation Test
    Growth Hormone Suppression Test (Post-Glucose Administration)
    Clonidine Suppression Test for Pheochromocytoma
    Intravenous Saline Suppression Test for Evaluation of Primary Aldosteronism
    Oral Sodium Loading Test
    Captopril Challenge Test
    Water Deprivation Test for DI
    Part II: Dynamic Tests in Thyroid Disorders
    Thyroid Cancer Follow-up: Withdrawal Protocol
    Thyroid Cancer Follow-up: Thyrogen Injection with No Scan
    Thyroid Cancer Follow-up: Thyrogen Injection with Scan with/without Treatment
    Levothyroxine Absorption Test
    Part III: Dynamic Tests in Glucose Metabolism/Pancreas Disorders
    Seventy-two Hour Fast for Insulinoma
    Glucagon Stimulation to Test Beta Cell Reserve
    Mixed Meal Hypoglycemia Test
    Secretin Stimulation Test for Gastrinoma
    Part IV: Invasive Dynamic Endocrine Testing
    Inferior Petrosal Sinus Sampling
    Adrenal Venous Sampling.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Samir K. Shah, Daniel G. Clair, editors.
    Summary: This book, from the faculty and residents of one of the world?s most respected hospitals, provides a comprehensive and concise approach to vascular disease. Beginning with the foundations of vascular disease and diagnosis, this text moves on to cover critical disease processes. Each section of the book, dedicated to a unique pathology, explains salient pathophysiology, presentation, diagnosis, treatment options, and outcomes. A special emphasis is given to both open and endovascular techniques and their related pitfalls. Additionally, reflecting the growing importance of evidence-based medicine, readers are provided with references to critical publications that underpin diagnostic and therapeutic recommendations. Diagnosis, treatment, and more are provided succinctly, allowing this text to be broad in focus while remaining in a convenient portable format. As a brief review for practicing physicians or a primary educational text for fellows, residents, and medical students, Cleveland Clinic Manual of Vascular Surgery is a valuable addition to everyone?s library.

    Contents:
    Arterial Aneurysms
    Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    Acute Lower Limb Ischemia
    Aortoiliac Disease
    Upper Limb Ischemia
    Mesenteric Ischemia
    Renovascular Disease
    Lymphatic
    Lymphedema
    Miscellaneous
    Portal Hypertension
    Hemodialysis Access
    Vasculitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Toby Cosgrove, MD., President and CEO of Cleveland Clinic.
    Summary: There's a revolution going on right now. On the frontiers of medicine, some doctors have developed an approach for treating people that is more effective, more humane, and more affordable. It's an approach to healthcare that has captured the attention of the media and business elite--and the President of the United States. It's all happening at Cleveland Clinic, one of the most innovative, forward-looking medical institutions in the nation. In this groundbreaking book, the man who leads this global organization, Toby Cosgrove, MD, reveals how the Clinic works so well and argues persuasively for why it should be the model for the nation. He details how Cleveland Clinic focuses on the eight key trends that are shaping the future of medicine. At its core is Cleveland Clinic's emphasis on patient care and patient experience. A refreshingly positive and practical vision of healthcare, The Cleveland Clinic Way is essential reading for healthcare and business executives, medical professionals, industry analysts, and policymakers. It gives leaders lessons they can apply to their own organizations to achieve results and empowers average Americans to make more informed healthcare decisions.

    Contents:
    Group practices provide better, and cheaper, care
    Collaborative care is more effective
    Care should be monitored and recorded for quality
    21st century care should be innovative
    Care should be a healing experience for body and mind
    Wellness depends on healthcare, not sickcare
    Care should take place in different settings for comfort and value
    Care should be tailor-made for you
    Conclusion : toward a healthier future.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Burger, Justin Gundlach.
    Summary: Presents comprehensively the currently un-mapped constellation of issues related to climate change, public health, and the law.

    Contents:
    Part I: The Context
    Introduction / Michael Burger and Justin Gundlach
    The Duty to Protect Public Health from Climate Change Impacts / Michael Burger
    The Public Health Sector's Challenges and Responses / Jill Krueger and Colleen Healy Boufides
    Part II: Cross-Cutting Issues
    Government Speech and the First Amendment / David C. Vladeck
    Disease Surveillance / Jason A. Smith and Chandrakala Ganesh
    The Built Environment / Justin Gundlach and Jennifer Kein
    Part III: Impacts and Interventions
    Heat / Sara Hoverter
    Oceans and Coasts / Robin Kundis Craig
    Infectious Disease / Lindsay F. Wiley
    Food Systems / Margot J. Pollans
    Migration / Maxine Burkett
    Part IV: Interplay with International & Domestic Environmental Law
    International Institutions and the Developing World / William Onzivu
    How Existing Environmental Laws Respond to Climate Change and Its Mitigation / Justin Gundlach
    Incorporating Public Health Assessments into Climate Change Action / Jessica Wentz.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Kent E. Pinkerton, William N. Rom, editors.
    Summary: This book is a guide to the research, findings, and discussions of US and international experts on climate change and respiratory health. Since the publication of the first edition, climate change has been increasingly acknowledged as being directly related to the prevalence and incidence of respiratory morbidity. Evidence is increasing that climate change does drive respiratory disease onset and exacerbation as a result of increased ambient and indoor air pollution, desertification, heat stress, wildfires, and the geographic and temporal spread of pollens, molds and infectious agents. This second edition is fully updated to include the latest research by international experts on topics such as heat waves causing critical care-related diseases, climate-driven air pollution increases, and high-level ozone and ozone exposure linked to idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, lung cancer, and acute lower respiratory infection. Seven new chapters have also been added on extreme weather and agricultural safety in California; desert dust effects on lung health; climate policy and the EPA; California's integrated approach to air quality and climate change; integrating climate change, the environment, and sustainability themes into professional health science courses; and the role of the physician as climate advocate. This is an ideal guide for all pulmonologists and health professionals treating patients with pulmonary disease.

    Contents:
    Introduction: consequences of global warming to planetary and human health
    Climate variability and change data and information for global public health
    Climate change: updates on recent global and United States temperature anomalies and impacts to water, forests and environmental health
    Eyewitness to climate change
    Arctic connections to global warming and health
    Assessing the health risks of climate change
    Heat waves and rising temperatures: Human health impacts and the determinants of vulnerability
    Climate, air quality and allergy: emerging methods for detecting linkages
    The human health co-benefits of air quality improvements associated with climate change mitigation
    Asthma, hayfever, pollen, & climate change
    California and climate changes: an update
    Vector-borne diseases in a changing climate and world
    Dengue fever and climate change
    Climate variability and change: food, water and societal impacts
    Hurricanes and health: vulnerability in an age of climate change
    The impact of climate change and extreme weather conditions on agricultural health and safety in california
    Household air pollution from cookstoves: impacts on health and climate
    Biomass fuel and lung diseases: an Indian perspective
    Climate change and women's health: risks and opportunities
    The impact of climate change on public health in small island states and caribbean countries
    Global climate change, desertification, and its consequences in Turkey and the Middle East
    Climate change and the risk of desertification with a focus in the United States
    Federal Programs in climate change and health research
    Management of climate change adaptation at the United States centers for disease control and prevention
    Rules, rulings, and repeals: the shifting state of climate policy at U.S. EPA
    California's integrated approach to air quality and climate change
    Climate change and public health interventions
    Integrating climate change, the environment, and sustainability themes into professional health sciences courses: a case study across a university system
    The physician's response to climate change.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Vinaya Kumar Hebsale Mallappa, Mahantesh Shirur, editors.
    Summary: This book provides insights on innovative strategies to build resilient food systems in the wake of challenges posed by climate change. Providing food security to the growing population especially in developing countries without exacerbating the environment is a major challenge. Climate change is expected to reduce agricultural productivity, leading to a decline in overall food availability and significantly increasing the number of malnourished children in developing countries. Interventions for enhancing the adaptive capacity of farmers especially of small holders needs immediate impetus. The policy formulation and development programs must reorient in the wake of the new expectations and deliverables. This book comprises of sixteen chapters that discuss the trends in global agriculture development and food system. The book highlights different aspects of household food and nutritional security. The chapters covering diverse aspects address food system, rural and urban food chain, factors affecting their sustainability and short and long term solutions to make them climate resilient. Important issues having significant implications on climate change such as Waste management, Value chain, Agri-marketing, etc. are also covered. The book would be an important resource for researchers in food science, environmental sciences and agriculture. It would also be beneficial for students and future scientists working on sustainable agriculture and food security. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    About the Book
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Abbreviations
    1: Building a Resilient Food System: Challenges and a Way Forward
    1.1 Introduction
    1.1.1 Ecological Security
    1.1.2 Technological Security
    1.1.3 PostHarvest Technology and Building Grain Reserves
    1.1.4 Social Security
    1.1.5 Nutrition Education
    1.1.6 Population Stabilization
    1.2 Factors Are Affecting Food Availability
    1.2.1 Physical Factor
    1.2.2 Biological Factor
    1.2.3 Political Factors
    1.2.4 Economic Factor
    1.2.5 Food Conservation Factor 1.2.6 Food Distribution Factor
    1.3 Means to Increase the Availability of Nutrients
    1.4 Factors Are Affecting the Consumption of Food
    1.5 Means to Combating Malnutrition
    1.6 Challenges and Way Forward Are the Issues for Resilient Food System
    1.6.1 Challenges for Resilient Food System
    1.6.2 Cooperatives in the Developing World
    1.6.3 Farmers ́Cooperatives to Improve Bargaining Power
    1.6.4 Farmers ́Cooperatives to Improve Farm Income
    1.6.5 A Way Forward
    1.7 Building a Resilient Food System at the Community Level 1.8 A Conceptual Framework for Resilience of Food and Nutritional System
    1.9 Interventions as a Lever for the Resilience of the Food System
    1.9.1 Policy Interventions
    1.9.2 Institutional Intervention
    1.9.3 Technological Intervention
    1.9.4 Capacity-Building Intervention
    1.10 Conclusion and Policy Implication
    References
    2: From an Empty-Plate Lunch to Silk-Stocking Dinner: Some Futuristic Approaches in Agriculture
    2.1 Agriculture as a Development Process
    2.2 Challenges in Agriculture: An Overview
    2.2.1 Population-Induced Growing Global Food Demand 2.2.2 Urbanization-Led Drift in Food Demand and Increased Production System Struggle
    2.2.3 Climate Change and Reduced Crop Yields
    2.2.4 Triple Burden of Malnutrition
    2.2.5 Alarming Level of Post-Harvest Losses
    2.2.6 Low Income and Low Social Status Offer to Farmers
    2.3 Pragmatic Solutions and Strategies for Overcoming the Challenges
    2.3.1 Nontraditional and Urban Farming as an Alternative Production System
    2.3.2 Internet of Things for the Better Agriculture
    2.3.2.1 Planting and Seeding
    2.3.2.2 Weed Control and Intercultural Operations 2.3.2.3 Harvesting of the Produce
    2.3.2.4 Primarily Surveillance
    2.3.2.5 Processing of Farm Produces
    2.3.3 Price Forecast in Agriculture
    2.3.4 Diversification and Commercialization of Agriculture
    2.3.5 Climate-Smart Agriculture: Adaptation and Mitigation
    2.3.5.1 Climate-Smart Technologies
    2.3.5.2 The Resource-Conserving Technologies (RCTs)
    2.3.5.3 Carrot and Stick Approach in Knowledge Integration
    2.3.6 Nutrition Farming as a Hunger Fighter
    2.3.7 Reaching Zero Hunger Through Zero Wastage and Surplus Management
    2.3.8 Policy Options and Its Imperatives
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    authors: V. Ratna Reddy, Y.V. Malla Reddy, M. Srinivasa Reddy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Volker Schöffl, Isabelle Schöffl, Christoph Lutter, Thomas Hochholzer, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses the medical aspects of sports climbing, a still young but emerging sport, which will be one of the disciplines at the Tokyo Olympics. Its rapid development from niche to popular sport has been accompanied by an increase in the number of climbing-sports-specific injuries and has attracted growing interest within the sports medicine community. Gathering expertise from around the globe, the book covers all aspects related to this discipline -- from physiology, biomechanics and anatomy through upper and lower extremity injuries to cardiology, gynecology, pediatric and adolescent conditions. Following a coherent structure, each chapter equips readers with evidence-based diagnostic and therapeutic guidelines. Enriched by a wealth of pictures, this manual offers a timely and up-to-date resource for sports physicians, orthopedic surgeons and traumatologists, as well as trainers, physiotherapists and other health professionals involved in climbing.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    I Basics
    2 Injury Statistics
    3 Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Hand
    4 Physiology of Rock Climbing
    5 Imaging of Climbing Injuries
    II Orthopedic Section: Upper Extremity
    6 Hand and Finger
    7 Wrist
    8 Ellbow and Forearm
    9 Shoulder
    III Orthopedic Section: Lower Extremity
    10 Feet and Ankle
    11 Hip and Knee
    12 The spine
    13 Long term effects of intense rock climbing
    14 Pediatric aspects in young rock climbers
    15 Anorexia athletica and REDs
    16 Climbing with medical conditions
    17 Climbing and Pregnancy
    18. Sportsmedical Supervision of Climbers
    19 Taping
    20 Rehabilitation
    21 Prevention
    22 Future aspects : climbing in the Olympics.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Iuliu Haţieganu ; în colaborare cu I.N. Boeriu ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L46 .H36 1955
    1
  • Digital
    Paul C. Guest, editor.
    Summary: The novel coronavirus 2019 (COVID-19) has caused a serious global pandemic in just eight months. Nearly every country and territory in the world has been affected by the virus. The virulence and infection rate of the virus are profound, and has required extreme social distancing measures across the globe in order to prevent overwhelming the healthcare services and hospitals. COVID-19 appears to have the greatest effects on elderly individuals and those who have co-morbid diseases, such as heart disease, asthma, and diabetes. As the peak begins to slow in many countries, the death rates remain high amidst justified fears of a second wave. A rapid worldwide mobilization has begun to identify effective treatments and develop vaccines. This new volume will increase readers understanding of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic through a series of chapters that address these concerns. Leading experts will discuss the effects of the virus in cases of co-morbidities, new treatment approaches, mental health aspects of the pandemic, and convey the results of survey studies. The book will be an excellent resource for researchers studying virology, metabolic diseases, respiratory disorders, and clinical scientists, physicians, drug companies, and healthcare services and workers.

    Contents:
    SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19): Beginning to Understand a New Virus
    Neurological Complications of the COVID-19 Pandemic: What have we got so Far?
    Endothelial Dysfunction as a Primary Consequence of SARS-CoV-2 Infection
    A Review Study on the Neonatal Outcomes of Pregnant Women with COVID-19
    Relationship between COVID-19 and Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme 2: A Scoping Review
    Experience in Nutrition Management of Diabetes-affected COVID-19 Patients
    Emerging Technologies for the Treatment of COVID-19
    Obesity and risk of COVID-19 infection and severity: available evidence and mechanisms
    COVID-19 is an Endothelial Disease: Implications of Nitric Oxide
    Immune Response and Effectiveness of COVID-19 Therapies
    The Novel Coronavirus and Inflammation
    Does SARS-CoV-2 Threaten Male Fertility?
    COVID-19 and Vulnerable Populations in Sub-Saharan Africa: a Review
    Overview of the Haematological Effects of COVID-19 Infection
    The Novel Coronavirus and Haemostatic Abnormalities: Pathophysiology, Clinical Manifestations and Treatment Recommendations
    COVID-19 related laboratory analyte changes and the relationship between SARS-CoV-2 and HIV, TB and HbA1c in South Africa
    The Primary Outcomes, Epidemiological and Clinical Features of Coronavirus Disease-2019 (COVID-19) in Iran
    Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome and COVID-19: A Scoping Review and Meta-Analysis
    Depression, Anxiety and Stress Among Patients with COVID-19: A Cross-sectional Study
    Survey of Immediate Psychological Distress Levels among Health Care Workers in the COVID-19 Epidemic: A Cross-sectional Study
    Coronavirus (COVID-19)-Associated Psychological Distress Among Medical Students in Iran
    A Survey of Psychological Distress among the Community in the COVID-19 Epidemic: A Cross-Sectional Study
    Gender Susceptibility to COVID-19 Mortality: Androgens as the Usual Suspects?
    Identification, Monitoring and Prediction of Disease Severity in Patients with COVID-19 Pneumonia Based on Chest Computed Tomography Scans: a Retrospective Study
    The Level of Procalcitonin in Severe COVID-19 Patients: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis
    A Systematic Review of 571 Pregnancies Affected by COVID-19
    The 2019 Novel Coronavirus Disease in Pregnancy: A Systematic Review
    Acute Kidney Injury and Covid-19: a Scoping Review and Meta-analysis
    Cardiac Injury in COVID-19: A Systematic Review
    A Systematic Review of the Assessment of the Presence of SARS-CoV-2 in Human Semen
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    by Jingduan Yang, Daniel A. Monti.
    Contents:
    Introduction to clinical acupuncture and ancient Chinese medicine
    Human energy and vital substance
    Energetics of human and nature
    Human energetic anatomy
    Physiological functions of internal organs
    The psychology of the internal organs
    Pathophysiology of Qi and vital substances
    Pathophysiology of yin and yang
    Pathophysiology of energetic channels
    Evaluation of human energy
    Points of six principal yin channels
    Acupuncture point of six principal yang channels
    Acupuncture points on the eight extra channels
    The extra acupuncture points
    Therapeutic strategy of acupuncture
    Point selection and combination
    Acupuncture therapy
    Adjunctive therapies
    Self-care for the body, mind and spirit
    Modern studies on acupuncture.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Thomas Forst, Christoph Kaptiza.
    Contents:
    Clinical advances in diabetes mellitus / Thomas Forst & Christoph Kapitza
    Immune pathogenesis, immune intervention & prediction in Type 1 diabetes / Nanette C. Schloot
    Pathophysiology of Type 2 diabetes mellitus & vascular disease / Thomas Forst, Rudolf Theodor & Matthias M. Weber
    New insulin developments / Jochen Seufert
    New strategies for the treatment of diabetes mellitus type 2--Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists and sodium-glucose type 2 transporter inhibitors / Rüdiger Göke & Burkhard Göke
    New technologies for the treatment of diabetes mellitus / Andreas Thomas
    Peripheral neuropathy in diabetes mellitus / Alin Stirban
    Diabetic kidney disease : course, diagnosis and treatment / Christoph Hasslacher
    Diabetic retinopathy / Yasemin Akbaba & Georg Michelson
    Diabetic foot syndrome : brief review / Nikolaos Papanas
    C-peptide : a new potential in the therapy of microvascular complications of Type 1 diabetes? / Åsa Kallas & John Wahren
    Diabetes and the Heart DM and CVD : two sides of one coin / Stephan Jacob & Matthias Leschke
    Nutrition for metabolic syndrome and Type 2 diabetes / Nicolai Worm
    Diabetes mellitus & disorders of lipid metabolism / Armin Steinmetz
    Adiposity and metabolic syndrome / Maria Sarigianni, Konstantinos Papatheodorou & Apostolos Tsapas.
    Digital Access Future Med 2015
  • Digital
    edited by D. John Doyle and Basem Abdelmalak.
    Summary: The consequences of failure to adequately oxygenate a patient and ventilate their lungs during surgery can be catastrophic. Taking a uniquely case-based approach to clinical airway management, this textbook provides a comprehensive and richly illustrated guide to this vital component of anesthetic practice. The clinically diverse cases include practical guidance on the choice of management technique, airway device, its placement, associated medications and mode of ventilation, and cover important advances in equipment and scientific knowledge to keep clinicians up to date on recent developments in the field. As well as upper airway problems, this text also encompasses the management of less commonly discussed lower airway challenges. The written material is supplemented by links to additional online videos. Written by an international collection of leading experts, Clinical Airway Management is a useful and extensive resource that helps anesthesiologists, emergency physicians, intensivists and trainees navigate the challenges faced every day in clinical practice.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2017
  • Digital
    Salvatore Docimo, Jr., Eric M. Pauli, editors.
    Summary: This book takes the major pathologies commonly studied in general surgery and presents them in a unique format based upon algorithms. The algorithms begin with the clinical presentation of the patient and work their way through the various diagnostic modalities available to the surgeon. This allows the physician to make a decision regarding treatment options based upon various patterns in the algorithms. This text serves as a very useful resource for surgeons as it allows complex clinical pathways to be conveniently organized in logical algorithms while providing a concise yet comprehensive manual to assist in clinical decision making. The algorithms were created by recognized experts in their field and include the most up-to-date clinical and evidence-based information. Provides a useful resource for surgeons in clinical practice, as well as surgical residents in training and those who are preparing for board examinations or recertification.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Martha L. Sylvia, Mary F. Terhaar.
    Summary: "When we first conceived of this book, our intent was to create a resource that would introduce the theory, processes, and tools needed by professionals to achieve impactful clinical scholarship. We described improvement processes that originated with data from practice which pointed to opportunities to improve and concluded with data that helped to determine if the evidence-based solutions implemented had been effective. We are excited by the number of programs that have adopted this book as a course text, by the quality of the clinical scholarship that has employed this process, and by our conversations with faculty, students, and DNPs like you at conferences where you have shared the pride you feel in the success you have achieved. It is again time to refresh this resource in order to continue to advance high-quality, high-impact clinical scholarship in the context of a great many developments in policy, analytics, and innovation. In this third edition, we intend to help you stay in the groove with the world of big data, value-based care, and data-driven decision making. We maintain our bright focus on prevention, population health, and the contribution of DNPs to clinical scholarship and practice leadership"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    PART I: INTRODUCTION
    Chapter 1. Introduction to Clinical Data Management
    Chapter 2. Analytics and Evidence-Based Practice
    PART II: DATA PLANNING AND PREPARATION
    Chapter 3. Using Data to Support the Problem Statement
    Chapter 4. Preparing for Data Collection
    Chapter 5. Secondary Data Collection
    Chapter 6. Primary Data Collection
    Chapter 7. Using EHR Data for the DNP Project
    PART III: PREPARING FOR PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION
    Chapter 8. Determining the Project Measures
    Chapter 9. Using Statistical Techniques to Plan the DNP Project
    Chapter 10. Using Workflow Mapping to Plan the DNP Project Implementation
    Chapter 11. Developing the Analysis Plan
    Chapter 12. Best Practices for Submission to the Institutional Review Board
    PART IV: IMPLEMENTING AND EVALUATING PROJECT RESULTS
    Chapter 13. Creating the Analysis Data Set
    Chapter 14. Exploratory Data Analysis
    Chapter 15. Outcomes Data Analysis
    Chapter 16. Summarizing the Results of the Project
    Chapter 17. Ongoing Monitoring
    PART V: KEY COMPETENCIES FOR DNP PRACTICE
    Chapter 18. Data Governance and Stewardship
    Chapter 19. Value-Based Care
    Chapter 20. Nursing Excellence Recognition and Benchmark Programs
    PART VI: ADVANCED ANALYTIC TECHNIQUES
    Chapter 21. Data Visualization
    Chapter 22. Risk Adjustment
    Chapter 23. Big Data, Data Science, and Analytics
    Chapter 24. Predictive Modeling.
    Digital Access R2Library [2024]
  • Digital
    Jamie C. Wikenheiser
    Summary: "Clinical Anatomy, Histology, Embryology and Neuroanatomy: An Integrated Textbook by Jamie Wikenheiser bridges all four anatomical sciences in one volume with clinically focused anatomical text and exceptional illustrations. The book fills a gap in the literature, serving as a one-stop resource for multiple courses and board-review preparation, and also provides an invaluable reference for professional practice. The primary goals of integrating the four sciences into one book are to enhance students' understating of the subject matter, better prepare them for national exams, and most importantly-enable them to deliver optimal care to their future patients"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Back
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Lower extremities
    Upper extremities
    Head and neck
    Introductory concepts of the nervous system
    Central nervous system
    Peripheral nervous system
    Autonomic nervous system
    Cranial nerves
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Education
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Jonathan Leo.
    Summary: This book is written for medical and other allied health students. It seeks to aid students in gaining a general understanding of clinical anatomy before embarking on a specific discipline-focused program. Organized among two sections, the first includes chapters that cover the anatomy of the head and neck, abdomen, thorax, pelvis and perineum, lower limb, upper limb, and back. Whats more, section two briefly examines the embryology and development of the organ systems, such as the development of major organs. This title is an invaluable resource for students who wish to retain anatomical knowledge on the entire human body despite an eventual career in one particular discipline of medicine. It is complemented by its previously published sister text Medical Neuroanatomy for the Boards and the Clinic, which applies similar principles of anatomical information with a focus on identifying potentially malignant lesions. .

    Contents:
    Section One Clinical Anatomy
    Chapter One: Head and Neck
    Chapter Two: Abdomen
    Chapter Three: Thorax
    Chapter Four: Pelvis and Perineum
    Chapter Five: Lower Limb
    Chapter Six: Upper Limb
    Chapter Seven Back
    Section Two Embryology
    Chapter Eight: The first three week of Development
    Chapter Nine: Development of Major Organs.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sagar Dugani, Jeffrey E. Alfonsi, Anne M.R. Agur, Arthur F. Dalley II.
    Summary: "Clinical Anatomy Cases integrates anatomy, physical examination, and medical imaging into a single, practical resource--an ideal presentation for today's students and residents. Carefully organized content presents normal, clinical, and radiologic anatomy, along with case examples, relevant physical examination information, and clinical pearls. Written and developed by students, residents, physicians, and instructors, Clinical Anatomy Cases is a valuable resource for coursework in medical, physician assistant, nurse practitioner, dental, physical therapy, occupational therapy, and other health programs as well as for board exam preparation and as an introduction to radiology during the transition to clinical rotations and practice."-- Back cover.

    Contents:
    Integrated approach to clinical encounters
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis
    Back
    Upper and lower extremities
    Head and neck.
  • Print
    John Pegington ; illustrations by Melody Crocker.
    Contents:

    v. 1. The Vertebral column and limbs--
    v. 2. The Head and neck.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QM5 .P43
    2
  • Digital
    Hee-Jin Kim, Kyle K Seo, Hong-Ki Lee, Jisoo Kim.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Anatomy of the face
    Chapter 2. Clinical anatomy for Botulinum toxin
    Chapter 3. Filler Anatomy of the Upper Face
    Chapter 4. Filler Anatomy of the Midface
    Chapter 5. Filler Anatomy of the Lower Face.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Murat Bozkurt, Halil İbrahim Açar.
    Summary: This book provides detailed information on functional anatomy, physical examination, and clinical radiology of the knee with a view to enabling the clinician to identify the most suitable treatment approach to different knee joint pathologies. In addition, the arthroscopic treatment techniques most frequently employed in patients with these conditions are described, with presentation of numerous arthroscopic images detailing characteristic findings. Knee joint pathologies today represent a significant challenge owing to the complexity of the injuries suffered, rising activity levels, and high patient expectations. A proper physical examination plays an important role in diagnosis. The surgeon who has the opportunity to conduct a clinical evaluation must fully understand the role of radiological evaluations, and assessment by a radiology expert is also necessary. In all cases, knowledge of the normal anatomy and its correlation with clinical and radiological findings is fundamental to correct diagnosis and treatment selection. Surgeons and trainees with an interest in knee joint pathologies will find this book to be an excellent, richly illustrated educational guide to the subject.

    Contents:
    Functional Anatomy of Knee
    Arthroscopic Anatomy of Knee
    Knee Radiology
    Physical Examination
    Patient Positioning and Setup
    Anatomical Meniscus Repair Techniques
    Arthroscopic Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: Six Bundles Hamstring Tendon Autograft For Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Arthroscopic Revision Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Posterior Cruciate Ligament Anatomical Reconstruction
    Medial Patellofemoral Ligament Repair and Reconstruction Techniques
    Medial Collateral Ligament Anatomical Repair and Reconstructions
    Anatomic Posterolateral Reconstruction
    Anatomic Knee Joint realignment
    Meniscal implants and transplantations
    Cartilage Treatment Techniques
    Posterior Knee Arthroscopy
    Physiotherapy in Orthopaedic Knee Injuries
    Morphometric Analysis of the Knee
    The Biomechanics of the Knee Joint.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Murat Bozkurt, Halil İbrahim Açar, editors.
    Contents:
    Functional Anatomy of Shoulder
    Arthroscopic Anatomy of Shoulder
    Shoulder Radiology
    Physical Examination
    Arthroscopic Knot
    Typing Techniques
    Operation Room Setup and Patient Positioning
    Shoulder Arthroscopy Portals.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Gregory D. Cramer, Susan A. Darby ; illustrators, Theodore G. Huff, Sally A. Cummings ; photographers, Ron Mensching, Kadi Sistak.
    Contents:
    Surface anatomy of the back and vertebral levels of clinically important structures / Barclay W. Bakkum
    General characteristics of the spine / Gregory D. Cramer
    General anatomy of the spinal cord / Susan A. Darby
    Muscles that influence the spine / Barclay W. Bakkum, Gregory D. Cramer
    The cervical region / Gregory D. Cramer
    The thoracic region / Gregory D. Cramer
    The lumbar region / Gregory D. Cramer
    The sacrum, sacroiliac joint, and coccyx / Gregory D. Cramer, Chae-Song Ro
    Neuroanatomy of the spinal cord / Susan A. Darby, Robert J. Frysztak
    Neuroanatomy of the autonomic nervous system / Susan A. Darby
    Pain of spinal origin / Gregory D. Cramer, Susan A. Darby, Robert J. Frysztak
    Development of the spine and spinal cord / Barclay W. Bakkum, William E. Bachop
    Unique anatomic features of the pediatric spine / Gregory D. Cramer
    Microscopic anatomy of the zygapophysial joints, intervertebral discs, and other major tissues of the back / Gregory D. Cramer, Barclay W. Bakkum.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Mark H. Hankin, Dennis E. Morse, Judith M. Venuti, Malli Barremkala.
    Summary: "Ensure readiness for the USMLE® or any other high-stakes exam covering clinical anatomy! Thieme Test Prep for the USMLE®: Clinical Anatomy by Mark Hankin, Dennis Morse, Judith Venuti, and Malli Barremkala features over 600 USMLE®-style multiple choice anatomical questions, classified as easy, moderate, and difficult, with detailed explanations. Chapters are organized by organ system and questions are categorized by anatomical region. Questions begin with a clinical vignette and are based on actual case reports, often incorporating patient and diagnostic images. Key Highlights · Award-winning Thieme anatomical illustrations used extensively in both questions and explanations provide exceptional clarity · In-depth coverage of the lymphatic and endocrine systems · Approximately 25% questions are image-based, mirroring the USMLE® format This essential resource will help you assess your knowledge and fully prepare for the USMLE® Step 1 or COMLEX Level 1 exam. Mark H. Hankin, PhD, is Professor and Senior Anatomist, and Director of the Anatomical Services Center, Oregon Health & Science University, Portland, Oregon. Dennis E. Morse, PhD, is Professor Emeritus of Anatomy, University of Toledo, College of Medicine and Life Sciences, Toledo, Ohio; and Visiting Professor of Physiology and Cell Biology, Department of Physiology and Cell Biology, University of Nevada-Reno School of Medicine, Reno, Nevada. Judith M. Venuti, PhD, FAAA, is Professor and former Chair, Department of Foundational Medical Studies, Oakland University William Beaumont School of Medicine, Rochester, Michigan. Malli Barremkala, MBBS, is Assistant Professor of Anatomy, Department of Foundational Medical Studies, Oakland University William Beaumont School of Medicine, Rochester, Michigan"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Anthony A. Gaspari, Stephen K. Tyring, Daniel H. Kaplan, editors.
    Summary: This book is a reference for better understanding immune-mediated skin diseases and their therapies. The focus in on the needs of the physician, resident, or student to understand the pathophysiology of the disease as well as the mechanisms of action of the therapies.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Helen Razmjou, Monique Christakis.
    Summary: The extended role physiotherapy has been given increased attention over the past decade in North America and Europe. New models of care with expanded scope of practice for allied health professionals have emerged to respond to a continuous increase in the cost of health care and physician and surgeon shortages, especially in settings that provide services to patients with musculoskeletal disorders in rural areas. This text book provides detailed information on history, etiology, clinical findings, and most importantly imaging characteristics of major conditions of the shoulder joint, which clinicians often face in the clinic. At present, there are no books that have incorporated the shoulder joint's different pathologies for extended role therapists, physician assistants, or family physicians in one place. This book facilitates practical learning for busy clinicians who wish to improve their expertise without having to read multiple books on the subject. The first nine chapters of the book incorporate the historical perspective of the common shoulder conditions with details on the pioneers who first introduced the pathology in the medical journals. The clinical and imaging hallmarks of each disorder then follow the historical perspective section to assist with identifying the pathology and selecting the best management. Chapters 10-12 provide detailed information on indications and contraindications for different modes of procedural imaging and the specific presentation of common shoulder pathologies on plain radiographs. Written by the experts in the field, Clinical and Radiological Examination of the Shoulder Joint is a valuable resource for advanced level physiotherapists, family medicine physicians, and specialized physician assistants.

    Contents:
    Diagnostic Clinical Decision-Making in Shoulder Pathology
    Impingement Syndrome
    Biceps Brachii Pathology
    Tears of Rotator Cuff Tendons
    Cuff Tear Arthropathy
    Frozen Shoulder
    Arthritis of the Glenohumeral Joint
    Superior Labral Anterior and Posterior Lesions
    Glenohumeral Joint Instability
    Principles of Radiological Examination
    Radiographic Features of Rotator Cuff and Biceps Tendon Pathologies
    Radiographic Features of Glenohumeral Arthritis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Georgios Tagarakis, Ahmed Gheni Sarfan, Hashim Talib Hashim, Joseph Varney, editors.
    Summary: This text and guide discusses the surgical and medical management of congenital heart diseases in both adult and children. It describes the disease, pathology, treatment, complications and follow-up with extensive use of didactic material to educate the reader to the practicalities of the subject. It details the novel research via an extensive literature review, while covering all aspects of the surgical and medical treatment of congenital heart disease. It includes review of the laparoscopic techniques and epidemiology of each disease involved and their prevalence to provide the reader with the full clinical picture. Clinical and Surgical Aspects of Congenital Heart Diseases: Text and Study Guide provides a thorough practical reference for the discipline with the use of illustrations and charts to facilitate understanding. It is essential reading for all trainee and practicing cardiac surgeons, cardiologists and internists, and all interested healthcare professionals.

    Contents:
    Genetic Basis of congenital heart disease
    Epidemiology of congenital heart disease
    Atrial septal defect
    Ventricular septal defect
    Patent ductus arteriosus
    Coarctation of aorta
    Truncus arteriosus
    Tricuspid atresia
    Teratology of Fallot
    Total anomalous pulmonary vascular return
    Multiple malformations
    Laparoscopic surgery of congenital heart disease
    Aortic Stenosis
    Atrioventricular septal defect (AVSD)
    Bicuspid aortic valve
    Cardiomyopathy
    Complete heart block (CHB)
    Dextrocardia
    Double inlet left ventricle (DILV)
    Double outlet right ventricle (DORV)
    Ebstein's anomaly
    Hypoplastic left heart syndrome (HLHS)
    Hypoplastic right heart syndrome (HRHS)
    Mitral stenosis
    Rhabdomyomas (Tumors of the Heart)
    Transposition of the great vessels
    Tricuspid atresia
    Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome (WPW)
    Perfusion in congenital heart surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    edited by David Robertson, Gordon H. Williams.
    Contents:
    Section I Fundamental Principles
    1. Introduction to clinical research / Gordon H. Williams and David Robertson
    2. Patient-oriented research / Ellen W. Seely and Steven Grinspoon
    3. Clinical trials / Robert M. Califf
    4. Introduction to epidemiology / Donna K. Arnett and Steven A. Claas
    5. The patient-centered outcomes research institute / Joe V. Selby and Danielle M. Whicher
    6. Health-care technology assessment (HTA) / Uwe E. Reinhardt
    7. Health services research / J. Sanford Schwartz
    Section II Approaches
    8. Measurement of biological materials / Mark D. Kellogg
    9. Imaging tools in clinical research / Ruth M. Dunne, Alibhe C. O'Neill and Clare M. Tempany
    10. Imaging tools in human research / Ruth M. Dunne, Alibhe C. O'Neill and Clare M. Tempany
    11. Nanotechnology in clinical and translational research / James B. Baker Jr., Brent B. Ward and Thommey P. Thomas
    12. The use of questionnaires and surveys / Marcia A. Testa and Donald C. Simonson
    13. Informational technology / Shawn N. Murphy, Henry C. Chueh and Christopher D. Herrick
    14. Principles of biostatistics / Kush Kapur
    15. Good clinical practice and good laboratory practice / Nathalie K. Zgheib, Stephanie L. Tomasic and Robert A. Branch
    Section III Human Genetics
    Introduction to human genetics / Bruce R. Korf
    17. Epidemiologic and population genetic studies / Angela J. Rogers and Scott T. Weiss
    18. Pharmacogenetics of drug metabolism / Zerusenay Desta and David A. Flockhart
    19. Statistical techniques for genetic analysis / Jessica Lasky-Su
    Section IV Human Pharmacology
    20. Introduction to clinical pharmacology / Rommel G. Tirona and Richard B. Kim
    21. Adverse drug events / Dan M. Roden
    Section V Societal Context of Human Research
    22. Translating science to the bedside / Seema Basu
    23. Regulatory environment / Christine Nguyen, Audrey Gassman and Hylton V. Joffe
    24. Ethical issues in translational research and clinical investigation / Greg Koski
    25. Clinical research in the public eye / Mary Wooley
    Section VI Research in Special Populations
    26. Research in special populations / Todd W. Rice and Gordon R. Bernard
    27. Research in the emergency care environment / James Quinn and Daniel J. Pallin
    28. Psychiatric disorders / Alan F. Schatzberg
    29. Research in special populations / Stephanie Studenski and Luigi Ferrucci
    30. Clinical research in neurology / Keren Regev and Howard L. Weiner
    31. Research in pediatrics / Lisa Bomgaars, Stacey Berg and Ann R. Stark
    32. Cancer as a paradigm for translational and clinical biomedical research / César Serrano and George D. Demetri
    33. Maintaining an emphasis on rare diseases with research initiatives and resources at the national center for advancing translational sciences / Stephen C. Groft and Rashmi Gopal-Srivastava
    Section VII Infrastructure
    34. Clinical and Translational Science Infrastructure / David Robertson and Gordon H. Williams
    Section VIII Education, Training and Career Choices
    35. Education, Training and Career Choices / Katherine E. Hartmann, Elizabeth Heitman and Nancy J. Brown
    A stepwise approach to a career in translational research / William F. Crowley Jr.
    Physician careers in the pharmaceutical industry / Ronald L. Krall
    Section IX Research in Academia
    38. Industry-sponsored clinical research in academia / Italo Biaggioni
    39. Governmental support of research / Sten H. Vermund and Salim Abdool Karim
    40. The role of nonprofit, non-governmental funding in support of biomedical research / Rose Marie Robertson and Suzie Upton
    41. Modern drug discovery and development / Daniel E. Salazar and Glenn Gormley
    42. Pharmaceutical and biotechnology sector support of research / Joann Data
    Section X Prospectus
    43. The future of clinical research / Gordon H. Williams and David Robertson.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Paul G. Barash, Bruce F. Cullen, Robert K. Stoelting, Michael K. Cahalan, M. Christine Stock, Rafael Ortega, Sam R. Sharar, Natalie F. Holt.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Usha Saha, editor.
    Summary: The book covers all aspects of anesthesia in newborns, neonates (under 28 days) and premature babies. These patients are highly vulnerable, very small in size and weight, at very high risk, and have high mortality and morbidity, which gets further aggravated by the medical diseases and congenital abnormalities these babies may suffer from. The book provides knowledge that equips the anesthetists with the regional techniques used to provide both anesthesia and analgesia, including information about the drugs used, skills in providing neuraxial blocks, nerve blocks, etc., complications thereof and the specially designed equipment for these patients (IV cannula, endotracheal tubes, ryles tubes, laryngoscopes, SpO2 probes, monitors, incubators, warmers and heaters, mattresses, OT tables). The book covers the pharmacology of drugs used, the effect of anesthetic drugs on the developing brain, pulmonary physiology, airway assessment and management, ventilation modes, getting IV and arterial access, preoperative workup, anesthetic management, and postoperative care. It includes care and concerns from both surgical and anesthesia aspects. It covers all the common surgical diseases along with some rare cases such as oncological concerns, palliative care, ethical concerns and pain management. The book also discusses the role and use of ultrasound. The chapter on anesthesia for short procedures includes common birth and neonatal care injuries. The book contains chapters on fluid therapy, blood and blood product transfusion guidelines and indications, resuscitation of a newborn and neonate, and neonatal rehabilitation to improve neonatal outcomes. It contains a dedicated chapter on why these babies are at a high risk of morbidity and mortality and contributing maternal factors. All the chapters are written by experts in their fields with vast experience. This book bridges the gap in the knowledge of an anesthesiologist between anesthesia for children and adults and newborns, neonates and preterm babies.

    Contents:
    Section 1- Basic - General Aspects of Newborn Diseases and Care
    Neonatal Mortality And Morbidity - The Burden
    Impact Of Maternal Health And Disease On Neonatal Outcome
    Changes In The Newborn At Birth Fetal To Newborn Transition
    Common Medical Conditions In The Neonates
    Neonatal Screening For Metabolic Diseases
    ophthalmological Surgical Conditions In The Newborn And Neonate
    Neonatal Transfusion
    Effect Of Anesthesia On Developing Brain
    Neonatal Rehabilitation And Outcome
    Section 2. Developmental Anatomical and Physiological aspects
    General Anatomical and Physiological Considerations in The Newborn and Neonates
    The Respiratory System - Development and Physiology
    The Neonatal Airway
    Autonomic Nervous System In The Neonate
    Ventilation And Ventilatory Modes in Neonate
    Haematological Diseases and Syndromes in The Neonate Haemoglobin. Haemoglobinopathies, And Oxygen Therapy
    Thermoregulation In Newborns, Neonates and Premature
    Clinical Pharmacology of Anesthetic Drugs in Neonates
    Neuromuscular Disorders in Neonate
    Section 3 Special aspects of Neonatal anesthesia
    Preoperative Workup, Perioperative Fasting (NPO) and Early Recovery After Surgery (ERAS)
    Central Venous and Peripheral Arterial Access
    Ultrasound Guided Vascular Access
    Monitoring During Anesthesia In The Newborn And Neonate
    Perioperative Fluid Management and Blood Transfusion In Newborns And Neonates
    Regional and Central Neuraxial Blocks In Neonates
    Anaesthesia Or Sedation For Procedures Outside The Operation Theatre
    Pain Management In Neonates
    Perioperative Complications And Critical Incidents During Anesthesia In A Surgical Neonate
    Section 4 Case Based Anesthesia Management Common procedures
    Tracheoesophageal Fistula In The Neonate
    Anesthesia For Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia
    Anaesthesia For Thoracic Surgery In Neonates
    Abdominal Wall Defects In Newborns And Neonates: Exomphalos And Gastroschisis
    Anesthesia For Gastrointestinal Surgical Conditions In Neonates
    Anaesthesia For Genitourinary Surgery In The Neonate
    Anesthesia For Ophthalmic Procedures In The Newborn, Neonate And Premature
    Neural Tube Development And Defects - Meningocele, Encephalocele, Hydrocephalus
    Anesthesia For Short Procedures
    Anesthetic Consideration In A Neonate With Congenital Heart Disease For Noncardiac Surgery
    Section 5 anesthesia for Advanced procedures and Uncommon surgeries
    Anesthesia For Laparoscopic Surgery In Neonates
    Anesthesia For Bronchoscopy In Neonates
    Anesthesia For Neurosurgical Procedures In Neonates
    Exstrophy Bladder Or Ectopia Vesicae
    Biliary Atresia And Anesthetic Considerations
    Craniosynostosis
    Cystic Hygroma
    Nesidioblastoma (Congenital Hyperinsulinism CHI)
    Congenital Broncho-Biliary Fistula (CBBF)
    Neonatal Malignancy And Anaesthesia
    Neonatal Palliative Care: A Paradigm Of Care
    COVID-19 And The Surgical Neonate
    Ethics In Neonatal Anesthesia And Research. .
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Paul G. Barash, Bruce F. Cullen, Robert K. Stoelting, Michael K. Cahalan, M. Christine Stock, Rafael Ortega, Sam R. Sharar.
    Contents:
    I, Introduction : History and future ;
    II, Scientific and technical foundations of anesthesia :
    The respiratory system
    Cardiovascular anatomy and physiology
    Central and autonomic nervous systems
    The renal system
    Liver anatomy and physiology
    Principles of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
    Inhalational anesthetic agents
    Intravenous anesthetics and sedatives
    Analgesics
    Neuromuscular blocking agents
    Local anesthetics
    Cardiovascular pharmacology
    The anesthesia workstation
    Standard anesthesia monitoring techniques and instruments
    III, Clinical practice of anesthesia :
    Preoperative evaluation and management
    Coexisting diseases impacting anesthetic management
    Endocrine function
    General anesthesia
    Airway management
    Regional management
    Patient positioning and potential injuries
    Fluids and electrolytes
    Blood therapy
    Ambulatory anesthesia, monitored anesthesia care, and office-based anesthesia
    Spine and orthopedic anesthesia
    Anesthesia for laparoscopic and robotic surgeries
    Anesthetic for otolaryngologic and ophthalmic surgery
    Anesthesia for neurosurgery
    Obstetric anesthesia
    trauma and burn anesthesia
    neonatal and pediatric anesthesia
    Anesthesia for thoracic surgery
    Cardiac surgery
    Anesthesia for vascular surgery
    Management of acute and chronic pain
    Nonoperating room anesthesia and special procedures
    Postoperative recovery
    Complications, risk management, patient safety, and liability
    Critical care medicine
    Anesthesia for urologic surgery
    Electrical safety and fire
    Wellness principles and resources for anesthesiologists.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD81 .C583 2015
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Bruce F. Cullen, M. Christine Stock, Rafael Ortega, Sam R. Sharar, Natalie F. Holt, Christopher W. Connor, Naveen Nathan ; clinical anesthesia founding editors, Paul G. Barash, Bruce F. Cullen, Robert K. Stoelting.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    senior editor, Richard M. Pino ; associate editors, Edward A. Bittner, Hovig V. Chitilian, Wilton C. Levine, Susan A. Vassallo.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Jonathan L. Benumof, editor.
    Contents:
    Respiration-related cases
    Cannot ventilate, cannot intubate due to airway hemorrhage
    Pulmonary edema following attempted nasal intubation for mandibular fracture repair
    Loss of critical airway
    Anterior mediastinal mass
    Awake intubation with a NIM tube: how is it done?
    Hemodynamic collapse following a mainstem intubation
    Hypoxemia during tracheostomy
    Anesthetic depth and mask ventilation in the prone position
    Jet ventilation through a cookgas airway exchange catheter
    End of case evaluation and management of a patient post airway mass excision
    Possible recurrent laryngeal nerve injury
    Obstructive sleep apnea, and dead in bed
    Bilevel positive air pressure, decreased sensorium, aspiration and capnography
    Perioperative management of a patient previously treated with bleomycin undergoing thoracic surgery
    Intra-operative airway fire
    Obesity hypoventilation syndrome
    Circulation-related cases
    Hemorrhage during endovascular repair of thoracic aorta
    Pacemakers and automatic implantable cardioverter defibrillators
    Acute myocardial infarction during laparoscopic surgery
    Sickle cell and preeclampsia
    Dysrhythmias in a patient with Crohn's disease
    Hematologic disorders: hemophilia and disseminated intravascular coagulation
    Blood transfusion and the Jehovah's Witness patient
    Cardiac and pulmonary contusions
    Intraoperative coagulopathy
    Hypotension in chronic methamphetamine user
    Venous air embolism during arteriovenous malformation repair
    Cardiac tamponade
    Case of intraoperative new-onset atrial fibrillation
    Valvular disease
    Obstetrics-related cases
    Labor epidural with unrecognized dural puncture, causing high sensory block, hypotension, fetal bradycardia and post dural puncture headache
    Acute pulmonary dysfunction immediately after cesarean delivery under general anesthesia
    Jehovah's Witness with placenta previa and increta for cesarean hysterectomy
    A pregnant patient with mitral stenosis
    Unrecognized uterine hyperstimulation due to oxytocin and combined spinal-epidural analgesia
    Super morbidly obese patient for elective repeat cesarean section
    Probable amniotic fluid embolus
    Emergent cesarean section
    Pregnancy plus atrial septal defect vs Eisenmenger Syndrome
    Uterine abruption
    Pediatric-related cases
    Neonatal resuscitation following spontaneous vaginal delivery
    Anxious, coughing and bound to obstruct
    Special diseases/conditions/situations
    Hypothermia during laparoscopic nephrectomy
    Operating room management case scenarios
    Anaphylaxis reactions
    Autonomic dysreflexia
    Porphyrias
    Monitored anesthesia care: medical implications; and wrong-sided operations: legal implications
    Diabetic ketoacidosis in the urgent anesthesia setting
    Fever, altered mental status, and rigidity in the perioperative course
    Neuro/neuromuscular-related cases
    Emergent craniotomy for evacuation of epidural hematoma
    Hyperkalemia and residual neuromuscular blockade after kidney transplantation
    A defasciculating dose of nondepolarizing neuromuscular blocker
    Postoperative monocular vision loss
    Delayed emergence after aneurysm clipping
    Pain and regional anesthesia related cases
    Unintentional dural puncture in a patient with severe preeclampsia
    Complex regional pain syndrome
    Vascular absorption of local anesthetic producing systemic toxicity
    Inadvertent high spinal in parturient
    Outpatient surgery-related cases
    Plastic surgery in a surgeon's office
    Orthopedic surgery in an ambulatory surgicenter
    Eye surgery at an outpatient surgicenter
    Endoscopic sinus surgery at an outpatient sugicenter.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan L. Benumof, Gerard R. Manecke.
    Contents:
    SECTION I: CASES RESULTING IN PERIOPERATIVE DEATH .-Death During Monitored Anesthesia Care.-Anesthesia During Liver Transplant: Hepatic Function, TEG, Massive Transfusion, States of Liver Transplantation, MELD Scoring
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea: Falling Through Caregiver Cracks to Death .-Abdominal Compartment Syndrome and Pulmonary Aspiration
    Massive Pulmonary Hemorrhage During Pulmonary Thromboendarterectomy
    SECTION II: CASES RESULTING IN PERIOPERATIVE NEAR DEATH OR VERYSERIOUS COMPLICATIONS
    A Case of CHARGE Syndrome and Hypoxemia
    A Patient With ALS Requiring Intubation.-Blowtorch Airway Fire.-Anesthetic Implications of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and the Surgical Repair of Scoliosis
    Pulmonary Atresia with Intact Ventricular Septum
    Necrotizing Enterocolitis in the Premature Infant.-SECTION III: CASES RESULTING IN PERIOPERATIVE SERIOUS COMPLICATIONS.-Post-operative Respiratory Distress in the PACU: A Unique Differential Diagnosis.-An Undiagnosed Intraoperative Pheochromocytoma.-LMA Morbidity: A Case of Unilateral Recurrent Laryngeal Nerve Plasy.-Management of Local Anesthetic Systemic Toxicity (LAST)
    Pseudocholinesterase Deficiency in a Patient with Subglottic Stenosis.-SECTION IV: CASES REQUIRING DIFFICULT AND/OR UNUSUAL ANESTHETIC MANAGEMENT
    Cesarean Section in a Heart Failure Patient with Previous Lumbosacral Spine Surgery.-Organization Promotes Safety: A Step Forward.-A Case of Peripartum Cardiomyopathy: Anesthetic Management of Patients on Mechanical.Circulatory Support and Status Post Heart Transplantation
    A Minor Hiccup: Singultus, Regurgitation, and Aspiration under Anesthesia.-Myasthenia Gravis.-Massive Hemorrhage after Dilatation and Curettage.-Intraoperative Bradycardia and Asystole.-Anesthesia for the Obese Parturient.-Management of Intracardiac Thrombus During Orthotopic Liver Transplant.-Preventing Perioperative Complications of Epidermolysis Bullosa.-.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jason W. Wilson and Roberta D. Baer.
    Summary: "Clinical Anthropology 2.0 presents a new approach to applied medical anthropology that highlights how medical anthropologists can help to improve patient experience and medical education as members of interdisciplinary care teams in clinical settings"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Can there be a critical, clinically applied medical anthropology?
    Working with undergraduate premedical and anthropology students
    Challenges of clinically applied anthropology education and research
    Expanding the vision : work with residents and medical students
    The Leaflet Project
    Multi-visit patients
    Sickle cell disease
    Language, pain, and non-traditional patient treatment spaces
    Opioid and infectious disease
    Firearm research
    Conclusion.
  • Digital
    Peter D. Highlander.
    Summary: As an emerging technology, 3D printing holds much promise for foot and ankle reconstruction and difficult-to-treat pathologies. The first text of its kind, Clinical Application of 3D Printing in Foot and Ankle Surgery provides comprehensive, in-depth operative coverage as well as opinions and case examples from surgeons who are currently using 3D printing in their practices. This ground-breaking volume sets the standard for this rapidly advancing field and provides practical, real-world guidance on incorporating 3D printing into your surgical practice.

    Contents:
    Historical perspectives on 3D printing
    CT to software and other considerations
    Material science for 3D printing in medicine
    Isolated total talus replacement
    Total talus replacement with a titanium nitride-coated 3D-printed titanium implant
    Primary constrained total talus with subtalar joint arthrodesis
    3D-printed custom hemi-talus replacement
    Primary total ankle total talus replacement
    Custom constrained 3D total talus/navicular replacement
    3D-printed solutions for avascular necrosis of the talonavicular joint
    Tibiotalocalcaneal fusion with talar cage for hindfoot reconstruction
    Distraction subtalar joint fusion using a custom 3D-printed implant
    Subtalar joint distraction arthrodesis utilizing titanium truss technology for posttraumatic calcaneal fracture arthritis
    Treatment of navicular avascular necrosis in the sensate patient
    Midfoot fusion with a custom 3D-printed cage for charcot deformity
    A 3D-printed solution for evans calcaneal osteotomy nonunion
    3D-printed total cuboid replacement for lateral column pathology
    A 3D-printed solution for revision lapidus bunionectomy
    3D-printed solutions for first metatarsophalangeal joint fusion with osseous deficit
    3D-printed hallux and lesser metatarsophalangeal joint replacement
    Lesser metatarsal replacement.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    [edited by] Diane K. Newman, Eric S. Rovner, Alan J. Wein.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Keith A. Foster, editor.
    Summary: Currently, there are tremendous advances being made in understanding the basic science of both the structure and function of botulinum neurotoxins. This knowledge is opening up opportunities in regard to both therapeutic uses and treatment and protection options for civil and bio-defense applications. This volume fully evaluates the status of neurotoxin research and exploitation, with a focus on clinical application. The book is a multi-authored collection of chapters written by the leading authorities responsible for the current scientific and clinical research that is advancing the understanding and exploitation of the neurotoxins, and is both up to date and authoritative.

    Contents:
    Botulinum Toxin as a Clinical Product
    Clinical Use of Botulinum Neurotoxin: Neuromuscular Disorders
    Clinical Use ofBotulinum Neurotoxin: Autonomic Conditions
    Clinical Use of Botulinum Neurotoxin: Urogenital Disorders Including Overactive Bladder
    Clinical Useof Botulinum Neurotoxins: Pain
    Future Developments: Engineering the Neurotoxin.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Shozo Tobimatsu, Ryusuke Kakigi, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    1. Principles of Magnetoencephalography
    Part II: Motor System
    2. Basic Function and Clinical Application
    Part III: Somatosensory System
    3. Basic Function
    4. Clinical Applications
    Part IV: Auditory System
    5. Basic Function
    6. Clinical Applications
    Part V: Visual System
    7. Basic Function
    8. Clinical Applications
    Part VI: Epilepsy
    9. Childhood Epilepsy
    10. Adult Epilepsy
    Part VII: Neurological Disorders
    11. Cerebrovascular Diseases
    12. Neurodegenerative Disorders
    Part VIII: Psychiatric Disorders
    13. Autism Spectrum Disorder
    14. Schizophrenia
    15. Bipolar Disorder
    Part IX: Cognition and Brain-machine interface
    16. ECoG Based BCI for BCI-MEG Research
    17. Oscillation and Cross-Frequency Coupling.- .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Uttam Garg.
    Contents:
    Mass spectrometry in clinical laboratory : applications in biomolecular analysis / Uttam Garg and Yan Victoria Zhang
    Quantification of free carnitine and acylcarnitines in plasma or serum using HPLC/MS/MS / David Scott, Bryce Heese, and Uttam Garg
    Quantification of arginine and its methylated derivatives in plasma by high-performance liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) / Faye B. Vicente ... [et al.]
    Quantitation of albumin in urine by liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry / Hemamalini Ketha and Ravinder J. Singh
    Quantitation of aldosterone in serum or plasma using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC- MS/MS) / J. Grace Van Der Gugten and Daniel T. Holmes
    Quantification of five clinically important amino acids by HPLC-Triple TOF 5600 based on pre-column double derivatization method / Shuang Deng, David Scott, and Uttam Garg
    Sensitive, simple, and robust nano-liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry method for amyloid protein subtyping / Drew Payto, Courtney Heideloff, and Sihe Wang
    Quantitation of ubiquinone (coenzyme Q10) in serum/plasma using liquid chromatography electrospray tandem mass spectrometry (ESI-LC-MS/MS) / Richard E. Mathieu Jr. and Catherine P. Riley
    Quantitative analysis of salivary cortisol using LC-MS/MS / Yan Victoria Zhang
    Quantification of dihydroxyacetone phosphate (DHAP) in human red blood cells by HPLC-TripleTOF 5600 mass spectrometer / Shuang Deng ... [et al.]
    Simultaneous quantitation of estradiol and sstrone in serum using liquid chromatography mass spectrometry / Catherine P. Riley, Richard E. Mathieu Jr., and Carmen Wiley
    Direct measurement of free estradiol in human serum and plasma by equilibrium dialysis-liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Julie A. Ray ... [et al.]
    Quantification of γ-aminobutyric acid in cerebrospinal fluid using liquid chromatography-electrospray tandem mass spectrometry / Erland Arning and Teodoro Bottiglieri
    Quantitation of insulin analogues in serum using immunoaffinity extraction, liquid chromatography, and tandem mass spectrometry / J. Grace Van Der Gugten, Sophia Wong, and Daniel T. Holmes
    Quantitation of insulin-like growth factor 1 in serum by liquid chromatography high resolution accurate-mass mass spectrometry / Hemamalini Ketha and Ravinder J. Singh
    Quantitation of free metanephrines in plasma by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Courtney Heideloff, Drew Payto, and Sihe Wang
    Quantification of metanephrine and normetanephrine in urine using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Jessica Gabler and Sihe Wang
    High-throughput analysis of methylmalonic acid in serum, plasma, and urine by LC-MS/MS. Method for analyzing isomers without chromatographic separation / Mark M. Kushnir ... [et al.]
    Quantitation of 5-methyltetrahydrofolate in cerebrospinal fluid using liquid chromatography-electrospray tandem mass spectrometry / Erland Arning and Teodoro Bottiglieri
    Quantitative organic acids in urine by two dimensional gas chromatography-time of flight mass spectrometry (GCxGC-TOFMS) / Lawrence Sweetman, Paula Ashcraft, and Jeanna Bennett-Firmin
    High sensitivity measurement of pancreatic polypeptide and its variant in serum and plasma by LC-MS/MS / Hernando Escobar ... [et al.]
    Quantitation of parathyroid hormone in serum or plasma by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Hemamalini Ketha and Ravinder J. Singh
    Determination of phenylalanine and tyrosine by high performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Judy Peat and Uttam Garg
    Urine purine metabolite determination by UPLC-tandem mass spectrometry / Qin Sun
    Urine pyrimidine metabolite determination by HPLC tandem mass spectrometry / Qin Sun
    Quantitation of plasma renin activity in plasma using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC- MS/MS) / J. Grace Van Der Gugten and Daniel T. Holmes
    Quantitation of S-adenosylmethionine and S-adenosylhomocysteine in plasma using liquid chromatography electrospray tandem mass spectrometry / Erland Arning and Teodoro Bottiglieri
    Simple, high-throughput method for analysis of ceramide, glucosylceramide, and ceramide trihexoside in dried blood spots by LC/MS/MS / Wei-Lien Chuang, Joshua Pacheco, and Kate Zhang
    Quantification of dehydroepiandrosterone, 11-Deoxycortisol, 17-Hydroxyprogesterone, and testosterone by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS) / Ada Munar, Clint Frazee, and Uttam Garg
    Urinary succinylacetone analysis by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) / Hongjie Chen and Chunli Yu
    Quantification of 1,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D2 and D3 in serum using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry / Jonathon Mahlow, Dustin R. Bunch, and Sihe Wang
    High-throughput serum 25-hydroxy vitamin D testing with automated sample preparation / Judy Stone
    Quantitation of 25-OH-Vitamin-D2 and 25-OH-Vitamin-D3 in urine using LC-MS/MS / Dean C. Carlow, Ryan C. Schofield, and Michelle Denburg.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Emilio Bombardieri, Ettore Seregni, Laura Evangelista, Carlo Chiesa, Arturo Chiti, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Hojjat Ahmadzadehfar, Hans-Jurgen Biersack, editors.
    Summary: SPECT/CT cameras have considerably improved diagnostic accuracy in recent years. Such cameras allow direct correlation of anatomic and functional information, resulting in better localization and definition of scintigraphic findings. In addition to this anatomic referencing, CT coregistration provides superior quantification of radiotracer uptake based on the attenuation correction capabilities of CT. Useful applications of SPECT/CT have been identified not only in oncology but also in other specialties such as orthopedics and cardiology. This book covers the full spectrum of clinical applications of SPECT/CT in diagnosis and therapy planning of benign and malignant diseases. Opening chapters discuss the technology and physics of SPECT/CT and its use for dosimetry. The role of SPECT/CT in the imaging of a range of pathologic conditions is then addressed in detail. Applications covered include, among others, imaging of the thyroid, bone, and lungs, imaging of neuroendocrine tumors, cardiac scintigraphy, and sentinel node scintigraphy. Individual chapters are also devoted to therapy planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors and bremsstrahlung SPECT/CT. Readers will find this book to be an essential and up-to-date source of information on this invaluable hybrid imaging technique.

    Contents:
    Technology and Physics of SPECT/CT
    Use of SPECT/CT for dosimetry
    SPECT/CT for parathyroid and thyroid imaging
    SPECT/CT for thyroid cancer imaging
    123Iod-MIBG SPECT/CT for tumor imaging
    SPECT/CT for neuroendocrine tumors
    Bone SPECT/CT in oncology
    Bone SPECT/CT in orthopaedics
    SPECT/CT for cardiac scintigraphy
    SPECT/CT in sentinel node scintigraphy
    Lung SPECT/CT
    Therapy planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors with SPECT/CT
    Bremsstrahlung SPECT/CT
    Miscellaneous (Brain SPECT/CT, inflammation, radiation planning, GI-Tract).
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Hojjat Ahmadzadehfar, Hans-Jürgen Biersack, Ken Herrmann, editors.
    Summary: This book, now in a revised and updated second edition, covers the full spectrum of clinical applications of SPECT/CT in the diagnosis and therapy planning of benign and malignant diseases. All chapters have been thoroughly updated and some chapters have been completely rewritten by a new group of experts. The opening chapters discuss the technology and physics of SPECT/CT and its use in dosimetry. The role of SPECT/CT in the imaging of a range of pathologic conditions is then addressed in detail. Applications covered include imaging of the thyroid, neuroendocrine tumors, bone, cardiac scintigraphy, sentinel node scintigraphy and imaging of the lungs. Individual chapters are also devoted to therapy planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors and to Bremsstrahlung SPECT/CT. For Nuclear Medicine Physicians, Radiologists and medical students in this field, the book offers an essential and up-to-date source of information on this invaluable hybrid imaging technique. .

    Contents:
    Technology and Physics of SPECT/CT
    Use of SPECT/CT for dosimetry
    SPECT/CT for parathyroid and thyroid imaging
    SPECT/CT for thyroid cancer imaging.-123Iod-MIBG SPECT/CT for tumor imaging
    SPECT/CT for neuroendocrine tumors
    Bone SPECT/CT in oncology
    Bone SPECT/CT in orthopaedics
    SPECT/CT for cardiac scintigraphy
    SPECT/CT in sentinel node scintigraphy
    Lung SPECT/CT
    Therapy planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors with SPECT/CT
    Bremsstrahlung SPECT/CT
    Miscellaneous (Brain SPECT/CT, inflammation, radiation planning, GI-Tract).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Dr. Kishor D. Shah.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC76.3 .S53 2016
    1
  • Print
    Jennifer M. Bottomley, Carole B. Lewis.
    Summary: "Authors Jennifer Bottomley and Carole Lewis have compiled the plethora of available scientific research on geriatric populations and combined it with their years of actual clinical practice. Together this makes A Clinical Approach to Geriatric Rehabilitation, Fourth Edition a complete evidence-based guide to the clinical care of geriatric patients and clients. The first part of this text tackles applied gerontological concepts, providing the general knowledge base necessary for treating geriatric patients. Topics in this section include patient evaluation, an exploration of nutritional needs, and age-related changes in physiology and function, as well as many other foundational areas. In the second section, topics become more focused on patient care concepts like neurologic considerations, cardiopulmonary and cardiovascular considerations, and establishing community-based screening programs. In the final section, chapters center on administration and management, including important subjects such as attitudes, ethics, and legal topics, as well as consultation and research. Designed to provide valuable, real-life clinical knowledge in the practice of geriatric rehabilitation, A Clinical Approach to Geriatric Rehabilitation, Fourth Edition gives physical therapists an evidence-based guide to the clinical aspects of rehabilitative care in older adult patients and clients"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Demographics of Aging
    Comparing and Contrasting the Theories of Aging
    Age-Related Changes in Physiology and Function
    Describing Psychosocial Aspects of Aging
    Pathological Manifestations of Aging
    Exploring Nutritional Needs
    Geriatric Pharmacology
    Principles and Practice of Geriatric Rehabilitation
    Patient Evaluation
    Functional Assessment
    Orthopedic Considerations
    Neurologic Considerations
    Cardiopulmonary and Cardiovascular Considerations
    Integumentary Considerations
    Establishing Community-Based Screening Programs
    Communication
    Attitudes, Ethics, and Legal Topics in Gerontology
    Education and the Older Adult: Learning, Memory, and Intelligence
    Administration of Geriatric Services
    Consultation and Research.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
  • Digital
    Kevin Conrad, editor.
    Contents:
    Diagnosis and treatment of heart failure for inpatient providers / Hamang Patel and Amanda L. Bennett
    Hospital management of migraine / Jose Posas III, Elizabeth Verter, Yuang Wen, Alessandro Iliceto, Vi Tran, and Rinu Manacheril
    Candidemia : new directions for management and treatment / Amanda Theppote
    Adjunct corticosteroid therapy for patients with community acquired pneumonia / Guy Handley and Ryan Sullivan
    Procalcitonin and new biomarkers / N.A. Mir, D. Ho, J. Toews, and J. Walsham
    New developments and treatment options of cellulitis in the hospital / Stephanie Bender and Katherine Oakden
    An in-depth look into the management and treatment of delirium / Scott M. Fiedler and David Houghton
    Update in the treatment of sepsis and septic shock : Gyorgy Frendl and Daniela Lazea
    Palliative medicine / Sonia Malhotra and Robin Ulep
    Stroke units and their effect on patient outcomes / Gabriel Vidal and Tara von Kleist
    Update in perioperative medicine : updates, advances, controversies in perioperative care / Lakshmi N. Prasad Ravipati
    Obstetrics : the hospitalist's approach to the pregnant patient / Veronica Gillespie and Brittany McKinley
    Solving America's prescription epidemic : pathophysiology, ethics, chronic pain, and addition / Marianne Maumus
    Solving America's prescription epidemic : solutions, current practices, provider internal skills, and systems approach to care / Marianne Maumus
    Opioid risk tool assessing opioid risk : why is the sensitive question important? / Marianne Maumus
    Nonopioid and adjuvant analgesics for acute pain management / Michele L. Matthews, Raymond Melika, and Yulia Murray
    Hospitalist management of injectable drugs of abuse / Kevin Conrad and Taylor Austin
    Current state of hospital medicine : trends in compensation, practice patterns, advance practice providers, malpractice, and career satisfaction / Kevin Conrad and Theodora Valovska.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kevin Conrad, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an update on recent clinical practice and an in-depth view of selected topics relevant to hospital medicine. It is divided into four sections that explore clinical, administrative, systems and ethical issues. Each section places an emphasis on the opportunities, challenges and potential directions of this bourgeoning subspecialty. This new edition expands on topics covered in the previous edition, including the COVID-19 pandemic, racial disparities in healthcare delivery and providers, and pediatric hospital medicine. Other chapters explore worldwide practice patterns and practical application of philosophical tools in daily practice. This up-to-date resource provides hospitalists, advanced nurse practitioners, medical students and administrators with the latest research, trends and issues in hospital medicine.

    Contents:
    Clinical approaches to the Covid -19 pandemic
    Management of Inflammatory Bowel Disease.-Updates in Nephrology for the Hospitalist
    Heart Failure Management for the Inpatient Provider.-Advances in the Evaluation and Treatment of Sepsis and Shock
    Current Trends in Stroke Management
    Co-Management of Orthopedic Patients.-Pediatric Hospital Medicine.-Management of Psychiatric Disorders in the Hospital.-Opioids: History, Pathophysiology, and Stewardship for Hospitalists
    OVERVIEW, UPDATES, AND NEW TOPICS IN PERIOPERATIVE CARE.-Virtual Hospital Medicine.-Palliative Care for Hospitalists.-Barriers to Advance Care Planning (ACP) in the Hospital: A Review and Case Study.-Value Based Care in the Hospital
    Wellness in Physicians in the Era of the COVID-19 Pandemic
    LGBTQ Health Care Issues
    Racial Disparities in Healthcare.-Gender and Racial Disparities in Career Advancement in the United States.-Research in Medicine.-Sustainability and Healthcare: Expanding the Scope of "Do no harm" Models of Success.-The Evolution of International Health: Lessons to be Learned
    Update in Hospital Medicine Trends in Compensation, COVID-19, Workplace Environment, and Malpractice.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Antoni Bayés de Luna, Adrian Baranchuk.
    Contents:
    Clinical aspects of arrhythmias
    Anatomic and electrophysiologic basis
    Electrophysiologic mechanisms
    Active supraventricular arrhythmias
    Active ventricular arrhythmias
    Passive arrhythmias
    Analytical study of an arrhythmia
    Ventricular pre-excitation
    Inherited heart diseases
    Other ECG patterns of risk
    Arrhythmias in different heart diseases and situations.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Ziad F. Issa, John M. Miller, Douglas P. Zipes.
    Contents:
    Molecular mechanisms of cardiac electrical activity
    Cardiac ion channels
    Electrophysiological mechanisms of cardiac arrhythmias
    Electrophysiological testing: tools and techniques
    Conventional intracardiac mapping techniques
    Advanced mapping and navigation modalities
    Ablation energy sources
    Sinus node dysfunction
    Atrioventricular conduction abnormalities
    Intraventricular conduction abnormalities
    Focal atrial tachycardia
    Typical atrial flutter
    Macroreetrant atrial tachycardia
    Atrial tachyarrhythmias in adults with congenital heart disease
    Atrial fibrillation
    Inappropriate sinus tachycardia
    Atrioventricular nodal reentrant tachycardia
    Typical atrioventricular bypass tracts
    Atypical bypass tracts
    Paroxysmal supraventricular tachycardias
    Wide complex tachycardias
    Ventricular arrhythmias in ischemic heart disease
    Idiopathic focal ventricular tachycardia
    Fascicular ventricular tachycardia
    Ventricular tachycardia in nonischemic dilated cardiomyopathy
    Bundle branch reentrant ventricular tachycardia
    Epicardial ventricular tachycardia
    Arrhythmias in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Ventricular tachycardia in arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy
    Ventricular arrhythmias in adults with congenital heart disease
    Ventricular arrhythmias in inherited channelopathies
    Complications of catheter ablation of cardiac arrhythmias.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Orlando M. Gutiérrez, Kamyar Kalantar-Zadeh, Rajnish Mehrotra, editors.
    Contents:
    I. Basic Phosphorus Physiology
    1. The Story of Phosphorus
    2. Overview of Phosphorus Homeostasis
    3. Hormonal Regulation of Phosphorus Homeostasis: Parathyroid Hormone, Fibroblast Growth Factor 23, and Klotho
    II. Phosphorus in food
    4. Phosphorus in the Modern Food Supply: Underestimation of Exposure
    5. Nutritional Aspects of Phosphorus Compounds in Foods
    6. Phosphorus Additives in Food Processing
    7. Effects of Natural and Added Phosphorus Compounds in Foods in Health and Disease
    8. Phosphorus Utilization in Animal Agriculture
    9. Technical Aspects about Measuring Phosphorus in Food
    III. Phosphorous
    Nutrient interactions
    10. Interaction Between Calcium and Phosphorus and the Relationship to Bone Health
    11. Phosphate Deficiency and the Phosphate Depletion Syndrome: Pathophysiology, Diagnosis, and Treatment
    12. Dietary Phytate and Interactions with Mineral Nutrients
    IV. Phosphorus and Disease
    13. Phosphorus and Kidney Disease: Mechanisms for Perturbed Phosphorus Homeostasis in Chronic Kidney Disease
    14. Hidden Forms of Phosphorus in the Diet: Impact in the General Population and in Individuals with Chronic Kidney Disease
    15. Dietary Phosphorus and Bone Disease
    16. Phosphorus and Cardiovascular Disease
    17. Phosphorus and Malignancies.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Ana Claudia de Lima Quintana Arantes.
    Summary: This book is addressed to physicians and other health professionals involved in the assessment and care planning of patients at the end of life. It brings a unique and humanistic view on the challenges of good practice in palliative care. Concepts and definitions, resources and therapeutic alternatives, as well as symptoms of distress in the physical, emotional, family, social and spiritual dimensions are discussed in a clear and practical way, demystifying and dissolving the barriers of this approach.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. The multidimensional human being
    3. Oncologic disease X nonmalignant disease
    differences and similarities in the manifestation of suffering
    4. Human Suffering Assesment
    adult and elderly
    5. How good conversation can be
    6. Dimensions of care
    6.1. Physical dimension
    6.2. Emotional dimension
    6.3. Family dimension
    6.4. Social dimension
    6.5. Spiritual dimension
    7. Practical considerations in care at end of life
    8. Grief and Mourning - Practical considerations for health professionals
    8.1. Antecipatory grief
    9. Achievements, pendencies, regrets
    10. Grief Family care recommendations
    11. The health care professional concerning the death of his patient
    considerations on the interprofessional work
    12. Caring for the caregivers.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Satoshi Iwase, Junichiro Hayano, Satoshi Orimo, editors.
    Contents:
    PART I: Sympathetic Microneurography
    1 Introduction to Sympathetic Microneurography
    2 Muscle Sympathetic Nerve Activity in Neurological Disorders
    3 Muscle Sympathetic Nerve Activity and Cardiovascular Diseases
    4 Skin sympathetic nerve activity and thermoregulatory control in humans
    5 Muscle Sympathetic Nerve Activity and Syncope
    6 Single Fiber Analysis of Muscle Sympathetic Nerve Activity
    PART II: Heart Rate Variability (HRV)
    7 Introduction to Heart Rate Variability
    8 Respiratory Sinus Arrhythmia and Entraining Heartbeats with Cheyne-Stokes Respiration
    Cardiopulmonary Works to be Minimal by Synchronizing Heartbeats with Breathing
    9 Heart RateVariability and Sympathetic Nerve Activity
    10 Heart Rate Variability and Cardiac Diseases
    11 Heart-rate Variability and Neurological Disorders
    PART III: Cardiac MIBG Scintigraphy
    12 An introduction to MIBG cardiac scintigraphy
    13 Noradrenaline and 123I-meta-iodobenzylguanidine Kinetics in the Sympathetic Nervous System
    14 Technical Considerations for MIBG Cardiac Scintigraphy
    15 Findings of 123I-MIBG cardiac scintigraphy : Parkinson?s disease and related disorders, and others. (RBD, cardiac diseases, DM, etc)
    16 Findings of MIBG Cardiac Scintigraphy: Dementia with Lewy Bodies and Related Dementia
    17 Physiological Background of Reduced Cardiac 123I-metaiodobenzylguanidine Uptake
    18 Pathological background of reduced cardiac MIBG uptake
    19 Clinical Implication of Reduced Cardiac MIBG Uptake.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hyun-Guy Kang.
    Summary: This book provides practitioners with comprehensive guidance on the application of 3D printing technology in the bone reconstruction. The 3D printed implants need to be able to maximize function and minimize complications by reinforcing strength and changing shape beyond anatomically identical design. Many of the clinical cases in this book, including pre-operative images, surgical planning, design and fabrication, 3D printing implants and guides, surgery and postoperative images, will suffice to capture the sensation of the 3D printing bone reconstruction. This book is composed of photos with minimum descriptions so that the readers can develop their imaginative view.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Pelvis
    1 Patient Case 1 Unique iliac plate and combined with total hip arthroplasty
    2 Patient Case 2 Unique acetabulum for easy assembly of total hip cup
    3 Patient Case 3 Mesh-style body without ischium
    4 Patient Case 4 Omitting pubis and ischium
    5 Patient Case 5 Iliac wing
    6 Patient Case 6 Iliac spacer with cavitary resection
    7 Patient Case 7 Acetabular subchondral block
    8 Patient Case 8 Iliac acetabular block and plate
    9 Patient Case 9 Allograft bone shaping guide
    10 Patient Case 10 Pubis preventing genital deformity and hernia
    11 Patient Case 11 Pubis with acetabular preservation
    12 Patient Case 12 Acetabular reinforcement cage
    13 Patient Case 13 Revision--failed allograft bone reconstruction. 14 Patient Case 14 Revision--failed total hip arthroplasty
    15 Patient Case 15 Revision--complicated Saddle prosthesis
    Part 2 Femur
    16 Patient Case 16 Allograft bone shaping guide in the cortical resection
    17 Patient Case 17 Plate with reinforcement ridge
    18 Patient Case 18 Posterior intercondylar Y plate
    19 Patient Case 19 Segmental distal femur combined with IM nail
    20 Patient Case 20 Cortical mesh covering IM nail and cement
    21 Patient Case 21 Deformity correction--Open wedge spacer and supporting plate
    22 Patient Case 22 Segmental femur and Implant-Bone connector
    Part 3 Tibia
    23 Patient Case 23 Targeting guide for small lesion
    24 Patient Case 24 Segmental tibia diaphysis
    25 Patient Case 25 Proximal tibia for knee joint preserving
    26 Patient Case 26 Tibia assembled with knee artificial joint surface
    Part 4 Calcaneus
    27 Patient Case 27 Calcaneus considering possible factors
    Part 5 Scapula
    28 Patient Case 28 Scapula combined with revere shoulder arthroplasty
    29 Patient Case 29 Scapula combined with glenoid of conventional shoulder system
    Part 6 Humerus
    30 Patient Case 30 Distal humerus for assembly with tumor prosthesis
    31 Patient Case 31 Partial elbow joint
    Part 7 Radius and Ulna
    32 Patient Case 32 Radius & Ulna and Implant-Bone connector
    Part 8 High grade Bone Sarcoma
    33 Patient Case 33 Disseminated metastases after 3D printing pelvic reconstruction
    Part 9 Perioperative Times
    34 Preparations and postoperative cares of 3D printing bone reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Patricia M. Carrascosa, Carlos M. Capuñay, Alejandro Deviggiano, Gastón A. Rodriguez-Granillo, editors.
    Summary: This atlas comprehensively describes the application of computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance (MR) imaging in real-world scenarios using 192 illustrative clinical cases. These imaging techniques are revolutionizing the diagnostic and therapeutic approach for cardiovascular patients and are progressively becoming viable sub-specialties among radiologists and cardiologists. Clinical Atlas of Cardiac and Aortic CT and MRI features clinically relevant case-based examples of how CT and MR imaging techniques can be applied to identify the pathological features of a range of acquired and congenital heart diseases. Using more than 1000 high-quality figures of distinctive CT and MR imaging features of most cardiovascular diseases, both acquired and congenital, it therefore provides a valuable resource for both specialist and non-specialist radiology/cardiology practitioners seeking to develop a deep understanding of how to recognize the features of a variety of heart diseases using CT and MR imaging techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Patricia Carrascosa, Carlos Capuñay, Juan Mariano Baronio, Sergio Papier, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, practically applicable guide to the use of CT virtual hysterosalpingography for evaluating gynaecological pathology and infertility in women. It features detailed descriptions of normal and pathologic findings across the female reproductive system, including the cervix, uterine wall and cavity, and Fallopian tubes, and compares the findings with other imaging modalities such as ultrasound, X-ray hysterosalpingography and MRI. The interpretation of post-treatment findings and commonly encountered pitfalls are also covered in detail. Clinical Atlas of CT Virtual Hysterosalpingography compares the use of a variety of imaging modalities to assess female infertility, and is a valuable resource for medical professionals who encounter these patients in their clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Computed Tomography Virtual Hysterosalpingography
    Normal Radiologic Anatomy of Female Reproductive System
    Evaluation of the Cervix
    Pathology of the Uterine Cavity
    Pathology of the Uterine Wall
    Congenital Uterine Anomalies
    Pathology of the Fallopian Tubes
    Morphological Postsurgical Changes
    Pitfalls and Incidental Findings.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Bertil E. Damato.
    Summary: Many ocular tumours are life-threatening or associated with lethal syndromes but can be difficult to diagnose because of their rarity and diversity. Unlike conventional atlases, this book contains a format that orders lesions according to their colour and ocular location to help readers quickly find the information they need even when they do not already know the diagnosis. Multimodal imaging results are presented to help provide a definitive diagnosis when slit-lamp and ophthalmoscopic findings are inconclusive. The seemingly random organisation of cases enables self-assessment by trainees. Written for optometrists and ophthalmologists, Clinical Atlas of Ocular Oncology is an essential resource for practitioners at any stage in their career.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgement
    Contents
    1: Extraocular Lesions
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Black-Grey Conjunctival Lesions
    1.3 Brown-Tan Conjunctival Lesions
    1.4 Yellow-White Conjunctival Lesions
    1.5 Red-Pink Conjunctival Lesions
    1.6 Chemotherapy for Conjunctival Lesions
    1.7 Radiotherapy for Conjunctival Lesions
    1.8 Surgery for Conjunctival Lesions
    Suggested Reading
    2: Anterior Intraocular Lesions
    2.1 Black-Grey Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
    2.2 Brown-Tan Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
    2.3 Yellow-White Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions 2.4 Red-Pink Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
    2.5 Radiotherapy for Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
    2.6 Surgery for Iris and Ciliary Body Lesions
    Suggested Reading
    3: Vitreous
    3.1 Black-Grey Vitreous Lesions
    3.2 Brown-Tan Vitreous Lesions
    3.3 Yellow-White Vitreous Lesions
    3.4 Red-Pink Vitreous Lesions
    Suggested Reading
    4: Optic Disc Lesions
    4.1 Black-Grey Optic Disc Lesions
    4.2 Brown-Tan Optic Disc Lesions
    4.3 Yellow-White Optic Disc Lesions
    4.4 Red-Pink Optic Disc Lesions
    Suggested Reading
    5: Neurosensory Retinal Lesions 5.1 Black-Grey Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
    5.2 Brown-Tan Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
    5.3 Yellow-White Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
    5.4 Red-Pink Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
    5.5 Treatment of Neurosensory Retinal Lesions
    Suggested Reading
    6: Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
    6.1 Black-Grey Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
    6.2 Brown-Tan Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
    6.3 Yellow-White Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
    6.4 Red-Pink Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
    6.5 Treatment of Retinal Pigment Epithelial Lesions
    Suggested Reading 7: Choroidal Lesions
    7.1 Black-Grey Choroidal Lesions
    7.2 Brown-Tan Choroidal Lesions
    7.3 Yellow-White Choroidal Lesions
    7.4 Red-Pink Choroidal Lesions
    7.5 Radiotherapy for Choroidal Lesions
    7.6 Surgical Resection of Choroidal Lesions
    7.7 Laser Therapy for Choroidal Lesions
    7.8 Systemic Therapy for Choroidal Lesions
    7.9 Non-Treatment of Choroidal Melanoma
    Suggested Reading
    8: Suprachoroidal Lesions
    8.1 Haemorrhage
    8.2 Effusion
    8.3 Solid Tumours
    Suggested Reading
    9: Scleral Lesions
    9.1 Yellow-White Scleral Lesions 9.2 Red-Pink Scleral Lesions
    Suggested Reading
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Algaeed, Abdulrahman H.; Kozak, Igor.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    1: History and Principles of Ocular Ultrasonography; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History of Ultrasound Modes in Ophthalmology; 1.2.1 A-Mode Ultrasound; 1.2.2 B-mode Ultrasound; 1.2.3 Further Developments; 1.3 Principles of Ocular Ultrasonography; 1.3.1 Transducers and Probes; 1.3.2 Resolution; 1.3.3 A-mode Ultrasound; 1.3.4 B-mode Ultrasound; 1.3.5 Ultrasound Biomicroscopy; 1.4 Conclusions; References;
    2: Clinical Globe Anatomy; 2.1 Cross-Sectional Eye Anatomy; 2.2 Anterior Segment; 2.3 Posterior Segment: The Vitreous; 2.4 The Retina 2.5 The Choroid2.6 The Ciliary Body; 2.7 The Iris; 2.8 The Sclera; 2.9 The Optic Disc; 2.10 The Orbit and Extraocular Muscles; Suggested Reading;
    3: Vitreous/Retina/Choroid; References;
    4: Ocular Trauma/Endophthalmitis; References;
    5: Ocular Tumors; References;
    6: Optic Nerve; References;
    7: Sclera/Ciliary Body/Anterior Segment; References;
    8: Miscellaneous Cases; References; Index
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Viresh Chopra, BDS, MDS.
    Summary: "Explore a comprehensive pictorial guide to the retreatment of root canals and failed endodontic cases with step-by-step advice on retreatment management Clinical Atlas of Retreatment in Endodontics delivers an image-based reference to the management of failed root canal cases. It provides evidence-based strategies and detailed clinical explanations to manage and retreat previous endodontically failed cases. It contains concrete evidence-based and practical techniques accompanied by full-colour, self-explanatory clinical photographs taking the reader through a journey of successful management of the failed clinical cases. Using a variety of clinical cases, the book demonstrates why and how endodontic failures occur, how to prevent them, and how to manage them in clinical practice. It also emphasises on evaluating the restorability and prognosis of the tooth in order to make a proper case selection for providing retreatment. This book also discusses the various factors that can help the clinician to make a case for nonsurgical or surgical retreatment. Readers will benefit from the inclusion of clinical cases that provide: A thorough introduction to perforation repair, with a clinical case that includes the repair of pulpal floor perforation caused due to excessive cutting of the floor of the pulp chamber. An explanation of various factors for instrument separation, supported with a case that includes the removal of a fractured instrument. Practical discussions of instrument retrieval, with a case that includes a fractured instrument at the apical third of mandibular molar. A step wise pictorial description for guided root canal therapy. Selective root canal treatment as a treatment option for retreatment of failed endodontic cases. A detailed clinical cription for how to explore and modify the endodontic access cavity for locating extra/missed canals Perfect for endodontists, endodontic residents, and general dentists, Clinical Atlas of Retreatment in Endodontics is also useful for undergraduate dental students and private practitioners who wish to improve their understanding of endodontic retreatment and are looking for a one-stop reference on the subject"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Clinical Case 1, Perforation repair : A case of repair of pulpal floor perforation caused due to excessive cutting of floor of the pulp chamber / Moh'd Hammo
    Clinical Case 2, Instrument separation : A case of surgical removal of a fractured instrument / Abhinay Agarwal
    Clinical Case 3, Ledge and Separated Instrument : A Case Of Retreatment / Garima Poddar
    Clinical Case 4, Instrument retrieval : A case of fractured instrument at apical third of mandibular molar / Jojo Kottoor
    Clinical Case 5, Perforation repair with Instrument retrieval : Management of multiple Endodontic mishaps / Padmanabh Jha
    Clinical Case 6, Strip perforation with Instrument retrieval : Clinical management / Zaher Al Taqi
    Clinical Case 7, Management of root canal treatment failure case with missed lateral canal anatomy and inadequate obturation / Chaniotis Antonis
    Clinical Case 8, Management of a case with faulty cast post and asymptomatic lateral periodontitis / Chaniotis Antonis
    Clinical Case 9, Management of a case with endo-perio lesion following a previous root canal treatment / Chaniotis Antonis
    Clinical Case 10, Management of a failed root canal treatment with silver cone obturation and fractured instrument / Chaniotis Antonis
    Clinical Case 11, Selective root canal treatment approach : Management of a failed root canal treated maxillary molar with selective root treatment / Gergely Benyőcs
    Clinical Case 12, Guided endodontics and its application for non-surgical retreatments : Retreatment of a Maxillary anterior tooth using static guidance for non-surgical retreatment / Gergely Benyőcs
    Clinical Case 13, Management of pulpal floor perforation with periapical lesion in the mesial root / Zaher Al Taqi
    Clinical Case 14, Management of root canal treatment failure case with missed canal anatomy and inadequate obturation / Eugen Buga
    Clinical Case 15, Multiple Endodontic mishaps : Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation, hidden fractured instrument, ledge formation in a severely curved mandibular molar / Eugen Buga
    Clinical Case 16, Management of root canal treatment case with an instrument fracture in a mandibular molar / Viresh Chopra
    Clinical Case 17, Management of a mandibular molar with fractured Instrument extending in the periapical area / Zaher Al Taqi
    Clinical Case 18, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation and apically calcified canals / Viresh Chopra
    Clinical Case 19, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation and missed canals / Viresh Chopra
    Clinical Case 20, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation, unusual distal root anatomy, and suspected ledge formation in a mandibular molar / Eugen Buga
    Clinical Case 21, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation and faulty post placement / Viresh Chopra
    Clinical Case 22, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation, multiple perforations, fractured instrument and ledge formation in maxillary right first molar / Viresh Chopra
    Clinical Case 23, Management of root canal treatment failure case with inadequate obturation, fractured instrument and periapical lesion in mandibular left first molar / Viresh Chopra
    Clinical Case 24, Retreatment of an anterior tooth/ Garima Poddar
    Clinical Case 25, Nonsurgical Vs Surgical Retreatment : Decision Making / Meetu Ralli Kohli and Bekir Karabucak.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Can Baykal ; K. Didem Yazganoğlu.
    Summary: Skin tumors are very often encountered in clinical practice but can be difficult to diagnose since the skin's histological complexity gives rise to many types and subtypes. This superb atlas presents an unrivalled wealth of original high-quality clinical photographs of almost all benign and malignant skin tumors. The diverse subtypes and clinical forms, including different localizations, are depicted, and careful attention is paid to evolution and follow-up. While the main focus is on the clinical presentation as reflected in the photographs, diagnostic clues and management considerations are also summarized in a straightforward, readily understandable way. The atlas has been designed so that it will meet clinical needs and allow rapid identification of clues relevant to daily practice. Clinical Atlas of Skin Tumors will be valuable for all dermatologists in training, as well as for those who are already established in the profession or in allied specialties such as plastic surgery and oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    by Andrew Burton.
    Contents:
    Cytologic analysis of cells
    Infectious agents
    Integument
    Hemolymphatic
    Body cavity fluids
    Musculoskeletal
    Hepatobiliary
    Digestive system
    Urinary
    Respiratory
    Endocrine
    Reproductive
    Neurologic
    Ocular and special senses.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Joseph Colombo, Rohit Arora, Nicholas L. DePace, Aaron I. Vinik.
    Summary: This book presents the concepts underlying the measurement of parasympathetic and sympathetic (P & S) activity in the autonomic nervous system and the application of these measurements in the development of therapeutic guidelines for treating dysfunctions in these processes. It provides an overview of the anatomy, physiology, and biochemistry of the autonomic nervous system; details general clinical applications of P & S monitoring that are independent of specialty or disease; presents the pathophysiology of P & S dysfunction in specific disorders, expected test results, therapeutic options, and expected outcomes; and includes case studies and longitudinal studies that demonstrate the major concepts for the common diseases for which P & S monitoring is recommended. Clinical Autonomic Dysfunction enables clinicians to improve patient outcomes by identifying and treating clinical problems related to autonomic nervous system disorders.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring
    History of Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring
    Drawbacks of Heart Rate Variability Analysis and Application of Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring
    Validation and General Evaluation of Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring
    Autonomic (Parasympathetic and Sympathetic) Assessment
    Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Testing
    Interpreting Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Results
    Possible Therapy Options
    Cardiovascular Autonomic Neuropathy: Risk Factor or Risk Indicator
    Normal Data
    Medical Specialties? View of Autonomic System Measurements
    The Progression of Autonomic Dysfunction in Chronic Disease
    Autonomic Dysfunction versus Neuropathy
    General Autonomic Disorders
    Geriatrics
    Depression
    Gastroenterology
    Arrhythmia
    Heart Diseases
    Hypertension
    Diabetes
    Other Diseases in Endocrinology
    Dizziness
    Pain Management
    Sleep
    General Neurology
    Pulmonology
    Pediatrics
    Critical Care
    Sample Case Studies
    Example of Longitudinal Studies
    Summary: General Applications of Parasympathetic and Sympathetic Monitoring.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Michael Murphy, Rajeev Srivastava, Kevin Deans.
    Summary: "This comprehensively revised edition of Clinical Biochemistry offers essential reading for today's students of medicine and other health science disciplines - indeed, anyone who requires a concise, practical introduction to the subject. Topics are clearly presented in a series of double-page 'learning units', each covering a particular aspect of clinical biochemistry"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The clinical biochemistry laboratory
    The use of the laboratory
    Interpretation of results : general
    Interpretation of results : diagnosis
    Interpretation of results : monitoring
    Analytical aspects
    Fluid and electrolytes : basic concepts
    Water and sodium balance : physiological mechanisms
    Hyponatraemia : pathophysiology
    Hyponatraemia : assessment and management
    Hypernatraemia
    Hyperkalaemia
    Hypokalaemia
    Intravenous fluid therapy
    Investigation of renal function (1)
    Investigation of renal function (2)
    Urinalysis
    Proteinuria
    Acute kidney injury
    Chronic kidney disease
    Acid-base : concepts and vocabulary
    Metabolic acid-base disorders
    Respiratory and mixed acid-base disorders
    Acid-base disorders : diagnosis and management
    Proteins and enzymes
    Immunoglobulins
    Myocardial infarction
    Liver function tests
    Jaundice
    Liver disease
    Glucose metabolism and diabetes mellitus
    Diagnosis and monitoring of diabetes mellitus
    Diabetic ketoacidosis
    Hypoglycaemia
    Calcium regulation and hypocalcaemia
    Hypercalcaemia
    Phosphate and magnesium
    Metabolic bone disease
    Osteoporosis and fragility fractures
    Endocrine control
    Dynamic function tests
    Pituitary function
    Growth disorders and acromegaly
    Thyroid pathophysiology
    Hypothyroidism
    Hyperthyroidism
    Adrenocortical pathophysiology
    Hypofunction of the adrenal cortex
    Hyperfunction of the adrenal cortex
    Gonadal function
    Subfertility
    Nutritional assessment
    Nutritional support
    Parenteral nutrition
    The metabolic response to injury
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Iron
    Zinc and copper
    Therapeutic drug monitoring
    Toxicology
    Metal poisoning
    Alcohol
    Ascites
    Pleural fluid
    Cerebrospinal fluid
    Identification of body fluids
    Lipoprotein metabolism
    Clinical disorders of lipid metabolism
    Hypertension
    Cancer and its consequences
    Tumour markers
    Multiple endocrine neoplasia
    Hyperuricaemia
    Myopathy
    Fetal monitoring and prenatal diagnosis
    Pregnancy
    Antenatal screening
    Screening the newborn for disease
    Paediatric biochemistry
    Inborn errors of metabolism
    Selected inherited disorders
    Case history comments.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by William J. Marshall, MA, PhD, MSc, MB, BS, FRCP, FRCPath, FRCPEdin, FRSC, FSB, FLS, Consultant Clinical Biochemist and Clinical Director of Pathology, the London Clinic, Emeritus Reader in Clinical Biochemistry, King's College London, London, UK, Marta Lapsley, MB, BCh, BAO, MD, FRCPath, Consultant Chemical Pathologist, Epsom and St Helier University Hospitals NHS Trust, London, UK, Honorary Senior Lecturer in Clinical Endocrinology and Nutrition, University of Surrey, Surrey, UK, Andrew P. Day, MA, MSc, MB, BS, FRCPath, Consultant Chemical Pathologist, Weston Area Health Trust and University Hospitals Bristol Foundation Trust ; Honorary Senior Clinical Lecturer in Chemical Pathology, University of Bristol, Bristol, UK, Ruth M. Ayling, BSc, MB, MSc, PhD, FRCP, FRCPath, Consultant Chemical Pathologist, Derriford Hospital, Plymouth, UK.
    Summary: The bulk of this book concentrates on clinical aspects of the subject, giving detailed coverage of all conditions where clinical biochemistry is used in diagnosis and management. Clinical biochemistry now uses an increasing number of techniques involving the 'new biology', which are also covered.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Print
    Stephen Goldberg.
    Summary: Focuses on the basic conceptual background of clinically relevant biochemistry for medical students and other health professionals. Line drawings and Biochemistryland Map in envelope inside back cover. Graduate students and medical students have different needs in their learning of biochemistry. Medical students often complain that their biochemistry courses do not focus on clinical relevance. This book, while not a reference book or a dissertation on all aspects of biochemistry, selects the most clinically relevant material that every clinician should know, and presents it in a way that enables the student to quickly see and understand clinical biochemistry as a conceptual whole.

    Contents:
    An overview of biochemistryland
    The main powerhouse
    Carbohydrateland
    Lipidland
    The amino acid midway
    Combo circle
    The DNA funhouse
    Porphy's hemeland
    The infirmary
    Clinical review
    Beyond biochemistryland.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2024
  • Digital
    edited by Ronald J.A. Trent.
    Contents:
    From the phenotype to the genotype via bioinformatics / Cali E. Willet and Claire M. Wade
    Production and analytic bioinformatics for next-generation DNA sequencing / Richard James Nigel Allcock
    Analyzing the metabolome / Francis G. Bowling and Mervyn Thomas
    Statistical perspectives for genome-wide association studies (GWAS) / Jennifer H. Barrett, John C. Taylor, and Mark M. Iles
    Bioinformatics challenges in genome-wide association studies (GWAS) / Rishika De, William S. Bush, and Jason H. Moore
    Studying cancer genomics through next-generation DNA sequencing and bioinformatics / Maria A. Doyle [and others]
    Using bioinformatics tools to study the role of microRNA in cancer / Fabio Passetti [and others]
    Chromosome microarrays in diagnostic testing : interpreting the genomic data / Greg B. Peters and Mark D. Pertile
    Bioinformatics approach to understanding interacting pathways in neuropsychiatric disorders / Ali Alawieh [and others]
    Pathogen genome bioinformatics / Vitali Sintchenko and Michael P.V. Roper
    Setting up next-generation sequencing in the medical laboratory / Bing Yu
    Managing incidental findings in exome sequencing for research / Marcus J. Hinchcliffe
    Approaches for classifying DNA variants found by sanger sequencing in a medical genetics laboratory / Pak Leng Cheong and Melody Caramins
    Designing algorithms for determining significance of DNA missense changes / Sivakumar Gowrisankar and Matthew S. Lebo
    DNA variant databases : current state and future directions / John-Paul Plazzer and Finlay Macrae
    Natural language processing in biomedicine : a unified system architecture overview / Son Doan [and others]
    Candidate gene discovery and prioritization in rare diseases / Anil G. Jegga
    Computer-aided drug designing / Mohini Gore and Neetin S. Desai.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Animesh Hazari, G. Arun Maiya.
    Summary: This book presents essential information on biomechanical features of the diabetic foot, which could help to minimize the risk of future diabetic foot problems. India has recently been classified as the 'diabetic capital of the world'. Type 2 diabetes mellitus has become a serious concern for Indian society, where the prevalence rate is increasing exponentially. Similarly, the comorbidities and foot complications of type 2 diabetes mellitus are worsening day by day. Of all complications, diabetes peripheral neuropathy is the most common, and leads to foot deformities, pain, altered sensation, loss of foot arch, etc. The ultimate fate can even be gangrene and amputation. Accordingly, foot complications of diabetes represent a pressing medical issue. Sharing insights into diabetic foot syndrome, its causative factors, prevention and management, this book offers a valuable resource for medical and paramedical students, researchers, podiatrists, surgeons, and physicians alike.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface by Dr. Animesh Hazari
    Preface by Dr. Arun Maiya
    Contents
    About the Authors
    List of Figures
    List of Tables
    1: Introduction and Understanding of the Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    1.1 Classification of Diabetic Foot
    1.1.1 Wagner's Classification
    1.1.2 University of Texas (Armstrong)
    1.1.3 PEDIS Classification of Diabetic Foot
    1.1.3.1 Perfusion
    1.1.3.2 Wound Extent/Size
    1.1.3.3 Depth/Tissue Loss
    1.1.3.4 Infection
    1.1.3.5 Sensation
    1.1.4 SINDBAD Classification
    1.2 Neuropathic Foot
    1.2.1 Traumatic Diabetic Foot 1.2.2 Neuroischemic Foot
    References
    2: Epidemiology and Current Status of Diabetes Mellitus and Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    2.1 Etiological Classification of DM
    2.1.1 Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus (T1DM)
    2.1.2 Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus (T2DM)
    2.1.3 Gestational Diabetes Mellitus
    2.1.4 Other Specific Types
    2.2 Epidemiology of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    2.3 Diabetes Peripheral Neuropathy
    2.3.1 Acute Sensory Neuropathy
    2.3.2 Chronic Sensorimotor Neuropathy
    2.3.3 Length-Dependent Diabetic Polyneuropathy
    2.3.4 Autonomic Neuropathy
    2.4 Prevalence of DPN 2.5 Epidemiology of Foot Complications in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    2.5.1 Prevalence of Painful Neuropathy (pDPN)
    2.6 Mortality Rate Due to Diabetes Mellitus and Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    References
    3: Pathomechanics of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.1 Etiopathogenesis of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.2 Neurological Mechanism of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.3 Neurological Features of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.4 Vascular Mechanism of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.5 Vascular Features of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.6 Musculoskeletal Mechanism of Diabetic Foot Syndrome 3.7 Musculoskeletal Features of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    3.8 Biomechanical Mechanism of Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    References
    4: Patient's Perspective on Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    4.1 Social Impact of DFS
    4.2 Psychosocial Issues
    4.3 Quality of Life and Diabetic Foot
    4.4 Economic Burden
    4.5 Morbidity and Mortality Related to DFS
    4.6 Painful Neuropathy
    References
    5: Clinician's Perspective on Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    5.1 Diagnostic Criteria for Type 2 DM
    5.1.1 Fasting Blood Sugar Level (FBS)
    5.1.2 Postprandial Blood Sugar Level (PPBS) 5.1.3 Random Blood Sugar Level (RBS)
    5.1.4 Glycated Hemoglobin (HbA1c)
    5.2 Screening for Diabetic Foot Syndrome
    5.3 Diabetes Peripheral Neuropathy Assessment
    5.3.1 Sensory Neuropathy Assessment
    5.3.2 Motor Neuropathy
    5.3.3 Autonomic Neuropathy
    5.3.4 Neuropathy Scales and Screening Tools
    5.3.5 Nerve Conduction Velocity
    5.3.6 Electromyography
    5.4 Vascular Assessment
    5.5 Dermatological Assessment
    5.6 Musculoskeletal Assessment
    5.6.1 Strength of Foot and Lower Limb Muscles
    5.6.2 Muscle Length
    5.6.3 Balance and Coordination
    References
    6: Diabetic Foot Complications: Foot Deformities, Peripheral Vascular Disease, Claudication, Foot Ulcers, and Amputation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lonie R. Salkowski, Tanya W. Moseley.
    Contents:
    I. Introduction to Clinical Breast Tomosynthesis.
    II: Cases with Screening Tomosynthesis Evaluation Needing No Further Evaluation.
    III: Cases with Screening Tomosynthesis Evaluation Needing Further Diagnostic Evaluation.
    IV: Cases with Screening and Diagnostic Tomosynthesis Evaluations.
    V: Cases with Diagnostic Tomosynthesis Evaluation Recalled from Conventional Screening Mammogram.
    VI: Cases with Diagnostic Tomosynthesis Evaluation Presenting with Clinical Indication.
    VII: Cases with Known Cancer Diagnosis Needing Additional Evaluation.
    VIII: Intervention: Biopsy Using Tomosynthesis or Stereotacic Guidance
  • Digital
    Demosthenes G Katritsis and Fred Morady.
    Summary: Offering a clear and consistent framework for recognition, diagnosis, and treatment of a wide range of cardiac arrhythmia disturbances, Clinical Cardiac Electrophysiology: A Practical Guide covers the fundamental analytical skills needed in this challenging area. This portable, highly accessible handbook focuses on the basics of clinical electrophysiology-- how and when to perform an electrophysiology study as well as principles of ablation and other invasive therapies--all in a succinct and modern format.

    Contents:
    Classification of arrhythmias
    Electrophysiologic mechanissm of arrhythmogenesis
    Cardiac anatomy for the electrophysiologist
    Vascular access and catheter placement
    Electrophysiology hardware
    Basic intervals and atrial and ventricular conduction curves
    Electroanatomic mapping and magnetic guidance systems
    Physics of ablation
    Investigation of bradycardias
    Differential diagnosis of narrow-QRS (≤120 ms) tachycardias
    Differential diagnosis of wide-QRS (>120 ms) tachycardias
    Atrial tachycardias
    Atrial fibrillation
    Atrioventricular junctional tachycardias
    Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome and atrioventricular reentrant tachycardias
    Ventricular arrhythmias.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by David T. Huang, Travis Prinzi.
    Summary: This is a practical guide to the clinical diagnosis and treatment of cardiac arrhythmias that meets the needs of this highly specialized, complex and growing field of cardiology. As understanding of the evaluation of treatment of arrhythmias continues to advance, learning and understanding the principles of electrophysiology in order to provide the best possible treatments for patients can be a daunting task. With a scientific, practical, and multi-disciplinary approach, Clinical Cardiac Electrophysiology in Clinical Practice establishes the foundation of the subject and provides a concise illustrative approach to facilitate and enhance understanding. It is designed to be accessible to serve as an introduction to electrophysiology, but advanced enough to serve as a guide for experienced practitioners. Electrophysiology students of all levels, including residents, fellows, mid-level providers, nurses, technologist, primary care providers, cardiologists and electrophysiologists will find value in these pages.

    Contents:
    Cardiac Conduction Abnormalities and Bradycardia
    Narrow QRS Tachycardia
    Wide QRS Tachycardia.- Atrial Fibrillation
    Atrial Flutter
    Cardiac Arrest
    Pre-excitation Syndrome
    Arrhythmias during Acute Medical Conditions
    Hereditary Arrhythmia
    Syncope
    Antiarrhythmic Therapy
    Pacemaker/ICD Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kenneth A. Ellenbogen, Bruce L. Wilkoff, G. Neal Kay, Chu-Pak Lau, Angelo Auricchio.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Hubert F. Baars, Pieter A.F.M. Doevendans, Arjan C. Houweling, J. Peter van Tintelen, editors.
    Summary: This practical cardiogenetic reference is for those who are involved in the care for cardiac patients with a genetic disease. It contains detailed discussion of the basic science of cardiogenetics in order to assist in the clinical understanding of the topic.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to molecular genetics
    2. Clinical genetics
    3. Introduction hereditary cardiomyopathies
    4. Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    5. Dilated cardiomyopathy
    6. Arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy
    7. Left ventricular noncompaction
    8. Restrictive cardiomyopathy
    9. Mitochondrial cardiomyopathy
    10. Long QT syndrome
    11. Brugada syndrome
    12. Catecholaminergic polymorphic ventricular tachycardia
    13. Short QT syndrome
    14. Idiopathic ventricular fibrillation
    15. A molecular genetic perspective on atrial fibrillation
    16. Hereditary cardiac conduction diseases
    17. Heritable thoracic aortic disorders
    18. Bicuspid aortic valve
    19. Sudden cardiac death in the young: epidemiology and cardiogenetic evaluation of victims and their relatives
    20. The genetics of mitral valve prolapse
    21. Genetic disorders of lipoprotein metabolism: diagnosis and management
    22. Genetics of (premature) coronary artery disease
    23. Hereditary neuromuscular diseases and cardiac involvement
    24. Future of cardiogenetics
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hubert F. Baars, Pieter A. F. M. Doevendans, Arjan C. Houweling, J. Peter van Tintelen, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This thoroughly revised third edition provides a comprehensive grounding on hereditary heart diseases with special emphasis on the genetic aspects of these conditions. It continues to provide the expertise that all cardiologists, clinical and molecular geneticists, and related medical professionals require to provide optimal care for patients with cardiac disease of genetic origin and for their relatives. Topics covered include the different cardiomyopathies, the primary arrhythmia syndromes and the hereditary thoracic aortic disorders. In addition other topics such as cardiac involvement in hereditary neuromuscular diseases, the clinical policy for sudden cardiac death and the possibilities of pre-implantation genetic diagnosis are included to extend the discussion. Clinical Cardiogenetics compiles current knowledge on the topic in an easy to understand reference. It provides a practical clinical primer for cardiologists, clinical geneticists, trainees and other physicians involved in the management of these patients.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Genetics
    1: Introduction to Molecular Genetics
    Introduction
    DNA, RNA, and Proteins
    Genetic Mutations
    Genes in Families and Populations
    Modes of Inheritance
    Penetrance and Disease Expressivity
    Genetic Heterogeneity
    Multifactorial Inheritance
    Molecular Genetic Techniques from Past to Future
    Cytogenetics
    Molecular DNA Techniques
    NGS
    Analysis and Interpretation
    Variant Classification
    Data Quality Issues and NGS
    Reporting of Results
    Finding New Disease Genes
    Clinical Genetic Diagnostics On Penetrance and Variable Expressivity
    Genotype-Phenotype Correlations
    Basic Concepts in Population Genetics
    Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium
    Mutation-Selection Equilibrium
    Founder Mutations
    Genetic Isolates
    Consanguinity
    Genetic Testing
    Genetic Counseling
    Cardiac Genetic Counseling
    Cardiac Genetic Testing
    Pre- and Posttest Genetic Counseling
    Interpreting Genetic Test Results
    Controls
    Predictive Testing and the Dynamics of Family Studies
    Predictive DNA Testing
    Adverse Consequences of Predictive Testing
    Predictive Testing in Minors Conducting Family Studies
    Prenatal Diagnosis
    The Cardiogenetics Outclinic
    References
    Part II: Cardiomyopathies
    3: Introduction to Hereditary Cardiomyopathies
    Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Dilated Cardiomyopathy
    Arrhythmogenic Cardiomyopathy
    Restrictive Cardiomyopathy
    Non-compaction Cardiomyopathy
    Take-Home Message
    References
    4: Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Introduction
    Etiology/Pathophysiology
    Clinical Presentation
    Genotype Specific
    Clinical Diagnosis
    Differential Diagnosis
    Molecular Diagnosis
    Disease Penetrance
    Therapy Risk Stratification for SCD
    ICD Indications
    Recommendations During Pregnancy and Delivery
    Follow-Up During Pregnancy
    Management During Labor and Delivery
    Follow-Up Advices
    Family Screening (Fig. 4.6)
    Take-Home Messages
    References
    5: Dilated Cardiomyopathy
    Introduction
    Clinical Presentation
    Etiology of DCM
    Clinical Diagnosis
    Clinical Therapy
    Molecular Diagnostics
    Molecular Genetics
    TTN
    LMNA
    Other Genes
    Family Screening
    Familial DCM and Affected Relatives
    Cardiac Screening of Relatives
    Genetic Testing Approach
    Summary
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Philip C. Doyle, editor.
    Summary: This text provides a comprehensive grounding in the contemporary rehabilitation, management, and clinical care of patients following treatment of head and neck cancer (HNCa). It provides the diagnostic and clinical information necessary to successfully manage patients with HNCa, and aids clinical health trainees and professionals in identifying, acknowledging, and addressing a wide range of problems that may occur post treatment, such as abnormalities in voice and speech production, eating, and swallowing. In addition, the book explores the physical, psychological, communicative, and social aspects that form essential components of cancer rehabilitation programs that seek to restore multiple areas of functioning which are disrupted secondary to treatment. Post-treatment changes in breathing, nutrition, physical capabilities, disfigurement, mood, and body image are also covered.

    Contents:
    Section I: Head and Neck Cancer and Its Treatment
    General Principles of Head and Neck Cancer Treatment
    Surgical Reconstruction for Cancer of the Oral Cavity
    Complications Following Total Laryngectomy
    Human Papilloma Virus: Related Head and Neck Cancer
    Distress as a Consequence of Head and Neck Cancer
    Optimizing Clinical Management of Head and Neck Cancer
    Section II: Treatment Related Changes: Breathing, Voice, Speech, and Swallowing
    Postlaryngecdtomy Respiratory System and Speech Breathing
    Clinical Intervention for Airway Improvement: Establishing a New Nose
    Elements of Clinical Training with the Electrolarynx
    Teaching Esophageal Speech: A Process of Collaborative Instruction
    Voice Restoration with the Tracheoesophageal Voice Prosthesis: The Current State of the Art
    Clinical Problem-Soliving in Tracheoesophageal Puncture Voice Restoration
    Alaryngeal Speech Aerodynamics: Lower and Upper Airway Considerations
    Intelligibility in Postlaryngectomy Speech
    Communication Support Before, During, and After Treatment for Head and Neck Cancer
    Speech Deficits Associated with Oral and Oropharyngeal Carcinomas
    Documenting Voice and Speech Outcomes in Alaryngeal Speakers
    Swallowing Disorders and Rehabilitation in Patients with Laryngeal Cancer
    Dysphagia Management of Head and Neck Cancer Patients: Oral Cavity and Oropharynx
    Section III: Special Factors in Head and Neck Cancer
    Acute and Long-Term Effects of Chemoradiation Therapy in Head and Neck Cancer
    Oral Considerations for the Head and Neck Cancer Patient
    Lymphedema in Head and Neck Cancer
    Shoulder Dysfunction and Disability Secondary to Treatment for Head and Neck Cancer
    Factors Influencing Adherence to Treatment of Head and Neck Cancer
    The Role of the Clinical Nurse Specialist in Head and Neck Oncology
    The Acquisition of Practice Knowledge in Head and Neck Cancer Rehabilitation
    Well-being and Quality of Life in Head and Neck Cancer
    The Impact of Postlaryngectomy Audiovisual Changes on Verbal Communication
    Communicative Participation after Head and Neck Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Curren Warf, Grant Charles, editors.
    Summary: Adolescent homelessness is a growing problem that results in a variety of health challenges. This text is a practical resource designed to promote effective interdisciplinary health and social care interventions targeting adolescents who are homeless or at risk for homelessness. It is based on extensive interdisciplinary experience, reviews of pertinent research and insights and contributions of leading professionals who are directly involved in the care of these young people. Divided into four main sections, Section 1: (Chapters 1-7) section one is a review of the structure and professional involvement of program models targeting youth experiencing or at risk for homelessness to encourage broader understanding and utilization of principles and practices underlying effective programs and identify replicable components. Section 2: (Chapters 8-16) Section two is clinically focused with recommendations for working with adolescents and youth experiencing homelessness and interventions for common and significant medical and mental health conditions, and substance use disorders. Section 3: (Chapter 17) Reviews international agreements regarding stabilization and care of refugee youth and families, description of experiences of refugee children and youth in developed countries, and an outline of conditions from which refugee youth and families have left. Section 4: (Chapters 18 and 19) Engagement of homeless youth in research and future research directions to address needs of youth experiencing homelessness. Written by experts from a variety of disciplines, Clinical Care for Homeless, Runaway and Refugee Youth is a first of its kind text for physicians, social workers, public health workers and any other individual that works directly with these vulnerable populations.

    Contents:
    The Prevalence of Youth Homelessness in the U.S
    Youth Homelessness in Canada: An Overview
    Interviewing homeless adolescents in the context of clinical care: Creating connections, building on strengths, fostering resilience, and improving outcomes
    Homeless adolescents: Identification, outreach, engagement, housing and stabilization
    Youth in Care: A Very High-Risk Population for Homelessness
    Refugee and Migrant Youth in Canada and the United States: Special Challenges and Health Care Issues
    Social Pediatrics: A model to confront family poverty, adversity and housing instability, and foster healthy child and adolescent development and resilience
    Substance use among young people experiencing homelessness: a brief motivational enhancement approach
    Building an Effective System of Care for Adolescents Following Opiate Overdose: Stabilization Care, Residential Secure Care, Family and Community Engagement and Ethical Concerns
    Providing Clinical Care to Youth Experiencing Homelessness
    Contraception
    Sexually Transmitted Infections and Sexual Health Care of Homeless and Street-Involved Youth
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus and Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome
    Medical Care of Youth after Acute Sexual Assault
    Clinical Care for Homeless, Runaway, and Refugee Youth: Program Development, Education, and Research Directions
    Common dermatology problems among youth experiencing homelessness
    Challenges faced by international migrants and refugees to the health, development and well-being of adolescents and youth
    Clinical Care for Homeless, Runaway and Refugee Youth: Program Development, Education and Research Directions
    Conclusion: Next Steps for Investigation and Research .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Sandra Hassink, Sarah Hampl.
    Contents:
    Implementation guide for residency directors / Alma Delia Guerrero, Debra S. Lotstein, Wendy Slusser, and Jeannie S. Huang
    Epidemiology, prenatal risk and screening / Sarah Armstrong, Eliana Perrin, and Charles Wood
    Feeding recommendations for infants and toddlers / Claire K. Dalidowitz
    Nutrition assessment And intervention for the pre-school and school aged child / Michelle Demeule-Hayes, Holly Baker, and Lorilyn T. Russell
    Normative eating and adolescent nutrition / Alicia Dixon Docter, and Celia Framson
    Physical activity recommendations for children and adolescents / Joey C. Eisenmann, Christopher Kist, and Karin A. Pfeiffer
    Infant and toddler parenting strategies / Meredith L. Dreyer Gillette, Bethany J. Gaffka, and Kimberly Guion
    Parenting strategies for the preschool and school-aged child / Adelle Cadieux, Richard Boles, and Elizabeth Getzoff-Testa
    Parenting strategies for adolescents to prevent overweight and obesity / Laura A. Shaffer, Jane Gray, and Peg Miller Evans
    Assessment of childhood obesity / Susan J. Woolford, Carolyn Jasik, and Elsie Tavaras
    Stages of obesity treatment / Brooke Sweeney, Lena Sandifer, and Sarah E Barlow
    Childhood obesity related co-morbidities : identification and treatment / Melissa Santos, Stephen Pont, and Elizabeth Estrada
    Surgical considerations and complications in the morbidly obese adolescent/pediatric patient / George Datto and Kirk Reichard
    Motivational interviewing / Ada M. Fenick, Karen B. Dorsey, and Sherin S. Stahl
    Health information technology in management and patient communication / Thao-Ly Tam Phan and Lloyd N. Werk
    Cultural considerations for effective obesity prevention and intervention / Kimberly C. Avila Edwards, Amelie G. Ramirez, and Ashley E. Weedn
    Patient, practice, and hospital advocacy / Amy R. Beck, Sarah E. Hampl, Sandra G. Hassink
    Community resources for childhood obesity / H. Mollie Grow, Kristin Kan, and Sam Wittekind
    Community advocacy : taking obesity care from the exam room to the neighborhoods / Christopher Bolling, Eric Bosley, and Julia Wacker
    Systems of care and quality improvement : guiding the care of the child with obesity / Ihuoma Eneli-Gerri and Cannon Smith
    National advocacy and resources for childhood obesity / Sandra G. Hassink.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2016
  • Digital
    Mark A. Harrast, MD.
    Contents:
    Section I: General considerations and assessment. Incidence, prevalence, and risk factors of running-related injuries: an epidemiologic review
    Training principles for the runner
    Evaluation of the injured runner
    Exercise-associated collapse: on-the-field and in-office assessment
    Mass participation endurance event
    Sport psychology for the runner: injury, rehabilitation, and recovery
    Section II: Biomechanics and rehabilitation. Running gait assessment
    Influence of step rate on running mechanics
    The interaction of foot strike and footwear in runners
    Considerations in the selection of a running shoe
    Rehabilitation principles of the injured runner
    Anti-gravity treadmill training for prevention and rehabilitation of running injuries
    Deep water running for prevention and rehabilitation of running injuries
    Section III: Musculoskeletal injuries. Bone stress injuries
    Bone health of the runner: metabolic workup and impact on fracture risk
    Osteoarthritis and running
    Hip, pelvis, and thigh injuries in runners
    Knee injuries in runners
    Exertional leg pain in runners
    Ankle and foot injuries in runners
    Section IV: Special considerations for specific populations. Caring for and counseling the youth runner
    Caring for and counseling the peripartum runner
    Caring for and counseling the ultramarathoner.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    John P Mulhall, Peter J. Stahl, Doron S. Stember.
    Summary: Clinical Care Pathways in Andrology provides a valuable resource for understanding clinical decision-making in the context of the predominant male reproductive and sexual disorders for which patients commonly seek evaluation and treatment. Conditions that are less well-known but can be severely bothersome to patients, such as penile sensory loss, are also presented. Based on clinical evidence and expert consensus, practical clinical care pathways are featured for each condition. Each clinical care pathway consists of an algorithm that delineates the overall structure of decision-making for each condition, describes initial clinical presentations, and guides the reader through diagnostic testing and treatment.

    Contents:
    1. Abnormal semen analysis
    2. Anejaculation
    3. Azoospermia
    4. Azoospermia: indeterminate etiology
    5. Azoospermia: surgical sperm retrieval
    6. Delayed orgasm
    7. Erectile dysfunction: initial evaluation
    8. Erectile dysfunction: extended evaluation
    9. Erectile dysfunction: treatment
    10. Hematospermia
    11. Hypogonadism: evaluation
    12. Hypogonadism: treatment
    13. Low libido
    14. Low semen volume
    15.Penile deformity: Peyronie's disease
    16. Penile fracture
    17. Penile pain
    18. Penile rehabilitation
    19. Penile sensory loss
    20. Premature ejaculation
    21. Priapism
    22. Sexual incontinence
    23. Varicocele
    24. Vasectomy
    25. Vasectomy reversal.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Julie M. Skrzat, PT, DPT, PhD, Board Certified Clinical Specialist in Cardiovascular & Pulmonary Physical Therapy, Assistant Professor, Physical Therapy Program, Murphy Deming College of Health Sciences Mary Baldwin University, Fishersville, Virginia, USA, Sean F. Griech, PT, DPT, PhD, COMT, Board Certified Clinical Specialist in Orthopaedic Physical Therapy, Associate Professor, Doctor of Physical Therapy Program, DeSales University, Center Valley, Pennsylvania, USA.
    Summary: "Direct access legislation and a growing aging population have led to a greater number of people with medical complexities seeking physical therapy services. To ensure physical therapy, students are adequately prepared to enter the demanding workforce, and academic educators must provide clinical case studies that match clinical demands. Clinical Case Studies Across the Medical Continuum for Physical Therapists by distinguished editors Julie M. Skrzat and Sean F. Griech and an impressive group of expert contributors was developed with that goal in mind. Twenty medically complex case studies, each with three standalone cases covering three distinct clinical settings, are presented to show medical and physical therapy management throughout the continuum of care. These high-quality case studies cover all the body systems and detail conditions including chronic, neurological, oncologic, and traumatic, which closely mirror cases seen in clinical practice. Each case study includes extensive medical data from an interprofessional team, imaging/diagnostic tests, social history, and physical therapy information. The text promotes interprofessional education by requiring learners to consider elements beyond the physical therapy plan of care"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Ellie Kirov & Margaret Webb.
    Contents:
    Case studies. Acute care
    Behavioural and social aspects of disability
    Bowel elimination
    Communication
    Community-based care
    Cultural diversity in Australia and New Zealand
    Emergency care
    General health assessment 1
    General health assessment 2
    Leadership and management
    Legal and ethical aspects of nursing care
    Maternal and newborn care
    Medications 1
    Medications 2
    Mental health
    Movement and exercise
    Palliative care
    Perioperative nursing 1
    Perioperative nursing 2
    Rehabilitation nursing
    Skin integrity and wound care
    Urinary elimination
    Vital signs 1
    Vital signs 2. Answers and rationales. Acute care
    Behavioural and social aspects of disability
    Bowel elimination
    Communication
    Community-based care
    Cultural diversity in Australia and New Zealand
    Emergency care
    General health assessment 1
    General health assessment 2
    Leadership and management
    Legal and ethical aspects of nursingcare
    Maternal and newborn care
    Medications 1
    Medications 2
    Mental health
    Movement and exercise
    Palliative care
    Perioperative nursing 1
    Perioperative nursing 2
    Rehabilitation nursing
    Skin integrity and wound care
    Urinary elimination
    Vital signs 1
    Vital signs 2.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2014
  • Digital
    Torello M. Lotti, Fabio Arcangeli, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Shannon C. Trotter, Suchita Sampath, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the diagnostic and management options for patients with alopecia, allowing a greater understanding of a diverse number of differential diagnoses. This can help challenge students, residents and re-certifying physicians to consider a broad array of diagnoses based on the case presentation. Each case will be followed with a discussion and treatment content that will help provide the most up to date information available on the current disease as well as advances in treatment at that time. This will allow for a balance of both constructive case-based learning and an up-to-date coalition of the current literature. Clinical Cases in Alopecia illustrates clinical features and discusses the diagnostic and therapeutic process of both common and unusual conditions. It provides a practical case-based guide in the management of patients with alopecia and is ideal for recertifying dermatologists, training residents, medical students and practitioners in fields of primary care.

    Contents:
    Androgenetic alopecia
    Telogen effluvium
    Alopecia areata
    Trichotillomania
    Drug-induced alopecia
    Anagen effluvium
    Traction alopecia
    Alopecia due to hypothyroidism
    Alopecia due to nutritional deficiency
    Lichen planopilaris
    Central centrifugal cicatricial alopecia
    Discoid lupus erytematosis
    Folliculitis decalvans
    Dissecting cellulitis
    Acne keloidalis nuchae
    Erosive pustular dermatosis
    Alopecia mucinosa
    Morphea
    Alopecia due to radiation
    Alopecia due to cutaneous metastases
    Alopecia due to tinea capitis
    Alopecia due to syphilis
    Temporal Arteritis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Dédée F. Murrell, editor.
    Summary: This clinical case book serves as a useful guide for dermatologists, internists, family practitioners, pediatricians, and anyone else charged with the care of the skin. The case-based format distinguishes this work from a reference-style textbook, instead allowing readers to relate the presented cases to their own patients. Clinical Cases in Autoimmune Blistering Diseases provides help and insight for clinicians in managing this group of serious and debilitating skin conditions, with each case serving as a springboard for further pursuit and more extensive training. It will enable those new to the field to begin to develop a literacy and competence in autoimmune blistering diseases, while experienced dermatologists will find new ways to sharpen their diagnostic and treatment skills.

    Contents:
    Diagnostic dilemmas
    What to do when only some of the tests are positive but others are negative
    The second opinion with partial treatment
    When might immunoEM be useful?
    When to send sera for blotting and ELISA
    Therapeutic issues
    When steroids are contraindicated
    When the disease is recalcitrant
    When it keeps relapsing
    When topical therapy is preferred.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Lucian Muresan, editor.
    Summary: This is the first of a three-volume project aimed at providing unique case reports (20 cases per volume) of a large number of supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias encountered in clinical practice. The book is focused on the treatment of supraventricular arrhythmias, namely focal atrial tachycardias, typical and atypical AVNRT and accessory pathways (both manifest and concealed). All presented-cases were performed using the CARTO electro-anatomical mapping system, which allows the reader to better understand the arrhythmia features due to the high number of images provided. A large number of high-quality figures, which represent the core of the authors work, enrich the contents: all cases are built around suggestive figures acquired during the patients hospitalization, which clearly illustrate important concepts used in catheter ablation of cardiac arrhythmias. The figures are not only related to the catheter ablation procedure, but also to the patient history, thus helping the reader to place the invasive treatment of the arrhythmias into clinical context: electrocardiograms, Holter ECGs, signal-averaged ECGs, chest X-Rays, transthoracic and transesophageal echocardiography images, MRI, CT scans, coronary angiography images are provided when considered relevant, in order to better present the patients condition. Short videoclips with activation maps of the atria or the ventricles during the studied arrhythmia complete the information provided. Teaching-oriented, all chapters include questions and answers and key messages at the end of each case. For this reason, it will be an invaluable tool for cardiologists, clinical cardiac electrophysiologists, and interventional cardiac electrophysiologists in training, but also for all those interested in learning more about the subject.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Abbreviations
    1: Case 1
    1.1 Case Presentation
    1.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    1.3 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure 2
    1.4 Commentary
    References
    2: Case 2
    2.1 Case Presentation
    2.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    2.3 Commentary
    References
    3: Case 3
    3.1 Case Presentation
    3.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    3.3 Commentary
    References
    4: Case 4 4.1 Case Presentation
    4.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    4.3 Commentary
    References
    5: Case 5
    5.1 Case Presentation
    5.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    5.3 Commentary
    References
    6: Case 6
    6.1 Case Presentation
    6.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    6.3 Commentary
    References
    7: Case 7
    7.1 Case Presentation
    7.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    7.3 Commentary
    References
    8: Case 8
    8.1 Case Presentation 8.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    8.3 Commentary
    References
    9: Case 9
    9.1 Case Presentation
    9.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    9.3 Commentary
    References
    10: Case 10
    10.1 Case Presentation
    10.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    10.3 Commentary
    References
    11: Case 11
    11.1 Case Presentation
    11.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    11.3 Commentary
    References
    12: Case 12
    12.1 Case Presentation 12.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    12.3 Commentary
    References
    13: Case 13
    13.1 Case Presentation
    13.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    13.3 Commentary
    References
    14: Case 14
    14.1 Case Presentation
    14.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    14.3 Commentary
    References
    15: Case 15
    15.1 Case Presentation
    15.2 Electrophysiological Study and Catheter Ablation Procedure
    15.3 Commentary
    References
    16: Case 16
    16.1 Case Presentation 16.2 Electrophysiological study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    16.3 Commentary
    References
    17: Case 17
    17.1 Case Presentation
    17.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    17.3 Commentary
    References
    18: Case 18
    18.1 Case Presentation
    18.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    18.3 Commentary
    References
    19: Case 19
    19.1 Case Presentation
    19.2 Electrophysiological Study and RF Catheter Ablation Procedure
    19.3 Commentary
    References
    20: Case 20
    20.1 Case Presentation
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Atooshe Rohani.
    Summary: This latest book in the Clinical Cases in Cardiology series presents a variety of commonly and rarely encountered cases associated with cardio-oncology. It explores the history of the discipline and each case described features concise practically orientated information on how to appropriately carry out physical examinations and utilize diagnostic tests including electrocardiography and monoclonal antibodies. Practically focused guidance is also provided on how to apply therapeutic techniques and the latest management strategies appropriately. Clinical Cases in Cardio-Oncology provides a concise practically applicable guide of how to diagnose and treat a range of conditions associated with cardio-oncology, making it a critical addition to the literature on the topic and a valuable resource for all medical practitioners who encounter these patients in their day-to-day practice.

    Contents:
    Dasatinib induced pleural effusion and pulmonary hypertension
    Ponatinib induced stroke
    Nilotinib induced Peripheral Artery Occlusive Disease
    Imatinib cardiotoxicity
    Doxorubicin induced heart failure with reduced ejection fraction
    Trastuzumab-related cardiotoxicity
    Rituximab, Doxorubicin or cancer induced tachycardia
    Carfilzomib (CFZ) induced heart failure with reduced ejection fraction
    Immune checkpoint inhibitor cardiovascular toxicities
    Androgen deprivation therapy cardiotoxicity
    5 FU induced atrial fibrillation in the context of ischemic heart disease
    Cisplatin induced acute coronary syndrome
    Radiotherapy and valvular heart disease
    Acute coronary syndrome in a patient with lung cancer 2 days after second cycle of carboplatin and Paclitaxel
    Ibrutinib and cardiac arrythmias
    Dual therapy BRAF inhibitor chemotherapy (dabrafenib +Trametinib chemotherapy) induced peripheral edema
    Vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) Bevacizumab and hypertension
    Amyloid heart disease
    Venous thromboembolism in cancer patients
    QT prolongation in cancer patients
    Cardiovascular implantable electronic devices (CIEDs) in cancer patients needs radiation therapy
    Atrial fibrillation in cancer patients
    Pericardial disease in cancer patients
    Large cardiac mass, an incidental finding in a patient with breast cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Alessandro Capucci editor.
    Summary: This book presents and describes a series of informative clinical cases with the aim of providing the reader with a clear understanding of the most frequent and challenging scenarios that a cardiologist may face during daily clinical practice. All major topics in modern clinical cardiology are addressed, including acute ischemic heart disease, conditions that mimic ischemic heart disease, heart failure and resynchronization therapy, cardiomyopathy, valvular heart disease, arrhythmias, and channelopathies. Guidance is provided on imaging techniques and their interpretation, patient management taking into account potential comorbidities, and follow-up appropriate to the clinical circumstances. The paradigmatic clinical cases in this book will serve as a sound basis for learning for medical students, residents, and others wishing to meet successfully the challenges posed by cardiac disease. In addition, the book will be a very useful reference for the more experienced cardiologist.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    William R. Auger, Deepa Gopalan, editors.
    Summary: This practical casebook provides important insight to clinicians looking to learn about the diagnosis and management of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (CTEPH). It systematically describes the clinical decision-making process for a variety of CTEPH cases, from common to rarely seen examples of this disease. Chapters are constructed in an easy-to-follow format designed to improve the reader's clinical decision-making. Clinical Cases in Chronic Thromboembolic Pulmonary Hypertension features not only a number of CTEPH cases of varying complexity, but also several medical conditions that may mimic CTEPH. It is therefore a vital evidence-based resource for trainee and practising internists, cardiologists, pulmonologists, cardiac surgeons and radiologists looking to expand their knowledge in this area.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Dong-Lin Xie.
    Summary: This book provides a case-based guide to the diagnosis and management of dermatopathological conditions. Clinical cases are examined to help the reader through the treatment of unusual skin diseases using best practice techniques. A variety of skin conditions are covered, including skin lesions of the forehead, leg lesions, tinea capitis, skin lesions of the abdomen, trichofolliculoma, eosinophilic cellulitis, and occipital scalp skin. Clinical Cases in Dermatopathology highlights evidence-based best practice through its multidisciplinary approach and is relevant to trainees and clinicians working within dermatology and pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Danica Tiodorovic.
    Contents:
    67-year-old man with a pigmented lesion on the left temporal region Invasive lentigo maligna in a 72-year-old man A 36-year-old man with growing pigmented lesion A 46-year-old woman presented to the office asking for evaluation of pigmented lesion on her face A 70-year-old farmer with pigmented lesion on the cheek A changing pigmented lesion in a 41-year-old woman A newly developing pigmented lesion in elderly patient
    the importance of clinic pathologic correlation Extrafacila lentigo maligna melanoma located on the back of a 65-year old man Importance of full-body examination in melanoma detection in early detection of melanoma Two superficial spreading melanomas at the same time in the same patient Melanoma hidden amongst seborrheic keratosis A 28-year-old man presented to the office asking for evaluation of a pigmented lesion on his pectoral region A changing pigmented lesion on the left glueteal region in a 67-year-old man A melanoma rising in congenital melanocytic nevus in a 58-year-old man Melanocytic nevus-like melanoma in a 38-year old patient A 35-year-old woman presented to the office asking for evaluation of pigmented lesion located on her left upper arm Dysplastic nevus syndrome associated with melanoma in a 45-year-old patient A 43-year-old patient with flat pigmented lesion located on the back Small diameter melanoma in a 38-year old patient A 28-year-old man presented to the office asking the treatment of pityriasis versicolor infection having a small diameter melanoma on the scalp at the same time A peripherally distributed dots as a sign for melanoma detection in a 41-year-old patient Blue nevus like melanoma A 58-year-old woman presented to the office asking for evaluation of nodular lesion located on the right leg A 92-year old patient with pigmented nodular lesion on the left temporal region Nodular lesion located on the back in a 64-year old patient Growing nodular lesion on the back of a 52-year old man A 68-year-old patient with a changing congenital melanocytic nevus A melanoma resembling basal cell carcinoma An apigmented flat lesion on the abdomen A misdiagnosed acral melanoma Acral lentiginous melanoma presented as an interdigital erosion in a 38-year-old patient A non-pigmented flat lesion located on the abdomen in a 62-year-old patient A 68-year-old patient with flat apigmented lesion located on the back Invisible basal cell carcinoma located on the right forearm in a 78-year-old patient A 68-year-old man presented to the office asking for evaluation of erythematous plaque located on the right subscapular region Two basal cell carcinomas resembling dermal nevi A 66-year-old patient with a nodular apigmented lesion Invisible basal cell carcinoma located on the face in a 49-year-old patient An 81-year-old patient with two basal cell carcinomas on the face Highly pigmented lesion on the back in a 46-year-old patient A 57-year-old man with linear pigmented lesion located on his neck A 63-year-old patient with a large pigmented lesion located on the back A 72-year old patient with nodular pigmented lesion located on the right lateral side of the nose Whitish plaque located on the nose in a 82-year-old patient A 58-year-old patient with non-pigmented lesion located on the left cheek A 49-year-old patient with pigmented flat lesion located on the nose A 71-year-old patient with flat hypopigmented lesion located on left temporal region A 69-year-old patient with non-pigmented flat leson located on the leg Two apigmented slightly elevated lesions in a 42-year-old patient A 65-year old patient with growing apigmented lesion located on the right cheek A 68-year-old patient with newly developing apigmented lesion located on the right leg A 72-year-old patient with non-pigmented bleeding leson on the nose.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sunil Kothiwala, Anup Kumar Tiwary, Piyush Kumar, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a guide to the diagnosis and management of melanocyte disorders. Clinical cases are presented to illustrate the treatment of both common and unusual conditions, as well as best practice techniques. Patient management options are discussed in relation to melanocyte senescence, hypermelanotic disorders, hypomelanotic disorders, reticulate pigmentation, benign melanocytic nevi, and malignant melanocytic proliferation. Clinical Cases in Disorders of Melanocytes aims to aid clinical decision making and the recognition of subtle symptoms and is relevant to trainees and clinicians working within dermatology.

    Contents:
    Developmental/Migration disorders
    Dermal pigmentation- Nevus of Ota
    Melanocyte Senescence
    Idiopathic guttate hypomelanosis
    Hypermelanotic disorders
    Melasma
    Lichen planus pigmentosus
    Pityriasis versicolor
    Pigmented cosmetic dermatitis
    Postinflammatory hyperpigmentation
    Macular amyloidosis
    Chronic arsenicosis
    Vitamin B 12 deficiency
    Addison's disease
    Hypomelanotic disorders
    Nevus depigmentosus
    Oculocutaneous albinism
    Vitiligo
    Leprosy
    Reticulate pigmentation
    Dyschromatosis symmetrica hereditaria
    Benign melanocytic nevi
    Congenital melanocytic nevi
    Junctional, compound and intradermal nevi
    Halo nevus
    Blue nevus
    Malignant melanocytic proliferation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Julia Harfin, Somchai Satravaha, Kurt Faltin Jr, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Orofacial dysfunction
    Interdisciplinary
    Early intervention
    Relation between respiratory problems and open bite malocclusion
    Early treatment of periodontal problems in children
    Orthodontic treatment of atypically rotated central incisors
    Interceptive early Class II Div I malocclusion
    Early Class III treatment
    How to normalize the position of the 1st upper molar in early and late mixed dentition
    Management of dental symmetries in early mixed dentition
    The use of lingual brackets in children
    Oral cleft interdisciplinary treatment
    Controversies.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Julia Harfin, Somchai Satravaha, Bernd G. Lapatki, editors.
    Summary: This 2nd Edition includes new, updated chapters that deal with important issues and were written by orthodontists known worldwide. Dr Dr Bernd Lapatki presents an outstanding chapter about Early treatment of Class II Div. 2 and Coverbite, that provides a step-by-step description on how to treat these malocclusions using different alternatives. In addition to this topic, Dr Amit Bhardwaj shares the following question, is early Class II treatment worth the effort? Dr Somchai Satravaha added a new chapter about the benefits of early treatment in cleft lip palate patients and long-term controls, where she discusses all the benefits. Digital technology is here to stay forever. Dr Bryce Lee explains how this technology can help us to achieve a better diagnosis and treatment plan. Dr Julia Harfin add new chapters including relevant topics as mandibular incisor agenesis ,impacted central incisors and, how to avoid long term relapse in early orthodontic treatment. She also updates other chapters. The most important controversies are discussed in detail and which will allow doctors to expand their knowledge in order to achieve better orthodontic treatment results. New topics such as orthodontic treatment in patients with hemophilia and diabetes are also discussed by Dr Eduardo Rey and Olga Ramos. The book, which is the result of many years of clinical practice, includes numerous clinical photographs that clearly exemplify how to diagnose and to treat all these patients. It is written by the most experienced team of doctors in the field and will be a valuable asset for all who specialize in odonto pediatrics and orthopedic-orthodontic treatments. .

    Contents:
    1: Introduction
    1.1 Conclusions
    References
    2: Digital Technology as an Aid to Early Orthodontic Treatment
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Digital Workflow in an Orthodontic Clinic
    2.3 Clinical Indications and Application for Early Orthodontic Treatment-Aided Digital Technology
    2.4 Pitfalls and Overreliance of Digital Technology
    References
    3: The Treatment of Class II Division 1 Malocclusion in Stages
    3.1 The Mandibular Retrognathism Treatment
    3.2 The Maxillary Prognathism Treatment
    3.3 Conclusion
    References 4: Is Early Class II Treatment Worth the Effort?
    4.1 Dentoalveolar Class II Malocclusion (Figs. 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3)
    4.2 Functional Class II Malocclusion (Figs. 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, and 4.15)
    4.2.1 Case # 1 (Figs. 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, and 4.14)
    4.3 Skeletal Class II with Fault in the Maxilla (Fig. 4.16)
    4.4 Skeletal Class II with Fault in the Mandible (Fig. 4.18)
    4.4.1 Case # 2 (Figs. 4.19, 4.20, 4.21, 4.22, 4.23, 4.24, 4.25, 4.26, 4.27, and 4.28) 4.4.2 Case # 3 (Figs. 4.29, 4.30, 4.31, 4.32, 4.33, 4.34, 4.35, 4.36, and 4.37)
    4.4.3 Case # 4 (Figs. 4.38, 4.39, 4.40, 4.41, 4.42, 4.43, 4.44, 4.45, 4.46, 4.47, 4.48, 4.49, 4.50, and 4.51)
    4.5 Skeletal Class II with Fault in both the Maxilla and the Mandible
    4.5.1 Case # 5 (Figs. 4.52, 4.53, 4.54, 4.55, 4.56, 4.57, 4.58, 4.59, and 4.60)
    4.5.2 Case # 6 (Figs. 4.61, 4.62, 4.63, 4.64, 4.65, 4.66, 4.67, 4.68, and 4.69)
    4.6 Stability
    4.6.1 Case # 7 (Figs. 4.70, 4.71, 4.72, 4.73, 4.74, 4.75, and 4.76)
    4.7 Conclusion
    References 5: Early Treatment of Cover-Bite and Class II Division 2 Malocclusion
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Cover-Bite and Class II Div. 2 Malocclusion
    5.2.1 Prevalence
    5.2.2 Characteristic Intraoral, Extraoral, and Skeletal Features
    5.2.3 Etiology
    5.2.4 Pathogenesis
    5.3 Pros and Cons of Early Treatment in the Mixed Dentition
    5.4 Stability After Orthodontic Treatment
    5.5 Early Treatment Phases and Therapeutical Approaches
    5.5.1 Overview
    5.5.2 Pretreatment in Patients with Severe Distocclusion
    5.5.3 First Main Stage of Early Treatment 5.5.4 Second Main Stage of Early Treatment
    5.5.5 Consequences of Later Treatment Begin in the Final Mixed Dentition Stage
    5.6 Patient-Specific Treatment Concepts for Successful Class II Div. 2 and Cover-Bite Correction: Seven Patient Examples
    5.6.1 Patient Example #1
    5.6.2 Patient Example #2
    5.6.3 Patient Example #3
    5.6.4 Patient Example #4
    5.6.5 Patient Example #5
    5.6.6 Patient Example #6
    5.6.7 Patient Example #7
    References
    6: Early Treatment of Class III Malocclusions
    6.1 Functional Class III Malocclusion
    6.2 Reasons for Early Treatment
    6.3 To Treat Early: When Is the Right Time?
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Fabio Arcangeli, Torello M. Lotti, editors.
    Summary: This book is a concise practical guide designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of pediatric skin disease. Dermatologists and general pediatricians who offer primary care to children must be knowledgeable in managing dermatological problems, and this title provides insightful reviews of a number of common and rare dermatologic cases. Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual scenarios using best practice techniques. Pediatric dermatology is a particularly important discipline in this regard since it is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria on which to base their clinical decision-making. Clinical Cases in Early-Years Pediatric Dermatology concisely covers how to approach diagnosing and managing patients between ages 2 through 5 years. Each chapter focuses on a particular case and emphasizes how to make an appropriate choice when deciding which diagnostic tool or management strategy would be most suitable. Potential complications are detailed and management tips provided to enable the reader to develop a deep understanding of how approach the care of these patients within their day-to-day clinical practice. This book therefore represents an ideal up-to-date resource for all practitioners who encounter these cases as part of their everyday practice.

    Contents:
    5 year old with fever and perioral and periorbital erythema
    A child with high fever, rash, chapped lips, and conjunctival injection
    A five-year-old girl with erythematous papules on cheek
    A four- year- old girl with otalgia
    A little boy with facial erythema
    A Pediatric Case with Erythematous Plaques and Palmoplantar Keratoderma
    A Rare Case of Xeroderma Pigmentosum in 3 Years Old Child with Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    A young boy with fever and rash
    A young child with vesiculopustular eruptions and mucosal erosion
    A young girl with an erythematous lesion on the lower eyelid region
    Chronic Bullous Disease of Childhood with Hypertrophic Scars Complications
    Chronic cutaneous lesions of unknown origin
    Diffuse pruritic lesions in a three-years-old child
    Fournier Gangrene in 3 Years Old Patient with B Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Itching eyelids in a child with atopic dermatitis
    Liver Involvement in Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis
    Localized scaly hair loss
    Papular lesions arranged in annular configuration in children
    Pustular plaque on a girl's scalp
    Red and swelling scrotum as an early clue for diagnosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Torello M. Lotti, Uwe Wollina, Olga Olisova, Mohammad Jafferany, editors.
    Summary: Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. Exfoliative dermatitis, also known as "red man", is an important discipline in this regard since it is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria to base their clinical decision-making on. Clinical Cases in Exfoliative Dermatitis highlights evidence-based best practice through a multidisciplinary approach that is relevant to dermatologists, as well as pharmacologists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Drug eruption
    Dermatitis
    Atopic dermatitis
    Psoriasis
    Pityriasis rubra pilaris
    Contact dermatitis
    Stasis dermatitis (venous eczema)
    Seborrhoeic dermatitis
    Blistering diseases
    Sezary syndrome
    Congenital ichthyotic conditions
    Lymphoma and leukaemia
    Carcinoma of rectum, lung, fallopian tubes, colon, prostate
    Graft-versus-host disease
    HIV infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Torello M. Lotti, Mohammad Jafferany, Xing-Hua Gao, Ayman Abdelmaksoud, editors.
    Summary: Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. "Red Face" is an important topic in this regard since it is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria to base their clinical decision-making on. Clinical Cases in Facial Erythema highlights evidence-based best practice through a multidisciplinary approach that is relevant to dermatologists, as well as pharmacologists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Seborrheic dermatitis
    Rosacea
    Skin irritation or allergic reaction
    Reaction to a medication
    Atopic dermatitis
    Psoriasis
    Spider veins
    Shingles
    Lupus
    Rare cancer
    Menopause
    Fifth Disease
    Agoraphobia
    Scarlet Fever
    Hyperthyroidism
    Pyelonephritis
    Cluster headaches
    Yellow fever
    Autonomic hyperreflexia
    Cushing syndrome
    Niacin overdose
    Sunburn.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Torello M. Lotti, Uwe Wollina, Olga Olisova, Mohammad Jafferany, editors.
    Summary: Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques and this title focuses on the management of exfoliative dermatitis, also known as "red man". This is an important discipline in older patients as the recognition and appropriate management of these conditions requires the clinician to distinguish often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients. This practical case-based reference helps readers accurately define the diagnostic and management criteria to assist clinical decision-making. Clinical Cases in Geriatric Exfoliative Dermatitis highlights evidence-based best practice in managing erythroderma in older patients. It uses a thorough multidisciplinary case-based approach that is relevant to the scenarios that dermatologists face in clinical practice, while also providing insights for pharmacologists and pathologists that work with these cases.

    Contents:
    A Case of Unusual Blistering Dermatitis
    A Red Nodule on the Anterior Chest
    Based on the Case Description and the Photographs, What Is Your Diagnosis?
    An Elder Male with Generalized Pruritic Erythema and Scales
    An Elderly Female with Itchy Red-Rashes and Blisters
    An Elderly Female with an Ulcerated Mass on the Elbow
    An Elderly Female with Forehead Plaque and Ulcers
    An Elderly Female with Painful and Pruritic Blisters
    An Elderly Female with Ulcer
    An Elderly Male with Erythema and Papules
    An Elderly Male with Skin Sclerosis
    An Old Man with Erythema, Vesicles and Pain over Neck, Chest and Back
    An Old Women with Weird Umbilicus
    Based on the Case Description and Photograph, What Is Your Diagnosis?
    An Unusual Erythema: Radiation Recall Dermatitis Years after Breast-Conserving Surgery
    Annular Desquamation in Two Elderly Women
    Annular Isolated Erythematous and Squamous Lesion of the Left Arm
    Dark-Red Annular Patches on Upper Extremities
    Desquamative and Bullous Lesions in a 68 Year Old Woman
    Disseminated Blisters in a Patient with Psoriasis Vulgaris
    Erythematous Scaly Eruption in a 71-Year-Old Male
    Erythematous Scrotum in a 70-Year-Old Man
    Erythroderma in a 81-Year-Old Man
    Generalized Exfoliative Dermatitis
    Painless Violaceous Macule on the Chest Wall
    Ulcers of Lower Extremities.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Anna Waśkiel-Burnat, Roxanna Sadoughifar, Torello M. Lotti, Lidia Rudnicka, editors.
    Summary: This book identifies the broad scope of dermatological conditions in patients with hair and scalp disorders, with particular focus on the hair. These disorders can be associated with various conditions, such as inflammatory, neoplastic and systemic diseases. Often patient history and physical examination significantly narrow the differential diagnosis, but in doubtful cases, trichoscopy or scalp biopsy is needed to establish correct diagnosis. Treatment of hair disease varies from topical through intralesional to systemic options, dependent from type and severity of the disease as well as coexisted conditions. Clinical Cases in Hair Disorders illustrates clinical features and discuss diagnostic and therapeutic process of both common and unusual conditions. It provides a practical case-based guide in the management of patients with hair diseases and is ideal for both board-certified dermatologists and dermatologists in training.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Chapter 1: 19-Year-Old Woman with Short, Spiky, Brittle Hair
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 2: A 14-Year-Old Boy with Hair Loss and Scaling on the Scalp
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 3: A 19-Year-Old Man with Folliculitis and Hair Loss
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 4: A 26-Year-Old Woman with Multiple Erythematous Areas with Coexisted Hair Loss
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References Chapter 5: A 29-Year-Old Woman with Treatment-Resistant Dandruff
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 6: A 34-Year-Old Man with an Indurated Alopecic Lesion on the Scalp
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 7: A 38-Year-Old Woman with Linear Hair Loss
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 8: A 40-Year-Old Woman of African Descent with the Central Scalp Hair Loss
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References Chapter 9: A 52-Year-Old Woman with Scarring Alopecia
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 10: A 62-Year-Old Woman with Mild Hair Loss and Scalp Itching
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 11: A 64-Year-Old Woman with Burning Sensation of the Scalp with Coexisted Hair Loss
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 12: A 66-Year-Old Woman with Localized Hair Loss
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References Discussion
    References
    Chapter 18: Alopecia in a Linear Pattern
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 19: An Elderly Female with Alopecia
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 20: An Infant with Suppurative Circular Alopecia on the Scalp
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 21: Androgenetic Alopecia and Thyroid Cancer: Coincidence or More?
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 22: A Chronic Inflammatory Scalp Disorder with Coexisted Alopecia
    Differential Diagnoses
    Diagnosis
    Discussion
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ravi V. Shah, Siddique A. Abbasi, editors.
    Summary: This concise practical guide is designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process by reviewing a number of cases and defining the various diagnostic and management decisions open to clinicians. It is well illustrated and diverse in scope, enabling the reader to obtain relevant clinical information regarding both standard and unusual cases in heart failure in a rapid, easy to digest format. Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. Cardiology is a key discipline in this regard and is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria on which to base their clinical decision-making. This title therefore provides valuable assistance to trainees and clinicians alike in evaluating pati ents and defining an appropriate procedure for each case covered.

    Contents:
    Evaluation and Management of Heart Failure
    Management of Chronic Heart Failure
    Cardiogenic shock
    Mechanical circulatory support and cardiac transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nora V. Bergasa, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive resource for clinical hepatology. It details the systematic approach to patients with liver disease in outpatient and inpatient medical settings. A variety of case studies in hepatology including chronic viral hepatitis, and metabolic, autoimmune, and alcohol related liver disease are presented. The book enables the reader to develop a thorough understanding of the clinical presentation, natural history, epidemiology, genetics, and therapeutic options for the liver diseases that clinicians must recognize and manage from the first encounter with the patient through the years of follow up. Clinical Cases in Hepatology systematically describes the approach to a patient with liver disease and is a valuable source for all medical professionals and trainees who care for these patients or are seeking a detailed reference guide to developing their knowledge in the rapidly expanding field of hepatology.

    Contents:
    Acute hepatitis (e.g. viral, drug-induced)
    Primary biliary cirrhosis
    Liver disease secondary to alcohol abuse
    Non-alcoholic fatty liver disease
    Hepatic manifestations of sepsis
    Autoimmune hepatitis
    Cholestasis of pregnancy
    Complications of cirrhosis (e.g. portal hypertension, ascites, hepatic encephalopathy)
    Ischemic hepatitis
    AIDS and liver disease. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Robert A. Norman, William Eng, editors.
    Summary: This clinical case book serves as a useful guide for dermatologists, internists, family practitioners, pediatricians, and anyone else charged with the care of infectious diseases of the skin of parasitic, fungal, bacterial, and viral origin. The case-based format distinguishes this work from a reference-style textbook, allowing readers to relate the presented cases to their own practice. Clinical Cases in Infections and Infestations of the Skin provides help and insight for clinicians in managing skin disease, with each chapter serving as a springboard for further pursuit and more extensive training. ℗ℓThe reader will find useful information and tools to help patients and will enable readers to add to their current clinical regimens by becoming familiar with healing systems beyond medical dermatology. The book will enable those new to the field to develop a literacy and competence in the management of infectious dermatology.℗ℓ For the more experienced learner, it will assist in finding new ways to sharpen diagnostic and treatment acumens.

    Contents:
    Viral
    Herpes simplex 1
    Herpes simplex 2
    Varicella
    Molloscum
    HPV types, verruca, plana, plantar, condyloma, bowenoid papulosis
    HIV
    Hepatitis
    Bacteria
    Syphilis
    Erythrasma
    Staph (MRSA), Impetigo
    AFB
    Fungal
    Tinea corporis
    Tinea capitis (endothrix)
    Tinea vesicular
    Candida
    Chromoblastomycosis
    Pityrosporum
    Insects
    Demodex
    Scabies
    Tick
    Lice
    Worms
    Cutaneous larva migrans.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Robert A Norman, Reena Rupani.
    Summary: This book serves as a useful clinical guide on integrative dermatology for dermatologists, internists, family practitioners, pediatricians, and anyone else charged with the care of the skin. The case-based format distinguishes this work from a reference-style textbook, allowing readers to relate the presented cases to their own patients. Integrative dermatology is a relatively newly-defined field but is steadily increasing in popularity. Clinical Cases in Integrative Dermatology provides insight for clinicians and patients in handling the skin, with each chapter serving as a springboard for further pursuit and more extensive training. It will enable those new to the field to begin to develop a literacy and competence, while the more experienced learner will find new ways to sharpen their diagnostic and treatment skills.

    Contents:
    Acne
    Atopic Dermatitis
    Psoriasis
    Warts
    Hyperhidrosis
    Lichen Planus
    Pruritus
    Psychoneurodermatitis
    Rosacea
    Skin Cancer
    Vitiligo
    Alopecia Areata
    Photo Aging
    Stasis Dermatitis / Lymphedema
    Telogen Effluvium
    Notalgia Paresthetica
    Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    Raynauds
    Lupus
    Urticaria
    Tinea
    Candidiasis
    Impetigo And MRSA Infections
    Cosmetics.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Martin W. Bergmann, Apostolos Tzikas, Nina C. Wunderlich.
    Summary: This concise practical guide is designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of LAA occlusion procedures by reviewing a number of cases and defining the various diagnostic and management decisions open to clinicians. Clinical Cases in LAA Occlusion is well illustrated but concise, enabling the reader to obtain relevant information regarding both standard and unusual cases in a rapid, easy to digest format. Each case includes a narrative description and patient management tips.

    Contents:
    1 Background
    2 Safety and efficacy of LAA closure
    3 Anatomy and imaging of the LAA
    4 Access to the left atrium
    5 WATCHMAN implantation step-by-step
    6 WATCHMAN case examples
    7 AMULET implantation step-by-step
    8 AMULET case examples
    9 Prevention and Management of complications
    10 Combined procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Swetalina Pradhan, Piyush Kumar, editors.
    Summary: This book published in the Clinical Cases in Dermatology series is a concise practical guide designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of leprosy and its complications. It provides insightful reviews of a number of common and rare cases of leprosy. With an extensive review of the clinical aspects of the disease, the later chapters focus on a particular case and emphasize how to make an appropriate choice when deciding which diagnostic tool or management strategy would be most suitable. Potential complications are detailed and management tips provided to enable the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to approach the care of these patients within their day-to-day clinical practice. Clinical Cases in Leprosy concisely covers how to approach diagnosing and managing patients with leprosy. It represents an ideal up-to-date resource for all practitioners who encounter the condition as part of their day-to-day practice or if this is a rare occurrence.

    Contents:
    Introduction to leprosy
    Clinical classification
    Basic clinical examination
    Investigations
    General idea about different MDT regimens
    Counselling in leprosy
    Cases
    TT
    BT
    BB
    BL
    LL- 3 cases
    Pure neuritic
    Histoid LL
    Type 1 reaction
    Type 2 reaction
    Neuritis
    Trophic Ulcer
    Hand Deformities
    Foot deformity
    Eye complications case
    Lucio leprosy
    Lazarine leprosy
    Atypical presentation/rare cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Torello Lotti, Michael Tirant, Uwe Wollina, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a guide to the diagnosis and management of melanoma. Clinical cases are examined to give the reader an understanding of new diagnostic tools including total body photofinders, two photon excitation florescence microscopy and confocal microscopy. Each case is presented in relation to immunotherapy and quality of life and examines the therapeutic outcomes of newly introduced therapies. Clinical Cases in Melanoma highlights evidence-based best practice through a multidisciplinary approach that is relevant to dermatologists, as well as oncologists, pharmacologists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Dermoscopic and clinical features of Melanoma
    Amelanotic melanoma
    Biomarkers in Melanoma
    Challenges of Current Therapies
    Novel treatments
    Clinical Presentation
    Surgical Management of Melanoma
    Radiation Therapy for Melanoma
    Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors in the Treatment of Melanoma
    BRAF/MEK inhibitors in the Treatment of Melanoma
    Nanomedicine in Melanoma
    Side effects of therapies.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fabio Arcangeli, Torello M. Lotti, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ondrej Dolezal.
    Summary: This book presents a selection of neurological clinical cases and tests the reader in order to allow them to gain clinical self-confidence in approaching the case, requesting tests (negotiating test with other specialties e.g. radiology) and also in referring to other specialties. The book examines a range of different clinical scenarios and neurological conditions from multiple sclerosis and degenerative disorders to epilepsy and headache. The book can serve as a teaching aid in a classroom setting, where teacher introduces the case ("telling the story", neurological examination) and the students then propose differential diagnoses and further tests. Teacher, when suitable, shows representative test result to students and expects students to interpret scan/test, eventually concluding the case, proposing further referrals and discussing prognosis Each chapter also contains visual aids in the form of Neuroexam, helping the reader gain a quick understanding of the case. Aimed at trainee neurologists and any non-neurologists who might encounter neurological cases in the clinic, this book is useful for bedside teaching especially when there are not enough available patients on ward.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Francesca Satolli, Michael Tirant, Uwe Wollina, Torello M. Lotti, editors.
    Summary: This book is a concise practical guide designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of pediatric skin cancers. Dermatologists, oncologists and general pediatricians who offer primary care to children must be knowledgeable in identifying and managing dermatological cancers, and this title provides insightful reviews of a number of common and rare dermatologic cases. Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual scenarios using best practice techniques. Pediatric dermatology is a particularly important discipline in this regard since it is a highly visual subject requiring the reader to describe often very subtle differences in the presentation of patients and define accurately the diagnostic and management criteria on which to base their clinical decision-making. Clinical Cases in Pediatric Skin Cancers concisely covers how to approach diagnosing and managing skin cancers in pediatric patients. Each chapter focuses on a particular case and emphasizes how to make an appropriate choice when deciding which diagnostic tool or management strategy would be most suitable. Potential complications are detailed and management tips provided to enable the reader to develop a deep understanding of how approach the care of these patients within their day-to-day clinical practice. This book therefore represents an ideal up-to-date resource for all practitioners who encounter these cases as part of their everyday practice.

    Contents:
    Conventional melanoma
    Spitzoid melanoma
    Congenital melanocytic nevus
    Melanoma
    Basal Cell Carcinomas
    Squamous Cell Carcinomas
    Benign skin neoplasms
    Genetic skin neoplasms
    Virus-induced skin neoplasms in children.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    John Koo, Mio Nakamura.
    Summary: This case book will be based on real life scenarios of patient cases which have been encountered over several decades in one of the largest phototherapy centers in the United States. To our knowledge, there has not been anything similar published to date. By presenting various cases and how to manage such cases, we aim to educate dermatology trainees and practicing dermatologist who are trying to familiarize themselves with phototherapy. A recent study has shown that many dermatologists do not know how to administer phototherapy, and most graduating residents do not have adequate teaching and experience with administering phototherapy during their residencies. Therefore, the hope is that this book will fill a critical gap in the field of dermatology.

    Contents:
    Ultraviolet B Phototherapy for the Treatment of Moderate to Severe Psoriasis
    PUVA for the Treatment of Moderate to Severe Psoriasis
    Excimer Laser for the Treatment of Mild to Moderate Psoriasis
    Goeckerman Therapy for the Treatment of Severe Generalized Psoriasis
    Avoiding Undertreatment with Phototherapy
    "Erythemogenic" Phototherapy for Select Patients Who Need It
    Recognizing and Managing Initiation Burn
    Managing Phototherapy-Induced Burn
    When Patients Cannot Tolerate Narrowband-UVB
    Heliotherapy
    Cool Down before Initiation of Phototherapy
    Two-Step Phototherapy for Patients with Resistant Disease
    Phototherapy in the Setting of Photosensitizing Medications
    Phototherapy-Induced Iatrogenic Polymorphous Light Eruption
    Herpes Zoster During Phototherapy
    Enhancing Phototherapy with Topical Agents
    Combing Phototherapy with Acitretin: Re-PUVA and Re-UVB
    Combining Phototherapy with Methotrexate
    Combining Phototherapy with Cyclosporine "Cool Down"
    Combining Phototherapy with Apremilast
    Combining Phototherapy with Biologic Agents
    Phototherapy for the Pediatric Population
    Phototherapy for the Elderly Population
    Phototherapy for Atopic Dermatitis
    Phototherapy for Vitiligo
    Phototherapy for Prurigo Nodularis
    Addressing the Question: Phototherapy and the Risk of Skin Cancer
    Prescribing a Home Phototherapy Booth
    Handheld Phototherapy Unit for Treatment of Localized Psoriasis or Scalp.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Torello Lotti, Michael, Tirant, Davinder Parsad, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a guide to the diagnosis and management of pigmentary disorders. Each chapter explores a different clinical case to give the reader an interdisciplinary understanding of treatment options. Particular attention is given to the treatment of hypopigmentation, hypomelanosis and discoloration with cases highlighting the effects of drug intake, genetic alterations and the polluted environment. Clinical Cases in Pigmentary Disorders examines therapeutic approaches through evidence-based best practice techniques and is relevant to dermatologists, oncologists, pharmacologists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Acquired hypermelanosis
    Melasma
    Genetic hypermelanosis
    Acquired hypomelanosis
    Vitiligo
    Genetic hypomelanosis
    Albinism
    Drug induced discoloration
    Inflammatory induced discoloration
    Nail discoloration
    Non-melanocytic pigment disorders
    Miscellaneous pigment disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Shannon C. Trotter, Austin Cusick, editors.
    Summary: This latest book in the Clinical Cases in Dermatology series presents a variety of cases of pruritus. A clear easy-to-follow chapter structure throughout the work enables the reader to develop a thorough understanding of the content covered in each case. An emphasis is placed on key features that distinguish pruritus from other conditions to ensure the reader develops their diagnostic skills. Practically applicable guidance on how to appropriately manage the disorder to assist the reader in the clinical decision-making is also provided. Clinical Cases in Pruritus is a concise practically applicable resource detailing how to diagnose and manage pruritus in a variety of scenarios. Therefore, it is of interest to practicing and trainee dermatologists seeking a concise up-to-date resource on the topic.

    Contents:
    Dermatoses with
    Grovers Disease
    Bullous Pemphigoid
    Atopic Dermatitis
    Scabies
    Psoriasis
    Prurigo nodularis
    Localized pruritus
    Notalgia paresthetica
    Brachioradial pruritus
    Herpes Zoster
    Pruritus ani
    Lichen sclerosis et atrophicus
    Systemic pruritus: Autoimmune
    Dermatitis herpetiformis
    Dermatomysositis
    Systemic pruritus: Hematologic
    Polycythemia Vera
    Iron Deficiency Anemia
    Systemic Pruritis: Hepatobiliary
    Hepatitis
    Drug-induced cholestasis
    Systemic pruritus: Metabolic and Endocrine
    Diabetes mellitis
    Hypothyroidism
    Uremic pruritus
    Systemic pruritus: Malignancy
    Lymphoma
    Systemic pruritus: Neurologic
    Multiple sclerosis
    Systemic pruritus: Other
    Medication induced
    Pregnancy-pemphigoid gestationis
    Systemic pruritus: Infectious Disease
    HIV/AIDS
    Parasitic Infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jashin J. Wu, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. 12-year-old with scaly, itchy scalp
    Chapter 2. A 54-year-old with diffuse red, scaly spots on entire body
    Chapter 3. Red rash on scalp
    Chapter 4. 41-year-old with nail deformities
    Chapter 5. 69-year-old with rash on the axilla and groin
    Chapter 6. 45-year-old with red rash on face
    Chapter 7. 16-year-old with rash on genitals
    Chapter 8. 70-year-old male with red rash on palms
    Chapter 9. Noncompliant 57-year-old patient with psoriasis
    Chapter 10. Severely obese 42-year-old with psoriasis
    Chapter 11. 62-year-old male with rash induced by tumor necrosis factor inhibitor
    Chapter 12. 33-year-old female with psoriasis planning for pregnancy
    Chapter 13. Infected joint prosthesis in a 56-year-old with psoriasis
    Chapter 14. 43-year-old with recurrence of red, scaly rash
    Chapter 15. Joint stiffness in a 45-year-old with psoriasis
    Chapter 16. 69-year-old with psoriasis and a history of skin cancer
    Chapter 17. Herpes zoster reactivation in a 40-year-old with psoriasis
    Chapter 18. Tuberculosis infection in a 58-year-old with psoriasis
    Chapter 19. 50-year-old with psoriasis and Hepatitis B virus infection
    Chapter 20. 54-year-old with psoriasis and Hepatitis C virus infection
    Chapter 21. HIV infection in a 44-year-old with psoriasis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jashin J. Wu, editor.
    Summary: This updated volume provides a guide to the diagnosis and management of psoriasis. The book examines clinical cases to help the reader work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. New chapters on erythrodermic psoriasis, severe pediatric psoriasis, psoriasis with patients with prior breast cancer, and psoriasis with patients who wish to become pregnant have been added. The treatment of psoriasis in relation to patients with hepatitis B and C, HIV, and who have received pneumococcal and herpes zoster vaccines are also discussed. Clinical Cases in Psoriasis highlights evidence-based best practice through its multidisciplinary approach and is relevant to trainees and clinicians working within dermatology.

    Contents:
    Introduction to interventional procedures; timing and patient selection
    Headache anatomy and mechanisms of peripheral nerve interventions
    Pharmacology of interventional headache management
    Greater occipital nerve and lesser occipital nerve blocks
    The role of other peripheral nerve blocks
    Onabotulinumtoxina for refractory headache
    The role of interventional procedures in childhood and adolescent headaches-peripheral neuro-modulation
    Interventional headache management in the elderly
    Interventional headache management in pregnancy and lactation
    Efficacy of trigger point injections and dry needling
    Potential role of acupuncture
    The role of radiofrequency thermocoagulation
    The potential role of ozone therapy
    Peripheral neuromodulation on the refractory headache disorders
    Sample cases(treatment response of gon blockade in chronic migraine).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Tien V. Nguyen, Jillian W. Wong, John Koo.
    Summary: This concise practical guide has been designed to facilitate the clinical decision-making process in the management of psychocutaneous disease by reviewing a variety of cases and defining the various diagnostic and management decisions open to practitioners. Clinical cases are a key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying practitioner to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. Each case within includes a narrative description and patient management tips. Clinical Cases in Psychocutaneous Disease is the first text dedicated to cases and written by experts in the topic who treat patients with psychocutaneous problems. It will be an essential reference for those in dermatology training programs and experienced practitioners seeking a practical case-based guide.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I:Psychologically Challenging Patient Encounters in Dermatology
    The long list patient
    The Will you be my PCP patient
    The patient with unusual demands
    The fearful patient
    The patient with a chronic disease
    The angry patient
    The distrustful and poorly compliant patient
    Part II:Psychocutaneous Disease in Geriatric Patients
    Delusions of parasitosis in geriatric patients
    Neurotic excoriations and the elderly
    The geriatric patient with neurodermatitis
    Part III:Cases of Psychocutaneous Disease
    Formication without delusions
    The slightly delusional patient
    The delusional but hopeful patient
    The hopelessly delusional patient
    Drug-induced formication and delusions of parasitosis
    Other delusionoid beliefs
    Neurotic excoriations secondary to cutaneous dysesthesia
    Neurotic excoriations secondary to underlying major depression
    Neurotic excoriations with underlying psychosis
    Acne excorie
    Trichotillomania
    Body dysmorphic disorder
    Factitial dermatitis
    Hyperhidrosis and an anxiety disorder
    Atopic dermatitis and a major depressive disorder
    Psoriasis and excessive stress.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Lana Tsao, Maxwell E. Afari.
    Summary: This book provides a practical clinical case-based review of right heart failure. Cases of common and rarely encountered presentations of right heart failure are covered. Featured cases include right heart failure due to pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary embolism, valvular heart disease, myocardial infarction and congenital heart disease as well as how to differentiate new onset right heart failure from left heart failure. The medical management and mechanical support of right ventricular failure utilizing percutaneous and surgical techniques is reviewed along with the latest palliative and rehabilitation strategies. Clinical Cases in Right Heart Failure features a wealth of common and unusual case presentations of right heart failure and its clinical management, providing an ideal resource for trainees and practicing clinicians who encounter these patients.

    Contents:
    Non-invasive Imaging of the right heart
    Arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy
    Right Heart Failure due to Valvular Heart Disease
    Right ventricular failure due to Myocardial Infarction
    Right Ventricular failure from Pulmonary Embolism
    Pulmonary Hypertension and Right heart failure
    Adult Congenital Heart Patient with Right Heart Failure
    Medical Management of Cardiogenic Shock
    Mechanical Support in Right ventricular Failure
    Surgical Options for Right Ventricular Failure
    Exercise and Rehabilitation of the right heart
    Palliative Care in Right Heart Failure.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Anna Waskiel-Burnat, Roxanna Sadoughifar, Torello M. Lotti, Lidia Rudnicka, editors.
    Summary: This book identifies the broad scope of dermatological conditions in patients with scalp disorders. Scalp disorders can be associated with various conditions such as inflammatory, neoplastic and systemic diseases. Patient history and physical examination significantly narrow the differential diagnosis, but in doubtful cases trichoscopy or scalp biopsy is needed to establish correct diagnosis. Treatment of scalp diseases varies from topical through intralesional to systemic options, dependent from type and severity of the disease as well as coexisted conditions. Clinical cases are the key component in modern medical education, assisting the trainee or recertifying clinician to work through unusual cases using best practice techniques. Clinical Cases in Scalp Disorders illustrates clinical features and discuss diagnostic and therapeutic process of both common and unusual conditions. It provides a practical case-based guide in the management of patients with scalp diseases and is ideal for both board-certified dermatologists and dermatologists in training.

    Contents:
    Patches and plaques
    Papules and nodules
    Pustules
    Blisters and erosions
    Thickened scalp
    Pruritus
    Cicatricial alopecia.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Sharad P. Paul, Robert A. Norman, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Skin cancer of the ear: mastoid interpolation flap reconstruction tips
    2. One technique fits all: the versatility of the full thickness graft on the lateral wall of the nose
    3. Islands on the cheek: island flaps on the cheek and a modified oblique-sigmoid flaps
    4. Rotation flaps of the scalp: study of the design, planning and biomechanics of single, double and triple pedicle flaps
    5. Double-advancement 'H' flaps for very large defects of the forehead: design, planning and the use of sub-periosteal dissection to increase mobility
    6. The modified rhomboid flap: an improvement on the traditional technique and its use in defects of the Ala Nasi --7. The keystone design perforator island flap: an easy option for the lower limb, but how does it actually work?
    8. Amelanotic malignant melanoma of the toe presenting as an ulcer: management and biopsy guidelines
    9. Revisiting the halo graft: why does it heal faster when compared to conventional split-skin grafts?
    10. Balloon cell nevi and balloon cell melanomas: what are they?
    11. Tropical treatment of skin cancers and the risks of 'figting fire and fire'
    12. When a lipoma wasn't a lipoma: a discussion about granular cell tumors of skin
    13. How small is small for a melanoma?
    14. Multiple basal cell carcinomas and superficial radiotherapy (SRT)
    15. Adenocystic carcinoma
    16. Sebaceous carcinoma
    17. Metastatic cutaneous adenocarcinoma
    18. Zosteriform cutaneous metastasis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Porcia B. Love, Roopal V. Kundu, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Acne vulgaris
    2. Rosacea
    3. Pseudofolliculitis barbae
    4. Acne keloidalis
    5. Dissecting cellulitis of the scalp
    6. Hidradenitis suppurativa
    7. Atopic dermatitis
    8. Psoriasis
    9. Pityriasis rosea
    10. Lichen planus
    11. Tinea versicolor
    12. Tinea capitis
    13. Postinflammatory hyperpigmentation
    14. Melasma
    15. Erythema dyschromicum perstans
    16. Vitiligo
    17. Pityriasis alba
    18. Progressive macular hypomelanosis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Porcia B. Love, Roopal V. Kundu.
    Contents:
    Discoid lupus erythematosus
    Sarcoidosis
    Traction alopecia
    Androgenetic alopecia
    Central centrifugal cicatricial alopecia
    Keloids
    Basal cell carcinoma
    Squamous cell carcinoma
    Melanoma
    Cutaneous T-cell lymphoma
    Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans
    Dermatosis papulosa nigra
    Chemical peels
    Laser hair removal
    Dermal fillers.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Atooshe Rohani.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers unusual and rare pathological cases in echocardiography. Chapters cover cases from diagnosis, to treatment and prognosis with engaging video clips including three dimensional video clips to enhance appreciation and understanding of echocardiography use in clinical practice. Cases covered include: pseudoaneurysm of aortic graft, congenital absence of pericardium, coarctation of aorta and patent ductus arteriosus. Clinical Cases in the Echocardiography Lab features comprehensive overviews of a wide range of rare pathologies in echocardiography, and is an essential resource for both the novice and experienced cardiology practitioner. .

    Contents:
    Quadricuspid AV with three dimensional video clips (3D)
    Unicuspid AV (3D)
    Annuloaortic ectasia
    Para valvular leak (metallic AV) because of endocarditis
    Severe rheumatic aortic regurgitation (AI)
    Metallic aortic valve obstruction
    AV endocarditis
    Parachute and subvalvular ring (3D).-Flail MV (3D)
    MV endocarditis
    Bioprosthetic MV obstruction (3D)
    Double orifice MV (3D)
    Ischemic MR
    Metallic MV paravalvular leak (3D)
    Metallic MV obstruction
    MV stenosis (3D)
    Bioprosthetic MV partial dehiscence (3D).-MV endocarditis (3D)
    Flail anterior leaflet MV
    Severe MR.-Left atrial appendage clot (3D)
    Flail posterior MV leaflet.-Flail MV and rheumatic heart disease. -Ebstein anomaly.-Papillary fibroelastoma of TV (3D)
    TV atresia
    TV endocarditis
    TV metallic obstruction
    TV myxoma
    Bioprosthetic TV obstruction (3D)
    Valvular pulmonary stenosis.-Sub valvular pulmonary stenosis
    Supra valvular pulmonary stenosis
    Severe PI
    Non-compaction
    Twenty years after hydatid cyst operation
    Amyloid
    Apical HCM
    HOCM
    Huge LV apical clot
    CVA source of embolism
    Huge calcified mass, inside heart or outside? (3D)
    LV Non compaction.-Coarctation of aorta (3D).-Patent ductus arteriosus endocarditis (3D).-Secundum atrial septal defect (ASD)(3D)
    L-transposition of great arteries (L-TGA)
    Senning Mustard operation
    Sinus venosus ASD (3D)
    Left anomalous pulmonary vein connection
    Tetralogy of Fallot.-Single ventricle with D-TGA and pulmonary stenosis (PS)
    Inlet and outlet ventricular septal defect (VSD)
    Thrombus in transit via patent foramen ovale (PFO)
    Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Dysplasia
    Left pulmonary artery clot
    Huge RV myxoma
    Aortic dissection
    Pseudo aneurysm of Dacron graft of aorta.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Harpal Sandhu, Henry Kaplan.
    Summary: Intraocular inflammation is particularly difficult to diagnose and treat, often resembling a complex puzzle of patient history, symptoms, imaging, and laboratory test results. Clinical Cases in Uveitis: Differential Diagnosis and Management is a unique, case-based resource designed to help you navigate the range of challenging manifestations and presentations that often mimic other diseases. More than 90 real-world uveitis cases are presented in a highly templated, easy-to-follow format, along with step-by-step guidance on the right patient questions, assessment, differential diagnosis, testing, management, and follow-up care. Provides a variety of patient presentations and scenarios and unique clinical situations that mirror day-to-day practice. Covers current diagnostic imaging modalities, including optical coherence tomography (OCT), optical coherence tomography angiography, fluorescein angiography (FA), and indocyanine green angiography (ICG). Features diagnostic and management algorithms that assist in differential diagnosis and decision making for even the most complex cases, including those in which the patient does not improve as expected, prompting a reassessment of diagnosis and management. Contains approximately 250 high-quality images, including color anterior segment photographs, color fundus photographs, OCT images, and angiograms. Discusses distinguishing infectious from non-infectious inflammation; when and how to start systemic immunosuppressive therapy; diagnostic criteria and management of "white dot syndromes" ; pediatric uveitis; masquerade syndromes, including inherited retinal degenerations, malignancies, and paraneoplastic syndromes; and much more. Includes the authors' specific thought processes and approach in particularly challenging cases. An excellent resource and study tool for ophthalmology residents and fellows, those studying for oral boards, general ophthalmologists, retina specialists, and more. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    volume editors, R. Balon, T.N. Wise.
    Contents:
    Psychosomatic medicine in the 21st century : understanding mechanisms and barriers to utilization / Wise, T.N., Balon, R
    Communication with patients suffering from serious physical illness / Grassi, L., Caruso, R., Costantini, A
    Dimensional psychopharmacology in somatising patients / Biondi, M., Pasquini, M
    Forensic issues in medical evaluation : competency and end-of-life issues / Soliman, S. Hall, R.C.W
    Then and now : HIV consultation psychiatry update / Goforth, H.W., Bader, M., Fernandez, F
    Fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue : the underlying biology and related theoretical issues / Romano, G.F., Tomassi, S., Russell A., Mondelli, V., Pariante, C.M
    Fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue syndrome : management issues / Bourke, J
    Telomeres, early-life stress and mental illness / Ridout, S.J., Ridout, K.K., Kao, H.-T., Carpenter, L.L., Philip, N.S., Tyrka, A.R., Price, L.H
    Coping with losses, grief, and mourning in prostate cancer / Wittmann, D
    Psychodermatology / Brown, G.E., Malakouti, M., Sorenson, E., Gupta, R, Koo, J.Y.M
    Huntington's disease : looking beyond the movement disorder / Morreale, M.K.
    Joint hypermobility, anxiety and psychosomatics : two and a half decades of progress toward a new phenotype / Bulbena, A.; Pailhez, G., Bulbena-Cabré A., Mallorquí -Bagú, N., Baeza-Velasco, C.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    edited by William Clarke, Amitava Dasgupta.
    Summary: This guide surveys critical issues in therapeutic drug monitoring for non-toxicologists who want to gain greater insight into the unique requirements of special populations and learn how to avoid drug toxicity within a narrow therapeutic window.

    Contents:
    Overview of therapeutic drug monitoring
    Immunoassays and issues with interference in therapeutic drug monitoring
    Application of chromatography combined with mass spectrometry in therapeutic drug monitoring
    Monitoring free drug concentration : clinical usefulness and analytical challenges
    Therapeutic drug monitoring of newer antiepileptic drugs
    Therapeutic drug monitoring of antiretrovirals
    Therapeutic drug monitoring in infants and children
    Therapeutic drug monitoring in pregnancy
    Therapeutic drug monitoring in older people
    Therapeutic drug monitoring in obese patients
    Special issues in therapeutic drug monitoring in patients with uremia, liver disease, and in critically ill patients
    Issues of pharmacogenomics in monitoring warfarin therapy
    Alternative sampling strategies for therapeutic drug monitoring
    Integrating therapeutic drug monitoring in the health care environment : therapeutic drug monitoring and pharmacists.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    William J. Marshall, Márta Lapsley, Andrew Day, Kate Shipman.
    Summary: "Clinical Chemistry considers what happens to the body's chemistry when affected by disease. It provides introductory coverage of the scientific basis for biochemistry tests routinely used in medicine - including tests for the assessment of organ function, diagnosis and monitoring disease activity and therapy efficacy. Each topic area begins with a concise description of the underlying physiological and biochemical principles and then applies them to patient investigation and management. The regular use of case histories helps further emphasise clinical relevance and chapter key points, as well as provide a useful starting point for examination revision"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    An introduction to biochemistry and cell biology
    Biochemical investigations in clinical medicine
    Water, sodium and potassium
    Hydrogen ion homoeostasis and blood gases
    The kidneys
    The liver
    The gastrointestinal tract
    Clinical nutrition
    The hypothalamus and the pituitary gland
    The adrenal glands
    The thyroid gland
    The gonads
    Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism
    Calcium, phosphate and magnesium
    Bones and joints
    Plasma proteins and enzymes
    Lipids, lipoproteins and cardiovascular disease
    Muscles, nerves and psychiatric disorders
    Inherited metabolic diseases
    Disorders of haemoproteins, porphyrins and iron
    Metabolic aspects of malignant disease
    Therapeutic drug monitoring and chemical aspects of toxicology
    Clinical chemistry at the extremes of age.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Mustafa A. M. Salih, editor.
    Summary: This book, which will hold global appeal, adopts a problem-based approach to childhood disorders of the nervous system with the aim of supporting practicing child neurologists, pediatricians, and residents in training in their management of children with neurological disorders. Throughout, the practical assistance that it offers is based firmly on the best available current scientific evidence. The various pediatric neurologic diseases and organ systems are covered by pediatric neurologists and scientists from leading university hospitals and health centers in both the developed and the developing world. In addition to the full range of more frequent disorders, the book spans the neurological aspects of neglected tropical diseases and neurogenetic diagnostic and management algorithms utilizing the power of emerging DNA technology. A further feature is the inclusion of didactic videos relating to epileptic and movement disorders. As an open access publication with a strong clinical focus, the book will be a handy and valuable reference and resource for all practitioners who deal with childhood neurological disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yingze Zhang, editor.
    Summary: This book covers common fracture and dislocation classifications for nearly every part of the human body. For each part, it introduces readers to the historical evolution of fracture classifications, as well as the commonly used classifications, with likelihood from high to low. To describe these classifications, the book combines extensive descriptions, tree and schematic diagrams, elegant drawings and detailed radiological images. This structure will help readers recognize the differences between various classifications, and make proper decisions on the basis of their specific research purposes. As such, the book offers a valuable reference guide for orthopedists, radiologists and medical students alike.

    Contents:
    Classifications of shoulder girdle fractures
    Classifications of humeral fractures
    Classifications of radius and ulna fractures
    Classifications of hand and wrist fractures
    Classifications of dislocation of shoulder and upper limb
    Classifications for spine fractures
    Classifications of pelvic ring fracture and dislocation
    Classifications of femoral fractures
    Classifications of patellar fracture
    Classifications of tibial and fibular fractures
    Classifications of foot fractures
    Classifications of hip joint and lower extremity dislocations
    Classifications of soft-tissue injuries
    Fracture and dislocation classification for children.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Jo Brown, Dr. Lorraine M. Noble, Dr. Alexia Papageorgiou, Dr. Jane Kidd.
    Summary: Clinical Communication in Medicine brings together the theories, models and evidence that underpin effective healthcare communication in one accessible volume. Endorsed and developed by members of the UK Council of Clinical Communication in Undergraduate Medical Education, it traces the subject to its primary disciplinary origins, looking at how it is practised, taught and learned today, as well as considering future directions. Focusing on three key areas-the doctor-patient relationship, core components of clinical communication, and effective teaching and assessment-Clinical Communication in Medicine enhances the understanding of effective communication. It links theory to teaching, so principles and practice are clearly understood. Clinical Communication in Medicine is a new and definitive guide for professionals involved in the education of medical undergraduate students and postgraduate trainees, as well as experienced and junior clinicians, researchers, teachers, students, and policy makers.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Mark Findlay, Christopher Isles.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Physiology and Assessment
    1. Structure and Function of the Kidney
    2. Assessment of GFR
    3. Proteinuria
    4. Haematuria
    Part 2. Disorders of Renal Metabolic Function
    5. Hyponatraemia
    6. Hypokalaemia
    7. Hypocalcaemia and hypercalcaemia
    8. Hypophosphataemia and hypomagnesaemia
    9. Acid-base balance
    Part 3. Acute Kidney Injury
    10. Causes of Acute Kidney Injury
    11. Rhabdomyolysis
    12. Cardiorenal Failure
    13. Hepatorenal Syndrome
    14. HUS/TTP in Adults
    15. Myeloma and the Kidney
    16. Investigation, management and outcome of Acute Kidney Injury
    17. Fluid Management
    18. Hyperkalaemia
    19. Rapidly Progressive Glomerulonephritis
    Part 4. Chronic Kidney Disease
    20. Overview of Chronic Kidney Disease
    21. Glomerular Disease
    22. Diabetes
    23. Renovascular Disease
    24. Hypertension
    25. Antihypertensive Drugs
    26. Polycystic Kidney Diseases
    27. Anaemia
    28. Mineral Metabolism
    29. Nutrition in Renal Disease
    Part 5. Miscellaneous Renal
    30. Gout and the Kidney
    31. Urinary Tract Infection
    32. Renal Stone Disease
    33. Management of Pain
    34. Pregnancy and Renal Disease
    35. Blood Borne Viruses
    36. Rarer Renal Diseases. Part 6. Renal Replacement Therapy
    37. Haemodialysis
    38. Peritoneal Dialysis
    39. Renal Transplantation
    40. Hypertension and Fluid Balance in Dialysis Patients
    41. Tunnelled Dialysis Catheters
    42. Catheter Related Blood Stream Infection
    43. The Challenges of Renal Replacement Therapy in the Elderly.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jack Fairweather, Mark Findlay, Christopher Isles.
    Summary: The second edition of this educational book provides an updated resource on how best to discuss and manage acute and chronic presentations of renal diseases. All chapters have been reviewed and updated to reflect changes which directly affect clinical practice and new chapters have been added including Dialysis and Poisoning, Urinalysis/Microscopy and Renal Biopsy. Chapters now include information on key clinical trials for management strategies Allowing for concise reading on specific topics this book acts as both a quick reference text and study guide. The layout has been designed in a question and answer format in order to promote self-directed learning. Images and diagrams have been further standardized and improved for the new edition and remain a key feature of the book. Clinical Companion in Nephrology, second edition, is an invaluable resource for junior doctors, medical students and renal nurses who encounter renal patients in their daily practice.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Abbreviations
    Part I: Physiology and Assessment
    1: Structure and Function of the Kidney
    2: Assessment of GFR
    Further Reading
    3: Proteinuria
    Further Reading
    4: Haematuria
    Further Reading
    Part II: Disorders of Renal Metabolic Function
    5: Hyponatraemia
    Further Reading
    6: Hypokalaemia
    7: Hypocalcaemia and Hypercalcaemia
    8: Hypophosphataemia and Hypomagnesaemia
    9: Disorders of Acid Base Balance
    Part III: Acute Kidney Injury
    10: Causes of Acute Kidney Injury
    Further Reading
    11: Rhabdomyolysis
    Further Reading 12: Cardiorenal Failure
    Further Reading
    13: Hepatorenal Syndrome
    Further Reading
    14: Thrombotic Microangiopathies (TMA) in Adults
    Further Reading
    15: Myeloma and the Kidney
    Further Reading
    16: Investigation, Management and Outcome of Acute Kidney Injury
    Further Reading
    17: Fluid Management
    Further Reading
    18: Hyperkalaemia
    Further Reading
    19: Rapidly Progressive Glomerulonephritis
    Further Reading
    Part IV: Chronic Kidney Disease
    20: Overview of Chronic Kidney Disease
    Further Reading
    21: Glomerular Disease
    Further Reading 22: Renal Disease and Diabetes
    Further Reading
    23: Renovascular Disease
    Further Reading
    24: Hypertension
    Further Reading
    25: Antihypertensive Drugs
    Further Reading
    26: Polycystic Kidney Disease
    Further Reading
    27: Renal Anaemia
    Further Reading
    28: Mineral Metabolism
    Further Reading
    29: Nutrition in Renal Disease
    Part V: Miscellaneous Renal
    30: Gout and the Kidney
    Further Reading
    31: Urinary Tract Infection
    Further Reading
    32: Renal Stone Disease
    Further Reading
    33: Managing Pain in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Further Reading 34: The Effect of Kidney Disease on Drugs
    35: The Effect of Drugs on Kidney Disease
    35.1 Acute Kidney Injury
    35.2 Chronic Kidney Disease
    35.3 Renal Transplantation
    36: Pregnancy and Renal Disease
    Further Reading
    37: Blood Borne Viruses
    Further Reading
    38: Rarer Renal Diseases
    Further Reading
    Part VI: Renal Replacement Therapy
    39: Haemodialysis
    Further Reading
    40: Peritoneal Dialysis
    Further Reading
    41: Renal Transplantation
    42: Dialysis and Poisoning
    Further Reading
    43: Hypertension and Fluid Balance in Dialysis Patients 44: Tunnelled Dialysis Catheters
    Further Reading
    45: Catheter Related Blood Stream Infection
    Further Reading
    46: The Challenges of Renal Replacement Therapy in the Frail Older Adult
    Further Reading
    Part VII: Practical Nephrology
    47: Urinalysis and Microscopy
    48: Dialysis Line Insertion
    49: Renal Biopsy
    50: Spotting the Glomerulus: Basics in Biopsy Interpretation
    Appendix A: Treatment of Hyponatraemia
    Further Reading
    Appendix B: Treatment of Hypokalaemia
    Appendix C: Treatment of Hypocalcaemia
    Appendix D: Treatment of Hypercalcaemia
    Further Reading
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Debra Hagler; Mariann M. Harding; Jeffrey Kwong; Dottie Roberts; Courtney Reinisch.
    Summary: "Designed for portability, this clinical companion provides at-a-glance access to the information you need for more than 200 medical-surgical conditions and procedures. Completely updated content mirrors the revisions in the new 11th edition of Lewis's main text: Medical-Surgical Nursing: Assessment and Management of Clinical Problems. This clinical companion is organized alphabetically for quick reference and includes a variety of full-color illustrations, summary tables, and a handy reference appendix full of laboratory values, Spanish translations of key phrases, and other information commonly used in nursing practice."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part one: Disorders. Abdominal pain, acute
    Acute coronary syndrome
    Acute respiratory distress syndrome
    Addison's disease
    Alzheimer's disease
    Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    Anal cancer
    Anemia
    Anemia, aplastic
    Anemia, cobalamin (Vitamin B12) deficiency
    Anemia, folic acid deficiency
    Anemia, iron-deficiency
    Aneurysm, aortic
    Angina, chronic stable
    Ankylosing spondylitis
    Aortic dissection
    Appendicitis
    Asthma
    Bell's palsy
    Benign paroxysmal positional vertigo
    Benign prostatic hyperplasia
    Bladder cancer
    Bone tumor
    Brain tumors
    Breast cancer
    Bronchiecstasis
    Burns
    Cardiomyopathy
    Carpal tunnel syndrome
    Cataract
    Celiac disease
    Cervical cancer
    Chlamydial infections
    Cholelithiasis/Cholecystitis
    Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Cirrhosis
    Colorectal cancer
    Conjunctivitis
    Constipation
    Cor pulmonale
    Coronary artery disease
    Crohn's disease
    Cushing syndrome
    Cystic fibrosis
    Dementia
    Diabetes insipidus
    Diabetes mellitus
    Diarrhea
    Disseminated intravascular coagulation
    Diverticulosis/Diverticulitis
    Dysmenorrhea
    Dysrhythmias
    Eating disorders
    Encephalitis
    Endocaditis, infective
    Endometrial cancer
    Endometriosis
    Esophageal cancer
    Fibrocystic breast changes
    Fibromyalgia
    Flail chest
    Fracture
    Fracture, hip
    Fracture, humerus
    Fracture, pelvis
    Gastritis
    Gastroesophageal reflux disease
    Gastrointestinal bleeding, upper
    Glaucoma
    Glomerulonephritis
    Gonorrhea
    Gout
    Guillain-Barr<U+fffd>e syndrome
    Head and neck cancer
    Head injury
    Headache
    Heart failure
    Hemophilia and Von Willebrand disease
    Hemorrhoids
    Hepatitis, viral
    Hernia
    Herpes, genital
    Hiatal hernia
    Hodgkin's lymphoma
    Human immunodeficiency virus infection
    Huntington's disease
    Hyperparathyroidism
    Hypertension
    Hyperthyroidism
    Hypoparathyroidism
    Hypothyroidism. Part one: Disorders cont. Increased intracranial pressure
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Interstitial cystitis/Painful bladder syndrome
    Intervertebral disc disease
    Intestinal obstruction
    Irritable bowel syndrome
    Kidney cancer
    Kidney disease, chronic
    Kidney injury, acute
    Lactase deficiency
    Leiomyomas
    Leukemia
    Liver cancer
    Low back pain, acute
    Low back pain, chronic
    Lung cancer
    Lyme disease
    Macular degeneration
    Malignant melanoma
    Malnutrition
    M<U+fffd>eni<U+fffd>ere's disease
    Meningitis, bacterial
    Metabolic syndrome
    Multiple myeloma
    Multiple sclerosis
    Myasthenia gravis
    Myocardial infarction
    Myocarditis
    Nausea and vomiting
    Nephrotic syndrome
    Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
    Obesity
    Obstructive sleep apnea
    Oral cancer
    Osteoarthritis
    Osteomalacia
    Osteomyelitis
    Osteoporosis
    Ovarian cancer
    Paget's disease
    Pancreatic cancer
    Pancreatitis, acute
    Pancreatitis, chronic
    Parkinson's disease
    Pelvic inflammatory disease
    Pelvic pain, chronic
    Peptic ulcer disease
    Pericarditis, acute
    Peripheral artery disease
    Peritonitis
    Pneumonia
    Pneumothorax
    Polycystic kidney disease
    Polycythemia
    Pressure injury
    Prostate cancer
    Psoriatic arthritis
    Pulmonary embolism
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Pyelonephritis
    Raynaud's phenomenon
    Reactive arthritis
    Refractive errors
    Respiratory failure, acute
    Restless legs syndrome
    Retinal detachment
    Rheumatic fever and heart disease
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Scleroderma
    Seizure disorders
    Sexually transmitted infections. Part one: Disorders cont. Shock
    Sickle cell disease
    Sj<U+fffd>ogren's syndrome
    Spinal cord injury
    Spinal cord tumors
    Spleen disorders
    Stomach cancer
    Stroke
    Syphilis
    Systemic exertion intolerance disease
    Systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS) and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS)
    Systemic lupus erythematosus
    Testicular cancer
    Thalassemia
    Thromboangiitis obliterans
    Thrombocytopenia
    Thyroid cancer
    Trigeminal neuralgia
    Tuberculosis
    Ulcreative colitis
    Urethritis
    Urinary incontinence
    Urinary retention
    Urinary tract calculi
    Urinary tract infections
    Vaginal, cervical, and vulvar infections
    Valvular heart disease
    Varicose veins
    Venous thrombosis
    Warts, genital. Part two: Treatments and procedures. Amputation
    Artificial airways: endotracheal tubes
    Basic life support for health care providers
    Chemotherapy
    Chest tubes and pleural drainage
    Dialysis
    Enteral nutrition
    Immunotherapy and targeted therapy
    Mechanical ventilation
    Ostomies
    Oxygen therapy
    Pacemakers
    Parenteral nutrition
    Radiation therapy
    Tracheostomy
    Urinary catheterization. Part three: Reference appendix. Abbreviations
    The join commission official "Do Not Use" list
    Blood gases
    Blood products
    Blood sounds
    Commonly used formulas
    Characteristics of common dysrhythmias
    Electrocardiogram (ECG) monitoring
    Glasgow coma scale
    Heart sounds
    Intracranial pressure monitoring
    Laboratory values
    Lung volumes and capacities
    Medication administrations
    Temperature equivalents
    TNM classification system
    English/Spanish common medical terms
    Urinalysis.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2020
  • Digital
    Gianni Angelini, Domenico Bonamonte, Caterina Foti, editors.
    Summary: This book is intended as a manual and offers an essential tool for practicing and occupational dermatologists, for postgraduates training in dermatology and allergo-immunology, and for allergologists and occupational physicians. Moreover, the authors include information from the world literature, addressing the needs of those who work in industrial fields and are concerned about the dermatological safety of products. The book provides a handy update on this complex, rapidly evolving research area, and in particular, an in-depth analysis of its clinical aspects. It will enable dermatologists to recognize the various clinical manifestations of the condition, make a prompt diagnosis and choose the most effective treatment. Contact dermatitis, a vast and fascinating field of study, has a high frequency of occurrence worldwide in both children and adults of both sexes, and during their daily routine, dermatologists invariably encounter many patients with this disease. To ensure the proper management of these patients it is necessary first of all to formulate a clinical diagnosis on accurate morphological grounds, since it is the most clinically polymorphic disease in dermatology and hence very demanding in terms of differential diagnosis. Then, to achieve properly targeted prevention for each patient, it is essential to isolate the causes among the numerous etiological chemical agents present in both working and leisure time activities and environments. The aim of this book is therefore two-fold: firstly to provide information on the various clinical features of contact dermatitis and review their differential diagnosis, and secondly to provide a comprehensive etiological overview. Particular attention has been paid to the methodologies and importance of patch tests and other diagnostic tools, as well as to the principles of prognosis, treatment and rehabilitation, together with considerations on some preventive aspects underlying contact dermatitis. A wealth of color clinical images, as well as tables and explanatory diagrams, round out the book.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Epidemiology
    Eczematous Dermatoses
    Mechanisms in Irritant Contact Dermatitis
    Mechanisms in Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    Histological, Immunohistochemical and Ultrastructural Aspects of Contact Dermatitis
    Irritant Contact Dermatitis
    Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    Regional Contact Dermatitis
    Photocontact Dermatitis
    Noneczematous Contact Dermatitis --Airborne Skin Diseases
    Occupational Contact Dermatitis : Thoughts on Establishing of Contact Allergy to Products Containing Well Known as Well as Initially Unidentified Sensitizers
    Systemic Contact Dermatitis
    Contact Dermatitis Due to Cosmetics
    Drug Induced Contact Dermatitis
    Plant Contact Dermatitis
    Hyperpigmentation, Hypopigmentation and Discolorations Due to Contactants
    Contact Dermatitis in Children
    Contact Dermatitis in Atopic Individuals
    Protein Contact Dermatitis
    Contact Urticaria
    Common Allergens
    Patch Testing
    Photopatch Testing
    Other in Vivo Diagnostic Tests, Spot Tests, and Noninvasive Techniques
    Prognosis and Therapy
    Prevention and Rehabilitation
    Occupational Dermatitis Artefacta.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jonathan S. Steinberg, Andrew E. Epstein, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the tough clinical issues faced by electrophysiologists and cardiologists who treat patients with Cardiac Implantable Electrical Devices (CIEDs) in real-world practice. With contributions from widely recognized international leaders in the field, this 10-chapter resource covers a variety of controversies with CIEDs, from discerning what device is appropriate to use for heart failure to ethical issues in their use at the end of a patients life. To supplement these discussions, chapters review opposing positions on both sides of a controversy and present clinical material to illustrate the different perspectives. Clinical Controversies in Device Therapy for Cardiac Arrhythmias is an essential resource not only for physicians, residents, and fellows in cardiac electrophysiology and cardiology but also for associated professionals including nurses and technicians who work with CIEDs.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Use of the Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillator in Nonischemic Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 2. Wearable Cardioverter Defibrillator for Patients at Risk of Cardiac Arrest
    Chapter 3. Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy for Patients without Left Bundle Branch Block
    Chapter 4. Biventricular Pacing for Patients with Complete Heart Block
    Chapter 5. CRT Devices in Heart Failure: Pacemaker or Defibrillator?
    Chapter 6. His-bundle Pacing Versus CRT for Patients with Heart Block
    Chapter 7. Replacement of Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillators when Ventricular Function Has Recovered
    Chapter 8. Use of Implantable Monitors for Arrhythmia Detection
    Chapter 9. Ethical Conundra in CIED Therapy: When Might Implantation Not be Done and Care at the End of Life.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Rong Liu, editor.
    Summary: With the advent of artificial intelligence and big data era, a new concept of clinical decision making for improving surgical outcomes was proposed, which emphasizes the optimal prognosis and best outcome for patients, makes full use of information technology such as artificial intelligence to reduce the uncertainty in the treatment process and the unevenness of the treatment level, and selects the most appropriate intervention means and intervention timing through objective evaluation. It will be helpful for surgeons to choose treatment options which will be effective to patients.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Surgical Risk Management
    3 Decision Making Process for Interveners
    4 Optimization of Interventions
    5 The choice of intervention timing
    6 Strategies of clinical decision making for improving prognosis.
    Digital Access Springer [2022]
  • Digital
    Scott R. Steele, Justin A. Maykel, Steven D. Wexner, editors.
    Summary: This second edition is an all-inclusive textbook with a unique algorithm-based approach to the evaluation and management of colorectal surgery disease. It examines the thought processes, technical tricks, and decision-making strategies for specific clinical situations. The book aims to utilise the experience its contributors have gained caring for patients with a wide range of colorectal diseases. The technical challenges of managing complex patients and the technical details that make these situations challenging are covered, and evidence and experience-based solutions are offered for surgeons of all levels. This book focuses on providing pragmatic advice and reproducible techniques that can be readily implemented by surgeons of varying experience to successfully treat complex colorectal problems through an algorithmic approach.

    Contents:
    Section I. Evaluation and Perioperative
    Chapter 1. Anorectal Examination
    Chapter 2. Anorectal and Colonic Evaluation
    Chapter 3. Physiologic Testing
    Chapter 4. Mechanical Bowel Preparation for Elective Colon and Rectal Surgery
    Chapter 5. Perioperative Assessment and Risk Stratification
    Chapter 6. Enhanced Recovery Pathways in Colorectal Surgery
    Chapter 7. Hematochezia and Melena
    Chapter 8. Anal Disease in the Neutropenic Patient
    Chapter 9. Evaluation and Perioperative. Anal Mass
    Section II. Anal Conditions
    Chapter 10. Anal Conditions. Anal Fissure/Recurrent Anal Fissure
    Chapter 11. Anal Conditions. Anal Stenosis and Stricture
    Chapter 12. Anorectal Abscess
    Chapter 13. Anal Conditions. Fistula in ano
    Chapter 14. Anal Conditions. Rectovaginal Fistula
    Chapter 15. Anal Conditions. Anorectal Crohn's Disease - Fistula
    Chapter 16. Anorectal Crohn's Disease. Anal Stenosis and Anal Fissure
    Chapter 17. Management of Internal Hemorrhoids
    Chapter 18. Anal Conditions. External Hemorrhoids
    Chapter 19. Anal Conditions. Pilonidal Disease/Complex and Recurrent Pilonidal Disease
    Chapter 20. Anal Conditions. Pruritus Ani
    Chapter 21. Anal Conditions. Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Chapter 22. Anal Conditions. Anorectal Trauma
    Chapter 23. Anal Conditions STDs
    Chapter 24. Anal considerations. Fournier's gangrene
    Chapter 25. Non-healing Perineal Wounds
    Chapter 26. Anal Intraepithelial Neoplasms
    Chapter 27. Anal Conditions. Anal Margin Tumors
    Chapter 28. Invasive Anal Canal Neoplasia
    Section III. Pelvic Floor
    Chapter 29. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Rectal Prolapse/Recurrence
    Chapter 30. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Rectal Intussusception
    Chapter 31. Pelvic outlet obstruction
    Chapter 32. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Biofeedback
    Chapter 33. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Fecal Incontinence
    Chapter 34. Pelvic Floor Conditions. Diarrhea
    Chapter 35. Chronic Constipation
    Section IV. Rectal
    Chapter 36. Retrorectal tumors
    Chapter 37. Rectal Cancer. Local Therapy
    Chapter 38. Rectal Conditions. Rectal Cancer - Proctectomy
    Chapter 39. Rectal Conditions. Rectal Cancer - Adjuvant and Neoadjuvant Therapy
    Chapter 40. Rectal Conditions. Stage IV Rectal Cancer
    Chapter 41. Rectal Cancer. Watch and Wait
    Chapter 42. Rectal Conditions. Rectal Cancer. Postoperative Surveillance
    Chapter 43. Recurrent Rectal Cancer
    Chapter 44. Locally Advanced Rectal Cancer
    Section V. Colonic
    Chapter 45. Colonic. Diverticulitis
    Chapter 46. Colonic Conditions. Large Bowel Obstruction
    Chapter 47. Colonic Conditions - Volvulus
    Chapter 48. Colonic Stricture
    Chapter 49. Acute Colonic Pseudo-Obstruction (ACPO) - Ogilvie's Syndrome
    Chapter 50. Colonic Conditions. Irritable bowel syndrome (IBS)
    Chapter 51. Colorectal Trauma
    Chapter 52. Endometriosis
    Chapter 53. Colonic Conditions. Ulcerative Colitis
    Chapter 54. Colonic Conditions. Indeterminate Colitis
    Chapter 55. Colonic Conditions. Toxic Colitis
    Chapter 56. Crohn's Colitis
    Chapter 57. Ischemic Colitis
    Chapter 58. Colonic Conditions. Infectious Colitis
    Chapter 59. Colonic Conditions. Benign colonic neoplasia
    Chapter 60. Familial Adenomatous Polyposis
    Chapter 61. Colonic Conditions. Lynch Syndrome
    Chapter 62. Malignant Colon Polyps
    Chapter 63. Colonic Conditions. Adenomatous Polyps
    Chapter 64. Colon Cancer Surgical Therapy
    Chapter 65. Colonic Conditions. Locally Advanced Colon Cancer
    Chapter 66. Recurrent Colon Cancer
    Chapter 67. Appendiceal Neoplasms
    Section VI. Small bowel
    Chapter 68. Small bowel conditions. Small bowel Crohn's disease
    Chapter 69. Small bowel desmoid disease
    Chapter 70. Mesenteric Ischemia
    Chapter 71. Small Bowel Conditions. Small Bowel Obstruction
    Chapter 72. Small Bowel Conditions. Radiation-Induced Small Bowel Disease (RISBD). Radiation Enteritis
    Chapter 73. Enterocutaneous and Enteroatmospheric Fistula
    Chapter 74. Small Bowel Polyps
    Chapter 75. Small Bowel Lymphoma
    Chapter 76. Small Bowel Conditions. Carcinoid
    Section VII. Stomas
    Chapter 77. Stomal Prolapse
    Chapter 78. Stomas. Parastomal hernias
    Chapter 79. Stoma retraction and stenosis
    Chapter 80. Stomal varices
    Chapter 81. Stomas. Peristomal Skin Complication
    Section VIII. Complications
    Chapter 82. Complications. Ureteral Injury
    Chapter 83. Splenic Injury complicating Colorectal surgery
    Chapter 84. Complications. Colonic perforations
    Chapter 85. Complications. Early Anastomotic Complications--Leak, Abscess, and Bleeding
    Chapter 86. Late Anastomotic Complications (Stricture and Sinus)
    Chapter 87. Post-Polypectomy Bleeding
    Chapter 88. Post-polypectomy Thermal Injury
    Chapter 89. Presacral Bleeding
    Chapter 90. Complications. Short gut syndrome
    Chapter 91. Complications. Surgical Site Infections
    Chapter 92. J Pouch Complications
    Chapter 93. Complications. Pouchitis
    Chapter 94. Complications. Reoperative Pelvic Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Robert A. Greenes.
    Contents:
    Sect. 1: Computer-based clinical decision support: overview, status, and challenges. Ch. 1. Definition, scope and challenges / Robert A. Greenes
    Ch. 2. A brief history of clinical decision support / Robert A. Greenes
    Ch. 3. Features of computer-based clinical decision support / Robert A. Greenes
    Ch. 4. The role of quality measurement and reporting feedback as a driver for care improvement / Floyd Eisenberg
    Sect. 2: Experience with CDS development and adoption : case studies, national initiatives, and lessons learned. Ch. 5. Regenstrief medical informatics / Paul Biondich, [et al.]
    Ch. 6. Patients, doctors, and information technology : clinical decision support at Brigham and Women's Hospital and Partners HealthCare / Adam Wright and David W. Bates
    Ch. 7. Computer-based approaches to improving healthcare quality and safety at LDS Hospital / R. Scott Evans
    Ch. 8. International dimensions of clinical decision support / Hamish Fraser and Jeremy Wyatt
    Ch. 9. Current state of CDS utilization / Robert A. Greenes
    Sect. 3: Sources of knowledge for clinical decision support. Ch. 10. Human-intensive techniques / Vimla L. Patel and Edward H. Shortliffe
    Ch. 11. Generation of knowledge for clinical decision support / Michael E. Matheny and Lucila Ohno-Machado
    Ch. 12. Modernizing evidence synthesis for evidence-based medicine / Byron C. Wallace, [et al.]
    Ch. 13. Big data and population-based decision support / Michael A. Krall, Adi V. Gundlapalli and Matthew H. Samore
    Ch. 14. Clinical decision support for personalized medicine / Brandon M. Welch, [et al.]. Sect. 4: The technology of clinical decision support. Ch. 15. Decision rules and expressions / Robert A. Jenders
    Ch. 16. Guidelines and workflow models / Mor Peleg and Arturo González-Ferrer
    Ch. 17. Ontologies, vocabularies and data models / Stanley M. Huff, [et al.]
    Ch. 18. Grouped knowledge elements / Margarita Sordo and Aziz A. Boxwala
    Ch. 19. Infobuttons and point of care access to knowledge / Guilherme Del Fiol, Hong Yu and James J. Cimino
    Ch. 20. Formal representations and semantice web technologies / Alan Rector and Davide Sottara
    Ch. 21. The role of standards / Kensaku Kawamoto and Robert A. Greenes
    Sect. 5: Adoption of clinical decision support. Ch. 22. Cognitive considerations for health information technology / Amy Franklin and Jiajie Zhang
    Ch. 23. Organizational and cultural change / Joan S. Ash and Timothy H. Hartzog
    Ch. 24. Managing the investment in clinical decision support / John Glaser and Tonya Hongsermeier
    Ch. 25. A clinical decision support implementation guide : practical considerations / Donald Levick and Jerome Osheroff
    Ch. 26. Legal and regulatory issues related to the use of clinical software in health care delivery / Steven H. Brown and Randolph A. Miller
    Ch. 27. Consumers and clinical decision support / Nananda Col and Rosaly Correa-de-Araujo
    Sect. 6: The journey to widespread use of clinical decision support. Ch. 28. A clinical knowledge management program / Roberto A. Rocha, [et al.]
    Ch. 29. Integration of knowledge resources into applications to enable CDS / Kensaku Kawamoto, Emory Fry and Robert Greenes
    Ch. 30. Looking ahead : the road to broad adoption / Robert A. Greenes.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Robert A. Greenes, Guilherme Del Fiol.
    Summary: "Clinical Decision Support and Beyond: Progress and Opportunities in Knowledge-Enhanced Health and Healthcare, now in its third edition, discusses the underpinnings of effective, reliable, and easy-to-use clinical decision support systems at the point of care as a productive way of managing the flood of data, knowledge, and misinformation when providing patient care. Incorporating CDS into electronic health record systems has been underway for decades; however its complexities, costs, and user resistance have lagged its potential. Thus it is of utmost importance to understand the process in detail, to take full advantage of its capabilities. The book expands and updates the content of the previous edition, and discusses topics such as integration of CDS into workflow, context-driven anticipation of needs for CDS, new forms of CDS derived from data analytics, precision medicine, population health, integration of personal monitoring, and patient-facing CDS. In addition, it discusses population health management, public health CDS and CDS to help reduce health disparities. It is a valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, students and members of medical and biomedical fields who are interested to learn more about the potential of clinical decision support to improve health and wellness and the quality of health care. Presents an overview and details of the current state of the art and usefulness of clinical decision support, and how to utilize these capabilities Explores the technological underpinnings for developing, managing, and sharing knowledge resources and deploying them as CDS or for other uses Discusses the current drivers and opportunities that are expanding the prospects for use of knowledge to enhance health and healthcare"-- From ProQuest Ebook Central

    Contents:
    Definition, purposes, and scope / Robert A. Greenes and Guilherme Del Fiol
    Clinical decision support methods / Robert A. Greenes and Guilherme Del Fiol
    The journey to broad adoption / Robert A. Greenes and Guilherme Del Fiol
    The role of quality measurement and reporting feedback as a driver for care improvement / Floyd Eisenberg
    International dimensions of clinical decision support systems / Farah Magrabi, Kathrin Cresswell, and Hamish S.F. Fraser
    Human-intensive techniques / Vimla L. Patel, Jane Shellum, Timothy Miksch, and Edward H. Shortliffe
    Data-driven approaches to generating knowledge : Machine learning, artificial intelligence, and predictive modeling / Michael E. Matheny, Lucila Ohno-Machado, Sharon E. Davis, and Shamim Nemati
    Modernizing evidence synthesis for evidence-based medicine / Ian Jude Saldanha, Gaelen P. Adam, Christopher H. Schmid, Thomas A. Trikalinos, and Kristin J. Konnyu
    Decision rules and expressions / Robert A. Jenders and Bryn Rhodes
    Guidelines and workflow models / Mor Peleg and Peter Haug
    Terminologies, ontologies and data models / Thomas A. Oniki, Roberto A. Rocha, Lee Min Lau, Davide Sottara, and Stanley M. Huff
    Grouped knowledge elements / Claude Nanjo and Aziz A. Boxwala
    Infobuttons and point of care access to knowledge / Guilherme Del Fiol, Hong Yu, and James J. Cimino
    Information visualization and integration / Melanie C. Wright
    The role of standards : What we can expect and when / Kensaku Kawamoto, Guilherme Del Fiol, Bryn Rhodes, and Robert A. Greenes
    Population analytics and decision support / John Halamka and Paul Cerrato
    Expanded sources for precision medicine / Darren K. Johnson and Marc S. Williams
    Knowledge resources / Guilherme Del Fiol and David A. Cook
    Cognitive considerations for health information technology in clinical team environments / Amy Franklin and Jiajie Zhang
    Governance and implementation / Richard Schreiber and John D. McGreevey III
    Managing the investment in clinical decision support / Tonya Hongsermeier and John Glaser
    Evaluation of clinical decision support / Nicole M. Benson, Hojjat Salmasian, and David W. Bates
    Legal and regulatory issues related to the use of clinical software in healthcare delivery / Steven Brown and Apurva Desai
    The promise of patient-directed decision support / Jessica S. Ancker and Meghan Reading Turchioe
    Clinical decision support and health disparities / Jorge A. Rodriguez and Lipika Samal
    Population health management / Guilherme Del Fiol
    CDS for public health / Leslie A. Lenert
    Clinical knowledge management program / Roberto A. Rocha, Saverio M. Maviglia, and Beatriz H. Rocha
    Integration of knowledge resources into applications to enable CDS : Architectural considerations / Preston Lee, Robert A. Greenes, Kensaku Kawamoto, and Emory A. Fry
    Getting to knowledge-enhanced health and healthcare / Robert A. Greenes and Guilherme Del Fiol
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Richard B. Weller, Hamish J.A. Hunter, Margaret W. Mann.
    Contents:
    Skin disease in perspective
    The function and structure of the skin
    Diagnosis of skin disorders
    Disorders of keratinization
    Psoriasis
    Other papulosquamous disorders
    Eczema and dermatitis
    Reactive erythemas and vasculitis
    Bullous diseases
    Connective tissue disorders
    Disorders of blood vessels and lymphatics
    Sebaceous and sweat gland disorders
    Regional dermatology
    Racial skin differences
    The skin at different ages
    Infections
    Infestations
    Skin reactions to light
    Disorders of pigmentation
    Skin tumours
    The skin in systemic disease
    Cosmetic dermatology
    The skin and the psyche
    Other genetic disorders.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Carol Soutor, Maria K. Hordinsky.
    Summary: "This authoritative, evidence-based guide provides the information and insight you need to accurately assess and treat the most common skin disorders. Updated with new chapters and new content, this second edition reflects the latest findings and clinical protocols"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    I: Fundamentals of diagnosis and treatment. Structure and function of the skin
    Morphology and terminology of skin lesions
    History and physical examination of the skin, hair, and nails
    Diagnostic procedures and dermoscopy
    Principles of diagnosis
    Principles of management
    Dermatologic procedures
    II: Common skin disorders. Dermatitis
    Psoriasis and other papulosquamous diseases
    Acne, rosacea, and related disorders
    Bacterial infections
    Fungal infections
    Viral infections of the skin
    Infestations and bites
    Skin signs of systemic disease
    Urticaria
    Cutaneous adverse drug reactions
    Urgent cutaneous disorders
    Bullous diseases
    Benign tumors and vascular birthmarks
    Actinic keratosis, basal cell carcinoma, and squamous cell carcinoma
    Nevi and melanoma
    Pigmentary disorders
    III: Problem based chapters. The differential diagnosis of purpura
    Pruritus in patients with no underlying skin disease
    Fever and rash
    Hospital acquired rashes
    Leg ulcers
    Cutaneous signs of psychiatric disorders
    Hair disorders
    Nail diseases
    Skin diseases of the genitals and perineum
    Diseases of the oral cavity
    Cosmetic dermatology
    Skin diseases of the scalp
    Skin diseases of the face
    Skin diseases of the arms
    Skin diseases of the hands
    Skin diseases of the legs
    Skin diseases of the feet
    Skin diseases of the trunk
    Skin diseases involving multiple body regions.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022
  • Digital
    Adnan Nasir, editor.
    Summary: Clinical Dermatology Trials 101 provides dermatologists with a handbook that allows them to become familiar with all aspects of clinical trials. Everything from obtaining the necessary tools and equipment, complying with local, federal, and international guidelines and regulations, and hiring and training staff for the safe and up-to-date conduct of dermatology clinical trials is covered. Written by leading experts in the field, Clinical Dermatology Trials 101 is the only clinical trial how-to available for dermatologists. With skin disease affecting nearly seventy percent of the population over a lifetime, and the rate of development of new drugs and devices for dermatologic use increasing at an exponential rate, there is a tremendous need for training and developing dermatology clinical research facilities to expedite the translation of basic and applied research, from bench to bedside. This is useful for practicing dermatologists, academic dermatologists, dermatology residents, clinical research fellows, dermatology fellows, research scientists, industry dermatologists, and medical students.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Fanjun Cheng, Yu Zhang, editors.
    Summary: "This book is a practical manual for anti-COVID-19. It is not only with the reference to the result of modern medical science, patients situation, but also take the deployment of medical resources into consideration. Content of this manual includes: Medical administration under emergent circumstances, protection and control of hospital infection, clinical practice guidance for diagnosis and therapy, the application of radiation for the examination, laboratory diagnosis, inhabitation of inflammatory cytokines crisis, plasma of patient in the recovery stage, and traditional Chinese medical science et cetera. Authors are from Union hospital, Tongji medical college in Wuhan city, who has first-hand experiences. This book is a collection and fusion of such experiences in fighting against epidemic infectious disease. It is a timely book for doctors who are fighting against COVID-19"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Emergency system of designated hospital for COVID-19
    Hospital infection prevention and control against COVID-19
    COVID-19 diagnosis
    Clinical treatment of COVID-19
    Treatment of critical COVID-19 patients
    Special diagnosis and treatment for patients with COVID-19
    Special clinical care
    Guidelines and guidance
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Subhadra Nori, Michelle Stern, Se Won Lee.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    editors: Ron Hazani, Mohamed Amir Mrad, David Tauber, Jason Ulm, Alan Yan, Michael J. Yaremchuk.
    Contents:
    Craniofacial: The Ear
    The Orbit
    The Nose
    Orthognathic Conditions
    Oral and Facial Clefts
    Craniosynostosis
    Pediatric Syndromes
    Hemifacial Microsomia
    Craniomaxillofacial Trauma. Breast and Trunk: Breast
    Implant related findings
    Chest Wall
    Pressure Sores. Hand and Lower Extremities: Congenital
    Trauma
    Vascular
    Tumors
    Nerve
    Arthritis
    Infection
    Dupuytrens Disease. Integument: Burns
    Benign and malignant lesions
    Vascular Malformations.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Adrian Vella.
    Summary: "Clinical Dilemmas in Diabetes answers the clinical questions commonly encountered when diagnosing, treating, and managing patients with diabetes and its associated complications. Designed to support informed, evidence-based care, this authoritative clinical guide includes contributions from leading endocrinologists and diabetes researchers that discuss a diverse range of recent developments. Concise and focused chapters cover prediabetes, diabetes diagnosis, initial evaluation and management, disease complications, and cardiovascular disease and risk factors. Now in its second edition, Clinical Dilemmas in Diabetes contains extensively reviewed and revised information throughout. New and updated chapters examine prediction, diagnosis, and management of early Type 1 diabetes, ophthalmic complications, screening asymptomatic patients for cardiovascular disease, new agents for treatment of dyslipidemia, closed loop systems in Type 1 diabetes, upper gastrointestinal manifestations, managing hyperglycemia in critically ill patients, and more. Edited by Dr. Vella at the Mayo Clinic, this highly practical resource: Encourages evidence-based clinical decision-making, rather than algorithm-based approaches Provides clear guidance on common problematic areas, especially in cases where conflicts in treatment for the disease and the complications occur Emphasizes the importance of translating the results of clinical trials to individual care and management of diabetes Contains effective learning and revision tools, including Learning Points, chapter introductions and summaries, tables and figures, color diagrams and charts, and full references Part of the popular Clinical Dilemmas series, Clinical Dilemmas in Diabetes is a must-have guide for anyone involved in the treatment of patients with diabetes, particularly endocrinologists, diabetes specialists and consultants, cardiologists, residents, fellows, specialist nurses, and general practitioners with an interest in diabetes"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    <P>Contributors</p> <p>Preface</p> <p><b>Part I Prediabetes and the Diagnosis of Diabetes</b></p> <p>1 Is prediabetes a risk factor or is it a disease?
    <i>Jacob Kohlenberg and Adrian Vella</i></p> <p>2 Prediction, early diagnosis and appropriate management of early type 1 diabetes including disease-modifying therapy</p> <p>3 Reclassifying or Declassifying Diabetes? Can Clinical Characteristics Guide Classification & Treatment?
    <i>Adrian Vella</i></p> <p>4 How should secondary causes of diabetes be excluded?
    <i>Tomás P. Griffin, Aonghus O'Loughlin and Sean F. Dinneen</i></p> <p>5 How to screen appropriately for Monogenic Diabetes
    <i>Adrian Vella</i></p> <p><b>PART II Initial Evaluation and Management of Diabetes</b></p> <p>6 Managing Gestational Diabetes During and After Pregnancy
    <i>Aoife M Egan, Fidelma P Dunne</i></p> <p>7 What is the role of self-monitoring in diabetes? Is there a role for postprandial glucose monitoring? How does continuous glucose monitoring integrate into clinical practice?
    <i>Rami Almokayyad and Robert Cuddihy</i></p> <p>8 Is HbA1c the most important therapeutic target in the outpatient management of diabetes?
    <i>Kristin Gonzales and Steven A. Smith</i></p> <p>9 Closed loop systems in type 1 diabetes</p> <p>10 Optimizing diet in patients with diabetes
    <i>Meera Shah</i></p> <p>11 Insulin sensitizers versus secretagogues as first-line therapy for diabetes: Rationale for clinical choice
    <i>Robert J. Richards, L. Yvonne Melendez-Ramirez, and William T. Cefalu</i></p> <p>12 Are insulin sensitizers useful additions to insulin therapy?
    <i>John W. Richard III and Philip Raskin</i></p> <p>13 Incretin-Based Therapy for the Management of Type 2 Diabetes
    <i>Kristin Gonzales & Adrian Vella</i></p> <p><b>Part III Diagnosis and Management of Cardiovascular Risk Factors and Cardiovascular Disease</b></p> <p>14 Screening asymptomatic patients with prediabetes and diabetes for cardiovascular disease</p> <p>15 Choosing medications for type 2 diabetes
    what weighting should be given to cardiovascular risk reduction?
    <i>Adrian Vella</i></p> <p>16 Choosing Medications for Weight Loss in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    <i>Shubhada Jagasia, Alexander J. Williams, Chase D. Hendrickson</i></p> <p>17 Are statins the optimal therapy for cardiovascular risk in patients with diabetes? What newer agents are there for the treatment for dyslipidemia in diabetes? Are triglycerides an important risk factor for diabetes?
    <i>Recie Davern, Timothy O'Brien</i></p> <p>18 New Agents for Treatment of Dyslipidemia
    <i>Vinaya Simha</i></p> <p>19 Surgery for weight management
    <i>Silvana Obici and Judith Korner</i></p> <p>20 Revascularization Strategies in Patients with Diabetes Mellitus and Ischemic Heart Disease
    <i>Madeline K. Mahowald, Chiam Leker Locker, Mandeep Singh, Robert L. Frye</i></p> <p><b>Part IV Management of Disease Complications </b></p> <p>21 Management of hyperglycemia in critical illness</p> <p>22 Diagnosis and management of ophthalmic complications of diabetes</p> <p>23 Upper Gastrointestinal Manifestations of Diabetes
    <i>Michael Camilleri</i></p> <p>Index</p>
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Roger Williams, Simon Taylor-Robinson.
    Contents:
    Hype or harm from fatty liver disease? / Stephen H Caldwell and Curt Argo
    Worldwide problem / Geoffrey Farrell and Philip Newsome
    Is insulin resistance the key motive for NAFLD? / Desmond Johnston
    Progression to cirrhosis is more likely in children with NAFLD? / Anil Dhawan
    NAFLD as cause of cryptogenic cirrhosis? / Jay Lefkowitch
    Is NAFLD different in absence of metabolic syndrome? / Yusuf Yilmaz
    Occurrence of noncirrhotic HCC in NAFLD / Stephen Harrison and Dawn Torres
    Fibrosis progression molecular pathways all important? / Anna-Mae Diehl and Dr Wing-Kin Syn
    Can fatty liver of NAFLD be distinguished from that of alcoholic liver disease? / David Kleiner and Elizabeth Brunt
    Are inflammasomes and intestinal microbiota relevant in disease progression to NASH? / M. Bilal Siddiqui, M. Shadab Siddiqui and Arun Sanyal
    Can genetic influence in non-alcoholic fatty liver disease be ignored? / Quentin Anstee
    Is there a mechanistic link between hepatic steatosis and cardiac rather than liver events? / Soo Lim
    Is there a best method for diagnosis of NAFLD? / Vlad Ratziu
    Choice of non-invasive blood tests and FibroScan / Massimo Pinzani and Manolis Tsocatzis
    Are the guidelines AASLD, IASL, EASL and BSG of help? / Jean-Francois Dufour
    How to choose from different imaging modalities and screening techniques / Hero Hussain
    Are the pros outweighed by the cons of obtaining a liver biopsy? / Simon Taylor-Robinson and Jeremy Cobbold
    Screening for NAFLD in high risk population / Nader Lessan
    Balancing calorie restriction, exercise and weight reduction / Nicholas Finer
    Should physicians be prescribing, or patients self-medicating with Orlistat, vitamin E, vitamin D, insulin antagonist, Trental and coffee? / Brent Neuschwander-Tetri and Haripriya Maddur
    Does improvement in hepatic steatosis have a significant favourable effect on the metabolic syndrome, including diabetes? / Jukka Westerbacka
    What are the dangers as well as the true benefits of bariatric surgery? / Andrew Jenkinson
    Liver transplantation : what can it offer? / Roger Williams
    Molecular antagonists, leptin or other hormones in supplementing environmental factors? / Jeremy Tomlinson
    Use of antifibrotic agents in clinical practice / Jonathan Fallowfield
    Better understanding of early development and material influence? / Jude Oben
    Defining the role of metabolic physician / Nicholas Finer.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Bruno Pinamonti, Gianfranco Sinagra, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the role of basic and advanced imaging techniques in the diagnosis of different types of cardiomyopathy, including dilated cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, restrictive cardiomyopathy, arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy and infiltrative/storage cardiomyopathies. While the main focus is on echocardiography, the applications of cardiac magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography are also described. Throughout, a clinically oriented approach is employed: detailed attention is paid to differential diagnosis and numerous high-quality images depict the main features of the various types of cardiomyopathy. Consideration is also given to the genetics of cardiomyopathies, with analysis of genotype-phenotype relationships. Finally, the potential value of imaging in prognostic assessment and in guiding treatment is described.

    Contents:
    PART I CARDIOMYOPATHIES 1 Cardiomyopathies: Clinical relevance, epidemiology, definition and classification
    2 Genetics: Genotype/phenotype correlations in cardiomyopathies
    3 Role of basic and advanced imaging in cardiomyopathies
    PART II DILATED CARDIOMIOPATHY 4 Dilated Cardiomyopathy: Clinical assessment and differential diagnosis
    5 Basic echocardiography in dilated cardiomyopathy
    6 Advanced echocardiographic technologies in dilated cardiomyopathy
    7 Other imaging techniques in dilated cardiomyopathy
    8 Dilated cardiomyopathy: Usefulness of imaging in prognostic stratification and choice of treatment
    PART III HYPERTROPHIC CARDIOMYOPATHY
    9 Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy: Clinical assessment and differential diagnosis
    10 Basic echocardiography in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    11 Advanced echocardiographic technologies in cypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    12 Other imaging techniques in the assessment of hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    13 Usefulness of imaging in prognostic stratification and choice of treatment in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    PART IV ARRHYTHMOGENIC RIGHT VENTRICULAR CARDIOMYOPATHY 14 Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy: Clinical assessment and differential diagnosis
    15 Basic echocardiography in Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy
    16 Advanced echocardiographic technologies in Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy
    17 Other imaging techniques in the assessment of arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy
    18 Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy: Usefulness of imaging in prognostic stratification and choice of treatment
    PART V RESTRICTIVE, INFILTRATIVE/STORAGE AND OTHER CARDIOMYOPATHIES 19 Restrictive Cardiomyopathy: Clinical assessment and imaging in diagnosis and patient management
    20 Infiltrative/Storage Cardiomyopathies: Clinical assessment and imaging in diagnosis and patient management
    21 Other Cardiomyopathies: Clinical assessment and imaging in diagnosis and patient management.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Antoni Bayés de Luna, Miquel Fiol-Sala, Antoni Bayés-Genís, Adrián Baranchuk ; with contributions from Roberto Elosua, Manuel Martínez-Sellés.
    Summary: "In this book, the reader will find what we call the "Bayes' spirit". We have updated some chapters and references, but we have followed the way Antoni teaches. This is the "magic" of this book. Chapter after chapter, you will immerse into the Universe of a unique man and scientist. You will understand his approach to "active" and "passive" arrhythmias, you will enjoy his definitions, repetitions, and perspective of multiple aspects of human cardiac electricity"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    Oriano Mecarelli, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the developments and improvements in electroencephalography (EEG). In recent years, digital technology has replaced analog equipments, and it is now possible to easily record and store EEG tracings and to quickly recall previously acquired material for subsequent analysis. In addition, not only static figures, but also electronic supplementary materials can be included in books, enabling EEGs to be viewed in real-time. In clinical practice, EEG still represents the most important functional examination in the study CNS development and its anatomical and physiological integrity throughout life. In the pathological context, EEG provides indispensable diagnostic information for classification of epileptic syndromes, and it is also valuable in all the other CNS diseases (infectious, cerebrovascular, neurodegenerative, etc). Furthermore, monitoring EEG can be widely used in emergency settings, such as emergency departments or intensive care units. In comatose patients, EEG provides information regarding prognosis and evaluation of the sedative effect of anesthetic drugs. Written by a group of leading national and international experts, it offers a substantial, yet practical, EEG compendium, which serves as a reference resource for physicians and neurodiagnostic technologists as well as physicians-in-training, researchers, practicing electroencephalographers and students.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I. Technical Aspects and Normal EEG Patterns
    History of EEG
    Neurophysiological Basis of EEG
    Electrodes and Montages
    Acquisition of EEG signals
    Computed Analysis of EEG signals
    Organization of EEG Laboratory
    Artifacts
    Normal wake EEG
    Normal sleep EEG
    Neonatal Normal EEG
    Pathological and unusual EEG Pattern
    Activation Procedures
    Polygraphic techniques
    Polygraphic investigations and back-averaging techniques
    Ambulatory EEG
    Video Electroencephalography
    Invasive EEG
    High Density-EEG, MEG and Electromagnetic Source Imaging
    Simultaneous registration of EEG and fMRI
    Part II. Pathological EEG Patterns
    Neonatal pathological Patterns
    Early-onset Epileptic Encephalopathies
    Epileptic Encephalopathies of Infancy and Childhood
    Focal "Idiopathic" Epilepsies of infancy
    Focal Epilepsies non age-related by various etiology
    Generalized Genetic Epilepsies
    Reflex Epilepsies
    Photosensitivity and Epilepsy
    Febrile seizures and Febrile SE
    Pediatric Status Epilepticus
    Status Epilepticus in Adults
    Cromosomopathy and Cortical Malformations
    Paroxysmal Nonepileptic seizures
    Sleep Diseases
    Craniocerebral Trauma
    Cerebral Tumors
    Cerebrovascular Disease
    Cerebral inflammatory-infective Disease
    Aging and Degenerative disorders
    Systemic and Dismetabolic Disorders
    Headache
    Psychiatric Disorders
    Effects on EEG of Drugs and Toxic Substances
    Coma and Brain Death
    Emergency EEG and Neuromonitoring in Surgery Room and ICU.-Appendix
    Glossary and EEG Reports.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert Carachi, Sameh Helmi Edward Doss, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive atlas is unique in combining information on the embryological development of the human with detailed presentation of the congenital malformations encountered in clinical practice. As a consequence it will not only assist practitioners and trainees in recognizing and evaluating malformations, but also enable them to understand how a malformation has developed and to explain the mystery of congenital malformations to relatives and patients. The book is organized according to anatomic region, with additional chapters on hernias, tumors, lymphogenesis and lymphatic malformations. According to WHO statistics, each year congenital anomalies result in approximately 3.2 million birth defect-related disabilities worldwide. All too often, however, training in embryology is now a neglected area, and medical graduates frequently lack confidence in their knowledge of the field. Clinical Embryology: An Atlas of Congenital Malformations will help to rectify this deficit and to ensure that malformations are comprehended and managed appropriately. It will be of value for postgraduate trainees in pediatric surgery, pediatrics, and neonatology, undergraduate medical students, and general practitioners/family physicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Scott C. Sherman, Joseph M. Weber, Michael A. Schindlbeck, Rahul G. Patwari.
    Summary: This text distills the entire content of the emergency medicine curriculum into less than one hundred succinct, clinically relevant chapters. This unique book is intended to guide you through what you must know and be able to do during an actual shift and give you a better understanding of the issues and problems you will face while working in the Emergency Department. Featuring a consistent, find-it-now design, Clinical Emergency Medicine delivers concise, must-know information on ninety-eight chief complaints and disorders, ranging from asthma and chest pain to fever and poisoning. Each chapter begins with Key Points, followed by an Introduction, Clinical Presentation, Diagnostic Studies, Medical Decision Making, Treatment and Disposition, and Suggested Reading. Whenever possible, the authors provide practical advice on drug dosing, the medical decision-making thought process, treatment plans, and dispositions that will be of value in a clinical environment. Numerous diagnostic algorithms simplify the problem and point you towards a solution.

    Contents:
    I. Common Procedures
    1.Incision and Drainage
    2.Arterial Blood Gas
    3.Central Venous Access
    4.Procedural Sedation
    5.Lumbar Puncture
    6.Laceration Repair
    7.Needle and Tube Thoracostomy
    8.Introduction to Emergency Ultrasonography
    II. Resuscitation
    9.Emergency Medical Services
    10.Cardiopulmonary Arrest
    11.Airway Management
    12.Shock
    III. Cardiovascular Emergencies
    13.Chest Pain
    14.Acute Coronary Syndromes
    15.Congestive Heart Failure
    16.Dysrhythmias
    17.Aortic Dissection
    18.Hypertensive Emergencies
    19.Syncope
    IV.Pulmonary Emergencies
    20.Dyspnea
    21.Asthma
    22.Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    23.Pneumonia
    24.Pneumothorax
    25.Pulmonary Embolism
    V. Abdominal Emergencies
    26.Acute Abdominal Pain
    27.Appendicitis
    28.Acute Cholecystitis
    29.Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    30.Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    31.Intestinal Obstruction
    32.Mesenteric Ischemia
    VI. Infectious Disease Emergencies
    33.Fever
    34.Sepsis
    35.Meningitis and Encephalitis
    36.Soft Tissue Infections
    37.Human Immunodeficiency Virus
    38.Blood and Body Fluid Exposure
    VII. Genitourinary Emergencies
    39.Nephrolithiasis
    40.Urinary Tract Infections
    41.Testicular Torsion
    42.Penile Disorders
    VIII. Obstetrics/Gynecologic Emergencies
    43.Vaginal Bleeding
    44.Vaginal Discharge
    45.Preeclampsia and Eclampsia
    46.Emergency Delivery
    IX.Pediatric Emergencies
    47.The Pediatric Patient
    48.Pediatric Fever
    49.Respiratory Distress
    50.Abdominal Pain
    51.Dehydration
    52.Otitis Media
    53.Pharyngitis
    X. Toxicology
    54.The Poisoned Patient
    55.Toxic Alcohols
    56.Acetaminophen Toxicity
    57.Salicylate Toxicity
    58.Carbon Monoxide Poisoning
    59.Digoxin
    60.Cyclic Antidepressants
    XI. Environmental Emergencies
    61.Hypothermia
    62.Cold-Induced Tissue Injuries
    63.Heat-Related Illness
    64.Drowning Incidents
    65.Envenomation
    XII. Metabolic/Endocrine Emergencies
    66.Diabetic Emergencies
    67.Potassium Disorders
    68.Thyroid Emergencies
    69.Adrenal Emergencies
    XIII. Hematologic/Oncologic Emergencies
    70.Oncologic Emergencies
    71.Sickle Cell Emergencies
    72.Transfusion Reactions
    73.Anticoagulant Therapy and Its Complications
    XIV.HEENT Emergencies
    74.Slit Lamp Examination
    75.Red Eye
    76.Acute Visual Loss
    77.Epistaxis
    78.Dental Emergencies
    XV.Neurologic Emergencies
    79.Altered Mental Status
    80.Headache
    81.Dizziness
    82.Cerebrovascular Accident
    83.Seizures and Status Epilepticus
    XVI. Trauma
    84.Trauma Principles
    85.Head Injuries
    86.Cervical Spine Injuries
    87.Thoracic Trauma
    88.Abdominal Trauma
    89.Burns
    XVII. Orthopedic Emergencies
    90.Upper Extremity Injuries
    91.Lower Extremity Injuries
    92.Low Back Pain
    93.Compartment Syndromes
    94.Septic Arthritis
    95.Splinting
    XVIII. Dermatologic Emergencies
    96.Life-Threatening Dermatoses
    97.Allergic Reactions
    XIX.Psychiatric Emergencies
    98.Approach to the Psychiatric Patient.
  • Digital
    edited by Patrick S. Parfrey, Brendan J. Barrett.
    Contents:
    On framing the research question and choosing the appropriate research design / Patrick S. Parfrey and Pietro Ravani
    Research ethics for clinical researchers / John D. Harnett and Richard Neuman
    Definitions of bias in clinical research / Geoffrey Warden
    Longitudinal studies 1 : determination of risk / Sean W. Murphy
    Longitudinal studies 2 : modeling data using multivariate analysis / Pietro Ravani, Brendan J. Barrett, and Patrick S. Parfrey
    Longitudinal studies 3 : data modeling using standard regression models and extensions / Pietro Ravani, Brendan J. Barrett, and Patrick S. Parfrey
    Longitudinal studies 4 : matching strategies to evaluate risk / Matthew T. James
    Longitudinal studies 5 : development of risk prediction models for patients with chronic disease / Navdeep Tangri and Claudio Rigatto
    Randomized controlled trials 1 : design / Bryan M. Curtis, Brendan J. Barrett, and Patrick S. Parfrey
    Randomized controlled trials 2 : analysis / Robert N. Foley
    Randomized controlled trials 3 : measurement and analysis of patient-reported outcomes / Michelle M. Richardson, Megan E. Grobert, and Klemens B. Meyer
    Randomized controlled trials 4 : biomarkers and surrogate outcomes / Claudio Rigatto and Brendan J. Barrett
    Randomized controlled trials 5 : determining the sample size and power for clinical trials and cohort studies / Tom Greene
    Randomized controlled trials 6 : on contamination and estimating the actual treatment effect / Patrick S. Parfrey
    Randomized controlled trials 7 : analysis and interpretation of quality-of-life scores / Robert N. Foley and Patrick S. Parfrey
    Randomized controlled trials : planning, monitoring, and execution / Elizabeth Hatfield, Elizabeth Dicks, and Patrick S. Parfrey
    Evaluation of diagnostic tests / John M. Fardy and Brendan J. Barrett
    Qualitative research in clinical epidemiology / Deborah M. Gregory and Christine Y. Way
    Health economics in clinical research / Braden J. Manns
    Clinical genetic research 1 : bias / Susan Stuckless and Patrick S. Parfrey
    Clinical genetic research 2 : genetic epidemiology of complex phenotypes / Darren D. O'Rielly and Proton Rahman
    Clinical genetic research 3 : genetics ELSI (ethical, legal, and social issues) research / Daryl Pullman and Holly Etchegary
    Evidence-based decision-making 1 : critical appraisal / Laurie K. Twells
    Evidence-based decision-making 2: systematic reviews and meta-analysis / Aminu Bello, Natasha Wiebe, Amit Garg, and Marcello Tonelli
    Evidence-based decision-making 3 : health technology assessment / Daria O'Reilly [and 6 others]
    Evidence-based decision-making 4: development and limitations of clinical practice guidelines / Bruce Culleton
    Evidence-based decision-making 5 : translational research / Deborah M. Gregory and Laurie K. Twells
    Evidence-based decision-making 6 : utilization of administrative databases for health services research / Tanvir Turin Chowdhury and Brenda Hemmelgarn
    Evidence-based decision-making 7: knowledge translation / Braden J. Manns
    Evidence-based decision-making 8 : health policy, a primer for researchers / Victor Maddalena.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Robert H. Fletcher, Suzanne W. Fletcher, Grant S. Fletcher.
    Summary: Now in its Fifth Edition, a comprehensive, concise, and clinically oriented introduction to the subject of epidemiology. Written by expert educators, this text introduces students to the principles of evidence-based medicine that will help them develop and apply methods of clinical observation in order to form accurate conclusions. The Fifth Edition includes more complete coverage of systematic reviews and knowledge management, as well as other key topics such as abnormality, diagnosis, frequency and risk, prognosis, treatment, prevention, chance, studying cases and cause.

    Contents:
    Frequency
    Abnormality
    Risk : basic principles
    Risk : exposure to disease
    Risk : disease to exposure
    Prognosis
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Prevention
    Chance
    Cause
    Summarizing the evidence
    Knowledge management.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (Medical Education)
  • Digital
    Grant S. Fletcher.
    Summary: "This book is for clinicians-physicians, nurses, physicians' assistants, psychologists, veterinarians, and others who care for patients-who want to understand for themselves the strength of the information base for their clinical decisions"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    -- Frequency
    Abnormality
    Diagnosis
    Risk: Basic Principles
    Risk: Exposure to Disease
    Risk: From Disease to Exposure
    Prognosis
    Treatment
    Prevention
    Chance
    Cause
    Summarizing the Evidence
    Knowledge Management
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (Medical Education)
  • Digital
    Yingze Zhang ; with contributions by Yanling Su, Wei Chen, Juan Wang, Jiandong Hao.
    Contents:
    General information
    Fractures of the humerus
    Fractures of the ulna and radius
    Fractures of the femur
    Fractures of the tibia & fibula
    Fractures of spine
    Fractures of the pelvic ring and acetabulum
    Fractures of the hand
    Fractures of the foot
    Fractures of other locations.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016
  • Digital
    Yingze Zhang
    Summary: Unique resource provides foundation for worldwide prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of orthopaedic fractures Clinical Epidemiology of Orthopaedic Trauma, Third Edition by renowned orthopaedic surgeon and researcher Yingze Zhang and an impressive cadre of contributors expands on the widely acclaimed prior editions. Leveraging an epidemiological database with the distinction of being the largest domestic and foreign sample volume of orthopaedic trauma, this remarkable book expands on the epidemiology of fractures in China, with national incidence rates new to this edition. It offers a wealth

    Contents:
    Clinical Epidemiology of Orthopaedic Trauma
    Title Page
    Copyright
    Dedication
    Contents
    Foreword by Liming Li
    Foreword by Guixing Qiu
    Foreword by Robert D. D'Ambrosia
    Foreword by Roy W. Sanders
    Preface
    Welcome to the Third Edition
    Acknowledgments
    Contributors
    How to Use This Book
    1. Introduction to Clinical Epidemiology of Orthopaedic Trauma
    Fractures Overview
    Fracture Classification
    Bones
    Segments
    Types
    Group and Subgroup
    Epidemiological Investigation and Analysis of Traumatic Fractures Incidence in China
    Methods The Content and Method of this Investigation
    Quality Control and Evaluation
    Data Statistics and Analysis
    Epidemiological Study of Fractures
    Incidence of Sex-Specific Fractures
    Fracture Location
    Fractures in Children
    Suggested Readings
    2. Fractures of the Humerus
    Overview of Humeral Fractures
    Anatomic Features
    AO Classification and Coding System for Humeral Fractures
    Epidemiologic Features of Humeral Fractures in the China National Fracture Study
    Humeral Fractures by Sex in CNFS
    Humeral Fractures by Injury Side in CNFS Humeral Fractures by Age Group and Sex in CNFS
    Humeral Fractures by Location in CNFS
    Humeral Fractures by Causal Mechanisms in CNFS
    Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Humeral Fractures
    Humeral Fractures by Sex
    Humeral Fractures by Injured Side
    Humeral Fractures by Age Group and Sex
    Humeral Fractures by Location
    Proximal Humeral Fractures (Segment 11)
    Anatomic Features
    AO Classification of Proximal Humeral Fractures
    Clinical Epidemiological Features of Proximal Humeral Fractures (Segment 11)
    Injury Mechanism
    Diagnosis
    Treatment Humeral Shaft Fractures (Segment 12)
    Anatomic Features
    AO Classification for Humeral Shaft Fractures
    Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Humeral Shaft Fractures (Segment 12)
    Injury Mechanism
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Distal Humeral Fractures (Segment 13)
    Anatomical Features
    AO Classification of Distal Humeral Fractures
    Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Distal Humeral Fractures (Segment 13)
    Injury Mechanism
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Other Classifications of Humeral Fractures
    The Neer Classification of Proximal Humeral Fractures Classification of Humeral Fractures by Fracture Location
    Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Medial Humeral Condylar Fractures
    Suggested Readings
    3. Fractures of the Ulna and Radius
    Overview of Ulnar and Radial Fractures
    Anatomic Features
    AO Classification and Coding System for Fractures of Ulna and Radius
    Epidemiologic Features of Radial/Ulnar Fractures in the China National Fracture Study
    Clinical Epidemiologic Features of Radial/Ulnar Fractures
    Proximal Radial/Ulnar Fractures (Segment 21)
    Anatomic Features
    AO Classification of Proximal Radial/Ulnar Fractures
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2021
  • Digital
    Luke B. Hesson, Antonia L. Pritchard, editors.
    Summary: In genetic pathology, epigenetic testing is rare and under utilised. In this book, we introduce epigenetics to a non-expert scientific audience and describe current and future clinical utility of epigenetic testing. By focussing on epigenetics in human disease this book will guide professionals (scientists and clinicians) to understand how epigenetics is relevant in a clinical context, and to implement epigenetic testing in diagnostic laboratories. The book begins with a historical perspective of genetics and epigenetics and describes the work of pioneers who have helped shape these fields. The various mechanisms by which epigenetics can regulate the function of the genome is described. These include DNA methylation, histone modifications, histone variants, nucleosome positioning, cis-regulatory elements, non-coding RNAs and the three-dimensional organisation of chromatin in the nucleus. These are discussed in the context of embryological development, cancer and imprinting disorders, and include examples of epigenetic changes that can be used in diagnosis, prediction of therapeutic response, prognostication or disease monitoring. Finally, for those wishing to implement epigenetic testing in a diagnostic setting, the book includes a case study that illustrates the clinical utility of epigenetic testing.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Epigenetics: A Lay Description; Epigenetics: A Scientific Description; Contents; About the Editors;
    1: Genetics and Epigenetics: A Historical Overview; 1.1 The Early Origins of Genetics; 1.2 Discovery of DNA; 1.3 Early Characterisation of DNA; 1.4 Discovering That Genes Are Made of DNA; 1.5 The Birth and Evolution of Epigenetics; 1.6 The Double Helix Structure of DNA; 1.7 The Discovery of DNA Methylation; 1.8 The X-Chromosome and Its Unique Place in Genetics and Epigenetics; 1.9 Heritability of DNA Methylation; 1.10 Genomic Imprinting; 1.11 Why Do Genes Become Imprinted? 1.12 How Do Genes Become Imprinted?1.13 Histones, Nucleosomes and Chromatin Structure; 1.14 Cancer Epigenetics; 1.15 A Molecular Definition of the Term `Gene;́ 1.16 CpG Islands; 1.17 How Does DNA Methylation Cause Transcriptional Silencing?; 1.18 Epigenomics; 1.19 Key Milestones in Genetics and Epigenetics; 1.20 Key Discoveries; References;
    2: The DNA Methylation Machinery; 2.1 DNA Methylation/Methylcytosine; 2.2 Readers of Methylcytosine: DNA Methylation and Gene Expression; 2.2.1 Methyl-CpG-Binding Domain Proteins (MBD); 2.3 Writers of Methylcytosine: DNA Methyltransferases (DNMTs) 2.3.1 The Function of DNMTs: Maintenance Methylation2.3.2 The Function of DNMTs: Establishment of DNA Methylation; 2.3.3 CpG Islands; 2.4 Erasers of Methylcytosine; 2.4.1 Regulation of DNA Demethylation by TET Enzymes; 2.5 Conclusion; References;
    3: 5-Methylcytosine and Its Oxidized Derivatives; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 DNA Methyltransferases; 3.3 The Function of 5-Methylcytosine; 3.4 Mutations in DNMT1; 3.5 Mutations in DNMT3A; 3.6 Mutations in DNMT3B; 3.7 5-Methylcytosine-Binding Proteins; 3.8 5-Methylcytosine Oxidases, the TET Proteins 3.9 Biological Role of 5-Hydroxymethylcytosine in Development and Disease3.10 Mutations in TET2; 3.11 Proteins That Bind to Oxidized 5-Methylcytosine Derivatives; References;
    4: The Role of Nucleosomes in Epigenetic Gene Regulation; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Role of the Nucleosome; 4.2.1 Nucleosome Remodelling; 4.2.2 Variant Nucleosomes; 4.3 Histone Post-Translational Modifications; 4.3.1 Histone Acetylation; 4.3.2 Histone Methylation; 4.4 DNA Methylation; 4.5 Transcription Regulation; 4.5.1 Promoters; 4.5.1.1 Histone Modifications at Promoters; 4.5.1.2 Histone Variants at Promoters 4.5.1.3 Nucleosome Positioning at Promoters4.5.1.4 DNA Methylation at Promoters; 4.5.1.5 Promoter Nucleosomes and Cancer; 4.5.2 Enhancers; 4.5.2.1 Histone Modifications at Enhancers; 4.5.2.2 Nucleosome Positioning at Enhancers; 4.5.2.3 DNA Methylation at Enhancers; 4.5.3 Gene Bodies; 4.5.3.1 Histone Modifications at Gene Bodies; 4.5.3.2 Nucleosome Positioning at Gene Bodies; 4.5.3.3 DNA Methylation at Gene Bodies; 4.5.4 Bivalent Chromatin; 4.5.4.1 Bivalent Promoters; 4.5.4.2 Bivalent Enhancers; 4.5.5 Nucleosome Asymmetry; 4.6 Future Directions; 4.7 Concluding Remarks; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Albert R. Jonsen, PhD, Professor Emeritus of Ethics in Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, Senior Ethics Scholar in Residence, California Pacific Medical Center, San Francisco, California, Mark Siegler, MD, Lindy Bergman Distinguished Service Professor of Medicine and Surgery, Director, MacLean Center for Clinical Medical Ethics, Executive Director, Bucksbaum Institute for Clinical Excellence, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois, William J. Winslade, PhD, JD, James Wade Rockwell Professor of Philosophy in Medicine, Institute for the Medical Humanities, Professor of Psychiatry and Preventive Medicine and Community Health, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, Texas.
    Summary: This book teaches healthcare providers how to effectively identify, evaluate, and resolve ethical issues in clinical medicine. By applying the methods suggested in this book to the circumstances of their actual clinical cases, physicians can give structure to the often confusing facts of the case and propose reasonable options for resolving problems. -- Publisher description.

    Contents:
    Medical indications
    Preferences of patients
    Quality of life
    Contextual features.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPharmacy
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Albert R. Jonsen, Mark Siegler, William J. Winslade, Ruchika Mishra.
    Summary: "This book is about the ethical issues that clinicians encounter as they care for patients and is written to assist those who serve on hospital ethics committees as they deliberate about appropriate action in difficult ethical cases"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Medical indications
    Preferences of patients
    Quality of life
    Contextual features.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessPharmacy
  • Digital
    Joseph T. Bertino.
    Summary: This book provides a robust analysis of the history of clinical ethics, the philosophical theories that support its practice, and the practical institutional criteria needed to become a practicing clinical ethicist. Featuring cases and a step-by-step approach, this book combines knowledge points associated with moral philosophy and medicine with general skill objectives for ethics consultants. The book aids in developing analytic moral reasoning skills for clinical ethicists, fostering the comprehensive education and professional development of clinical ethics consultants. In addition, it offers key components of how an ethics consultation curriculum manifest in an educational venue for clinical ethicists are illustrated. Adaptable and relevant for educating multiple disciplines in health care, this resource enables ethicists to understand the philosophical foundations and practical application of clinical ethics.

    Contents:
    1. A Philosophical Justification for Normative Ethics in Clinical Ethics and Medicine
    2. Methods & Standards of Clinical Ethics Consultation
    3. Moral Reasoning, Ethics Facilitation & Virtue
    4. Organizational Ethics and Residency Requirements for Clinical Ethics Consultation
    5. Concluding Remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Nicholas Talley, Simon O'Connor.
    Summary: "This book addresses the core principles and clinical skills that underpin diagnosis for safe, effective medical practice and breaks down each body system into a logical framework focusing on the history, clinical examination and correlation between physical signs and disease for each system." -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Volume 1 A systematic guide to physical diagnosis
    Volume 2 A guide to specialty examinations.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Martin W. Dünser, Daniel Dankl, Sirak Petros, Mervyn Mer, editors.
    Summary: This well-illustrated book provides detailed guidance on all aspects of physical examination in patients requiring emergency or intensive care. After an introductory section covering basic principles and the recognition of pre-terminal signs, the approach to examination of individual organ systems is clearly explained. Examination schemes are then presented for particular conditions or settings, including respiratory distress, shock, neurological disease, trauma, suspected infection, and cardiac arrest. The skill of physical examination has become the forgotten art of medicine in both undergraduate and postgraduate studies. Furthermore, most books on the topic have so far focused on examination practices applicable to non-critically ill patients. In emergency and intensive care medicine, however, a different approach and sometimes also different examination techniques are required due to the life-threatening disease process. In summarizing knowledge and providing guidance on physical examination in this specific subgroup of patients, this book will meet the needs of all physicians and allied health care professionals involved in the care of critically ill patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Joel I. Hamburger.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Thyroid disease.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC58 .H29
    1
  • Digital
    Robert J. Esther, editor.
    Summary: Musculoskeletal (MSK) disorders have a high prevalence and are one of the main reasons for patients to consult with a provider. For a range of issues from injury to back pain to rheumatic disease, musculoskeletal pathology is the second most common reason for a patient to see a primary care provider. However, despite their prevalence and significant socioeconomic impact, musculoskeletal disorders are relatively undertaught in medical schools in the United States. While all medical, nursing and physician assistant students receive exposure to some MSK content, in many medical schools this material does not receive curricular exposure commensurate with its prevalence. This practical textbook fills in that gap. All aspects of musculoskeletal disease and its management are presented concisely for quick reference and review, with each chapter opening with clear goals and objectives. The text begins with a discussion of the anatomy and physiology of bone, cartilage and muscle, including imaging techniques and interpretation. Musculoskeletal infections, tumors and vascular conditions are then covered, along with common rheumatic conditions such as rheumatoid and osteoarthritis, metabolic bone disease, and age-specific and traumatic conditions. Finally, the upper and lower extremity and spine are thoroughly discussed in terms of anatomy/pathoanatomy, common clinical conditions, physical exam, and common radiographic and clinical correlations. The main audience for Clinical Foundations of Musculoskeletal Medicine is medical students seeking to improve their understanding of common musculoskeletal conditions. Given the relevance of musculoskeletal conditions to a range of providers, this book can also be used for the musculoskeletal education of allied professionals such as physician assistants (PA) and nurse practitioner students. It could likewise serve as a resource for practicing medical professionals to develop and enhance their knowledge in this content area.

    Contents:
    Part I. Principles of Musculoskeletal Health and Disease
    Incidence and Prevalence of Musculoskeletal Disease
    Musculoskeletal Tissues and Anatomy
    Introduction to Musculoskeletal.-Imaging
    Basic Bone Metabolism
    Principles of Diagnosis and Treatment of Bone Remodeling Disorders
    Principles of Diagnosis and Treatment of Osteomalacia
    Principles of Diagnosis and Treatment of Osteoporosis
    Part II. Rheumatic Diseases
    Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Osteoarthritis
    Seronegative Spondyloarthropathies
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Crystalline Arthropathy
    Part III. Musculoskeletal Infection, Vascular and Neoplastic Diseases
    Microbes in Bone and Joint Infections
    Principles of Musculoskeletal Infections
    Vascular Disorders of Bone
    Bone Tumors
    Soft Tissue Tumors
    Part IV. Musculoskeletal Trauma and Rehabilitation
    Systemic Response to Trauma
    Principles of Musculoskeletal Fracture Care
    Rehabilitation of Musculoskeletal Injuries
    Management of Musculoskeletal Pain
    Part V. Clinical Conditions of the Musculoskeletal System
    Common Pediatric Conditions and Evaluation of the Limping Child
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Spine
    Low Back Pain
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Shoulder
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Elbow
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Hand and Wrist
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Hip
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Knee
    Common Clinical Conditions of the Foot and Ankle.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Christoph Stippich, editor ; with contributions by M. Blatow ... [and others] ; foreword by K. Sartor.
    Summary: The second, revised edition of this successful textbook provides an up-to-date description of the use of preoperative functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in patients with brain tumors and epilepsies. State of the art fMRI procedures are presented, with detailed consideration of practical aspects, imaging and data processing, normal and pathological findings, and diagnostic possibilities and limitations. Relevant information on brain physiology, functional neuroanatomy, imaging technique, and methodology is provided by recognized experts in these fields. Compared with the first edition, chapters have been updated to reflect the latest developments and in particular the current use of diffusion tensor imaging (DTI) and resting-state fMRI. Entirely new chapters are included on resting-state presurgical fMRI and the role of DTI and tractography in brain tumor surgery. Further chapters address multimodality functional neuroimaging, brain plasticity, and pitfalls, tips, and tricks. The book is designed to be of value to beginners, trained clinicians, and experts alike.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Presurgical fMRI and DTI
    Visualisation of Brain Activity and White Matter Structure using fMRI and DTI
    Functional Neuroanatomy
    Task-based presurgical fMRI in Patients with Brain Tumors
    Resting-state presurgical fMRI
    Presurgical fMRI in Epilepsy
    DTI and tractography for brain tumor surgery
    Functional Neuronavigation
    Validity of Presurgical Functional Localisation
    Multimodality in Functional Neuroimaging
    Brain Plasticity in fMRI & DTI.-Clinical BOLD fMRI & DTI : Artifacts, Tips and Tricks. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Christoph Stippich, editor.
    Summary: The third, revised edition of this successful book describes up-to-date preoperative fMRI and complementary advanced imaging methods (DTI, MEG, PET, etc.) to diagnose and treat patients with brain tumors and epilepsy. It presents the state of the art fMRI and complementary imaging procedures and discusses practical aspects, imaging and data processing steps, normal and pathological findings, and diagnostic possibilities and limitations. Experts in the field explain relevant information on brain physiology, functional neuroanatomy, and imaging techniques. All chapters of the second edition have been fully updated to reflect the latest developments. Multimodality functional neuroimaging was rewritten by new authors. Further chapters address brain plasticity, and pitfalls, tips, and tricks. .

    Contents:
    Presurgical Functional MRI and Diffusion Tensor Imaging
    Revealing Brain Activity and White Matter Structure Using Functional and Diffusion-Weighted Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Functional Neuroanatomy
    Task-Based Presurgical Functional MRI in Patients with Brain Tumors
    Presurgical Resting-State fMRI
    Simultaneous EEG-fMRI in Epilepsy
    Diffusion Imaging with MR Tractography for Brain Tumor Surgery
    Functional Neuronavigation
    Presurgical Functional Localization
    Multimodality in Functional Neuroimaging
    Brain Plasticity in fMRI and DTI
    Clinical BOLD fMRI and DTI: Artifacts, Tips, and Tricks.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Vinay Chandrasekhara, B. Joseph Elmunzer, Mouen A. Khashab, V. Raman Muthusamy.
    Contents:
    Section I: Equipment and general principles of endoscopy. The history of gastrointestinal endoscopy
    Setting up an endoscopy facility
    How endoscopes work
    Cleaning and disinfecting gastrointestinal endoscopy equipment
    Tissue sampling, specimen handling, and chromoendoscopy
    Electrosurgery in therapeutic endoscopy
    Sedation and monitoring in endoscopy
    Patient preparation and pharmacotherapeutic considerations
    Bowel preparation for colonoscopy
    Reporting, documentation, and risk management
    Small-caliber endoscopy
    Postsurgical endoscopic anatomy
    Endoscopic simulators
    Section II: Luminal gastrointestinal disorders. Part 1: Gastrointestinal bleeding
    Nonvariceal upper gastrointestinal bleeding
    Portal hypertensive bleeding
    Lower gastrointestinal bleeding
    Mid-gut gastrointestinal bleeding
    Occult and unexplained chronic gastrointestinal bleeding
    Part 2: Esophageal Disorders. Esophageal motility disorders
    Endoscopic diagnosis and management of Zenker's diverticula
    Benign esophageal strictures
    Ingested foreign objects and food bolus impactions
    Eosinophilic esophagitis
    Gastroesophageal reflux disease
    Barrett's esophagus
    Screening for esophageal squamous cell carcinoma
    Endoscopic treatment of early esophageal neoplasia
    Palliation of malignant dysphagia and esophageal fistulas
    Part 3: Gastric disorders. Gastroparesis
    Gastric polyps and thickened gastric folds
    Subepithelial tumors of the esophagus and stomach
    Diagnosis and treatment of superficial gastric neoplasms
    Palliation of gastric outlet obstruction
    Part 4: Duodenal disorders. Duodenal and papillary adenomas
    Part 5: Colonic disorders. Acute colonic pseudo-obstruction
    Colorectal cancer screening and surveillance
    Polypectomy, mucosal resection, and submucosal dissection
    Endoscopic diagnosis and staging of inflammatory bowel disease
    Dysplasia surveillance in inflammatory bowel disease
    Colonic strictures
    Part 6: Miscellaneous. Infections of the luminal digestive tract
    Techniques in enteral access
    Endoscopic techniques for weight loss
    Management of post-bariatric complications
    Intramural and transmural endoscopy
    Endoscopic full thickness resection of subepithelial lesions of the GI tract
    Extraintestinal endosonography
    Section 3: Pancreatobiliary disorders. Part 1: general considerations and techniques. Preparation for pancreaticobiliary endoscopy
    Choloangiography and pancreatography
    Cannulation and sphinctertomy
    Endoscopic ultrasound and FNA for pancreatic and biliary disorders
    Endoscopic ultrasound-guided access and drainage of the pancreaticobiliary ductal systems
    Part 2: Benign Biliary Disorders. Gallstone disease: choledocholithiasis, cholecystitis, and gallstone pancreatitis
    Postoperative biliary strictures and leaks
    Infections of the biliary tract
    Sphincter of Oddi disorders
    Part 3: Benign pancreatic disorders. Recurrent acute pancreatitis
    Pancreatic fluid collections and leaks
    Chronic pancreatitis
    Part 4: Neoplastic pancreaticobiliary disorders. The indeterminate biliary stricture
    Pancreatic cystic lesions
    Evaluation and staging of pancreaticobiliary malignancy
    Palliation of malignant pancreaticobiliary obstruction.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Hoon Jai Chun, Suk-kyun Yang, Myung-gyu Choi, editors.
    Summary: Gastrointestinal endoscopy is the principal tool for the investigation and treatment of most diseases of the gastrointestinal tract. The Clinical Gastrointestinal Endoscopy offers a comprehensive overview of the role of gastrointestinal endoscopy in diagnosis. The atlas contains an abundance of high-quality images of a wide range of diseases of the upper and lower gastrointestinal tract, accompanied by precise clinical descriptions. Normal findings and variants are also documented. Furthermore, many images obtained by means of advanced image-enhanced endoscopy, capsule endoscopy, device-assisted enteroscopy, and endoscopic ultrasound are included. This book will be an ideal reference for both specialists and trainees in gastroenterology. It will provide the reader with an invaluable store of knowledge and with the clear guidance required in order to perform gastrointestinal endoscopy to best effect.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Juan Carlos Gomez-Verjan, Nadia Alejandra Rivero-Segura, editors.
    Summary: The world population is rapidly aging--it is estimated that by 1950, around 17% of the population will be elderly. In this context, aging involves several physiological, psychological and highly complex social processes that vary from one person to another. For a long time, medical care for older adults has focused on treating chronic, age-related diseases and their associated consequences. Recently, biomedical research brings a novel point of view to develop more effective interventions by targeting the aging process itself rather than separate conditions. There is a growing number of reports indicating that aging is driven by several interconnected mechanisms and biological components referred to as the molecular pillars of aging. Interfering with these mechanisms could help to treat, prevent, and understand the development of age-related diseases and associated syndromes. This book provides a clinical perspective and general update on biomedical and genetic research in aging, moving from an update in the molecular pillars of aging to a perspective of the most recent pharmacological, clinical, and diagnostic applications using genomic approaches and techniques. While this book focuses on the specifics of genetics and genomics, it also adopts a clinical perspective of geroscience, which seeks to understand the genetic, molecular and cellular mechanisms that make aging an important risk factor and, sometimes, a determining factor in the diseases and common chronic conditions of older people. Additionally, Clinical Genetics and Genomics of Aging is a significant contribution to support aging research, as it shows that collaboration across disciplines is relevant to progress in the field. As more and more people benefit from increased longevity, clinician and researchers will be empowered by this knowledge to contribute to the progress of aging research.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: An Update on the Molecular Pillars of Aging
    Introduction
    DNA: A Central Molecule of the Aging Process
    Mutations Accumulate in Nuclear and Mitochondrial DNA During Aging
    Telomere Attrition: More Than a Consequence of Cellular Replication
    The Epigenome and Its Architectural Importance
    Transcriptome Deregulation in Aging
    Proteome Findings in Aging Research
    Altered Proteostasis
    Conserved Metabolic Pathways Offer Clues to the Factors of Aging and Longevity
    mTOR
    Sirtuins
    IGF
    AMPK 5: Genomic Tools Used in Molecular Clinical Aging Research
    Introduction
    Exome and Whole-Genome Sequencing
    Transcriptome Sequencing
    Single-Cell Whole-Genome Sequencing
    Sequencing the Mitochondrial Genome and the Discovery of Age-Related Alterations
    DNA Methylation Sequencing
    Analysis of Protein-DNA Interaction Genome Wide, Chip-Seq
    References
    6: Molecular Biomarkers of Aging Studies in Humans
    Introduction
    Molecular Biomarkers for Inflammation in Aging
    Molecular Biomarkers for Oxidative Stress
    Molecular Biomarkers for Hormones in Aging
    Growth Hormone Ischemic Stroke
    Microbiome and Age-Related Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Conclusions
    References
    3: Molecular Aspects of Hippocampal Aging
    Introduction
    Neuronal Loss
    Gene Expression and Regulation
    Electrophysiological Alterations Upon Aging
    Calcium Dynamics and Homeostasis
    Adenosine A2A Receptors (A2AR)
    Caffeine Effects in Aging and Alzheimer's Disease
    The Neuroimmune System Upon Aging
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Mitochondrial Function in Aging
    Introduction
    Mitochondrial Physiology
    Mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) Role in Aging
    Mitochondrial Dynamics Mitochondrial Fission
    Mitochondrial Fusion
    Mitochondrial Turnover
    Mitochondrial Biogenesis
    Mitochondrial Dynamics in Age-Related Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Mitochondrial Dynamics in Parkinson's Disease (PD)
    Mitochondrial Dynamics in Alzheimer's Disease (AD)
    Mitochondrial Dynamics in Heart and Skeletal Muscle
    Mitochondrial Metabolism in Aging
    Mitochondrial Metabolism in Aged Skeletal Muscle
    Mitochondrial Metabolism in the Aged Heart
    Mitochondrial Metabolism in the Aged Brain
    Concluding Remarks
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andreas C. Lazaris, editor.
    Summary: This book presents clinicopathological insights into common genitourinary diseases, especially those of neoplastic nature, and introduces experiential learning based on case presentations (case-based learning). One of the tasks that trainees face is converting the extensive amount of data into medical experience. Using successive microscopic images, the book gradually and analytically presents diagnostic procedures for the genitourinary system (kidney, urinary bladder, prostate gland and testis). Characteristic cases are presented for each organ, each ending with a clinical commentary and key messages. This form of presentation helps readers acquire the valuable skill of effective diagnostic thinking, focusing their attention on the essential microscopic findings and disregarding insubstantial findings. Although clinical applications are frequently based on pathological findings which therefore need to be clearly described and recorded, the importance of this in everyday medical practice is often ignored by medical students and downplayed by clinicians. Demonstrating how knowledge can be practically applied, the book is a valuable resource mainly for residents in pathology, urology and oncology but also for medical students with a special interest in histopathology.

    Contents:
    General Introduction (Pathology and Clinical Medicine)
    Chapter 1: Tumors of the kidney
    Chapter 2: Urinary Bladder
    Chapter 3: Prostate Gland
    Chapter 4: Testis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Shashikant Kulkarni M.S. (Medicine)., PhD. FACMG, John Pfeifer M.D., PhD.
    Contents:
    Overview of technical aspects and chemistries of next-generation sequencing / Ian S. Hagemann
    Clinical genome sequencing / Tina M. Hambuch, John Mayfield, Shankar Ajay, Michelle Hogue, Carri-Lyn Mead and Erica Ramos
    Targeted hybrid capture methods / Elizabeth C. Chastain
    Amplification-based methods / Marina N. Nikiforova, William A. Laframboise and Yuri E. Nikiforov
    Emerging DNA sequencing technologies / Shashikant Kulkarni and John Pfeifer
    RNA-sequencing and methylome analysis / Shamika Ketkar and Shashikant Kulkarni
    Base calling, read mapping, and coverage analysis / Paul Cliften
    Single nucleotide variant detection using next generation sequencing / David H. Spencer, Bin Zhang and John Pfeifer
    Insertions and deletions (indels) / Jennifer K. Sehn
    Translocation detection using next-generation sequencing / Haley Abel, John Pfeifer and Eric Duncavage
    Copy number variant detection using next-generation sequencing / Alex Nord, Stephen J. Salipante and Colin Pritchard
    Reference databases for disease associations / Wendy S. Rubinstein, Deanna M. Church and Donna R. Maglott
    Reporting of clinical genomics test results / Kristina A. Roberts, Rong Mao, Brendan D. O'Fallon and Elaine Lyon
    Reporting software / Rakesh Nagarajan
    Constitutional diseases: amplification-based next-generation sequencing / Vanessa L. Horner and Madhuri R. Hegde
    Targeted hybrid capture for inherited disease panels / Sami S. Amr and Birgit Funke
    Constitutional disorders: whole exome and whole genome sequencing / Benjamin D. Solomon
    Somatic diseases (cancer): amplification-based next-generation sequencing / Fengqi Chang, Geoffrey L. Liu, Cindy J. Liu and Marilyn M. Li
    Targeted hybrid capture for somatic mutation detection in the clinic / Catherine E. Cottrell, Andrew J. Bredemeyer and Hussam Al-Kateb
    Somatic diseases (cancer): whole exome and whole genome sequencing / Jennifer K. Sehn
    Assay validation / Amy S. Gargis, Lisa Kalman and Ira M. Lubin
    Regulatory considerations related to clinical next generation sequencing / Shashikant Kulkarni and John Pfeifer
    Genomic reference materials for clinical applications / Justin Zook and Marc Salit
    Ethical challenges to next-generation sequencing / Stephanie Solomon
    Legal issues / Roger D. Klein
    Billing and reimbursement / Kris Rickhoff, Andrew Drury and John Pfeifer.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Michael F. Murray, Mark W. Babyatsky, Monica A. Giovanni ; associate editors, Fowzan S. Alkuraya, Douglas R. Stewart.
    Summary: The first book on the clinical application of genetics in primary care medicine, Clinical Genomics focuses on the everyday application of genetic assessment and its diagnostic, therapeutic, and preventive implications in clinical practice. Unlike traditional textbooks on medical genetics and dysmorphology, this is a clinical reference that covers many of the common diseases seen in everyday medical practice. Features: endorsed by the American College of Physicians; addresses the genetic basis of common chronic diseases, not just the classic diseases of dysmorphology.
    Digital Access 2014
  • Digital
    John R. Samples, Paul N. Schacknow, editors.
    Summary: Glaucoma Clinical Care: The Essentials is a pragmatic, slimmer companion volume to the more academically focused text 'The Glaucoma Book' by the same editors. This new book is a thoroughly updated manual for the day-to-day diagnosis and management of glaucoma patients by comprehensive ophthalmologists and optometric physicians. Its 33 chapters are authored by world renowned experts in clinical care and basic research, providing evidenced-based research, office examination skills, clinical pearls, and up-to-date reviews of the scientific literature on glaucoma, as wel l as extensive graphics and tables to accompany the text. Glaucoma Clinical Care: The Essentials is the one book to have and consult when confronted with a problematic glaucoma patient sitting in your exam chair as it is a thorough presentation of glaucoma medications, laser, and incisional glaucoma surgeries, complete with commentaries on advantages and disadvantages of the different therapies.

    Contents:
    1. Glaucoma Risk Factors: Intraocular Pressure
    2. Glaucoma Risk Factors: Fluctuations in Intraocular Pressure
    3. Glaucoma Risk Factors: The Cornea
    4. Glaucoma Risk Factors: Family History {u2013} The Genetics of Glaucoma
    5. Indications for Therapy
    6. Clinical Examination of the Optic Nerve
    7. Some Lessons from the Disc Appearance in the Open Angle Glaucomas
    8. Digital Imaging of the Optic Nerve
    9. Detecting Functional Changes in the Patient's Vision
    Visual Field Analysis
    10. Gonioscopy
    11. Office Examination of the Glaucoma Patient
    12. Primary Open Angle Glaucoma
    13. Normal-Tension Glaucoma
    14. Primary and Secondary Angle-Closure Glaucomas
    15. Malignant Glaucoma (Posterior Aqueous Diversion Syndrome)
    16. Pigment Dispersion Syndrome and Pigmentary Glaucoma
    17. Exfoliation Syndrome and Glaucoma
    18. Neovascular Glaucoma
    19. Inflammatory disease and Glaucoma
    20. Iridocorneal Endothelial Syndrome and Glaucoma
    21. Traumatic Glaucomas
    22. Congenital and Juvenile Glaucomas
    23. Medications Used to Treat Glaucoma
    24. Systemic Diseases and Glaucoma
    25. Laser Therapies: Iridotomy, Iridoplasty, and Trabeculoplasty
    26. Incisional Therapies: Trabeculectomy Surgery
    27. Incisional Therapies: Canaloplasty and New Implant Devices
    28. Newer FDA Approved Incisional Therapies
    29. Complications of Glaucoma Surgery
    30. Cataract and Glaucoma Surgery
    31. Glaucoma after Retinal Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mani Alikhani, editor.
    Summary: This book is a complete reference for all clinicians who are interested in incorporating into their daily practice the techniques available to reduce the duration of orthodontic treatment and to overcome other treatment limitations. It focuses especially on micro-osteoperforations (MOPs) as the most conservative, efficient, and versatile approach to increase the rate of tooth movement. The opening chapters describe the biological principles of current accelerated techniques at the molecular and cellular levels and introduce guidelines on how to select the best acceleration approach based on each patient's needs. Clinicians are then guided step by step through the application of MOPs, case selection, and treatment planning. It is explained how MOPs can be incorporated into daily mechanotherapy for the treatment of different malocclusions and how to take advantage of the catabolic and anabolic effects of the procedure to expand the boundary of orthodontic and orthopaedic corrections. The book is written in a simple and clear language with many illustrations and clinical examples to facilitate understanding of concepts and procedures. In addition, it is a rich source for academicians and researchers interested in a comprehensive and updated review on theories of tooth movement and accelerated orthodontic techniques.

    Contents:
    Biological Principles of Accelerated Tooth Movement
    Different Methods of Accelerating Tooth Movement
    Introduction to Micro-Osteoperforations (MOPs)
    Step-by-Step Guide for Performing MOPs
    Incorporating Catabolic Effects of MOPs at Different Stages of Treatment
    Anabolic Effects of MOPs (Cortical Drifting)
    Utilizing Anabolic Effects of MOPs in Daily Mechanotherapy
    Long Term Effects and Advantages.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Vincent E. Friedewald.
    Summary: This guide is an essential tool to aid the clinician in the efficient management of adult patients with disorders of the heart and blood vessels. The content is designed for use by all health professionals caring for persons with cardiovascular conditions, ranging from the most common, such as systemic arterial hypertension and atrial fibrillation, to the most rare conditions, such as Brugada Syndrome and atrial giant cell myocarditis. The pages are rich in information that will aid both cardiovascular specialists as well as primary care/family medicine physicians and nurse practitioners, whose practices are composed of up to 50% of patients with at least one form of cardiovascular disease. In this book, the author has collated current diagnostic criteria for all primary adult cardiovascular disorders. The book assists as a point of care reference by combining established principles of disease management protocols with effective differential diagnosis algorithms. Unlike traditional books, Clinical Guide to Cardiovascular Disease is specifically designed for rapid access to disease information, segregated into keyword data elements organized under 20 separate headings relevant to clinical care. In addition, external links to key articles, Guidelines, patient information, and supplemental and updated information are provided for every condition.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Jon Kobashigawa, editor.
    Summary: This handbook is an easy reference for those involved in the management of heart transplant. While this compilation of best practices cannot address the complexity of the individual patients we care for on a daily basis, it will serve to help us ask the right questions, access the best evidence and ultimately make the best decisions for the patients involved. Clinical Guide to Heart Transplantation provides a current review of the field of heart transplantation and how it has evolved into an established therapy for the treatment of end-stage heart failure. With the advent of improved surgical techniques, the development of immunosuppressive drugs and the utilization of more sophisticated monitoring strategies and treatments for graft rejection, heart transplantation now offer patients an avenue to both improved survival and quality of life. With over 4000 heart transplants performed per year globally and with 1-year survival approaching 90%, this practical title assists those involved in the this most complex of procedures to establish best practice. It is therefore essential reading for all practitioners in this field, charged with making critical decisions in the management of patients, donor organs, and the transplant process itself in order to achieve the greatest benefit in the utilization of this often scarce resource.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Options for Patients with End-Stage Heart Failure
    Evaluation of Heart Transplant Candidacy
    Listing Criteria and Process
    Optimal Management of Patients on the Heart Transplant Waiting List
    Histocompatibility Testing and Cross Matching
    The Sensitized Patient Awaiting Heart Transplantation
    Donor Organ Preservation and Surgical Considerations in Heart Transplantation
    Immediate Post-Operative Period
    Immunosuppression Strategies in Heart Transplantation
    Rejection Surveillance and Treatment in the First Year
    Out-Patient Management of the Heart Transplant Patient
    Long-Term Complications in Heart Transplantation
    The Total Artificial Heart
    Chimerism and Tolerance
    Genomics In Heart Transplantation
    The Future of Heart Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    S. Ali Mostoufi, Tony K. George, Alfred J. Tria Jr., editors.
    Summary: This unique clinical guide will explore specific evidence-based literature supporting physical therapist guided exercises and interventional treatments for commonly prevalent orthopedic spine and extremity presentations. Using this book, the sports medicine and interventional pain physician will be better able to coordinate therapy exercises after interventional treatments with their physical therapy colleagues. This will include a treatment course that will monitor progress in restoring and accelerating patients' function. A myriad of musculoskeletal conditions affecting the spine, joints and extremities will be presented, including tendinopathies, bursopathies, arthritis, fractures and dislocations - everything a clinician can expect to see in a thriving practice. Each chapter, co-authored by a physician and a physical therapist, will follow a consistent format for ease of accessibility and reference -- introduction to the topic; diagnosis; medical, interventional, and surgical management -- and will be accompanied by relevant radiographis, figures and illustrations. Additional topics include osteoarthritis, rheumatic disorders, entrapment syndromes, the use of orthobiologics, and more. Comprehensive enough to function as a learning tool, but practical and user-friendly enough for quick reference, Clinical Guide to Musculoskeletal Medicine will be an essential resource for sports medicine physicians, interventional and physical therapists.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Dimitris Malamos, Crispian Scully.
    Summary: " Provides clinical cases seen in both community and hospital type settings Suitable for general dental practitioners, dental undergraduate students and postgraduate trainees in oral and maxillofacial surgery, oral medicine, oral pathology and periodontology Easy-to-read style written by an oral medicine specialist and a dentist with a wealth of experience in general practice Companion website features further clinical case reports and useful web links"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Jodi A. Mindell, Judith A. Owens.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Introduction to pediatric sleep--1. Sleep 101--2. Sleep in infancy, childhood, and adolescence--3. Evaluation of pediatric sleep disorders--4.Polysomnography--5. Healthy sleep habits for children and adolescents--Section II: Pediatric sleep disorders--6.Symptom-based algorithms--7. Betime problems in young children--8. Nightwakings in young children: sleep associations--9. Nighttime fears--10. Nightmares--11.Disorders of arousal: confusional arousals, sleepwalking, and sleep terrors--12. Sleep related rhythmic movements: head banging, body rocking, and head rolling--13. Sleep related rhythmic movements: bruxism--14.Sleep enuresis--15.Sleep related breathing disorders and obstructive sleep apnea--16. Restless legs syndrome and periodic limb movement disorder--17. Excessive daytime sleepinss: narcolepsy and other hypersomnias--18. Circadian rhythm sleep-wake disorders--19. Insomnia
    Section III: Sleep and Medications--20. Sleep and medications-- Section IV: Sleep in special populations--21. Sleep and neurodevelopmental disorders--22. Sleep and medical disorders--23. Sleep and psychiatric disorders
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Print
    Laura Weiss Roberts, M.D., M.A., Chairman and Katharine Dexter McCormick and Stanley McCormick Memorial Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California.
    Summary: "Emphasizing clinical realities over abstract theories, A Critical Guide to Psychiatric Ethics thoroughly illustrates and applies the ethics principles and practices that instruct psychiatric practice. This valuable text provides keen and trustworthy navigation for ethical dilemmas encountered in the roles and settings in which clinicians engage." -- Back cover

    Contents:
    Ethics principles and professionalism
    Clinical decision-making and ethics skills
    The tradition of the psychotherapeutic relationship
    Informed consent and decisional capacity
    Ethical use of influence and the role of physician in high-risk situations
    Confidentiality and truth telling
    Children and transitional age youth
    People in small communities
    Veterans
    People from culturally distinct populations
    People living with HIV/AIDS
    People at the end of life
    Difficult patients
    People living with addictions
    Integrity and the professional roles of psychiatrists
    Patient care ethics committees and consultation services
    Clinician well-being and impairment
    Psychiatric research
    Innovation in psychiatry
    Clinical training
    Population health and evolving systems of care.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC455.2.E8 R628 2016
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Paul E. Holtzheimer, Geisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth, Lebanon, NH, William M. McDonald, MD, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA.
    Contents:
    The theoretical basis for transcranial magnetic stimulation / Mark S. George and Joseph J. Taylor
    The development of transcranial magnetic stimulation technology / Charles M. Epstein
    Clinical efficacy of TMS in depression / Michelle L. Moyer, Mario A. Cristancho, and John P. O'Reardon
    Safety of TMS / Simone Rossi and Jean-Pascal Lefaucheur
    Patient selection and management / Peter B. Rosenquist, W. Vaughn McCall
    The practical administration of TMS in a clinical setting / Daniel F. Maixner
    Measuring outcomes / Shawn M. McClintock and Guy Potter
    Neurophysiological measure of TMS / Natasha Radhu, Daniel M. Blumberger, Anosha Zanjani, and Zafiris J. Daskalakis
    Transcranial magnetic stimulation in the treatment of psychiatric disorders / Paul Fitzgerald
    Development of other brain stimulation interventions / Colleen Loo, Scott Aaronson, and Paul Holtzheimer
    Limitations of TMS and future directions for clinical research / Sarah H. Lisanby.
    Digital Access Oxford [2014]
  • Digital
    edited by Hunter Wessells, MD, FACS, Shigeo Horie, MD, PhD, Reynaldo G. Gómez, MD, FACS.
    Summary: "Urological Emergencies is an up-to-date, clinical guide offering the best practices in diagnosis, treatment and management of patients with urgent urological conditions. Designed to offer practical guidance at all times, it will provide doctors with an extremely useful tool to consult in the clinical setting. To achieve this, each chapter will feature the following pedagogic features: * Summary overviews * Key practice/learning points * Potential pitfalls/"do's and don'ts" boxes * Diagnostic decision trees * Management algorithms * Summary conclusions * Case studies * MCQs to support active learning Edited by an outstanding international editor team who will recruit a diverse cross-section of the world's leading experts as authors, the book will be aimed at specialist and trainee urologists managing patients in the diverse healthcare settings across the globe. The coverage will be comprehensive for a host of acute urological conditions ranging from traumatic, infectious, and obstructive to haemorrhagic, vascular, and congenital urological emergencies. It will also be a useful resource for emergency medicine practitioners. Emphasis throughout will be on providing the best Clinical management of patients possible; therefore the main focus is on the clinical aspects most relevant to practicing urologists"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Blunt Renal Injuries / Lindsay Hampson and Nnenaya Mmonu
    Penetrating Renal Trauma
    A Civilian and Military Perspective / Jonathan Wingate
    Renal Infections / Brusabhanu Nayak, Nitin Srivastava, and Rajeev Kumar
    Acute Kidney Stone Management / Justin S. Ahn and Jonathan D. Harper
    Traumatic Adrenal Hemorrhage / Hong Truong and Bradley D. Figler
    External Ureteral Trauma / Humberto G. Villarreal and Steven J. Hudak
    Iatrogenic Ureteral injury / Haruaki Kato, Kazuyoshi Iijima, Tomohiko Oguchi, Seiji Yano
    Bladder Injuries / Yosuke Nakajima
    Traumatic Urethral Injuries / Laura G. Velarde and Reynaldo G. Gómez
    Acute management of urethral stricture / Akio Horiguchi
    Prostatitis and Prostatic Abscess / Hunter Wessells
    Fournier's Gangrene / Kosuke Kitamura and Shigeo Horie
    Traumatic Penile Injuries / Ariel Fredrick and Alex J. Vann
    Priapism / Akash A. Kapadia, Kevin Ostrowski and Thomas J. Walsh
    Traumatic Scrotal and Testicular Injuries / Marios Hadjipavlou and Davendra Sharm
    Testicular Torsion / Alexander J. Skokan and Dana A. Weiss
    Epididymitis and Orchitis / Norman Zambrano
    Urologic Neonatal Emergencies / Nicolas Fernandez and Nayib Fakih.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Geraldine M. Collins-Bride, MS, RN, ANP-BC, FAAN, Health Sciences Clinical Professor, Adult Nurse Practitioner, University of California, San Francisco, Department of Community Health Systems [and three others] ; associate editor, Lewis D. Fannon, MS, RN, ANP-BC, Health Sciences, Assistant Clinical Professor, Adult Nurse Practitioner, University of California, San Francisco, School of Nursing, Department of Community Health Systems.
    Summary: "Clinical Guidelines for Advanced Practice Nursing: An Interdisciplinary Approach, Third Edition is an accessible and practical reference designed to help nurses and students with daily clinical decision making. Written in collaboration with certified nurse midwives, clinical nurse specialists, nurse practitioners, nutritionists, pharmacists, and physicians, it fosters a team approach to health care. Divided into four areas--Pediatrics, Gynecology, Obstetrics, and, Adult General Medicine--and following a lifespan approach, it utilizes the S-O-A-P (Subjective-Objective-Assessment-Plan) format. Additionally, the authors explore complex chronic disease management, health promotion across the lifespan, and professional and legal issues such as reimbursement, billing, and the legal scope of practice."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    1. Legal scope of advanced nursing practice
    Section I: PEDIATRIC HEALTH MAINTENANCE AND PROMOTION
    2. First well baby visit
    3. Care of the postneonatal intensive care graduate
    4. 0 to 3 years of age interval visit
    5. 3 to 6 years of age interval visit
    6. 6 to 11 years of age interval visit
    7. The adolescent and young adult (12-21 years of age) interval visit
    8. Preventive immunizations for children and adults
    9. Developmental assessment: screening for developmental delay and autism
    Section II: COMMON COMPLEX PEDIATRIC PRESENTATIONS
    10. Childhood asthma
    11. Atopic dermatitis in children
    12. Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
    13. Childhood depression
    14. Failure to thrive during infancy
    15. Child maltreatment
    16. Childhood overweight and obesity
    17. Urinary incontinence in children
    Section III: COMMON WOMEN'S HEALTH PRESENTATIONS
    18. Abnormal uterine bleeding
    19. Amenorrhea and polycystic ovary syndrome
    20. Screening for intraepithelial neoplasia and cancer of the lower genital tract
    21. Female and male sterilization
    22. Hormonal contraception
    23. Menopause transition
    24. Nonhormonal contraception
    25. Urinary incontinence in women
    Section IV: OBSTETRIC HEALTH MAINTENANCE AND PROMOTION
    26. The initial prenatal visit
    27. Prenatal genetic screening and diagnosis
    28. The return prenatal visit
    29. The postpartum visit
    30. Guidelines for medical consultation, interprofessional collaboration, and transfer of care during pregnancy and childbirth
    Section V: COMMON OBSTETRIC PRESENTATIONS
    31. Birth choices for women with a previous cesarean delivery
    32. Common discomforts of pregnancy
    33. Gestational diabetes mellitus: early detection and management in pregnancy
    34. Hypertension in pregnancy: preeclampsia-eclampsia
    35. preterm labor management
    36. Urinary tract infection prevention and management in pregnancy
    Section VI: ADULT GERONTOLOGY HEALTH MAINTENANCE AND PROMOTION
    37. Adult health maintenance and promotion
    38. Health care maintenance for adults with developmental disabilities
    39. Health care maintenance for transgender individuals
    40. Postexposure prophylaxis for HIV infection
    41. Preexposure prophylaxis for HIV
    Section VII: COMMON COMPLEX ADULT GERONTOLOGY PRESENTATIONS
    42. Abscess management
    43. Anemia
    44. Anticoagulation therapy (oral)
    45. Anxiety
    46. Asthma in adolescents and adults
    47. Benign prostatic hypertrophy
    48. Cancer Survivorship in Adult primary care
    49. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    50. Chronic nonmalignant pain management
    51. Chronic viral hepatitis
    52. Dementia
    53. Depression
    54. Diabetes mellitus
    55. Epilepsy
    56. Gastroesophageal reflux disease
    57. Geriatric syndromes
    58. Heart failure
    59. Herpes simplex infections
    60. Hypertension
    61. Intimate partner violence (domestic violence)
    62. Irritable bowel syndrome
    63. Lipid disorders
    64. Low back pain
    65. Obesity
    66. Primary care of HIV-infected adults
    67. Smoking cessation
    68. Thyroid disorders
    69. Upper back and neck pain syndromes
    70. Upper extremity tendinopathy: bicipital tendinopathy, lateral epicondylitis, and de Quervain's tenosynovitis
    71. Wound care.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    editors, Lucky Jain, MD, MBA, George W. Brumley Jr. Professor and Chair, Department of Pediatrics Emory, University School of Medicine, Chief Academic Officer, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta, Executive Director, Emory and Children's Pediatric Institute, Atlanta, Georgia, Gautham K. Suresh, MD, DM, MS, FAAP, Professor of Pediatrics, Baylor College of Medicine, Section Head and Service Chief of Neonatology, Texas Children's Hospital, Houston, Texas.
    Summary: "The first neonatal handbook to focus on clinical protocols and best management practices Clinical Care Paths in Neonatal-Perinatal Medicine provides a compilation of the most current and authoritative clinical care recommendations for fast, effective care of neonatal patients. Spanning all major areas of neonatal care, the book bypasses wordy discussion in favor of concise bulleted points and ready-to-apply evidence-based management guidelines. Each chapter follows a uniform presentation that includes bulleted key features and management guideline summaries. One of the goals of Clinical Care Paths in Neonatal-Perinatal Medicine is to reduce practice variation and enable providers to deliver the best value for the healthcare dollars being spent. Chapters focus on clinical management practices and evidence-based supporting data rather than lengthy descriptions of disease and practice. References are limited to "top ten" articles and resources"-- Provided by publisher. "The only neonatal handbook focused on clinical protocols and management for fast, effective care"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Philip J. DiSaia, William T. Creasman, Robert S. Mannell, Scott McMeekin, David G. Mutch.
    Contents:
    Preinvasive disease of the cervix / L. Stewart Massad
    Preinvasive disease of the vagina and vulva and related disorders / Cara A. Mathews and Joan L. Walker
    Invasive cervical cancer / Krishnansu S. Tewari and Bradley J. Monk
    Endometrial hyperplasia, estrogen therapy, and the prevention of endometrial cancer / Lisa M. Landrum, Rosemary E. Zuna, and Joan L. Walker
    Adenocarcinoma of the uterine corpus / William T. Creasman and David Scott Miller
    Sarcoma of the uterus / D. Scott McMeekin and William T. Creasman
    Gestational trophoblastic disease / Emma L. Barber and John T. Soper
    Invasive cancer of the vulva / Thomas Herzog
    Invasive cancer of the vagina / Marilyn Huang, Brian M. Slomovitz, and Robert L. Coleman
    The adnexal mass / Camille C. Gunderson, Robert S. Mannel, and Philip J. Di Saia
    Epithelial ovarian cancer / Eric L. Eisenhauer, Ritu Salani, and Larry J. Copeland
    Germ cell, stromal, and other ovarian tumors / Emily R. Penick, Chad Hamilton, G. Larry Maxwell, and Charlotte S. Marcus
    Fallopian tube cancer / Erica R. Hope, G. Larry Maxwell, and Chad A. Hamilton
    Breast diseases / Patricia A. Cronin and Mary L. Gemignani
    Cancer in pregnancy / Krishnansu S. Tewari
    Complications of disease and therapy / Kemi M. Doll, Daniel L. Clarke-Pearson
    Basic principles of chemotherapy / Christina S. Chu and Stephen C. Rubin
    Targeted therapy and molecular genetics / Shannon N. Westin, Anil K. Sood, and Robert L. Coleman
    Genes and cancer : genetic counseling and clinical management / David G. Mutch, Sheri Babb, and Philip J. Di Saia
    Palliative care and quality of life / Dana M Chase, Siu-Fun Wong, Lari Wenzel, and Bradley J. Monk
    Role of minimally invasive surgery in gynecologic malignancies / Floor J. Backes, David E. Cohn, Robert S. Mannel, and Jeffrey M. Fowler
    Epidemiology of commonly used statistical terms and analysis of clinical studies / Wendy R. Brewster
    Basic principles in gynecologic radiotherapy / Catheryn M. Yashar
    Appendices. Staging: staging of cancer at gynecologic sites
    Modified from common terminology criteria for adverse events (common terminology criteria for adverse events)
    Blood component therapy
    Suggested recommendations for routine cancer screening
    Nutritional therapy.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Fabio Capello, Antonio Vittorino Gaddi, editors.
    Summary: This book examines in detail the clinical implications of those diseases that either are primarily triggered by air pollution or represent direct consequences of air pollutants. The aim is to provide medical practitioners with practical solutions to issues in diagnosis and treatment while simultaneously furnishing other interested parties with crucial information on the field. The book introduces the concept that air pollution-related diseases constitute a new class of pathologies. A wide range of conditions mainly attributable to air pollution are discussed, covering different body systems and pollution impacts in subsets of the population. In addition to presenting state of the art overviews of clinical aspects, the book carefully examines the implications of current knowledge for social and public health strategies aimed at disease prevention and prophylaxis. The Clinical Handbook of Air Pollution-Related Diseases will greatly assist doctors and healthcare workers when dealing with the consequences of air pollution in their everyday practice and will provide researchers, industry, and policymakers with valuable facts and insights.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Eric Bui, Meredith E. Charney, Amanda W. Baker, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: A Causal Systems Approach to Anxiety Disorders
    A Causal Systems Approach to Anxiety Disorders
    A Causal Systems Approach to Mental Illness
    The Development of Anxiety Disorders from a Causal Systems Perspective
    Disorder and Comorbidity from a Causal Systems Perspective
    Beyond Symptoms
    Individual Differences in the Propensity to Experience Anxiety Disorders
    Using a Causal Systems Approach to Diagnose and Treat Anxiety Disorders
    Advancements in Causal Systems Research
    Conclusion
    References Chapter 2: Neurocircuitry of Anxiety Disorders
    Introduction
    Brain Structures Implicated Across Anxiety Disorders
    Amygdala
    Bed Nucleus of the Stria Terminalis (BNST)
    Anterior Cingulate Cortex (ACC)
    Dorsal Anterior Cingulate Cortex (dACC)
    Rostral Anterior Cingulate Cortex (rACC)
    Subgenual Anterior Cingulate Cortex (sgACC)
    Insular Cortex
    Hippocampus
    Inferior Prefrontal Cortex (PFC)
    Ventromedial Prefrontal Cortex (vmPFC)
    Integrative Models
    Neural Mechanisms Implicated in Specific Anxiety Disorders
    Specific Phobia
    Social Anxiety Disorder (SAD) Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD)
    Panic Disorder (PD)
    Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Anxiety Disorders: A Feminist Ecological Approach
    Anxiety Disorders: A Feminist Ecological Approach
    Macrosystem
    The Rise of Competitive Individualism
    Media
    Exosystem
    The Decline of Religion and Community
    Economic and Sociopolitical Factors
    The Medical Model and Managed Care
    Microsystem and Individual Identities
    Privilege and Power: The Minority Stress Model
    Gender
    Race/Ethnicity
    Sexual Orientation
    Class
    Age Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Two Peas in a Pod? Understanding Cross-Cultural Similarities and Differences in Anxiety Disorders
    Chapter Overview
    Cross-Cultural and Cross-Ethnic Differences in Prevalence of Anxiety Disorders
    Cross-Cultural Differences in Explanatory Models and Display Rules
    Transdiagnostic Constructs Shaping Anxiety Disorders Across Cultures
    "Thinking a Lot"
    Anxiety Sensitivity
    Somatization
    Case Examples: Conceptualizing Anxiety Across Cultures
    Cultural Considerations for Panic Disorder (PD): Khyâl Attacks and Ataque De Nervios Cultural Considerations for Social Anxiety Disorder (SAD): Taijin kyofusho
    Cultural Considerations for Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD) Across Cultures
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 5: Anxiety Comorbidities: Mood Disorders, Substance Use Disorders, and Chronic Medical Illness
    Anxiety and Mood Disorders
    Epidemiology and Impact
    Key Clinical Features
    Family and Genetics
    Environmental Risk
    Biomarkers
    Cognitive and Personality Correlates
    Treatment Considerations
    Future Directions
    Anxiety and Substance Use Disorders
    Epidemiology and Impact
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Benedict M. Glover, Pedro Brugada, editors.
    Contents:
    Cardiac Anatomy and Electrophysiology
    Cardiac EP Study, Maneuvers and Ablation
    Electroanatomic Mapping AV Nodal Re-Entry Tachycardia (AVNRT)
    Accessory Pathway Conduction
    Atrial Tachycardia
    Atrial Flutter
    Atrial Fibrillation
    Ventricular Tachycardia
    Anti-Arrhythmic Drugs.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Benedict M. Glover, Pedro Brugada, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised second edition provides a practically applicable guide for the management of cardiac arrhythmia. This subject has continued to expand rapidly, and it is therefore critical to understand the basic principles of arrhythmia mechanisms in order to assist with diagnosis and the selection of an appropriate treatment strategy. Comprehensively revised chapters cover a variety of aspects of cardiac electrophysiology in an easy-to-digest case-based format. For each case of arrhythmia, relevant illustrations, fluoroscopy images, ECGs and endocavity electrograms are used to describe the etiology, classification, clinical presentation, mechanisms, electrophysiology set up and relevant trouble-shooting procedures. New topics covered include the application of new antiarrhythmic drugs in tandem with ablation, techniques for the ablation of atrial fibrillation and electrophysiological assessments available for identifying instances of atrial tachycardia. Clinical Handbook of Cardiac Electrophysiology presents a comprehensive overview of cardiac electrophysiology, making it a valuable reference for practicing and trainee cardiac electrophysiologists, cardiologists, family practitioners, allied professionals and nurses.

    Contents:
    Cardiac Anatomy and Electrophysiology
    Cardiac EP Study, Maneuvers and Ablation
    Electroanatomic Mapping
    AV Nodal Re-Entry Tachycardia (AVNRT)
    Accessory Pathway Conduction
    Atrial Tachycardia
    Atrial Flutter
    Atrial Fibrillation
    Ventricular Tachycardia
    Anti-Arrhythmic Drugs.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Leslie K. Anderson, Stuart B. Murray, and Walter H. Kaye.
    Summary: "Treating patients with eating disorders (ED) is a notoriously challenging undertaking. Patients tend to be medically compromised and have a deep ambivalence towards their symptoms, and treatment dropout and relapse rates are high. Further complicating matters, a sizable number of patients present with additional characteristics that set them apart from the patients for whom empirically supported treatments were developed. Up to 50% of current ED diagnoses are classified as atypical and do not fit into existing diagnostic categories, and many more present with complex comorbidities. Clinical Handbook of Complex and Atypical Eating Disorders brings together into one comprehensive resource what is known about an array of complicating factors for patients with ED, serving as an accessible introduction to each of the comorbidities and symptom presentations highlighted in the volume. The first section of the book focuses on the treatment of ED in the presence of various comorbidities, and the second section explores the treatment of ED with atypical symptom presentations. The third section focuses on how to adapt ED treatments for diverse populations typically neglected in controlled treatment trials: LGBT, pediatric, male, ethnically diverse, and older adult populations. Each chapter includes a review of clinical presentation, prevalence, treatment approaches, resources, conclusions, and future directions. Cutting edge and practical, Clinical Handbook of Complex and Atypical Eating Disorders will appeal to researchers and health professionals involved in treating ED"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    Foreword by Ivan Eisler About the Editors Contributors Introduction 1. Evidence-Based Treatments and the Atypical/Complex Conundrum Jenna Schlein, Gina Dimitropoulos, Katharine Loeb, & Daniel Le Grange Part I: Psychiatric Comorbidities 2. Clinical Guidelines for the Treatment of Anxiety in Eating DisordersStephanie Knatz Peck, Stuart B. Murray, & Walter H. Kaye3. Treating ED-PTSD patients: A synthesis of the literature and new treatment directions Julie G. Trim, Tara Galovski, Amy Wagner, & Timothy D. Brewerton 4. The Complex Relationship between Eating Disorders and Substance Use Disorders: Clinical Implications Amy Baker Dennis & Tamara Pryor 5. Suicidality, Self-Injurious Behavior, and Eating Disorders Leslie K. Anderson, April Smith & Scott Crow 6. Eating Disorders and Borderline Personality Disorder: Strategies for Managing Life Threatening and Therapy Interfering Behaviors Lucene Wisniewski & Leslie K. Anderson 7. Body Dysmorphic Disorder and Eating Disorders Danyale McCurdy-McKinnon & Jamie D. Feusner 8. Food Selectivity in Autism Spectrum Disorder William G. Sharp & Valentina Postorino Part II: Atypical Symptom Presentations 9. Avoidant-Restrictive Food Intake Disorder: Assessment and Treatment Jessie Menzel Anorexia Nervosa with a history of Obesity or Overweight Jocelyn Lebow & Leslie Sim 11. Purging disorder Pamela K. Keel, K. Jean Forney, & Grace Kennedy 12. Evidence-based Treatment Approaches for Night Eating Disorders Kelly C. Allison & Laura A. Berner 13. Diabetes and Eating Disorders Liana Abascal, & Ann Goebel-Fabbri 14. Muscle Dysmorphia: Clinical Presentation and Treatment Strategies Scott Griffiths & Stuart B. Murray 15. Rumination Disorder in Adults: Cognitive Behavioral Formulation and Treatment Helen B. Murray & Jennifer J. Thomas 16. Atypical Eating Disorders and Specific Phobia of Vomiting (SPOV): Clinical Presentation and Treatment Approaches Alexandra Keyes & David Veale Part III: Atypical Populations 17. Pediatric Eating Disorders Emily K. Gray & Kamryn T. Eddy 18. Eating Disorders in Males Tiffany A. Brown, Scott Griffiths & Stuart B. Murray 19. Eating Disorders and Disordered Eating in the LGBTQ Population Jon Arcelus, Fernando Fernandez-Aranda, & Walter Pierre Bouman 20. Considerations in the Treatment of Eating Disorders among Ethnic Minorities Ana L. Ramirez, Eva Trujillo-ChiVacuan, Marisol Perez 21. Midlife onset Eating Disorders Cristin Runfola, Jessica H. Baker, & Cynthia M. Bulik 22. Eating Disorders in Athletes: Detection, Diagnosis, and Treatment Carolyn R. Plateau & Jon Arcelus.
    Digital Access Oxford [2018]
  • Digital
    Hrayr P. Attarian, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1 Chronic Insomnia Disorder
    Chapter 1 Defining Insomnia
    Chapter 2 Epidemiology of Insomnia
    Chapter 3 Clinical Features, Diagnosis, and Differential Diagnosis
    Chapter 4 Pathophysiology of Insomnia
    Chapter 5 Prognosis and Complications
    Chapter 6 Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia
    Chapter 7 Pharmacological Treatment of Insomnia
    Part 2 Insomnia in Special Populations
    Chapter 8 Insomnias of Childhood: Assessment and Treatment
    Chapter 9 Pregnancy-Related Sleep Disturbances and Sleep Disorders
    Chapter 10 Insomnia and Menopause
    Chapter 11 Insomnia in Patients with Comorbid Medical Problems
    Chapter 12 Sleep Disturbance in Cancer Survivors
    Chapter 13 Insomnia in Comorbid Neurological Problems
    Chapter 14 Insomnia in Psychiatric Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    David Walk, editor.
    Summary: This concise and practical book provides an overview of neuromuscular disorders in clinical practice. Diagnostic approaches are covered along with patient management strategies in an easy-to-understand and introductory framework. Filling a significant gap in the literature, this resource delivers essential information for neurology trainees and practitioners, as well as anyone interested in learning the fundamentals of this important medical subspecialty.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Diseases of Muscle
    Chapter 3. Disorders of Neuromuscular Transmission
    Chapter 4. Motor Neuron Disorders
    Chapter 5. Diseases of Nerve
    Chapter 6. The Diagnostic Approach to the Hypotonic and Weak Infant
    Chapter 7. Rehabilitation Therapists' Role in Management of Neuromuscular Disease
    Chapter 8. Electrodiagnostic Testing
    Chapter 9. Ventilatory Management in Neuromuscular Disease
    Chapter 10. Genetic Testing in Neuromuscular Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Thomas G. Gutheil, Paul S. Appelbaum.
    Contents:
    Confidentiality and privilege
    Legal issues in emergency psychiatry and involuntary commitment
    Legal issues in inpatient psychiatry
    Malpractice and other forms of liability
    Competence and substitute decision-making
    Forensic evaluations
    Clinicians and lawyers
    The clinician in court.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Ric M. Procyshyn, principal editor ; Kalyna Z. Bezchlibnyk-Butler, co-editor ; J. Joel Jeffries, co-editor.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    editors Ric M. Procyshyn, Kalyna Z. Bezchilnyke-Butler, and J. Joel Jeffries.
    Contents:
    Antidepressants
    Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT)
    Bright light therapy (BLT)
    Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS)
    Antipsychotics
    Antipsychotic-induced extrapyramidal side effects and their management
    Anxiolytic (antianxiety) agents
    Hypnotics/sedatives
    Mood stabilizers
    Drugs for ADHD
    Drugs for treatment of dementia
    Sex-drive depressants
    Drugs of abuse
    Treatment of substance use disorders
    Unapproved treatments of psychiatric disorders
    Natural health products
    Pharmacogenomic information for common psychotropic drugs
    Glossary
    Drug use in pregnancy and effects on breast milk
    Patient information sheets
    Appendix: neuroscience-based nomenclature (NbN)
    Index of drugs.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Ric M. Procyshyn, BSc (Pharm), MSc, PharmD, PhD, principal editor, Kalyna Z. Bezchlibnyk-Butler, BScPhm, FCSHP, co-editor, J. Joel Jeffries, MB, FRCP, DFCPA, co-editor ; chapter co-editors: Alasdair Barr, PhD, [and 16 others].
    Summary: The Clinical Handbook of Psychotropic Drugs has become a standard reference and working tool for psychiatrists, psychologists, physicians, pharmacists, nurses, and other mental health professionals. Independent, unbiased, up-to-date. Succinct, bulleted information on all classes of medication: on- and off-label indications, (US FDA, Health Canada), recommended dosages, US and Canadian trade names, side effects, interactions, pharmacodynamics, precautions in the young, the elderly, and pregnancy, nursing implications, and much more - all you need to know for each class of drug. Potential interactions and side effects summarized in comparison charts. New in this edition Neuroscience-based nomenclature - added to product availability tables. Antidepressants chapter includes new section on GABAA receptor positive modulator (brexanolone IV injection; trade name Zulresso); also covers Qelbree (viloxazine extended-release capsules), the first new ADHD medication approved by the FDA in over a decade; as well as updates to SSRI use in pregnancy and antidepressant augmentation strategies Antipsychotics updates include revised dosing, especially adjustments in hepatic and renal impairment Mood stabilisers chapter sections on lithium and anticonvulsants extensively revised New formulations and trade names include: Adhansia XR (methylphenidate extended-release capsules), Caplyta (lumateperone), Dayvigo (lemborexant), Perseris (risperidone extended-release subcutaneous injection), Probuphine (buprenorphine subdermal implant), Propecia (finasteride tablets), Trelstar (triptorelin slow-release injection), Qelbree (viloxazine extended-release capsules)
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Dennis M. Marchiori.
    Summary: Clinical Imaging by Dennis Marchiori is a comprehensive text with a clear, concise writing style that allows students and practitioners to quickly develop a better understanding of diagnostic imaging. Covering soft tissue imaging and skeletal imaging, including brain and spinal cord, chest, and abdomen, Clinical Imaging seamlessly integrates plain film with MRI and CT. And with more than 3,500 illustrations all contained in one volume, this trusted text offers the most effective, realistic and comprehensive approach available today. Combines the innovative pattern approach with more traditional detailed descriptions to emulate real-world patient interaction without sacrificing more in-depth content on disease states.Innovative Pattern Approach uses the patterns that link similar abnormalities to help you learn to identify, and just as importantly, differentiate abnormalities.Extensive cross-referencing from pattern to disease descriptions enables the reader to quickly find more detailed information.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Zoran Rumboldt.
    Summary: Delayed recognition of an injury or improper stabilization of the spine can lead to irreversible spinal cord injury and permanent neurological damage. This highly illustrated resource chronicles the rapid developments in imaging technology and expertise over the past decades that have transformed the medical management of vertebral injury, including thoracolumbar trauma classification. With over 250 CT and MRI images, this essential text is designed to aid both trainees and practicing physicians in making rapid and accurate diagnoses to patients with spinal trauma and provide appropriate care. This clear, concise, case-based resource will serve as a guide and learning source for trainees as well as an easily navigable reference for medical practitioners that can be essential to establishing the presence of an acute spinal injury.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Robert R. Rich [and five others].
    Contents:
    Section 1: Principles of immune response. The human immune response
    Organization of the immune system
    Innate immunity
    Antigen receptor genes, gene products, and co-receptors
    The major histocompatibility complex
    Antigens and antigen presentation
    B-cell development and differentiation
    T-cell development
    Cytokines and cytokine receptors
    Chemokines and chemokine receptors
    Lymphocyte adhesion and trafficking
    T-cell activation and tolerance
    Regulated cell death
    The microbiota in immunity and inflammation
    Section 2: Host defense mechanisms and inflammation. Immunoglobulin function
    Helper T-cell subsets and control of the inflammatory response
    Cytotoxic T lymphocytes and natural killer cells
    Regulatory immune cells
    Host defenses in the skin
    Host defenses at mucosal surfaces
    Complement in host deficiencies and diseases
    Phagocyte deficiencies
    Mast cells, basophils, and mastocytosis
    Eosinophils and eosinophilia
    Section 3: Host defenses to infectious agents. Host defenses to viruses
    Host defenses to intracellular bacteria
    Host defenses to extracellular bacteria
    Host defenses to spirochetes
    Host defenses to fungi
    Host defenses to protozoa
    Host defenses to helminths
    Section 4: Immunologic deficiencies. Approach to the evaluation of the immunodeficient patient
    Human genomics in immunology
    Primary antibody deficiencies
    Primary T-cell immunodeficiencies
    Immunodeficiencies at the interface of innate and adaptive immunity
    Infections in the immunocompromised host
    Immune deficiencies at the extremes of age
    HIV infection and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
    Autoantibody mediated phenocopies of primary immunodeficiency diseases
    Section 5: Allergic diseases. Immunological mechanisms of airway diseases and pathways to therapy
    Urticaria, angioedema, and anaphylaxis
    Allergic reactions to stinging and biting insects
    Atopic and contact dermatitis
    Food allergy
    Eosinophil-associated gastrointestinal disorders
    Allergic disorders of the eye
    Drug hypersensitivity
    Occupational respiratory allergies
    Section 6: Systemic immune diseases. Mechanisms of autoimmunity
    Systemic lupus erythematosus
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Sjögren's syndrome
    Scleroderma-systemic sclerosis
    Inflammatory muscle diseases
    Spondyloarthritis
    Small and medium vessel primary vasculitis
    Large-vessel vasculitides
    Systemic autoinflammatory syndromes
    Antiphospholipid syndrome
    Section 7: Organ-specific inflammatory disease. Immunohematologic disorders
    Bullous diseases of the skin and mucous membranes
    Immunology of psoriasis
    Myasthenia gravis
    Multiple sclerosis
    Autoimmune peripheral neuropathies
    Immunologic renal diseases
    Inflammation and atherothrombosis
    Autoimmune thyroid diseases
    Diabetes and related autoimmune diseases
    Immunologic lung diseases
    Sarcoidosis
    Immunologic ocular disease
    Immunologic diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
    Inflammatory hepatobiliary diseases
    Section 8: Immunology of neoplasia. Tumor immunotherapy
    Lymphoid leukemias
    Lymphomas
    Monoclonal gammopathies
    Section 9: Transplantation. Concepts and challenges in organ transplantation: rejection, immunosuppression, and tolerance
    Immune reconstitution therapy for immunodeficiency
    Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation for malignant diseases
    Section 10: Prevention and therapy of immunologic diseases. Immunoglobulin therapy: replacement and immunomodulation
    Gene therapy
    Glucocorticoids
    Immunomodulating pharmaceuticals
    Protein kinase antagonists as therapeutic agents for immunological and inflammatory disorders
    Biological modifiers of inflammation
    Vaccines
    Immunotherapy of allergic disease
    Section 11: Diagnostic immunology. Flow cytometry
    Assessment of functional immune responses
    Assessment of neutrophil function
    Assessment of human allergic diseases
    Molecular methods
    Appendices. Selected CD molecules and their characteristics
    Laboratory reference values
    Vaccine schedules.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert R. Rich, Thomas A. Fleisher, Harry W. Schroeder Jr., Cornelia M. Weyand, David B.Corry, Jennifer M. Puck.
    Summary: Offering unique, comprehensive coverage of both basic science and clinical scenarios, Clinical Immunology: Principles and Practice, 6th Edition, brings you up to date with every aspect of this fast-changing field. It examines the molecular, cellular, and immunologic bases of immunologic diseases and their broader systemic implications; it also includes complete coverage of common and uncommon immunologic disorders. Updated with all the latest immunologic research and clinical implications, including breakthrough immunotherapies and molecular-based treatment protocols, this fully revised edition provides authoritative guidance from some of the most respected global leaders in immunology in one complete, well-illustrated volume. Includes extensive revisions that reflect rapidly expanding research and clinical advances, including breakthrough drug and immunotherapies such as immune checkpoint inhibitors, immunotherapies for cancer, precision medicine, and transfusion medicine. Contains new chapters on COVID-19, immune responses, and the role of the immune system; immunoregulatory deficiencies; immune checkpoints; CAR T cells, including new cellular-based immunotherapy; gene therapy, including CRISPR and gene selection; and a clinically focused chapter on asthma. Provides new genetics content focused on data applications. Addresses notable advances in key areas such as the importance of the microbiota to normal immune system development and to the pathogenesis of immunologic and inflammatory diseases; relationships between the innate and adaptive immune systems; progress in rapid and cost-effective genomics; cell signaling pathways and the structure of cell-surface molecules; and many more. Covers hot topics such as the role of genetics and genomics in immune response and immunologic disease, atherosclerosis, recurrent fever syndromes, aging and deficiencies of innate immunity, the role of microbiota in normal immune system development and in the pathogenesis of immunologic and inflammatory diseases, and novel therapeutics. Features a user-friendly format with color-coded boxes highlighting critical information on Key Concepts, Clinical Pearls, Clinical Relevance, and Therapeutic Principles. Summarizes promising research and development anticipated over the next 5-10 years with "On the Horizon" boxes and discussions of translational research. An eBook version is included with purchase. The eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures and references, with the ability to search, customize your content, make notes and highlights, and have content read aloud.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Gerard Reach ; [translation by Claudia Ratti].
    Summary: Clinical practice guidelines were initially developed within the context of evidence-based medicine with the goal of putting medical research findings into practice. However, physicians do not always follow them, even when they seem to apply to the particular patient they have to treat. This phenomenon, known as clinical inertia, represents a significant obstacle to the efficiency of care and a major public health problem, the extent of which is demonstrated in this book. An analysis of its causes shows that it stems from a discrepancy between the objective, essentially statistical nature of evidence-based medicine on the one hand and the physicianℓ́ℓs own complex, subjective view (referred to here as ℓ́ℓmedical reasonℓ́ℓ) on the other. This book proposes a critique of medical reason that may help to reconcile the principles of evidence-based medicine and individual practice. The author is a diabetologist and Professor of Endocrinology, Diabetology and Metabolic Diseases at Paris 13 University. He has authored several books, including one to be published by Springer (Philosophy and Medicine series) under the title: The Mental Mechanisms of Patient Adherence to Long Term Therapies, Mind and Care.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Definitions
    The Evidence: The Gap Between Clinical Guidelines and Reality
    Determinants and Explanatory Models of Clinical Inertia
    The Doctor and Evidence-Based Medicine
    To Do or Not to Do: A Critique of Medical Reason
    Fighting Against True Clinical Inertia
    Conclusion: Time for Medical Reason
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Joseph Domachowske, Manika Suryadevara.
    Summary: This book is meticulously designed for the busy student, trainee, or seasoned physician looking to enhance or refresh skills in infectious diseases. It is intended to provide a solid resource for students and physicians in need of a concise yet comprehensive background of the material. Each chapter begins with a summary of the topic, a brief case description, definitions, critical teaching points, and tables, figures, photos, and other visual materials to reinforce learning. The chapters take a systems based approach to infections before concluding with the essentials of diagnostic microbiology to leave users with a practical toolkit for real-world clinics. Authored by two expert educators and dual infectious diseases and pediatrics specialists, Clinical Infectious Diseases Study Guide is the only updated study guide designed for medical students, fellows, residents, and trainees who need a strong foundation in infectious diseases. This includes infectious disease specialists in both adult and pediatric care, various internal medicine subspecialists, and hospitalists.

    Contents:
    Bacterial infections of the skin
    Febrile exanthems of childhood
    Acute and chronic lymphadenitis
    Keratitis
    Endophthalmitis
    Otitis, sinusitis, mastoiditis
    Pharyngitis, pharyngeal space infection
    Pertussis and pertussis syndrome
    Laryngitis, tracheitis, epiglottitis, bronchiolitis
    Community acquired pneumonia
    Influenza
    Tuberculosis
    Atypical pneumonia
    Fungal pneumonia
    Infective endocarditis
    Infectious myocarditis
    Acute rheumatic fever
    Kawasaki disease
    Infectious hepatitis
    Liver abscess
    Infectious gastroenteritis
    Urinary tract infection
    Human papillomavirus
    Prostatitis, epididymitis, and orchitis
    Vaginitis, cervicitis, and pelvic inflammatory disease
    Congenital and perinatal infections
    Aseptic meningitis
    Bacterial meningitis
    Parameningeal infections
    Meningoencephalitis
    Polyomavirus infections
    Prion disease
    Tetanus
    Diphtheria
    Botulism
    Toxic shock syndrome
    Clostridium difficile colitis
    Toxin mediated food poisoning
    Bacteremia and bacterial sepsis
    Central line associated bloodstream infections
    Osteoarticular infections
    Candidiasis
    Lyme disease
    Spotted fevers
    Typhus and related infections
    Malaria
    Yellow fever
    Dengue
    Chagas disease
    African sleeping sickness
    Leishmaniasis
    Leptospirosis
    Leprosy
    Tapeworms
    Trematodes
    Roundworms
    HIV
    Overview of antibiotics.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editor, Scott Mankowitz.
    Summary: The book offers an introduction to all the informatics concepts that are represented on the Clinical Informatics Board Examination The core and direction of this book is to mirror the model of clinical informatics which is used by the American Board of Preventive Medicine to create their exam. Unlike any other text on the market, the book includes simulated exam questions, to help the reader asses his knowledge and focus his study. Clinical Informatics Board Review and Self Assessment is a thorough practical assistant to refine the reader's knowledge regarding this youngest and possibly broadest fields of medicine.

    Contents:
    Fundamentals of Clinical Informatics
    The health system
    Clinical Decision Making
    Health Information System
    Leading and Managing Change.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    John T. Finnell, Brian E. Dixon, editors.
    Summary: This study guide is written to support the formal training required to become certified in clinical informatics. The content is structured to define and introduce key concepts with examples drawn from real-world experiences in order to impress upon the reader the core content from the field of clinical informatics. The book is divided into sections that group related chapters based on the major foci of the core content: health care delivery; clinical decision-making; information systems; leadership and managing teams; and professionalism. The chapters do not need to be read or taught in order, although the suggested order is consistent with how the editors have structured their curricula over the years. Clinical Informatics Study Guide: Text and Review serves as a reference for those seeking to independently study for a certifying examination or periodically reference while in practice. It further provides a roadmap for faculty who wish to go deeper in courses designed for physician fellows or graduate students in a variety of clinically oriented informatics disciplines, such as nursing, pharmacy, radiology, and public health.

    Contents:
    An Introduction to Clinical (Health) Informatics
    The U.S. Health System
    Clinical Informatics Policy and Regulations
    Clinical Decision-Making
    Evidence Based Patient Care
    Clinical Decision Support
    Clinical Workflow Analysis, Process Redesign, and Quality Improvement
    Predictive Analytics
    Fundamentals of Information Technology Systems
    Health Information Systems and Applications
    Clinical Data Exchange, System Integration, and Standards
    Information System Lifecycles in Health Care
    Human Factors Engineering: Supporting the User Experience
    Leadership Models, Processes, and Practices
    Effective Interdisciplinary Teams
    Effective Communication
    Project Management
    Strategic and Financial Planning for Clinical Information Systems
    Change Management
    Patient Engagement and Consumer Informatics
    Personalized Medicine and Translational Informatics
    Population Health and Public Health Informatics
    Appendices: Case Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    John T. Finnell, Brian E. Dixon, editors.
    Summary: This completely updated study guide textbook is written to support the formal training required to become certified in clinical informatics. The content has been extensively overhauled to introduce and define key concepts using examples drawn from real-world experiences in order to impress upon the reader the core content from the field of clinical informatics. The book groups chapters based on the major foci of the core content: health care delivery and policy; clinical decision-making; information science and systems; data management and analytics; leadership and managing teams; and professionalism. The chapters do not need to be read or taught in order, although the suggested order is consistent with how the editors have structured their curricula over the years. Clinical Informatics Study Guide: Text and Review serves as a reference for those seeking to study for a certifying examination independently or periodically reference while in practice. This includes physicians studying for board examination in clinical informatics as well as the American Medical Informatics Association (AMIA) health informatics certification. This new edition further refines its place as a roadmap for faculty who wish to go deeper in courses designed for physician fellows or graduate students in a variety of clinically oriented informatics disciplines, such as nursing, dentistry, pharmacy, radiology, health administration and public health.

    Contents:
    The discipline of clinical informatics: maturation of a new profession / Don E. Detmer, Benson S. Munger, Elaine B. Steen, and Edward H. Shortliffe
    Fundamentals of computer science / Eric Puster
    Clinical informatics policy and regulations / Matthew A. Eisenberg
    The U.S. health system / Craig D. Norquist
    Evidence-based health care / Arlene E. Chung, Christopher S. Evans, P. Jon White, and Edwin Lomotan
    Clinical decision-making / Stephen M. Downs
    Clinical decision support: it's more than just alerts / Mahima Vijayaraghavan, Lisa Masson, and Joseph Kannry
    Clinical workflow analysis, process redesign, and quality improvement / Mustafa Ozkaynak, Kim Unertl, Sharon Johnson, Juliana Brixey, and Saira N. Haque
    Human factors engineering and human-computer interaction: supporting user performance and experience / Richard J. Holden, Ephrem Abebe, Jordan R. Hill, Janetta Brown, April Savoy, Stephen Voida, Josette F. Jones, and Anand Kulanthaivel
    Information technology systems / Shawn N. Murphy and Jeffrey G. Klann
    Clinical information systems and applications / Caitlin M. Cusack, Veena Lingam, Christoph U. Lehmann, and Rachel Wong
    System development life cycle / Vishnu Mohan
    Healthcare data and exchange standards / William Hersh
    Health information exchange and interoperability / Brian E. Dixon, A. Jay Holmgren, Julia Adler-Milstein, and Shaun J. Grannis
    Data information and governance / Carl McKinley
    Analytics / Suranga N. Kasthurirathne and Shaun J. Grannis
    Cybersecurity in healthcare / Bryan C. McConomy and Dennis E. Leber
    Telehealth / Saira N. Haque and Emily M. Hayden
    Leadership models, processes, and practices / Robert C. (Bob) Marshall
    Effective interdisciplinary teams / Titus Schleyer, Sarah Zappone, Candace Wells-Myers, and Todd Saxton
    Strategic and financial planning / Natalie M. Pageler and Jonathan P. Palma
    Effective implementation of a clinical information system / Kim M. Unertl, Christoph U. Lehmann, and Nancy M. Lorenzi
    Project management / Lisa M. Masson, Carole A. Klove, and Noelle Provenzano
    Consumer health informatics: engaging and empowering patients and families / Deepti Pandita
    Public health informatics / Saira N. Haque, Brian E. Dixon, Shaun J. Grannis, and Jamie Pina
    Precision health / Feliciano B. Yu Jr.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editor Peter P. Karpawich.
    Contents:
    Adult congenital heart disease
    Cardiac resynchronization therapy for the univentricular heart
    Ventricular tachycardia in patients with teratology of Fallot
    The role of the implantable cardioverter-defibrillator for primary prevention in the adult with congenital heart disease
    Implantable cardiac device therapy in congenital heart disease
    Heart transplantation in adult congenital heart disease: who?
    Heart transplantation in adult congenital heart disease: when and why not?
    Ask the experts: arrhythmia and hemodynamics
    Multiple choice questions: answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2015
  • Digital
    editor Luc A. Pierard.
    Contents:
    Geriatric valvular disease
    Overview of sterotactic body radiation therapy for spinal metastasis
    Molecular mechanisms of calcific aortic valve disease
    Assessing operative risk in elderly patients with heart valve disease
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement in the high-risk elderly
    Aortic stenosis
    Management and follow-up of valvular disease in the geriatric population
    Ask the experts: Risk stratification in asymptomatic elderly patients with severe aortic stenosis
    Multiple choice questions: answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2015
  • Digital
    Thomas Kuriakose.
    Summary: This book elucidates the principles of sound clinical examination in ophthalmology. Based on the authors extensive teaching experience, it makes the case for arriving at a diagnosis through detailed clinical examinations, including history taking, knowledge of clinical epidemiology, and using only the most relevant clinical tests. Starting with basic chapters on relevant statistics and clinical epidemiology, the book covers history-taking, visual function assessment, slit lamp examination, and examinations of each important field (e.g. the lids, orbit, cornea, iris and pupil, glaucoma patients, sclera, lens, posterior segment, pediatric patient and neuro-ophthalmology) in separate chapters. Full of practical tips on examining patients at the clinic, the book also describes the rationale behind each clinical test and its interpretation. It is also hoped that teachers who come across this book will evaluate students on the basis of these relevant clinical examinations rather than quizzing them on esoteric clinical tests that are not routinely used and are of little clinical value. This book is intended to help all ophthalmologists, beginners and veterans alike, improve their clinical examination thinking and skills.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    About the Author
    1: Introduction
    1.1 Clinical Ophthalmology an Exciting Detective Work
    1.2 Definitions
    1.3 Diagnosis Making Process
    1.3.1 Dealing with Uncertainty
    1.3.2 Emperor's New Clothes
    1.4 When Clinical Tests Do Not Make Sense
    1.5 Natural History of Disease and Clinical Presentation
    1.5.1 Knowing Natural History
    1.6 Medical Etiquette
    1.7 Recording and Interpreting Your Findings
    1.8 Normal
    Further Reading 2: Overview of Statistics and Epidemiology for Clinical Diagnosis: Connecting the Dots
    2.1 Population and Sample
    2.1.1 Selecting the Sample
    2.2 Data
    2.2.1 Data Types
    2.2.2 Data Distribution
    2.3 Central Tendency or Average
    2.3.1 Precision
    2.3.2 Confidence Intervals
    2.4 Hypothesis Testing
    2.5 Comparing Means
    2.6 Correlation and Survival Analysis
    2.7 Epidemiological Concepts for Clinical Medicine
    2.7.1 Probability
    2.7.2 Incidence and Prevalence
    2.8 Diagnostic Test and Diagnosis
    2.8.1 Validity and Reliability
    2.9 Regression to Mean 2.10 Some Strategies for Making Diagnosis
    2.10.1 Diagnostic Possibility
    Further Reading
    3: History Taking: The Most Important Clinical Test
    3.1 Demographic Details
    3.2 Presenting Complaint
    3.3 History of Presenting Complaint
    3.3.1 Details of the Symptom
    3.3.2 Associated Symptoms
    3.3.3 Extent of Disability
    3.3.4 Rechecking History
    3.4 Past History
    3.5 Personal History
    3.6 Medical History/Review of Systems
    3.7 Treatment and Allergies
    3.8 Family History
    3.9 Social History
    3.10 Documentation and Confidentiality 3.11 History as a Test and Other Issues
    3.12 Analysing the Interview Result
    3.13 Beyond History Taking
    4: Visual Function and Its Assessment
    4.1 Visual Processing
    4.2 Attributes of Vision
    4.3 Visual Acuity Testing
    4.3.1 Normal Vision
    4.4 Vision Checking Charts and Measurement of Vision
    4.4.1 Near Vision Testing
    4.4.2 Vision Testing in Special Situations
    4.5 Pinhole Vision and Other Macular Function Assessments
    4.5.1 Pinhole Vision
    4.5.2 Macular Stress Test
    4.5.3 Macular Function Test
    4.5.4 Maddox Rod Test
    4.6 Visual Fields Testing 4.7 Colour Vision Testing
    4.8 Tests for Malingering
    5: Evaluating Refractive Error and Prescribing Glasses
    5.1 History and Preliminary Examination
    5.1.1 History
    5.1.2 Spectacle Power Evaluation
    5.1.3 Examination
    5.2 Retinoscopy or Objective Refraction
    5.2.1 The Practice of Retinoscopy
    5.3 Subjective Refraction
    Further Reading
    6: The Slit Lamp Examination
    6.1 The Instrument
    6.2 Setting up the Slit Lamp
    6.2.1 Microscope Setting
    6.2.2 Checking Parfocality
    6.2.3 Unlocking the Slit Lamp
    6.3 Examination of the Eye 6.3.1 Examination Using Focal/Diffuse Illumination
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    George T. Patterson, Warren K. Graham.
    Contents:
    Introduction to evidence-based practices and principles in the crimal justice system
    Using evidence to inform clinical practice
    An overview of implementation fidelity
    Clinical outcomes for criminal justice populations
    The evidence-based rating and classification process
    Risk assessment and treatment levels
    Evidence-based practices for juveniles in the juvenile justice system
    Evidence-based practices for adults in the criminal justice system
    Evidence-based practice with special criminal justice populations
    Implementing evidence-based practices and principles with criminal justice populations
    Criminal justice initiatives using evidence-based practices and principles
    Appendix- Resources for evidence-based criminal justice practice.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: Clinical investigation plays an essential role in the differential diagnosis, biomarker development, and therapy and cure of diseases. The book presents a bench-to-bed approach, with broad empirical coverage by experienced practitioners. The articles include topics like cytokine receptors in lung cancer, conduciveness of oxidative stress to carcinogenesis, safety and effectiveness of surgical correction of deformed chest, diagnostic and treatment regimens in inflammation-ridden obstructive lung conditions, alterations in growth hormone secretion leading to disorders of growth and metabolism, microbiota transplantation in pediatric patients, and the promising markers of renal epithelial injury. Yet another issue concerns the restructuring of chronic pain management by establishing the community-based specialized pain clinics. The book aims to disseminate and deliberate on the latest interdisciplinary medical knowledge to enhance clinical outcomes. Being a blend of clinical investigation and practice the book is addressed to physicians, scientists, and allied health care professionals.

    Contents:
    Prognostic Value of Osteoprotegerin and sRANKL in Bronchoalveolar Lavage Fluid of Patients with Advanced Non-small Cell Lung Cancer / W. Naumnik, I. Płońska, M. Ossolińska, J. Nikliński, and B. Naumnik
    Melatonin and Metformin Diminish Oxidative Stress in Heart Tissue in a Rat Model of High Fat Diet and Mammary Carcinogenesis / Natalia Kurhaluk, Bianka Bojkova, Marek Radkowski, Olga V. Zaitseva, Svitlana Kyriienko, Urszula Demkow, and Pawel J. Winklewski
    Evaluation of the Implementation of Hospital Antibiotic Policy in Oncosurgery Ward: A Six-Year Experience / Aneta Nitsch-Osuch, Damian Okruciński, Magdalena Dawgiałło, Izabela Gołębiak, and Ernest Kuchar
    Surgical Correction of Pectus Excavatum by the Nuss Procedure: A 15-Year Experience Study / Piotr Cierpikowski, Adam Rzechonek, Piotr Błasiak, Hanna Lisowska, Grzegorz Pniewski, and Patric Le Pivert
    Influence of Inhaled Corticosteroids on Bronchial Inflammation and Pulmonary Function in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease with Moderate Obstruction / Iza Toczyska, Ewa Zwolińska, and Andrzej Chcialowski
    Association Between Vitamin D and Carboxy-Terminal Cross-Linked Telopeptide of Type I Collagen in Children During Growth Hormone Replacement Therapy / Ewelina Witkowska-Sędek, Anna Stelmaszczyk-Emmel, Anna Kucharska, Urszula Demkow, and Beata Pyrżak
    Weight Disorders in Short Children / Paweł Tomaszewski, Anna Majcher, Katarzyna Milde, and Romuald Stupnicki
    Neutrophil Gelatinase-Associated Lipocalin: A Biomarker for Early Diagnosis of Urinary Tract Infections in Infants / Grażyna Krzemień, Małgorzata Pańczyk-Tomaszewska, Dominika Adamczuk, Iwona Kotuła, Urszula Demkow, and Agnieszka Szmigielska
    A Two-Week Fecal Microbiota Transplantation Course in Pediatric Patients with Inflammatory Bowel Disease / Katarzyna Karolewska-Bochenek, Pawel Grzesiowski, Aleksandra Banaszkiewicz, Agnieszka Gawronska, Maria Kotowska, Marcin Dziekiewicz, Piotr Albrecht, Andrzej Radzikowski, and Izabella Lazowska-Przeorek
    Specialized Pain Clinics in Primary Care: Common Diagnoses, Referral Patterns and Clinical Outcomes- Novel Pain Management Model / Yacov Fogelman, Eli Carmeli, Amir Minerbi, Baruch Harash, and Simon Vulfsons.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kasutoshi Obara, editor.
    Summary: This book thoroughly covers various diseases induced by portal hypertension, and introduces novel information for the treatment of patients. Individual chapters address the pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment options available for the complications induced by portal hypertension. The book fosters practical understanding and provides more evidence-based treatment options in order to improve physicians? ability to select optimal treatment methods for their patients. Further, it offers readers the latest information concerning developments of the disease such as esophaogastric varices, ectopic varices, portal thrombosis, refractory ascites and hepatic encephalopathy. Clinical Science of Portal Hypertensions is an indispensible resource for both beginning and experienced gastroenterological physicians, endoscopists, liver physicians, radiologists, gastroenterological surgeons, liver surgeons, etc. who treat patients with portal hypertension on a clinical or research basis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    George P. Lee.
    Contents:
    Allergy & immunology
    Biostatistics
    Cardiology
    Dermatology
    EKG
    Endocrinology
    Ethics
    Gastroenterology
    Gynecology
    Hematology
    Neurology
    Obstetrics
    Ophthalmology
    Orthopedics
    Otolaryngology
    Psychiatry
    Pulmonary
    Renal and genitourinary
    Rheumatology
    Vascular.
  • Print
    Shirlyn B. McKenzie, PhD, MLS(ASCP) CM, SH(ASCP), CM, Department of Clinical Laboratory Sciences, University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio, J. Lynne Williams, PhD, MT(ASCP), Biomedical Diagnostic and Therapeutic Sciences Program, School of Health Sciences, Oakland University, Consulting editor: Kristin Landis-Piwowar, PhD, MLSA(ASCP) CM, Biomedical Diagnostic and Therapeutic Sciences Program, School of Health Sciences, Oakland University.
    Contents:
    Introduction to hematology
    The hematopoietic system
    The anemias
    Nonmalignant disorders of leukocytes
    Neoplastic hematologic disorders
    Body fluids
    Hemostasis
    Hematology procedures
    Quality assessment.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB145 .M392 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Lynne S. Garcia.
    Contents:
    Section I. Basic concepts and the current healthcare environment
    section II. Managerial leadership
    section III. Personnel management
    section IV. Requirements for effective laboratory management
    section V. Financial management
    section VI. Generation of revenue
    section VII. Profitability, contribution, and reimbursement
    section VIII. Outside marketing and expansion
    section IX. Clinical trials and evidence-based laboratory medicine
    section X. Defining and measuring standards for success
    section XI. The future of clinical laboratories.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Michael Laposata, Peter McCaffrey.
    Summary: "Clinical Laboratory Methods covers the 100 tests most often done in clinical labs. The description of each method covers the basic concept of the assay; clinically important information; the expense of the test (based cost of the reagents, supplies, and labor); the complexity of the test; and whether each method is manual, semi-automated, or highly automated, and each method includes a flowchart. The author avoids getting bogged down in unimportant details, focusing on only what you need to know to master these important processes"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Methods in clinical immunology
    Methods in clinical microbiology
    Methods in clinical hematology
    Methods in clinical coagulation
    Methods in transfusion medicine and blood banking
    Methods in clinical chemistry and general methods
    Point-of-care testing methods
    Methods involving chromosomal analysis and molecular genetics
    Further reading
    Clinical laboratory reference values.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Marvin P. Fried, Melin Tan.
    Summary: "Clinical Laryngology addresses the practical issues faced by residents and seasoned practitioners in managing patients with diseases of the larynx. It is a concise manual covering common, everyday procedures that residents must master and provides all the up-to-date information needed by otolaryngologists caring for patients with laryngeal pathology. Key Features: Contains chapters on dysphagia, aspiration, tracheotomy, and cough Includes more than 100 high-quality illustrations and clinical photographs that clarify the information in the text Written and edited by renowned experts in the field of laryngology This clinical resource is the go-to book that residents, fellows, and practicing otolaryngologists will consult when they are in need of practical guidance on managing cases of laryngeal pathology in the course of their practice"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by David Stanley.
    Summary: "Clinical Leadership in Nursing and Healthcare: Values into Action offers a range of tools and topics that support and foster clinically focused nurses and other healthcare professionals to develop their leadership potential"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Christie M. Ballantyne.
    Summary: Part of the renowned Braunwald family of references, Clinical Lipidology: A Companion to Braunwald’s Heart Disease provides today’s clinicians with clear, authoritative guidance on the therapeutic management of patients with high cholesterol levels and other atherogenic lipid disorders. An invaluable resource for cardiologists, lipidologists, endocrinologists, and internal medicine physicians, this one-stop reference covers everything from basic science and the pathogenesis of atherothrombotic disease to risk assessment and the latest therapy options. Now fully updated from cover to cover, the 3rd Edition offers unparalleled coverage of lipidology in an accessible and user-friendly manner.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Mark R. Litzow, Elizabeth A. Raetz, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art overview of acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL). The first section of the book presents the translational science behind ALL, reviewing molecular pathways and targets in B- and T-cell ALL, as well as techniques and application of minimal residual disease testing. The second section spotlights ALL management strategies for patients across the spectrum, from infants to the elderly. The final section outlines current and new advances in ALL treatment, including new monoclonal antibodies and allogenic and autologous HSCT. Written by experts in the field, Clinical Management of Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia: From Bench to Bedside is a valuable resource that will guide patient management, stimulate investigative efforts, and increase understanding of the biologic underpinnings of the disease.

    Contents:
    TRANSLATIONAL SCIENCE
    Molecular pathways and targets in B cell progenitor acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    Genetic Mechanisms in T-Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Minimal Residual Disease in Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia : Techniques and Application
    THERAPEUTICS
    Treatment of Pediatric B and T cell ALL
    Treatment of Adult B and T cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia: An Overview of Current Treatments and Novel Advances
    Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia in Infants: A distinctive, high risk subtype of childhood ALL
    Treatment of Elderly Patients with Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Treatment of Childhood Philadelphia-Chromosome Positive Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Treatment of adult Philadelphia chromosome positive ALL
    Treatment of Ph-like ALL
    Prophylaxis and treatment of central nervous system (CNS) ALL
    Late effects of therapy of acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    NEW AND EXISTING MODALITIES OF THERAPY
    Monoclonal Antibody Based Treatment and Other New Agents for B-Lineage ALL
    New Agents for the Treatment of T-Cell ALL
    The development and management of treatment with chimeric-antigen receptor T cell (CAR-T)
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in Adults with Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia (ALL)
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in Pediatric Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Antoni Torres, Catia Cillóniz.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to pneumonia
    2. Epidemiology, etiology, and risk factors of bacterial pneumonia
    3. Pathology and clinical features of pneumonia
    4. Diagnosis and classification of pneumonia
    5. Methods for preventing pneumonia
    6. Management of pneumonia.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Mitchell Scheiman O.D., Ph.D, Professor, Dean of Research, Director of Graduate Programs, Pennsylvania College of Optometry at Salus University, Elkins Park, Pennsylvania, Bruce Wick O.D., Ph.D., Professor Emeritus, University of Houston, College of Optometry, Houston, Texas ; illustrator Barbara Steinman.
    Contents:
    Section I: Diagnosis and general treatment approach
    Diagnosis testing
    Case analysis
    General treatment modalities, guidelines, and prognosis
    Primary care of binocular vision, accommodative, and eye movement disorders
    Section II: Vision therapy procedures and instrumentation
    Introduction and general concepts
    Fusional vergence, voluntary convergence, and antisuppression
    Section III: Management
    Low AC/A conditions: convergence insufficiency and divergence insufficiency
    High accommodative convergence to accommodation conditions: convergence excess and divergence excess
    Normal AC/A conditions: fusional vergence dysfunction, basic esophoria and basic exophoria
    Accommodative dysfunction
    Eye movement disorders
    Cyclovertical heterophoria
    Fixation disparity
    Section IV: Advanced diagnostic and management issues
    Interactions between accommodation and vergence
    Refractive anblyopia
    Nystagmus
    Aniseikonia
    Binocular and accommodative problems associated with computer use
    Binocular and accommodative problems associated with acquired brain injury
    Binocular and accommodative problems associated with learning problems
    Development and management of refractive error: binocular vision-based treatment
    Binocular vision problems association with refractive surgery
    Section V: Vision therapy and optometric practice
    Patient and practice management issues in vision therapy.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Simone Ferrero, Marcello Ceccaroni, editors.
    Summary: This book exclusively focuses on the practical aspects of diagnosing and managing bowel endometriosis, and highlights the importance of pursuing a multidisciplinary approach. Collecting chapters written by international experts in the field, the book is divided into two parts: the first presents all imaging techniques that are currently available and useful in diagnosing bowel endometriosis, while the second covers all available surgical techniques for treating this disorder, including the modern and lesser-invasive Nerve-Sparing radical approaches. Featuring a wealth of figures, sketches and videos, the book offers an essential guide for specialists, resident and subspecialty trainees in the fields of gynecology, colorectal surgery, radiology and gastroenterology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    List of Videos
    Part I: Bowel Endometriosis
    1: Pathogenesis of Bowel Endometriosis
    1.1 Definition and Epidemiology
    1.2 Anatomical Distribution and Classification
    1.3 Theories Surrounding Pathogenesis
    1.3.1 Retrograde Menstruation
    1.3.2 Coelomic Metaplasia
    1.3.3 Stem Cells
    1.3.4 Genetic Factors
    1.4 Histopathologic Findings
    1.4.1 The Profibrotic Nature of Endometriosis
    1.4.2 Histological Appearance of DIE
    References
    2: Epidemiology of Bowel Endometriosis
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Epidemiology of Endometriosis 2.3 Epidemiology of Bowel Endometriosis
    2.3.1 Rectosigmoid Endometriosis
    2.3.2 Endometriosis of the Appendix
    2.3.3 Other Intestinal Lesions
    2.3.4 Multifocal and Multicentric Endometriosis
    2.3.5 Endometriosis of the Lymph Nodes
    2.4 Conclusion
    References
    3: Pathologic Characteristics of Bowel Endometriosis
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Macroscopic Findings
    3.3 Microscopic Findings
    3.3.1 Usual Findings
    3.3.2 Infiltration of the Mucosal Layer
    3.3.3 Perineural Infiltration
    3.3.4 Cajal Cell Depletion
    3.3.5 Sympathetic Nerve Fibers Damage 3.4 Lymph Nodes Involvement
    3.5 Small Bowel Involvement
    3.6 Cecal Appendix Involvement
    3.7 The Role of Immunohistochemistry
    3.8 Complications of Bowel Endometriosis
    3.8.1 Perforation
    3.8.2 Stenosis
    3.8.3 Malignant Transformation
    References
    4: Symptoms of Bowel Endometriosis
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Rectosigmoid Endometriosis
    4.3 Ileocecal Endometriosis
    4.4 Endometriosis of the Appendix
    4.5 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Diagnosis
    5: Non-enhanced Transvaginal Ultrasonography
    5.1 The Diagnosis of Rectosigmoid DIE Using Ultrasound 5.2 Learning Curve for TVS in the Diagnosis of Rectosigmoid DIE
    5.3 The Role of "Soft Markers" in the Diagnosis of Rectosigmoid DIE
    5.4 Comparison with Other Imaging Techniques
    5.5 Conclusion
    References
    6: Enhanced Ultrasonographic Techniques
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Rectal Water-Contrast Transvaginal Ultrasonography
    6.3 Tenderness-Guided Transvaginal Ultrasonography
    6.4 Sonovaginography
    6.5 Conclusion
    References
    7: Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Clinical Challenges
    7.3 MRI
    7.3.1 Standard MRI
    7.3.1.1 MRI Protocol 7.3.1.2 MRI Features
    7.3.2 MR Enterography
    7.3.2.1 MRI Protocol
    7.3.2.2 MRI Signs
    7.4 Other Examinations
    7.4.1 Transvaginal Sonography (TVS)
    7.4.2 Fusion Imaging
    7.4.3 Rectal Endoscopic Sonography
    7.4.4 Computed Tomography (CT) Enema
    References
    8: Multidetector Computerized Tomography Enema
    8.1 Multidetector Computerized Tomography Enema
    8.2 Multidetector Computerized Tomography Enema Technique
    8.3 Multidetector Computerized Tomography Enema in the Diagnosis of Bowel Endometriosis
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hartmuth Kiefer, Sylvia Usbeck, Leslie F. Scheuber, Volker Atzrodt.
    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Compatibility of Implants
    3 OR Planning and Choice of Implant
    4 Ceramic Femoral Ball Head
    5 Ceramic Insert
    6 Removal of Osteophytes
    7 Functional Check with Trial Insert and Trial Femoral Ball Head
    8 Positioning and Impaction of the Ceramic Insert
    9 Summary
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Joseph G. Schenker, Andrea R. Genazzani, John J. Sciarra, Liselotte Mettler, Martin H. Birkhaeuser, editors.
    Summary: This new volume in the Reproductive Medicine for Clinicians series focuses on the practical clinical impact of problems linked to infertility, discussing topics such as luteal support in ART cycles, ovulation induction using pulsatile administration of GnRH, how to deal with the metabolic changes in PCOS, treatment to restore fertility in endometriosis and how to improve implantation, which are common aspects of daily clinical practice.It also addresses significant novel areas like the biological clock in human reproduction, reproduction at advanced parental age and medical and social egg freezing, offering valuable insights for patients and their doctors. Further, the book covers various areas of growing importance, such as how to access the uterine cavity; the future of imaging in reproduction; non-invasive prenatal testing; ART and male infertility; as well as breast cancer and fertility preservation. Last but not least, it examines the medical, ethical and legal aspects of a number of challenges for current and future reproductive medicine, including uterine transplantation and human genetic modification. Bringing together updates on some of the most important problems in reproductive medicine and also covering ethical and legal bases, this book offers an overview of potential treatments for infertility. As such, it is a valuable resource for gynecologists, obstetricians, endocrinologists and all specialists dealing with reproductive health.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Ethical Issues in Human Reproduction
    Chapter 1. Human Reproduction Religious Perspectives
    Chapter 2. Ethics in Clinical and Imaging Practice in Reproductive Medicine
    Chapter 3. Reproduction at Advanced Parental Age
    Chapter 4. Cross Border Reproductive Care: Current State of the Art
    Chapter 5. Uterine Transplantation
    Part 2. Clinical Challenges: Patients and Therapies
    Chapter 6. Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecology Physiology and Pathology
    Chapter 7. Biological Clock in Human Reproduction
    Chapter 8. "Ovulation induction by pulsatile administration of GnRH: State of the art"
    Chapter 9. Pathogenesis of PCOS: from metabolic and neuroendocrine implications to the choice of the therapeutic strategy
    Chapter 10. Mysteries of the Uterine Cavity
    Chapter 11. Endometriosis: therapeutic approach
    Chapter 12. ART and Male Infertility
    Chapter 13. Laparoscopy and Gynecological Cancers
    Part 3. Fertility Preservation and Cryopreservation
    Chapter 14. Breast cancer and Fertility preservation
    Chapter 15. Fertility Preservation using cryopreserved stored ovarian tissue. Where are we today?
    Chapter 16. Elective Oocyte Cryopreservation
    Chapter 17. Medical and Elective (Social) Egg Freezing: Key Insights from Womens Perspectives
    Part 4. Prenatal Testing
    Chapter 18. Non-invasive prenatal testing (NIPT) Past, Present and Future
    Chapter 19. Kurjak Antenatal Neurodevelopmental Test (Kanet Test) A Useful Tool for Fetal Neurodevelopmental Assessment
    Part 5. Recurrent Implantation Failure and Pregnancy Loss
    Chapter 20. Recurrent implantation failure
    Chapter 21. Recurrent Pregnancy Loss. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Giorgio Cavallini, Giovanni Beretta, editors.
    Summary: This book provides andrologists and other practitioners with reliable, up-to-date information on all aspects of male infertility and is designed to assist in the clinical management of patients. Clear guidance is offered on classification of infertility, sperm analysis interpretation and diagnosis. The full range of types and causes of male infertility are then discussed in depth. Particular attention is devoted to poorly understood conditions such as unexplained couple infertility and idiopathic male infertility, but the roles of diverse disorders, health and lifestyle factors and environmental pollution are also fully explored. Research considered stimulating for the reader is highlighted, reflecting the fascinating and controversial nature of the field. International treatment guidelines are presented and the role of diet and dietary supplements is discussed in view of their increasing importance. Clinicians will find that the book's straightforward approach ensures that it can be easily and rapidly consulted.

    Contents:
    Prevalence Definition and Classification of Infertility
    Sperm analysis interpretation
    Diagnosis of Infertility
    General therapeutic approach to male infertility
    Azoospermia
    Varicocele and Infertility
    Chromosomic causes of infertility
    Male idiopathic (oligo)±(astheno)±(terato)-spermia
    Obesity and male infertility
    Unexplained couple infertility (male role)
    Inflammatory Infertility
    Testicular Pathology
    Endocrine infertility
    Iatrogenic infertility
    Dietary Complements and phytotherapy
    Environmental pollution and infertility
    The role of the andrologist in assisted reproduction
    Sexual problems and infertility.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Glenn T. Sameshima, editor.
    Summary: This book is exceptional in being dedicated solely to root resorption caused by orthodontic tooth movement. While the core content is based on scientific evidence, the book is intended as a practical aid for the clinician who performs orthodontics. After explanation of the different types of root resorption, a series of clinically oriented chapters focus particularly on external apical root resorption. Readers will find clear guidance on etiology, risk factors, diagnosis, imaging, patient management and education, and treatment options. The long-term prognosis of teeth with resorbed roots is thoroughly discussed, and advice is provided on the measures that should be adopted if severe root resorption is encountered during or at the end of treatment. Valuable information is also presented on the practice management side of the problem, covering informed consent, record keeping, and documentation of risk. The closing chapter examines likely future directions in root resorption management. The principal author has lectured and published on the subject for more than 25 years and is internationally recognized as a leading authority. This is the FIRST book solely dedicated to orthodontic root resorption!

    Contents:
    Introduction to Root Resorption
    Types of Root Resorption
    Etiology of Root Resorption
    Diagnosis of Root Resorption
    Risk Factors for Root Resorption
    Imaging of Root Resorption
    Patient Management and Education of Root Resorption
    Treatment Options for Root Resorption
    Long-Term Prognosis of Root Resorption
    Resorption of Impacted Teeth
    Root Resorption: Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Paolo Sbraccia, Enzo Nisoli, Roberto Vettor, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: General remarks
    Overview of the Management of the Obese Patient
    Part II: Lifestyle modifications
    Diet
    Physical Activity
    Therapeutic education
    Part III: Treatment
    Pharmacological Management
    Bariatric surgery
    Metabolic-Nutritional-Psychological Rehabilitation in Obesity
    Part IV: Obesity in Particular Conditions and Treatment Algorithm
    Eating Disorders and Obesity
    Obesity in Pregnancy
    Childhood Obesity
    Geriatric Obesity
    Multidimensional Evaluation of the Obese patient and Level of Care
    Treatment Algorithm of Patients with Overweight and Obesity. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Kanna Jayaprakasan, Lucy Kean, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical overview of the clinical management of assisted reproduction treatment (ART), ranging from pre-pregnancy care through pregnancy, to birth and beyond. ART is increasingly used worldwide as it offers the greatest chances of success among currently available fertility treatment options, regardless of the cause of infertility. Over the last two decades, there have been considerable advances in the field of ART, and its use has become much more accessible. Clinical Management of Pregnancies following ART discusses the importance of understanding potential risks and problems, the psychological impact on prospective parents, and the available choices for parents. It is a useful guide for all health professionals involved in the care of women undergoing ART. .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: The book endeavors to provide a stimulating and thought provoking scientific content to share and exchange new clinical studies and advancements in dealing with pulmonary diseases. The topics vary from clinical to translational research in respiratory diseases such as lung cancer, obstructive sleep apnea, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bacterial and fungal infections, lung lesions during febrile maladies, and others. An attempt has been made to show the intertwined relationship between the pulmonary system and other body systems such as kidney, cardiac, or hormonal functions. The ensuing interlocked morbidities, often exacerbating one another, require the coordination of various medical specialties to optimize the diagnostic and therapeutic processes. The knowledge sharing through publications of research and clinical experiences is indispensable to accelerate the innovation spectrum and to continue working on the therapeutic and preventive strategies in chronic pulmonary diseases. The book is addressed to pulmonologists, chest physicians, researchers, and healthcare professionals engaged in patient care.

    Contents:
    Sociodemographic and Clinical Determinants of Quality of Life of Patients with Non-small Cell Lung Cancer
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea and Chronic Kidney Disease
    Mortality Due to Nosocomial Infection with Klebsiella pneumoniae ESBL+
    Echocardiographic Assessment in Patients with Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis
    Lung Lesions During Fever of Unknown Origin
    Importance of GOLD Guidelines for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Cardiac Arrhythmias in Patients with Exacerbation of COPD
    Enzymatic Activity of Candida spp. from Oral Cavity and Urine in Children with Nephrotic Syndrome
    Thyroid Autoimmunity in Girls with Turner Syndrome
    Preventive Chair Massage with Algometry to Maintain Psychosomatic Balance in White-Collar Workers
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Elspeth Cameron Ritchie, Maria D. Llorente, editors.
    Summary: This volume highlights the socioeconomic concerns related to medical care for homeless patients and places them at the interface of common psychiatric and medical problems clinicians encounter. Written by experts in psychiatry and other medical specialties, this volume is a concise, yet comprehensive overview of the homeless crisis, its costs, and ultimately, best practices for improved outcomes. The text begins by examining the scope and epidemiology of the problem and discusses its costs. It then examines the best practices for both physical and psychiatric care before concluding with a section on working with special populations that have unique concerns across the country including LGBTQ, women, children, veterans, and aging adults. As the first medical book on homelessness, it is designed to cover a broad range of concerns in a concise, practical fashion for all clinicians working with homeless patients. Clinical Management of the Homeless Patient is written by and for psychiatrists, general internists, geriatricians, pediatricians, addiction medicine physicians, VA physicians, and all others who may encounter this crisis in their work.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology
    Determinants of And Contributors To Homelessness
    Legal/ethical issues
    Excess Police/Justice Involvement
    Excess Ed Resource Use
    Human And Sex Trafficking And Homelessness
    The Housing First Model
    Pathways to Housing
    The VA
    Other
    Efforts To Reduce Justice Reinvolvement: Jail Diversion, Justice Outreach, Justice Re-Entry
    Employment, Job Training, Education
    Deinstitutionalization, Homelessness Among Seriously Mentally Ill, Prevalence Of Psychiatric Illness Among Homeless
    Substance Use Disorders
    Trauma
    Nonadherence to treatment
    Suicide Prevention
    Cognitive impairment/TBI
    Management of the chronic mentally ill and chronically suicidal patient who is in and out of the ER and inpatient all the time
    Diabetes, hypertension, HIV and other STDs, cellulitis, abscesses, arthritis
    Infestations: bed bugs, lice, ant and mosquito bites and associated cellulitis
    Managing these issues
    A focus on toenails
    Veterans
    Women
    Children
    LGBTQ
    Older Homeless (50-65, 65 to 85 Years).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kevin C. Chung, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I: Background Concepts
    Advances in the Medical Treatment of RA: What Surgeons Need to Know
    Etiology of Rheumatoid Arthritis: A Historical and Evidence-Based Perspective
    Preoperative and Postoperative Medical Management for Rheumatoid Hand Surgery
    Setting Priorities: The Timing and the Indication for Rheumatoid Surgical Procedures
    Upper Extremity Compression Neuropathies in Rheumatoid Patients
    Current Treatment Outcomes among Patients with Rheumatoid Hand and Wrist Deformities
    Application of Patient-Rated Questionnaires in Rheumatoid Hand Outcomes Research
    Part II: Rheumatoid Wrist
    Biomechanics of the Rheumatoid Wrist Deformity
    Concepts and Indications of Rheumatoid Wrist Surgery
    Management of the Distal Radioulnar Joint in Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Soft Tissue Reconstructive Procedures in the Rheumatoid Wrist, Including Tendon Transfer Procedures
    Advances in Total Wrist Arthroplasty
    Total Wrist Fusion and Limited Wrist Fusion Procedures in Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Application of Arthroscopy in Treatment of the Rheumatoid Wrist.
    Case Based Discussion of the Management of the Rheumatoid Wrist
    Part III: Rheumatoid Hand
    The Rheumatoid Finger: Treatment Concepts and Indications for Surgery
    Biomechanics of Rheumatoid Finger Deformities
    Treatment of MCP Joints in the Rheumatoid Hand
    Treatment of Boutonniere and Swan-Neck Deformities in Rheumatoid Fingers
    Concepts in Ulnar Drift Deformity
    The Rheumatoid Thumb
    Case Based Examples of Management of the Rheumatoid Hand
    Part IV: Rheumatoid Elbow
    Soft Tissue Management of the Elbow Deformities
    Arthroplasty Procedures for the Rheumatoid Elbow
    Case Based Examples of Management of Rheumatoid Elbow .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Joseph P. Mathew, Madhav Swaminathan, Chakib M. Ayoub, Alina Nicoara.
    Contents:
    Fundamentals of echocardiography
    Assessment of cardiac structure and function
    Clinical echocardiography
    Special topics
    Appendices.
  • Digital
    edited by Dawn Camp-Sorrell, Diane G. Cope, Rebecca A. Hawkins.
    Summary: "Patients with cancer can experience an array of complex medical issues during and following treatment, whether from the cancer itself, cancer therapy, or existing comorbidities. Advanced practice nurses providing care to this population need to be able to assess and treat acute and chronic conditions to promote favorable outcomes in symptom management and quality of life. This fourth edition builds upon the prior editions to address the nuances associated with assessing and intervening on symptoms to provide informed patient care. It has undergone extensive revision and incorporates new chapters to reflect current practice. Written by experts in oncology nursing and pharmacology, this comprehensive text serves as a quick reference guide for the diagnosis and treatment of emergent and ongoing problems occurring in patients with cancer. Symptoms are grouped by body system, and content is extensively cross-referenced to allow easy identification of symptoms to determine a medical diagnosis. This manual provides a detailed yet resource to guide busy practitioners within their practice"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Henry R. Kranzler, M.D., Domenic A. Ciraulo, M.D., Leah R. Zindel, R. Ph., M.A.L.S.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive, meticulously detailed review of the pharmacology of addictive drugs and the medications used to treat abuse of and dependence on these addictive drugs. Though rich in detailed background, it is written with a therapeutic focus, as a clinical guide for the use of pharmacotherapy in patients with substance use disorders. Experts cover all major classes of substances that are clinically important in relation to addiction.

    Contents:
    Alcohol / Henry R. Kranzler, Clifford Knapp, and Domenic Ciraulo
    Tobacco / Cheryl A. Oncken, and Tony P. George
    Opioids / John A. Renner Jr., Clifford M. Knapp, Domenic A. Ciraulo, and Steven Epstein
    Cannabis / John J. Mariani and Frances R. Levin
    Stimulants / Kyle M. Kampman
    Sedatives, hypnotics, and anxiolytics / Domenic A. Ciraulo
    Hallucinogens and related drugs / Torsten Passie and John H. Halpern
    Inhalants / Carlos Hernandez-Avila
    Club drugs and synthetic cannabinoid agonists / Richard N. Rosenthal and Ramon Solhkhah
    Treatment of substance use disorders / Nancy M. Petry, David M. Ledgerwood, and James R. McKay.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Syed A. Abutalib, Dr. Parameswaran Hari.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Molly McVoy, M.D., Assistant Professor and Training Director, Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, University Hospitals Cleveland Medical Center, Research Physician, Discovery and Wellness Center for Children, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine, Cleveland, Ohio, Robert L. Findling, M.D., M.B.A., Director, Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Vice Chair, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Summary: The third edition reflects advances in this rapidly growing field and includes the latest research on the psychopharmacological treatment of children. Each chapter has been revised and updated in detail, emphasizing what has been learned since the last edition.

    Contents:
    Developmental aspects of pediatric psychopharmacology
    Attention-deficit/ hyperactivity disorder
    Disruptive behavior disorders and aggression
    Anxiety disorders
    Major depressive disorder
    Bipolar disorder
    Autism spectrum disorder
    Tic disorders
    Early-onset schizophrenia and psychotic illnesses
    Eating disorders.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Edward S. Bennett, Vinita Allee Henry.
    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction. Preliminary evaluation ; Optical considerations in contact lens practice
    Section II: Gas-permeable lenses. Corneal topography ; Material selection ; Gas-permeable lens design, fitting, and evaluation ; Gas-permeable lens care and patient education ; Verification ; Gas-permeable lens problem-solving ; Modification of gas-permeable corneal and scleral lenses
    Section III. Soft lenses. Soft material selection (hydrogel and silicone hydrogel) ; Soft contact lens fitting and evaulation ; Soft lens care and patient education ; Soft lens problem-solving
    Section IV: Challenging cases. Correction of astigmatism ; Multifocal contact lenses ; Overnight contact lens wear ; Pediatric contact lens fitting ; Keratoconus ; Postsurgical contacts lens fitting ; Scleral lenses ; Myopia control ; Orthokeratology ; Prosthetic contact lenses ; Management of contact lens-associated or lens-induced pathology ; Contact lens practice management ; Specialty contact lends coding and billing.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    William W. Huang, Christine S. Ahn.
    Summary: This manual provides an educationally focused and practically applicable resource for trainee dermatologists undertaking various dermatology board examinations. Concise, easy-to-follow chapters featuring relevant videos with editorial commentary aid the reader in developing an in depth understanding of a range of skin conditions and their management. Key concepts relevant to cutaneous neoplasms, fungal infections, dermatopharmacology, chemical peels, disorders of pigmentation and dermatopathology are all covered. Emphasis is placed on breaking topics down into modules, similar to that now taken by many dermatology board assessments for trainee dermatologists, aiding the reader easily access the content they need. Clinical Manual of Dermatology concisely describes many key concepts required to gain a thorough understanding of a range of topics in dermatology crucial to successfully completing dermatology board examinations. It is therefore, a valuable resource for all trainee dermatologists.

    Contents:
    Basic Science
    Immunology
    General Dermatology
    Cutaneous neoplasms
    Infectious Diseases
    Pediatric Dermatology
    Dermatopharmacology
    Dermatopathology
    Dermatologic Surgery
    Cosmetic Dermatology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey C. Gershel, Ellen F. Crain ; associate editor, Sandra J. Cunningham ; assistant editor, James A. Meltzer.
    Summary: "Extensively updated, with chapter revisions and an array of new material, the Sixth Edition of this Clinical Manual offers an indispensable resource on Emergency Pediatrics. Incorporating the latest guidelines concerning a wide range of conditions, the text is an up to date and practical resource for use at the point of care. Providing critical information in all sites where sick and injured children receive treatment - from emergency departments to private offices and primary care settings - this Sixth Edition enables first-rate care. Fully updated with current knowledge and guidance within the field. New topics include Ovarian Emergencies, Bedside Ultrasound, Zika Virus and Commercial Sexual Exploitation among others. Clear guidance enables effective patient evaluation and follow-up. Streamlined chapters, with increased use of tables to enable readers to locate critical information rapidly. Successful and trusted for more than 30 years, this updated handbook is a key resource for pediatricians, emergency medicine physicians, family practitioners, and trainees"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Print
    edited by Michelle B. Riba, Divy Ravindranath, Gerald S. Winder.
    Contents:
    Approach to psychiatric emergencies / Katherine Maloy, Emily Deringer, Kishor Malavade
    The suicidal patient / Jose R. Maldonado, Renee Garcia
    Violence risk assessment / Vasilis Pozios, Charletta Dillard, Ernest Poortinga
    Depression, euphoria, and anger in the emergency department / Philippe-Edouard Boursiquot, Jennifer S. Brasch
    The psychotic patient / Patricia Schwartz, Mary Weathers, Joshua Berezin
    The anxious patient / Steven Storage, Divy Ravindranath, James Abelson
    Agitation / G. Scott Winder, Rachel Glick
    The cognitively impaired patient / James Bourgeois, Tracy McCarthy
    Substance-related psychiatric emergencies / Adam Miller, G. Scott Winder, Kirk Brower
    Child and adolescent emergency psychiatry / B. Harrison Levine, Julia E. Najara
    Seclusion and restraint in emergency settings / Heather Schultz, Divy Ravindranath
    Legal and ethical issues in emergency psychiatry / Debra A. Pinals, Nancy Byatt
    Supervision of trainees in the psychiatry emergency service / Monique James, Eric Hung.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC480.6 .C55 2015
    1
  • Digital
    A. Sahib El-Radhi.
    Summary: The book covers all the different types of fever and its possible complications discussed the management of fever with guidelines on antipyretics and their side effects and differential diagnosis of fever, with problem-setting and solving as a case presentation. The second edition of this well-received book has been fully updated to include exciting new information of the pathogenesis of fever, including functions of interleukin and all the latest guidelines from NICE and Cochrane Library, as well as all the most up-to-date information and guidelines on febrile seizures.

    Contents:
    Fever: definitions, pattern
    Hyperthermia, classification, definitions
    Pathogenesis
    Temperature Measurement
    Fever in Common Infectious Diseases
    Fever in non-Infectious Diseases
    Febrile Seizures
    Hypothermia
    Is Fever Beneficial?
    Management of Fever
    Fever and Complementary Medicine
    Differential Diagnosis of Febrile Diseases
    History of fever
    Glossary of the Term Fever.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mugdha E. Thakur, Dan G. Blazer, David C. Steffens.
    Summary: Clinical Manual of Geriatric Psychiatry provides the most current information on psychiatric diagnoses seen in older patients in a concise format. Each chapter is broken into easily understandable, increasingly focused sections, and contains an extensive array of tables, references, and suggested readings.

    Contents:
    The psychiatric interview of older adults / Dan G. Blazer
    Psychopharmacology / Benoit H. Mulsant, Bruce G. Pollock
    Delirium / Li-Wen Huang, Sharon K. Inouye
    Dementia and milder cognitive syndromes / Constantine G. Lyketsos
    Mood disorders / Dan G. Blazer, David C. Steffens, John Beyer
    Schizophrenia and paranoid disorders / Jeste, Vahia, Lanouette
    Anxiety disorders / Eric J. Lenze, Julie Loebach Wetherell
    Sleep and circadian rhythm disorders / Andrew D. Krysal, Jack D. Edinger, William K. Wohlgemuth
    Alcohol and drug problems / David W. Oslin, Shahrzad Mavandadi
    Individual and group psychotherapy / Thomas Lynch, Moria Smoski
    Clinical psychiatry in the nursing home / Joel E. Streim, Ira R. Katz.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
  • Digital
    Sandra A. Jacobson, M.D.
    Summary: Clinical Manual of Geriatric Psychopharmacology, Second Edition, covers all newly available drugs, new safety warnings, information about adverse effects, and efficacy for expanded or more limited indications. Information is presented as concise bulleted text, and key concepts are highlighted. Consideration has been given to DSM-5® compatibility.

    Contents:
    Cover; Contents; 1 Principles and Practice of Geriatric Psychopharmacology; Prescribing Principles; Psychopharmacology of the Aging Patient; 2 Antipsychotics; Pharmacokinetics; Pharmacodynamics and Mechanism of Action; Drug Interactions; Clinical Use; Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Syndromes and Disorders; Specific Drug Summaries; 3 Antidepressants; Pharmacokinetics; Pharmacodynamics and Mechanism of Action; Drug Interactions; Efficacy; Clinical Use; Adverse Effects; System-Specific Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Syndromes and Disorders Medical Disorders Associated With DepressionSpecific Drug Summaries; 4 Mood Stabilizers; Pharmacology; Drug Interactions; Clinical Use; Adverse Effects; System-Specific Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Syndromes and Disorders; Specific Drug Summaries; 5 Anxiolytic and Sedative-Hypnotic Medications; Pharmacokinetics; Pharmacodynamics and Mechanism of Action; Drug Interactions; Indications for Benzodiazepines in Elderly Patients; Efficacy of Anxiolytics and Sedative-Hypnotics; Clinical Use; Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Syndromes and Disorders; Specific Drug Summaries 6 Treatment of Substance-Related DisordersBasic Pharmacology of Ethanol; Alcohol-Related Disorders; Nicotine-Related Disorders; Abuse and Misuse of Prescribed Drugs; Specific Drug Summaries; 7 Treatment of Movement Disorders; Diagnostic Radiopharmaceuticals; Primary Movement Disorders; Drug-Induced Syndromes; Specific Drug Summaries; 8 Medications to Treat Neurocognitive Disorders; Diagnostic Radiopharmaceuticals; Medications Used to Treat Neurocognitive Disorders; Unlabeled Treatments for Neurocognitive Disorders; Treatments Under Investigation for Neurocognitive Disorders Treatment of Specific Neurocognitive DisordersTreatment of Cognitive Difficulties Related to Schizophrenia; Treatment of Selected Neurocognitive Disorder-Related Behavioral Disturbances; Specific Drug Summaries; 9 Medications to Treat Pain; Pain Classification and Basic Mechanisms of Analgesia; Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics; Drug Interactions; Clinical Use of Analgesics and Adjuvants; Acute Analgesic Overdose; Opioid Tolerance; Adverse Effects of Analgesics by Class; System-Specific Adverse Effects; Treatment of Selected Pain Syndromes Affecting Elderly Patients Specific Drug SummariesReferences; Index; A; B; C; D; E; F; G; H; I; K; L; M; N; O; P; Q; R; S; T; U; V; W; X; Z
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
  • Digital
    by Nathan Fairman, Jeremy M. Hirst, Scott A. Irwin.
    Summary: The Clinical Manual of Palliative Care Psychiatry seeks to bridge the gulf between principles and practice for two groups of clinicians: frontline palliative care providers with little mental health training and mental health specialists who may lack familiarity with palliative care practice.

    Contents:
    Palliative care
    Psychiatry in palliative care
    Depression
    Anxiety
    Delirium
    Dementia in palliative care psychiatry
    Insomnia
    Substance use disorders in palliative care
    Psychotherapy in palliative care
    Pain management and psychopharmacology
    Palliative care psychiatry with children and adolescents.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2016
  • Digital
    Richard J. Shaw, M.B., B.S., Professor of Psychiatry and Pediatrics, Stanford University School of Medicine, Medical Director, Pediatric Psychiatry Consult Service at Lucile Packard Children's Hospital, Stanford, California, David R. DeMaso, M.D., Psychiatrist-in-Chief and Leon Eisenberg Chair in Psychiatry, Boston Children's Hospital; George P. Gardner-Olga E. Monks Professor of Child Psychiatry & Professor of Pediatrics, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts.
    Summary: "Completely updated to reflect advances in research and treatment options, Clinical Manual of Pediatric Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry provides practitioners with concise and pragmatic ways of organizing the key issues that arise in psychiatric consultation with physically ill children and their families. Covering all of the common clinical psychiatric consultation questions that arise in the pediatric hospital this book is designed for both novice trainees approaching their first pediatric consultation-liaison psychiatry rotations and advanced and experienced practitioners seeking information on psychopharmacological management of physically ill children. Chapters 1-4 provide an overview of pediatric consultation-liaison psychiatry, including assessment principles and legal and forensic issues. Chapters 5-14 are devoted to specific psychiatric symptoms and disorders in physically ill children and adolescents. Chapters 15-18 address issues related to treatment and intervention. New to the second edition are discussions of catatonia, serotonin syndrome, neuroleptic malignant syndrome, autoimmune encephalitis, and pediatric acute-onset neuropsychiatric syndrome (PANS), as well as an overview of fabricated or induced illness symptoms"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by Yifrah Kaminer, Ken C. Winters.
    Summary: "This long-awaited follow-up to the classic text Clinical Manual of Adolescent Substance Abuse Treatment presents the latest research on substance use and substance use disorders (SUDs) in adolescents 12-18 and emerging adults 18-25 years of age. This new manual offers a substantive update of the previous manual's 16 chapters, offering 7 additional chapters devoted to important new topics, such as pediatric primary care assessment and intervention, electronic tools, specific substances (e.g., cannabis, opioids, alcohol), and much more. Psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, and substance abuse specialists, as well as applied researchers and public health professionals, will find this new manual a research-rich and clinically compelling resource for understanding disease course, prevention, diagnosis, substance-specific interventions, co-occurring disorders, and issues related to special populations"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis, Epidemiology, and Course of Youth Substance Use and Use Disorders / Gerald Montano, D.O., Tammy Chung, Ph.D.
    Prevention of Substance Use and Substance Use Disorders / Lawrence M. Scheier, Ph.D., Richard Catalano, Ph.D., Ken C. Winters, Ph.D.
    Screening and Assessing Youth With Substance Use Disorder / Ken C. Winters, Ph.D., Randy Stinchfield, Ph.D., Andria M. Botzet, M.A.
    Primary Care and Pediatric Settings : SCREENING, BRIEF INTERVENTION, AND REFERRAL TO TREATMENT (SBIRT) / Areej Hassan, M.D., M.P.H., Sion K. Harris, Ph.D., John Rogers Knight, M.D.
    Bioassays and Detection of Substances of Abuse in Youth / Albert J. Arias, M.D., Wendy Welch, M.D., C.P.E., Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A.
    Placement Criteria and Integrated Treatment Services for Youth With Substance Use Disorders / Marc Fishman, M.D.
    Youth Alcohol Use / Robert Miranda, Jr., Ph.D., Ryan W. Carpenter, Ph.D.
    Pharmacological Treatment of Youth Tobacco Use / Grace Kong, Ph.D.
    Youth Cannabis Use / Christian Thurstone, M.D., Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A.
    Youth Opioid Use / Christopher J. Hammond, M.D., Ph.D., Brian Hendrickson, M.D., Marc Fishman, M.D.
    Youth Club, Prescription, and Over-the-Counter Drug Use / Charles Albert Whitmore, M.D., M.P.H., Christian Hopfer, M.D.
    Continuity of Care for Abstinence and Harm Reduction / Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A., Mark D. Godley, Ph.D., Ken C. Winters, Ph.D., Kara Bagot, M.D.
    Brief Motivational Interventions, Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy, and Contingency Management / Anthony Spirito, Ph.D., A.B.P.P., Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A., Kimberly H. McManama O'Brien, Ph.D., L.I.C.S.W.
    Family and Community-Based Therapies / Molly Bobek, L.C.S.W., Susan H. Godley, Rh.D., Aaron Hogue, Ph.D.
    Twelve-Step and Mutual-Help Programs / John F. Kelly, Ph.D., Alexandra W. Abry, B.A., Nilofar Fallah-Sohy, B.S.
    Electronic Tools and Resources for Assessing and Treating Youth Substance Use Disorders / Rachel Gonzales-Castaneda, Ph.D., M.P.H., Kyle C. McCarthy, M.S., Briana Thrasher, B.A.
    Assessment and Treatment of Co-occurring Internalizing Disorders : DEPRESSION, ANXIETY DISORDERS, AND PTSD / Yifrah Kaminer, M.D., M.B.A., Kristyn Zajac, Ph.D., Ken C. Winters, Ph.D.
    Assessment and Treatment of Co-occurring Suicidal Behavior / David B. Goldston, Ph.D., Angela M. Tunno, Ph.D., John F. Curry, Ph.D., Karen C. Wells, Ph.D., Michelle Roley-Roberts, Ph.D.
    Assessment and Treatment of Comorbid Psychotic Disorders : BIPOLAR DISORDER, SCHIZOPHRENIA, AND DRUG-INDUCED PSYCHOTIC DISORDERS / Kara S. Bagot, M.D., Robert Milin, M.D., F.R.C.P.C., Desiree Shapiro, M.D., Daphna Finn, M.D., Shavon Moore, M.D.
    Assessment and Treatment of Co-occurring Externalizing Disorders : ATTENTION-DEFICIT/HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER AND DISRUPTIVE BEHAVIOR DISORDERS / Martha J. Ignaszewski, M.D., K.A.H. Mirza, M.B., F.R.C.P.C., Oscar G. Bukstein, M.D., M.P.H.
    Behavioral Addictions : GAMBLING DISORDER AND INTERNET GAMING DISORDER / Luis C. Farhat, M.D., Jeffrey Derevensky, Ph.D., Marc N. Potenza, M.D., Ph.D.
    Management of Youth With Substance Use Disorders in the Juvenile Justice System / Kristyn Zajac, Ph.D., Tess K. Drazdowski, Ph.D., Ashli J. Sheidow, Ph.D.
    Maternal Substance Use in Pregnancy / Amy M. Johnson, M.D., F.A.C.O.G., Courtney Townsel, M.D., M.Sc., F.A.C.O.G
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2020
  • Digital
    Laura Weiss Roberts, Mark Siegler, editors.
    Summary: This instant gold standard title is a major contribution to the field of clinical medical ethics and will be used widely for reference and teaching purposes for years to come. Throughout his career, Mark Siegler, MD, has written on topics ranging from the teaching of clinical medical ethics to end-of-life decision-making and the ethics of advances in technology. With more than 200 journal publications and 60 book chapters published in this area over the course of his illustrious career, Dr. Siegler has become the pre-eminent scholar and teacher in the field. Indeed his work has had a profound impact on a range of therapeutic areas, especially internal medicine, pediatrics, surgery, oncology, and medical education. Having grown steadily in importance the last 30 years, clinical ethics examines the practical, everyday ethical issues that arise in encounters among patients, doctors, nurses, allied health workers, and health care institutions. The goal of clinical ethics is to improve patient care and patient outcomes, and almost every large hospital now has an ethics committee or ethics consultation service to help resolve clinical ethical problems; and almost every medical organization now has an ethics committee and code of ethics. Most significantly, clinical ethics discussions have become a part of the routine clinical discourse that occurs in outpatient and inpatient clinical settings across the country. This seminal collection of 46 landmark works written by Dr. Siegler with colleagues throughout his career was edited by Dr. Laura Weiss Roberts and by Dr. Siegler. Dr. Roberts is a prominent psychiatric ethicist and physician-scientist as well as a mentee and longtime collaborator of Dr. Siegler. The text is organized around five themes of foundational scholarship: restoring and transforming the ethical basis of modern clinical medicine, the doctor-patient relationship, education and professionalism, end-of-life care, and clinical innovation. With introductory perspectives by a group of renowned scholars in medicine, Clinical Medical Ethics: Landmark Works of Mark Siegler, MD explains the field authoritatively and comprehensively and will be of invaluable assistance to all clinicians and scholars concerned with clinical ethics.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Barker, Lewellys F.
    Digital Access Google Books 1922-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L61 .B25 1922
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] James Van Rhee, Christine Bruce, Stephanie Neary.
    Summary: "Clinical medicine, internal medicine, primary care. These are all course titles used by Physician Assistant (PA) programs throughout the United States to describe didactic or clinical year courses covering the essentials of evaluation, diagnosis, and management of clinical problems across clinical settings"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Dermatologic System / James Van Rhee
    Ocular System / Taylor L. Fischer, Ryan C. Chaney, Blakely A. Garrity, Lindsay Lyon, Diana M. Sukup
    Ears, Nose, and Throat Disorders / David Brissette, Rebecca Orsulak
    Pulmonary System / Jesse Coale, Analisa Ambrosi, Deanna Denault, Shannon Diallo
    Cardiovascular System / Christine Bruce, Jill Cowen
    Hematologic System / James Van Rhee
    Oncology / James Van Rhee
    Gastrointestinal System / Elizabeth Thompson, Nana Bernasko, Jessica Dahmus, Brandon Headlee
    Nutrition / Anne Wildermuth
    Renal System / James Van Rhee
    Genitourinary System / James Van Rhee, Chris Roman, Elizabeth Schmidt, Linda Lang, Mary Ruggeri
    Reproductive System / Stephanie Neary
    Musculoskeletal System / Christine Bruce; Paul Kuhlman; Tad Schrader; Carey Wheelhouse; Morgan Wilson
    Rheumatology / Christine Bruce; Carrie Beebout; Sylvie Fadrhonc; Benjamin Smith
    Neurologic System / Melinda Gottschalk
    Endocrine System / Stephanie Neary; Gina Hogg
    Infectious Diseases / James Van Rhee; Sampath Wijesinghe
    Psychiatry / Rachel Byrne
    Care of the Sexual and Gender Minority Patient / Dianne Bruessow, Jonathan Baker, Lauren Eisenbeis
    Preventive Medicine / John Bastin, Brigitta Cintron, Courtney Wilke
    Abuse / Tom Balga
    Surgery / Kenneth D. Sherry
    Genetic Disorders / Nguyen H. Park.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023]
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This book presents an update on new trends and developments in broadly defined medical disciplines. The reader will learn about a whole range of multidisciplinary topics, regarded as being important for advancing the understanding of disease pathogenicity, diagnostic methods, and patient management. These topics include a holistic approach to physiotherapy, with proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation at the core of it. Furthermore potential ways to protect kidneys during ischemic coronary interventions, and psychosocial aspects in cancer survivors are discussed. Other topics deal with growth hormone deficiency in short children and responses of molecular markers of bone metabolism to growth hormone replacement therapy. In addition the modern use of transcranial laser-induced photobiomodulation showing surprising benefits in autism disorder is presented. The expert contributions take on the challenges presented to medical professionals by ever growing medical knowledge and various individual and contextual issues that require a multidisciplinary approach in patient management. The authors present bench-to-bed clinical research to make useful additions to the knowledge on contemporary diagnostic procedures, therapy, and quality of life of patients. The book aims to provide stimulus for new research ideas and to give new perspectives on practical clinical issues.

    Contents:
    Bioprogressive Paradigm in Physiotherapeutic and Antiaging Strategies: a Review
    Influence of Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation on Lung Function in Patients after Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Surgery
    Remote Ischemic Preconditioning in Renal Protection During Elective Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    Prognostic Impact of Extracapsular Lymph Node Invasion on Survival in Non-Small-cell Lung Cancer: a Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
    Influence of Transurethral Resection of Bladder Cancer on Sexual Function, Anxiety, and Depression
    Cognitive Predictors of Cortical Thickness in Healthy Aging
    Osteoprotegerin, a Receptor Activator of Nuclear Factor kappa B Ligand, and Growth Hormone/Insulin-like Growth Factor-1 Axis in Children with Growth Hormone Deficiency
    Inhibition of Cross-Reactive Carbohydrate Determinants in Allergy Diagnostics
    Effects of Reduced Glutathione on Hydrolytic Enzyme Activity in the Mouse Hepatocytes
    Adaptation to Occupational Exposure to Moderate Endotoxin Concentrations: a Study in Sewage Treatment Plants in Germany
    Effects of Low Level-Laser Therapy in Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Epidemiology of Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis in Poland, 2011-2015. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    by Robert Hutchison and Harry Rainy.
    Digital Access Google Books 1897-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L71 .H977 1918
    1
  • Digital
    by Sarah J. Pitt.
    Summary: "Clinical Microbiology for Diagnostic Laboratory Scientists is designed to encourage the reader to take a modern, evaluative and integrative approach to diagnostic microbiology and to develop a way of thinking that can be applied to any diagnostic scenario. Through consideration of a selected range of infections caused by pathogenic bacteria, viruses, fungi, protozoa and helminths, the book encourages readers to explore connections between the available information about clinical symptoms, pathogenesis of infections and the approaches used in laboratory diagnosis, in order to develop new insights. There is an introductory chapter, which outlines the scope of clinical diagnostic microbiology and the key areas for the laboratory scientist to be aware of. In the subsequent six chapters, a type of infection is reviewed in depth, using particular pathogenic microorganisms to illustrate salient points. At the end of each chapter there are three exercises related to management of a diagnostic service and assessing the suitability of test methods to specific contexts. There are no right or wrong answers to these, but the reader can discuss them with their laboratory colleagues or university tutor. Clinical Microbiology for Diagnostic Laboratory Scientists will stimulate the reader in critical appraisal of published evidence and encourage problem-solving in the clinical laboratory context, through the use of examples to illustrate clinical and diagnostic issues. The book makes extensive use of published research in the form of journal articles, publically available epidemiological data, professional guidelines and specialist websites. It therefore considers topics which are relevant to professional scientists working in the area of diagnostic microbiology"-- Provided by publisher. "This book is designed to encourage the reader to take a modern, evaluative and integrative approach to diagnostic microbiology and to develop a way of thinking that can be applied to any diagnostic scenario. Through consideration of a selected range of infections caused by pathogenic bacteria, viruses, fungi, protozoa and helminths, the book encourages readers to explore connections between the available information about clinical symptoms, pathogenesis of infections and the approaches used in laboratory diagnosis, in order to develop new insights"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    editor in chief, Amy L. Leber, Department of Laboratory Medicine, Nationwide Children's Hospital, Columbus, Ohio.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Wiley
  • Digital
    edited by Patrick F. Chinnery, Michael J. Keogh.
    Summary: "Mitochondrial disorders are a highly diverse group of conditions that can affect almost every major system in the human body, often mimicking common disorders. This clinical variety often results in prolonged and often dangerous, diagnostic delays. This textbook provides a practical framework, to enable rapid identification, investigation, and treatment of mitochondrial disorders across the spectrum of clinical practice. Clinically relevant and comprehensive, this textbook employs a system- and case-based approach for practitioners of all levels. It focuses on major phenotypic features, syndromes and management relevant for clinical practice, within a broad overview of the field. This interactive book supports readers with knowledge distilled from over 20 internationally recognized, mitochondrial experts"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Part I. Introduction to Mitochondrial Medicine: 1. Mitochondria in health and disease Carlo Viscomi and Massimo Zeviani; 2. Clinical approach in children Shamima Rahman; 3. Clinical approach in adults Michael J. Keogh, Hannah E. Steele and Patrick F. Chinnery; 4. Laboratory investigation of mitochondrial diseases Robert W. Taylor and David R. Thorburn; 5. Clinical genetics of mitochondrial diseases Marni J. Falk and Colleen Clarke Muraresku; 6. Clinical management of mitochondrial diseases Rita Horvath; Part II. Systems Involved in Mitochondrial Diseases: 7. Neurology
    the central nervous system Michael J. Keogh, Hannah E. Steele and Patrick F. Chinnery; 8. Neurology
    the peripheral nervous system
    muscle and nerve Robert D.S. Pitceathly, Michael G. Hanna and Mary M. Reilly; 9. Ophthalmology Patrick Yu-Wai-Man, Chiara La Morgia and Valerio Carelli; 10. Audiology Peter Kullar; 11. Cardiovascular medicine Michael J. Keogh, Hannah E. Steele and Patrick F. Chinnery; 12. Respiratory medicine and anaesthesiology Michael J. Keogh, Hannah E. Steele and Patrick F. Chinnery; 12. Respiratory medicine and anaesthesiology Philip G. Morgan and Margaret M. Sedensky; 13. Endocrinology and diabetes Mark Walker, Alison J. Heggie, Andrew M. Schaefer and Grainne S. Gorman; 14. Gastroenterology and hepatology Irenaeus F.M. de Coo and Jessie M. Hulst; 15. Nephrology Thomas M.F. Connor and Patrick H. Maxwell; 16. Psychiatry Laurence A. Bindoff.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Shiyang Pan, Jinhai Tang, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the discovery of molecular biomarkers, the development of laboratory testing techniques and their clinical applications, focusing on basic research to clinical practice. It introduces new and crucial knowledge and ethics of clinical molecular diagnosis. This book emphasizes the applications of clinical molecular diagnostic test on health management, especially from different diseased organs. It lets readers to understand and realize precision healthcare.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Coordinators
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Editors and Contributors
    About the Editors
    Editorial Board
    Contributors
    Part I: Principles of Clinical Molecular Diagnostics
    1: Molecules of Disease and Their Detection Methods
    1.1 Overview
    1.2 Molecular Mechanism of Diseases
    1.3 Nucleic Acid Detection Methods
    1.3.1 Nucleic Acid Amplification Technology
    1.3.2 Sequencing Technology
    1.3.3 Nucleic Acid Hybridization Technology
    1.3.4 Chip Technology
    1.3.5 Biosensing Technology
    1.4 Protein Detection Methods 1.4.1 Spectrum Technology
    1.4.2 Protein Chip Technology
    1.4.3 Labeled Immunoassay
    1.4.4 Mass Spectrometric Technique
    1.5 Future Trends
    References
    2: Assay Performance Evaluation
    2.1 Precision
    2.1.1 Terminology and Definitions
    2.1.2 Overview of the Precision Evaluation Process (Fig. 2.1)
    2.1.3 Features of the EP5-A2 Program
    2.1.4 EP5-A2 Experimental Protocol and Requirements
    2.1.4.1 Experimental Preparation
    Experimental Sample
    2.1.4.2 Experimental Method
    2.1.4.3 Quality Control
    2.1.5 Data Collection, Processing, and Statistical Analysis 2.1.5.1 Experimental Data Record
    2.1.5.2 Outlier Test
    2.1.5.3 Repeatability Estimate
    2.2 Accuracy
    2.2.1 Definitions
    2.2.2 Features of the EP9-A2 Program
    2.2.3 EP9-A2 Experimental Protocol and Requirements
    2.2.3.1 Experimental Preparation
    Sample Preparation
    Comparison Method Selection
    2.2.3.2 Experimental Method
    2.2.3.3 Quality Control
    2.2.4 Simple Accuracy Evaluation Plan
    2.2.4.1 Comparison of Patient Sample Results to Those of Another Procedure
    2.2.4.2 Method of Setting Reference Materials
    Sources of Reference Materials Procedure for Demonstration of Accuracy with Reference Materials
    2.3 Sensitivity
    2.3.1 Definitions
    2.3.2 Discussion of Several Common Terms
    2.3.3 Lower Limit of Linear Range (LLR), Biological Limit of Detection (BLD), and Functional Sensitivity (FS)
    2.3.3.1 Lower Limit of Linear Range (LLR)
    2.3.3.2 Biological Limit of Detection (BLD)
    2.3.3.3 Functional Sensitivity (FS)
    2.3.3.4 Experimental Precautions
    Blank Sample
    Detection Limit Sample
    Time Required for the Experiment
    2.3.4 Limits of Blank, Limits of Detection, and Limits of Quantitation 2.3.4.1 Overview
    2.3.4.2 General Method for Determining the Limits of Blank (LoB)
    2.4 Analytical Measurement Range
    2.4.1 Definitions
    2.4.2 EP6-A Protocol and Requirements
    2.4.2.1 Experimental Requirements
    Device Familiarization Period
    Duration of the Experiment
    Specimen of the Experiment
    Number of Samples
    Matrix Effects
    Selection of Materials Used to Supplement Samples
    Analyte Range
    Sample Preparation and Value Assignment
    2.4.2.2 Analytical Sequence
    2.4.2.3 Preliminary Data Check
    Outlier Inspection
    Determination of the Linear Range
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jerome Sarris, Jon Wardle.
    Summary: "Clinical Naturopathy: An evidence-based guide to practice articulates evidence-based clinical practice. It details the principles, treatment protocols and interventions at the forefront of naturopathic practice in the 21st century. Clinical Naturopathy equips you to critically evaluate your patients, analyse treatment protocols, and provide evidence-based prescriptions"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Naturopathic case taking
    Naturopathic diagnostic techniques
    Wellness, lifestyle and preventive medicine
    Irritable bowel syndrome
    Gastro-oesophageal reflux disease
    Food allergy/intolerance
    Liver dysfunction and disease
    Respiratory infections and immune insufficiency
    Asthma
    Congestive respiratory disorders
    Atherosclerosis and dyslipidaemia
    Hypertension and stroke
    Chronic venous insufficiency
    Anxiety
    Depression
    Insomnia
    Headache and migraine
    Stress and fatigue
    Diabetes type 2 and insulin resistance
    Thyroid abnormalities
    Dysmenorrhoea and menstrual complaints
    Endometriosis
    Polycystic ovarian syndrome
    Menopause
    Osteoarthritis
    Fibromyalgia
    Acne vulgaris
    Inflammatory skin disorders: atopic eczema and psoriasis
    Benign prostatic hypertrophy
    Recurrent urinary tract infection
    Autoimmune disease
    Cancer
    Paediatrics
    Fertility, preconception care and pregnancy
    Ageing and cognition
    Bipolar disorder
    Attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder
    Chronic fatigue syndrome
    Human immunodeficiency virus
    Pain management
    Polypharmacy and drug-nutraceutical interactions
    Appendices. Drug-herb interaction chart
    Drug-nutrient interaction chart
    Chemotherapy drugs and concurrent nutraceutical use
    Food sources of nutrients
    Laboratory reference values
    Taxonomic cross-reference of major herbs.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Carlos Guido Musso, José Ricardo Jauregui, Juan Florencio Macías-Núñez, Adrian Covic, editors.
    Summary: The increase in average life expectancy observed over recent decades has brought new challenges to nephrology practice. Several renal diseases are more frequent in elderly patients today, and even in healthy older individuals renal physiology has its own peculiarities. This leads to the need for a specific approach on renal aging and renal function in the elderly. However, despite the relevance of this topic, there are few books exclusively dedicated to geriatric nephrology. This book fills this gap by presenting a comprehensive overview of the differences between normal renal aging and chronic renal disease in the aged, and describes the particular aspects of nephropathy in the elderly, addressing it in a practical and clinically applicable fashion. Clinical Nephrogeriatrics bridges the gap between nephrology and geriatrics, discussing the most important issues concerning the relationship between these two medical specialties. This evidence-based resource, written by prominent specialists with extensive clinical experience, offers nephrologists, geriatricians, family physicians, and other medical professionals valuable practical guidelines and insights to enhance their clinical practice and provide optimal care.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Waxman, Stephen G.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessNeurology
    AccessNeurology
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC346 .C492
    5
  • Digital
    Douglas Gould, Gustavo Patino.
    Contents:
    Section I. Muscle weakness
    Section II. Pain
    Section III. Peripheral nervous system
    Section IV. Autonomic nervous system
    Section V. Spinal cord and roots
    Section VI. Brainstem
    Section VII. Cranial nerves
    Section VIII. Cerebellum, basal nuclei, and hypothalamus
    Section IX. Cerebral hemisphers
    Appendix
    Glossary.
  • Digital
    Hans J. ten Donkelaar ; with contributions by Jonas Broman [and 22 others].
    Summary: Connections define the functions of neurons: information flows along connections, as well as growth factors and viruses, and even neuronal death can progress through connections. Accordingly, knowing how the various parts of the brain are interconnected to form functional systems is a prerequisite for properly understanding data from all fields in the neurosciences. Clinical Neuroanatomy: Brain Circuitry and Its Disorders bridges the gap between neuroanatomy and clinical neurology. It focuses on human and primate data in the context of brain circuitry disorders, which are so common in neurological practice. In addition, numerous clinical cases are presented to demonstrate how normal brain circuitry can be interrupted, and what the effects are. Following an introduction to the organization and vascularization of the human brain and the techniques used to study brain circuitry, the main neurofunctional systems are discussed, including the somatosensory, auditory, visual, motor, autonomic and limbic systems, the cerebral cortex and complex cerebral functions. In this 2nd edition, apart from a general updating, many new illustrations have been added and more emphasis is placed on modern techniques such as diffusion magnetic resonance imaging (dMRI) and network analysis. Moreover, a developmental ontology based on the prosomeric model is applied, resulting in a more modern subdivision of the brain. The new edition of Clinical Neuroanatomy is primarily intended for neurologists, neuroradiologists and neuropathologists, as well as residents in these fields, but will also appeal to (neuro)anatomists and all those whose work involves human brain mapping. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introductory chapters: Overview of the human brain and spinal cord
    Vascularization of the brain and spinal cord
    Notes on techniques.
    Special chapters (Neurofunctional systems): The somatosensory system
    The reticular formation and the neuromodularity systems
    The cranial nerves
    The auditory system
    The visual system
    Motor systems
    The cerebellum
    Basal ganglia
    The automatic nervous system
    The hypothalamus, the preoptic area, and hypothalamohypophysial systems
    The limbic system
    The cerebral cortex and complex cerebral functions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editors, Eric Fliers, Márta Korbonits, and Johannes A. Romijn.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Genetic aspects of hypothalamic and pituitary gland development
    Ch. 2. Neuroendocrinology of pregnancy and parturition
    Ch. 3. Disorders of water metabolism: diabetes insipidus and the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion
    Ch. 4. The role of oxytocin and vasopressin in emotional and social behaviors
    Ch. 5. Corticotropin-releasing hormone and the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis in psychiatric disease
    Ch. 6. Genetic aspects of human obesity
    Ch. 7. Sleep characteristics and insulin sensitivity in humans
    Ch. 8. Hypothalamic-pituitary hormones during critical illness: a dynamic neuroendocrine response
    Ch. 9. Central regulation of the hypothalamo-pituitary-thyroid (HPT) axis: focus on clinical aspects
    Ch. 10. Evaluation of pituitary function
    Ch. 11. Imaging of pituitary pathology
    Ch. 12. Nonfunctioning pituitary tumors
    Ch. 13. Hyperprolactinemia and prolactinoma
    Ch. 14. Acromegaly
    Ch. 15. Cushing's disease
    Ch. 16. Craniopharyngioma
    Ch. 17. Rathke's cleft cyst
    Ch. 18. Alternative causes of hypopituitarism: traumatic brain injury, cranial irradiation and infections
    Ch. 19. Surgical approach to pituitary tumors
    Ch. 20. Medical approach to pituitary tumors
    Ch. 21. Radiation therapy in the management of pituitary adenomas
    Ch. 22. Nelson syndrome: definition and management
    Ch. 23. Familial pituitary tumors
    Ch. 24. Long-term effects of treatment of pituitary adenomas
    Ch. 25. Neuroendocrine mechanisms in athletes
    Ch. 26. Uncertainties in endocrine substitution therapy for central hypocortisolism
    Ch. 27. Uncertainties in endocrine substitution therapy for central endocrine insufficiencies: hypothyroidism
    Ch. 28. Uncertainties in endocrine substitution therapy for central endocrine insufficiencies: growth hormone deficiency
    Ch. 29. Autoimmune hypophysitis: new developments
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Michael Wilkinson, S. Ali Imran.
    Summary: This innovative, introductory text is authored by key subject leaders in clinical neuroendocrinology with decades of research and teaching experience. Addressing the need for a concise description of human neuroendocrine systems, this important review of various significant basic science advances is relevant for all levels of experience. An indispensable resource for a variety of learners, this book will also enable biomedical science graduate students to extend their knowledge using its valuable clinical context. Beautifully illustrated, this text integrates basic scientific principles with clinical cases and includes several illustrated imaging studies, and in-depth discussions of basic principles and their interpretations. Extensive reference lists of clinical papers, teaching resources and a selection of review questions are included with each chapter, emphasizing the real-life importance of basic neuroendocrine principles in human health and disease. Clinical reviews are included to provide convenient links to more specialized texts, ensuring a successful springboard for learners worldwide.

    Contents:
    Basic principles in clinical neuroendocrinology I : receptor mechanisms
    Basic principles in clinical neuroendocrinology II : assays, rhythms and pulses
    Neuroendocrinology of female reproduction
    Neuroendocrine regulation of appetite and body weight
    Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal cortex axis
    Hypothalamic regulation of thyroid function
    Hypothalamic regulation of prolactin secretion
    Regulation of growth hormone secretion
    Posterior pituitary
    An introduction to Sellar Masses.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Vinit Suri.
    Summary: Bedside Neurological examination is an important tool in diagnosing neurological disorders. Despite significant advances in the investigations available for diagnosing neurological disorders bedside neurological examination remains the cornerstone in diagnosing neurological disorders and should not only be conducted prior to the investigations but should be actually be utilized to plan the appropriate investigations. The book provides a focused account of various aspects of the neurological examination leading to clinical localisation and hence obtaining the neurological diagnosis. It includes topics like' how to obtain a appropriate neurological history' , 'higher mental system examination', examination of speech and various cranial nerves and examination of other systems including motor system, sensory system, reflexes , cerebellar and autonomic nervous system.The book also includes certain interesting topics like 'neurological examination of the unconscious patient' and 'tricks and tips of neurological localisation'. The book is easy to read and memorise due to multiple self explanatory illustrations and important aspects being highlighted in bulleted format. The book will be of extreme help for MD and DNB students of Internal Medicine as well as DM and DNB students of Neurology and DNB and MCH Neurosurgery students , hence covering a fairly large readership base. It will also be read by practicing Internal medicine physicians, neurologists and neurosurgeons who may want to revise the basics and tricks of neurological examination and localization.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The Neurological History
    Higher Mental Function
    Cranial Nerve Examination
    Examination of Speech
    Motor system examination
    Reflexes
    Sensory system examination
    Cerebellar examination and examination of posture, stance and gait
    Involuntary movements
    Examination of Skull, Spine ,Nerves and Neuro-cutaneous markers
    Autonomic nervous system
    Examination of the Unconscious patient
    Summary of localization.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    editor, A.B. Baker ; associate editor, L.H. Baker.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    v. 1-5, 1971-
    (including updates)
    RC346 .C642
    5
  • Digital/Print
    Aminoff, Michael J.; Greenberg, David A.; Simon, Roger P.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessNeurology
    AccessNeurology
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC346 .S55
    9
  • Digital/Print
    Aaron L. Berkowitz.
    Summary: Clinical Neurology and Neuroanatomy delivers a clear, logical discussion of the complex relationship between neuroanatomical structure and function and neurologic disease. Written in an engagin, concise style, this unique text offers a succint overview of fundamental neuroanatomy and the clincal localization principles necessary to diagnose and treat patients with neurologic diseases. Unlike other neurology textbooks that either focus on neuroanatomy or clincal neurology, Clincal Neurology and Neuroanatomy integrates the two in a manner which simulates the way neurologists learn, teach, and think. - Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Diagnostic reasoning in neurology and the neurologic history and examination
    Introduction to neuroimaging and cerebrospinal fluid analysis
    Overview of the anatomy of the nervous system
    The motor and somatosensory pathways and approach to weakness and sensory loss
    The spinal cord and approach to myelopathy
    The visual pathway and approach to visual loss
    The cerebral hemispheres and vascular syndromes
    The cerebellum and approach to ataxia
    The brainstem and cranial nerves
    Pupillary control and approach to anisocoria
    Extraocular movements and approach to diplopia
    The auditory and vestibular pathways approach to hearing loss and dizziness/vertigo
    Facial sensation and movement and approach to facial sensory and motor deficits
    Cranial nerves 1, 9, 10, 11, and 12
    The peripheral nervous system and introduction to electromyography/nerve conduction studies
    Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and mononeuropathies of the upper extremity
    Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and mononeuropathies of the lower extremity
    Seizures and epilepsy
    Vascular diseases of the brain and spinal cord
    Infectious diseases of the nervous system
    Demyelinating diseases of the central nervous system
    Delirium, dementia, and rapidly progressive dementia
    Movement disorders
    Neoplastic and paraneoplastic disorders of the nervous system and neurologic complications of chemotherapy and radiation therapy
    Disorders of intracranial pressure
    Headache
    Peripheral neuropathy
    Motor neuron disease
    Motor neuron disease
    Disorders of the neuromuscular junction
    Dieseas of muscle
    Leukodystrophies and mitochondrial disorders
    Index.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC346 .B47 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Aaron L. Berkowitz.
    Summary: "[This book] offers a concise overview of fundamental neuroanatomy and the clinical localization principles necessary to diagnose and treat patients with neurologic diseases and disorders. Unlike other neurology textbooks that either focus on neuroanatomy or clinical neurology, Clinical Neurology and Neuroanatomy integrates the two in manner which simulates the way neurologists learn, teach, and think. Clinical Neurology and Neuroanatomy is divided into two main sections. In Part 1, clinically relevant neuroanatomy is presented in clinical context in order to provide a framework for neurologic localization and differential diagnosis. The diseases mentioned in localization-based discussions of differential diagnosis in Part 1 are then discussed in clinical detail with respect to their diagnosis and management in Part 2. Part 1 can therefore be consulted for a neuroanatomical localization-based approach to symptom evaluation, and Part 2 for the clinical features, diagnosis, and management of neurologic diseases." -- from website publisher

    Contents:
    Part I: Neuroanatomy and neuroanatomic localization --- Ch. 1: Diagnostic reasoning in neurology and the neurologic history and examination
    Ch. 2: Introduction to neuroimaging and cerebrospinal fluid analysis
    Ch. 3: Overview of the anatomy of the nervous system
    Ch. 4: The motor and somatosensory pathways and approach to weakness and sensory loss
    Ch. 5: The spinal cord and approach to myelopathy
    Ch. 6: The visual pathway and approach to visual loss
    Ch. 7: The cerebral hemispheres and vascular syndromes
    Ch. 8: The cerebellum and approach to ataxia
    Ch. 9: The brainstem and cranial nerves
    Ch. 10: Pupillary control and approach to anisocoria cranial nerves 2 and 3
    Ch. 11: Extraocular movements and approach to diplopia: cranial nerves 3, 4, and 6
    Ch. 12: The Auditory and vestibular pathways and approach to hearing loss and dizziness/vertigo: cranial nerve 8
    Ch. 13: Facial sensation and movement and approach to facial sensory and motor deficits: cranial nerves 5 and 7
    Ch. 14: Cranial nerves 1, 9, 10, 11, and 12
    Ch. 15: The peripheral nervous system and introduction to electromyography/nerve conduction studies
    Ch. 16: Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and mononeuropathies of the upper extremity
    Ch. 17: Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and mononeuropathies of the lower extremity --- Part II: Diseases of the nervous system --- Ch. 18: Seizures and epilepsy
    Ch. 19: Vascular Diseases of the Brain and Spinal Cord
    Ch. 20: Infectious Diseases of the Nervous System
    Ch. 21: Demyelinating diseases of the central nervous system
    Ch. 22: Delirium, dementia, and rapidly progressive dementia
    Ch. 23: Movement disorders
    Ch. 24: Neoplastic and paraneoplastic disorders of the nervous system and neurologic complications of chemotherapy and radiation therapy
    Ch. 25: Disorders of intracranial pressure
    Ch. 26: Headache
    Ch. 27: Peripheral neuropathy
    Ch. 28: Motor neuron disease
    Ch. 29: Disorders of the neuromuscular junction
    Ch. 30: Diseases of muscle
    Ch. 31: Leukodystrophies and mitochondrial disorders.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2022
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Devon I. Rubin, MD, Professor of Neurology, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Consultant, Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic, Jacksonville, Florida, Jasper R. Daube, MD, Professor Emeritus of Neurology, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC386.6.E43 C585 2016
    1
  • Print
    [edited by] Devon I. Rubin.
    Summary: "Clinical neurophysiology is the neurology subspecialty that focuses on the electrical activity within the nervous system. In all realms and types of testing performed in the practice of clinical neurophysiology, electrical signals that are spontaneously or intrinsically generated or induced by external stimulation are recorded and analyzed to determine the integrity and function of the central and peripheral systems. The underlying basis of all signals ultimately reflects the function of the neurons at a cellular level. Thus, while the clinical neurophysiologist focuses on the interpretation of these signals during testing in the laboratory, hospital, or operating room, a solid understanding of the function of each of the contributing cellular structures from which the signals are generated is necessary. This chapter reviews the basic principles underlying the activity of excitable cells as they apply to the basic neurophysiology of neurons and myocytes"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC386.6.E43 C585 2021
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Kerry H. Levin, Patrick Chauvel.
    Summary: Clinical Neurophysiology: Basis and Technical Aspects, the latest release in the Handbook of Clinical Neurology series, is organized into sections on basic physiological concepts, on the function and limitations of modern instrumentation, and on other fundamental or methodologic aspects related to the recording of various bioelectric signals from the nervous system for clinical or investigative purposes. There is discussion of the EEG, nerve conduction studies, needle electromyography, intra-operative clinical neurophysiology, sleep physiology and studies, the autonomic nervous system, various sensory evoked potentials, and cognitive neurophysiology.Provides an up-to-date review on the practice of neurophysiological techniques in the assessment of neurological disease. Explores the electrophysiological techniques used to better understand neurological function and dysfunction, first in the area of consciousness and epilepsy, then in the areas of the peripheral nervous system and sleep. Focuses on new techniques, including electrocorticography, functional mapping, stereo EEG, motor evoked potentials, magnetoencephalography, laser evoked potentials, and transcranial magnetic stimulation.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Print
    Puneet K. Gupta, MD, MSE, Assistant Professor, Department of Neurology and Neurotherapeutics, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, Texas, Pradeep Modur, MD, MS, Associate Professor, Department of Neurology and Neurotherapeutics, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, Texas, Srikanth Muppidi, Clinical Assistant Professor, Department of Neurology and Neurological Sciences, Stanford School of Medicine, Stanford, California.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology
    Electronics and instrumentation
    Nerve conduction studies and electromyography (EMG)
    Electroencephalography (EEG)
    Evoked potentials and intraoperative monitoring (IOM)
    Polysomnography and other sleep studies (PSG)
    Advanced topics : high frequency oscillations (HFOs), DC shifts, transcranial electrical stimulation (TES), motor evoked potential (MEP), transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), magnetoencephalopgraphy (MEG), autonomic testing, blink reflex, single fiber EMG (SFEMG), quantitative EEG (QEEG)
    Ethics and safety.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP356 .G868 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Andrea O. Rossetti, Steven Laureys, editors.
    Summary: Over the past two decades, electrophysiology has undergone unprecedented changes thanks to technical improvements, which simplify measurement and analysis and allow more compact data storage. This book covers in detail the spectrum of electrophysiology applications in patients with disorders of consciousness. Its content spans from clinical aspects of the management of subjects in the intensive care unit, including EEG, evoked potentials and related implications in terms of prognosis and patient management to research applications in subjects with ongoing consciousness impairment. While the first section provides up-to-date information for the interested clinician, the second part highlights the latest developments in this exciting field. The book comprehensively combines clinical and research information related to neurophysiology in disorder-of- consciousness patients, making it an easily accessible reference for neuro-ICU specialists, epileptologists and clinical neurophysiologists as well as researchers utilizing EEG and event-related potentials. ℗ℓ

    Contents:
    1. The acute clinical setting
    2. Electroencephalography (EEG) and evoked potentials (EP): technical background
    3. Which EEG patterns deserve treatment in the ICU?
    4. EEG in refractory status epilepticus
    5. Prognostic use of EEG in acute consciousness impairment
    6. Prognostic use of somatosensory EP in acute consciousness impairment (including drug effects)
    7. Prognostic use of cognitive EP in acute consciousness impairment
    8. The chronic clinical setting
    9. Correlations of JHD EEG with consciousness recovery
    10. Correlations of HD EP with consciousness recovery
    11. Disorders of consciousness and sleep
    EEG-TMS
    13. Outlook: imaging correlations.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Frederik Barkhof, Hans Rolf Jäger, Majda M. Thurnher, Àlex Rovira, editors.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated textbook, endorsed by the European Society of Neuroradiology, explains in detail the clinical importance of neuroradiology in complementing history taking and physical examination during the workup of patients suspected of having neurological, neurosurgical, or psychiatric disorders. The role of imaging of the brain and spinal cord is described across the full range of relevant conditions, including, cerebrovascular diseases, trauma, CSF disorders, developmental malformations, inflammatory diseases, epilepsy, tumors and tumor-like conditions, neurodegenerative diseases, metabolic conditions and neuromuscular disorders. The structured approach to imaging and image analysis will ensure that the book is an invaluable resource for neuroradiologists in training and clinicians alike. Starting from the clinical indication, suggestions for imaging protocols are provided and checklists of common findings and aspects key to interpretation are presented.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Paul Johns, BSc, BM, MSc, FRCPath.
    Summary: Provides a clear and readable introduction to the central concepts of clinical neuroscience. This book deals with fundamental areas of neuroscience required for a sound understanding of brain disease.

    Contents:
    Overview of the nervous system
    Development of the brain
    Functional neuroanatomy
    Sensory and motor pathways
    Neurons and glial cells
    Electrical signalling in neurons
    Synaptic transmission
    Cellular mechanisms of neurological disease
    Head injury
    Stroke
    Epilepsy
    Dementia
    Parkinson's disease
    Multiple sclerosis.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Orsolya Friedrich, Andreas Wolkenstein, Christoph Bublitz, Ralf J. Jox, Eric Racine, editors.
    Summary: Neurotechnologies such as brain-computer interfaces (BCIs), which allow technical devices to be used with the power of thought or concentration alone, are no longer a futuristic dream or, depending on the viewpoint, a nightmare. Moreover, the combination of neurotechnologies and AI raises a host of pressing problems. Now that these technologies are about to leave the laboratory and enter the real world, these problems and implications can and should be scrutinized. This volume brings together scholars from a wide range of academic disciplines such as philosophy, law, the social sciences and neurosciences, and is unique in terms of both its focus and its methods. The latter vary considerably, and range from philosophical analysis and phenomenologically inspired descriptions to legal analysis and socio-empirical research. This diversified approach allows the book to explore the entire spectrum of philosophical, normative, legal and empirical dimensions of intelligent neurotechnologies. Philosophical and legal analyses of normative problems are complemented by a thorough empirical assessment of how BCIs and other forms of neurotechnology are being implemented, and what their measurable implications are. To take a closer look at specific neurotechnologies, a number of applications are addressed. Case studies, previously unidentified issues, and normative insights on these cases complement the rich portrait this volume provides. Clinicians, philosophers, lawyers, social scientists and engineers will greatly benefit from the collection of articles compiled in this book, which will likely become a standard reference work on the philosophy of intelligent neurotechnologies.

    Contents:
    I Neurotechnologies and AI: State of the Art: Non-invasive Brain-Computer Communication: from basic science to application
    Towards a framework for the responsible development and use of intelligent neurotechnology
    II Philosophical aspects: Assessing human responsibility for actions mediated by neurotechnology: Complications, confusions and questions
    Will the real cyborg please stand up?
    Consenti et faciam quod vis? Anthropological and ethical implications of consenting to Black Box-algorithms
    Speech BCIs
    Agency, Responsibility, Selves, and the Mechanical Mind
    TBA (project member)
    III Legal aspects: Diffusion on both ends - legal protection and criminalisation in neurotechnological uncertainty
    Brain-computer interfaces and the law
    IV Social aspects: Eric Racine (University of Montreal) & Matthew Sample (University of Montreal): Pragmatism in a Digital Society: Unpacking the (In)Significance of Emerging Digital Technologies for Academics and Their Publics
    The Utopian Mundane: A Design Perspective on Future Technologies
    V Applications: TBA (invited for neurotech and nursing)
    Ethical implications of medical BCIs
    Subjectivation by Neurotechnologies: Some Irritating Implications
    Ethics of neuroprothetics
    Security Implications of Neurotechnology & Artificial Intelligence
    Connecting Brain and Machine: When your mind can directly interact with technology
    Wired emotions: affective brain-computer interfaces and beyond
    TBA (invited for brain hacking)
    Ethics and Brain-Computer Interfaces: A Mixed-Methods-Study with Healthy Users
    In your (inter-)face! Between participation and competitive interest Findings from an empirical interview study with brain-computer interface users
    Philosophical and ethical implications of Brain-to-Brain Interfaces.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by David S. Cantor, James R. Evans.
    Summary: Neurotherapy, sometimes called EEG biofeedback and/or neurobiofeedback involves techniques designed to manipulate brain waves through non-invasive means and are used as treatment for a variety of psychological and medical disorders. The disorders covered include ADHD, mood regulation, addiction, pain, sleep disorders, and traumatic brain injury. This book introduces specific techniques, related equipment and necessary training for the clinical practitioner. Sections focus on treatment for specific disorders and which individual techniques can be used to treat the same disorder and examples.

    Contents:
    1. Definitions, standard of care and ethical considerations / D. Corydon Hammond
    2. An introductory perspective on the emerging application of qEEG in neurofeedback / Richard Soutar
    3. Neurofeedback and psychopharmacology / Lukasz M. Konopka and Elizabeth M. Zimmerman
    4. Hidden factors thwarting success / Gerald Gluck
    5. Defining developing evidence-based medicine databases proving treatment efficacy / J. Lucas Koberda
    6. Treating attention deficits and impulse control / Dagmar Timmers
    7. Treating mood disorders / Emily Stevens
    8. Diagnosing and treating closed head injury / Carlos A. Novo-Olivas
    9. Treating thought disorders / Tanju Surmeli
    10. Treating chronic pain disorders / Erbil Dursun and Nigar Dursun
    11. Treating addiction disorders / Estate M. Sokhadze, David L. Trudeau and Rex L. Cannon
    12. Neurofeedback for seizure disorders / M.B. Sterman and Lynda M. Thompson
    13. Diagnosing and treating developmental disorders with qEEG and neurotherapy / Teresa Bailey
    14. Nutrition for ADHD and autism / Jacques Duff
    15. Vision therapy as a complementary procedure during neurotherapy / John K. Nash
    16. Future considerations / Thomas F. Collura.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Hojjat Ahmadzadehfar, Hans-Jürgen Biersack, Leonard M. Freeman, Lionel S. Zuckier, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andrea Varrone, Silvia Morbelli, Valentina Garibotto, editors.
    Summary: This book gathers a collection of cases with challenging diagnoses, in which nuclear medicine examinations have been particularly helpful in terms of the final diagnosis or follow-up. The cases presented chiefly involve patients with neurodegenerative disorders, epilepsy and brain tumors. The book is intended for nuclear medicine specialists as well as clinicians, offering essential guidance on the interpretation of neurology cases in the clinical setting, particularly with regard to correctly interpreting diagnostic imaging procedures. The authors were selected from the members of the Neuroimaging Committee of the EANM and have extensive experience as clinicians and teachers within the Nuclear Medicine Community.

    Contents:
    SECTION I - Nuclear Medicine cases of dementia and movement disorders
    Case 1: Mild cognitive impairment (MCI) [18F]FDG and amyloid PET
    Case 2: Alzheimer's disease - [18F]FDG, tau and amyloid PET
    Case 3: Alzheimerþs disease's Behavioural variant
    Case 4: Parkinsonþs disease with onset as MCI
    Case 5: Parkinsonþs disease with vascular abnormalities
    Case 6: Parkinsonþs disease with left-side spasticity
    Case 7: Holmes tremor
    Case 8: Multiple system atrophy with DAT SPECT and [18F]FDG PET
    Case 9: Progressive supranuclear palsy: Richardson syndrome and Parkinsonian variants
    Case 10: Progressive supranuclear palsy
    Case 11: Corticobasal syndrome - [18F]FDG and amyloid PET
    Case 12: Huntingtonþs disease with atypical onset
    Case 13: Huntingtonþs disease with psychiatric onset
    Case 14: Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease with pathological confirmation
    SECTION II - Nuclear Medicine cases of epilepsy and encephalitis. Case 15: Temporal lobe epilepsy
    Case 16: Ictal imaging in partial status epilept cus
    Case 17: Focal pharmacoresistant epilepsy
    Case 18: Post-surgical epilepsy
    Case 19: Thalamic hamartoma
    Case 20: Autoimmune encephalitis with unusual antibodies
    Case 21: Psychiatric presentation of anti-N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor (NMDAR) limbic encephalitis
    Case 22: Hashimoto encephalitis. SECTION III - Nuclear Medicine cases of brain tumors
    Case 23: Pseudoresponse in a case of Glioblastoma multiforme
    Case 24: Progressive Glioma
    Case 25: Isocitrate dehydrogenase (IDH) wild-type glioma
    Case 26: Post-operative meningioma
    Case 27: Meningioma with difficult delineation on MRI
    Case 28: Optic nerve sheath meningioma (ONSM)
    Case 29: Primary brain lymphoma
    Case 29: Neurolymphomatosis
    Case 30: Atypical teratoid rhabdoid tumor (ATRT)
    Case 31: Brain metastatis : progression/recurrence vs. radionecrosis
    Case 32: Tumefactive plaques
    SECTION IV - PET/MRI and challenging cases
    Case 33: Typical AD with discordant biomarkers
    Case 34: Fronto-temporal dementia, behavioural variant, mimicker
    Case 35: Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease
    Case 36: Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    Case 37: Epilepsy
    Case 38: Limbic encephalitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Luigi Mansi [and three others], editors.
    Contents:
    The global effort towards harmonization of pediatrics imaging
    Peculiar aspects and problems of Diagnostic Nuclear Medicine in Pediatrics
    PET/MRI in children
    Current issues in molecular radiotherapy in children
    Radiation risk from medical exposure in children
    Emergency/urgency
    CNS (non-oncologic)
    Lung
    Endocrinology
    Cardiology
    Musculoskeletal
    Gastrointestinal
    Nephro-Urinary system
    Oncology
    Children Care in 2020: issues and perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    by Dafang Wu.
    Summary: This book serves as a casebook for clinical nuclear medicine neuroimaging. Clinical interpretation of nuclear medicine neuroimaging studies is often challenging, mainly due to the complexity of neuroanatomy and a lack of supportive reference books. This is an unmet need in many teaching hospitals. Utilizing a hands-on, case-based approach, this textbook guides readers through clinical nuclear medicine neuroimaging of major neurological diseases and conditions, including dementia, epilepsy, and brain death. Included here are basic guidelines and techniques for nuclear medicine neuroimaging practices, set alongside case examples that include standardized imaging display and detailed interpretation. Each chapter begins with examples of normal brain imaging as a reference point for the remainder of the chapter, which then presents detailed case examples of these diseases through various imaging techniques. Each of the cases highlights clinical and imaging key findings and precise impressions. This is an ideal guide for residents, fellows, and even practicing nuclear medicine physicians as a reference and teaching tool for neuroimaging in clinical nuclear medicine. It will be of significant value to residents, trainees, and young physicians in preparation for their in-service tests and board examinations.

    Contents:
    Positive Emission Tomography (PET) in Dementia
    Single Photo Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) in Dementia
    FDG PET Imaging of Epilepsy
    SPECT Imaging of Epilepsy
    PET imaging of brain tumors
    DaTscanNormal DaTscan
    SPECT Imaging of brain death
    SPECT imaging of Lyme Encephalopathy
    Nuclear Cisternogram
    Miscellaneous
    Self-Assessment Quiz.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] James L. Harris, Linda A. Roussel, Patricia L. Thomas.
    Summary: "The first three editions provided content necessary for educating students for success in CNL programs and achievement of goals as they transitioned into practice. The fourth edition will expand on the previous editions and show a vision for CNLs to manage care and lead improvement teams beyond the microsystem. It will highlight the unique attributes CNLs bring to community-based population health with the integration of concepts related to social determinants of health, population health, and global impact. It will also expand on collection, analysis, and dissemination of information and how big data will continuous influence CNL effectiveness and role sustainability in a digital society. As self-care and wellness have become central themes in today's society, this edition captures different ways CNLs will have measurable impacts on the wellbeing of patients, families, and the teams they lead. As the American Association of Colleges of Nursing leads efforts to transition the baccalaureate, masters, and doctoral essentials to a competency-based structure, the fourth edition will include how this will impact CNL education"-- Provided by publisher. "In today's rapidly changing healthcare landscape, a concise and comprehensive guide focused on preparing advanced clinical nurses to assume a leadership role is critical to improving the quality of patient care. Clinical Nurse Leaders Beyond the Microsystem: A Practical Guide, Fourth Edition is a core resource for CNLs which imparts the competencies necessary to lead improvement teams, analyze data, and ensure delivery of quality, safety, and value-based care in any healthcare setting.The Fourth Edition continues to highlight the contributions that the CNLs bring to community-based population health by integrating concepts related to social determinants of health, population health, and global impact. Another keen focus of this text is on the collection, analysis, and dissemination of data and the role of the CNL in the new digital world. Lastly, the authors explore the practice of self-care and the importance of the CNL role in promoting this concept within their practice and across their teams.New to the Fourth Edition: Big data's influence on the effectiveness and sustainability of the CNL roleMeasuring the impact CNLs have on patient and family wellness and the teams they lead Analysis of the competency-based structure in nursing education on the CNL track"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    Janet S. Fulton, Vincent W. Holly, editors.
    Summary: Developed under the direction of the International Council of Nurses (ICN), this book is part of a series exploring advanced practice globally. It is the first known volume to provide an international view of the advanced practice role of clinical nurse specialist (CNS). It features an in-depth examination of advanced speciality practice in nursing, and the advanced practice role of the clinical CNS. Content includes models of practice, core practice competencies, curricular recommendations, practice outcomes, and regulatory requirements related to scope of practice. The CNS role and practice as implemented in North America, Europe, Asia and Oceania are examined in the context of the country's healthcare system, educational traditions and regulatory requirements. Exemplars describe role implementation in various specialty practices and discuss how the role is implemented to advance nursing and improve clinical and fiscal outcomes. Measurement and evaluation of CNS practice in the context of countries and health care systems are examined. For practicing CNSs, this book provides an in-depth examination of the role from the global perspective; for administrators it provides a foundational understanding of the CNS role and practice and performance expectations. Educators will use the book as a resource for curriculum development, whereas students will offers an expanded global view of the role. Advanced practice roles, including the CNS, are continuing to evolve. This book makes important contributions to a global understanding of the CNS role.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Global View of the Clinical Nurse Specialist Role
    Chapter 2: Clinical Nurse Specialist Models for Practice
    Chapter 3: Core Practice Competencies
    Chapter 4: Educational Considerations
    Chapter 5: CNS Role and Practice in USA
    Chapter 6: CNS Role and Practice in Canada
    Chapter 7: CNS Role and Practice in UK
    Chapter 8: CNS Role and Practice in Ireland
    Chapter 9: CNS Role and Practice in Finland
    Chapter 10: CNS Role in France
    Chapter 11: CNS Role in Germany
    Chapter 12: CNS Role in Japan
    Chapter 13: CNS Role in China
    Chapter 14: CNS Role in Taiwan
    Chapter 15: CNS Role in Turkey
    Chapter 16: CNS Role in Saudi Arabia
    Chapter 17: CNS Role in Nigeria
    Chapter 18: CNS Role in Australia
    Chapter 19: CNS Role in New Zealand
    Chapter 20: Challenges and Opportunities for CNS Practice Globally.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Susan Sienkiewicz, Sandra Megerdichian.
    Summary: "Clinical Nursing Calculations is an essential text for teaching dosage calculation to undergraduate nursing students. The text employs the CASE approach, which is a step-by-step method for performing dosage calculations. The author team draws from extensive experience across the continuum of care to bring readers a truly informative and dynamic resource. Clinical Nursing Calculations has been expertly organized into four sections for easy navigation: Mathematics Overview, Principles of Medication Administration, Basic Dosage and Intravenous Calculations, and Advanced Calculations. In addition to clinical calculation coverage, the text also features expanded content on nutrition, insulin pencalculations, and the legal implications of medication administration. The Joint Commission and the Institute for Safe Medication Practice guidelines regarding safe medication administration are also featured. To facilitate learning, students will find examples in both electronic medication administration record (eMAR) and electronic health record format. This text can be used as a primary text for a dosage calculations course or as a supplemental text within a nursing program or pharmacology course"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Basic math
    Systems of measurement
    Medication administration equipment
    Medication orders
    Interpretation of medication labels and package inserts
    Elements of safe medication administration
    Dosage calculations
    Enteral medication dosage calculations
    Parenteral medication dosage calculations
    Infusion therapy and calculations
    Solution calculations
    Dosage calculations for special patient populations
    Hydration and nutrition calculations
    High-alert medications
    Critical care calculations
    Appendices. Calculating with complex fractions
    Apothecary system
    The Joint Commission's do not use list
    ISMP's list of error-prone abbreviations, symbols, and dose designations
    ISMP's list of confused drug names
    Adult nomogram
    Weight-based heparin protocol adjusted according to anti-factor Xa assay.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Anne Griffin Perry, Patricia A. Potter and Wendy Ostendorf ; section editor, Nancy Laplante.
    Summary: "This widely respected, best selling text features nearly 1,000 full-colour photographs and drawings, a nursing process framework, step-by-step instructions with rationales, and a focus on critical thinking and evidence-based practice. This edition also includes new coverage of patient-centered care and safety guidelines, an enhanced emphasis on QSEN core competencies, and an expanded clinical focus with specialized clinical debriefs, teach-back, and sample documentation throughout." -- Publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2022
  • Print
    [edited by] John L. Rombeau, Michael D. Caldwell ; illustrations by David W. Low.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM216 .C5775 1990
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Jardine, Robert.
    Digital Access Google Books 1903-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    O129 .J37 1903
    1
  • Digital
    editors, E. Albert Reece, Gustavo F. Leguizamón, George A. Macones, Arnon Wiznitzer ; assistant publication editor, Julie A. Rosen ; foreword by Charles Lockwood.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Elizabeth A. Layden, Andrew Thomson, Philip Owen, Mayank Madhra, Brian A. Macgowan.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Keith R. Pine, Brian H. Sloan, Robert J. Jacobs.
    Summary: This is the first textbook to offer a comprehensive account of ocular prosthetics and the evidence used to underpin and support this field of healthcare. It does so by bringing together information from ophthalmology, prosthetic eye and contact lens literature, and from experts actively engaged in these fields. The book describes the psychological, anatomical and physiological aspects of eye loss as well as surgical procedures for removing the eye, patient evaluation, constructing prosthetic eyes (including prosthetic and surgical techniques for dealing with socket complications), the socket's response to prosthetic eyes, prosthetic eye maintenance and the history of prosthetic eyes. Though primarily intended for prosthetists, ophthalmologists, ophthalmic nurses, optometrists and students in the fields of ocular medicine, maxillofacial medicine and anaplastology, the book also offers a useful resource for other health workers and family members who care for prosthetic eye patients, and for those patients seeking a deeper understanding of the issues affecting them than they can find elsewhere.

    Contents:
    History of Prosthetic Eyes
    The Anophthalmic Patient
    Anatomy and Physiology
    Anophthalmia and Ocular Disfigurement
    Patient Evaluation
    Making and Fitting a Custom Moulded Prosthetic Eye
    Prosthetic Shells and Lenses
    Socket Complications
    Response of the Anophthalmic Socket to Prosthetic Eye Wear
    Mucoid Discharge Associated with Prosthetic Eye Wear
    Living with a Prosthetic Eye.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Antonella Surbone, Michael Rowe.
    Contents:
    Introduction to oncology and medical errors / Antonella Surbone and Michael Rowe
    Recognizing and facing medical errors : the perspective of a physician who is also patient / Itzhak Brook
    Psychological and existential consequences of medical error for oncology professionals / Mary J. Chalino, Evelyn Y.T. Wong, Bradley l. Collins, and Richard T. Penson
    To sue or not to sue : restoring trust in patient-doctor-family relationships / Michael Rowe and Antonella Surbone
    Prevention of errors and patient safety : oncology nurses' perspectives / Martha Polovich
    Prevention of errors and patient safety from the oncologists perspective / Meghan E.S. Shea, Nie Bohlen, and Inga T. Lennes
    Disclosing harmful medical errors / Walter Baile and Daniel Epner
    Do cross-cultural differences influence the occurrence and disclosure of medical errors in oncology / Lidia Schapira, Joseph R. Betancourt, and Alexander R. Green
    Prevention of errors and patient safety : institutional perspectives / Eric Manheimer
    Professional and ethical responsibilities in adverse events and medical errors : discussions when things go wrong / P.M. Forde and Albert W. Wu
    Medical error and patient advocacy / Juanne N. Clarke
    Conclusion : the "given" and "therefores" of clinical oncology and medical errors / Antonella Surbone and Michael Rowe.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Roger P. Harrie, Cynthia J. Kendall.
    Summary: The second editon of this popular ultrasound book expands the reader's understanding of the clinical applications of ocular ultrasound through a case study approach. With the addition of high-quality video segments of examination techniques not currently available in any other format, this edition appeals to a broader range of practitioners in the field by presenting the subject starting at the basic level and progressing to the advanced. The book is appealing to practitioners involved in ocular ultrasound, including ophthalmic technicians, ophthalmologists, optometrists, radiologists and emergency room physicians who, on occasion, are involved in the practice of ophthalmic ultrasound.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Arun D. Singh, Bertil E. Damato, editors.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, the 3rd edition of this six volume textbook provides detailed practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. Supplying the reader with state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible, this book is divided into six volumes: Basic Principles, Eyelid and Conjunctival Tumors, Orbital Tumors, Uveal Tumors, Retinal Tumors, and Retinoblastoma. The information presented enables readers to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on ophthalmic oncology and to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations. Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology's clinically focused and user-friendly format allows for rapid retrieval of information in daily practice and is written for residents, fellows, and any physician involved in the care of patients with ocular or orbital malignancies. Additionally, this six volume edition adds several hundred new images to improve comprehension of procedures and techniques. This volume provides essential information on cancer epidemiology, etiology, pathology, angiogenesis, immunology, genetics, and staging systems and explains the principles underlying different therapeutic approaches.​
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jesse L. Berry, Jonathan W. Kim, Bertill E. Damato, Arun D. Singh, editors.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, the 3rd edition of this six volume textbook provides detailed practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. Supplying the reader with state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible, this book is divided into six volumes: Basic Principles, Eyelid and Conjunctival Tumors, Orbital Tumors, Uveal Tumors, Retinal Tumors, and Retinoblastoma. The information presented enables readers to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on ophthalmic oncology and to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations.

    Contents:
    1. Retinoblastoma : evaluation and diagnosis / Brian Marr and Arun D. Singh
    2. Differential diagnosis of leukocoria / Jonathan W. Kim and Arun D. Singh
    3. Retinoblastoma : staging and grouping / Jesse L. Berry and A. Linn Murphree
    4. Retinoblastoma : incidence and etiologic factors / Manuela Orjuela-Grimm, Nakul Singh, Silvia Bhatt-Carreño, and Arun D. Singh
    5. Retinoblastoma : an international perspective / Guillermo L. Chantada and Carlos A. Leal
    6. Retinoblastoma tumorigenesis / Rachel C. Brennan and Michael A. Dyer
    7. Animal models in retinoblastoma research / Thomas A. Mendel and Anthony B. Daniels
    8. Retinocytoma or retinoma / Randy C. Bowen, Christina Stathopoulos, Francis L. Munier, and Arun D. Singh
    9. Retinoblastoma : genetic counseling and testing / Meghan J. DeBenedictis and Arun D. Singh
    10. Retinoblastoma : treatment options / Jonathan W. Kim, A. Linn Murphree, and Arun D. Singh
    11. Retinoblastoma : focal therapy : laser treatment and cryotherapy / Jesse L. Berry and A. Linn Murphree
    12. Retinoblastoma : focal therapies : brachytherapy / Jose J. Echegaray, Arun D. Singh, and Bertil E. Damato
    13. Retinoblastoma : intravenous chemotherapy / Rachana Shah, Rajkumar Venkatramani, and Rima Fuad Jubran 14. Intra-ophthalmic artery chemotherapy for retinoblastoma / Benjamin C. King, Brian C. Tse, Matthew W. Wilson, and Rachel C. Brennan
    15. Retinoblastoma : intravitreal chemotherapy / Christina Stathopoulos and Francis L. Munier
    16. Retinoblastoma : external beam radiation / Kenneth K. Wong, Jesse L. Berry, and Jonathan W. Kim
    17. Retinoblastoma : enucleation / Jonathan W. Kim and A. Linn Murphree
    18. Retinoblastoma : evolving therapies / Junyang Zhao and Honggai Yan
    19. Histopathologic features and prognostic factors / Patricia Chévez-Barrios, Ralph C. Eagle, and Eduardo F. Marback
    20. Orbital retinoblastoma : diagnosis and management / Bhavna Chawla and Maya Hada
    21. Retinoblastoma : metastatic disease / Ira J. Dunkel and Guillermo L. Chantada
    22. Non-ocular tumors and other long-term complications / Benjamin C. King, Brian C. Tse, Rachel C. Brennan, and Matthew W. Wilson
    23. Trilateral retinoblastoma / Jonathan W. Kim and Ira J. Dunkel
    24. Screening children at risk for retinoblastoma / Dan S. Gombos and Alison H. Skalet
    25. Children's oncology group (COG) trials for retinoblastoma / Dan S. Gombos, Anna T. Meadows, Murali Chintagumpala, Ira J. Dunkel, Debra Friedman, Julie Ann Stoner, Rima Fuad Jubran, and Judith Grob Villablanca
    26. Social aspects, advocacy and organizations / Helen Dimaras.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Bertil E. Damato and Arun D. Singh.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1: Uveal Tumors: Examination Techniques
    2: Classification of Uveal Tumors
    3: Benign Melanocytic Tumors of the Uveal
    4: Uveal Melanoma: Epidemiologic Aspects
    5: Uveal Melanoma: Clinical Features
    6: Uveal Melanoma: Differential Diagnosis
    7: Uveal Melanoma: Histopathologic Features
    8: Uveal Melanoma: Molecular Pathology
    9: Animal Models in Uveal Melanoma
    10: Iris Melanoma
    11: Management of Patients with Posterior Uveal Melanoma
    12: Uveal Melanoma: Brachytherapy
    13: Uveal Melanoma: Proton Beam Radiation Therapy
    14: Uveal Melanoma: Stereotactic Radiation Therapy
    15: Uveal Melanoma: Phototherapy
    16: Uveal Melanoma: Resection Techniques
    17: Uveal Melanoma: The Collaborative Ocular Melanoma Study
    18: Uveal Melanoma: Prognostic Factors
    19: Uveal Melanoma: Prognostication Methods
    20: Uveal Melanoma: Mortality
    21: Uveal Melanoma: Adjuvant Therapy
    22: Uveal Melanoma: Metastases
    23: Uveal Vascular Tumors
    24: Uveal Neural Tumors
    25: Intraocular Manifestations of Hematopoietic Disorders
    26: Uveal Myogenic, Fibro-histiocytic and Histiocytic Tumors
    27: Uveal Lymphoproliferative Tumors
    28: Uveal Metastatic Tumors
    29: Uveal Osseous Tumors
    30: Bilateral Diffuse Uveal Melanocytic Proliferation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Arun D. Singh, Bertil Damato, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Principles of Clinical Epidemiology / Annette C. Moll, Michiel R. de Boer, Lex M. Bouter, and Nakul Singh
    2. Etiology of Cancer / Brian T. Hill
    3. Cancer Pathology / Katarina Bartuma, Charlotta All-Ericsson, and Stefan Seregard
    4. Cancer Angiogenesis / Werner Wackernagel, Bela Anand-Apte, and Arun D. Singh
    5. Immunology of Ocular Tumors / Martine J. Jager and Inge H.G. Bronkhorst
    6. Cancer Genetics / J.William Harbour and Daniel L. Chao
    7. Cancer Staging / Paul T. Finger
    8. Principles of Cryotherapy / Dan S. Gombos
    9. Principles of Laser Therapy / Stefan Sacu and Ursula Schmidt-Erfurth
    10. Principles of Radiation Therapy / Abigail L. Stockham, Ehsan H. Balagamwala, Roger Macklis, Allan Wilkinson, and Arun D. Singh
    11. Ocular Complications of Radiotherapy / Mitchell Kamrava, James Lamb, and Tara A. McCannel
    12. Principles and Complications of Chemotherapy / Michael G. Levien, Nicola G. Ghazi, and Arun D. Singh
    13. Targeted Therapy and Their Ocular Complications / Denis Jusufbegovic, Pierre L. Triozzi, and Arun D. Singh
    14. Counseling Patients with Cancer / Laura Hope-Stone and Bertil Damato
    15. Cataract Associated with Intraocular Tumors / Carlos A. Medina, Mary E. Aronow, and Arun D. Singh
    16. Tumor-Associated Glaucoma / Reena S. Vaswani, Kathryn Bollinger, Annapurna Singh, and Arun D. Singh
    17. Graft-Versus-Host Disease / Edgar M. Espana, Sejal Shah, and Arun D. Singh
    18. Uveal Tumors: Diagnostic Techniques: Angiography / Kaan Gunduz, Jessica A. Adefusika, Thomas P. Link, and Jose S. Pulido
    19. Diagnostic Techniques: Optical Coherence Tomography / Rubens Belfort, Andre Romano, Eduardo Rodrigues, and Arun D. Singh
    20. Diagnostic Techniques: Autofluorescence / Edoardo Midena, Elisabetta Pilotto, and Raffaele Parrozzani
    21. Diagnostic Techniques: Ophthalmic Ultrasonography / Brandy Hayden Lorek, Mary E. Aronow, and Arun D. Singh.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jacob Peʼer, Arun D. Singh.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to: Provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology. Verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations. Locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format. In this volume, the examination techniques, classification, and differential diagnosis of eyelid tumors and conjunctival and corneal tumors are carefully explained, and treatment options are considered in detail.

    Contents:
    Part I. Eyelid Tumors
    1. Examination Techniques / Bryan R. Costin and Julian D. Perry
    2. Eyelid Tumors: Classification and Differential Diagnosis / Jacob Pe'er
    3. Benign Squamous and Melanocytic Tumors / Lynn Schoenfield and Arun D. Singh
    4. Basal Cell Carcinoma / Mordechai Rosner and Ido Didi Fabian
    5. Squamous Cell Carcinoma / Mordechai Rosner and Ido Didi Fabian
    6. Sebaceous Gland Carcinoma / Mordechai Rosner and Ido Didi Fabian
    7. Eyelid Tumors: Cutaneous Melanoma / Jacob Pe'er and Robert Folberg
    8. Adnexal Tumors / Martina C. Herwig and Karin U. Loeffler
    9. Stromal Tumors / Geeta K. Vemuganti and Santosh G. Honavar
    10. Surgical Techniques / Jennifer I. Hui and David T. Tse
    11. Sentinel Lymph Node Assessment and Biopsy for Eyelid and Conjunctival Malignancies / Vivian T. Yin and Bita Esmaeli
    12. Systemic Associations / Lucy T. Xu, Arun D. Singh, and Elias I. Traboulsi
    Part II. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors
    13. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Examination Techniques / Jacob Pe'er
    14. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Classification and Differential Diagnosis / Jacob Pe'er
    15. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Benign Epidermal and Melanocytic Tumors / Jacob Pe'er
    16. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Ocular Surface Squamous Neoplasia / Jacob Pe'er and Joseph Frucht-Pery
    17. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Primary Acquired Melanosis / Jacob Pe'er and Robert Folberg
    18. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Melanoma / Jacob Pe'er and Robert Folberg
    19. Stromal Tumors / Jacob Pe'er
    20. Caruncular Tumors / Jill R. Wells and Hans E. Grossniklaus
    21. Surgical Techniques / Anat Galor, Bennie H. Jeng, and Arun D. Singh
    22. Systemic Associations / Lucy T. Xu, Arun D. Singh, and Elias I. Traboulsi.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Julian D. Perry, Arun D. Singh, editors.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to: Provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology. Verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations. Locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format. This volume describes the classification, differential diagnosis, and imaging of orbital tumors and discusses the most suitable treatment options for different tumor types.

    Contents:
    1. Examination Techniques / Sandy X. Zhang-Nunes, Jill A. Foster, and Julian D. Perry
    2. Classification of Orbital Tumors / Bryan R. Costin, Julian D. Perry, and Jill A. Foster
    3. Differential Diagnosis in Children / Sandy X. Zhang-Nunes, Jill A. Foster, Julian D. Perry, and Paul L. Proffer
    4. Differential Diagnosis in Adults / Bryan R. Costin, Julian D. Perry, and Jill A. Foster
    5. Imaging Techniques / Patrick De Potter
    6. Nonspecific Orbital Inflammation / Roberta E. Gausas, M.R. Damani, and Kimberly P. Cockerham
    7. Orbital Vascular Tumors / Bryan R. Costin and Julian D. Perry
    8. Benign Orbital Tumors / Bhupendra C.K. Patel
    9. Optic Nerve Tumors / Jonathan J. Dutton 10. Lacrimal Gland Tumors / David H. Verity, Omar M. Durrani, and Geoffrey E. Rose
    11. Lacrimal Sac Tumors / Jacob Pe'er
    12. Orbital and Adnexal Lymphoma / Mary E. Aronow, Brian T. Hill, and Arun D. Singh
    13. Malignant Orbital Tumors / Bhupendra C.K. Patel
    14. Orbital Rhabdomyosarcoma / Natta Sakolsatayadorn and Julian D. Perry
    15. Enucleation for Ocular Tumors / Natta Sakolsatayadorn and Julian D. Perry
    16. Orbital Exenteration / Suresh Sagili and Raman Malhotra
    17. Principles of Orbital Surgery / David H. Verity and Geoffrey E. Rose
    18. Orbital Implants / David R. Jordan and Stephen R. Klapper 19. Ocular Prosthesis / Darrel W. Hardin.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Catherine J. Hwang, Bhupendra C. K. Patel and Arun D. Singh.
    Contents:
    Examination Techniques
    Classification of Orbital Tumors
    Differential Diagnosis in Children
    Orbital Tumors: Differential Diagnosis in Adults
    Imaging Techniques
    Specific Orbital Inflammatory Diseases
    Idiopathic Orbital Inflammation
    Orbital Vascular Anomalies
    Benign Orbital Tumors
    Orbital Meningioma
    Tumors of the optic nerve
    Optic Nerve Sheath Fenestration and Optic Nerve Biopsy
    Lacrimal Gland Tumors
    Lacrimal Sac Tumors
    Orbital and Adnexal Lymphoma
    Malignant Orbital Tumors
    Orbital Rhabdomyosarcoma
    Enucleation for Ocular Tumors
    Orbital Exenteration
    Principles of Orbital Surgery
    Orbital Implants
    Orbital Prostheses
    Ocular Prostheses.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Arun D. Singh, Bertil Damato, editors.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to: Provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology. Verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations Locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format. In this volume guidance is provided on diagnosis and therapy for retinal tumors including vitreoretinal lymphoma and paraneoplastic disorders.

    Contents:
    Classification of Retinal and Retinal Pigment Epithelium Tumors
    Coats' Disease
    Retinal Vascular Tumors
    Retinal Astrocytic Tumors
    Retinal Pigment Epithelial Tumors
    Tumors of the Ciliary Epithelium
    Primary Central Nervous System and Retinal Lymphoma
    Retinal Metastatic Tumors
    Neuro-oculocutaneous Syndromes (Phakomatoses)
    Ocular Paraneoplastic Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Arun D. Singh, A. Linn Murphree, Bertill E. Damato, editors.
    Contents:
    Evaluation and Diagnosis
    Leukocoria: Differential Diagnosis
    Staging and Grouping
    Epidemiologic Aspects
    International Perspective
    Tumorigenesis
    Retinocytoma or Retinoma
    Genetic Counseling and Testing
    Treatment Options
    Focal Therapy
    Intravenous Chemotherapy
    Intra-Arterial Chemotherapy
    Intravitreal Chemotherapy
    Teletherapy
    Enucleaton
    Histopathologic Features and Risk Factors
    Orbital Retinoblastoma
    Metastatic Disease
    Non Ocular Tumors
    Trilateral Retinoblastoma
    Children's Oncology Group (COG) Trials for Retinoblastoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Bertil Damato, Arun D. Singh, editors.
    Contents:
    "This volume, devoted solely to uveal tumors, explains the various diagnostic and biopsy techniques that may be used and describes the therapeutic options of potential value for different types of tumor."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Jacob Pe'er, Arun D. Singh and Bertil E. Damato.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, the 3rd edition of this six volume textbook provides detailed practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. Supplying the reader with state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible, this book is divided into six volumes: Basic Principles, Eyelid and Conjunctival Tumors, Orbital Tumors, Uveal Tumors, Retinal Tumors, and Retinoblastoma. The information presented enables readers to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on ophthalmic oncology and to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations.

    Contents:
    Eyelid tumors: Examination Techniques
    Eyelid Tumors: Classification and Differential Diagnosis
    Benign Squamous and Melanocytic Tumors
    Basal Cell Carcinoma.-Squamous Cell Carcinoma.-Sebaceous Gland Carcinoma
    Eyelid Tumors: Cutaneous Melanoma
    Adnexal Tumors.-Stromal Tumors
    Surgical Techniques
    Systemic Associations
    Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Examination Techniques
    Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Classification and Differential Diagnosis
    Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Benign Epidermal and Melanocytic Tumors
    Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Ocular Surface Squamous Neoplasia
    Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Primary Acquired Melanosis
    Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors: Melanoma
    Conjunctival Stromal Tumors
    Caruncle Tumors
    Pharmacotherapy for conjunctival malignancies
    Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy for Eyelid and Conjunctival Malignancies
    Surgical Techniques
    Radiation Therapy: Conjunctival and Eyelid tumors
    Conjunctival and corneal tumors: Systemic Associations.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Arun D. Singh, Bertil E. Damato, editors.
    Summary: Written by internationally renowned experts, the 3rd edition of this six volume textbook provides detailed practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. Supplying the reader with state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible, this book is divided into six volumes: Basic Principles, Eyelid and Conjunctival Tumors, Orbital Tumors, Uveal Tumors, Retinal Tumors, and Retinoblastoma. The information presented enables readers to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on ophthalmic oncology and to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs from the authors' private collections, histopathologic microphotographs, imaging studies, and crisp illustrations.

    Contents:
    1. Classification of Retinal and Retinal Pigment Epithelium Tumors
    2. Coats' Disease
    3. Retinal Vascular Tumors
    4. Retinal Astrocytic Tumors
    5. Retinal Pigment Epithelial Tumors
    6. Tumors of the Ciliary Epithelium
    7. Primary Central Nervous System and Retinal Lymphoma
    8. Retinal Metastatic Tumors
    9. Neuro-oculocutaneous Syndromes (Phakomatoses)
    10. Ocular Paraneoplastic Diseases. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Von Arx, Thomas; Lozanoff, Scott.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated book presents the most current and comprehensive review of oral anatomy for clinicians and researchers alike. In 26 chapters, the reader is taken on a unique anatomical journey, starting with the oral fissure, continuing via the maxilla and mandible to the tongue and floor of the mouth, and concluding with the temporomandibular joint and masticatory muscles. Each chapter offers a detailed description of the relevant anatomical structures and their spatial relationships, provides quantitative morphological assessments, and explains the relevance of the region for clinical dentistry. All dental health care professionals require a sound knowledge of anatomy for the purposes of diagnostics, treatment planning, and therapeutic intervention. A full understanding of the relationship between anatomy and clinical practice is the ultimate objective, and this book will enable the reader to achieve such understanding as the basis for provision of the best possible treatment for each individual patient as well as recognition and comprehension of unexpected clinical findings.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Lips and Cheeks
    Anterior Maxilla
    Posterior Maxilla
    Retromaxillary and Retromandibular Areas
    Posterior Mandible
    Anterior Mandible
    Tongue
    Temporomandibular Joint.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jean M. Bruch, Nathaniel Treister.
    Contents:
    Normal Anatomy
    Variants of Normal and Common Benign Conditions
    Diagnostic Tests and Studies
    White Lesions
    Immune-mediated and Allergic Conditions
    Pigmented Lesions
    Oral Infections
    Salivary Gland Disease
    Oral Cancer
    Orofacial Pain Conditions
    Oral Manifestations of Systemic Disease
    Oral Sequelae of Cancer and Cancer Therapy
    Prescribing Guidelines for Commonly Used Medications.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Charles E. Giangarra, Robert C. Manske.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    [edited by] Myles L. Pensak, Daniel I. Choo.
    Contents:
    Basic Science
    Anatomy and embryology of the ear / John M. Ryzenman and Arvind Kumar
    Principles of clinical audiology and assessment of auditory physiology / Robert W. Keith, Jennifer A. Ratigan, and Daniel I. Choo
    Vestibular physiology / Maroun T. Semaan, Cameron C. Wick, and Cliff A. Megerian
    The eustachian tube / Ilkka Kivekäs and Dennis S. Poe
    Molecular biology of the inner ear / Elodie M. Richard, Rizwan Yousaf, Zubair M. Ahmed, and Saima Riazuddin
    Pharmacology of otologic drugs / Leonard P. Rybak. Evaluation
    Temporal bone imaging / Rebecca S. Cornelius and Humberto Morales
    Diagnostic audiology / Lisa L. Hunter and David K. Brown
    Assessment of auditory processing disorders / Lisa W. Hilbert
    Laboratory tests of vestibular and balance functioning / Dennis I. Bojrab, Danny J. Soares, and Matthew L. Kircher
    Clinical evaluation of the cranial nerves / Aaron C. Moberly and D. Bradley Welling
    Otologic photography and videography / Ken Yanagisawa and Eiji Yanagisawa
    Clinical evaluation of hearing loss / Lesley A. Rabach and John F. Kveton
    Evaluation of the dizzy patient / Joel A. Goebel and Eric L. Slattery. Management
    Disorders of the auricle / Nael M. Shoman
    Diseases of the external auditory canal / John P. Leonetti and Sam J. Marzo
    Aural atresia and unilateral hearing loss / Bradley W. Kesser and Daniel I. Choo
    Otitis media / Daniel Jensen and Keiko Hirose
    Chronic otitis media / Peter C. Weber
    Complications of otitis media / Kevin D. Brown, Samuel H. Selesnick, and Shan Tang
    Otosclerosis / Michael J. McKenna and Alicia M. Quesnel
    Temporal bone trauma / Brendan P. O'Connell, Paul R. Lambert, and May Y. Huang
    Hereditary hearing impairment / Matthew J. Provenzano and John H. Greinwald Jr.
    Nonhereditary hearing loss / Edwin M. Monsell and Eric L. Slattery
    Benign neoplasms of the temporal bone / Peter L. Santa Maria, Lawrence R. Lustig, and Robert K. Jackler
    Cystic lesions of the petrous apex / Laura Brainard, Todd A. Hillman, and Douglas A. Chen
    Malignant tumors of the temporal bone / Christine H. Heubi and Myles L. Pensak
    Vestibular disorders / Mitchell K. Schwaber
    Facial nerve disorders / Bruce J. Gantz and Pamela C. Roehm
    Immunologic disorders of the inner ear / Jason A. Brant and Michael J. Ruckenstein. Rehabilitation
    Adult audiological rehabilitation / Stephanie Lockhart and John Greer Clark
    Implantable hearing devices / Jeffrey J. Kuhn and Angel J. Perez
    Cochlear implants and auditory brainstem implants / Ravi N. Samy
    Rehabilitation of peripheral vestibular disorders / Kelly S. Beaudoin, Kathleen D. Coale, and Judith A. White
    Rehabilitation and reanimation of the paralyzed face / David B. Horn
    Otalgia / John S. McDonald
    Evaluation and management of pulsatile tinnitus / Aristides Sismanis
    Theory and treatment of tinnitus and decreased sound tolerance / Marcia L. Dewey and David R. Friedland
    Medical-legal aspects of otology / Benjamin H. Pensak and Myles L. Pensak.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne ComSci
  • Digital
    edited by J. Enrique Domínguez-Muñoz MD, PhD.
    Summary: "Since the book Clinical Pancreatology for practising Gastroenterologists and Surgeons was first published sixteen years ago, the knowledge and clinical management of pancreatic diseases have developed markedly. Thanks to the development of the translational research and the from bench to bedside concept, much progress from the lab has been applied to clinical practice. In addition, several highly relevant clinical trials published over the last years have resulted in the update and optimisation of clinical guidelines. A new and validated classification of severity and complications of acute pancreatitis is firmly rooted in clinical practice and has been the basis for the development of minimally invasive approaches to pancreatic necrosis. The etiopathogenic knowledge of chronic pancreatitis and other pancreatopaties, like that associated with diabetes mellitus, has developed significantly. Especially important has been the development of the field of cystic pancreatic tumours, which has been reflected in the publication of several guidelines and consensus reports over the last few years. Most research efforts have focused on pancreatic cancer, which have led and will further lead to a significant increase in the therapeutic armamentarium against this devastating disease. Finally, many newly published studies have changed the concept, causes, clinical relevance, diagnosis and treatment of exocrine pancreatic insufficiency. This new edition of Clinical Pancreatology for practising Gastroenterologists and Surgeons has enjoyed the collaboration of the world's leading experts in each of the areas of clinical Pancreatology with the aim of facilitating Gastroenterologists, Surgeons, Oncologists, Internists, Nutritionists, Diabetologists, Paediatricians, Radiologists, Pathologists and other specialists the decision making when facing patients with pancreatic diseases in their daily clinical practice. All in all, this book supplies an indispensable update of the relevant aspects of clinical Pancreatology"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Acute Pancreatitis. Acute Pancreatitis / Jodie A Barkin, Jamie S Barkin
    How to Deal with the Etiological Diagnosis of Acute Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice? / Soumya Jagannath, Pramod Kumar Garg
    Definition of Complications and Severity of Acute Pancreatitis for Clinical Practice / David X Jin, Peter A Banks, Julia McNabb-Baltar
    Early Prediction of Severity in Acute Pancreatitis / Peter J Lee, Georgios I Papachristou
    Role of CT Scan in Acute Pancreatitis / Elham Afghani, Mahya Faghih, Vikesh K Singh
    Role of MRI in Acute Pancreatitis / Fatih Akisik
    Treatment of Acute Pancreatitis in The Emergency Room / Thiruvengadam Muniraj, Santhi Swaroop Vege
    Acute Pancreatitis / Enrique Madaria, Felix Zubia-Olaskoaga
    Guidelines for the Treatment of Pain in Acute Pancreatitis / Laszlo Czako
    Nutrition in the Acute Phase of Pancreatitis / Angela Pham, Chris E Forsmark
    Oral Refeeding in Acute Pancreatitis / Jose Lario-Noia, Daniel Iglesia-Garcia
    Pharmacological Therapy for Acute Pancreatitis / Rajarshi Mukherjee, Muhammad Awais, Wenhao Cai, Wei Huang, Peter Szatmary, Robert Sutton
    Indication and Optimal Timing of ERCP in Acute Pancreatitis / Theodor Voiosu, Ivo Bolkoski, Guido Costamagna
    How to Deal with Infected Pancreatic Necrosis? / J Enrique Dominguez-Munoz
    Minimally Invasive Surgical Necrosectomy in Clinical Practice / Patricia Sanchez-Velazquez, Fernando Burdo, Ignasi Poves
    Endoscopic Necrosectomy in Clinical Practice / Jodie A Barkin, Andres Gelrud
    Management of Acute Pancreatic Pseudocyst / Muhammad F Dawwas, Kofi W Oppong
    The Disconnected Main Pancreatic Duct Syndrome / Mario Pelez-Luna, Andrea Soriano-Rios, Luis Uscanga-Dominguez
    Vasculature Complications in Pancreatitis / Daniel G McCall, Timothy B Gardner
    Acute Relapsing Pancreatitis / Jorge D Machicado, Dhiraj Yadav
    Diagnosis and Therapeutic Approach to Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency after Acute Pancreatitis / Hester C Timmerhuis, Christa J Sperna Weiland, Hjalmar C Santvoort
    Asymptomatic Chronic Elevation of Serum Pancreatic Enzymes / Giuseppe Vanella, Paolo Giorgio Arcidiacono, Gabriele Capurso
    Chronic Pancreatitis. Definition and Etiology of Chronic Pancreatitis / David C Whitcomb
    Epidemiology of Chronic Pancreatitis / Philippe L©♭vy, Vinciane Rebours
    Alcoholic Chronic Pancreatitis and the Impact of Alcohol and Smoking Cessation in Chronic Pancreatitis / Jeremy S Wilson, Romano C Pirola, Minoti V Apte
    What is Relevant on Genetics in Chronic Pancreatitis for Clinical Practice? / Jonas Rosendahl
    Pancreas Divisum and Other Potential Obstructive Causes of Chronic Pancreatitis / Matthew J DiMagno, Erik-Jan Wamsteker
    What to do in Clinical Practice Before Defining a Chronic Pancreatitis as Idiopathic? / Felix Lmmerhirt, Frank Ulrich Weiss, Markus M Lerch
    Computed Tomography for the Diagnosis, Evaluation of Severity, and Detection of Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Roberto Garc©Ưa-Figueiras, Sandra Baleato-Gonzalez, Gonzalo Tardguila Fuente
    Role of MRI and MRCP in the Diagnosis, Evaluation of Severity, and Detection of Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Jordan K Swensson, Temel Tirkes
    Role of Endoscopic Ultrasound and Associated Methods (Elastography, Contrast Enhancement) in the Diagnosis, Evaluation of Severity, and Detection of Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Julio Iglesias-Garcia
    Endoscopic Pancreatic Function Test for the Functional Diagnosis of Chronic Pancreatitis / Luis F Lara, Darwin L Conwell
    Role of Pancreatic Function Tests for the Diagnosis of Chronic Pancreatitis / J Enrique Dominguez-Munoz
    Follow-up of Patients with Chronic Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Antonio Mendoza-Ladd, Luis F Lara, Darwin L Conwell
    Quality of Life in Chronic Pancreatitis / Colin D Johnson
    Medical Treatment of Pain in Chronic Pancreatitis / Asbjorn Mohr Drewes, Louise Kuhlman, Trine Andresen, S©ıren Schou Olesen
    Endoscopic Treatment of Pain in Chronic Pancreatitis / Pauline M C Stassen, Pieter J F Jonge, Jan-Werner Poley, Djuna L Cahen, Marco J Bruno
    Diagnosis and Management of Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency in Chronic Pancreatitis / J Enrique Dominguez-Munoz
    Surgical Treatment of Pain in Chronic Pancreatitis / Benjamin PT Loveday, John A Windsor
    Management of Chronic Pancreatic Pseudocyst / Shyam Varadarajulu
    Vascular Complications in Chronic Pancreatitis / Anil K Agarwal, Raja Kalayarasan, Amit Javed
    Surgical Therapy of Local Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis / Ricardo Arvizu Castillo, Elena Munoz-Forner, Luis Sabater
    Endoscopic Treatment of Complications of Chronic Pancreatitis other than Pseudocyst / Jahangeer Basha, Rupjyoti Talukdar, D Nageshwar Reddy
    Autoimmune Pancreatitis. Autoimmune Pancreatitis / Miroslav Vujasinovic, J -Matthias L©œhr
    Diagnosis of Autoimmune Pancreatitis / Nicol©ø Pretis, Antonio Amodio, Luca Frulloni
    Treatment and Follow-up of Autoimmune Pancreatitis in Clinical Practice / Sushil Kumar Garg, Suresh T Chari
    Cystic Fibrosis (CFTR)-associated Pancreatic Disease. CFTR-associated Pancreatic Disease / Aimee Joy Wiseman, Chee Y Ooi
    Nutritional Therapy, Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency, and Pancreatic Enzyme Replacement Therapy in Cystic Fibrosis / Jefferson N Brownell, Laura Padula, Elizabeth Reid, Virginia A Stallings, Asim Maqbool
    Pancreatic Cancer. Epidemiological Impact of Pancreatic Cancer / Patrick Maisonneuve
    Molecular and Genetic Basis of Pancreatic Carcinogenesis / Ihsan Ekin Demir, Carmen Mota Reyes, Elke Demir, Helmut Friess
    New-onset Diabetes as a Harbinger of Pancreatic Cancer: is Early Diagnosis Possible? / Dana K Andersen, Suresh T Chari, Eithne Costello, Tatjana Crnogorac-Jurcevic, Phil A Hart, Anirban Maitra, Stephen J Pandol
    Pancreatic Cancer Screening / Christopher Paiji, Anne Marie Lennon, Elham Afghani
    Clinical Usefulness of Biological Markers in Pancreatic Cancer / David Anz, Ignazio Piseddu, Marlies Kopke, Ujjwal M Mahajan, Julia Mayerle
    Staging Classification and Stratification of Pancreatic Cancer for Clinical Practice / Akhil Chawla, Andrew J Aguirre
    Imaging Diagnosis and Staging of Pancreatic Cancer / Megan H Lee, Elliot K Fishman
    The Role of Endoscopic Ultrasound and Associated Methods (Elastography, Contrast Enhancement) in the Diagnosis and Assessment of Resectability of Pancreatic Cancer / Marc Giovannini
    EUS-Guided FNA/FNB for Pancreatic Solid Lesions / Mihai Rimbaß₉, Gianenrico Rizzatti, Alberto Larghi
    Surgical Treatment of Resectable Pancreatic Cancer / Jan G D'Haese, Bernhard W Renz, Jens Werner
    Complications After Pancreatic Surgery / Tommaso Giuliani, Giovanni Marchegiani, Giuseppe Malleo, Claudio Bassi
    Neoadjuvant Treatment of Pancreatic Cancer / Marta Sandini, Thilo Hackert, Ulla Klaiber, Markus W B©ơchler, John P Neoptolemos
    Adjuvant Therapy in Pancreatic Cancer / Jean-Luc Van Laethem
    Management of Pain in Pancreatic Cancer / J Enrique Dominguez-Munoz
    EUS-guided Celiac Plexus Neurolysis for Pain in Pancreatic Cancer / Jonathan M Wyse, Anand V Sahai
    The Role of Endoscopy in the Management of Unresectable Pancreatic Cancer / Jaimin P Amin, Ajaypal Singh, Irving Waxman
    Chemotherapy for Nonresectable Pancreatic Cancer / Raquel Fuentes, Juan Jos©♭ Serrano, Mercedes Rodriguez, Alfredo Carrato
    Diagnosis and Management of Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency in Pancreatic Cancer / Sarah Powell-Brett, Keith J Roberts
    Nutrition and Pancreatic Cancer / Mary Phillips, Oonagh Griffin
    Present and Future of Local Therapies for Unresectable Pancreatic Cancer / Sabrina Gloria Giulia Testoni, Gemma Rossi, Livia Archibugi, Paolo Giorgio Arcidiacono
    New Pharmacological Approaches for Pancreatic Cancer Therapy / Vineet K Gupta, Sulagna Banerjee, Ashok K Saluja
    Cystic Tumors of the Pancreas. Histological Classification of Pancreatic Cystic Neoplasms / Giuseppe Zamboni, Anna Pesci
    Role of Endoscopic Ultrasound and Endoscopic Ultrasound-associated Techniques in the Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis of Pancreatic Cystic Tumors / Maria-Victoria Alvarez-Sanchez, Bertrand Napoleon
    The Role of Multidetector CT, MRI and MRCP in the Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis of Pancreatic Cystic Neoplasms / Megan H Lee, Elliot K Fishman
    Intraductal Papillary Mucinous Neoplasm / Zhi Ven Fong, Carlos Fernandez-del Castillo
    Cystic Tumors Other than IPMN / John W Kunstman, James J Farrell
    Pancreatic Cystic Tumors: any Role for Local Therapies? / Julio Iglesias-Garcia
    Neuroendocrine and Other Tumors of the Pancreas. Diagnosis and Treatment of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors / Francesca Muffatti, Stefano Partelli, Valentina Andreasi, Massimo Falconi
    Other less Frequent Pancreatic Tumors / Rossana Percario, Paolo Panaccio, Fabio F Mola, Pierluigi Di Sebastiano, Tommaso Grottola
    Functional Alterations of the Pancreas in Other Clinical Situations. Diagnosis and Therapy of Exocrine Pancreatic Insufficiency after Gastric and Pancreatic Surgery / Raffaele Pezzilli
    Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency in Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus / Philip D Hardt
    Diabetes Mellitus Related to Diseases of the Exocrine Pancreas (Pancreatogenic Diabetes) / David A Bradley, Phil A Hart.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    edited by Hans Popper and Daniel S. Kushner.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Cardiovascular-renal problems.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J6 .C77
    1
  • Digital
    Suresh S. David, editor.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
  • Digital
    Stacy V. Smith, Andrew G. Lee, Paul W. Brazis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
  • Digital
    Thomas Platz, editor.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This open access book focuses on practical clinical problems that are frequently encountered in stroke rehabilitation. Consequences of diseases, e.g. impairments and activity limitations, are addressed in rehabilitation with the overall goal to reduce disability and promote participation. Based on the available best external evidence, clinical pathways are described for stroke rehabilitation bridging the gap between clinical evidence and clinical decision-making. The clinical pathways answer the questions which rehabilitation treatment options are beneficial to overcome specific impairment constellations and activity limitations and are well acceptable to stroke survivors, as well as when and in which settings to provide rehabilitation over the course of recovery post stroke. Each chapter starts with a description of the clinical problem encountered. This is followed by a systematic, but concise review of the evidence (RCTs, systematic reviews and meta-analyses) that is relevant for clinical decision-making, and comments on assessment, therapy (training, technology, medication), and the use of technical aids as appropriate. Based on these summaries, clinical algorithms / pathways are provided and the main clinical-decision situations are portrayed. The book is invaluable for all neurorehabilitation team members, clinicians, nurses, and therapists in neurology, physical medicine and rehabilitation, and related fields. It is a World Federation for NeuroRehabilitation (WFNR) educational initiative, bridging the gap between the rapidly expanding clinical research in stroke rehabilitation and clinical practice across societies and continents. It can be used for both clinical decision-making for individuals and as well as clinical background knowledge for stroke rehabilitation service development initiatives. .

    Contents:
    Neurobiology of stroke recovery
    Clinical pathways in stroke rehabilitation
    Goal setting with ICF* and multidisciplinary team approach in stroke rehabilitation
    Disorders of consciousness
    Airway and ventilation management
    Recovery of swallowing
    Arm rehabilitation
    Mobility after stroke
    Re-learning to walk
    Post-stroke spasticity
    Rehabilitation of Communication Disorders
    Treating neurovisual deficits and spatial neglect
    Cognition, emotion and fatigue post stroke
    Driving after stroke
    Health care settings for rehabilitation after stroke.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Muzammil H. Musani, Eric J. Feldmann, Michael Poon.
    Summary: This book provides a carefully selected compilation of challenging cases representative of the situations and pathologies likely to be encountered when performing cardiovascular imaging using CT. The conditions covered include coronary artery disease, anomalous coronary arteries, congenital heart disease, coronary artery bypass grafts, infectious diseases, structural heart disease, tumors, and aortic pathology. The book also provides brief insight into use of Cardiac CT geared towards the pre-procedural use in patients undergoing atrial fibrillation ablation, thoracic endovascular aortic repair, or transcatheter aortic valve replacement. In addition, scanning techniques for some of the more difficult cases that a cardiac imager may encounter in practice are reviewed. All images are high-resolution reproductions, and subsequent cardiac catheterization images are included for cases in which obstructive coronary artery disease was revealed. Clinical Pearls in Diagnostic Cardiac Computed Tomographic Angiography is specifically designed to meet the needs of residents, fellows, and physicians who have an interest in cardiovascular CT.

    Contents:
    Introduction to cardiac computed tomography
    Artifacts
    Cardiac CT in adult congenital heart disease
    Coronary artery disease evaluation using cardiac CTA
    Utilization of CCTA for structural diseases
    Procedural complications
    Cardiac tumors
    Vascular angiography
    Incidental findings in cardiac CTA.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Erin S. Williams, MD, FAAP, Olutoyin A. Olutoye, MD, MSC, Catherine P. Seipel, MD, FAAP, Titilopemi A.O. Aina, MD, MPH, FAAP.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Herodotos Ellinas, Kai Matthes, Walid Alrayashi, Aykut Bilge.
    Summary: "The objective of this book is to provide a high-yield textbook of pediatric anesthesiology combined with high quality videos that can be repeatedly used to educate practitioners on the safest and most efficient methods. The text focuses on the unique aspects and considerations necessary for managing pediatric patients"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Print
    Lifshitz, Fima.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Clinical pediatrics (Marcel Dekker, Inc.) to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    edited by Onofrio Antonio Catalano.
    Summary: "Clinical PET/MR presents the state-of-the-art of PET/MR, guiding the reader from how to scan patients, how to read and report the studies, and how keep an eye on what is clinically relevant for a patient's care. Each chapter starts with the clinical scenario and then moves to pertinent imaging, addressing the need of a clinical PET/MR book written by world experts in both clinical and imaging fields. It discusses the clinical application of PET/MR in diverse subspecialties such as head and neck, neurology, cardiovascular, pediatrics, chest, bone, hematology, breast, hepatobiliary pancreatic, genitourinary, gynecology, and gastrointestinal tract. This book is a valuable resource for radiologists, oncologists and members of the biomedical field who need to learn more about clinical applications of PET/MR."--Provided by publisher
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Tony K.L. Kiang, Kyle John Wilby, Mary H.H. Ensom.
    Summary: This comprehensive review provides a systematic, unbiased analysis, critique and summary of the available literature and generates novel clinical decision-making algorithms which can aid clinicians and scientists in practice management and research development. Potential mechanisms for the identified drug interactions are deduced from available preclinical and in vitro data which are interpreted in the context of the in vivo findings. Current limitations and gaps in the literature are summarized, and potential future research directions / experimentations are also suggested. In addition to the main objective to review the available clinical pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic drug interactions associated with WHO-recommended antimalarial drugs on the market today (i.e. chloroquine, amodiaquine, sulfadoxine, pyrimethamine, mefloquine, artemisinin, artemether, artesunate, dihydroartemisinin, artemotil, lumefantrine, primaquine, atovaquone, proguanil, piperaquine and quinine), this book also provides succinct chapter summaries on the epidemiology of malaria infection, diagnosis and therapeutics, in vivo pharmacology and chemistry, preclinical pharmacology, in vitro pharmacodynamics, in vitro reaction phenotyping, and in vitro drug-drug interaction data associated with the identified antimalarial drugs.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Pharmacology of Recommended Antimalarial Agents
    Drug Interaction Potential of Antimalarial Drugs Based on Known Metabolic Properties of Antimalarials
    Pharmacokinetic Drug Interactions Affecting Antimalarials
    Effects of Antimalarials on the Pharmacokinetics of Co-Administered Drugs
    Effects of Antimalarials on the Pharmacokinetics of Co-Administered Antimalarials
    Pharmacodynamic Interactions: Clinical Evidence for Combination Therapy, In Vitro Interactions, and In Vivo Interactions
    Limitations, Future Directions, and Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Morris J. Brown, Pankaj Sharma, Fraz A. Mir, Peter N. Bennett.
    Contents:
    1. Clinical pharmacology
    2. Topics in drug therapy
    3. Discovery and development of drugs
    4. Evaluation of drugs in humans
    5. Health technology assessment
    6. Regulation of medicines
    7. Classification and naming of drugs
    8. General pharmacology
    9. Unwanted effects and adverse drug reactions
    10. Poisoning, overdose, antidotes
    11. Drug dependence
    12. Chemotherapy of infections
    13. Antibacterial drugs
    14. Chemotherapy of bacterial infections
    15. Viral, fungal, protozoal and helminthic infections
    16. Drugs for inflammation and joint disease
    17. Drugs and the skin
    18. Pain and analgesics
    19. Anaesthesia and neuromuscular block
    20. Psychotropic drugs
    21. Neurological disorders- epilepsy, Parkinson's disease and multiple sclerosis
    22. Cholinergic and antimuscarinic (anticholinergic) mechanisms and drugs
    23. Adrenergic mechanisms and drugs
    24. Arterial hypertension, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction and heart failure
    25. Cardiac arrhythmia
    26. Hyperlipidaemias
    27. Kidney and genitourinary tract
    28. Respiratory system
    29. Drugs and haemostasis
    30. Red blood cell disorders
    31. Neoplastic disease and immunosuppression
    32. Oesophagus, stomach and duodenum
    33. Intestines
    34. Liver and biliary tract
    35. Adrenal corticosteroids, antagonists, corticotropin
    36. Diabetes mellitus, insulin, oral antidiabestes agents, obesity
    37. Thyroid hormones, antithyroid drugs
    38. Hypothalamic, pituitary and sex hormones
    39. Vitamins, calcium, bone.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Ken B. Johnson.
    Contents:
    Section I: Core concepts in clinical pharmacology
    Section II: Anesthetic drugs
    Section III: Perioperative drugs for the anesthesiologist
    Section IV: Special populations
    Section V. Perioperative dosing considerations
    Section VI. Dosing considerations for selected cases.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael Levitzky, Kathleen McDonough, Dr. Alan David Kaye, MD, PhD, Stanley Hall.
    Summary: "The most concise and high yield presentation available for physiology topics for the anesthesia provider"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by Constance Dahlin, Patrick J. Coyne, Betty R. Ferrell.
    Contents:
    Pain / Judith A. Paice
    Dyspnea / Kathleen Broglio
    Bowel symptoms : constipation, diarrhea, and obstruction / Kimberly Chow and Lauren Koranteng
    Challenging symptoms : dry mouth, hiccups, fevers, pruritus, and sleep disorders / Barton T. Bobb and Devon Fletcher
    Nausea and vomiting / Maureen Lynch
    Anxiety / Maria Gatto, Patricia Thomas, and Ann Berger
    Delirium / Peggy S. Burhenn
    Depression and suicide / John D. Chovan
    Palliative emergencies / Marcia J. Buckley and Ann Syrett
    Discontinuation of life sustaining therapies / Kathy Plakovic
    Withdrawal of cardiology technology / Patricia Maani Fogelman and Janine A. Gerringer
    Withdrawal of respiratory technology / Beth Wagner
    Palliative sedation / Peg Nelson
    Pediatric palliative care across the continuum / Vanessa Battista and Gina Santucci
    Palliative care of the geriatric patient / Phyllis B. Whitehead.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: The Clinical practice handbook for safe abortion care is intended to facilitate the practical application of the clinical recommendations from the second edition of Safe abortion: technical and policy guidance for health systems (World Health Organization [WHO] 2012). While legal, regulatory, policy and service-delivery contexts may vary from country to country, the recommendations and best practices described in both of these documents aim to enable evidence-based decision-making with respect to safe abortion care.
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RG734 .C556 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Arunaloke Chakrabarti, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses the unique epidemiology of fungal infections in Asia, illustrating that the situation in these countries is different from that in Western countries in terms of the causative species, natural history and management strategies. Asia, the world's largest continent and home to more than half the global population, has conditions that favor the growth of many fungi, including a number of unique species. Further, socio-economic conditions such as overcrowding, compromised health care facilities and lack of awareness add to the morbidity and mortality due to fungal diseases in this part of the world. Since the majority of Asian countries do not have good diagnostic mycology laboratories, antifungal management is often based on experience. The limited data from Asian countries suggest a very high incidence of fungal infections. This book addresses epidemiology of fungal infections in general and specific populations of Asia, fungal allergy, and diagnosis and management in resource-limited environments. The book is must read for busy clinicians, microbiologists and critical care providers.

    Contents:
    Intro; Distinctive Features of the Book; Contents; Editors and Contributors;
    1: Introduction; References; Part I: Epidemiology in Asia;
    2: Epidemiology of Superficial Fungal Infections in Asia; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Epidemiology of Dermatophytosis in Asia; 2.3 Epidemiology of Dermatophytes in India; 2.4 Epidemiology of Dermatophytes in China; 2.5 Epidemiology of Dermatophytes in Iran; 2.6 Epidemiology of Dermatophytes in Other Asian Countries; 2.7 Onychomycosis Due to Non-dermatophytic Molds; 2.8 Superficial Diseases Caused by Malassezia Species 2.8.1 Malassezia and Seborrheic Dermatitis/Dandruff2.8.2 Pityriasis Versicolor (PV); 2.8.3 Pityrosporum Folliculitis; 2.9 Tinea Nigra; 2.10 Piedra; 2.11 Fungal Keratitis; References;
    3: Epidemiology of Endemic Mycoses in Asia; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Epidemiology of Histoplasmosis, Talaromycosis, and Blastomycosis in Asia; 3.3 Epidemiology of Sporotrichosis; References;
    4: Epidemiology of Opportunist Fungal Infections in Asia; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Incidence/Prevalence; 4.1.2 Risk Factors/Underlying Illness; 4.1.2.1 Spectrum of Agents; 4.2 Conclusions; References Part II: Special Populatio
    n5: Mycoses in Intensive Care Units; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Invasive Candidiasis (IC); 5.2.1 Invasive Mold Infection (IMI); 5.2.2 Pneumocystis jirovecii Pneumonia (PCP) [7]; 5.3 Conclusion; References;
    6: Mycoses in AIDS; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 Pneumocystis jirovecii Pneumonia; 6.1.2 Cryptococcosis; 6.1.3 Talaromycosis (Formerly Penicilliosis); 6.1.4 Histoplasmosis; 6.1.5 Mucosal Candidiasis; 6.1.6 Aspergillosis; References;
    7: Mycoses in Neonates and Children; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Neonates; 7.2.1 Epidemiology 7.2.2 Clinical Presentation and Diagnosis7.2.3 Treatment [11]; 7.2.4 Prevention; 7.3 Children in the Critical Care Unit; 7.3.1 Epidemiology; 7.3.2 Risk Factors, Clinical Features and Diagnosis of IC; 7.3.3 Therapy; 7.3.4 Prevention; 7.4 Children on Cancer Chemotherapy/HSCT; 7.4.1 Epidemiology; 7.4.2 Diagnosis [22, 25]; 7.4.3 Treatment [22]; 7.4.4 Prevention/Prophylaxis [22, 26, 27]; 7.5 Children with Primary and Acquired Immunodeficiency; 7.6 Conclusions; References;
    8: Mycoses in Transplant; 8.1 Fungal Infections in Solid Organ Transplant; 8.2 Epidemiology 8.3 Reported Studies on IFI In Renal Transplant Recipients8.4 Reported Studies on IFI in Liver Transplant Recipients; 8.5 Presentation of IFI in Solid Organ Transplant; 8.6 Evaluation of Patient with Possible IFI; 8.7 Diagnosis of IFI; 8.8 Treatment of IFI; 8.9 Prophylaxis Against IFI; 8.10 Fungal Infections in Stem Cell Transplant (SCT); 8.11 Presentation of IFI in HSCT; 8.12 Diagnosis of IFI; 8.13 Treatment of IFI; 8.14 Prophylaxis Against IFI; References;
    9: Mycoses in Hematological Malignancies; 9.1 Introduction; 9.1.1 Magnitude of Problem; 9.2 IFD in AML; 9.3 IFD in ALL
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joanne V. Hickey, PhD, RN, ACNP-BC, FAAN, FCCM.
    Summary: This text prepares its users to deliver expert care in this most challenging nursing specialty. It addresses neuroanatomy, assessment, diagnostic evaluation and management of the complete range of neurological disorders for which nurses provide patient care, including trauma, stoke, tumors, seizures, headache, aneurysms, infections, degenerative disorders and features new chapters on neurological critical care and peripheral neuropathies. The new edition has been thoroughly revised to reflect standards of care based on evidence-based practice. It now includes separate pathophysiology sections in each chapter, new resource guides, such as internet sites and professional and patient information sources, key points summaries, evidence-based boxes, and nursing research features.

    Contents:
    The state of the science of neuroscience nursing practice / Joanne V. Hickey
    Care settings and transitions in care / Susan B. fowler and Joanne V. Hickey
    Ethical perspectives and end-of-life care / Shannon E. Pearce and Joanne V. Hickey
    Organ donation and donor management / Maureen T. Smith and Joanne V. Hickey
    Overview of neuroanatomy and neurophysiology / Joanne V. Hickey and Joseph T. Kanusky
    Diagnostics for patients with neurological disorders / Joanne V. Hickey
    Comprehensive neurological examination / Joanne V. Hickey
    Neurological assessment / Joanne V. Hickey
    Nutritional support for neuroscience patients / Joanne V. Hickey and Elizabeth O. Jacobs
    Neuroendocrine disorders in neuroscience patients / Laura J. Griffin and Joanne V. Hickey
    Rehabilitation of patients with neurological disorders / Joanne V. Hickey and Emily C. Bonvillain
    Pharmacologic management of neuroscience patients / Timothy F. Lassiter and Amy I. Henkel
    Intracranial hypertension : theory and management of increased intracranial pressure / Karen S. March and Joanne V. Hickey
    Management of patients undergoing neurosurgical procedures / Lori K. Madden, Peter K. Tham, and Kiarash Shahlaie
    Management of patients with a depressed level of consciousness / Joanne V. Hickey and Bahia Elkamand
    Craniocerebral injuries / Karen S. March and Joanne V. Hickey
    Spine and spinal cord injuries / Andrea L. Strayer and Joanne V. Hickey
    Back pain and spinal disorders / Andrea L. Strayer and Joanne V. Hickey
    Traumatic peripheral nerve injuries / Andrea L. Strayer and Joanne V. Hickey
    Brain tumors / Jennifer E. Cahill and Terri S. Armstrong
    Spinal cord tumors / Gisela Sanchez-Williams and Terri S. Armstrong
    Transient ischemic attacks and acute ischemic stroke / Sarah L. Livesay and Joanne V. Hickey
    Intracerebral hemorrhagic stroke / Joanne V. Hickey and Sarah L. Livesay
    Cerebral aneurysms / Deidre A. Buckley and Joanne V. Hickey
    Arteriovenous malformations and other cerebrovascular anomalies / Deidre A. Buckley and Joanne V. Hickey
    Chronic pain / Maureen F. Cooney
    Headaches / Joanne V. Hickey and Amy F. Larson
    Seizures and epilepsy / Kathy M. England and Madona D. Plueger
    Infections of the central nervous system / Michelle VanDemark and Joanne V. Hickey
    Mild cognitive impairment, dementias, and Alzheimer's disease / Vaunette P. Fay and Christine St. Michel
    Parkinson's disease / Joanne V. Hickey
    Multiple sclerosis / Megan R. Weigel and Joanne V. Hickey
    Myasthenia gravis / Wilma J. Koopman and Joanne V. Hickey
    Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis / Joanne V. Hickey
    Peripheral neuropathies / Joanne V. Hickey
    Cranial nerve diseases / Mary M. Guanci.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Joanne V. Hickey ; associate editor, Andrea L. Strayer.
    Summary: "Neuroscience nurses practice in a very complex and challenging environment, caring for equally complex patients with multiple needs. Therefore, the contemporary neuroscience nurse engages in high-level assessment, information processing, and decision making. This requires professional competency in not only the specialty of neuroscience nursing practice, but also in general nursing and interprofessional collaborative practice. Much of the care delivered is through teams, with the nurse being an integral team member. The complexities of team communications, coordination, continuity, and safety require new models of practice to achieve optimal outcomes"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Neuroscience nursing: contemporary practice
    The state of the science of neuroscience nursing practice
    Ethical perspectives and end-of-life care
    Beyond the hospital: preparing and caring for neuroscience patients after acute care
    Section 2. Assessment and evaluation of neuroscience patients
    Overview of neuroanatomy and neurophysiology
    Diagnostics for patients with neurological disorders
    Comprehensive neurological examination
    Neurological assessment
    Section 3. Neuroscience nursing: common management challenges
    Intracranial hypertension: theory and management of increased intracranial pressure
    Hydrocephalus
    Management of patients with an altered level of consciousness
    Neuroendocrine disorders in neuroscience patients
    Neurosurgical procedures: patient care management
    Rehabilitation of patients with neurological disorders
    Section 4. Nursing management of patients with injury to the neurological system
    Craniocerebral injuries
    Spine and spinal cord injuries
    Back pain and spinal disorders
    Section 5. Nursing management of cranial nerve disorders and peripheral nerve injuries
    Cranial nerve diseases
    Peripheral nerve injuries
    Section 6. Nursing management of patients with neoplasms of the neurological system
    Brain tumors
    Spinal cord tumors
    Section 7. Nursing management of patients with cerebrovascular disease
    Transient ischemic attacks and acute ischemic stroke
    Intracerebral hemorrhagic stroke
    Intracranial aneurysms
    Arteriovenous malformations and other cerebrovascular anomalies
    Section 8. Nursing management of patients with pain, seizures, and CNS infections
    Chronic pain
    Headaches
    Seizures and epilepsy
    Infections of the central nervous system
    Section 9. Nursing management of patients with movement disorders, neurodegenerative and neuromuscular diseases
    Parkinson's disease
    Alzheimer's disease and related dementias
    Multiple sclerosis
    Guillain-Barré syndrome
    Myasthenia gravis
    Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Sing Yu Moorcraft, Daniel L.Y. Lee, David Cunningham.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] David B. Elliott.
    Contents:
    Evidence-based eye examinations
    Communication skills
    Assessment of visual function
    Refraction and prescribing
    Contact lens assessment
    Assessment of Binocular Vision and Accommodation
    Ocular health assessment
    Variations in appearance of the normal eye
    Physical examination procedures.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Antonia Vlahou, Manousos Makridakis.
    Contents:
    Biological sample collection for clinical proteomics : existing SOPs / Vasiliki Lygirou, Manousos Makridakis, and Antonia Vlahou
    Targeting the proteome of cellular fractions : focus on secreted proteins / Agnieszka Latosinska [and others]
    Preparation of urinary exosomes : methodological issues for clinical proteomics / Marina Pitto, Samuele Corbetta, and Francesca Raimondo
    Sample treatment methods involving combinatorial peptide ligand libraries for improved proteomes analyses / Pier Giorgio Righetti and Egisto Boschetti
    Glycoprotein enrichment method Using a selective magnetic nano-probe platform (MNP) functionalized with lectins / Marta Cova [and others]
    Latest advancements in proteomic two-dimensional gel electrophoresis analysis applied to biological samples / Laura Santucci [and others]
    2DE maps in the discovery of human autoimmune kidney diseases : the case of membranous glomerulonephritis / Maurizio Bruschi, Laura Santucci, Gian Marco Ghiggeri, and Giovanni Candiano
    MALDI-imaging mass spectrometry on tissues / Veronica Mainini [and others]
    Laser capture microdissection of fluorescently labeled amyloid plaques from alzheimer's disease brain tissue for mass spectrometric analysis / Diana A.T. Nijholt, Christoph Stingl, and Theo M. Luider
    Urine sample preparation and fractionation for global proteome profiling by LC-MS / Magali Court, Jérôme Garin, and Christophe D. Masselon
    Methods in capillary electrophoresis coupled to mass spectrometry for the identification of clinical proteomic/peptidomic biomarkers in biofluids / Angelique Stalmach [and others]
    Quantification of proteins in urine samples using targeted mass spectrometry methods / Nina Khristenko and Bruno Domon
    Statistical issues in the design and planning of proteomic profiling experiments / David A. Cairns
    Integrating proteomics profiling data sets : a network perspective / Akshay Bhat, Mohammed Dakna, and Harald Mischak
    European medicines agency experience with biomarker qualification / Efthymios Manolis [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by S Paige Hertweck, Maggie L. Dwiggins.
    Summary: Published in association with NASPAG, this updated second edition gives quick access to the essential information. The authors combine their clinical experience with a complete review of the literature, placing it in an easy to consult format with photographs, figures, and algorithms.*Offers a concise guide to the clinical essentials in diagnosis and management for Pediatric & Adolescent Gynecology *Provides an invaluable quick reference for family physicians, nurses, residents, and trainees *Presents the clinical expertise of NASPAG experts
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Digital
    George T. Grossberg, Laurence J. Kinsella, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Psychopharmacology for Neurologists
    2. General Principles of Psychopharmacology
    3. Special Considerations for the Elderly
    4. Antidepressants
    5. Anxiolytics
    6. Sedatives and Hypnotics
    7. Treating the Behavioral Symptoms of Dementia
    8. Antipsychotics
    9. Cognitive Enhancers
    10. Mood Stabilizers, Anticonvulsants, and Anti-agitants
    11. Drug-Dietary Interactions: Over-the-Counter Medications, Herbs and Dietary Supplements.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Dr Mira Lal.
    Summary: The interplay between mind and body is a rapidly developing area of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, growing in prominence as many areas of medicine recognise the importance of understanding the physical, mental, and social aspects of numerous health conditions. Clinical Psychosomatic Obstetrics and Gynaecology: A Patient-Centred Biopsychosocial Practice is a fundamental work that enhances the understanding of the management of womens disease conditions resulting from psychosomatic or mind-body interactions that are routinely encountered by clinicians.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Mieczyslaw Pokorski.
    Summary: This book describes various aspects of current scientific interest in clinical developments and management of pulmonary pathologies. Non-communicable and communicable disorders are tackled. Chronic disorders of an inflammatory background, such as COPD and asthma, often overlapping, diagnostically and therapeutically misguided and always difficult to manage, are in focus due to an increasing prevalence across the age range. The authors dwell on the disease management, exacerbations, care and therapy, taking into account all too often overlooked psychosomatic determinants. Novel markers of pulmonary sarcoidosis, also an inflammatory disease, albeit of unknown etiology, are described. The outstanding lung images of cystic fibrosis are presented in another chapter. Finally, there are reports on the extent of the influenza scourge in Poland during the past 2016/2017 epidemic season. The book is addressed to clinicians, family physicians, medical scholars, and all professionals engaged in the preservation of respiratory health.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Coexistence of Chronic Bronchitis in Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease. -Influence of Gaseous Pollutants on COPD Exacerbations in Patients with Cardiovascular Comorbidities
    Chemotherapy-Induced Takotsubo Syndrome
    Blood Group and Incidence of Asthma and Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Satisfaction with Life and Adaptive Reactions in People Treated for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Estimates of Medication Expenditure for Ischemic Heart Disease Accompanying Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Proangiogenic and Profibrotic Markers in Pulmonary Sarcoidosis
    Congruence between Pulmonary Function and Computed Tomography Imaging Assessment of Cystic Fibrosis Severity
    Detection of Influenza in the Epidemic Season 2016/2017 Based on I-MOVE+ Project
    Influenza and Influenza-Like Viruses: Frequent Infections in Children under 14 Years of Age during the 2016/2017 Epidemic Season
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editor, William Small, Jr. ; associate editors, Nancy J. Tarbell, Min Yao ; section editors, Jason A. Efstathiou, Minesh P. Mehta, William Small, Jr., Christopher G. Willett, Min Yao.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Takeshi Kaneko, editor.
    Summary: "This book describes the underlying genetic basis of common pulmonary diseases and discusses their pathogenesis and pathophysiology. These insights provide the basis for understanding different subtypes and phonotypes, and will promote better treatment strategies and individualized medicine. The book provides new and valuable information for the development of the areas of study, as well as practical guidelines for clinicians engaged in treating pulmonary diseases.This volume of the Respiratory Disease Series - Diagnostic Tools and Disease Managements will broaden the understanding of beginning and experienced researchers and clinicians who treat pulmonary diseases. Moreover, residents and clinicians engaged in medical oncology will find it a valuable guide to support them in their day-to-day work."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I Introduction
    1. Clinical development of genomic medicine in pulmonary diseases: Are genetic factors enough to determine the phenotype and inheritance of pulmonary diseases-- 2. Statistical approaches and strategies for complex diseases - Overview - : What is the rationale for the genome-wide approach to understand complex diseases - its application and limitations
    Part II Genetic Disorders in Pulmonary Disease
    3 (4)Bronchial asthma: Is asthma inherited-- 4 (5)COPD - Hereditary (A1-AT) and Non-hereditary: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of COPD-- 5 (3)Smoking behavior and cessation (nicotine addiction): Are genetic factors involved in smoking behavior-- 6. Cystic fibrosis, Primary ciliary dyskinesia and Diffuse panbronchiolitis - Hereditary and Non-Hereditary: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of these diseases--^7. Pulmonary Fibrosis -Hereditary and Nonhereditary: What are the role of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of pulmonary fibrosis-- 8. Other diffuse lung diseases - Diffuse cystic lung diseases (LAM, TSC, BHD), Sarcoidosis, Pulmonary alveolar proteinosis, and Pulmonary alveolar microlithiasis: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of these diseases-- 9. Pulmonary vascular diseases - Pulmonary hypertension and HHT: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of pulmonary vascular diseases-- 10. Mycobacterial infection - TB and NTM: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of mycobacterial infection-- 11. Pulmonary malignancies (1): Lung cancer: What are the roles of genetic factors in lung cancer pathogenesis-- 12. Pulmonary malignancies (2): Mesothelioma: What are the Roles of Genetic Factors in the Pathogenesis of Mesothelioma--^13. Genetic Factors in Sleep Disorders: What are the roles of genetic factors in the pathogenesis of sleep disorders-- 14. Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and toxicities: What should we know about genetic factors that affect the pharmacotherapy of pulmonary diseases-- Part III Oncogenic Driver Mutation (Somatic Mutations) in Lung Cancer
    15. EGFR: How important is EGFR mutation status in the management of lung cancer-- 16. ALK, and others: How important are ALK, and other mutations in the management of lung cancer-- Part IV Current Topics
    17.Application of high-throughput technologies in personal genomics: How is the progress in personal genome service-- 18. Nucleic acid amplification-based diagnostics for pulmonary diseases : What is the current state and perspectives of nucleic acid amplification technologies used in diagnostics associated with pulmonary diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Tommaso Falcone, William W. Hurd, editors.
    Contents:
    Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Ovarian Axis and Control of the Menstrual Cycle
    Female and Male Gametogenesis
    Normal Puberty and Pubertal Disorders
    Fertilization and Implantation
    Reproductive Imaging
    Amenorrhea
    Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    Menopause
    OSTEOPOROSIS FOR THE FEMALE PATIENT
    Male Infertility
    Infertility
    Fertility Preservation
    Ovarian Reserve Testing
    RECURRENT EARLY PREGNANCY LOSS
    Ovulation Induction
    Assisted Reproductive Technology: Clinical Aspects
    Assisted Reproductive Technology: Laboratory Aspects
    Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis and Genetic Screening
    Hysteroscopic Management of Intrauterine Disorders: Polypectomy, Myomectomy, Endometrial Ablation, Adhesiolysis, and Removal of Uterine Septum
    Uterine Leiomyomas
    Tubal Disease and Ectopic Pregnancy
    Endometriosis
    Contraception and Sterilization
    Surgical Techniques for Management of Anomalies of the Müllerian Ducts.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Tommaso Falcone, William W. Hurd, editors.
    Summary: Now in a completely revised and expanded fourth edition, including two new chapters, this user-friendly textbook offers a succinct overview of both the medical and surgical management of reproductive disorders, as well as coverage of associated imaging modalities. Included here are updated chapters on major reproductive endocrinology and infertility issues, such as polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), pubertal disorders, amenorrhea, menopause, management of endometriosis and fibroids (including interventional radiology), laboratory and clinical aspects of assisted reproductive technologies (ART), imaging modalities such as ultrasonography and sonohysterography, hysteroscopic and laparoscopic techniques, an expansion of female infertility and fertility, preimplantation diagnosis and screening, osteoporosis, and contraception and sterilization. Chapters new to this edition discuss third-party reproduction and uterine transplantation. In addition, chapters opens with a list of bulleted key points and end with multiple choice review questions, and most include vibrant clinical case material to illustrate important concepts. Residents, fellows, and new clinicians in obstetrics and gynecology interested in reproductive endocrinology and infertility will find this fourth edition of Clinical Reproductive Medicine and Surgery: A Practical Guide a valuable and focused reference.

    Contents:
    Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Ovarian Axis and Control of the Menstrual Cycle
    Female and Male Gametogenesis
    Normal Puberty and Pubertal Disorders
    Fertilization and Implantation
    Reproductive Imaging
    Amenorrhea
    Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    Menopause
    Osteoporosis for the Female Patient
    Male Infertility
    Female Infertility
    Fertility Preservation
    Ovarian Reserve Testing
    Recurrent Early Pregnancy Loss
    Induction of Ovulation
    Assisted Reproductive Technology: Clinical Aspects
    Assisted Reproductive Technology: Laboratory Aspects
    Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis and Genetic Screening
    Hysteroscopic Management of Intrauterine Disorders
    Gynecologic Laparoscopy
    Uterine Leiomyomas
    Tubal Disease and Ectopic Pregnancy
    Endometriosis
    Contraception and Sterilization
    Surgical Techniques for Management of Anomalies of the Mullerian Ducts
    Third-party Reproduction
    Uterine Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    John G. Brock-Utne.
    Summary: This book provides insights into how to be a productive clinical researcher via real-life case examples of successful clinical research -- and also clinical research gone awry. Through these examples of success and failure, the book develops a blueprint for building a career in clinical research. Future medical practice depends on the quality of the clinical trials to which drugs, devices, and treatment procedures are subjected today. However, clinical trials are not easy to do, and many physicians and health care providers who attempt clinical research struggle in this endeavor, primarily because of lack of instruction. Clinical Research aims to fill the gap between training and research through case studies of a long-time clinical researcher's rich and varied experiences.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This book is a blend of medical research and clinical practice. Advancements in practice are inextricably bound to have research underpinnings. The articles highlight a range of practical topics. The respiratory tract is upfront as the first line of defense of the organism. Virological and bacteriological aspects of the infections that continue to be a scourge worldwide, influenza and tuberculosis, are dealt with. Sleep disordered breathing is another hot topic. Allergy and atopy, and the role of nutraceuticals in providing anticancer benefits due to the inhibitory effects on tumor growth and angiogenesis are referred to. Other chapters describe the use of mesenchymal stem cells for regeneration of the worn away cartilage tissue in the knee. The assessment and management of cognitive decline, sarcopenia and frailty of old age also figure prominently in the texts. The book is an attempt to demonstrate the viability of a bench-to-bedside design in point-of-care patient applications. Hopefully, it will be a source of information on interdisciplinary medical research advancements, addressing the needs of medical professionals, from scientists to clinicians and allied health professionals.

    Contents:
    Regional Diversification of Influenza Activity in Poland during the 2015/16 Epidemic Season, K. Szymański, D. Kowalczyk, K. Cieślak, L.B Brydak
    Impact of Internal and External Factors on EBC-pH and FeNO Changes in Humans Following Challenge with Ethyl Acrylate, F. Hoffmeyer, K. Sucker, H. Berresheim, C. Monsé, B. Jettkant, A. Beine, M. Raulf, J. Bünger, T. Brüning
    Influence of Socioeconomic Factors on Self-Reported Prevalence of Allergic Diseases among Female University Students, K. Kliś, M. Żurawiecka, A. Suder, I. Teul, B. Borowska-Strugińska, E. Suliga, I. Wronka
    Microbiologic Methods in the Diagnostics of Upper Respiratory Tract Pathogens, J. Kompanikova, A. Zumdick, M. Neuschlova, V. Sadlonova, and E. Novakova
    Seroprevalence of Bartonella Species in Patients with Ocular Inflammation, J. Brydak-Godowska, D. Kopacz, P.K. Borkowski, B. Fiecek, A. Hevelke, D. Rabczenko, S. Tylewska-Wierzbanowska, D. Kęcik, and Tomasz Chmielewski
    Body Composition, Anthropometric Indices and Hydration Status of Obstructive Sleep Apnea Patients: Can Cachexia Coexist with Obesity?, B. Kuźnar-Kamińska, M. Grabicki, T. Trafas, M. Szulińska, S. Cofta, T. Piorunek, B. Brajer-Luftmann, A. Nowicka, B. Bromińska, H. Batura-Gabryel
    Frailty and Primary Sarcopenia: a Review, E. Carmeli
    Exercise Strategies to Counteract Brain Aging Effects, D. Szalewska, M. Radkowski, U. Demkow, P.J. Winklewski
    Evaluation of Immune Indices and Serum Vitamin D Content in Children with Atopic Dermatitis, A. Lipińska-Opałka, A. Wawrzyniak, S. Lewicki, R Zdanowski, B. Kalicki
    Synergistic Activity for Natural and Synthetic Inhibitors of Angiogenesis Induced by Murine Sarcoma L-1 and Human Kidney Cancer Cells, B.J. Bałan, A.K.Siwicki, K. Pastewka, U. Demkow, P. Skopiński, E. Skopińska-Różewska, S. Lewicki, R. Zdanowski
    Solitary Rectal Ulcer Syndrome in Children: A Case Series Study, K. Kowalska-Duplaga, I. Lazowska-Przeorek, K. Karolewska-Bochenek, M. Woynarowski, G. Czaja-Bulsa, A. Stawarski, S. Pieczarkowski, E. Hapyn, J. Jozefczuk, B. Korczowski, A. Szaflarska-Poplawska, A. Banaszkiewicz
    Knee Cartilage Regeneration with Umbilical Cord Mesenchymal Stem Cells Embedded in Collagen Scaffold Using Dry Arthroscopy Technique, B. Sadlik, G. Jaroslawski, D. Gladysz, M. Puszkarz, M. Markowska, K. Pawelec, D. Boruczkowski, T. Oldak
    index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Rachel L. Richesson, James E. Andrews, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised new edition comprehensively reviews the rise of clinical research informatics (CRI). It enables the reader to develop a thorough understanding of how CRI has developed and the evolving challenges facing the biomedical informatician in the modern clinical research environment. Emphasis is placed on the changing role of the consumer, and the need to merge clinical care delivery and research as part of a changing paradigm in global healthcare delivery. Clinical Research Informatics presents a detailed review of using informatics in the continually evolving clinical research environment. It represents a valuable textbook reference for all students and practising healthcare informaticians looking to learn and expand their understanding of this fast-moving and increasingly important discipline.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section I: Contexts of Clinical Research Informatics
    From Notations to Data: The Digital Transformation of Clinical Research
    The Clinical Research Environment
    Methodological Foundations of Clinical Research
    Informatics Approaches to Participant Recruitment
    The Evolving Role of Consumers
    Clinical Research in the Post-genomic Era
    Section II: Data Management and Systems in Clinical Research
    Clinical Research Information Systems
    Study Protocol Representation
    Data Quality in Clinical Research
    Patient-Reported Outcome Data
    Biobanking Challenges and Informatics Opportunities
    Laboratory Data
    Patient Registries
    Knowledge Representation and Discovery
    Section III: Knowledge Representation and Ontologies
    Non hypothesis-driven Research: Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery
    Natural Language Processing, Electronic Health Records, and Clinical Research
    The Future of Clinical Research, Health, and Clinical Research Informatics
    Data Governance
    Data Sharing: Electronic Health Records and Research Interoperability
    Standards Development and the Future of Research Data Sources, Interoperability, and Exchange
    Pharmacovigilance
    Clinical Trials Registries and Results Databases
    Future Directions in Clinical Research Informatics.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the current trends and state of the art solutions addressing various issues related to pulmonary disorders. Diagnostic and therapeutic challenges are tackled, starting with the noncommunicable diseases of sarcoidosis and granulomatosis with polyangiitis. Pulmonary involvement, practically unavoidable, runs an insidious course, and is often occulted by systemic symptoms. The establishment of a firm diagnosis, with a precision no one could oppugn, is difficult. Other issues pertain to quality of life, disease preventive measures, and the move toward personal health care in chronic sufferers from multiple conditions in later life. There is also an update on the prevalence and diagnostic and treatment challenges of extrapulmonary tuberculosis. In addition, the place of neuroproteomics in modern clinical practice is presented. The practical insights emphasize the role of science in advancing biomedical knowledge and care. The book is addressed to researchers and practitioners, and allied health care professionals engaged in effective patient care and therapy.

    Contents:
    Peripheral Arterial Tonometry in Pulmonary Vasculitis / A. Falkowski, K.A. Wardyn, and K. Życińska
    Dominance of Comorbidities or Lung Function Detriment in Daily Activity Impairment in Sarcoidosis Patients / S. Kostorz, D. Jastrzebski, M. Sikora, A. Zebrowska, A. Margas, D. Stepanik, H. Swinder, and D. Ziora
    Physical Functioning and Symptoms of Chronic Fatigue in Sarcoidosis Patients / K. Pilzak, A. Żebrowska, M. Sikora, B. Hall, O. Łakomy, S. Kostorz, D. Ziora, and D. Jastrzębski
    Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma of the Cavernous Sinus- Otolaryngological Sequelae of Therapy: Case Report / E. Dzięciołowska-Baran and A. Gawlikowska-Sroka
    Tuberculosis of the Urogenital Tract in Adults in a Tertiary Referral Center / J. Jagodziński, T.M. Zielonka, K. Peplińska, and K. Życińska
    Therapeutic Efficacy of Mandibular Advancement Devices in Patients with Severe Sleep Apnea: A Preliminary Report / M. Wojda, J. Kostrzewa-Janicka, P. Bieleń, P. Jurkowski, and E. Mierzwińska-Nastalska
    Effectiveness of Healthcare Coordination in Patients with Chronic Respiratory Diseases / D. Kurpas, K. Szwamel, D. Lenarcik, M. Guzek, A. Prusaczyk, P. Żuk, J. Michalowska, A. Grzeda, and B. Mroczek
    Two-Year Follow-Up of Fall Prediction among Older Adults in an Independent-Living Community / O. Zur, Y. Berner, Y. Ohel, and E. Carmeli
    Activities of Lysosomal Enzymes in Alloxan-Induced Diabetes in the Mouse / B. Witek, D. Rochon-Szmejchel, I. Stanisławska, M. Łyp, K. Wróbel, A. Zapała, A. Kamińska, and A. Kołątaj
    Proteomics in the Diagnosis of Inborn Encephalopathies of Unknown Origin: a Myth or Reality / A. Kupniewska, K. Szymanska, and U. Demkow
    Expression of Inflammatory Mediators in Induced Sputum: Comparative Study in Asthma and COPD / Magdalena Paplińska-Goryca, Patrycja Nejman-Gryz, Katarzyna Górska, Katarzyna Białek-Gosk, Joanna Hermanowicz-Salamon, and Rafał Krenke
    Erratum to Expression of Inflammatory Mediators in Induced Sputum: Comparative Study in Asthma and COPD / Magdalena Paplińska-Goryca, Patrycja Nejman-Gryz, Katarzyna Górska, Katarzyna Białek-Gosk, Joanna Hermanowicz-Salamon, and Rafał Krenke.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Summary: Clinical research nursing focuses on the care of research participants and the protocols of clinical research and trials. The clinical researcher nurse (CRN) balances the needs of the participant and the requirements of research across settings. The result: exceptional, ethical, and safe care that yields reliable, valid data and findings, high quality research outcomes, and, in time, better quality health care. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Scope of Clinical Research Nursing Practice
    Introduction to Clinical Research Nursing
    Definitions of Clinical Research Nursing
    History and Evolution of the Practice of Clinical Research Nursing
    Prevalence of Clinical Research Nurses
    Populations Served by Clinical Research Nurses
    Clinical Research Nursing Practice Environments
    Roles and Practice of the Clinical Research Nurse
    Tenets of Clinical Research Nursing
    Principles that Guide Clinical Research Practice
    Professional Nursing Ethics in Clinical Research Nursing
    Educational Preparation for Clinical Research Nurses
    Continuing Professional Development for Clinical Research Nurses
    Specialty Practice Certification for Clinical Research Nurses
    Trends and Issues in Clinical Research Nursing
    Summary of the Scope of Clinical Research Nursing
    Standards of Clinical Research Nursing Practice
    Standards of Practice for Clinical Research Nursing
    Standards of Professional Performance for Clinical Research Nursing
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Olli S. Miettinen, Johann Steurer, Albert Hofman.
    Summary: This book delineates the fundamental transformations that, according to its precepts, are now needed in the objects and methods of 'patient-oriented' clinical research, in order to make it genuinely patient-relevant. These transformations are presented as providing for transition from today's 'evidence-based' practices (advocated by 'clinical epidemiologists') to knowledge-based succedanea of these. While those existing practices vary according to doctors' personal opinions about the burden of the available evidence, their knowledge-based succedanea will be essentially invariant across individual doctors, as they'll be guided by 'expert systems' (imbedded in cyberspace). At issue in this is transformation in what the authors present as the very essence of clinical medicine, namely clinical doctors' esoteric ad-hoc knowing: "gnosis." This is clinical doctors' knowing - probabilistic - about relevant-but-hidden truths about their patients' health, and constitutes the basis for their teaching ("doctoring") the patients about these esoteric insights. The probabilities are 'personalized' in the meaning of their specificity to the cases' gnostic profiles. Genuinely patient-relevant clinical knowledge this book presents as the requisite basis for three species of clinical doctors' gnosis: diagnosis - knowing about whether a particular type of illness is present (though hidden) in the patient; etiognosis - knowing about whether the patient's illness was caused by a particular antecedent of it; and prognosis - knowing about the patient's future health, including as to its dependence on the choice of treatment. Pivotal in gnostic clinical research this book presents to be the studies' objects design in terms of a statistical model for the rate of occurrence of the entity of health in question, in a defined domain of case presentations. The essentials of the studies' methods designs are deduced from their objects designs. Study of this book - on the theory of "meta-epidemiological clinical research"--Is essential preparation for teaching 'patient-oriented' clinical research and for actual design & conduct of the studies and of their critical reviews. And by the same token, study of this book is essential preparation for the needed replacement of 'case-based learning' of clinical medicine, for suitably-learned teaching of the practice of clinical medicine - focused on the status quo of the scientific knowledge-base for (gnoses in) the discipline ('specialty') at issue.

    Contents:
    Foreword Preface Acknowledgements Essence of Clinical Medicine Essence of Clinical Research Clinical Research and Clinical Medicine at present Clinical Research Transformative of Clinical Medicine Core Concepts of Epidemiology and Epidemiological Research The Epidemiological Interface of Gnostic Clinical Research The Logistic Regression Model Statistics from the Model's Fitting to Gnostic Data The Types of Diagnostic Challenge and Needs for Knowledge Harvesting Experts' Diagnostic Probability Estimates Objects Design for a Diagnostic Probability Study Methods Design for a Diagnostic Probability Study The Bayes' Theorem Framework for Diagnostic Research Research Focused on Diagnostic Tests Introduction to Etiognostic Research Objects Design for an Etiognostic Study Methods Design for an Etiognostic Study Introduction to Prognostic Research Example: Research on 'Hormone Replacement Therapy' Prognostic Probability Functions from Clinical-trial Data Non-experimental Intervention-prognostic Studies Intervention-prognostic Derivative Research Theory of Medicine Defining the Essential Missions for Clinical Research Theory of Clinical Research for Its Essential
    Gnosis-serving
    Missions Toward Worldwide Scientific Clinical Medicine Glossary Appendix 1: What about 'Machine Learning'? Appendix 2: On Excellence of Epidemiologic Academia Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Shahrokh C. Bagheri.
    Contents:
    Oral and maxillofacial radiology
    Pharmacology
    Anesthesia
    Oral and maxillofacial infections
    Dentoaveolar surgery
    Dental implant surgery
    Head and neck pathology
    Craniomaxillofacial trauma surgery
    Orthognathic surgery
    Temporomandibular joint disorders
    Oral cancer
    Reconstructive oral and maxillofacial surgery
    Facial cosmetic surgery
    Syndromes of the head and neck
    Medical conditions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    Anahita Dua, Sapan S. Desai, John B. Holcomb, Andrew R. Burgess, Julie Ann Freischlag, editors.
    Summary: Care of the vascular trauma patient is a unique undertaking that requires a cohesive, multidisciplinary approach from all the surgical subspecialties to be successful. This is the first textbook of its kind to bring together all prominent management strategies from each of the surgical subspecialties, creating a unified voice on the management of the vascular trauma patient.? The purpose of the book is to serve as a practical surgical reference for the diagnosis and management of traumatic vascular injuries. Management of common vascular injuries is examined from a general, trauma, vascular, orthopaedic, plastics, cardiothoracic, and neurosurgical perspective by respected experts from each of these fields. Each section has been edited by specialists in the other relevant disciplines to ensure that every chapter represents an evidence-based assessment of all of the surgical subspecialties. Some essential topics include ideal choices of incision, endovascular versus open surgery, and the order in which to repair complex orthopedic and vascular injuries. Supplementing the clear and concise text are dozens of surgical photographs, illustrations, tables, and charts that assist in conveying complex concepts in vascular trauma management. Insights from the multidisciplinary panel of authors and editors help to simplify complex decision-making and streamline the overall care for critically ill patients. The Clinical Review of Vascular Trauma will be essential reading for any healthcare professional involved in care of the trauma patient.

    Contents:
    Vascular Surgery Essentials: Vascular Pathophysiology
    Ultrasound
    Scoring Systems
    General Principles Of Anticoagulation
    Workup And Management Of The Vascular Trauma Patient-Hematological Perspectives
    Cerebrovascular And Upper Extremity: Carotid And Vertebral Injuries
    Axillary/Brachial Injury
    Radial/Ulnar Injury And Hand
    Chest: Management Of Vascular Trauma In The Chest
    Subclavian And Thoracic Duct
    Thoracic Aorta
    Heart And ?Great Vessels
    Abdominal Aorta
    IVC And Other Major Veins
    Mesenteric
    Pelvis- Section: Iliac Artery
    Iliac Vein
    KUB And Retroperitoneum
    Lower Extremity: Femoral/Popliteal
    Below Knee Pop/Distal Vessels & Foot
    Special Situations: Military Vascular Trauma
    Pediatric Vascular Trauma
    Ortho Trauma
    Utilization Of Shunting
    Endovascular Considerations In The Trauma Patient
    OB/GYN
    Surgical Critical Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rohini Handa.
    Summary: Clinical Rheumatology is a book written by a clinician for clinicians. It covers all the essential clinical aspects of Rheumatology in an engaging, clear, and concise manner, thereby fulfilling an unmet need. The focus of this book is to cover clinically pertinent and practically relevant issues while pruning unnecessary detail. Patient photographs, tables, and boxes enhance readability. The bedside clinical and investigative approach is discussed in a lucid fashion illustrated by clinical photographs, flowcharts, and algorithms. The evidence-based treatment is spelt out in an easy to comprehend fashion. Key messages have been listed at the beginning of each chapter. The book is intended for undergraduate and postgraduate medical students, residents, fellows, and clinicians who want to gain practical knowledge and clinical insight into rheumatic diseases. The book is likely to appeal to internists, rheumatologists, physiatrists, physiotherapists, occupational therapists, as well as orthopaedic surgeons. They will find their day to day questions answered in a knowledge format that can be applied straight away. Senior clinicians will find it a ready reckoner and a handy manual to refresh and update their knowledge. Basic scientists will find it useful to gain clinical insight into the rheumatic diseases they research without being intimidated by the size of the text. Teachers will find it full of helpful teaching messages. Clinical Rheumatology is a must-have book for all those who deal with rheumatic musculoskeletal diseases.

    Contents:
    1 Bedside Approach to Musculoskeletal Complaints
    2 Laboratory investigations in Rheumatology
    3 Low Back Pain
    4 Osteoarthritis
    5 Gout and other Crystal Arthritides
    6 Rheumatoid Arthritis
    7 Spondyloarthritides
    8 Psoriatic Arthritis
    9 Reactive Arthritis
    10 Seronegative Arthritis
    11 Adult Stills Disease
    12 Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    13 Connective Tissue Diseases- The Concept and Approach
    14 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    15 Sjogrens Syndrome
    16 Systemic Sclerosis
    17 Undifferentiated Connective Tissue Disease, Mixed Connective Tissue Disease and the Overlap Syndromes
    18 Antiphospholipid Syndrome
    19 Inflammatory Muscle Diseases
    20 Vasculitis
    21 Osteoporosis
    22 Behcets Syndrome
    23 Soft Tissue Rheumatism and Regional Pain Syndromes
    24 Fibromyalgia
    25 Complex Regional Pain Syndrome
    26 Benign Joint Hypermobility
    27 Tuberculous and Septic Arthritis
    28 Viral Arthritis
    29 Sarcoidosis- Rheumatological Considerations
    30 Emergencies in Rheumatology
    31 Joint Aspiration and Injection
    32 Pregnancy, Lactation, Contraception, and Fatherhood in Rheumatic Diseases
    33 Immunisation in Autoimmune Rheumatic Diseases
    34 Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) and the Rheumatologist
    35 Web Resources in Rheumatology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Anil Bhansali, Yashpal Gogate.
    Summary: This book covers interesting and yet often challenging cases among adult patients in a unique Question-Answer format. Simulating the bed-side case discussions during the ward rounds, one question logically leads to another question thereby generating curiosity and promoting evidence-based medicine. Taking the readers through the entire spectrum starting from etiology and pathophysiology to clinical presentation to management principles, each question addresses one key aspect of the disorder. Described in a very simple and lucid narrative, this book ensures sound conceptual understanding while covering each topic comprehensively. This volume covers important topics such as acromegaly, Cushing syndrome, osteoporosis, hypercalcemia, pheochromocytoma, hyperaldosteronism, thyroid disorders, and diabetes in adult patients. These cases are not only seen by endocrinologists, but are also managed by internists, orthopedic surgeons, obstetricians and gynecologists. Less common disorders such as adrenal disorders and androgen excess have also been covered.

    Contents:
    Acromegaly: Clinical Perspectives
    Acromegaly: Diagnosis and Treatment
    Hyperprolactinemia
    Cushing's Syndrome: Clinical Perspectives
    Chapter Cushing's Syndrome: Diagnosis and Treatment
    Disorders of Androgen Excess
    Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
    Disorders of Mineralocorticoid Excess
    Hypothyroidism
    Thyrotoxicosis
    Extra-thyroidal Manifestations of Autoimmune Thyroid Disease
    Thyroid Disorders During Pregnancy
    Disorders of Mineral Homeostasis
    Hyperparathyroidism
    Osteoporosis
    Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
    Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Diabetes-Related Complications-I
    Diabetes-Related Complications-II
    Diabetes During Pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Anil Bhansali, Anuradha Aggarwal, Girish Parthan, Yashpal Gogate.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Disorders of Growth and Development: Clinical Perspectives
    Chapter 2. Disorders of Growth and Development : Diagnosis and Treatment
    Chapter 3. Thyroid Disorders in Children
    Chapter 4. Childhood Cushing's Syndrome
    Chapter 5. Rickets
    Osteomalacia
    Chapter 6. Precocious Puberty
    Chapter 7. Delayed Puberty
    Chapter 8. Turner Syndrome
    Chapter 9. Disorders of Sex Development
    Chapter 10. Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
    Chapter 11. Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia
    Chapter 12. Diabetes in the Young.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Virendra Singh, Akash Roy, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive collection of classic cases and problem scenarios encountered as bedside case discussions during ward rounds. It facilitates the practical management of hepatic disorders. The unique aspect of hepatology involves the blend of the basic tenet of clinical medicine applied to liver disease and a multitude of interventional modalities in the management of liver, biliary, and pancreatic diseases. This book takes the reader through the process of ruling in and ruling out possibilities based on clinical data (history and examination) and then traces the logical trajectory of each case from recommended investigations to the analysis of test results and finally to making a syndromic diagnosis. By adopting an evidence-based approach, the book emphasizes analytical and need-based studies to exclude any mimics. This book helps practice hepatologists and gastroenterologists for a systematic approach towards the most common cases.

    Contents:
    Section I
    Approach to abnormal liver function tests
    Acute liver failure
    Clinical approach to Hepatitis B
    Practical management of Chronic Hepatitis C
    Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease
    Alcoholic hepatitis
    Acute on chronic liver failure
    Ascites and Spontaneous bacterial peritonitis
    Renal failure in cirrhosis
    Hepatic encephalopathy
    Approach to variceal hemorrhage
    Autoimmune Hepatitis
    Primary biliary cholangitis
    Primary sclerosing cholangitis
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Hepatic venous outflow tract obstruction
    Sarcopenia and frailty in liver disease
    Miscellaneous Topics
    Selected topics in Transplant Hepatology
    Section II
    Choledocholithiasis and cholangitis
    Approach to biliary obstruction and evaluation of biliary stricture
    Acute pancreatitis
    Chronic Pancreatitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Andreas Gravvanis, Despoina D. Kakagia, Venkat Ramakrishnan, editors-in-chief.
    Summary: This book presents more than 120 cases covering all areas of reconstructive surgery. Divided into six parts (Head/Neck, Upper Extremity, Lower Extremity, Trunk, Breast and Lymphedema), it guides the reader through the difficult path of problem diagnosis, analysis and decision-making, presenting concrete steps and techniques for the successful management of patients with specific reconstructive needs. Each full-color case starts with a patient profile and continues with the diagnosis, key decisions, treatment plan, surgical procedure(s) and technical steps, postoperative management, outcome and case conclusion. Further, each case includes a discussion of pros and cons, comments, learning points and suggestions for further reading. This book will be useful for all surgeons actively involved or interested in Reconstructive Microsurgery, especially Senior Residents and Fellows in Plastic, Head and Neck, Breast Surgery and Orthopedics.

    Contents:
    Head and Neck
    Upper Extremity
    Thumb-Hand Reconstruction
    Trunk
    Breast
    Lymphedema
    Lower Extremity. .
    Digital Access Springer Live 2020-
    Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Andreas Gravvanis, Despoina D. Kakagia, Venkat Ramakrishnan, editors.
    Summary: This book presents 100 cases covering all areas of reconstructive surgery. Divided into six parts (Head/Neck, Upper Extremity, Lower Extremity, Trunk, Breast and Lymphedema), it guides the reader through the difficult path of problem diagnosis, analysis and decision-making, presenting concrete steps and techniques for the successful management of patients with specific reconstructive needs. Each full-color case starts with a patient profile and continues with the diagnosis, key decisions, treatment plan, surgical procedure(s) and technical steps, postoperative management, outcome and case conclusion. Further, each case includes a discussion of pros and cons, comments, learning points and suggestions for further reading. This book will be useful for all surgeons actively involved or interested in Reconstructive Microsurgery and valuable for Senior Residents and Fellows in Plastic, Head and Neck, Breast Surgery and Orthopedics.

    Contents:
    Head and Neck
    Upper Extremity
    Thumb-Hand Reconstruction
    Trunk
    Breast
    Lymphedema
    Lower Extremity. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Justin B. Dimick, Gilbert R. Upchurch Jr., Christopher J. Sonnenday, Lillian S. Kao.
    Summary: "Using a highly readable, case-based format, Clinical Scenarios in Surgery: Decision Making and Operative Technique, Second Edition, presents more than 130 cases that take readers step by step through the principles of safe surgical care. Ideal for senior surgical residents who are preparing for the oral boards, this updated resource presents today's standards of care in all areas of general surgery, including abdominal wall, upper GI, emergency general surgery, hepatobiliary, colorectal, breast, endocrine, thoracic, vascular, pediatric, skin and soft tissue, trauma, critical care, transplant, and head and neck surgeries"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Gilbert R. Upchurch, Jr, William H. Muller, Jr , Peter K. Henke.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Celeste M. Alfes, Elizabeth P. Zimmerman, editors.
    Summary: "This invaluable resource is the first simulation guide designed specifically to support the training and evaluation of advanced practice nursing students, novice nurse practitioners, and advanced practice nurses transitioning to new fields. This book provides a method and foundation to transform graduate nursing education to competency-based clinical evaluation, empowering programs with standardized templates and interprofessional education options for each scenario to advance graduate simulation education and research. This comprehensive guide delivers more than 50 comprehensive simulation scenarios, written by experienced APRNs, faculty, and simulation specialists. Scenarios are arranged by APRN specialty with applications for students, faculty, standardized patients, staff development, and simulation staff who prepare the advanced practice nurse and their interprofessional team for clinical practice. Not only is this text easy for faculty to use and implement, it also includes several levels of application and offers strategies for adapting scenarios to an interprofessional setting"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction dedicated to the APRN student
    Introduction for the faculty/educator instructing the APRN student
    Introduction for the simulation team supporting simulation experiences for APRNS
    General assessment: Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE)
    Adult-gerontology acute care nurse practitioner
    Adult-gerontology primary care nurse practitioner
    Family nurse practitioner
    Neonatal nurse practitioner
    Pediatric nurse practitioner primary care
    Acute care pediatric nurse practitioner
    Psychiatric-mental health nurse practitioner
    Women's health nurse practitioner
    Clinical nurse specialist
    Certified nurse-midwife/certified midwife
    Introduction to the role of a certified registered nurse anesthetist
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Louise Burke, Vicki Deakin, Michelle Minehan.
    Summary: "Clinical Sports Nutrition, now in its sixth edition, is a cornerstone of the Sports Medicine series offered by McGraw Hill. It is an invaluable asset for all professionals and students who are either working in or seeking a career in sports science, coaching science, sports medicine or sports dietetics. All chapters have been substantially revised and updated, with contributions from leading international researchers and practitioners in sports nutrition, sports science and sports medicine. Contributors are experts in their field, with extensive practical experience working with elite and recreational athletes of different ages, abilities and levels." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Physiology of Sports
    Nutritional Assessment of Athletes: Research and Clinical Perspectives
    Physique Assessment of the Athlete
    Protein Needs for the Athlete
    Energy Requirements and Measurement of Energy Expenditure
    Low Energy Availability: Challenges and Approaches to Measurement and Treatment
    Weight Loss and the Athlete
    Making Weight
    Eating Disorders and Disordered Eating in Athletes
    Bone, Calcium, Vitamin D and Exercise
    Iron and the Athlete
    Micronutrients: Vitamins, Minerals and Antioxidants
    Preparation for Competition
    Competition Fluid and Fuel
    Nutrition for recovery after training and competition
    Nutritional Strategies to Enhance Fat Oxidation During Aerobic Exercise
    Supplements and Sports Foods in Sport
    Nutritional Issues for Young Athletes: Children and Adolescents
    Nutrition Issues for the Masters Athlete
    Special Needs: The Athlete with Diabetes
    Exercise-Induced Gastrointestinal Syndrome, Gastrointestinal Disorders, Food Intolerance and Allergies
    Special Needs: The Paralympic Athlete
    Immunity, Infective Illness and Injury
    Medical and Nutritional Issues for the Travelling Athlete
    Altitude, Cold and Heat
    Catering for Athletes.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Patrick McGorry, Ian Hickie.
    Summary: Psychiatric diagnosis is experiencing a crisis of confidence. Current approaches are outmoded, with reform desperately needed. Clinical staging is a solution to this crisis. Clinical staging addresses the limitations of current diagnostic systems by recognising the full continuum or trajectory of mental illness from asymptomatic to chronic illness. It acknowledges the overlap between mental health symptoms during early stages and directly links each stage to treatment and underlying cognitive, neurological and biological changes. This approach enhances chances of early identification, promotes the implementation of safer treatments, and increases opportunities to alter the negative trajectory of mental disorders. This book comprehensively describes the conceptual basis of clinical staging in psychiatry, details current progress in identifying biomarkers for each stage, and explores the implications of staging on treatment and health systems. This book provides a foundation for transformational reform in psychiatric diagnosis.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis without borders : a pluripotential approach to preventive intervention in emerging mental disorders / Patrick D. McGorry
    Clinical staging and its potential to enhance mental health care / Cristina Mei, Patrick D. McGorry, Ian B. Hickie
    Time for a change : a more dynamic perspective on psychopathology / Johanna T.W. Wigman, Stijn de Vos
    A moving target : how risk for mental disorder can be modelled in dynamic rather than static term / Barnaby Nelson, Patrick D. McGorry, Jessica A. Hartmann
    The utility of clinical staging in youth mental health settings : neurobiological and longitudinal data from sydney-based studies of transdiagnostic cohorts / Ian B. Hickie, Joanne S. Carpenter, Frank Iorfino, Elizabeth Scott, Shane Cross, Daniel F. Hermens
    Neuroimaging and staging : do disparate mental illnesses have distinct neurobiological trajectories? / Cali F. Bartholomeusz, Christos Pantelis
    Staging of cognition in psychiatric illness / Kelly Allott
    Neuroinflammation and staging / Bernhard T. Baune
    Bioactive and inflammatory markers in emerging psychotic disorders / Gregor E. Berger
    Electroencephalography and staging / Suzie Lavoie
    Novel treatment strategies : biological / Paul Amminger, Maximus Berger
    Psychosocial interventions for youth mental health / Eoin Killackey, Mario Alvarez-Jimenez
    Transforming cultures to enable stage-related care of mental ill health : a youth mental health challenge / Patrick D. McGorry, Ian B. Hickie, Shane Cross
    The quest for clinical utility and construct validity in psychiatric diagnosis / Patrick D. McGorry.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Print
    Contents:
    v. 1. Breast, 1962, rev. 1973
    v. 2. Larynx, 1962, rev. 1972
    v. 3. Reporting of cancer survival and end results, 1963
    v. 4/5. Cervix and corpus uteri, 1964, rev. 1972
    v. 6. Nasopharynx, oropharynx and hypopharynx, 1965
    v. 7. Urinary bladder, 1967
    v. 8. Thyroid, 1967
    v. 9. Oral cavity, 1967
    v. 10. Stomach, 1971, reprint 1974
    v. 11. Esophagus, 1973
    v. 12. Lung, 1973.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R123 .C64
    1
  • Digital
    Francesco Bandello, Marco Attilio Zarbin, Rosangela Lattanzio, Ilaria Zucchiatti, editors.
    Summary: Diabetic retinopathy (DR) and its dramatic and sight-threatening complications, such as diabetic macular edema, remain a leading cause of visual impairment among the working-age population. With the advent of effective treatments, a new era in the management of DR has been opened up: it is now possible for patients to regain a degree of visual acuity not previously expected. However, amid the deluge of approved treatments and promising new strategies, clinicians may find it difficult to choose the appropriate practice in each individual case. The purpose of this easy-to-use and richly illustrated manual is to assist ophthalmologists in making decisions in the entire management of DR based on the best available evidence. Practical and complete recommendations are provided to guide clinicians in diagnosis, decision-making, and treatment. The manual includes practical algorithms and case histories relating to all stages of DR that clearly explain the progression of the disease and will help the clinician to choose the best therapeutic approach. It will be an ideal resource for ophthalmologists aiming to provide optimal clinical management for this sight-threatening disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    J. Harold Walton, editor ; Frank H. Netter, illustrator.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC39 .C567
    5
  • Digital
    Hemanshu Prabhakar, Indu Kapoor, Charu Mahajan, editors.
    Summary: Corona virus disease or COVID-19 or SARS-CoV-2 infection is the latest pandemic that has affected humans globally. The disease has manifested itself in several forms and is now the focus of research worldwide. This book covers all the clinical aspects of the novel corona virus disease, COVID-19, which is one of the most contagious diseases ever known. It includes topics related to basic sciences, such as the virology and pathophysiology of the SARS-CoV-2 disease. It includes chapters related to symptomatology of the disease and making diagnosis, preparation of the health care workers to deal with this global pandemic. The book includes chapters on anesthetic and intensive care management of COVID-19 disease victims as these topics are of vast importance. Additionally, it includes a chapter giving insight in to the ethical aspects of the issues raised regarding disposal of bodies of the victims, as this pandemic has taken many lives across the world. It includes a chapter on special considerations to patient population such as geriatrics, pediatrics and pregnant women. The book serves as a useful resource for practitioners and clinicians in any field of medicine. It is also relevant for residents, trainees, fellows pursuing their courses in emergency medicine, anesthesia and critical care as well as postgraduates and even undergraduates. The book will serve as a ready-reckoner and useful guide for physicians from varied specialties during their clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Introduction - History of Corona Virus Disease Pandemic
    Basic Virology and Pathophysiology of Corona Virus Disease
    Clinical Manifestations of Corona Virus Disease
    Diagnostic Approach to a Patient with Corona Virus Disease
    Therapeutic Approach to Corona Virus Disease
    Anesthetic Consideration for Patients with Corona Virus Disease
    Intensive Care Management of Corona Virus Disease
    Complications of Corona Virus Disease
    Psychosocial Issues Related to Corona Virus Disease
    Trauma Care and Corona Virus Disease
    Special Considerations - Pregnant Patients
    Special Considerations - Pediatric Patients
    Special Considerations - Geriatric Patient
    Control of Spread of Corona Virus Disease
    Ethical Issues Related to Corona Virus Disease
    Webliography.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kenji Kansaku, Leonardo G. Cohen, Niels Birbaumer, editors.
    Summary: The impaired brain has often been difficult to rehabilitate owing to limited knowledge of the brain system. Recently, advanced imaging techniques such as fMRI and MEG have allowed researchers to investigate spatiotemporal dynamics in the living human brain. Consequently, knowledge in systems neuroscience is now rapidly growing. Advanced techniques have found practical application by providing new prosthetics, such as brain?machine interfaces, expanding the range of activities of persons with disabilities, or the elderly. The book?s chapters are authored by researchers from various research fields such as systems neuroscience, rehabilitation, neurology, psychology, and engineering. The book explores the latest advancements in neurorehabilitation, plasticity, and brain?machine interfaces among others, and constitutes a solid foundation for researchers who aim to contribute to the science of brain function disabilities and ultimately to the well-being of patients and the elderly worldwide.

    Contents:
    Brain-Machine Interfaces in Stroke Neurorehabilitation
    Practical Noninvasive Brain?Machine Interface System for Communication and Control
    How Many People Can Use a BCI System?
    Motor Control Theory and Brain Machine Interfaces
    Electrocorticographic Brain Machine-Interfaces for Motor and Communication Control
    Theoretical Basis for Closed-Loop Stimulation as a Therapeutic Approach to Brain Injury
    Large-Scaled Network Reorganization During Recovery from Partial Spinal Cord Injury
    Reconstruction and Tuning of Neural Circuits for Locomotion after Spinal Cord Injury
    The Cognitive Neuroscience of Incorporation: Body Image Adjustment and Neuroprosthetics
    Body Representation and Neuroprosthetics
    Using Image Adjustments for Producing Human Motor Plasticity
    Engineering Approach for Functional Recovery based on Body Image Adjustment by using Biofeedback of Electrical Stimulation
    Chronic Pain and Body Experience ? Neuroscientific Basis and Implications for Freatment
    Motor Control of the Hand Before and After Stroke
    Effects of Successful Experience and Positive Feedback on Learning and Rehabilitation
    Context-Dependent Formation and Retrieval of Human Motor Memories
    Real-Time Magnetoencephalography for Neurofeedback and Closed-Loop Experiments
    Changes in Human Brain Networks and Spontaneous Activity Caused by Motor and Cognitive Learning
    Visual Perceptual Learning and Sleep
    Testing Cognition and Rehabilitation in Unilateral Neglect with Wedge Prism Adaptation: Multiple Interplays Between Sensorimotor Adaptation and Spatial Cognition.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Marilyn H. Oermann, PhD, RN, ANEF, FAAN, Teresa Shellenbarger, PhD, RN, CNE, ANEF, Kathleen B. Gaberson, PhD, RN, CNOR, CNE, ANEF.
    Summary: "This book encompasses current trends in health care and nursing education with expanded content on ways to maximize the clinical learning experiences of nursing students, use new technologies in clinical teaching, teach and evaluate student performance, and address ethical and legal issues in clinical teaching. New content covers topics such as establishing and using dedicated education units, integrating simulation with clinical education, using new technologies for clinical learning, teaching and evaluating performance in distance education, promoting interprofessional education in clinical setting."-- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Contextual factors affecting clinical teaching
    Outcomes of clinical teaching
    Developing clinical learning sites
    Preparing for clinical learning activities
    Process of clinical teaching
    Ethical and legal issues in clinical teaching
    Crafting clinical learning assignments
    Clinical simulation
    Technologies for clinical teaching / Debra Hagler and Kimberly Day
    Cases for clinical learning
    Discussion and clinical conference
    Using preceptors as clinical teachers and coaches
    Interprofessional and collaborative practice in clinical settings / Elizabeth Speakman
    Written assignments
    Clinical evaluation and grading.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Klaus Buckup, MD ; Johannes Buckup, MD [Translator: Alan Wiser].
    Contents:
    Spine
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Wrist, hand, and fingers
    Hip
    Knee
    Foot and ankle
    Posture deficiency
    Venous thrombosis
    Occlusive arterial disease and neurovascular compression syndromes
    Disturbances of the central nervous system.
  • Digital
    Jayashree Sood, Shikha Sharma, editors.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of thoracic anesthesia to equip the anesthesiologist in dealing with patient care from the time of admission to discharge. Apart from an understanding of anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology, and imaging in thoracic anesthesia this book provides important nuggets of patient examination to help in decision making. Chapters provide information on the interpretation of various tests and intra-operative data for successful conduct of the surgery. This book aims to be an efficient resource for anesthesia practitioners as well as trainees in learning about the full range of challenges faced while performing thoracic anesthesia.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgment
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Part I: Preoperative Considerations
    1: History of Thoracic Surgery and Anesthesia
    1.1 Negative Pressure, Positive Pressure Ventilation, and Endotracheal Tubes
    1.2 The Biggest Obstacle in the Way of Successful Thoracic Surgery
    1.3 Bronchoscopy
    1.4 The Problem of Cross-Contamination
    1.5 Patient Position and Lung Contamination
    1.6 Chest Tubes
    1.7 Role of Physiologists
    1.8 DLT in Clinical Use
    1.9 Bronchial Blockers
    1.10 Modification and Further Advancements 1.11 Evolution of Lung Isolating Devices
    1.12 Arrival of Fiberoptics
    References
    2: Ethical and Philosophical Considerations in Thoracic Anesthesia
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Philosophical Considerations of Thoracic Anesthesia
    2.3 Ethical Considerations
    2.3.1 Ethical Principles Governing Medical Ethics
    2.3.1.1 The Golden Four Principles of Ethics: [13]
    Principle of Respect for Patient Autonomy
    Principle of Beneficence
    Principle of Non-maleficence
    Principle of Justice
    2.3.2 The ICMR Twelve Principles of Ethics 2.4 Special Considerations in Thoracic Anesthesia
    2.4.1 The Communication Challenge
    2.4.2 Managing Conflicts of Interest (COI)
    2.4.3 Research in Thoracic Anesthesia
    2.4.4 Blood Transfusion Practices in Thoracic Anesthesia
    2.5 Conclusions
    References
    3: Functional Anatomy of Thorax
    3.1 Upper Airway
    3.2 Pharynx
    3.3 Larynx
    3.4 Trachea and Bronchial Tree
    3.4.1 Relations of Trachea
    3.4.2 Bronchus
    3.4.3 Innervation
    3.4.4 Circulation of the Tracheobronchial Tree
    3.5 Pleura and Lungs
    3.5.1 Clinical Implication
    3.6 Lungs 3.6.1 Lung Border
    3.6.2 Innervation of the Lungs
    3.6.3 Nutrition to the Lungs
    3.7 Conclusion
    References
    4: Lung Physiology Relevant to Thoracic Anesthesia
    4.1 Ventilation
    4.2 Compliance
    4.3 Resistance of the Respiratory System
    4.4 Distribution of Inhaled Air
    4.5 Closure of Airways
    4.6 Diffusion of Gas
    4.7 Distribution of Blood Flow
    4.8 Perfusion
    4.9 Hypoxic Pulmonary Vasoconstriction (HPV)
    4.10 Anesthesia and Lung Function
    4.11 Gas Exchange and Ventilation-Perfusion Inequality 4.12 Ventilation-Perfusion During One Lung Ventilation (OLV) and Anesthesia
    4.13 Lateral Position V/Q Mismatch
    4.13.1 Conscious Awake Patient
    4.14 Effect of Ventilation
    4.15 pH Manipulation
    4.16 Supine Position
    4.17 Prone Position
    4.18 Conclusion
    References
    5: Thoracic Anesthesia Equipment
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Double-Lumen Endotracheal Tubes
    5.3 Selection of the Proper Size of DLT (Refer Chap. 10 for Further Details)
    5.3.1 Margin of Safety (Fig. 5.1)
    5.3.1.1 Left-Sided Tube
    5.3.1.2 Right-Sided Tube
    5.3.2 Specific Tubes
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Julian Hughes, Philippa Lilford.
    Summary: "Chapter 1 Epidemiology and mental health in old age Philippa Lilford and Julian Hughes Introduction Epidemiology is the study of disease and its determinants in populations. Epidemiological studies investigate what the pattern of diseases are and why they develop in particular populations.[1] Epidemiology is important in improving our understanding of what causes disease. Similarly, understanding epidemiology and how to interpret observational data is crucial to avoid inaccurate causal inferences. Unfortunately, critically evaluating all of the data on mental health problems in old age was outside the scope of this chapter, but we try to highlight some important limitations and gaps in the literature. There are exciting developments in epidemiology that will guide our knowledge about the determinants of psychiatric disease. For example, genomic-wide association studies (GWAS) are increasing our understanding of genetic associations with psychiatric diseases. In Alzheimer's disease (AD), epidemiology has revealed genetic susceptibilities and identified modifiable environmental risk factors, as well as leading to improved diagnostic criteria through the use of biomarkers (see Chapter 10). It has been estimated that modifying risk factors could 'delay or prevent a third of dementia cases',[2] which has enormous implications for the information that clinicians give to their patients, as well as for public health policies"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Mental Health in Old Age / Philippa Lilford and Julian C. Hughes
    Vascular Dementia / Hugh Series and Margaret Esiri
    Young-Onset Dementias / Kate Jefferies and Niruj Agrawal
    Rare and Unusual Dementias / Susham Gupta, Olivia Fiertag, Thanakumar Thanulingam, Elena Ros, and James Warner
    Mania in Late Life / Felicity Richards and Martin Curtice
    Alcohol Misuse in Older People / Rahul Rao and Ilana B. Crome
    Drug Misuse in Older People : Old Problems and New Challenges / Ajay Wagle and Vellingiri Raja Badrakalimuthu
    Mental Health in Parkinson's Disease / Shoned Jones, Kelli M. Torsney, Lily Scourfield, Katie Berryman, Emily J. Henderson
    The Home Assessment in Old Age Psychiatry : A Practical Guide / Bradley Ng and Martin Atkins
    Driving in Dementia : A Clinician's Guide / Sarah Wilson and Gill Pinner
    Mini-Mental State Examination for the Detection and Prediction of Dementia in People With and Without Mild Cognitive Impairment and Dementia / Alex J. Mitchell
    Biomarkers and the Diagnosis of Preclinical Alzheimer's Disease / Philippa Lilford and Julian C. Hughes To Scan or Not to Scan : Neuroimaging in Mild Cognitive Impairment and Dementia / Victoria Sullivan, Biswadeep Majumdar, Anna Richman, Sobhan Vinjamuri
    Supporting Self-Management in Early Dementia : A Contribution Towards 'Living Well'? / Jo Cheffey, Laura Hill & Glenn Roberts
    What Can Person-Centred Care in Dementia Learn From the Recovery Movement? / Laura Hill, Glenn Roberts, Rachel Perkins
    Psychosocial Interventions in Dementia / Andrew Kiridoshi
    Palliative Care in Dementia : Issues and Evidence / Julian C. Hughes, David Jolley, Alice Jordan, Elizabeth L. Sampson
    Review of Treatment for Late-Life Depression / Katherine Hay, Will Stageman and Charlotte L. Allan
    Reducing the Healthcare Burden of Delirium : The Challenge of Developing More Cognitive-Friendly Services / David J. Meagher, Henry O'Connell, Walter Cullen, Dimitrios Adamis
    Controlling the Confusion : Using Barrier Analysis in the Care Home Sector / Robert Colgate, Alison Turner and Danika Rafferty
    Mental Health Laws from all UK Jurisdictions / Carole Burrell and Charlotte Emmett
    Deprivation of Liberty : Where Are We Now? / Nick Brindle and Christian Walsh
    Residence Capacity : Its Nature and Assessment / Julian C. Hughes, Marie Poole, Stephen J. Louw, Helen Greener and Charlotte Emmett
    Understanding the Person with Dementia : A Clinico-Philosophical Case Discussion / Julian C. Hughes and Aileen Beatty.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Print
    by A.C. Crooke, W.R. Butt and P.V. Bertrand.
    Contents: <br/
    >3. Variation in sensitivity between patients and standardization of treatment.
    Access via Acta endocrinologica. 1966; 111
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    edited by Alex Dmitrienko, Erik Pulkstenis.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Timothy M. Pawlik, Julie A. Sosa, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised second edition is a unique and portable handbook focusing on clinical trials in surgery. It includes new educational materials addressing the rapid evolution of novel research methodologies in basic science, clinical and educational research. The underlying principles of clinical trials, trial design, the development of a study cohort, statistics, data safety, data monitoring, and trial publication for device and drug trials are also discussed. Clinical Trials provides a comprehensive resource on clinical trials in surgery and describes all the stages of a clinical trial from generating a hypothesis through to trial publication and is a valuable resource for all practicing and trainee academic surgeons.

    Contents:
    History of Clinical Trials
    Ethics (COI, informed consent)
    Generating a Testable Hypothesis and Underlying Principles of Clinical Trials
    Trial Design: Overview of Study Designs (phase I, II, III, IV, factorial design)
    Defining the Study Cohort: Inclusion and Exclusion criteria (establishing eligibility and exclusion criteria, how should one define a cohort, balance between being inclusive versus selective / efficacy versus effectiveness trials)
    Building your Clinical Trial Research Team (how to assemble the team: database manager, research nurse)
    Clinical Trials: Ensuring Quality and Standardization (GCP, reporting of AEs, establishing SOPs, CRFs)
    Device versus Drug Clinical Trials: Similarities and Important Differences
    Statistics Setting the Stage (Sample Size, Power, Randomization, Type II error, Treatment allocation/stratification)
    Statistics Handling the Data (Intention to Treat analyses, Subgroups analyses, expressing the data (relative risk), handling missing data)
    Data Safety Monitoring Board: Interim Analyses, Stopping Rules
    Planning for Data Monitoring and Audit
    Clinical Trials: The Budget
    Regulatory Issues (compliance issues, IRB, FDA)
    Publishing your Clinical Trial (authorship, manuscript preparation, journal selection)
    Pragmatic clinical trials
    Cooperative trials
    International trials
    Inclusion of Patient Reported Outcomes
    Participation in clinical trials/as a clinical trialist for the community surgeon.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Steven Piantadosi.
    Contents:
    Preliminaries
    Clinical Trials as research
    Why Clinical Trials are ethical
    Context for Clinical Trials
    Context for clinicak tricals
    Measurement
    Random error and bias
    Statistical perspectives
    Experiment design in clinical trials
    The trial cohort
    Development paradigms
    Translational clinical trials
    Early development and dose-finding
    Middle Development
    Comparative trials
    Adaptive design features
    Sample size and power
    Treatment allocation
    Treatment effects monitoring
    Counting subjects and events
    Estimating clinical effects
    Prognostic factor analyses
    Factorial design
    Crossover Designs
    Meta-analyes
    Reporting and authorship
    Misconduct and fraud in clinical research
    Appendix A Data and programs
    Appendix B Abbreviations
    Appendix C Notation and Terminology
    Appendix D Nuremberg code
    References
    Index.
  • Digital
    Tom Brody.
    Contents:
    1. Origins of drugs
    2. Clinical trial design
    3. Run-in period
    4. Inclusion/exclusion criteria, stratification, and subgroups
    part I
    5. Inclusion/exclusion criteria, stratification, and subgroups
    part II
    6. Blinding, randomization, and allocation
    7. Placebo arm as part of clinical trial design
    8. Intent-to-treat analysis versus per protocol analysis
    9. Biostatistics
    part I
    10. Biostatistics
    part II
    11. Introduction to endpoints
    12. Oncology endpoint
    objective response
    13. Oncology endpoints : overall survival and progression-free survival
    14. Oncology endpoints : time to progression
    15. Oncology endpoint : disease-free survival
    16. Oncology endpoint : time to distant metastasis
    17. Neoadjuvant therapy versus adjuvant therapy
    18. Hematological cancers
    19. Biomarkers
    20. Endpoints for immune diseases
    21. Endpoints for infections
    22. Health-related quality of life tools
    oncology
    23. Health-related quality-of-life tools
    immune disorders
    24. Health-related quality-of-life tools
    infections
    25. Drug safety
    26. Mechanism of action of diseases and drugs
    part I
    27. Mechanism of action
    part II (cancer)
    28. Mechanism of action
    part III (immune disorders)
    29. Mechanisms of action
    part IV (infections)
    30. Consent forms
    31. Package inserts
    32. Warning letters
    33. Regulatory approval
    34. Patents.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Kamal M.F. Itaní, Domenic J. Reda, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this text is to provide the framework for building a clinical trial as it pertains to operative and non operative invasive procedures, how to get it funded and how to conduct such a trial up to publication of results. The text provides all details of building a scientifically and ethically valid proposal, including how to build the infrastructure for a clinical trial and how to move it forward through various funding agencies. The text also presents various types of clinical trials, the use of implantable devices and FDA requirements, and adjuncts to clinical trials and interaction with industry. Clinical Trials Design in Invasive Operative and Non Operative Procedures will be of interest to all specialists of surgery, anesthesiologists, interventional radiologists, gastroenterologists, cardiologists, and pulmonologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Michael O'Kelly, Bohdana Ratitch.
    Summary: "This book provides practical guidance for statisticians, clinicians, and researchers involved in clinical trials in the biopharmaceutical industry, medical and public health organisations. Academics and students needing an introduction to handling missing data will also find this book invaluable. The authors describe how missing data can affect the outcome and credibility of a clinical trial, show by examples how a clinical team can work to prevent missing data, and present the reader with approaches to address missing data effectively. The book is illustrated throughout with realistic case studies and worked examples, and presents clear and concise guidelines to enable good planning for missing data. The authors show how to handle missing data in a way that is transparent and easy to understand for clinicians, regulators and patients. New developments are presented to improve the choice and implementation of primary and sensitivity analyses for missing data. Many SAS code examples are included - the reader is given a toolbox for implementing analyses under a variety of assumptions"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Vincenzo Mirone, editor.
    Summary: Andrology is a discipline united in a mission to achieve and maintain the sexual health of men, and more broadly couples, over the entire lifespan. In this volume, undisputed leading experts from Europe and beyond come together to cover the field in its entirety, providing a guide that will be of value to urologists and other physicians in their daily clinical practice. It is designed for a wide audience, including both those coming into contact with andrological issues for the first time and more experienced readers requiring updated guidelines and advice on the most controversial and thorny issues. A wide range of topics is covered, including male genital abnormalities, disorders of pubertal development, gender identity disorders, Peyronieℓ́ℓs disease, sexual dysfunction, hypogonadism and infertility, urogenital infections, urogenital cancers, and andrological emergencies. Clinical Andrology will prove an invaluable quick consulting tool, rigorous in its scientific content but at the same time easy to read and rich in images and tables.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of male erectile function
    Male to femail transsexualism
    Female to male transsexualism
    Peyronie's disease
    Erectile dysfunction
    Editorial on erectile dysfunction as sentinel for cardiovascular disease
    Premature ejaculation
    Male sexual desire disorder
    Female sexual dysfunction
    Testosterone deficiency syndrome
    Testosterone and prostate safety
    Male Factors in couple's infertility
    Male urogenital infections
    HPV Infection in male
    Testicular cancer
    Penile cancer
    Emergencies in andrology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giovanni Mosiello, Giulio Del Popolo, Jian Guo Wen, Mario De Gennaro, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to impart all the practical knowledge required in order to evaluate and treat children with anatomical, neurological, and functional incontinence. It explains how appropriate choice of management in childhood depends first of all on a correct diagnosis, then on thorough urodynamic evaluation, and finally on sound assessment of the condition of the individual patient. The full range of relevant pathologies are considered and all of the treatment options are extensively discussed, including behavioral therapy, rehabilitation, physiotherapy, pharmacotherapy, neuromodulation, endoscopic procedures, and surgical reconstruction. Careful attention is paid to the impacts that treatments performed during childhood may have on later adult life, including on fertility and pregnancy, with a view to ensuring that the reader will be in a position to time treatments correctly, thereby avoiding adverse effects, and possess all the information needed to address the concerns of patients and their families. The book will be of value to pediatricians, urologists, nurses, physiotherapist, students, and all others with an interest in the field.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Diagnostic Evaluation
    1. Anatomy and Neurophysiology of the Lower Urinary Tract and Pelvic Floor
    2. Clinical Evaluation: History Taking and Urological, Gynecological, and Neurological Evaluation.-3. Diagnostic Scores: Questionnaires on Continence and Quality of Life
    4. Diaries
    5. Imaging: X-ray, Ultrasound, MRI
    6. Endoscopy
    7. Flowmetry and Noninvasive Evaluation
    8. Cystometry, Pressure-Flow Study, and Urethral Pressure Profile
    9. Videourodynamics
    10. Neurophysiological Testing
    11. Diagnostic Tests for Defecation Disorders: Anorectal Manometry, Ultrasound, Pelvic MRI, and Bowel Transit Time
    Part 2. Pathological Conditions
    12. Lower Urinary Tract Dysfunctions in Children and Young Adults: An Introduction
    13. Neurogenic Bladder: Myelomeningocele, Occult Spina Bifida, and Tethering
    14. Spinal Cord Injury and Iatrogenic Lesion
    15. Cerebral Palsy and Encephalopathies
    16. Learning Disabilities and Lower Urinary Tract Dysfunction
    17. Monosymptomatic Nocturnal Enuresis
    18. Nonmonosymptomatic Nocturnal Enuresis
    19. Overactive Bladder
    20. Daytime Lower Urinary Tract Conditions
    21. Congenital and Iatrogenic Incontinence: Ectopic Ureter, Ureterocele, Urogenital Sinus
    22. Congenital Incontinence: Exstrophy
    23. Po29, Sterior Urethral Valves
    24. Hypospadia and Urethral Stricture
    Part 3. Therapies
    25. Cognitive Behavioural Therapy
    26. Rehabilitation and BFB
    27. Clean Intermittent Catheterization
    28. Pharmacological Therapy
    29. Sacral Neuromodulation
    30. Bowel Dysfunction Management
    31. PTNS e TENS
    32. Botulinum Toxin, Endoscopic and Minimally Invasive Treatment (IVS and TOT)
    33. Laparoscopic Treatment
    34. Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jonathan M Meyer, Stephen M Stahl ; with illustrations by Nancy Munter.
    Summary: "The use of antipsychotics to treat schizophrenia is fraught with many layers of complexity, as prescribers try to tailor the pharmacodynamic properties of an agent to a specific patient based primarily on subjective response. Variations in drug metabolism related to genetic polymorphisms, or to medication or environmental exposures (e.g. smoking), and variable adherence with oral medications lead to scenarios that confound even seasoned clinicians. Excluding the realization that up to one-third of schizophrenia patients may not respond adequately to non-clozapine antipsychotics, 60 years of antipsychotic research has demonstrated that dose is a poor correlate of response likelihood, whereas plasma drug levels represent the best clinically available tool that quantifies the relationship between drug exposure and central nervous system (CNS) activity.[1] The classic equation by psychopharmacologist Sheldon Preskorn illustrates the variables involved in clinical drug response (Figure 1.1)"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Sampling times for oral and long acting injectable agents
    The therapeutic threshold and the point of futility
    Level interpretation including laboratory reporting issues, responding to high plasma issues, responding to high plasma levels, special situations (hepatic dysfunction, renal dysfunction and hemodialysis, bariatric surgery)
    Tracking oral antipsychotic adherence
    What is an adequate antipsychotic trial-using plasma levels to optimize psychiatric response and tolerability
    Important concepts about first generation antipsychotics
    Haloperidol and haloperidol decanoate
    Fluphenazine and fluphenazine decanoate
    Perphenazine and perphenazine decanoate
    Zuclopenthixol and zuclopenthixol decanoate; flupenthixol and flupenthixol decanoate
    Chlorpromazine, loxapine, thiothixene, trifluoperazine
    Important concepts about second generation antipsychotics
    Clozapine
    Risperidone oral and long acting injectable, paliperidone oral and long acting injectable
    Olanzapine and olanzapine pamoate
    Aripiprazole, aripiprazole monohydrate and aripiprazole lauroxil
    Amisulpride, asenapine, lurasidone, brexpiprazole, cariprazine.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Peter W. Tuerk, Peter Shore, editors.
    Summary: Research findings and dissemination are making healthcare more effective. Electronic health records systems and advanced tools are making care delivery more efficient. Legislative reforms are striving to make care more affordable. Efforts still need to be focused on making healthcare more accessible. "Clinical Videoconferencing in Telehealth" takes a comprehensive and vital step forward in providing mental health and primary care services for those who cannot make traditional office visits, live in remote areas, have transportation or mobility issues, or have competing demands. Practical, evidence-based information is presented in a step by step format at two levels: for administrators, including information regarding selecting the right videoconferencing technology, navigating regulatory issues, policy temples, boilerplate language for entering into care agreements with other entities, and practical solutions to multisite programming; and for clinicians, including protocols for safe, therapeutically sound practice, informed consent, and tips for overcoming common technical barriers to communication in clinical videoconferencing contexts. Checklists, tables, templates, links, vignettes and other tools help to equip professional readers for providing safe services that are streamlined and relevant while avoiding guesswork, false starts, and waste. The book takes a friendly-mentor approach to communication in areas such as: Logistics for administrators: Clinical videoconferencing infrastructures and technologies; Policy development, procedures, and tools for responsible and compliant programming; Navigating issues related to providing services in multiple locations. Protocols for clinicians: The informed consent process in clinical videoconferencing; Clinical assessment and safety planning for remote services; Minimizing communication disruption and optimizing the therapeutic alliance. Clinical Videoconferencing in Telehealth aptly demonstrates the promise and potential of this technology for clinicians, clinic managers, administrators, and others affiliated with mental health clinical practices. It is designed to be the comprehensive one-stop tool for clinical videoconferencing service development for programs and individual clinicians.

    Contents:
    Part I: Clinic Managers and Administrators: A Sequential Guide to Establishing Sustainable Programming: Technologies and Clinical Videoconferencing Infrastructures: A guide to selecting appropriate systems
    Conducting a Telehealth Needs Assessment
    Common Elements of the Expert Consensus Guidelines or Clinical Videoconferencing
    Policy Development, Procedures and Tools for Navigating Regulations
    Pulling it All Together: Logistics of Program Implementation
    Program Evaluation and Modification: Supporting Pragmatic and Data-Driven Clinical Videoconferencing (CV) Services
    Part II: For Clinicians: Clinical Standards and Protocols to Support Effective and Safe Intervention: The Informed Consent Process for Therapeutic Communication in Clinical Videoconferencing
    Patient Safety Planning and Emergency Management
    Clinical Assessment in Clinical Videoconferencing
    Therapeutic Alliance in Clinical Videoconferencing: Optimizing the Communication Context.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Douglas D. Richman, Richard J. Whitley, Frederick G. Hayden.
    Contents:
    Introduction / Douglas D. Richman, Richard J. Whitley, and Frederick G. Hayden
    Section I: Viral syndromes and general principles
    Respiratory infections / John J. Treanor
    Viral central nervous system infections / Kevin A. Cassady and Richard J. Whitley
    Gastrointestinal syndromes / Eyal Leshem and Umesh Parashar
    Viral hepatitis / Zina S. Valaydon, Steven A. Locarnini, and Alexander J.V. Thompson
    Infections in organ transplant recipients / John A. Zaia
    Viral myocarditis / Bruce M. Mcmanus, Michael Seidman, Karin Klingel, and Honglin Luo
    Viral infections of the skin / Zeena Y. Nawas, and Stephen K. Tyring
    Viral hemorrhagic fevers / Daniel Bausch and Cathy Ellen Roth
    Viral disease of the eye / Howard M. Newman
    Antiretroviral agents / Scott M. Hammer
    Antiherpesvirus agents / Claire L. Gordon, Christine J. Kubin, and Scott M. Hammer
    Anti-hepatitis virus agents / Scott M. Hammer
    Anti-respiratory virus agents / Scott M. Hammer
    Diagnosis of viral infections / Guy Boivin, Tony Mazzsulli, and Martin Petric
    Immune responses to viruses / Hendrick Streeck, Todd J Suscovich, and Galit Alter
    Immunization against viral diseases / Julie E. Ledgerwood and Barney S. Graham
    Chronic fatigue and postinfective fatigue syndromes / Andrew R. Lloyd
    Section II: The agents
    Part A: DNA viruses
    Poxviruses / Stuart N. Issacs and R. Mark Buller
    Herpes simplex viruses / Richard J. Whitley and Bernard Roizman
    Cercopithecine herpesvirus 1 (B virus) / Richard J. Whitley
    Varicella-zoster virus / Anne A. Gershon and Michael D. Gershon
    Cytomegalovirus / Paul David Griffiths and Matthew Reeves
    Human herpesvirus 6 and human herpesvirus 7 / Koichi Yamanishi and Yasuko Mori
    Epstein-Barr virus / Joyce Fingeroth
    aposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus (KSHV/HHV8) / Yuan Chang, Shou-Jiang Gao, and Patrick Moore
    Adenoviruses / Olli Ruuskanen, Jordan P. Metcalf, Matti Waris, and Göran Akusjärvi
    Polyomaviruses / John E. Greenlee and Hans H. Hirsch
    Papillomavirus / William Bonnez
    Human parvoviruses / Maria Söderlund-Venermo, Kevin E. Brown, and Dean D. Erdman
    TT Virus / Peter Simmonds and Colin P. Sharp
    Hepatitis B virus / Darren J. Wong, Steven A. Locarnini, and Alexander J.V. Thompson
    Part B: RNA viruses
    Human lymphotropic viruses: HTLV-1 and HTLV-2 / Roberta L. Bruhn, Renaud Mahieux, and Edward L. Murphy
    Human immunodeficiency virus / John C. Guatelli, Robert F. Siliciano, Daniel R. Kuritzkes, and Douglas D. Richman
    Colorado tick fever virus and other arthropod-borne reoviridae / Steven Yukl and Joseph K. Wong
    Rotaviruses / Manuel A. Franco, Juana Angel, and Harry B. Greenberg
    Respiratory syncytial virus, human metapneumovirus, and parainfluenza viruses / John V. Williams, Pedro A. Piedra, and Janet A. Englund
    Measles virus / William J. Moss and Diane E. Griffin
    Mumps virus / John W. Gnann
    Zoonotic paramyxoviruses / Danielle E. Anderson and Lin-Fa Wang
    Rhabdoviruses / Alan C. Jackson
    Filoviruses / Mike Bray and Daniel S. Chertow
    Influenza virus / Frederick G. Hayden and Peter Palese
    Bunyaviridae: bunyaviruses, phleboviruses, nairoviruses, and hantaviruses / Gregory J. Mertz, Clas Ahlm, and Colleen B. Jonsson
    Arenaviruses / Daniel G. Bausch
    Enteroviruses / José R. Romero
    Rhinovirus / Wai-Ming Lee and James E. Gern
    Hepatitis A virus / Sarah E. Williford and Stanley M. Lemon
    Human caliciviruses / Robert L. Atmar and Mary K. Estes
    Hepatitis E virus / David Anderson and Iswar Lal Shrestha
    Astrovirus / Carlos F. Arias and Tomás D. López
    Coronaviruses / Malik Peiris
    Arthropod-borne flaviviruses / Lyle R. Petersen and Alan D.T. Barrett
    Hepatitis C virus / Christopher Koh, Qisheng Li, and T. Jake Liang
    Alphaviruses / David W. Smith, John S. Mackenzie, Ilya V. Frolov, and Scott C. Weaver
    Rubella virus / David W. Kimberlin
    Bornaviruses / Ralf Dürrwald, Norbert Nowotny, Martin Beer, and Jens H. Kuhn
    Part C: Subviral agents
    Hepatitis D virus / Mario Rizzetto, Antonina Smedile, and Alessia Ciancio
    Transmissible spongiform encephalopathies / Christina Sigurdson, Mee-Ohk Kim, and Michael D. Geschwind.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    editor in chief, Michael J. Loeffelholz, Professor in the Department of Pathology, Director of the Clinical Microbiology Laboratory at the University of Texas Medical Branch (UTMB) at Galveston ; editors, Richard L. Hodinka, Professor in the Microbiology Department and Chair of the Department of Biomedical Sciences at the University of South Carolina School of Medicine, Stephen A. Young, Director of Research and Clinical Trials at TriCore Reference Laboratories, Benjamin A. Pinsky, Assistant Professor in the Departments of Pathology and Medicine, Division of Infectious Diseases and Geographic Medicine, at the Stanford University School of Medicine.
    Contents:
    Section I: General topics in clinical virology
    Virus taxonomy / Steven J. Drews
    Quality control/quality assurance / Matthew J. Bankowski
    Regulatory compliance / Linoj Samuel
    Laboratory safety / Sue C. Kehl
    Laboratory Design / Matthew J. Binniker
    Section II: Laboratory procedures for detecting viruses
    Specimen selection, collection, transport, processing, and storage / Reeti Khare and Thomas E. Grys
    Primary isolation of viruses / Marie L. Landry and Diane S. Leland
    Antigen detection methods (IFA, solid-phase immunoassays) / Diane S. Leland and Ryan F. Rlich
    serologic methods (IFA, IA, WB, HA, HI, Neut, IgM-specific methods) / Dongxiang Xia, Debra A. Wadford, Christopher P. Preas, and David P. Schnurr
    Nucleic acid extraction in diagnostic virology / Raymond H. Widen
    Nucleic acid amplification by polymerase chain reaction / Ana María Cárdenas and Kevin Alby
    Isothermal nucleic acid amplification methods / Harald H. Kessler and Evelyn Stelzl
    Quantitative molecular methods / Natalie N. Whitfield and Donna M. Wolk
    Signal amplification methods / Yun (Wayne) Wang
    Sequencing methods / Joanne Bartkus
    Phenotypic and genotypic antiviral susceptibility testing / Martha T. Van Der Beek and Eric C. J. Claas
    Point-of-care diagnostic virology / James J. Dunn and Lakshmi Chandramohan
    Future technology / Erin Mcelvania Tekipe and Carey-Ann D. Burnham
    Section III: Viral pathogens
    Respiratory viruses / Christine Robinson
    Enteroviruses and parechoviruses / M. Steven Oberste and Mark A. Pallansch
    Measles, mumps, and rubella viruses / William J. Bellini, Joseph P. Icenogle, and Carole J. Hickman
    Gastrointestinal viruses / Michael D. Bowen
    Hepatitis A and E viruses / Gilberto Vaughan and Michael A. Purdy
    Hepatitis B and D viruses / Rebecca T. Horvat
    Hepatitis C virus / David Hillyard and Melanie Mallory
    Herpes simplex viruses and Varicella-Zoster virus / Mark Prichard
    Cytomegalovirus / Preeti Pancholi and Stanley I. Martin
    Epstein-Barr virus / Derrick Chen and Belinda Yen-Lieberman
    Human herpesviruses 6, 7, and 8 / Sheila C. Dollard and Tim Karnauchow
    Human papillomaviruses / Susan Novak-Weekley and Robert Pretorius
    Human polyomaviruses / Rebecca J. Rockett, Michael D. Nissen, Theo P. Sloots, and Seweryn Bialasiewicz
    Parvovirus / Richard S. Buller
    Poxviruses / Ashley V. Kondas and Victoria A. Olson
    Rabies virus / Robert J. Rudd
    Arboviruses / Laura D. Kramer, Elizabeth B. Kauffman, and Norma P. Tavakoli
    Animal-borne viruses / Gregory J. Berry, Michael J. Loeffelholz, and Gustavo Palacios
    Human immunodeficiency virus and human T-lymphotropic viruses / Jörg Schüpbach
    Chlamydiae / Bobbie Van Der Pol and Charlotte A. Gaydos
    Human virome / Matthew C. Ross, Nadim J. Ajami, and Joseph F. Petrosino
    Human susceptibility and response to viral diseases / Ville Peltola and Jorma Ilonen
    Appendices: Reference virology laboratories
    A. Reference virology laboratories at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention / Roberta B. Carey
    B. U.S. state and local public health laboratories / Jane Getchell
    C. International reference laboratories/laboratory systems / Ariel Suarez and Cristina Videla.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    by Gunnar Schmidtmann.
    Summary: This book provides a concise and user-friendly guide to the most common and important numbers, laws and formulas in clinical vision science. Clinicians and trainees in ophthalmology, optometry, orthoptics, and ophthalmic dispensing, who are seeking an easy-to-use lab coat pocket size resource, will find this book to be an essential reference in clinical practice. Clinical Vision Science: A Concise Guide to Numbers, Laws, and Formulas is clearly structured into basics, physical optics, visual optics and ophthalmic lenses, optical instruments, photometry, visual perception, clinical procedures, and anatomy & binocular vision. Each chapter contains a range of tables, formulas, large illustrations and flow charts to allow readers to quickly and accurately find key facts for each type of examination procedure.

    Contents:
    Basics
    Trigonometry
    Angular Measures
    Degree to Radians
    Radians to Degree
    The Metric System
    International System of Units
    Important Units
    Physical Optics
    Nature of Light
    Reflection
    Reflection on plane surfaces
    Reflection on curved surfaces
    Important equations
    Refraction
    Refractive Index
    Snells Law
    Total Internal Reflection
    Refraction by Prisms
    Refraction on curved surfaces
    Important equations
    Step along method
    The power of a lens system
    Thick Lenses
    Photometry
    Flat angles
    Solid angles
    Inverse Square Law
    Cosine Law
    Optical Instruments
    Camera
    Magnification
    The Simple Magnifier
    Entrance and Exit Pupils
    Visual Optics & Ophthalmic Lenses
    Calculating the Sag
    Lens meter equation
    Toric Transposition
    Astigmatism & Cylindrical Lenses
    Toric Lenses
    Oblique Crossed Cylinders
    Accommodation & Vergence
    Accommodation
    Vergence
    Prisms
    Prism Dioptre
    Prism Notation
    Prentice Rule
    The prismatic effect of a sphero-cylindrical lens
    Ophthalmic Lenses
    Types of Lenses
    Lens Materials
    Dispersion and Abbe Number
    Transverse Chromatic Aberration
    Eye Models
    Gullstrands Reduced Schematic Eye
    Gullstrands Simplified Schematic Eye
    Gullstrands Exact Schematic Eye
    Retinal Blur Circle
    Spectacle Magnification
    Visual Perception
    Visual Acuity
    Contrast
    Weber Contrast
    Michelson Contrast
    Root Mean Square (RMS) Contrast
    Sensation & Perception
    Webers Law
    Fechners Law
    Stevens Power Law
    Riccos Law
    Blochs Law
    Pipers Law
    Ocular Anatomy
    The Anatomy of the Orbit
    The Anatomy of the Eye
    The external Eye & Eye Muscles
    The internal Eye & Retina
    Ocular Diseases & Ocular Pharmacology
    Summary of Common Ocular Diseases
    List of Common Drugs, Dosages, Indications & Contraindications
    Clinical Procedures
    Direct Ophthalmoscopy
    Retinoscopy
    Subjective Refrac tion
    Fan & Block
    Jackson Cross Cylinder Technique
    Near Vision & Accommodation
    Distance and Near Acuity Chart
    Binocular Vision & Orthoptics
    Definitions: Eso, Exo, Hypo, Hyper
    Phoria vs Tropia
    Extraocular Muscles
    Directions of maximal action for Extrocular Muscles
    Primary and secondary actions
    Adduction
    Abduction
    Incyclo
    Excyclo
    Herings Law
    Sherringtons Law
    Sheards Criterion
    Cranial Nerves and Eye Muscles
    Cover-Uncover & Alternate Cover Test
    Hess Chart interpretation
    Difference between Concomitance and Incomitance
    Order of Muscle Sequelae
    Assessment of Motor Fusion
    Prism Corrections
    Crossed and Uncrossed Diplopia
    Bielschowsky Head Tilt Test
    Diagnostic Techniques
    Slit Lamp Biomicroscopy
    Diffuse Illumination
    Sclerotic Scatter
    Direct Illumination
    Indirect Illumination
    Retro Illumination
    Specular Reflection
    Mire Reverse
    Van Hericks Technique
    Gonioscopy
    Keratometry
    Tonometry
    Perimetry
    Contact Lenses
    Keratometry and Contact lenses
    Contact Lens Materials
    Calculations
    Base Curve
    Diameter
    Back Vertex Power
    Fitting & Assessment of Contact Lenses
    Low Vision
    Assessment of Visual Function
    Assessment of Function Vision
    Magnification
    Field of View.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Musa Touray, Aisha Touray.
    Summary: Access to approved scientific medical literature is vital in the context of providing standard, evidence-based health care. Despite the abundance of medical information, ensuring that it is available to health care professionals in the field remains a challenge. Remote areas in economically disadvantaged sub-Saharan Africa often lack internet facilities or reference libraries. At the same time, the long-term storage of books and other documents is a problem due to climatic factors such as humidity and heat, the presence of pests like insects and rodents, as well as environmental hazards and the lack of trained staff to adequately manage, maintain and distribute literary material. Against this background and based on practical experience, this book compiles a series of common disease management protocols adapted for minimal-resource facilities, formulas for national healthcare schemes (vaccination, antenatal, child care) and other useful documents that can facilitate effective hospital management in low-resource countries. Primarily intended for healthcare workers in The Gambia and other nations with a similar socio-economical background, the book is also a valuable resource for international students and healthcare workers from regions like Europe and the Americas intending to do internships in economically underprivileged geographic areas.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    A clinical approach to diagnosis and treatment
    The periodic medical check-up: a clinical approach to preventive medical care
    Neurology
    Ear, nose, and throat (ENT) and stomatology
    Cardiovascular
    Respiratory diseases
    Gastroenterology
    Urology and nephrology
    Obstetrics, gynecology, and antenatal care
    Musculoskeletal
    Dermatology
    Hematology
    Endocrinology
    Ophthalmology
    Psychiatry
    Pediatric conditions and their treatment
    Palliative care
    Organization of regular standard healthcare
    The surgical unit: organization and management
    Behind the scenes: pharmacological services
    Adapted essential medicines list for a standard minimal-resource health facility
    Immunization and vaccines
    Basic clinical laboratory services in a standard minimal-resource facility
    Hospital administration and management.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    David K.C. Cooper, Guerard Byrne, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This title provides an illuminating examination of the current state of xenotransplantation - grafting or transplanting organs or tissues between members of different species - and how it might move forward into the clinic. To be sure, this is a critical topic, as a major problem that remains worldwide is an inadequate supply of organs from deceased human donors, severely limiting the number of organ transplants that can be performed each year. Based on presentations given at a major conference on xenotransplantation, this title includes important views from many leading experts who were invited to present their data and opinions on how xenotransplantation can advance into the clinic. Attention was concentrated on pig kidney and heart transplantation as it is in regard to these organs that most progress has been made.^Collectively, these chapters effectively highlight the many advantages of xenotransplantation to patients with end-stage organ failure, thereby encouraging the mapping of a concrete pathway to clinical xenotransplantation. The book is organized across 22 chapters, beginning with background information on clinical and experimental xenotransplantation. Following this are discussions addressing how pigs can be genetically engineered for their organs to be resistant to the human immune response through deletion of pig xenoantigens, and the insertion of 'protective' human transgenes. Subsequent chapters analyze complications that arise in practice, comparing allotransplant and xenotransplant rejection. The selection of the ideal patients for the first clinical trials is discussed.^Finally, the book concludes with an analysis on the regulatory, economic, and social aspects of this research, including FDA perspectives and the sensitive, psychosocial factors regarding allotransplantation and xenotransplantation. A major and timely addition to the literature, Clinical Xenotransplantation will be of great interest to all researchers, physicians, and academics from other disciplines with an interest in xenotransplantation.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    taking xenotransplantation into the clinic 1. Xenotransplantation in nonhuman primates - the present position Kidney xenotransplantation Heart xenotransplantation 2. Donor genetics and potential infectious risks The optimal genetically-engineered organ-source pig Organ-source pig health status and potential infectious risks Regulatory requirements for the organ-source pig 3. Antibody-mediated allotransplant rejection: lessons for xenotransplantation The problem of anti-HLA antibodies The problem of ABO blood group-incompatibility 4. Patient evaluation and selection for first clinical trials Kidney transplantation Heart transplantation in adults Heart transplantation in infants and children Heart transplantation vs mechanical circulatory support 5. Social and religious aspects of xenotransplantation 6. Economic implications of xenotransplantation 7. Summary - closing in on clinical xenotransplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Keith L. Moore, M.Sc., Ph.D., D.Sc. (Hon.), F.I.A.C. , F.R.S.M., F.A.A.A., Arthur F. Dalley II, Ph.D., Anne M.R. Agur, B.Sc. (OT), M.Sc., Ph.D.
    Summary: "Clinically Oriented Anatomy provides first-year medical students with the clinically oriented anatomical information as it relates to the practice of medicine, dentistry, and physical therapy. The 7th edition features a fully revised art program to ensure consistency and cohesiveness of imaging style"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Back
    Lower limb
    Upper limb
    Head
    Neck
    Summary of cranial nerves.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QM23.2 .M67 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Keith L. Moore, Arthur F. Dalley II, Anne M.R. Agur.
    Contents:
    Overview and basic concepts
    Back
    Upper limb
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Lower limb
    Head
    Neck
    Cranial nerves.
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    1
  • Print
    edited by Laura Weiss Roberts.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Ed & Academ 101
    1
  • Digital
    Massimo Biondi, Angelo Picardi, Mauro Pallagrosi, Laura Fonzi, editors.
    Summary: The vast majority of mental health clinicians and researchers rely on diagnostic systems based on operational criteria. However, in their everyday practice, many clinicians also pay attention to their own feelings or intuitions about the patient. For an even greater number of clinicians, this process may occur inadvertently. Scholars from various fields are increasingly stressing the importance of complementing the emphasis on operational criteria with thoughtful attention to the subjective and intersubjective elements involved in a thorough psychopathological evaluation. This book aims at capturing the essence, implications and full potential of the clinician's subjective experience in the diagnosis and treatment of mental disorders. It gathers contributions from several different disciplines, such as phenomenology, neuroscience, the cognitive sciences, and psychoanalysis. It also presents the development, validation, and clinical application of a psychometric instrument that reliably investigates the clinician's feelings, thoughts, and perceptions related to the clinical encounter.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Joseph Sadek.
    Summary: The Clinicians Guide to ADHD combines the useful diagnostic and treatment approaches advocated in different guidelines with insights from other sources, including recent literature reviews and web resources. The aim is to provide clinicians with clear, concise, and reliable advice on how to approach this complex disorder. The guidelines referred to in compiling the book derive from authoritative sources in different regions of the world, including the United States, Canada, Australia, and Europe. After introductory discussion of epidemiology and etiology, guidance is provided on diagnosis in different age groups, differential diagnosis, assessment for potential comorbidities, and the issue of ADHD and driving. Advice is then given on the appropriate use of pharmacological and psychosocial treatment, the management of adverse events, and follow-up. A series of relevant scales, questionnaires, and websites are also included.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. History of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
    3. Epidemiology and Etiology of ADHD
    4. Impairment in Patients with ADHD
    5. How to Diagnose ADHD in Children and Adolescents
    6. How to Diagnose ADHD in Adults
    7. Differential Diagnosis
    8. ADHD Comorbidities
    9. ADHD and Driving
    10. Pharmacological Management of ADHD
    11. Management of Adverse Events
    12. Psychosocial Treatment of ADHD
    13. Follow-up of Patient with ADHD
    14. Books for the Public
    15. List of Scales: Children
    16. List of Scales: Adults
    17. Snap Scale: Children
    18. Weiss Functional Impairment Scale - Adults
    19. Weiss Scale - Parent Reporting
    20. Weiss Scale - Self Report
    21. Sadek Personal Adversity Questionnaire - Adults
    22. Sadek Personality Diffi culties Questionnaire - Adults
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Joseph Sadek.
    Contents:
    ADHD comorbidity: Introduction
    ADHD and Anxiety: Should I treat Amy for ADHD first or Anxiety first
    ADHD and Depression
    ADHD and Bipolar Disorder
    ADHD and Substance Use
    ADHD and Borderline Personality Disorder
    ADHD and oppositional defiant disorder
    ADHD and Conduct Disorder
    ADHD and Seizure Disorder
    ADHD and Sleep Disorder
    ADHD and Tic Disorder.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Linda Dahl.
    Contents:
    1. Breastfeeding basics
    2. Anatomy and physiology of breastfeeding
    3. Milk supply and regulation
    4. The progression of nursing
    5. Breastfeeding evaluation: the history
    6. Breastfeeding evaluation: the physical exam
    7. Treatments
    8. Abnormal nursing case scenarios
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Steven James, Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego.
    Summary: "Plants have been a plentiful source of useful drugs and remedies throughout human history. In the early nineteenth century Friedrich Serturner isolated morphine from the opium plant. By 1827, morphine was marketed by Merck in Germany and the origins of the modern pharmaceutical industry began. Over the remainder of the nineteenth century further advances in organic chemistry led to identification of other drugs from plant material. Examples of important medicines developed from plants included quinine from the bark of the cinchona tree for the treatment of malaria and salicylic acid from the willow tree that eventually led to the development of aspirin (Anderson 2005)"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Eric A. Storch, Joseph F. McGuire, Dean McKay.
    Summary: The Clinician's Guide to Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Childhood Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder brings together a wealth of experts on pediatric and adolescent OCD, providing novel cognitive behavioral strategies and considerations that therapists can immediately put into practice. The book provides case studies and example metaphors on how to explain exposure models to children in a developmentally appropriate manner. The book also instructs clinicians on how to use symptom information and rating scales to develop an appropriate exposure hierarchy. The book is arranged into two major sections: assessment and treatment of childhood OCD and special considerations in treating childhood OCD. Each chapter is structured to include relevant background and empirical support for the topic at hand, practical discussion of the nature and implementation of the core component (such as exposure and response prevention, cognitive therapy, psychoeducation and more), and a case illustration that highlights the use of a particular technique.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Eric A. Storch, Joseph F. McGuire, and Dean McKay
    Diagnosing childhood OCD / Ella L. Oar, Carly Johnco, and Cynthia M. Turner
    Psychoeducation for children, parents, and family members about obsessive-compulsive disorder and cognitive behavioral therapy / Gudmundur Skarphedinsson and Bernhard Weidle
    Assessment of children with OCD / Michelle Rozenman and R. Lindsey Bergman
    Developing exposure hierarchies / Dean McKay
    Developing and implementing exposure treatment in youth obsessive-compulsive symptoms / Dean McKay
    Modifying cognitions in the treatment of OCD in young people / Tim I. Williams
    Involving family members of children with OCD in CBT / Allison Vreeland and Tara S. Peris
    Medication management of childhood OCD / Tord Ivarsson, Gudmundur Skarphedinsson, and Bernhard Weidle
    Relapse prevention strategies for young people with OCD (after CBT) / Georgina Krebs and Angela Lewis
    Addressing common myths and mistaken beliefs in the treatment of youth with OCD / Shannon M. Blakey, Benjamin E. Thomas, and Nicholas R. Farrell
    OCD in school settings / Michael L. Sulkowski, Cary Jordan, Stacey Rice Dobrinsky, and Rachel E. Mathews
    Addressing family accommodation in childhood obsessive-compulsive disorder / Eli R. Lebowitz
    Working with challenging young people and families / Amita Jassi and Georgina Krebs
    Working with young children with OCD / Jenny Herren and Joseph Berryhill
    Strategies to manage common co-occuring psychiatric conditions / Yolanda E. Murphy, Elle Brennan, Sarah Francazio, and Christopher A. Flessner
    Managing a child with OCD who is treatment refractory / Michael H. Bloch.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Paul I. Schneiderman, Marc E. Grossman.
    Summary: Over a decade has passed since the original edition of The Clinician's Guide to Dermatologic Differential Diagnosis first came out. This massive two volume, second edition undertaking features over 4,000 new photographs of rare and puzzingly symptoms, 98 new chapters, and presents a complete update on all references and new findings since the original publication. This two volume set is designed to assist in the diagnosis of skin disease by presenting a unique and comprehensive approach to differential diagnosis. Organized alphabetically by physical finding each book in the set is meticulously put together for utility and usability. Volume 1 features a comprehensive list of the variety of physical findings a patient might have. It is the text of the work. Volume 2 serves as the atlas with which to cross reference a physical finding. It includes over 10,000 patient photos and strives to feature the rarer, more difficult to encounter pictures to arm the reader with knowledge beyond the basic. Created purely with the reader in mind, The Clinician's Guide to Dermatologic Differential Diagnosis, 2nd Edition strives to enhance the learning and teaching of differential diagnosis within dermatology. These texts are for the patient that defies diagnosis, going through checklists of diseases ensures that no clue is missed in aiding the patient. The sincere hope is that these companion volumes will be helpful in all clinical setting from medical clinic and other specialty clinics to the Dermatology clinic, from medical students to attendings, and from the nurses to the physicians assistants, whether in the academic setting or in the community environment anywhere in the world.

    Contents:
    Table of Contents
    Volume 1: The Text
    Abdominal Pain, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Abscess (Sterile and Non-Sterile)
    Acanthosis Nigricans-Like Lesions
    Acidosis and Rash in the Newborn
    Acneiform Eruptions
    Acral Cyanosis
    Acral Erythema
    Acral Erythema and Scale With or Without Linear Cutoff
    Acral Papules and Nodules; Knuckle Papules; Papules, Digital
    Acrochordons (Skin Tags)
    Acromegalic Features
    Acro-osteolysis
    Adrenal Disease, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Ainhum
    Alopecia
    Alopecia and Structural Abnormalities of the Nose and Hands
    Alopecia, Eyebrows
    Alopecia in Neonates, Infants, and Toddlers
    Alveolar Hemorrhage
    Angioedema
    Angiokeratoma Corporis Diffusum
    Annular Lesions of Penis with Surface Changes
    Annular Lesions with Surface Changes
    Annular Lesions Without Surface Changes
    Annular Scars
    Aortic Disease in the Young
    Aphthous Stomatitis
    Arthritis and Rash (Polyarthritis and Monoarthritis)
    Aseptic Meningitis, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Atrichia and Nail Abnormalities
    Atrophic Glossitis
    Atrophic Lesions
    Autoinflammatory Diseases
    Bariatric Surgery, Cutaneous Signs of Nutrient Deficiency
    Basal Cell Carcinoma Syndromes
    Bioweapons
    Black Dermatologic Entities
    Black Oral Lesions
    Blaschko-esque Entities
    Blindness, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Blue Lunulae
    Blue Sclerae
    Blue Spots
    Blueberry Muffin Lesions, Neonate
    Breast Asymmetry
    Breast Cancer, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Breast Hypertrophy (Gynecomastia) and Breast Masses
    Breast Lesions
    Buffalo Hump (Cervicodorsal Lipodystrophy)
    Bullae and/or Vesicles
    Bullae, Hemorrhagic Bullae, Hemorrhagic, Septic
    Bullae in the Neonate
    Bullae in Infants and Children
    Bullae of the Fingers or Toes
    Bullae, Transient, in Infants
    Burning Tongue
    Butterfly Rash
    Café Au Lait Macules (CALMs), Associations
    Cardiac and/or Cardiovascular Disease and Skin Lesions
    CDKN2a with p14 LOSS
    Cellulitis in the Immunocompromised Host
    Cellulitis, Infections in the Immunocompetent Host
    Cellulitis (Pseudocellulitis), Non-infectious Etiologies
    Cerebriform Lesions
    Chalky Material Extruded From Lesions
    Cheilitis (Crusted Lips)
    Chemotherapy, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Chest Wall Tumors
    Cleft Lip and/or Palate (Associated Skin Disorders)
    Coarse Facies and Coarse Facial Skin
    Cobblestone Appearance of Skin
    Cobblestone Appearance of the Oral Mucosa
    Cocaine Use, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Concentric Lesions
    Conjunctival Lesions, Pigmented
    Craniosynostosis
    Cutaneous Horns
    Cutis Laxa-like Appearance
    Cutis Verticis Gyrata
    Cysts With or Without Drainage
    Deafness or Hearing Impairment, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Dermatitis (Spongiotic), Differential Diagnosis
    Dermatitis, Facial, Pediatric
    Dermatitis, Periorbital
    Dermatitis, Periorificial
    Dermatographism
    Desmoplakin Mutations
    Diabetes Mellitus, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Diarrhea, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Dimples
    Doughy Skin
    Drug Abuse, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Dyschromatosis (Hypopigmentation and Hyperpigmentation)
    Dyshidrosis
    Ear Lesions
    Ear, Hard (Petrified Auricles)
    Ears, Red
    Edema
    Edema, Hands
    Edema, Head
    Edema, Legs
    Erosions (Superficial Ulcers)
    Erythroderma (Exfoliative Erythroderma)
    Erythrodermic Infant
    Eschars
    Esophageal and Cutaneous Disease
    Exanthem
    Exfoliation (Desquamation)
    Eyelid Lesions
    Eyes, Red and Rash
    Facial Asymmetry
    Facial Dermatitis, Scaly
    Facial Edema
    Facial Papules and Plaques
    Facial Papules
    Facial Plaques, Scarring and Non-scarring
    Facial Scars
    Facial Ulcers
    Facies
    Fetal Akinesia Deformation Sequence
    Fever and Rash, Noninfectious
    Fever, Arthritis, and Exanthem
    Fibromatoses in Children
    Fibrous Tumors, Differential Diagnosis
    Figurate Erythemas
    Fingertip Lesions
    Fingertip Necrosis
    Fingertip Ulcers
    Flushing Disorders
    Follicular Plugging
    Foot Ulcers
    Freckling of Hands
    Gastrointestinal Cancer and Skin Lesions
    Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage and Skin Lesions
    Gastrointestinal Polyposis and Skin
    Gingival Hyperplasia
    Gingivitis
    Glomerulonephritis, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Granulomas
    Granulomatosis With Polyangiitis, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Green Pigmentation
    Hair Abnormalities
    Hair Breakage
    Hair Shaft Nodules or Nits (Particulate Matter)
    Hair, Premature Graying
    Heart Block and Rash
    Heart Failure, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Heliotrope
    Hematologic Malignancies, Cutaneous Signs
    Hemihypertrophy (Asymmetric Overgrowth Syndromes) Herpetiform Lesions
    Heterochromia Iridum (Iridis)
    Hoarseness, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Human Papilloma Virus-Associated Immunodeficiency Syndromes
    Hyperhidrosis
    Hyperkeratotic Lesions
    Hyperkeratotic Lesions of Feet
    Hyperkeratotic Lesions of Hands
    Hyperkeratotic Lesions of the Nipples
    Hyperpigmentation in Blaschko's Lines
    Hyperpigmentation, Diffuse
    Hyperpigmentation, Facial
    Hyperpigmentation, Flagellate
    Hyperpigmentation, Paronychial
    Hyperpigmentation, Patchy
    Hyperpigmentation, Segmental or Zosteriform
    Hyperpigmented Lesions, Discrete Annular
    Hypertrichosis, Generalized
    Hypertrichosis, Localized
    Hypohidrosis (Anhidrosis)
    Hypopigmented Patches or Plaques
    Hypoplasia of Distal Phalanges
    Hypotrichosis With Growth and Mental Retardation
    Ichthyosiform Eruptions
    Immune Deficiency Syndromes with Bacterial Infections
    Inguinal Lymphadenitis and Rash
    Intertrigo, Including Diaper Dermatitis
    Iris Lesions, Pigmented
    Islands of Sparing
    Kaposi's Sarcoma, Differential Diagnosis
    Kinky Hair
    Knuckle Papules
    Knuckles, Pebbly, With Scarring
    Lacrimal Gland, Enlarged
    Lentigines
    Leonine Facies
    Leukoderma, Guttate
    Leukonychia
    Leukoplakia
    Linear Erythronychia
    Linear Hypopigmentation
    Linear Lesions
    Linear Lesions Following Veins
    Lip Lesions, Pigmented
    Lip Papules
    Lip Pits
    Lips, Swollen
    Lipoma Syndromes
    Lithium, Cutaneous Side Effects
    Livedo Reticularis With or Without Necrosis
    Liver Disease, Cutaneous Manifestations and Hepatic Abnormalities of Skin Disease
    Lymphadenopathy for the Dermatologist
    Macrocephaly
    Macrodactyly (Enlarged Digit)
    Malodorous Skin Conditions
    Marfanoid Features
    Masses of the Head and Neck
    Melanoma, Clinical Simulators
    Melanonychia
    Microcephaly
    Micronychia and Anonychia
    Midline Facial Nodules of Children
    Midline Nasal Masses
    Milia or Milia-Like Lesions (Fine White Papules)
    Monoclonal Gammopathy, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Mucinoses
    Mucocutaneous Candidiasis Syndromes
    Muscle Weakness and Rash
    Myocarditis, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Nail Abnormalities
    Nasal Infiltration or Enlargement
    Nasal Septal Ulceration/Perforations (Rhinophagic Ulceration)
    Neck Lesions
    Neck Papules
    Necrosis
    Neural Tube Dysraphism
    Nevi, Associated Syndromes
    Nipple Dermatitis
    Nipple Lesions
    No Fingerprint Syndromes (Adermatoglyphia, Absent Dermatoglyphics)
    Nodules, Congenital
    Nodules, Foot
    Nodules, Juxta-Articular
    Nodules, Knee
    Nodules, Multilobulated
    Nodules, Multiple, Subcutaneous
    Nodule, Red, Face
    Nodule, Red, Hand
    Nodule, Red, Extremities
    Nodules, Red or Violaceous, Vascular Appearance
    Nodules, Skin Colored
    Nodules, Ulcerated
    Nodules, Unspecified Location
    Normal Skin (Barely Perceptible Lesions)
    Obesity Syndromes/Protuberant Abdomen
    Onycholysis
    Oral Mucosa, Blue Pigmentation
    Oral Mucosa, Cysts
    Oral Mucosa, Hyperpigmentation
    Oral Mucosa, Nodules
    Oral Mucosa, Ulceration
    Oral Mucosa, Verrucous and Vegetating Lesions
    Osteoma Cutis
    Overgrowth Syndromes
    P63-Associated Disorders
    Painful Tumors
    Palatal Necrosis (Necrotic Ulcers of the Palate)
    Palmar and/or Plantar Erythema
    Palmar and/or Plantar Nodules
    Palmar Pits and Punctate Keratoses/Dyshidrosis-like Lesions
    Palmoplantar Keratodermas
    Palmoplantar Keratodermas With Atrichia or Hypotrichosis
    Papules, Crusted
    Papules, Digital
    Papules, Dirty Brown
    Papules, Distal Digital, White
    Papules, Facial, Solitary
    Papules, Flat-Topped
    Papules, Follicular (Folliculocentric, Including Folliculitis)
    Papules, Hyperkeratotic
    Papules and Nodules, Hyperpigmented (With or Without Hyperkeratosis)
    Papules, Hyperpigmented With Hypertrichosis
    Papules of the Nose
    Papules, Periorbital
    Papules, Red
    Papules, Skin Colored
    Papules, Unspecified
    Papulosquamous Eruptions
    Paraneoplastic Dermatoses
    Paraproteinemias, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Parathyroid Disease, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Paronychia
    Parotid Gland Enlargement
    Particulate Matter/Exfoliation
    Pedunculated (Polypoid) Lesions
    Penile Edema, Acute and Chronic
    Penile Lesions
    Penile Ulcers
    Perianal Dermatitis and Hypertrophic Plaques
    Perianal Ulcers, Single or Multiple
    Periorbital Edema/Erythema (Dermatitis)
    Periorbital Facial Nodules, Pediatric
    Periostitis
    Peripheral Eosinophilia
    Peripheral Neuropathy, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Phakomatoses
    Pharyngitis
    Photoeruption and Seborrheic Dermatitis-Like Eruption
    Pigmentary Retinopathy or Cone-Rod Dystrophy with Dermatologic Manifestations
    Pituitary Disease, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Pityriasis Rosea-Like Eruptions
    Plantar Erythema
    Pneumonia and Pneumonia-associated Disease, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Poikilodermas of Adulthood
    Poikilodermas of Childhood
    Poliosis, Localized or Generalized (Canites)
    Polydactyly (PPD, PAP, and Complex Types)
    Pore
    Port Wine Stain
    Preauricular Sinuses (Ear Pits)
    Pregnancy, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Premature Aging Syndromes (Progeroid Syndromes)
    Primary Immunodeficiency and Granuloma Formation
    Proptosis
    Pruritic Tumors
    Pruritus, Anal
    P.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    John C. Norcross, Thomas P. Hogan, Gerald P. Koocher, and Lauren A. Maggio.
    Summary: "Everyone, it seems, is talking and arguing about Evidence-Based Practice (EBP). Those therapies and assessments designated as EBP increasingly determine what is taught, researched, and reimbursed in health care. But exactly what is it, and how do you do it? The second edition of Clinician's Guide to Evidence-Based Practices is the concise, practitioner-friendly guide to applying EBPs in mental health. Step-by-step it explains how to conduct the entire EBP process-asking the right questions, accessing the best available research, appraising the research, translating that research into practice, integrating that research with clinician expertise and patient characteristics, evaluating the entire enterprise, attending to the ethical considerations, and when done, moving the EBP process forward by teaching and disseminating it. This book will help you: · Formulate useful questions that research can address · Search the research literature efficiently for best practices · Make sense out of the research morass, sifting wheat from chaff · Incorporate patient values and diversity into the selection of EBP · Blend clinician expertise with the research evidence · Translate empirical research into practice · Ensure that your clients receive effective, research-supported services · Infuse the EBP process into your organizational setting and training methods · Identify and integrate ethics in the context of EBP Coauthored by a distinguished quartet of clinicians, researchers, and a health care librarian, the Clinician's Guide has become the classic for graduate students and busy professionals mastering EBP "-- Provided by publisher. "The second edition of Clinician's Guide to Evidence-Based Practices is the concise, practitioner-friendly guide to applying EBPs in mental health"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. Defining Evidence-Based Practice
    Chapter 2. Asking the Right Questions
    Chapter 3. Locating the Best Available Research: Background and Filtered Sources
    Chapter 4. Locating the Best Available Research: Unfiltered Sources
    Chapter 5. Reading and Interpreting the Research: Research Designs
    Chapter 6. Reading and Interpreting the Research: Numbers and Measures
    Chapter 7. Appraising Research Reports
    Chapter 8. Translating Research into Practice
    Chapter 9. Integrating the Patient and the Clinician with the Research
    Chapter 10. Incorporating Evaluation and Ethics
    Chapter 11. Disseminating, Teaching, and Implementing Evidence-Based Practices
    Contents of the Online Resources
    Glossary
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Oxford [2017]
  • Digital
    Kylie O'Brien, Avni Sali.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1: The Ultimate Consultation- An Overview
    Ch. 2: Let's Talk About Stress
    Ch. 3: Nutrition
    Ch. 4: Sleep
    Ch. 5: Vitamin D and Sunshine
    Ch. 6: The Power of Movement: Integrating Exercise
    Ch. 7: Additional Therapies and Innovative Technologies
    Ch. 8: Bringing It All Together.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Carleen Franz, Lee Ascherman, Julia Shaftel.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. What are learning disabilities?
    3. Understanding the legal framework
    4. Learning disabillities in reading
    5. Learning disabilities in written expression
    6. Learning disabilities in mathematics
    7. Nonverbal learning disabilities
    8. The psychoeducational evaluation
    9. Intellectual assessment
    10. Academic assessment
    11. Interpretationof assessment results
    12. Preschool assessment
    13. Transition from school to college and career
    14. Collaboration and referral.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Ronica Mukerjee, Linda Wesp, Randi Singer, editors ; Dane Menkin, clinical content editor.
    Summary: "This unique text provides a framework for delivering culturally safe clinical care to LGBTQIA+ populations filtered through the lens of racial, economic, and reproductive justice. It focuses strongly on the social context in which we live, one where multiple historical processes of oppression continue to manifest as injustices in the health care setting and beyond. Encompassing the shared experiences of a diverse group of expert health care practitioners, this book offers abundant examples, case studies, recommendations, and the most up-to-date guidelines available for treating LGBTQIA+ patient populations. Rich in clinical scenarios that describe best practices for safely treating patients, this text features varied healthcare frameworks encompassing patient-centered and community-centered care that considers the intersecting and ongoing processes of oppression that impact LGBTQIA+ people every day--particularly people of color. This text helps health providers incorporate safe and culturally appropriate language into their care, understand the roots and impact of stigma, address issues of health disparities, and recognize and avoid racial or LGBTQIA+ microaggressions. Specific approaches to care include chapters on sexual health care, perinatal care, and information about pregnancy and postpartum care for transgender and gender-expansive people"--Publisher's description

    Contents:
    Cultural Safety Framework for LGBTQIA+ Communities / Ronica Mukerjee, Linda Wesp, Randi Singer
    Language and Communication with LGBTQIA+ Communities / Randi Singer, Linda Wesp, Dane Menkin, Paige Ricca, Sierra Bushe-Ribero, Kristin Keglovitz Baker
    Impact of Stigma / Danielle Boudreau, Robin D'Aversa, Julia Gelbort, Ronica Mukerjee, Randi Singer, Liz Velek
    Racial and LGBTQIA+ Microaggressions / Jaymee Campbell, Randi Singer, Ronica Mukerjee
    Trauma-Informed Care / Danielle Boudreau, Ronica Mukerjee, Linda Wesp
    Queerness and Sexualities / Ronica Mukerjee, D'hana Perry, Linda Wesp
    Asexual Patient Care / Ronica Mukerjee, Poonam Daryani
    Intersex Patient Care / Ronica Mukerjee
    Gender Identity / Dane Menkin, Linda Wesp, Kristin Keglovitz Baker, Ronica Mukerjee, Randi Singer
    Sexual Health Care for LGBTQIA+ Individuals / Linda Wesp, Danielle Boudreau, Ronica Mukerjee, Lazarus Nance Letcher
    Perinatal Care for Trans, Gender Expansive, and LGBQIA+ Populations / Simon Ellis, Danielle Boudreau, Randi Singer, Ronni Getz, Robin D'Aversa
    Afterword: A call to action / Ronica Mukerjee, Randi Singer, Linda Wesp, Pia Pauline Lenon
    Glossary.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Pooya Khan Mohammad Beigi.
    Summary: Complete with dozens of color clinical photos to aid readers in diagnosis and treatment, this book includes TNM staging, description of the histopathology, and a step-by-step guide through the diagnosis of the disease. It is the most common form of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, generally affecting the skin, though sometimes progressing internally over time. However, there is very little comprehensive information on this subject for dermatologists, dermatopathologists, and oncologists seeking deeper insight into this lymphoma in one all-inclusive text. Clinician's Guide to Mycosis Fungoidesmeets this need, covering the history, categories of disorder, molecular analysis, etiology, epidemiology, effect on body systems, disorder symptoms, and treatment. Additionally, the various recommended treatments of mycosis fungoides are explained, using clinical research and case studies as guidance.

    Contents:
    Introduction and History
    Epidemiology
    Etiology
    Diagnosis and Management
    Staging
    Treatment
    Variants of Mycosis Fungoides
    Background
    Literature Review
    Study Goals, Hypothesis, and Design
    Treatment Plan
    Study Results
    Discussion of Study Results
    Clinical Research Case Descriptions
    Patient One
    Patient Two
    Patient Three
    Patient Four
    Patient Five
    Patient Six
    Patient Seven
    Patient Eight
    Patient Nine
    Patient Ten.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Natalie D. Muth, Mary Tanaka
    Summary: This new reference provides primary care clinicians with essential nutrition information, guidance, tools, and resources that are needed to offer patients optimal care concerning nutrition in the primary care setting. In addition, it includes tables designed for at-a-glance reference throughout the chapters, case studies for further learning, nutritional recipes for daily meals, and a frequently asked questions section to address caregivers' and patients' questions. With this authoritative reference, clinicians will learn how to Take a nutrition history. Evaluate growth and development, weight and adiposity, and signs of nutritional deficiency or excess. Complete a nutrition assessment and provide a patient-specific nutrition treatment plan. Select and interpret findings from screening and laboratory tests and diagnostic procedures to assess and manage a patient's nutrition. Use behavioral change strategies and coaching techniques matched to a patient and family's readiness for change, including motivational interviewing, SMART goal setting, problem-solving, self-monitoring, stimulus control, and the 5 A's (ask, assess, assist, advise, arrange). Provide age-specific nutrition guidance for infants, toddlers, preschoolers, school-aged children, and adolescents based on the most up-to-date information, including the Dietary Guidelines for Americans, 2020-2025. Effectively incorporate scientifically sound nutrition guidance into the treatment of common pediatric concerns, including anemia, reflux, constipation, underweight, childhood overweight and obesity, dyslipidemia, prediabetes, fatty liver disease, hypertension, disordered eating, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, and autism spectrum disorder. Consult or refer to registered dietitians and other health care professionals and community resources as appropriate. Screen for food insecurity and connect families with public health resources. Confidently answer the most commonly asked nutrition questions from parents and patients. Advise patients and families on how to integrate nutrition principles into everyday life including through application of culinary medicine.

    Contents:
    Dietary Reference Intakes
    Carbohydrates
    Protein
    Fats
    Vitamins
    Minerals
    Water and Hydration
    Anthropometric Measures
    Clinical and Biochemical Evaluation
    Dietary History, Social History, and Food Insecurity Screening
    Dietary Guidelines and Principles of Healthy Eating
    Healthy Eating Plans
    Culinary Medicine and Strategies for Healthy Eating
    Theories of Behavior Change and Motivational Interviewing
    SMART Goals and Action Plans
    Nutrition in Infancy
    Nutrition in Childhood and Adolescence
    Sports and Athletic Performance
    Mental Health, Behavioral, and Developmental Conditions
    Obesity and Related Health Conditions
    Nutrition for Common Gastrointestinal, Autoimmune, and Inflammatory Conditions
    Frequently Asked Questions
    Case Studies
    Recipes.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks [2023]
  • Digital
    Joseph Sadek.
    Summary: This book employs a direct and clear approach to understanding the medications used in the treatment of psychiatric disorders. A range of areas, such as prescription errors, dosage modification in renal and hepatic dysfunction, augmentation strategies in treatment resistant patients, and recent findings from various clinical trials are addressed. Given its clear, straightforward approach, the book will be a valuable guide for all clinicians working with patients with psychiatric illness.

    Contents:
    General Pharmacology and Drug Interactions
    Antidepressants
    ECT
    Mood stabilizers
    Antipsychotics
    ADHD medications
    Sedatives and Hypnotics
    Drugs for treatment of cognitive disorders
    Drugs for Substance and Alcohol Use Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Armand Zini, Ashok Agrwal, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive, up-to-date text, which brings together the key practical elements of the rapidly evolving field of sperm DNA and chromatin abnormalities, is divided thematically into five main sections. Part I discusses human sperm chromatin structure and nuclear architecture, while part II presents laboratory evaluation of sperm DNA damage, including SCSA, SCD, TUNEL and Comet assays, and cytochemical tests. Biological and clinical factors in the etiology of sperm DNA damage are discussed in part III, including oxidative stress, abortive apoptosis, cancer, and environmental and lifestyle factors. Part IV presents clinical studies on the utility of sperm DNA damage tests, both with natural and ART-assisted pregnancies, and debates the clinical utility of such tests. Finally, part V discusses current treatment options, such as antioxidant therapy, varicocelectomy, advanced sperm processing techniques and the use of testicular sperm. We are now beginning to better understand the unique organization of the sperm chromatin, as well as the nature and etiology of sperm DNA damage. Written and edited by worldwide experts in andrology, A Clinician's Guide to Sperm DNA and Chromatin Damage is an excellent resource for reproductive medicine and REI specialists, urologists, reproductive biologists and any professional working with the infertile male .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Peter C. Belafsky, Maggie A. Kuhn.
    Summary: The Clinician's Guide to Swallowing Fluoroscopy is a comprehensive resource for all dysphagia clinicians. This beautifully-illustrated text is intended for SLP, ENT, radiology, GI, and rehabilitation specialists interested in swallowing and addresses the need for an up-to-date, all-inclusive reference. Topics covered include radiation safety and protection, fluoroscopic oral, pharygeal, and esophageal phase protocols and abnormalities, and objective measures of timing and displacement.

    Contents:
    1. Radiation Safety
    2. The Videofluoroscopic Swallow Study Technique and Protocol
    3. The Videofluoroscopic Esophagram Technique and Protocol
    4. Normal Oral and Pharyngeal Phase Fluoroscopy
    5. Normal Pharyngoesophageal Segment Fluoroscopy
    6. Normal Esophageal Fluoroscopy
    7. Objective Measures on Videofluoroscopic Swallow Studies
    8. Fluoroscopy and Dysphagia Outcome Measures
    9. Abnormal Oral and Pharyngeal Phase Fluoroscopy
    10. Abnormal Pharyngoesophageal Segment Fluoroscopy
    11. Abnormal Esophageal Fluoroscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Adrienne Youdim.
    Contents:
    1. The disease of obesity
    2. The health burden of obesity
    3. Psychosocial morbidity and the effect of weight loss
    4. Dietary and lifestyle strategies for weight loss
    5. Physical activity and writing an exercise prescription
    6. The doctor's tool kit: pharmacolotherapy for the patient with obesity
    7. Roux-en-Y gastric bypass: procedure and outcomes --- 8. Sleeve gastrectomy: procedure and outcomes
    9. Laparoscopic adjustable gastric banding: procedure and outcomes
    10. Perioperative care of the surgical patient
    11. Surgical complications of weight loss surgery
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Joseph E. Pizzorno, Jr., Michael T. Murray, Herb Joiner-Bey.
    Contents:
    Acne vulgaris and acne conglobata
    Affective disorders
    Alcohol dependence
    Alzheimer's disease
    Angina pectoris
    Aphthous stomatitis (aphthous ulcer / canker sore / ulcerative stomatitis)
    Asthma
    Atherosclerosis
    Atopic dermatitis (eczema)
    Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
    Bacterial sinusitis
    Benign prostatic hyperplasia
    Bronchitis and pneumonia
    Cancer: Integrated naturopathic support
    Carpal tunnel syndrome
    Celiac disease
    Cervical dysplasia
    Chronic candidiasis
    Chronic fatigue syndrome
    Congestive heart failure
    Cystitis
    Dermatitis herpetiformis
    Diabetes mellitus
    Endometriosis
    Epilepsy
    Erythema multiforme
    Fibrocystic breast disease
    Fibromyalgia syndrome
    Gallstones
    Glaucoma: Acute (angle-closure) and chronic (open-angle)
    Gout
    Hair loss in women
    Hepatitis, viral
    Herpes simplex
    HIV / AIDS: Naturopathic medical principles and practice
    Hypertension
    Hyperthyroidism
    Hyperventilation syndrome / breathing pattern disorders
    Hypoglycemia
    Hypothyroidism
    Infectious diarrhea
    Infertility, female
    Infertility, male
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Insomnia
    Intestinal protozoan infestation and systemic illness
    Irritable bowel syndrome
    Kidney stones
    Leukoplakia
    Lichen planus
    Macular degeneration
    Maldigestion
    Menopause
    Menorrhagia
    Migraine headache
    Multiple sclerosis
    Obesity
    Osteoarthritis
    Osteoporosis
    Otitis media
    Parkinson's disease
    Pelvic inflammatory disease
    Peptic ulcers
    Periodontal disease
    Porphyrias
    Pregnancy health and primary prevention of adult disease
    Premenstrual syndrome
    Proctologic conditions
    Psoriasis
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Rosacea
    Seborrheic dermatitis
    Senile (aging-related) cataracts
    Streptococcal pharyngitis
    Trichomoniasis
    Urticaria
    Uterine fibroids
    Vaginitis
    Varicose veins
    Index.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2016
  • Digital
    Antoinette Giedzinska, Aaron R. Wilson.
    Summary: "The Clinician's Handbook on Measurement-Based Care is a must read for behavioral health care and human services clinicians and leaders who aspire to lead their practice and organization into a successful and prosperous future. This book provides the "how to" information for using measurement based-care (MBC), the critical component to delivering high-quality, high-value care, treatment, and services. Utilizing advanced training and extensive experience in clinical psychology and program leadership to guide the reader through the journey of embracing MBC in a practical manner, the authors help readers to overcome their fear of implementing MBC by breaking it into steps that are easy to understand and presenting compelling reasons to use it, in partnership with each patient, to improve therapeutic alliance, reinforce patient progress, and improve clinical outcomes. The Clinician's Handbook outlines the steps necessary to aggregate clinical data and analyze this information to improve program fidelity, demonstrate value to third parties, and improve the overall quality and safety of the services provided to all the individuals served by the clinician or organization"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    What Is Measurement-Based Care?
    Using Measures to Guide Clinical Practice and Improve Treatment Response
    Getting Started
    Operations Infrastructure
    Overview of Psychometrically Sound Measures
    Psychometric Test Access and User Qualifications
    Psychometrically Sound Scales
    Aggregating Patient Data for Program Fidelity
    From Personalized Patient-Centered Care to Practice-Based Evidence.
  • Digital
    editors: Evdokia Anagnostou, Jessica Brian.
    Summary: This concise, yet practical handbook will aid in supporting the diagnosis, treatment, and long-term management of autism, including behavioral therapies, current clinical trials, and emerging pharmaceutical treatments. Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a developmental disorder characterised by disturbance in language, perception, and social skills that affects an estimated 1-2 per 1,000 people worldwide (although the number is as high as 20 per 1000 in the US). While studies have suggested a disturbance in neural metabolism in patients with ADS, the exact cause of the ASD still remains unknown. In 2013, a single indication of ASD, which united several related conditions (ie, classical autism, Asperger's syndrome, Fragile X Syndrome, Landau-Kleffner Syndrome, Rett syndrome, childhood disintegrative disorder, and PDD-NOS), was included in the fifth edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mood Disorders for the first time in order to support more standardized diagnoses.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Diagnosis : screening, surveillance, assessment, and formulation
    Common psychiatric comorbidities and their assessment
    Medical comorbidities in autism spectrum disorder
    Pharmacotherapy in autism spectrum disorder
    Behavioral and educational interventions
    Autism spectrum disorder and the family : examining impacts and the need for support
    Future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Joachim Sieper, Jürgen Braun.
    Summary: "A thorough guide for readers to quickly gain an update on standard diagnosis and treatment methods for axial spondyloarthritis. Approximately 80 illustrations and images are used throughout the text to exemplify the disease and diagnostic and treatment algorithms. Easily accessible text and tables review the current treatment recommendations and emerging treatment options based on recent clinical trials."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Todd A Smitherman.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Diagnosis and clinical evaluation
    3. Patient education and lifestyle recommendations
    4. Pharmacotherapy and other medical treatments
    5. Nonpharmacologic treatment of migraine.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Mark J. Buchfuhrer.
    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology of Restless Legs Syndrome
    2. Clinical Presentation of Restless Legs Syndrome
    3. Establishing a Diagnosis of Restless Legs Syndrome
    4. Comorbidities of Restless Legs Syndrome and Periodic Limb Movement Disorder
    5. Management of Restless Legs Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Matthew Z. Dudley, Daniel A. Salmon, Neal A.Halsey, Walter A. Orenstein, Rupali J. Limaye, Sean T. O'Leary, Saad B. Omer.
    Summary: This book provides clinicians and their staff with essential information on the vaccines that are recommended and not recommended for their patients, the diseases these vaccines prevent, and a broad range of potential vaccine safety issues that may be brought up by their patients. Each topic, from specific vaccines to safety concerns, is covered succinctly, based upon systematic reviews of the scientific literature, with talking points to be used with patients. The organization of the information makes it easy to reference specific topics and quickly find pertinent information, with the most practical details (such as recommendations and causality conclusions) highlighted at the very beginning of the respective sections. There are also sections outlining the vaccine safety system and evidence-based strategies for how to talk with patients about vaccines. This book aims to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of clinical vaccine discussions with patients, leading to more informed patients and timely vaccination. This is an ideal resource for all clinicians administering vaccines and their healthcare teams.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: Introduction
    Introduction
    How to Talk with Patients About Vaccines
    Monitoring Vaccine Safety
    Vaccines and Pregnancy
    Vaccines and Breastfeeding
    SECTION II: Vaccine and Vaccine-Preventable Disease Information Summaries
    Vaccine and Vaccine-Preventable Disease Information Summaries
    Haemophilus influenzae type b (Hib)
    Hepatitis A
    Hepatitis B
    Human Papillomavirus (HPV)
    Influenza
    Measles, Mumps and Rubella
    Meningococcal
    Pneumococcal
    Polio
    Rotavirus
    Tetanus, Diphtheria and Pertussis
    Varicella and Herpes Zoster
    SECTION III: Potential Adverse Events Following Immunization
    Potential Adverse Events Following Immunization: Summaries of the Evidence
    Do Combination Vaccines or Simultaneous Vaccination Increase the Risk of Adverse Events?
    Do Vaccine Ingredients Cause Adverse Events?
    Do Vaccines Cause Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis (ADEM)?
    Do Vaccines Cause Arthralgia or Arthritis?
    ^Do Vaccines Cause Asthma?
    Do Vaccines Cause Ataxia?
    Do Vaccines Cause Autism?
    Do Vaccines Cause Bell’s Palsy?
    Do Vaccines Cause Brachial Neuritis?
    Do Vaccines Cause Chronic Inflammatory Disseminated Polyneuropathy?
    Do Vaccines Cause Complex Regional Pain Syndrome?
    Do Vaccines Cause Deltoid Bursitis?
    Do Vaccines Cause Diabetes?
    Do Vaccines Cause Disseminated Varicella Infection?
    Do Vaccines Cause Erythema Nodosum?
    Do Vaccines Cause Fibromyalgia or Chronic Fatigue Syndrome?
    Do Vaccines Cause Guillain-Barré Syndrome?
    Do Vaccines Cause Hearing Loss?
    Do Vaccines Cause Hepatitis?
    Do Vaccines Cause Herpes Zoster?
    Do Vaccines Cause Hypersensitivity Reactions (e.g. anaphylaxis, hives)?
    Do Vaccines Cause Immune Thrombocytopenic Purpura?
    Do Vaccines Cause Meningitis or Encephalitis/Encephalopathy?
    Do Vaccines Cause Multiple Sclerosis?
    Do Vaccines Cause Myocardial Infarction or Stroke?
    ^Do Vaccines Cause Myocarditis or Myocardopathy/Cardiomyopathy?
    Do Vaccines Cause Narcolepsy?
    Do Vaccines Cause Oculorespiratory Syndrome?
    Do Vaccines Cause Opsoclonus Myoclonus Syndrome?
    Do Vaccines Cause Optic Neuritis or Neuromyelitis Optica?
    Do Vaccines Cause Primary Ovarian Insufficiency?
    Do Vaccines Cause Seizures?
    Do Vaccines Cause Serum Sickness?
    Do Vaccines Cause Small Fiber Neuropathy?
    Do Vaccines Cause Spontaneous Abortion?
    Do Vaccines Cause Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS)?
    Do Vaccines Cause Syncope?
    Do Vaccines Cause Systemic Lupus Erythematosus?
    Do Vaccines Cause Transverse Myelitis?
    Do Vaccines Cause Vasculitis or Polyarteritis Nodosa? .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Joaquín S. Lucena, Pablo García-Pavía, M. Paz Suarez-Mier, Luis A. Alonso-Pulpon.
    Summary: This atlas reviews the spectrum of pathologies affecting the structures of the cardiovascular (CV) system most frequently encountered in sudden cardiac deaths, and has been conceived as a first step for making CV pathology diagnoses. It is almost impossible to establish an accurate diagnosis based only on morphology, and therefore this atlas is to assemble knowledge and points of view from two medical specialties, cardiology and forensic pathology. It has been designed as a practical visual reference that includes a summary of clinical characteristics, many high quality images and clear tables containing the main morphological characteristics of each disease. Clinico-Pathological Atlas of Cardiovascular Diseases has been written by cardiologists and forensic pathologists and histopathologists, which enables a combination approach in each chapter, to produce a thorough resource that will be of relevance to a wide range of specialists, including cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, interventional cardiologists, forensic doctors, and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Methodology of cardiovascular autopsy
    Pulmonary Artery Pathology.- Pathology of Aorta
    Pathology of the pericardium.- Coronary atherosclerotic disease.- Non-atherosclerotic coronary disease
    Valve Pathology
    Cardiomyopathies
    Cardiac system pathology
    Cardiovascular pathology secondary to consumption of ethanol, drugs of abuse and medicaments
    Cardiac tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    40
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC952.A1 C55
    84
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    16
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    84
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    24
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    85
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    36
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    58
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Eric C. Eichenwald, Anne R. Hansen, Camilia R. Martin, Ann R. Stark.
    Contents:
    Sect. 1: Prenatal assessment and conditions
    Sect. 2: Assessment and treatment in the immediate postnatal period
    Sect. 3: General newborn condition
    Sect. 4: Fluid electrolytes nutrition, gastrointestinal, and renal issues
    Pt. 5: Respiratory disorders
    Pt. 6: Cardiovascular disorders
    Pt. 7: Hematologic disorders
    Pt. 8: Infectious diseases
    Pt. 9: Neurologic disorders
    Pt. 10: Bone conditions
    Pt. 11: Metabolism
    Pt. 12: Endocrinology
    Pt. 13: Surgery
    Pt. 14: Dermatology
    Pt. 15: Vascular anomalies
    Pt. 16: Auditory and ophthalmologic disorders
    Pt. 17: Common neonatal procedures
    Pt. 18: Pain and stress control.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library
    Ovid
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ254 .J63 2017
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Eric C. Eichenwald, Anne R. Hansen, Camilia R. Martin, Ann R. Stark
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
  • Digital
    Michael Wilson, Philippa J.K. Wilson.
    Summary: Microbes - can't live with them, can't live without them. Increasingly, we're finding out that our microbiota (the microbes that live on us) are essential for our wellbeing - they provide us with nutrients and vitamins and play a key role in developing our immune system. On the other hand, they are responsible for a great deal of misery, as they are major causes of death and debility around the world. As well as our own microbiota turning against us, there are lots of other microbes out in the wider world that can seriously damage, or even kill, those they infect. The current pandemic of COVID-19 shows the devastating effect that an infectious disease can have - our lives have been turned upside down. If you live in a developed country, you're not likely to get killer diseases such as ebola and cholera, but you do have a high chance of catching other infections that can have a significant impact on your wellbeing. This book focuses on those infections you're most likely to go down with, and supplies the answers to the following questions about them: Which infectious diseases are we likely to come across? How common are they? What microbes cause them? What happens to our bodies during an infection? How are the resulting illnesses treated? How can we avoid getting them? This book covers nearly 60 infectious diseases that people living in developed countries are likely to experience at some point during their life. It also has an introductory chapter that describes, in everyday language, the basic principles of microbiology and infectious diseases. Each chapter is lavishly illustrated, has interesting, relevant inserts, and provides a list of web-accessible suggestions for further reading.

    Contents:
    1. Microbes and infectious diseases
    2. Acne
    3. Skin abscesses (boils)
    4. Dandruff
    5. Fungal nail infections
    6. Fungal infections of the skin
    7. Chickenpox
    8. Shingles
    9. Common warts
    10. The common cold
    11. Influenza
    12. Sore throat
    13. Coronavirus disease-2019
    14. Acute sinusitis
    15. Chronic sinusitis
    16. Otitis media (middle ear infection)
    17. Otitis externa (swimmers ear)
    18. Acute bronchitis (chest cold)
    19. Conjunctivitis (pink eye)
    20. Tooth decay (caries)
    21. Gum disease
    22. Bad breath
    23. Oral thrush
    24. Oral herpes
    25. Cystitis (lower urinary tract infection)
    26. Vaginitis
    27. Chlamydia
    28. Gonorrhoea
    29. Genital herpes
    30. Genital warts
    31. Syphilis
    32. Gastroenteritis due to Campylobacter
    33. Gastroenteritis due to Salmonella
    34. Gastroenteritis due to Clostridium perfringens
    35. Gastroenteritis due to Norovirus
    36. Gastroenteritis due to Rotavirus.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Laurent Simon and Juan Ospina.
    Summary: "Covers the modeling of drug-delivery systems and provides mathematical tools to evaluate and build controlled-release devices"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Amy S. Gottlieb, Editor.
    Summary: Women now represent over half of medical school matriculants, almost half of residents and fellows, and over a third of practicing physicians nationally. Despite considerable representation among the physician workforce, women are paid 75 cents on the dollar compared with their male counterparts after accounting for specialty, geography, time in practice, and average hours per week worked. This pay gap is significantly greater than the one reported for US women workers as a whole and has shown little improvement over time. While much has been written about the problem, a robust discussion about how to rectify the situation has been missing from the conversation. Closing the Gender Pay Gap in Medicine is the first comprehensive assessment of how cultural expectations and compensation methodologies in medicine work together to perpetuate salary disparities between men and women physicians. Since the gender gap reflects a convergence of forces within our healthcare enterprises, achieving pay equity can be an overwhelming undertaking for institutions and their leaders. However, compensation is foremost a business endeavor. Therefore, a roadmap for operationalizing equity within the finance, human resources, and compliance structures of our organizations is critical to eliminating disparities. The roadmap described in this book breaks down the component parts of compensation methodology to reveal their unintentional impact on salary equity and lays out processes and procedures that support new approaches to generate fair and equitable outcomes. Additionally, the roadmap is anchored in change management principles that address institutional culture and provide momentum toward salary equity. The book begins with a review of the evidence on the gender pay gap in medicine. The following chapter discusses how gender-based differences in performance assessments, specialty choice, domestic responsibilities, negotiation, professional resources, sponsorship, and clinical productivity accumulate across womens careers in medicine and impact evaluation, promotion, and therefore compensation in the healthcare workplace. The next two chapters focus, respectively, on how compensation is determined - highlighting potential pitfalls for pay equity - and regulatory and legal considerations. Chapters 5 and 6 explore organizational infrastructure, salary data collection and analysis, and culture change strategies necessary to rectify compensation inequities. Chapter 7 offers a detailed account of one medical institutions successful journey to achieve salary equity. The books final chapter emphasizes that closing the gender pay gap is at its essence a business endeavor and recommends that organizations assess progress and cost with the same attention, rigor, and regularity as afforded other operating expenses. Closing the Gender Pay Gap in Medicine offers a detailed roadmap for healthcare organizations seeking to close the gender pay gap among their physician workforce. This first-of-its-kind book will assist institutions plan courses of action and identify potential pitfalls so they can be understood and mitigated. It will also prove a valuable resource for transformational leadership and systems-based change critical to attaining compensation equity.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Henning Sommermeyer, Jacek Pia̜tek.
    Summary: The book provides a comprehensive overview of the current knowledge about Clostridioides (C.) difficile (formerly known as Clostridium difficile) and Clostridioides difficile infections (CDI). The diseases caused by C. difficile range from mild diarrhea to fulminant and in some cases fatal colitis. Historically, CDI was considered mainly as a hospital-acquired problem. Today, a significant portion of CDI is community acquired. Triggered by the introduction of new antibiotics, hypervirulent and multi-drug resistant strains of C. difficile (e.g., C. difficile ribotype R027) have emerged and spread across the globe. The volume covers the microbiology, pathophysiology, epidemiology, risk factors for CDI, diagnosis, clinical pictures, treatment and prophylaxis. It includes an extensive reference list that allows an easy navigation through the original research publications. Clostridioides difficile helps the reader gain a better understanding of C. difficile, the challenges that may arise and the available treatment options. Given its broad coverage and features, it will appeal to a wide readership, from gastroenterologists through general physicians, nurses, and other healthcare providers, to students.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Abbreviations
    List of Figures
    List of Tables
    1: Introduction
    2: Microbiology
    2.1 Taxonomy
    2.2 Genome
    2.3 Epigenome
    2.4 Life Cycle of C. difficile During Infection
    2.4.1 Spore
    2.4.1.1 Spore Core
    2.4.1.2 Inner Membrane
    2.4.1.3 Germ Cell Wall
    2.4.1.4 Cortex
    2.4.1.5 Outer Membrane
    2.4.1.6 Coat and Exosporium
    2.4.2 Germination
    2.4.2.1 Germinosome Model
    2.4.2.2 Lock-and-Key Model
    2.4.3 Sporulation
    References 3: Pathophysiology of C. difficile
    3.1 Toxins TcdA and TcdB
    3.2 Genetics of TcdA and TcdB
    3.3 Pathogenicity Locus
    3.4 Toxinotypes of C. difficile Isolates
    3.5 Environmental Signals Regulating Toxin Expression
    3.6 Mechanism of Action and Functional Domains of TcdA and TcdB
    3.7 Cell Surface Receptors for TcdA and TcdB
    3.8 Receptor-Mediated Endocytosis and Membrane Translocation
    3.9 Modification of Small GTPase Proteins as Host Cell Targets of TcdA and TcdB
    3.10 Influence of TcdA and TcdB on Cell Physiology
    3.11 Impact on Cell Morphology 3.12 Impact on Small GTPase Signaling Pathways
    3.13 Role of TcdA and TcdB in Disease
    3.14 Other Toxins Produced by C. difficile
    3.15 Toxin Profiles of Clinical Isolates
    References
    4: Epidemiology
    4.1 Historical Perspective
    4.2 Hospital- and Community-Acquired CDI
    4.3 Hypervirulent C. difficile Strain Ribotype 027 (NAP1/BI)
    4.4 Other Strains of C. difficile
    4.5 Dual Strain Infections
    4.6 CDI in Children
    4.7 Recurrent CDI
    References
    5: Risk Factors for CDI
    5.1 Exposure to Healthcare Institutions
    5.2 Antibiotics 5.3 Proton Pump Inhibitors
    5.4 Advanced Age as Risk Factor for CDI
    5.5 Cancer Therapy as Risk Factor for CDI
    5.6 Other Risk Factors for CDI
    5.7 Risk Factors for Community-Acquired CDI
    5.8 Risk Factors for Recurrent CDI
    5.9 CDI Risk Factors in Children
    References
    6: Diagnosis of CDI
    References
    7: Clinical Picture of CDI
    7.1 From Asymptomatic Carriers to Life-Threatening Presentations
    7.2 Pseudomembranous Colitis
    References
    8: Treatment of CDI
    8.1 Antibiotics-Based Therapy
    8.1.1 Antibiotics Used for Treatment of CDI 8.1.2 AB-Treatment of an Initial, Non-severe CDI Episode in Adults
    8.1.3 AB-Treatment of a Fulminant Episode of CDI in Adults
    8.1.4 AB-Treatment of a First or Multiple Recurrence of CDI in Adults
    8.1.5 AB-Treatment of Non-severe Initial or First Recurrent CDI in Children
    8.1.6 AB-Treatment of an Initial Episode of Severe CDI in Children
    8.1.7 AB-Treatment of Second or Greater Episode of Recurrent CDI in Children
    8.2 Fecal Microbiota Transplantation as Treatment for CDI
    8.3 Probiotics and Synbiotics as Treatment for CDI
    8.4 Surgical Treatment of Complicated CDI
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Teena Chopra, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to fill knowledge gap among healthcare workers about Clostridium difficile (also known as C.difficile and CDI) among aging patients, especially those in long-term care facilities (LTCFs). Written by experts in infectious diseases and geriatric medicine, this book provides comprehensive information on all aspects of CDI pertaining to LTCF settings, including epidemiology, diagnosis, prevention, management and the unique challenges faced by LTCFs with regards to the CDI problem. The book begins by introducing the topic as it relates to aging patients before delving into the various aspects of CDI management. Topics include infection control and prevention, treatment of CDI, and the establishment of antibiotic stewardship programs to reduce inappropriate antibiotic use and reduce CDI rates. The book also features a chapter on probiotics for the prevention of CDI and new strategies to monitor environmental cleaning practices of CDI patient rooms that do not appear in any other resource. Clostridium Difficile Infection in Long-Term Care Facilities is an excellent resource for geriatricians, infectious diseases specialists, long-term care administrators, nurses, pharmacists, researchers, and all clinicians working with infections in long-term care settings.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology of C.difficile in LTCFs
    Risk factors and the role of acute care hospitals in LTCF CDI
    CDI surveillance in LTCF
    Diagnosis of CDI in LTCF
    Infection control of CDI in LTCFs
    Antibiotic stewardship in LTCF to reduce CDI
    Treatment of CDI in LTCF residents
    Use of probiotics for CDI prevention in LTCF residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jonathan M. Meyer, Stephen M. Stahl ; with illustrations by Nancy Muntner.
    Contents:
    Initiating clozapine
    Understanding hematologic monitoring and benign ethnic neutropenia
    Binding profile, metabolism, kinetics, drug interactions and use of plasma levels
    Managing constipation
    Managing sialorrhea
    Managing sedation, orthostasis and tachycardia
    Managing metabolic adverse effects
    Managing seizure risk and stuttering
    Fever, myocarditis, interstitial nephritis, DRESS, serositis and cardiomyopathy
    Eosinophilia, leukocytosis, thrombocytopenia, thrombocytosis, anemia, hepatic
    Function abnormalities
    Managing enuresis and incontinence, priapism, venous thromboembolism
    Neuroleptic malignant syndrome, tardive dyskinesia and obsessive compulsive disorder
    The efficacy story: treatment resistant schizophrenia, psychogenic polydipsia
    Treatment intolerant schizophrenia, suicidality, violence, mania and parkinson's disease psychosis
    Addressing clozapine positive symptom nonresponse in schizophrenia spectrum
    Patients
    Discontinuing clozapine and management of cholinergic rebound
    Special topics: child and adolescent patients, elderly patients, patients with
    Intellectual disability, pregnancy and risk for major congenital malformation, lactation, overdose, postmortem redistribution.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Owen Bowden-Jones, Central North West London NHS Foundation Trust ; Dima Abdulrahim, Central North West London NHS Foundation Trust.
    Summary: "Over the last decade the UK, Europe and beyond have seen a dramatic change in the patterns of illicit drug use, particularly in adolescents and those in their twenties for whom heroin and crack cocaine have steady lost popularity (Figure 1). While younger drug users continue to use established drugs such as powder cocaine and MDMA, some are attracted to a range of newly emerging drugs including so called club drugs and new psychoactive substances"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Manuel Nistal, Pilar González-Peramato, Álvaro Serrano.
    Summary: This book presents the morphology of different non-tumoral lesions of the testis. By showing the differential diagnosis of each lesion, it offers clinicians vital support with diagnosis and treatment. The book is divided into seven main parts: genetic and developmental pathology of the testis; infertility; vascular pathology of the testis; inflammatory pathology; pathology of the rete testis and epididymis; pathology of the vaginal tunic and paratesticular structures; and a final part dealing with miscellanea. Each chapter includes carefully selected figures and a variety of diagrams highlighting the main characteristics of a specific lesion to facilitate its diagnosis. Based on the authorsℓ́ℓ experience with hundreds of biopsies, surgical specimens and autopsies, the book presents material that has been gathered over the past 40 years, providing an essential tool for pathologists, urologists, andrologists and pediatricians who face diagnostic problems.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    by Richard J. Hayes, Lawrence H. Moulton.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Variability between clusters
    Choosing whether to randomise by cluster
    Choice of clusters
    Matching and stratification
    Randomisation procedures
    Sample size
    Alternative study designs
    Basic principles of analysis
    Analysis based on cluster-level summaries
    Regression analysis based on individual-level data
    Analysis of trials with more complex designs
    Ethical considerations
    Data monitoring
    Reporting and interpretation.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Hussein M. Tahan, PhD, RN, System Vice President, Nursing Professional Development and Workforce Planning, Medstar Health System Nursing, Columbia, Maryland, Teresa M. Treiger, RN-BC, MA, CHCQM-CM/TOC, CCM, CMSA Past National President (2010-2011), Principal, Ascent Case Management, LLC, Quincy, Massachusetts.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Summary: Prepare for your Certified Perioperative Nurse (CNOR®) exam with CNOR® Certification Practice Q & A. With 400 high-quality questions and comprehensive rationales based on the most recent Competency & Credentialing Institute (CCI) exam blueprint, this essential resource is designed to help you sharpen your specialty knowledge with practice Q & A organized by exam topic and strengthen your test-taking skills with the 200-question practice test. Combined, it gives you everything you need to pass the first time, guaranteed! Key Features *Includes 400 questions with in-depth rationales that address both correct and incorrect answers *Offers two study options--by exam topic area and full 200-question practice test *Provides key information about the CCI CNOR® certification exam *Boosts your confidence with a 100% pass guarantee (details inside) CNOR® is a registered certification mark of the Competency & Credentialing Institute ("CCI"), and CNOR® certification is offered exclusively by CCI. This publication is prepared by Springer Publishing Company, and neither this publication nor Springer Publishing Company is in any way affiliated with or authorized or endorsed by CCI. -- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access 2022
  • Print
    Contents:
    General examination information
    Pre and postoperative patient assessment and diagnosis
    Individualized plans of care and expected outcomes
    Intraoperative patient care and safety
    Intraoperative presonnel and services
    Communication and documentation
    Infection prevention and control of environment, instrumentation, and supplies
    Emergency situations
    Professional accountability
    Practice test questions
    Practice test answers
    Answers to pop quizzes and unfolding scenarios.
    Digital Access R2Library [2024]
  • Digital
    Juan Carlos García-Moncó, editor.
    Summary: "This clinically oriented book covers selected infections of the central nervous system which are of considerable current interest. Aspects that are less well documented, such as spinal cord infections, central nervous system infections in patients with cancer, tropical infections, healthcare-associated ventriculitis or meningitis, and immunological problems in the international traveler are also discussed, as these are all problems relevant to daily practice."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Juan Carlos García-Moncó, editor.
    Summary: This updated and expanded second edition covers selected infections of the central nervous system of considerable current interest. Aspects that are less well documented, such as spinal cord infections, central nervous system infections in patients with cancer, tropical infections, healthcare-associated ventriculitis or meningitis, and immunological problems in the international traveler are also discussed, as these are all problems relevant to daily practice. It is a multi-authored book written by experts in the field of neurological infection. A new section on infectious neuropathies is included. CNS Infections: A Clinical Approach is of value to the busy clinician; the neurological international community as well as all primary care doctors, internal medicine specialists and residents who take care of patients with suspected neurological infections.

    Contents:
    Lumbar Puncture and CSF Analysis and Interpretation
    Acute Community-Acquired Bacterial Meningitis
    Healthcare-Acquired Meningitis and Ventriculitis
    Acute Viral Meningitis
    Acute Viral Encephalitis: Herpesviruses and Enteroviruses
    Tropical Viral CNS Infections
    Fungal infections of the central nervous system
    CNS Tuberculosis and Other Mycobacterial Infections
    Parasitic Infections of the Central Nervous System
    Infections of the Spinal Cord
    The Human Borreliosis: Lyme Neuroborreliosis and Relapsing Fever
    Neurosyphilis
    Drug-Induced Aseptic Meningitis and Other Mimics
    Central Nervous System Infections in Patients Immunocompromised by Antineoplastic and Other Immune-Modulating Therapies
    The Neurological Spectrum of HIV Infection
    Neuropathies of Infectious Origin.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Robert Picard.
    Contents:
    The living lab: a reality belonging to a collective history
    Running co-design: collaborative projects and co-design sessions
    Problems and methods of involving users in co-development projects
    Involving industrialists
    Co-design: methodologies for investigating, developing and sharing knowledge in view of new solutions for future use
    Co-design and health technology assessment: controlling and establishing reproducibility
    The purposes and reality of collective appropriation of social innovation
    Critique of the living lab approach
    Co-design methods
    Living lab approach and learning
    Other views
    LLSA solutions
    LLSA typologies.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Geert Dom, Franz Moggi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state of the art overview covering both the diagnosis and the treatment of dual disorders ? joint psychiatric and substance use disorders ? in a way that is highly relevant to clinical work and the organization of care systems. It is designed to meet the real need for a European perspective on dual disorders, taking into account the realities of European treatment organization. All chapters have been written by European authors on the basis of existing European treatment programs or guidelines and European research. Dual disorders are increasingly encountered by health professionals working in mental health and addiction care, and they represent a formidable challenge for caregivers, care organizations, and society as a whole. During the past decade, various approaches and programs have been designed to challenge the traditional gap between addiction treatment and mental health care. The overwhelming majority of the programs, however, have emanated from the United States. Given the vast differences between the European and U.S. health contexts, it can be questioned whether these American-oriented treatment programs are of value in European countries. Co-occurring Addictive and Psychiatric Disorders ? A Practice-Based Handbook from a European Perspective therefore represents a timely and much-needed addition to literature on the subject.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Providing a rationale for change in treatment approach
    Explaining dual disorders: Neurobiological and genetic factors
    Psychological factors
    Social and economic factors
    Schizophrenia and addiction
    Mood disorders and addiction
    Personality disorders and addiction
    Anxiety disorders and addiction
    Developmental disorders and addiction: ADHD and Autism
    Triple Diagnosis: Mental handicap, addiction and behavioral disorders
    Non-pharmacological addictions and psychiatry: Gambling, Internet, sex, and gaming
    Diagnostic tips and tricks in dual disorders
    Psychosocial interventions in DD treatment
    Pharmacotherapy and dual disorders
    Cigarette smoking and psychiatry
    Forensic perspective
    Adolescent populations
    Gender issues and pregnancy
    Somatic problems and DD patients
    Dual Disorders, a sequel of the DSM paradigm?
    Towards a new model of care: integrating mental health, substance use and somatic care.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jann Blackstone, David L. Hill
    Summary: Co-Parenting Through Separation and Divorce offers a roadmap through one of life's most difficult challenges, with the goal of healthy, happy kids informing every decision along the way..

    Contents:
    Front Cover
    Title Page
    Copyright
    Dedication
    Contents
    About This Book
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction
    How to Use This Book
    Chapter 1: Will I Get Through This?
    Chapter 2: How Do I Begin?
    Chapter 3: What Do Children Need to Be Healthy?
    Chapter 4: Helping Our Children Cope
    Chapter 5: Facing the Transition: Moving From We to Me
    Chapter 6: Co-parenting Our Children
    Chapter 7: Parenting Plans
    Chapter 8: Toxic Stress and Its Effect on Our Children
    Chapter 9: Is My Child Safe Over There?
    Chapter 10: Is There Someone New?
    Chapter 11: The Making of a Family
    Chapter 12: Visualize Your Future
    Index
    Back Cover.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Digital
    Miyuki Azuma, Hideo Yagita, editors.
    Summary: This book equips young immunologists and health professionals with a clear understanding of the fundamental concepts and roles of co-signal molecules and in addition presents the latest information on co-stimulation. The first part of the book is devoted to co-signal molecules and the regulation of T cells. Following an initial overview, subsequent chapters examine each co-signal molecule in turn and discuss the mechanisms by which co-signal molecules regulate the different types of T cell. The second part covers various clinical applications, including in autoimmune disease, neurological disorders, transplantation, graft-versus-host disease, and cancer immunotherapy. To date, co-stimulation blockade and co-inhibition blockade have shown beneficial effects and many additional clinical trials targeting co-signal molecules are ongoing. The mechanisms underlying these successful treatments are explained and the future therapeutic potential in the aforementioned diseases is evaluated. Co-signal Molecules in T Cell Activation will be a valuable reference guide to co-stimulation for basic and clinical researchers in the fields of both immunology and pharmaceutical science. .

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic Understanding of Co-signal Molecules in T cell activation
    Chapter 1 Co-signal molecules in T cell activation
    Chapter 2 The CD28-B7 family of co-signaling molecules
    Chapter 3 The TNF YNFR family of co-signal molecules
    Chapter 4 Signal transduction via co-stimulatory and co-inhibitory receptors
    Chapter 5 Molecular dynamics of co-signal molecules in t cell activation
    Chapter 6 Role of co-stimulatory molecules in T helper cell differentiation
    Chapter 7 Control of regulatory T cells by co-signal molecules
    Part II: Co-signal Molecules in Health and Disease
    Chapter 8 Stimulatory and inhibitory co-signals in autoimmunity
    Chapter 9 Co-signaling molecules in neurological diseases
    Chapter 10 Costimulation blockade in transplantation
    Chapter 11 Immunotherapy targeting co-signal molecules.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert F. Hicks, PhD.
    Summary: "This book introduces a unique and practical coaching style as a way of interacting with colleagues, managing direct-reports, helping others solve problems, responding to change, making effective choices and developing professionally. It draws from four evidence-based models for interacting with others and facilitating change - solution-focused therapy, cognitive-behavioral therapy, motivational interviewing, and transactional analysis - and reframes them so that they are congruent with managerial and leadership terminology and provide a practical set of methods and tools for today's healthcare leader"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The mystique of leadership
    The nature of helping conversations
    The structure of coaching
    Support-for-thought: adult-to-adult communication
    Support-for-thought: intelligent listening
    Becoming a solution-focused leader
    Challenge-for-thought: designing the future
    Challenge-for-action: a path to doing
    Challenge-for-action: go slow to go fast
    Support-for-action: readiness for change
    Support-for-action: importance and confidence
    A coaching roadmap: putting it all together.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2014
  • Digital
    Alan Lichtin, John Bartholomew, editors.
    Summary: There have been many changes in the field of coagulation during the past decade. New concepts of epidemiology of risk factors for thrombosis now help clinicians predict who is more likely to form clots after surgery, or after being placed on oral contraceptives. New anticoagulants have the potential to redefine how patients with atrial fibrillation and venous thrombosis are managed. There are new forms of recombinant clotting factors which have changed our approach to hypofibrinogenemia and von Willebrand's disease. Newer antiplatelet agents are available and their use in patients receiving cardiac stents has mushroomed. The management of thrombosis in the setting of pregnancy has changed over the past decade, as well as the way clinicians approach women with multiple miscarriages. An entire new class of compounds, the thrombopoietins, are available to treat individuals with immune thrombocytopenic purpura (ITP). The Coagulation Consult covers major topics of interest to hematologists who are asked to consult on individuals with coagulation related diseases, and encompasses the field's most recent developments. This "case-directed" book describes state-of-the-art approaches to patients with bleeding and clotting disorders, as well as laboratory tests for coagulation. Chapters include different vignettes, focus on typical clinical consult questions, and lay out specific types of treatment. Practicing clinicians being confronted with a coagulation consult, students, residents, fellows and attending physicians will find this unique text an invaluable resource for some of the newer areas of coagulation science, therapy and pharmacology.

    Contents:
    Laboratory Analysis of Coagulation
    Easy Bruisability
    Prolonged PT
    Prolonged PTT
    Prolongation of Both PT and aPTT
    Excessive Bleeding with Normal Prothrombin Time, Partial Thromboplastin Time, and Platelet Count
    Diagnosing Thrombocytopenia in the Clinic
    Thrombocytopenia in the Intensive Care Unit and after Solid Organ Transplantation
    Thrombocytosis
    Prolonged Bleeding after Surgery
    The Excessively Clotting Cancer Patient
    Thrombotic Risk factors
    Clotting around Catheters and Other Devices
    Heparin-Induced Thrombocytopenia
    Surgery on Patients on Antiplatelet Agents
    Newer Oral Anticoagulants
    Pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Marco Ranucci, editor.
    Summary: This book is devoted to COVID-19 associated coagulopathy, one of the main determinants of mortality. The volume, intended as a guide, will lead the reader in a pathway starting from pathophysiology and passing through laboratory data, clinical aspects, imaging, and therapeutic options. Written in the middle of the second wave, the book is the first addressing the topic and summarizing the results of studies and articles meanwhile published, thus representing a unique tool for clinicians fighting the disease. The Coagulation Labyrinth of Covid-19 is intended for clinicians working with acute and sub-acute ARDS cases: intensivists, anesthesiologists, cardiologists, hematologists, who will find in it an essential guide to manage the COVID-19 pandemic.

    Contents:
    Preface
    General Aspects of Sepsis-Associated Coagulopathy
    Standard Coagulation Tests in COVID-19
    Point-of-Care Coagulation Tests in COVID-19
    Covid-19-Associated Coagulopathy: The Thrombin Burst
    Covid-19-Associated Coagulopathy: Fibrinolysis
    Covid-19-Associated Coagulopathy: Platelet Count and Function
    Endothelial Function and Microcirculation
    Clinical Manifestations of Covid-19-Associated Coagulopathy
    Imaging of Thromboembolic Complications in COVID-19
    Anticoagulation in COVID-19
    ECMO in COVID-19: Bleeding and Thrombosis
    The Overall Scenario.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Natalia Pirani Ghilardi-Lopes, Flavio Augusto de Souza Berchez, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a broad overview of how the promotion of ocean and coastal literacy is being planned, applied and evaluated in Brazil, a country of continental dimensions with a great diversity of cultural, educational and social realities. It discusses a range of target groups, from children to adults; formal and informal strategies; and various promoting players, such as groups/institutions. Researchers representing Brazilian academic institutions and NGOs share their environmental education (EE) experiences in Brazil and describe the main concerns regarding the marine and coastal environments as well as how they are addressing these concerns in their EE projects. This book is of interest to anyone who is looking for ways of designing and implementing EE activities with a robust theoretical background in different socio-cultural scenarios.

    Contents:
    1. The importance of "ocean literacy" in the Anthropocene and how environmental education can help in its promotion
    2. Environmental education policies applied to marine and coastal environments in Brazil : gaps and challenges
    3. Integration of marine and coastal geo-biodiversity in environmental education through earth system science and social learning approaches
    4. Integrating emerging pedagogies and technologies in environmental and formal basic education
    5. Evaluation of environmental education activities
    6. Emblematic coastal and marine environmental education projects in Brazil
    7. Opportunities and challenges to implement environmental education in Brazilian coastal and marine protected areas
    8. Didactic materials as resources for the promotion of coastal and marine environmental education.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Velmurugan Ayyam, Swarnam Palanivel, Sivaperuman Chandrakasan.
    Summary: The coastal areas of the tropics are rich in biodiversity, natural resources and place of intensive developmental activities as it provides livelihood to millions of people. At the same time evidences suggest that several unique coastal ecosystems viz., mangroves, wetlands, salt marshes, corals, estuaries, sand dunes and agro-ecosystem are vulnerable to natural disasters and events associated with global climate change. In recent times degradation of land, water and genetic erosion besides threat to native flora and fauna have been increasing due to unsustainable developmental activities. Therefore, a paradigm shift in deriving livelihood through conventional methods, developmental strategies, conservation practices are required for balanced and sustainable growth of the coastal areas. This publication strives to cover the status of different natural resources of the coastal region, various aspects of degradation process, production need and restorative methods besides new technological options and its socio-economic implications with case examples. Special focus is given to bring out the scope and potential of mangrove based farming, integrated and organic farming and its value addition besides the role of coastal vegetations as bioshield in protecting these regions from sea erosion, cyclones and tsunami. As the tropical coastal areas are vulnerable to climate change events, this book also covers the recent weather pattern, impacts of climate change and climate resilient technologies besides intuitional linkages and policy framework aimed at balancing development and environmental concerns.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Authors; Part I: Overview;
    1: Coastal Regions of the Tropics: An Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Tropical Region; 1.3 Nature of Coastal Region in the Tropics; 1.3.1 What Constitute the Coastal Region?; 1.3.2 Coastal Formation; 1.3.3 Defining Coastal Areas; 1.3.4 Climate; 1.4 Coastal Countries: Demographic Features and Resource Use; 1.5 Ecosystems and Biodiversity; 1.6 Natural Resources and Food Production System; 1.7 Climate Change and Natural Disasters; 1.8 Problems and Management of Coastal Regions; 1.9 Conclusion; References 2.4.3.3 Global Distribution2.4.3.4 Significance; 2.4.4 Seagrass Ecosystem; 2.4.4.1 Seagrass Environment; 2.4.4.2 Distribution; 2.4.4.3 Significance; 2.4.5 Marshes; 2.4.5.1 Marsh Environment; 2.4.5.2 Types of Marshes; 2.4.5.3 Significance of Marshes; 2.4.6 Agro-ecosystem; 2.4.6.1 Resource Characterization; 2.4.6.2 Farming Systems; 2.5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Status of Natural Resources in the Coastal Ecosystem;
    3: Land Resources of the Tropics vis-a-vis the Hinterland; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Soil Formation in the Tropics; 3.2.1 Factors of Soil Formation
    2: Coastal Ecosystems and Services2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Coastal Ecosystems; 2.2.1 Nature of Coastal Environment; 2.2.2 Recognition of Different Coastal Ecosystems; 2.3 Ecosystem Services; 2.4 Major Coastal Ecosystem Types; 2.4.1 Mangrove Ecosystem; 2.4.1.1 Structure and Composition; 2.4.1.2 Distribution; 2.4.1.3 Significance of Mangrove Ecosystem; 2.4.2 Wetlands (Other Than Mangroves); 2.4.2.1 Wetland Environment; 2.4.2.2 Distribution; 2.4.2.3 Significance of Wetland Ecosystem; 2.4.3 Coral Reef Ecosystem; 2.4.3.1 Ecosystem Components; 2.4.3.2 Coral Reef Environment 3.2.1.1 Climate3.2.1.2 Vegetation; 3.2.1.3 Time; 3.2.1.4 Parent Material; 3.2.1.5 Relief/Topography; 3.2.2 Soil Processes; 3.3 Important Soil Groups of the Tropics; 3.3.1 Laterite Soils; 3.3.1.1 Factors Favouring Laterization; 3.3.1.2 The Process of Formation; 3.3.1.3 Soil Character and Agricultural Suitability; 3.3.2 Alluvial Soils; 3.3.2.1 Processes of Soil Formation; 3.3.2.2 Factors of Alluvial Soil Formation; 3.3.2.3 Soil Character and Agricultural Suitability; 3.3.3 Some Other Tropical and Subtropical Soils; 3.3.3.1 Lowland Tropical Podzols; 3.3.3.2 Organic Soils 3.3.3.3 Tropical Sandy Soils3.4 Land Degradation; 3.4.1 Global Assessment; 3.4.2 Hotspot Areas of Degradation; 3.5 Management of Tropical Soils; 3.5.1 Status of Soil Resources and Management Options; 3.5.2 Sandy Soils; 3.5.3 Waterlogged and Saline Soils; 3.5.4 Acid Sulphate Soils; 3.5.5 Policy Support; 3.6 Conclusion; References;
    4: Coastal Floral Diversity and Its Significance; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Importance of Coastal Flora; 4.3 Distribution of Coastal Flora; 4.3.1 Biodiversity of Coastal Flora; 4.3.2 Status of Coastal Flora
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Charles G. Wright, Peter S. Roland.
    Summary: This atlas focuses on selected aspects of cochlear anatomy as illustrated by material prepared by the microdissection technique, a three-dimensional perspective not possible with standard histological approaches. Although much of the material in this text was processed by the microdissection method, photomicrographs from conventionally cross sectioned inner ear tissues and scanning electron microscopy, are also presented. Taken together, these technical approaches provide different, complementary views of inner ear anatomy, and offer a more informative understanding than is possible with any of the methods used alone. While micrographs obtained from microdissected material appear sporadically in journal articles, there is no comprehensive collection of such images currently available. The illustrations assembled in this atlas are complementary to the more traditional histologic images and drawings available in standard texts, and aide in understanding the intricate anatomy of the cochlea. Cochlear Anatomy via Microdissection with Clinical Implications will be a useful resource for otolaryngologists, anatomists, audiologists, and neuroscientists. Those engaged in cochlear implantation, physicians and researchers in the growing fields of implantable hearing aids and drug delivery to the inner ear, and members of industry involved in designing, manufacturing, and marketing implantable hearing aids will also find this atlas of great value.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Yongxin Li, editor.
    Summary: Having been found in 3%-21% patients with congenital sensorineural deafness, cochlear nerve deficiency (CND) is defined by a small or absent cochlear nerve. This book describes the updated information on the embryology, pre- and post- operative auditory, electrophysiology and vestibular aspects of CND. Whats more, the cochlear implantation (CI) strategy and CI outcomes as well as comparison with normal patients will be discussed in details with selected cases and high resolution illustrations. It will be a valuable reference for otologists, audiologists and practitioners who would like to understand more about CND and choose optimal clinical strategy of CI surgery for CND.

    Contents:
    Phylogeny and Embryology of Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    Pathogen of Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    Radiological Aspect Progress in CND
    Preoperative Auditory and Electrophysiology Evaluation for CND
    Cochlear Implantation Strategy for CND
    Cochlear Implant Programming for Patients with Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    Postoperative Electrophysiology Test for Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    Cochlear Implantation Outcomes of Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    Balance and Vestibular Function of Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    Special Cases Reports.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Yongxin Li, editor.
    Summary: The common cavity deformity (CCD) of the inner ear is characterized by cochlea and vestibule forming a single cavity. It indicates cochlear implantation (CI) and about 15% to 25% of inner ear malformation. However, complications such as facial nerve injury, penetration of the electrode array into the internal auditory canal (IAC) and electrode displacement are common, leading to unsatisfied outcomes. This book describes the embryology of CCD, preoperative auditory, balance and vestibular evaluation, and electrophysiology and radiology aspect for CCD. In addition, the surgical technique and CI outcomes will be focused. The electrode array design is also a highlight for CCD surgery, and will be discussed in details. Last but not least, the balance and vestibular function research of CCD patients before and after surgery is also thoroughly reviewed. It will be a good reference for otologist and practitioners in related field to understand more about CCD.

    Contents:
    Embryology of Inner Ear Malformation Types and Radiologic Relevance
    Preoperative Auditory Evaluation of Patients with Common Cavity Deformity
    Radiology of Common Cavity Deformity
    Electrode Array Design in Common Cavity Deformity
    Cochlear Implantation Technique for Common Cavity Deformity
    Complications management of Common Cavity Deformity Surgery
    Outcomes of Common Cavity Deformity after Cochlear Implantation
    Vestibular Function of Patients with Common Cavity Deformity.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kimitaka Kaga, editor.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to contribute to basic and clinical medical research on cochlear implants for inner ear malformation and cochlear nerve deficiency. Cochlear implantation for children is performed worldwide, and the outcomes concerning speech and hearing acquisition are epoch-making. However, there are some difficulties associated with applying this operative treatment to patients who have complicated inner ear malformations or cochlear nerve deficiencies that have slowed the development of their speech, hearing, and/or sense of balance. The first part of the book outlines the fundamental aspects of inner ear maldevelopment to facilitate readers' understanding of cochlear implantation from the point of view of embryology, morphology, and genetics. In turn, the second part describes current clinical cases and presents successful clinical reports. The book offers a primary resource for otolaryngologists, neurologists, and pediatricians with an interest in this field.

    Contents:
    1. Overview
    Part I. Basic Researches
    2. Embryology of inner ear and its malformation
    3. Embryology of cochlear and vestibular nerve and its deficiency
    4. Morphology and molecular biology of spiral ganglion
    5. Genetics of inner ear malformation and cochlear nerve deficiency
    Part II. Clinical Researches
    6. New classification of inner ear malformations and cochlear nerve deficiency by temporal bone imaging
    7. Outcome of inner ear malformations and auditory neuropathy spectrum disorders after cochlear implantation in children
    8. EABR of inner ear malformation and cochlear nerve deficiency after cochlear implantation in children
    9. Vestibular neuropathy
    10. Vestibular development in children with inner ear malformation and cochlear nerve deficiency
    11. Vestibular myogenic potential after cochlear implant
    12. Speech and hearing in children with inner ear malformation and cochlear nerve deficiency.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Susan B. Waltzman, PhD, Marica F. Vilcek Professor of Otolaryngology, Department of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery, Co-Director, NYU Cochlear Implant Center, New York University School of Medicine, NYU Langone Medical Center, New York, New York, J. Thomas Roland, Jr., MD, Professor of Otolaryngology and Neurosurgery, Mendik Foundation Professor and Chairman, Department of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery, Co-Director, NYU Cochlear Implant Center, New York University School of Medicine, NYU Langone Medical Center, New York.
    Summary: "We have built on the previous edition by adding new chapters relating to genetics, neuroplasticity, expanding criteria for implantation, the application of implant technology to tinnitus and vestibular issues, music perception, intraoperative monitoring, device reliability and reimplantation, and the use of quality-of-life and outcome measures--areas that occupy the forefront of cochlear implantation. Other chapters have been revised to reflect current research and clinical applications and provide the most recent information related to the clinical and translational sciences that continue to advance this exciting technology and its implementation. Patient outcomes, candidacy criteria, technical design, surgical technique, and programming and processing concepts are constantly progressing, and increasing numbers of individuals are gaining significant benefit. Our goal was to create a book that will provide both experienced and new and budding otolaryngologists-head and neck surgeons, neurotologists, audiologists, neuroscientists, neurophysiologists, speech pathologists, teachers of the deaf, psychologists, and others interested in cochlear implants with an extraordinary resource for years to come"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    History of the cochlear implant / Marc D. Eisen
    Genetics of hearing loss and predictors of cochlear implant outcome / Robert W. Eppsteiner, Richard K. Gurgel, and Richard J.H. Smith
    Consequences of deafness and electrical stimulation on the peripheral and central auditory system / James B. Fallon, David K. Ryugo, and Robert K. Shepherd
    Auditory neuroplasticity / Robert C. Froemke, Selena E. Herman-Ackah, and Susan B. Waltzman
    Mimicking normal auditory functions with cochlear implant sound processing: past, present, and future / Ward R. Drennan, Mario A. Svirsky, Matthew B. Fitzgerald, and Jay T. Rubinstein
    Expanding criteria for the evaluation of cochlear implant candidates / Susan Arndt, Roland Laszig, Antje Aschendorff, and Rainer Beck
    Principles of cochlear implant imaging / Andrew J. Fishman and Selena E. Herman-Ackah
    Intraoperative monitoring during cochlear implantation / Maura K. Cosetti
    The history of cochlear implant electrode design / Maja Svrakic and J. Thomas Roland Jr.
    Cochlear implant surgical technique / Peter S. Roland and J. Thomas Roland Jr.
    New horizons in surgical technique / Theodore R. McRackan, Robert F. Labadie, J. Thomas Roland Jr., and David S. Haynes
    A global view of device reliability / Rolf-Dieter Battmer
    Revision cochlear implantation / David R. Friedmann, J. Thomas Roland Jr., and Susan B. Waltzman
    Advancement in cochlear implant programming / William H. Shapiro
    Auditory and linguistic outcomes in pediatric cochlear implantation / Gerard M. O'Donoghue and David B. Pisoni
    Auditory outcomes in the adult population / Oliver F. Adunka, Margaret T. Dillon, and Craig A. Buchman
    Therapeutic approaches following cochlear implantation / Warren Estabrooks, K. Todd Houston, and Karen MacIver-Lux
    Acoustic and electric speech processing / Bruce J. Gantz, Sarah E. Mowry, Rick F. Nelson, Sean O. McMenomey, Chris J. James, and Bernard Fraysse
    Music perception / Alexis Roy and Charles J. Limb
    Auditory brainstem implants / Shaun D. Rodgers, John G. Golfinos, and J. Thomas Roland Jr.
    Applying cochlear implant technology to tinnitus and vestibular interventions / Justin S. Golub, James O. Phillips, and Jay T. Rubinstein
    The impact of cochlear implantation on the recipient's health-related quality of life / Selena E. Heman-Ackah
    Future technology / Susan B. Waltzman and J. Thomas Roland Jr.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne ComSci
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Sandra DeSaSouza, editor.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive illustration of content covering cochlear implants' past, present, and future perspectives. It delves into history, about how the first implant was conceived around 50 years ago and how modern cochlear implants provide better hearing and speech discrimination with the evolution of technology. This book discusses the basic working principles of cochlear implants, along with a review of their clinical use. The book also elaborates upon the various surgical techniques authored by clinicians who are pioneers. This book covers various important topics such as implantation in abnormal cochleas, bilateral implantation, implanting with acoustic and electric stimulation, and re-implantation. The book guides selecting the suitable candidates, describing preoperative evaluation and imaging techniques. This book will be an invaluable source of guidance for ENT surgeons, Audiologists, and Neurologists, along with undergraduate and postgraduate students in Audiology and ENT.

    Contents:
    A Historical Review of the Development of Cochlear Implants
    History of Cochlear Implants in India
    Evolution of Cochlear Plant Technology Over the last 35 Years
    Surgical Anatomy and Imaging of the Temporal Bone with Cochlear Implant Imaging
    Cochlear Implants in Clinical Use Worldwide Today
    Candidacy and Evaluation of a Potential Candidate for Cochlear Implantation
    Prognostic Modelling and Machine Learning in Cochlear Implantation
    Cochlear Implant surgery Using Posterior Tympanotomy and Cochleostomy
    Cochlear Implant Surgery Using the Veria Technique
    Cochlear Implantation Through the Round Window Approach
    Classification and Management of Inner Ear Malformations
    Bilateral Cochlear Implants
    Subtotal Petrosectomy and cochlear Implantation
    Cochlear Implants for Single-Sided Deafness
    Hearing Preservation and Electro-Acoustic Stimulation in Cochlear Implant
    Endoscopic Assisted Cochlear Implantation
    Robot-Assisted Cochlear Implantation
    Structure Preservation of the Inner Ear in Cochlear Implantation
    Candidacy Considerations and Other Medical and Surgical Issues for Cochlear Implantation in Children
    Explantation and Reimplantation of Cochlear Implants
    Surgical Complications Following Cochlear Implantation
    Recent Trends in Cochlear Implant Programming and (Re)habiliation
    Cochlear Implant Reliability
    Cochlear Implants - Recent Advances and New Horizons.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Steve Adkins, Mike Foale, Roland Bourdeix, Quang Nguyen, Julianne Biddle, editors.
    Summary: Widely known as the 'tree of life, coconut (Cocos nucifera L.) provides a bountiful source for making a wide variety of healthy foods and industrial items. Its cultivation, however, has been encountering seriously destructive issues including lethal diseases and natural adversities which are currently distressing livelihoods of millions of small-holder farmers around the world. There is an urgent mandate to resolve these issues by meeting sustainable seedling production, facilitating genetic conservation, as well as developing disease identification and modern breeding. This book introduces improvements in coconut biotechnology by covering the advances in micropropagation, germplasm conservation, and molecular pathogenic diagnosis. This comprehensive volume will be a useful source of information and references to researchers, graduate students, agricultural developers, and scholars in the plant sciences. In order to benefit general readers, the book also covers fundamental aspects of biology, diversity, and evolution of this marvelous palm species.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Towards the Sustainability of the 'Tree of Life: an Introduction
    Biology, Ecology and Evolution of Coconut
    Improving the Value of the Coconut with Biotechnology
    In situ and Ex situ Conservation of Coconut Genetic Resources
    Collecting Coconut Germplasm for Disease Resistance and other traits
    Diversity Studies Using Molecular Markers
    Genome Studies for Effective Management and Utilization of Coconut Genetic Resources
    Biotechnology Contributing to Integrated Pest Management: The Example of Two Major Coconut Pests, Oryctes rhinoceros and Brontispa longissima
    Dealing with Lethal Yellowing and Related Diseases in Coconut
    Germplasm Re-establishment and Seedling Production: Embryo Culture
    Coconut Micropropagation for Worldwide Replanting Needs
    Towards Innovative Coconut Breeding Programs
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    K.U.K. Nampoothiri, editor-in-chief ; V. Krishnakumar, P.K. Thampan, M. Achuthan Nair, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Editors; Editors and Contributors; Editor-in-Chief; Editors; Contributors; Abbreviations;
    Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Uniqueness of the Palms; 1.3 Development Perspectives of the Coconut Sector; 1.4 The Poor State of Affairs of the Coconut; 1.5 Causes for Decline of Coconut; 1.6 Major Coconut-Growing/Coconut-Using Countries; 1.7 History of the Taxonomy of Coconut; 1.8 Brief History of Cocos Classification; Annexure I: Description of Coconut (Cocos nucifera) Given in Linnaeus C (1753); References 2.11.8 Premium Grade Monolaurin and HIV/AIDS2.11.9 Coir and Coir Pith; 2.12 Yield Gap in Coconut; 2.12.1 Causes for Low Productivity; 2.12.2 Strategic Solutions for Increasing Production; 2.12.3 Integrated Approach to Increase Productivity; 2.13 Approaches to Face Future Global Challenges; 2.14 Global Organizations Promoting Coconut Industry; 2.14.1 Asian and Pacific Coconut Community (APCC); 2.14.2 International Coconut Genetic Resources Network (COGENT); 2.14.3 Bureau for the Development of Research on Tropical Perennial Oil Crops (BUROTROP); 2.15 Future Strategy; References 2.9 Import of Coconut Products2.9.1 Copra; 2.9.2 Coconut Oil; 2.9.3 Copra Meal; 2.9.4 Desiccated Coconut; 2.9.5 Coir Fibre; 2.9.6 Coir Yarn; 2.10 Production of Major Oilseeds; 2.11 Emerging New Applications; 2.11.1 Organic Foods; 2.11.1.1 Organic Coconut Water: Global Market Dynamics; 2.11.1.2 Virgin Coconut Oil; 2.11.2 Functional Foods; 2.11.2.1 Functional Drinks from Coconut; 2.11.2.2 Neera; 2.11.2.3 Coconut Sugar; 2.11.3 Coconut Shell Charcoal and Activated Carbon; 2.11.4 Cosmeceuticals; 2.11.5 Oleochemicals; 2.11.6 Biofuel/Bio-Lubricants; 2.11.7 Biomass as Alternate Source for Fuel
    Chapter 2: International Scenario of Coconut Sector2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Global Coconut Scenario; 2.3 Coconut Industry: Supply-Value Chain; 2.4 Opportunities for Product Diversification, Value Addition and By-Product Utilization; 2.5 Demand for Coconut; 2.6 Domestic Consumption of Major Coconut Products; 2.7 Global Export of Coconut Products; 2.7.1 Coconut Oil; 2.7.2 Copra Meal/Copra Cake; 2.7.3 Fresh Coconut; 2.7.4 Desiccated Coconut; 2.7.5 Coconut Milk/Cream and Milk Powder; 2.7.6 Coconut Shell Charcoal and Activated Carbon; 2.7.7 Coir and Coir Products; 2.8 Price of Coconut Products
    Chapter 3: Botany, Origin and Genetic Resources of Coconut3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Origin and Distribution; 3.3 Varieties of Coconut; 3.3.1 Native Varieties and Classification Systems; 3.4 Botany and Morphology; 3.4.1 Root Growth and Development; 3.4.2 Stem; 3.4.3 Leaf; 3.4.4 Inflorescence; 3.4.4.1 Floral Morphology; 3.4.5 Pollen, Pollination and Fruit Set; 3.4.6 Fruit Development: Endosperm, Embryo; 3.4.6.1 Fruit Maturity; 3.4.6.2 Morphology; 3.4.7 Propagation; 3.4.7.1 Seed Germination, Growth and Development of Seedlings; 3.5 Cytology; 3.5.1 Karyomorphology; 3.5.2 Meiotic Studies
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Margaret O'Mara.
    Summary: "The epic human story of how, out of a small patch of land in Northern California, high tech re-created America in its image, for good and for ill. Long before Margaret O'Mara became one of our most consequential historians of the American-led digital revolution, she worked in the White House of Bill Clinton and Al Gore in the earliest days of the commercial Internet. There she saw firsthand how deeply intertwined Silicon Valley was with the federal government--and always had been--and how shallow the common understanding of the secrets of the Valley's success actually was. Now, after almost five years of pioneering research, O'Mara has produced the definitive history of Silicon Valley for our time, the story of mavericks and visionaries, but also of powerful institutions creating the framework for innovation, from the Pentagon to Stanford University. It is also a story of a community that started off remarkably homogeneous and tight-knit and stayed that way, and whose belief in its own mythology has deepened into a collective hubris that has led to astonishing triumphs as well as devastating second-order effects. Deploying a wonderfully rich and diverse cast of protagonists, from the justly famous to the unjustly obscure, across four generations of explosive growth in the Valley, from the Forties to the present, O'Mara has wrestled one of the most fateful developments in modern American history into magnificent narrative form. She is on the ground with all of the key tech companies, chronicling the evolution in their offerings through each successive era, and she has a profound fingertip feel for the politics of the sector and its relation to the larger cultural narrative about tech as it has evolved over the years. Perhaps most impressively, O'Mara has penetrated the inner kingdom of tech venture capital firms, the insular and still remarkably old-boy world that became the cockpit of American capitalism and the crucible for bringing technological innovation to market, or not. The transformation of big tech into the engine room of the American economy and the nexus of so many of our hopes and dreams--and, increasingly, our nightmares--can be understood, in Margaret O'Mara's masterful hands, as the story of one California valley. As her majestic history makes clear, its fate is the fate of us all."--Dust jacket. When O'Mara worked in the White House of Bill Clinton and Al Gore, she saw firsthand how deeply intertwined Silicon Valley was with the federal government, and how shallow the common understanding of the secrets of the Valley's success actually was. She tells the story of mavericks and visionaries, but also of powerful institutions creating the framework for innovation. It is a story of a community that started off remarkably homogeneous and tight-knit and stayed that way, and whose belief in its own mythology has deepened into a collective hubris that has led to astonishing triumphs as well as devastating second-order effects. -- adapted from jacket

    Contents:
    Introduction: The American revolution
    Act one: Start up. Arrivals ; Endless frontier ; Golden State ; Shoot the moon ; Networked ; The money men ; Arrivals ; Boom and bust
    Act two: Product launch. Arrivals ; The Olympics of capitalism ; Power to the people ; The personal machine ; Homebrewed ; Unforgettable ; Risky business
    Act three: Go public. Arrivals ; Storytellers ; California dreaming ; Made in Japan ; Big Brother ; War games ; Built on sand
    Act four: Change the world. Arrivals ; Information means empowerment ; Suits in the Valley ; Magna Carta ; Don't be evil ; Arrivals ; The internet is you ; Software eats the world ; Masters of the universe
    Departure: Into the driverless car. Introduction: The American revolution
    Act one: Start up
    ch. 1. Endless frontier
    ch. 2. Golden State
    ch. 3. Shoot the moon
    ch. 4. Networked
    ch. 5. The money men
    ch. 6. Boom and bust
    Act two: Product launch
    ch. 7. The Olympics of capitalism
    ch. 8. Power to the people
    ch. 9. The personal machine
    ch. 10. Homebrewed
    ch. 11. Unforgettable
    ch. 12. Risky business
    Act three: Go public
    ch. 13. Storytellers
    ch. 14. California dreaming
    ch. 15. Made in Japan
    ch. 16. Big Brother
    ch. 17. War games
    ch. 18. Built on sand
    Act four: Change the world
    ch. 19. Information means empowerment
    ch. 20. Suits in the Valley
    ch. 21. Magna Carta
    ch. 22. Don't be evil
    ch.23. The internet is you
    ch. 24. Software eats the world
    ch. 25. Masters of the universe
    Departure: Into the driverless car.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Bus & Mgt 104
    1
  • Digital
    Walter Isaacson.
    Summary: "When Jennifer Doudna was in sixth grade, she came home one day to find that her dad had left a paperback, titled The Double Helix, on her bed. She put it aside, thinking it was one of those detective tales she loved. When she read it on a rainy Saturday, she discovered she was right, in a way. As she sped through the pages, she became enthralled by the intense drama behind the competition to discover the building blocks of life. Even though her high school counselor told her girls didn't become scientists, she decided she would. Driven by a passion to understand how nature works and to turn discoveries into inventions, she would help to make what the book's author, James Watson, told her was the most important biological advance since his codiscovery of the structure of DNA. She and her collaborators turned their curiosity into an invention that will transform the human race: an easy-to-use tool that can edit DNA. Known as CRISPR, it opened a brave new world of medical miracles and moral questions. The development of CRISPR and the race to create vaccines for COVID-19 will hasten our transition to the next great innovation revolution. The past half-century has been a digital age, based on the microchip, computer, and internet. Now we are entering a life-science revolution: children who study digital coding will be joined by those who study the code of life. Should we use our new evolution-hacking powers to make us less susceptible to viruses? What a wonderful book that would be! And what about preventing depression? Hmm...should we allow parents, if they can afford it, to enhance the height or muscles or IQ of their kids? After helping to discover CRISPR, Doudna became a leader in wrestling with these moral issues and, with her collaborator Emmanuelle Charpentier, won the Nobel Prize in 2020. Her story is a thrilling detective tale that involves the most profound wonders of nature, from the origins of life to the future of our species"--From dust jacket.

    Contents:
    Introduction. Into the breach
    Part one. The origins of life. Hilo ; The gene ; DNA ; The education of a biochemist ; The human genome ; RNA ; Twists and folds ; Berkeley
    Part two. CRISPR. Clustered repeats ; The Free Speech Movement Café ; Jumping in ; The yogurt makers ; Genentech ; The lab ; Caribou ; Emmanuelle Charpentier ; CRISPR-Cas9 ; Science, 2012 ; Dueling presentations
    Part three. Gene editing. A human tool ; The race ; Feng Zhang ; George Church ; Zhang tackles CRISPR ; Doudna joins the race ; Photo finish ; Doudna's final sprint ; Forming companies ; Mon amie ; The heroes of CRISPR ; Patents
    Part four. CRISPR in action. Therapies ; Biohacking ; DARPA and anti-CRISPR
    Part five. Public scientist. Rules of the road ; Doudna steps in
    Part six. CRISPR babies. He Jiankui ; The Hong Kong summit ; Acceptance
    Part seven. Moral questions. Red lines ; Thought experiments ; Who should decide? ; Doudna's ethical journey
    Part eight. Dispatches from the front. Quebec ; I learn to edit ; Watson revisited ; Doudna pays a visit
    Part nine. Coronavirus. Call to arms ; Testing ; The Berkeley lab ; Mammoth and Sherlock ; Coronavirus tests ; Vaccines ; CRISPR cures ; Cold Spring Harbor virtual ; The Nobel Prize.
    Digital Access OverDrive 2021
    Limited to 2 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    V. Anne Smith.
    Summary: Carolyn's parents did not, after all, make genomics history by synthesizing her genome in a lab. She has known she is the "Human Hoax" ever since a high school genetics exercise revealed she has trisomy X--a chromosomal abnormality--yet no synthetically constructed genome would have such clear traces of natural conception. Many years later, as molecular biologist, she hopes her colleagues never learn of her embarrassing origins. But when someone ransacks her office and lab, she finds professional embarrassment is the least of her worries. Someone believes she has the results of her parents' last, secret experiments, and is willing to kill to get them. But all she has from her parents are their genes--can she find what else they may have left her before somebody else does? In a not-so-distant society, where corporations wield as much power as nations and the line between corporate employee and state authority is blurred, the chase is on. Carolyn may have just too little time at hand to unravel the mystery of her parents' final days and to realize the deep consequences for the future of mankind. This fast-paced novel is followed by an extensive science chapter where the author provides a non-technical primer on modern genetics and on the speculative biology behind Carolyn's code.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Part I: The Novel;
    1: A Code for Carolyn: A Genomic Thriller; Chapter One; Chapter Two; Chapter Three; Chapter Four; Chapter Five; Chapter Six; Chapter Seven; Chapter Eight; Chapter Nine; Chapter Ten; Chapter Eleven; Chapter Twelve; Chapter Thirteen; Chapter Fourteen; Chapter Fifteen; Chapter Sixteen; Chapter Seventeen; Chapter Eighteen; Chapter Nineteen; Chapter Twenty; Chapter Twenty-One; Chapter Twenty-Two; Chapter Twenty-Three; Chapter Twenty-Four; Chapter Twenty-Five; Chapter Twenty-Six; Chapter Twenty-Seven; Chapter Twenty-Eight; Chapter Twenty-Nine; Chapter Thirty Chapter Thirty-OneChapter Thirty-Two; Chapter Thirty-Three; Chapter Thirty-Four; Chapter Thirty-Five; Chapter Thirty-Six; Chapter Thirty-Seven; Chapter Thirty-Eight; Chapter Thirty-Nine; Chapter Forty; Chapter Forty-One; Chapter Forty-Two; Chapter Forty-Three; Chapter Forty-Four; Chapter Forty-Five; Chapter Forty-Six; Chapter Forty-Seven; Chapter Forty-Eight; Epilogue; Part II: The Science Behind the Fiction;
    2: The Biology Behind Carolyn's Code; Introduction: The Complexity of Genomes; From Gene to Protein; "It's Not Junk"; Chromosomes and the Human Hoax The Code: Synthetic Biology and Synthetic Genomes The Rise of Genetic Engineering; Synthetic Genomes; Carolyn's Code; The Two Axes of Aging; Mitochondria and Free Radicals; Telomeres and Cellular Senescence; A Longevity Treatment; Some Final Words
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    author, Committee on Coding and Nomenclature (COCN), American Academy of Pediatrics ; Edward A. Liechty, MD, editor ; Cindy Hughes, CPC, CFPC, consulting editor ; Becky Dolan, MPH, CPC, CPEDC, staff editor.
  • Digital
    author, Committee on Coding and Nomenclature (COCN), American Academy of Pediatrics ; Edward A. Liechty, editor ; Cindy Hughes, consulting editor ; Becky Dolan, staff editor.
    Summary: "For beginners and advanced coders alike, this is the first place to look for pediatric-specific coding solutions! A widely used American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) exclusive, this essential resource complements standard coding manuals with proven documentation and billing solutions. This year's completely updated 23rd edition includes all changes in Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes -- complete with expert guidance for their application as well as ICD-10-CM updates for pediatric-related conditions. There is also an increased focus on compliant electronic health record administration. The book's many clinical vignettes and examples, as well as the many coding pearls throughout, provide added guidance needed to ensure accuracy and payment. This great resource continues to be approved for 4 continuing education units from the American Academy of Professional Coders"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    New and revised CPT® codes for 2018
    Diagnosis coding: ICD-10-CM
    Modifiers and coding edits
    Evaluation and management documentation guidelines
    Time-based coding
    Preventive services
    Evaluation and management services in the office, outpatient, home, or nursing facility setting
    Managing chronic and complex conditions
    Pre-birth counseling and care of the newborn
    Noncritical hospital evaluation and management services
    Emergency department services
    Critical and intensive care
    Telemedicine
    Allied health and clinical staff services
    Common surgical procedures and sedation
    Common testing and therapeutic services
    Coding to demonstrate quality and value
    Preventing fraud and abuse: compliance, audits, and paybacks
    The business of medicine: working with current and emerging payment systems
    Continuing education units (CEUs) for American Academy of Professional Coders
    Appendixes. Sample assessment/testing tools
    Vaccine products: commonly administered pediatric vaccines
    Chronic care management worksheet
    Care plan oversight encounter worksheet
    Global per diem critical care codes: direct supervision and reporting guidelines
    Effective health plan appeals: the ins and outs
    Sample denial tracking tool.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    author, Committee on Coding and Nomenclature (COCN), American Academy of Pediatrics.
    Summary: This year's completely updated 24th edition includes all changes in Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes - complete with expert guidance for their application.

    Contents:
    Quick reference to 2019 ICD-10-CM pediatric code changes
    Quick reference to 2019 CPT® pediatric code changes
    Part I. Coding basics and business essentials. The basics of coding
    Modifiers and coding edits
    Coding to demonstrate quality and value
    The business of medicine: working with current and emerging payment systems
    Preventing fraud and abuse: compliance, audits, and paybacks
    Evaluation and management documentation guidelines
    Part II. Primarily for the office and other outpatient settings. Evaluation and management services in the office and outpatient clinics
    Evaluation and management services in home or nursing facility settings
    Preventive services
    Surgery, infusion, and sedation in the outpatient setting
    Common testing and therapeutic services in office settings
    Managing chronic and complex conditions
    Allied health and clinical staff services
    Mental and behavioral health services
    Part III. Primarily for hospital settings. Hospital care of the newborn
    Noncritical hospital evaluation and management services
    Emergency department services
    Critical and intensive care
    Common surgical procedures and sedation in facility settings
    Part IV. Digital medicine services. Digital medicine services: technology-enhanced care delivery
    Part v. Coding education quiz/continuing education units (CEUs) for American Academy of Professional Coders
    Appendixes. Sample assessment/testing tools
    Vaccine products: commonly administered pediatric vaccines
    Chronic care management worksheet
    Care plan oversight encounter worksheet
    Global per diem critical care codes: direct supervision and reporting guidelines
    Coding for pediatrics 2019 resource list.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Print
    Johnny Saldaña.
    Summary: Johnny Saldana's unique and invaluable manual demystifies the qualitative coding process with a comprehensive assessment of different coding types, examples and exercises. The ideal reference is essential reading across the social sciences and neatly guides you through the multiple approaches available for coding qualitative data. An array of strategies, from the straightforward to the more complex, are skillfully explained and carefully exemplified, providing an complete repertoire of codes and skills that can be applied to any research project. For each code Saldaña provides information about the method's origin, gives a detailed description of the method, demonstrates its practical applications, and sets out a clearly illustrated example with analytic follow-up. Now with a companion website, the book is supported by: examples of the approach being applied in real research; multidisciplinary case studies showcasing pros and cons; links to digital content; links to relevant data sets; practical student exercises; glossary flash cards. This international bestseller is an extremely usable, robust manual and is a must-have resource for qualitative researchers at all levels--From back cover.

    Contents:
    1 An introduction to codes and coding
    Chapter summary
    Purposes of the manual
    What is a code?
    Codifying and categorizing
    What gets coded?
    Coding techniques
    The numbers of codes
    Manual and CAQDAS coding
    Solo and team coding
    Necessary personal attributes for coding on method
    2 Writing analytic memos about narrative and visual data
    Chapter summary
    The purposes of analytic memo writing
    What is an analytic memo?
    Examples of analytic memos
    Coding and categorizing analytic memos
    Grounded theory and its coding canon
    Analyzing visual data
    3 First cycle coding methods
    Chapter summary
    The coding cycles
    Selecting the appropriate coding method(s)
    Two common coding errors
    Overview of first cycle coding methods
    The coding methods profiles
    Grammatical methods
    Elemental methods
    Affective methods
    Literary and language methods
    Exploratory methods
    Procedural methods
    Themeing the data
    Forms for additional first cycle coding methods
    4 After first cycle coding
    Chapter summary
    Post-coding transitions
    Eclectic coding
    Code mapping and landscaping
    Operational model diagramming
    Additional transition methods
    Transitioning to second cycle coding methods
    5 Second cycle coding methods
    Chapter summary
    The goals of second cycle methods
    Overview of second cycle coding methods
    Second cycle coding methods
    Forms of additional second cycle coding methods
    6 After second cycle coding
    Chapter summary
    Post-coding and pre-writing transitions
    Focusing strategies
    From coding to theorizing
    Formatting matters
    Writing about coding
    Ordering and reordering
    Assistance from others
    Closure
    Appendices: A glossary of methods ; A glossary of analytic recommendations ; Field note, interview transcript, and document samples for coding ; Exercises and activities for coding and qualitative data analytic skill development.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R853.Q34 S253 2016
    1
  • Print
    Johnny Saldaña.
    Summary: "This classic manual provides the comprehensive guide to coding qualitative data. It introduces a broad array of approaches to qualitative coding, presenting the advantages and disadvantages of each to empower you to make an informed decision when choosing the appropriate option for your research project. Drawing on multiple detailed, real-world examples, the book: · Shows the step-by-step processes involved in different coding approaches · Demonstrates clearly how to apply each method of coding in a systematic way · Highlights the core skills involved in making sense of and identifying patterns in your data. This invaluable manual from world-renowned expert Johnny Saldaña illuminates the process of qualitative coding and provides clear, insightful guidance for qualitative researchers at all levels. Johnny Saldaña is Professor Emeritus of Theatre from the Herberger Institute for Design and the Arts' School of Film, Dance, and Theatre at Arizona State University"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    An introduction to codes and coding
    Fundamental coding methods and techniques
    Writing analytic memos about narrative and visual data
    Selection first cycle coding methods
    Grammatical coding methods
    Elemental coding methods
    Affective coding methods
    Literary and language coding methods
    Exploratory coding methods
    Procedural coding methods
    Methods of themeing in data
    Tranisitioning from first to second cycle coding methods
    Second cycle grounded theory coding methods
    Second cycle cumulative coding methods
    After first and second cycle coding methods.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R853.Q34 S318 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Thierry Aubin, Nicolas Mathevon, editors.
    Summary: Information is a core concept in animal communication: individuals routinely produce, acquire, process and store information, which provides the basis for their social life. This book focuses on how animal acoustic signals code information and how this coding can be shaped by various environmental and social constraints. Taking birds and mammals, including humans, as models, the authors explore such topics as communication strategies for "public" and "private" signaling, static and dynamic signaling, the diversity of coded information and the way information is decoded by the receiver. The book appeals to a wide audience, ranging from bioacousticians, ethologists and ecologists to evolutionary biologists. Intended for students and researchers alike, it promotes the idea that Shannon and Weavers Mathematical Theory of Communication still represents a strong framework for understanding all aspects of the communication process, including its dynamic dimensions.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Acoustic Coding Strategies Through the Lens of the Mathematical Theory of Communication
    References
    Chapter 2: To Shout or to Whisper? Strategies for Encoding Public and Private Information in Sound Signals
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Active Space of a Propagating Sound Signal
    2.3 Coding Constraints and Possibilities
    2.3.1 Constraints Imposed by Sender Anatomy and Vocal Physiology
    2.3.2 Potential Active Space Regulation by Sender Behavior 2.3.3 Coding Constraints and Possibilities by Sound Propagation Through the Noisy Environment
    2.3.4 Coding Constraints Imposed by Receiver Auditory Physiology
    2.3.5 Potential Active Space Regulation by Receiver Behavior
    2.4 Predictions on Encoding of Public and Private Sound Signals
    2.5 Observed Soft Private and Loud Public Calls and Songs
    2.5.1 Observed Soft and Loud Vocalizations
    2.5.2 Observed Source Levels of Soft and Loud Vocalizations
    2.5.3 Other Coding Parameters Observed in Soft and Loud Vocalizations 2.5.4 Observed Behavioral Choices of Soft and Loud Calls and Songs
    2.6 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 3: The Bird Dawn Chorus Revisited
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 The Bird Dawn Chorus
    3.3 Song Function Versus Dawn Chorus Function: Why at This Time Precisely?
    3.4 Factors Affecting the Dawn Chorus and Related Functional Hypotheses
    3.4.1 Hormones and Other Internal Drivers: Proximal Causation of the Dawn Chorus
    3.4.2 Breeding Cycle
    3.4.3 Social Interactions
    3.4.4 Individual Differences
    3.4.5 Foraging
    3.4.6 Predation
    3.4.7 Weather
    3.4.8 Light
    3.4.9 Noise 3.5 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4: Coding Human Languages for Long-Range Communication in Natural Ecological Environments: Shouting, Whistling, and Dr...
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Environmental Constraints and Their Impact on Modal Speech
    4.3 Different Strategies of Adaptation for Distant Dialogs
    4.3.1 Shouted Speech
    4.3.2 Whistled Speech
    4.3.3 Drummed Speech
    4.3.4 Some Important Elements of Comparison Between These Three Registers
    4.4 Discussion and Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 5: Coding of Static Information in Terrestrial Mammal Vocal Signals 5.1 The Source-Filter Model of Vocal Production
    5.2 The Source
    5.2.1 Information Encoded by F0
    5.2.2 Function of F0
    5.2.3 Departures from F0/Size Allometry
    5.3 The Filter
    5.3.1 Information Encoded by Formant Frequencies
    5.3.2 Function of Formants
    5.3.3 Adaptations for Producing Lower Formants
    5.4 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: Coding for Dynamic ́Information: Vocal Expression of Emotional Arousal and Valence in Non-human Animals
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Mechanisms: Vocal Expression of Emotions
    6.3 Evidence: Vocal Expression of Emotions
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    edited by E. Neil G. Marsh.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew Molodynski, Consultant Psychiatrist, Oxford Health NHS Foundation Trust, UK, Honorary Clinical Senior Lecturer, Oxford University, UK, Jorun Rugkåsa, Senior Researcher, Health Services Research Unit, Akershus University Hospital, Lørenskog, Norway, Senior Researcher, Social Psychiatry Group, Department of Psychiatry, University of Oxford, Warneford Hospital, UK, Tom Burns, Professor Emeritus of Social Psychiatry, University of Oxford, Department of Psychiatry, Warneford Hospital, UK, Fellow Emeritus of Kellogg College, University of Oxford, UK.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1. Introduction / Tom Burns
    pt. 1 Coercion in the community: origins and extent
    2. Compulsion in community mental health care: historical developments and current provisions / Tom Burns
    3. Community treatment order legislation in the Commonwealth / John Dawson
    pt. 2 The evidence
    4. Descriptive and epidemiological studies / Stephane Morandi
    5. Assessing the effectiveness of compulsory community treatment / Steve Kisely
    6. Informal coercion: current evidence / Ksenija Yeeles
    7. Community coercion in mental health: where to for service-user-led research? / Diana Rose
    pt. 3 The experience
    8. Coercion contexts
    how compliance is achieved in interaction / Stefan Sjostrom
    9. Patient experiences and perceptions of coercion: universal meaning, individual experiences? / Krysia Canvin
    10. Family carers and coercion in the community / Jorun Rugkasa
    11. Clinician attitudes, experiences, and use of coercion / Beth Angell
    pt. 4 The context
    12. Psychiatric coercion: some sociological perspectives / David Pilgrim
    13. Human rights in community psychiatry / Genevra Richardson
    14. The ethics of coercion in community mental health care / George Szmukler
    pt. 5 International perspectives
    15. Coercion in community mental health treatment in the Americas / John Gray
    16. Coercion and mental health services in the Indian subcontinent and the Middle East / Soumitra Pathare
    17. Southeast Asia / Andrew Molodynski
    18. Coercion in Europe / Thomas Marcacci
    19. Coercion in community mental health care: African perspectives / Catherine Manning
    20. Compulsory community mental health care: Oceania / Anthony J. O'Brien
    21. Regional themes / Andrew Molodynski
    22. Conclusions / Jorun Rugkasa.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    symposium organziers and proceedings editors: Cori Bargmann, Daphne Bavelier, Terrance Sejnowski and David Stewart and Bruce Stillman.
  • Digital
    edited by Nandakumar S. Narayanan, Roger L. Albin.
    Summary: Cognition in Parkinson's Disease, Volume 269 in the Progress in Brain Research series, highlights new advances in the field, with this new volume presenting interesting chapters on a variety of timely topics, including Cognition in Prodromal Parkinson's disease, The epidemiology of cognitive function in Parkinson's disease, Real-life consequences of cognitive dysfunction in Parkinson's disease, Animal models of cognition in Parkinson's disease, Functional neuroanatomy of cognition in Parkinson's disease, Neuroimaging approaches to cognition in Parkinson's disease, Cognitive dysfunction and neuropsychiatric aspects of Parkinson's disease, Neuropsychology of Parkinson's disease, Cholinergic Systems, Attentional-Motor Integration, and Cognitive Control in Parkinson Disease, and much more.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Michael W. Hoffmann.
    Contents:
    Cognitive archeology, cognitive neurology and the unraveling of the connectome: Divulging brain function from fractured skulls and fractured minds
    Neurochemistry
    Vision: elementary and complex visual processing
    Temporal lobe syndromes
    Memory Syndromes
    Left Hemisphere Syndromes ? Apraxias
    Parietal lobe syndromes
    Right Hemisphere Syndromes
    Language, aphasias and related disorders
    Acquired Cultural Circuits
    Frontal System Syndromes
    Neuroimaging and treatments perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    John R. Hodges.
    Contents:
    1. Distributed cognitive functions
    2. Delirium and dementia
    3. Localized cognitive functions
    4. Cognitive and neuropsychiatric history taking and tips on physical examination
    5. Testing cognitive functions at the bedside
    6. Standardized mental test schedules: their uses and abuses
    7. The Addenbrooke's cognitive examination: revised and supplementary test suggestions
    8. Illustrative cases.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Ann Vernon and Kristene A Doyle.
    Contents:
    What is cognitive behavioral therapy? / Raymond DiGiuseppe, Rachael Venezia, and Roseanne Gotterbarn
    Behavior therapy / Mark Terjesen, Michal Barnea, Tara Rooney, and Victoria Nicosia
    Cognitive therapy / Silviu Matu
    Rational-emotive behavior therapy / Michael Hickey and Kristene A. Doyle
    Multimodal therapy / Gary B. Kelley
    Acceptance and commitment therapy / Ioana Podina and Daniel David ; case study contributed by Christina Mogoase
    Dialectical behavior therapy / Chris Kelly and Diana Robinson ; case study contributed by Nora Gerardi
    Mindfulness / Anthony Pantaleno and Mark Sisti
    Case study applications.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mark Dana Muse.
    Contents:
    Evidence-Based Biopsychosocial Treatment through the Integration of Pharmacotherapy and Psychosocial Therapy / Mark D Muse
    Psychoses / David Shearer, Bret A Moore, Christopher Brown
    Mood Disorders / Mikel Merritt
    Mood Disorders / Randon Welton, Brenda J B Roman
    Mood Disorders / Kevin McGuinness, Samuel Dutton, Peter Smith
    Anxiety Disorders / Mark D Muse, Stephen M Stahl
    Personality Disorders / Donald Black, Joel Paris, Charles Schulz
    Sleep Disorders / Taylor Bos, Helene A Emsellem
    Somatoform Disorders / Douglas E DeGood, Robert M Julien, Catherine A DeGood
    Eating Disorders / Marla Sanzone
    Childhood and Adolescent Disorders / George Kapalka, Ronald T Brown, David F Curtis, Tony C Wu, Mario Marquez
    Geriatric Disorders / Robert E McCue, Mary Kelleher
    Behaviorally Prescribed Psychopharmacology / Mark D Muse.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Print
    Sarah J. Egan, Tracey D. Wade, Roz Shafran, Martin M. Antony.
    Summary: This practical resource provides an evidence-based framework for treating clients struggling with perfectionism, whether as the main presenting problem or in conjunction with depression, eating disorders, anxiety disorders, or obsessive-compulsive disorder. Using a case formulation approach, the authors draw on their extensive cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) experience to present specific techniques and interventions. Coverage spans treatment planning, the therapeutic alliance, key obstacles that may arise, relapse prevention, and emerging research. Reproducible assessment scales and 36 pat.

    Contents:
    Cover; Half Title Page; Title Page; Copyright Page; About the Authors; Preface; Contents; 1. Nature and Causes of Perfectionism; 2. Research on the Treatment of Perfectionism; 3. Perfectionism across Psychopathology; 4. Perfectionism as a Transdiagnostic Process; 5. Assessment of Perfectionism; 6. Treatment Planning, Homework, and Supervision; 7. The Cognitive-Behavioral Model of Perfectionism and Collaborative Formulation; 8. The Therapeutic Alliance and Engagement; 9. Self-Monitoring, Psychoeducation, and Surveys; 10. Thinking Errors; 11. Cognitive Strategies; 12. Behavioral Experiments. 13. Self-Evaluation and Self-Criticism14. Procrastination and Time Management; 15. Relapse Prevention; 16. Emerging Approaches in Treatment of Perfectionism;
    Appendix 1. Resources;
    Appendix 2. Handouts;
    Appendix 3. Self-Report Measures; References; Index.
  • Digital
    Victoria Bream, Fiona Challacombe, Asmita Palmer, Paul Salkovskis.
    Summary: Obsessive-compulsive disorder can be a very disabling and distressing problem. Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) has been shown to be very effective in helping people to overcome OCD. This book provides the reader with an understanding of the background to and principles of using CBT for OCD in a clear practical 'how to' style.

    Contents:
    Before you meet someone with obsessive-compulsive disorder: understanding the problem
    When you meet: assessing obsessive-compulsive disorder
    Cognitive-behaviour therapy for obsessive-compulsive disorder
    Beyond the fundamentals.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Andrew Severn, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews current knowledge about cognitive dysfunction in surgical patients to provide a common knowledge base and terminology. It covers the topic in a way that considers all points of view, and enables the reader to be better equipped to manage cognitive dysfunction in all its manifestations in surgical patients. This book will hopefully also be a source of generating future ideas for research. Cognitive Changes after Surgery in Clinical Practice has an internationally renowned group of authors, and is aimed firstly at the perioperative team: surgeon, anaesthetist and surgical ward nurses; secondly, the researcher or geriatrician; and thirdly, public health specialists and hospital managers.

    Contents:
    Dementia and the Health of the Nation
    Assessment of Cognitive Function
    Dementia: the Conduct of Anaesthesia
    Management of Delirium on the Surgical Ward
    Delirium in Critical Care
    Consent and Capacity in Cognitively Impaired Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Kenneth M. Heilman, Stephen E. Nadeau.
    Summary: "In America today, there are 46 million people over the age of 65 and there will be over 98 million by 2060. With aging, there are many neurological diseases that can adversely affect the brain, such as Alzheimer's disease, Lewy body dementia, and Parkinson's disease. These diseases are common and a major cause of disability and suffering. Although, in a small percentage of patients, these diseases can be related to a genetic defect, for the most part we do not fully understand their causes. Perhaps that is why they are called "degenerative diseases." Several decades ago, the diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease was made only in those who were below the age of 65 and had signs of progressive dementia. If a person had cognitive deterioration and was above the age of 65, their disorder was called "senile dementia." One of the reasons this term was used is that many clinicians thought memory loss and cognitive decline were part of normal aging. Fortunately, we have learned that disorders such as Alzheimer's disease are associated with specific pathological changes in the brain, such as neurofibrillary tangles, and that normal aging does not cause this disease. Although the origins of these degenerative brain diseases are still unclear, much progress has been made in understanding their pathophysiology and paving the way for preventative, ameliorative, and curative treatments"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomic and Histological Changes of the Aging Brain / Anthony T. Yachnis
    Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms for Age-Related Cognitive Decline / Jolie D. Barter and Thomas C. Foster
    Neuroimaging of the Aging Brain / Ronald. A. Cohen, Eric Porges, and Joseph M. Gullett
    Changes in Visuospatial, Visuoperceptual, and Navigational Ability in Aging / Gabrielle A. Hromas and Russell M. Bauer
    Chemosensory Function during Neurologically Healthy Aging / Jennifer J. Stamps
    Memory Changes in the Aging Brain / Glenn J. Larrabee
    Aging-Related Alterations in Language / Stephen E. Nadeau
    Changes in Emotions and Mood with Aging / Erin Trifilio, John B. Williamson, and Kenneth M. Heilman
    Aging and Attention / Ian H. Robertson and Paul M. Dockree
    Changes in Motor Programming with Aging / Kenneth M. Heilman
    Alterations in Executive Functions with Aging / Donald T. Stuss and Fergus I. M. Craik
    Brain Aging and Creativity / Ira S. Fischler and Kenneth M. Heilman
    Attractor Network Dynamics, Transmitters, and Memory and Cognitive Changes in Aging / Edmund T. Rolls
    Mechanisms of Aging-Related Cognitive Decline / Stephen E. Nadeau
    The Influence of Physical Exercise on Cognitive Aging / Jamie C. Peven, Chelsea M. Stillman, and Kirk I. Erickson
    Pharmacological Cosmetic Neurology / Erin C. Conrad and Anjan Chatterjee
    Cognitive Rehabilitation in Healthy Aging / Nicole D. Anderson and Gordon Winocur
    Preventing Cognitive Decline and Dementia / Yat-Fung Shea and Steven T. DeKosky.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Fran C. Blumberg, Patricia J. Brooks.
    Summary: Cognitive Development in Digital Contexts investigates the impact of screen media on key aspects of children and adolescents' cognitive development. Highlighting how screen media impact cognitive development, the book addresses a topic often neglected amid societal concerns about pathological media use and vulnerability to media effects, such as aggression, cyber-bullying and Internet addiction. It addresses children and adolescents' cognitive development involving their interactions with parents, early language development, imaginary play, attention, memory, and executive control, literacy and academic performance.

    Contents:
    1. Screen media and the youngest viewers: implications for attention and learning
    2. Early digital literacy: learning to watch, watching to learn
    3. The effects of parent-child interaction and media use on cognitive development in infants, toddlers, and preschoolers-- 4. Plugging into world learning: the role of electronic toys and digital media in language development
    5. Parasocial relationships with media characters: imaginary companions for young children's social and cognitive development
    6. Young mids on video games
    7. Playing with virtual blocks: Minecraft as a learning environment for practice and research
    8. The impact of digital media on executive planning and performance in children, adolescents, and emerging adults
    9. Immersive virtual reality and the developing child
    10. Digital childhoods and literacy development: is textspeak of special case of an "efficient orthography"?
    11. Bridging theory and practice: applying cognitive and educational theory to the design of educational media
    12. Understanding the technical and social complexity of the internet: a cognitive developmental resource perspective
    13. Measuring the digital and media literacy competencies of children and teens
    14. Risks, opportunities, and risky opportunities: how children make sense of the online environment
    15. Children's learning in a mobile media environment: policies, practices, and possibilities
    16. How parents mediate children's media consumption
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Kathleen M. Kantak, Joseph G. Wettstein, editors.
    Summary: "This book highlights the behavioral and neurobiological issues relevant for drug development, reviews evidence for an innovative approach for drug discovery and presents perspectives on multiple special topics ranging from therapeutic drug use in children, emerging technologies and non-pharmacological approaches to cognitive enhancement."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Part I. Basic approaches and perspectives
    Part II. Cognitive domains for pharmacological intervention: implications for neuropsychiatric and neurological illnesses
    Part III. Developmental disorders, alternative approaches, and emerging technologies.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Richard S.E. Keefe, Abraham Reichenberg, Jeffrey Cummings.
    Contents:
    Promise and challenges in drug development and assessment for cognitive enhancers / Jeffrey Cummings and Kate Zhong
    The neuroscience of cognition and cognitive enhancing compounds / Amy F.T. Arnsten, Min J. Wang, and Constantinos D. Paspalas
    Cognitive enhancers for Alzheimer's disease / Po-Heng Tsai
    Cognitive enhancement in non-Alzheimer dementias / Babak Tousi
    Cognitive interventions in Parkinson's disease / Sarah Banks
    Cognitive enhancement in traumatic brain injury / Tessa Hart
    Cognitive enhancement in epilepsy / Beth A. Leeman-Markowsky and Kimford J. Meador
    Cognitive enhancement at the mild cognitive impairment stage of Alzheimer's disease / Zara Melikyan, Heather Romero, and Kathleen A. Welsh-Bohmer
    Cognitive enhancement in schizophrenia / James Gilleen
    Cognitive enhancement in major depressive disorder / André F. Carvalho, Gilberto S. Alves, Cristiano A. Köhler, and Roger S. McIntyre /
    Cognitive enhancement in bipolar disorder / Katie Mahon, Manuela Russo, M. Mercedes Perez-Rodriguez
    Autism, ADHD, and cognitive enhancement / Iulia Dud, Louise Brennan, and Dene Robertson
    Targeted treatment for cognitive impairment associated with cancer and cancer treatment / Shelli R. Kesler and Jeffrey S. Wefel
    Current progress and future potential in the evaluation and treatment of age-related cognitive declines / Keith A. Wesnes and Helen J. Brooker
    Ethical considerations in cognitive enhancement: clinical responsibilities and duties / Jalayne J. Arias, Bryan Kibbe, and Paul J. Ford
    Regulatory issues in cognitive enhancement / Nicholas Kozauer and Karl Broich.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Matcheri Keshavan, Harvard Medical School, Shaun Eack, University of Pittsburgh.
    Summary: "Preface: Schizophrenia and related psychotic disorders are among the most disabling illnesses in all of medicine. While acute psychotic symptoms are manageable by current medication treatments, the persistent deficits in cognition which underlie functional disability remain poorly addressed. Psychotherapeutic treatments remain the mainstay of our efforts in addressing these roadblocks to recovery. The authors of this volume came together with their abiding interests in contributing to this serious treatment gap and in no small measure due to the important influence and mentorship of Gerard E. Hogarty (1935-2006), who pioneered the field of cognitive enhancement in schizophrenia and who continues to inspire our own thinking on the topic. In our decade-long collaborations both as clinicians and researchers we have come to appreciate the substantial advances as well as challenges in understanding cognition, brain plasticity and therapeutic interventions in neuropsychiatry, notably in schizophrenia. We are also optimistic for the advances that the future holds in this field and felt that a summary of the current state of cognitive enhancement in schizophrenia and related disorders would be a valuable contribution to practitioners, educators, and researchers"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Martin Steinberg, Paul B. Rosenberg.
    Contents:
    Cognitive impairment and depression / Martin Steinberg, and Paul B. Rosenberg
    The office assessment of depression and cognitive impairment / Martin Steinberg, and Paul B. Rosenberg
    What are the first signs and symptoms of dementia? / Paul B. Rosenberg
    The role of neuropsychological examination / Martin Steinberg, Nicholas Bienko, and Cynthia Munro
    Medical conditions that may cause cognitive impairment / Kanwal Awan, and Martin Steinberg
    Treatment of depression / Martin Steinberg
    Treatment of cognitive impairment / Paul B. Rosenberg
    'Driving considerations' in cognitive impairment and depression in older patients / Christopher M. Marano
    Capacity and decision-making / Eitan Kimchi
    Afterword : future directions / Paul B. Rosenberg.
    Digital Access Oxford [2017]
  • Digital
    Kai Zheng, Johanna Westbrook, Thomas G. Kannampallil, Vimla L. Patel, editors.
    Summary: This timely book addresses the gaps in the understanding of how health information technology (IT) impacts on clinical workflows and on how the effective implementation of these workflows are central to the safe and effective delivery of care to patients. It features clearly structured chapters covering a range of topics, including aspects of clinical workflows relevant to both practitioners and patients, tools for recording clinical workflow data techniques for potentially redesigning health IT enabled care coordination. Cognitive Informatics: Reengineering Clinical Workflow for More Efficient and Safer Care enables readers to develop a deeper understanding of clinical workflows and how these can potentially be modified to facilitate greater efficiency and safety in care provision, providing a valuable resource for both biomedical and health informatics professionals and trainees.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Section I Clinical Workflow and Health Information Technologies
    Chapter 1 Clinical Workflow in the Health IT Era
    Chapter 2 Cognitive Behavior and Clinical Workflows
    Chapter 3 Unintended Adverse Consequences of Health IT Implementation: Workflow Issues and Their Cascading Effects
    Section II The State of the Art of Workflow Research
    Chapter 4 A Review of Clinical Workflow Studies and Methods
    Chapter 5 A Workflow Perspective in Aviation
    Chapter 6 Characterizing Collaborative Workflow and Health Information Technology
    Chapter 7 Interruptions and Multitasking in Clinical Work: A Summary of the Evidence
    Chapter 8 Reengineering Approaches for Learning Health Systems: Applications in Nursing Research to Learn from Safety Information Gaps and Workarounds to Overcome Electronic Health Record Silos
    Chapter 9 Patient-Oriented Workflow Approach
    Chapter 10 Workflow at the Edges of Care
    Section III Research Methods for Studying Clinical Workflow
    Chapter 11 Computer-based Tools for Recording Time and Motion Data for Assessing Clinical Workflow
    Chapter 12 Understanding Clinical Workflow through Direct Continuous Observation: Addressing the Unique Statistical Challenges
    Chapter 13 Clinical Workflow and Human Factors
    Chapter 14 Automated Location Tracking in Clinical Environments: A Review of Systems and Impact on Workflow Analysis
    Section VI Applications and Case Studies
    Chapter 15 Examining the Relationship Between Health IT and Ambulatory Care Workflow Redesign
    Chapter 16 Health IT-Enabled Care Coordination and Redesign in Ambulatory Care
    Chapter 17 Turning "Night into Day": Challenges, Strategies, and Effectiveness of Re-engineering the Workflow to Enable Continuous Electronic ICU Collaboration between Australia and U.S.
    Chapter 18 Encoding Clinical Pathways: A New Gap between Theory and Practice
    Chapter 19 Cognitive Disconnect and Information Overload: Electronic Health Record Use for Rounding and Handover Communications in a Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
    Chapter 20 Clinical Workflow: The Past, Present, and Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Vimla L. Patel, Thomas G. Kannampallil, David R. Kaufman, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Vimla L. Patel, David R. Kaufman, Trevor Cohen, editors.
    Summary: "Enormous advances in information technology have permeated essentially all facets of life in the past two decades. Formidable challenges remain in fostering tools that enhance productivity but are sensitive to work practices. Cognitive Informatics (CI) is the multidisciplinary study of cognition, information and computational sciences that investigates all facets of human computing including design and computer-mediated intelligent action, thus is strongly grounded in methods and theories from cognitive science. As an applied discipline, it has a close affiliation with human factors and human-computer interaction, and provides a framework for the analysis and modeling of complex human performance in technology-mediated settings and contributes to the design and development of better information systems. In recent years, CI has emerged as a distinct area with special relevance to biomedicine and health care. In addition, it has become a foundation for education and training of health informaticians, the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology initiating a program including CI as one of its critical elements to support health IT curriculum development. This book represents a first textbook on cognitive informatics and will focus on key examples drawn from the application of methods and theories from CI to challenges pertaining to the practice of critical-care medicine (CCM). Technology is transforming critical care workflows and re-organizing patient care management processes. CCM has proven to be a fertile test bed for theories and methods of cognitive informatics. CI, in turn, has contributed much to our understanding of the factors that result in complexity and patient errors. The topic is strongly interdisciplinary and will be important for individuals from a range of academic and professional backgrounds, including critical care specialists, psychologists, computer scientists, medical informaticians, and anthropologists"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I. Cognition and errors
    Part II. Communication
    Part III. Clinical workflow
    Part IV. Looking into the future.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Vimla L. Patel, Jose F. Arocha, Jessica S. Ancker, editors.
    Summary: As health care is moving toward a team effort with patients as partners, this book provides guidance on the optimized use of health information and supporting technologies, and how people think and make decisions that affect their health and wellbeing. It focuses on investigations of how general public understand health information, assess risky behaviors, make healthcare decisions, and how they use health information technologies. e-health technologies have opened up new horizons for promoting increased self-reliance in patients. Although information technologies are now in widespread use, there is often a disparity between the scientific and technological knowledge underlying health care practices and the cultural beliefs, mental models, and cognitive representations of illness and disease. Misconceptions based on inaccurate perceptions and mental models, and flawed prior beliefs could lead to miscommunication as well as to erroneous decisions about individuals' own health or the health of their family members. Cognitive Informatics in Health and Biomedicine: Understanding and Modeling Health Behaviors presents state of the art research in cognitive informatics for assessing the impact of patient behavior. It is designed to assist all involved at the intersection of the health care institution and the patient and covers contributions from recognized researchers and leaders in the field.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Michael S. Gazzaniga, Richard B. Ivry, George R. Mangun.
    Contents:
    A brief history of cognitive neuroscience
    Structure and function of the nervous system
    Methods of cognitive neuroscience
    Hemispheric specialization
    Sensation and perception
    Object recognition
    Attention
    Control of action
    Memory
    Emotion
    Language
    Cognitive control
    Social cognition
    Consciousness, free will, and the law.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP360.5 .C643 2014
    1
  • Print
    David Kemmerer.
    Summary: "Cognitive Neuroscience of Language provides an up-to-date, wide-ranging, and pedagogically practical survey of the most important developments in the field. It guides students through all of the major areas of investigation, beginning with fundamental aspects of brain structure and function, and then proceeding to cover aphasia syndromes, the perception and production of speech, the processing of language in written and signed modalities, the meanings of words, and the formulation and comprehension of complex expressions, including grammatically inflected words, complete sentences, and entire stories"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2023
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Vijay K. Maker ; Edgar D. Guzman-Arrieta, co-author.
    Summary: It is now more than ever critical to have a reference to highlight the applicable embryology, anatomy, histology, and pathophysiology of surgical diseases and how these relate to critical tissue planes, surgical pitfalls, and technical pearls. This text is organized by organ system and the illustrations highlight surgical pearls borne of experience and polished by the study of pertinent references. Hand-drawn and illustrated figures show exact anatomical relationships as we see them in-vivo. A question/answer format augments the images to allow the reader to actively reflect on the topic and to appraise his/her knowledge in that area. The discussion sections strive to explain not only what the correct answer is, but also why the distractors are wrong, in order to motivate discussion and self-reflection. Cognitive Pearls in General Surgery details the explicit thought processes and associations that underlie the understanding of the topics at hand, with the intent of enhancing the fun and enjoyment that only an informed and well-grounded practice of surgery can provide.

    Contents:
    Neck
    Thoracic Wall and Pleura
    Breast
    Larynx and Respiratory System
    Mediastinum, Heart and Great Vessels in the Thorax
    Diaphragm
    Abdominal Pain
    Abdominal Wall and Hernias
    Peritoneum, Omentum and Internal Hernias
    Retroperitoneum and Great Vessels in the Abdomen
    Pharynx and Esophagus
    Stomach
    Small Bowel
    Appendix
    Large Intestine and Anorectum
    Liver
    Extrahepatic Biliary Tract and Gallbladder
    Pancreas
    Spleen
    Urinary System
    Gential System
    Adrenals
    Lymphatic System.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Gianna Locascio, Beth S. Slomine.
    Contents:
    I: Evidence-based cognitive rehabilitation
    Interventions for attention and working memory
    Memory interventions
    Interventions for hemispatial neglect
    Executive function interventions
    Family-based interventions
    Language, cognitive-communication, and social-communication interventions
    Pharmacological interventions
    II: Special considerations
    School-based interventions
    Transition to adulthood
    Current challenges in billing practices
    Advocacy in service delivery.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Alice Medalia, Tiffany Herlands, Alice Saperstein, Nadine Revheim.
    Summary: "Individuals with serious and persistent mental illnesses, including schizophrenia and affective disorders, often experience cognitive deficits that make it challenging to perform everyday tasks. For example, they may have difficulty paying attention, remembering and learning, thinking quickly, and solving problems, and this may interfere with functioning at work, school, and in social and living situations. Cognitive remediation is an evidence-based behavioral treatment for people who are experiencing cognitive impairments that interfere with role functioning. Cognitive Remediation for Psychological Disorders contains all the information therapists need to set up a cognitive remediation program that helps clients strengthen the cognitive skills necessary for everyday functioning. The program described is called Neuropsychological and Educational Approach to Remediation (NEAR), an evidence-based approach that utilizes carefully crafted instructional techniques which promote learning. The goals of NEAR are to provide a positive learning experience and to promote independent learning and optimal cognitive functioning in daily life. The second edition of this popular Therapist Guide provides step-by-step instructions on how to implement NEAR techniques with patients. Guidelines for setting up and running a successful cognitive remediation program are laid out in an easy-to-follow format. Therapists will learn how to choose appropriate cognitive exercises, recruit and work with clients, perform intakes, and create treatment plans. This Guide comes complete with all the tools necessary for facilitating treatment, including program evaluation forms and client handouts."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1 Introductory Information for Clinicians
    Chapter 2 Treatment Principles
    Chapter 3 Setting up a Cognitive Remediation Program
    Chapter 4 How to Assess and Choose Computerized Cognitive Exercises
    Chapter 5 Intake and Assessment
    Chapter 6 Treatment Planning
    Chapter 7 Strategies for Treating Specific Cognitive Deficits and Working with Clients
    Chapter 8 Phases of Treatment
    Chapter 9 Bridging Groups
    Chapter 10 Dealing with Difficult Clinical Situations
    Chapter 11 Program Evaluation
    Appendix
    References
    About the Authors.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Alice Medalia, Christopher R. Bowie.
    Summary: "Cognitive Remediation to Improve Functional Outcomes provides mental health practitioners with the background knowledge, hands-on methods, and tools they need to provide CR to patients in a way that maximizes the transfer of cognitive gains to everyday functioning"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1: Cognitive remediation for psychological disorders: an overview / Matthew M. Kurtz
    Chapter 2: Assessment as it relates to functional goals / Philip D. Harvey and Richard S.E. Keefe
    Chapter 3: Treatment planning / Alice Saperstein and Alice Medalia
    Chapter 4: Bridging groups / Christopher R. Bowie and Alice Medalia
    Chapter 5: A metacognitive approach to cognitive remediation: why we need to attend to it to produce functional outcomes / Til Wykes, Adam Crowther, and Clare Reeder
    Chapter 6: Implementation and dissemination of evidence-based mental health practices / Frances Dark
    Chapter 7: Addressing cognitive distortions, dysfuctional attitudes, and low engagement in cognitive remediation / Christopher R. Bowie and Maya Gupta
    Chapter 8: How to assess and choose computerized cognitive exercises / Tiffany Herlands and Alice Medalia
    Chapter 9: Compensatory approaches to improving functioning / Elizabeth W. Twamley
    Chapter 10: Integrating social cognitive training / William P. Horan, David L. Roberts, and Katherine Holshausen.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    A.J. Larner, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction to Cognitive Screening Instruments
    1. Introduction to cognitive screening instruments: rationale and desiderata
    2. Assessment of the utility of cognitive screening instruments
    Part II. Patient Performance-Related Tests
    3. The mini-mental state examination (MMSE): update on its diagnostic accuracy and clinical utility for cognitive disorders
    4. MMSE variants and subscores
    5. Clock drawing test
    6. Addenbrooke's cognitive examinations: ACE, ACE-R, ACE-III, ACEapp, and M-ACE
    7. Montreal cognitive assessment (MoCA): concept and clinical review
    8. DemTect
    9. TYM (test your memory) testing
    10. The general practitioner assessment of cognition (GPCOG)
    11. Six-item cognitive impairment test (6CIT)
    12. The quick mild cognitive impairment screen (Qmci)
    Part III. Informant-Related Scales
    13. The IQCODE: using informant reports to assess cognitive change in the clinic and in older individuals living in the community
    14. Brief informant interviews to screen for dementia: the AD8 and quick dementia rating system
    Part IV. Conclusion
    15. The usage of cognitive screening instruments: test characteristics and suspected diagnosis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Jack Bush, Daryl M. Harris, Richard J. Parker.
    Summary: "This book draws on the latest literature to highlight a fundamental challenge in offender rehabilitation; it questions the ability of contemporary approaches to address this challenge, and proposes an alternative strategy of criminal justice that integrates control, opportunity, and autonomy"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Edmond Cohen, MD, FASA.
    Summary: Ideal for clinicians at all levels of experience--from the resident to the subspecialist--Cohen's Comprehensive Thoracic Anesthesia compiles the many recent advances in thoracic anesthesiology into one convenient, easy-to-use reference. Concise, clinically focused chapters written by international authorities in the field cover all facets of anesthesia practice for thoracic procedures, logically organized by preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative considerations.

    Contents:
    I. Preoperative assessment: The development of thoracic anesthesia and surgery / Marcelle Blessing, Kei Satoh and Edmond Cohen
    Anatomic correlates of physiologic function / Theodore C. Smith and Edmond Cohen
    Radiology of the thorax / Javier H. Campos and Archit Sharma
    Intrathoracic tumors : current status and classification / Dong-Seok Lee and Raja Flores
    Pulmonary pathophysiology and lung mechanics in anesthesiology / Jamie L. Sparling and Marcos F. Vidal Melo
    Physiology of the lateral position and one-lung ventilation / Edmond Cohen
    Modulating the pulmonary circulation : nitric oxide and beyond / Thomas Schilling and Astrid Bergmann. II. Preoperative preparation: Preoperative evaluation : assessment of preoperative risk / Allen Ninh and David Bronheim
    Prehbilitation for thoracic surgery / Michael Charlesworth and Richard Templeton. III. Intraoperative preparation: Positioning in thoracic surgery / Alessia Pedoto and Nicole Ginsberg
    Monitoring of oxygenation and ventilation / Benjamin M. Hyers and James B. Eisenkraft
    Hemodynamic monitoring in thoracic surgical patients / Karl D. Hillenbrand and Robert H. Thiele
    Flexible and rigid bronchoscopy in thoracic anesthesia / Manuel Granell Gil, Elena Biosca Pérez and Ruth Martínez Plumed
    High-frequency ventilation : applications in thoracic anesthesia / Jakob Wittenstein and Marcelo Gama de Abreu. IV. Intraoperative management: Anesthesia, mechanical ventilation, and hypoxic pulmonary vasoconstriction / Andres Hagerman and Marc Licker
    Separation of the lung : double-lumen endotracheal tubes and endobronchial blockers / Javier H. Campos
    Lung isolation in patients with a difficult airway in thoracic anesthesia / Javier H. Campos
    Pathophysiology of perioperative lung injury / Alexander White and Andrew C. Steel
    Intraoperative lung injury during one-lung ventilation : causes and prevention / Waheedullah Karza
    Management of one-lung ventilation : protective lung ventilation / Marcelo Gama de Abreu and Jakob Wittenstein
    Fluid management during lung resection / Felice Eugenio Agrò and Chiara Piliego
    Perioperative arrhythmias during thoracic surgery / Spencer P. Walsh and David Amar
    Anesthesia for pediatric thoracic surgery / Cesar Rodriguez-Diaz. V. Postoperative management: Postoperative management of acute pain / Jeffrey J. Mojica, Eric S. Schwenk, Eugene R. Viscusi et al.
    Postthoracotomy chronic pain / Paul Ryan Haffey, Neal Rakesh, Amitabh Gulati et al.
    Postoperative care of the thoracic patient / Evren Şentürk, Funda Gök and Mert Şentürk
    Postthoracotomy complications / Thomas Hachenberg and Torsten Loop
    Extracorporeal ventilatory therapies / Steven P. Keller. VI. Specific anesthetic considerations: Lung volume reduction surgery / Edmond Cohen
    The patient with cardiovascular disease for lung resection surgery / Anahita Dabo-Trubelja and Gregory W. Fischer
    Video-assisted thoracoscopy : multiportal uniportal / Zerrin Sungur and Mert Şentürk
    Endoscopic treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease / Timothy J. Harkin and John Pawlowski
    Thoracic trauma / Alf Kozian and Moritz A. Kretzschmar
    Thoracic trauma / Alf Kozian and Moritz A. Kretzschmar
    Mediastinal mass and superior vena cava syndrome / Daniel Kalowitz and Menachem M. Weiner
    Mediastinoscopy / Elizabeth May Vue, Nicole Morikawa and Jonathan Leff
    Lung resection and pulmonary hypertension / Leila Hosseinian and Benjamin S. Salter
    Tubeless thoracic procedures / Jiaxi He, Diego Gonzalez-Rivas, Edmond Cohen et al.
    Thoracic anesthesia for the geriatric patient / Maria Castillo
    Thoracic aortic aneurysm resection / George Silvay and Jacob Michael Lurie
    Wedge resection, lobectomy, pneumonectomy / Travis Schisler, Patrick Hecht and Jens Lohser
    Repair of pectus excavatum / Jo Mourisse and Stefan van der Heide
    Tracheal resection and reconstruction / Elizabeth Cordes Behringer and Roger S. Wilson Lung transplantation / Jessica Spellman and Lauren Sutherland
    Esophageal procedures / Wolfgang Baar, Johannes Hell and Torsten Loop
    Airway fistulas in adults / Dawn P. Desiderio and Jacob C. Jackson
    Thoracic approach to spine procedures / David M. Shapiro, Baron Lonner, Jonathan Gal et al.
    Myasthenia gravis and thymectomy / Daniel Blech and James B Eisenkraft
    Hemoptysis, empyema / Mohamed R. El Tahan
    Thoracic anesthesia in the morbidly obese patient : obstructive sleep apnea / George W. Kanellakos and Jay B. Brodsky
    Cystic fibrosis / Giorgio Della Rocca and Alessandra Della Rocca
    Tracheal stents / Karen McRae
    Robotic thoracic surgery / Laszlo L. Szegedi
    Enhanced recovery after thoracic surgery / Emily G. Teeter, Anoushka M. Afonso and Wanda M. Popescu
    Ultrasound of the lung : clinical applications / Massimiliano Meineri
    Transesophageal echocardiography in noncardiac thoracic surgery / Breandan Sullivan and Eric Leiendecker.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Shabir Hussain Wani, Venura Herath, editors.
    Summary: Cold stress is one of the prevalent environmental stresses affecting crop productivity, particularly in temperate regions. Numerous plant types of tropical or subtropical origin are injured or killed by non-freezing low temperature, and display a range of symptoms of chilling injury such as chlorosis, necrosis, or growth retardation. In contrast, chilling tolerant species thrive well at such temperatures. To thrive under cold stress conditions, plants have evolved complex mechanisms to identify peripheral signals that allow them to counter varying environmental conditions. These mechanisms include stress perception, signal transduction, transcriptional activation of stress-responsive target genes, and synthesis of stress-related proteins and other molecules, which help plants to strive through adverse environmental conditions. Conventional breeding methods have met with limited success in improving the cold tolerance of important crop plants through inter-specific or inter-generic hybridization. A better understanding of physiological, biochemical and molecular responses and tolerance mechanisms, and discovery of novel stress-responsive pathways and genes may contribute to efficient engineering strategies that enhance cold stress tolerance. It is therefore imperative to accelerate the efforts to unravel the biochemical, physiological and molecular mechanisms underlying cold stress tolerance in plants. Through this new book, we intend to integrate the contributions from plant scientists targeting cold stress tolerance mechanisms using physiological, biochemical, molecular, structural and systems biology approaches. It is hoped that this collection will serve as a reference source for those who are interested in or are actively engaged in cold stress research.

    Contents:
    Cold-induced injuries and signaling responses in plants
    Molecular genetic approaches for the identification of candidate cold stress tolerance genes
    Redox regulation of cold stress response
    Hormonal regulation of cold stress response
    CBF-dependent and CBF-independent transcriptional regulation of cold stress responses in plants
    Cross talk between cold stress response signaling pathway and other stress response pathways
    Proteomic reponses to cold stress
    What can small moleculas tell us about cold stress tolerance in plants?
    breeding cold-tolerant crops
    Genetically engineering cold stress-tolerant crops : approaches and challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Anne Jouret-Mourin, Gavino Faa, Karel Geboes, editors.
    Summary: This revised and updated second edition explains how to analyze endoscopic mucosal biopsies of the ileum and colon. As in the first edition, the diagnosis and follow up of colitis in general and inflammatory bowel diseases in particular is covered and this edition also includes new chapters on ileitis and optimal biopsy procedures. The basic lesions are described using multiple drawings together with an explanatory text and endoscopic and histological photographs. A review of various differential diagnostic issues and types of colitis is also included. Colitis: A Practical Approach to Colon and Ileum Biopsy Interpretation is aimed at general pathologists and pathologists in training and also gastroenterologists to help them understand how a precise diagnosis can be reached.

    Contents:
    The normal biopsy: mucosa and submucosa, ileum and colon
    Endoscopic procedure
    How to look at a biopsy
    Elementary lesions of inflammation
    Infectious colitis
    IBD
    Ileitis
    Dysplasia
    Treatment-related disease
    Drug-induced colitis
    Diverticular disease
    associated colitis
    Ischemic colitis
    Microscopic colitis
    Eosinophilic colitis
    Solitary rectal ulcer
    Scoring of activities.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Karel Geboes, Sonia Nemolato, Maria Leo, Gavino Faa.
    Contents:
    The Normal Biopsy: Mucosa And Submucosa
    The Endoscopic Biopsy
    Elementary Lesions Of Inflammation
    Dysplasia
    Infections
    Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
    Treatment Related Diseases
    Ischemic Colitis
    Diverticular Disease-Associated Colitis
    Eosinophilic Colitis
    Microscopic Colitis
    Drug-Induced Colitis
    Solitary Rectal Ulcer Syndrome
    The Role Of Biopsies In The Treatment Of Colitis: Scoring Of Disease Activity.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rodolfo Andrade de Gouveia Vilela [and more], editors.
    Summary: This book presents an innovative method to improve workers health and prevent occupational accidents: the Change Laboratory, a method of formative intervention that enables the organization's participants to identify, with the help of facilitators, the historical and systemic origins of work processes anomalies (environmental problems, work safety and health, quality and productivity problems, problems related to labor relations, etc). It proposes a cycle of expansive learning that evolves from recognition of the problem to the visualization, testing and consolidation of solutions. The Change Laboratory method was first developed by Finnish researchers in the 90s and has been improved since then by an international network of research centers in ten countries. This volume presents the results of the experiences conducted by the Brazilian research group to apply the methodology to workers health programs. It adopts a translational approach and seeks to elaborate a method of intervention that goes beyond the mere diagnostics to present solutions to concrete problems based on systematized and participatory research. Collaborative Development for the Prevention of Occupational Accidents and Diseases - Change Laboratory in Worker's Health will be of interest to both researchers and professionals engaged in developing intervention programs to improve safety and health at work, such as occupational health professionals and researchers, organizational psychologists, safety engineers and public agents working with workers health regulations. The book will also be of interest to occupational health students interested in learning how the Change Laboratory method can be applied to this field of research and activity.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Change Laboratories Facing the Future; References; Foreword; In the Current Economy, Preserving Occupational Safety and Health Calls for Expansive Learning; References; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Authors; Abbreviations; From the Portuguese; Part I: Introduction;
    Chapter 1: Workers' Health: From Diagnosis to Formative Intervention; 1.1 Brief History of Our Group and Reasons to Study Interventions on Workers' Health; 1.2 Brief History of the Conceptual Evolution of Workers' Health in Brazil 1.3 From Diagnosis to Intervention, the Search for Systemic and Formative Intervention MethodsReferences;
    Chapter 2: The Theoretical and Methodological Basis of the Change Laboratory; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Cultural Mediation of Human Actions and Agency; 2.3 An Activity as Unit of Analysis; 2.4 Networks of Activity Systems; 2.5 Contradictions as a Force of Development; 2.6 Expansive Learning; 2.7 The Double Stimulation Method; 2.8 Methodological Model of the Change Laboratory; 2.9 Planning, Tools, and Content of the Change Laboratory Sessions; 2.10 Variations of the Change Laboratory 2.11 The Expected Outcomes of a CLReferences;
    Chapter 3: Work and Health and Contemporary Capitalism: Economics as a Social Disease; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Work in the Twentieth Century: Classic Forms of Work Organization and Their Limits; 3.3 "Immaterial" Work: Automation, Innovation, Services; 3.3.1 Mental Suffering in the CPI; 3.3.2 The Pressure of Innovation; 3.4 Financialization of Productive Systems and Its Consequences to Work; 3.5 It Is Possible to Come Out of the Market: Towards a New Economy and Regulation of Production-Consumption-Health; 3.6 Final Remarks; References Part II: Change Laboratories
    Chapter 4: Is it Possible to Run a Change Laboratory if the Company Does not Recognize its Demand as Legitimate?; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Research Context and Negotiation Process; 4.3 The Process of Collecting Ethnographic Data; 4.4 Main Difficulties of the Ethnographic Data Collection Phase; 4.5 Formative Workshops as a Strategy to Deal with Difficulties During Fieldwork; 4.6 Final Considerations; References;
    Chapter 5: One Activity, Two Objects: Preparatory Phase of Change Laboratory at an Assistance Center for Adolescents in Conflict with the Law; 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Social Construction of the Demand5.3 Negotiation for Workplace Access; 5.4 Data Collection Methods; 5.5 Results and Discussion of the Pre-diagnosis; 5.6 Final Considerations; References;
    Chapter 6: Conflict in a Formative Intervention at a Public School: Lessons for Researcher-Interventionists; 6.1 Brazilian Educational System and Context of Intervention; 6.2 Making Conflicts Visible: From Negotiation to Testing New Ideas; 6.2.1 Development and Negotiation of the Demand; 6.2.2 Preparing Intervention and Collecting Ethnographical Data; 6.2.3 Mapping the Situation: What Is the Problem?; 6.2.4 Analysis of Exhaustion and the Different Points of View of Teachers and Local Managers.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Rathnam Chaguturu, iDDPartners, Princeton Junction, NJ, USA.
    Contents:
    Perspectives on collaborative innovation
    Governmental initiatives accelerate precompetitive collaboration
    A game changer for averting future pharma cliff
    Nonprofits drive bench-to-bedside innovation
    Academic screening centers come of age
    Intellectual property and technology transfer
    The final frontier.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Print
    Charlene Lobo, Rachel Paul, Kenda Crozier.
    Summary: "The World Health Organisation declared 2020 the year of the Nurse and Midwife and in December 2019 the Nursing and Midwifery Council acknowledged 100 years of nursing registration in the United Kingdom. The model of hospital based 'training' of nursing and the instigation of a register for qualified nurses in the 1919 Nurses Act, may have been the beginning of the professionalisation of nurses but according to Davies (1977) was also responsible for nursing shortages by restricting training places. In the century that followed we have seen changes to the nurses and midwives act, the 'training' evolving from hospital control into higher education and the registration of nurses moving from the responsibility of the General Nursing Council to the United Kingdom Central Council (with four country boards) to the current Nursing and Midwifery Council. The 1902 Midwives Act (England and Wales) established the Central Midwives Board to oversee the education and practice of midwives, thus beginning the route to professionalisation of midwifery. Today nurses and midwives in UK practice under rules laid down in government legislation in The Health Act 1999 (UK) and Nursing and Midwifery Order 2001 (UK) and subsequent amendments as statutory instruments. The need to educate more nurses to replace an ageing workforce and the requirement for clinical practice experience to support this poses a difficult problem for educators to reconcile"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Collaborator Biographies Foreword Acknowledgements Abbreviations About the Companion Website Introduction; Kenda Crozier, Charlene Lobo and Rachel Paul PART I: Evolution of CLiP
    Chapter 1: Changes in Practice Learning; Kenda Crozier and Charlene Lobo
    Chapter 2: Models of Practice Learning; Kenda Crozier
    Chapter 3: The CLiPTM Model; Charlene Lobo and Jonty Kenward
    Chapter 4: System Wide Approaches to CLiP 4.1: The South West Collaborative Learning in Practice Community Cluster Project; Jane Bunce 4.2: Lancashire Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust Implementation of the Collaborative Learning in Practice Model of Supervision; Jonty Kenward 4.3: James Paget University NHS Foundation Trust Implementing the CLiP Model in Maternity Care; Kenda Crozier, Jodie Yerrell and Kirsty Tweedie
    Chapter 5: Coaching Theory and Models; Rachel Paul
    Chapter 6: Evaluation 6.1: Plymouth University; Graham Williamson, Adele Kane, and Jane Bunce 6.2: University of East Anglia; Antony Arthur, Rebekah Hill, and Michael Woodward PART II: Coaching Application
    Chapter 7: Introduction to Coaching in Practice; Rachel Paul and Charlene Lobo
    Chapter 8: 'A Coaching Day'; Rachel Paul, Charlene Lobo and Jonty Kenward
    Chapter 9: Acute Adult Care - Orthopaedic and Trauma Ward; Rachel Paul, Charlene Lobo and Helen Bell
    Chapter 10: Community Nursing Case Study; Rachel Paul, Charlene Lobo and Theresa Walker
    Chapter 11: Maternity Case Study; Kenda Crozier, Rachel Paul and Charlene Lobo
    Chapter 12: Mental Health; Rachel Paul, Charlene Lobo, Ronald Simpson and Helen Bell Conclusion Index
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    Alisha R. Pollastri, J. Stuart Ablon, Michael J.G. Hone, editors.
    Summary: This book is the first to systematically describe the key components necessary to ensure successful implementation of Collaborative Problem Solving (CPS) across mental health settings and non-mental health settings that require behavioral management. This resource is designed by the leading experts in CPS and is focused on the clinical and implementation strategies that have proved most successful within various private and institutional agencies. The book begins by defining the approach before delving into the neurobiological components that are key to understanding this concept. Next, the book covers the best practices for implementation and evaluating outcomes, both in the long and short term. The book concludes with a summary of the concept and recommendations for additional resources, making it an excellent concise guide to this cutting edge approach. Collaborative Problem Solving is an excellent resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, and all medical professionals working to manage troubling behaviors. The text is also valuable for readers interested in public health, education, improved law enforcement strategies, and all stakeholders seeking to implement this approach within their program, organization, and/or system of care. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Preface Chapter 1
    What is Collaborative Problem Solving and Why Use the Approach?
    J. Stuart Ablon Chapter 2
    CPS as a Neurodevelopmentally Sensitive and Trauma-Informed Approach
    Bruce D. Perry and J. Stuart Ablon Chapter 3
    How to Apply Implementation Science Frameworks to Support and Sustain Change
    Michelle A. Duda, Alexia Jaouich, Trevor W. Wereley and Michael Hone Chapter 4
    Implementing CPS in Clinical Settings
    Robert E. Lieberman, Whitney Vail and Kevin George Chapter 5
    Implementing CPS in Educational Settings
    Erica A. Stetson and Amy E. Plog Chapter 6
    CPS in a Large Multi-Service Organization: A Case Study
    Katherine G. Peatross and Kathleen A. McNamara Chapter 7
    Implementing and Practicing Collaborative Problem Solving with Integrity
    Alisha R. Pollastri and Arielle Wezdenko Chapter 8
    Research and Evaluation of CPS Outcomes
    Alisha R. Pollastri and Lu Wang Chapter 9
    Using CPS to Foster Employee Success
    Michael Hone Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Giorgio Pajardi, Marie A. Badalamente, Lawrence C. Hurst, editors.
    Summary: This book offers detailed guidance on the use of collagenase, or enzymatic fasciotomy, as a nonsurgical treatment for Dupuytren's contracture and explains its role in relation to the other forms of treatment, including open fasciectomy, needle aponeurotomy, and lipofilling. Clear guidance is provided on technique, current indications, and off-label usage. With the help of tips and tricks from leading experts, the reader will learn how to personalize the procedure to meet the needs of individual patients. Advice is also provided on all aspects of rehabilitation, which is a key determinant of treatment outcome. Collagenase treatment of Dupuytren's disease has the benefits of low invasiveness and rapid patient recovery and achieves reasonable recurrence-free periods. It is especially valuable in patients with rapid recurrence following surgery. In documenting and appraising every aspect of its use, this book will be of value for all who treat patients with Dupuytren's disease, including hand surgeons, orthopedists, plastic surgeons, physiatrists, and physiotherapists.

    Contents:
    1 Biochemistry and mechanism of action of collagen
    2 Pre-Clinical evaluation and early clinical trials in USA
    3 Dupuytren's Disease: topographic anatomy of lesions
    4 Experimental phase in Europe: protocol and first results
    5 Preparation, injection and traction procedures (Pearls and Tips & Tricks): technical evolution
    6 First web space, thumb, and nodules
    7 Rehabilitation after treatment
    8 Collagenase today: follow-up studies, recurrence, dosage, drug safety
    9 American and European Regulations
    10 Collagenase: future perspectives. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Todd R. Lookingbill, Peter D. Smallwood, editors.
    Summary: This book explores the unanticipated benefits that may arise after wars and conflicts, showing how the preservation of battlefields and the establishment of borderlands can create natural capital in the former landscapes of war. The editors call this Collateral Value, in contrast to the collateral damage that war inflicts upon infrastructure, natural capital, and human capital. The book includes case studies recounting successes and failures, opportunities and risks, and ambitious proposals. The book examines state-of-the-art applications of landscape ecology, including methods for change detection, connectivity analysis, and the quantification of ecosystem services. -- Publisher

    Contents:
    Collateral Values: The Natural Capital Created by Landscapes of War / Todd R. Lookingbill and Peter D. Smallwood
    Rethinking Resources in Our National Battlefields / Justin Madron and Lauren Tilton
    Registering English Battlefields: The Constructive Conservation of Historic Environments / Carly D. Sibilia, Geoffrey Carter, and Todd R. Lookingbill
    Old Forts and New Amenities in the Southern Plains / Jason P. Julian
    The Conflict Landscape of Verdun, France: Conserving Cultural and Natural Heritage After WWI / Rémi de Matos Machado and Joseph P. Hupy
    The Ecosystem Servic Impacts from Invasive Plants in Antietam National Battlefield / Todd R. Lookingbill, Emily S. Minor, and Lisa A. Wainger
    Valuing the Wounds of War: Korea's DMZ as Nature Preserve / Lisa M. Brady
    A Casualty of Peace? Lessons on De-militarizing Conservation in the Cordillera del Condor Corridor / Saleem H. Ali
    Legitimizing Militarization of Legitimate Conservation? Collateral Value and Landscapes of the Iron Curtain Borderlands / David G. Havlick
    From Buffer Zone to National Park: Afghanistan's Wakhan National Park / Peter D. Smallwood and Chris C. Shank
    Guantánamo 2.0: Transforming Gitmo into a Peace Park and Ecological Research Center / Joe Roman
    Battlefields and Borderlands: The Past, Present and Future of Collateral Values / Peter D. Smallwood and Todd R. Lookingbill.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    general editors Lesley Caldwell and Helen Taylor Robinson ; assistant editor Robert Adès ; managing editor Amal Treacher Kabesh.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. 1911-1938
    Volume 2. 1939-1945
    Volume 3. 1946-1951
    Volume 4. 1952-1955
    Volume 5. 1955-1959
    Volume 6. 1960-1963
    Volume 7. 1964-1966
    Volume 8. 1967-1968
    Volume 9. 1969-1971
    Volume 10. Therapeutic consultations in child psychiatry
    Volume 11. Human nature and The Piggle
    Volume 12. Appendices and bibliographies.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Oxford
    v. 1 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 2 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 3 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 4 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 5 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 6 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 7 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 8 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 9 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 10 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 11 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 12 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Uday Kishore, Taruna Madan, Robert B. Sim, editors.
    Summary: The topic of this book, Collectins, is a family of proteins whose major function is in innate immunity, where Collectins act as pattern recognition receptors (PRRs). In general they recognize targets such as microbial surfaces and apoptotic cells, and once bound to a target, Collectins promote the clearance of microorganisms and damaged host tissue. New cell-surface proteins and glycoproteins, which act as Collectin receptors, are currently being identified. Some Collectins, particularly MBL, activate the complement system, which enhances the ability of antibodies to fight pathogens, via three MBL-associated proteases, the MASPs. Additionally, recent research has begun to show wider-ranging activities of Collectins, such as: Their role in metabolism, and therefore their involvement in lifestyle diseases such as obesity and cardiovascular disease. Their ability to modulate the adaptive immune response, as well as to recognize and trigger apoptosis of cancer cells, which makes them effective in the annihilation of cancer cells with multiple mutations. The regulation of their expression by gonadal steroid hormones implicates them with critical roles in both male and female fertility. Altered levels of Collectins have been associated with various autoimmune diseases. This book brings together current knowledge of the structure, functions and biological activities of Collectins, to describe their integral role in human health.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Discovering the Role of Mannose-Binding Lectin (MBL) in Innate Immunity: The Early History
    Introduction
    Early Studies on Defective Opsonisation
    A Question of Nomenclature
    A Decade of Biochemical Studies
    Microbiological Studies in the 1980s
    Determination of the Underlying Cause of the Opsonic Deficiency
    Some Concluding Thoughts
    References
    Mannose-Binding Lectin in Human Health and Disease
    Introduction
    MBL Structure
    Various Functions of MBL
    Binding of MBL with Ligands and Pathogens Cross-Talk Between the Lectin Pathway and Coagulation
    Endothelial Cell Activation by MASP-1
    Regulation of MASPs
    Conclusion and Perspectives
    References
    Structures of the MASP Proteases and Comparison with Complement C1r and C1s
    Common Protease Modular Structure and Mode of Interaction with Defence Collagens
    Central CUB1-EGF Interactions in LP and CP Proteases Assembly: A Marked Similarity
    Similar Interaction Properties Mediate Protease Association with Defence Collagens
    Opposite Binding Orientations for CUB1 and CUB2 Modules with Collagen: A Structural View How Details of CUB-Collagen Interactions Explain the Differences in Orientation
    CUB1-EGF-CUB2 Homodimer (LP) Versus Heterodimer (CP) Interactions: Common Features and Differences
    How CCP1 and CCP2 Modulate LP and CP Catalytic Activities
    CCP1-CCP2 as Elongated Arms or Handles
    CCP1-CCP2 Include a C4 Binding Exosite in MASP-2 and C1s
    CCP Modules Potentially Restricting Spontaneous Activation: A C1r Exception
    Structural Similarities in the C-Terminal Trypsin-Like SP Domain
    Structural Differences Shaping Protease Specificity, an Opportunity to Design Specific Inhibitors Physiological Role of MBL
    MBL-Associated Serine Proteases
    Serum MBL Levels
    MBL Genetics and Deficiency
    Organization of the Human MBL2 Gene
    Deficiency
    MBL Associated with Diseases
    MBL and Infection
    Neonatal Sepsis
    Autoimmune Diseases
    MBL Replacement Therapy
    Conclusions and Perspectives
    References
    Activities of MASPs, The Complement Proteases Associated with Collectins and Ficolins
    Brief History
    The Role of MASPs in Lectin Pathway Activation
    Role of the MASPs in the Alternative Pathway Activation Structural Uncertainties Beyond Common Principles in the LP and CP Activation Mechanism
    LP and CP Protease Enzymatic Activities Out of the Complement System
    General Comments and Conclusion
    References
    Biological Activities of SP-A and SP-D Against Extracellular and Intracellular Pathogens
    Introduction
    Protective Effects of SP-A and SP-D Against Viral Pathogens
    Influenza A Virus
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus-1 (HIV-1)
    Herpes Simplex Viruses (HSV)
    Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV)
    Human Papillomavirus (HPV)
    SARS Coronavirus (SARS CoV)
    Other Viruses
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Patricia Bouvard, Hervé Suzanne.
    Contents:
    Relevance and Foundations of Collective Intelligence
    People: The Heart of the Collective Intelligence Development Process
    Developing Collective Intelligence: Understanding People and Diversity
    What is Leadership? A Note on Works about Leadership and a Tentative Definition of Leadership
    Postures and Roles of a Leader to Develop Collective Intelligence
    The Skills of a Leader in the Service of Collective Intelligence
    Conclusion
    Bibliography
    Index
    Other titles from iSTE in Cognitive Science and Knowledge Management.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Summary: "The College of American Pathologists (CAP), the leading organization of board-certified pathologists, serves patients, pathologists, and the public by fostering and advocating excellence in the practice of pathology and laboratory medicine worldwide."--Publisher's website.
  • Digital
    Laurie Leventhal-Belfer ; foreword by Tony Attwood.
    Summary: Covering social issues, independent living, academic challenges, student services and emotional wellbeing, this is the one-stop shop for advice on the transition from school to college or university. The book examines the skills that students need to live and function at college, and the skills parents need to let their teens navigate college without a parent as intermediary. It offers ways to combat common problems that affect the mental health of people on the spectrum, such as keeping up with homework, fast-paced classes, and complex social expectations.

    Contents:
    Being on the spectrum
    The transition to college: how parents can help
    College freshman basics
    Emotional challenges
    Mental health issues
    Mental health services in today's colleges
    Lessons learned and looking forward.
  • Digital
    Michelle B. Riba, Meera Menon, editors.
    Summary: This book explores the practical strategies outlined by national thought leaders to improve access to mental health care in the practice of college psychiatry. It addresses the escalating need for mental health services on college and university campuses. Concise yet comprehensive, the book considers the college experience for the increasingly diverse student body, including non-traditional college students, first-generation college students, and students with a history of mental illness. Beginning with a discussion on the current national health trends in college mental health, chapter one explores the current epidemiology of student mental health problems, the systemic challenges in recruitment, and funding psychiatric services. Subsequent chapters then delve into the various systems and models of psychiatric care for college students, including differing parental involvement levels and the importance of collaborative care to short term management and referral of students at risk. Chapters five and six examine mental health considerations for LGBTQ, Black, Indigenous, and People of Color students. Further chapters analyze the critical nature of successfully navigating a leave of absence, as well as the consideration of threat assessment on college campuses. The book closes with a highly relevant evaluation of telemental health and telepsychiatry in the College Setting as it pertains to the ongoing barriers to care caused by COVID-19. Socially conscious and timely, College Psychiatry is an indispensable text for all mental health professionals.

    Contents:
    National Trends in College Mental Health
    2. Systems and Models of Psychiatric Care for College Students
    3. The Parent Factor: Collaborating with Parents to Promote Mental Health
    4. No Wrong Door: Improving Access Through Collaboration
    5. Working with LGBTQ Students
    6. Mental Health considerations for Black, Indigenous, and People of Color: Trends, barriers and recommendations for collegiate mental health
    7. Taking Care of Our Own: Shoring Up Resilience and Preventing Suicide in Mental Health Professionals
    8. Navigating A Leave of Absence
    9. Threat Assessment on College Campuses
    10. Preventing suicide and promoting mental health among college students: The Jed Foundation
    11. Telemental Health and Telepsychiatry in the College Setting.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Andreas Böhler.
    Summary: In this thesis, a tracking system was developed by modifying an add-on collimator, the Siemens Moduleaf, for realtime applications in radiotherapy. As the add-on collimator works almost completely autonomously of the linear accelerator (LinAc), no modifications to the latter were necessary. The adaptations to the Moduleaf were mainly software-based. In order to reduce the complexity of the system, outdated electronic parts were replaced with newer components where practical. Verification was performed by measuring the latency of the system as well as the impact on applied dose to a predefined target volume, moving in the leaf's travel direction. Latency measurements in software were accomplished by comparing the target and current positions of the leaves. For dose measurements, a Gafchromic EBT2 film was placed beneath the target 4D phantom, in between solid water plates, and moved alongside with it. Based on the results, a tracking-capable add-on collimator seems to be a useful tool for reducing the margins for the treatment of small, slow-moving targets. Radiotherapy is one of the most important methods used for the treatment of cancer. Irradiating a moving target is also one of the most challenging tasks to accomplish in modern radiotherapy.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Literature Overview
    3 Hypothesis & Goals
    4 Materials & Methods
    5 Results
    6 Discussion
    7 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Colloquium series on the developing brain to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Carlo Ratto, Angelo Parello, Lorenza Donisi, Francesco Litta, editors.
    Contents:
    1. A surgeon for the pelvic floor: dream or reality?
    2. Surgical anatomy of the colon, rectum, and anus
    3. Topographic anatomy of the colon and rectum: tips and tricks in laparoscopic and robotic surgery
    4. Topographic anatomy in proctologic surgery
    5. Physiology of the colon
    6. Physiology of the rectum and anus
    7. Factors affecting the intestinal physiology
    8. Factors affecting defecation and anal continence
    9. Anal surgery: organ and function preservation
    10. Patient's history data collection in coloproctology
    11. Visiting a coloproctology patient: rules and suggestions
    12. Signs and symptoms in coloproctology: data collection and scores
    13. Diagnosis in coloproctology: from the general practitioner to the tertiary referral center
    14. Instruments for the in-office diagnosis
    15. Colonic and rectal endoscopy
    16. Colonic and rectal endosonography
    17. Radiologic Imaging of colo-recto-anal dysfunctions: procedures and indications
    18. Ultrasound of the colon and rectum: procedures and indications
    19. Anorectal manometry
    20. Electrophysiological study of the pelvic floor
    21. Integration of diagnostics in proctology: assessment, choice of treatment, and evaluation of results
    22. Pathologic evaluation of colo-recto-anal samples: procedures and clinical significance
    23. Specifics and pitfalls in diagnosis of inflammation bowel diseases
    24. Diagnostic algorithm for constipation and obstructed defacation
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Steven D. Wexner, James W. Fleshman.
    Contents:
    Part I: Right colon
    Part II: Left colon
    Part III: Low anterior resection
    Part IV: Total colectomy with Ileorectal anastomosis
    Part V: Open total proctocolectomy with Ileostomy
    Part VI: Restorative proctocolectomy
    Part VII: Abdominoperineal resection
    Part VIII: Pelvic exenteration
    Part IX: Colostomy
    Part X: Ileostomy
    Part XI: Stomal complications
    Part XII: Hartmann's reversal
    Part XIII: Abdominal operations for rectal prolapse
    Part XIV: Ventral hernia repair
    Part XV: Small bowel strictureplasty
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Steven D. Wexner, James W. Fleshman.
    Contents:
    Hemorrhoidectomy
    Anal fistula
    Rectovaginal fistula
    Operations for fecal incontinence
    Perineal prolapse repair
    Sphincterotomy-lateral
    Presacral tumors
    Local excision of rectal carcinoma
    Rectocele
    Muscle flaps
    Anal and pilonidal flaps.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    Antonio Facciorusso, Nicola Muscatiello, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of current polypectomy techniques and describes new perspectives in the field. A wide variety of topics are covered, including classification of colon polyps, established polypectomy techniques and related controversies, advanced endoscopic resection, endoscopic submucosal dissection, the use of submucosal injection solutions, management of complications, management of anticoagulant and antiplatelet medications, and post-polypectomy endoscopic surveillance. Information is also provided on a novel risk calculation score for adenoma recurrence after polypectomy, developed by the editors of the book and their colleagues. In acquainting readers with the state of the art in the field, Colon Polypectomy will serve as a valuable reference and practical tool for all who perform the procedure, which is of ever-increasing importance given the recent success of colon cancer screening campaigns in leading to earlier detection of colon polyps.

    Contents:
    Classification of Colon Polyps and Risk of Neoplastic Progression
    Non-polypoid Colorectal Neoplasms: Characteristics and Endoscopic Management
    Colonoscopic Polypectomy: Current Techniques and Controversies
    Advanced Endoscopic Resection of Colorectal Lesions
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection
    Submucosal Injection Solutions for Colon Polypectomy
    Management of Complications after Endoscopic Polypectomy
    Management of Anticoagulant and Antiplatelet Medications
    Endoscopic Surveillance After Polypectomy
    Conclusive Remarks and New Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Omer Engin, editor.
    Summary: This book, now in a thoroughly revised and extended second edition, clearly explains the nature of colon polyps and their relationship to colorectal cancer. On this basis, it goes on to provide up-to-date guidance on disease prevention and treatment. The book opens by describing the anatomy and histology of the colon and all aspects of the use of colonoscopy, including in the presence of infectious disease and in pregnant patients. The histopathological features of colon polyps and their endoscopic and surgical treatment are then discussed in depth. Risk factors for the development of colorectal cancer are identified, with advice on preventive measures, and detailed clinical information is presented on the treatment options for colorectal cancer, from open surgery, laparoscopic resection, and robotic surgery to neoadjuvant and adjuvant radiotherapy and chemotherapy. In addition, the different potential approaches in patients with liver metastases are fully described. The book will be invaluable for medical specialists and students, and the clear style ensures that it will also be accessible for other interested persons, including patients.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the colon, rectum and anus
    Anesthesia in colonoscopy
    Colonoscopy
    Colon Polyps, Colonoscopy and Colorectal Cancer in Pregnancy
    Colonoscopy and infectious diseases
    Information on colon polyps in terms of gastroenterology
    Role of imaging in colorectal cancers
    Surgical Management of Colorectal Polyps
    Colon polyps and their pathologic characteristics
    Trends, Risk Factors and Preventions In Colorectal Cancer
    Anesthesia practices in colorectal cancer surgery
    Cardiac assessment in non-cardiac surgery
    Surgical treatment approaches to the colorectal cancers in the light of the current guidelines
    Appendix tumors
    Surgical Treatment of Colon Cancer (open and laparoscopic surgery)
    Open and laparoscopic surgery in rectal cancers
    Robotic surgery in colorectal patologies
    Complications of Colorectal Surgery
    Intestinal Ostomies
    Cytoreductive surgery with hyperthermic intraperitoneal chemotherapy (hipec) in the treatment of colorectal peritoneal carcinomatosis
    Follow-up of patients with surgical colorectal cancer resection
    Infectious diseases approach to colorectal surgery
    Pathologic Features of Colorectal Carcinomas
    Genetic Knowledge of Colorectal Cancer
    Pediatric surgical perspective to colon polyps and colorectal carcinomas
    Surgical anatomy of the liver and biliary tree
    Management of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    Liver resections in Metastatic Colorectal Cancer
    Liver transplantation for non resectable colorectal cancer liver metastasis
    Interventional radiology in general practice of colorectal cancer
    Interventional radiology in management of colorectal carcinoma metastasis
    Radiotherapy in Early Stage and Local Advanced Rectal Cancer
    Radiotherapy in recurrent and metastatic rectal cancer
    Systemic chemotherapy in colorectal cancer
    Urological manifestations of colorectal malignancies and surgical management of urological complications during colorectal cancer surgeries
    Gynecology for metastatic colorectal cancer. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Omer Engin, editor.
    Summary: This book explains clearly the nature of colon polyps and their relationship with colorectal cancer, which is among the three most common cancers in both men and women. Up-to-date information is provided on anatomy, pathology, types of polyp and their treatment, and the performance of colonoscopy. Particular attention is devoted to the risk factors for development of colorectal cancer, with detailed guidance on its prevention and early diagnosis and treatment. While the book is primarily intended for medical specialists and students, a deliberate and consistent effort has been made to use plain language that will enable other interested persons, including patients, to understand all aspects of the subject.

    Contents:
    Colorectal embryology and anatomy / Ersin Gurkan Dumlu, Mehmet Tokac, and Derya Karakoc
    Preoperative, intraoperative and postoperative management of colonscopic procedure / Oguzhan Sunamak, Serdal Mutan, and Ali Shahin
    Colonscopy and cardiovascular system / Ozkan Duman
    Pre-operative pulmonary system evaluation / Mesut Subak and Fatma Topbas Subak
    Colonoscopy / Omer Engin, Mebrure Evnur Uyar, Oguzhan Sunamak, and Fuat Ipekci
    Colonoscopy and infectious disease / Serpil Ertem and Mebrure Evnur Uyar
    Lower gastrointestinal tract endoscopy in pregnant women / Ulas Urganci
    Follow-up of a pregnant patient during colonoscopy / Ibrahim Uyar
    Colorectal polyps / Nalan Gülșen Ünal and Ali Ozturk
    Surgical management of colon polyps / Okan Demiray and Dogan Gonullu
    Colon polyps and pathologic features / Fatmagul Kusku Cabuk, Culen Bulbul Dogusoy, Nuray Bassullu, and Elvin Kusku
    Colon polyps and radiologic approach / Ali Tosun
    Colon cancer risk and prevention / Omer Engin, Mebrure Evnur Uyar, Oguzhan Sunamak, and Fuat Ipeckci.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Antonio Tursi, Mauro Bafutto, Giovanni Brandimarte, Enio Chaves de Oliveira, editors.
    Summary: The book provides up-to-date information on all aspects of colonic diverticular disease, particularly common in Western countries. Most people suffering from it remain asymptomatic, while about 20% develop symptoms without complications, experiencing the so-called "Symptomatic Non-Complicated Diverticular Disease" (SUDD). 10-25% of this last group eventually develop diverticulitis, with or without complications. The incidence of diverticulitis and diverticular colon disease is increasing worldwide, and is becoming a significant burden for national health systems in terms of direct and indirect costs, also because its prevalence increases with age. Unfortunately, the disease pathogenesis is relatively unknown and several aetiological factors may play a role in its onset. The first parts of the book will deal with the disease epidemiology and etiopathogenesis, focusing on the roles of inflammation and dysbiosis as part of the pathophysiology of diverticular disease. The clinical spectrum, the diagnostic approach and differential diagnosis, medical and surgical treatments are described in the following sections. Written by experts in the field, the volume will be a unique and valuable resource for all clinicians, residents, and physicians involved in the management of this disease.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Epidemiology: 1- history of the disease
    2 -anatomy of the colon and colonic diverticula
    3- epidemiology of diverticular disease
    4 -economic burden of diverticular disease
    5 colorectal cancer and diverticular disease
    6 myth and evidence
    - Part 2: Etiopatogenesis: 7- motility in diverticular disease
    8- enteric nervous system and diverticular disease
    9 - hypersensibility, visceral perception
    10- role of mucosal inflammation
    11- molecular basis of diverticular disease
    12 - the colonic fibrosis
    13 - genetic aspects
    14 -the microbiome and diverticular disease
    15 - obesity and diverticular disease
    16- lifestyles and diverticular disease
    Part 3 - Clinical spectrum of diverticular disease: 17 - symptomatic uncomplicated diverticular disease (SUDD)
    18 - uncomplicated diverticulitis
    19 - complicated diverticulitis
    20. bleeding
    21 - segmental colitis associated diverticular disease (SCAD)
    22 - diverticular disease in the immunocompromised patient
    Part 4: Diagnostic approach: 23- investigation of patient with suspect diverticular disease
    24- laboratory in diverticular disease
    25- imaging of diverticular disease
    26- colonoscopy in diverticular disease
    27- DICA classification
    28- complicated forms of diverticular disease
    29- differential diagnosis in diverticular disease
    30- pathology of diverticular disease
    Part 5: Differential diagnosis: 31- irritable bowel syndrome vs SUDD
    32- SIBO and diverticular disease
    33- segmental colitis associated to diverticulosis vs IBD
    Part 6: Medical treatment: 34- prevention of diverticular disease
    35- nutritional approach to diverticular disease
    36- fibers
    37- probiotics
    38- aminosalicylates 39- antibiotics
    40- medical treatment of acute diverticulitis
    41- treatment of recurrent diverticulitis
    42- treatment of non-complicated diverticular disease
    43- evidence-based medical treatment in preventing acute diverticulitis recurrence
    - Part 7 Endoscopic and surgical treatment: 44 - current management of diverticular bleeding
    45- surgical treatment of acute diverticulitis
    46- evidence based surgical treatment of diverticular disease
    47- laparoscopic surgery for Hinchey III and IV acute diverticulitis
    48- open surgery for Hinchey III and IV acute diverticulitis
    49-robotic surgery for diverticular disease
    50 - colostomy in diverticular disease
    51 - symptoms recurrence and management after surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Alexander Herold, Paul-Antoine Lehur, Klaus E. Matzel, P. Ronan O'Connell, editors.
    Contents:
    1. History of the Division of Coloproctology / Klaus E. Matzel
    2. Anatomy of the Colon, Rectum, Anus, and Pelvic Floor / Thilo Wedel
    3. Physiology of Colon, Rectum, and Anus / Klaus Krogh and Soeren Laurberg
    4. Hemorrhoids / Felix Aigner
    5. Anal Fissure / Eloy Espin
    6. Anorectal Abscess and Fistula / Alexander Herold
    7. Perianal Skin Conditions / Brian Kirby
    8. Pilonidal Disease / Peter Dawson
    9. Fecal Incontinence / Klaus E. Matzel
    10. Constipation / Charles H. Knowles
    11. Defecation Disorders / Laurent Siproudhis and Paul-Antoine Lehur
    12. Rectal Prolapse, Intussusception, Solitary Rectal Ulcer / André D'Hoore
    13. Irritable Bowel Syndrome / Heiner Krammer, Franka Neumer, and Laura Gruner
    14. Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Ulcerative Colitis / P.J. Conaghan and N.J. Mc C. Mortensen
    15. Crohn's Disease / Peter Kienle
    16. Indeterminate Colitis / Tom Øresland
    17. Diverticular Disease / Christoph Holmer and Martin E. Kreis
    18. Other Colitides / Adam Dziki
    19. Medical Treatment of Inflammatory Bowel Disease / Florian Poullenot and David Laharie
    20. Endometriosis / Gian Andrea Binda, Alberto Serventi, and Alessandro Fasciani
    21. Appendicitis / P. Ronan O'Connell
    22. Benign Tumors / Christian Gingert and Franc H. Hetzer
    23. Principles of Tumor Classification / Kieran Sheahan
    24. Genetics / Malika Bennis, Jérémie H. Lefevre, and Emmanuel Tiret
    25. Colon Cancer / Thomas H.K. Schiedeck and Klaus E. Matzel
    26. Rectal Cancer / Christian Buchli and Anna Martling
    27. Anal Intraepithelial Neoplasia and Anal Cancer / Daniel Dindo and Friederike Remmen
    28. Peritoneal Malignancies and Colorectal Peritoneal Metastases / Sanjeev Dayal, Lily Maguire, and Brendan Moran
    29. Retrorectal Tumors / N. Chéreau and Y. Parc
    30. Stomas and Stomatherapy / Harald R. Rosen
    31. Endoscopy: Diagnostics, Therapeutics, Surveillance, New Techniques / Søren Meisner and Evangelos Kalaitzakis
    32. Anal and Rectal Trauma / Donato F. Altomare
    33. Colonic and Rectal Obstruction / J. Pimentel
    34. Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding: Diagnosis and Management / Eric Frampas and Paul-Antoine Lehur
    35. Chronic Pelvic and Perineal Pain / Guillaume Meurette and Jean-Jacques Labat
    36.Perioperative Management / Martin Hübner and Dieter Hahnloser
    37. Intestinal Failure / Mattias Soop and Gordon Carlson
    38. Abdominal Wall Reconstruction / Neil J. Smart and Ian R. Daniels
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    John Beynon, Dean Anthony Harris, Mark Davies, Martyn Evans, editors.
    Summary: The topics covered in this book have been specifically chosen to give guidance to surgeons established in practice and those embarking on their careers. Examples include the changing management in the treatment of the catastrophic abdominal wall, perianal Crohn's disease in the biological era, decision making in rectal cancer that responds to radiotherapy, and the assessment of outcomes in colorectal cancer surgery. Recent years have seen the introduction of technical advances with respect to robotics in colorectal surgery and trans-anal total meso-rectal excision, and which are rapidly becoming established in clinical practice. Chapters also cover those aspects of colorectal practice, which are common to all, and provide guidance on management of topics including complications of radiotherapy, management of pouch dysfunction and iatrogenic complications in pelvic cancer surgery.

    Contents:
    1. Management of perianal Crohn's disease in the biologic era
    2. The Catastrophic Abdominal Wall
    3. Colorectal Complications of Radiotherapy
    4. Robotics in Colorectal Surgery
    5. The Dysfunctional Pouch
    6. The iatrogenic complications of pelvic cancer surgery
    7. Assessment of bowel vascularity and adjuncts to anastomotic healing
    8. Transanal Total Mesorectal Excision
    9. Anal cancer and sentinel node biopsy
    10. Rectal Cancer that responds to radiotherapy
    11. The advanced primary or recurrent rectal cancer: pushing the boundaries
    12. Personalized genomics and molecular profiles in colorectal cancer: towards precision cancer care
    13. Assessing outcomes in colorectal cancer surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Alvaro Della Bona, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the state of the art in color science and explains its application to dental structures and materials, using high-quality illustrations to ensure ease of learning. Most people seek a bright smile with a natural appearance. This goal often poses a great clinical challenge for the dentist, and its achievement is dependent on a good knowledge of color science and optical properties relevant to dentistry. Further, if a smile is to be esthetically improved to the patients satisfaction, the dentist must be able to extract the best from dental materials and techniques, must understand all aspects of facial harmony, and must communicate effectively with both the patient and lab technicians. All of these aspects are thoroughly explored in the book, with detailed coverage of such topics as visual and instrumental shade matching, color management, and avoidance of complications and pitfalls. Color and Appearance in Dentistry will be of high value to all who are engaged in the daily practice of esthetic dentistry.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Color Science and Its Application in Dentistry
    1.1 Color Measurements and Whiteness Indexes
    1.1.1 CIE Standard Observers
    1.1.1.1 CIE 1931 Standard Colorimetric Observer
    1.1.1.2 CIE [2] Standard Colorimetric Observer
    1.1.2 CIE Color Space
    1.1.2.1 CIE 1976 (L*a*b*) Color Space-CIELAB
    1.1.3 Color-Difference Formulas
    1.1.4 Whiteness Indexes
    1.2 Optical Properties and Measuring Methods
    1.2.1 Optical Properties
    1.2.1.1 Scattering
    1.2.1.2 Absorption
    1.2.1.3 Transmittance Absorption (K) and Scattering (S) Coefficients, Transmittance (T), and Reflectivity (RI) According to the Kubelka-Munk Theory
    Further Readings
    2: Teaching and Training Color Determination in Dentistry
    2.1 Teaching and Training Color Science in Dentistry
    2.2 Applying Methodologies to Dental Students and Dentists
    2.3 Teaching and Learning Methods
    2.4 Scientific Communication
    Further Readings
    3: Visual Shade Matching
    3.1 Physiology of the Eye and Vision
    3.1.1 Anatomical Structure of the Human Eye
    3.1.1.1 Equivalent Power and Focal Lengths
    3.1.1.2 Cornea 3.1.1.3 Anterior Chamber
    3.1.1.4 Iris and Pupil
    3.1.1.5 Lens
    3.1.1.6 Retina
    3.1.2 Field of Vision
    3.1.3 Accommodation
    3.1.4 Depth of Focus and Depth of Field
    3.1.5 Evaluation of the Amount of Light
    3.1.5.1 Luminous Efficiency Curve
    3.1.5.2 Scopic Vision
    3.2 Color Perception
    3.2.1 Color Vision
    3.2.2 Subjectivity of Color Vision Determination in Dentistry
    3.3 Description of Available Dental Shade Guides and Shades Matching Procedures
    3.3.1 VITA Classical and Lumin Vacuum Shade Guides
    3.3.2 VITA System 3D-Master 3.4 Perceptibility and Acceptability Thresholds
    3.4.1 Color Perceptibility and Acceptability Thresholds (PT and AT) Apply to Dentistry
    3.4.2 Whiteness Perceptibility and Acceptability Thresholds in Dentistry
    3.4.3 Translucency Perceptibility and Acceptability Thresholds in Dentistry
    Further Readings
    4: Instrumental Shade Matching
    4.1 Science and Technology of Instruments to Measure Color, Color Coordinates, and Optical Properties
    4.2 Reliability of Dental Color-Measuring Devices
    4.3 Reproducibility and Inter-Device Agreement for Dental Color Measurement Devices
    4.4 Agreement Between Visual and Instrumental Shade Matching.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kay Shou-Mei Kane, Vinod E. Nambudiri, Alexander J. Stratigos.
    Summary: "Color Atlas & Synopsis of Pediatric Dermatology provides large, detailed full-color photographs of skin lesions in children, along with the latest management and treatment recommendations. Modeled after Fitzpatrick's Color Atlas & Synopsis of Clinical Dermatology, this essential point-of-care companion delivers everything you need to confidently assess, diagnose, and manage diseases of the skin, hair, and nails in pediatric patients encountered in a busy clinical environment." --Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Cutaneous findings in the newborn
    Eczematous dermatitis
    Diaper dermatitis and rashes in the diaper area
    Disorders of epidermal proliferation
    Primary bullous dermatoses
    Disorders of the sebaceous and apocrine glands
    Disorders of melanocytes
    Disorders of blood and lymph vessels
    Benign epidermal proliferations
    Benign appendageal proliferations
    Benign dermal proliferations
    Disorders of pigmentation
    Neurocutaneous disorders
    Miscellaneous inflammatory disorders
    Hypersensitivity reactions
    Photosensitivity and photoreactions
    Autoimmune connective tissue diseases
    Endocrine disorders and the skin
    Skin signs of reticuloendothelial disease
    Cutaneous bacterial infections
    Cutaneous fungal infections
    Rickettsial infection
    Cutaneous viral infections
    Aquatic infestations
    Insect bites and infestations.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessDermatology
    AccessPediatrics
  • Digital
    Curt J Daniels, Ali N Zaidi.
    Summary: More than 500 state-of-the-art radiographic and clinical images span the full spectrum of congenital diseases in adults and children.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: the Adult With Intracardiac Shunt Lesions: Asd, Vsd, and Avsd
    Chapter 3: the Adult With Coarctation of the Aorta
    Chapter 4: the Adult With Repaired Tetralogy of Fallot
    Chapter 5: the Adult With D-transposition of the Great Arteries (D-tga)
    Chapter 6: the Adult With Congenitally Corrected Transposition of the Great Arteries: (Cc-tga or L-tga)
    Chapter 7: the Adult With a Single Ventricle and Fontan Palliation
    Chapter 8: the Adult With Ebstein's Anomaly of the Tricuspid Valve
    Chapter 9: Pulmonary Hypertension in Adults With Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 10: Eisenmenger Syndrome in the Adult With Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 11: Pregnancy and Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 12: Aortopathies in the Adult With Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 13: Arrhythmias in Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 14: Common Percutaneous Structural Interventions in Adults With Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 15: Heart Failure in Achd Patients.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2015
  • Digital
    David A Orsinelli.
    Summary: "A complete visual guide to the interpretation of ultrasound images in cardiology, Color Atlas and Synopsis of Echocardiography fills the field of cardiology's need for a synoptic text that offers management guidance along with a comprehensive collection of images. The book focuses on normal anatomy, radiographic anatomy, indications, contraindications, interpretations, and patient management. Each topic discussed begins with a case scenario and includes evidence ratings from the combined ACC/AHA guidelines. The books clinical, synoptic text provides guidance to the diagnosis and management of patients, making this far more than a radiology text. Includes more than 500 state-of-the-art cardiac ultrasound images. The companion DVD includes image bank that can be used for PowerPoint ® presentations."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: An Atlas To Explore The Current Use Of Echocardiography In Clinical Medicine
    Chapter 2: Echocardiography In The Evaluation And Management Of The Patient With Known Or Suspected Coronary Artery Disease
    Chapter 3: Echocardiographic Assessment Of Valvular Heart Disease
    Chapter 4: Echocardiographic Assessment Of The Patient With Known Or Suspected Congestive Heart Failure
    Chapter 5: Echocardiographic Assessment Of Cardiomyopathies
    Chapter 6: Echocardiographic Assessment Of Pericardial Disease
    Chapter 7: Echocardiographic Evaluation Of Aortic Pathology
    Chapter 8: Echocardiographic Assessment Of The Patient With Stroke Or Tia: A Neurologist's Perspective
    Chapter 9: Echocardiography In The Evaluation Of Intracardiac Masses
    Chapter 10: Echocardiography In The Evaluation And Management Of Patients With Atrial Dysrhythmias
    Chapter 11: Echocardiographic Assessment In Pulmonary Hypertension And Right Heart Failure
    Chapter 12: Echocardiography In Systemic Disease
    Chapter 13: Echocardiography In Interventional Procedures.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Richard P. Usatine, Mindy A. Smith, E.J. Mayeaux, Jr., Heidi S. Chumley.
    Summary: The Color Atlas and Synopsis of Family Medicine is written for family physicians and all healthcare providers involved in primary care. It can also be invaluable to medical students, residents, internists, pediatricians, and dermatologists.

    Contents:
    Learning with images and digital photography
    The essence of family medicine
    Physicial and sexual abuse
    Ophthalmology
    Ear, nose, and throat
    Oral health
    The heart and circulation
    The lungs
    Gastrointestinal
    Genitourinary
    Women's health
    Musculoskeletal problems
    Dermatology
    Podiatry
    Infectious diseases
    Endocrine
    The brain and nervous system
    Substance abuse.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessDermatology
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    R.R. Baliga, William T. Abraham.
    Summary: A comprehensive clinical collection of state of the art images--matched with synoptic text describing patient management. Perfect for busy clinicians needing wide coverage in a speedy format.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Economics of Heart Failure -- Chapter 2: Stage A Heart Failure: Dyslipidemia -- Chapter 3: Hypertensive Heart Disease -- Chapter 4: Obesity and the Obesity Paradox -- Chapter 5: Genetic Testing for Cardiomyopathy -- Chapter 6: Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction -- Chapter 7: Kidney in Heart Failure -- Chapter 8: Depression in Heart Failure -- Chapter 9: Athletic Heart Syndrome -- Chapter 10: Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy -- Chapter 11: Amyloid Heart Disease -- Chapter 12: Heart Failure in Minorities -- Chapter 13: Peripartum Cardiomyopathy -- Chapter 14: Heart Failure in the Elderly -- Chapter 15: Valvular Heart Disease -- Chapter 16: Cardiotoxicity -- Chapter 17: Adult Congenital Heart Disease -- Chapter 18: Venous Thromboembolic Disease in Heart Failure -- Chapter 19: Assessment of Volume Overload in Acute Decompensated Heart Failure -- Chapter 20: Biomarkers in Heart Failure -- Chapter 21: Echocardiography in Congestive Heart Failure -- Chapter 22: Cardiopulmonary Stress Testing in Heart Failure -- Chapter 23: Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Imaging -- Chapter 24: Right Heart Catheterization in Heart Failure -- Chapter 25: Diet in Heart Failure -- Chapter 26: Digoxin Use in Heart Failure -- Chapter 27: Diuretic Therapy in Heart Failure -- Chapter 28: Neurohormonal Blockade in Heart Failure -- Chapter 29: Autonomic Modulation in Heart Failure -- Chapter 30: Cardiac Cardioverter Defibrillators (ICDs) in Heart Failure -- Chapter 31: Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in the treatment of Heart Failure -- Chapter 32: Percutaneous Ventricular Support for Acute Heart Failure -- Chapter 33: Ultrafiltration in Heart Failure -- Chapter 34: Inotropic Therapy in Heart Failure -- Chapter 35: Role of Revascularization to Improve Left Ventricular Function -- Chapter 36: Venoarterial Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation for the Treatment of Acute Heart Failure -- Chapter 37: Role of Echocardiography in Selection, Implantation, and Management of Patients Requiring Left Ventricular Assist Device Therapy -- Chapter 38: Evaluation of Hemodynamics in Patients Supported by Continuous LVADs -- Chapter 39: Left Ventricular Assist Devices -- Chapter 40: Cardiac Transplantation -- Chapter 41: Total Artificial Heart -- Chapter 42: Heart-Lung Transplantation -- Chapter 43: Perioperative Heart Failure -- Chapter 44: Palliative Care in Heart Failure.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2019
  • Digital
    R R Baliga, Scott M Lilly.
    Contents:
    Part 1: The Hemodynamic Study
    Chapter 1: Hemodynamics: Normal and Valvular Heart Disease
    Chapter 2: Right Heart Catheterization in Heart Failure
    Chapter 3: Intracardiac Shunts
    Chapter 4: Hemodynamics of Pericardial Disease
    Chapter 5: The Hemodynamics of Right Ventricular Function
    Chapter 6: Diastolic Heart Failure
    Part 2: Percutaneous Coronary Interventions
    Chapter 7: Transradial Coronary Procedures
    Chapter 8: Non-ST-Segment Elevation Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Chapter 9: Primary Percutaneous Coronary Intervention in ST-Segment Elevation Myocardial Infarction
    Chapter 10: Coronary Revascularization in Stable Angina
    Chapter 11: Invasive Testing for Coronary Artery Disease
    Chapter 12: Percutaneous Coronary Intervention in Chronic Total Occlusions
    Chapter 13: Saphenous Vein Graft Lesions
    Chapter 14: Heavily Calcified Coronary Lesions
    Chapter 15: Bifurcation Lesions
    Chapter 16: Left Main Coronary Artery Disease: Approach to Percutaneous Intervention
    Chapter 17: In-Stent Restenosis
    Chapter 18: Supported Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    Chapter 19: Spontaneous Coronary Artery Dissection
    Chapter 19A: Percutaneous Treatment of Aorto-Ostial Lesions
    PART 3: Non-coronary Cardiac Interventions
    Chapter 20: Balloon Aortic Valvuloplasty
    Chapter 21: Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    Chapter 22: Mitral Balloon Valvuloplasty
    Chapter 23: Interventional Treatment of Mitral Regurgitation
    Chapter 24: Pulmonary Valve Stenosis and Pulmonary Valvuloplasty
    Chapter 25: Transcatheter Pulmonary Valve Implantation
    Chapter 26: Defects of the Atrial Septum
    Chapter 27: Mitral Paravalvular Leak Closure
    Chapter 28: Alcohol Septal Ablation
    Chapter 29: Catheter-Directed Therapy for Severe Pulmonary Embolism
    Chapter 30: Left Atrial Appendage Closure
    Part 4: Peripheral Interventions
    Chapter 31: Carotid Artery Disease
    Chapter 32: Subclavian Artery Stenosis
    Chapter 33: Renal Artery Stenosis
    Chapter 34: Endovascular ­Intervention of ­Aortoiliac Occlusive Disease
    Chapter 35: Femoropopliteal Revascularization
    Chapter 36: Infrapopliteal Disease
    Chapter 37: Mesenteric Ischemia
    Chapter 38: Endovascular Approaches to Hypertension Management: Renal Artery Denervation and Carotid Sinus Modification
    Chapter 39: Stenting Options for Coarctation of the Aorta.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Steven M. Dean, Bhagwan Satiani.
    Contents:
    Lower extremities: miscellaneous diseases
    Aortic and upper extremity arterial disease
    Carotid artery occlusive disease
    Aneurysmal disease
    Non-atherosclerotic disorders
    Arterial and venous visceral disease
    Venous diseases
    Limb swelling
    Vasospastic and vasculitic diseases
    Environmental diseases
    Limb ulcerations.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessCardiology
    AccessSurgery
  • Digital
    Martha Gulati.
    Summary: Color Atlas and Synopsis of Women's Health delivers a comprehensive collection of state-of-the-art clinical images combined with concise, synoptic text detailing proper patient management.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1: Heart Disease In Women
    Chapter 2: Risk Factors For Cardiovascular Disease
    Chapter 3: Assessment Of Risk Of Cardiovascular Disease In Women
    Chapter 4: Coronary Artery Disease In Women
    Chapter 5: Cardiac Surgery In Women
    Chapter 6: Screening Procedures And Tests For The Diagnosis Of Cad In Women
    Chapter 7: Cardiac Rehabilitation In Women
    Chapter 8: Heart Failure In Women
    Chapter 9: Arrhythmias In Women
    Chapter 10: Heart Disease And Pregnancy
    Chapter 11: Arterial Vascular Disease In Women
    Chapter 12: Pulmonary Hypertension In Women: Gender Matters.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2014
  • Digital
    Leslie P. Gartner, James Hiatt.
    Summary: This atlas provides medical, dental, allied health, and biology students with an outstanding collection of histology images for all of the major tissue classes and body systems. This is a concise lab atlas with relevant text and consistent format presentation of photomicrograph plates. With a handy spiral binding that allows ease of use, it features a full-color art program comprising over 500 high-quality photomicrographs, scanning electron micrographs, and drawings. Didactic text in each chapter includes an Introduction, Clinical Correlations, Overview, and Chapter Summary.

    Contents:
    The cell
    Epithelium and glands
    Connective tissue
    Cartilage and bone
    Blood and hemopoiesis
    Muscle
    Nervous tissue
    Circulatory system
    Lymphoid tissue
    Endocrine system
    Integument
    Respiratory system
    Digestive system I
    Digestive system II
    Digestive system III
    Urinary system
    Female reproductive system
    Male reproductive system
    Special senses.
  • Digital
    Leslie P. Gartner, PhD, Professor of Anatomy (Retired), Department of Biomedical Sciences, Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Contents:
    The cell
    Epithelium and glands
    Connective tissue
    Cartilage and bone
    Blood and hemopoiesis
    Muscle
    Nervous tissue
    Circulatory system
    Lymphoid tissue
    Endocrine system
    Integument
    Respiratory system
    Digestive system I
    Digestive system II
    Digestive system III
    Urinary system
    Female reproductive system
    Male reproductive system
    Special senses
    Histological techniques.
  • Print
    W. Kahle, H. Leonhardt, W. Platzer ; translated by H.L. and A.D. Dayan ; 170 colorplates with 584 drawings by Gerhard Spitzer.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Locomotor system / by Werner Platzer
    v. 2. Internal organs / by Helmut Leonhardt
    v. 3. Nervous system and sensory organs / Werner Kahle.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QM25 .K3413
    1
  • Digital
    Robert F. Spetzler, M. Yashar S. Kalani, Peter Nakaji, Kaan Yagmurlu.
    Contents:
    Anatomy
    Safe entry zones
    Tenets of brainstem surgery
    Approaches to thalamic, pineal, and brainstem lesions
    Case studies.
  • Print
    Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh ; [editors, D.E.C. Mekie, Sir James Fraser ; editorial board, F.J. Gillingham, chairman ... [et al.]].
    Contents:

    v. 1. The alimentary system.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: Oversize (Downstairs)
    RD57 .C719
    1
  • Digital
    Michael S. Block.
    Contents:
    Surgery of the anterior mandible
    Surgery of the posterior mandible
    Implants for the maxillary edentulous patient
    Surgery of the partially edentulous maxilla
    Zygomaticus implants and angled implants for the edentulous maxilla
    Maxillary sinus grafting
    Techniques for grafting and implant placement for the extraction site
    Immediate provisionalization of implant restorations
    Esthetic anterior implant restorations: surgical techniques for optimal results
    Soft tissue manipulation around implants in the esthetic zone.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Mario Sanna, Alessandra Russo, Antonio Caruso, Abdelkader Taibah, Gianluca Piras ; with the collaboration of Fernando Mancini [and five others].
    Summary: "Despite the many advances in diagnostic technologies and imaging modalities in recent years, otoscopy remains the first diagnostic option in the diagnosis of otologic disease. This is an easy-to-consult book for residents and specialists, featuring brilliant diagnostic images from the newest generation of endoscopic otoscopes. Written by a renowned team of experts with 30 years of experience, this book helps readers obtain proficiency in otoscopy and in the interpretation of findings. Readers will learn what clinical consequences the diagnoses may have through case examples and treatment suggestions. Key Features: Richly illustrated with over 1000 mostly full-color photographs and many radiological studies. Shows a vast range of common and rare pathologies that can be visualized and assessed via endo-otoscopy. Juxtaposes, when appropriate, the clinical picture, radiological diagnosis, and intraoperative findings with the endo-otoscopic findings of the patient. In each chapter, a surgical summary lists various approaches that may be used to optimally plan treatment of the patient. A special final chapter covers the assessment of postsurgical findings as seen in otoscopy, so as to distinguish between normal healing and changes that may require further intervention. Color Atlas of Endo-Otoscopy, produced with the support of Mario Sanna Foundation, is certain to become a valuable tool for all physicians involved in the care of patients with ear ailments"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Methods of otoscopy
    The normal tympanic membrane
    Diseases affecting the external auditory canal
    Otitis media
    Cholesterol granuloma
    Atelectasis, adhesive otitis media
    Noncholesteatomatous chronic otitis media
    Chronic suppurative otitis media with cholesteatoma
    Congenital cholesteatoma of the middle ear
    Petrous bone cholesteatoma
    Temporal bone paragangliomas
    Rare retrotympanic masses
    Meningoencephalic herniation
    Postsurgical conditions.
  • Digital
    Pranab Dey.
    Summary: This color atlas covers etiology, incidence, clinical features, diagnostic features, immunochemistry, molecular biology and important differential diagnosis of various lesions of the body. It includes large number of microphotographs, around 1500 of all the common and uncommon lesions of the body that can be diagnosed by aspiration cytology. It also includes images of immunocytochemistry and other important ancillary tests of the lesions. Additionally, it includes a review chapter on interesting cases of fine needle aspiration cytology (FNAC) along with multiple choice questions. This book provides necessary information to the readers for the diagnosis and differential diagnosis of the body lesions with the help of FNAC.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    About the Author
    1: Introduction and Basic Techniques of Aspiration Cytology in Superficial and Deep Lesions
    1.1 Advantages [1-5]
    1.2 Needle Tract Seeding
    1.3 The Basic Technique of FNAC
    1.4 Post FNAC
    1.4.1 Fine-Needle Sampling Technique
    1.4.2 Fixatives
    1.4.3 Staining
    1.5 Deep-Seated FNAC
    1.5.1 Indications of Deep-Seated Lesions
    1.6 USG Guided FNAC (Fig. 1.5)
    1.7 CT Guided FNAC
    1.8 Endoscopic Ultrasound Guided
    1.9 Magnetic Resonance Image Guided
    1.10 Mammographic Guided
    References 2: Interpretation of Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology Smear
    2.1 Malignant Cells
    2.1.1 Cell
    2.1.2 Nucleus
    2.2 Interpretation of FNAC Smear
    2.3 Evaluation of the Cytological Features
    2.3.1 Cellular Arrangement
    2.4 Individual Cells
    2.4.1 Cell Shape
    2.4.2 Cytoplasm
    2.4.3 Cytoplasmic Area
    2.4.4 Vacuolation in Cytoplasm
    2.5 Nucleus
    2.5.1 Nuclear Pleomorphism
    2.5.2 Nuclear Margin
    2.5.3 Nucleoli
    2.5.4 Background of the Smear
    2.5.5 False-Positive Cases
    2.6 False-Negative Smear
    References 3: Aspiration Cytology of Head, Neck and Orbital Lesions
    3.1 Cysts in the Neck Region
    3.1.1 Branchial Cyst [1-4]
    3.1.2 Thyroglossal Cyst [5, 6]
    3.1.3 Cystic Hygroma [7]
    3.1.4 Acquired Cyst
    3.1.4.1 Non-neoplastic
    3.1.5 Mucocele [9]
    3.2 Lymph Node Lesion in Head-Neck Region
    3.2.1 Difficulties
    3.3 Paraganglioma [10-12]
    3.3.1 Carotid Body Tumour [11, 13]
    3.3.2 Differential Diagnosis (Figs. 3.34, 3.35, and 3.36)
    3.3.3 Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma (NPC) [14-16]
    3.3.4 Parathyroid Neoplasm [17-20]
    3.3.5 Meningioma [21-27] 3.3.6 Olfactory Neuroblastoma [28, 29]
    3.4 Lesions in the Base of the Skull
    3.4.1 Orbital lesion
    3.4.2 Lesions of the Eyelid
    3.4.3 Tumours of the Eyelid
    3.4.3.1 Basal Cell Carcinoma (BCC) [30, 31]
    3.4.3.2 Sebaceous Carcinoma [32-34]
    3.5 Lacrimal gland
    3.5.1 Pleomorphic Adenoma [35]
    3.5.2 Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma (ADC)
    3.5.3 Mucoepidermoid Carcinoma
    3.5.4 Intraorbital Tumours
    3.5.4.1 Retinoblastoma [36-38]
    3.5.5 Malignant melanoma [39-41]
    3.5.6 Rhabdomyosarcoma
    3.5.7 Acute Leukaemia Infiltration
    3.5.8 Lymphoma [35, 42-44] 3.5.9 Metastatic Malignancy [35, 45-49]
    References
    4: Aspiration Cytology of Salivary Gland
    4.1 The Major Advantages of FNAC [1-4]
    4.1.1 Complications of FNAC
    4.1.2 Anatomy and Histology of the Salivary Glands
    4.1.3 Parotid Gland
    4.1.4 Submandibular Gland
    4.1.5 Sublingual Gland
    4.1.5.1 Histology of the Salivary Gland
    4.1.6 Cytology of the Salivary Gland (Figs. 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5)
    4.2 Diagnostic Accuracy
    4.2.1 Causes of False-Positive FNAC
    4.2.2 Causes of False-Negative FNAC [10]
    4.2.3 The Major Difficulties in the Diagnosis [10]
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Eberhard Passarge ; with 186 color plates prepared by Jürgen Wirth.
  • Print
    David H. Lees, Albert Singer.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Vaginal operations, 1978
    v. 2. Abdominal operations for benign conditions, 1978
    v. 3. Operations for malignant disease, 1979
    v. 4. Surgery of the vulva and lower genital tract, 1980
    v. 5. Infertility surgery
    v. 6. Surgery of conditions complicating pregnancy.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: Oversize (Downstairs)
    RG79 .L487
    6
  • Digital
    Siba P. Dubey, Charles P. Molumi.
    Contents:
    1. Nose and paranasal sinus
    2. Larynx and trachea
    3. Thyroid
    4. Salivary glands
    5. Repair of external nose defects
    6. Axial and free flaps
    7. Mandible
    8. Lips and face
    9. Temporal bone malignancy
    10. Head and neck
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Siba P. Dubey.
    Contents:
    1: Axial Flaps
    1.1 Deltopectoral Flap
    1.1.1 Operative Steps
    1.1.2 Potential Problems
    1.1.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.2 Facial Artery Musculomucosal Flap
    1.2.1 Operative Steps
    1.2.2 Potential Problems
    1.2.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.3 Latissimus Dorsi Myocutaneous Flap
    1.3.1 Operative Steps
    1.3.2 Potential Problems
    1.3.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.4 Inferiorly Based Nasolabial Flap
    1.4.1 Operative Steps
    1.4.2 Potential Problems 1.4.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.5 Superiorly Based Nasolabial Flap
    1.5.1 Operative Steps
    1.5.2 Potential Problems
    1.5.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.6 Pectoralis Major Myocutaneous Flap
    1.6.1 Operative Steps
    1.6.2 Potential Problems
    1.6.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.7 Pedicled Calverial Bone Graft
    1.7.1 Operative Steps
    1.7.2 Potential Problems
    1.7.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.8 Palatal Flap
    1.8.1 Operative Steps
    1.8.2 Potential Problems
    1.8.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.9 Platysma Myocutaneous Flap
    1.9.1 Operative Steps
    1.9.2 Potential Problems 1.9.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.10 Submental Artery Island Flap
    1.10.1 Operative Steps
    1.10.2 Potential Problems
    1.10.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.11 Temporoparietal Fascial Flap (TPFF)
    1.11.1 Operative Steps
    1.11.2 Potential Problems
    1.11.3 Suggested Solutions
    2: External Nasal Defects Repair
    2.1 Island Forehead for External Nose Defects
    2.1.1 Operative Steps
    2.1.2 Potential Problems
    2.1.3 Suggested Solutions
    2.2 Modified Rieger Glabellar Rotation Flap
    2.2.1 Operative Steps
    2.2.2 Potential Problems
    2.2.3 Suggested Solution 2.3 Repair of Alar Defect with Nasal Dorsum Turn Over Flap and Superiorly Based Nasolabial Flap
    2.3.1 Operative Steps
    2.3.2 Potential Problems
    2.3.3 Suggested Solutions
    2.4 Repair of Alar Defect with Full-Thickness Skin Graft
    2.4.1 Operative Steps
    2.4.2 Potential Problems
    2.4.3 Suggested Solutions
    2.5 Schmid-Meyer Frontotemporal Flap
    2.5.1 Operative Steps
    2.5.2 Potential Problems
    2.5.3 Suggested Solutions
    2.6 Total Nose Reconstruction with Anterior Scalping Flap
    2.6.1 Operative Steps
    2.6.2 Potential Problems
    2.6.3 Suggested Solutions 3: Free Flap in Head and Neck Reconstruction
    3.1 Anterolateral Thigh (ALT) Free Flap
    3.1.1 Operative Steps
    3.1.2 Potential Problems
    3.1.3 Suggested Solutions
    3.2 Maxillary Reconstruction with Parascapular Free Flap
    3.2.1 Operative Steps
    3.2.2 Potential Problems
    3.2.3 Suggested Solutions
    3.3 Osteocutaneous Vascularized Fibula Free Flap
    3.3.1 Operative Steps
    3.3.2 Potential Problems
    3.3.3 Suggested Solutions
    3.4 Reconstruction of Oral Cavity and Oropharynx with Radial Forearm Free Flap
    3.4.1 Operative Steps
    3.4.2 Possible Problems
    3.4.3 Suggested Solutions
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Helga Fritsch, Wolfgang Kuehnel ; illustrations by Gerhard Spitzer.
  • Digital
    Werner Platzer ; illustrations by Gerhard Spitzer.
    Contents:
    The body
    The Cell
    Tissues
    General features of the skeleton
    General features of the muscles
    Anatomical terms and their Latin equivalents
    Trunk
    Anatomical terms and their Latin equivalents
    Upper Limb
    Bones, ligaments and joints
    Muscles, fascias, and special features
    Anatomical terms and their Latin equivalents
    Lower Limb
    Bones, ligaments, joints
    Muscles, fascias, and special features
    Anatomical terms and their Latin equivalents
    Head and Neck
    Skull
    Muscles and fascias
    Anatomical terms and their Latin equivalents
    Topography of peripheral nerves and vessels
    Head and neck
    Upper limb
    Trunk
    Lower limb
    Anatomical terms and their Latin equivalents.
  • Digital
    Helga Fritsch, Wolfgang Kuehnel.
    Contents:
    Vescera at a glance
    Cardiovascular system
    Respiratory system
    Alimentary system
    Urinary system
    Male genital system
    Female genital system
    Pregnancy and human development
    Endocrine system
    Blood and lymphatic systems
    The integument.
  • Digital
    Werner Kahle, Michael Frotscher ; illustrations by Gerhard Spitzer.
    Contents:
    Basic elements of the nervous system
    Spinal cord and spinal nerves
    Brain stem and cranial nerves
    Cerebellum
    Diencephalon
    Telencephalon
    Cerebrovascular and ventricular sytstems
    Autonomic nervous system
    Functional systems
    The eye
    The ear.
  • Digital
    Linda M. Ernst, Eduardo D. Ruchelli, Chrystalle Katte Carreon, Dale S. Huff, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive atlas of the developmental history of the major organs includes numerous color photomicrographs and covers the time from 15 weeks' gestation to the neonatal period, explaining all the basic embryological processes that influence development.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Gamal Dawood.
    Summary: This pathology atlas includes information on all the body systems in one book with high quality photos of some of the rarest cases in pathology, e.g. dermatofibrosarcoma of toes, APKD in horseshoe kidney, extensive bilharzial polyposis of colon, and many other cases. The book is structured systematically to cover all body systems. Each system is organized to cover inflammatory and medical conditions, benign tumours, and ends with malignant tumours. Each photo is accompanied by a concise legend outlining the gross features important to notice during grossing. Emphasis is placed on how such patterns may aid in the correct diagnosis of the gross pathology. Gross pathology is an important part of studying pathology for medical and dental students. Any studied disease process must demonstrate the effects of this disease on the organ as observed by the naked-eye examination. So; this book will aid in the medical study of diseases. As for specialized surgical pathologists, the book will be a reference for them to describe or to aid in the diagnosis of some difficult cases, which may be faced during their work in the lab.

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular System
    Respiratory System
    Gastrointestinal System
    Liver and Gall Bladder
    Urinary System
    Male Genital System
    Female Genital System
    Breast
    Lymphoreticular System
    Endocrine System
    Osseous System
    Skin and Soft Tissues
    Central Nervous System. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ho-Seong Han, Jai Young Cho.
    Summary: This atlas describes and illustrates in detail the surgical procedures employed in laparoscopic anatomical liver resection, according to tumor location. The surgical approach and techniques are explained for each type of laparoscopic liver resection based on the involved anatomical segment, section, and hemi-liver. Attention is also drawn to potential complications and the means of preventing and managing them. Beyond anatomical liver resection, guidance is provided on non-anatomical resections that do not pay regard to segmental, sectional, or lobar anatomy. The coverage is completed by the inclusion of useful information on instruments and energy devices as well as the basic skills required for laparoscopic liver resection. In presenting a clear practical approach to each laparoscopic anatomical major and minor resection, the Color Atlas of Laparoscopic Liver Resection will be an invaluable guide for trainees. In addition, it will equip more experienced surgeons with much useful information that will enable them to further improve their technique.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Instruments and energy devices for laparoscopic liver resection
    3. Basic skills for laparoscopic liver resection
    4. Anatomical liver resection
    5. Non-anatomical liver resection
    6. Others.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gordon L. Love, Julie A. Ribes
    Summary: Color Atlas of Mycology is an up-to-date resource designed to assist pathologists and medical technologists in the laboratory identification of fungi using the most recent taxonomic classifications. The text includes more than 15 years of proficiency testing data to highlight diagnostic clusters of incorrect identifications and address conceptual classification issues. Building on the popular Mycology Benchtop Reference Guide, it is more comprehensive and complete, merging in vitro mycology (colonies on plated media/LPAB preparations) with in vivo mycology (histology/cytology). Contents include collection, transport, and culturing of clinical specimens for fungi Yeast and yeast-like fungi Hyaline molds Dermatophytes Dimorphic fungi Mucormycetes Dematiaceous fungi Identification methods for fungi Colonial and microscopic morphology, taxonomy, and disease characteristics essential facts, including potential look-alikes, key differentiating features, ecology, and MALDI-TOF In-depth A Closer Look At discussions on subjects such as germ tube testing
  • Digital
    George Laskaris.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Education
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Stefan Silbernagl, Florian Lang ; 195 color plates by Rüdiger Gay and Astried Rothenburger ; translator, Geraldine O'Sullivan.
    Contents:
    Fundamentals / S. Silbernagl and F. Lang
    Temperature, energy / S. Silbernagl
    Blood / S. Silbernagl
    Kidney, salt and water balance / F. Lang
    Stomach, intestines, liver / S. Silbernagl
    Heart and circulation / S. Silbernagl
    Metabolic disorders / S. Silbernagl
    Hormones / F. Lang
    Neuromuscular and sensory systems / F. Lang.
  • Digital
    Merrill McHoney, Edward M. Kiely, Imran Mushtaq, editors.
    Summary: This atlas of anatomy and operative techniques provides a thorough outline of the procedures commonly used in laparoscopic and thoracoscopic pediatric surgery. Step-by-step operative photographs are accompanied by explanatory text, and line diagrams are used to highlight the important anatomy as seen endoscopically. Alternative techniques, instruments, and steps are described when appropriate, and attention is drawn to highlights and pitfalls. While each chapter includes some basic background on the condition in question, the focus is very much on the operative procedures. Color Atlas of Pediatric Anatomy, Laparoscopy, and Thoracoscopy is ideal for those establishing a laparoscopic practice as well as for those in training who wish to embark on minimally invasive surgery. It also serves as a supplementary atlas of anatomy and surgical technique for younger surgeons and medical students. .

    Contents:
    1. Introduction and General Principles
    2. Equipment and Ergonomics
    3. Thoracoscopic Debridement of Empyema
    4. Spontaneous Pneumothorax
    5. Thoracoscopic Lung Biopsy and Segmentectomy
    6. Thoracic Sympathectomy
    7. Thymectomy
    8. Mediastinal Cysts.-9. Thoracoscopic Nuss Procedure
    10. Oesophageal Atresia and Tracheoesophageal Fistula
    11. Thorascopic Aortopexy
    12. Thoracoscopy for Congenital Lung Malformations
    13. Thoracic Neuroblastoma
    14. Thoracoscopic Placation for Eventration of the Diaphragm
    15. Laparoscopic Repair of Morgani Hernia
    16. Primary Button Gastrostomy
    17. Laparoscopic Thal Fundoplication
    18. Pyloric Stenosis
    19. Duodenal Atresia Repair
    20. Meckel Diverticulum
    21. Laparoscopy for Intussusception
    23. Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    24. Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    25. Laparoscopic Surgery for Choledochal Cysts
    26. Laparoscopic Colectomy
    27. Laparoscopic Duhamels Pullthrough for Hirschprung Disease
    28. Laparoscopy-Assisted Soave Pullthrough for Hirschprung Disease.-29. Laparoscopy-Assisted Swenson-like Transanal Pullthrough for Hirschprung Disease
    30. Inguinal Herniotomy
    31. Undescended Testis: Laparoscopic Fowler-Stephens Orchidopexy
    32. Laparoscopic Varicocelectomy
    33. Retroperitoneoscopic Adrenalectomy
    34. Laparoscopic Nephrectomy
    35. Retroperitoneoscopic Nephrectomy/Heminephrectomy
    36. Pyeloplasty.-
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Richard P. Usatine, MD, Professor of Family and Community Medicine, Professor of Dermatology and Cutaneous Surgery, Assistant Director, Medical Humanities Education, University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio, Medical Director, Skin Clinic, University Health System, San Antonio, Texas, Camille Sabella, MD, Associate Professor of Pediatrics, Vice Chair for Education, Pediatric Institute, Center for Pediatric Infectious Diseases, Cleveland Clinic Children's, Cleveland, Ohio, Mindy Ann Smith, MD, Clinical Professor, Department of Family Medicine, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan, E.J. Mayeaux, Jr., MD, Professor and Chairman, Department of Family and Preventive Medicine, Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of South Carolina School, of Medicine, Columbia, South Carolinia, Heidi S. Chumley, MD, Executive Dean and Chief Academic Officer, American University of the Caribbean, Elumalai Appachi, MD, MRCP (UK), Department of Pediatric Critical Care, Cleveland Clinic Children's, Cleveland, Ohio.
    Contents:
    Learning with images and digital photography.
    The Essence of Pediatrics.
    Physical and Sexual Abuse.
    Ophthalmology.
    Ear, nose, and throat.
    Oral Health.
    The Heart and the Circulation.
    The Lungs.
    The Gastrointestinal Tract and Nutritional Disorders.
    The Genitorurinary System and Kidneys.
    Newnorn.
    Adolescent Problem.
    Musculoskeletal Problems.
    Dermatology.
    Rheumatology.
    Infectious Disease.
    Endocrinology.
    Neurology.
    Hematology-Oncology.
    Allergy and Immunology.
    Genetic Disorders.
    Substance Abuse.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2015
  • Digital
    Heinz Luellmann, Klaus Mohr, Lutz Hein ; with 174 color plates by Juergen Wirth.
  • Digital
    Shamus, Eric; Shamus, Eric.
    Summary: The Color Atlas of Physical Therapy delivers a high-quality visual presentation of the disorders a physical therapist would most likely encounter in daily practice. Enhanced by more than 1,000 full-color illustrations and concise, evidence-based treatment recommendations, the book features a consistent design that makes information retrieval at the point of care fast and easy.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Associated medical disorders
    Neurological disorders
    Orthopaedic disorders
    Pediatric disorders
    Vestibular disorders
    Women's/men's health disorders.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2015
  • Digital
    Stefan Silbernagl, Agamemnon Despopoulos ; color plates by Ruediger Gay and Astried Rothenburger ; translator: Geraldine O'Sullivan.
    Contents:
    Fundamentals and cell physiology
    Nerve and muscle, physical work
    Autonomic nervous system (ANS)
    Blood
    Respiration
    Acid-base homeostasis
    Kidneys, salt, and water balance
    Cardiovascular system
    Thermal balance and thermoregulation
    Nutrition and digestion
    Hormones and reproduction
    Central nervous system and senses.
  • Digital
    Jörg Klekamp.
    Summary: This atlas provides a selection of operations for intra- and extradural pathologies of the spinal cord and its nerve roots. Pathologies involving the spinal cord threaten the patients mobility, independence or even life. Fortunately, the overwhelming majority are of benign nature, so that surgery plays an important role or even represents their treatment of choice. With modern imaging and microsurgical techniques neurological functions can be maintained or even improved for the majority of patients. The content is presented in a standardized fashion: the preoperative history is followed by preoperative images leading to a preoperative diagnosis and surgical strategy. The intraoperative images intend to illustrate individual surgical steps one after the other to guide the reader through each of these operations. Each case is concluded with postoperative images and information on clinical outcome. The atlas features extradural soft tissue tumors, intradural extramedullary and intramedullary tumors, malformations of the craniocervical junction and spinal canal, spinal arteriovenous malformations and pathologies of spinal meninges. The operations selected are meant to provide an overview covering different aspects of each pathology. With more than 1400 intraoperative images this atlas may serve as a reference for neurosurgeons dealing with spinal cord pathologies.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy
    1.1. Cervical Spine
    1.2. Thoracic Spine
    1.3. Lumbar Spine and Sacrum
    1.4. Spinal Meninges
    1.5. Spinal Cord and Nerve Roots
    2. Standard Approaches
    2.1. Posterolateral Approach
    2.2. Posterior Midline Approach
    3. Spinal Tumors
    3.1. Extradural Tumors
    3.2. Extramedullary Tumors
    3.3. Intramedullary Tumors
    4. Malformations
    4.1. Malformations at the Craniocervical Junction
    4.2. Malformations in the Spinal Canal and Spinal Hamartomas
    5. Spinal Arteriovenous Malformations 5.1. Surgical Technique
    5.2. Cavernomas
    5.3. Arteriovenous Fistulas
    6. Pathologies of Spinal Meninges
    6.1. Pathologies of the Spinal Dura Mater
    6.2. Pathologies of the Spinal Arachnoid.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kenneth W. Wright, Yi Ning J. Strube.
    Summary: Strabismus can be devastating to patients, yet often difficult to treat, even for the most seasoned veteran. The Atlas of Strabismus Surgery, Fourth Edition clearly and succinctly shares with the reader strategies and surgical techniques to improve the care of patients, starting with the simple basics and progressing to more complicated procedures. Updated from the successful third edition, the atlas is designed for resident ophthalmologists and experienced strabismologists alike. Complete with hundreds of color illustrations, as well as updated surgical videos not found in the previous edition, The Atlas of Strabismus Surgery, Fourth Edition covers the management of a wide range of strabismus disorders, from the relatively simple horizontal strabismus, to the complex cyclo-vertical deviations.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Yeo-Kyu Youn, Kyu Eun Lee, June Young Choi.
    Summary: This color atlas is a detailed guide on how to perform open, endoscopic, and robotic thyroidectomy techniques safely and effectively. Each chapter offers step-by-step descriptions of essential surgical procedures and techniques. Relevant information is included on surgical anatomy, and clear guidance is provided on preoperative set-up, draping, instrumentation, and complications and their treatment. The description of endoscopic thyroidectomy techniques focuses on the bilateral axillo-breast approach (BABA), while in the case of robotic thyroidectomy both BABA and the bilateral axillo-postauricular approach are described. In each case, the evidence supporting the technique is carefully examined. In the closing chapter, the role of new energy sources in thyroid surgery is discussed. The lucid text is supported by more than 200 full-color illustrations clarifying surgical anatomy, instrumentation, and procedures, and surgical video clips are also available to readers via a website. This atlas will be invaluable in enabling surgeons to achieve optimal outcomes when performing thyroid surgery.

    Contents:
    I. Surgical Anatomy of the Thyroid Gland
    1. The Thyroid Gland
    2. Vasculature of the Thyroid Gland
    3. Nerves
    4. Parathyroid glands
    5. Lymphatic Drainage
    II. Open Thyroidectomy
    1. Basic Equipment and Instruments of Open Thyroidectomy
    2. Patient Preparation
    3. Procedures of Open Thyroidectomy
    4. Postoperative Care
    III. Endoscopic Thyroidectomy: Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach (BABA)
    1. Basic Equipment and Instruments of Endoscopic Thyroidectomy
    2. Patient Selection: Indications and Contraindications
    3. Procedures of Endoscopic Thyroidectomy with Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach
    4. Postoperative Care
    5. Complications and Their Treatment
    6. Comparison between Open and Endoscopic Thyroidectomy
    IV. Robotic Thyroidectomy: Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach (BABA)
    1. Basic Equipment and Instruments of Robotic Thyroidectomy
    2. Advantages and Disadvantages of Robotic Surgery
    3. Patient Selection: Indications and Contraindications
    4. Procedures of Robotic Thyroidectomy with Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach
    5. Postoperative Care
    6. Complications and Their Treatment
    7. Comparison between Endoscopic and Robotic Thyroidectomy
    V. Robotic Thyroidectomy: Bilateral Axillo-Postauricular Approach (BAPA)
    VI. New Energy Sources In Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Berthold Block ; [translators, Terry C. Telger and Karen Leube].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Education
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Kirk N. Gelatt and Caryn E. Plummer.
    Contents:
    Ocular anatomy
    Eye exam and diagnostics
    Clinical signs and interpretations
    Canine orbit
    Canine eyelids
    Canine tear and nasolacrimal systems
    Canine conjunctiva and nictitating membrane (nictitans)
    Canine cornea and sclera
    Canine glaucomas
    Canine anterior uvea
    Canine lens and cataract formation
    Canine vitreous
    Canine ocular fundus and optic nerve
    Feline ophthalmology
    Equine ophthalmology
    Food and fiber animal ophthalmology
    Pet exotic animal ophthalmology
    Systemic diseases with ophthalmic manifestations
    Neuro-ophthalmic syndromes.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Ying-Kun Huang, Wen-Feng Li, Rong-Yue Zhang, Xiao-Yan Wang ; In collaboration with: Hong-Li Shan [and 4 more].
    Summary: This book systematically presents 40 pests, 7 natural pest enemies, and 20 diseases and weeds commonly encountered in sugarcane production, combining clear colour photos with detailed scientific descriptions. It covers a range of related topics, including morphological identification, habits and frequency of occurrence, prevention and control measures, symptom identification, characteristics of infections and epidemics, parasitic (predator) characteristics, ways of utilising natural pest enemies, main species and distribution, fluctuation in the field, and chemical control of weeds.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis and control of sugarcane important diseases
    Diagnosis and control of sugarcane main pests
    Dominant natural enemies of sugarcane pest and their protection and utilization
    Diagnosis and control of sugarcane weeds
    Integrated control of sugarcane diseases and pests.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Jemar Tisby.
    Summary: Churches remain racially segregated and are largely ineffective in addressing complex racial challenges. In The Color of Compromise, Jemar Tisby takes us back to the root of this injustice in the American church, highlighting the cultural and institutional tables we have to flip in order to bring about progress between black and white people.

    Contents:
    Foreword / by Lecrae
    The color of compromise
    Making race in the colonial era
    Understanding liberty in the age of revolution and revival
    Institutionalizing race in the Antebellum era
    Defending slavery at the onset of the Civil War
    Reconstructing white supremacy in the Jim Crow era
    Remembering the complicity in the North
    Compromising with racism during the civil rights movement
    Organizing the religious right at the end of the twentieth century
    Reconsidering racial reconciliation in the age of Black Lives Matter
    The fierce urgency of now
    Conclusion : be strong and courageous.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.615 .T595 2019
    1
  • Print
    Richard Rothstein.
    Summary: "Richard Rothstein explodes the myth that America's cities came to be racially divided through de facto segregation -- that is, through individual prejudices, income differences, or the actions of private institutions like banks and real estate agencies. Rather, The Color of Law incontrovertibly makes it clear that it was de jure segregation -- the laws and policy decisions passed by local, state, and federal governments -- that actually promoted the discriminatory patterns that continue to this day."--Jacket.

    Contents:
    If San Francisco, then everywhere?
    Public housing, Black ghettos
    Racial zoning
    "Own your own home"
    Private agreements, government enforcement
    White flight
    IRS support and compliant regulators
    Local tactics
    State-sanctioned violence
    Suppressed incomes
    Looking forward, looking back
    Considering fixes
    Epilogue.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.61 .R8185 2018
    1
  • Print
    Mehrsa Baradaran.
    Summary: "When the Emancipation Proclamation was signed in 1863, the black community owned less than one percent of the United States' total wealth. More than one hundred and fifty years later, that number has barely budged. The Color of Money seeks to explain the stubborn persistence of this racial wealth gap by focusing on the generators of wealth in the black community: black banks. With the civil rights movement in full swing, President Nixon promoted "black capitalism," a plan to support black banks and minority-owned businesses. But the catch-22 of black banking is that the very institutions needed to help communities escape the deep poverty caused by discrimination and segregation inevitably became victims of that same poverty. In this timely and eye-opening account, Baradaran challenges the long-standing belief that black communities could ever really hope to accumulate wealth in a segregated economy"--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Forty acres or a savings bank
    Capitalism without capital
    The rise of black banking
    The new deal for white America
    Civil rights dreams, economic nightmares
    The decoy of black capitalism
    The free market confronts black poverty
    The color of money matters.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.8 .B37 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Dayane Oliveira, editor.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide to color science and shade selection in Dentistry presents all the theory and clinical guidance required in order to achieve consistent clinical success. The book opens by reviewing color and its dimensions and discussing color perception, drawing attention to the various phenomena that impact upon it. Shade selection in Operative Dentistry is then explained in detail with the aid of copious illustrations. The coverage encompasses shade selection methods for resin-based composite restorations and for bleaching procedures, with presentation of the latest evidence on their accuracy and reliability. Guidance is then provided on how to achieve predictable color harmony between the natural tooth and the composite restorative material in the context of biomimetic Dentistry, with discussion of special effects, pigments, layering techniques, surface texture, and finishing and polishing. Changes in color over time and responses to such changes are also outlined. The book will be of value for practitioners in Restorative and Esthetic Dentistry as well as for dental students and researchers.

    Contents:
    Color Science
    Natural Tooth Color
    Color Selection in Operative Dentistry
    Biomimetics of the Natural Tooth using Composites
    Color Mismatch between the Restoration and the Natural Tooth
    Tooth Color Change over Time.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by John H. Scholefield, Cathy Eng.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology / Mala Pande and Marsha L. Frazier
    Screening for colorectal cancer / Robert J.C. Steele and Paula MacDonald
    Management of adenomas / Sunil Dolwani, Rajvinder Singh, Noriya Uedo and Krish Ragunath
    How histopathology affects the management of the multidisciplinary team / Dipen Maru
    Radical colonic resection / Kenichi Sugihara, Yusuke Kinugasa, Shunsuke Tsukamoto
    Extralevator abdominoperineal excision (ELAPE) for advanced low rectal cancer / Brendan J. Moran and Timothy J. Moore
    Neoadjuvant therapy without surgery for early stage rectal cancer? / Thomas D. Pinkney, Simon P. Bach
    Minimally invasive surgery for rectal cancer and robotics / David Jayne & Gregory Taylor
    Surgery for anal cancer / John H. Scholefield
    Controversies in adjuvant chemotherapy / Stephen Staal, Carmen Allegra
    Long versus short course radiotherapy for rectal cancer / Manisha Palta, Christopher Willett & Brian Czito
    More treatment is not necessarily better, limited options for chemotherapeutic radiosensitization / Daedong Kim
    Controversies in advanced disease/surgical approaches for metastatic resection / Amanda B. Cooper, Thomas A. Aloia, Jean-Nicolas Vauthey, Steven A. Curley
    Controversies in chemotherapy in advanced colorectal cancer / Ludmila Katherine Martin and Tanios Bekaii-Saab
    What is the role of surveillance for colorectal cancer? / Daedong Kim
    The younger patient with colorectal cancer : genetic counseling discussion / Sarah A. Bannon, Maureen E. Mork and Miguel A. Rodriguez-Bigas
    Best practices of supportive care while receiving chemotherapy : anti-emetics, diarrhea, anorexia, dermatologic recommendations / Maura Polansky
    Palliative care vignettes / Jenny Wei and Egidio Del Fabbro.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Mauro Monteiro Correia, Michael A. Choti, Flavio G. Rocha, Go Wakabayashi, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Surgical Treatment of Colorectal Cancer Liver Metastases (CRLM)
    Historical Aspects
    References
    2: The Biology of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    Introduction
    Colorectal Carcinogenesis
    Colon Cancer Stem Cells and the Hierarchical Organization Model
    CRC Molecular Classification Subtypes and the Role of Stroma
    Endothelial Cells and Angiogenesis
    Epithelial-Mesenchymal Transition (EMT) and Colorectal Cancer (CRC): Extravasation
    Circulating Tumor Cells (CTCs)
    Extravasation and Metastatic Dormancy
    Immune System Conclusion
    References
    3: Molecular Biomarkers for the Management of Colorectal Cancer Liver Metastases
    Introduction
    KRAS
    BRAF
    TP53
    PIK3CA
    APC
    SMAD4
    Microsatellite Instability
    Circulating Tumor Cells
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Diagnosis of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    Definition
    Follow-Up After Treatment of the Primary Tumor
    Clinical Diagnosis
    Laboratory Diagnosis
    Biological Diagnosis
    Imaging Diagnosis
    Methods
    Ultrasonography
    Contrasted Ultrasonography
    Computed Tomography
    Positron Emission Computed Tomography (PET-CT) Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Magnetic Resonance with Specific Hepatobiliary Contrast
    Intraoperative Ultrasound
    Typical Presentation of Hepatic Colorectal Metastases
    Particular Situations
    Small Hepatic Lesions
    Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy Imaging Workup
    Final Recommendation
    References
    5: Role of Imaging in the Management of Patients with Potentially Resectable CRLM
    Introduction
    Role of Imaging in Detection of CRLM
    Ultrasound
    Computed Tomography (CT)
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    Positron Emission Tomography (PET) Role of Imaging in Surgical Planning for CRLM
    Vascular Assessment
    Liver Volumetry
    Conclusion
    References
    6: Staging Classifications of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    Introduction
    Prognostic Factors for CRLM Patients Undergoing Liver Resection
    Staging System for CRLM
    TNM Cancer Staging System for Colon and Rectum Cancer
    Japanese Staging System for CRLM
    Risk Scoring Systems for CRLM Patients Undergoing Liver Resection
    Validation Study of Risk Scoring Systems for CRLM Patients Treated with Liver Resection
    New Aspects of the Prognostic Score System Nomogram to Predict Prognosis of Resected CRLM
    Conclusion
    References
    7: Prognostic Factors of Colorectal Cancer Liver Metastasis
    Introduction
    Factors Related to the Patient
    Factors Related to Primary Tumor
    Factors Related to Liver Tumor
    Conclusion
    References
    8: Clinical Scoring Systems for Colorectal Cancer Liver Metastases
    9: What Is the Impact of Positive Margins in the Liver?
    Introduction
    Early Scoring Systems
    Contemporary Scoring Systems
    Validation and Comparison of Existing Scoring Systems
    Should I Use a Scoring System? If So, Which One? When Should I Use a Scoring System?
    Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Han-Mo Chiu, Hsiu-Hsi Chen, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a self-contained review of the theoretical and practical basis of colorectal cancer screening. Colorectal cancer is currently the fourth leading cause of cancer deaths worldwide and represents a significant burden for both public health and health care systems. However, colorectal cancer deaths can be prevented using effective screening, and many countries and regions have launched population colorectal cancer screening programs. This book covers various essential aspects of colorectal cancer screening, including the epidemiology of colorectal cancer, the various screening and diagnostic tests or exams, quality issues in colorectal cancer screening, necessary infrastructures, the evaluation of effectiveness, and economic appraisals of screening programs. Focusing on organized screening, in which various quality indicators can easily monitored and effectiveness is more likely to be evaluated, it discusses the basics of screening theory and the natural history of colorectal neoplasms, to help readers understand the rationale behind cancer screening. Lastly, it features international consensus and guidelines on colorectal cancer screening to highlight the current trends in the field. This comprehensive book on recent technological developments and conceptual advances in colorectal cancer screening is a valuable resource for public health workers and clinicians alike.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    1: Epidemiological Trends and Risk Factors of Colorectal Cancer: Implications for Population-Based Organized Service Screening
    1.1 Introduction
    1.1.1 Role of Population-Based Screening in Reducing Disease Burden of Colorectal Cancer
    1.1.2 Decomposition of Epidemiologic Indicators for the Disease Burden of Colorectal Cancer
    1.2 Socioeconomic Status and CRC
    1.3 Colorectal Cancer in Asian Countries
    1.4 Risk Factors for CRC
    1.5 Family History of Colorectal Cancer
    1.6 Lifestyle and Exposures
    1.6.1 Cigarette Smoking 1.6.2 Obesity
    1.6.3 Physical Activity
    1.7 Metabolic Syndrome and Components Associated with CRC
    References
    2: Population-Based Organized Service Screening for Colorectal Cancer
    2.1 Evidence-Based for Population-Based CRC Screening
    2.2 Opportunistic Versus Organized Screening
    2.3 Existing Screening Programs Worldwide
    2.4 Periodical Population-Based Organized Service Screening for CRC
    2.5 Basic Elements in a Population-Based CRC Organized Service Screening
    2.5.1 National Health Policy
    2.5.2 Financial Support
    2.5.3 Health Care Resources 2.5.4 Community Resources
    2.5.5 Supporting System Outside Ordinary Health Care System
    2.5.6 Information System
    2.5.7 Evidence-Based Evaluation
    References
    3: Options of Colorectal Cancer Screening: An Overview
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Stool-Based Tests for Screening
    3.2.1 The Fecal Occult Blood Test
    3.2.2 The Role of Fecal Hemoglobin Concentration
    3.2.3 Stool DNA Test
    3.2.4 Fecal Microbiota as a Potential Biomarker for CRC Screening
    3.3 Blood-Based Tests for Screening
    3.3.1 Plasmic Methylated Septin-9 3.4 Estimation of CRC Risk Based on Screening Test Results
    3.5 Direct Visualizing Examinations for CRC Screening
    3.5.1 Double-Contrast Barium Enema
    3.5.2 Computed Tomographic Colonography
    3.5.3 Colon Capsule Endoscopy
    3.5.4 Flexible Sigmoidoscopy
    3.5.5 Colonoscopy
    3.6 Options for CRC Screening in Primary Care Setting
    3.7 Summary
    References
    4: Endoscopy-Based Colorectal Cancer Screening
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Effectiveness of Lower Endoscopy Screening
    4.2.1 Colonoscopy
    4.2.2 Flexible Sigmoidoscopy
    4.3 Safety of Screening Lower Endoscopy 4.3.1 Colonoscopy
    4.3.2 Flexible Sigmoidoscopy
    4.4 Current Situation and Future Perspectives on the Global Implementation of Screening Colonoscopy
    4.5 Methods to Increase Effectiveness of Screening Colonoscopy
    4.5.1 Add-on Devices
    4.5.2 Image-Enhanced Endoscopy
    4.5.3 Bowel Cleansing
    4.6 Conclusions
    References
    5: Noninvasive Screening Test
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Stool-Based Tests
    5.2.1 Guaiac FOBT
    5.2.2 Fecal Immunochemical Test
    5.2.3 Multi-target Stool DNA Test
    5.2.4 Other Stool Biomarkers
    5.3 Blood-Based Tests
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jean-Nicholas Vauthey, Yoshikuni Kawaguchi, René Adam, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practically applicable guide to the management of liver metastases in cases of colorectal cancer. It features detailed reviews of the latest diagnostic and therapeutic options. Instruction on how to appropriately apply surgical techniques including two stage hepatectomy as well as both laprascopic and open resection in a variety of scenarios is covered. The use of systemic therapies involving oxaliplatin, immunotherapy and infusional therapy are also described along with a range of surveillance strategies. Vauthey and Adam Colorectal Liver Metastasis comprehensively covers the latest advances in how to successfully diagnose and treat colorectal liver metastases and is an indispensable resource for all trainee and practicing medical professionals who encounter these patients within their clinical practice. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    1: History of Treatment of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Early Liver Surgery for Colorectal Liver Metastases
    1.2.1 Anatomy
    1.2.2 Intraoperative Hemorrhage Control
    1.2.3 Tumour Identification
    1.3 Surgical Outcomes
    1.4 Cytotoxic and Biologic Agents
    1.5 Improved Patient Selection Based on Tumour Biology
    1.6 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Surgery
    2: Liver Anatomy
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Functional "Unit" of the Liver
    2.2.1 Liver Segment and Terminology
    2.2.2 Liver Segmentation and Portal Territory
    2.2.3 Intersegmental Plane
    2.3 Portal Vein and Hepatic Vein
    2.3.1 Symmetrical Configuration of Portal and Venous Ramification Patterns
    2.3.2 Variation of Portal Vein and Hepatic Vein
    2.3.3 Venous Drainage Map
    2.4 Biliary Tract, Hepatic Artery, and Glissonian Pedicle
    2.4.1 Biliary Tract
    2.4.2 Hepatic Artery
    2.4.3 Glissonian Pedicle, Plate Systems, and Laennec's Capsule
    2.5 Caudate Lobe (Segment 1)
    2.6 Conclusion
    References
    3: Exposure for Hepatectomy
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Incisions
    3.2.1 Midline Laparotomy
    3.2.2 J Incision (Makuuchi Incision)
    3.3 "Inverted-L" or Modified Makuuchi Incision
    3.4 Other Incisions
    3.5 Conclusion
    References
    4: Parenchymal Preservation in the Operative Management of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Perioperative Outcomes
    4.2.1 Perioperative Morbidity
    4.2.2 Perioperative Mortality
    4.3 Oncologic Outcomes
    4.3.1 Margins
    4.3.2 Recurrence and Survival
    4.3.3 Salvageability
    4.4 Special Considerations
    4.4.1 Genomic Profiling
    4.4.2 Minimally Invasive Surgery
    4.5 Conclusion
    References. 5: Simulation and Navigation
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Simulation
    5.2.1 Three-Dimensional Simulation Software and Virtual Hepatectomy
    5.3 Navigation
    5.3.1 Intraoperative Ultrasound
    5.3.2 Indocyanine Green Fluorescent Imaging
    5.3.3 Real-Time Virtual Sonography
    5.3.4 Navigation Software and Augmented Reality
    5.4 Conclusion
    References
    6: Advanced Techniques in Multiple Metastases: Fiduciary Markers and Completion Ablation
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Fiducial Marker Placement
    6.2.1 Indication
    6.2.2 Procedure
    6.2.3 Results
    6.3 Completion Ablation (Planned Incomplete Resection and Postoperative Completion Ablation)
    6.3.1 Definition of Completion Ablation
    6.3.2 Indication
    6.3.3 Procedure
    6.3.4 Results
    6.4 Conclusions
    References
    7: Two-Stage Hepatectomy for Bilateral Colorectal Liver Metastases: Experience of MD Anderson Cancer Center
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 The MD Anderson Cancer Center Approach
    7.3 The MD Anderson Cancer Center "Fast-Track" Approach
    7.4 Outcomes After Two-Stage Hepatectomy
    7.5 Conclusion and Future Aims
    References
    8: Two-Stage Hepatectomy for Bilobar Colorectal Liver Metastases: Experience of Hôpital Paul-Brousse
    8.1 Introduction
    8.2 Two-Stage Hepatectomy
    8.2.1 Indication
    8.2.2 Surgical Procedures of TSH
    8.2.3 Chemotherapy
    8.2.4 Dropout from the TSH Strategy
    8.2.5 Short-Term Outcome
    8.2.6 Long-Term Outcome
    8.2.7 Surgery for Recurrence
    8.2.8 Case Presentation
    8.3 Conclusion
    References
    9: One-Stage Hepatectomy for Bilateral Colorectal Liver Metastases: Experience of the University of Tokyo
    9.1 Introduction
    9.2 Preoperative Evaluation
    9.2.1 Diagnostic Approach
    9.2.2 Evaluation of Liver Function and Future Liver Remnant Volume
    9.3 Intraoperative Inspection of CLMs. 9.4 Outcomes after One-Stage Hepatectomy
    9.5 Future Perspective of One-Stage Hepatectomy
    9.6 Conclusion
    References
    10: Associating Liver Partition and Portal Vein Ligation for Staged Hepatectomy (ALPPS) for Colorectal Liver Metastasis
    10.1 Introduction
    10.2 Evolution of ALPSS as a New Surgical Strategy
    10.3 ALPPS for Colorectal Liver Metastases
    10.4 When Is ALPPS for CLM Functionally Indicated?
    10.4.1 Where Do We Come From? Functional Resectability in the Pre-ALPPS Era
    10.4.2 Functional Resectability With ALPPS
    10.5 ALPPS for CLM in a Curative Intention
    10.6 ALPPS in a Multimodal Treatment of CLM
    10.7 Conclusion
    References
    11: Open Resection Technique
    11.1 Introduction
    11.2 Anaesthesia
    11.3 General Principles
    11.4 Access-Incision, Retraction, and Mobilization
    11.5 Intra-Operative Ultrasound
    11.6 Laparoscopy
    11.7 Pringle Manoeuvre
    11.8 Liver Dissection/Transection
    11.9 Inflow Control
    11.10 CUSA
    11.11 Intrahepatic Ligation
    11.12 Outflow Control
    11.13 Sealing the Parenchyma
    11.14 Wound Closure
    11.15 Special Situations
    11.16 Conclusion
    References
    12: Laparoscopic Liver Resection Technique: The Norwegian Experience
    12.1 Introduction
    12.2 Laparoscopic Liver Resection for Colorectal Liver Metastases
    12.2.1 Selection and Limitations
    12.2.2 Surgical Techniques
    12.2.2.1 Laparoscopic Nonanatomic Resection (Cauliflower Technique)
    12.2.2.2 Left Lateral Sectionectomy
    12.2.2.3 Laparoscopic Left Hemihepatectomy
    Liver Mobilization
    Control of Vascular Inflow
    Parenchymal Transection
    Outflow Control
    12.2.2.4 Laparoscopic Right Hemihepatectomy
    Liver Mobilization
    Vascular Inflow Control
    Parenchymal Transection
    Hepatic Venous Outflow Control
    12.3 Conclusion/Personal Opinion
    References. 13: Laparoscopic Liver Resection Technique: French Experience
    13.1 Introduction
    13.2 Perioperative and Short-Term Outcomes
    13.3 Oncologic and Long-Term Outcomes
    13.4 Repeat Liver Resection
    13.5 Synchronous Resection of CLM
    13.6 Two-Stage Hepatectomy (TSH)
    13.7 Associating Liver Partition with Portal Vein Ligation (ALPPS)
    13.8 Technical Tips and Tricks
    13.8.1 Positioning
    13.8.2 Incisions, Exploration, and Exposure
    13.8.3 Transection Techniques
    13.8.4 Extraction, Drainage, and Closure
    13.9 Conclusions
    References
    14: Laparoscopic Anatomical Liver Resection Technique: The Japanese Experience
    14.1 Introduction
    14.2 Techniques Based on the Anatomical Landmarks for LALR
    14.2.1 Glissonean Approach
    14.2.1.1 Anatomical Landmarks for Glissonean Approach
    14.2.1.2 Techniques of Glissonean Approach for LAR at Ageo Central General Hospital
    Left Hepatectomy
    Right Anterior Sectionectomy
    Laparoscopic Parenchymal-Sparing Anatomical Liver Resection (Lap-PSAR)
    14.2.2 Parenchymal Transection on the Intersegmental Planes
    14.2.2.1 Anatomical Landmarks for the Hepatic Veins
    Inferior Phrenic Vein (IPV)
    Arantius Ligament
    14.2.2.2 Approaches for Exposing the HVs
    14.2.2.3 Parenchymal Transection under Indocyanine Green (ICG) Fluorescence Image Guidance at Ageo Central General Hospital
    14.3 Future Prospects (The Long-Term Advantages of LLR for CRLM)
    14.4 Conclusion
    References
    15: Is There a Place for Robotic Resection?
    15.1 Introduction
    15.2 Rationale for Minimally Invasive Resection of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    15.2.1 Laparoscopic Hepatectomy
    15.2.2 Theoretical Advantages of a Robotic Approach
    15.3 Learning Curve
    15.4 Robotic Hepatectomy Outcomes
    15.4.1 Robotic Versus Open Perioperative Outcomes. 15.4.2 Robotic Versus Laparoscopic Perioperative Outcomes
    15.4.3 Oncologic Outcomes
    15.4.4 Cost
    15.5 Limitations of Robotic Hepatectomy
    15.6 Robotic Surgery in Practice: Our Approach
    15.6.1 Patient Selection for Robotic Hepatectomy
    15.6.2 Technical Aspects of Robotic Hepatectomy
    15.6.2.1 Positioning and Setup
    15.6.2.2 Intraoperative Ultrasound
    15.6.2.3 Instrumentation and General Principles
    15.6.2.4 Right Hepatectomy
    15.6.2.5 Left Hepatectomy
    15.6.2.6 Partial Hepatectomy
    15.6.2.7 Perioperative Management for Robotic Hepatectomy
    15.7 Future Directions
    15.8 Conclusion
    References
    16: Advanced Resection Technique with Vascular Reconstruction
    16.1 Introduction
    16.2 Rational for Resection and Reconstruction
    16.3 Advanced Technique for Resection of CLM
    16.3.1 Tumours Located in the Posterosuperior Segments
    16.3.2 Resection of Tumours Located at Central Upper Segments with Reconstruction of Hepatic Veins Confluence
    16.3.3 Central Lower Tumours with Portal and Biliary Reconstruction
    16.4 R1 Resection by Necessity Versus Complex Resection with Vascular Reconstruction
    16.5 Oncological Results of Complex Resection with Vascular Reconstruction in CLM
    16.6 Conclusion
    References
    17: Resection Margins
    17.1 Introduction
    17.2 Resection Margins in Colorectal Liver Metastases
    17.2.1 Resection Margins Status as a Predictor of Tumour Recurrence and Overall Survival
    17.2.2 Resection Margins and Perioperative Chemotherapy
    17.2.3 Resection Margins and Parenchymal-Sparing Hepatectomy
    17.2.4 Resection Margins and Minimally Invasive Hepatectomy
    17.2.5 Resection Margins and Somatic Gene Mutations
    17.2.6 R1 Resection as a Predictor of Recurrence at the Hepatic Resection Margin
    17.3 Conclusion
    References
    18: R1 Vascular Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Sue Clark.
    Summary: "Colorectal Surgery meets the needs of surgeons in higher training and practising consultants for a contemporary and evidence-based account of this sub-specialty that is relevant to their general surgical practice. It is a practical reference source incorporating the most current information on recent developments, management issues and operative procedures. The text is thoroughly referenced and supported by evidence-based recommendations wherever possible, distinguishing between strong evidence to support a conclusion, and evidence suggesting that a recommendation can be reached on the balance of probabilities"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Anorectal investigation
    Colonoscopy and flexible sigmoidoscopy
    Colorectal cancer
    Colorectal cancer and genetics
    Surgery for colon cancer
    Surgery for rectal cancer
    Perioperative chemotherapy and radiotherapy for colorectal cancer
    Advanced and recurrent colorectal cancer
    Anal cancer
    Diverticular disease
    Ulcerative colitis
    Crohn's disease
    Intestinal failure
    Incontinence
    Functional problems and their surgical management
    Functional problems and their medical management
    Anal fistula: evaluation and management
    Minor anorectal conditions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Robin K.S. Phillips, Sue Clark.
    Summary: Colorectal Surgery meets the needs of surgeons in higher training and practising consultants for a contemporary and evidence-based account of this sub-specialty that is relevant to their general surgical practice. It is a practical reference source incorporating the most current information on recent developments, management issues and operative procedures. The text is thoroughly referenced and supported by evidence-based recommendations wherever possible, distinguishing between strong evidence to support a conclusion, and evidence suggesting that a recommendation can be reached on the bala.

    Contents:
    Anorectal investigation / Alexis M.P. Schizas and Andrew B. Williams
    Colonoscopy and flexible sigmoidoscopy / Adam Haycock and Siwan Thomas-Gibson
    Inherited bowel cancer / Sue Clark and Andrew Latchford
    Colonic cancer / Robert J.C. Steele
    Rectal cancer / A. Zia Janjua and Brendan J. Moran
    Adjuvant therapy for colorectal cancer / Ganesh Radhakrishna and David Sebag-Montefiore
    Anal cancer / John H. Scholefield
    Diverticular disease / Des Winter
    Ulcerative colitis / Scott R. Kelley and Eric J. Dozois
    Crohn's disease / Mark W. Thompson-Fawcett and Neil J. McC. Mortensen
    Incontinence / Paul-Antoine Lehur and Mark T.C. Wong
    Functional problems and their surgical management / Nicola S. Fearnhead
    Functional problems and their medical management / Anton V. Emmanuel
    Anal fistula : evaluation and management / Peter J. Lunniss and Robin K.S. Phillips
    Minor anorectal conditions / Jit-Fong Lim and Francis Seow-Choen
    Sexually transmitted diseases and the anorectum / Lester Gottesman and Josef A. Shehebar
    Minimally invasive surgery and enhanced recovery programmes in colorectal disease / Ian Jenkins and Robin Kennedy
    Intestinal failure / Carolynne Vaizey and Janindra Warusavitarne.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Bruce George, Richard Guy, Oliver Jones, Jon Vogel.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Sang W. Lee, Scott R. Steele, Daniel L. Feingold, Howard M. Ross, David E. Rivadeneira, editors.
    Summary: This book provides clear surgical options when the cases are not "routine". It follows both a "how to" manual as well as an algorithm-based guide to allow the reader to understand the thought process behind the proposed treatment strategy. In each chapter, international experts address how to avoid being in tough surgical situations through preoperative planning, how to better deal with commonly encountered intra-operative findings, how to deal with difficult laparoscopic, open, endoscopic, and anorectal cases, and how to avoid medico-legal issues. Colorectal Surgery Consultation is simple and succinct and provides pragmatic advice and reproducible techniques that can be readily implemented by surgeons of varying experience to successfully treat complex colorectal problems through endoscopic and endoluminal approaches that may make the difference in patient outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    A.G. Tyers, J.R.O. Collin.
    Summary: "Known for its superb, step-by-step photo sequences, Colour Atlas of Ophthalmic Plastic Surgery, 4th Edition, by Drs. A. G. Tyers and J. R. O. Collin, remains your first choice for gaining essential knowledge in oculoplastic surgery. Ideal for both novices and experienced surgeons, this award-winning title offers comprehensive coverage of ophthalmic plastic surgery including eyelids, brows, and mid-face - all highlighted by unsurpassed photographic sequences and explanatory text that depict key stages of each procedure. New photos and new operative series, as well as major updates throughout the book, make this an invaluable resource for your practice"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Anatomy
    Basic techniques in ophthalmic plastic surgery
    Preoperative evaluation
    Anaesthesia
    Instruments
    Entropion
    Ectropion
    Eyelash abnormalities
    Ptosis
    Blepharoplasty
    Eyelid retraction
    Evisceration, enucleation, exenteration
    The anophthalmic socket
    Eyelid reconstruction: eyelid margin closure
    Eyelid reconstruction: anterior lamella
    Eyelid reconstruction: posterior lamella
    Eyelid reconstruction: anterior and posterior lamellae combined
    Miscellaneous conditions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Sumita Mehta, Poonam Sachdeva, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to promote awareness of and highlight the screening modalities and various treatment options available for the management of cervical pre-invasive lesions. Cervical cancer is the leading cause of malignancy among women worldwide, and deaths due to cervical cancer represent a global health problem. Yet the risk of cervical malignancy can be decreased substantially if the premalignant conditions of the cervix are recognized and treated in a timely manner. Colposcopy is the gold standard for the diagnosis of cervical dysplasia. Accordingly, the book details the fundamentals of colposcopy and colposcopic assessment of the normal and abnormal cervix. With preventive oncology taking front stage, colposcopy has become one of the most important diagnostic tools available. With chapters contributed by respected experts in this field, the book offers vital insights into colposcopy and an essential guide to comprehensive strategies for the early detection of cervical cancer. The main text is complemented by ample illustrations for clarity and a better understanding of the subject. Case discussions on various clinical scenarios will further ensure good clinical practices, which will in turn translate into reduced risk of cervical cancer.

    Contents:
    Part I: Cervix
    Anatomy & physiology of cervix
    Pathology of pre-invasive lesions of cervix
    Part II: Screening for Cervical cancer
    Visual inspection methods for cervical cancer prevention
    Cytology as a screening tool
    Management recommendations in abnormal cytology
    HPV detection and clinical implications
    HPV Vaccination
    Part III: Colposcopy
    Colposcopy: The scientific basis
    Colposcopic technique, scoring and documentation
    Colposcopic appearance of normal cervix
    Colposcopic evaluation of pre-invasive & early cervical cancer
    Pre-invasive lesions in pregnancy & menopause
    Colposcopic examination in pregnancy
    CIN: Ablative Therapies
    Excisional procedures for treatment of intraepithelial lesions
    Colposcopy of vulva & vagina
    Part IV: Case discussions
    Cases. Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel S. Casper, George A. Cioffi.
    Summary: This unique resource is a practical, easy-to-use guide for the non-ophthalmologist healthcare provider as they encounter patients with eye complaints and other concerning ophthalmic conditions. The Columbia Guide to Basic Elements of Eye Care is specifically designed with the non-ophthalmologist in mind, and provides a foundation of basic eye anatomy and physiology, functional analysis, pathology, and concepts in eye care. Each chapter delivers an accessible summary of various ophthalmic diseases and conditions, all of which are frequently encountered in everyday practice. These chapters provide in-depth discussions on a wide range of topics, from testing and examination procedures to management protocols, referral guidelines and expected frequency of follow-up for each disorder. Complete with hundreds of high-quality, descriptive illustrations and clinical photographs, The Columbia Guide to Basic Elements of Eye Care presents clear, understandable explanations of basic eye anatomy, physiology, disease and treatment for non-ophthalmic practitioners and students. In doing so, this guide provides a framework for determining the normal versus the abnormal, helping the reader recognize which patients require referral, and identify which conditions are developing, require urgent treatment, or can be routinely followed. Non-ophthalmologist healthcare providers and students alike will find this book, written by leaders in the field, a practical resource to consult as they encounter patients with treatable but potentially sight-threatening conditions.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contributors
    Orbital and Ocular Anatomy
    Adult Eye Examination Techniques
    The Pediatric Eye Examination
    Sudden Vision Loss
    Floaters and Flashes
    Ocular Emergencies
    The Refractive State of the Human Eye
    The Red Eye
    Blepharitis and Conjunctivitis
    Dry Eye Syndrome
    Cataract
    Corneal Trauma, Infection, and Opacities
    Corneal Dystrophies
    Cornea Transplantation
    Glaucomatous Optic Neuropathy
    Classification of the Glaucomas
    Pediatric Glaucoma
    Visual Fields and Imaging in Glaucoma
    Medical Treatment of Glaucoma
    Glaucoma: Surgical Therapies
    Age-Related Macular Degeneration
    Diabetic Eye Disease
    Other Retinal Vascular Diseases
    Retinal Detachment
    Posterior Segment Trauma
    Inherited Retinal Dystrophies
    Diagnosis and Management of Ocular Inflammatory Disease
    Infectious and Inflammatory Chorioretinopathies
    Thyroid Eye Disease
    Eyelid Lesions
    Eyelid and Eyelash Malpositions
    Orbital Infections
    Orbital Tumors
    Orbital Trauma
    Headache
    Optic Neuropathy
    Diplopia
    The Neurology of Vision
    Amblyopia
    Strabismus
    Intraocular Tumors
    Retinoblastoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Caroline Schnakers, Steven Laureys, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Eelco F.M. Wijdicks, MD, PhD, FACP, FNCS, FANA, Professor of Neurology, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Chair, Division of Critical Care Neurology, Consultant, Neurosciences Intensive Care Unit, Mayo Clinic Hospital, Saint Marys Campus, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.
    Contents:
    A history of coma : evolution of ideas
    The neuroscience of the awake state
    Neurological examination of the comatose patient and localization principles
    Prolonged impaired consciousness
    Brain death
    Neuroimaging, neurophysiology and neuropathology
    Clinical diagnosis and decisions
    Medical care of the comatose patient
    Recovery and rehabilitation
    Law and bioethics
    Media and popular culture
    The clinical vignettes.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Sheila LoboPrabhu, Richard F. Summers, H. Steven Moffic.
    Summary: "Combating Physician Burnout: A Guide for Psychiatrists aims to educate psychiatrists about three key concepts: stress, burnout, and physician impairment. Five sections lay out the scope of the challenge and outline potential interventions. The introduction discusses the history and social context of burnout and provides psychiatrists who may be struggling with burnout with much-needed perspective. Subsequent sections discuss the potential effects of burnout on clinical care, contextual elements that may contribute to burnout, potential systemic and individual interventions, and the moral challenge burnout poses to psychiatry"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The History of Burnout in Society, Medicine, and Psychiatry
    The Social Context of Physician Burnout
    Identifying the Continuum of Stress and Burnout
    Understanding Burnout and its Potential Effects on Clinical Care
    From Burnout to Impairment : The Slippery Slope
    Physician Depression and Suicide
    U.S. Physicians and Work-Home Conflict
    Electronic Health Records and Physician Burnout
    Physician Satisfaction and Burnout at Various Career Stages
    Burnout among Medical Students and Residents
    A Model for Maintaining Well-Being and Preventing Burnout for Psychiatrists
    Psychiatrist Burnout : Prevention and Intervention
    The Role of Health System Innovation in Preventing Psychiatrist Burnout
    Establishing and Maintaining Proportional Authority, Responsibility, and Expertise to Prevent Burnout
    Well-being, Professionalism, and the Ethics of Resilience.
  • Digital
    Maciej Banach, editor.
    Summary: Comprising contributions from leading lipidologists from around the world, this book presents the latest and most comprehensive knowledge on the different options for combination therapy of dyslipidemia, and includes discussion of future therapies that are currently in late stages of clinical evaluation. Dyslipidemia is a leading cause of cardiovascular morbidity and mortality and most patients with this condition fail to achieve adequate control of their serum lipid levels with monotherapy. However, recent US and European guideline recommendations, based on randomized, controlled trials, fail to discuss combination therapy options for patients with dyslipidemia. Statins remain the mainstay of drug therapy for hyperlipidemia and chapters in this book specifically examine the role of add-on therapy with different agents modulating the different lipid fractions in the blood, e.g. bile acid sequestrants, fibric acid derivatives (fibrates), omega-3 fatty acids (fish oils), inhibitors of Niemann-Pick C1 like 1 (NPC1L1) protein, cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP), apolipoprotein B-100 and microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (MTP), and the emerging proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (PCSK9) inhibitors. There is additional discussion of the role of non-drug therapy options such as nutraceuticals, functional foods and lipoprotein apheresis. The book also discusses the combination of antihypertensive drugs with lipid-lowering drugs in the management of cardiovascular risk in patents with dyslipidemia.

    Contents:
    Statins and bile acid resins
    is there a place for such a combination?
    Statins and fibrates
    should it be recommended?
    Statins and ezetimibe
    doubts or bright future?
    Statins and niacin
    the end of residual risk therapy?
    Statins and omega-3 fatty acids
    what more do we need?
    Statins and CETP inhibitors
    anacetrapib and evacetrapib
    the last hope?
    Statins and mipomersen
    the issue of tolerability?
    Statins and lomitapide
    a suitable response for HoFH
    Statins and PCSK9 inhibitors
    defining the correct patients
    Other possible drug combination for dyslipidaemia
    Statins and nutraceuticals/functional food
    Could be they combined?
    Lipid lowering therapy and apheresis
    indications and outcomes
    Combination of lipid lowering agents with antihypertensive drugs
    a joint fight against the two most important risk factors?
    Not only dyslipidaemia therapy
    the time for polypills
    Drug Evaluation: Fenofibrate + simvastatin for the treatment of dyslipidemia: When and for whom?
    Drug Evaluation: Olmesartan medoxomil + rosuvastatin for the treatment of dyslipidemia and concomitant risk factors: A chance for better compliance?
    Conclusions and Take Home Message.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Alexander E. Filippov, Stanislav N. Gorb.
    Summary: Basic laws of nature are rather simple, but observed biological structures and their dynamic behaviors are unbelievably complicated. This book is devoted to a study of this "strange" relationship by applying mathematical modeling to various structures and phenomena in biology, such as surface patterns, bioadhesion, locomotion, predator-prey behavior, seed dispersal, etc. and revealing a kind of self-organization in these phenomena. In spite of diversity of biological systems considered, two main questions are (1) what does self-organization in biology mean mathematically and (2) how one can apply this knowledge to generate new knowledge about behavior of particular biological system? We believe that this kind of "biomimetics" in computer will lead to better understanding of biological phenomena and possibly towards development of technical implications based on our modeling.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Various methods of pattern formation
    Chapter 3. Clusterization of biological structures with high aspect ratio
    Chapter 4. Contact between biological attachment devices and rough
    Chapter 5. Anisotropic friction in biological systems
    Chapter 6. Mechanical interlocking of biological fasteners
    Chapter 7. Biomechanics at the microscale
    Chapter 8. Nanoscale pattern formation in biological surfaces
    Chapter 9. Ecology and evolution.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yong-Whee Bahk.
    Contents:
    Introduction and fundamentals of pinhole scintigraphy
    Dual-head planar pinhole scan, pinhole SPECT, and gamma correction pinhole scan of the bone
    Clinical applications
    Normal pinhole scintigraphic anatomy of bones and joints
    Normal variants and artifacts
    Infective and inflammatory diseases of the bone
    Noninfective osteitides
    Diseases of joints and soft-tissue infections
    Degenerative joint diseases
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Seronegative spondyloarthropathies
    Other rheumatic osteoarthropathies and soft-tissue rheumatism syndromes
    Osteochondroses and related diseases
    Vascular bone disorders
    Metabolic bone diseases and drug-induced osteoporosis
    Traumatic, surgical, and sports injuries of the skeleton
    Malignant tumors of the bone
    Benign tumors and tumorous conditions of the bone
    Soft-tissue tumors and tumor-like conditions
    Otorhinological disorders
    PET-CT in bone and joint diseases
    A genetic consideration of skeletal disorders
    Gamma correction pinhole bone scan diagnosis
    Trabecular Microfracture and Micro contusion
    Appendix: Basic physics of pinhole scintigraphy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Patrick M. Johnson.
    Summary: "Coming Out Queer Online argues that social media is a dominant force in the lives of LGBTQ individuals. Through examining archives, talking with individuals, and analyzing social media feeds, the author highlights the many ways that social media acts as both a freeing as well as an oppressive environment for many within the LGBTQ community"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Identity in the digital age
    Creation of a hegemonic LGBT*Q+ culture
    Testing the waters : coming out in a hypermediated age
    Let' get political : the important of political speech in LGBT*Q+ media
    A safe space online? : discrimination, persecution, and self-policing
    Conclusion: The more things, change, the more they remain the same
    Afterword: A "Kindr" online environment?
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Mustafa Suleyman ; with Michael Bhaskar.
    Summary: "We are approaching a critical threshold in the history of our species. Everything is about to change. Soon you will live surrounded by AIs. They will organise your life, operate your business, and run core government services. You will live in a world of DNA printers and quantum computers, engineered pathogens and autonomous weapons, robot assistants and abundant energy. None of us are prepared. As co-founder of the pioneering AI company DeepMind, part of Google, Mustafa Suleyman has been at the centre of this revolution. The coming decade, he argues, will be defined by this wave of powerful, fast-proliferating new technologies. In The Coming Wave, Suleyman shows how these forces will create immense prosperity but also threaten the nation-state, the foundation of global order. As our fragile governments sleepwalk into disaster, we face an existential dilemma: unprecedented harms on one side, the threat of overbearing surveillance on the other. Can we forge a narrow path between catastrophe and dystopia? This groundbreaking book from the ultimate AI insider establishes "the containment problem"-the task of maintaining control over powerful technologies-as the essential challenge of our age"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    T174 .S85 2023
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Goran Štrkalj, Nalini Pather.
    Summary: "A major component of many modern human anatomy programs is commemorating people who have donated their body for education and research. In addition, some institutions have also organized memorial places to honor the body donors. This book is an edited volume which explores the phenomena of commemorations and memorials in anatomy. It includes both descriptive papers focusing on the content of the ceremonies and theoretical papers contextualizing and examining these within the broader ethical, scientific, medical and educational frameworks. Building up on the idea of a community of practice, the main objective of the volume is to enhance the exchange of ideas and sharing of experiences. The concepts of "commemoration" and "memorial" in anatomy programs are presented as emerging. They are seen as phenomena that will continue to evolve and ramify within different cultural and educational contexts, and this volume is expected to facilitate these processes. Indeed, meager literature on the topic indicates potentially enormous practical value in sharing and combining practices from different cultural and teaching/research traditions."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    4
  • Digital
    Aparna Tiwari.
    Summary: Plant breeding has the potential to improve quality of life for millions of people, and to harmoniously link agriculture, societies and ecosystems. Global efforts have been made to improve awareness and create a better and brighter future for plant breeding worldwide. Though substantial international research funding is available, and tremendous efforts have been made to achieve food security and sustainability in agriculture, their success can only be ensured when they are complemented by counterparts at the national level. India is ideally poised to reap the benefits of plant breeding by integrating various parameters like adaptation, uncertainty, vulnerability and resilience into agriculture research strategies. Priorities include making agriculture more appealing to young talents, formulating farmer-friendly policies, combining advanced technologies with conventional plant breeding practices, and building the competencies needed to address emerging challenges in agriculture. This book provides an essential overview of modern plant breeding, and demonstrates how education, entrepreneurship training and professional approaches can help transform the image of agriculture from a poor and unattractive domain into a lucrative and business-oriented one. In addition, it presents strategies to help achieve sustainable, accessible and affordable outcomes with breeding programs. The book's primary goal is to encourage policymakers, academics, private institutions and non-profit organizations to combine their efforts in order to achieve a major transition in plant breeding activities in Asia. Accordingly, it highlights the importance of partnerships and collaborations for making breeding programs more comprehensive and meaningful. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Plant breeding and Indian agriculture
    Plant breeding and seed industry in India
    Role of education to strengthen the plant breeding capacity
    Strategies to strengthen plant breeding status in India.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors Jonathan N. Johnson, MD, FACC, FAAP, Deepak M. Kamat, MD, PhD, FAAP.
    Summary: Pediatric cardiac evaluation, monitoring, and care strategies for primary care physicians and medical staff.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng.
    Summary: This fourth volume describes 256 species of medicinal plants from 5 families, which are commonly used in Chinese medicine. The most important species are Agrimonia pilosa, Amygdalus persica, Armeniaca mume, Armeniaca vulgaris, Armeniaca sibirica, Chaenomeles sinensis, Eriobotrya japonica of Rosaceae; Chimonanthus praecox of Calycanthaceae;Albizia julibrissin, Archidendron clypearia, Entada phaseoloides, Bauhinia championii of Mimosoideae; Caesalpinia sappan, Cassia tora, Gleditsia sinensis of Caesalpiniaceae; Abrus cantoniensis, Astragalus membranaceus, Astragalus membranaceus, Dalbergia odorifera, Desmodium caudatum, Desmodium styracifolium, Erythrina variegata, Euchresta japonica, Flemingia prostrata, Glycyrrhiza uralensis, Glycyrrhiza inflata, Glycyrrhiza glabra, Lablab purpureus, Sophora japonica and Spatholobus suberectus of Butterflyaceae. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Agrimonia pilosa
    Amygdalus persica
    Armeniaca mume
    Armeniaca vulgaris
    Armeniaca sibirica
    Chaenomeles sinensis
    Eriobotrya japonica of Rosaceae; Chimonanthus praecox of Calycanthaceae;Albizia julibrissin
    Archidendron clypearia
    Entada phaseoloides
    Bauhinia championii of Mimosoideae; Caesalpinia sappan
    Cassia tora
    Gleditsia sinensis of Caesalpiniaceae; Abrus cantoniensis
    Astragalus membranaceus
    Astragalus membranaceus
    Dalbergia odorifera
    Desmodium caudatum
    Desmodium styracifolium
    Erythrina variegata
    Euchresta japonica
    Flemingia prostrata
    Glycyrrhiza uralensis
    Glycyrrhiza inflata
    Glycyrrhiza glabra
    Lablab purpureus
    Sophora japonica and Spatholobus suberectus of Butterflyaceae.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This first volume describes 78 species of medicinal plants in 44 families, in which 7 families and 13 species are algae and fungi, 28 families and 52 species are ferns, 9 families and 13 species are gymnosperms. The algae include Laminaria japonica, Sargassum fusiforme, Ulva lactucam, Uiva pertusa et al.; the fungi include Calvatia lilacina, Calvatia lilacina, Cordyceps sobolifera, et al.; the gymnosperms include Ginkgo biloba, Pinus massoniana, Thuja orientalis, Ephedra sinica, Ephedra intermedia, Ephedra equisetina, et al. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, herbal medicine names, characteristics, habitats, distributions, Acquisition and processing methods, medicinal traits, tastes, functions, use and dosages, and other information of medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines for each species. This book series has totally 10 volumes, which covers 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly seen or used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy, function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This second volume contains 231 species of 40 families of medicinal plants. The most important family of which are Magnoliaceae, such as Magnolia officinalis and Magnolia officinalis subsp. biloba; Schisandra chinensis of Schisandraceae; Cinnamomum aromaticum of Lauraceae, Coptis chinensis Franch., Coptis omeiensis and Coptis teeta of Berberidaceae; Isatis indigotica, Lepidium apetalum and Raphanus sativus of Cruciferae; Rheum palmatum, Rheum officinale and Rheum taguticum of Polygonaceae, etc. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, herbal medicine names, characteristics, habitats, distributions, Acquisition and processing methods, medicinal traits, tastes, functions, use and dosages, and other information of medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines for each species. This book series has totally 10 volumes, which covers 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly seen or used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy, function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This third volume describes 226 species of 32 families of medicinal plants, which are commonly used in Chinese medicine. The most important species are Aquilaria sinensis and Daphne genkwa of Thymelaeaceae; Benincasa hispida, Siraitia grosvenorii, Trichosanthes kirilowii and Trichosanthes rosthornii of Cucurbitaceae; Camellia sinensis of Theaceae; Cleistocalyx operculatus, Eugenia caryophyllata and Rhodomyrtus tomentosa of Myrtaceae; Osbeckia chinensis of Melastomataceae; Quisqualis indica and Terminalia chebula of Combretaceae; Hypericum japonicum of Hypericaceae; Microcos paniculata of Tiliaceae; Hibiscus mutabilis of Malvaceae; Croton crassifolius, C. lachnocarpus, C. tiglium, Euphorbia humifusa, E. lathyris, E. pekinensis, Phyllanthus emblica and Sauropus spatulifolius of Euphorbiaceae. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Participating Units
    Preface
    Abstract
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Medicinal Angiosperms of Onagraceae, Trapaceae, Haloragidaceae, Thymelaeaceae, Nyctaginaceae, Proteaceae, Dilleniaceae, and Pittosporaceae
    1.1 Family: Onagraceae
    1.1.1 Epilobium hirsutum
    1.2 Family: Onagraceae
    1.2.1 Epilobium pyrricholophum
    1.3 Family: Onagraceae
    1.3.1 Ludwigia adscendens
    1.4 Family: Onagraceae
    1.4.1 Ludwigia hyssopifolia
    1.5 Family: Onagraceae
    1.5.1 Ludwigia octovalvis
    1.6 Family: Onagraceae
    1.6.1 Ludwigia prostrata
    1.7 Family: Trapaceae 1.7.1 Trapa bispinosa
    1.8 Family: Haloragidaceae
    1.8.1 Haloragis chinensis
    1.9 Family: Haloragidaceae
    1.9.1 Haloragis micrantha
    1.10 Family: Thymelaeaceae
    1.10.1 Aquilaria sinensis [1]
    1.11 Family: Thymelaeaceae
    1.11.1 Daphne genkwa
    1.12 Family: Thymelaeaceae
    1.12.1 Daphne papyracea
    1.13 Family: Thymelaeaceae
    1.13.1 Edgeworthia chrysantha
    1.14 Family: Thymelaeaceae
    1.14.1 Wikstroemia indica [2]
    1.15 Family: Nyctaginaceae
    1.15.1 Boerhavia diffusa
    1.16 Family: Proteaceae
    1.16.1 Helicia cochinchinensis [3]
    1.17 Family: Proteaceae 1.17.1 Helicia reticulata
    1.18 Family: Dilleniaceae
    1.18.1 Tetracera asiatica
    1.19 Family: Pittosporaceae
    1.19.1 Pittosporum brevicalyx
    1.20 Family: Pittosporaceae
    1.20.1 Pittosporum glabratum
    1.21 Family: Pittosporaceae
    1.21.1 Pittosporum pauciflorum
    1.22 Family: Pittosporaceae
    1.22.1 Pittosporum tobira
    References
    Chapter 2: Medicinal Angiosperms of Flacourtiaceae, Tamaricaceae, Passifloraceae, and Cucurbitaceae
    2.1 Family: Flacourtiaceae
    2.1.1 Flacourtia rukam
    2.2 Family: Flacourtiaceae
    2.2.1 Hydnocarpus hainanensis
    2.3 Family: Flacourtiaceae 2.3.1 Idesia polycarpa
    2.4 Family: Flacourtiaceae
    2.4.1 Xylosma controversa
    2.5 Family: Flacourtiaceae
    2.5.1 Xylosma longifolia
    2.6 Family: Flacourtiaceae
    2.6.1 Xylosma racemosum
    2.7 Family: Tamaricaceae
    2.7.1 Tamarix chinensis
    2.8 Family: Passifloraceae
    2.8.1 Adenia chevalieri
    2.9 Family: Passifloraceae
    2.9.1 Passiflora caerulea
    2.10 Family: Passifloraceae
    2.10.1 Passiflora cupiformis
    2.11 Family: Passifloraceae
    2.11.1 Passiflora foetida
    2.12 Family: Passifloraceae
    2.12.1 Passiflora kwangtungensis
    2.13 Family: Passifloraceae 2.13.1 Passiflora moluccana var. teysmanniana
    2.14 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.14.1 Actinostemma tenerum
    2.15 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.15.1 Benincasa hispida [1]
    2.16 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.16.1 Gynostemma pentaphyllum
    2.17 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.17.1 Lagenaria siceraria
    2.18 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.18.1 Luffa acutangula [2]
    2.19 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.19.1 Luffa aegyptiaca [3]
    2.20 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.20.1 Momordica charantia
    2.21 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.21.1 Momordica cochinchinensis
    2.22 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This fifth volume contains 253 species of medicinal plants from 25 families, which are commonly used in Chinese medicine. The most important species are Stachyurus himalaicus of Stachyuraceae; Liquidambar formosana, Semiliquidambar cathayensis of Hamamelidaceae; Broussonetia papyrifera, Cudrania cochinchinensis, Cudrania tricuspidata, Ficus carica, Morus alba of Moraceae; Boehmeria nivea and Pouzolzia zeylanica of Urticaceae; Cannabis sativa of Cannabaceae; Ilex asprella, Ilex cornuta, Ilex latifolia, Ilex pubescens of Aquifoliaceae; Euonymus alatus, Tripterygium wilfordii of Celastraceae; Taxillus chinensis, Viscum liquidambaricola of Loranthaceae; Santalum album of Santalaceae; Berchemia lineata, Ventilago leiocarpa, Ziziphus jujuba, Ziziphus jujuba var. Spinosa, Elaeagnus pungens of Rhamnaceae; Citrus aurantium, Citrus grandis var. tomentosa, Citrus medica var. sarcodactylis, Citrus reticulata, Evodia rutaecarpa, Phellodendron chinense and Zanthoxylum bungeanum of Rutaceae. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Stachyurus himalaicus of Stachyuraceae
    Liquidambar formosana, Semiliquidambar cathayensis of Hamamelidaceae
    Broussonetia papyrifera, Cudrania cochinchinensis, Cudrania tricuspidata, Ficus carica, Morus alba of Moraceae
    Boehmeria nivea and Pouzolzia zeylanica of Urticaceae
    Cannabis sativa of Cannabaceae
    Ilex asprella, Ilex cornuta, Ilex latifolia, Ilex pubescens of Aquifoliaceae
    Euonymus alatus, Tripterygium wilfordii of Celastraceae
    Taxillus chinensis, Viscum liquidambaricola of Loranthaceae
    Santalum album of Santalaceae
    Berchemia lineata, Ventilago leiocarpa, Ziziphus jujuba, Ziziphus jujuba var. Spinosa, Elaeagnus pungens of Rhamnaceae
    Citrus aurantium, Citrus grandis var. tomentosa, Citrus medica var. sarcodactylis, Citrus reticulata, Evodia rutaecarpa, Phellodendron chinense and Zanthoxylum bungeanum of Rutaceae.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Participating Units
    Preface
    Abstract
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Medicinal Angiosperms of Rubiaceae
    1.1 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.1.1 Adina pilulifera
    1.2 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.2.1 Adina rubella
    1.3 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.3.1 Catunaregam spinosa
    1.4 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.4.1 Cephalanthus tetrandrus
    1.5 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.5.1 Chassalia curviflora
    1.6 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.6.1 Coffea arabica
    1.7 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.7.1 Coptosapelta diffusa
    1.8 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.8.1 Damnacanthus indicus [1]
    1.9 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.9.1 Diplospora dubia 1.10 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.10.1 Emmenopterys henryi
    1.11 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.11.1 Galium aparine [2]
    1.12 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.12.1 Galium bungei
    1.13 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.13.1 Galium trifidum
    1.14 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.14.1 Gardenia jasminoides [3]
    1.15 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.15.1 Gardenia stenophylla
    1.16 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.16.1 Hedyotis acutangula
    1.17 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.17.1 Hedyotis auricularia
    1.18 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.18.1 Hedyotis cantoniensis
    1.19 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.19.1 Hedyotis caudatifolia
    1.20 Family: Rubiaceae 1.20.1 Hedyotis chrysotricha
    1.21 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.21.1 Hedyotis costata
    1.22 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.22.1 Hedyotis corymbosa
    1.23 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.23.1 Hedyotis diffusa
    1.24 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.24.1 Hedyotis hedyotidea
    1.25 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.25.1 Hedyotis mellii
    1.26 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.26.1 Hedyotis pinifolia
    1.27 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.27.1 Hedyotis tenelliflora
    1.28 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.28.1 Hedyotis verticillata
    1.29 Family:Rubiaceae
    1.29.1 Ixora chinensis
    1.30 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.30.1 Lasianthus chinensis
    References Chapter 2: Medicinal Angiosperms of Rubiaceae (Cont. I)
    2.1 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.1.1 Morinda officinalis [1]
    2.2 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.2.1 Morinda parvifolia [2]
    2.3 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.3.1 Morinda umbellata
    2.4 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.4.1 Mussaenda esquirolii
    2.5 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.5.1 Mussaenda kwangtungensis
    2.6 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.6.1 Mussaenda pubescens [3]
    2.7 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.7.1 Nauclea officinalis
    2.8 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.8.1 Neanotis hirsuta
    2.9 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.9.1 Ophiorrhiza cantoniensis
    2.10 Family: Rubiaceae 2.10.1 Ophiorrhiza japonica
    2.11 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.11.1 Ophiorrhiza pumila
    2.12 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.12.1 Ophiorrhiza sichuanensis
    2.13 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.13.1 Paederia foetida
    2.14 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.14.1 Paederia scandens
    2.15 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.15.1 Paederia scandens var. tomentosa
    2.16 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.16.1 Pavetta hongkongensis
    2.17 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.17.1 Psychotria asiatica
    2.18 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.18.1 Psychotria serpens
    2.19 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.19.1 Rubia cordifolia
    2.20 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.20.1 Rubia podantha
    2.21 Family: Rubiaceae.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This eighth volume describes 272 species of 13 families of medicinal plants, which are commonly used in Chinese medicine. The most important species are Adenophora stricta, Adenophora tetraphylla, Codonopsis pilosula, Codonopsis tangshen and Platycodon grandiflorus of Campanulaceae; Lobelia chinensis of Lobeliaceae; Hyoscyamus niger, Lycium barbarum and Lycium ruthenicum of Solanaceae; Cuscuta australis, Cuscuta chinensis, Erycibe obtusifolia of Convolvulaceae; Lagotis brevituba, Rehmannia glutinosa, Scrophularia ningpoensis of Scrpophulariaceae; Aeginetia indica, Cistanche deserticola, Cistanche of Orobanchaceae; Campsis grandiflora, Oroxylum indicum of Bignoniaceae; Andrographis paniculata, Strobilanthes cusia of Acanthaceae; Callicarpa formosana, Callicarpa kwangtungensis, Clerodendrum cyrtophyllum, Clerodendrum fortunatum, Verbena officinalis, Vitex trifolia of Verbenaceae; Agastache rugosa, Ajuga decumbens, Clerodendranthus spicatus, Clinopodium chinense, Glechoma longituba, Lamiophlomis rotata, Leonurus japonicus, Lycopus lucidus var. Hirtus, Mesona chinensis, Perilla frutescens, Pogostemon cablin, Prunella vulgaris, Salvia bowleyana, Salvia miltiorrhiza, Schizonepeta tenuifolia, Scutellaria baicalensis of Lamiaceae. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Adenophora stricta
    Adenophora tetraphylla
    Codonopsis pilosula
    Codonopsis tangshen and Platycodon grandiflorus of Campanulaceae; Lobelia chinensis of Lobeliaceae; Hyoscyamus niger
    Lycium barbarum and Lycium ruthenicum of Solanaceae; Cuscuta australis
    Cuscuta chinensis
    Erycibe obtusifolia of Convolvulaceae; Lagotis brevituba
    Rehmannia glutinosa
    Scrophularia ningpoensis of Scrpophulariaceae; Aeginetia indica
    Cistanche deserticola
    Cistanche of Orobanchaceae; Campsis grandiflora
    Oroxylum indicum of Bignoniaceae; Andrographis paniculata
    Strobilanthes cusia of Acanthaceae; Callicarpa formosana
    Callicarpa kwangtungensis
    Clerodendrum cyrtophyllum
    Clerodendrum fortunatum
    Verbena officinalis
    Vitex trifolia of Verbenaceae; Agastache rugosa
    Ajuga decumbens
    Clerodendranthus spicatus
    Clinopodium chinense
    Glechoma longituba
    Lamiophlomis rotata
    Leonurus japonicus
    Lycopus lucidus var. Hirtus
    Mesona chinensis
    Perilla frutescens
    Pogostemon cablin
    Prunella vulgaris
    Salvia bowleyana
    Salvia miltiorrhiza
    Schizonepeta tenuifolia
    Scutellaria baicalensis of Lamiaceae.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This ninth volume describes 285 species of medicinal plants of 30 families, which are commonly used in Chinese medicine. The most important species are Alisma orientale of Alismaceae; Commelina communis of Commelinaceae; Eriocaulon buergerianum of Eriocaulaceae; Alpinia galanga, Alpinia hainanensis, Alpinia officinarum, Alpinia oxyphylla, Amomum compactum, Amomum kravanh, Amomum villosum, Amomum villosum var. xanthioides, Amomum longiligulare, Amomum tsao-ko, Costus speciosus, Curcuma aromatica, Curcuma kwangsiensis, Kaempferia galanga, Zingiber officinale of Zingiberaceae; Anemarrhena asphodeloides, Asparagus cochinchinensis, Disporum cantoniense, Fritillaria cirrhosa, Fritillaria delavayi, Fritillaria unibracteata, Lilium brownii, Lilium brownii, Liriope muscari, Ophiopogon japonicus, Polygonatum kingianum, Polygonatum sibiricum, Polygonatum odoratum of Liliaceae; Paris polyphylla of Trilliaceae; Smilax glabra and Smilax riparia of Smilacaceae syorus calamus, Acorus tatarinowii, Aglaonema modestum, Alocasia macrorrhiza, Arisaema amurense, Homalomena occulta, Lasia spinosa, Pinellia pedatisecta, Pinellia ternata, Pistia stratiotes, Typhonium giganteum of Araceae; Sparganium stoloniferum of Sparganiaceae; Typha angustifolia of Typhaceae; Allium chinense , Allium sativum, Allium tuberosum of Amaryllidaceae; Crocus sativus, Belamcanda chinensis of Iridaceae; Dioscorea opposita of Dioscoreaceae; Areca catechu of Palmae; Bletilla striata, Dendrobium aduncum, Dendrobium loddigesii, Dendrobium nobile, Dendrobium officinale, Gastrodia elata of Orchidaceae; Juncus effusus of Juncaceae; Cyperus rotundus of Cyperaceae; Coix lacryma-jobi var. ma-yuen of Gramineae. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Medicinal angiosperms of Hydrocharitaceae
    Alismataceae
    Potamogetonaceae
    Commelinaceae
    Eriocaulaceae
    Musaceae.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This tenth volume records 5 species of resin, 74 species of animals, 41 species of minerals and fossils. There are resins such as Liquidambar orientalis, Commiphore myrrha, Boswellia carterii, Garcinia hanburyi; animals such as Solenognathus hardwickii, , Cervus nippon, Scolopendra subspinipes, Cryptotympana pustulata, Agkistrodon acutus, Bombyx mori, Collocalia esculenta, Moschus moschiferus, Hippocampus kelloggi, Gekko gekko; minerals and fossils such as mercury, gypsum, alum, mirabilite, cinnabar, actinolite, calomel, keel, dens draconis, lithodes, fossilia spiriferis. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Liquidambar orientalis
    Commiphore myrrha
    Boswellia carterii
    Garcinia hanburyi; animals such as Solenognathus hardwickii, Cervus nippon, Scolopendra subspinipes, Cryptotympana pustulata, Agkistrodon acutus, Bombyx mori, Collocalia esculenta, Moschus moschiferus, Hippocampus kelloggi, Gekko gecko
    minerals and fossils such as mercury, gypsum, alum, mirabilite, cinnabar, actinolite, calomel, keel, dens draconis, lithodes, fossilia spiriferis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This sixth volume describes 226 species of 32 families of medicinal plants, which are commonly used in Chinese medicine. The most important species are Aquilaria sinensis and Daphne genkwa of Thymelaeaceae; Benincasa hispida, Siraitia grosvenorii, Trichosanthes kirilowii and Trichosanthes rosthornii of Cucurbitaceae; Camellia sinensis of Theaceae; Cleistocalyx operculatus, Eugenia caryophyllata and Rhodomyrtus tomentosa of Myrtaceae; Osbeckia chinensis of Melastomataceae; Quisqualis indica and Terminalia chebula of Combretaceae; Hypericum japonicum of Hypericaceae; Microcos paniculata of Tiliaceae; Hibiscus mutabilis of Malvaceae; Croton crassifolius, C. lachnocarpus, C. tiglium, Euphorbia humifusa, E. lathyris, E. pekinensis, Phyllanthus emblica and Sauropus spatulifolius of Euphorbiaceae. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Aquilaria sinensis and Daphne genkwa of Thymelaeaceae
    Benincasa hispida, Siraitia grosvenorii, Trichosanthes kirilowii and Trichosanthes rosthornii of Cucurbitaceae
    Camellia sinensis of Theaceae
    Cleistocalyx operculatus, Eugenia caryophyllata and Rhodomyrtus tomentosa of Myrtaceae
    Osbeckia chinensis of Melastomataceae
    Quisqualis indica and Terminalia chebula of Combretaceae
    Hypericum japonicum of Hypericaceae
    Microcos paniculata of Tiliaceae
    Hibiscus mutabilis of Malvaceae
    Croton crassifolius, C. lachnocarpus, C. tiglium, Euphorbia humifusa, E. lathyris, E. pekinensis, Phyllanthus emblica and Sauropus spatulifolius of Euphorbiaceae.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Victor C. Strasburger, Donald E. Greydanus.
    Summary: "Adolescent Medicine: State of the Art Reviews (AM:STARs) is the official publicaton of the AAP Section on Adolescent Health. This issue consists of 80 questions on a wide range of topics in the field of Adolescent Medicine. Each question, along with the correct answer, is followed by a discussion of the pertinent topics, including why the correct answer is right and the incorrect answers are wrong. The PREP Adolescent Medicine questions were chosen to follow the format of the Content Specifications outlined by the American Board of Pediatrics, which delineates the areas of study that are covered in the examination that is required for subspecialty Board Certification in Adolescent Medicine. This is a helpful resource to assess knowledge in Adolescent Medicine practice and study for the Board Examination"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2017
  • Digital
    John J. Russell, Edward F. Ryan Jr., editors.
    Summary: This book offers a guide to common dermatologic conditions most often treated by primary care providers. Most dermatologic disorders in the United States are treated by primary care physicians, and yet primary care training programs do not prioritize dermatology. This easy-to-use reference answers that need with practical recommendations for diagnosing and treating these common diseases along with a number of illustrative color images. Throughout, chapters are either organized by population and the dermatologic conditions common to those groups or diseases commonly encountered in primary care. Populations covered include children, pregnant women, and athletes, and common diseases covered include dermatitis, warts, herpes, psoriasis, and some skin cancers. This is an essential resource for primary care physicians, physician assistants, and nurse practitioners who treat dermatologic conditions in their daily practice. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Approach to a Dermatologic Condition in Primary Care
    Common Newborn Dermatologic Conditions
    Childhood Exanthems
    Atopic Dermatitis
    Contact Dermatitis
    Acne Vulgaris
    Cutaneous Warts
    Herpes Infections Cutaneous Manifestations
    Skin and Soft Tissue infections
    Seborrheic Dermatitis
    Tinea Infections: From Head to Toe
    Scabies and Head Lice
    Common Nail Disorders
    Psoriasis
    Diagnostic evaluation using biopsy and dermoscopy
    Benign Cutaneous Lesions
    Skin Cancer for Primary Care
    Rosacea
    Skin condition in Athletes
    Gynecologic Dermatology
    Dermatoses in Pregnancy
    The Diagnosis and Treatment of Common Wounds Encountered in Primary Care
    Geriatric Dermatologic Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Adebowale J. Adeniran, David Chhieng.
    Contents:
    Aspirates with Macrophages and/or Colloid Only
    Usefulness of Sub-Classification of Follicular Lesion of Undetermined Significance
    Cytologic Atypia in Toxic Goiter
    Hurtle Cell Lesions
    Pitfalls in the Diagnosis of Hashimoto Thyroiditis
    Lymphocyte-only Aspirates
    Molecular Testing
    Pitfalls In Evaluating Cystic Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Challenges in the Diagnosis of Follicular Variant of Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Variants of Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Medullary Carcinoma
    Challenges in the Diagnosis Hyalinizing Trabecular Tumor
    Poorly Differentiated Thyroid Carcinoma
    Anaplastic Thyroid Carcinoma
    Metastatic Neoplasms to the Thyroid
    Thyroglobulin Detection in Fine-Needle Aspiration of Nodal Metastases from Differentiated Thyroid Cancers
    Pediatric Thyroid FNA
    Ectopic Thyroid Tissue Versus Nodal Metastasis
    Parathyroid Tissue versus Thyroid Tissue
    Evaluation of Thyroid Bed Sampling.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Galloway, N. R.; Amoaku, W. M. K.; Browning, Andrew C.; Galloway, Peter.
    Summary: Since the last edition of this book, there have been a number of advances in the fields of glaucoma, corneal disease, medical retina and genetics. This new edition discusses these developments while also providing an introduction to the specialty of clinical ophthalmology for medical students, trainee ophthalmologists, optometrists, general practitioners, and anyone with a special interest in the subject. Common Eye Diseases and their Management, 5th Edition contains a brief introduction and outline of the anatomy of the eye and orbit, with emphasis placed on the efficacy of modern treatments in later chapters. References are deliberately kept to a minimum to engage readers with a conversational approach and each chapter ends with a concise summary to assist the reader with remembering the key points for each topic.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Introducing the Eye
    The Scope of Ophthalmology
    Basic Anatomy and Physiology of the Eye
    Examination of the Eye
    Section 2 Primary Eye care Problems
    Long Sight, Short Sight
    Common Disease of the Eyelids
    Common Diseases of the Conjunctiva and Cornea
    The Red Eye
    Failing Vision
    Headache
    Contact Lenses
    Section 3. Problems of the Eye Surgeon
    Cataract
    Glaucoma
    Retinal Detachment
    Squint
    Tumours of the Eye and Adnexae
    Ocular Trauma
    Section 4. Problems of the Medical Ophthalmologist
    Testing Visual Acuity
    The Inflamed Eye
    The Ageing Eye
    The Childs Eye
    Systemic Disease and the Eye
    Neuro-ophthalmology
    Genetics and the Eye
    Drugs and the Eye
    Section 5 Visual Disability
    Blindness
    Further Reading. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gretchen G. Kimmick, Rebecca A. Shelby, Linda M. Sutton, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a clinically useful resource for evaluation and management of the symptoms and issues that burden survivors of breast cancer. Improvements to breast cancer screening and treatment have resulted in more patients than ever before having been cured after local definitive and systemic therapies. Primary care providers and specialists must be increasingly familiar with the issues that breast cancer survivors routinely face. This is the first book to provide a single resource for common issues faced by breast cancer survivors from a truly multidisciplinary perspective; each chapter of this text is coauthored by at least one oncologist and one specialist outside the field of oncology in order to include the perspectives of relevant disciplines. User-friendly and clinically applicable to all specialties, individual chapters also include tables and figures that describe how best to conduct initial evaluation of the given symptom as well as an algorithm, where applicable, outlining the optimal management approach. Common Issues in Breast Cancer Survivors: A Practical Guide to Evaluation and Management empowers non-cancer specialists and practitioners who care for breast cancer survivors to address common issues that impact patient quality of life.

    Contents:
    Overview of the National and International Guidelines for Care of Breast Cancer Survivors
    Breast Imaging in Breast Cancer Survivors: Screening for New Breast Cancers and for Cancer Recurrence
    Hot Flashes
    Management of Genital Symptoms in Breast Cancer Survivors
    Sexual and Reproductive Health Concerns in Breast Cancer Survivors
    Arthralgias
    Persistent Breast Pain (PBP)
    Common Issues in Breast Cancer Survivors A Practical Guide to Evaluation and Management of Neuropathy
    Cancer-related Cognitive Impairment
    Cancer-Related Fatigue
    Sleep Issues and Insomnia
    Depressive and Anxiety Symptoms and Disorders in Women with Breast Cancer
    Obesity, Weight Gain and Weight Management in Women with Early Breast Cancer
    Breast Cancer-Related Lymphedema and Shoulder Impairments Physical Therapy and Plastic Surgery
    Bone Loss in Breast Cancer Survivors
    Cardiovascular Health in Breast Cancer Survivors
    Diabetes and Breast Cancer
    Hair Loss in Breast Cancer Survivors
    Skin Reactions Associated with Breast Cancer Treatment
    Hereditary Cancer Counseling and Germline Genetic Testing
    Common Considerations in Male Breast Cancer Survivors: A Practical Guide to Evaluation and Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    James M. Daniels, editor.
    Contents:
    1.Introduction
    2.The Cervical Spine
    3.The Shoulder
    4.The Elbow
    5.The Hand and Wrist
    6.The Fingers
    7.The Lumbosacral Spine
    8.The Hip
    9.The Knee
    10.The Ankle
    11.The Foot
    12.Common Pediatric Musculoskeletal Problems
    13.The Acutely Painful, Swollen Joint
    14.Musculoskeletal Radiology
    15.Splinting and Soft Tissue Issues
    16.Pre-Participation Evaluation
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jeffrey P. Greenfield, Caroline B. Long, editors.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Development of the Brain and Spine
    1 Normal Development of the Skull and Brain
    2 The Neurologic Exam in Neonates and Toddlers
    Section 2: Newborn through Infancy
    3 Birth Trauma to the Scalp and Skull
    4 Brachial Plexus Injuries during Birth
    5 Neonatal Brain Injury
    6 Evaluation of Head Shape in the Pediatric Practice: Plagiocephaly vs. Craniosynostosis
    7 Neurocutaneous Disorders
    8 Cutaneous Markers of Spinal Dysraphism
    9 Tethered Cord
    10 Lumps and Bumps: Scalp and Skull Lesions
    Section 3: Hydrocephalus Primer
    11 Intraventricular Hemorrhage in the Premature Infant
    12 Neuro-ophthalmic Presentation of Neurosurgical Disease in Children
    13 Hydrocephalus and Ventriculomegaly
    14 Neurosurgical Considerations in Macrocephaly
    15 Evaluation and Classification of Pediatric Headache
    Section 4: Imaging of the Pediatric Brain and Spine
    16 Prenatal Imaging of the Fetal Brain and Spine
    17 Prenatal Counseling for Fetal Diagnoses
    18 Imaging of the Pediatric Brain
    19 Radiographic Evaluation of Suspected Scoliosis
    20 Image Gently: Radiation Exposure in Children
    Section 5: Beyond Hydrocephalus: What Pediatric Neurosurgeons Treat Most
    21 Chiari Malformation
    22 Pediatric Brain Tumors
    23 Pediatric Neurovascular Disease
    24 Pediatric Seizures
    25 Approach to Spasticity in the Pediatric Patient
    26 Assessment and Management of Minor Head Injuries in Toddlers and Adolescents
    27 Non-Accidental Head Trauma
    28 A Pediatrician?s Guide to Concussion Management
    29 Pathophysiology and Diagnosis of Concussion.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Nailah Coleman, editor.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book is designed as a practical and quick reference guide on the evaluation and management of common pediatric knee injuries for those who provide clinical care to children and adolescents, including pediatricians, family practitioners, pediatric nurse practitioners, and trainees in these fields. It focuses on the important findings on evaluation and considerations for management of common knee injuries and is arranged in three general sections, as follows: general evaluation of the pediatric knee, specific injuries in the pediatric knee and injury prevention. Concise and practical, this book adds and improves on current academic offerings in the field, while providing an easy-to-read reference for both common and concerning pediatric knee issues. It contains cases to aid understanding, as well as helpful pearls and pitfalls along with a chapter summary for each condition. All chapters are structured in a similar way to ensure that this remains a well-organized quick resource for the clinician in a hurry. This book appeals to the pediatrician, and the sports medicine specialist alike, interesting all clinicians that work with the pediatric athlete and with pediatric knee injuries.

    Contents:
    General Mechanisms of Injury and Associated Problems
    history
    physical exam
    what to do and when
    GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF PEDIATRIC KNEE INJURIES
    Patellar Subluxation and Dislocation
    Patellar Contusion
    Sinding-Larsen-Johansson Syndrome
    Patellar Sleeve Fracture
    Patellofemoral Pain Syndrome
    Osgood Schlatter's Disease
    Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury
    Patellar Tendon Injury
    Quadriceps Tendon Injury
    Infrapatellar (Hoffa's) Fat Pad Conditions
    PCL Tear
    Popliteus Injury
    hamstring injury
    Gastrocnemius Injury
    Posterolateral Corner Injury
    Popliteal Cyst
    Medial Collateral Ligament Injury
    Pes Anserine Pain Syndrome
    Fibular Injury (Proximal)
    Lateral Collateral Ligament Injury
    Iliotibial Band Syndrome
    Femoral Injury (Distal)
    Tibial Injury (Proximal)
    Meniscus injury
    Osteochondritis Dessicans of the Knee (Femoral and PatellaR)
    Community Outreach
    Education.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dieter Schmidt, William O. Tatum, Steven C. Schachter.
    Summary: Epilepsy is amongst the most frequently encountered of neurological disorders, yet its diagnosis and management is fraught with pitfalls. Issues surrounding differential diagnosis, seizure type, underlying causes, EEG interpretations, treatment options and prognoses can often trip-up clinicians. Common Epilepsy Pitfalls: Case-Based Learning, is a comprehensive guide to anticipating and managing the pitfalls in the diagnosis and management of epilepsy. Real-life cases are presented along with pragmatic recommendations for courses of action that guide the reader through accurate and effective epilepsy diagnosis and treatment. Cases have been chosen to answer key questions such as: the first seizure - is it epilepsy? Which drug? When should stopping treatment be considered? What to do in an epileptic emergency? Containing detailed coverage of psychiatric, social and family issues - and authored by world experts in epilepsy management - this text is invaluable for neurologists, internists, family practitioners and advanced medical students.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Efstathios Karamanos, editor.
    Summary: There are about 1,300 general surgery residency spots a year in the US alone. In addition, 20,000 medical students rotate through surgery a year. With medical students and residents routinely scrubbing into surgeries that they've never seen or have only seen a handful of times, an easy, practical, to the point, user friendly reminder of the major steps of an operation is vital. It is not uncommon to see medical students and residents watching videos or searching online frantically to understand a common operation. This book serves as a practical guide for the resident to easily carry in their pocket, quickly skim through, and have the basic steps of every major operation at their fingertips. Common Surgeries Made Easy is written in a bullet point format with clear illustrations to provide an easy to read, quick overview of the "core" surgeries encountered during residency with some added advanced operations for extended use in the beginning stages of a medical career. Geared towards quick review for the oral board exams, this study guide caters specifically to the resident.

    Contents:
    Esophagus
    Laparoscopic nissen fundoplication
    Minimally invasive heller myotomy
    Laparoscopic transabdominal paraesophageal hernia repair
    Minimally invasive Ivor Lewis esophagectomy
    Stomach
    The Graham patch
    Billroth 1 gastroduodenostomy
    Billroth 2 gastroenterostomy
    Subtotal gastrectomy with D2 lymphadenectomy
    Total gastrectomy
    Laparoscopic roux-en-y gastric bypass
    Sleeve gastrectomy
    Small bowel
    Loop ileostomy- laparoscopic
    Loop ileostomy/colostomy reversal
    Stricturoplasty
    Colon
    Laparoscopic right hemicolectomy (medial-to-lateral approach)
    Laparoscopic left hemicolectomy (medial-to-lateral approach)
    Laparoscopic low anterior resection
    Abdominoperineal resection
    Total abdominal colectomy
    Open partial colectomy with end ileostomy and distal stump creation: Hartmann's procedure
    End colostomy takedown
    Laparoscopic appendectomy
    Open appendectomy
    Liver
    Right hepatectomy
    Left hepatectomy
    Pancreas
    Open distal pancreatectomy
    Laparoscopic distal pancreatectomy
    Pancreaticoduodenectomy (Whipple procedure)
    Biliary system
    Laparoscopic cholecystectomy
    Open cholecystectomy
    Hernia
    Inguinal hernia repair - open tissue repair (Bassini)
    Open inginual hernia repair
    Lichtenstein repair
    Open femoral hernia repair: McVay
    Laparoscopic totally extraperitoneal (TEP) inguinal hernia repair
    Laparoscopic inguinal hernia repair: TAPP
    Rives-stopa ventral hernia repair
    Anterior component separation
    Posterior component separation
    Breast
    Simple mastectomy
    Lumpectomy and sentinel lymph node biopsy
    Axillary lymph node dissection
    Endocrine
    Thyroidectomy
    Thyroid lobectomy
    Parathyroidectomy
    Skin
    Split thickness skin graft (STSG)
    Amputations
    Above knee amputation (AKA)
    Below knee amputation (BKA)
    Toe/ray amputation
    Miscellaneous
    Percutaneous dilatational tracheostomy
    Percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy (PEG) tube placement
    Abdominal access for laparoscopic surgery
    Facial lacerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    T.J. Saclarides, J.A. Myers, K.W. Millikan (eds.).
    Contents:
    Cardiac Clearance for Non-Cardiac Surgery
    Preoperative Evaluation of Bleeding
    Managing Patient's Medications (Diabetes, Beta Blockers, NSAIDS, Anticoagulants)
    The Carotid Bruit
    DVT Prophylaxis
    Initial Trauma Assessment and Resuscitation
    Head Trauma
    Management of the Difficult Airway
    Penetrating Neck Trauma
    Penetrating Chest Trauma
    Penetrating Abdominal Trauma
    Blunt Abdominal Trauma
    Pelvic Fractures
    Traumatic Hematuria
    Extremity Fractures
    Burns
    Chronic Lower Extremity Ischemia
    Algorithmic Approach to the Acute Cold Leg
    Myocardial Infarction
    Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    Dialysis Access
    Thyroid Nodules and Malignancy
    Cushing?s Syndrome
    Hyperthyroidism
    Hypercalcemia
    Insulinoma
    Gastrinoma
    Surgical Hypertension: Evaluation and Treatment
    Incidentalomas
    Upper Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    Dysphagia
    Esophageal Cancer
    Gastroesophageal Reflux
    Acute Pancreatitis
    Chronic Pancreatitis
    Small Bowel Obstruction
    Ulcer Disease and Helicobacter Pylori
    Ischemic Bowel
    Crohn's Disease
    Ulcerative Colitis
    Acute Appendicitis
    Diverticulitis
    Large Bowel Obstruction
    Colon Cancer
    Lower Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    Genetic Predisposition to Colorectal Cancer
    Rectal Cancer
    Anal Cancer
    Anorectal Pain- Rectal Bleeding
    Rectal Bleeding
    Jaundice
    Liver Mass
    Portal Hypertension
    Carcinoid Disease
    Inguinal Hernia
    Abdominal Wall Defects
    Indications for Renal Transplantation
    Indications for Liver Transplantation and Pre-transplant Evaluation
    Palpable Breast Mass
    Abnormal Mammogram
    Invasive Breast Cancer
    Nipple Discharge
    Ductal Carcinoma in Situ
    Genetic Predisposition to Breast Cancer
    Melanoma
    Solitary Pulmonary Nodules
    Evaluation of the Suspicious Neck Mass
    Hypertrophic Pyloric Stenosis
    Jaundice in the Pediatric Patient
    Pediatric Abdominal Masses
    Esophageal Atresia/Tracheoesophageal Fistula
    Intussusception
    Hirschsprung?s Disease
    Necrotizing Enterocolitis
    Hematuria
    Testicular Mass
    Painful Scrotum
    Acute Gynecologic Pelvic Pain
    Evaluation and Management of Adnexal Masses
    Pelvic Inflammatory Diseases
    Postoperative Glucose Management
    Oliguria
    Postoperative Fever
    Postoperative Chest Pain
    Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infections
    Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome (SIRS) and Sepsis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    by JD Schramm, with Kara Levy.
    Summary: "Approaching Mastery in Business Communication: a guide for leaders to speak and write with influence. This book will provide readers with a rich treasure of frameworks and tools for leadership communication as developed and taught over the past decade at Stanford's Graduate School of Business. Designed for the business leader on the go the book will provide quick access to helpful approaches to vexing communication problems leaders face today in speaking and writing to various audiences. It will address the pain point that leaders are often selected for their technical skills, but advance because of their communication skills. Projects often fail not because of the vision, but in the articulation of that vision. Promising start-ups wither without funding, while less viable ventures are funded, simply due to the strength of the communicators. This book will place in leaders' hands the exact frameworks and strategies developed at one of the world's top business schools. While firmly grounded in proven approaches, the book will be designed in a practical and accessible style for easy reference and use"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Prof Dev 130
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Eric Shamus, Debra Stern, William F. McGehee, Kara Gainer.
    Summary: In a changing healthcare environment, physical therapists and physical therapist assistants need to be paid for services rendered. Therapists cannot afford third-party payer denial for services they provide. This textbook will help lay the foundation on what, how, and why to document. Clinical decision-making, evidence-based practice, legal issues, coding, and utilization review are just a few of the content areas covered.

    Contents:
    How to write patient care notes
    How to document clinical decision-making
    Payment and coding
    Steps and framework for coding and documentation
    Appendix A. Abbreviations
    Appendix B. OASIS D
    Appendix C. CMS Form 1500 with instructions
    Appendix D. ICD-10 guidelines
    Appendix E. APTA guidelines: physical therapy documentation of patient/client management
    Appendix F. APTA documentation review checklist.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Angela Cooke-Jackson and Valerie Rubinsky.
    Summary: "Communicating Intimate Health offers a collection of original research and theoretical work showcasing advances in intimate health scholarship from the field of communication studies, with a focus on the intersection of intimate health, gender, and race"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Cover
    Communicating Intimate Health
    Series
    Communicating Intimate Health
    Copyright
    Contents
    Introduction
    Part I: Absence as a Theme of Intimate Health Communication
    Chapter 1
    Sweet Nothings
    Sweet Nothings
    Wrapping It Up
    References
    Chapter 2
    "Why Don't All Parents Talk about This Stuff"
    Methods
    Findings
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 3
    The Sex Talk was Taboo ... So was Wearing a Tampon
    Methods
    Findings and Implications
    Conclusion
    Note
    References
    Chapter 4
    Intimate Conversations about Sex and Sexuality Reflection on a Decade of Studying Purity Pledges
    Lessons Learned
    Final Thoughts
    References
    Chapter 5
    Intimate Communication Guidelines for Transformative Sexual Education
    Starting the Conversation
    Alternative Approaches to Sexual Health Education
    Guiding Principles for Transformative Sexual Health Education
    References
    Chapter 6
    The (S)lack of Queer Healthcare in Appalachia
    Methods
    Results
    Discussion
    Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Interpersonal Communication and Health Intimacies
    Chapter 7
    Theory of Memorable Messages Theory of Memorable Messages, Absent Messages, and Disruption
    Why This Matters: The Applications of ToMM
    Future Research and Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 8
    Beyond the Binaries of Sexual Consent
    Exploring Consent and Diverse Sexualities: A Case Study
    Conceptions of Consent
    The Sexual Consent Education-to-Practice Gap
    A Path Forward for Consent Identities in Practice
    References
    Chapter 9
    Disrupting Sexual Communication
    Boundary-Setting and Interpersonal Skills in Intimate Communication
    Boundary Setting in Diverse Communities Conclusion: Applying Boundary-Setting Research
    References
    Chapter 10
    "But I Can't Talk to My Doctor about That!"
    Preparing to Talk to Your Doctor
    Preparing for Responses from your Doctor
    References
    Chapter 11
    Technology and Sexual Health Communication among Black and Latinx Young Women
    Sexual Health Communication of Black and Latinx Young Women
    Technology-Based Sexual Health Communication
    Future Directions and Conclusions
    References
    Part III: Maternal Health and Motherhood
    Chapter 12
    Interpersonal Communication Surrounding Infertility and Miscarriage Communication Surrounding Infertility
    Communication Surrounding Miscarriage
    References
    Chapter 13
    From "Breast Is Best" to "Your Choice"
    Breastfeeding and Intimate Health: Information Seeking and Memorable Messages
    The Current Study
    Findings and Implications
    References
    Chapter 14
    Caregiving throughout Herstory
    Doulas as a Feature of Maternal Healthcare
    Intimate Health Communication and African Maternal Health
    Conclusion
    References
    Part IV: Trauma, Structural Violence, and Intimate Health
    Chapter 15
  • Print
    Batey, Marjorie V.
    Summary: Consists of papers presented at a conference sponsored 1968-73 by the Western Council on Higher Education for Nursing; 1974- by the Western Society for Research in Nursing.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    W3 .C74
    5
  • Digital/Print
    World Health Organization.
    Digital Access WHO 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA423.2 .C66 2017
    1
  • Digital
    contributions by Mike Alvarez, Lisann Anders, Warren J. Bareiss, Marta Carvalhal, Kathryn Fox, Carolyn Helps, Jill M. Hooley, Tina In-Albon, Anita Kwashie, John Levitt, Shuang Liu, Janine Ludtke, Yanni Ma, Nicole S. Parrish, Marc Schmid, Taru Tschan, Brianna J. Turner, Shirley Wang ; edited by Warren J. Bareiss.
    Summary: "Non-suicidal self-injury (NSSI) is the deliberate harming of one's body without suicidal intent. An international group of clinicians and communication specialists describe, analyze, and explain how NSSI is communicated about, what NSSI is communicating, and how we can do a better job in communicating with others about NSSI."--Cover.

    Contents:
    Acknowledgements
    Prologue
    Non-Suicidal Self-Injury: Communicating in Chaos / Marta Carvalhal, LISW-CP and Nicole S. Parrish, M.D.
    Self-Regulatory Communication in the Treatment of Self-Injury: Development and Maintenance of Therapeutic Rapport / John L. Levitt, PhD, FAED, FIAEDP, CEDS-S
    Novel Online Daily Diary Interventions for Non-Suicidal Self-Injury: A Randomized Controlled Trial / Jill M. Hooley, Kathryn R. Fox, Shirley B. Wang, and Anita N. D. Kwashie
    Sibling Relationships of Female Adolescents with Non-Suicidal Self-Injury Disorder in Comparison to a Clinical and a Nonclinical Control Group / Taru Tschan, Janine Lüdtke, Marc Schmid, and Tina In-Albon
    Using Micro-Longitudinal Methods to Examine Social-Communicative Functions of Self-injury in Everyday Life / Brianna J. Turner and Carolyn E. Helps
    Discursive Tensions and Contradictions: A Cultural Analysis of an Online Self-Harm Forum / Mike Alvarez
    "Can Airport Scanners See Scars?" An Interpretive Analysis of Self-Injury Narratives / Warren J. Bareiss
    Fighting the Self: Interpersonal and Intrapersonal Communicative Violence in Chuck Palahniuk's Fight Club / Lisann Anders
    A Systematic Review of Media Use and Non-Suicidal Self-Injury Behaviors / Shuang Liu, Ph.D. and Yanni Ma, Ph.D.
    The End (a.k.a The Beginning): Application of Buddhist Principles in Communicating With, About, and Through Self-Harm / Warren J. Bareiss
    About the Authors.
  • Digital
    Rebecca S. Imes, Leah M. Omilion-Hodges, Jennifer D.B. Hester.
    Summary: "This book is designed to help you understand teams in the unique setting of palliative care. This book utilizes: Stories from nurses, social workers, physicians, patients, families, executives, chaplains, and pharmacists; Pearls from the Field: Provider and team takeaways; Best practices of team leaders; Tips for individuals and palliative care teams to communicate with other providers, departments, and senior leadership; Discusses how to improve short-term and long-term functionality; Outlines the predictors of burnout for palliative care providers and teams; Self-care and team-care suggestions; and Combines recent research and theory in an accessible writing style"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Why We Need to Talk about Teams and Communication in Palliative Care
    Who Are the Players? Exploring the Types of Palliative Care Providers
    Formation and Maintenance of High Performing Palliative Care Teams
    Leading Palliative Care Teams
    Interdisciplinary Palliative Care Team Meetings
    Occupational Culture : Understanding the Role and Stigma of Palliative Care
    Self-care and Team-care in Emotional Labor-Intensive Positions.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    Erma Manoncourt, Rafael Obregon, Ketan Chitnis, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with critical conceptual and applied elements that may contribute to implementation of effective communication and community engagement for disease outbreak preparedness and response. Until the WHO declared COVID-19 a pandemic on March 11, 2020, for several years public health authorities and influential voices in the international public health community have warned of a pandemic and therefore a need to strengthen governments and communities ability to prevent and respond to it effectively to minimize its impact on lives and economies. While investments have focused on clinical, diagnostic, and vaccine research, preventing and minimizing the impact of disease outbreaks requires a wider socio-ecological systems approach that places communities at the centre of the response. Such an approach is still rare in public health practice. One of the key lessons that the authors have learned, and on which they reflect in the chapters, is that technical inputs will be as effective as they are fully integrated within the broader architecture of disease outbreak preparedness and response. The ten chapters of this contributed volume are organized under three parts: a conceptual framework, case studies, and recommendations. Social and Behavior Change Communication in Disease Outbreaks is a timely and essential resource for public health managers, donors, implementers, organizations engaged in disease prevention and control and academics called on to support the response. These audiences should benefit from this approach as the book highlights dimensions that are often under-resourced.

    Contents:
    Part I: Conceptual Framework
    Chapter 1 - Communication and Engagement in Disease Outbreaks and Pandemic Responses: Key Concepts and Issues
    Chapter 2 - The Global Health Architecture of Pandemic Preparedness and Response: Comparing and Contrasting Experiences of Zika and COVID-19 in Brazil
    Chapter 3 - Community Engagement in Disease Outbreak Preparedness and Response Lessons from Recent Outbreaks, Key Concepts, and Quality Standards for Practice
    Part II: Case Studies: Learning from Practice
    Chapter 4 - Reflections on Social Behavior Change: Lessons Learned from Polio Outbreak Response
    Chapter 5 - Complexity and Context of Ebola Virus Disease Preparedness and Response in Eastern and Southern Africa
    Chapter 6 - Ebola in Sierra Leone: Leveraging Community Assets to Strengthen Preparedness and Response
    Chapter 7 -The Invisible Threat: Communicating Risk and Engaging Communities to Respond to Zika
    Chapter 8 An Experiential Account of the Risk Communication and Community Engagement Early Response to the COVID-19 Pandemic in Chile and Paraguay: Lessons and Recommendations
    Chapter 9 - Communication and Community Engagement to Contain Disease Outbreaks and Improve Wellbeing: Rohingya Refugee Response, Bangladesh
    Part III: Lessons Learned: Conclusions and Recommendations
    Chapter 10 - Reflections and Recommendations for Future Disease Outbreak and Pandemic Response.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Benjamin Patel, Abhay Rane, editors.
    Summary: Historically, communication was described as a secondary, or soft skill for surgeons. Now, astute communication, both with patients and with colleagues, forms a fundamental element of holistic surgical practice and comprises a core component of the Non-Technical Skills for Surgeons that are increasingly recognised in modern surgical practice. Good communication is required during each patient interaction: history taking, explanation, consent, breaking bad news, and managing difficult encounters such as the demanding or angry patient. Good communication with patients improves patient trust, compliance and overall satisfaction, reduces complaints and malpractice claims. High quality communication is also fundamental when interacting with colleagues: in theatre, on the ward, whilst making referrals and organising special tests. In the busy schedules of medical professionals, such communication must be succinct and relevant. Team structures must empower all members to speak up, so as to prevent harm being done. Suboptimal communication is a root cause for the majority of serious adverse events. Furthermore, good communication reduces job stress and enhances satisfaction for the surgeon. Good communication is not an inborn behaviour; it is a learned skill that is based on key principles. Studies have clearly demonstrated that education in communication improves patient outcomes and satisfaction. Several frameworks have been described, to facilitate good communication in certain scenarios: SPIKES for breaking bad news, SBAR for handover, surgical briefs and de-briefs, to name a few. This textbook will be aimed towards medical students, surgical trainees and surgical consultants internationally. It is relevant to every-day practice, examinations and OSCEs, such as medical finals, MRCS, FRCS and international equivalents, and interviews where role play is often featured.

    Contents:
    Part I: Key concepts in surgical communication
    The components of communication
    The patient-surgeon relationship
    Teamwork in surgery
    The trainer-trainee relationship
    Part II: Scenarios and frameworks: Patient-surgeon
    Information gathering and diagnostics
    Shared decision-making and consent
    Breaking bad news
    Escalation status and palliative care
    Navigating patient emotions
    Communication with young people
    Communication with patients with learning disabilities
    Part III: Scenarios and frameworks: Teamwork and teaching
    Referrals and requests
    Communicating in theatre
    Responding to significant events
    Surgical training and feedback
    Handover and presenting patients
    Reflective practice
    Part IV: Communication using technology
    Communication in telehealth
    Communicating with social media.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Adrienne Boissy, Tim Gilligan.
    Contents:
    "I already know this" and "Patients know I care": designing a culture that is ready for communication skills training
    Leveraging your burning platform
    Keys to launching a successful communication skills training program
    Birth of the R.E.D.E. Model
    Making communication skills resonate with experienced clinicians
    Conversations that haunt clinicians
    Individual peer coaching: what to do about Dr. Jones?
    Facilitating staff physicians is not the same as teaching residents or students ... or is it?
    Who facilitates whom? Advanced care provider training
    Empathic communication through the loop lens: a surgeon's perspective
    "Trust me, I'm a doctor!": building, supporting, and maintaining professionalism
    The awesome power of vulnerability.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2016
  • Digital
    Matthew K. McNabney, editor.
    Summary: Community-based integrated care (CBIC) is designed to keep older adults where they want to be at home and out of hospitals and nursing homes. The Program of All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly (PACE) is an example of successful CBIC, established in 1985 as an innovative solution to pervasive issue: how to provide integrated care to a high-risk population of older adults that promotes community living (not a nursing home) in a cost-effective manner. This unique guide provides readers with a concise yet informative base of understanding of PACE as well as a "deep dive" into the components and job roles that will serve as a reference for existing PACE providers and will inform those who are considering the possibility of developing a new PACE program. Chapters are organized into five thematic sections. Part one presents both domestic and international perspectives on CBIC, with part two delving deeper into the US PACE model, including its history, policy evolution and effectiveness. Specifics regarding the organization and management of PACE and the essential roles and positions comprise parts three and four, respectively, from leadership and the involvement of the state to the roles of the social worker, nurse, nutritionist, rehabilitation specialist, and more. Care planning, coordination and end of life care round out part five. In addition to geriatricians and other clinical practitioners involved with the care of older patients, Community-Based Integrated Care for Older Adults is also a resource for scholars, policy makers and the general public who are interested in innovations in long-term care that provide older adults with alternatives to nursing homes

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Community-Based Integrated Care
    Chapter 1: The International Perspective on Community-Based Integrated Care
    Introduction
    Canada
    Germany
    Germany's Older Population
    The Seventh Government Report on the Situation of Older People: Care and Shared Responsibility in the Municipal Community
    Health Promotion and Provision and Care for Older People in the Context of Community-Based Integrated Care
    Prospects for Building Community-Based Integrated Care for Older People
    Japan
    South Korea
    Summary
    References Chapter 2: The United States Perspective on Community-Based Integrated Care
    What Is "Integrated, Community-Based Care?"
    What Makes Integrated Community-Based Care Teams Unique?
    What Makes Community-Based Integrated Care Successful?
    Who Pays for the Services?
    What Does the Future Hold?
    Future Policy Direction
    References
    Part II: The U.S. Prototype: Program of All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly (PACE)
    Chapter 3: History and Policy Evolution of the PACE Model of Care
    The PACE Model of Care
    History of On Lok and PACE
    PACE Federal Policy Milestones Permanent Provider Status
    Benefit Improvement and Protection Act of 2000 PACE Waivers
    Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Benefit
    Rural PACE Pilot Act
    Strategic Efforts to Support the Expansion of PACE
    PACE Expansion Initiative (PEI)
    Expanding Provider Capacity
    Development and Dissemination of Written Products
    Development and Implementation of Training Sessions and Accompanying Materials
    Specialized Technical Assistance
    State Policy Activities
    Expanding Awareness of PACE Among Consumers, Providers, and Policy Makers
    Accelerating Access to PACE (ASAP) Rural PACE: Meeting the Challenge
    PACE 2.0: Adapting and Disseminating PACE to Serve High-Need, High-Cost Populations
    COVID-19 Pandemic Impact on PACE
    Summary
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 4: Evaluating the Effectiveness of PACE
    Introduction
    Research Designs and Comparator Groups for Evaluating the Effectiveness of PACE
    Evaluation of the Effectiveness of PACE
    Effectiveness in Reducing Mortality
    Effectiveness in Reducing Hospitalization
    Effectiveness in Reducing Nursing Facility Admission/Utilization
    Effect on Medicaid and Medicare Spending Effectiveness in Improving Potential Metrics of Quality of Care
    Effectiveness as Measured by Satisfaction with Care and Quality of Life
    Summary
    References
    Part III: The Organization and Management of PACE
    Chapter 5: Leadership in PACE
    The Call to Serve-Creating a Sense of Mission
    Begin with a Leadership Team
    A Vision for Growth
    Promoting "Value Based Care" as a PACE Leader
    The Devil Is in the Details
    Integration of Palliative Care
    Garnering Resources
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 6: Starting and Growing a PACE Program
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Paul Rutter, FFRPS, MRPharmS, PhD, Professor of Pharmacy Practice, School of Pharmacy and Biomedical Sciences, University of Central Lancashire, Preston, UK.
    Summary: Community pharmacists are the most accessible, & often the most frequently consulted, medical professionals, called upon to provide advice to customers whose medical histories are not available. This text examines their vital role & how they approach problems of diagnosis.

    Contents:
    Making a diagnosis
    Respiratory system
    Ophthalmology
    Ear conditions
    Central nervous system
    Women's health
    Gastroenterology
    Dermatology
    Musculoskeletal conditions
    Paediatrics
    Specific product requests.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Sarah Todd, Julie L. Drolet, editors.
    Summary: This book brings together leaders in the field of community practice and social development in social work. The chapters discuss the implications of social development in social work practice, policy, and service structures.-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Introduction and defining the field.
    Section 2: Community practices
    Section 3: Social development theory and practice
    Section 4: International comparative perspectives
    Section 5: Politics and policy in community practice and social development
    Section 6: Overview summary.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sonny S. Patel.
    Summary: This book addresses the operationalization of community resilience in the United Kingdom (UK) in connection with severe floods. Written for early academic professionals, students, and community practitioners, it investigates the educational and practical meaning and application of community resilience using a UK-centric local-level case study. Exploring the perceptions of both those who have been affected by a natural hazard and those who have not, the book reveals how trust, community resources, and neighborhood security can offer effective ways of bringing communities together after a natural hazard. The author introduces the topic of community resilience as it applies to disasters in Chapter 1 and its implications for securing and improving the wellbeing of disaster-affected communities in Chapters 2 and 3. In Chapter 4, the lessons learned contributing to the available information and research on community resilience are reviewed. Finally, the author offers recommendations and outlines future directions in coping with the uncertainty and insecurity caused by natural hazards in Chapter 5.

    Contents:
    1. What is community resilience? How does it apply to coping with uncertainty caused by disasters?
    2. What do disaster-affected communities say about community resilience? How do specific communities think and apply community resilience?
    3. What do high flood-risk areas of the UK understand about community resilience?
    4. How do the elements of community resilience relate to the Negative Outcomes of Flooding? Lessons for coping with uncertainty and future security
    5. Recommendations to improve community flood security through community resilience approaches.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rebecca H. Hunter, Lynda A. Anderson, Basia L. Belza, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to community wayfinding
    2. Human wayfinding: integration of mind and body
    3. The space syntax of intelligible communities
    4. Legibility and continuity in the built environment
    5. Design for all users
    6. The challenge of wayfinding in health care environments
    7. Maps in the head and tools in the hand: wayfinding and navigation in a spatially enabled society
    8. Maps to Apps: evaluating wayfinding technology
    9. Wayfinding, mobility, and technology for an aging society
    10. Promoting walking via ease of wayfinding
    11. Bridging the gap: increasing transportation access through training and technology
    12. Transportation systems and wayfinding
    13. The role of advocacy
    14. Linking wayfinding and wayfaring
    15. The journey forward
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Imran S. Khawaja, Thomas D. Hurwitz, editors.
    Summary: This book examines 23 case examples of the most common comorbid presentations of sleep and psychiatric disturbances from a reader-friendly, digestible approach. Most chapters are written and edited by the rare experts certified in both sleep and psychiatry. Every case details the clinical history, examination, results, diagnosis, clinical pearls and suggested reading, making the book both highly clinical and direct. Most chapters include tables for easy reference and special considerations that are often neglected in other sleep psychiatry texts. The text is easy-to-use on an as-needed basis, or as a standalone guide to these issues. Written by multidisciplinary experts in the field, Comorbid Sleep Psychiatry is a valuable resource for busy psychiatrists, sleep physicians, primary care doctors, psychologists, and all clinicians working with patients who may suffer from sleep and/or psychiatric disturbances.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Maria Adele Giamberardino, Paolo Martelletti.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date information on all aspects of the comorbidities that are associated with the headache disorders commonly seen in the primary care and hospital settings, including migraine, tension-type headache, and cluster headache. The coverage is wide ranging and encompasses all of the well-established comorbidities: cardio- and cerebrovascular disease, psychiatric conditions, epilepsy, sleep disorders, and various pain disorders, such as visceral pain, fibromyalgia, orofacial pain, and neuropathic pain. Individual chapters are also devoted to obesity and other metabolic comorbidities and to the comorbidities associated specifically with pediatric headaches. The information provided will assist readers in understanding the complex relationships between headache disorders and these various conditions and in delivering effective care that reflects the latest knowledge. The book is designed to meet the daily practice needs of general physicians, general neurologists, clinical psychologists, neurologists in training, and medical students. It is published as part of the series Headache, which is endorsed by the European Headache Federation - EHF.

    Contents:
    Cardio-cerebrovascular comorbidity / S. Sacco, C. Bushnell
    Psychiatric comorbidity in migraine and chronic headache / Gianluca Serafini, Shuu-Jiun Wang, Dorian Lamis, Martina Curto, Paolo Girardi, Mario Amore, Maurizio Pompili
    Epilepsy comorbidity / Cinzia Costa, Paola Sarchielli, Paolo Prontera, Stefano Caproni, Josemir W. Sander
    Visceral pain comorbidity in headache / Qasim Aziz, Maria Adele Giamberardino
    Fibromyalgia / Marina de Tommaso, Luiz Paulo Queiroz
    Sleep disorders comorbidity / Oliviero Bruni, Claudia Dosi, Teresa Paiva
    Obesity and headache / Cindy N. Chai, B. Lee Peterlin, Ann I. Scher, Simona Sacco
    Comorbidity in paediatric headaches / Çiçek Wöber-Bingöl, Noemi Tinetti
    Temporomandibular disorder comorbidity / Fernando Exposto, Peter Svensson, Lars Arendt-Nielsen
    Orofacial pain comorbidity / Andrea Truini, Joanna M. Zakrzewska
    Myofascial trigger points comorbidity in headache / Robert Gerwin, César Fernández-de-las-Peñas.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Yasser El Miedany, editor.
    Contents:
    Comorbidity in Rheumatic Diseases
    Impact of Comorbidity
    Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Psoriasis
    Ankylosing Spondylitis
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Systemic Sclerosis
    Gout
    Osteoarthritis
    Sjögren's Syndrome
    Fibromyalgia
    Vasculitis
    Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    Targeting Comorbidity in Routine Rheumatology Care
    Comorbidity and Physical Therapy
    Comorbidity Index
    Anti-Rheumatic Therapy and Comorbidity
    Comorbidity and Patient Reported Outcomes
    e-Comorbidity and Information Technology.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, Norman Sartorius, Richard I.G. Holt, Mario Maj.
    Contents:
    Conceptual perspectives on the co-occurrence of mental and physical disease : diabetes and depression as a model / E.B. Fisher, J.C.N. Chan, S. Kowitt, H. Nan, N. Sartorius, B. Oldenburg
    Public health perspectives on the co-occurrence of non-communicable diseases and common mental disorders / B. Oldenburg, A. O'Neil, F. Cocker
    Counting all the costs : the economic impact of co-morbidity / D. McDaid, A.L. Park
    Difficulties facing the provision of care for multimorbidity in low-income countries / D. Beran
    Depression, diabetes and dementia / J.D. Rosenblat, R.B. Mansur, D.S. Cha, A. Baskaran, R.S. McIntyre
    Cardiovascular disease and severe mental illness / R.I.G. Holt
    Multiple comorbidities in people with eating disorders / P. Monteleone, F. Brambilla
    Anxiety and related disorders and physical illness / C. Kariuki-Nyuthe, D.J. Stein
    Cancer and mental illness / D. Lawrence, K.J. Hancock, S. Kisely
    Infectious diseases and mental health / N. Müller
    Physical diseases and addictive disorders : associations and implications / A.J. Gordon, J.W. Conley, J.M. Gordon
    The role of general practitioners and family physicians in the management of multimorbidity / P. Boeckxstaens, J. De Maeseneer, A. De Sutter
    Training physicians at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels about co-morbidity / A. Cushing, S. Evans
    The dialogue on diabetes and depression African nursing training programme : a collaborative training initiative to improve the recognition and management of diabetes and depression in Sub-Saharan Africa / H.L. Millar, L. Cimino, A.S. van der Merwe
    The challenge of developing person-centred services to manage co-morbid mental and physical illness / L. Gask
    Prevention of comorbid mental and physical disorders / C. Hosman.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Print
    Sandra Goldsworthy, PhD, MSc, RN, CNCC(C), CMSN(C).
    Contents:
    Cardiac anatomy and physiology: the basics
    Arrhythmias: sinus and atrial
    Arrhythmias: junctional and ventricular
    Arrhythmias: atrioventricular (AV) blocks
    Arrhythmias: asystole, pulseless electrical activity (PEA) and paced rhythms
    12 lead ECG overview
    12 lead ECG and myocardial infarction.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Joel D. Irish and G. Richard Scott.
    Contents:
    Part I. Context. 1. Introduction to dental anthropology / Joel D. Irish and G. Richard Scott ; 2. A brief history of dental anthropology / G. Richard Scott
    Part II. Dental Evolution. 3. Origins and functions of teeth : from "toothed" worms to mammals / Peter S. Ungar ; 4. The teeth of prosimians, monkeys, and apes / Frank P. Cuozzo ; 5. The hominins. 1, Australopithecines and their ancestors / Lucas K. Delezene ; 6. The hominins. 2, The genus Homo / Maria Martinón-Torres and José María Bermúdez de Castro
    Part III. The Human Dentition. 7. Terms and terminology used in dental anthropology / Joel D. Irish ; 8. Anatomy of individual teeth and tooth classes / Loren R. Lease ; 9. The masticatory system and its function / Peter W. Lucas
    Part IV. Dental Growth and Development. 10. An overview of dental genetics / Toby Hughes, Grant Townsend, and Michelle Bockmann ; 11. Odontogenesis / Edward F. Harris ; 12. Tooth eruption and timing / Helen M. Liversidge ; 13. Tooth classes, field concepts, and symmetry / Grant Townsend, Alan Brook, Robin Yong, and Toby Hughes
    Part V. Dental Histology from the Inside Out. 14. The pulp cavity and its contents / Scott S. Legge and Anna M. Hardin ; 15. Dentine and cementum structure and properties / Nancy Tang, Adeline Le Cabec, and Daniel Antoine ; 16. Enamel structure and properties / Daniel Antoine and Simon Hillson
    Part VI. Dental Morphometric Variation in Populations. 17. Identifying and recording key morphological (nonmetric) crown and root traits / G. Richard Scott, Christopher Maier, and Kelly Heim ; 18. Assessing dental nonmetric variation among populations / Joel D. Irish ; 19. Measurement of tooth size (odontometrics) / Brian E. Hemphill ; 20. Assessing odontometric variation among populations / Brian E. Hemphill
    Part VII. Dental Morphometric Variation in Individuals. 21. Forensic odontology / Heather J.H. Edgar and Anna L.M. Rautman ; 22. Estimating age, sex, and individual ID from teeth / Christopher W. Schmidt ; 23. Indicators of idiosyncratic behavior in the dentition / Christopher M. Stojanowski, Kent M. Johnson, Kathleen S. Paul, and Charisse L. Carver ; 24. Dentition, behavior, and diet determination / Kristin L. Krueger
    Part VIII. Dental Health and Disease. 25. Crown wear : identification and categorization / Scott E. Burnett ; 26. Caries : the ancient scourge / Daniel H. Temple ; 27. Dental stress indicators from micro- to macroscopic / Debbie Guatelli-Steinberg ; 28. A host of other dental diseases and disorders / Greg C. Nelson
    Part IX. The Future of Dental Anthropology. 29. New directions in dental development research / John P. Hunter and Debra Guatelli-Steinberg ; 30. Chemical and isotopic analyses of dental tissues / Louise T. Humphrey ; 31. Non-invasive imaging techniques / José Braga.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Print
    editors-in-chief: R. Passmore [and] J. S. Robson.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Anatomy, biochemistry, physiology and related subjects.--v.2. Pharmacology, microbiology, general pathology and related subjects.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L46 .P28
    4
  • Print
    editors-in-chief, R. Passmore, J.S. Robson.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Anatomy, biochemistry, physiology and related subjects.--
    v. 2. Pharmacology, microbiology, general pathology and related subjects.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R129 .P27
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Piper M. Treuting, Suzanne M. Dintzis, Kathleen S. Montine.
    Summary: The second edition of Comparative Anatomy and Histology is aimed at the new rodent investigator as well as medical and veterinary pathologists who need to expand their knowledge base into comparative anatomy and histology. It guides the reader through normal mouse and rat anatomy and histology using direct comparison to the human. The side by side comparison of mouse, rat, and human tissues highlight the unique biology of the rodents, which has great impact on the validation of rodent models of human disease.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Marco Bonali, Livio Presutti, Daniele Marchioni, editors.
    Summary: This unique, richly illustrated atlas offers a "how-to" reference guide to the most common and innovative endoscopic surgical procedures for the middle and inner ear, based on an ex vivo ovine model. Moreover, it compares this model to the same approaches in humans, underlying the essential surgical tips and tricks. The transcanal endoscopic approach for the management of middle and inner ear pathologies is being increasingly used, but in some countries the lack of human specimens makes adequate training in this field difficult: in response, the book introduces a novel method performed on the animal model, which allows trainees to improve their skills, while reducing the cost of surgical training. It provides a full description of specimen preparation, and comparative anatomical and radiological analyses of the human and ovine models, guides readers through the main otologic operative techniques (e.g. canalplasty, miringoplasty and ossiculoplasty) step by step, and illustrates the best approach to the internal auditory canal. Written by prominent experts in the field, this atlas serves as a unique reference resource for residents and young surgeons wishing to acquire first-hand the skills needed for endoscopic procedures and to improve their learning curves.

    Contents:
    Hints And Pitfalls: How To Start Endoscopic Ear Surgery Training
    Surgical Instruments And Preparation Of The Specimen
    Comparative Anatomy And Radiology: Human vs Ovine Models
    Myringotomy And Transtympanic Ventilation Tube Positioning
    Endoscopic Approach To The Tympanic Cavity: Tympano-Meatal Flap And Canalplasty
    Myringoplasty
    Ossiculoplasty
    Stapes Surgery
    Round Window Dissection And Cochlear Implantation
    Approach To Internal Auditory Canal.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    edited by Marcel Florkin, Howard S. Mason.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Sources of free energy
    v. 2. Free energy and biological function
    v. 3-5. Constituents of life
    v. 6. Cells and organisms
    v. 7. Supplementary volume. [and Topical subject index, volumes I-VII]
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F514 .F635
    6
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH345 .F495 1960
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Jing Ping Sun, Xing Sheng Yang, Bryan Yan.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Karl Y. Bilimoria, Christina A. Minami, David M. Mahvi, editors.
    Summary: Despite tremendous recent advances in the treatment of most malignancies, there remain several critical questions for each cancer. This particularly true for the surgical management of solid-organ malignancies. Comparative effectiveness is a relatively new term which encompasses the age-old concepts of how best to treat cancer patients. Comparative effectiveness is defined as the direct comparison of healthcare interventions to determine which work best for which patients when considering the benefits and risks. The Institute of Medicine has defined comparative effectiveness research (CER) as the generation and synthesis of evidence that compares the benefits and harms of alternative methods to prevent, diagnose, treat, and monitor a clinical condition or to improve the delivery of care. CER is certainly best done with well-conducted randomized controlled trials. Unfortunately, clinical trials are not always feasible owing to the impracticality of conducting the trial, the considerable cost, and the time required to complete the trial. These challenges are even more pronounced with respect to surgical treatment. Thus alternative approaches may need to be considered in order to address pressing questions in the care of the oncology patient. These approaches may include well-conducted retrospective cohort studies from cancer registries and other data sources, decision and cost-effectiveness analyses, and other novel methodologies. This book lays out the current critical questions for each major malignancy and proposes approaches to gain answers to these pressing questions.

    Contents:
    Approaches to Answering Critical CER Questions
    Leveraging Comparative Effectiveness Research to Improve the Quality of Multidisciplinary Care for Breast Cancer Patients
    Comparative Effectiveness in Melanoma
    Comparative Effectiveness Research for Sarcoma
    Comparative Effectiveness in Thyroid Cancer
    Comparative Effectiveness in Head and Neck Malignancies
    Comparative Effectiveness Issues in Lung Cancer
    Comparative Effectiveness in Esophagogastric Cancer
    Comparative Effectiveness in Colon and Rectal Cancer
    Research Gaps in Pancreatic Cancer Research and Comparative Effectiveness Research Methodologies
    Comparative Effectiveness in Surgical Oncology: Hepatic Malignancies
    Comparative Effectiveness Research in Urologic Cancers
    Comparative Effectiveness Research in Gynecologic Oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD651 .C667 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Adrian Levy, Boris Sobolev, editors.
    Contents:
    Applications of Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Comparative Effectiveness Research and Health Reform in the USA
    Comparative Effectiveness Research and Priority Setting
    Comparative Effectiveness Research in Developing Countries: Example of Brazil
    Comparative Effectiveness Research in Health Technology Assessment
    Comparative Effectiveness Research: Overview
    Comparing Drug and Non-Drug Technologies in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Costs in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Coverage with Evidence Development in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Dissemination of Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Ethical Frameworks and Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Evidence-Based Medicine and Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Implementation Science and Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Incorporating Patient and Public Input for Treatment in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Indirect Comparisons and Network Meta-Analysis in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Individualization of Treatment and Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Innovation and Comparative Effectiveness Research
    National Approaches to Comparative Effectiveness Research
    New Statistical Methods of Combining Results in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Patient-Centred Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Sources of Data for Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analysis in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Traditional and Innovative Study Designs in Comparative Effectiveness Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by James Johnson, PhD, MPA, MSC, Medical Social Scientist and Professor, School of Health Sciences, Central Michigan University, Mount Pleasant, Michigan, and Visiting Professor, St. George's University, Grenada, West Indies, Carleen Stoskopf, ScD, MS, Professor and Chair, Health Management and Policy, San Diego State University, San Diego, California, Leiyu Shi, DrPH, MBA, MPA, Professor, Bloomberg School of Public Health, Johns Hopkins University, and Director, Johns Hopkins Primary Care Care Policy Center, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Summary: Global health policy, administration, and practice continue to evolve while countries throughout the world seek to balance their economic and health goals through health system reform, improvement, and modification. The Second Edition of Comparative Health Systems: A Global Perspective addresses emerging events, advances, reforms, and challenges in the delivery of health care around the world. Part I offers introduces foundational concepts of health care delivery systems including health and disease; and policy and economics. In Part II, the health systems of 19 unique countries are each examined in their own chapter including France, United Kingdom, Canada, Brazil, Peru, Nigeria, Australia, China, Japan, Russia, and Israel. These chapters carefully explore the country's geography and culture, the history of its health system, followed by a detailed evaluation of cost, quality, access and innovation. Ideal for courses in health administration, public health, nursing and other allied health professions, this innovative text challenges readers to reflect deeply about how health care is organized and delivered. Key Features: " Includes two new chapters that explore innovation and sustainability; and the role and contributions of non-governmental organizations " Examines challenges and opportunities such as disaster and conflict, the changing U.S. health system, and a new chapter on small country innovations " Offers new perspectives in evidence-based approaches to health system improvement; systems thinking at the policy level; integrated information management; macro and micro innovation, and systems sustainability.

    Contents:
    Part I Global Health and Health Systems
    Chapter 1 Introduction to Health Systems
    Chapter 2 Global Health and Disease
    Chapter 3 Global Health Systems Policy and Economics
    Chapter 4 Global and Non-governmental Health Organizations
    Part II Health Systems by Country
    Chapter 5 United States
    Chapter 6 Canada
    Chapter 7 Mexico
    Chapter 8 Peru
    Chapter 9 Brazil
    Chapter 10 United Kingdom
    Chapter 11 France
    Chapter 12 Germany
    Chapter 13 Ireland
    Chapter 14 Russia
    Chapter 15 Turkey
    Chapter 16 Jordan
    Chapter 17 Israel
    Chapter 18 Ghana
    Chapter 19 Nigeria
    Chapter 20 Botswana
    Chapter 21 Bangladesh
    Chapter 22 India
    Chapter 23 China
    Chapter 24 Japan
    Chapter 25 Korea
    Chapter 26 Australia
    Part III Challenges, Innovations, and Opportunities
    Chapter 27 Health System Innovators: Netherlands, Costa Rica, Cuba, and Singapore
    Chapter 28 Health Systems During Crisis and Disaster
    Chapter 29 Health Systems Challenges and Opportunities
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Abode-Iyamah, Kingsley; Akinduro, Oluwaseun O.; Chaichana, Kaisorn; Clifton, William E.; Quiñones-Hinojosa, Alfredo; Valero-Moreno, Fidel.
    Summary: "Unique in the field, Comparative Management of Spine Pathology presents commonly encountered spinal cases with side-by-side, case-by-case comparisons that clearly show how various experts would handle the same case. This second volume in the Neurosurgery: Case Management Comparison Series offers multiple opinions from international experts in both neurosurgery and orthopaedics, each of whom explains their preferred approach and management style for the same case. This format allows for quick and helpful comparisons of different ways to approach a lesion, advantages and disadvantages of each approach, and what each expert is looking for in how they would manage a particular case"-- publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Erika Jensen-Jarolim, editor.
    Summary: This new volume provides a concise overview of the most basic and exciting chapters of comparative medicine with regards to physiology and function in healthy individuals. The book includes core concepts in anatomy and physiology in human and animal models, which are key to understanding comparative medicine and to making contributions to research in this area. While writing this book, the authors were in constant interdisciplinary dialogue. They aim to contribute to improvements in quality of life for human and animal patients.

    Contents:
    1. Definition of comparative medicine: History and new identity
    2. Smallest unit of life: Cell biology
    3. Supporting apparatus of vertebrates: Skeleton and bones
    4. Locomotor principles: Anatomy and physiology of skeletal muscles
    5. Lifeblood flow: The circulatory systems
    6. Steering and communication: Nervous system and sensory organs
    7. Surface, barrier, and interface zone: Comparative aspects of the skin
    8. Body messaging: The endocrine systems
    9. Alimentation and elimination: The principles of gastrointestinal digestion
    10. Volume and clearance: Kidneys and excretory systems
    11. Breathing: Comparative aspects of the respiratory system
    12. Propagation: Mammalian reproduction
    13. Common concepts of immune defense
    14. Laboratory animal law: An introduction to its history and principles
    15. Ethics inlaboratory animal science.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Karel Prach, Lawrence R. Walker.
    Summary: "Despite a century of study by ecologists, recovery following disturbances (succession) is not fully understood. This book provides the first global synthesis that compares plant succession in all major terrestrial biomes and after all major terrestrial disturbances. It asks critical questions such as: Does succession follow general patterns across biomes and disturbance types? Do factors that control succession differ from biome to biome? If common drivers exist, what are they? Are they abiotic or biotic, or both? The authors provide insights on broad, generalizable patterns that go beyond site-specific studies, and present discussions on factors such as varying temporal dynamics, latitudinal differences, human-caused vs. natural disturbances, and the role of invasive alien species. This book is a must-read for researchers and students in ecology, plant ecology, restoration ecology and conservation biology. It also provides a valuable framework to aid land managers attempting to manipulate successional recovery following increasingly intense and widespread human-made disturbances"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Humans and succession
    Terrestrial biomes
    Comparative approach
    Volcanoes
    Glaciers
    Cyclones
    Dunes
    Landslides
    Floods
    Fire
    Clearcuts
    Plowed fields
    Mines
    Other disturbances
    Synthesis
    Conclusions and future research challenges.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Federico Coccolini, Manu L.N.G. Malbrain, Andrew W Kirkpatrick, Emiliano Gamberini, editors.
    Summary: Comprehensively addressing the topic of the compartment syndrome, this book covers all aspects of this painful and complex condition, ranging from the history to the pathophysiology and treatment in the various body compartments affected by the syndrome, as well as the short- and long-term outcomes. With an up-to-date literature review and the innovative content written by international opinion leaders, it offers all involved in the management of such complicated patients a much-needed source of reference. Discussing compartment syndrome in everyday practice, this book is of interest to surgeons, practicing physicians, anesthesiologists and nurses.

    Contents:
    1 History of the Compartment Syndrome
    2 Definition and pathomechanism of the Intracranial Compartment Syndrome
    3 Diagnosis and treatment of the Intracranial Compartment Syndrome
    4 Definition, pathomechanism of the Thoracic Compartment Syndrome
    5 Diagnosis and treatment of the Thoracic Compartment Syndrome
    6 Definition, pathomechanism of the Abdominal Compartment Syndrome
    7 Diagnosis and treatment of the Abdominal Compartment Syndrome
    8 Definition, pathomechanism, diagnosis and therapy of the Extremities Compartment Syndrome
    9 Polycompartment syndrome definition, pathomechanism, diagnosis and treatment
    10 The relevance of the timing of surgical interventions in the different compartments
    11 Compartment Syndrome associated with infection
    12 Cardiac failure associated to the polycompartment syndrome
    13 Liver failure associated to the polycompartment syndrome
    14 Gastrointestinal failure associated to the polycompartment syndrome
    15 Kidney failure associated to the polycompartment syndrome
    16 Compartment syndrome in paediatric patients
    17 Compartment syndrome in low resource settings
    18 Short-term outcomes, what has changed during the last decades?
    19 Long-term and functional outcomes
    20 Future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Cyril Mauffrey, David J. Hak, Murphy P. Martin III, editors.
    Summary: Compartment syndrome is a complex physiologic process with significant potential harm, and though an important clinical problem, the basic science and research surrounding this entity remains poorly understood. This unique open access book fills the gap in the knowledge of compartment syndrome, re-evaluating the current state of the art on this condition. The current clinical diagnostic criteria are presented, as well as the multiple dilemmas facing the surgeon. Pathophysiology, ischemic thresholds and pressure management techniques and limitations are discussed in detail. The main surgical management strategy, fasciotomy, is then described for both the upper and lower extremities, along with wound care. Compartment syndrome due to patient positioning, in children and polytrauma patients, and unusual presentations are likewise covered. Novel diagnosis and prevention strategies, as well as common misconceptions and legal ramifications stemming from compartment syndrome, round out the presentation. Unique and timely, Compartment Syndrome: A Guide to Diagnosis and Management will be indispensable for orthopedic and trauma surgeons confronted with this common yet challenging medical condition. .

    Contents:
    Diagnostic Dilemma for Orthopaedic Surgeon.- Legal Aspects of Compartment Syndrome.- Pathophysiology of compartment syndrome.- Determining Ischemic Thresholds Through Our Understanding of Cellular Metabolism.- PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
    A SURROGATE OF ISCHEMIA.- Limitations of Pressure Measurement.- Fasciotomy
    Upper Extremity.- Compartment Syndrome of the Lower Extremity.- Fasciotomy Wound Management.- Foot Compartment Syndrome Controversy.- Management of Missed Compartment Syndrome.- Compartment Syndrome Due to Patient Positioning.- Acute Compartment Syndrome in Children.- Compartment Syndrome in Polytrauma Patients.- Unusual Presentation of Compartment Syndrome.- Common Misperceptions Among Health Care Professionals.- Novel Modalities to Diagnose and Prevent Compartment Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Diane Musho Hamilton, Gabriel Menegale Wilson, Kimberly Myosai Loh.
    Summary: "This book explores how to develop better communication skills, particularly at a time when conversations can be highly polarized. Our conversations about diversity or inclusion, about equity and fairness, or about power relationships take place in a historical context of injustice, injury, and pain, which is difficult to navigate. These conversations are made more challenging by the fact that injustice is still very real. In spite of the potential pitfalls and risks, we hope to encourage our readers that engaging in challenging conversations can result in shared understanding, wisdom, and compassion"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Conversations evolve
    What we have in common
    An exploration of difference
    Intimacy with identity
    What is true: the importance of "I," "You," and "It"
    Having a clear intention
    Conversation essentials
    Hidden biases
    A history of injury
    Strong emotions in conversation
    Clarifying power
    Talking about social privilege
    Politically correct
    Growing through convict
    Shadow in conversation
    Miraculously resilient
    To atone and forgive
    Becoming wholehearted
    Freedom here and now
    In it together.
    Digital Access 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BF637.C45 H36 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Andrej Michalsen, Nicholas Sadovnikoff, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the ethical problems that physicians have to face every day while caring for critically ill patients. Advances in medical technology, ageing societies worldwide, and their increased demands on health care systems have, on the one hand, led to better care and remarkable longevity in many parts of the world. On the other hand, however, improved treatments in many medical fields, amongst others in emergency and critical care, have resulted in more patients surviving with reduced quality of life. This entails tradeoffs for many patients, their families, and the teams caring for them. At the same time, health care expenditures have risen dramatically and have to be balanced against costs for other public goods. Finally, the humane aspects of care have often failed to keep pace with the remarkable technological strides made in recent years. In this book, experts in their respective fields describe compelling ethical challenges resulting from these discrepancies and discuss potential solutions. The book is primarily intended for clinicians who care for two of the most vulnerable patient subpopulations - those being treated in ambulances or emergency rooms, and those being treated at intensive care units - due in part to the fact that they may be temporarily or permanently incapacitated. Core medical skills, such as diagnosis and predicting outcomes, as well as implementing treatment, remain challenging. However, without adequate communication and collaboration both within the inter-professional treatment teams and between the teams and the patients/their families, delivering excellent care is difficult at best. Therefore, the so-called "soft skills" are given the attention they deserve in order to overcome the gap between technological progress and interpersonal standstill.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    1: How Ethics Can Support Clinicians Caring for Critically Ill Patients
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Background
    1.3 Vignettes
    1.4 Conclusion
    References
    2: Patients and Teams Caring for Them: Parallels Between Critical Care and Emergency Medicine
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Initial ED Care and Triage for ICU Admission
    2.3 Ethical Challenges in the ED and ICU Settings
    2.4 Vulnerable ED and ICU Patients
    2.5 Challenges Associated with Surrogate Decision-Makers 2.6 Family Presence During Patient Care and Resuscitation
    2.7 Advance Directives (AD), Advance Care Planning (ACP)
    2.8 Shared Decision-Making
    2.9 Equal Access to Best-Quality Care
    2.10 Dignity and End-of-Life Care
    2.11 Emergency/Critical Care Research Issues Besides Consent
    2.12 Conclusions and Future Directions
    References
    Part II: Goal of Therapy, Teams and Patients
    3: Indication and Prognostication
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Patient-Centered Indication and Prognostication
    3.3 The Gap Between Attainable and Desirable Outcome
    3.4 The Will of the Patient 3.5 Summary
    References
    4: Consent, Advance Directives, and Decision by Proxies
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Legal Bases
    4.3 Informed Consent
    4.3.1 Decisional Capacity or Competence
    4.3.1.1 Assessing Capacity
    4.3.1.2 How to Proceed When Patients Lack Capacity
    4.3.2 Voluntariness
    4.3.3 Information
    4.3.4 Documentation
    4.4 Advance Directives and Power of Attorney
    4.4.1 Advance Directives (ADs)
    4.4.1.1 Physician's Orders for Life-Sustaining Treatment (POLST)
    4.4.1.2 Advanced Care Planning (ACP) 4.4.2 Durable Medical Power of Attorney for Health Care
    4.4.3 Are ADs Valid, Applicable, and Legally Binding?
    4.5 Ethical Challenges and Solutions in the Context of Emergency Medicine and Intensive Care
    4.5.1 Emergencies
    4.5.2 Barriers to Informed Consent in the ED/ICU
    4.5.3 UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities
    4.5.4 Lack of ADs and Consequences for the Extent of Treatment
    4.5.5 Availability of ADs
    4.5.6 How to Make an Ethics-Based Decision
    4.6 Conclusion
    References
    5: Cultural Diversity
    5.1 Introduction 5.2 Caring for Critically Ill Patients
    5.3 When Cultural Diversity Leads to Conflict
    5.4 Conclusion
    References
    6: Interprofessional Shared Decision-Making
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Definitions and Evidence Base
    6.3 Recommendations
    6.4 Conclusions
    References
    7: Shared Decision-Making With Patients and Families
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 The Relevance of Shared Decision-Making
    7.3 Shared Decision-Making in Critically Ill Patients
    7.4 Families in the ED and the ICU: Shared Decision-Making in a Context of High Emotional Distress
    7.5 Impact of Shared Decision-Making on Families' Well-Being
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andrey B. Rubin.
    Contents:
    Qualitative methods for studying dynamic models of biological processes
    Types of dynamic behavior of biological systems
    Kinetics of enzyme processes
    Self-organization processes in distributed biological systems
    Thermodynamics of irreversible processes in biological systems near equilibrium (linear thermodynamics)
    Thermodynamics of systems far from equilibrium (nonlinear thermodynamics)
    Three-dimensional configurations of polymer molecules
    Different types of interactions in macromolecules
    Conformational energy and three-dimensional structure of biopolymers
    Protein dynamics
    Physical models of dynamic mobility of proteins
    Molecular organization of biological membranes
    Conformational properties of membranes
    Nonelectrolyte transport
    Ion transport. ionic equilibria
    Electrodiffusion theory of ion transport across membranes
    Induced ion transport
    Ion transport in channels
    Ion transport in excitable membranes
    Active transport
    Electron transport and energy transformation in biomembranes
    Physics of muscle contraction, actin-myosin molecular motor
    Biophysics of processes of intracellular signaling
    Fundamentals of quantum description of molecules
    Mechanisms of charge transfer and energy migration in biomolecular structures
    Mechanisms of enzyme catalysis
    Energy transformation in primary processes of photosynthesis
    Electron-conformational interactions in primary processes of photosynthesis
    Photo-conversions of bacteriorhodopsin and rhodopsin
    Photoregulatory and photodestructive processes.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Anders Rehfeld, Malin Nylander, Kirstine Karnov.
    Summary: This book has been designed to help medical students succeed with their histology classes, while using less time on studying the curriculum. The book can both be used on its own or as a supplement to the classical full-curriculum textbooks normally used by the students for their histology classes. Covering the same curriculum as the classical textbooks, from basic tissue histology to the histology of specific organs, this book is formatted and organized in a much simpler and intuitive way. Almost all text is formatted in bullets or put into structured tables. This makes it quick and easy to digest, helping the student get a good overview of the curriculum. It is easy to locate specific information in the text, such as the size of cellular structures etc. Additionally, each chapter includes simplified illustrations of various histological features. The aim of the book is to be used to quickly brush up on the curriculum, e.g. before a class or an exam. Additionally, the book includes guides to distinguish between the different histological tissues and organs that can be presented to students microscopically, e.g. during a histology spot test. This guide lists the specific characteristics of the different histological specimens and also describes how to distinguish a specimen from other similar specimens. For each histological specimen, a simplified drawing and a photomicrograph of the specimen, is presented to help the student recognize the important characteristics in the microscope. Lastly, the book contains multiple "memo boxes" in which parts of the curriculum are presented as easy-to-remember mnemonics.

    Contents:
    From cells to tissues
    Histological methods
    The cytoplasm
    The nucleus
    Epithelial tissue
    Glandular epithelium and glands
    Connective tissue
    Cartilage
    Bone tissue
    Bone marrow
    Adipose tissue
    Blood
    Muscle tissue
    Nerve tissue
    The Musculoskeletal system
    The Nervous system
    The Cardiovascular system
    The Respiratory system
    The Immune system & the lymphatic organs
    The integumentary system
    The digestive system I: The alimentary canal
    The digestive system II: The associated organs
    The urinary system
    The Endocrine system
    The female reproductive system
    The male reproductive system
    The breast (mamma)
    Eye
    Ear.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Georges Férard, René Dybkaer and Xavier Fuentes-Arderiu.
    Digital Access R Soc Chem 2017
    (Interface not intuitive)
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC267 .C737
    1
  • Digital
    José A. Stoute, editor.
    Summary: References; Role of Complement in Severe Malarial Anemia; The Problem of Severe Malarial Anemia; Evidence of Complement Activation During Malaria; Evidence of Opsonoization and Changes in the Expression of Complement Regulatory Proteins on Uninfected Erythrocytes of Patients with Malaria; Genetic Association Studies; Directions for Future Research; References; Role of Complement in Cerebral Malaria; The Impact of Malaria/Cerebral Malaria; Clinical Features of Cerebral Malaria; Molecular Features of CM; Complement Synthesis in the Periphery and Central Nervous System.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Preface; Contents; Contributors; The Complement System; Introduction; Classical Pathway; Lectin Pathway; Alternative Pathway; Terminal Complement Activation; Extrinsic Complement Activation Pathways; Anaphylatoxins; Complement Regulators; Soluble Complement Regulators; Surface-Bound Complement Regulators; Complement Receptors; References; Mechanisms of Complement Activation in Malaria; Introduction; Malaria Biology; Measures of Complement Activation; Immune Complexes Activate the CP of Complement. Complement and Malaria/Cerebral MalariaComplement in Murine Models of Cerebral Malaria; Complement Gene-Targeted and Transgenic Mice in ECM; Classical Pathway; Lectin Pathway; Alternative Pathway; Anaphylatoxin Receptors and Anaphylatoxins; C3 and C5; Terminal Pathway; Complement Phagocytic Receptors and Regulatory Proteins; Integrating the Role of Complement in ECM; Complement-Mediated Therapeutic Approaches to Cerebral Malaria; References; Complement and Malaria in Pregnancy; Global Burden of Malaria Infection During Pregnancy; Pathophysiology of Malaria in Pregnancy. The Role of Complement Activation in Pregnancy ComplicationsComplement Activation in Pregnancy; Complement in Non-malarial Pregnancy Pathologies; The Role of Complement Activation in Malaria in Pregnancy; Emerging Evidence of Complement Activation in MiP and Fetal Neurodevelopment; Therapeutic Potential of Targeting Complement Activation in MiP; Conclusions; References; Complement Evasion Mechanisms of the Human Pathogen Plasmodium falciparum; Merozoite Invasion into Red Blood Cells; Merozoite Surface Proteins; 6-Cysteine Family of Merozoite Surface Proteins.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Scott Barnum, Theresa Schein.
    Summary: The Complement FactsBook, Second Edition, provides in-depth insights and an overview of the components of the complement system. This new edition highlights the use of newly recommended complement nomenclature, covering new pathways and proteins and adding information on mouse homologs. It is a completely revised and updated edition containing entries on all components of the complement system, and is an excellent source of one-stop shopping for complement information and references. It is the most convenient compilation of biochemical, biological and molecular biology for complementologists and those new in the field. This new edition is expanded to include relevant updates and topics that have evolved since the last edition was published, including C1q and Lectins, C3 Family, Serine Proteases, Serum Regulators of Complement Activation, Cell Surface Proteins, and Terminal Pathway Proteins. Domain Structure diagrams are incorporated to clearly illustrate the relationships between all the complement proteins, both within families and between families. Introduces complement function, simply described for each functionIncludes the cDNA sequences that are marked with intron/exon boundaries, facilitating genetic studiesPresents detailed structural information, including cDNA and gene structure for all proteinsIncorporates domain structures diagrams, which beautifully illustrate the relationship between all the complement proteins, both within, and between, families
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mihaela Gadjeva.
    Contents:
    Overview / Mihaela Gadjeva
    Evaluation of complement function by ELISA / Anja Roos and Jörgen Wieslander
    Classical complement pathway component C1q : purification of human C1q, isolation of C1q collagen-like and globular head fragments and production of recombinant C1q-derivatives. Functional characterization / Mihaela Kojouharova
    Classical complement pathway components C1r and C1s : purification from human serum and in recombinant form and functional characterization / Véronique Rossi ... [et al.]
    Expression and purification methods for the production of recombinant human complement component C2 / Angela W. Norton ... [et al.]
    Purification and characterization of human and mouse complement C3 / Marieta M. Ruseva and Meike Heurich
    Purification of human complement protein C5 / Lars Sottrup-Jensen and Gregers Rom Andersen
    Quantification of complement C5b-9 binding to cells by flow cytometry / Oren Moskovich and Zvi Fishelson
    Challenges and opportunities in fractionation of recombinant human mannan-binding lectin / Thomas Vorup-Jensen
    Genotyping of FCN and MBL2 polymorphisms using pyrosequencing / Lea Munthe-Fog, Hans Ole Madsen, and Peter Garred
    Assay for estimation of the functional activity of the mannan-binding lectin pathway of the complement system / Troels R. Kjaer and Steffen Thiel
    Purification, measurement of concentration, and functional complement assay of human ficolins / Misao Matsushita ... [et al.]
    Purification and functional analysis of human properdin / Joseph O'Flynn ... [et al.]
    Purification and functional characterization of C4b- binding protein (C4BP) / Frida C. Mohlin and Anna M. Blom
    Purification and functional characterization of factor I / Sara C. Nilsson and Anna M. Blom
    C1 inhibitor : quantification and purification / Lilian Varga and József Dobó
    Purification, quantification, and functional analysis of complement factor H / Bing-Bin Yu ... [et al.]
    Factor H-related proteins / Mihály Józsi and Seppo Meri
    Functional evaluation of factor H genetic and acquired abnormalities : application for atypical hemolytic uremic syndrome (aHUS) / Lubka T. Roumenina ... [et al.]
    Anti-factor H autoantibodies assay / Marie-Agnès Dragon-Durey ... [et al.]
    Purification of native surfactant protein SP-A from pooled amniotic fluid and bronchoalveolar lavage / Najmunisa Karbani ... [et al.]
    Purification of surfactant protein D (SP-D) from pooled amniotic fluid and bronchoalveolar lavage / Eswari Dodagatta-Marri ... [et al.]
    Functional analysis of C5a effector responses in vitro and in vivo / Christian M. Karsten, Yves Laumonnier, and Jörg Köhl
    Detection of complement receptors 1 and 2 on mouse splenic B cells using flow cytometry / Luke R. Donius and John H. Weis
    Quantification of complement receptor 2 calcium signaling enhancement using flow cytometry / Luke R. Donius and John H. Weis
    Purification of C1q receptors and functional analysis / Berhane Ghebrehiwet and Ellinor I.B. Peerschke
    Detection of cell membrane-bound CD46 using flow cytometry / Martin Kolev and Claudia Kemper
    Detection of CD59 using flow cytometry / Martin Kolev
    Functional analysis of CD59 using complement-dependent cytotoxicity assay / Martin Kolev
    Detection of soluble CR3 (CD11b/CD18) by time-resolved immunofluorometry / Gitte Krogh Nielsen and Thomas Vorup-Jensen - Analysis of the complement activation in mice / Nirmal K. Banda and Kazue Takahashi
    Opsonophagocytic assay / Markryan Dwyer and Mihaela Gadjeva.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mark A. Moyad.
    Summary: Complementary & Alternative Medicine for Prostate and Urologic Health is designed to capture and clinically review the comprehensive database of clinical research articles that support and do not support the utilization of a variety of dietary supplements and other complementary medicines that physicians are exposed to in their daily practice. This is a critical distinction between this book and any other Complementary & Alternative Medicine (CAM) books published to date. Each section of the book provides an easy to reference guide into the topic of interest for the individual that works in urology. The various sub-specialty groups in urology are adequately represented, which allows for a physician to rapidly and thoroughly investigate their topic of interest regardless of whether it is fertility, bladder cancer, or prostate disease. Rather than having to sort through the now thousands of articles published yearly on CAM in medicine, this volume focuses first on the specialty and secondarily how it compares to the overall CAM literature. Each chapter includes a summary page that will allow the physician a rapid review of the subject with a patient, colleague or student.

    Contents:
    The Ideal Eight-Step Urologic Diet and Lifestyle Program: Heart Health = Urologic Health
    BPH/LUTS: Heart Healthy = Prostate Health
    Complementary and Alternative Medicine Interventions for BPH/LUTS
    Complementary and Alternative Medicine Interventions for Male Infertility/Subfertility: First Do No Harm
    Lifestyle Changes, Erectile Dysfunction, and Female Sexual Dysfunction: Heart Health and Sexual Health
    Complementary and Alternative Medicine for Erectile Dysfunction, Testosterone Replacement Therapy, and Female Sexual Dysfunction
    Complementary and Alternative Medicine and Lifestyle Changes and Prostate Cancer
    Lifestyle Changes, CAM, and Kidney Stones: Heart Health=Kidney Health
    Review of Lifestyle and CAM for Miscellaneous Urologic Topics (Bladder Cancer, CP/CPPS, IC/PBS, Kidney Cancer): Part One
    Review of Lifestyle and CAM for Miscellaneous Urologic Topics (OAB and/or Incontinence, Pediatric Urology, Peyronie's Disease, Premature Ejaculation, UTIs, Miscellaneous): Part Two.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by David M. Benedek and Gary H. Wynn.
    Summary: The number of individuals diagnosed with posttraumatic stress disorder has increased in the past decade, not only in the military and veteran population but within the civilian population as well. Traditional treatments such as pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy have provided less-than-ideal results proving to be less effective when used alone to treat the disorder. In Complementary and Alternative Medicine for PTSD, COL David Benedek and LTC Gary Wynn offer insight into the future of complementary and alternative medicine, shining a light onto how these techniques fit into clinical practice to.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] K.B. Harikumar.
    Contents:
    Prostate cancer: an introduction / Manendra Babu L., Yadu Vijayan, and K.B. Harikumar
    Global epidemiology of prostate cancer / Girish Sharma, Apoorva Arora, and Sudhir Rawal
    Medicinal plants with anticancer activity against prostate cancer: compilation of data published between 2010-2015 / Roland Hardman
    Triterpenoids and sesquiterpenoids for prostate cancer therapy / Muthu K. Shanmugam, Frank Arfuso, Alan Prem Kumar, and Gautam Sethi
    Green tea polyphenols in the prevention and therapy of prostate cancer / Eswar Shankar, Jeniece Montellano, and Sanjay Gupta
    Plumbagin and prostate cancer therapy / Reshma R.S., Revathy Nadhan, and Priya Srinivas
    Neem and prostate cancer therapy / Krishna Vanaja Donkena and Charles Y.F. Young
    Kava in prostate cancer prevention and treatment / Arman Walia, Nikta Rezakahn Khajeh, Michael Wu, Cyrus Khoyilar, and Xiaolin Zi
    Bitter melon extract and prostate cancer therapy / Ratna B. Ray and Sourav Bhattacharya
    Prostate cancer and the therapeutic potential of pomegranate / Omran Karmach, Manuela Martins-Green
    Zyflamend and prostate cancer therapy / Jay Whelan, Yi Zhao, E-Chu Huang, and Dallas Donohoe
    Scientific evaluation of the polyphenol rich whole food supplement Pomi-T® / Robert Thomas
    Approach of Ayurveda to prostate cancer / Vaishali Kuchewar
    Siddha medicine for prostate cancer / S. Selvarajan, T. Anandan, A. Rajendra Kumar, S. Syed Hissar, V. Gayathri Devi, and M. Srinivasan
    Homeopathic medicine for prostate health / Christopher Funes and Hakima Amri
    Yoga, naturopathy, acupuncture and prostate cancer therapy / Athira Thampi.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Helen Lavretsky, Martha Sajatovic, Charles Reynolds III.
    Contents:
    1. Exploring the Effects of Complementary, Alternative, and Integrative Medicine Interventions on Late-life Mental Illness Through the Basic Mechanisms of Aging
    2. Methodological Challenges in Developing and Delivering Preventive Health Interventions for Mental Health and Aging
    3. Health Benefits of Herbs and Spices in Aging Adults
    4. Natural Remedies for Mental Health and Aging
    5. Human Intestinal Microbiota and Healthy Aging
    6. Hormone Therapy, Mood, and Cognition
    7. The Effects of Cannabis Use among Older Adults
    8. Massage and Movement Therapies
    9. Chiropractic Care
    10. Homeopathic Treatment of Older Adults
    11. Ayurveda for Healthy Aging and Health-Related Conditions
    12. Aging and Mental Health from an Integrative East-West Perspective
    13. Potential Use of Plant Adaptogens in Age-Related Disorders
    14. Mind-Body Techniques to Improve Coping and Stress Response
    15. Yoga as an Integrative Intervention in Healthy Aging and Aging-Related Disorders
    16. Breathing Practices for Mental Health and Aging
    17. Spiritual Issues and Interventions in Mental Health and Aging
    18. Trance in Life Transitions: Hypnosis for Brain and Body
    19. Creative Arts Therapies and Older Adults
    20. Using the Internet to Find CAIM Resources for Mental Health Professionals and Their Older Patients
    21. Resilience-Building Interventions for Successful and Positive Aging
    22. Memory Training and Aging
    23. Complementary and Alternative Medicine Agents in the Prevention of Late-Life Depression and Cognitive Decline
    24. Lifestyle Interventions, Including Nutrition and Exercise, for Cognitive and Biological Aging
    25. Complementary and Alternative Therapies for Mood and Anxiety Disorders in Late Life
    26. Complementary, Alternative, and Integrative Medicine Interventions for Sleep Disorders in Older Adults
    27. Acupuncture Treatment for Pain and Related Problems in the Elderly
    28. Complementary and Integrative Interventions for Arthritis and Back Pain
    29. Complementary, Alternative and Integrative Medicine in the Treatment and Management of Dementia
    30. Mind-Body Therapies for Cancer Survivors: Effects of Yoga and Mindfulness Meditation on Cancer-related Physical and Behavioral Symptoms
    31. Hospice and Palliative Settings
    32. Complementary and Alternative Medicine and Integrative Therapies in Long-term and Dementia Care Settings: Alternative Therapies in Residential Dementia Care Settings
    33. Therapeutic Gardens and Expressive Therapies.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Robert E. Black, Maria Makrides, Ken K. Ong.
    Contents:
    Complementary foods : guidelines and practices / Netting, M.; Makrides, M.
    Complementary feeding, micronutrients and developmental outcomes of children / Gould, J.F.
    Advancement in texture in early complementary feeding and the relevance to developmental outcomes / Green, J.R.; Simione, M.; Le Révérend, B.; Wilson, E.R.; Richburg, B.; Alder, M.; Del Valle, M.; Loret, C.
    Update on timing and source of "allergenic" foods / Palmer, D.J.
    Flavor and taste development in the first years of life / Ross, E.S.
    Summary on update on introduction of complementary feeding / Makrides, M.
    Patterns of growth in early childhood and infectious disease and nutritional determinants / Black, R.E.
    Measuring infant and young child complementary feeding practices : indicators, current practice and research gaps / Ruel, M.T.
    Evidence for the effects of complementary feeding interventions on the growth of infants and young children in low- and middle-income countries / Heidkamp, R.
    Results with complementary food using local food ingredients / Ahmed, T.; Islam, M.; Choudhury, N.; Hossain, I.; Huq, S.; Mahfuz, M.; Sarker, S.A.
    Fortification of complementary foods : a review of products and program delivery / Neufeld, L.M.; Osendarp, S.; Gonzalez, W.
    Ying yang bao : improving complementary feeding for Chinese infants in poor regions / Huo, J.
    Summary on complementary feeding interventions in lmic / Black, R.E
    Healthy growth and development / Ong, K.K
    Responsive feeding : strategies to promote healthy mealtime interactions / Black, M.M.; Hurley, K.M
    Complementary feeding in an obesogenic environment : behavioral and dietary quality outcomes and interventions / Daniels, L.A.
    Modifiable risk factors and interventions for childhood obesity prevention within the first 1,000 days / Dattilo, A.M.
    Summary on factors influencing healthy growth / Ong, K.K.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Neil Baum, Roger G. Bonds, Thomas Crawford, Karl J. Kreder, Koushik Shaw, Thomas Stringer, Raju Thomas
    Summary: It is imperative that doctors know how to speak the language of business when communicating with insurance companies, hospital administrators, bankers, accountants and other advisors. Like any business, doctors will need to have marketing and branding strategies that will create advantages and differentiation as the practice of medicine becomes increasingly competitive. This book offers suggestions for developing a practice that is both unique and attractive to new and existing patients, and also to other providers. Additionally it helps to identify your practice's strengths and strategize how to best showcase your areas of expertise by providing examples and analyzing the skills of other practicing physcians. The Complete Business Guide for a Successful Medical Practice provides a roadmap for physicians to be not only good clinical doctors but also good businessmen and businesswomen. It will help doctors make a difference in the lives of their patients as well as sound financial decisions for their practice.

    Contents:
    The Basics of the Business of Medicine
    Transitioning from Training to Practice
    Job Search
    Compensations Models, Patient Volume & the Pro Forma
    Insurances and Essential Fringe Benefits
    The Coding Aspect of the Business of Medicine
    Understanding Financial Statements
    Numbers You Need to Know
    The Revenue Cycle
    Stark Law Impact on Medical Practice
    Restrictive Covenants
    Medical Equipment: Leasing vs. Buying
    Ancillary Income
    Selecting Advisors
    Debt Reduction
    Becoming Financially Savvy
    Practice Buy-In Options: The Road to Partnership
    Marketing: Understanding the Modern Patient and Customer
    Building Your Career, Your Reputation, and Your Personal Brand
    The Business Side of Developing a Social Media Presence into Your Medical Practice
    Burnout Prevention for Practicing Physicians
    Future of Medicine
    Conclusion: Our Very Last Bottom Line.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Steven L. Goudy, Travis T. Tollefson.
    Contents:
    Genetics, prenatal diagnosis and counseling, and feeding / Steven L. Goudy and Lisa M. Buckmiller
    Presurgical treatment / Judah S. Garfinkle and Hitesh Kapadia
    Mandibular distraction / Timothy A. Lander and Andrew R. Scott
    Cleft lip repair : unilateral / Travis T. Tollefson and Jonathan M. Sykes
    Cleft lip repair : bilateral / Travis T. Tollefson and Craig W. Senders
    Primary cleft rhinoplasty and gingivoperiosteoplasty / Lisa M. Morris and Sherard A. Tatum
    Cleft palate repair / Tendy Chiang and Gregory C. Allen
    Adjunctive methods in cleft palate repair and complications / Travis D. Reeves, Krishna G. Patel, and Christopher M. Discolo
    Alveolar bone grafting / Sean M. Young and Samuel J. McKenna
    Cleft rhinoplasty / Scott J. Stephan and Tom D. Wang
    Speech/resonance evaluation / Jennifer C. Muckala and Ann W. Kummer
    Pharyngeal flap surgery / J. Paul Willging and Aliza P. Cohen
    Sphincter pharyngoplasty / Emily F. Boss and Kathleen C.Y. Sie
    Complications of velopharyngeal insufficiency surgery and special populations / Caroline A. Banks and David R. White
    Humanitarian missions / Sofia Lyford-Pike and Patrick J. Byrne.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    editor: Yasemin K. Özkan.
    Summary: This excellently illustrated book equips dental students and practitioners with all the information and guidance required in order to ensure successful implementation of complete denture treatment in edentulous patients following appropriate treatment planning. Readers will find detailed guidance on tooth selection and arrangement, the try-in stage, and remounting and occlusal adjustment. Potential short- and long-term postinsertion problems are identified, with clear explanation of how to resolve them. Information is also provided on the use of stress-reducing materials for complete dentures. The final part of the book is devoted to techniques that can be employed in problematic cases. The text is supported by a wealth of high-quality photographs drawn from the authors’ own extensive clinical experience. A companion volume covering every aspect of the planning stage is available separately.

    Contents:
    Tooth Arrangement and Try-In: Anterior Tooth Selection and Arrangement
    Posterior Tooth Selection and Arrangement
    Evaluation of Try-In Stage. Adjustment of Dentures: The Remounting Process: Adjustment of Dentures on Articulator and in Mouth. Post Insertion Problems: Post Insertion Problems in Complete Dentures
    Long Term Problems in Complete Dentures. Stress-Reducing Materials for Complete Dentures: Tissue Conditioner Materials
    Clinical Applications of Soft Lining Materials. Different Techniques for Problematic Cases: Single Dentures
    Duplicated Dentures
    Managing the Edentulous Dry Mouth: Reservoir Complete Denture. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jonathan Sussman, Jordan Setayesh, Amitej Venapally.
    Summary: This book is a student reference guide book for the MD/PhD application process. It begins with an overview of the structure of a typical MD/PhD program as well as student outcomes and career choices of MD/PhD graduates. Next is an outline of the academic and extracurricular prerequisites as well as the basic components of the application itself. The authors then address the factors that MD/PhD students should consider when selecting schools to which to apply. Continuing to the main application, examples are provided of all the different essay types that MD/PhD applicants will encounter along with comments on how to address the deliberately vague and abstract prompts while tailoring the responses to the combined-degree program. Most uniquely, included is a very detailed explanation of the many types of interviews that applicants will encounter and how to prepare for them by integrating extensive personal experience and first-hand discussions with MD/PhD program leaders. Lastly, there will be a discussion on how to cope with the year-long timeline that constitutes this application process and provide guidance regarding properly responding to acceptances and waitlist offers. Written by a team of authors each experienced with the MD/PhD application, this book aids the prospective applicant with navigating this challenging process.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: What is an MD/PhD?
    Chapter 2: What do MD/PhDs Do and Who Should Become One?
    Chapter 3: Prerequisite Requirements
    Chapter 4: The MD/PhD Application Basics and Timeline
    Chapter 5: Researching Schools: Where to Apply
    Chapter 6: The Personal Comments Essay
    Chapter 7: The MD/PhD Essay
    Chapter 8: The Significant Research Experience Essay. Chapter 9: The Work and Activities Section
    Chapter 10: Secondary Applications and the CASPer Test
    Chapter 11: Interview Invitations
    What to Expect
    Chapter 12: Interview Types
    Preparation and Strategy
    Chapter 13: The Waiting Game
    Its Not Over Yet
    Chapter 14: Acceptances, Second Looks, and Matriculation
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joanna Ríos, Ph.D. and José Fernández Torres with Tamara Anahi Ríos, Ph.D.
    Summary: "McGraw-Hill Education: Complete Medical Spanish helps you communicate effectively with Spanish-speaking patients and improve the quality of the medical care they receive. Each chapter of this program features vocabulary, key phrases, dialogs based on common medical situations, and exercises that reinforce understanding and build confidence. No prior knowledge of Spanish is necessary. Start now and in no time you'll fluently interview patients, conduct exams, and provide follow-up instructions."--Provided from Amazon.com
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Vladimiro L. Vida.
    Contents:
    Introduction and definition / Vladimiro L. Vida
    Historical notes / Gaetano Thiene
    Embryology / Monique R.M. Jongbloed, Robert E. Poelman and Adriana C. Gittenberger-de Groot
    Anatomy and histology / Annalisa Angelini, Carla Frescura, Marny Fedrigo and Gaetano Thiene
    Epidemiology and physiopathology of scimitar syndrome / Sylvie Di Filippo
    Diagnosis and imaging / Giovanni Di Salvo and Shi-Joon Yoo
    Natural history and medical treatment / Biagio Castaldi and Ornelia Milanesi
    Cardiac angiography and interventional therapy / Gianfranco Butera
    Surgical treatment and outcomes / Vladimiro L. Vida, Fabio Zuchetta and Giovanni Stellin
    Other pulmonary vascular anomalies / Patrizia Dall'lgna, Rita Alaggio and Piergiorgio Gamba.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Robert Z. Tashjian, editor.
    Summary: This practical text presents the most up-to-date information on the evaluation and management of all aspects of complex and revision shoulder arthroplasty, divided into three thematic section. Chapters in part I focus on the diagnosis and management of complex primary shoulder arthroplasty, including evaluation of humeral and glenoid bone deformity, computer-assisted surgical planning, stemless arthroplasty, anatomic and reverse TSA for severe glenoid erosion, post-traumatic sequalae and deltoid deficiency. The next section describes the diagnosis and management of failed replacements, including hemiarthroplasty, anatomic and reverse total shoulder arthroplasty. These chapters will focus on the initial evaluation and management, including imaging, laboratory work-up and the role of biopsies, covering the diagnosis and revision of a failed hemiarthroplasty; diagnosis and revision of a failed total shoulder arthroplasty; diagnosis and management of the failed reverse shoulder arthroplasty; management of the unstable TSA or RSA; diagnosis and management of the infected arthroplasty; treatment of periprosthetic fractures; salvage options (resection and arthrodesis) for failed arthroplasty. Part III presents specific surgical techniques utilized during revision shoulder arthroplasty, including surgical exposure, removal techniques for failed humeral components, revision of glenoid and humeral defects with bone grafts and augments, and the role of arthroscopic procedures. Utilizing the best clinical evidence, Complex and Revision Shoulder Arthroplasty is an excellent resource for orthopedic and shoulder surgeons, residents and fellows, as well as sports medicine specialists and related professionals. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Riccardo Dalle Grave, Massimiliano Sartirana, Simona Calugi.
    Summary: In this book the authors share the strategies and procedures they use in their clinical daily practice to assess and treat complex cases of eating disorders. The strategic and pragmatic approach to the management of medical and psychiatric comorbidity coexisting with eating disorders, while relying on enhanced cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT-E) - an evidence-based treatment recommended for all eating disorder categories both in adults and adolescents-, can also be used by clinicians who adhere to different theoretical models. The book is divided into two main parts. Part I describes the eating disorder psychopathology and its consequences: an essential knowledge essential to understanding whether the patients have true comorbidity or spurious comorbidity. Then it gives an overview of CBT-E and how to implement it at different levels of care and in a multidisciplinary team. Part II illustrates the general strategies to address comorbidity in patients with eating disorders, and the specific strategies and procedures for managing the most common mental and general medical conditions coexisting with eating disorders. This volume is a valuable and useful tool for all clinicians - endocrinologists, nutritionists, dietitians, psychologists, psychiatrists - who deal with obesity and eating disorders.

    Contents:
    Eating disorders: An overview
    Eating disorder psychopathology and its consequences
    Enhanced cognitive behavior therapy for eating disorders
    General strategies for the management of comorbidity in eating disorders
    Coexisting psychological problems
    Coexisting mental disorders
    Physical complications
    Coexisting general medical diseases
    Severe and enduring anorexia nervosa
    Appendixes: The Eating Problem Check List ; The Starvation Symptom Inventory.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ofir Koren, Raj Makkar, Vivek Patel, Danon Kaewkes, Hasan Jilaihawi, Jubin Joseph, editors.
    Summary: Structural heart disease encompasses a wide range of abnormalities involving noncoronary structures like the heart's valves, walls, and chambers. The last decade emphasized the burden of the disease and revolutionized the treatment strategies. The number of percutaneous structural heart interventions constantly increases worldwide. While some parts of the world acquire experience with various intervention treatments, techniques, and devices, others are paving their first steps. Complex Cases in Structural Heart Interventions provide a descriptive and highly illustrative insight into unique clinical situations managed by one of the world's most experienced and innovative teams. Each case study contains a clinical presentation, imaging analysis, procedural dilemmas, and resulting outcome. A detailed explanation of the technique used, key points and tips were highlighted, and a literature review covered broad knowledge on each topic. The authors shared their knowledge and distinctive solutions from over a decade of experience to ensure an educational adventure for the medical community and a roadmap for interventional heart teams.

    Contents:
    Intro
    About the Editors
    Our Team
    The Interventional Cardiologists Team
    Our Nurse Practitioners
    Our Research Coordinators
    Our Cath Lab Staff
    Our Past Fellows
    Introduction
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    Editors
    Contributors
    Reviewers
    Part I: Aortic Valve
    TAVR Procedure in a Patient with a Significant Large Aortic Valve Annulus
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Preprocedural Consideration: Pitfalls, Dilemmas, and Challenges
    4 Technique
    5 Outcome and Follow-Up
    6 Discussion
    References TAVR in Patients with Bicuspid Aortic Valve
    1 Clinical Presentation
    1.1 Images and Supported Data
    1.2 Pre-Procedural Consideration
    2 Outcome and Follow-Up
    3 Discussion
    References
    Acute Aortic Dissection Due to Access Site Tortuosity
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Procedure and Outcome
    4 Discussion
    References
    TAVR in Highly Horizontal Aorta of a Bicuspid AS Patient
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Procedure and Outcome
    4 Discussion
    References
    Retrograde Approach for AV Wire Crossing 1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Pre-Procedural Consideration: Pitfalls, Dilemmas, and Challenges
    4 Procedure and Outcome
    5 Discussion
    References
    Balloon Burst During a Sapien-3 THV Inflation
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Procedure and Outcome
    4 Discussion
    References
    Sapien-3 THV Dislodgment During Balloon Inflation
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Procedure and Outcome
    4 Discussion
    References
    Valve Emboli Due to Non-Captured Pacing
    1 Clinical Presentation 2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Procedure and Outcome
    4 Discussion
    References
    Bailout Solution in a Case of an Embolized Balloon Expanding THV
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Pre-Procedural Consideration: Pitfalls, Dilemmas, and Challenges
    4 Procedure and Outcome
    5 Discussion
    6 Incidence and Causes
    References
    Displacement of a THV Toward Ascending Aorta Due to Premature Ventricular Contraction
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Procedure and Outcome
    4 Discussion
    References Coronary Access Protection Technique (The Chimney Procedure) During TAVR
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Pre-Procedural Consideration: Pitfalls, Dilemmas, and Challenges
    4 Technique
    5 Outcomes and Follow-Up
    6 Discussion
    References
    Left Main Coronary Artery Obstruction Following Valve-in-Valve TAVR Procedure Involving Mitroflow Valve
    1 Clinical Background
    2 Imaging
    3 Pre-Procedural Considerations, Dilemmas, and Challenges
    4 Procedure, Outcome, and Follow-Up
    5 Discussion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Kuppuswami Shivakumar, Shabbir Amanullah, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the readers with a series of complex cases that are organized by psychiatric disorder. Written by experts in the field, the cases offer insight on how to navigate care in delicate situations while considering preexisting medical conditions. Topics cover pharmacological concerns in women who are pregnant or nursing, working with dementia patients suffering from HIV, assessing and treating ADHD in special populations, monitoring medication use in patience recovering from Substance Use Disorder, and working with patients suffering from personality disorders. Each chapter offers guidance through the maze of classifications, clinical features, diagnosis and various complex interventions. The book also covers new information on the advances in research and management aspects. Complex Clinical Conundrums in Psychiatry is a valuable resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, family physicians, geriatricians, counselors, social workers, nurses, and all medical professionals working with complex psychiatric patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Shahrokh C. Bagheri, Husain Ali Khan, Mark R. Stevens, editors.
    Summary: This book offers up-to-date guidance in the diagnosis and management of the various complex complications that may be encountered during or after the placement of dental implants. The aim is to raise the awareness of clinicians regarding such complications and to equip them with the knowledge needed in order to deal with complications promptly and effectively. This in turn will assist in the avoidance of "complications of the initial complication", which is of critical importance in preventing more serious clinical and psychological problems for patients as well as medicolegal issues for clinicians. The range of complications covered in the book is very wide, encompassing medical, intraoperative, aesthetic, and infectious complications as well as medication-related osteonecrosis of the jaw, complications in the atrophic mandible, trigeminal nerve injuries, and more. Complex Dental Implant Complications is written by a team of leading experts and surgeons in the field. It will be a valuable aid for all clinicians who place dental implants.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Complex Dental Implant Complications
    Complications of Treatment planning and pre operative evaluation
    Medical Complications in Dental Implantology
    Intra operative Dental Implant Complications
    Aesthetic Dental Implant Complications
    Infectious Dental Implant Complications
    Medication Related Osteonecrosis of the Jaw
    Complications in the atrophic Mandible
    Trigeminal Nerve Injuries
    Complications of Sinus Grafting and the atrophic maxilla
    Miscellaneous Dental Implant Complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] David Driver, Shari S. Thomas.
    Summary: Get a quick, expert overview of complex childhood psychiatric disorders from Drs. David I. Driver and Shari Thomas of Healthy Foundations Group. This practical resource presents a summary of today's current knowledge and best approaches to topics from gender dysphoria to childhood onset schizophrenia and other complex psychiatric disorders.

    Contents:
    1. Gender dysphoria in childhood and adolescence
    2. School refusal
    3. Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and anxiety
    4. Tourette syndrome
    5. Management of ADHD in youth with comorbid epilepsy
    6. Evolution from feeding disorders to avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
    7. Eating disorders
    8. Childhood stress and trauma
    9. Factitious disorder imposed on another
    10. Pediatric sleep disorder
    11. Concussion in children and adolescents
    12. Pediatric delirium
    13. Pediatric catatonia
    14. Pediatric inflammatory brain disease
    15. Disruptive mood dysregulation disorder
    16. Pediatric bipolar disorder
    17. Childhood-onset schizophrenia
    Clinical pearls appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Charles G. Curtin, Timothy F.H. Allen.
    Summary: From climate change to species extinction, humanity is confronted with an increasing array of societal and environmental challenges that defy simple quantifiable solutions. Complexity-based ecology provides a new paradigm for ecologists and conservationists keen to embrace the uncertainty that is pressed upon us. This book presents key research papers chosen by some sixty scholars from various continents, across a diverse span of sub-disciplines. The papers are set alongside first person commentary from many of the seminal voices involved, offering unprecedented access to experts' viewpoints. The works assembled also shed light on the process of science in general, showing how the shifting of wider perspectives allows for new ideas to take hold. Ideal for undergraduate and advanced students of ecology and conservation, their educators and those working across allied fields, this is the first book of its kind to focus on complexity-based approaches and provides a benchmark for future collected volumes.

    Contents:
    Aggregation in complex systems
    Diversity in ecology and conservation
    The role of flows of energy and resources in structuring social and ecological systems
    Non-linearity in natural, social, and physical systems
    Applied implications and subversive science.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    E. Carlos Rodríguez-Merchán, Juan Carlos Rubio-Suárez, editors.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date guidance on the diagnosis and treatment of the most important complex fractures of the limbs, including fractures of the proximal and distal humerus, fractures and dislocations of the elbow, fractures of the distal radius, pelvis, acetabulum, distal femur, proximal tibia, tibial pilon, calcaneus and osteoporotic knee fractures. The most complex articular fractures are analyzed, soft tissue coverage is reviewed, and the management of open fractures and nonunions is described and illustrated. Other chapters consider damage control management and immediate bone fixation in the polytrauma patient, skeletal reconstruction and rehabilitation of complex fractures of the limbs. The book offers guidance to orthopaedic surgeons on which treatment options afford the best preservation of fully functional joints around the fractured bone. With this goal in mind, the authors have developed strategies that can restore full articular function of the limbs in both the short and the long term. Complex Fractures of the Limbs will be an invaluable aid to orthopaedic surgeons in treating patients with this very common and important clinical problem.

    Contents:
    1 Complex fractures of the proximal humerus
    2 Complex fractures of the distal humerus
    3 Fracture-dislocations of the elbow
    4 Complex fractures of the distal radius
    5 Complex fractures of the pelvis
    6 Complex fractures of the acetabulum
    7 Complex fractures of the distal femur
    8 Complex fractures of the proximal tibia
    9 Complex fractures of the tibial pilon
    10 Complex fractures of the calcaneus
    11 Complex open fractures
    12 Soft tissue coverage in complex fractures of the limbs
    13 Nonunion of complex fractures of the limbs
    14 Management of post-traumatic bone defects
    15 Polytrauma patient: damage control management and immediate bone fixation.-16 Surgical treatment of osteoporotic knee fractures
    17 Rehabilitation of complex bone fractures of the limbs.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Daniel E. Abbott, Jason B. Fleming.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. Breast cancer
    High-risk breast lesions / Vance Sohn
    Surgical management of ductal carcinoma in situ / Rosalinda Alvarado
    Regional lymph node metastases in breast cancer / Sarah DeSnyder
    Neoadjuvant/adjuvant therapy for breast cancer / Sarah DeSnyder
    Nonductal malignancies / Sarah DeSnyder
    Management of high-risk breast cancer syndromes / Rosalinda Alvarado
    Reconstruction following breast surgery / Steve Lee & Daniel E. Abbott
    Endocrine malignancies
    Well-differentiated thyroid cancer / Steve Lee & Daniel E. Abbott
    Multiple endocrine neoplasia / Paxton Dickson
    Adrenal pathology and approaches to resection / Daniel E. Abbott
    Melanoma
    Margins in melanoma / Genevieve Boland
    Sentinel lymph node biopsy in melanoma / Genevieve Boland
    In-transit disease and regional therapy / Vance Sohn
    Soft-tissue sarcoma
    Retroperitoneal sarcoma / Alex Haynes
    Adjuvant/neoadjuvant therapy for sarcoma / Christina L. Roland
    Esophageal cancer
    EMR, RFA and argon plasma coagulation for treatment of Barrett's esophagus and early adenocarcinoma / Amanda Cooper
    Distal esophageal tumors / Maria C. Russell
    Squamous cell versus adenocarcinoma of the esophagus / Christina L. Roland
    Index. Volume 2. Gastric cancer
    Gastric adenocarcinoma / Maria Citarella Russell
    Small bowel cancer
    Small bowel neoplasms / Paxton Dickson
    Colorectal cancer
    Management of rectal cancer / Genevieve Boland
    Hereditary colorectal cancer syndromes / Christina Bailey
    Reconstruction after low rectal resections and pelvic exenteration / Amanda Cooper
    Hepatobiliary cancer
    Cholangiocarcinoma / Daniel E. Abbott
    Hepatic metastases / Genevieve Boland
    Resection and ablation techniques for hepatic lesions / Steve Lee & Daniel E. Abbott
    Resection versus transplantation for hepatocellular carcinoma / Christina L. Roland
    Pancreatic cancer
    Pancreatic cystic neoplasms / Robert E. Roses
    Pancreatic adenocarcinoma / Daniel E. Abbott
    Neuroendocrine tumors of the pancreas / Alex Haynes
    Conditions affecting the pancreaticobiliary system / Vance Sohn
    Peritoneal malignancy
    Peritoneal mesothelioma / Vance Sohn
    Index.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Future Med
    Future Med
  • Digital
    Fabrizio Margheritini, João Espregueira-Mendes, Alberto Gobbi, editors.
    Summary: This book, featuring a practical hands-on format, describes an up-to-date and comprehensive approach to the management of complex knee injuries. The aim is both to equip practitioners with reliable expert guidance and to foster consensus in a field characterized by continuing debate. Initial response and diagnostic evaluation are explained, surgical techniques appropriate for different injuries are fully documented, and advice is provided on the response to injuries in specific scenarios and patient groups. Emphasis is placed on the vital role of precise diagnosis in establishing the optimal treatment approach, and full account is taken of the implications of the most recent anatomical and biomechanical data. Readers will also find recommendations on controversial topics, including the role of early surgical management, the use of autograft or allograft tissue, and the benefits of reconstruction (as opposed to repair alone) of the fibular collateral ligament and posterolateral corner structures. The authors are leading authorities from around the world with extensive clinical and research expertise in the field of knee dislocations. .

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Biomechanics
    Classification and Algorithm treatment
    Management in the emergency room
    Instrumental Evaluation
    Neurovascular associated injuries
    Surgical Timing. Surgical Techniques: ACL+Anterolateral capsular injuries
    PCL/MCL injuries
    PCL/PLC injuries
    Bicruciate injuries
    ACL/MCL injuries
    ACL/PLC injuries
    Acute Knee Dislocations
    Chronic Knee Dislocations. Specific Scenario: Associated bone fracture
    Osteotomy in chronic complex ligaments injury
    Complex knee injuries in the young adult
    Knee dislocation in obese patients
    Knee dislocation in athletes
    Complications in complex knee ligament injuries
    Rehabilitation/bracing
    Future trends in ligaments surgery: the role of biology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Bryan D. Springer, Brian M. Curtin, editors.
    Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases covering complex primary and revision total knee arthroplasty, this concise, practical casebook will provide orthopedic surgeons with the best real-world strategies to properly manage the more complicated forms of knee replacement they may encounter. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome and clinical pearls and pitfalls. Cases included illustrate different management strategies for primary knee arthroplasty, including the varus and valgus knee, flexion contracture and extra-articular deformity, as well as periprosthetic infection and revision total knee arthroplasty, including deficient extensor mechanism, periprosthetic femur fracture and ligamentous instability. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Complex Primary and Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty: A Clinical Casebook will be an excellent resource for orthopedic surgeons confronted with a challenging knee joint replacement.

    Contents:
    Complex Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Varus Knee
    Complex Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Valgus Knee
    Complex Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Flexion Contracture
    Complex Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Previous Hardware (Posttraumatic OA)
    Complex Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Extra-Articular Deformity
    Complex Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Complex Skin Incisions
    Periprosthetic Infection: Management of Early Postoperative Infection
    Periprosthetic Infection: Management of Late Acute Hematogenous Infection
    Periprosthetic Infection: Management of Chronically Infected Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Deficient Extensor Mechanism
    Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Periprosthetic Femur Fracture Around Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Bone Loss
    Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Ligamentous Instability.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Erin F. Lawson, Joel P. Castellanos, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to date, extensive, and focused review of complex regional pain syndrome (CRPS). It reflects the current scientific understanding of the disorder, describes appropriate treatment recommendations, and explores future directions of diagnosis and treatment. Divided into three sections, the first section covers the etiology and pathology of CRPS. The following section offers treatments and emerging advances in evaluation and/or treatment. The book then closes with an exploration of varying patient populations. Each chapter is authored by specialists experienced with CRPS research and treatment. Additionally, the review and recommendations provided reflect careful consideration of evidence-based medicine and medical consensus guidelines. Complex Regional Pain Syndrome targets a range of healthcare specialties including pain management, rheumatology, neurology, internal medicine, and family practice.

    Contents:
    Overview of CRPS: Complex Regional Pain Syndrome (Pathophys, prognosis, natural history)
    Pathophysiology of CRPS
    Differential Diagnosis of CRPS
    Diagnostic Tests and Physical Exam for CRPS
    Pharmacologic Treatments for CRPS
    Behavioral Health Interventions for CRPS
    Modality Treatments and Rehabilitation for CRPS
    Complementary and Alternative Treatment for CRPS
    Interventional Treatments for CRPS
    Interventional treatments for CRPS in Pediatrics
    Emerging therapies for the treatment of Complex Regional Pain Syndrome
    CRPS Treatment Algorithm
    Children and Adolescents with CRPS
    CRPS in Pregnancy
    Chronic Regional Pain Syndrome in the Geriatric Patient
    Challenges and Controversies in CRPS Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Christine Won, editor.
    Summary: This book is a clinically relevant and educational resource for sleep specialists, practitioners, and sleep or pulmonary trainees in the management of complicated sleep disordered breathing. It tackles complicated sleep breathing disorders by discussing their epidemiology, pathophysiology, clinical significance, physical findings, and their diagnosis and management. Organized into 21 chapters, opening chapters cover a variety of sleep apnea manifestations including hypercapnic obstructive sleep apnea, complex breathing disorders and strokes. Subsequent chapters discuss detailed approaches to PAP titrations based on best evidence, current guidelines, or expert opinion. Treatment options, complications, comorbidities, and sleep apnea in specific demographics such as pregnant women are also addressed. Complex Sleep Breathing Disorders: A Clinical Casebook of Challenging Patients is a necessary resource for all sleep trainees and pulmonary fellows, as well as a resource for sleep specialists including sleep technicians.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Hypercapnic Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    Chapter 2. Central Sleep Apnea and Opioid Use
    Chapter 3. Sleep Apnea and Stroke
    Chapter 4. Obstructive and Central Sleep Apnea and Atrial Fibrillation
    Chapter 5. Cheyne Stokes Breathing and Heart Failure
    Chapter 6. Sleep Disordered Breathing and Pulmonary Hypertension
    Chapter 7. Primary Central Sleep Apnea.-Chapter 8. Treatment-Emergent Central Sleep Apnea
    Chapter 9. Upper Airway Resistance Syndrome
    Chapter 10. Sleep Breathing Disorders during Pregnancy
    Chapter 11. Obesity Hypoventilation Syndrome
    Chapter 12. Sleep Breathing Disorders in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
    Chapter 13. Alveolar Hypoventilation and COPD
    Chapter 14. Nocturnal Hypoventilation and Restrictive Thoracic Disease.-Chapter 15. Respiratory failure in the Post-operative Patient.-Chapter 16. Sleep Disordered Breathing at High Altitude
    Chapter 17: Congenital Central Hypoventilation Syndrome (CCHS).-Chapter 18. Sleep Breathing Disorders in Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Chapter 19. Rapid-Onset Obesity with Hypothalamic Dysfunction, Hypoventilation and Autonomic Dysregulation (ROHHAD)
    Chapter 20. Sleep Disordered Breathing in Arnold Chiari Malformation
    Chapter 21. Sleep Breathing Disorders in Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Yoram Vodovotz, Gary An, editors.
    Summary: This second edition expands upon and updates the vital research covered in its predecessor, by presenting state-of-the-art multidisciplinary and systems-oriented approaches to complex diseases arising from and driven by the acute inflammatory response. The chapters in this volume provide an introduction to different types of computational modeling, and how these methods can be applied to specific inflammatory diseases, with a focus on providing readers a roadmap for integrating advanced mathematical and computational techniques with traditional experimental methods. In this second edition, we cover both well-established and emerging modeling methods, especially state-of-the-art machine learning approaches and the integration of data-driven and mechanistic modeling. This volume introduces the concept of Model-based Precision Medicine as an alternative approach to the current view of Precision Medicine, based on leveraging mechanistic computational modeling to decrease cost while increasing the information value of the data being obtained. By presenting the role of computational modeling as an integrated component of the research process, Complex Systems and Computational Biology Approaches to Acute Inflammation: A Framework for Model-based Precision Medicine offers a window into the recent past, the present, and the future of computationally-augmented biomedical research.

    Contents:
    1. An Overview of the Translational Dilemma and the Need for Model-based Precision Medicine
    2 Translational Equation-based Modeling
    3. Agent-based Modeling in Translational Systems Biology
    4. Integrating Data-driven and Mechanistic Modeling in Sepsis and Trauma
    5. Therapeutics as Control: Model-based approaches for control discovery
    6. Disorder of Systemic Inflammation in Sepsis and Trauma: A Systems Perspective
    7. Multi-scale equation-based models: Insights for Inflammation and Physiological Variability
    8. In silico Trials and Personalized Therapy for Sepsis and Trauma
    9. Computational Modeling of the Coagulation Response
    10. Disorder of Localized Inflammation in Wound Healing
    11. Equation-based Models of Wound Healing and Collective Cell Migration
    12. Agent-based Models of Wound Healing
    13. Tissue realistic translational modeling of gut inflammation
    14. Data-Driven Modeling of Liver Injury, Inflammation, and Fibrosis
    15. Computational Modeling of Tuberculosis
    16. The Rationale and Implementation of Model-based Precision Medicine for Inflammatory Diseases
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    David C. Aron.
    Summary: This unique title explores complex systems in clinical medicine and the subsequent implementation of that knowledge into practice. Written conversationally and as a reflection on the journey of learning about complex systems, the book explores how knowledge of these systems can be applied to four key roles in academic medicine: clinical practice, education, research, and administration. Further, this title emphasizes how gaining an understanding of complex systems can greatly help a physician deal with the many challenges found in academic medicine. Unlike other books on complexity in medicine, which tend to focus on only one aspect of the management of patients, Complex Systems in Medicine deals with the multifaceted roles of a physician. The approach in this book is uniquely qualitative rather than mathematical, and is written to make it not only of interest to physicians, trainees, and allied health providers, but also to make it more accessible to a non-medical audience. The inclusion of personal anecdotes by the author provides concrete examples of the application of knowledge of complex systems in academic medicine. A first-of-its-kind contribution to the literature, Complex Systems in Medicine: A Hedgehog's Tale of Complexity in Clinical Practice, Research, Education, and Management is not only a novel reference for medical professionals, it is an accessible tool for the non-medical audience hoping to learn more about complex systems and their direct relevance to medicine, a field that deals with the infinite variety of humans and their ills. It illustrates the consequences of the interactive elements of patient care that make medicine both a science and an art.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Scott R. Steele, Justin A. Maykel, Bradley J. Champagne, Guy R. Orangio, editors.
    Summary: Complexities in Colorectal Surgery: Decision-Making and Management provides a unique, modern, practical guide that covers the strategic evaluation, specific approaches, and detailed management techniques utilized by expert Colorectal Surgeons caring for patients with complex problems whether they result from underlying colorectal disease or from complications arising from previous surgical therapy. The text is formatted as both a "how-to" manual as well as an algorithm-based guide allowing the reader to understand the thought process behind the proposed treatment strategies. By making use of evidence-based recommendations, each chapter will include not only diagnostic and therapeutic guidelines, but also a narrative by the author on his/her operative technical details and perioperative "tips and tricks" that they utilize in the management of these complex surgical challenges. This test includes chapters on the assessment of risk and nutritional intervention methods utilized to minimize perioperative complications. In addition, sections on medical and surgical therapies for abdominal, pelvic and anorectal disease are incorporated. Moreover, the technical challenges of managing complications resulting from the original or subsequent operations is addressed. The underlying focus throughout the text is to provide pragmatic and understandable solutions that can be readily implemented by surgeons of varying experience to successfully treat complex colorectal problems. The text also goes beyond the technical aspects of Colorectal Surgery and includes special sections highlighting the essence of a surgeon. These include chapters describing the importance of the first encounter, building patient rapport, and demonstrating confidence and competence while showing humility and avoiding arrogance. Additionally, aspects involving the medical-legal, ethical, and economic challenges confronting surgeons are covered.

    Contents:
    Preoperative
    The Abdomen
    The Pelvis
    Anorectal Disease
    Special Situations
    Beyond the Operating Room.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    David G. Green, Nicholas I. Klomp, Glyn Rimmington, Suzanne Sadedin.
    Summary: This book examines key concepts and analytical approaches in complexity theory as it applies to landscape ecology, including complex networks, connectivity, criticality, feedback, and self-organisation. It then reviews the ways that these ideas have led to new insights into the nature of ecosystems and the role of processes in landscapes. The updated edition explores innovations in ecotechnology, including automated monitoring, big data, simulation and machine learning, and shows how they are revolutionizing ecology by making it possible to deal more effectively with complexity. Addressing the topic in a progression of ideas from small to large, and from simple to sophisticated, the book examines the implications of complexity for major environmental issues of our time, particularly the urgencies of climate change and loss of biodiversity. Understanding ecological complexity is crucial in todays globalized and interconnected world. Successful management of the worlds ecosystems must combine models of ecosystem complexity with biodiversity, environmental, geographic, and socioeconomic data. The book examines the impact of humans on landscapes and ecosystems, as well as efforts to embed sustainability, commerce and industrial development in the larger context of ecosystem services and ecological economics. Well-established as researchers in the field, the authors provide a new perspective on current and future understanding of complexity in landscape ecology. The new edition offers a non-technical account of the topic, so it is both accessible and informative for general readers. For students of ecology, it provides a fresh approach to classical ideas.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface to the Second Edition
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Complexity and Ecology
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 What Is Complexity?
    1.2.1 Variety and Form
    1.2.2 The Chicken and the Egg
    1.3 What Makes Ecosystems Complex?
    1.3.1 Measuring Diversity
    1.3.2 The Origins of Complexity
    1.4 Why Study Ecological Complexity?
    1.5 The Complexity Paradigm
    1.5.1 Scientific Paradigms
    1.5.2 A New Ecology for a New Age?
    References
    Chapter 2: Seeing the Wood for the Trees: Emergent Order in Growth and Behaviour
    2.1 Plant Growth and Form
    2.1.1 Factors Influencing Growth 2.1.2 Branches and Leaves
    2.1.3 Overall Plant Form
    2.1.4 Self-Organisation Versus Constrained Growth
    2.2 Animal Behaviour
    2.2.1 Searching for Food
    2.2.2 Territory
    2.2.3 Social Networks
    2.2.4 Animal Intelligence
    2.3 Multiagent Systems
    2.3.1 Turtle Geometry
    2.3.2 From Turtles to Agents
    2.3.3 The Boids and the Bees
    References
    Chapter 3: Complexity in Landscapes
    3.1 The Eye of the Beholder
    3.1.1 Geographic Information Systems
    3.1.2 The Game of Life
    3.1.3 Cellular Automata Models of Landscapes
    3.2 Sampling and Scale 3.3 Complexity in Spatial Processes
    3.4 Complexity in Spatial Patterns
    3.4.1 Fractal Dimensions
    3.4.2 Fractals in Nature
    3.4.3 Measuring Landscape Complexity
    3.5 Are Landscapes Connected?
    3.5.1 Connectivity in a Grid
    3.5.2 Why Is a Starfish Like an Atomic Bomb?
    References
    Chapter 4: Oh, What a Tangled Web ... Complex Networks in Ecology
    4.1 The Roots of Complexity Theory
    4.2 The Network Model
    4.2.1 Interactions and Connectivity
    4.2.2 Networks
    4.2.3 Networks Are Everywhere
    4.2.4 The Connectivity Avalanche
    4.2.5 Phase Changes and Criticality 4.2.6 The Order of Things
    4.3 Self-Organisation
    4.3.1 Emergent Properties
    4.3.2 Modules and Motifs
    4.3.3 The Shape of Complexity
    4.4 Networks of Networks
    References
    Chapter 5: The Imbalance of Nature ... Feedback and Stability in Ecosystems
    5.1 Feedback
    5.1.1 Negative Feedback Promotes Stability
    5.1.2 Positive Feedback Promotes Self-Organization
    5.2 The Big Get Bigger
    5.3 Who Eats Whom?
    5.3.1 Equilibrium and Stability
    5.3.2 Transients and Attractors
    5.3.3 Sensitivity to Initial Conditions
    5.3.4 The Onset of Chaos
    5.3.5 Fractals 5.4 Is There a Balance of Nature?
    5.4.1 Succession
    5.4.2 Ecosystems in Balance?
    5.4.3 Does a Balance Really Exist?
    References
    Chapter 6: Populations in Landscapes
    6.1 One Population or Many?
    6.2 Spatial Distributions
    6.3 Patches, Edges and Zones
    6.3.1 Salt of the Earth
    6.4 To See the World in a Grain of Pollen
    6.5 Galloping Trees?
    6.6 Phylogeography
    References
    Chapter 7: Living with the Neighbours: Competition and Stability in Communities
    7.1 Invasions and Persistence
    7.2 Disturbance and Competition
    7.3 Ecological Communities
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Paul M.W. Hackett.
    Summary: This book presents the facet theoretical framework as a tool for facilitating the conception of complex animal behaviour research and the design of research procedures through employing mapping sentences. Using the facet theoretical framework, this book takes a holistic view of bird behaviour. Components of bird behavior are identified and then reassembled to facilitate an understanding of the behaviour in the context of its natural occurrence. This provides new insight on both the parts of the behaviour and how these interact as a whole. The multi-faceted approach to designing, evaluating and understanding bird behavior presented offers a template that is adaptable for investigating a wide variety of avian species and different forms of behaviour. Behavioural biologists, animal and comparative psychologists, other natural and behavioural scientists, as well as students of these disciplines will find this book to be an interesting and enlightening read.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Studying Birds
    Chapter 2. Mapping Sentences and Facet Theory
    Chapter 3. How to Develop a Mapping Sentence: The Example of Avian Sleep
    Chapter 4. Complex Avian Behaviour and Cognition: A Mapping Sentence Approach
    Chapter 5
    Studying Avian Cognition in the Wild: Avian Psychometrics
    Chapter 6. Interpreting Avian Play, Murmuration of Starlings and Oology (Classifying Birds' Eggs)
    Chapter 7. Conclusion
    Glossary
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Salman Zarka, Alexander Lerner, editors.
    Summary: This book presents carefully selected case reports that document some of the most important lessons learned at Ziv Medical Center, the northernmost Israeli hospital responsible for the medical care and support of wounded and patients from the Syrian civil war. The aim is to provide practitioners with new knowledge on effective ways of dealing with the emergencies encountered in the context of such conflicts. The case reports cover in particular the specialties of Trauma and Critical Care, Orthopedics, and Surgery, but also relate to Internal Medicine, Ophthalmology, Obstetrics and Gynecology, and Psychiatric Care. Some of the cases of trauma are of a nature not previously encountered by Western medicine, and include instances in which multidisciplinary care played a vital role. Featuring many informative illustrations, the book will be of value for all who work in emergency and military medicine and related disciplines, from novices to the more experienced.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Matthew P. Abdel, Craig J. Della Valle, editors.
    Summary: Covering both acute post-operative and chronic complications following total hip arthroplasty (THA), this comprehensive clinical guide provides diagnostic and management strategies and techniques for orthopedic surgeons at every level. Utilizing a case-based approach, each condition is discussed in terms of its epidemiology, risk factors, and preventative measures, with a brief literature review providing evidence for the diagnosis and treatment each author selects. The first section covers acute post-operative complications, discussing peripheral nerve and vascular injuries, periprosthetic fractures and infections as well as thromboembolic events. The second section covers chronic complications including the more common complications such as recurrent dislocation and infection as well as rarer complications such as pelvic discontinuity. Aimed at the most efficient management of these often complicated conditions, Complications after Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty is a practical resource for orthopedic surgeons, residents and fellows working with patients having undergone hip replacement surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Matthias Hübler, Thea Koch, Karen B. Domino, editors.
    Summary: Ability to learn from errors is an essential aspect of the quest to improve treatment quality and patient safety. This book consists of 33 cases in anesthesiology that are based on real life situations and illuminate avoidable complications and mishaps. The cases are presented in a novel manner in that they are embedded within narratives. The reader comes to each case cold, without any clue as to the content, and each case comprises a narrative and a factual component that are interwoven. The narrative parts provide the reader with information and tips regarding the clinical problems and tasks that the protagonist must face and try to solve. The idea is to engage the reader emotionally while reading and to entertain him or her while learning. All cases conclude with short debriefing sections which include possible strategies to prevent similar errors or mishaps.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ulrich Spandau, Gabor Scharioth.
    Summary: How can one best master a rupture of the posterior capsule during cataract surgery? How should one operate on a dropped nucleus? What is the ideal management for a subluxated intraocular lens? If you are seeking answers to these and similar questions, then this is the book for you. Every surgeon is afraid of complications, but while complications cannot be entirely avoided, it is possible to learn to master them. This practical handbook clearly explains how to manage the various complications that may arise during cataract surgery. It provides the surgeon with clear instructions on how best to proceed in the manner of a cookbook, by first describing the ingredients (equipment) and preparation (planning) and then providing step by step descriptions of technique with the aid of numerous helpful color illustrations and several accompanying surgical videos. Surgical pearls and pitfalls are highlighted. Using this book, the reader will become a better and more complete cataract surgeon, well equipped to cope with the full range of potential complications.

    Contents:
    Basics
    Equipment
    Planning for Surgical Complications
    General Surgical Techniques
    General Surgical Techniques
    Special Surgical Techniques with the Phaco Machine
    Special Surgical Techniques with the Vitrectomy Machine
    Surgical Pearls
    Materials and Companies
    Compilation of all Tips and Tricks.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ulrich Spandau. Gabor B. Scharioth.
    Summary: Every cataract surgeon is afraid of complications, but while complications cannot be entirely avoided, it is possible to learn to master them. This practical book clearly explains how to manage the various complications that may arise during cataract surgery, from a subluxated intraocular lens to a dropped nucleus. It provides the surgeon with clear instructions on how best to proceed in the manner of a cookbook, by first describing the ingredients (equipment), preparation (planning) and then providing step-by-step descriptions of technique with the aid of numerous helpful color illustrations. Complications During and After Cataract Surgery: From Phacoemulsification over Secondary IOL Implantation to Dropped Nucleus, 2nd Edition includes fully revised chapters outlining technical developments and new chapters on trocar surgery from pars plana and surgical management of a dropped nucleus with a cataract machine. Readers wishing to learn techniques for managing a full range of potential complications will find this book to be an essential resource.

    Contents:
    Basics
    Equipment
    Planning for Surgical Complications
    General Surgical Techniques for Anterior Segment Surgery
    Special IOL Fixation Technique
    Possible Surgeries After Insertion of a Trocar at Pars Plana
    Complication Management for Anterior Segment Cases
    General Surgical Techniques for Posterior Segment Surgery
    Complication Management for Posterior Segment Cases
    Surgical Pearls.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jose J. Diaz, David T. Efron, editors.
    Contents:
    Challenging IV Access in the Patient with Septic Shock
    Fluids in Septic Shock: Crystalloid, Colloids, or Blood?
    Resuscitation of the Patient in Severe Septic Shock
    Intra-peritoneal Resuscitation in Trauma and Sepsis: Management Options for the Open Abdomen
    How to Feed the Open Abdomen
    Intra-Abdominal Hypertension and Abdominal Compartment Syndrome in Acute Care Surgery
    Empyema in the Acute Care Surgical Patient
    Gastric
    The Complicated Cholecystectomy and Management of Perforation Post-ERCP
    Acute Necrotizing Pancreatitis
    Small Bowel: The Problematic Duodenal Perforation
    Small Bowel: Aortoenteric Fistula
    Small Bowel: Pneumatosis Intestinalis
    Colon: Long Hartmann and Rectal Stump Blowout
    Rectum: Management of the Urgen APR & Dissecting the "Frozen" Pelvis
    Complex Liver Abscess
    The Complex Splenectomy
    Soft Tissue Necrotizing Infection Due to Perforated Colon
    The Planning for the "Planned Ventral Hernia"
    Post-Bariatric Complications-Leaks
    The Problem Stoma
    The Immunosuppressed Patient
    Management of Anastomotic Leaks-Early <7 Days and Late>7 Days
    The Re-Laparotomy in the Delayed (2-3 week) Post-Operative Period
    The Management of the Entero-Atmospheric Fistula (EAF)
    Unresectable Malignancy and Bowel Obstruction in the Acute Care Surgery Patient
    Jehovah's Witness and the Bleeding Surgical Patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lee A. Fleisher, Stanley H. Rosenbaum.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Laurent Lafosse, Jens Agneskirchner, Thibault Lafosse, editors.
    Summary: This practical guide offers a complete overview of the complications that can arise during and after arthroscopic surgery of the shoulder. Divided into four key sections, the book first focuses upon general problems and complications, followed by difficulties in general glenohumeral and subacromial space procedures, shoulder instability and rotator cuff lesions. Complications in Arthroscopic Shoulder Surgery is written by a team of leading arthroscopic specialists and is a valuable resource for orthopaedic surgeons, and sports traumatologists who encounter these patients in their day-to-day clinical practice.

    Contents:
    General problems and complications
    Complications in general glenohumeral and subacromial space procedures
    Complications in procedures for shoulder instability
    Complications in procedures for rotator cuff lesions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Diego Camacho, Natan Zundel.
    Summary: This text focuses on the complications following bariatric surgery. The focus is on the immediate and long term complications that would be important to both the general surgeon and those surgeons with specialty experience in bariatric surgery. Sections address the nutritional deficiencies following bariatric surgery with specific attention to Roux en Y gastric bypass and pancreatico-biliary diversion as well as the correction of these deficiencies with medical intervention as well as the indications for surgical revision or reversal. The text reviews the work-up of a bariatric patient with abdominal pain including the appropriate imaging and threshold for operative intervention and the techniques to achieve optimal visualization during this difficult situation. This section focuses on the operative management of anastomotic and staple line leaks and how to definitively manage these surgical emergencies as well as achieve source control and stabilization. Later chapters focus on specific complications following bariatric surgery with specific focus on RYGB, vertical sleeve gastrectomy (VSG), biliary pancreatic diversion, and gastric band. Complications include gastric fistula, gastric staple line disruption following VSG, gastro-jejunal leak following RYGB, relux following bariatric surgery, and failure of weight loss following bariatric surgery. These sections are written by experts in the field of bariatrics and include evidence based medicine as well as expert opinion on the management of bariatric complications. The sections provide a review of the literature and references at the close of each section. Complications in Bariatric Surgery will serve as a resource for both the general surgeon who handles bariatric emergencies as well as the bariatric specialist.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Metabolic Complications, Nutritional Deficiencies, and Medication Management following Metabolic Surgery
    Emergencies in Bariatric Surgery
    Management of Marginal Ulceration
    Staple Line Leak Following Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Anastomotic Leak Following Gastric Bypass
    Gastro-Gastric Fistula Following Gastric Bypass
    Hiatal Hernia and Reflux Following Bariatric Surgery
    Gastric Band Erosion
    Chronic Abdominal Pain after Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    Stricture Following Gastric Bypass and Vertical Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Weight Regain Following Bariatric Surgery and Revisional Surgery
    Internal Hernia and Small Bowel Obstruction After Roux- En-Y Gastric Bypass
    Endoscopic Interventions for Complications in Bariatric Surgery
    Pregnancy in the Bariatric Patient
    Acute and Chronic Complications Following Biliopancreatic Diversion with Duodenal Switch.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Gassner, Robert.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated book equips readers with a detailed, up-to-date understanding of the surgical and nonsurgical complications that may arise during cranio-maxillofacial and oral surgery for a range of conditions, including malformations, infections, trauma, and tumors. It will aid both in the prevention of complications and in their effective management, across all age groups. Among the diverse surgical settings considered are cleft lip and palate, odontogenic and non-odontogenic infections, temporomandibular joint disorders, cranio-maxillofacial trauma, oral cancer, and skull base tumors. Potential complications during and after reconstructive procedures, including donor site morbidity, are considered. The book is designed to heighten awareness and to fill gaps in knowledge by providing novel insights. It will be of value for all clinicians, residents, and medical and dental students who are interested in oral, maxillofacial, craniofacial, plastic, reconstructive, and head and neck surgery.

    Contents:
    Malformations: Complications in Cleft Lip Palate Surgery
    Complications in Craniofacial Surgery
    Complications in Distraction Surgery
    Complications in Orthognathic Surgery. Infection: Complications in Odontogenic Infections
    Complications in Oral Implant Placement
    Complications in Non-odontogenic Infections
    Complications in TMJ Surgery. Trauma: Complications in CranioMaxilloFacial Trauma
    Complications and Orofacial Pain. Tumor: Complications in Skull Base Surgery
    Complications in Oral Cancer Resection
    Complications in Free Flap Reconstruction
    Complications at the Donor Site
    Complications at the Resection Site
    Complications from Radiotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Igor Tsesis, editor.
    Summary: "This book presents up-to-date recommendations for the prevention, diagnosis, and management of complications in endodontic surgical procedures, based on the best available scientific evidence. Common risks such as wound healing impairment, infection, and bleeding are discussed, and specific complications related to endodontic surgery, such as maxillary sinus involvement and damage to adjacent neurovascular structures, are reviewed. For each step of endodontic surgical procedures, surgical goals and possible outcomes are reviewed. Preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative risk factors for complications are identified, and treatment options presented. Helpful decision-making algorithms, tables, and flow charts complement the reader-friendly text."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Maciej Dryjski, Linda M Harris.
    Contents:
    Access complications
    Other access
    Vascular closure devices for small arteriotomies: how to avoid and deal with complications
    General complications of EVAR
    Gore excluder
    Complications of the MEDTRONIC endurant stent graft
    Endologix ovation
    Endologix AFX
    Graft-specific issues for EVAR: the AORFIX endograft
    Nellix
    Vascutek (Bolton) TREO endograft
    Grafts outside the United States
    Ruptured EVAR complications
    Complications of fenestrated endovascular aneurysm repair
    Complications with branched endovascular devices
    Complications of EVAR with snorkels, chimneys, and sandwich techniques
    Endoleaks
    Complications in endovascular thoracoabdominal aortic aneurysm repair
    TAA endoleaks
    Complications of tag and conformable tag (CTAG) thoracic endoprosthesis
    Device-specific issues with EVAR: cook
    Terumo aortic relay TEVAR
    Complication with medtronic thoracic stent endograft
    Complications and lessons learned from global use of the streamliner multilayer flow modulator (SMFM) device
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Complications in the endovascular management of aortic dissection
    Complications of endovascular septal fenestration in the management of patients with aortic dissection
    Renal and mesenteric aneurysms
    Mesenteric embolization: solid organ, pelvic trauma, and GI bleeding
    Complications in angioplasty and stenting of mesenteric and renal artery disease
    Thrombolysis in acute limb ischemia
    Aortoiliac interventions for occlusive disease
    Complications of femoropopliteal interventions for occlusive disease
    Complications of endovascular repair of popliteal artery aneurysms
    Tibial interventions for peripheral arterial disease
    Complications of iliofemoral thrombolysis and stenting for venous disease
    Complications of IVC filters
    Complications of endovenous treatments, including: thermal, nonthermal, sclerotherapy, and foam ablations
    Arteriovenous access: fistula and graft intervention
    Central venous stenosis associated with arteriovenous access
    Catheter issues
    Complications of ECMO and IABP
    Angiography
    Complications associated with carotid artery stenting
    Embolic protection issues
    Complications specific to closed and open cell nitinol stents in carotid artery stenting
    Carotid stent: device-specific complications with the Wallstent
    Transcarotid artery revascularization with the ENROUTE transcarotid neuroprotection system
    Subclavian steal
    Complications in the endovascular treatment of intracranial arteriovenous malformations
    Complication of endovascular treatment of intracranial stenosis
    Complications in the endovascular treatment of intracranial aneurysms
    Acute ischemic stroke.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Michael S. Lee, Jordan P. Grossman, editors.
    Summary: Comprehensive, current and insightful, this well-illustrated text is devoted to the detailed management of common but often challenging complications that all foot and ankle surgeons encounter in their practice. Opening with a discussion of the "anatomy" of a complication, the book is divided into five thematic sections - perioperative, forefoot, first ray, midfoot/hindfoot and ankle - with each chapter detailing the development and evolution of both major and minor complications, the evaluation and decision-making involved, and the best surgical management techniques for each. Perioperative topics covered include surgical infection, venous thromboembolism, and incisional complications, with the subsequent sections detailing complications following specific conditions, such as hallux valgus, calcaneal fractures, and the Charcot foot, among many others. Boasting a diverse and experienced authorship and Editors who are past Presidents of the American College of Foot and Ankle Surgeons, Complications in Foot and Ankle Surgery is a unique and timely resource for foot and ankle surgeons worldwide who treat these challenging conditions.

    Contents:
    "Anatomy" of a Complication
    Part I: Perioperative Complications
    Venous Thromboembolism Associated with Foot and Ankle Surgery
    Complication Management: Nonunions
    Incisional Complications
    Surgical Infections
    Complications Associated with Co-Morbid Conditions
    Part II: Forefoot
    Digital Surgery
    Lesser Metatarsal Complications
    Neuromas
    Metatarsal Fractures
    Part III: The First Ray
    Hallux Valgus
    Recurrent Hallux Valgus
    First Metatarsophalangeal Joint Arthrodesis
    Failed First Metatarsophalangeal Joint Arthroplasties
    The Lapidus
    Part IV: Midfoot/Hindfoot
    LisFranc Fractures and Arthrodesis
    Calcaneal Fractures
    Talus Fractures: Injury, Management and Aftermath
    Posterior Heel Surgery
    Tarsal Tunnel Releases
    The Charcot foot
    Part V: Ankle
    Complications Associated with Ankle Arthroscopy
    Osteochondral Lesions of the Talus
    Lateral Ankle Stabilization
    Ankle Fractures
    Arthrodesis of the Ankle
    Problems, Obstacles and Complications of External Fixation.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Fahad Aziz, Sandesh Parajuli, editors.
    Summary: This textbook of clinical cases moves beyond the science of transplant medicine and covers important transplant nephrology concepts. This book covers the diagnosis and treatment of many typical and atypical immunological and infectious post-transplant complications, such as acute antibody-medicated rejection in early and late post-transplant period, post-transplant cytomegalovirus infections, congestive heart failure after kidney transplant, and many other typical and atypical post-transplant infections. In each chapter, a case scenario is given for important post-transplant complications. The scenario is followed by a question and answer on the best investigation, the diagnosis, and a discussion of the best treatment option and outcomes. This stepwise learning process makes this book uniquely helpful to trainees learning how to treat their complicated transplant recipients systematically. This book is an accurate and straightforward guide to assist future and current transplant physicians, as well as the primary care physicians who deal with these complicated patients every day.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Obesity in Kidney Transplant Recipients
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 2: Kidney Transplantation in Polycystic Kidney Disease: When to Perform Native Nephrectomies
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 3: Surgical Challenges in Kidney Re-transplantation
    Introduction
    Case 1
    Clinical Course
    Case 2
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 4: Dual Kidney Transplantation
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 5: Assessing Risk Before Kidney Transplantation: Does Frailty Matter?
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 6: A Patient with CFH Mutation
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Patient Course
    Subsequent Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 7: Deceased Donor with Multiple Arteries
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 8: Donor with a History of Nephrolithiasis
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 9: Case of Marginal Living Kidney Donor
    Introduction
    Case: An Obese Donor with Elevated Blood Pressure
    Laboratory Data
    Imaging
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 10: Living Kidney Donor with Family History of Kidney Disease
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Patient Course
    Subsequent Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 11: Kidney Grafts with Evidence of Microthrombi in Glomerular Capillaries
    Introduction
    Case
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    Classifying Severity
    Outcomes
    Follow-Up Biopsies
    Therapeutic Strategies
    Conclusion
    References. Chapter 12: Arterial Dissections: Challenges in Recognition, Repair, and Reconstruction
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Further Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 13: Page Kidney After Kidney Biopsy
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 14: Prolonged Kidney Delayed Graft Function: Switching to Belatacept
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 15: A Case of De Novo Membranous Nephropathy in the Transplanted Kidney
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Further Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 16: Postoperative Complications Urine Leak
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 17: Post-Kidney Transplant Lymphocele
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    General Information
    Incidence/Frequency/Timing
    Common Clinical Presentation
    Evaluation
    Management (Evidence-Based)
    Clinical Meaning
    References
    Chapter 18: Transplant Renal Artery Stenosis
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 19: Hydronephrosis
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Additional Clinical Course
    Clinical Course Continued
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 20: Management of Post-Kidney Transplantation Ureteral Stricture
    Introduction
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 21: Mycotic Pseudoaneurysms
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Continued Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References. Chapter 22: COVID-19 and Kidney Transplantation: An Approach to Acute Rejection in a Kidney Transplant Recipient with SARS-CoV-2 Infection
    Case Report
    Treatment Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 23: Disseminated Histoplasmosis After Kidney Transplantation
    Introduction
    Clinical History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 24: Post-Transplant Progressive Multifocal Leukoencephalopathy Secondary to JC Polyomavirus
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 25: Central Nervous System Aspergillosis in a Kidney Transplant Recipient
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 26: A Case of West Nile Virus Infection in a Kidney Transplant Recipient
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Further Course
    Further Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 27: Early Post-Transplant Intracerebral Bacillary Angiomatosis
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Case Discussion
    References
    Chapter 28: BK Virus Nephropathy and Rejection
    Introduction
    Case Presentation
    Treatment Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 29: Concomitant BK Polyoma Virus and Cytomegalovirus Infection in a Kidney Transplant Recipient
    Introduction
    Patient History
    BK Polyoma Virus Infection
    Cytomegalovirus Infection
    Post Biopsy Course
    Discussion
    BKPyV and CMV Co-Infection
    References
    Chapter 30: Successful Management of Complex Primary Cytomegaloviral Disease Utilizing a Standardized Multimodal Approach
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References. Chapter 31: Beyond Transplantation: Urinary Infectious Complications and Malignancy Risk in Autosomal Dominant Polycystic Kidney Disease
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 32: Disseminated Cryptococcal Infection in Kidney Transplant Recipients
    Introduction
    Case Presentation
    Hospital Course
    Further Hospital Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 33: Pulmonary Nocardiosis Post-Kidney Transplantation
    Introduction
    Case
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    Incidence
    Risk Factors
    Clinical Manifestation
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Outcomes/Prognosis
    Primary and Secondary Prevention
    References
    Chapter 34: Post-Transplant Adenovirus Infection
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Further Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 35: Post-Transplant Parvovirus B19 Infection
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Further Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 36: Checkpoint Inhibitors in Kidney Transplant Recipients and the Potential Risk of Rejection
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Further Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 37: Angiotensin Type 1 Receptor Antibody-Mediated Rejection in a Kidney Transplant Recipient
    Introduction
    Clinical History
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 38: Donor-Derived Cell-Free DNA
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 39: Isolated Vascular Lesions in Renal Allograft Biopsy: How Do I Treat it?
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Back to our Patient
    Patient Hospital Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 40: Post-Transplant Idiopathic Immune Complex Glomerulonephritis
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Further Course. Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 41: Recurrent Thrombotic Microangiopathy in a Kidney Transplant Recipient
    Introduction
    Clinical History
    Additional Clinical History
    Additional Clinical History
    Discussion
    Epidemiology
    Diagnostic Workup
    Major Causes and Treatment of Post-Transplant TMA (PT-TMA)
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 42: IgA Nephropathy Post-Kidney Transplantation
    Introduction
    Case
    Clinical Course
    Follow-Up of the Case Presented
    Discussion
    Pathogenesis
    Risk of Recurrence
    Diagnosis
    Treatments
    Outcomes
    References
    Chapter 43: C1q Nephropathy in Kidney Transplant Recipients
    Introduction
    History
    Discussion
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 44: Vitamin-C Induced Oxalate Nephropathy in Kidney Transplant Recipient
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Discussion
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 45: Recurrent Heavy Proteinuria and Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis Post-Kidney Transplant
    Introduction
    Case Presentation
    Hospital Course
    Hospital Course and Follow-Up
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 46: Early Complications Following Kidney Allograft Biopsy
    Introduction
    Case
    Clinical Course
    Further Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 47: Post-Transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorder: Overview
    Introduction
    Case
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 48: Post-Transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorders: Management
    Introduction
    Clinical Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 49: Central Nervous System Post-Transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorder after Kidney Transplantation
    Introduction
    Case
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Cavit Avci, José M. Schiappa, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Creating the pneumoperitoneum
    2. Laparoscopic cholecystectomy
    3. Laparoscopic management of gastroesophageal reflux disease
    4. Colorectal laparoscopic surgery
    5. Minimally invasive spleen surgery
    6. Laparoscopic hernia repair: transabdominal preperitoneal technique (TAPP)
    7. Laparoscopic hernia repair: totally extraperitoneal technique (TEP). .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Paul J. Carniol, Mathew M. Avram, Jeremy A. Brauer.
    Summary: "The demand for minimally invasive facial procedures has increased exponentially over the past 20 years. In fact, an AAFPRS survey estimated that 80% of cosmetic facial procedures performed by their surgeons in 2019 were minimally invasive. Given the vast number of patients and underqualified practitioners administering facial surgery treatments, complications and poor outcomes are a significant issue. Complications in Minimally Invasive Facial Rejuvenation: Prevention and Management by internationally prominent facial plastic surgeon Paul J. Carniol, renowned dermatologists Matthew M. Avram and Jeremy A. Brauer, and esteemed colleagues fills a gap in the literature. Organized in five sections and 19 chapters, the book starts with discussions of appropriate patient selection, anesthesia considerations, relevant anatomy, and potentially toxic smoke plumes generated by laser treatments and electrocautery. Section two details fillers and fat transfers for volume restoration, neuromodulators to reduce the appearance of wrinkles, and deoxycholic acid to treat submental fat. Section three covers high-energy devices and procedures such as laser resurfacing, chemical peels, vascular and pigment laser and light sources, radiofrequency, and microneedling. The final two sections feature discussion of liposuction and cryolipolysis, followed by the minimally invasive procedures threadlifting, face and neck lifts, hair transplantation, and blepharoplasty. Key Highlights Important insights on avoidance and management of adverse complications such as diplopia, ptosis, deformities, and asymmetry, as well as potentially life-threatening cerebrovascular accidents, visual loss, skin loss, and infection Extensive detailed illustrations and surgical photographs improve visual understanding of anatomical topography High-quality videos enhance knowledge of surgical nuances, potential pitfalls, and preventive measures to avoid problems This is an essential reference for dermatology, plastic surgery, and otolaryngology residents and fellows. Practitioners who specialize in cosmetic dermatology and facial plastic surgery will also find this an invaluable surgical companion"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    General approach : the consultation-patient evaluation / Eric T. Carniol
    Anethesia for minimally invasive facial anesthetic surgery / Seden Akdagli, Denis P. Dimaculangan, George Ferzli, and Sydney C. Butts
    Anatomy / Koete A. Archer
    Plumes, laser/cautery / Daniel A. Yanes and Mathew M. Avram
    Fillers / Helen M. Moses, Louis M. DeJoseph, and Nikunj Rana
    Fat transfers / Stephen E. Metzinger and Rebecca C. Metzinger
    Neuromodulators for muscle induced wrinkles / Timothy M. Greco, Lisa Coppa-Breslauer, and Jason E. Cohn
    Deoxycholic acid / Aubriana M. McEvoy, Basia Michalski, and Rachel L. Kyllo
    Laser resurfacing / E. Victor Ross
    Chemical peels / Sidney J. Starkman and Devinder S. Mangat
    Vascular and pigment laser and light sources / Elizabeth F. Rostan
    Radiofrequency and microneedle radiofrequency / Steven F. Weiner
    Complications of platelet-rich plasma and microneedling / Amit Arunkumar, Anthony P. Sclafani, and Paul J. Carniol
    Liposuction / Brandon Worley and Murad Alam
    Cryolipolysis / Aria Vazirnia and Mathew M. Avram
    Thread lift / Kian Karimi
    Facelifts/minilifts/necklifts / Phillip R. Langsdon and Ronald J. Schroeder II
    Hair transplantation / Alfonso Barrera and Christian Arroyo
    Blepharoplasty / Fred G. Fedok and Sunny S. Park.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Thomas Schlieve, Waleed Zaid, editors.
    Summary: This book is intended as a comprehensive reference on the anatomy, pathophysiology, and management of complications in neck dissection. The informative text is complemented by detailed clinical photos, high-quality illustrations, and clinical material from experienced and respected leaders in the field of neck surgery. An understanding of potential complications and early recognition of their signs and symptoms will prepare the surgeon to mitigate risk, minimize morbidity, and improve outcomes for each of their patients. Early recognition of the signs and symptoms of post-operative complications can prevent exacerbating the problem. Complications in Neck Dissection aims to shed light on these complications in greater detail and elaborate on their management. Written by experts in the field, the book reflects upon common and rare complications that are encountered and elaborates on how neck surgeons can prevent them. .

    Contents:
    Neck Dissections: History, Classification, and Indications
    Complications Related to Skin Incisions
    Infectious Complications
    Complications related to Lymphatics and Chyle Leak
    Vascular Complications
    Neural Complications
    Specific complications related to the Neck dissection
    Other Complications related to Neck dissection.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Anil Nanda.
    Summary: "Learn from key leaders in the field of neurosurgery with the practical guidance presented in this first-of-its-kind resource. Complications in Neurosurgery uses a case-based format to explore complications across the full range of commonly performed neurosurgical procedures. As you review dozens of up-to-date, real-life cases, you'll become better equipped to identify pitfalls ahead of time and have the knowledge to handle difficult situations that arise during surgery"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section one: General neurosurgery. Historical perspective
    Informed consent and medico legal aspects of neurosurgery
    Wrong side craniotomy and wrong level spine surgery: 'res ipsa loquitur'
    Medical complications in neurosurgery
    Surgical complications in cranial and spine surgery (Position-related, pneumocephalus, pseudomeningocoele and CSF leak, wound complications)
    Venous injury and cerebral edema in cranial surgery
    Post-operative hematoma after neurosurgery
    Section two: Cranial complications. Vascular surgery complications
    Overview
    Intra-operative rupture and parent artery injury during aneurysm surgery
    Cerebral Vasospasm: complications and avoidance
    Complications of AVM microsurgery; steal phenomenon and management of residual AVM
    Complications of cerebral bypass surgery
    Complications of surgery for cavernomas
    Complication of Carotid endarterectomy
    Skull base surgery complications
    Overview
    Complications in anterior cranial fossa surgery
    Complications in middle cranial fossa surgery
    Complications in posterior cranial fossa surgery
    Complications of Chiari malformation surgery
    Primary brain lesion resection complications
    Primary brain lesion resection complications: an overview
    Complications following glioma surgery
    Complications of surgery for pituitary tumors
    Thalamic and insular tumors: minimizing deficits
    Complications of surgery for pineal region tumors
    Complications associated with surgery for intracranial infectious lesions : (tuberculosis, hydatid, neurocysticercosis)
    Malignant brain swelling after resection of superior sagittal sinus meningioma
    Facial nerve and Auditory nerve deficit in GKRS for vestibular Schwannomas
    Pediatric neurosurgery complications
    Complications of posterior fossa tumors: ependymoma/ medulloblastoma/ pilocytic astrocytoma
    Craniopharyngioma: complications after microsurgery
    Complications associated with cerebrospinal fluid diversion
    Complications after myelomeningocele repair: CSF leak and retethering
    Functional and radiosurgery, surgery for trigeminal neuralgia; complications
    Complications of various treatment options for trigeminal neuralgia
    Complications of DBS
    Complications following epilepsy surgery
    Complications after Stereotactic Radiosurgery
    Endoscopic surgery
    Complications of endonasal endoscopy
    Vascular injuries in transsphenoidal approach
    Complications of ventricular endoscopy
    Endovascular surgery
    Access-related complications: (groin hematoma, dissection and pseudoaneurysm, contrast-nephropathy, air embolism)
    Procedure-related complications: aneurysms: intraprocedural rupture, thromboembolic events, coil migration or prolapse into parent artery, and recurrent aneurysm management
    Procedure related complications: AVM embolization
    Procedure related complications: stroke
    Procedure related complications: CCF and AVF
    Trauma
    Complications after decompressive craniectomy and cranioplasty
    Complications following surgery for chronic subdural hematoma
    Section three: Spinal and peripheral nerve surgery complications. General and Degenerative spinal disease surgery complications
    Overview of general and degenerative spine surgery complications
    Adjacent level disc degeneration and pseudoarthrosis
    Graft related complications (autograft, BMP, synthetic)
    Procedure related complications (inadvertent dural tear, CSF leak)
    Complications of surgery at craniocervical junction
    Neurologic deterioration after spinal surgery (including cauda equine)
    Vascular injury during approach to lumbar spine
    Vascular complications in cervical spine surgery (anterior approach and posterior approach)
    Instrumentation related complications
    Post-op spinal deformities: kyphosis, non-union and loss of motion segment
    Complications of MIS
    Spinal neoplastic and vascular lesion surgery complications
    Complications in spinal cord tumor surgery
    Complications of surgery for vertebral body tumors
    Complications of surgery for spinal vascular malformations
    Complications of surgery and radiosurgery in spinal metastasis
    Spinal Trauma and peripheral nerve surgery complications
    Complication of spinal fractures
    Post-traumatic syringomyelia
    Complications of surgery for peripheral nerve injuries and tumors.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Stefan Mueller-Huelsbeck, Thomas Jahnke ; with contributions from Adam Hatzidakis [and others].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stephen R. Thompson, Matthew R. Schmitz.
    Summary: "One of the hallmarks of a master surgeon is the ability to navigate a wide variety of inevitable difficult situations in surgery whether errors in judgment technical mistakes or unavoidable outcomes. Complications in Orthopaedic Surgery is a new series designed to provide real-world guidance on recognizing and avoiding errors as well as how to "course-correct" during surgery. In this inaugural volume dedicated to sports medicine surgery series editor Dr. Stephen R. Thompson and Dr. Matthew Schmitz describe and demonstrate practical solutions that are integral to improving patient outcomes"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Partial meniscectomy
    Meniscus repair
    Meniscus transplantation
    Preoperative issues
    Preoperative: graft selection (autograft vs. Allograft, graft choice)
    Intraoperative: graft harvest (bone patellar tendon bone, hamstring tendon, quadriceps tendon)
    Intraoperative: surgical technique
    Complications with fixation devices in anterior cruciate ligament surgery
    Postoperative: medical complications (deep venous thromboembolism, infection)
    Postoperative: surgical complications (stiffness, graft rupture)
    Complications in anterior cruciate ligament revision reconstruction
    General considerations and complications for pediatric anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction
    Complications in pediatric anterior cruciate ligament surgery: the iliotibial band technique
    Complications in pediatric anterior cruciate ligament surgery: all-epiphyseal technique
    Complications in pediatric anterior cruciate ligament surgery: transphyseal in skeletally immature patients
    Preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative complications with posterior cruciate ligament
    Medial collateral ligament
    Lateral collateral ligament
    Multiple ligament injury
    Cartilage surgery in the adult
    Cartilage surgery in the juvenile
    Patellar instability
    Knee osteotomies
    Anterior instability: preoperative issues
    Anterior instability: intraoperative and postoperative issues with arthroscopic repair
    Intraoperative and postoperative issues with the Latarjet procedure
    Posterior instability
    Multidirectional instability
    Preoperative issues with rotator cuff surgery
    Intraoperative and postoperative issues with arthroscopic rotator cuff repair
    Intraoperative and postoperative issues with open rotator cuff repair
    Intraoperative and postoperative issues with subscapularis repair
    Intraoperative and postoperative issues with acromioplasty and distal clavicle excision
    Superior labrum anterior to posterior tears and proximal biceps pathology
    Acromioclavicular surgery
    Distal biceps repair
    Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction
    Posterolateral instability reconstruction
    Complications with elbow arthroscopy
    Complications after elbow arthroscopy for elbow osteochondritis dissecans
    Preoperative complications with hip arthroscopy
    Intraoperative and postoperative complications with arthroscopic management of femoroacetabular impingement
    Arthroscopic management of other hip disorders.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    René Sotelo, Juan Arriaga, Monish Aron, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Francesco Pichi, Piergiorgio Neri, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on secondary conditions aggravating uveitis. In addition to diagnosing, treating, and managing uveitis as an entity, particular attention is given to the pathogenesis of complications arising from ocular inflammation, prevention and treatment thereof. The chapters trace the course of a particular complication, its cause and importantly how to avoid it. Leading expert specialist explain a variety of occurring secondary conditions and their management. Inflammatory diseases causing these complications are briefly touched; the main focus will be the pathogenesis of the actual complication, prevention and treatment.This multi-disciplinary approach to complications of uveitis offers the reader, the tools to prevent or how to correctly manage these. Being of special interest to the uveitis specialist, this book also will be of value for all those with an interest in secondary conditions of ocular inflammations.

    Contents:
    CORNEA COMPLICATIONS FROM UVEITIS
    Band keratopathy
    Limbal stem cells deficiency
    Herpetic corneal opacities
    IRIS COMPLICATIONS FROM UVEITIS
    Synechiae
    Topical medical management of iris synechiae
    Intrasurgical management of iris synechiae
    LENS COMPLICATIONS FROM UVEITIS
    Pathogenesis of cataract in uveitis patients
    Uveitis etiologies associated with cataract development
    Inflammation control before planning cataract surgery
    Preoperative management
    Surgical treatment
    IOL vs non IOL
    Secondary IOLs
    Postoperative management
    Management of postoperative complications
    Fibrin reaction
    CILIARY PROCESSES COMPLICATIONS FROM UVEITIS
    UBM for ciliary processes evaluation Ciliary body cysts
    Ciliary processes atrophy
    Hypotony in uveitis
    GLAUCOMA
    Hypertensive uveitis
    Causes of glaucoma in uveitis
    Open angle glaucoma
    Angle closure glaucoma
    Medical management of uveitic glaucoma
    Surgical management of uveitis glaucoma
    INFLAMMATORY CHOROIDAL NEOVASCULAR MEMBRANES AND INFLAMMATORY DEPOSITS
    Pathogenesis of iCNV
    Multimodal imaging of iCNV
    Treatment of iCNV
    CYSTOID MACULAR EDEMA
    Pathophysiology of uveitic macular edema
    Differential diagnosis of uveitis macular edema
    Multimodal imaging of uveitic macular edema
    Treatment of uveitic macular edema
    Anti-VEGF
    EPIRETINAL MEMBRANES AND SUBRETINAL FIBROSIS
    RETINAL DETACHMENT SECONDARY TO UVEITIS
    Principal uveitis conditions at risk of retinal detachment
    Prevention of retinal detachment
    Surgical planning
    reoperative management
    Surgical techniques
    Postoperative management
    Endoscopy
    Retinal and chorioretinal biopsies.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Stefan Mueller-Huelsbeck, Thomas Jahnke.
    Contents:
    Minor and major complications
    Patient-related complications
    Case-based procedure-related complications.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Herand Abcarian, Jose Cintron, Richard Nelson, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Andrew P. Keaveny, Andrés Cárdenas, editors.
    Contents:
    Pathogenesis and Evolution of Liver Fibrosis: Cirrhosis or Cirrhoses?
    Natural History of Cirrhosis
    Prediction of Complications of Cirrhosis: Molecular Biomarkers
    Predictors of Clinical Complications of Cirrhosis
    Non-Invasive Markers of Fibrosis in the Assessment of Cirrhosis
    Diagnosis of cirrhosis: Imaging
    Measurement of Portal Pressure and Transjugular Liver Biopsy
    Reversal of Cirrhosis
    Esophageal Varices: Primary and Secondary Prophylaxis
    Acute Variceal Bleeding
    Gastric and Ectopic Varices
    Portal Hypertensive Gastropathy and Gastric Antral Vascular Ectasia (GAVE)
    Ascites and Refractory Ascites Arun Sanyal
    Hyponatremia in Cirrhosis
    Hepatorenal syndrome
    Hepatic Encephalopathy
    Cirrhotic Cardiomyopathy: Pathogenic Mechanisms and Management Strategies
    Hepatopulmonary syndrome
    Portopulmonary Hypertension
    Portal Vein Thrombosis
    Coagulation Disorders in Patients with Cirrhosis
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Cholangiocarcinoma
    Bacterial Infections in Patients with Cirrhosis
    Acute-on-Chronic Liver failure (ACLF)
    Liver support systems
    Liver Transplantation
    Assessment and management of the patient with cirrhosis undergoing surgery
    Promoting a Healthy Lifestyle, Managing Hyperlipidemia, Diabetes Mellitus, Hypertension and Immunizations in Patients with Cirrhosis
    Malnutrition in Patients with Cirrhosis
    Bone disease in Patients with Cirrhosis
    The Economic Cost of Cirrhosis
    Delivering Quality Care to Patients with Cirrhosis: A Practical Guide for Clinicians
    Quality of life issues for patients with cirrhosis
    Palliative Care in Cirrhosis
    Ethical Issues in End Stage Liver Disease: A Framework for Assessment and the Challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Concezio Di Rocco, Mehmet Turgut, George Jallo, Juan F. Martínez-Lage, editors.
    Summary: Written and edited by leading international authorities in the field, this book provides an in-depth review of knowledge of complications of CSF shunting, with emphasis on prevention, identification, and management. It covers the full range of shunt-related complications and the various associated adverse consequences that remain common despite significant improvements in imaging techniques and therapeutic methods. The chapters are organized into three parts: introduction, complications of extrathecal CSF shunt devices, and complications of endoscopy. In addition to providing clinicians and investigators with the most pertinent current evidence, the book looks forward to future areas of hydrocephalus research and to innovative therapeutic philosophies. This comprehensive reference book will be an ideal source for neurosurgeons seeking both basic and more sophisticated information and procedures relating to the complications associated with CSF shunting. It will also contribute in overcoming the problem of lack of knowledge of basic fluid dynamics and workings of the shunts ? knowledge that is essential for optimal care of hydrocephalic patients.

    Contents:
    GENERAL INTRODUCTION: Clinical Manifestations of CSF Shunt Complications
    Neuroimaging in CSF Shunt Complications. COMPLICATIONS OF EXTRATHECAL CSF SHUNTS: Introduction
    Iatrogenic Complications
    Complications Related to the Choice of the CSF Shunt Device
    Functional Complications
    Mechanical Complications
    Infective Complications
    Complications Related to the Type of Hydrocephalus
    Complications Specific to the Type of CSF Shunt
    Late Complications. COMPLICATIONS OF INTRATHECAL SHUNTS- ENDOSCOPIC TREATMENT: Introduction
    Iatrogenic and Infective
    Complications Due to Insufficient Correction of the Altered CSF Dynamics
    Complications Related to the Type of Hydrocephalus
    Late Failures.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Howard B. Goldman, editor.
    Contents:
    Taxonomy
    Patient Consent and Patient Perception of Complications
    Medico-legal implications
    General Complications
    Anterior Compartment Repair
    Posterior Compartment Repair
    Uterosacral ligament suspension
    Sacrospinous ligament suspension
    Abdominal Sacrocolpopexy Colpocleisis
    Mesh prolapse repair
    Retropubic Bladder Neck Suspension
    Pain related to synthetic slings/mesh
    Fascial
    Synthetic MUS (complications not unique to mesh)
    Synthetic MUS (mesh complication)
    Minislings
    Urethral Reconstruction
    Urethral Diverticulectomy
    Vesicovaginal and Urethrovaginal Fistula Repair
    Bladder Neck Closure
    Bladder Augmentation
    Anal Sphincteroplasty
    Labioplasty
    Martius Fat Pad Construction
    Bulking Agent Injection
    Sacral Neuromodulation
    Botulinum Toxin.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Alistair Lindsay, Kamal Chitkara, Carlo Di Mario, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a reference manual for practicing cardiologists and a training guide for students, covering a variety of common and unusual, often life-threatening complications of percutaneous?coronary intervention (PCI) that occur in day-to-day practice.

    Contents:
    Femoral pseudoaneurysm
    Superficial Femoral Artery Dissection
    Vagal reaction
    Unable to find femoral pulse
    Find radial pulse but actually blocked and stick ulnar
    Unable to find radial pulse
    Femoral dissection
    Femoral bleeds Radial injury, perforation, need for glue, etc
    Radial spasm
    Radial: Unable to negotiate aorta.- Unable to negotiate subclavian/aorta junction
    Unable to intubate left coronary system
    Unable to intubate right coronary
    Unable to Intubate grafts
    Unable to intubate LIMA
    Conus branch injection
    VF
    Brachial injury
    no flow
    Stroke on table
    Aortic Dissection
    Subclavian dissection
    Left main stem pressure damping cf. ventriculisation
    Coronary air embolism
    Coronary rupture
    Distal wire perforation
    Lost stent/Stent embolization
    Wire breakage, trapping.- Acute dissection/vesssel closure
    Femoral haematoma
    Retro-peritoneal haemorrhage
    Stent fracture
    Acute pericardial effusion
    Left main stem dissection
    Unable to withdraw wire past newly inserted stent
    No-reflow phenomenon.- Unable to pass wire
    Unable to pass balloon.- Unable to pass stent
    Stented underprepared lesion
    Acute onset hypotension Chest pain
    Hypertension
    Pulmonary oedema on table
    Unable to cross aortic valve
    Pigtail or end hole punctures ventricle
    Sheared rotablator wire/retained tip
    Wire under stent.- Atheroembolism of leg
    Failed vascular closure device
    Intramural haematoma
    Failure of stent deployment
    Dissection after rotablation
    Wire fracture
    Perforated side branch needing coils.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Brendan T. Finucane, Ban C.H. Tsui, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: General considerations. The history of local and regional anesthesia
    Regional anesthesia safety
    Local anesthetic toxicity: prevention and management
    Outcome studies comparing regional and general anesthesia
    Part II: Special considerations. Nerve injury resulting from intraneural injection when performing peripheral nerve block
    Regional anesthesia in the presence of neurologic disease
    Evaluation of neurologic injury following regional anesthesia
    Regional anesthesia and anticoagulation
    Infection in association with local and regional anesthesia
    Continuous peripheral nerve blocks safe practice and management
    Part III: Specific regional blocks: safe practice and management of adverse events. Complications of regional anesthesia: upper and lower extremity blockade
    Complications of thoracic wall regional anesthesia and analgesia
    Abdominal wall blocks: safe practice and management of adverse events
    Epidural blockade: safe practice and management of adverse events
    Spinal anesthesia: safe practice and management of adverse events
    Part IV: Specific patient populations: safe practice and management of adverse events. Complications of regional anesthesia in chronic pain therapy
    Local and regional anesthesia in the elderly
    Local and regional analgesia for labor and delivery
    Local and regional anesthesia in the obese patients
    Local and regional anesthesia in pediatrics
    Part V: Special environments: safe practice and management of adverse events. Local and regional anesthesia in dental and oral surgery
    Local and regional anesthesia in the emergency room
    Recognizing and mitigating risk of ophthalmic regional anesthesia
    Local infiltration analgesia for orthopedic joint surgery
    Local and regional anesthesia in plastic surgery: safety considerations and management of adverse events
    Part VI: Morbidity studies: international perspective. Development and methodology of a registry of regional anaesthesia
    Australia: results of a multicenter registry of regional anesthesia
    Canada: medical legal aspects of regional anesthesia practice
    France: regional anesthesia morbidity study
    Nordic countries: principles of safe practice in local and regional anesthesia
    United Kingdom: recent advances in the safety and prevention of regional anesthesia complications
    United States: complications associated with regional anesthesia (an American Society of Anesthesiologists' Closed Claims Analysis)
    United States: chronic pain management (American society of Anesthesiologists' Closed Claims Project)
    Part VII: Medical legal aspects. Medical legal aspects of regional anesthesia: physician perspective
    Medical legal aspects of regional anesthesia: legal perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Salvatore Siracusano, Giuseppe Dodi, Michele Pennisi, Christian Gozzi, Antonio Luigi Pastore, Maria Angela Cerruto, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kurt Lindemann.
    Summary: "Writing is an aspect often overlooked in the quest to provide students with the necessary skills to embark on a career in the increasingly important field of communication. For many students, putting one's thoughts and understanding of a topic onto paper can be a daunting task. Composing Research, Communicating Results: Writing the Communication Research Paper provides communication students with the knowledge and necessary tools to compose a variety of course-required papers that are scholarly, accessible, and well-written. Chapter coverage includes common myths associated with writing a research paper, brainstorming and researching topics, making and supporting arguments, style and formatting issues, writing the literature review, application and personal reaction papers, empirical research papers, presenting and publishing your work, and more. Each stage of the process is broken down into easy-to-follow steps supported by writing exercises and numerous examples drawn from published and student-written papers in the field. Composing Research, Communicating Results: Writing the Communication Research Paper fulfils an important and underserved niche in the classroom curricula, and is an essential resource for all students in communications-related courses"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. So you have to write a research paper...
    2. Brainstorm and research: formulating and answering questions
    3. Making arguments, providing support
    4. Style and format: how to say what you want to say
    5. Writing the literature review: arguing for audiences
    6. Application and reaction papers
    7. Writing empirical research papers
    8. What next? Presenting and publishing papers.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Sylke Müller, Rachel Cerdan, and Ovidiu Radulescu.
    Summary: This most recent volume in the series on Drug Discovery in Infectious Diseases focusses on the use of metabolic analysis of protozoic parasites for rational drug discovery design. Covering all classes of parasites, this ready reference covers such methodologies as virtual compound, high throughput, and cellular screening, as well as computer-assisted and structure-based drug design, and pathway modelling. Furthermore, several chapters focus on the latest technologies increasingly being used to dissect metabolic pathways and cellular processes, while enzymatic drug targets for which structural, knock out and inhibitor data are available are also included as well as recent antiparasitic agents targeting particular pathways serving as lead compounds for further drug development. With its real-life success stories, this is a must-have for all professionals dealing with drug discovery in parasitology.

    Contents:
    Identification and Validation of New Drugs and Targets. Discovery of the Mechanism of Action of Novel Compounds That Target Unicellular Eukaryotic Parasites / Daniela Begolo, Christine Clayton
    Antiparasitics from Algae / Stefan Ringgeler, Barbara Kappes
    Contribution of Natural Products to Drug Discovery in Tropical Diseases / Frederick Annang, Olga Genilloud, Francisca Vicente
    Isoxazolines: A Novel Chemotype Highly Effective on Ectoparasites / Tina Weber, Paul M Selzer
    Trypanosomal Cysteine Peptidases: Target Validation and Drug Design Strategies / Elany Barbosa Silva, Glaecia Aparecida Nascimento Pereira, Rafaela Salgado Ferreira
    Potential of Pyrimidine Metabolism for Antitrypanosomal Drug Discovery / Maria Valente, Antonio E Vidal, Dolores Gonzalez Pacanowska
    Phosphatidylcholine and Phosphatidylethanolamine Biosynthesis Pathways in Plasmodium / Ewelina Guca, Alicia Contet, Henri J Vial, Kai Wengelnik, Rachel Cerdan
    Immunophilins as Possible Drug Targets in Apicomplexan Parasites / Alessandra Bianchin, Anthony J Chubb, Angus Bell
    Targeting the Atg8 Conjugation Pathway for Novel Anti-Apicomplexan Drug Discovery / Alexia S Miller, Jurgen Bosch
    Turnover of Glycosomes in Trypanosomes : Perspectives for Drug Discovery / Ana Brennand, Eva Rico, Melisa Gualdron-Lopez, Paul AM Michels
    Glideosome of Apicomplexans as a Drug Target / Lauren E Boucher, Jurgen Bosch
    N-Myristoyltransferase as a Target for Drug Discovery in Malaria / James A Brannigan, Anthony J Wilkinson
    Metabolomics in Drug and Target Discovery. Methods to Investigate Metabolic Systems in Trypanosoma / Maria Fatarova, Florian Bellvert, Edern Cahoreau, Frederic Bringaud, Jean-Charles Portais
    The Role of Metabolomics in Antiparasitic Drug Discovery / Carlo R Giannangelo, Katherine M Ellis, Anna E Sexton, Daniel Stoessel, Darren J Creek
    The Importance of Targeting Lipid Metabolism in Parasites for Drug Discovery / Simon A Young, Matthew D Roberts, Terry K Smith
    Carbon Metabolism of Plasmodium falciparum / Marco Biddau, Sylke Muller
    Gene Expression and Its Regulation : A Promising Research Area for Drug Discovery. Epigenetic Gene Regulation: Key to Development and Survival of Malaria Parasites / Sabine Anne-Kristin Fraschka, Richard Bartfai
    Mechanisms Regulating Transcription in Plasmodium falciparum as Targets for Novel Antimalarial Drugs / Evelien M Bunnik, Karine G Le Roch
    Aminoacyl t-RNA Synthetases as Antimalarial Drug Targets / Anmol Chandele, Amit Sharma
    Mathematical Approaches to Drug and Target Discovery. Mathematical Modeling and Omic Data Integration to Understand Dynamic Adaptation of Apicomplexan Parasites and Identify Pharmaceutical Targets / Partho Sen, Henri J Vial, Ovidiu Radulescu
    Understanding Protozoan Parasite Metabolism and Identifying Drug Targets through Constraint-Based Modeling / Francis Isidore Totanes, Sanu Shameer, David R Westhead, Fabien Jourdan, Glenn A McConkey
    Attacking Blood-Borne Parasites with Mathematics / David D Niekerk, Gerald Penkler, Francois Toit, Jacky L Snoep, Barbara M Bakker, Jurgen R Haanstra.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Pierre Rabischong.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basic Notions on Mobility Function
    Introduction
    Components of Motor Apparatus
    Command and Control
    Spinal Functions
    Introduction
    Spinal Stabilization
    Cervical Spine and the Eye/Head Servomechanism
    Thoracic Spine and Respiratory Dynamics
    Thoracic Spine and Respiratory Dynamics
    Locomotion
    Introduction
    The Two Aspects of Locomotion
    Prehension
    Introduction
    Wrist/Hand Complex
    Humero-Radio-Ulnar Complex
    Cleido-Scapulo-Humeral Complex
    Conclusion
    Eye Mobility
    Introduction
    Three Specific Features Important to Understand
    Conclusion
    Facial Mimic
    Introduction
    Facial Superior Orbital Floor
    Facial Inferior Buccal Floor
    Masticatory Function
    Introduction
    Movements of TMJ
    Control of Mandibular Posture
    Speaking and Swallowing
    Introduction
    The Aero-Digestive Cross Way
    Swallowing
    Phonation
    Bladder and Rectum Incontinences
    Introduction
    Technical Problems and Solutions
    Command and Control
    Ejaculation and Orgasm
    Introduction
    Technical Problems af Copulation
    Motor Of Inference: The Orgasm
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Salah Mansour, Jacques Magnan, Hassan Haidar Ahmad, Karen Nicolas, Stéphane Louryan.
    Summary: This book explains the anatomy of the middle ear in easy-to-understand descriptions, with more than 100 color photos and many helpful color diagrams. Correlates clinical situations to the anatomical basis of disease, and includes carefully selected CT scans.

    Contents:
    Temporal Bone
    Middle Ear Cavity
    Middle Ear Content
    Middle Ear Compartment
    Mastoid
    Facial Nerve
    Eustachian Tube
    Middle Ear Biomechanics
    Middle Ear Interspecies Evolution
    Radiological Anatomy of the Middle Ear.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Anita Sadeghpour, Majid Kyavar, Azin Alizadehasl, editors.
    Summary: This book presents unique cases of congenital heart disease (CHD) lesions, both corrected and non-corrected, and provides a thorough overview of the diagnostic tools available. It stresses the importance of taking an appropriate history and performing a suitable physical examination, and goes on to describe electrocardiography, chest X-ray, echocardiography, computed tomography, cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging, and catheterization to ensure the reader has the best possible guidance in the diagnosis and management of adult CHD. Comprehensive Approach to Adult Congenital Heart Disease offers an extensive account of patients and their diagnostic and treatment modalities from first presentation to latest follow-up. Consequently, this invaluable resource provides a forum for all cardiologists, cardiology trainees and medical professionals seeking further opportunities to immerse themselves in the fascinating and ever-evolving field of adult CHD.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology, Definition and Classification of Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    Practical Issues in Clinical Recognition and Evaluation of Congenital Heart Disease
    Cardiac Defects with Left to right Shunt
    Complex Cyanotic Congenital Heart Disease
    Valvular and Vascular Disease
    Miscellaneous Lesions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Horacio Cabo, Aimilios Lallas, editors.
    Summary: This practical atlas describes the use of dermoscopy in the clinic, a technique that is increasingly used by the clinical dermatologist. It revolves around the use of clinical cases, simulating what happens in in the clinic when the dermatologist is presented with a patient who has pigmented lesions. Dermatologists perform diagnoses based on what they see on the skin and with these images recognize different diseases. This whole spectrum of forms and shapes is reflected in colour. Dermoscopy opens a new and very wide field of structures and colors that can not be seen with the naked eye and, with appropriate training and the use of this book, improves our clinical diagnosis. Comprehensive Atlas of Dermatoscopy Cases teaches the technique through specially selected clinical cases that cover the entire field of dermoscopy, providing the reader a thorough understanding of the techniques and methodologies associated with diagnosis using dermatoscopy. It is of great use to the trainee dermatologist and any practicing dermatologist seeking to expand their skills with this important diagnostic tool.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan Cohen.
    Contents:
    Narrowband imaging : historical background and basics for its development / Shigeaki Yoshida
    An introduction to high-resolution endoscopy and narrowband imaging / Kazuhiro Gono
    Getting started with high-resolution endoscopy and narrowband imaging / Neil Gupta, Ajay Bansal and Prateek Sharma
    Detection of superficial cancer in the oropharyngeal and hypopharyngeal mucosal sites and the value of NBI at qualitative diagnosis / Manabu Muto, Atsushi Ochiai and Shigeaki Yoshida
    Magnifying endoscopic diagnosis of tissue atypia and cancer invasion depth in the area of pharyngo-esophageal squamous epithelium by NBI enhanced magnification image : IPCL pattern classification / Robert Bechara and Haruhiro Inoue
    Applications of NBI HRE and preliminary data : Barrett's esophagus and adenocarcinoma / Anne-Fré Swager, Prateek Sharma, Jacques J. Bergman and Wouter L. Curvers
    Clinical application of magnification endoscopy with NBI in the stomach and the duodenum / Kenshi Yao, Takashi Nagahama, Fumihito Hirai, Suketo Sou, Toshiyuki Matsui, Hiroshi Tanabe, Akinori Iwashita, Philip Kaye and Krish Ragunath
    Magnifying endoscopy with NBI in the diagnosis of superficial gastric neoplasia and its application for ESD / Mitsuru Kaise
    Optical chromoendoscopy using NBI during screening colonoscopy : its usefulness and application / Yasushi Sano and Shigeaki Yoshida
    Keys to effective performance of resect and discard narrow band imaging / Douglas K. Rex
    The significance of NBI observation for inflammatory bowel diseases / Takayuki Matsumoto, Tetsuji Kudo, Mitsuo Iida and James East
    NBI and high resolution endoscopy in the bile duct and pancreas / Takao Itoi
    Applications in therapeutic endoscopy: impact on timing and completeness of mucosal ablation and resections / Michael J. Bartel, Lijia Jiang and Michael B. Wallace
    Pharynx and esophagus atlas
    Stomach atlas
    Small intestine atlas
    Colon atlas.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman, MD, JD.
    Summary: This is a guide on how to prepare and perform injections under ultrasound guidance. Coverage includes techniques for head, neck, shoulder, elbow and forearm, wrist and hand, chest wall, trunk and abdomen, low back, hip and pelvis, knee and lower extremity, and foot and ankle.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman, Vice Dean Professor of Anesthesiology Professor of Medical Humanities and Bioethics University of Missouri- Kansas City School of Medicine Kansas City, Missouri.
    Summary: "Comprehensive Atlas of Ultrasound-Guided Pain Management Injection Techniques depicts in crisp, step-by-step detail how to prepare and perform injections under ultrasound guidance. Over 180 ultrasound-guided injection techniques are depicted in short, easy to review chapters with hundreds of full color photographs and illustrations. Coverage includes techniques for head, neck, shoulder, elbow and forearm, wrist and hand, chest wall, trunk and abdomen, low back, hip and pelvis, knee and lower extremity, and foot and ankle"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Efstathios Karamanos, Bao-Quynh Julian, Douglas T. Cromack.
    Summary: This book is a first-of-its-kind unique atlas that synthesizes a full review of both upper and lower extremity reconstructive options in one text. While there are books that concentrate on local soft tissue coverage and other books that discuss all types of free flaps, this book features a full scope and provides the full spectrum of reconstructive options. It features high-quality pictures and made-just-for-this-text illustrations created by reconstructive surgeons with intimate knowledge of the procedures. This atlas includes a detailed description of each flap and presents high-quality pictures and graphics explaining relevant anatomy. Each chapter offers case presentations accompanied by explanations that describe why doctors select specific reconstructive options; this guides the readers on how to discern which flap to choose in which situation. Comprehensive Atlas of Upper and Lower Extremity: From Primary Closure to Free Tissue Transfer offers a comprehensive tool for plastic surgeons, orthopedic surgeons, and some general surgeons who perform simple soft tissue coverage.

    Contents:
    1. Evolution of Extremity Reconstruction
    2. Insetting of an Extremity Flap: Hints for a Successful Outcome
    3. Postoperative Monitoring and Recovery
    4. Primary Closure: Simple, Intermediate and Complex Closure of Wounds
    5. Skin Grafting
    6. Pedicle Characteristics
    7. Recipient Vessels Dissection for Vascular Access
    8. Local Soft Tissue Rearrangement: The Random V flap, Rhomboid Flap, Random Rotational Flap, and Z-plasty
    9. Reconstructing the Fingertip: The Moberg, Atasoy and Kutler Flaps
    10. The First Dorsal Metacarpal Artery Flap
    11. Heterodigital Flaps: The Littler Flap
    12. The Posterior Interosseous Artery Fasciocutaneous Flap
    13. The Radial Forearm Flap
    14. The Ulnar Forearm Fasciocutaneous Flap
    15. The Lateral Arm Flap
    16. The Pectoralis Major flap
    17. The Lattisimus Dorsi Flap
    18. The Scapular/Parascapular Flap: The Chimeric Flap Based on the Subscapular Arterial System
    19. The Superficial Circumflex Iliac Artery Perforator Flap
    20. The Rectus Abdominus Muscle Flap
    21. The Anterolateral Thigh Flap
    22. The Tensor Fascia Lata Muscle Flap
    23. The Anteromedial Thigh Flap
    24. The Rectus Femoris Muscle Flap
    25. The Sartorius Muscle Flap
    26. The Gracilis Muscle Flap
    27. The Gastrocnemius Flap
    28. The Soleus Flap
    29. The Medial Sural Artery Perforator Flap
    30. The Free Fibula Osseous/Osseocutaneous Flap
    31. The Reversed Superficial Sural Artery Flap
    32. The Dorsalis Pedis Fasciocutaneous Flap
    33. Toe-to-Thumb Transfer
    34. The Propeller Perforator Flap.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Murray Moo-Young.
    Summary: Comprehensive Biotechnology, Third Edition unifies, in a single source, a huge amount of information in this growing field. The book covers scientific fundamentals, along with engineering considerations and applications in industry, agriculture, medicine, the environment and socio-economics, including the related government regulatory overviews. This new edition builds on the solid basis provided by previous editions, incorporating all recent advances in the field since the second edition was published in 2011.

    Contents:
    Volume 1. Scientific fundamentals of biotechnology
    Volume 2. Engineering perspectives in biotechnology
    Volume 3. Industrial biotechnology and commodity products
    Volume 4. Agricultural and related biotechnologies
    Volume 5. Medical biotechnology and healthcare
    Volume 6. Environmental and related biotechnologies.
  • Digital
    Cecile A. Ferrando.
    Contents:
    Introduction to transgender medicine
    Mental health care for the adult transgender patient
    Mental health care for the child and adolescent transgender patient
    Disorders of sex development and intersex patients
    Hormone treatment for the adult transgender patient
    Hormone treatment for the adolescent transgender patient
    Overview of surgery for transgender patients
    Facial surgery for transgender patients
    Breast and chest surgery for transgender patients
    Genital confirmation surgery for patients assigned male at birth
    Genital confirmation surgery for patients assigned female at birth
    Primary and preventative care for transgender patients
    Gynecologic care for transgender patients
    Hysterectomy for the transgender man.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph E. Losee, MD, FACS, FAAP, Ross H. Musgrave Professor of Pediatric Plastic Surgery, Executive Vice-Chair and Program Director, Department of Plastic Surgery, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Division Chief, Pediatric Plastic Surgery, Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh of the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Richard E. Kirschner, MD, FACS, FAAP, Robert F. and Edgar T. Wolfe Foundation Endowed Chair in Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, Chief, Section of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, Director, Cleft Lip and Palate Center, Nationwide Children's Hospital, Professor of Surgery and Pediatrics, Senior Vice Chair, Department of Plastic Surgery, the Ohio State University College of Medicine, Columbus, Ohio, Darren M. Smith, MD, Craniofacial Fellow, Department of Plastic Surgery, the Hospital for Sick Children, Toronto, Ontario, Canada ; with co-editors, Christin R. Lawrence, Amy Straub.
    Summary: "This new text provides a broad discourse on the basic and clinical sciences that are essential to the understanding, diagnosis, and management of cleft lip and palate. This second edition features chapters on advocacy and social work, a reflection of the unmistakable truth that every cleft-affected individual is not simply a patient but also an integral member of a family and of society. In order to further enhance the educational value of the work to its readers, we have complemented several of the chapters with material in video format. The inclusion of new chapters reflects the necessary and inevitable progression in thought and comprehension within the discipline. While cleft-care providers have long recognized the benefits of interdisciplinary team care, there has been a significant increase in our understanding of the need to practice our art based not upon preference, but upon evidence. The measurement and honest assessment of clinical outcomes is our solemn responsibility to our patients, and it is for this reason that the text has been expanded to include a more thorough discussion of outcomes measurement and comparative evaluation. Perhaps an even more important step in our development as cleft care providers is the realization that the outcomes that deserve our greatest attention are those that truly matter most to our patients themselves and that our care nearly always represents a balance between real or perceived benefits and the costs of their achievement. Hence, we have included chapters that discuss the burden of care and the assessment of what is ultimately the most important outcome for those that we serve: their quality of life"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph E. Losee, Richard E. Kirschner.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Dimitrios G. Goulis, editor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses both gestational diabetes and diabetes that pre-exists pregnancy (type 1 or type 2), highlighting conditions and complications that are expected to occur during and after pregnancy. The book focuses on clinical problems encountered in everyday practice, but also covers topics that contribute to a better understanding of the clinical issues (genetics, epigenetics, pathophysiology). Written by leading experts in various disciplines, the chapters draw on the authors' experience to critically evaluate relevant data on diagnosing and treating the disease and provide guidance on the optimal approach in each specific situation as well as on how to decide between alternatives. A series of learning objectives, tables, figures, algorithms and illustrations increase the book's readability and help readers improve their understanding of the material. This book serves as a practical and useful tool for general obstetricians, fetal-maternal specialists, endocrinologists, diabetologists, neonatologists, midwives and for anyone involved in the management of pregnant women with this condition.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1) Introduction
    Part I) Setting the Diagnosis Chapter 2) Epidemiology
    Chapter 3) Diagnosis of Gestational Diabetes Mellitus
    Part II) Defining the Pathophysiology Chapter 4) Risk Factors for Developing Gestational Diabetes Mellitus
    Chapter 5) Pathophysiology
    Chapter 6) Fetal Origin of Adult Disease: The Case of GDM
    Part III) Monitoring Chapter 7) Medical Monitoring of Pre-Existing DM and GDM
    Chapter 8) Obstetrical Monitoring
    Part IV) Management Chapter 9) Targets and Rationale for Treatment
    Chapter 10) Pre-Pregnancy Management in Clinical Approach to Diabetes Mellitus
    Chapter 11) Medical Nutrition Therapy
    Chapter 12) Physical Activity and Exercise in Diabetes During Pregnancy
    Chapter 13) Oral Anti-hyperglycemic Agents
    Chapter 14) Insulin
    Chapter 15) Delivery, Intrapartum Management and Puerperium
    Part V) Complications and Their Management Chapter 16) Fetal Complications
    Chapter 17) Diabetes During Pregnancy: Neonatal and Childhood Complications
    Chapter 18) Pregnancy-Associated Maternal Complications
    Chapter 19) Long-Term Maternal Complications
    Part VI) Special Issues Chapter 20) Diabetes Mellitus and Infertility
    Chapter 21) Diabetes Mellitus and Contraception
    Chapter 22) Diabetes in Pregnancy and Breastfeeding
    Chapter 23) Biomedical Technology and Gestational Diabetes Mellitus
    Chapter 24) Issues to Be Solved: Future Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Richard J. Johnson
    Summary: Written for fellows, practicing nephrologists, and internists who treat patients with disorders affecting the renal system, Comprehensive Clinical Nephrology, 7th Edition, offers a practical approach to this complex field, supported by underlying scientific facts and pathophysiology. World leaders in nephrology provide current information on clinical procedures and conditions, covering everything from fluid and electrolyte disorders to hypertension, diabetes, dialysis, transplantation, and more—all in a single, convenient volume.

    Contents:
    Essential Renal Anatomy and Physiology
    Investigation of Renal Disease
    Fluid and Electrolyte Disorders
    Glomerular Disease
    Diabetic Kidney Disease
    Hypertension
    Renovascular Disease
    Pregnancy and Renal Disease
    Hereditary and Congenital Diseases of the Kidney
    Infectious Diseases and the Kidney
    Urologic Disorders
    Tubulointerstitial and Vascular Diseases
    Renal Disease and Cancer
    Acute Kidney Injury
    Drug Therapy in Kidney Disease
    Chronic Kidney Disease and Uremic Syndrome
    Geriatric and Palliative Nephrology
    Dialytic Therapies.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Hans-Robert Metelmann, Thomas von Woedtke, Klaus-Dieter Weltmann, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Pamela R. Roberts, MD, FCCM, FCCP, editor, S. Rob Todd, MD, FACS, FCCM, editor.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC86.8 .C645 2022
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Marluce Bibbo, David C. Wilbur.
    Summary: In the newly updated edition of Comprehensive Cytopathology, a team of international experts provides criteria and techniques in diagnosis, testing, and new insights in cytology. This accessible guide to diagnostic investigation and screening is ideal for daily laboratory use, taking a systematic approach to helping you understand major diagnostic criteria as well as the pitfalls and limitations of cytology. Quickly find the answers you need through a consistent chapter structure.Realize every possibility. Appropriate histopathological correlations and a consideration of the possible differential diagnosis accompany the cytological findings.

    Contents:
    The Cell : Basic Structure and Function, and Molecular Basis of Neoplasia
    Basic Cytogenetics and the Role of Genetics in Cancer Development
    Cytologic Screening Programs
    Diagnostic Quality Assurance in Cytopathology
    Evaluation of the Non-gynecologic Sample in Smears and Liquid-based Preparations
    The Bethesda System for Reporting Cervical Cytology
    Microbiology, Inflammation, and Viral Infections
    Benign Proliferative Reactions, Intraepithelial Neoplasia, and Invasive Cancer of the Uterine Cervix
    Glandular Neoplasms of the Uterine Cervix
    Endometrial Hyperplasia and Carcinoma, Extrauterine Cancer, and Unusual Tumors
    Vulva, Vagina, and Anus
    Peritoneal Washings and Ovary
    Respiratory Tract
    Alimentary Tract (Esophagus, Stomach, Small Intestine, Colon, Rectum, Anus, Biliary Tract)
    Urinary Tract
    Central Nervous System
    Eye
    Cytology of Soft Tissue, Bone, and Skin
    Pleural, Peritoneal, and Pericardial Effusions
    Fine-needle Aspiration Biopsy Techniques
    Fine-needle Aspiration Biopsy Techniques
    Salivary Glands and Rare Head and Neck Lesions
    The Bethesda System for Reporting Thyroid Cytopathology
    Thyroid
    Lymph Nodes : Cytomorphology and Flow Cytometry
    Breast
    Mediastinum
    Kidneys, Adrenals, and Retroperitoneum
    Liver
    Pancreas
    Pediatric Tumors
    Effects of Therapy on Cytologic Specimens
    Cytopreparatory Techniques
    Digital Pathology/Telepathology
    Automation in Cervical Cytology
    Immunocytochemistry
    Molecular Techniques
    HPV Detection Techniques.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stephen E. Wolverton; associate editor Jashin J. Wu.
    Summary: "Designed with practical usability in mind, Comprehensive Dermatologic Drug Therapy, 4th Edition, helps you safely and effectively treat the skin disorders you're likely to see in your practice. Dr. Stephen E. Wolverton and new associate editor Dr. Jashin J. Wu lead a team of global experts to bring you concise, complete guidance on today's full spectrum of topical, intralesional, and systemic drugs. You'll prescribe with confidence thanks to expert coverage of which drugs to use, when to use them, and adverse effects to monitor"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    pt. I. Introduction
    pt. II. Important drug regulatory issues
    pt. III. Systemic drugs for infectious diseases
    pt. IV. Systemic immunomodulatory drugs
    pt. V. Drugs used in conjunction with UV or visible light
    pt. VI. Biological therapeutics
    pt. VII. Miscellaneous systemic drugs
    pt. VIII. Topical drugs for infectious diseases
    pt. IX. Topical immunomodulatory drugs
    pt. X. Miscellaneous topical drugs
    pt. XI. Injectable and mucosal routes of drug administration
    pt. XII. Major adverse effects from systemic drugs
    pt. XIII. Special pharmacology and therapeutic topics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Marc A. Bjurlin, Richard S. Matulewicz, editors.
    Summary: This succinct yet comprehensive book describes current and emerging concepts in risk stratification, detection, and staging of bladder cancer. Divided into two distinct sections, the first section focuses on contemporary and novel imaging modalities in bladder cancer staging. The second section illuminates advanced optical techniques and tumor markers for bladder cancer detection. The volume also addresses such topics as novel immuno-positron emission tomography radiotracers, imaging modalities for monitoring of tumor response, and non-invasive urine biomarkers such as current and emerging molecular markers for bladder cancer screening, early diagnosis, and surveillance. Comprehensive Diagnostic Approach to Bladder Cancer: Molecular Imaging and Biomarkers is written by experts in the field and provides a valuable resource for urologists, oncologists, urologic oncologists, radiation oncologists, allied health professionals, residents, and fellows who treat and manage bladder cancer.

    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology of Bladder Cancer: Trends and Disparities
    2. Environmental and genetic factors contributing to bladder carcinogenesis
    3. Strategies for Bladder Cancer Screening
    4. Staging of Bladder Cancer
    5. Conventional and Investigational Imaging Modalities
    6. Evaluation of Hematuria
    7. Molecular Imaging Modalities: Applications of Current and Novel Radiotracers
    8. Optical Techniques for Bladder Cancer Detection: The Role of Cystoscopy and Enhanced Cystoscopy
    9. Urine Cytology in the Clinical Management of Bladder Cancer
    10. Urinary Biomarkers: Current Status and Future Opportunities
    11. Bladder Cancer Genomics: Indications for sequencing and diagnostic implications
    12. Novel and Investigational Diagnostics: Liquid Biopsy and Beyond.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mark A. Ferrante, Professor, Department of Neurology, Co-Director, Neurophysiology Fellowship, Associate Director, Residency Training Program, Section Chief, Neurophysiology, Memphis VA Medical Center, Memphis, TN, USA.
    Summary: "Electromyography (EMG) is a technique for evaluating and recording the electrical activity produced by nerves and muscles. Interpreting EMG is a mandatory skill for neurologists and rehabilitation specialists. This textbook provides the reader with a detailed discussion of the concepts and principles underlying electrodiagnostic medicine. It is written for an audience without pre-existing knowledge in this discipline, including beginner technicians and physicians in training. It is an ideal review for seasoned practitioners and those preparing for board examinations. It begins with a review of the foundational sciences and works through the field in twenty chapters, including a large number of case studies demonstrating correct application and interpretation. Appendices of information frequently required in the EMG laboratory, such as Nerve Conduction Study techniques and their age-related normal values, anatomic regions assessed by each NCS and needle EMG studies, safety issues, and other important topics, are also included"-- Provided by publisher. "Historically, although measurements of the muscle response were initially made in the late nineteenth century, motor NCS were not truly born until the 1940s. At that time, technology was quite limited"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Alberto Pilotto, Finbarr C. Martin, editors.
    Summary: This book offers an up-to-date review on the principles and practice of multidimensional assessment and management of the older individual, which represents the cornerstone of modern clinical practice in the elderly. The early chapters cover the main elements and scope of the comprehensive geriatric approach and explain the pathways of care from screening and case finding through to in-depth assessment and treatment planning. Subsequent chapters review the evidence of how best to apply the multidimensional assessment and management approach in defined healthcare settings and within specific clinical areas, such as cancer and surgery. Finally, the education and training challenges are reviewed and the prospects for future clinical service and research in this important field are examined. The book is very timely given the recent advances in application of this approach, which reflect the growing international realization that older people are?core business? in many clinical areas where the role of specialist geriatric medicine has hitherto been limited. Accordingly, the book will be relevant to a wide range of clinicians. The authorship comprises many of the best known and widely published experts in their respective fields.

    Contents:
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment : an updated perspective / Luigi Ferrucci and Stefania Orini
    Different domains of the comprehensive geriatric assessment / Stefano Volpato and Jack M. Guralnik
    Patient, the multidisciplinary team and the assessment / Finbarr C. Martin
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in the hospital / Alberto Pilotto and Nicola Veronese
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in long-term care and nursing homes / Francesco Panza, Madia Lozupone, Vincenzo Solfrizzi, Francesca D'Urso, Roberta Stallone, Alessia Noia, Antonello Bellomo, Davide Seripa, Antonio Greco, and Giancarlo Logroscino
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in the community and in outpatient consultation / Alberto Cella
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment and personalized medicine / Arduino A. Mangoni
    CGA and clinical decision-making : the multidimensional prognostic index / Alberto Pilotto, Julia Daragjati, and Nicola Veronese
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in the emergency department / Simon Conroy, Els Devriendt, and Sarah Turpin
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in cancer patients / Philippe Caillet, Frederic Pamoukdjian, Anastaric Obraztsova, and Elena Paillaud
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in orthogeriatrics / Andrea Giusti and Christian Kammerlander
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in patients with organ failure / Nicola Veronese, Anna Maria Mello, Clarissa Musacchio, and Alberto Pilotto
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in perioperative medicine / Jugdeep Dhesi and Judith Partridge
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in patients with cognitive decline / Maria Cristina Polidori
    Teaching CGA / Regina Elisabeth Roller, Maria Christina Polidari, and Katrin Singler.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sandra J. Shin, editor.
    Contents:
    Essential Components of a Successful Breast Core Needle Biopsy Program: Imaging Modalities, Sampling Techniques, Specimen Processing, Radiologic/Pathologic Correlation, and Appropriate Follow-Up
    Pattern Based Evaluation of Breast Core Needle Biopsies
    Multiples in Core Biopsy Samples
    Inflammatory, Reactive, and Infectious Conditions of the Breast
    Adenosis, Sclerosing Lesions, Microglandular Adenosis and Mucocele-Like Lesions
    Papillary and Adenomyoepithelial Tumors
    Fibroepithelial Lesions in Women, Adolescents/Children and Males
    The Spectrum of Columnar Cell Lesions
    Intra-Ductal Proliferations (DCIS, ADH and UDH)
    Invasive Ductal Carcinoma Including Microinvasive Carcinoma, Tubular Carcinoma and Cribriform Carcinoma
    Triple Negative/Basal-like Breast Carcinomas
    Less Common Triple Negative Breast Cancer
    Special Histologic Types of Breast Cancer: Mucinous, Secretory, Micropapillary, Neuroendocrine, Cystic Hypersecretory, Glycogen-Rich Clear Cell, and Carcinoma with Osteoclast-Like Giant Cells
    Atypical Lobular Hyperplasia and Lobular Carcinoma In Situ Helena Hwang and Sunati Sahoo
    Invasive Lobular Carcinoma
    Benign and Malignant Mesenchymal Tumors
    Vascular Lesions of the Breast
    Breast Tumors in Adolescents/Children and Males
    Lesions of the Nipple
    Lymphoid and Hematopoietic Tumors of the Breast
    Special Clinical Settings: Tumors Arising in Pregnancy, Pregnancy-Like (Pseudolactational) Proliferations, Breast Carcinoma in the Pre-Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy Setting, Recurrent Breast Carcinoma, Inflammatory Breast Carcinoma
    Current Standard Clinical Predictive Markers
    Future Role of Molecular Profiling in Small Breast Samples and Personalized Medicine
    Metastases to the Breast
    Dermatologic Mimickers of Breast Lesions Arising in the Breast Skin, Subcutis or Axilla. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Sandra J. Shin, Yunn-Yi Chen, Paula S. Ginter, editors.
    Summary: Breast cancer remains the leading cause of cancer in women, which makes accurate diagnoses on core needle biopsy (CNB) specimens of vital importance in staging and guiding therapy decisions for patients. The first edition of this multi-authored text written by leaders in the field from major academic medical centers provided a comprehensive guide on diagnostic breast pathology in the core biopsy setting. In addition to in-depth coverage of benign and malignant entities encountered in breast core biopsies, the book provided additional resources to improve diagnostic accuracy such as pattern-based approaches to evaluation, mimickers of breast lesions arising in extra-mammary sites, and pitfalls specific to small tissue samples. In recent years, there have been several notable developments in the field of breast pathology including revisions in AJCC breast cancer staging, updated guidelines in the testing and reporting of ER, PR, and HER2, as well as implementation of immunotherapy and companion biomarker testing. In addition, several key updates were included in the most recent edition of the WHO Classification of Breast Tumours (2020). In addition to updates specific to individual breast entities, the second edition provides updates regarding biomarker testing in the primary and metastatic setting, and incorporates newly defined entities and updated definitions of rare tumors in alignment with the WHO Classification of Breast Tumours (2020). Furthermore, this edition addresses the role of CNB in companion biomarker testing for eligibility for immunotherapy in the context of advanced triple-negative breast carcinoma. Written by leaders in the field and edited by expert breast pathologists, The Second Edition of Comprehensive Guide to Core Needle Biopsies of the Breast is the definitive reference on breast core needle biopsies for practicing pathologists, pathology trainees, oncologists and clinicians of patients with breast disease. .

    Contents:
    Essential Components of a Successful Breast Core Needle Biopsy Program: Imaging Modalities, Sampling Techniques, Specimen Processing, Radiologic/Pathologic Correlation, and Appropriate Follow-Up
    Pattern-Based Evaluation of Breast Core Needle Biopsies
    Multiples in Core Biopsy Samples
    Inflammatory, Reactive, and Infectious Conditions of the Breast
    Adenosis, Sclerosing Lesions, Microglandular Adenosis, and Mucocele-Like Lesions
    Papillary Tumors and Epithelial and Myoepithelial tumors (Pleomorphic adenoma, Adenomyoepithelioma, Malignant Adenomyoepithelioma)
    Fibroepithelial Lesions
    Columnar Cell Lesions
    Intraductal Proliferations (UDH, ADH, DCIS)
    Invasive Ductal Carcinoma, NST (including microinvasive carcinoma), Tubular Carcinoma, and Cribriform Carcinoma
    Triple-Negative/Basal-Like Breast Carcinomas
    Less Common Triple-Negative Breast Cancers and Salivary Gland-Type Tumors (Carcinoma with Apocrine differentiation, Metaplastic carcinoma, Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma, Secretory Carcinoma, Acinic Cell Carcinoma, Mucoepidermoid carcinoma, Tall Cell Carcinoma with Reversed Polarity)
    Special Histologic Types and Special Morphologic Patterns of Invasive Ductal Carcinoma, NST (Mucinous, Micropapillary, Mucinous Cystadenocarcinoma, Cystic Hypersecretory, Glycogen-Rich Clear Cell, Carcinoma with Osteoclast-Like Giant Cells, Neuroendocrine Neoplasms)
    Atypical Lobular Hyperplasia and Lobular Carcinoma In Situ
    Invasive Lobular Carcinoma
    Benign and Malignant Mesenchymal Tumors
    Vascular Lesions of the Breast
    Breast Tumors in Adolescents/Children and Males
    Lesions of the Nippe
    Lymphoid and Hematopoietic Tumors of the Breast
    Special Clinical Settings: Tumors Arising in Pregnancy, Pregnancy-Like (Pseudolactational) Proliferations, Breast Carcinoma in the Pre-neoadjuvant Chemotherapy Setting, Recurrent Breast Carcinoma, and Inflammatory Breast Carcinoma
    Current Standard Clinical Predictive Markers
    Future Role of Molecular Profiling in Small Breast Samples and Personalized Medicine
    Metastases to the Breast
    Dermatologic Mimickers of Breast Lesions Arising in the Breast Skin, Subcutis, or Axilla.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Elizabeth A.M. Frost, editor.
    Summary: Comprehensive Guide to Education in Anesthesia is the first single-source volume on the current practice of teaching and learning in this specialty which has long been at the forefront of innovation in medical education. It is edited by one of the great anesthesiology educators in the United States and brings together contributions from leading educators from across the US covering all aspects of anesthesiology education, from medical school and post-graduate training to board certification and continuing medical education. Topics include best educational practices, closed claim analysis, giving feedback to superiors, residency and fellowship training and requirements, maintenance of certification, the role of simulation, interacting with other specialties, community and global outreach, and more. The book conveys the unique nature of the specialty and is aimed at medical students contemplating a career in anesthesiology, residents and fellows, educators, and administrators.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction and Historical Accounting
    2. Teaching by Example: Best Practices for Education in the Operating Room and the Lecture Hall
    3. Learning From Incident Reporting And Closed Claims Analyses
    4. Residency Training
    5. Requirements for a Fellowship
    6. Teaching Clinical Science to Medical Students
    7. Mentorship in Anesthesia
    8. The Process of Board Certification
    9. Maintenance of Certification in Anesthesiology Program
    10. Evaluation of Anesthesiology Residents
    11. Giving Feedback to Superiors-Attending Evaluation
    12. The Place For Simulation Teaching
    13. The Role of Continuing Medical Education
    14. Multidisciplinary Teaching: the Interaction of the Specialties
    15. Research in Education
    16. The Place of Global Education in Anesthesia
    17. Community Outreach
    18. Substance Abuse Recognition and Prevention through Education.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Vivian Y. Shi, Jennifer L. Hsiao, Michelle A. Lowes, Iltefat H. Hamzavi.
    Summary: Despite being a relatively straightforward clinical diagnosis, recognition of Hidradenitis suppurativa (HS) is highly variable, and clinical management is challenging and complex. Written by the world's leading experts in HS, A Comprehensive Guide to Hidradenitis Suppurativa brings together up-to-date scientific evidence on the diagnosis, patho-mechanisms, comorbidities, and multi-faceted medical and surgical interventions for this debilitating condition--in one convenient reference.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Vivian Y. Shi, Jennifer L. Hsiao, Michelle A. Lowes, Iltefat H. Hamzavi.
    Summary: "Despite being a relatively straightforward clinical diagnosis, recognition of hidradenitis suppurativa (HS) is highly variable, and clinical management is challenging and complex. Written by the world's leading experts in HS, A Comprehensive Guide to Hidradenitis Suppurativa brings together up-to-date scientific evidence on the diagnosis, patho-mechanisms, comorbidities, and multi-faceted medical and surgical interventions for this debilitating condition--in one convenient reference"--Publisher's description
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Abhishek Agrawal, Gavin Britz, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide answers commonly asked questions about neurosurgical conditions related to brain and spinal cord. Comprehensive Guide to Neurosurgical Conditions fills the gap which arises after a diagnosis is made on the loved one, explaining the basics of neurosurgical diseases and their management. Comprehensive Guide to Neurosurgical Conditions, looks at the Neurosurgical team, the Intensive Care Unit and the basic as well as the emergency neurosurgical procedures in a comprehensive and concise matter. Comprehensive Guide to Neurosurgical Conditions, which is part of a book set including Emergency Approaches to Neurosurgical Conditions, delves into different kinds of brain surgeries, tumors and the management of stroke in chapters written by reputed neurosurgeons worldwide, to help the physicians, the patients and their families cope with all aspects of neurosurgery.

    Contents:
    1. Basic Neuroanatomy
    2. Basic Neurology
    3. The Neurosurgery Healthcare Team
    4. Neurological Intensive Care Unit
    5. Common Neuroradiological Procedures
    6. Pre-Operative and Peri-Operative Period
    7. Basic Neurosurgical Procedures
    8. Neurosurgical Emergencies
    9. Symptomes and Signs in Brain Disease
    10. Sports Related Concussion Injuries
    11. Radiotheraphy for Brain and Spine Disease
    12. Peripheral Nerve Problems
    13. Rehabilitation of Neurosurgical Conditions
    14. Brain Death
    15. Organ Donation
    16. Second Opinions
    17. Nursing Perspective: Dealing with Patients with Neurological Conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Shane O'Hanlon, Marie Smith ; foreword writer Timothy L. Kauffman.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2021
  • Digital
    Janet L. Abrahm, MD, with Molly E. Collins, MD, and Bethany-Rose Daubman, MD.
    Summary: "The contributors educate health care providers on the principles and practices of pain and symptom management in cancer patients. The content was expanded significantly for the fourth edition"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Bilal Chughtai.
    Summary: "A Comprehensive Guide to the Prostate: Eastern and Western Approaches for Management of BPH provides a multidisciplinary approach to BPH and male voiding dysfunction, presenting comprehensive guidance on management. With an equal focus on traditional, complementary and alternative medicine, and a look at novel technologies, a complete understanding of the BPH disease process is revealed. Abstracts and references in every chapter make the connection between research and practice. Perfect for researchers and urologists, this must-have reference provides what is needed to understand BPH and male voiding dysfunction.Presents a comprehensive and multidisciplinary approach on BPH and male voiding dysfunctionGives equal focus to traditional, complementary and alternative medicine Provides access to videos of procedures using the various treatment modalities covered in the book"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to a comprehensive guide to your prostate
    2. Behavioral therapies and self-management for benign prostatic hyperplasia
    3. Medical therapy for benign prostatic hyperplasia
    4. Eastern herbal medicine
    5. Acupuncture
    6. Naturopathic and Western medicine --7. Monopolar transurethral resection of prostate
    8. Bipolar plasma kinetic vaporization
    9. .532nm laser photoselective vaporization of the prostate
    10. Holmium laser ablation of the prostate
    11.Holmium enucleation of the prostate
    12. Thulium laser prostatectomy
    13. Diode laser resection of prostate (980nm)
    14. Open Prostatectomy
    15. Robotic-assisted laprorscopic surgery
    16. Transurethral microwave thermotherapy for treatment of benign prostatic hyperplasia
    17. Transurethral needle ablation of the prostate
    18. Prostatic urethral lift
    19. Prostatic stents
    20. Prostatic artery embolization
    21. Ethanol injection of prostate in benign prostatic hypertrophy
    22. Future surgical procedures, iTind, Ruzum, and Aquablation
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] David M. Gershenson, Gretchen M. Lentz, Fidel A. Valea, Rogerio A. Lobo.
    Summary: "With its trademark clear, concise writing style and evidence-based focus, Comprehensive Gynecology, 8th Edition, remains your #1 choice for practical, in-depth coverage of any women's health issue you're likely to encounter. It covers all key issues in gynecology, now fully updated to include new information on topics such as laparoscopy and innovations in robotic surgery, reversible contraception, and advancements in treating endometriosis. For residents, specialists, primary care doctors, and other healthcare providers, Comprehensive Gynecology is an easy-to-access source of trusted information for everyday practice. Includes helpful features such as key references and terms, key points at the end of each chapter, summary boxes for quick reference, and new bolded text to highlight the most important concepts. Features newly improved artwork; a more cohesive, easy-to-navigate design throughout; and more clinical algorithms. Contains hundreds of illustrations and tables, anatomical figures, radiographs, and photographs, as well as 20 videos that address topics such as Pap smear techniques, hysteroscopic metroplasty, and endometriosis of the bladder. Brings you up to date with the latest applications in diagnostic and interventional ultrasound, issues in infertility, the latest research in menopause, and other essential aspects of today's practice. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital/Print
    edited by James M. Ferguson, C. Barr Taylor.
    Contents:
    v.1, Systems intervention ; v.2, Syndromes & special areas ; v.3, Extended applications & issues ;
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R726.5 .C66
    3
  • Digital
    Michael A. Seropian , George R. Keeler, Viren N. Naik, editors.
    Summary: Think - Plan - Buy This is the first complete guide for creating a sustainable healthcare simulation program/center. It is created by experts in the field that are on the front lines of this emerging field. It is intended and written with all professions in mind, and should be a resource for all, be they healthcare educators, administrators, or executives. It covers specific elements of the entire process, from concept to execution, and identifies key decision points along the way. The book is organized around fundamental considerations in center and program development including governance, structural/facility and curricular design, business planning, to establishing policies and procedures. Chapters analyze the fundamental aspects of planning, such as budgeting, revenue streams, and philanthropy as well as the inclusion of educational resources within such programs. Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation: Program and Center Development is an invaluable addition to the Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation series, and features an authoritative authorship of experts in the field.

    Contents:
    Section I: Business, Implementation, and Sustainability
    Chapter 1. Governance and Organizational Structure
    Chapter 2. Importance of Executive Buy-in
    Chapter 3. Establishing your Vision, Mission, and Strategy
    Chapter 4. Basic Business Planning
    Chapter 5. Implementation, Phases, and Project Management
    Chapter 6. Funding Sources and Fee Structures
    Chapter 7. Effective Budgeting: Putting it Together
    Section II: Facility Design, Supporting Equipment, and Technology
    Chapter 8. Facility Design Part I
    Process Considerations
    Chapter 9. Facility Design Part II
    Structure Considerations
    Chapter 10. Equipment Selection, Acquisition, and Maintenance
    Chapter 11. Simulation Audio Visual and Learning Management System Considerations
    Section III. Curriculum and Faculty Development
    Chapter 12. Curriculum Integration and Development
    Chapter 13. Faculty and Staff Development
    Section IV. Administration and Operations
    Chapter 14. Simulation Operations: An Overview
    Chapter 15. Effective Staffing, Recruitment, and HR Management
    Chapter 16. Policies and Procedures: Key Considerations
    Chapter 17. Evaluation, Metrics, and Measuring ROI/VOI
    Section V. Marketing & Partnerships
    Chapter 18. Communication, Marketing Plan, and Strategy
    Chapter 19. Collaborative Partnerships: Local, Regional, National, and Global.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lindsay C. Johnston, Lillian Su, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the technical, cognitive, and behavioral skills needed to implement an extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) simulation program. It describes these programs on the individual, team, and hospital system level, and includes the history of ECMO simulation, its evolution to its current state, and future directions of technology and science related to ECMO simulation. Divided into six sections, chapters describe both the theoretical as well as the practical aspects of ECMO simulation, including a pictorial guide to setting up an ECMO simulation circuit and how to recreate ECMO emergencies. It is a pragmatic guide that emphasizes the necessary practical items and discussions necessary to plan, set-up, orchestrate, and debrief ECMO simulations for different types of learners in different Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation: ECMO Simulation - A Theoretical and Practical Guide is part of the Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation Series, and this book is intended for educators, simulation technologists, and providers involved in ECMO programs who recognize the value of simulation to improve ECMO outcomes.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: History of ECMO & ECMO Simulation
    1: ECMO from Conception to Execution
    Introduction
    Birth of an Idea
    Development of Perfusion Technology
    Conclusions
    References
    2: Simulating ECMO: Rationale and Genesis
    Rationale for Simulating ECMO
    Genesis of ECMO Simulation
    Core Developmental Strategies
    Lessons Learned
    Human and System Performance Assessment During ECMO Simulation
    Program Assessment
    Looking to the Future (The Future Is Now)
    Summary
    References Part II: Educational Theory Behind ECMO Simulation
    3: The Critical Role of Simulation in ECMO Education
    Introduction
    Simulation in Medical Education
    Adult Learning Theory
    Andragogy
    Social Learning Theories
    Constructivism
    Cognitivism
    Transformative
    Experiential
    Procedural Skills Training
    Simulation in Medical Education
    Simulation as Part of an Overarching ECMO Educational Curriculum
    Creation of Goals and Objectives Based on Institutional Needs
    Use of Simulation for Low-Frequency, High-Risk Events and Review of Rare Cases Use of Simulation for Implementation of Programmatic Changes
    Creation of Goals and Objectives Based on Learner Population
    Matching Goals to Instructional Methods
    How to Incorporate Procedural/Technical Skills training into an ECMO Program
    Benefits of Simulation on Cognition
    Critical Thinking Under Stress
    Benefits of ECMO Simulation on IPE Teamwork
    Interprofessional
    Current ELSO guidelines for Simulation Training
    Potential Role for Simulation in Assessment of ECMO Providers
    Conclusion
    References 4: A Conceptual Framework for Development of a Simulation-Enhanced ECMO Training Program: Use of a Zone-Based Framework
    Introduction
    Zone-Based Framework for Simulation-Enhanced Training
    Overall Framework for Simulation-Enhanced ECMO Training
    Development of Psychomotor Skills
    Development of Cognitive Skills
    Development of Teamwork Skills
    Summary
    References
    5: Brain-Based Learning
    Introduction
    Brain-Based Learning
    Conclusion
    References
    6: Designing an ECMO Simulation Curriculum
    Introduction
    Curriculum Development Components of an ECMO Simulation Curriculum
    Extracorporeal Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
    Physiologic Framework for ECMO Complications
    ECMO Preload
    ECMO Pump "Contractility"
    ECMO Afterload
    Considerations
    Conclusions
    References
    Part III: Technology for ECMO Simulation
    7: Innovations and Options for ECMO Simulation
    Introduction
    Definitions
    Foundational Knowledge and Skills Acquired Through Low Physical Resemblance, Low Functional Task Alignment Simulation
    Development of Psychomotor and Critical Thinking Skills
    Development of Surgical Cannulation Skills
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Bryan Mahoney, Rebecca D. Minehart, May C. M. Pian-Smith.
    Summary: This book functions as a practical guide for the use of simulation in anesthesiology. Divided into five parts, it begins with the history of simulation in anesthesiology, its relevant pedagogical principles, and the modes of its employment. Readers are then provided with a comprehensive review of simulation technologies as employed in anesthesiology and are guided on the use of simulation for a variety of learners: undergraduate and graduate medical trainees, practicing anesthesiologists, and allied health providers. Subsequent chapters provide a 'how-to" guide for the employment of simulation across wide range of anesthesiology subspecialties before concluding with a proposed roadmap for the future of translational simulation in healthcare. The Comprehensive Textbook of Healthcare Simulation: Anesthesiology is written and edited by leaders in the field and includes hundreds of high-quality color surgical illustrations and photographs.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction to Simulation for Anesthesiology
    Ch 1: Anesthesia and Simulation: A Historic Relationship
    Ch 2: Education and Learning Theory
    Ch 3: Essentials of Scenario Building
    Ch 4: Essentials of Debriefing in Simulation-based Education
    Ch 5: Crisis Resource Management and Interdisciplinary Team Training
    Ch 6: Competency Assessment
    Ch 7: Role of Simulation in Healthcare Quality Assurance
    Ch 8: Licensure and Certification
    Ch 9: Leadership and Endorsement
    Part II. Simulation Modalities and Technologies
    Ch 10: Standardized Patients
    Ch 11: Mannequin-based Simulators and Part-Task Trainers
    Ch 12: Computer and Web-based Simulators, Virtual Environments
    Part III. General Practice of Anesthesiology
    Ch 13: Undergraduate Medical Education
    Ch 14: Graduate Medical Education
    Ch 15: Faculty and Allied Health Providers
    Part IV. Subspecialties of Anesthesiology
    Ch 16: Simulation in Pediatrics
    Ch 17: Simulation in Cardiothoracic and Vascular Anesthesia
    Ch 18: Simulation in Obstetrics
    Ch 19: Simulation in Immersive Learning Techniques: Interdisciplinary Pain Medicine
    Ch 20: Simulation in Critical Care Medicine
    Ch 21: Simulation in Regional Anesthesia
    Ch 22: Simulation in Orthotopic Liver Transplantation
    Ch 23: Simulation in Trauma/Advanced Cardiac Life Support
    Ch 24: Simulation in Otolaryngology and Airway
    Ch 25: Simulation in Neuroanesthsia
    Ch 26: Simulation in Perioperative Medicine: From Preoperative Clinics to Postoperative Wards
    Ch 27: Simulation in Low Resource Settings: A Review of the Current State and Practical Implementation Strategies
    Part V. Conclusion
    Ch 28: A Translational Roadmap to Create the Future of Simulation in Healthcare.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Christopher Strother, Yasaharu Okuda, Nelson Wong, Steven McLaughlin, editors.
    Summary: This is a practical guide to the use of simulation in emergency medicine training and evaluation. It covers scenario building, debriefing, and feedback, and it discusses the use of simulation for different purposes, including education, crisis resource management and interdisciplinary team training. Divided into five sections, the book begins with the historical foundations of emergency medicine, as well as education and learning theory. In order to effectively relay different simulation modalities and technologies, subsequent chapters feature an extensive number of practical scenarios to allow readers to build a curriculum. These simulations include pediatric emergency medicine, trauma, disaster medicine, and ultrasound. Chapters are also organized to meet the needs of readers who are in different stages of their education, ranging from undergraduate students to medical directors. The book then concludes with a discussion on the future and projected developments of simulation training. Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation: Emergency Medicine is an invaluable resource for a variety of learners, from medical students, residents, and practicing emergency physicians to emergency medical technicians, and health-related professionals.

    Contents:
    PART I. INTRODUCTION TO SIMULATION FOR EMERGENCY MEDICINE
    1.A Historical Perspective of Simulation in Emergency Medicine.-2. Education and Learning Theory
    3. Simulation Scenario Development and Design in Emergency Medicine
    4. Debriefing in Emergency Medicine
    5. Crisis Resource Management
    6. Interdisciplinary Teamwork Training
    7. Simulation-based Measurement and Program Evaluation: Demonstrating Effectiveness.-8. Patient Safety.-PART II. SIMULATION MODALITIES AND TECHNOLOGIES
    9. Standardized Participants
    10. Virtual Environment for Education in Healthcare
    11. Task Trainers in Emergency Care Simulation
    12. Mannequin Simulators
    13. Emergency Medicine Simulation Moulage.-PART III. THE PRACTICE OF EMERGENCY MEDICINE
    14. Simulation for ED Medical Directors and Administrators
    15. Simulation in Undergraduate Medical Education
    16. Simulation in Graduate Medical Education
    17. Emergency Nursing Continuing Professional Development Using Simulation
    18. Simulation in Emergency Medical Services
    PART IV. SUBSPECIALTIES OF EMERGENCY MEDICINE
    19. Pediatric Emergency Medicine
    20. Trauma
    21. EM Critical Care
    22. Ultrasound
    23. Disaster Medicine
    24. Simulation in Defense and Combat Medicine
    PART V. CONCLUSION
    25. The History, Present and Future of Healthcare Simulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Gayle Gliva-McConvey, Catherine F. Nicholas, Lou Clark, editors.
    Summary: This book brings to life best practices of Human Simulation; maximizing the Standardized Patient (SP) methodology that has played a major role in health professions learning and assessment since the 1960s. Each chapter reflects the Association of SP Educators Standards of Best Practices (SOBPs) and provides guidance for implementation. Multiple insights are offered through embedded interviews with international experts to provide examples illustrating successful strategies. The Human Simulation Continuum Model, a practical and theoretical framework, is introduced to guide educators in decision-making processes associated with the full range of human simulation. The Continuum Model spans improvisations, structured role-play, embedded participants, and simulated-standardized patients. This book also provides the full "how-to" for SP methodology covering topics including; case/scenario development, creating training material, training techniques for case portrayal, training communication and feedback skills, GTA/MUTA/PTA training, SP program administration and professional development for SP Educators. A pragmatic, user-friendly addition to the Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation series, Implementing Best Practices in Standardized Patient Methodology is the first book framed by the ASPE SOBPs, embracing best practices in human simulation and marshaling the vast expertise of a myriad of SP Educators. .

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    Evolution of the Book
    2. An Accidental Career
    3. How A Revolution Took Hold - The Standardized Patient Methodology
    4. Ensuring a Safe and Supportive Work Environment
    5. The Human Simulation Continuum: Integration and Application
    6.Development of Scenario and Training Materials: Fundamentals, Interprofessional and Hybrid Scenarios, and Inclusion of Patients in Standardized Patient Methodology
    7. Training SPs for Authentic Role Portrayal
    8. How to Train SPs in 10 Steps
    9. Cultivating Compassionate Communication with Clinical Competence: Utilizing Human Simulation to Provide Constructive Feedback to Learners
    10. Standardized/Simulated Patient Program Management and Administration
    Spinning Plates
    11. Professional Development of the SP Educator
    12. Broader Applications of Communication: Using the Human Body for Teaching and Assessment
    13. Human Simulation Beyond Healthcare: Experience, Reputation, and Relationship Building
    14. The Standardized/Simulated Patient Methodology Around the World (Part I)
    15. The Standardized/Simulated Patient Methodology Around the World (Part II) Implementing the Standardized Patient Methodology at the University of Chile
    16. Misconceptions and the Evidence
    17. Reimagining SP Methodology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ellen S. Deutsch, Shawna J. Perry, Harshad G. Gurnaney, editors.
    Summary: This book presents simulation as an essential, powerful tool to develop the best possible healthcare system for patients. It provides vital insights into the necessary steps for supporting and enhancing medical care through the simulation methodology. Organized into four sections, the book begins with a discussion on the overarching principles of simulation and systems. Section two then delves into the practical applications of simulation, including developing new workflows, utilizing new technology, building teamwork, and promoting resilience. Following this, section three examines the transition of ideas and initiatives into everyday practices. Chapters in this section analyze complex interpersonal topics such as how healthcare clinical stakeholders, simulationists, and experts who are non-clinicians can collaborate. The closing section explores the potential future directions of healthcare simulation, as well as leadership engagement. A new addition to the Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation Series, Improving Healthcare Systems stimulates the critical discussion of new and innovative concepts and reinforces well-established and germane principles.

    Contents:
    Part I. Simulation and Systems: The Big Picture and Overarching Principles
    Chapter 1. The Nature of Systems in Healthcare
    Chapter 2. Human Factors Applications of Simulation
    Chapter 3. Cognition and Decision Making in the Real World
    Chapter 4. Overview of Simulation in Healthcare
    Chapter 5. Foresight: How Simulation Can Promote Resilient Performance
    Chapter 6. Simulation in Healthcare: A Concept Map
    Part II. Practical Applications
    Chapter 7. Simulation to Improve the Capabilities of Individuals
    Chapter 8. Simulation to Improve the Capabilities of Teams
    Chapter 9. Simulation Approaches to Enhance Team and System Resilience
    Chapter 10. Improving Handoffs Using a Systems Framework and Simulation
    Chapter 11. Exploring Workarounds: The Role of Simulation to Build Resilience
    Chapter 12. Whiteboards that Work
    Chapter 13. Tele-simulation for Healthcare Team and System Improvement
    Chapter 14. Planning Patient Care Areas Using Simulation
    Chapter 15. Exploring New Hospital Patient Care Spaces Using Simulation
    Chapter 16. Airway Emergencies: Simulation for System-Wide Process Improvements
    Chapter 17. Simulation to Prepare for the Surge: Workload Management When There Are Too Many Patients
    Chapter 18. Using Simulation to Improve Neonatal Care
    Chapter 19. Improving Patient Outcomes after Resuscitation with Systematic Debriefing
    Chapter 20. Simulation in Unique Surgical Challenges
    Chapter 21. The Use of Simulation in Disaster Medicine Preparedness
    Chapter 22. Simulation to Improve Primary Care Systems
    Chapter 23. Using Simulation to Understand and Shape Organizational Culture
    Chapter 24. Simulation for Quality Improvement
    Chapter 25. How Many of Those Things Do We Really Need? Discrete Event Simulation
    Part III. Resources to Translate Ideas into Actions
    Chapter 26. Working with Simulation Experts
    Chapter 27. Working with Healthcare Subject Matter Experts and Clinical Stakeholders
    Chapter 28. Working with Experts from Non-Clinical Fields
    Chapter 29. Simulation and Safety Education for Healthcare
    Part IV. Future Directions.-Chapter 30. Leadership Engagement in Support of Simulation
    Chapter 31. The Future of Simulation in Healthcare Safety and System Improvement.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by John T. Paige, Shirley C. Sonesh, Deborah D. Garbee, Laura S. Bonanno.
    Summary: This book focuses on InterProfessional (IP) Team Training and Simulation, from basic concepts to the practical application of IP in different healthcare settings. It thoroughly and comprehensively covers the role of simulation in healthcare, human factors in healthcare, challenges to conducting simulation-based IP, logistics, and applications of simulation-based IP in clinical practice. Supplemented by high-quality figures and tables, readers are introduced to the different simulation modalities and technologies employed in IP team training and are guided on the use of simulation within IP teams. Part of the authoritative Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation Series, InterProfessional Team Training and Simulation can be used in training for a variety of learners, including medical students, residents, practicing physicians, nurses, and health-related professionals.

    Contents:
    SECTION 1 Theories and Concepts
    Chap. 1: Improving Patient Care: The Role of Effective Simulation
    Chap. 2: The Impact of Interprofessional Education on Healthcare Team Performance: A Theoretical Model and Recommendations
    Chap 3: Human Factors in Healthcare: Theoretical Underpinnings for Simulation in Interprofessional Education
    Chap 4: Teamwork: Education and Training in Healthcare
    Chap 5: Best Practices for Interprofessional Education Debriefing in Medical Simulation
    SECTION 2 Nuts and Bolts
    Chap 6: Challenges to Conducting Simulation-based Interprofessional Education for Non-technical Skills
    Chap 7: Establishing a Sustainable, Integrated Pre-professional Interprofessional Simulation Program
    Chap 8: Optimizing Interprofessional Education with In Situ Simulation
    Chap 9: Considerations and Strategies for Assessing Simulation-based Training in Interprofessional Education
    Chap 10. Logistics in Simulation-based Interprofessional Education
    Chap 11: Developing a State-of-the-Art Simulation-based Education Center
    SECTION 3 Perspectives of Interprofessional Education
    Chap 12: Interprofessional Simulation in Pre-licensure Learners
    Chap 13: Simulation-based Training for Post-Graduate Interprofessional Learners
    Chap 14: Simulation-based Training for Interprofessional Teams of Practicing Clinicians
    Chap 15: Simulation-based Training for Assessment of Competency, Certification, and Maintenance of Certification
    Chap 16: Teamwork in the Operating Room
    Chap 17: Applications of Simulation-based Interprofessional Education in Labor and Delivery
    Chap 18: Applications of Simulation-based Interprofessional Education in Critical Care Setting and Situations: Emergency Room, Trauma, Critical Care, Rapid Response, and Disasters
    Chap 19: Pre-hospital Care: Emergency Medical Services.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by William C. McGaghie, Jeffrey H. Barsuk, Diane B. Wayne.
    Summary: This book presents the parameters of Mastery Learning (ML), an especially stringent variety of competency-based education that guides students to acquire essential knowledge and skill, measured rigorously against a minimum passing standard (MPS). As both a scholarly resource and a teaching tool, this is a "how to" book that serves as a resource for a wide variety of health professions educators. A seminal source of information and practical advice about ML, this book divided into five parts: Clinical Education in the Health Professions, The Mastery Learning Model, Mastery Learning in Action, Transfer of Training from Mastery Learning and The Road Ahead. Complete with high-quality images and tables, chapters take an in-depth look into ML principles and practices across the health professions. Specific educational content instructs readers on how to build and present ML curricula, evaluate short and long-run results, conduct learner debriefing and give powerful feedback, set learner achievement standards, and prepare faculty for new educational roles. An invaluable addition to the Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation Series, Mastery Learning in Health Professions Education is written and edited by leaders in the field for practicing clinicians in a variety of health professions.

    Contents:
    PART I. Clinical Education in the Health Professions.-Chapter 1. Clinical Education: Origins and Outcomes.-PART II. The Mastery Learning Model.-Chapter 2. Mastery Learning: Origins, Features, and Evidence from the Health Professions
    Chapter 3. Developing a Mastery Learning Curriculum
    Chapter 4. Instructional Design and Delivery for Mastery Learning
    Chapter 5. Assessment in Mastery Learning
    Chapter 6. Standard Setting for Mastery Learning
    Chapter 7. Implementing and Managing a Mastery Learning Program.-Chapter 8. Feedback and Debriefing in Mastery Learning.-Chapter 9. Faculty Development for Mastery Learning
    PART III. Mastery Learning in Action
    Chapter 10. Mastery Learning of Clinical Communication Skills
    Chapter 11. Mastery Learning of Team Skills
    Chapter 12. Mastery Learning of Surgical Skills
    Chapter 13. Mastery Learning of Bedside Procedural Skills
    Chapter 14. Mastery Learning for Clinical Emergencies
    Chapter 15. Readiness for Residency
    PART IV. Transfer of Training from Mastery Learning
    Chapter 16. Translational Science and Healthcare Quality and Safety Improvement from Mastery Learning
    PART V. The Road Ahead
    Chapter 17. Mastery Learning, Milestones, and Entrustable Professional Activities
    Chapter 18. Mastery Learning, Continuing Professional Education (CPE), and Maintenance of Certification (MOC)
    Chapter 19. Return on Investment from Simulation-Based Mastery Learning
    Chapter 20. Educational Policy Consequences from Mastery Learning
    Chapter 21. Mastery Learning: Opportunities and Challenges
    .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Patricia K. Carstens, Paul Paulman, Audrey Paulman, Marissa J. Stanton, Brian M. Monaghan, Douglas Dekker, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ali Alaraj, editor.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide for the use of simulation in neurosurgery, with chapters covering high fidelity simulation, animal models simulation, cadaveric simulation, and virtual reality simulation. Readers are introduced to the different simulation modalities and technologies and are guided on the use of simulation for a variety of learners, including medical students, residents, practicing pediatricians, and health-related professionals. Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation: Neurosurgery is written and edited by leaders in the field and includes dozens of high-quality color surgical illustrations and photographs as well as videos. This book is part of the Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation Series which provides focused volumes on the use of simulation in a single specialty or on a specific simulation topic, and emphasizing practical considerations and guidance.

    Contents:
    PART I. INTRODUCTION TO SIMULATION IN NEUROSURGERY
    1. History of Simulation
    PART II. PHYSCIAL MODELS SIMULATION
    2. Ventriculostomy Simulation in Neurosurgery
    3. Physical Simulators and Replicators in Endovascular Neurosurgery Training
    4. 3D Printed Models in Neurosurgical Training
    5. Synthetic Replica for Training in Microsurgical Anastomosis: An Important Frontier in Neurosurgical Education
    6. Endovascular Surgical Neuroradiology Simulation
    PART III. BIOLOGICAL MODELS SIMULATION
    7. Biological Models for Neurosurgical Training in Microanastomosis
    8. Pseudo Aneurysm Surgery Simulation Using the “Live Cadaver” Model for Neurosurgical Education
    9. Use of Cadaveric Models in Simulation Training in Spinal Procedures
    10. The Use of Simulation in the Training for Spinal Cord Stimulation for Treatment of Chronic Pain
    PART IV. VIRTUAL REALITY SIMULATION
    11. Introduction to Haptics
    12. Competency Assessment in Virtual Reality-Based Simulation in Neurosurgical Training
    13. Patient-specific Virtual Reality Simulation for Minimally-invasive Neurosurgery
    14. Role of Immersive Touch Simulation in the Neurosurgical Training
    15. Role of Surgical Simulation in Neurological Surgery and Aneurysm Clipping: The State of the Art
    16. NeuroVR Simulator in Neurosurgical Training
    17. Neurosurgical Anatomy and Approaches to Simulation in Neurosurgical Training
    18. Virtual Reality Simulation for the Spine
    19. The Use of Simulation in the Training for Laser Interstitial Thermal Therapy for Amydalo-hippocampectomy for Mesial Temporal Lobe Epilepsy
    20. Future of Visualization and Simulation in Neurosurgery
    PART V. SIMULATION TRAINING COURSES
    21. The Role of the NREF Endovascular and Cerebrovascular Courses in Neurosurgical Residency and Fellowship Training and Future Directions
    22. Simulation Training Experience in Neurosurgical Training in Europe
    PART VI. NON-PROCEDURAL TRAINING
    23. High Fidelity Simulation in Neuroanesthesia
    24. Neurocritical Care Simulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Vincent J. Grant, Adam Cheng, editors.
    Contents:
    PART I. INTRODUCTION TO SIMULATION FOR PEDIATRICS
    1. Cognitive Load and Stress in Simulation
    2. Essentials of Scenario Building for Simulation-based Education
    3. Essentials of Debriefing and Feedback
    4. Simulation-based Team Training
    5. The Role of Simulation for Improving Patient Safety
    6. Systems Integration, Human Factors and Simulation
    7. Assessment in Pediatric Simulation
    PART II. PEDIATRIC SIMULATION MODALITIES, TECHNOLOGIES AND ENVIRONMENTS
    8. Standardized Patients
    9. Screen-based Simulation, Virtual Reality and Haptic Simulators
    10. Mannequin-based Simulators and Task Trainers
    11. Task and Procedural Skills Training
    12. In Situ Simulation
    PART III.PEDIATRIC SIMULATION FOR PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
    13. Simulation along the Pediatric Healthcare Education Continuum
    14. Simulation Curriculum Development, Competency-based Education and Continuing Professional Development
    15. Interprofessional Education
    PART IV. PEDIATRIC SIMULATION SPECIALTIES
    16. Simulation for Pediatric Hospital Medicine
    17. Simulation for Pediatric Emergency Medicine and Trauma
    18. Simulation for Neonatal Care
    19. Simulation for Pediatric Critical Care Medicine and Transport
    20. Simulation for Pediatric Disaster and Multiple Casualty Incident Training
    21. Simulation for Pediatric Anesthesia
    22. Simulation for Pediatric Surgery and Surgical Specialties
    23. Simulation for Teaching Communication Skills
    24. Simulation for Rural Communities
    25. Simulation in Resource Limited Settings
    26. Simulation for Patient- and Family-Centered Care
    PART V. PEDIATRIC SIMULATION PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
    27. Simulation Operations and Administration
    28. Simulation Education Program Development
    29. Simulation Research Program Development
    PART VI . PEDIATRIC SIMULATION RESEARCH
    30. Simulation Research
    PART VII. THE FUTURE OF PEDIATRIC SIMULATION
    31. The Future of Pediatric Simulation. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors: Dimitrios Stefanidis, James R. Korndorffer Jr. and Robert Sweet.
    Summary: This pragmatic book is a guide for the use of simulation in surgery and surgical subspecialties, including general surgery, urology, gynecology, cardiothoracic and vascular surgery, orthopedics, ophthalmology, and otolaryngology. It offers evidence-based recommendations for the application of simulation in surgery and addresses procedural skills training, clinical decision-making and team training, and discusses the future of surgical simulation. Readers are introduced to the different simulation modalities and technologies used in surgery with a variety of learners including students, residents, practicing surgeons, and other health-related professionals.

    Contents:
    PART I. INTRODUCTION TO SURGICAL SIMULATION 1. Historical Perspective 2. Overview of Simulation in Surgery 3. A Taxonomy Guide for Surgical Simulation 4. Principles of Validity 5. Equipping and Staffing a Surgical Simulation Center 6. Funding Models for a Surgical Simulation Center PART II: PROCEDURAL SIMULATION 7. Outcome-based Training and the Role of Simulation 8. Skill Maintenance, Remediation, and Reentry 9. Performance Assessment 10. Performance Optimization 11. Use of Simulation in High-Stakes Summative Assessments in Surgery PART III: SIMULATION FOR NON-TECHNICAL SKILLS 12. Making It Stick: Keys to Effective Feedback and Debriefing in Surgical Education 13. The Science and Training of Expert Operating Room Teams 14. Human Factors Psychology in Surgery PART IV. SUBSPECIALTIES OF SURGERY
    STATE OF THE ART 15. Simulation in General Surgery 16. Simulation in Laparoscopic Surgery 17. Simulation in Robotic Surgery 18. Simulation in Surgical Endoscopy 19. Simulation in Surgical Oncology and Hepato-Pancreatico-Biliary Surgery 20. Simulation in Bariatric Surgery 21. Simulation in Critical Care 22. Simulation in Cardiothoracic Surgery 23. Simulation in Otolarygology 24. Simulation in Urology 25. Simulation in Ophthalmology 26. Simulation in Vascular Surgery 27. Simulation in Transplant Surgery 28. Simulation in Plastic Surgery 29. Simulation in Orthopaedic Surgery 30. Simulation in Obstetrics and Gynecology Part V. CONCLUSION 31. The Future of Surgical Simulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors: Scott B. Crawford, Lance W. Baily and Stormy M. Monks.
    Summary: This practical guide provides a focus on the implementation of healthcare simulation operations, as well as the type of professional staff required for developing effective programs in this field. Though there is no single avenue in which a person pursues the career of a healthcare simulation technology specialist (HSTS), this book outlines the extensive knowledge and variety of skills one must cultivate to be effective in this role. This book begins with an introduction to healthcare simulation, including personnel, curriculum, and physical space. Subsequent chapters address eight knowledge/skill domains core to the essential aspects of an HSTS. To conclude, best practices and innovations are provided, and the benefits of developing a collaborative relationship with industry stakeholders are discussed. Expertly written text throughout the book is supplemented with dozens of high-quality color illustrations, photographs, and tables. Written and edited by leaders in the field, Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation: Operations, Technology, and Innovative Practice is optimized for a variety of learners, including healthcare educators, simulation directors, as well as those looking to pursue a career in simulation operations as healthcare simulation technology specialists.

    Contents:
    Section I: Intro to Healthcare Simulation
    1: History of Simulation
    2: Types of Healthcare Simulation: Locations and Training - Who, What & Where?
    3: Simulation Methodologies
    4: Simulation Center Personnel
    5: Finding the Right Simulation Personnel
    6: Professional Development for the Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist
    7: Simulation Curriculum Development, Integration and Operations
    8: The Research Process
    9: Infrastructure and Simulation Center Design
    Section II: Simulation Specialists and Healthcare Simulation
    10: Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialists
    11: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Audio/Video Technology
    12: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Educational Constructs in Simulation
    13: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Healthcare
    14: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Information Technology
    15: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Management
    16: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Research
    17: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Simulation
    18: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Standardized Patients
    Section III: Extra Information
    19: Technology and Innovation
    20: Common and Best Practices for Do-It-Yourself Enhancements
    21: Role and Goal of Industry in Education and Patient Safety.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Linda J. Smith, PBH, IBCLC, FACCE, FILCA, Owner and Director, Bright Future Lactation Resource Centre LTd., Director of Perinatal Policy, American Breastfeeding Institute, Adjunct Instructor, Boonshaft School of Medicine, Wright State University, Dayton, Ohio.
    Summary: "Comprehensive Lactation Consultant Exam Review, Fourth Edition is an ideal reference to help prepare for the International Board of Lactation Consultant Examiners (IBLCE) certification examination. Completely updated and revised, the Fourth Edition follows the latest IBLCE Detailed Content Outline, contains more than 950 practice exam questions and answer rationales, more than 300 photos, and 20 actual clinical case studies. Organized around the mother-baby dyad's development, it poses questions unique to each particular stage. This review guide is perfect for beginning lactation consultants and those re-certifying, as well as dietitians, childbirth educators, nurses, and breastfeeding counselors. Each new print copy includes Navigate 2 Preferred Access that unlocks a comprehensive and interactive eBook and Navigate 2 TestPrep." -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Prenatal
    Labor/birth
    Prematurity
    1-2 days
    3-14 days
    15-28 days
    1-3 months
    4-6 months
    7-12 months
    Greater than 12 months
    General principles
    Case studies.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ehab Y. Hanna, Franco DeMonte
    Summary: "An increased understanding of the biology and molecular characterization of skull base tumors has led to innovative new approaches. Endoscopic tumor resection, surgical reconstruction, and advances in radiation delivery, chemotherapy, and targeted biologic therapy, have greatly expanded treatment options for patients with these challenging tumors. The updated second edition of Comprehensive Management of Skull Base Tumors by master surgeons Ehab Hanna, Franco DeMonte, and an impressive group of global experts reflects expanded knowledge of skull base tumors and evidence-based advances."-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    [edited by] Matthew L. Carlson [and 8 others] ; illustrated by Robert F. Morreale.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Print
    chairman of the editorial board, Corwin Hansch ; joint executive editors, Peter G. Sammes, John B. Taylor.
    Contents:
    v. 1. General principles / volume editor, Peter D. Kennewell
    v. 2. Enzymes & other molecular targets / volume editor, Peter G. Sammes
    v. 3. Membranes & receptors / volume editor, John C. Emmett
    v. 4. Quantitative drug design / volume editor, Christopher A. Ramsden
    v. 5. Biopharmaceutics / volume editor, John B. Taylor
    v. 6. Cumulative subject index & drug compendium / volume editor, Colin J. Drayton.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RS403 .C65 1990
    6
  • Digital
    Vinay Kumar Kohli, Chitra Kohli, Akanksha Singh.
    Summary: This book concisely provides important Pathology concepts to aid pathology trainees, including medical students and resident physicians, in passing any advanced pathology examination. It provides a much needed revision aid and study guide. Through dedicated questions and answers over 23 chapters covering every major organ system, the book will develop skills needed to deal with different aspects of pathology in a systematic yet summarized manner. The book helps solve problems faced by trainees by providing the highest yield content. Throughout the book, an intuitive and systematic approach is used to reinforce fundamental concepts.

    Contents:
    Cellular Pathology, Inflammation And Repair
    Genetic Disorders
    Immune System Disorders
    Neoplastic Disorders
    Infectious Diseases
    Blood Vessels
    The Heart
    Hematopathology Of Red Blood Cells And White Blood Cells
    Lungs
    Head And Neck
    Gastrointestinal Tract
    Liver And Biliary Tract
    Pancreas
    Kidney
    Male Genital Tract
    Female Genital Tract
    Breast
    Endocrine System
    Skin Disorders
    Bone, Joints And Soft Tissue Disorders
    Peripheral Nerves & Skeletal Muscles
    Central Nervous System
    The Eye.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Carole Kenner, Leslie B. Altimier, Marina V. Boykova.
    Summary: "One of the most complex issues in health care is the care of sick or premature infants and those with multiple, severe congenital anomalies. Despite advanced technology and knowledge, preterm delivery continues to be a significant problem in the United States. Maternal risk factors have changed over the past decade. For example, more women with congenital heart anomalies and chronic illnesses, such as diabetes or sickle cell anemia are giving birth to infants with consequent health problems"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Paul V. Birinyi [and 7 others].
    Contents:
    Physiology
    Anatomy
    Adult neurosurgery
    Pediatric neurosurgery
    Neurology
    Radiology
    Pathology/histology
    Ophthalmology
    Critical care
    Competencies/health care/biostatistics
    Physiology
    Anatomy
    Adult neurosurgery
    Pediatric neurosurgery
    Neurology
    Radiology
    Pathology/histology
    Ophthalmology
    Critical care
    Competencies/health care/biostatistics
    Practive exam questions
    Practice exam answers.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jonathan S. Citow [and seven others].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    editors, Lisa B. Zaoutis, Vincent W. Chiang ; associate editors, Samir S. Shah, Brian Alverson, Sanjay Mahant.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2018
  • Digital
    Summary: "Comprehensive Physiology is the most authoritative and comprehensive collection of physiology information that has ever been assembled. Its starting point is more than 30,000 pages of content from the American Physiological Society's renowned Handbook of Physiology (HoP) series, which is presented here for the first time in an online format. With the launch of Comprehensive Physiology in January 2011, we will begin publishing regular issues that update and expand the classic content from HoP, as well as adding fresh review material. In this way, we aim to capture the full breadth and depth of the evolving science of physiology. New and updated materials will be published in a quarterly serial format ... The primary audience for Comprehensive Physiology is academic scientists in the life sciences. Secondary audiences include advanced students in the life sciences and medicine, instructors in these disciplines, and academic clinicians"--Edited summary from home page.
    Digital Access Wiley v.1-6, 2011-16.
  • Digital
    Mary Kwaan, Andrew Zbar, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to rectal cancer care that will provide general and colorectal surgeons details regarding the latest developments in the field. The book aims to cover the dynamic shifts in rectal cancer care that have taken place over recent years. Management approaches, such as watch-and-wait and transanal approaches, are evaluated and assessed by experienced physicians to give readers a full understanding of the available treatment options. Chapter summaries are included to give a clinical overview of each approach and to assist the understanding of each topic covered, and make the book applicable to both general surgeons and specialist practice nurses, as well as rectal cancer specialists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Claire Babcock O'Connell, Thea Cogan-Drew.
    Contents:
    Ophthalmology and otolaryngology
    Pulmonology
    Cardiology
    Hematology
    Gastroenterology
    Nephrology and urology
    Gynecology
    Obstetrics
    Rheumatology and orthopaedics (musculoskeletal system)
    Endocrinology
    Neurology
    Psychiatry
    Dermatology
    Infectious disease
    Surgery
    Geriatrics
    Pediatrics.
  • Digital/Print
    volume editor, Claire Babcock O'Connell ; associate editor, Thea Cogan-Drew.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R697.P45 C66 2018
    1
  • Digital
    editor, Claire Babcock O'Connell, MPH, PA-C, associate professor, Rutgers Biomedical and Health Sciences, School of Health Related Professions, Physician Assistant Program, Piscataway, NJ.
    Summary: The new, fifth edition of A Comprehensive Review for the Certification and Recertification Examinations for Physician Assistants is the foremost trusted preparation resource for the PANCE and PANRE. The text features high-yield outline-format review and pretest and post-test questions based on the blueprint of the National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants (NCCPA). Developed and endorsed by the American Academy of Physician Assistants (AAPA) and the Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA), this edition's content reflects up-to-date information and has been reviewed and validated by subject matter experts working in the field. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Ophthalmology and otolaryngology
    Pulmonology
    Cardiology
    Hematology
    Gastroenterology
    Nephrology and urology
    Gynecology
    Obstetrics
    Rheumatology and orthopaedics (musculoskeletal system)
    Endocrinology
    Neurology
    Psychiatry
    Dermatology
    Infectious disease
    Surgery
    Geriatrics
    Pediatrics.
  • Print
    Esteban Cheng-Ching, Lama Chahine, Eric P. Baron, Alexander Rae-Grant.
    Summary: "In neurology perhaps more than any other specialty, clinical vignettes increase learning efficiency by illustrating examples and placing sometimes challenging neuroscience concepts into clinical practice. With this in mind, the majority of questions in this book are case-based. A multitude of radiographic and pathologic images are carefully selected to supplement information in the cases while also contributing to knowledge of these respective areas. The anatomic diagrams and other graphics provide visual aids to consolidate information presented in the discussions. The book is organized so that the reader can review chapters in their entirety or select individual questions from each chapter for review. Despite the Q & A format, topical review is possible with this book as well: the chapters are organized by topics, the index is comprehensive, and most importantly, reference is made in the discussion to different questions related to a specific concept. This book is strengthened by the renowned specialists who painstakingly reviewed the chapters and contributed valuable suggestions and images"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cranial nerves and neuro-ophthalmology
    Vascular neurology
    Neurocritical care
    Headache
    Adult and pediatric epilepsy and sleep
    Movement disorders
    Neuroimmunology
    Neuro-oncology
    Neuromuscular i (neurophysiology, plexopathy, and neuropathy)
    Neuromuscular ii (adult and pediatric muscle, autonomic nervous system, and neuromuscular junction disorders)
    Neuromuscular iii (disorders of the spinal cord and motor neurons)
    Cognitive and behavioral neurology
    Psychiatry
    Child neurology
    Infectious diseases of the nervous system
    Neurologic complications of systemic diseases and pregnancy
    Nutritional and toxic disorders of the nervous system.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC356 .C44 2017
    1
  • Print
    edited by Andrej Spec, Gerome Escota, Courtney Chrisler, Bethany Davies.
    Summary: "Comprehensive Review of Infectious Diseases" is a balanced, high-yield resource covering the full range of infectious disease topics. Whether you're preparing for examinations or are looking for a concise resource to support your practice, this unique review contains precisely the information you need -- from common infectious diseases concepts and conditions to hundreds of up-to-date review questions and answers for self-assessment and exam preparation. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: High yield microbiology. Bacteriology / Morgan A. Pence ; Mycology / Krunal Raval, Morgan A. Pence, and Andrej Spec ; Virology / Phillip Heaton ; Parasitology / Alice Chi Eziefula and Martha Purcell.
    Section 2: Antimicrobial agents. Antibacterials / Yvonne Burnett and David Ritchie ; Antimycobacteral agents / Tonya Scardina ; Antifungal agents / Alexandria Wilson ; Antivirals / Andres Bran and Jessica K. Ortwine ; Antiparasitic agents / Todd P. McCarty.
    Section 3: Select syndromes and conditions by body system or pathogen. Fevers and sepsis / Kevin Hsueh ; Head and neck infections / Meredith Welch ; Central nervous system infections / Bethany Davies ; Respiratory infections / Justin F. Hayes and John W. Baddley ; Bacteremia and central line-associated bloodstream infections / Courtney Chrisler ; Cardiac and cardiac device infections / Merilda Blanco-Guzman ; Gastrointestinal infections / Nabeela Mughal ; Peritonitis, intraabdominal abscess, hepatobiliary infections, splenic infections / James R. Price ; Obstetric and gynecologic infections / Katie Ovens ; Genitourinary tract infection / Aoife Cotter ; Infections of pregnancy / Rachel C. Moores ; Sexually transmitted infections / Nicholas Van Wagoner and Wesley Willeford ; Hepatitis viruses / Rachel Prestie ; Viral exanthems and vaccine-preventable diseases / Racheol Sierra ; Disease due to spirochetes, excluding syphilis / Gill Jones and Alberta San Francisco Ramos ; Skin and soft tissue infections and toxin-mediated diseases / Stephen Y. Lian ; Bone and joint infections / Shadi Parsaei
    Infections caused by yeasts and yeast-like fungi / Ilan S. Schwartz ; The dimorphic mcycoses / Laurie Proia ; Monomorphic mold infections / Paschalis Vergidis ; Arthropod-borne diseases / Alfredo J. Mena Lora ; Infections associated with animal exposure / Gerome Escota ; Tuberculosis / Carlos R. Mejia-Chew and Thomas Charles Bailey ; Nontuberculous mycobacterial infections / Yasir Hamad ; Protozoa / Francesca Lee, Nicolas Barros, and Dominick Cavuoti ; Helminths / Jennifer M. Fitzpatrick. Section 4: Infections in the immunocompromised host. Natural history of HIV / Stefan George ; Noninfectious complications of HIV / Latesha E. Elopre ... [et al.] ; Antiretroviral therapy / Jane A. O'Halloran ; Opportunistic infections in HIV / James Cutrell and Anand Athavale ; Infections in patients with cancer and immunosuppressive therapy / Andrea J. Zimmer and Alison G. Freifeld ; Infections in solid organ transplant recipients / Carlos A. Q. Santos and Ige A. George ; Infections in bone marrow transplant recipients / Jade Le and Adrienne D. Workman ; Primary immunodeficiency disorders / Blachy J. Dávila Saldaña and Carlos R. Ferreira Lopez.
    Section 5: Specialty topics. Infection control and prevention / Justin F. Hayes and Rachael A. Lee ; Adult immunization / Hema Sharma ; General principles of travel medicine / German Henostroza and Martin Rodriguez ; Bioterrorism / Joanna Peters ; Syndromes that mimic infectious diseases / Chris Kosmidis and Gerome Escota ; High yield biostatistics / Margaret A. Olsen ; Commonly encountered skin manifestations in infectious disease / Ronnie M. Gravett and James Henry Willig ; ID memory aids / Carlos R. Mejia-Chew, Gerome Escota, and Jane A. O'Halloran.
    Section 6: Self-assessment
    Section 7: Self-assessment answers.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC111 .C673 2020
    1
  • Print
    Sam P. Most ; illustrated by Christine Gralapp.
    Summary: "In the past several years we have seen an explosion of new thought in the field of rhinoplasty. For example, after nearly a century of use, the utility of osteotomes and rasps is being challenged by the use of powered, especially ultrasonic, instrumentation to manipulate the nasal bones. Along with this technology comes a whole host of new indications/applications for modifying the bony vault. The mainstream methods for reduction of the dorsal hump, the most common procedure in rhinoplasty, are also being challenged by the renewed interest in the concept of preservation of the dorsum to varying degrees while mobilizing it posteriorly into the maxilla. Increasingly, we are moving toward minimal cartilage resection in the tip, with some advocating for complete preservation of the ligamentous attachments as well. Still, structural approaches to rhinoplasty, whereby the strength of the osseocartilaginous vault is maintained or augmented to create consistent long-term results, remain a key pillar of my rhinoplasty practice. This book is my attempt to distill the most important concepts of structural and preservation rhinoplasty, and to demonstrate how I have been able to incorporate some of the newer techniques into my structural rhinoplasty practice. It is meant for the facial plastic surgeon, otolaryngologist, or plastic surgeon at any career level who wishes to understand more about these concepts in primary and revision rhinoplasty. In Part I, I describe my approach to evaluation of the rhinoplasty patient, as well as operative preparation and incisions/exposure. Emphasis is placed on the patient-physician interaction, because so much of the success of this operation is predicated on understanding our patients' desires and communicating accurately what is and is not possible. Structural and preservation approaches in primary rhinoplasty are described in Part II, including approaches to the septum, which must be controlled in all rhinoplasty operations; bony vault manipulation, which has changed much in the past decade with the adoption of powered instrumentation; approaches to dorsal reduction, including preservation and resective approaches and the decision-making behind each; and my approach to controlling nasal tip projection, rotation, volume, and geometry. In Part III, my philosophies in revision rhinoplasty are outlined. The concepts in Part III are extensions of those in Part II, with the caveat that much of what we try to achieve in revision cases is to reconstitute, rather than manipulate, the dorsum and tip. The concept of the tetrapod is introduced here. Special topics which warrant their own stand-alone chapters are placed in Part IV: the crooked nose, non-Caucasian rhinoplasty, and grafting methods. Finally, Part V ends with case studies that cover important topics from Parts I through III"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Surgical Anatomy for Structural and Preservation Rhinoplasty /
    Mohamed A. Abdelwahab, Sarah R. Akkina, Cibele Madsen Buba, Sam P. Most
    Photography and Photodocumentation / Cherine H. Kim
    Comprehensive Evaluation of the Rhinoplasty Patient / Sami P. Moubayed, Sam P. Most
    Operative Preparation, Incisions, Approaches, and Postoperative Care / Tyler S. Okland, Sam P. Most
    Surgery of the Nasal Septum / Shannon F. Rudy, Sam P. Most
    Management of the Bony Nasal Vault / Cibele Madsen Buba, Sam P. Most
    Dorsal Hump Reduction / Alexandra Shams Ortiz, Priyesh N. Patel, Sam P. Most
    Preservation of the Nasal Vault / Priyesh N. Patel, Mohamed Abdelwahab, Sam P. Most
    Controlling Tip Projection and Rotation / Emily A. Spataro, Sam P. Most
    Altering Nasal Tip Volume and Geometry: Preservation and Structure / Sam P. Most
    Reconstruction of the Midvault and Tripod: the Tetrapod Concept / Emily A. Spataro, Sam P. Most
    Reconstruction of the Nasal Dorsum / Kyle S. Kimura, Priyesh N. Patel, Sam P. Most
    Restoration of the Skin Envelope / Sam P. Most
    Treatment of the Asymmetric Nose / Sarah R. Akkina, Sam P. Most
    The Non-Caucasian Nose / Priyesh N. Patel, Sam P. Most
    Grafts in Rhinoplasty / Sarah R. Akkina, Priyesh N. Patel, Sam P. Most
    Primary Rhinoplasty : Component Hump Reduction / Cherian K. Kandathil, Cibele Madsen Buba, Sam P. Most
    Primary Rhinoplasty : Dorsal Preservation / Cibele Madsen Buba, Cherian K. Kandathil, Sam P. Most
    Revision Rhinoplasty : Saddle Nose / Tyler S. Okland, Sam P. Most
    Revision Rhinoplasty : Nasal Lengthening / Cherian K. Kandathil, Cibele Madsen Buba, Sam P. Most
    Revision Rhinoplasty : Nasal Shortening / Sam P. Most.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD119.5 .N67 2022
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Mary Ann Cohen, Jack M. Gorman, Jeffrey M. Jacobson, Paul Volberding, and Scott Letendre.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    E. Carlos Rodríguez-Merchán, Primitivo Gómez-Cardero, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the state of the art in and offers up-to-date guidance on the treatment of knee osteoarthritis (KOA), a rapidly evolving and expanding field. Written by experts from leading institutions, it offers a comprehensive overview of this condition, from initial treatment, to surgical approaches and rehabilitation. The book covers a variety of topics, including intra-articular injection options; treatment of uni- and tri-compartmental KOA; infected, unstable and stiff total knee arthroplasty; periprosthetic fractures; and prosthetic revision. A wealth of images and cutting edge information make this book an invaluable tool for orthopedic surgeons, rheumatologists, physiatrists, physiotherapists and all healthcare workers involved in the care of these patients.

    Contents:
    1. Initial treatment of KOA: Oral and topical drugs
    2. Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation in KOA
    3. Intra-articular injections of corticosteroids and hyaluronic acid in KOA
    4. Intra-articular injections of platelet rich plasma
    5. Intra-articular injections of ozone
    6. Patellofemoral osteoarthritis: Surgical treatment
    7. Unicompartmental KOA: Alignment osteotomies
    8. Unicompartmental KOA: Unicompartmental arthroplasty
    9. Tricompartmental KOA: Total knee arthroplasty (TKA)
    10. The infected TKA
    11. Vascular complications after TKA
    12. Peroneal nerve palsy after TKA
    13. Iliotibial band syndrome after TKA
    14. The stiff TKA
    15. The unstable TKA
    16. Periprosthetic fractures in TKA
    17. Revision TKA.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Raj Mani, Kittipan Rerkasem, Harikrishna K.R. Nair, Vijay Shukla, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Satoru Takeda, Shintaro Makino, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a highly informative guide to surgical remedies for massive hemorrhage and the management of consumptive coagulopathy during cesarean section. Featuring extensive illustrations and videos coupled with detailed anatomical figures to offer readers vivid insights, it discusses the history of uterine hemostatic methods and explains their evolution and the benefits of using compression sutures. Further, it addresses the treatment of consumptive coagulopathy with massive hemorrhage, which can be complicated during cesarean section. It is broadly known that ligation of the internal iliac artery is not always effective in hemostasis of uterine bleeding: the success rate of hemostasis is only 40-60%, because uterine blood flow during pregnancy differs considerably from the normal flow. Moreover, the number of complex collateral arteries formed during pregnancy make the situation more complicated, especially in the case of placenta previa. This book introduces new clinical practice guidelines for critical obstetrical hemorrhage, helping obstetricians successfully manage consumptive coagulopathy. It offers a new and indispensable reference guide for all obstetricians, not only for residents, but also for experienced practitioners.

    Contents:
    1 History of surgical remedies for obstetrical uterine haemorrhage
    2 Uterine compression sutures for atonic bleeding
    3 Double compression sutures
    4 Vertical compression sutures with contrivances
    5 Pain control after compression sutures
    6 Critical Obstetrical Hemorrhage.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Dean G. Soteranos, Loukia K. Papatheodorou, editors.
    Summary: Presenting step-by-step procedures written by experts in the field, this comprehensive clinical guide discusses the diagnosis (electrodiagnostic and ultrasound) and management of compressive neuropathies of the upper extremity. Compressive (or compression) neuropathy, also known as entrapment neuropathy or trapped nerve, is a common condition of the upper extremity in which the nerves of the arm median, ulnar and radial being the most common are compressed, causing pain and discomfort as well as possible pathological and anatomical changes. Carpal and cubital tunnel syndrome are the most well-known and treated, with nerve release and decompression surgeries being the usual treatment, though the variety of neuropathies and management strategies goes beyond these conditions. Chapters included describe in detail the latest, cutting-edge management strategies for the various manifestations of compressive neuropathy of the hand and wrist carpal tunnel syndrome, cubital tunnel syndrome, ulnar nerve syndrome, radial tunnel syndrome, pronator teres syndrome, Wartenbergs syndrome, thoracic outlet syndrome and suprascapular neuropathy as well as revision carpal and cubital tunnel surgical treatment options. Plentiful intraoperative photos and detailed illustrations, along with clinical case material and pearls and pitfalls, make this the ideal resource for orthopedic, hand and plastic surgeons aiming for the most optimal outcomes.

    Contents:
    The Basics of Electrodiagnostic Testing Carpal Tunnel and Cubital Tunnel Syndrome
    Ultrasound Anatomy of the Median and Ulnar Nerves
    Diagnosis and Clinical Presentation of Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
    Standard Open Carpal Tunnel Release
    Carpal Tunnel Release with Two Small Cross-Aligned Incisions
    Endoscopic Carpal Tunnel Release
    Complications of Carpal Tunnel Release
    Revision Carpal Tunnel Surgical Options
    Hypothenar Fat Pad Flap-Surgical Technique. Tumors and Tumor-like Lesions Mimicking Peripheral Neuropathies
    Clinical Presentation and Diagnosis of Cubital Tunnel Syndrome
    In situ Decompression of Cubital Tunnel
    Endoscopic Ulnar Nerve Release
    Subcutaneous Transposition of the Ulnar Nerve
    Submuscular Transposition of the Ulnar Nerve
    Minimal Medial Epicondylectomy
    Revision Cubital Tunnel: Surgical Options
    Nerve Transfers for Neuropathies of the Median and Ulnar Nerve
    Ulnar Tunnel Syndrome (Guyon Canal)
    Radial Tunnel Syndrome Posterior Interosseous Nerve Compression Syndrome
    Pronator Teres Syndrome: Anterior Interosseous Nerve Compressive Neuropathy
    Lateral Antebrachial Cutaneous Nerve Entrapment
    Wartenbergs Syndrome
    Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
    Vein Wrapping of Peripheral Nerves: Surgical Technique
    Cervical Radiculopathy Mimicking Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
    Christopher M. Treat and Christopher C. Schmidt.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andrew E. Teschendorff, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces the reader to modern computational and statistical tools for translational epigenomics research. Over the last decade, epigenomics has emerged as a key area of molecular biology, epidemiology and genome medicine. Epigenomics not only offers us a deeper understanding of fundamental cellular biology, but also provides us with the basis for an improved understanding and management of complex diseases. From novel biomarkers for risk prediction, early detection, diagnosis and prognosis of common diseases, to novel therapeutic strategies, epigenomics is set to play a key role in the personalized medicine of the future. In this book we introduce the reader to some of the most important computational and statistical methods for analyzing epigenomic data, with a special focus on DNA methylation. Topics include normalization, correction for cellular heterogeneity, batch effects, clustering, supervised analysis and integrative methods for systems epigenomics. This book will be of interest to students and researchers in bioinformatics, biostatistics, biologists and clinicians alike. Dr. Andrew E. Teschendorff is Head of the Computational Systems Genomics Lab at the CAS-MPG Partner Institute for Computational Biology, Shanghai, China, as well as an Honorary Research Fellow at the UCL Cancer Institute, University College London, UK.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Gregory A. Voth.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Jorge Belinha, Maria-Cristina Manzanares-Céspedes, António M.G. Completo, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a timely snapshot of computational methods applied to the study of bone tissue. The bone, a living tissue undergoing constant changes, responds to chemical and mechanical stimuli in order to maximize its mechanical performance. Merging perspectives from the biomedical and the engineering science fields, the book offers some insights into the overall behavior of this complex biological tissue. It covers three main areas: biological characterization of bone tissue, bone remodeling algorithms, and numerical simulation of bone tissue and adjacent structures. Written by clinicians and researchers, and including both review chapters and original research, the book offers an overview of the state-of-the-art in computational mechanics of bone tissue, as well as a good balance of biological and engineering methods for bone tissue analysis. An up-to-date resource for mechanical and biomedical engineers seeking new ideas, it also promotes interdisciplinary collaborations to advance research in the field. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Contributors
    Biological Characterization of Bone Tissue
    Bone: Functions, Structure and Physiology
    1 Introduction
    2 The Complexity Behind Simplicity
    2.1 Bone Functions
    2.2 Bone Structure and Mechanical Behaviour
    2.3 Regulation of Bone Metabolism (Modelling/Remodelling)
    2.4 Bone Remodelling and Cell Interchange
    2.5 Bone Mechanotransduction
    2.6 Mechanotransduction Mechanisms
    References
    Bone Quality Assessment at the Atomic Scale
    1 Introduction
    2 Hydroxyapatite
    3 Rietveld Refinement Method 3.1 Crystallite Size and Microdeformations: Scherrer Equation and Williamson-Hall Graph
    4 Ultrasonometry of the Calcaneus
    5 Materials and Methods
    5.1 Ethical Aspects
    5.2 Materials
    5.3 Samples Pre-selection
    5.4 Sample Preparation and Characterization
    5.5 DRX and Rietveld Method Parameters
    6 Results and Discussion
    6.1 Ultrasonometry Analysis
    6.2 Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM)
    6.3 Dispersive Energy Spectroscopy (DES)
    6.4 Microhardness (HK)
    6.5 X-Ray Diffractometry (XRD) and the Rietveld Method
    7 Conclusion
    References
    Bone Remodelling Algorithms 4 Conclusions and Future Work
    References
    Mathematical Modelling of Spatio-temporal Cell Dynamics Observed During Bone Remodelling
    1 Introduction
    2 Numerical Methods
    2.1 Finite Element Method
    2.2 Meshless Methods
    3 New Spatio-temporal Model
    3.1 Komarova's Model
    3.2 Ayati's Model
    3.3 Proposed Model
    4 2D Bone Patch Analysis
    4.1 Initial Conditions
    4.2 Results and Discussion
    5 Conclusion
    References
    A Mechanostatistical Approach to Multiscale Computational Bone Remodelling
    1 Introduction
    2 Part I: Macroscale FE Model
    2.1 Model Construction Dynamic Biochemical and Cellular Models of Bone Physiology: Integrating Remodeling Processes, Tumor Growth, and Therapy
    1 Bone Remodeling Physiology
    1.1 Healthy Bone Remodeling
    1.2 Tumor in the Bone Remodeling Cycle
    1.3 Bone Treatments
    2 Mathematical Bone Remodeling Local Models
    2.1 Healthy Remodeling Dynamics
    2.2 Models Including Tumor Burden
    2.3 Introducing Treatment
    2.4 Models Based on Fractional and Variable Order Derivatives
    3 Non-local Models
    3.1 Healthy Bone Remodeling
    3.2 Models Including the Tumor Burden
    3.3 Non-local Treatment Approach Meshless, Bone Remodelling and Bone Regeneration Modelling
    1 Introduction
    1.1 Bone Regeneration
    1.2 Bone Remodelling
    1.3 Meshless Methods
    2 Bone Remodelling and Regeneration Modelling
    2.1 Mechanoregulatory Models
    2.2 Bioregulatory Models
    2.3 Mechanobioregulatory Models
    3 Meshless Methods Applications
    3.1 Meshless Methods and Mechanics
    3.2 Meshless Methods and Biomechanics
    3.3 Meshless Methods and Bone Remodelling
    4 Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Alessandro Laganà, editor.
    Summary: Precision medicine holds great promise for the treatment of cancer and represents a unique opportunity for accelerated development and application of novel and repurposed therapeutic approaches. Current studies and clinical trials demonstrate the benefits of genomic profiling for patients whose cancer is driven by specific, targetable alterations. However, precision oncologists continue to be challenged by the widespread heterogeneity of cancer genomes and drug responses in designing personalized treatments. Chapters provide a comprehensive overview of the computational approaches, methods, and tools that enable precision oncology, as well as related biological concepts. Covered topics include genome sequencing, the architecture of a precision oncology workflow, and introduces cutting-edge research topics in the field of precision oncology. This book is intended for computational biologists, bioinformaticians, biostatisticians and computational pathologists working in precision oncology and related fields, including cancer genomics, systems biology, and immuno-oncology.

    Contents:
    Part One: Basic Concepts in Precision Oncology
    Chapter 1. Design and Implementation of a precision oncology workflow
    Chapter 2. An overview of cancer genome sequencing
    Chapter 3. Software infrastructures for precision medicine workflows
    Part Two: Current Computational Methods and Tools in Precision Oncology
    Chapter 4. Somatic and germline variant calling from next-generation sequencing data
    Chapter 5. Identification of copy number alterations from next-generation sequencing data
    Chapter 6. Genome-wide discovery of large-scale structural variants from next-generation sequencing data
    Chapter 7. Assessment of microsatellite instability from next-generation sequencing data
    Chapter 8. Computational approaches for the investigation of intra-tumor heterogeneity and clonal evolution from bulk sequencing data
    Chapter 9. Analysis of the transcriptome for precision oncology applications
    Chapter 10. Computational methods for drug repurposing
    Chapter 11. Pathway for analysis for precision oncology applications
    Chapter 12. Identification of fusion transcripts from RNA-seq
    Chapter 13. Computational resources for the interpretation of variations in cancer
    Chapter 14. Analysis of electronic health records for precision oncology
    Chapter 15. Network approaches for precision oncology
    Chapter 16. Experimental validation of genomic alterations
    Part Three: Advanced Concepts - The Future of Precision Oncology
    Chapter 17. Molecular profiling of liquid biopsies for precision oncology
    Chapter 18. Artificial intelligence for precision oncology
    Chapter 19. Single-cell technologies in precision oncology
    Chapter 20. Computational approaches for precision immuno-oncology
    Chapter 21. Multi-pmics profiling of the tumor microenvironment
    Chapter 22. Epigenetic and precision oncology
    Chapter 23. Next generation knowledge bases to support precision oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Shi-Jie Chen and Donald H. Burke-Aguero.
    Summary: This new volume of Methods in Enzymology continues the legacy of this premier serial with quality chapters authored by leaders in the field. This volume covers computational prediction RNA structure and dynamics, including such topics as computational modeling of RNA secondary and tertiary structures, riboswitch dynamics, and ion-RNA, ligand-RNA and DNA-RNA interactions.Continues the legacy of this premier serial with quality chapters authored by leaders in the field Covers computational methods and applications in RNA structure and dynamics.

    Contents:
    Section I. RNA structure prediction
    Section II. RNA dynamics and thermodynamics
    Section III. Ions, ligands and RNA interactions.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Mario Andrea Marchisio.
    Contents:
    Computational protein design methods for synthetic biology
    Computer-aided design of DNA origami structures
    Computational design of RNA parts, devices, and transcripts with kinetic folding algorithms implemented on multiprocessor clusters
    Regulatory RNA design through evolutionary computation and strand displacement
    Programming languages for circuit design
    Kappa rule-based modeling in synthetic biology
    Modular design of synthetic gene circuits with biological parts and pools
    Computationally guided design of robust gene circuits
    Chemical master equation closure for computer-aided synthetic biology
    Feedback loops in biological networks
    Efficient analysis methods in synthetic biology
    Using computational modeling and experimental synthetic perturbations to probe biological circuits
    In silico control of biomolecular processes
    Stochastic modular analysis for gene circuits: Interplay among retroactivity, nonlinearity, and stochasticity
    Distributed model construction with virtual parts
    The synthetic biology open language
    Computational methods for the construction, editing, and error correction of DNA molecules and their libraries.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Zhongmin Jin.
    Contents:
    1. Fundamentals of computational modelling of biomechanics in the musculoskeletal system
    2. Finite element modeling in the musculoskeletal system: generic overview
    3. Joint wear simulation
    4. Computational modeling of cell mechanics
    5. Computational modeling of soft tissues and ligaments
    6. Computatonal modeling of muscle biomechanics
    7. Computational modelling of articular cartilage
    8. Computational modeling of bone and bone remodeling
    9. Modelling fracture processes in bones
    10. Modelling fatigue of bone cement
    11. Modelling fracture processes in orthopaedic implants
    12. Modelling cementless cup fixation in total hip arthroplasty (THA)
    13. Computational modeling of hip implants
    14. Computational modelling of knee implants
    15. Computational modelling of spinal implants
    16. Finite element modelling of bone tissue scaffolds
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Michele Giugliano, Mario Negrello, Daniele Linaro, editors.
    Summary: This volume offers an up-to-date overview of essential concepts and modern approaches to computational modelling, including the use of experimental techniques related to or directly inspired by them. The book introduces, at increasing levels of complexity and with the non-specialist in mind, state-of-the-art topics ranging from single-cell and molecular descriptions to circuits and networks. Four major themes are covered, including subcellular modelling of ion channels and signalling pathways at the molecular level, single-cell modelling at different levels of spatial complexity, network modelling from local microcircuits to large-scale simulations of entire brain areas and practical examples. Each chapter presents a systematic overview of a specific topic and provides the reader with the fundamental tools needed to understand the computational modelling of neural dynamics. This book is aimed at experimenters and graduate students with little or no prior knowledge of modelling who are interested in learning about computational models from the single molecule to the inter-areal communication of brain structures. The book will appeal to computational neuroscientists, engineers, physicists and mathematicians interested in contributing to the field of neuroscience. Chapters 6, 10 and 11 are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    PART I. Cellular Scale
    Chapter 1. Modelling Neurons in 3D at the Nanoscale
    Chapter 2. Modelling Dendrites and Spatially-Distributed Neuronal Membrane Properties
    Chapter 3. A User's Guide to Generalized Integrate-and-Fire Models
    Chapter 4. Neuron-glia Interactions and Brain Circuits
    Chapter 5. Short-term Synaptic Plasticity: Microscopic Modelling and (some) Computational Implications
    PART II. Molecular Scale
    Chapter 6. The Mean Field Approach for Populations of Spiking Neurons
    Chapter 7. Multidimensional Dynamical Systems with Noise
    Chapter 8. Computing Extracellular Electric Potentials from Neuronal Simulations
    Chapter 9. Bringing Anatomical Information into Neuronal Network Models
    PART III. Network Scale
    Chapter 10. Computational Concepts for Reconstructing and Simulating Brain Tissue
    Chapter 11. Reconstruction of the Hippocampus
    Chapter 12. Challenges for Place and Grid Cell Models
    Chapter 13. Whole-Brain Modelling: Past, Present, and Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Dr Ahmed A. Moustafa.
    Summary: A comprehensive Introduction to the world of brain and behavior computational models This book provides a broad collection of articles covering different aspects of computational modeling efforts in psychology and neuroscience. Specifically, it discusses models that span different brain regions (hippocampus, amygdala, basal ganglia, visual cortex), different species (humans, rats, fruit flies), and different modeling methods (neural network, Bayesian, reinforcement learning, data fitting, and Hodgkin-Huxley models, among others). Computational Models of Brain and Behavior is divided into four sections: (a) Models of brain disorders; (b) Neural models of behavioral processes; (c) Models of neural processes, brain regions and neurotransmitters, and (d) Neural modeling approaches. It provides in-depth coverage of models of psychiatric disorders, including depression, posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), schizophrenia, and dyslexia; models of neurological disorders, including Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, and epilepsy; early sensory and perceptual processes; models of olfaction; higher/systems level models and low-level models; Pavlovian and instrumental conditioning; linking information theory to neurobiology; and more. -Covers computational approximations to intellectual disability in down syndrome -Discusses computational models of pharmacological and immunological treatment in Alzheimer's disease -Examines neural circuit models of serotonergic system (from microcircuits to cognition) -Educates on information theory, memory, prediction, and timing in associative learning Computational Models of Brain and Behavior is written for advanced undergraduate, Master's and PhD-level students-as well as researchers involved in computational neuroscience modeling research.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Matthias Dehmer, Yongtang Shi, and Frank Emmert-Streib.
    Contents:
    Using the DiffCorr Package to Analyze and Visualize Differential Correlations in Biological Networks / Atsushi Fukushima, Kozo Nishida
    Analytical Models and Methods for Anomaly Detection in Dynamic, Attributed Graphs / Benjamin A Miller, Nicholas Arcolano, Stephen Kelley, Nadya T Bliss
    Bayesian Computational Algorithms for Social Network Analysis / Alberto Caimo, Isabella Gollini
    Threshold Degradation in R Using iDEMO / Chien-Yu Peng, Ya-Shan Cheng
    Optimization of Stratified Sampling with the R Package SamplingStrata: Applications to Network Data / Marco Ballin, Giulio Barcaroli
    Exploring the Role of Small Molecules in Biological Systems Using Network Approaches / Rajarshi Guha, Sourav Das
    Performing Network Alignments with R / Qiang Huang, Ling-Yun Wu
    ℓ1-Penalized Methods in High-Dimensional Gaussian Markov Random Fields / Luigi Augugliaro, Angelo M Mineo, Ernst C Wit
    Cluster Analysis of Social Networks Using R / Malika Charrad
    Inference and Analysis of Gene Regulatory Networks in R / Ricardo de M Simoes, Matthias Dehmer, Constantine Mitsiades, Frank Emmert-Streib
    Visualization of Biological Networks Using NetBioV / Shailesh Tripathi, Salissou Moutari, Matthias Dehmer, Frank Emmert-Streib.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Duncan J. MacGregor and Gareth Leng.
    Contents:
    Bridging between experiments and equations : a tutorial on modeling excitability / David McCobb and Mary Lou Zeeman
    Ion channels and electrical activity in pituitary cells : a modeling perspective / Richard Bertram, Joel Tabak, and Stanko S. Stojilkovic
    Endoplasmic reticulum- and plasma membrane-driven calcium oscillations / Arthur Sherman
    Mathematical models of GnRH neurons / James Sneyd
    Modeling spiking in the magnocellular vasopressin neuron / Duncan J. MacGregor, and Gareth Leng
    Modeling endocrine cell network topology / David J. Hodson, Francois Molino, and Patrice Mollard
    Modelling the milk-ejection reflex / Gareth Leng and Jianfeng Feng
    Dynamics of the HPA axis : a systems modelling approach / John R. Terry, Jamie J. Walker, Francesca Spiga, and Stafford L. Lightman
    Modeling the dynamics of gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) secretion in the course of an ovarian cycle / Frederique Clement and Alexandre Vidal.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Sven Bestmann.
    Contents:
    Preface: computational neurostimulation in basic and translational research / Sven Bestmann
    Modeling sequence and quasi-uniform assumption in computational neurostimulation / Marom Bikson, Dennis Q. Truong, Antonios P. Mourdoukoutas, Mohamed Aboseria, Niranjan Khadka, Devin Adair, Asif Rahman
    Multilevel computational models for predicting the cellular effects of noninvasive brain stimulation / Asif Rahman, Belen Lafon, Marom Bikson
    Experiments and models of cortical oscillations as a target for noninvasive brain stimulation / Flavio Fröhlich
    Understanding the nonlinear physiological and behavioral effects of tDCS through computational neurostimulation / James J. Bonaiuto, Sven Bestmann
    Modeling TMS-induced I-waves in human motor cortex / Jochen Triesch, Christoph Zrenner, Ulf Ziemann
    Deep brain stimulation for neurodegenerative disease: A computational blueprint using dynamic causal modeling / Rosalyn Moran
    Model-based analysis and design of waveforms for efficient neural stimulation / Warren M. Grill
    Computational neurostimulation for Parkinson's disease / Simon Little, Sven Bestmann
    Computational modeling of neurostimulation in brain diseases / Yujiang Wang, Frances Hutchings, Marcus Kaiser
    Understanding the biophysical effects of transcranial magnetic stimulation on brain tissue: The bridge between brain stimulation and cognition / Sebastiaan F.W. Neggers, Petar I. Petrov, Stefano Mandija, Iris E.C. Sommer, Nico A.T. van den Berg
    Modeling the effects of noninvasive transcranial brain stimulation at the biophysical, network, and cognitive Level / Gesa Hartwigsen, Til Ole Bergmann, Damian Marc Herz, Steffen Angstmann, Anke Karabanov, Estelle Raffin, Axel Thielscher, Hartwig Roman Siebner.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Peng Zhou, Jian Huang,.
    Contents:
    De novo peptide structure prediction : an overview / Pierre Thévenet [and three others]
    Molecular modeling of peptides / Krzysztof Kuczera
    Improved methods for classification, prediction, and design of antimicrobial peptides / Guangshun Wang
    Building MHC class II epitope predictor using machine learning approaches / Loan Ping Eng, Tin Wee Tan, and Joo Chuan Tong
    Brownian dynamics simulation of peptides with the University of Houston Brownian Dynamics (UHBD) program / Tongye Shen and Chung F. Wong
    Computational prediction of short linear motifs from protein sequences / Richard J. Edwards and Nicolas Palopoli
    Peptide toxicity prediction / Sudheer Gupta [and five others]
    Synthetic and structural routes for the rational conversion of peptides into small molecules / Pasqualina Liana Scognamiglio, Giancarlo Morelli, and Daniela Marasco
    In silico design of antimicrobial peptides / Giuseppe Maccari, Mariagrazia Di Luca, and Riccardo Nifosì
    Information-driven modeling of protein-peptide complexes / Mikael Trellet, Adrien S.J. Melquiond, and Alexandre M.J.J. Bonvin
    Computational approaches to developing short cyclic peptide modulators of protein-protein interactions / Fergal J. Duffy, Marc Devocelle, and Denis C. Shields
    A use of homology modeling and molecular docking methods : to explore binding mechanisms of nonylphenol and bisphenol A with antioxidant enzymes / Mannu Jayakanthan [and three others]
    Computational peptide vaccinology / Johannes Söllner
    Computational modeling of peptide-aptamer binding / Kristen L. Rhinehardt, Ram V. Mohan, and Goundla Srinivas.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Defang Ouyang and Sean C. Smith.
    Contents:
    Introduction of computational pharmaceutics / Ouyang
    Crystal energy landscapes for aiding crystal form selection / Sarah Price
    Solubilization of poor-soluble drugs in cyclodextron formulation / Ouyang
    Molecular modeling for polymeric and micellar drug delivery / Sharon M.Loverde
    Solid dispersion : a pragmatic method to improve the bioavailability of poorly soluble drugs / Ouyang
    Computer simulations of lipid membranes and liposomes for drug delivery / Becky Notman
    Molecular modeling for protein aggregation and formulation / Jim Warwicker
    Computational simulation of drug delivery by nano-materials at molecular level / Youyong Li
    Molecular and analytical modeling of nanodiamond for drug delivery applications / Amanda Barnard
    Molecular modeling of LDH drug delivery systems / Vinuthaa Murthy
    Molecular dynamics simulation as a tool to study the efficacy of PEGylation / Alex Bunker
    Synchrotron radiation micro computed tomography : a new approach for quantitative 3D structural architecture of drug delivery systems / Jiwen Zhang
    Pharmacokinetic modelling and simulation in drug delivery / Raj.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Alan Anticevic, John D. Murray.
    Contents:
    Section I. Applying circuit modeling to understand psychiatric symptoms
    Section II. Modeling neural system disruptions in psychiatric illness
    Section III. Characterizing complex psychiatric symptoms via mathematical models .
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Roland Eils, Andres Kriete.
    Contents:
    Introducing computational systems biology / Roland Eils, Andres Kriete
    Structural systems biology : modeling interactions and networks for systems studies / Robert B. Russell, Gordana Apic, Olga Kalinina, Leonardo Trabuco, Matthew J. Betts, Qianhao Lu
    Understanding principles of the dynamic biochemical networks of life through systems biology / Hans V. Westerhoff, Fei He, Ettore Murabito, Frederic Cremazy, Matteo Barberis
    Biological foundations of signal transduction, systems biology and aberrations in disease / Ursula Klingmuller, Marcel Schilling, Sofia Depner, Lorenza A. D'Alessandro
    Complexities in quantitative systems analysis of signaling networks / Christina Kiel, Luis Serrano
    Gene networks : estimation, modeling, and simulation / Seiya Imoto, Hiroshi Matsuno, Satoru Miyano
    Reconstruction of metabolic network from genome information and its structural and functional analysis / Hong-Wu Ma, An-Ping Zeng
    Standards, platforms, and applications / Stanley Gu, Herbert Sauro
    Databases, standards, and modeling platforms for systems biology / Juergen Eils, Elena Herzog, Baerbel Felder, Christian Lawerenz, Roland Eils
    Computational models for circadian rhythms : deterministic versus stochastic approaches / Jean-christophe Leloup, Didier Gonze, Albert Goldbeter
    Top-down dynamical modeling of molecular regulatory networks / Reinhard Laubenbacher, Pedro Mendes
    Discrete gene network models for understanding multicellularity and cell reprogramming : from network structure to attractor landscapes landscape / Joseph Xu Zhou, Xiaojie Qiu, Aymeric Fouquier D'Herouel, Sui Huang
    Stochastic simulations of cellular processes : from single cells to colonies / John Cole, Mike J. Hallock, Piyush Labhsetwar, Joseph R. Peterson, John E. Stone, Zaida Luthey-Schulten
    Advances in machine learning for processing and comparison of metagenomic data / Jean-Luc Bouchot, William L. Trimble, Gregory Ditzler, Yemin Lan, Steve Essinger, Gail Rosen
    Systems biology of infectious diseases and vaccines / Helder I. Nakaya
    From cell behavior to tissue deformation : computational modeling and simulation of early animal embryogenesis with the mecagen platform / Julien Delile, Ren Doursat, Nadine Peyriras
    Developing a systems biology of aging / Andres Kriete, Mathieu Cloutier
    Morphometric analysis of tissue heterogeneity in glioblastoma multiforme
    Applications in cancer research : mathematical models of apoptosis / Stefan M. Kallenberger, Stefan Legewie, Roland Eils.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Sean Ekins.
    Contents:
    Part I. Computational Methods
    1. Accessible machine learning approaches for toxicology
    2. Quantum mechanics approaches in computational toxicology
    Part II. Applying Computers to Toxicology Assessment: Pharmaceutical, Industrial and Clinical
    3. Computational approaches for predicting hERG activity
    4. Computational toxicology for traditional Chinese Medicine
    5. Pharmacophore models for toxicology prediction
    6. Transporters in hepatotoxicity
    7. Cheminformatics in a clinical setting
    Part III. Applying Computers to Toxicology Assessment: Environmental and Regulatory Perspectives
    8. Computational tools for ADMET profiling
    9. Computational toxicology and reach
    10. Computational approaches to predicting dermal absorption of complex tropical mixtures
    Part IV. New Technologies for Toxicology, Future Perspectives
    11. Big data in computational toxicology: challenges and opportunities
    12. HLA-mediated adverse drug reactions: challenges and opportunities for predictive molecular modeling
    13. Open science data repository for toxicology
    14. Developing next generation tools for computational toxicology
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Edward Y. Lee, Andetta Hunsaker, Bettina Siewert.
    Summary: Authoritative, clinically oriented, and unique in the field, Computed Body Tomography with MRI Correlation, 5th Edition is your one-stop reference for current information on CT and MRI in all aspects of adult and pediatric congenital and acquired disorders. This comprehensive text uses an easy-to-navigate format to deliver complete, well-illustrated coverage of the most current CT and MRI techniques for thorax, abdomen, pelvis and musculoskeletal systems in both adult and pediatric populations. The fully revised 5th Edition is a complete reference for residents, fellows, and attending radiologists, as well as clinicians in other specialties who are interested in CT and MRI evaluation of both common and less common disorders encountered in daily practice -- Provided by the publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Print
    Ehsan Samei, Norbert J. Pelc, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive and topical depiction of advances in CT imaging. CT has become a leading medical imaging modality, thanks to its superb spatial and temporal resolution to depict anatomical details. New advances have further extended the technology to provide physiological information, enabling a wide and expanding range of clinical applications. The text covers the latest advancements in CT technology and clinical applications for a variety of CT types and imaging methods. The content is presented in seven parts to offer a structure across a board coverage of CT: CT Systems, CT Performance, CT Practice, Spectral CT, Quantitative CT, Functional CT, and Special Purpose CT. Each contain chapters written by leading experts in the field, covering CT hardware and software innovations, CT operation, CT performance characterization, functional and quantitative applications, and CT systems devised for specific anatomical applications. This book is an ideal resource for practitioners of CT applications in medicine, including physicians, trainees, engineers, and scientists. .

    Contents:
    Part 1: CT Systems
    Fan-beam CT systems
    Cone-beam CT systems
    Novel CT acquisitions
    CT statistical and iterative reconstructions and post-processing
    Part 2: CT Performance
    Dose and risk characterization in CT
    CT image quality characterizations
    Clinical CT performance evaluation
    CT Performance Optimization
    Part 3: CT practice
    CT practice management
    CT practice optimization
    CT practice monitoring
    Part 4: Spectral CT
    Methods for spectral CT imaging
    Clinical applications of spectral CT
    Future prospects of spectral CT: photon counting
    Part 5: Quantitative CT
    CT-based quantification
    CT material identification
    CT texture Characterization
    Part 6: CT as a functional imaging technique
    CT perfusion techniques and applications in stroke and cancer
    CT myocardial perfusion imaging
    Part 7: Special Purpose CT
    CT in musculoskeletal applications
    Utility of CBCT in neurovascular diagnosis and interventions
    CT in cardiac applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Lucas E. Ritacco, Federico E. Milano, Edmund Chao.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Preoperative Planning
    1. Virtual Preoperative Planning
    2. Computerized Tools: Allograft Selection
    3. Computer Guided Navigation and Pre-Operative Planning for Arthroscopic Hip Surgery
    4. Virtual Cranio-Maxillofacial Surgery Planning with Stereo Graphics and Haptics
    5. Computational Image-guided Technologies in Cranio-maxillofacial Soft Tissue Planning and Simulation
    Part 2. Surgical Navigation
    6. Introduction to Surgical Navigation
    7. Bone Tumor Navigation in the Pelvis
    8. Bone Tumor Navigation in Limbs
    9. Direct navigation of surgical instrumentation
    10. Navigation in Spinal Surgery
    11. Local Tumor Ablation using Computer-Assisted Planning and Execution
    Part 3. Custom Implants
    12. Patient-specific Instruments in Orthopaedics
    13. Custom Implants
    14. Patient's Specific Template for Spine Surgery
    Part 4. Robotics
    15. The Use of ROBODOC in Total Hip and Knee Arthroplasty
    16. A comparative study for touchless telerobotic surgery
    Part 5. Validation in computer-assisted surgical workflows
    17. Accuracy and precision in computer-assisted methods in orthopaedic surgery.- 18. Spinal Loading System: A Novel Technique for Assessing Spinal Flexibility in Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis
    Part 6. Emerging Trends
    19. Computer simulation surgery for deformity correction of the upper extremity
    20. 3D projection-based navigation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editor, C H Chen.
    Summary: The major progress in computer vision allows us to make extensive use of medical imaging data to provide us better diagnosis, treatment and predication of diseases. Computer vision can exploit texture, shape, contour and prior knowledge along with contextual information from image sequence and provide 3D and 4D information that helps with better human understanding. Many powerful tools have been available through image segmentation, machine learning, pattern classification, tracking, reconstruction to bring much needed quantitative information not easily available by trained human specialists. The aim of the book is for both medical imaging professionals to acquire and interpret the data, and computer vision professionals to provide enhanced medical information by using computer vision techniques. The final objective is to benefit the patients without adding to the already high medical costs.

    Contents:
    Ch. 1. An introduction to computer vision in medical imaging / Chi Hau Chen
    pt. 1. Theory and methodologies. ch. 2. Distribution matching approaches to medical image segmentation / Ismail Ben Ayed
    ch. 3. Digital pathology in medical imaging / Bikash Sabata ... [et al.]
    ch. 4. Adaptive shape prior modeling via online dictionary learning / Shaoting Zhang ... [et al.]
    ch. 5. Feature-centric lesion detection and retrieval in thoracic images / Yang Song ... [et al.]
    ch. 6. A novel paradigm for quantitation from MR phase / Joseph Dagher
    ch. 7. A multi-resolution active contour framework for ultrasound image segmentation / Weiming Wang ... [et al.]
    pt. 2. 2-D, 3-D reconstructions/imaging algorithms, systems & sensor fusion. ch. 8. Model-based image reconstruction in optoacoustic tomography / Amir Rosenthal, Daniel Razansky and Vasilis Ntziachristos
    ch. 9. The fusion of three-dimensional quantitative coronary angiography and intracoronary imaging for coronary interventions / Shengxian Tu ... [et al.]
    ch. 10. Three-dimensional reconstruction methods in near-field coded aperture for SPECT imaging system / Stephen Baoming Hong
    ch. 11. Ultrasound volume reconstruction based on direct frame interpolation / Sergei Koptenko ... [et al.]
    ch. 12. Deconvolution technique for enhancing and classifying the retinal images / Uvais A. Qidwai and Umair A. Qidwai
    ch. 13. Medical ultrasound digital signal processing in the GPU computing era / Marcin Lewandowski
    ch. 14. Developing medical image processing algorithms for GPU assisted parallel computation / Mathias Broxvall and Marios Daoutis
    pt. 3. Specific image processing and computer vision methods for different imaging modalities including IVUS, MRI, etc. ch. 15. Computer vision in interventional cardiology / Kendall R. Waters
    ch. 16. Pattern classification of brain diffusion MRI: application to schizophrenia diagnosis / Ali Tabesh ... [et al.]
    ch. 17. On compressed sensing reconstruction for magnetic resonance imaging / Benjamin Paul Berman, Sagar Mandava and Ali Bilgin
    ch. 18. On hierarchical statistical shape models with application to brain MRI / Juan J. Cerrolaza, Arantxa Villanueva and Rafael Cabeza
    ch. 19. Advanced PDE-based methods for automatic quantification of cardiac function and scar from magnetic resonance imaging / Durco Turco and Cristiana Corsi
    ch. 20. Automated IVUS segmentation using deformable template model with feature tracking / Prakash Manandhar and Chi Hau Chen.
    Digital Access Wortd Scientific 2014
  • Digital
    Hermann Cuntz, Michiel W. Remme, Benjamin Torben-Nielsen, editors.
    Summary: Neuronal dendritic trees are complex structures that endow the cell with powerful computing capabilities and allow for high neural interconnectivity. Studying the function of dendritic structures has a long tradition in theoretical neuroscience, starting with the pioneering work by Wilfrid Rall in the 1950s. Recent advances in experimental techniques allow us to study dendrites with a new perspective and in greater detail. The goal of this volume is to provide a rsum of the state-of-the-art in experimental, computational, and mathematical investigations into the functions of dendrites in a variety of neural systems. Thebook firstlooks at morphological properties of dendrites and summarizes the approaches to measure dendrite morphology quantitatively and to actually generate synthetic dendrite morphologies in computer models. This morphological characterization ranges from the study of fractal principles to describe dendrite topologies, to the consequences of optimization principles for dendrite shape. Individual approaches are collected to study the aspects of dendrite shape that relate directly to underlying circuit constraints and computation. The second main theme focuses on how dendrites contribute to the computations that neurons perform. What role do dendritic morphology andthe distributions of synapses and membrane properties over the dendritic tree have in determining the output of a neuron in response to its input? A wide range of studies is brought together, with topics ranging from general to system-specific phenomenasome having a strong experimental component, and others being fully theoretical. The studies come from many different neural systems and animal species ranging from invertebrates to mammals. With this broad focus, an overview is given of the diversity of mechanisms that dendrites can employ to shape neural computations.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Dendritic morphology
    The cell biology of dendrite differentiation
    Archetypes and outliers in the neuromorphological space
    Neuronal arborizations, spatial innervation and emergent network connectivity
    Shaping of neurons by environmental interaction
    Modelling dendrite shape from wiring principles
    A statistical theory of dendritic morphology
    Reverse engineering the 3D structure and sensory-evoked signal flow of rat vibrissal cortex
    Optimized dendritic morphologies for noisy inputs
    Part 2: Dendritic computation
    Noisy dendrites: models of dendritic integration in vivo
    Distributed parallel processing in retinal amacrine cells
    Dendritic computation of direction in retinal neurons
    Rapid integration across tonotopy by individual auditory brainstem octopus cells
    Computing temporal sequence with dendrites
    Modelling the cellular mechanisms of fly optic flow processing
    Biophysical mechanisms of computation in a looming sensitive neuron
    Biophysics of synaptic inhibition in dendrites
    Role of nonuniform dendrite properties on input processing by GABAergic interneurons
    Subthreshold resonance and membrane potential oscillations in a neuron with non-uniform active dendritic properties
    A trade-off between dendritic democracy and independence in neurons with intrinsic subthreshold membrane potential oscillations
    Dendrites enhance both single neuron and network computation
    Dendritic size and topology influence burst firing in pyramidal cells
    Stochastic ion channel gating and probabilistic computation in dendritic neurons
    Cellular and dendritic memory allocation
    Synaptic plasticity and pattern recognition in cerebellar Purkinje cells
    Response of gap junction coupled dendrites: a sum-over-trips approach
    Automated parameter constraining of single neuron models
    Morphological reduction of dendritic neurons
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Pamela McHugh Schuster.
    Summary: "The purpose of this book is to teach nursing students how to use concept mapping theory to develop a concept care map, which is to be used in the direct care of patients and to communicate with members of the health-care team. Concept mapping is a diagrammatic teaching and learning strategy that allows students and faculty to visualize interrelationships between medical diagnoses, nursing diagnoses, assessment data, and treatments. Concept care maps result in a clear mental model of the patient health state and situation. Students must learn to share relevant information with the specific aim of creating a shared mental model with members of the health-care team to prevent errors that result in patient injuries and death"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Twas the night before clinical
    Gathering clinical data : the framework for concept care mapping
    Concept care maps : grouping clinical data in a meaningful manner
    Nursing strategies to attain outcomes : so many problems, so little time
    Nursing implementation : using concept care maps as nursing care plans at the health-care agency
    Mapping psychosocial and cultural problems
    Concept care maps as the basis of documentation and phone conversations with physicians
    After the clinical day is over : patient evaluations, self-evaluations, and grading the final concept care maps.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
  • Digital
    by PK Gupta.
    Summary: This book: "Concepts and Applications in Veterinary Toxicology: An Interactive Guide": covers a broad spectrum of topics related to students specializing in veterinary toxicology and for veterinary medical practitioners. Since the major emphasis of the book is to teach veterinary students, therefore more attention has been given to common toxicants to which several species are exposed including pet animals. The subject of veterinary toxicology is complicated greatly by the wide variations in responses of domestic, companion, aquatic, wild, and zoo species to toxicants. Therefore, emphasis has also been given to species variation and diagnostic toxicology including clinical management that is more relevant to veterinary profession. Key Features - Highlights specialized topics essential for veterinary specialists. - Covers a variety of common toxicants to which several species including pet animals are exposed. - Includes sample questions and answers that are extremely valuable for students, clinical pharmacists, teachers, and academicians in preparing for their board and other examinations.

    Contents:
    General Concepts and Principles of Toxicology
    Mechanisms of Toxicity
    Disposition and Toxicokinetics
    Toxic Effects of Pesticides (Agrochemicals)
    Toxic Effects of Metals and Micronutrients
    Toxicities from Human Drugs
    Poisonous and Venomous Organisms
    Bacterial and Cyanobacterial (Blue-green Algae) Toxins
    Mycotoxicosis
    Poisonous Plants
    Feed Contaminant Toxicity
    Food Hazards
    Veterinary Clinical Toxicology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gabriela Rodrigues, Bernard A. J. Roelen, editors.
    Summary: This textbook will support graduate students with learning materials rich in the basic concepts of stem cell biology, in its most widespread and updated perspective. The chapters are conceived in a way for students to understand the meaning of pluripotency, the definition of embryonic stem cells and the formation of multicellular structures such as organoids together with the underlying principles of their epigenetic. This textbook also discusses adult stem cells and the potential use of these cells, in particular neural, mesenchymal, and several types of muscular cells, in biomedical research and clinical applications. This textbook represents a vital complement to the text on Essential Current Concepts of Stem Cell Biology, also published in the Learning Materials in Biosciences textbook series.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction: a decade teaching stem cell biology
    Chapter 2: Preimplantation development: from germ cells to blastocyst
    Chapter 3: Origins of pluripotency: from stem cells to germ cells
    Chapter 4: Human induced pluripotent stem (hiPS) cells: generation and applications
    Chapter 5: Cellular reprogramming and aging
    Chapter 6: Cloning
    Chapter 7: Stem cells in plant development
    Chapter 8: Axial stem cells and the formation of the vertebrate body
    Chapter 9: Skeletal muscle development
    from stem cells to body movement
    Chapter 10: Cardiac regeneration and repair: from mechanisms to therapeutic strategies
    Chapter 11: Reproducing human brain development in vitro: generating cerebellar neurons for modelling cerebellar ataxias
    Chapter 12: Neurotoxicology and disease modelling
    Chapter 13: Mesenchymal stem cells for cutaneous wound healing.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    James E. Barrett, Clive P. Page, Martin C. Michel, editors.
    Summary: Celebrating 100 years of HEP, this volume will discuss key pharmacological discoveries and concepts of the past 100 years. These discoveries have dramatically changed the medical treatment paradigms of many diseases and these concepts have and will continue to shape discovery of new medicinies. Newly evolving technologies will similarly be discussed as they will shape the future of the pharmacology and, accordingly, medical therapy.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: A Century of Advances in Pharmacology
    Perspectives of Pharmacology over the Past 100 Years
    1 Introduction
    2 The Emergence of Pharmacology in Germany: Rudolf Buchheim
    2.1 Schmiedebergś Contribution to the Development of Pharmacology
    3 The Spread of Pharmacology
    3.1 Otto Krayer and the Origins of Behavioral Pharmacology
    4 Pharmacology Through 100 Years and a Future Perspective
    5 Conclusions
    References
    Emergent Concepts of Receptor Pharmacology
    1 Introduction
    2 Shots in the Dark: Null Methods in Pharmacology 1.2 Signalling in Health and Malignant Disease
    1.3 Tumour Microenvironment and Host Immunity
    2 Introduction
    2.1 History
    2.2 Roles for Systemic Therapies
    2.3 Cytotoxic Drugs
    Box 1 Summary of Broad Classes of Cytotoxic Drugs
    2.4 Targeted Therapies
    2.5 Immunotherapy
    3 Clinical Trials in Oncology
    3.1 Phase 1 Trials
    3.2 Phase 2 Trials
    3.3 Phase 3 Trials
    4 Rationally Designed Therapies
    Box 2 Targets for Anticancer Therapies: Examples of Approved and Investigational Drugs
    4.1 Ligands as a Target
    4.1.1 Oestrogen
    4.1.2 Androgen
    4.2 Targeting Receptors 3 Recombinant Systems Redefine Receptor Pharmacology
    4 Binding Gives Way to Functional Experiments
    5 Understanding Agonism: The Black/Leff Operational Model
    6 The Shift from Orthosteric to Allosteric Drug Action
    7 The Move from Parsimonious Models to Dynamic Models of Receptor Conformation
    8 Allosteric Probe Dependence: Biased Receptor Signaling
    9 Structure: Receptors Show Themselves
    10 Genetics and Computer Science Impact Pharmacology
    11 Conclusion
    References
    The Evolving Landscape of Cancer Therapeutics
    1 Biology of Cancer
    1.1 Cancer as a Genetic Disease 4.2.1 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) and Its Receptors
    4.2.2 Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor
    4.2.3 HER2
    4.2.4 CD20
    4.3 Other Targets
    4.4 Targeting the T-Cell
    4.4.1 Checkpoint Inhibition
    4.4.2 Adoptive T-Cell Therapy
    5 Nuclear Medicine Therapies
    5.1 Radio-Iodine in Thyroid Cancer
    5.2 Somatostatin Analogues
    5.3 Radium-223
    5.4 PSMA Ligand: Lutetium
    6 Pharmacogenetics, Pharmacogenomics and Patient Selection for Treatment
    6.1 Lung Cancer and EGFR Mutations
    6.2 BRCA1, BRCA2 Mutation and PARP Inhibition
    6.3 Prediction of Toxicity 7 Resistance Mechanisms
    7.1 CML BCR-ABL Mutations and Resistance to Imatinib
    7.2 Molecular Markers of Resistance to EGFR Inhibition
    7.2.1 Multiple Targets
    7.2.2 Irreversible Binding
    7.3 ALK Resistance
    8 Cancer Drug Discovery and Preclinical Development
    9 Current Issues in the Development of Drugs in Oncology
    9.1 Improving the Odds of Success of Phase 3 Trials
    9.2 Regulation of Cancer Drug Development
    10 Conclusion and Future Perspectives
    References
    Monoclonal Antibodies: Past, Present and Future
    1 Introduction
    2 Background.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Raj Bhopal.
    Summary: Epidemiology is a population science that underpins health improvement and health care, by exploring and establishing the pattern, frequency, trends, and causes of a disease. Concepts of Epidemiology comprehensively describes the application of core epidemiological concepts and principles to readers interested in population health research, policy making, health service planning, health promotion, and clinical care.

    Contents:
    What is epidemiology? The nature, scope, variables, principal measures, and designs of a biological, clinical, social, and ecological science
    The epidemiological concept of population
    Variation in disease by time, place, and person: background and a framework for analysis of genetic and environmental effects
    Error, bias, and confounding in epidemiology
    Cause and effect: the epidemiological approach
    Interrelated concepts in the epidemiology of disease: natural history and incubation period, time trends in populations, spectrum, iceberg, and screening
    The concept of risk and fundamental measures of disease frequency: incidence and prevalence
    Summarizing, presenting, and interpreting epidemiological data: building on incidence and prevalence
    Epidemiological study designs and principles of data analysis: a conceptually integrated suite of methods and techniques
    Epidemiology in the past, present, and the future: theory, ethics, context, and critical appraisal.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Lorenzo Galluzzi and Guido Kroemer.
    Contents:
    Metabolic alterations of cancer cells / Marco Sciacovelli, Edoardo Gaude, Mika Hilvo, and Christian Frezza
    Autophagy and cancer metabolism / Juliet Goldsmith, Beth Levine, and Jayanta Debnath
    Regulation of cancer metabolism by oncogenes and tumor suppressors / Raffaella Iurlaro, Clara Lucía León-Annicchiarico, and Cristina Muñoz-Pinedo
    Cross talk between cell death regulation and metabolism / Simone Fulda
    Techniques to monitor glycolysis / Tara TeSlaa and Michael A. Teitell
    Measurement of enolase activity in cell lysates / Keigo Fukano and Kazuhiro Kimura / Extracellular flux analysis to monitor glycolytic rates and mitochondrial oxygen consumption / Martin Pelletier, Leah K. Billingham, Madhu Ramaswamy, and Richard M. Siegel
    Conventional techniques to monitor mitochondrial oxygen consumption / Hélène Simonnet, Arnaud Vigneron, and Jacques Pouysségur
    Use of safranin for the assessment of mitochondrial membrane potential by high-resolution respirometry and fluorometry / Gerhard Krumschnabel, Andrea Eigentler, Mario Fasching, and Erich Gnaiger
    Kinetic analysis of local oxygenation and respiratory responses of mammalian cells using intracellular oxygen-sensitive probes and time-resolved fluorometry / Alexander V. Zhdanov, Ruslan I. Dmietriev, James Hynes, and Dmitri B. Papkovsky
    Cell-based measurements of mitochondrial function in human subjects / Ju-Gyeong Kang, Ping-yuan Wang, and Paul M. Hwang
    Use of chemical probes to detect mitochondrial ROS by flow cytometry and spectrofluorometry / Jing Chen and Clayton E. Mathews
    Methods to monitor ROS production by fluorescence microscopy and fluorometry / Aleksandra Wojtala, Massimo Bonora, Dominika Malinska, Paolo Pinton, Jerzy Duszynski, and Mariusz R. Wieckowski
    Genetically encoded redox sensor / Wai Kan Chiu, Atif Towheed, and Michael J. Palladino
    Use of genetically encoded sensors to monitor cytosolic ATP/ADP ratio in living cells / Andrei I. Tarasov and Guy A. Rutter
    Methods to monitor and compare mitochondrial and glycolytic ATP production / Simone Patergnani, Federica Baldassari, Elena De Marchi, Agnieszka Karkucinska-Wieckowska, Mariusz R. Wieckowski, and Paolo Pinton
    Measurement of ADP-ATP exchange in relation to mitochondrial transmembrane potential and oxygen consumption / Christos Chinopoulos, Gergely Kiss, Hibiki Kawamata, and Anatoly A. Starkov
    Real-time assessment of the metabolic profile of living cells with genetically encoded NADH sensors / Yuzheng Zhao, Yi Yang, and Joseph Loscalzo
    13C isotope-assisted methods for quantifying glutamine metabolism in cancer cells / Jie Zhang, Woo Suk Ahn, Paulo A. Gameiro, Mark A. Keibler, Zhe Zhang, and Gregory Stephanopoulos
    Measurement of fatty acid oxidation rates in animal tissues and cell lines / Frank K. Huynh, Michelle F. Green, Timothy R. Koves, and Matthew D. Hirschey
    Methods to assess lipid accumulation in cancer cells / Jørgen Sikkeland, Yang Jin, and Fahri Saatcioglu
    Analysis of hypoxia-induced metabolic preprogramming / Chendong Yang, Lei Jiang, Huafeng Zhang, Larissa A. Shimoda, Ralph J. Bernardinis, and Gregg L. Semenza.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Animesh Hazari, Arun G. Maiya, Taral V. Nagda.
    Summary: This book presents essential information on the various concepts of biomechanics and kinesiology applied to human body, also describing in depth the understanding of the various physical and mathematical principles applied towards understanding of this science of movement. It tries to simplify this biological movement science by facilitating easy understanding of the various applications of the forces acting on the human body. This book provides a deep insight to the clinical gait analysis and its interpretations with graphical outputs, it also covers important topics such as biomechanics of important human joints such as neck, shoulder, spine, hip, knee and ankle with their recent advances. It also includes chapters on biomechanical instrumentation and their interpretation. Another highlight of the book is chapters on biomechanical motion analysis systems used for athletes. This book offers a valuable resource for medical and paramedical students, researchers and clinicians practicing musculoskeletal and manual therapy, aiding researchers gaining insight to human biomechanics.

    Contents:
    CHAPTER 1_Concepts of Biomechanics
    CHAPTER 2: Cellular biomechanics of Soft Tissues
    CHAPTER 3: Application of Physical Laws on Human Body
    CHAPTER 4: Applied Biomechanics on Joint, Muscle, Tendon and Ligament
    CHAPTER 5: Principles of Kinetics and Kinematics on Human Body
    CHAPTER 6: Lever Systems at human joints and muscles
    CHAPTER 7: Kinetics and Kinematics of Temporomandibular Joint
    CHAPTER 8 A: Kinematics and Kinetics of Shoulder Complex
    Chapter 9: Kinetics and Kinematics of Rib Cage
    Chapter 10: Kinetics and Kinematics of Pelvis
    Chapter 11: Kinetics and Kinematics of Hip
    Chapter 12: Kinetics and Kinematics of Knee
    Chapter 13: Kinetics and Kinematics of Ankle
    Chapter 14: Gait Analysis.-Chapter 15: Postural Analysis.-Chapter 16: Concepts of Kinesiology
    Chapter 17: Advanced Instrumentations and their Interpretation.-Chapter 18: Applied Kinesiology in Sports
    Chapter 19: Biomechanics and Kinesiology in Strength and Conditioning
    Chapter 20: Calculating Muscular and Joint Forces.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Friberg, Elizabeth E.; Creasia, Joan L.
    Contents:
    Part I: Context of Professional Nursing Practice. 1. A Brief History of Professional Nursing in the United States 2. NEW CHAPTER
    Academic Progression 3. Beyond Professional Socialization 4. Professional Nursing Roles 5. Theories and Frameworks for Professional Nursing Practice 6. Health Policy and Practice and the Nursing Practice Environment. Part II: Dimensions of Professional Nursing Practice. 7. Economic Issues in Nursing and Health Care 8. Effective Communication 9. Think Like a Nurse: Essential Thinking Skills for Professional Nurses 10. Teaching and Learning in the 21st Century 11. Legal Aspects of Nursing Practice 12. Ethical Dimensions of Nursing and Health Care 13. Information Management 14. Diversity in Health and Illness</p> <p><b>Part III: Themes in Professional Nursing Practice</b> 15. Health and Health Promotion 16. Genetics and Genomics in Professional Nursing 17. Global Rural Nursing Practice 18. Violence Against Women: An Epidemic and a Health Issue 19. Telehealth 20. Patient Safety 21. Palliative Care & End-of-Life 22. Resilience & Compassionate Care</p>
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2020
  • Digital
    Robert L. Carlton.
    Summary: This new and significantly updated authored dictionary is a unique glossary of paleontological terms, taxa, localities, and concepts. It focuses primarily on identifying the most significant groups of fossil animals and plants in relation to their evolution and phylogeny. It also focuses on mass extinctions, on taxa that are problematic in some significant way, on the principal fossil-Lagerstätten of the world, and on historical turning points marked by index fossils. Although there are many current resources on the subject, none contains an accurate representation of the paleontological lexicon. Although well aware that the fast-changing field of paleontology will always defy any attempt at complete description, the author has attempted to provide an accurate and comprehensive set of about 4,000 entries that will be useful to professionals as well as to general readers of scientific literature without a background in paleontology.

    Contents:
    Chapter1. A
    Chapter2. B
    Chapter3. C
    Chapter4. D
    Chapter5. E
    Chapter6. F
    Chapter7. G. Chapter8. H
    Chapter9. I
    Chapter10. J
    Chapter11. K
    Chapter12. L
    Chapter 13. M
    Chapter 14. N
    Chapter15. O
    Chapter16. P
    Chapter17. Q
    Chapter18. R
    Chapter19. S
    Chapter20. T
    Chapter21. U
    Chapter22. V
    Chapter23. W
    Chapter24. X
    Chapter25. Y. Chapter26. Z.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Mina K. Dulcan, Rachel R. Ballard, Poonam Jha, Julie Sadhu.
    Summary: Updated to reflect significant changes to psychiatric nomenclature and criteria in DSM-5, this fifth edition of the Concise Guide to Child and Adolescent Psychiatry prunes older content while distilling and incorporating clinically relevant findings. Reorganized chapters feature tables of selected diagnostic criteria from the DSM-5 for quick reference. Sections on specific disorders and clinical situations include brief descriptions of relevant treatment methods. An informative chapter is devoted specifically to pharmacological therapies-from stimulant medications and antidepressants to antipsychotics and anticonvulsants-and their use in a range of disorders. Though complex theoretical notions, new research, and areas of controversy have been simplified in the interest of brevity and ease of reference, each chapter provides suggested additional readings for those interested in studying a particular topic in further detail, making the Concise Guide to Child and Adolescent Psychiatry an indispensable primer on the field for medical and mental health students and clinical trainees, as well as an ideal, quick-reference update for practicing physicians, nurses, and advanced practice nurses.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Evaluation and treatment planning
    Neurodevelopmental disorders
    Schizophrenia
    Bipolar disorder
    Depressive disorders
    Anxiety disorders
    Obsessive-compulsive and related disorders
    Trauma-and stressor-related disorders
    Feeding and eating disorders
    Elimination disorders
    Sleep-wake disorders
    Gender dysphoria
    Disruptive, impulse-control, and conduct disorders
    Substance-related and addictive disorders
    Special clinical circumstances
    Psychopharacology
    Psychosocial treatments
    Appendix : resources for parents.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2018
  • Digital
    Peter Murray.
    Summary: This clinical guide is a concise up-to-date resource that covers a wide range of endodontic procedures, including non-surgical root canal therapy, surgical root canal therapy, trauma care and the management of fractured teeth, apexification, apexogenesis, revascularization, regeneration, Cvek partial pulpotomy, root canal retreatment, and periapical surgery. The provision of numerous flowcharts, checklists, and advice on error avoidance for each procedure will assist in decision-making in daily practice. Scientific and clinical evidence regarding the use and efficacy of the different forms of treatment is summarized, and helpful information is also presented on instrumentation. The inclusion of exam questions will assist those preparing for endodontic examinations. A Primer on Endodontic Treatment will be of value for dental students, residents in training to become endodontists, endodontists, pediatric dentists, and established dentists.

    Contents:
    Tooth anatomy and root canal morphology
    Cells and repair of the pulp dentin complex
    Microbiology in endodontic disease
    Pulpitis and immunoregulation
    Oral pathology, anatomy and facial space infections
    Diagnosis of endodontic disease
    Treatment planning
    Differential diagnosis and the medically compromised patient
    Causes and treatment of pain
    Diagnosis and treatment of traumatic injuries
    Pulp capping
    Root canal instrumentation procedures
    Irrigants and intracanal medicaments
    Sealing and root canal obturation procedures
    Regenerative endodontic procedures
    Diagnosing and Managing Root Resorption
    Periradicular Surgery and Repair
    Restoration and prosthodontic considerations
    Imaging
    Retreatments
    Antibiotics and pharmacology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by John J. Barry, Sepideh N. Bajestan, Jeffrey L. Cummings, Michael R. Trimble.
    Summary: "This third edition of this popular pocket guide is updated throughout, featuring new medications and new diagnostic procedures and criteria. Like the previous editions, it presents brief synopses of the major neuropsychiatric and neurobehavioral syndromes, discusses their clinical assessment, and provides guidelines for management. The authors summarize diagnostic and treatment information in easy-to-read tables, including clinical features, underlying pathophysiology, and treatment options for the major neuropsychiatric disorders. They cover everything from assessment (e.g., testing, brain imaging) and relevant neurophysiology and neuropsychiatry symptoms and syndromes (e.g., frontal lobe, aphasia and related syndromes) to individual diseases (e.g., right-brain disorders, memory disorders, epilepsy/limbic system disorders, dementia and delirium, movement disorders, stroke and brain tumors, white matter diseases and inborn errors of metabolism, and head injury) and the latest treatments (e.g., neuropsychopharmacology, electroconvulsive therapy, vagus nerve stimulation, and neurosurgical procedures). An immediately useful clinical companion for psychiatrists and geriatric psychiatrists, neurologists, and neuropsychologists both within the U.S. and abroad, this volume is also exceptionally practical for students and residents because of its broad scope and easily accessible information"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Abdelhamid H. Elgazzar, Saud Alenezi.
    Summary: This practical book reviews the principles of nuclear medicine, the instrumentation used, the gamut of common procedures, the basis for choosing specific diagnostic or therapeutic procedures and interpreting results. Coverage includes nuclear medicine therapy.

    Contents:
    Basic Principles of Nuclear Medicine
    Nuclear Medicine in the Genitourinary System
    Nuclear Medicine in the Digestive System
    Nuclear Medicine in the Endocrine System
    Nuclear Medicine in Soft Tissue Infection and Inflammation
    Nuclear Medicine in the Respiratory System
    Nuclear Medicine in the Musculoskeletal System
    Nuclear Medicine in the Cardiovascular System
    Nuclear Medicine in the Nervous System
    Nuclear Medicine in Oncology
    Therapeutic Applications of Nuclear Medicine
    Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Allan Hackshaw.
    Contents:
    Fundamental concepts
    Outcome measures, risk factors, and causality
    Effect sizes and regression methods
    Studies based on patient medical records
    Cross-sectional studies
    Case-control studies
    Cohort studies
    Quality of care studies
    Prognostic markers for predicting outcomes
    Systematic reviews and meta-analyses
    Conducting and reporting observational studies.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA566.27 .C66
    77
  • Digital
    Eisei Noiri, Norio Hanafusa, editors.
    Summary: This pocket-sized manual serves as a concise and ideal reference work for therapeutic approaches using apheresis. Covering both basic theory and clinical details to facilitate improved treatment and patient outcomes, the text considers a variety of diseases, including myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy, nephrotic syndrome, TTP/TMA, dilated cardiomyopathy, and many other conditions. The book also reviews the growing trend toward adopting this unique therapy for a wide range of health management issues such as morbid obesity and/or type 2 diabetes, and for lowering LDL-cholesterol (cholesterol apheresis) in patients unresponsive to medication or lifestyle modification.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alberto J. Espay, José Biller.
    Summary: "With easy-to-read, high-yield coverage of essential information in neurology, Concise Neurology: A Focused Review is a practical, everyday reference for busy practitioners, fellows, residents, and students who need a rapid overview of a complex subject. The second edition has been almost entirely rewritten to stay current with recent developments in the field but retains its quick-reference format: an intuitively designed one- or two-page presentation of each topic to facilitate rapid review. Virtually every topic of interest is covered, including the core concepts in diagnosis and treatment for each syndrome or disease. Material is presented in order of clinical relevance, maintaining a thematic unity across related pages for the most effective, efficient review. An engaging writing style offers many pearls and personal explanations from the authors that clarify difficult concepts. Every page offers a quick yet thoughtful summary of key points, making it particularly useful for busy residents, fellows, and practitioners"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basics of Metabolism and Pediatric Neurology
    Stroke, Epilepsy, Sleep disorders, Coma, and Migraine
    Infectious Diseases
    Neurotoxicology
    Movement Disorders.
    Behavioral Neurology
    Neuro-Ophthalmology and Neuro-Otology
    Demyelinating Diseases, Neuro-Oncology, and Disorders of Neural Tube Closure and Other Congenital Malformations
    Neuromuscular Disorders
    Psychiatry.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Print
    by Ron & Barbara Marshall.
    Contents:
    Role of architect Edward Durell Stone & architectural precedents
    Seizing on success
    Screen block at the beginning of the 'Ed Stone age'
    Overcoming product prejudice and selling screen block
    Building with screen block
    Screen block for the 'do-it-yourselfer'
    Screen block moves indoors
    Peaking popularity is followed by waning enthusiasm
    Screen block informs the high culture and enters the popular culture
    Preservationist's view : a legacy worth preserving?
    Endnotes
    Bibliography
    Screen block pattern guide
    Date(s) of industry source material.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    NA4125 .M37 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Sudie E. Back [and seven others].
    Summary: "Concurrent Treatment of PTSD and Substance Use Disorders Using Prolonged Exposure (COPE) is a cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy program designed for patients who have posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and a co-occurring alcohol or drug use disorder. COPE represents an integration of two evidence-based treatments: Prolonged Exposure (PE) therapy for PTSD and Relapse Prevention for substance use disorders. COPE is an integrated treatment, meaning that both the PTSD and substance use disorder are addressed concurrently in therapy by the same clinician, and patients can experience substantial reductions in both PTSD symptoms and substance use severity. Patients use the COPE Patient Workbook while their clinician uses the Therapist Guide to deliver treatment. The program is comprised of 12 individual, 60 to 90 minute therapy sessions. The program includes several components: information about how PTSD symptoms and substance use interact with one another; information about the most common reactions to trauma; techniques to help the patient manage cravings and thoughts about using alcohol or drugs; coping skills to help the patient prevent relapse to substances; a breathing retraining relaxation exercise; and in vivo (real life) and imaginal exposures to target the patient's PTSD symptoms"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Digital
    Sudie E. Back, Edna B. Foa, Therese K. Killeen, Katherine L. Mills, Maree Teesson, Bonnie Dansky Cotton, Kathleen M. Carroll, Kathleen T. Brady.
    Summary: "Concurrent Treatment of PTSD and Substance Use Disorders Using Prolonged Exposure (COPE) is a cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy program designed for patients who have posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and a co-occurring alcohol or drug use disorder. COPE represents an integration of two evidence-based treatments: Prolonged Exposure (PE) therapy for PTSD and Relapse Prevention for substance use disorders. COPE is an integrated treatment, meaning that both the PTSD and substance use disorder are addressed concurrently in therapy by the same clinician, and patients can experience substantial reductions in both PTSD symptoms and substance use severity. Patients use the COPE Patient Workbook while their clinician uses the Therapist Guide to deliver treatment. The program is comprised of 12 individual, 60 to 90 minute therapy sessions. The program includes several components: information about how PTSD symptoms and substance use interact with one another; information about the most common reactions to trauma; techniques to help the patient manage cravings and thoughts about using alcohol or drugs; coping skills to help the patient prevent relapse to substances; a breathing retraining relaxation exercise; and in vivo (real life) and imaginal exposures to target the patient's PTSD symptoms"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introductory information for therapists
    Outline of this treatment program
    Session 1: Introduction to COPE
    Session 2: Common reactions to trauma and craving awareness
    Session 3: Developing the In vivo hierarchy and craving management
    Session 4: Initial imaginal exposure
    Session 5: Imaginal exposure continued and planning for emergencies
    Session 6: Imaginal exposure continued and awareness of high-risk thoughts
    Session 7: Imaginal exposure continued and managing high-risk thoughts
    Session 8: Imaginal exposure continued and refusal skills
    Session 9: Imaginal exposure continued and seemingly irrelevant decisions (SIDs)
    Session 10: Imaginal exposure continued and anger awareness
    Session 11: Final imaginal exposure and anger management
    Session 12: Review and termination
    Appendices : A. Information gathering form
    B. Safety agreement
    C. Therapist imaginal exposure recording form
    D. Certificate of completion.
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Digital
    volume editors, Ajay Niranjan, L. Dade Lunsford.
    Contents:
    Cerebral concussion : a historical perspective / Maroon, J.C
    Biomechanics of concussion / B.D. Stemper, F.A. Pintar
    The neurophysiology of concussion / D.A. Hovda
    Chronic traumatic encephalopathy / B. Omalu
    Cumulative effects of repetitive mild traumatic brain injury / J.E. Bailes, M.L. Dashnaw, A.L. Petraglia, R.C. Turner
    Understanding concussive injuries using investigational imaging methods / L.C. Henry
    Neurometabolic, electrophysiological, and imaging abnormalities / E. Chamard, M. Lassonde, H. Théoret
    Detection of white matter injury in concussion using high-definition fiber tractography / S.S. Shin, S. Pathak, N. Presson, W. Bird, L. Wagener, W. Schneider, D.O. Okonkwo, J.C. Fernandez-Miranda
    Magnetoencephalography in the diagnosis of concussion / R.R. Lee, M. Huang
    Evidence-based management of sport-related concussion / M. McCrea, K. Guskiewicz
    In-office management of sport-related concussion / E. Reynolds, M.W. Collins
    Treating prolonged symptoms of mild traumatic brain injury : neuropharmacology / K. Lercher, C. Camiolo Reddy
    Rehabilitation from postconcussion syndrome : nonpharmacological treatment / A.L. Nelson Sheese, T.A. Hammeke
    Concussion in ice hockey / C.M. Bonfield, D.A. Wecht, L.D. Lunsford
    Management of concussion in the professional football player / E.M. Pieroth, C. Hanks
    Developing an interdisciplinary community-based sports concussion management program / A. LoGalbo, C.M. Salinas, M. Dougherty, M. Field
    The multidisciplinary concussion management program / D.M. Panczykowski, J.E. Pardini
    Vulnerability in speed of visuomotor ability / A.B. Shuttleworth-Edwards, S.E. Radloff, V.J. Whitefield-Alexander
    Detecting eye movement abnormalities from concussion / J. Maruta, J. Ghajar
    Neurodegenerative changes after mild traumatic brain injury / S. Fakhran, L. Alhilali
    Future directions in brain injury research / T.A. Gennarelli.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Blessen C. Eapen, David X. Cifu.
    Contents:
    Acute management of concussion and diagnostic criteria
    Neuropsychological assessment
    Neuroimaging in traumatic brain injury rehabilitation
    Postconcussive syndrome (PCS)
    Assessment and management of psychiatric symptoms among adults with mild traumatic brain injury
    Postconcussive headache
    Assessment and treatment of sleep in mild traumatic brain injury
    Management and rehabilitation of cognitive dysfunction
    Neurosensory deficits associated with concussion (auditory, vestibular, and visual dysfunction)
    Rehabilitation and management of fatigue
    Management of adult sports concussion
    Assessment, management, and rehabilitation of pediatric concussions
    Assessment and treatment of concussion in service members and veterans
    Gender and sex considerations in traumatic brain injury
    A look ahead: cutting edge research in the diagnosis, assessment, rehabilitation management, and prevention of concussion and its sequelae.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jeff Victoroff, Erin D. Bigler.
    Summary: Concussion and Traumatic Encephalopathy is a ground breaking text that offers neurologists, neuropsychologists, psychologists, and physiatrists the first comprehensive reconceptualization of concussive brain injury in 100 years. During the twentieth century, progress in understanding concussion was hamstrung by resistance to the observation that many survivors suffer long-term sequelae, and by the lack of advanced neuroimaging technologies. As a result, the potentially immense impact of concussion on global health was largely overlooked. The last decade has witnessed a dramatic renaissance in concussion science. We are just beginning to fathom the implications for society. Informed by twenty-first century advances, this new text updates the definition, epidemiology, pathophysiology, late effects, and promising therapies for concussion. Multiple experts have collaborated to summarize the latest scientific evidence in an engaging way and provide the reader with the first paradigm shifting textbook of this new era.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Deepak S. Patel, editor.
    Summary: Concussions are increasing in incidence each year, and each state has a law on management of concussions in children. These factors strengthen the need for primary care providers to be well-versed in the evaluation and management of them. This text provides primary care physicians and clinicians with an evidence-based yet practical approach to diagnosing and treating concussions in children and adults. The book begins with a general overview of concussions. It then goes on to identify risks, signs and symptoms of concussions. Next, physicians and providers learn when and how to perform appropriate physical exams for suspected concussions. The following chapters focus on finding the correct type of testing to perform in suspected concussions. The testing options addressed include diagnostic, neurocognitive and imaging. Return-to-learn and return-to-play recommendations are then discussed to ensure that providers are able to properly educate patients on them. The book concludes by explaining post-concussion syndrome and identifying methods to prevent concussions and complications in the future. Each chapter presents a specific case along with 3-5 followup questions as well as a summary of key concepts. Written from the unique perspective of a primary care physician who also specializes in sports medicine and concussions, Concussion Management for Primary Care is a first-of-its-kind book that serves as a valuable resource for primary care physicians, sports medicine physicians and any other clinician treating patients suffering from a possible concussion.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Concussion
    Clinical Case
    What is the definition of concussion and how does it happen?
    Which providers are best to evaluate and manage concussions?
    What is the role of Athletic Trainers and Nurses in evaluation and treatment of concussions?
    Are there laws related to concussions?
    Are there any good guidelines available for concussion care?
    Where can patients find reliable information about concussions?
    References
    Chapter 2: Incidence and Risk Factors for Concussions Clinical Case
    Question: Are concussions becoming more common?
    Children and Adolescent Age Groups
    Question: Are concussions more common in older or younger children?
    Question: Are concussions in children more common from sports or accidents?
    High School
    Question: High school football is regularly identified to be associated with concussions, but are there other sports that also have a high incidence?
    Question: What are risk factors associated with higher concussion rates in athletes? Question: Although males and females may play similar sports, do their concussion rates vary?
    Collegiate Sports
    Question: Are rates of SRC less common in college sports?
    Professional Sports
    Question: We hear about professional players with concussions in the public media, but what is their incidence?
    Military
    Question: Do military personnel have higher rates of concussions compared to civilians?
    Comorbid Neuropsychological Conditions
    Question: What medical conditions predispose or complicate the management of concussions? Miscellaneous or Elderly (Non-sports, Nonmilitary)
    Question: What are other common causes of concussions excluding sports or military involvement?
    Risk Factors (Table 2.1)
    References
    Chapter 3: Signs and Symptoms of Concussion
    Clinical Case
    Question: What are the six domains of signs and symptoms of concussions?
    Question: Is loss of consciousness required for a concussion?
    Question: What types of headache are common in patients that sustained a concussion?
    Question: What are cognitive symptoms of concussion? Question: What are the emotional or mood symptoms of concussion?
    Question: What are the ocular symptoms of concussion?
    Question: What other domain of concussion is closely related to fatigue?
    Question: What are the vestibular symptoms of concussion?
    References
    Chapter 4: Physical Examination
    Clinical Case
    Question: Why are vital signs relevant in concussed patients?
    Question: How does a patient's mood and cognitive function impact those with concussion?
    Question: What cranial nerve changes can be seen in concussed patients?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kenneth Lee, Michael William Harper, Michael Joseph Uihlein, Michael McCrea, editors.
    Summary: This book arises from the challenges and difficulties involved in the evaluation and management of concussions in wheelchair athletes. Concussions are most readily identified in the ambulatory population via identifying gross motor instability or when athletes lose their balance and stumble after a blow to the head or neck region. Because wheelchair athletes participate in sport while sitting down and using a wheelchair, clinicians must be extra attentive to identify a potential concussion. Once a potential concussion is identified, there are many challenges in evaluation of the wheelchair athlete population due to their comorbidities. At baseline, they may have signs and symptoms that mimic a concussion, and their impairments can also alter their cognitive and balance assessments. Therefore, it is critical to make a distinction between these athletes' baseline comorbid impairments and potential new exam findings in a concussion. Filling in a critical gap in the literature, this is a concise pocket guide for any clinician, trainer, or rehabilitation specialist who is involved in wheelchair sports. It focuses on the unique challenges in evaluating a concussion in the wheelchair athlete, including baseline testing, the process of evaluating the signs and symptoms of a concussion, cognitive and vestibular examination, new clinical techniques specific to wheelchair athletes, and the return to play process. A Concussion Management Program (CMP) for use on the sideline as well as in the office is included. Practical and timely, Concussion Management for Wheelchair Athletes is a valuable resource to increase awareness, provide guidance on the unique challenges within this population, and generate interest in future research and investigation.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Concussion Baseline Testing
    Evaluation of Signs and Symptoms
    The Cognitive Exam
    Balance Testing in Wheelchair Athletes
    Clinical Reaction Time
    Vestibular Examination
    Return to Play
    Future Areas of Interest.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Semyon M. Slobounov, Wayne J. Sebastianelli, editors.
    Contents:
    Consequences of Ignorance and Arrogance for Mismanagement of Sports-Related Concussions: Short- and Long-Term Complications
    Neuropsychological Testing in Sports Concussion Management: An Evidence-Based Model when Baseline Is Unavailable
    Feasibility of Virtual Reality for Assessment of Neurocognitive, Executive, and Motor Functions in Concussion
    Feasibility of Electroencephalography for Direct Assessment of Concussion
    The Relevance of Assessing Cerebral Metabolic Recovery for a Safe Return to Play Following Concussion
    The Biomechanics of Concussion: 60 Years of Experimental Research
    Acute and Lingering Impairments in Post-concussion Postural Control
    Biomechanical Studies of Impact and Helmet Protection
    Neuropathology of Mild Traumatic Brain Injury: Relationship to Structural Neuroimaging Findings
    Metabolic Dysfunction Following Traumatic Brain Injury
    Advanced Neuroimaging of Mild Traumatic Brain Injury
    Biomarkers for Concussion
    Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Mild Traumatic Brain Injury
    Predicting Postconcussive Symptoms After Mild Traumatic Brain Injury in Children and Adolescents
    Long-Term Effects of Pediatric Mild Traumatic Brain Injury
    Neuropsychological Assessment of Sports-Related Concussion: Pediatric Challenges
    Management of Collegiate Sport-Related Concussions
    Sports-Related Subconcussive Head Trauma
    The Role of the Quantitative EEG in the Diagnosis and Rehabilitation of the Traumatic Brain Injured Patients
    Current Understanding of Concussion: Treatment Perspectives
    Post-concussion Syndrome, Persistent Symptomatic Concussion, Related Sequelae, and Treatment of Mild Closed Head Injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Semyon M. Slobounov, Wayne J. Sebastianelli, editors ; Alexa E. Walter, assistant editor.
    Contents:
    Part I
    Evaluation of Concussions: Current Development
    Consequences of Ignorance and Arrogance for Mismanagement of Sports-Related Concussions: Short- and Long-Term Complications
    Neuropsychological Testing in Sports Concussion Management: An Evidence-Based Model When Baseline Is Unavailable
    Feasibility of Virtual Reality for Assessment of Neurocognitive, Executive, and Motor Functions in Concussion
    Feasibility of Electroencephalography for Direct Assessment of Concussion
    The Relevance of Assessing Cerebral Metabolic Recovery for a Safe Return to Play Following Concussion
    Part II. Biomechanical Mechanisms of Concussion and Helmets
    The Biomechanics of Concussion: 60 Years of Experimental Research
    Acute and Lingering Impairments in Post-concussion Postural Control
    Biomechanical Studies of Impact and Helmet Protection
    Part III. Neural Substrates, Biomarkers, Genetics, and Brain Imaging of Concussion Research
    Neuropathology of Mild Traumatic Brain Injury: Relationship to Structural Neuroimaging Findings
    Metabolic Dysfunction Following Traumatic Brain Injury
    Sports-Related Subconcussive Head Trauma: Advanced Neuroimaging
    Genetic Predisposition Link to Concussive injury
    Advanced Neuroimaging of Mild Traumatic Brain Injury
    Biomarkers for Concussion: New Findings and Perspectives
    Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Mild Traumatic Brain Injury
    Part IV. Pediatric Sport-Related Concussion
    Predicting Postconcussive Symptoms after Mild Traumatic Brain Injury in Children and Adolescents
    Long-Term Effects of Pediatric Mild Traumatic Brain Injury
    Neuropsychological Assessment of Sports-Related Concussion: Pediatric Challenges
    Advanced Neuroimaging of Subconcussive Impacts in Pediatric Population
    Part V. Clinical Management and Rehabilitation of Concussions
    Management of Collegiate Sport-Related Concussions
    The Role of the Quantitative EEG in the Diagnosis and Rehabilitation of Concussion
    Current Understanding of Concussion: Treatment Perspectives
    Narrowing Knowledge Gap between Basic Neuroscience Research and Clinical Management of Concussive Injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Pietro Caruso, Enzo Silvestri, Luca Maria Sconfienza, editors ; foreword by Giacomo Garlaschi.
    Summary: Cone beam computed tomography (CBCT) has become the standard of reference in dental imaging. The distribution of CBCT devices is increasingly wide, and the number of required examinations is constantly growing. In this setting, it is now essential that medical and technical staff receive specific training in the use of CBCT and that technical guidelines for CBCT examinations are established. This clearly structured book on CBCT will be an ideal aid in daily clinical practice. It clearly explains basic CBCT anatomy, examination technique, and the use of 3D reformatting software. A wide range of cases are presented, covering the most frequent and relevant conditions and pathologies, including dental anomalies, inflammatory and degenerative disease, tumors, and implants.

    Contents:
    CBCTSystems and Imaging Technology, Cone Beam CT, Other Radiological Techniques, Notes for the Use of CBCT (Radiation Dose)
    Clinical Indications, Implant Dentistry, Dental Anomalies, Inflammatory and Degenerative Diseases, Tumors, Temporomandibular Joint Imaging, Paranasal Sinuses Disorders
    Basic CBCT Anatomy, The Skull, Nasal Cavity, Paranasal Sinuses, Teeth, Dental Anatomy, Dental Tissues, Odontostomatological Trigeminal Nerves, Temporomandibular Joint
    Exam Technique
    Post-processing, 2D/3D Reformat and Dedicated Software for Implantology, Planar Images and 3D Rendering, Dental Arch and Panoramic Images, Cross Sections and Mandibular Nerve Evaluation
    Cases Presentation and Discussion, Paranasal Sinuses, Inflammatory Diseases, Benign Neoplastic Lesions, Dysodontiasis, Dental Implantology, Miscellaneous Dental Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by James M. Ryan, Adriaan P.C.C. Hopperus Buma, Charles W. Beadling, Aroop Mozumder, David M. Nott, Norman M. Rich, Walter Henny, David MacGarty.
    Summary: Conflict and Catastrophe Medicine: A Practical Guide 3e follows its successful predecessors in providing a framework for use by health professionals visiting a resource-constrained environment. Aimed at health professionals, Conflict and Catastrophe Medicine: A Practical Guide 3e encompasses problems brought about by local conflict or natural disasters. Itcovers preparation, organisation, logistics, treatment of major trauma and medical emergencies, and the special problems of delivering medicine in a hostile environment. This book will provide the reader with a mix of theory, opinion and practical advice to guide him through areas of conflicts, catastrophes and remote locations.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen W. Paddock.
    Contents:
    Reflecting on confocal microscopy : a personal perspective / John White
    Laser scanning confocal microscopy : history, applications, and related optical sectioning techniques / Stephen W. Paddock and Kevin W. Eliceiri
    Confocal microscopy on the Internet / Kristin L. Hazelwood [and eight others]
    Using Photoshop with images created by a confocal system / Jerry Sedgewick
    Clearing up the signal : spectral imaging and linear unmixing in fluorescence microscopy / Timo Zimmermann [and three others]
    Low magnification confocal microscopy of tumor angiogenesis / George McNamara [and seven others]
    Confocal imaging of butterfly tissue / Craig R. Brunetti
    Confocal microscopy of cardiac myocytes / Robert L. Price [and five others]
    Confocal imaging of fluorescently labeled proteins in the Drosophila larval neuromuscular junction / Ian P. Coyle
    Confocal imaging and three-dimensional visualization of thick autofluorescent specimens / Angela V. Klaus, Valerie Schawaroch, and Kevin J. Frischmann
    Vital imaging of multicellular spheroids / Paulo J. Oliveira, Edward L. Perkins, and Jon Holy
    Live confocal analysis of mutant- and drug-treated Drosophila embryos / Barbara Fasulo and William Sullivan
    Confocal imaging of the microtubule cytoskeleton in C. elegans embryos and germ cells / Kevin F. O'Connell and Andy Golden
    Measurement in the confocal microscope / Guy Cox
    A method for quantifying blood flow distribution among the alveoli of the lung / Robert L. Conhaim, Dennis M. Heisey, and Glen E. Leverson
    Imaging tools for analysis of the ureteric tree in the developing mouse kidney / Luise A. Cullen-McEwen [and six others]
    Evaluating confocal microscopy system performance / Robert M. Zucker.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Peter C. Hindmarsh, Kathy Geertsma.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section one. Congenital adrenal hyperplasia, introduction
    Section two. When things go wrong in congenital adrenal hyperplasia
    Section three. Treatment for congenital adrenal hyperplasia
    Appendix 1. Converting system international (SI) blood measures into North American values or conventional units
    Appendix 2. List of abbreviations
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by M.D. Aljurf, E. Gluckman, C. Dufour.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of acquired bone marrow failure / F. Grmaldi, S. Gandhi, A.M. Risitano
    Pathophysiology of acquired bone marrow failure / K. Hosokawa, P. Scheinberg, N.S. Young
    Diagnosis of acquired aplastic anemia / A. Rovó, C. Dufour, A. Tichelli
    Acquired overlap bone marrow failure disorders / J.R. Passweg
    Supportive care in aplastic anemia / B. Höchsmann, H. Schrezenbeier
    Immunosupportive therapy for aplastic anemia / J.C.W. Marsh, S. Gandhi, G.J. Mufti
    Identical sibling donor transplantation / G. Aldawsari, H. Alzahrani, M.D. Aljurf
    Unrelated donor transplants for acquired aplastic anemia / A. Bacigalupo, S. Sica, M.T. Van Lint, C. Dufour
    Umbilical cord blood transplantation for patients with acquired and inherited bone marrow failure syndromes on behalf of eurocord / E. Gluckman, A. Ruggeri, R. Peffault De Latour
    Haploidentical transplantation / F. Ciceri, M.T.L. Stanghellini
    Management of acquired aplastic anemia in children / C Dufour, S. Samarasinghe, M. Miano
    Treatment of elderly patients with aplastic anemia / A. Tichelli, A. Rovó, J.C.W. Marsh
    Emerging new therapies for acquired bone marrow failure disorders / A.M. Risitano, R. Peffault De Latour
    Bone marrow failure in paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria / R. Peffault De Latour, A.M. Risitano
    Telomere biology and disease / J.N. Cooper, N.S. Young
    Fanconi anemia / R. Peffault De Latour, A.M. Risitano, E. Gluckman
    Ribosomopathies and the quality control of ribosome assembly / A.J. Warren
    Dyskeratosis congenita / M. Ayas, S.O. Ahmed
    Amegakaryocytic thrombocytopenia / D. Meyran, T. Leblanc, S. Giraudier, J.H. Dalle
    Severe congenital neutropenias and other rare inherited disorders with marrow failure / F. Fioredda, P. Farruggia, M. Miano, C. Dufour
    Bone marrow failure syndroms in children / S. Elmahdi, S. Kojima.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Sebastian Farr, editor.
    Summary: This book uniquely provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of congenital and acquired deformities of the pediatric shoulder girdle, a field barely covered in existing books. It not only addresses bone deformities, but also examines the most important soft tissue alterations, e.g. muscular torticollis, thoracic outlet syndrome, shoulder dyskinesia, as well as brachial plexus birth injury and syndrome-related shoulder disorders. Following a consistent and treatment-oriented structure for each topic, leading international experts present epidemiology, key points in clinical, radiological diagnosis and treatment options, technical tips and tricks, and pertinent literature outcomes. Filling an existing gap, this book offers a timely and up-to-date resource for pediatric orthopedic fellows and attending surgeons, as well as for general orthopedists, primary care doctors and physiotherapists with an interest in the pediatric upper limb.

    Contents:
    I Fundamentals - 1 Development of the Shoulder Girdle
    2 Anatomy and Variations
    3 Diagnostics of the Pediatric Shoulder Girdle
    II. Congenital Deformities
    4 Sprengel Deformity
    5 Congenital Pseudarthrosis of the Clavicle
    6 Congenital Shoulder Dislocation
    7 Congenital Glenoid and Humeral Head Dysplasia
    8 The Shoulder Girdle in Syndromes and Skeletal Dysplasia
    III. Acquired Deformities
    9 Glenoid Dysplasia in Brachial Plexus Birth Palsy
    10
    Humerus Varus and Valgus
    11 Malunion of the Clavicle
    12 Acromioclavicular Dislocation
    13 Sternoclavicular Dislocation
    IV. Soft Tissue Alterations
    14 Glenohumeral Instability
    15 Scapulothoracic Dyskinesis
    16 Congenital Muscular Torticollis
    17 Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
    18 The Shoulder Girdle in Cerebral Palsy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Amin J. Barakat, H. Gil Rushton, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract: An Overview
    Chapter 2. Anatomy, Applied Embryology and Pathogenesis of Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract
    Chapter 3. Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney: Number, Position, Rotation, Vasculature
    Chapter 4. Renal Dysplasia and Congenital Cystic Diseases of the Kidney
    Chapter 5. Congenital Hydronephrosis
    Chapter 6. Vesicoureteral Reflux
    Chapter 7. Congenital Anomalies of the Urethra
    Chapter 8. Duplication Anomalies of the Kidney and Ureters
    Chapter 9. Congenital Anomalies of the Urinary Bladder
    Chapter 10. Prune Belly Syndrome
    Chapter 11. Congenital Neuropathic Bladder
    Chapter 12. Imaging of Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract
    Chapter 13. Prenatal Diagnosis of Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract
    Chapter 14. Clinical Consequences of Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract
    Chapter 15. Genetics of Congenital Anomalies of the Kidneys and Urinary Tract
    Chapter 16. Association of Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract with those of Other Organ Systems
    Appendix. Conditions and Syndromes Associated with Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Donald R. Laub Jr., editor.
    Summary: Written by leading experts in the fields of pediatrics, orthopedic surgery, and plastic and reconstructive hand surgery, Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity encompasses the current knowledge of genetic and molecular causes of, and surgical and non-surgical treatment for, deformities of the hand. The book covers the many variations of congenital anomaly encountered in the clinical setting. Embryology, classification, incidence, and anesthesia considerations are discussed first, followed by physical medicine, rehabilitation and therapy management, including psychological considerations, for children living with these conditions. Failures of formation and differentiation of the fingers and hand plate, duplication, and overgrowth, as well as other generalized anomalies, are then presented in detail, including symbrachydactyly, syndactyly, Apert syndrome, polydactyly, amniotic band syndrome, and Madelung deformity, among others. Complete with plentiful photographs and illustrations to guide the clinician in preparing for and performing the necessary treatments, this is an essential book for hand surgeons, orthopedists and plastic surgeons.

    Contents:
    Part I. General Considerations
    Embryology and Classification of Congenital Upper Limb Anomalies
    Incidence and Syndromes Associated with Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Limb
    Anesthesia Concerns in Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity
    Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Management of Children with Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity
    Therapy Management of Children with Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity
    Visible Distinctions and Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremities: Psychological Considerations
    Part II. Failure of Formation/Differentiation
    Radial Longitudinal Deficiency: Radius
    Radial Longitudinal Deficiency: Surgical Reconstruction of Congenital Thumb Hypoplasia
    Congenital Radioulnar Synostosis
    Ulnar Longitudinal Deficiency
    Symbrachydactyly
    Dorsal-Ventral Deficiency
    Part III. Failure of Hand Plate Formation/Differentiation
    Syndactyly: A Review of the Current Knowledge on the Genetic Understanding and Management Techniques
    Apert Syndrome
    Central Deficiency (Cleft Hand)
    Camptodactyly and Clinodactyly
    Synostosis and Coalitions of the Hand and Wrist
    Congenital Clasped Thumb
    Part IV. Duplication
    Radial Polydactyly
    Ulnar Polydactyly and Ulnar Dimelia
    Part V. Overgrowth, Amniotic Band, and Generalized Anomalies
    Macrodactyly
    Amniotic Band Syndrome
    Arthrogryposis
    Madelung Deformity
    Epidermolysis Bullosa
    Osteogenesis Imperfecta.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Donald R. Laub Jr., editor.
    Summary: Now in a revised and updated second edition, this book encompasses the current knowledge of genetic and molecular causes of, and surgical and non-surgical treatment for, congenital deformities of the hand. Divided into five sections, this comprehensive text presents the many variations of congenital anomaly encountered in the clinical setting. Part I discusses general considerations for congenital deformity, including embryology and classification, incidence and prevalence, genetics, anesthesia, prosthetics and rehabilitation principles, hand therapy and even psychological considerations for children living with these conditions. The second and third sections present deformities based on failures of formation and/or differentiation of the axis and hand plate respectively: radial and ulnar longitudinal deficiencies, symbrachydactyly, syndactyly (including Apert Syndrome), clinodactyly and captodactyly, and synostosis and coalitions are described in detail, among others. Duplication deformities, such as radial and ulnar polydactyly, are covered in part IV. The final section discussed overgrowth (macrodactyly), amniotic band syndrome, arthrogryposis, Madelung deformity, epidermolysis bullosa and additional generalized skeletal anomalies. All chapters are generously referenced and illustrated with radiography and full-color photographs. Bringing together the latest clinical evidence and surgical interventions, this second edition of Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity will continue to be an excellent resource for orthopedic, hand and plastic surgeons treating young patients with these challenging deformities of the hand.

    Contents:
    Part I. General Considerations
    Embryology and Classification of Congenital Upper Limb Anomalies
    Incidence and Prevalence of Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Limb
    Genetics of Associated Syndromes
    Anesthesia Concerns in Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity
    Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Management of Children with Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity
    Therapy Management of Children with Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity
    Visible Distinctions and Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremities: Psychological Considerations
    Part II. Failure of Axis Formation/Differentiation
    Radial Longitudinal Deficiency: Radius Hypoplasia
    Radial Longitudinal Deficiency: Surgical Reconstruction of Congenital Thumb Hypoplasia
    Congenital Radioulnar Synostosis
    Ulnar Longitudinal Deficiency
    Symbrachydactyly
    Dorsal-Ventral Deficiency
    Part III. Failure of Hand Plate Formation/Differentiation
    Syndactyly
    Apert Syndrome
    Central Deficiency (Cleft Hand)
    Camptodactyly and Clinodactyly
    Synostosis and Coalitions of the Hand and Wrist
    Congenital Clasped Thumb
    Part IV. Duplication
    Radial Polydactyly
    Ulnar Polydactyly and Ulnar Dimelia
    Part V. Overgrowth, Amniotic Band, and Generalized Anomalies
    Macrodactyly
    Amniotic Band Syndrome
    Arthrogryposis
    Madelungs Deformity
    Epidermolysis Bullosa
    General Skeletal Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Akbar Dorgalaleh, editor.
    Summary: This book describes in detail the clinical presentation, diagnosis, and management of a wide range of congenital bleeding disorders. It will assist readers in overcoming the significant challenges involved in clinical and laboratory diagnosis and in providing effective clinical care that makes optimal use of new products, including recombinant factor concentrate. The coverage ranges from hemophilia A and B and von Willebrand disease to rare bleeding disorders such as congenital factor V, factor X, factor XI, and factor XIII deficiency and inherited platelet function disorders. The exceptional attention to rarer conditions is of particular importance given the considerable risk of overlooking them during diagnosis, with potential consequences for disease-related morbidity and mortality. The authors are acknowledged specialists in the field from across the world who have particular expertise in the disorder that they discuss. The book will be of value to hematologists, oncologists, pediatricians, laboratory specialists and technicians, general physicians, and trainees. .

    Contents:
    Part I: Common bleeding disorders
    1. Von Willebrand disease
    2. Hemophilia A (congenital factor VIII deficiency)
    3. Hemophilia B (congenital factor IX deficiency) Part II: Rare bleeding disorders
    4. Congenital factor I (fibrinogen) disorders
    5. Congenital factor II deficiency
    6. Congenital factor V deficiency
    7. Combined coagulation factor deficiencies
    8. Congenital factor VII deficiency
    9. Congenital factor X deficiency
    10. Congenital factor XI deficiency
    11. Congenital factor XIII deficiency Part III: Inherited platelet function disorders
    12. Glanzmann thrombasthenia
    13. Bernard–Soulier syndrome
    14. Gray platelet syndrome
    15. Quebec platelet disorder. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ian Christopher Lloyd, Scott R. Lambert, editors.
    Contents:
    Overview: History of Congenital Cataract Surgery
    Epidemiology of Congenital Cataract. Preoperative Assessment: The Role of Molecular Genetics in the Assessment of Children with Congenital Cataract
    Morphology of Congenital Cataracts
    Baseline Predictors of Visual Outcome. Surgical Techniques: Anterior Capsulotomy
    Lensectomy
    Selecting an IOL Power
    IOL Implantation in the Capsular Bag and Posterior Capsulotomy Techniques
    Secondary IOLs/ Iris Fixated IOLs in Children
    Management of Congenital Cataract in Developing Nations. Perioperative Care: Intraoperative and Postoperative Medication
    Amblyopia Therapy and Occlusion Regimens
    Contact Lens Correction of Aphakia
    Postoperative Complications After Pediatric Cataract Surgery
    Management of Aphakic/ Pseudophakic Glaucoma. Outcomes: Visual Outcomes
    Strabismus
    Nystagmus/Fixation Instability
    Stereopsis outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Haruhiko Sago, Hiroomi Okuyama, Yutaka Kanamori, editors.
    Summary: This book offers readers a comprehensive understanding of congenital cystic lung disease based on a novel classification system recently proposed by leading researchers in the field. Presented in detail here, it includes various aspects, from fetal diagnosis and treatment to postnatal diagnosis and treatment, while also taking into account endoscopic surgical treatment and pathological diagnosis. Given the depth and breadth of its coverage, Congenital Cystic Lung Disease will be of interest not only to pediatric surgeons but also to pediatric respiratory physicians, neonatologists, and obstetricians engaged in fetal diagnosis and therapy, as well as pediatric radiologists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    1: Novel Classification of Congenital Cystic Lung Disease
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Novel Classification Based on the Embryology
    1.3 Pathology Secondary to Lung Maldevelopment
    1.4 Precise Definition of Each Entity of CCLD and Exclusion of the Unfit Lesions
    1.5 Future Aspect of the Novel Classification
    References
    2: Epidemiology of Congenital Cystic Lung Disease: From Japan Nationwide Survey
    2.1 Perinatal Clinical Features
    2.2 Later Onset of Clinical Symptoms in Asymptomatic Neonates 2.3 Surgery, Complications, and Clinical Outcome
    2.4 Respiratory Function Measured During Late Postoperative Period
    2.5 Lung Lesions and Pathological Diagnosis
    2.6 Discussion
    References
    3: Fetal Diagnosis and Therapy for Congenital Cystic Lung Disease
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Prenatal Diagnosis of CLCD
    3.2.1 Origin of the Blood Supply
    3.2.2 Appearance of the Lung Cyst
    3.2.3 Lung Cystic Lesion Size
    3.2.4 Presence of Hydrops and Changes in the Appearance
    3.3 Fetal Therapy
    3.3.1 TAS
    3.3.2 Fetal Surgical Resection
    3.3.3 Maternal Steroid Therapy 3.3.4 Other Fetal Therapies
    References
    4: Fetal Diagnostic Imaging of Congenital Cystic Lung Disease
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Safety, Magnetic Fields, and Gestational Age in Fetal MRI
    4.3 Fetal MR Image Acquisition Technique and Normal Lung Anatomy
    4.4 Image Findings
    4.4.1 Congenital Pulmonary Airway Malformation (CPAM)
    4.5 Bronchopulmonary Sequestration (BPS)
    4.6 Bronchial Atresia (BA)
    4.7 Congenital Lobar Emphysema (CLE)
    4.8 Congenital Bronchogenic Cyst
    4.9 Summary
    References
    5: Perinatal Care for Severe Congenital Pulmonary Airway Malformation 5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Prenatal Management and Clinical Course
    5.2.1 Classification Based on Pathological Findings and Fetal Sonographic Appearance
    5.2.2 Evaluation of Cystic Lesion Size Using Fetal Ultrasonography
    5.2.3 Treatment of Fetuses with CPAM
    5.2.4 Response to Fetal Treatment and Condition Just Before Birth
    5.3 Management of Neonates with CPAM at Birth and Infancy
    5.3.1 Emergency Surgery Strategy
    5.3.2 Points and Pitfalls of Each Department's Role in Emergency Surgery Strategy for Neonates with Severe CPAM 5.3.2.1 Department of Obstetrics for Fetal Medicine
    5.3.2.2 Department of Neonatology
    5.3.2.3 Department of Anesthesia
    5.3.2.4 Department of Surgery
    5.4 Management of Patients with CPAM in Infancy and Childhood
    5.5 Discussion and Future Perspective
    References
    6: Postnatal Imaging Diagnosis of Congenital Cystic Lung Disease
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Diagnostic Modalities
    6.2.1 Chest Radiography
    6.2.2 Computed Tomography: CT
    6.2.3 Magnetic Resonance Imaging: MRI
    6.2.4 Ultrasound: US
    6.3 Bronchial Obstruction
    6.3.1 Congenital Bronchial Atresia
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gabriele Halwachs-Baumann, editor.
    Summary: Congenital cytomegalovirus infection is the most common intrauterine transmitted viral infection. This book details the history of this disease, its pathophysiological background, epidemiology and symptoms as well as diagnostic and therapeutic strategies.

    Contents:
    Long known, long ignored- a brief history of cytomegalovirus research
    Virus-host interaction for defence and transmission
    Epidemiology: the influence of socioeconomic differences
    Prospects and obstacles of diagnosis
    Clinical outcome: acute symptoms and sleeping hazards
    Prevention and therapy: more than trial and error
    How to save money: congenital CMV infection and the economy.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Wei Wang, Jianmin Yao, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces readers to all clinical aspects of congenital anomalies of the hand and upper limb, and offers extensive information on their surgical management, including plastic surgery, pediatric surgery, hand surgery, orthopedic surgery, and general surgery. Drawing on extensive research of related cases, articles and relevant books, and over a thousand pictures of hand deformities, the book addresses the morphology, structure, and defects of hand deformities, while also providing methods for hand examination and hand function assessment. The authors are professors and experts in plastic surgery, hand surgery, and orthopedics from China and the USA, who spent over two years composing and compiling this book.

    Contents:
    The Embryonic Development, Etiology and Pathologyands of Congenital Anomalies of the Hand and Upper Limb
    Functional anatomy, examination and functional assessment of hand
    Classification of Congenital Anomalies of the Hand and Upper Limb and time of surgery
    Disorders of formation of upper limbs
    Congenital pollical maldevelopment
    Limb differentiation disorder
    Twin deformity
    Low Development
    Overgrowth
    Congenital constriction ring syndrome
    Congenital Anomalies of the Hand and Upper Limb and associated syndromes
    Hand hemangiomas and vascular malformations
    Hand and upper limb congenital tumor
    Applications of microsurgical reconstructive surgery technique in repair of hand congenital anomalies
    sGenetics research of hand congenital anomalies and the advance in plastic and reconstructive treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Ashraf Ibrahim, Talal Al-Malki.
    Summary: This book is about the early diagnosis and management of cases of CES in children It starts by introducing the basic physiology of the esophagus and then goes on to discuss the different types of CES: tracheobronchial remnant, fibromuscular disease and membranous disease. The authors also introduce their pioneering diagnostic method using surgical specimens from the tips of the esophageal pouches during primary repair. The book also discusses the anatomical and structural changes in EA. The reader will become better informed about management and different diagnostic and treatment approaches for CES and will learn how to improve the rates of morbidity and mortality. Pediatric surgeons and upper GI tract clinicians will greatly benefit from this publication.

    Contents:
    Introduction and back ground
    Histology of the atretic esophagus
    Etilogy of motility disorders in EA and CES
    The spectrum of CES
    Diagnosis of CES
    Treatment of CES
    Anastomotic stricture after EA repair and role of CES
    What to do if dilatations with adjuncts fail?
    Experience with Balloon dilatation
    Congenital membranous disease of the esophagus (MD)
    Congenital esophageal stenosis in adults
    Future directions for CES.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ghazi M. Rayan, Joseph Upton III.
    Summary: Physicians often have only partial knowledge of common congenital hand and upper extremity anomalies and their associated syndromes. Surgeons typically find these syndromes to be abstruse, and congenital hand conditions can represent an enigma even to pediatric geneticists. This book is designed to serve as a practical, up-to-date reference that will enable practitioners and students in a variety of disciplines to easily recognize the most common congenital upper extremity anomalies and syndromes. In total, 37 congenital upper extremity anomalies and 127 syndromes are discussed. Salient and common presenting features are described in detail and illustrated with the aid of high-quality digital color photographs whenever possible. In addition, relevant background information is included on such aspects as prevalence, etiology, pathogenesis, and findings elsewhere in the body.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Limb Development
    Classification of Congenital Hand Differences
    Epidemiology of Congenital Hand Differences. Tumors/Disseminated: Multiple enchondromas
    Multiple osteochondromas
    Multiple neurofibromas
    Vascular malformations
    Congenital joint contracture
    Congenital joint laxity/instability. Elbow: Radial head dislocation
    Elbow synostosis. Forearm/Wrist: Radial deficiency
    Ulnar deficiency
    Phocomelia (segmental deficiency)
    Amelia / hemimelia (transverse deficiency, congenital amputation)
    Mesomelis / Rhizomelia
    Madelung's deformity
    Ulnar dimelia (mirror hand)
    Carpal synostosis. Hand: Cleft hand
    Congenital ulnar drift (Windblown hand)
    Brachymetacarpia. Thumb: Thumb hypoplasia
    Triphalangeal thumb
    Preaxial (radial) polydactyly
    Congenital clasped thumb. Digits: Clinodactyly
    Syndactyly
    Brachydactyly
    Macrodactyly
    Postaxial (ulnar) polydactyly
    Five-fingered hand
    Congenital middle finger in palm
    Symbrachydactyly
    Camptodactyly
    Arachnodactyly
    Congenital nail dysplasia. Miscellaneous: Amniotic constriction band.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Richard Van Praagh.
    Summary: Authored by the originator of the standard nomenclature for this spectrum of disorders, Congenital Heart Disease: A Clinical, Pathological, Embryological, and Segmental Analysis discusses the history, anatomic features, and physiologic consequences of CHD-in one authoritative resource. The Van Praagh approach to the segmental classification of CHD, developed and implemented by Dr. Richard Van Praagh in the 1960s at Boston Children's Hospital, remains widely used today, facilitating communication among radiologists, cardiologists, surgeons, and pediatricians who are involved in the diagnosis, characterization, and management of this disease. This unique atlas offers complete coverage of the ubiquitous Van Praagh "language of CHD, including the signs, symptoms, and clinical manifestations of malpositioned, malformed, or absent cardiovascular chambers, vessels, and valves using traditional as well as state-of-the-art technology. Based upon the systematic, widely accepted Van Praagh system of three-part notation used to succinctly describe the visceroatrial situs, the orientation of the ventricular loop, and the position and relation of the great vessels. Demonstrates how the Van Praagh approach facilitates interpreting and reporting findings through cardiac imaging with CT, MR, and ultrasonography, including fetal cardiac imaging. Presents the pathologic anatomy that pediatric and adult cardiologists, radiologists, and echocardiographers need to understand in order to make accurate diagnoses in complex congenital heart disease; as well as the pathologic anatomy that interventionists, pediatric cardiac surgeons, and adult congenital heart surgeons need to know in order to manage their patients successfully. Features more than 550 high-quality images to help you visualize and recognize malformations. Shares the knowledge and expertise of a world-renowned authority on congenital heart disease-a master teacher and the originator of the Van Praagh segmental classification system. Explores the synergy between the various disciplines who manage patient care, including surgeons, radiologists, cardiologists, pathologists, and pediatricians. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    editors, Maximilian Muenke, Paul S. Kruszka, Craig A. Sable, John W. Belmont.
    Summary: This cutting-edge book encompasses the latest advances in the embryology, epidemiology, genetics, diagnosis, imaging, and therapy of congenital heart disease. The international cast of authors are leaders in their fields and have combined their talents to produce a unique and expert perspective on congenital heart disease. The work is of interest to pediatricians, internal medicine, medical geneticists, both pediatric and adult cardiologists, embryologists, imaging physicians, and cardiac surgeons. This book arrives at a very exciting time in congenital heart disease as new genetic, imaging, and therapeutic developments are changing the field. It takes the reader on a journey that begins with a historical overview of congenital cardiovascular anamalies and ends with developments in stem cell and tissue engineering. In between these chapters, are destinations that include cardiac embryogenesis, epidemiology, genetic syndromes acssociated with cardiovascular anomalies, single gene disorders, cardiac imaging, surgical and interventational therapies, and ethical considerations. Congenital Heart Disease is an invaluable reference. In short, it provides important pearls of wisdom to create a comprehensive reference for all physicians involved with congenital heart disease.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Hideaki Senzaki, Satoshi Yasukochi, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers the latest information about ventricular?vascular morphology and function in congenital heart disease (CHD) assessed by various innovative methodologies. Anatomical (morphological) abnormalities in CHD are generally accompanied with abnormal loading conditions, which, in turn, cause ventricular and vascular functional impairments. The functional impairments may also exist independently of the anatomical abnormalities. These two (morphological and functional abnormalities) importantly interact to determine underlying pathophysiology and generate clinical symptoms in CHD. Therefore, detailed and precise assessment of morphology and function is essential to better understand and treat this disease. Recent advances in technology have provided useful tools for this purpose, and novel findings are accumulating. The information contained here will provide researchers and clinicians with invaluable knowledge in this field.

    Contents:
    Part I. Morphological Assessment of Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 1 Real-Time 3-Dimensional (3D) Echocardiography for Diagnosis and Treatment of Congenital Heart Diseases in Practical Medicine: Transepicardial and Transesophageal Approach
    Chapter 2 Assessment of Atrioventricular Valve Anatomy and Function in Congenital Heart Diseases Using Three-Dimensional Echocardiography
    Chapter 3 Assessment of Intra-Cardiac Anatomy by Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Chapter 4 Assessment of Extra-Cardiac and Intra-Cardiac Anatomy by MD-CT
    Part II. Functional Assessment of Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 5 Assessment of Ventricular Function Using the Pressure-Volume Relationship
    Chapter 6 Assessment of Vascular Function by Using Cardiac Catheterization
    Chapter 7 Assessment of Ventricular-Vascular Function by Echocardiography
    Chapter 8 Assessment of Hemodynamics by Magnetic Resonance Imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Markus Schwerzmann, Corina Thomet, Philip Moons, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Ali Dabbagh, Antonio Hernandez Conte, Lorraine Lubin, editors.
    Contents:
    History of Pediatric Anesthesia & Pediatric Cardiac-Congenital Surgery
    Cardiovascular system embryology and development
    Pediatric Cardiovascular Physiology
    Cardiovascular Pharmacology in Pediatric Patients with Congenital Heart Disease
    Perioperative Care of the Congenital Cardiac Patient in the Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory
    Perioperative Imaging for the Congenital Cardiac Patient
    Pediatric Cardiovascular Monitoring
    Electrocardiography: Basic knowledge with focus on fetal and pediatric ECG
    Neurologic monitoring
    Coagulation monitoring
    Respiratory monitoring
    Preoperative evaluation
    Anesthetic Management of Adults with Congenital Heart Disease
    Medical Facility Infrastructure Considerations
    Limiting the Lifetime Surgical Impact of Congenital Heart Disease and Guiding Care for the Congenital Heart Patient
    Cardiopulmonary bypass in children and infants
    Atrioventricular Septal Defect (AVSD)
    Atrial Septal Defect, Ventricular Septal Defect
    Tetralogy of Fallot
    Transposition of great vessels
    Right sided obstructive lesions
    Congenital Mitral Valve Anomalies
    Congenital anomalies of the aortic valve
    Anomalies of the aortic arch, aortic coarctation, interrupted aortic arch and vascular rings
    Patent Ductus Arteriosus
    Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome: Treatment Options
    Double Outlet Right Ventricle
    Double Outlet Left Ventricle (DOLV)
    Pulmonary hypertension
    RV failure, Pulmonary HTN
    Coronary artery anomalies
    Heart Transplantation and Mechanical Circulatory Support in the Congenital Heart Patients
    Postoperative Cardiovascular & Hemodynamic Management in Pediatric Cardiac Surgery
    Postoperative arrhythmias and their management
    Postoperative Respiratory Management in Pediatric Cardiac Surgical Patients
    Postoperative bleeding and coagulation management
    Postoperative Central Nervous System Management in Patients with Congenital Heart Disease
    Postoperative endocrine management
    Perioperative Pain Management in Patients with Congenital Heart Disease
    Postoperative renal management, Fluid/Electrolyte management and Acid-base disorders
    Congenital Cardiac Intensive care and Management of Cardiac arrest
    Pediatric Cardiac Surgery in Emerging Countries.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Sebastian Ley and Julia Ley-Zaporozhan.
    Summary: This book presents a systematic overview of the most common cardiovascular defects as they are observed in adults, with a particular focus on the long-term effects and issues that may arise following surgical or interventional repair. In-depth information is provided on the standard of repair or palliation and on the role of different imaging techniques, especially CT and MRI, in the evaluation of these patients. Each chapter includes a detailed imaging protocol and describes the management appropriate to particular conditions and circumstances. Congenital heart disease (CHD) is one of the most common inborn defects. The success in treating CHD in children, even when they have complex cardiovascular defects, is resulting in a steady increase in the number of adults with CHD who need to be followed up clinically and by imaging owing to the potential for late sequelae. In providing expert, up-to-date guidance on selection of imaging modality, image interpretation, and management, this book will be a valuable resource for all radiologists, cardiologists, and pediatricians who are responsible for the care of adult and adolescent patients with CHD. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Technical considerations for ACHD imaging / Andrew M. Crean
    Venoatrial abnormalities / Chantale Lapierre
    Septal defects / Stephan Waelti, Julie Déry and Chantale Lapierre
    Tricuspid valve abnormalities / Daniel Tobler, Laura Jimenez-Juan, Andrew M. Crean, and Rachel M. Wald
    Tetralogy of fallot / R. W. Sprengers, A. A. W. Roest, and L. J. M. Kroft
    Single ventricle and Fontan procedures / Lucia Flors, Patrick T. Norton, and Klaus D. Hagspiel
    Transposition of the great arteries / Matthias Grothoff and Matthias Gutberlet
    Anomalies of the systemic and pulmonary arteries / Arno A. W. Roest, Lucia J. M. Kroft, and Lars Grosse-Wortmann
    Anomalies of the systemic and pulmonary veins / Lars Grosse-Wortmann and Arno Roest
    Coronary artery anomalies / Andrew M. Crean.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    George Hartofilakidis, George C. Babis, Kalliopi Lampropoulou-Adamidou.
    Summary: Congenital hip disease (CHD) is the main cause of secondary osteoarthritis (OA) of the hip in young adults, which accounts for almost 40% of all cases of hip OA. Total hip replacement (THR) performed using optimal techniques can achieve a radical improvement in the quality of life of adult patients. This book offers in-depth coverage of all aspects of CHD in adults and its treatment. Relevant information is first provided on the basic anatomy of the hip and OA of the hip and on the classification, epidemiology, and natural history of CHD. The now limited role of femoral and pelvic osteotomies is carefully evaluated, and the use of THR is then considered in detail. Indications and preoperative planning are discussed, and the available operative techniques, analyzed. Clear guidance is provided on overcoming major technical difficulties, and the benefits of particular approaches and techniques are highlighted. More than 180 images and numerous case studies complement this reader-friendly text. The book will be an invaluable tool for orthopedic surgeons, rheumatologists and radiologists.

    Contents:
    The Hip: Basic Anatomy
    Osteoarthritis of the Hip
    Congenital Hip Disease: General Aspects, Terminology and Classification
    Epidemiology, Demographics and Natural History
    Treatment Options, Except Total Hip Replacement: Conservative Management and Osteotomies
    Total Hip Replacement: Indications and Preoperative Assessment
    Technical Considerations
    Complications and Results
    Difficult Cases
    Timing for Revision
    Quality of Life After Total Hip Replacement
    Conclusive Messages.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Diva D. De León-Crutchlow, Charles A. Stanley, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Series Editor Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Approach to the Diagnosis of Neonates and Infants with Persistent Hypoglycemia; Introduction; Diagnosis of HI: Fasting Test and "Critical Samples"; Diagnosis of Hyperinsulinism Using the Closely Monitored Fasting Test; Diagnosis of Hyperinsulinism Based on a Random "Critical Sample"; Other Tests Used to Define Specific Phenotypes of Hyperinsulinism; Oral Protein Tolerance Test (oPTT); Oral Glucose Tolerance Test (oGTT); Acute Insulin Response (AIR) Tests; Genetic Testing in Neonates and Children with Hyperinsulinism Important Mimickers to Exclude in the Diagnosis of HyperinsulinismMultiple Pituitary Hormone Deficiencies in Neonates; AKT2; Autoimmune Hypoglycemia; Surreptitious Insulin Administration; Insulin Secretagogues; Insulinoma; Signs and Symptoms of Hyperinsulinism in Neonates and Children (See Table 1.5); Neonates; Infants and Children; Fasting Test to Evaluate Efficacy of Treatment ("Safety Fast" and "Cure Fast"); Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Diazoxide-Responsive Forms of Congenital Hyperinsulinism; Introduction; Definition of Diazoxide Responsiveness Perinatal Stress-Induced HyperinsulinismGlutamate Dehydrogenase Hyperinsulinism (Hyperinsulinism/Hyperammonemia Syndrome); HNF4A and HNF1A Hyperinsulinism; Rarer Forms of Diazoxide-Responsive Hyperinsulinism; Short-Chain L-3-Hydroxyacyl-CoA Dehydrogenase Hyperinsulinism; Uncoupling Protein 2 Hyperinsulinism; Monocarboxylate Transport Protein 1 Hyperinsulinism; Additional Rare Forms of Diazoxide-Responsive Hyperinsulinism; References;
    Chapter 3: Diazoxide-Unresponsive Forms of Congenital Hyperinsulinism; Introduction; KATP Hyperinsulinism; Pathophysiology Diazoxide-Unresponsive HI due to Recessive KATP Channel MutationsDiazoxide-Unresponsive HI due to Dominant KATP Channel Mutations; Clinical Features and Management; Focal KATP Hyperinsulinism; Biallelic Recessive Diazoxide-Unresponsive KATPHI; Dominant Diazoxide-Unresponsive KATPHI; Dominant Diazoxide-Responsive KATPHI; Complications; Glucokinase Hyperinsulinism; Pathophysiology; Activating GCK Mutations; Clinical Features and Management; Dietary Treatment; Medical Treatment; Surgery; Diazoxide-Unresponsive HI with Unknown Genetics; Conclusions; References
    Chapter 4: Syndromic Causes of Congenital HyperinsulinismBeckwith-Wiedemann Syndrome; Kabuki Syndrome; Sotos Syndrome; Turner Syndrome; References;
    Chapter 5: Molecular Diagnosis of Congenital Hyperinsulinism; Genetic Heterogeneity of Congenital Hyperinsulinism (HI); Strategies for Genetic Screening; Interpretation of Genetic Test Results; Cascade Family Testing; Negative Genetic Test Results; Factors to Consider when Choosing Where to Send Samples for Genetic Testing; Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 6: Medical Management of Hyperinsulinism; Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Lisa M. Elden, Karen B. Zur.
    Summary: Congenital Malformations of the Head and Neck offers a unique conceptual and visual approach to children with congenital malformations of the head and neck. Developed by renowned leaders in the field, this title is richly illustrated with a wealth of patient photos, radiology and endoscopic images of malformations. Starting with the genetics of common congenital syndromes, Congenital Malformations of the Head and Neck goes on to comprehensively cover malformations of the ear, nose, nasopharynx, oral cavity, oropharynx, cleft lip and palate, larynx, trachea, and neck. Easy-to-read and an indispensable reference and teaching resource, this title will serve as an invaluable reference for clinicians, neurologists, pediatricians, otolaryngologists and head and neck surgeons. It should also be of great interest to fellows and residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Samantha M. Pfeifer, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I: Etiology and Diagnosis
    Chapter 1. Müllerian Anomaly Classification Systems
    Chapter 2. Diagnostic Approach to Müllerian Anomalies
    Part II: Vertical Anomalies
    Chapter 3. Imperforate Hymen
    Chapter 4. Transverse Vaginal Septum
    Chapter 5. Cervical Agenesis
    Chapter 6. Mullerian Agenesis
    Part III: Lateral Anomalies
    Chapter 7. The Septate Uterus
    Chapter 8. Bicornuate Uterus
    Chapter 9. Uterus Didelphys
    Chapter 10. Unicornuate Uterus
    Chapter 11. Non-communicating Rudimentary Uterine Horns
    Chapter 12. Obstructed Hemivagina.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Young-Wook Kim, Byung-Boong Lee, Wayne F. Yakes, Young-Soo Do, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Kenneth R. Ginsburg, MD, MS Ed, FAAP
    Summary: "A new way of thinking about (and celebrating!) your child during these critical years! Congrats-- you're having a teen! No, really-- congratulations! You're entering one of the most exciting, important phases of parenting. These years are your best opportunity ..."-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2022
  • Digital
    David B. Neale, Nicholas C. Wheeler.
    Summary: This book provides the first comprehensive volume on conifers detailing their genomes, variations, and evolution. The book begins with general information about conifers such as taxonomy, geography, reproduction, life history, and social and economic importance. Then topics discussed include the full genome sequence, complex traits, phenotypic and genetic variations, landscape genomics, and forest health and conservation. This book also synthesizes the research included to provide a bigger picture and suggest an evolutionary trajectory. As a large plant family, conifers are an important part of economic botany. The group includes the pines, spruces, firs, larches, yews, junipers, cedars, cypresses, and sequoias. Of the phylum Coniferophyta, conifers typically bear cones and evergreen leaves. Recently, there has been much data available in conifer genomics with the publication of several crop and non-crop genome sequences. In addition to their economic importance, conifers are an important habitat for humans and animals, especially in developing parts of the world. The application of genomics for improving the productivity of conifer crops holds great promise to help provide resources for the most needy in the world.

    Contents:
    1. The Conifers
    2. Genomes: Classical Era
    3. Gene and Genome Sequencing in Conifers: Modern Era
    4. Noncoding and Repetitive DNA
    5. Gene Structure and Gene Families
    6. Gene Expression and the Transcriptome
    7. Proteomics and Metabolomics
    8. Phenotypic Variation in Natural Populations
    9. Neutral Genetic Variation
    10. Adaptive Genetic Variation
    11. Quantitative Trait Dissection
    12. Landscape Genomics
    13. Conservation Genetics
    14. Forest Health
    15. Hybridization and Introgression
    16. Paleobotany, Taxonomic Classification, and Phylogenetics
    17. Comparative Genomics
    18. Historical Perspective and Future Directions in Forest Genetics and Genomics.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Shane O'Mara and Marian Tsanov.
    Contents:
    1. If I had a million neurons: potential tests of cortico-hippocampal theories
    2. Diluted connectivity in pattern association networks facilitates the recall of information from the hippocampus to the neocortex
    3. Cortico-hippocampal systems involved in memory and cognition: the PMAT framework
    4. The subiculum: the heart of the extended hippocampal system
    5. The neural correlates of navigation beyond the hippocampus
    6. Septo-hippocampal signal processing: breaking the code
    7. Major diencephalic inputs to the hippocampus: supramammillary nucleus and nucleus reuniens. Circuitry and function
    8. Importance of the ventral midline thalmas in driving hippocampal functions
    9. The mammillary bodies and memory: more than a hippocampal relay
    10. Modulating the map: dopaminergic tuning of hippocampal spatial coding and interactions
    11. Integrative hippocampal and decision-making neurocircuitry during goal-relevant predictions and encoding
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Laure Beyala.
    Summary: Connected objects today present a range of opportunities in medicine. We live in a new digital era where the monitoring and analysis of one's own health information no longer belongs solely to the realm of science fiction. The success of these new devices resides in their usage, which integrates seamlessly into the daily life of the user in order to continually collect the maximum amount of data. These medical connected devices therefore constitute a new hope in transforming user experience as well as the care pathway. They offer a better level of support and a better quality of life for those suffering from chronic illnesses or mental, sensorial or physical disabilities. However, these solutions also pose systematic problems, especially regarding the risks linked to their usage. This book presents a cartography which clearly details all the potential risk scenarios linked to the usage of connected devices as well as the actions which should be undertaken to promote balanced governance and guarantee the development of high-quality medical devices.

    Contents:
    Front Cover
    Connected Objects in Health: Risks, Uses and Perspectives
    Copyright
    Contents
    Foreword
    Acknowledgements
    Introduction
    Part 1: Basic Concepts
    1. Connected Objects
    1.1. What is a connected object?
    1.2. The different categories of connected objects
    1.3. The actors in the ecosystem of a connected medical device
    2. The Digitization of Health
    2.1. Definitions of basic concepts
    2.2. Toward a convergence of the connected objects market
    Part 2: Analysis and Cartography of the Risks Linked to Connected Object Usage
    3. Project Management
    3.1. Research question
    3.2. Goal of the study
    3.3. Scope
    3.4. Role of the risk manager
    4. Comprehensive Risk Analysis Process
    4.1. Comprehensive risk analysis system
    4.2. CRA scenario
    5. Results of the Scenario and Dangerous Situation Analysis
    5.1. Dangerous situation analysis
    5.2. Scenario analysis
    6. Comprehensive Risk Analysis by Subfunction and by Danger
    6.1. By subfunction
    6.2. By danger
    7. The Scales of Loss and Effort
    7.1. Analysis of the scales loss and effort
    7.2. List of major risks
    7.3. Risk-reduction action plan and catalogue of security parameters
    8. Comprehensive Approach
    8.1. Contribution from the comprehensive risk analysis process
    8.2. New health challenges: risks emerging from the use of connected medical devices
    Part 3: Connected Objects, a New Era for Scientific Revolution
    9. Prospects in Health
    9.1. Connected medical devices, participatory contribution to research
    9.2. Epidemiological monitoring
    9.3. The patient becomes an active member of the healthcare team
    9.4. Development of online portals (patient portal) with or without subscriptions
    10. A Step Towards the Augmented Human
    10.1. Transhumanism
    10.2. The augmented human
    10.3. Some applications of connected health and nanotechnologies to move toward the augmented human
    Part 4: Methodological Approach
    11. Functional Need Analysis
    11.1. Functional need analysis
    12. Comprehensive Risk ScenarioAnalysis Cartography
    12.1. Method
    13. Risk-Reduction Action Forms
    13.1. Risk-reduction actions
    13.2. List of the risk-reduction action forms
    Conclusion
    Glossary
    Bibliography
    Index
    Back Cover
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Luisella Verotta, Maria Pia Macchi, and Padma Venkatasubramanian.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2015
  • Print
    Gabrielle Roth.
    Summary: Once you awaken your intuition and get in the habit if listening to and acting on it, every decision in your life will become reflective of your inner truth. You'll know what to do. You always have and you always will.

    Contents:
    Cover Page; Title Page; Copyright Page; foreword; acknowledgments; contents; prologue; cruising emptiness; dancing in the dark; slow dancing with chaos; spinning the web; all i can do is dance; resources; permissions.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Roland Schiffter, Professor of Neurology, Former Head Physician, Vivantes Augste-Viktoria Hospital and Vivantes-wenckeback Hospital, Berlin, Germany, Elke Harms, Former Practising Physical and Massage therapist, Oldenburg, Germany ; with the collaboration of Nancy Toner Weinberger, Youngsville, NC, USA.
    Summary: "In 1929 Germany, physiotherapist Elisabeth Dicke suffered from poor circulation in her right leg, acute back pain, and a host of other ailments. With no medical options offered beyond amputation of the leg, she turned to her own training for help. She began to massage the skin and subcutaneous fascia of the sacral bone and pelvic crest with pulling strokes. After several applications, she experienced less back pain, increased circulation to the leg, and within three months, disappearance of all symptoms. This was the beginning of Dickes systematic, scientifically based treatment method of connective tissue massage (or Bindegewebsmassage), now in wide use throughout the world. In this book, practitioners will get the first detailed, how-to description of connective tissue massage (CTM) {in the English language} including the principles, knowledge, and skills to implement it. Special Features: Begins with the origin and practical benefits of CTM, including its neuroanatomical and neurophysiological basis, Explores the relationship between the sensory, motor, and autonomic nervous systems and the complex reflex mechanisms that are activated by CTM therapy, Describes and illustrates specific stroking techniques that trigger the appropriate neural reflexes in every body segment, Shows how to make a diagnostic assessment based on skin, connective tissue, and muscle zones, Covers the full range of orthopedic, neurological, internal medicine, and gynecologic disorders that can be effectively treated with CTM. Complete with treatment plans, indications and contraindications, and modern medical guidelines, this book is essential for all physical and massage therapists and osteopaths who want to successfully integrate CTM into their practices. It is also a fascinating reference for physicians and other medical professionals who are interested in learning more about this important manual technique." --Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Prasad Godbole, Duncan T. Wilcox, Martin A. Koyle, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction
    1. Why and how is consent obtained?
    Part 2. Open surgery of the upper urinary tract
    2. Open Nephrectomy
    3. Partial nephrectomy
    4. Urtereopelvic junction obstruction
    5. Antireflux surgery
    6. Open Ureteral surgery: ureteroureterostomy and Transureteroureterostomy
    Part 3. Surgery of the bladder
    7. Epispadias and bladder exstrophy
    Part 4. Endoscopic surgery of the urinary tract
    8. Cystoscopy and cystoscopic interventions
    9. Minimally invasive interventions for stone disease
    10. General laparoscopy
    11. Laparoscopic surgery of the upper urinary tract
    12. Robot-assisted Laparoscopic ureteral reimplantation
    Part 5. Genitalia
    13. Hydrocele and Hernia
    14. Orchidopexy and orchidectomy
    15. Laparoscopic orchidopexy
    16. Varicocelectomy
    17. Consent for Circumcision
    18. Hypospadias Repair
    19. Surgery for correction of disorders of sex development
    20. Surgery for Persistent cloaca
    Part 6. Renal Impairment Surgery
    21. Hemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis
    22. Kidney transplantation
    Part 7. Urogenital Tumours
    23. Wilm's tumour and other renal neoplasms
    24. Bladder and/or Prostate Rhabdomyosarcoma. 25. Testicular and Paratesticular tumors of Children and Adolescents
    Part 8. Trauma
    26. Genital trauma
    27. Urinary tract trauma
    Part 9. Surgery for urinary incontinence
    28. Augmentation Cystoplasty and Diversion
    29. Appendicovesicostomy and ileovesicostomy
    30. Informed Consent Prior to Malone Antegrade Continence Enema: Surgery for Fecal Incontinence.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    P.E. Rajasekharan, V. Ramanatha Rao, editors.
    Summary: The conservation of crop genetic resources is one of the important elements in efforts to sustainably increase agricultural production in low-income countries, and to guarantee long-term food security, especially for the low-income population groups in these countries. Horticultural crops, as high-value crops, have an important role to play in revitalizing rural economies and can add significantly to national economies. Moreover, horticulture provides more than twice the number of jobs compared to traditional cereal crop production, and the shifting of conventional agriculture towards high-value horticulture has increased employment opportunities in developing countries. To exploit this potential, researchers need a vast array of horticultural genetic resources and information on new traits. Horticultural crops, which are only a part of PGRFA (Plant Genetic Resources for Food and Agriculture), are characterized by a wide and varied range of species. In fact, there are five major horticultural crop groups: fruit and nut crops, vegetables, food legumes, roots and tubers, and lastly the ornamental and medicinal group. In this context, the present book provides a comprehensive overview of the current state of conservation and utilization of horticultural genetic resources, addressing contemporary approaches to conservation in connection with different technologies, including biotechnological approaches as practised in India and in some cases, globally. It includes a brief chapter on the unique nature of horticultural genetic resources, providing a rationale for viewing them as being distinct from field crop genetic resources. Subsequent chapters share insights on protocols for the conservation of selected horticultural crops ex situ, and focus on the increased need to complement these efforts with in situ conservation approaches. Geospatial tools are also briefly described, emphasizing their utility with regard to mapping and managing resources. The book also explores the wild gene pool in horticulture crops; discusses legal aspects related to horticultural genetic resources and biotechnological aspects; and describes the key aspects of sustainable management and replenishment. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for all horticulturists, graduate students, researchers, policymakers, conservationists, and NGOs engaged in horticulture in particular and biodiversity in general.

    Contents:
    An overview of horticultural genetic resources diversity, distribution and conservation
    Horticultural Genetic resources conservation
    Feasibility of Conservation of Horticultural Genetic Resources in In Situ
    Genetic Resources of Tropical Fruits
    Vegetable Genetic Resources
    Biodiversity and Conservation of Ornamental crops
    Genetic Resource of Mango
    COCONUT GENETIC RESOURCES
    Spices Genetic Resources
    BANANA GENETIC RESOURCES
    Genetic Resource of Guava
    Medicinal plant genetic resources
    Management and Conservation of Underutilized Fruits
    Crop Wild Relatives of Selected Perennial Horticultural Crops in Andaman and Nicobar Islands
    Wild Relatives of Horticultural Crops
    Geographical Information System and Management
    Field Genebank and Clonal Repositories
    IN VITRO CONSERVATION AND CRYOPRESERVATION OF CLONALLY PROPAGATED HORTICULTURAL SPECIES
    Cryopreservation Techniques for Conservation of Tropical Horticultural Species
    Molecular Characterization
    Traditional knowledge in Horticulture
    Access and Benefit Sharing of Horticultural Genetic Resources
    Future needs of horticultural genetic resources conservation and its improved use with that focus on livelihood improvement and income generation in rural India.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Fred Van Dyke, Rachel L. Lamb.
    Summary: This book provides a thorough, up-to-date examination of conservation biology and the many supporting disciplines that comprise conservation science. In this, the Third Edition of the highly successful Conservation Biology: Foundations, Concepts, Applications, the authors address their interdisciplinary topic as it must now be practiced and perceived in the modern world. Beginning with a concise review of the history of conservation, the authors go on to explore the interplay of conservation with genetics, demography, habitat and landscape, aquatic environments, and ecosystem management, and the relationship of all these disciplines to ethics, economics, law, and policy. An entirely new chapter, The Anthropocene: Conservation in a Human-Dominated Nature, breaks new ground in its exploration of how conservation can be practiced in anthropogenic biomes, novel ecosystems, and urban habitats. The Third Edition includes the popular Points of Engagement discussion questions used in earlier editions, and adds a new feature: Information Boxes, which briefly recap specific case histories described in the text. A concluding chapter offers insight into how to become a conservation professional, in both traditional and non-traditional roles. The authors, Fred Van Dyke and Rachel Lamb, draw on their expertise as field biologists, wildlife managers, consultants to government and industry, and scholars of environmental law, policy, and advocacy, as well as their many years of effective teaching experience. Informed by practical knowledge and acquired skills, the authors have created a work of exceptional clarity and readability which encompasses both systemic foundations as well as contemporary developments in the field. Conservation Biology: Foundations, Concepts, Applications will be of invaluable benefit to undergraduate and graduate students, as well as to working conservation scientists and managers. This is an amazing resource for students, faculty, and practitioners both ne w and experienced to the field. Diane Debinski, PhD Unexcelled wisdom for living at home on Wonderland Earth, the planet with promise, destined for abundant life. Holmes Rolston, PhD Van Dyke and Lamb have maintained the original texts emphasis on connecting classical ecological and environmental work with updated modern applications and lucid examples. But more importantly, the third edition contains much new material on the human side of conservation, including expanded treatments of policy, economics, and climate change. Tim Van Deelen, PhD Fred Van Dyke and Rachel Lamb break new ground in both the breadth and depth of their review and analysis of this crucially important and rapidly changing field. Any student or other reader wishing to have a comprehensive overview and understanding of the complexities of conservation biology need look no further - this book is your starting point! Simon N. Stuart, PhD.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Cover Photo Description
    Foreword
    Preface
    About the Authors
    Acknowledgments
    List of External Reviewers
    Contents
    1: The History and Distinctions of Conservation Biology
    1.1 Perspectives for an Inquiry into Conservation Biology
    1.1.1 A Remarkable Meeting
    1.1.2 The Emergence of Conservation Biology as a Professional and Scientific Discipline
    1.2 The Origins of Conservation
    1.2.1 What Is "Conservation?"
    1.2.2 Ancient Traditions of Conservation
    1.2.3 Conservation as Expression of Privilege 1.2.4 Conservation as Right Relationship with Nature
    The Arcadian Vision
    1.2.5 Conservation as Knowledge
    The Invitation to Study and Appreciate Nature
    1.2.6 Conservation as Preservation of Landscape
    The Washburn Expedition Goes to Yellowstone
    1.3 Foundations and History of Conservation in the United States
    1.3.1 Conservation as Moral Mission
    John Muir and Theodore Roosevelt
    1.3.2 Conservation as Utilitarian Purpose
    Gifford Pinchot and Sustainable Yield
    1.3.2.1 The Federal Government Empowers Conservation as Science and Democratic Ideal 1.3.2.2 German Influences in Conservation
    Forest Monocultures and Maximum Yields
    1.3.2.3 The Rise of the Resource Conservation Ethic
    1.4 Aldo Leopold and the Formation of the "Wilderness Ideal"
    1.5 The Emergence of Global Conservation
    1.5.1 Multilateral Treaties
    The Beginnings of International Conservation Efforts
    1.5.1.1 Conservation Driven by Shared Commercial Interests
    1.5.1.2 International Protection of Migratory Species
    1.5.2 Forums for International Conservation
    The UN and the IUCN 1.5.3 New Expressions of Resource Management, National Parks and Nature Preserves
    1.5.4 Conservation as Preservation of Culture and Livelihood
    The Extractive Reserve
    1.5.5 Indigenous People, Integrated Development, and Conservation Concern
    1.6 Return to Start: What Is the Place of Conservation Biology in the World Conservation Effort?
    1.6.1 The Emergence of Conservation Biology from the Applied Sciences
    1.6.2 The Intellectual Inception of Conservation Biology
    1.6.3 A Time of Transition: Protecting Nature from People to Protecting Nature for People
    Literature Cited Chapter 2: Biodiversity: Concept, Measurement, and Management
    2.1 Biodiversity and Conservation Biology
    2.2 Biodiversity and Ecosystem Function
    2.3 Is Conservation Effort Saving Biodiversity?
    2.3.1 Conservation Governance
    The IUCN and Global Biodiversity Conservation
    2.3.2 The Current Status of Species Biodiversity
    2.3.3 What Causes Biodiversity Loss?
    2.4 The Problem of Concept: What Is Biodiversity?
    2.4.1 A Conceptual Definition of Biodiversity
    2.4.2 Biodiversity and the Definition of Species
    2.4.3 The Species Concept in Conservation
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jorge Ortega, Jesus E. Maldonado, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the use of molecular tools to study small populations of rare and endangered mammals, and presents case studies that apply an evolutionary framework to address innovative questions in the emerging field of mammalian conservation genomics using a highly diverse set of novel molecular tools. Novel and more precise molecular technologies now allow experts in the field of mammology to interpret data in a more contextual and empirical fashion and to better describe the evolutionary and ecological processes that are responsible for the patterns they observe. The book also demonstrates how recent advances in genetic/genomic technologies have been applied to assess the impact of environmental/anthropogenic changes on the health of small populations of mammals. It examines a range of issues in the field of mammalian conservation genomics, such as the role that the genetic diversity of the immune system plays in disease protection and local adaptation; the use of noninvasive techniques and genomic banks as a resource for monitoring and restoring populations; the structuring of population by physical barriers; and genetic diversity. Further, by integrating research from a variety of areas - including population genetics, molecular ecology, systematics, and evolutionary and conservation biology - it enables readers to gain a deeper understanding of the conservation biology of mammals that are at increasing risk of extinction at local, regional and global scales. As such, it offers a unique resource for a broad readership interested in the conservation biology of mammals and conservation management strategies to better preserve biodiversity.

    Contents:
    (1) Introduction on different applications of molecular tools to answer novel questions in the field of population genetics/genomics of endangered mammals (Mike Bruford, School of Biosciences, Cardiff University, UK)
    (2) Climate change impact at the genetic level: patterns in the Couesi's rice rat Oryzomys couesi (Ella Vázquez Domínguez, Instituto de Ecología, UNAM, Mexico)
    (3) Use of molecular and demographic data to prioritize populations of black-tailed prairie dogs (Cynomys ludovicianus) from Chihuahua, Mexico for conservation (Luis Eguiarte Fruns, Instituto de Ecología, UNAM, Mexico)
    (4) Anthropogenic and Historic Movements of American Black Bears Shape Contemporary Population Structure (Emily Puckett, Division of Molecular Sciences, University of Missouri, USA)
    (5) How many ESUs are of conservation interest within some species of Neotropical carnivores (Felidae, Canidae, Ursidae, Mustelidae and Procyonidae)? : Individual mitocondrial genes versus mitogenomics (Manuel Ruiz García, Departamento de Biología, Pontificia Universidad Javeriana, Spain)
    (6) Phylogeographic footprint of armadillo colonization in North America (María Clara Arteaga, Departamento de Biología de la Conservación, Mexico)
    (7) Koala conservation in Queensland: a role for a living genome bank in genetic rescue? (Jenny Seddon, School of Veterinary Science, The University of Queensland, Australia)
    (8) Noninvasive genetics sheds light on the status, phylogeography, and evolution of the most elusive carnivores: The case of the snow leopard (Jan Janecka, Department of Biological Sciences, Duquesne University, USA)
    (9) Documenting genetic diversity in changing populations for management and conservation (Jennifer Leonard, Conservation and Evolutionary Genetics, Estación Biológica de Doñana, Spain)
    (10) Conservation genetic of gray brocket deer (Mazama gouazoubira) in the southern of the distribution range (Susana González, Departamento de Biodiversidad y Genética, Universidad de Uruguay)
    (11) Noninvasive Genetic Monitoring of the Elusive European Wildcat as a Tool for Science-Based Wildlife Conservation (Katharina Steyer, Seckenberg Research Institute, Germany)
    (12) Conservation genetics in bats: current progress and future prospects (Serena Dool, University of Greifswald, Germany)
    (13) From dung to demography: Using noninvasive methods to study elephants inside and outside protected areas (Lori Eggert, Division of Biological Sciences, University of Missouri, USA)
    (14) Effect of the habitat connectivity in the genetic variability of the Volcano rabbit (Romerolagus diazi) (Jorge Ortega/Leslie Montes/José Antonio Guerrero, Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biológicas, Instituto Politécnico Nacional)
    (15) Different immune system diversity for city life: comparing major histocompatiblity complex alleles in San Joaquin kit fox (Vulpes macrotis mutica) (Jesus Maldonado/Tammy R Wilbert, Masoumeh Sikaroodi, Brian Cypher, Christine Van Horn Job, Katherine Ralls, and Patrick M. Gillevet, Center for Conservation Genomics, Smithsonian Institue, Washington, DC, USA)
    (16) Conclusion: current state and future prospects of conservation genomics in mammals (Jorge Ortega, Jesus Maldonado).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rodrigo Barban Zucoloto, Patricia Susana Amavet, Luciano Martins Verdade, Izeni Pires Farias, editors.
    Summary: "This book aims to be a comprehensive review of the literature on the conservation genetics of the New World crocodilians, from the biological and demographical aspects of the living species to the application of molecular techniques for conservation purposes. It covers the current status of the molecular genetics applied to phylogenetics, phylogeography, diversity, kinship and mating system, and hybridization, as well its implications for decision making with regards to the conservation of these species at academic and governmental levels. This book can be used as a guide for graduate and undergraduate students to understand how conservation genetics techniques are carried out and how they can help preserve not only crocodilians but also other living species"--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Geographic distribution, habitat, reproduction and conservation status of crocodilians in the Americas
    Chapter 2. Molecular markers applied to conservation genetics of American crocodilians
    Chapter 3. Molecular Phylogenetics of the New World Crocodylia
    Chapter 4. Biogeography and comparative phylogeography of New World Crocodilians
    Chapter 5. Genetic diversity of New World crocodilians
    Chapter 6. Crocodilians are promiscuous but not to the benefit of heterozygosity
    Chapter 7. Hybridization and speciation among New World crocodilians species
    Chapter 8. Crocodilian Genome Advances
    Chapter 9. How genetic tools can help crocodilians' management and governance
    Chapter 10. Perspectives and final considerations about the molecular ecology of New World crocodilians
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    David Johns.
    Summary: Whilst the science of conservation biology is thriving as a discipline, ultimately global conservation is failing. Why, when the majority of people say they value nature and its protection? David Johns argues that the loss of species and healthy ecosystems is best understood as human imposition of a colonial relationship on the non-human world - one of exploitation and domination. Global institutions benefit from transforming nature into commodities, and conservation is a low priority. This book places political issues at the forefront, and tackles critical questions of conservation efficacy. It considers the role of effective influence on decision making, key policy changes to reduce human footprint, and the centrality of culture in mobilising support. It draws on political lessons from successful social movements, including human anti-colonial struggles, to provide conservation biologists and practitioners in scientific and social science disciplines and NGOs with the tools and wider context to accelerate their work's impact.

    Contents:
    The tragedy of political failure
    Like it or not, politics is the solution
    Getting the questions right
    Ten questions for conservation politics
    Adapting society to the wild
    Striking at the roots: the burgeoning human footprint
    Domination and the intractability of energy problems
    Taking the offensive
    Turning the tide: lessons from other movements and conservation history
    Lessons from large scale conservation
    Doing large-scale restoration
    The other connectivity reaching beyond the choir
    The special challenge of marine conservation
    The biological sciences and conservation
    Culture change
    Conservation, george orwell and language
    Restoring story and myth
    Conservation moral imperative: the human obligation to the wild
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by William J. Sutherland, Peter N.M. Brotherton, Zoe G. Davies, Nancy Ockendon, Nathalie Pettorelli, Juliet A. Vickery.
    Summary: Conservation research is essential for advancing knowledge but to make an impact scientific evidence must influence conservation policies, decision making and practice. This raises a multitude of challenges. How should evidence be collated and presented to policymakers to maximise its impact? How can effective collaboration between conservation scientists and decision-makers be established? How can the resulting messages be communicated to bring about change? Emerging from a successful international symposium organised by the British Ecological Society and the Cambridge Conservation Initiative, this is the first book to practically address these questions across a wide range of conservation topics. Well-renowned experts guide readers through global case studies and their own experiences. A must-read for practitioners, researchers, graduate students and policymakers wishing to enhance the prospect of their work 'making a difference'. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Print
    Charles Janet.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    v. 1-3, 1921-25.
    BOUND WITH: Constitution morphologique de la bouche de l'insecte.
    R507 .J33 1911-29
  • Digital
    Suzanne Rose, editor.
    Summary: Constipation: A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Treatment serves as an unmet resource for physicians and other health care providers, including trainees and students, who see patients with constipation. The text reviews pathophysiologic mechanisms and details evaluation and management strategies. The volume also enables the reader to identify epidemiologic factors and quality of life parameters for patients with constipation, discuss differences in pathophysiologic mechanisms for different etiologies of constipation, recognize primary causes of constipation, and assess special considerations related to the symptom of constipation including presentations in the elderly, in pregnant women, in patients with systemic diseases, and patients with a history of abuse. Written by thought leaders and recognized experts in gastrointestinal motility and medical education, Constipation: A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Treatment is of great value and utility for gastroenterologists, primary care physicians, gynecologists, nurse practitioners, physician's assistants, as well as fellows and residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Noureddine Boukhatem.
    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Major Syndromes. Hereditary Breast and Ovarian Cancer Syndrome Including Isolated Ovarian Cancers
    Lynch Syndrome
    Neurofibromatosis
    Familial Adenomatous Polyposis
    Endocrine Neoplasia
    Hereditary Paraganglioma-pheochromocytoma
    Birt-Hogg-Dube Syndrome
    RASopathies
    Familial Malignant Melanoma
    Gorlin Syndrome
    Infracentesimal Syndromes. Li-Fraumeni Syndrome
    Ataxia-telangiectasia
    Hyperparathyroidism
    Hamartomatous Polyposis Syndromes
    Fanconi Syndrome
    Hereditary Diffuse Gastric Cancer
    Von Hippel-Lindau Disease
    Xeroderma Pigmentosum
    Hereditary Papillary Renal Carcinoma
    Retinoblastoma
    Carney Complex
    Hematological Malignancies
    Familial Pituitary Adenomas
    Bloom Syndrome
    Werner Syndrome
    Summary of the Book.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    With photos. by Edward F. Glifort.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    T71 .S54 1972
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Craig S. Kitchens, Craig M. Kessler, Barbara A. Konkle, David A. Garcia.
    Summary: "With authoritative coverage of rare and common hemostatic disorders, Consultative Hemostasis and Thrombosis, 4th Edition, keeps you both up to date with all that's new in this fast-moving field as well as reviewing background and development and citing pertinent classical literature. Broad differential diagnoses are provided, underscoring the editors' position that correct treatment begins with correct diagnosis"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Hemorrhagic processes. Consultative process
    An approach to the bleeding patient: correlation of clinical symptoms and signs with laboratory testing
    Hemophilia A and B
    Less common congenital disorders of hemostasis
    Acquired coagulation disorders due to inhibitors
    von Willebrand disease
    General aspects of thrombocytopenia, platelet transfusions, and thrombopoietic growth factors
    Primary immune thrombocytopenia
    Congenital and acquired disorders of platelet function and number
    Purpura and other hematovascular disorders
    HHT
    Disseminated intravascular coagulation
    The cross-talk of inflammation and coagulation in infectious disease and their roles in disseminated intravascular coagulation
    Part 2: Thrombotic processes. Thrombophilia: clinical and laboratory assessment and management
    Pediatric aspects of thrombophilia
    Deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolism and primary pulmonary hypertension
    Venous thromboses at unusual sites
    The post thrombotic syndrome
    Thrombocytosis: essential thrombocytemia and reactive causes
    Antiphospholipid syndrome
    Antiplatelet treatment in cardiovascular medicine
    Non-arteriosclerotic arterial occlusive disease
    Thrombosis and cancer
    Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
    Hemostatic disorders of complement activation (PNH and aHUS)
    Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia
    Part 3: Therapeutic agents. Antithrombotic agents
    Blood component and pharmacological agents
    Therapeutic apheresis: applications for hemorrhagic & thrombotic disorders
    Vena caval filters
    Part 4: Issues specific to women. Thrombotic risk of contraceptives and other hormonal therapies
    Bleeding and the management of hemorrhagic disorders in pregnancy
    Thrombophilia in pregnancy
    Part 5: Special issues. Surgery and hemostasis
    Anticoagulation in the perioperative period
    Understanding and managing the coagulopathy of liver disease
    Outpatient anticoagulant therapy
    Hematologic interventions for acute central nervous system disease
    Pending: atrial septal abnormalities and cryptogenic stroke
    Hemorrhage control and thrombosis following severe injury
    Hemostatic aspects of sickle cell disease
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Suzanne K. W. Mankowitz.
    Contents:
    Abnormal Placentation
    Achondroplasia
    Acromegaly
    Acute Fatty Liver
    Adrenal Insufficiency
    Amphetamines and other Stimulant Use
    Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    Anticoagulation
    Antiphospholipid Syndrome
    Antithrombin deficiency
    Aortic Pathology
    Aortopulmonary and Cavopulmonary Shunts
    Arnold Chiari Malformation
    Arrhythmias
    Introduction
    Arthrogryposis
    Asthma
    Atrial flutter and fibrillation
    Atrial septal defect
    Atrial Switch, Arterial Switch and Rastelli
    Atrioventricular Septal Defect AV Canal
    Autonomic Hyperreflexia
    Benzodiazepine Use
    Bernard-Soulier Syndrome
    Bone Marrow failure
    Brugada Syndrome
    Budd-Chiari Syndrome
    Caffeine Use
    Cannabis Use
    Cardiac conduction blocks
    Cardiac sinus arrhythmias
    Cardiac Valvular disorders: Introduction
    Cardiovascular Risk Assessment
    Cerebral Aneurysm
    Cerebral Ateriovenous malformations
    Charcot Marie Tooth
    Cholestasis
    Cirrhosis
    Cocaine Use
    ^Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
    Conn Syndrome
    Cushing Syndrome
    Cystic Fibrosis
    Cysticercosis
    Diabetes Insipidus
    Diabetic ketoacidosis
    Disc Herniation
    Double Outlet Right Ventricle
    Ebstein's Anomaly
    Echinococcosis
    Ehler-Danlos
    Eisenmenger's Syndrome
    Eosinophilc graunlomatosis with polyangiitis
    Essential Thrombocytemia
    Ethyl Alcohol Use
    External cephalic version
    Ex-utero intrapartum therapy
    Factor V and Combined Factor V and VIII deficiency
    Factor V Leiden and Prothrombin mutation-Common thrombophilias
    Factor VII deficiency
    Factor X deficiency
    Factor XI deficiency
    Factor XIII deficiency table
    Familial Dysautonomia
    Fibrinogen deficiency
    Glomerulonephritis
    Glucose 6 Phosphate Deficiency
    Glycogen storage diseases
    Goodpasture Syndrome
    Granulomatosis with polyangiitis
    Guillain-Barre Syndrome
    Hallucinogen Use
    Hematologic Malignancies
    Hemolytic Uremic Syndrome
    Hemophilia A and B
    ^Henoch Schonlein Purpura
    Hepatitis
    Hereditary motor sensory neuropathies
    Heriditary Hemorrhagic Telangetasia
    Homocystinuria
    Human immunodeficiency virus
    Hyperosmolar Hyperglycemic State
    Hyperparathyroidism
    Hypertensive Diseases
    Hypoparathyroidism
    Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Illicit Drug Use and Substance Abuse
    Immunoglobulin A Deficiency
    Inherited bleeding disorders
    background
    Inherited thrombophilias-Background
    Insulin Pump
    Intracranial Hypertension
    Intracranial Mass Lesions
    Jehovah's Witnesses
    Kawasaki Disease
    Klippel-Trenaunay Syndrome
    Left Ventricular Assist Devices (LVAD)
    Long QT Syndrome
    Lysosomal storage disease
    Malignancy
    Malignant Hyperthermia
    Marfan Disease
    Mast Cell Activation Disease
    Moyamoya disease
    Multiple Sclerosis
    Myasthenia Gravis
    MYH9-related platelet disorders
    Myopathies
    Congenital, Metabolic and Mitochondrial and Channelopathies
    ^Myopathies
    Muscular Dystrophy
    Myxedema
    Nephrotic Syndrome
    Neurofibromatosis
    Obesity
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    Opioid Use
    Osteogenesis Imperfecta
    Pacemakers and Implantable Cardiac Defibrillators
    Panhypopituitarism
    Parkinson's Disease
    Paroxysmal supraventricular tachycardia
    Patent Ductus Arteriosus
    Peripartum Cardiomyopathy
    Phenylketonuria
    Pheochromoctoma
    Pituitary Adenoma
    Polycythemia Vera
    Porphyria
    Postpolio syndrome
    Premature cardiac contractions
    Prior Anesthetic Problems
    Prolactinomas
    Protein C and S deficiencies
    Prothrombin deficiency
    Pulmonary Fibrosis
    Pulmonary Hypertension
    Renal Disease and the Parturient on Dialysis
    Restrictive Lung Disease and Pneumothoraces
    Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Sarcoidosis
    Scoliosis
    Seizure Disorder
    Sickle Cell disease
    Single Ventricle
    Solvent Use
    Spina Bifida
    Spinal Cord Injury
    Spinal Cord Stimulators
    Spinal Muscuar Atrophy
    ^Spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis
    Sticky Platelet Syndrome
    Stroke during pregnancy
    Sturge-Weber
    Syndrome of the inappropriate anti-diuretic hormone
    Syringomyelia
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosis
    Systemic Sclerosis
    Tethered Cord Syndrome
    Tetralogy of Fallot
    Thalassemia
    Thrombocytopenia- An Introduction
    Thrombocytopenia-GESTATIONAL, IDIOPATHIC AND PREECLAMPSIA
    Thromboembolic Disease
    Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
    Thyroid Storm
    Tobacco
    Transplantation
    Transposition of the Great Arteries
    Transverse Myelitis
    Transversus Abdominis Plane Block
    Truncus Arteriosus
    Tuberous Sclerosis
    Twin-twin transfusion syndrome and Laser Ablation
    Valvular Heat Disease- Regurgitant Lesions
    Valvular Heat Disease- Stenotic Lesions
    Vascular Malformations of the Spinal Cord
    Ventricular Septal Defect
    Ventricular tachycardia
    Ventriculoperitoneal Shunts
    Von Hippel-Lindau Syndrome
    von Willebrand Disease
    ^Wilson's Disease
    Wolff-Parkinson-White Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Thomas Wetter ; with contributions by George Demiris, Amanda K. Hall, Andrea Hartzler, Jina Huh, Georgios Raptis and Lisa M. Vizer.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introducing the Domain and Levels of Service
    1. Character of domain and organization of book
    2. Economy 1: immanent mismatch between demand and supply of health care workforce
    3. Level 0: searching-finding-trusting-acting-risking one's life?
    4. Level 1: enhancing the provider- client relation through IT
    5. Level 2: services without in-person contact between provider and client
    6. Level 3: patient power on the web: the multifaceted role of personal health wisdom
    7. Distinctive features of services conveyed through mobile apps
    Part II. Building Safety Nets Around the Active Client
    8. Dimensions of patient risks and requirements for patient safety
    9. Services for all stages of the metabolic syndrome and its consequences
    10. Basic services reach out towards under-served populations
    11. Smart homes: empowering the patient till the end
    12. Partial solutions for patient safety
    Part III. Additional Methodology
    13. Privacy and data protection: mission impossible?
    14. The patient-centered electronic health record and patient portals
    15. Scrutinized proof of effectiveness or cost effectiveness regarding patient reported outcomes
    16. Economy 2: economic subsistence of services when research funding ends
    17. Towards future consumer health informatics adapted health care legislation
    Trademarks
    Nomenclature
    General index
    Index of services.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Ovid
  • Digital
    Margo Edmunds, Christopher Hass, Erin Holve, editors.
    Summary: This unique collection synthesizes insights and evidence from innovators in consumer informatics and highlights the technical, behavioral, social, and policy issues driving digital health today and in the foreseeable future. Consumer Informatics and Digital Health presents the fundamentals of mobile health, reviews the evidence for consumer technology as a driver of health behavior change, and examines user experience and real-world technology design challenges and successes. Additionally, it, identifies key considerations for successfully engaging consumers in their own care, considers the ethics of using personal health information in research, and outlines implications for health system redesign. The editors' integrative systems approach heralds a future of technological advances tempered by best practices drawn from today's critical policy goals of patient engagement, community health promotion, and health equity. Here's the inside view of consumer health informatics and key digital fields that students and professionals will find inspiring, informative, and thought-provoking.

    Contents:
    Part I. Foundations of Consumer Informatics and Mobile Health. Promoting Consumer Engagement in Health and Health Care / Margo Edmunds ; Introduction to Consumer Health Informatics and Digital Inclusion / M. Christopher / Gibbons and Yahya Shaikh ; Using Information Technology at Kaiser Permanente to Support Health Equity / Ronald L. Copeland, Winston F. Wong, Jason Jones. and Margo Edmunds ; Healthcare Social Media for Consumer Informatics / Mani Bishop
    Part II. A New Ecosystem for Development and Design. Understanding Usability and Human-Centered Design Principles / Christopher Hass and Margo Edmunds ; A Practical Guide to Usability Testing / Christopher Hass ; Designing for Inclusion: Ensuring Accessibility for People with Disabilities / Madeleine A. Rothberg ; Understanding the Human-Centered Design Process / Christopher Hass ; Behavior Change Design: Toward a Vision of Motivational Technology / Dustin DiTommaso
    Part III. Consumer-Centered and Consumer Generated Information. Consumer Engagement and Empowerment Through Visualization of Consumer-Generated Health Data / Adriana Arcia, Jacqueline A. Merrill, and Suzanne Bakken ; Telemedicine and Pediatric Urgent Care: A Vision into the Future / Mordechai D. Raskas, Kari Gali, Dana Aronson Schinasi, and Shayan Vyas ; Improving Self-Management and Care Coordination with Person-Generated Health Data and Mobile Health / Katherine K. Kim, Sakib Jalil, and Victoria Ngo ; Behavioral Medicine and Informatics in the Cancer Community / Ellen Beckjord, David K. Ahern, and Bradford Hesse ; Content Strategy: Writing for Health Consumers on the Web / Carolyn Petersen
    Part IV. Policy and Regulatory Issues. Leveraging Consumer Health IT to Incentivize Engagement and Shared Accountability in Value-Based Purchasing / Erin Holve ; Co-Creating a Community Roadmap for Interoperability / Susan C. Hull and Margo Edmunds ; Ethical Issues in Consumer Informatics and Online Content / John Wilbanks ; Open Science and the Future of Data Analytics / Juergen Klenk, Philip R.O. Payne, Rasu Shrestha, and Margo Edmunds ; Is It Possible for the NHS to Become Fully Digital? / Julian C. Tomlins
    Part V. Conclusion. Back to the Future: Emerging Technology, Social, and Cultural Trends Affecting Consumer Informatics / Margo Edmunds, Christopher Hass, and Erin Holve.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jeanne Duus Johansen, Vera Mahler, Jean-Pierre Lepoittevin, Peter J. Frosch, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface to the Current Edition
    Preface to the Fifth Edition
    Contents
    Contributors
    1 Historical Aspects of Contact Dermatitis
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Historical Aspects of Patch Testing
    1.2.1 The Pre-Jadassohn Period
    1.2.2 Josef Jadassohn, the Father of Patch Testing in Dermatology
    1.2.3 Jean-Henri Fabreś Experiments
    1.2.4 A General Overview of Patch Testing During the Period 1895-1965
    1.2.5 Bruno Blochś Pioneering Work in Basel and in Zurich
    1.2.6 The Influence of Poul Bonnevie in Scandinavian Countries 1.2.7 Robert Prosser White, a Precursor in the Field of Occupational Dermatology
    1.2.8 A Controversial Period: The Pros and Cons of a Baseline Series
    1.2.9 Marion Sulzberger, the Initiator of Patch Testing in North America, and Alexander Fisher, a World Leader in the Field of...
    1.2.10 The Founding of Groups
    1.2.11 The Founding of the European Environmental and Contact Dermatitis Research Group (EECDRG) and the European Society of C...
    1.2.12 Dermatochemistry and Contact Dermatitis
    1.2.13 Recent Advances in the Management of Patch Testing 1.3 Historical Aspects of Prick Testing
    References
    Part I: Basic Features
    2 Genetics and Individual Predispositions in Contact Dermatitis
    2.1 General Introduction
    2.2 Genetic Factors in Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    2.2.1 Early Studies in the Genetics of Contact Allergy
    2.2.1.1 Experimental Sensitization
    2.2.1.2 Family Studies
    2.2.1.3 Twin Studies
    2.2.1.4 Studies of Immunogenetic Markers
    2.2.2 In Search of the Phenotype of Contact Allergy: Polysensitization
    2.2.3 Polymorphisms in Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    2.2.3.1 Tumor Necrosis Factor (TNF) Studies of TNF Polymorphisms in ACD (See Table 4)
    2.2.3.2 Interleukin-16
    Studies of IL-16 Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.3 Chemokine CXCL-11
    Studies of CXCL-11 Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.4 Interleukin-10
    Studies of IL-10 Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.5 N-Acetyltransferase 1 and 2 (NAT1/NAT2)
    Studies of NAT: Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.6 Glutathione Transferases M1 and T1 (GSTM1 and GSTT1)
    Studies of GSTM1 and GSTT1 Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.7 Manganese Superoxide Dismutase
    Studies of the MnSOD Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.8 Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Studies of the ACE Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.3.9 Filaggrin
    Studies of FLG Mutations in ACD
    2.2.3.10 Claudin-1
    Studies of CLDN1 Mutations in ACD
    2.2.3.11 General Remarks on the Study of ``Candidate Gene ́́Polymorphisms in ACD
    2.2.4 Further Approaches
    2.2.4.1 Allergen-Specific Susceptibility [193]
    2.2.4.2 Genetic Controls Beyond DNA
    2.2.4.3 Broadening the Focus on Pathology
    2.3 Irritant Contact Dermatitis
    2.3.1 Individual Variability in Irritant Responses in Healthy Individuals
    2.3.2 Predisposition Related to Specific Phenotypes
    2.3.2.1 Atopic Dermatitis
    2.3.2.2 Sex.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nathan Efron.
    Summary: "In this thoroughly updated fourth edition, award-winning contact lens author, lecturer, and researcher, Professor Nathan Efron, presents an easily accessible, systematic account of how to identify, understand, and manage contact lens complications. Professor Efron is renowned for his ability to distil often-complex principles of ocular physiology and pathology into a clinically-friendly format. The subject matter is arranged logically by tissue structure - which is the way practitioners naturally approach clinical problems"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Examination and grading. Anterior eye examination
    Grading scales
    Grading morphs
    Part II: Eyelids. Blinking abnormalities
    Lid wiper epitheliopathy
    Eyelid ptosis
    Meibomian gland dysfunction
    Eyelash disorders
    Part III: Tear film. Dry eye
    Mucin balls
    Part IV: Conjunctiva. Conjunctival staining
    Lid-parallel conjunctival folds
    Conjunctival redness
    Papillary conjunctivitis
    Part V: Limbus. Limbal redness
    Vascularized limbal keratitis
    Superior limbic keratoconjunctivitis
    Part VI: Corneal epithelium. Corneal staining
    Epithelial microcysts
    Epithelial oedema
    Epithelial wrinkling
    Part VII: Corneal stroma. Stromal oedema
    Stromal thinning
    Deep stromal opacities
    Corneal neovascularization
    Corneal infiltrative events
    Microbial keratitis
    Corneal warpage
    Part VIII: Corneal endothelium. Endothelial bedewing
    Endothelial blebs
    Endothelial cell redistribution
    Endothelial polymegethism
    Appendices. Grading scales for contact lens complications
    Guillon tear film classification system.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Nathan Efron, AC, DSc (Manchester), PhD, BScOptom (Melbourne), FACO, FAAO, FIACLE, FCCLSA.
    Summary: The field of contact lenses continues to evolve at a rapid pace, with new optical designs and vision correction options continually being developed. Additionally, the rapid expansion of clinical instrumentation offers eye care practitioners a wide choice of investigative techniques for assessing in-eye contact lens performance and diagnosing adverse reactions. Now in its fourth edition, Contact Lens Practice has been thoroughly updated and revised to capture these developments and more, and translate them into an organised and easily digestible resource. Written and edited by award-winning author, researcher, and lecturer, Professor Nathan Efron, this title provides a comprehensive, evidence-based overview of the scientific foundations and clinical applications of contact lens fitting. The text has been refreshed by the inclusion of five new authors - a mixture of scientists and clinicians, all of whom are at the cutting edge of their specialty. Serves as an essential companion and guide to current thinking and practice in the content lens field, ideal for use by optometrists, ophthalmologists, orthoptists, opticians, students, and contact lens industry professionals. Presents subject matter in a clear and logical format to allow the reader to quickly identify and comprehend key information. Features highly illustrated chapters in full colour, helping the reader to visualize core concepts. Includes completely rewritten chapters, by new authors, on scleral and corneo-scleral contact lenses, high ametropia, therapeutic applications, post-surgical lens fitting, and practice management. A new chapter on Post-Surgery Management consolidates core information on post-operative management involving contact lenses. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.

    Contents:
    History
    Anterior Eye
    Visual Optics
    Soft Lens Materials
    Soft Lens Manufacture
    Soft Lens Optics
    Soft Lens Measurement
    Soft Lens Design and Fitting
    Soft Toric Lens Design and Fitting
    Soft Lens Care Systems
    Rigid Lens Materials
    Rigid Lens Manufacture
    Rigid Lens Optics
    Rigid Lens Measurement
    Rigid Corneal Lens Design and Fitting
    Rigid Toric Corneal Lens Design and Fitting
    Rigid Scleral and Corneoscleral Lens Design and Fitting
    Rigid Lens Care Systems
    Daily Disposable Lenses
    Reusable Lenses
    Tinted Lenses
    Presbyopia
    Extended Wear
    Sport
    Keratoconus
    High Ametropia
    Babies and Children
    Therapeutic Applications
    Post-surgery
    Orthokeratology
    Myopia Control
    Diabetes
    History Taking
    Diagnostic Instruments
    Preliminary Examination
    Patient Education
    Aftercare
    Complications
    Compliance
    Practice Management.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Print
    chief editor, Oliver H. Dabezies, Jr. ; associate editors, James V. Aquavella ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: Oversize (Downstairs)
    v. 1-2
    (Most recent update 1984)
    RE977.C6 C55
    2
  • Digital
    Ana M. Giménez-Arnau, Howard I. Maibach, editors.
    Summary: Contact urticaria is an immediate but transient localized swelling and redness that occurs on the skin after direct contact with an offending substance. It is caused by a variety of compounds, such as foods, preservatives, fragrances, plant and animal products, metals, and rubber latex and the mechanism by which these provoke an immediate urticarial rash at the area of contact can be divided into two categories: non-immunological contact urticaria and immunological (allergic) contact urticaria. Non-immunological contact urticaria typically causes mild localized reactions that clear within hours, e.g. stinging nettle rash. This type of urticaria occurs without prior exposure of a patient's immune system to an allergen. Immunological contact urticaria occurs most commonly in atopic individuals (people who are prone to allergy). Hence prior exposure to an allergen is required for this type of contact urticaria to occur. While there have been other texts written on the subject over the last decade, this book is intended as an easily accessible guide for dermatologists and residents, as well as general practitioners, summarizing the most important concepts that will help physicians identify the signs and symptoms of Contact Urticaria Syndrome in their daily clinical practice. Each chapter is laid out in the following format: Concepts, Tools and Algorithms of Diagnosis and Management, a Clinical Case for each entry, and Recommendations. Additionally, the Volume Editors have worked to provide a global approach to this syndrome using internationally standardized requirements for diagnosis.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Essentials and Updated Concepts
    Chapter 2. Basic Epidemiology Concepts Relevant in Contact Urticaria
    Chapter 3. Occupational Relevance of Contact Urticaria Syndrome
    Chapter 4. Clinical Diagnosis of Immediate Contact Skin Reactions
    Chapter 5. Oral Allergy Syndrome: Rethinking Concepts
    Chapter 6. Wheals and Eczema: Pathogenic Mechanism in Immediate Contact Reactions
    Chapter 7. Immediate Skin Contact Reactions Induced by Proteins
    Chapter 8. Immediate Skin Contact Reactions Induced by Chemicals
    Chapter 9. Immunoglobulin E, Pathogenic Relevance in Immediate Contact Reactions
    Chapter 10. Diagnostic Methods: Cutaneous Provocation Tests in Contact Urticaria Syndrome
    Chapter 11. Molecular Diagnosis in Contact Urticaria Caused by Proteins
    Chapter 12. Preventive Measures for Occupational Induced Immediate Contact Reactions
    Chapter 13. Management and Treatment of Contact Urticaria Syndrome
    Chapter 14. Management of Contact Urticaria through Clinical Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    M. Naeem, Abid Ali Ansari, Sarvajeet Singh Gill, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive volume covers recent studies into agricultural problems caused by soil and water contamination. Considering the importance of agricultural crops to human health, the editors have focused on chapters detailing the negative impact of heavy metals, excessive chemical fertilizer use, nutrients, pesticides, herbicides, insecticides, agricultural wastes and toxic pollutants, among others, on agricultural soil and crops. In addition, the chapters offer solutions to these negative impacts through various scientific approaches, including using biotechnology, nanotechnology, nutrient management strategies, biofertilizers, as well as potent PGRs and elicitors. This book serves as a key source of information on scientific and engineered approaches and challenges for the bioremediation of agricultural contamination worldwide. This book should be helpful for research students, teachers, agriculturalists, agronomists, botanists, and plant growers, as well as in the fields of agriculture, agronomy, plant science, plant biology, and biotechnology, among others. It serves as an excellent reference on the current research and future directions of contaminants in agriculture from laboratory research to field application.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Part I: Overview of Contaminants in Agriculture
    Organic and Inorganic Fertilizer Contaminants in Agriculture: Impact on Soil and Water Resources
    1 Introduction
    1.1 Inorganic Fertilizers: Consumption and Contaminants
    1.2 Organic Fertilizers and Contaminants
    2 Contaminant Sources in Various Fertilizers and Manures
    2.1 Nitrogenous Fertilizers
    2.2 Phosphatic Fertilizers
    2.3 Potassium Fertilizers
    2.4 Organic Fertilizers
    2.4.1 Heavy Metals: Major Contaminant in Organic and Inorganic Fertilizers 1 Introduction
    2 Nutrients That Limit Plant Growth and Development
    2.1 Nitrogen
    2.2 Phosphorus
    2.3 Potassium
    2.4 Sulfur
    2.5 Calcium
    2.6 Magnesium
    3 Micronutrients
    3.1 Boron
    3.2 Zinc
    3.3 Manganese
    3.4 Molybdenum
    3.5 Iron
    3.6 Copper
    3.7 Nickel
    3.8 Chlorine
    4 Availability of Mineral Nutrients in Soil
    5 Conclusion
    References
    Role of Organic Fertilizers in Improving Soil Fertility
    1 Introduction
    2 Types of Soil Fertility
    3 Types of Organic Fertilizer
    4 Advantages of Using Organic Fertilizers 3 Fertilizers and Manures and Their Impact on Soil Health
    3.1 Impact on Soil Properties
    3.1.1 Effect on Soil Physical Health
    3.1.2 Effect on Chemical Properties
    3.1.3 Effect on Microbial Life
    3.2 Water Quality Issues Associated with Organic and Inorganic Fertilizers
    3.2.1 Nitrogen Contamination in Water Bodies
    3.2.2 Nitrate Management in Ground Water
    3.2.3 Phosphorus Contamination in Water Bodies
    3.2.4 Organic Fertilizer and Water Quality
    3.3 Impact of Contaminants on Human Life
    4 Conclusion
    References
    Role of Nutrients in Plant Growth and Development 3.1.5 Cobalt
    3.1.6 Nickel
    3.2 Heavy Metals That Are Not Vital for Plant Growth
    3.2.1 Lead
    3.2.2 Arsenic
    3.2.3 Mercury
    3.2.4 Cadmium
    4 Plant Defense Mechanisms Adopted by Plants Against Heavy Metal Stress
    4.1 Trichomes
    4.2 Cell Wall and Root Exudates
    4.3 Plasma Membrane
    4.4 Vacuolar Compartmentalization
    4.5 Mycorrhizae
    4.6 Phytochelatins
    4.7 Metallothioneins
    5 Remediation of Heavy Metals
    5.1 Cyanoremediation
    5.2 Bioremediation
    5.3 Mycoremediation
    5.4 Phytoremediation
    6 Future Perspective and Conclusions
    References 5 Disadvantages of Using Organic Fertilizers
    6 Conclusions and Future Perspectives
    References
    Effect of Heavy Metals on Plant Growth: An Overview
    1 Introduction
    2 Source of Heavy Metals
    2.1 Natural Sources of Heavy Metal Contamination
    2.1.1 Weathering of Rocks
    2.1.2 Other Natural Sources
    2.2 Anthropogenic Sources
    2.2.1 Agricultural Sources
    2.2.2 Industrial Sources
    2.2.3 Domestic Effluents
    3 Impacts of Heavy Metal Toxicity on Plants
    3.1 Heavy Metals That Function As Micronutrients
    3.1.1 Iron
    3.1.2 Copper
    3.1.3 Zinc
    3.1.4 Manganese
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Maria Gavrilescu, Laura Bulgariu.
    Contents:
    Contaminated soils : a guide to sampling and analysis / Maria Gavrilescu & Laura Bulgariu
    Key features of contaminated soils / Petronela Cozma & Maria Gavrilescu
    Advances in field soil sampling : obtaining relevant in situ data for the environmental management of contaminated soils / Aoife Brennan & Eduardo Moreno Jiménez
    Current best practices for inorganic analysis / Dumitru Bulgariu, Constantin Rusu & Laura Bulgariu
    Current best practices for organic analysis / Venny, Suyin Gan & Hoon Kiat Ng
    Advanced tools for interpreting data / Brian Murphy & Pam Hazelton
    Reporting data : managing sampling and analytical uncertainty / Patrik von Heijne, Christian Maurice & Björn Öhlander
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Michael J. Skvarla, Ronald Ochoa, Jose Carlos Verle Rodrigues and H. Joel Hutcheson.
    Summary: This book gathers papers presented at the annual meetings of the Acarological Society of America (ASA), jointly organized with the Entomological Society of America. The ASA plans to publish presentations from its annual meetings on a yearly basis; this book represents the first in the series.

    Contents:
    Intro; Introduction; Contents; 1 Use of the Ion Torrent PGM for Determining the Genomic Sequences of Francisella and Coxiella-Like Endosymbionts and Rickettsia Directly from Hard Ticks; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Materials and Methods; 1.2.1 Tick Collection and Storage, DNA Extraction and Storage; 1.2.2 PCR Testing of Samples for Their Content of CLE, FLE, and Spotted Fever Group Rickettsia; 1.2.3 DNA Sequencing of OmpA Amplicons; 1.2.4 IT-PGM Library Preparation and Sequencing; 1.2.5 Repli-G Procedures; 1.2.6 Bioinformatic Analysis of IT-PGM Sequences; 1.3 Results 1.3.1 Library Preparation and IT-PGM Sequence Reads Obtained1.3.2 Repli-G Enhancement of Read Depth; 1.3.3 Tick Samples with Francisella-Like Endosymbionts (FLE); 1.3.4 Tick Samples with Coxiella-Like Endosymbionts (CLE); 1.3.5 Amblyomma americanum Tick Samples Containing Rickettsia amblyommatis and AamGA-CLE; 1.3.6 Amblyomma maculatum Tick Samples Containing Rickettsia parkeri or R. andeanae and Amac-FLE; 1.3.7 Analysis of Bacterial Sequences Present in the Ticks Dermacentor andersoni and D. occidentalis 1.3.8 Analysis of Dermacentor variabilis from Virginia, Georgia, and Ohio for Rickettsia and FLE1.3.9 Detection of Rickettsia montanensis in Dermacentor variabilis and Rhipicephalus sanguineus from Oklahoma; 1.4 Discussion and Conclusions; 1.4.1 Library Preparation and Sequencing; 1.4.2 Genome Assembly and Annotation; 1.4.3 Limitations of Approach and Possible Remedies; 1.4.4 Value of Partial Symbiont Genome Sequences from the IT-PGM; References; 2 Field Studies in Acarology: Joint Base San Antonio, TX: 2015-2017; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Materials and Methods; 2.3 Results; 2.4 Discussion 5.1 Introduction5.2 Materials and Methods; 5.2.1 Genomic DNA Extraction and Pyrosequencing; 5.2.2 Study Organisms, Quality Control of Data and Taxonomic Assignations; 5.2.3 Analysis of Metabolic Function; 5.3 Results and Discussion; 5.3.1 Bacteriome, and Metabolic Predictions; 5.3.2 NGS Fungal Diversity; 5.4 Conclusion; References; 6 Biodiversity of Phytoseiidae (Acari: Mesostigmata) of Annual Specialty Crop Systems: The Current State of Knowledge Worldwide and the Need for Study in North America; 6.1 Methods; 6.2 Results; 6.2.1 Diversity of Phytoseiids in Annual Specialty Crops Worldwide
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Erik Berntorp.
    Contents:
    Contemporary approaches to hemophilia / Erik Berntorp
    Genetics and classification of hemophilia / Kanjaksha Ghosh & Shrimati Shetty
    Symptoms and diagnosis in hemophilia / Jørgen Ingerslev
    Treatment of hemophilia : plasma-derived clotting factors / Meera Chitlur & Jeanne M. Lusher
    Treatment of hemophilia : recombinant clotting factors / Christine Sabapathy, Victor Blanchette & David Lillicrap
    On-demand and prophylaxis treatment / Eveline P. Mauser-Bunschoten
    Assessment of therapy : pharmacokinetics / Massimo Morfini
    Complications and life expectancy / Eva Zetterberg & Erik Berntorp
    Management algorithm and guidelines / Emérito Carlos Rodríguez-Merchán
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Moisés Selman, Annie Pardo.
    Contents:
    Contemporary approaches to idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Moisés Selman & Annie Pardo
    Genomics of lung fibrosis / Koji Sakamoto & Naftali Kaminski
    The case for epigenomics in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Celia R. Espinoza & James S. Hagood
    Genetic susceptibility to familial interstitial pneumonia and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Andrew D. Mihalek, Gary M. Hunninghake & Ivan O. Rosas
    Aging and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Marta Bueno, Ana L. Mora & Mauricio Rojas
    Epithelial biology in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Moisés Selman & Annie Pardo
    Fibroblast biology in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Jeffrey C. Horowitz & Victor J. Thannickal
    Tools for diagnosis, clinical phenotypes and follow-up / Grégoire Prévot & Vincent Cottin
    Biomarkers for diagnosis and prognosis / Vanesa Vicens-Zygmunt & Maria Molina-Molina
    Lung transplant and the management of advanced idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis / Huzaifa I. Adamali & Jim Egan
    Therapeutic approach and molecular targets for novel treatments / Giacomo Sgalla, Mark G. Jones & Luca Richeldi.
    Digital Access Future Med 2015
  • Digital
    Mammen Chandy, Vivek S. Radhakrishnan, Reghu K. Sukumaran, editors.
    Summary: Bone Marrow transplantation or Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation is a life saving procedure in a number of diseases,hematological and non hematological, which fail alternative medical management or have no other treatment options. It has transformed the lives of thousands of patients and their families around the world battling with fatal or debilitating diseases.There are many unique aspects of bone marrow transplantation which makes it very different from solid organ transplants. There is an enormous amount of research going on in this field both at clinical and basic science levels.With the rapidly changing world and field of transplantation, there is a need for an authoritative and up to date resource for transplant professionals. This book titled Contemporary Bone Marrow Transplantation aims to be a reference text comprehensively covering various facets of hematopoietic stem cell transplants with latest insights about the technique and basic science behind it . The book is the product of collective effort of transplant professionals round the world, and will reflect their experience as well as the current standard of care practices in Stem cell transplantation. The book will be divided into different sections focusing on the basic science of bone marrow transplant, the technical aspects of the procedure itself and the supportive care of transplant patients.There will also be a section each on epidemiology, upcoming trends and also case studies , which will discuss real case scenarios from the experience of the authors, to illustrate the practical challenges in managing bone marrow transplant recipients.

    Contents:
    Introduction: History of bone marrow transplantatin
    Biology of bone marrow transplantation
    Bone marrow transplantation: the procedure
    Stem cell processing
    Supportive care in bone marrow transplantation
    Epidemiology of bone marrow transplantation
    Newer trends.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nilmini Wickramasinghe, Indrit Troshani, Joseph Tan, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Foreword
    Section I: Defining the Discipline
    What Is Consumer Health Informatics
    The Landscape
    Section II: Technologies
    Remote Monitoring and Mobile Apps
    Social Media and Web 2.0
    Personal Health Record
    Architecture and Infrastructure Requirements
    Section III: Design
    Designing for the Consumer
    Design Methods
    Section IV: Roles and Responsibilities
    Connecting with Medical Systems and Healthcare Providers
    Policy, Public Health, and Economics
    Quality Control, Security and Privacy
    Section V: On the Horizon: Perspectives on the Future
    The Future: Research Issues
    The Future: Policy and Funding
    The Future: Research Perspective, Grantor Perspective, Vendor Perspective
    Epilogue: Lessons, Take Aways and Recommendations
    Appendix: Case Vignettes.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editor, Arthur H. Jeske.
    Summary: This book on current approaches to the use of drugs in dentistry aims to equip practitioners with a sound understanding of both the scientific evidence for various interventions and the comparative efficacy of those interventions. The focus is on the drugs most commonly used in conjunction with dental treatment, including local anesthetics, analgesics, antibiotics, sedatives, and drugs for the management of medical emergencies. Summaries of the scientific evidence from the available published literature are provided, with assessment of the level and quality of the evidence base. A unique aspect of the book is its focus on current, evidence-based recommendations from professional organizations with regard to special topics, such as antibiotic prophylaxis, pediatric considerations, and management of medically compromised patients. Emphasis is placed on evidence from randomized controlled trials, systematic reviews and meta-analyses, and in order to further enhance the up-to-date nature of the book, each chapter includes guidance on online resources, such as useful non-commercial websites.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Local anesthetics
    Non-opiod analgesics
    Opiod analgesics and other controlled substances
    Antibiotics and antibiotic prophylaxis
    Pharmacologic management of patients with drug-related coagulopathies
    Pharmacologic management of patients with neurologic disorders
    Endocrine drugs of significance in dentistry
    Pharmacologic mangament of oral mucosal inflammatory and ulcerative diseases
    Basic emergency drugs and non-intravenous routes of administration
    Internet resources for dental pharmacology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Linda Bogar, April Stempien-Otero.
    Summary: This work provides a one-of- a-kind volume that includes all aspects of heart transplantation from its historic beginning to its current day standards which now make the procedure a long-term treatment option for heart failure patients. The subjects covered include technical aspects of the procurement and implant procedures, as well as the medical nuances of pre-operative preparation and post-transplant immunosuppression management; the current day multi-disciplinary make up of the transplant team along with information on the keys to building and running a successful transplant program; regulatory standards and listing policies and the impact of the growing mechanical circulatory support technologies on the transplant field; and emerging technologies and future possibilities. All chapters are written by experts in the field and include the most up-to-date peer reviewed studies and clinical guidelines. This book gives an ever-changing reference that will become the text of choice for those beginning or continuing their transplant careers.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Historical Background
    History of Heart Transplant
    Immunosuppression related to transplant
    Section 2: Pre-operative evaluation process
    Pathophysiology of heart failure
    Contraindications to heart transplantation
    Psycho-Social considerations
    Multi-disciplinary team input
    Section 3: Organ Allocation
    Current Listing System
    Proposed Changes
    Matching donor to recipient
    Section 4: Organ Procurement
    Organ preservation
    The donor operation
    Ex Vivo perfusion
    Section 5: Transplant Operation
    Surgical techniques
    Surgical Complications
    Section 6: Anesthesia Management
    Anesthesia techniques for heart transplant
    Section 7: Post-operative ICU and hospital management
    Ventilator management
    Weaning of inotropes
    Imaging studies and laboratory testing
    Physical and Occupational therapy
    Section 8: Transplant Immunology
    Induction and maintenance agents
    Complication of immunosuppression
    Rejection
    Section9: Long term outpatient management of the heart transplant patient
    Chronic immunosuppression medications
    Infection prophylaxis
    Monitoring for rejection
    Section 10: Mechanical Support of the pre-transplant patient
    ECMO
    LVAD support
    Section 11: The Contemporary successful Heart transplant program
    Regulatory agencies
    Quality measures
    The financial aspect of the heart transplant program
    The multi-disciplinary approach
    Administrative support of the program
    Section 12: Special Topics
    Re-transplantation
    Combined Heart transplant with other organ transplantation
    Section 13,Outcomes Data
    Survival data
    Quality of life
    Chronic rejection
    Malignancy after transplant
    Section 14: The future of heart transplantation
    Advances in immunosuppression
    Stem cell therapy
    DCD donor use
    Will we still be doing heart transplants in 10 years.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Rivlin, Richard S.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Contemporary issues in clinical nutrition to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Fishman, Elliot K.; Siegelman, Stanley S.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC78.7.T6 C76
    11
  • Print
    Olefsky, Jerrold M.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC648.A1 C76
    2
  • Print
    Mettler, Fred A., .
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC78.A1 C76
    2
  • Digital
    Carlo Gerardo B. Ramirez, Jerry McCauley, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive guide to successful kidney transplantation in the highly regulated environment of today. It covers the history of kidney transplant to highlight innovations that have made kidney transplantation so successful as well as the new deceased donor kidney allocation strategy and postulates what types of changes might occur with this new policy. The book highlights special areas of nephrology concern in kidney transplantation, especially diseases likely to recur following transplant. It deals with many of the medications used in kidney transplantation including different commonly used antirejection protocols. It also provides a complete reference on the various operations involved in kidney transplantation. The text includes detailed pictures and surgical technique sections on cadaveric kidney transplantation and living kidney transplantation. It includes information on living kidney donation surgery with a chapter dedicated to the minimally invasive techniques that have been popularized in the last fifteen years. Some coverage on open living kidney donation is presented. Included in this section is discussions of how to handle certain operative challenges like severe atherosclerosis, venous sclerosis and various urinary system aberrancies. Comprehensive coverage of common surgical complications is presented including management of urinary strictures, urinary leaks, lymphoceles, vascular problems following transplant, and what steps shoul d be taken when an early kidney transplant biopsy is necessary. It also covers in detail what is required for maintenance of health after kidney transplantation including the major risks for graft loss as well as what disease processes kidney transplant patients are particularly vulnerable to.

    Contents:
    History of kidney transplantation
    Recipient Selection
    Indications and contraindications
    Evaluation and selection
    Special considerations in highly sensitized candidates
    Waitlist maintenance
    Donor Selection
    Living donor
    Deceased donor
    Standard criteria donors
    Extended criteria donors
    HBsAg, HBcAb+, HCV donors
    CDC high risk donors
    Donors on ECMO
    Surgical Technique
    Organ preservation and preparation
    Recipient kidney transplantation surgical technique
    Live donor nephrectomy
    Kidney Transplantation with other organs
    Anesthesia Management
    Organ Procurement Organization and New Kidney Allocation
    History and rationale for the change
    Recent changes and what they will mean
    Allocation policies in EU, UK, and other countries
    Geographic Variations in Kidney Access- Final Rule Wida (UNOS)
    Vulnerable Populations
    Special Consideration in Living Donor Kidney Transplantation
    ^Necessary components of a living donor team
    Living kidney donor paired exchanges
    Early and Late Course after Kidney Transplantation
    Early complications after kidney transplantation
    Late complications after kidney transplantation
    Immunology of Kidney Transplantation
    Pathology of Kidney Transplantation
    Radiology of Kidney Transplantation
    Radiology in kidney transplantation
    The role of Interventional radiology
    Transplant Immunosuppression
    History of immunosuppression: an overview
    Special consideration
    Tolerance: The Holy grail of Transplantation
    Infection in Kidney Transplanation
    The Contemporary Successful Kidney Transplant Program
    The Regulatory Environment
    Quality measure of a contemporary kidney transplant program
    The role of transplant coordinators
    The finance of kidney transplantation
    Kidney transplantation in the third millennium in North America: the strategy for success
    ^Legal issues of transplant programs in North America in the third millennium
    Epidemiology of Kidney Transplantation
    Ethics of Transplantation
    Psychosocial and financial Aspects of Transplantation
    Pediatric Transplantation
    Special Topics
    Pregnancy after Kidney Transplantation
    Future Directions.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer Live
    2018- Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Cataldo Doria, editor.
    Summary: Contemporary Liver Transplantation provides a comprehensive review of the most crucial and provocative aspects of liver transplantation. It represents a unique source of information and guidance for the current generation of transplant surgeons that evolved from being pure clinicians into savvy administrators knowledgeable in every regulatory aspect governing transplantation. The book contains 35 chapters covering every single aspect of the surgical operation in the donors as well as the recipients of liver transplants. The pre-operative work-up, as well as the post-operative immunosuppression management, and the treatment of recurrent diseases are addressed in detail. Single chapters are dedicated to controversial issues like transplantation in patients diagnosed with NASH, transplantation for patients diagnosed with HCC beyond Milan criteria, and usage of HIV positive donors. Dedicated chapters on HCV, HCC, FHF, and NASH will make this book a unique resource for any health care provider part of the multidisciplinary liver transplant team. The book goes beyond the analysis of the formal medical and surgical aspects of liver transplantation and introduces deep knowledge on key aspects of contemporary transplant programs, such as: physical rehabilitation, palliative care, pregnancy, the multiple requirements of regulatory agencies ruling transplantation, quality measurements for transplant programs, finance and liability. The book is organized in 9 sections focusing on each key aspect of liver transplantation. Contemporary Liver Transplantation addresses the need and the questions of of the multidisciplinary group involved including surgeons, Hepatologists, anesthesiologists, infectious disease specialists, radiologists, transplant coordinators, financial specialists, epidemiologists and administrators.

    Contents:
    Part I. Historical Perspective
    1. History of Liver and Other Splanchnic Organ Transplantation / Thomas E. Starzl
    Part II. The Operation
    2. Orthotopic Liver Transplantation: Indications and Contraindications / Quirino Lai, Samuele Iesari, and Jan Lerut
    3. Donor Operation / Javier Bueno, Matias Ramirez, and José Andrés Molino
    4. Orthotopic Liver Transplantation: Surgical Techniques / Cataldo Doria, Samuel Goldstein, and Ignazio R. Marino
    5. Split Liver Transplantation / Koji Hashimoto and Bijan Eghtesad
    6. Live Donor Liver Transplant / Sung-Gyu Lee and Deok-Bog Moon
    7. Minimally Invasive Live Donor Liver Hepatectomy / Hoonbae Jeon, Tai Ho Shin, Ivo G. Tzvetanov, and Enrico Benedetti
    8. Orthotopic Liver Transplantation: Complications / Carlo Gerardo B. Ramirez
    Part III. Anesthesia Management
    9. Anesthesia Management of Liver Transplantation / Yoogoo Kang and Elia Elia
    10. Hepatopulmonary Syndrome and Portopulmonary Hypertension / Rodrigo Cartin-Ceba, Vivek N. Iyer, and Michael J. Krowka
    Part IV Transplant Hepatology
    11 NASH: The Ethical Dilemma / Laura Connor and Scott Andrew Fink
    12. Fulminant Hepatic Failure: Diagnosis and Management / Dina L. Halegoua-De Marzio and David A. Sass
    13. Hepatitis C Virus Infection: A New Era / Santiago J. Munoz, Kenneth D. Rothstein, and Alexandra L. Gibas
    14. Infections and Sepsis After Liver Transplantation / Erika D. Lease
    15. Liver Transplantation for HCC: The Milan Criteria / Jesse M. Civan
    16. HCC: The San Francisco Criteria / Thomas Byrne and Hugo Vargas
    17. Downstaging Hepatocellular Carcinoma for Liver Transplantation / Mohammad Khreiss and David A. Geller
    18. Systemic Chemotherapy in Orthotopic Liver Transplantation / Jascha Rubin and Ashwin Sama
    19. Combined Transplantations / Pooja Singh and Jerry McCauley
    Part V. Immunology and Pathology of Liver Transplant
    20. Immunology of Liver Transplantation / Richard DePalma, John Knorr, and Victor Navarro
    21. Pathology of Liver Transplantation / Wei Jiang and John L. Farber
    Part VI. Radiology and Liver Transplantation
    22 Radiology in Liver Transplantation / Christopher G. Roth, Flavius G. Guglielmo, Sandeep P. Deshmukh, and Donald G. Mitchell
    23. Interventional Radiology for the Pre-transplant Patient / Susan Shamimi-Noori
    Part VII. Basic Science in Liver Transplantation
    24. Xenotransplantation / Zhengyu Wei
    25. Cell Therapy for Liver Failure: A New Horizon / Neil H. Riordan
    Part VIII. Special Topics
    26. Pregnancy After Liver Transplantation / Lisa A. Coscia, John M. Davison, Michael J. Moritz, and Vincent T. Armenti
    27. Palliative Care in Liver Transplantation: When to Consult a Specialist / Alana Sagin and Nina O’Connor
    28. Artificial Liver Treatment: When and Which One? / Steffen Mitzner, Niels Grabow, and Sebastian Klammt
    29. Liver Autotransplantation from the Labs to the Ante-situm Procedure: A Long Journey / Salvatore Gruttadaria, Duilio Pagano, and J. Wallis Marsh 30 Role of Integrative Medicine in Liver Transplantation / Anthony J. Bazzan, Andrew B. Newberg, and Daniel A. Monti
    31. Liver Transplantation: Medical Home / George Valko
    Part IX. The Contemporary Successful Liver Transplant Program
    32. Regulatory Agencies in Transplantation / Belinda Paganafanador
    33. Quality Measure of a Contemporary Liver Transplant Program / Maria McCall and Natalie Doria
    34. Role of the Transplant Coordinator / Jerita Payne
    35. Finance of Liver Transplantation / Edward Zavala and Meredith M. Stanley
    36. Liver Transplantation in the Third Millennium in North America: The Strategy for Success / Richard B. Freeman
    37. Transplant Program Liability and Risk Factors for Litigation / Daniel F. Ryan III, Paul E. Peel, and Conor A. Mintzer
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Grenvik, Ake; Tobin, Martin J.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Contemporary management in critical care to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    S. Thaddeus Connelly, Gianluca Martino Tartaglia, Rebeka G. Silva, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive, state of the art guide to the contemporary diagnosis of temporomandibular disorders (TMDs) that will help to compensate for the frequent lack of experience and inadequate training among health professionals who encounter patients with jaw joint problems. The opening section describes the whole patient philosophy essential for treatment success, examines ethical and legal considerations, and discusses all aspects of anatomy. Pathophysiology, clinical assessment, and imaging evaluation, including by means of modern MR imaging and CBCT, are then considered in detail. Finally, the diagnostic criteria for the full range of TMDs are thoroughly explained and the urgent need to appreciate temporomandibular disorders as the chronic pain conditions they are is addressed. Complementary volumes are devoted to non-surgical treatment of TMDs and to total temporomandibular joint replacement and other surgical procedures, respectively. Each book will be of high value for the multidisciplinary team necessary for successful management of TMDs, including dentists, surgeons, primary care doctors, pain doctors, and allied health professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    S. Thaddeus Connelly, Gianluca Martino Tartaglia, Rebeka G. Silva, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive, state of the art guide to the contemporary non-surgical treatment of temporomandibular disorders (TMDs) that will help to compensate for the frequent lack of experience and inadequate training among health professionals who encounter patients with jaw joint problems. After an opening section outlining special considerations relating to bruxism and trauma in TMDs, medical management and dental treatment are explained in detail, with coverage of various perspectives such as those of the orthodontist and prosthodontist. Psychiatric considerations and adjunctive therapies are also thoroughly discussed and the importance of a team approach to the management of temporomandibular disorders is highlighted. Complementary volumes are devoted to anatomy, pathophysiology, evaluation, and diagnosis and to total temporomandibular joint replacement and other surgical procedures, respectively. Each book will therefore be of high value for the multidisciplinary team necessary for successful management of TMDs, including dentists, surgeons, primary care doctors, pain doctors, and allied health professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    S. Thaddeus Connelly, Gianluca Martino Tartaglia, Rebeka G. Silva, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive, state of the art guide to the contemporary surgical treatment of temporomandibular disorders (TMDs) that will help to compensate for the frequent lack of experience and inadequate training among health professionals who encounter patients with jaw joint problems. The opening section discusses the evolution of modern surgical management of TMDs, TMD diagnosis for surgical candidates, as well as anatomic pathways. Surgical procedures are then described and illustrated, with detailed coverage of total temporomandibular joint replacement and also other procedures such as surgical arthroscopy, intraoral vertical ramus osteotomy, discectomy, and arthroplasty. The volume closes by examining the future of the field, including the use of bioengineered constructs. Complementary volumes are devoted to anatomy, pathophysiology, evaluation, and diagnosis and to the nonsurgical treatment of TMDs, respectively. Each volume will be of high value for the multidisciplinary team necessary for successful management of TMDs, including dentists, surgeons, primary care doctors, pain doctors, and allied health professionals.

    Contents:
    Temporomandibular joint surgical evolution, diagnosis and anatomic pathways
    Surgical prcedures other than total joint replacement
    Total temporomandibular joint replacement
    The future of temporomandibular joint surgery and training the next generation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Contemporary neurology series to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Friday Okonofua, Joseph A. Balogun, Kunle Odunsi, Victor N. Chilaka, editors.
    Contents:
    SECTION 1: WOMEN'S REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH
    Sexual and Reproductive Health and Rights: An Overview
    Clinical Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynaecology
    Maternal Mortality in Developing Countries
    Preventing Perinatal Mortality in Developing Countries
    Abortion
    Female Circumcision/Mutilation/Cutting
    Reproductive Epidemiology, Health Status and Burden of Disability
    SECTION 2: OBSTETRICS
    Preconceptional Counselling and Prenatal Care
    Ultrasound in Labour and Delivery
    Evidence-Based Antenatal Care
    Fetal Growth Abnormalities, Intrauterine Growth Restriction and Macrosomia
    Management of Normal and Abnormal Labour
    Premature Rupture of Membranes (PROM)
    Induction of Labour
    Electronic fetal Monitoring
    Operative Vaginal Delivery
    Breech Presentation and Delivery
    Caesarean Delivery and Peri-partum Hysterectomy
    Obstetrical Analgesia and Anaesthesia
    Aetiology and Management of Obstetric Haemorrhage
    Preterm Birth
    The Puerperium
    SECTION 3: MEDICAL AND SURGICAL DISORDERS IN PREGNANCY
    Intensive Care Management of Trauma During Pregnancy
    Cardiovascular Disorders in Pregnancy
    Respiratory Disorders in Pregnancy
    Hypertension in Pregnancy
    Critical-Care Management of Severe Preeclampsia-Eclampsia and Obstetric Hypertensive Crisis
    Haemoglobinopathies in Pregnancy
    Anaemia in Pregnancy
    Diabetes in Pregnancy
    Venous Thromboembolism In Pregnancy
    Inherited Bleeding Disorders in Pregnancy
    Haematological Disorders in Pregnancy
    Mental Health Disorders in Pregnancy and Puerperium
    HIV in Pregnancy
    Non-HIV Viral Infections in Pregnancy
    Neoplastic Diseases in Pregnancy
    Oral Health in Pregnancy
    Ectopic Pregnancy
    Prevention and Management of Recurrent Miscarriage
    SECTION 4: GENERAL GYNAECOLOGY
    Control of Sexually Transmitted Infections Through Integrated Reproductive Health Services
    Uterine Fibroid and Hysterectomy
    Endometriosis
    Chronic Pelvic Pain
    Infertility
    Laparoscopy
    Pelvic Organ Prolapse
    Urogynaecology
    Obstetric and Non-Obstetric Fistulas
    Amenorrhea and Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    Menopause
    Physiotherapy in Obstetrics and Gynaecology
    SECTION 5: GYNAECOLOGICAL MALIGNANCIES
    Rising Burden of Gynaecological Cancers in Developing Countries
    Molecular Biology of Gynaecological Cancers
    Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    Cancers of the Vulva and Vagina
    Cervical Cancer Screening and Prevention
    Cancer of the Uterine Corpus
    Epithelial Ovarian Cancer
    Germ Cell Tumours of the Ovary
    Principle of Radiation Therapy for Gynaecological Cancers
    Emerging Trends and Best Practices in Hospice and Palliative Care
    SECTION 6: HEALTH SYSTEMS ORGANISATION, RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND BIOSTATISTICS
    Leadership of Health Care Teams, Organisations and Systems: Implications for Curriculum Revision in Medical Education
    Mobilising Human and Financial Resources for Maternal Health
    The Role of Professional Associations in Obstetrics and Gynaecology
    Ethics, Liability, and Risk Management in Obstetrics and Gynaecology
    Human Rights and Legal Treaties relevant to Obstetrics and Gynaecology
    Evaluation of Clinical Significance in Intervention Research
    The Common Statistical Faux Pas in Journal Publications
    Survey Research Major Methodological Flaws: Caveat Lector.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [editors] James R. Hupp, Edward Ellis and Myron R. Tucker.
    Contents:
    Preoperative health status evaluation
    Prevention and management of medical emergencies
    Principles of surgery
    Wound repair
    Infection control in surgical practice
    Pain and anxiety control in surgical practice
    Instrumentation for basic oral surgery
    Principles of routine exodontia
    Principles of more complex exodontia
    Principles of management of impacted teeth
    Postextraction patient management
    Medicolegal considerations
    Preprosthetic surgery
    Implant treatment : basic concepts and techniques
    Implant treatment : advanced concepts and complex cases
    Principles of management and prevention of odontogenic infections
    Complex odontogenic infections
    Principles of endodontic surgery
    Management of the patient undergoing radiotherapy or chemotherapy
    Odontogenic diseases of the maxillary sinus
    Diagnosis and management of salivary gland disorders
    Principles of differential diagnosis and biopsy
    Surgical management of oral pathologic lesions
    Soft tissue and dentoalveolar injuries
    Management of facial fractures
    Correction of dentofacial deformities
    Facial cosmetic surgery
    Management of patients with orofacial clefts
    Surgical reconstruction of defects of the jaws
    Facial neuropathology
    Management of temporomandibular disorders
    Operative note (office record) component parts
    Drug enforcement administration schedule of drugs and examples
    Examples of useful prescriptions
    Consent for extractions and anesthesia
    Antibiotic overview.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Camile S. Farah, Ramesh Balasubramaniam, Michael J. McCullough, editors.
    Summary: This book, written by world authorities in the field, is a comprehensive, up-to-date guide to the specialty of Oral Medicine, which is concerned with the diagnosis, prevention, and predominantly non-surgical management of medically related disorders and conditions affecting the oral and maxillofacial region. The pathophysiology, clinical presentation, diagnostic evaluation, and treatment of all relevant diseases and disorders are described with the aid of a wealth of clinical cases and illustrations that enable the reader to appreciate the diversity and potential complexity of Oral Medicine. In addition to the wide-ranging coverage of oral conditions, separate sections are devoted to bone and cutaneous pathology and to orofacial pain and its management, in addition to dental sleep medicine. The clinician who treats Oral Medicine patients will find this book to be an excellent aid to optimal management grounded in a sound knowledge of basic science and the dental and medical aspects of each disorder. In addition, it will serve as an outstanding textbook for undergraduate and postgraduate students.

    Contents:
    Part I: Normal Anatomy and Variants of the Oral Mucosa
    Interface Between Oral and Systemic Disease
    Clinical Evaluation of the Oral Medicine Patient
    Soft and Hard Tissue Operative Interventions. Part II: Laboratory Medicine and Diagnostic Pathology
    Skin Patch Testing and Clinical Immunology
    Diagnostic Imaging Principles and Applications
    Principles of Orofacial Pain Diagnosis and Treatment
    Pharmaco-Therapeutic Approaches in Oral Medicine. Part III: Oral and Maxillofacial Infections
    Ulcerative, Vesicular and Bullous Lesions
    Benign Lesions of the Oral Mucosa
    Gingival Pathology
    White, Red and Pigmented Lesions of the Oral Mucosa
    Oral Manifestations of Systemic Diseases
    Salivary Gland Disorders
    Oral Malignancies
    Head and Neck Tumours
    Odontogenic Abnormalities. Part IV: Odontogenic Bone Pathology
    Non-Odontogenic Bone Pathology
    Cutaneous Pathology. Part V: Masticatory Muscle Pain
    Internal Derangements of the Temporomandibular Joint
    Temporomandibular Joints Arthritides
    Headache
    Neuropathic Orofacial Pain
    Biopsychosocial Considerations for Orofacial Pain. Part VI: Sleep Bruxism
    Oral Appliance Therapy for Sleep Disordered Breathing
    Neurosensory Disturbances Including Smell and Taste
    Halitosis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer Live
    2019- Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Moni Abraham Kuriakose, editor.
    Summary: This is the third of four volumes that together offer an authoritative, in-depth reference guide covering all aspects of the management of oral cancer from a multidisciplinary perspective and on the basis of a strong scientific foundation. This volume is devoted to the reconstructive surgical techniques used in patients with oral cancer. Following introductory chapters outlining the general principles of reconstructive surgery in the oral cavity and the planning of maxillofacial reconstruction, detailed descriptions of the options and techniques employed in reconstruction of each of the functional subunits are provided. Important technologic advances are also discussed, including image-guided surgery, robotic surgery, and tissue-engineered and prefabricated approaches. Finally, the current status of facial transplantation for maxillofacial reconstruction is reviewed. This volume is intended for both trainees and practicing surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Moni Abraham Kuriakose, editor.
    Summary: This is the last of four volumes that together offer an authoritative, in-depth reference guide covering all aspects of the management of oral cancer from a multidisciplinary perspective and on the basis of a strong scientific foundation. This volume focuses on the topic of comprehensive rehabilitation and supportive care in oral cancer. The coverage includes the role of maxillofacial prosthodontics, advances in anaplastology techniques, and management of oral mucositis during radiation and chemotherapy. Holistic and supportive care approaches are discussed, and advice is provided on post-therapy surveillance and the use of different measures to assess quality of life. Nutritional evaluation and management and issues relating to healthcare economics are also considered. This volume will be of interest both to practicing specialists and to ancillary service staff involved in the care of oral cancer patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Ashesh Piyush Shah, Cataldo Doria, James W. Lim, editors.
    Summary: Intestinal transplantation remains on the cutting edge of solid organ transplantation. Each potential recipient provides a unique case of intestinal failure with individual intricacies requiring the combined efforts of a complex multidisciplinary team in order to achieve success. Contemporary Small Bowel Transplantation covers all aspects of intestinal transplantation in a manner accessible to all providers and provides specific guidance for those that may come in contact with this field and these patients. The text provides an understanding of the critical pre-operative evaluation, thorough descriptions of each surgical procedure and postoperative management. Areas such as infectious disease, nutrition and graft versus host disease will be addressed in detail. Key controversies and administrative issues unique to intestinal transplantation are covered. Contemporary Small Bowel Transplantation provides critical guidance for the new transplant surgeon, gastroenterologist or administrator as they navigate the challenging field of intestinal transplantation.

    Contents:
    History of Multivisceral Transplantation
    Modern TPN
    Central line management and intestinal failure
    Intestinal rehab v intestinal transplantation
    MVT: Indications and contraindications
    MVT: Complications
    MVT: The operation
    The donor operation
    Pathology of Intestinal Transplantation
    Viral infections after intestinal transplantation
    Post multivisceral malignancy
    Graft v host disease after multivisceral transplant
    Autotransplantation
    UNOS and bowel transplantation
    NET and Multivisceral Transplantation
    Cell therapy, tissue engineering and intestinal failure
    Live donor intestinal transplantation
    The role of the Transplant Coordinator
    Psychosocial issues in intestinal transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sergio V. Delgado, Jeffrey R. Strawn, Ernest V. Pedapati.
    Summary: Contemporary psychodynamic theory profoundly impacts our understanding of the development of psychopathology in young patients. However, while much has been written about this theory's influence on the psychotherapy techniques used with adults, little attention has been paid to its practical clinical applications in psychotherapeutic work with children and adolescents. This book explains how the new concepts derived from contemporary psychodynamic theory have made it necessary to revise our understanding of and approach to young patients in psychotherapy. It reviews the recent contributions from contemporary two-person relational psychodynamic theory and employs detailed case examples to bring to life this theory's practical applications in child and adolescent psychotherapy. Psychotherapists and students of psychotherapy will find this book a valuable source of information on contemporary psychodynamic theory and a useful resource for introducing a contemporary style into their practice, co-constructing with the patient a narrative to achieve the desired goals.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Traditional One-Person Psychology
    Two-Person Relational Psychology for the Child and Adolescent Psychotherapist
    Key Pioneers in Two-Person Relational Psychology
    Key Concepts in Two-Person Relational Psychology
    Deconstruction of Traditional One-Person Psychology Concepts
    The Neurodevelopmental and Neurofunctional basis of Intersubjectivity
    Putting it together: The 4 Pillars of the Contemporary Diagnostic Interview
    Setting the Frame in Two-Person Relational Psychotherapy
    Two-Person Relational Psychotherapy ? Infants and Preschool Age Children
    Two-Person Relational Psychotherapy Elementary School Age Youth
    Two-Person Relational Psychotherapy Middle School Age Youth
    Two-Person Relational Psychotherapy
    High School Age Adolescents
    Supervision in Two-Person Relational Psychotherapy
    Appendix A: Developmental Milestones.-Appendix B: Contemporary Diagnostic Interview Case Formulation Tool.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    A. Samy Youssef, editor.
    Summary: This text is designed to function as a comprehensive guide/companion that will not only facilitate the decision-making process for the surgeon, but also help young surgeons build a successful career in skull base surgery. It is divided into six main sections: The first section details the general principles that every skull base surgeon needs to be acquainted with - skull base anatomy, developing a multidisciplinary skull base team, operating room equipment, surgical instruments, and modern imaging technologies. These are the key elements that play a major role in optimizing functional outcomes and patients quality of life. Following this, the compartmental anatomy chapters set the stage for understanding the technical and surgical nuances of each location. The subsequent five sections are organized as anatomical compartments or regions of the skull base. Every region is organized in the same format for uniformity and ease of use. Each section includes the available treatment choices to each compartment, and describes the relevant pathologies. The contribution of worldwide leaders including neurosurgeons and otolaryngologists provides top-level expertise in how to tackle each pathology. The surgical approaches chapters that lead each anatomical section describe operative techniques in a clear. stepwise fashion with accompanying intra-operative photos and surgical videos. In the individual pathology chapters, different pathological subtypes are described with representative radiographic images of clinical case examples. Accompanying each pathology is a treatment algorithm based on tumor morphology, pre-operative clinical status, and the goal of maximum functional preservation with a brief description of surgical approaches. This will serve as a roadmap that will help the reader to easily reach a decision of how to treat each skull base pathology. The general theme is functional and anatomical preservation of key neurovascular structures. Setting such structures as a target and planning an approach that minimizes iatrogenic damage to these structures will lead the surgeon down the road of either open, endoscopic, or a combination of both approaches. A comprehensive book that is versatile to serve as a handbook as well as a detailed reference for skull base surgery does not currently exist. In addition, combining the two main surgical schools represented by endoscopy and open surgery into one reference enhanced by treatment algorithms is another unique feature. .

    Contents:
    Evolution of the Multidisciplinary Skull Base Team
    Surgical Anatomy of Cranial Nerves
    Compartmental Anatomy: Microsurgical and Endoscopic
    The Operating Room
    Surgical Positioning
    Cranial Nerve Functional Preservation: Tricks of the Trade
    Neurophysiologic Monitoring
    Microdissection Tools
    Neuroimaging Precision Tools
    Skull Base Reconstruction
    Role of Radiotherapy in Modern Skull Base Surgery
    Cerebral Revascularization
    Cranial Nerve Repair and Rehabilitation
    Open Surgical Approaches
    Endoscopic Endonasal Approaches
    Keyhole Approaches
    Meningioma
    Craniopharyngioma
    Pituitary Adenoma
    Sinonasal Cancer
    Surgical Approaches: Open and Endoscopic
    Meningioma
    Pituitary Adenoma
    Schwannoma
    Chordoma and Chondrosarcoma
    Open Surgical Approaches
    Endoscopic Endonasal Approaches
    Trigeminal Schwannoma
    Middle fossa Approach for Hearing Preservation
    Expanded Middle Fossa Approach: Anterior Petrosectomy
    Pretemporal Transcavernous Approach
    Endoscopic Endonasal Transcavernous Approach
    Open Surgical Approaches
    Endoscopic Endonasal Transpterygoid Approaches
    Keyhole Approaches
    Petroclival Meningioma
    Vestibular Schwannoma
    Cerebellopontine Angle Epidermoid Tumor
    Chordoma and Chondrosarcoma
    Pineal Tumors
    Open Surgical Approaches
    Endoscopic Endonasal Approaches
    Meningioma
    Schwannoma
    Paraganglioma
    Chondrosarcoma
    Open Approaches
    Endoscopic Endonasal Approaches
    Paraganglioma
    Juvenile nasopharyngeal Angiomas
    Schwannoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Meenakshi S. Kher, Ashwin Rao.
    Summary: This clinical guide, featuring a wealth of high-quality photographs, will help pediatric dentists, pediatric dentistry residents and general dental practitioners treating children, acquire a clear understanding of contemporary treatment protocols for primary and young permanent teeth while serving as a guide to integrate these procedures into their private or institutional practice. The background to the book is the emergence in recent years of important paradigm shifts in treatment concepts. It is now recognized that clinicians must distinguish between “caries management” and “carious lesion management” when treating children. Moreover, regenerative endodontic procedures have changed the way in which the immature permanent tooth is treated. The authors present the full range of current treatment techniques step-by-step, with all the necessary detailed photographic documentation and succinct supporting text. It will be an asset for dentists worldwide. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1: Lesion Management
    No Removal of Carious Tissue 2: Lesion Management
    Selective Removal of Carious Tissue in Shallow, Moderately Deep and Deep Carious Lesions 3: Pulp Therapy in Primary Teeth 4: The Posterior Preformed Metal Crown (Stainless Steel Crown) 5: Aesthetic Full Coronal Coverage Restorations 6: Space Maintenance in the Primary Dentition: Custom Made and Prefabricated 7: Resin and Glass Ionomer Based Pit and Fissure Sealants 8: Strategies for Pulp Therapy in Immature Permanent Teeth.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Permanent Subcommittee on Health Personnel.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    KFC10.4 .H374 1976b
  • Digital
    Aatif M. Husain, Saurabh R. Sinha, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to meet the need for a practically oriented textbook on the rapidly growing field of continuous EEG (cEEG) monitoring. A wide range of key clinical aspects are addressed, with explanation of status epilepticus classification, criteria for institution of monitoring, seizure patterns and their recognition, quantitative EEG analysis, and neuroimaging in patients undergoing cEEG monitoring. The value of cEEG and the nature of cEEG findings in various special situations are then reviewed, covering particular pathologies, critical care considerations, and prognostication. Treatments of nonconvulsive status epilepticus (NCSE) and nonconvulsive seizures (NCS) are discussed. The concluding section is devoted to important administrative issues including billing, staffing issues, comparison of EEG machines, and information technology (IT) issues. Continuous EEG monitoring offers the only reliable means of detecting seizures that are not clinically obvious in critically ill patients. Such seizures are common: approximately 20% of patients undergoing cEEG monitoring in hospital have NCSE or NCS. Against this background, many hospitals have started to offer cEEG monitoring as a basis for delivery of appropriate treatment. By presenting the state of the art in cEEG monitoring, this book will be invaluable to practitioners including neurophysiologists, neurologists, neurointensivists, intensivists, neurophysiology and epilepsy fellows, and neurology residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Peter Kleinebudde, Johannes Khinast, Jukka Rantanen.
    Summary: "This book covers key aspects of the continuous manufacturing of pharmaceuticals. The first part provides an overview of key chemical engineering principles and the current regulatory environment. The second covers existing technologies for manufacturing both small-molecule-based products and protein/peptide products. The following section is devoted to process analytical tools for continuously operating manufacturing environments. The final two sections treat the integration of several individual parts of processing into fully operating continuous process systems and summarize state-of-art approaches for innovative new manufacturing principles"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Zoltan K Nagy, Arwa El Hagrasy, Jim Litster, editors.
    Summary: Continuous pharmaceutical manufacturing is currently receiving much interest from industry and regulatory authorities, with the joint aim of allowing rapid access of novel therapeutics and existing medications to the public, without compromising high quality. Research groups from different academic institutions have significantly contributed to this field with an immense amount of published research addressing a variety of topics related to continuous processing. The book is structured to have individual chapters on the different continuous unit operations involved in drug substance and drug product manufacturing. A wide spectrum of topics are covered, including basic principles of continuous manufacturing, applications of continuous flow chemistry in drug synthesis, continuous crystallization, continuous drying, feeders and blenders, roll compaction and continuous wet granulation.The underlying theme for each of these chapters is to present to the reader the recent advances in modeling, experimental investigations and equipment design as they pertain to each individual unit operation. The book also includes chapters on quality by design (QbD) and process analytical technology (PAT) for continuous processing, process control strategies including new concepts of quality-by-control (QbC), real-time process management and plant optimization, business and supply chain considerations related to continuous manufacturing as well as safety guidelines related to continuous chemistry. A separate chapter is dedicated to discussing regulatory aspects of continuous manufacturing, with description of current regulatory environment quality/GMP aspects, as well as regulatory gaps and challenges. Our aim from publishing this book is to make it a valuable reference for readers interested in this topic, with a desire to gain a fundamental understanding of engineering principles and mechanistic studies utilized in understanding and developing continuous processes. In addition, our advanced readers and practitioners in this field will find that the technical content of Continuous Pharmaceutical Processing is at the forefront of recent technological advances, with coverage of future prospects and challenges for this technology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Basic Principles of Continuous Manufacturing
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 General Characteristics of Continuous Processes
    1.3 Multiunit Continuous Processes
    1.4 Requirements for Effective Continuous Processing
    1.5 Comparative Assessment of Batch and Continuous Operating Modes
    References
    Chapter 2: Continuous Reactors for Pharmaceutical Manufacturing
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Superheated PFR in Oven for Imidazole Cyclization
    2.3 Pulsating Flow Coiled Tube PFR for Hydroformylation with Solids Precipitate 2.4 Vertical Pipes-in-Series PFR for Reductive Amination
    2.5 Superheated PFR in Steam Shell for Thermal EE Deprotection
    2.6 CSTRs-in-Series for Schotten-Baumann with Two Liquid Phases
    2.7 Intermittent Flow Stirred Tank Reactor for Suzuki Cross-Coupling with Two Liquid Phases
    2.8 CSTRs-in-Series for Barbier Grignard, Quench, and Neutralization to Minimize Racemization
    2.9 Low-Pressure Disposable Coiled Tube PFR for Highly Potent Compound
    2.10 Understanding the Real Reaction Temperature in a PFR
    References Chapter 3: Understanding Residence Time, Residence Time Distribution, and Impact of Surge Vessels
    3.1 Residence Time Distribution in PFRs Is a Consequence of Axial Dispersion
    3.2 Advantages and Disadvantages of Low Axial Dispersion
    3.3 Quantifying Axial Dispersion in Plug Flow Tube Reactors
    3.4 Quantifying Impact of Axial Dispersion on Reactor Performance
    3.5 Axial Dispersion in PFRs Dampens Out Flow Disturbances
    3.6 Importance of High L/d When Scaling Up in the Laminar Flow Regime
    3.7 Calculated Peclet Number Does Not Correlate Well with Measured Axial Dispersion 4.1.1 Slurry Flow Out of Continuous Stirred Tank Crystallizers
    4.1.2 Filtration Downstream from Continuous Crystallization
    4.1.3 Solvent Exchange Distillation with Strip to Dryness in Rotary Evaporators
    4.1.4 Back Pressure Regulators and Vapor-Liquid Separators Downstream from Continuous High-Pressure Hydrogenation Reactors
    4.1.5 Stirred Tank Reactors for Heterogeneous Reactions
    4.2 Recycle
    4.3 Common Misconception About Needing Fast Reactions in PFRs
    4.4 Continuous Process Checklist
    References
    Chapter 5: Continuous Crystallization: Equipment and Operation
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Daniel Heise.
    Summary: CVVH, CVVHD and CVVHDF: these terms will soon no longer be a "black box" for you! This book is intended for physicians and nurses in intensive care units who want to both apply and understand continuous renal replacement procedures. Step by step, the functionalities and characteristics of all common renal replacement procedures, such as continuous veno-venous hemofiltration, hemodialysis, and hemodiafiltration, are explained in a comprehensible manner and the clinical implications of the parameters to be set are described. A separate chapter is devoted to the topic of citrate anticoagulation, an understanding of which is essential when using continuous renal replacement procedures. With this knowledge, the most suitable therapy can be selected for each patient and optimally adapted to the patient's needs. The author PD Dr. med. Daniel Heise is a senior physician at the Department of Anesthesiology at the University Medical Center Gottingen; in addition to his clinical focus on intensive care medicine, he is particularly interested in training and continuing education. This book is a translation of an original German edition. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation.

    Contents:
    Historical developments
    Proven to the present day: Continuous hemofiltration
    Characteristics of renal replacement therapy
    Dialysis: Exchange without flow
    Best of both worlds: Hemodiafiltration
    Sour grapes: Citrate anticoagulation
    Under pressure: Pressure parameters of renal replacement therapy
    Let's go!
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by John A. Kellum, Rinaldo Bellomo, and Claudio Ronco.
    Summary: This work provides concise, evidence-based, to-the-point bedside guidance about continuous renal replacement therapy, offering quick reference answers to clinicians' questions about treatments and situations encountered in daily practice.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Lisa R. Sammaritano, Bonnie L. Bermas, editors.
    Summary: Most general rheumatologists and OB/GYNs have limited experience in caring for rheumatic disease patients during pregnancy, and many do not have ready access to expert colleagues in this area. Contraception and Pregnancy in Patients with Rheumatic Disease fills this gap by presenting the basics of contraception, fertility treatment, and pregnancy in rheumatic disease patients. This comprehensive resource begins by introducing key concepts that clinicians need to know when assessing the pregnant rheumatic disease patient. It goes on to cover specific rheumatic conditions in pregnancy, including systemic lupus erythematosus, antiphospholipid syndrome, systemic sclerosis, inflammatory myositis, and more. The book concludes by explaining additional related reproductive issues such as contraception, neonatal lupus, and long-term outcome of children of rheumatic disease patients. With advances in rheumatology therapies, obstetric monitoring, and reproductive medicine technologies, increasing numbers of women with rheumatic diseases are pursuing pregnancy. Summarizing the current state of knowledge and presenting a general approach for assessment of the rheumatic disease, this book serves as an invaluable reference tool for both rheumatologists and OB/GYNs.

    Contents:
    Immunology of Pregnancy
    Normal Pregnancy, Pregnancy Complications, and Obstetric Management
    General Approach: Pre-pregnancy Assessment of the Rheumatic Disease Patient
    Systemic Lupus Erthematosus
    Pregnancy in Sjogren's Syndrome, Mixed Connective Tissue Disease, and Undifferentiated Connective Tissue Disease
    Antiphospholipid Syndrome
    Rheumatoid Arthritis and Seronegative Spondyloarthropathy
    Pregnancy in Patients with Systemic Sclerosis
    Vasculitis and Pregnancy
    Myositis and Pregnancy
    Contraception in Rheumatic Disease Patients
    Assisted Reproductive Techniques in Rheumatic Disease Patients
    Neonatal Lupus
    The Medical Management of the Rheumatology Patient During Pregnancy
    Long-Term Outcome of Children of Rheumatic Disease Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Amy Whitaker, Melissa Gilliam, editors.
    Summary: Now more than ever there is a need for youth to learn about and use contraception consistently and effectively. Contraception for Adolescent and Young Adult Womenis a valuable resource for gynecologists and primary care practitioners who are on the front lines when it comes to discussing, recommending, and prescribing contraceptive options to adolescent and young adult women. The book is filled with evidence-based information presented in an easy-to-access format, ideal for the busy clinician who needs information at his or her fingertips. The first chapter answers the question 'why is contraception important in this population?' and outlines the basics of the initial clinical visit. The book continues by covering each method of contraception currently available, and concludes with a survey of special issues pertinent to young women. In its entirety, the content lays the groundwork for helping providers improve clinical practice in contraceptive care, tailored to the unique needs of young women. This book serves as an excellent reference for family physicians, adolescent medicine physicians, gynecologists, and anyone who wishes to learn and implement best contraceptive counseling and provision practices.

    Contents:
    Contraceptive Care for Adolescents
    The Intrauterine Device
    Progestin-Only Contraception
    Combined Hormonal Contraception
    Barrier Methods
    Emergency Contraception
    Emerging Methods and Methods Not Available in the United States
    Adolescents Who Are Obese
    Adolescents with Medical Illness
    Adolescents with Disabilities
    Postpartum Contraception for Adolescents
    Sexuality Education
    Legal and Policy Issues in Adolescent Contraceptive Care
    Pregnancy Options Counseling.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rebecca H. Allen, Carrie A. Cwiak, editors.
    Summary: Women with chronic medical problems are at higher risk for complications during pregnancy and, therefore, they are especially in need of appropriate preconception and contraception care. Furthermore, many women with chronic medical problems do not obtain adequate preconception and contraception care. Despite published guidelines by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, there is a substantial gap in medical practice regarding the use of contraception in women with co-existing medical problems. Contraception for the Medically Challenging Patient fills the gap that currently exists in the knowledge of correct contraceptive prescribing practice and shows that inappropriate contraindications can easily become a barrier to effective contraception use among women. Chapters highlight obsolete views about appropriate candidates for contraception and address the complex contraceptive needs of today's medically challenging patients with HIV/AIDS, uterine fibroids, or cardiac, neurologic or thyroid disease. The book gives attention to recommendations on the use of contraception in women with medical problems such as diabetes, obesity, epilepsy, and lupus, among others, and provides comprehensive information regarding the effects that certain drugs may have on contraceptive hormone levels. While national guidelines do exist for contraceptive eligibility, this book discusses in more detail the evidence behind the guideline recommendations and the nuances that clinicians confront in daily practice.

    Contents:
    Patient Assessment and Counseling
    Contraceptive Management of Women with Cardiac Disease
    Contraception Use in Women with Hypertension
    Contraception and Diabetes
    Contraception for Women with Mental Health Conditions
    Contraception for Women Living with HIV
    Contraceptive Options for Women with Headache Disease
    Contraception for Women with Epilepsy
    Contraception for Women with a History of Solid Organ Transplantation
    Obesity and Bariatric Surgery
    Hematologic Abnormalities
    Thrombophilia and Thromboembolic Disease
    Gynecologic Conditions
    Oncocontraception.- Contraception for Women with Endocrine Abnormalities
    Bone Health and Hormonal Contraception
    Contraception for Women with Rheumatologic Disease
    Family Planning with Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Contraception in the Perimenopause
    Medication Interactions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Kowal, Deborah.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Title Page Page
    Copyright Page Page
    Dedication
    Note to Readers Contents
    Contents
    List of Tables
    List of Figures
    List of Boxes
    Preface
    Contributors
    Chapter 1 Reproductive Justice within Reproductive Health Care
    References
    Chapter 2 Understanding the Physiology of the Menstrual Cycle
    Overview
    The HPO Axis (The Ovarian Cycle)
    Hypothalamic-Pituitary Overview
    Hypothalamus
    Ovarian Overview
    Atresia of Nondominant Follicles
    Estrogen Rise Prior to the LH Surge
    Preovulation/Ovulation Phase
    Ovulation
    Luteal Phase Ovarian-Endometrial Component (The Endometrial Cycle)
    Menstrual Phase
    Changes Seen in Menstruation
    Proliferative Phase of the Ovarian-Endometrial Compartment
    Secretory Phase of the Ovarian-Endometrial Compartment
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 3 Menstrual Disorders
    Abnormal Menstrual Bleeding: Amenorrhea Overview
    Primary Amenorrhea (Absence of Menarche)
    Secondary Amenorrhea
    Functional Hypothalamic Amenorrhea (FHA)
    Treatments for Secondary Amenorrhea
    Abnormal Menstrual Bleeding: Infrequent Menses
    Polycystic Ovary Syndrome (PCOS) Other Causes of Unexplained Infrequent Menses
    Treatments for Infrequent Menses (Including PCOS)
    Heavy or Prolonged Menstrual Bleeding
    Acute Excessive Uterine Bleeding
    Chronic Excessive Bleeding
    Other Abnormal Uterine Bleeding Patterns
    Menstruation-Related Problems
    Painful Menses (Dysmenorrhea)
    Premenstrual Syndrome (PMS) and Premenstrual Dysphoric Disorder (PMDD)
    Menstrual Exacerbation of Other Medical Conditions
    References
    Chapter 4 Person-Centered Reproductive Health Conversations and Contraceptive Counseling
    Person-Centered Care Unintended Pregnancy in The United States
    Reproductive Desires
    Complexity of Pregnancy Desires
    Conversations about Reproductive Desires
    One Key Question
    PATH Questions
    Contraceptive Counseling: Past, Present, and Future
    Directive Counseling
    Consumerist Counseling or The "Menu" Approach
    Shared Decision Making
    Skills To Operationalize Person-Centered Reproductive and Contraceptive Care
    Key Person-Centered Questions
    Questions for Small Talk
    Questions That Are Open-Ended
    Questions for Obtaining a Nonstigmatizing, Comprehensive Sexual History Questions for Follow Up
    Questions for Offering Services
    Questions for Eliciting Contraceptive Preferences
    Affirm-Share-Ask Cycle
    Affirm/Acknowledge
    Share Content or Information
    Reflective Listening (Rephrasing)
    Ask A Follow Up Question
    Specific Clinical Circumstances
    Pregnancy Options Counseling
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 5 Effectiveness, Safety, and Comparative Side Effects
    Effectiveness: "How Well Will It Work?"
    Data Sources and Methods for Estimating Contraceptive Effectiveness
    Effectiveness Over Time
    Simultaneous Use of Methods
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    by Harald Becher, Andreas Helfen.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the practical aspects of contrast echocardiography. It also covers all the material in the guidelines published by the American Society of Echocardiography (ASE) in 2018 and the recommendations set out by the European Association of Cardiovascular Imaging (EACVI) in 2017. Contrast echocardiography at present is only used in 5-10% of cases, but this is expected to grow rapidly following the recommendations of the ASE and EACVI. The chapters cover the approved indications and provide practical advice on how to administer the contrast agents and how to optimize the recordings as well as how to deal with the pitfalls. The reader will find all the information on how to use contrast agents for assessment of shunts, LV volumes and function as well as myocardial diseases and masses. Detailed protocols are included for stress echocardiography and myocardial perfusion imaging. Other topics covered include the use of contrast agents for coronary sonography and transesophageal echocardiography. Contrast Echocardiography: Compendium for Clinical Practice comprehensively covers all aspects of the clinical use of contrast echocardiography and has been written by two cardiologists who share their experience from their high volume echo laboratories. One of the authors has been a member of both the ASE guidelines and EACVI recommendation writing groups. It is therefore, a critical text for echocardiographers and sonographers who perform echocardiography.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Agitated saline
    Indications
    Preparation of right heart contrast agents
    Side effects
    Gelatine-preparations
    Left heart contrast agents
    Indications
    Contraindications
    Properties of left heart contrast agents
    Side effects: diagnosis and treatment
    Metabolism of contrast agents
    Preparing the contrast agent the patient for contrast injection
    Preparing the patient
    Echocardiography scanner
    setting for contrast echocardiography
    Agitated saline
    left heart contrast agents
    Infusion pump for contrast echocardiography
    Indications
    Operation of the pump
    Video-Guide
    References
    LV-Function and LV disease
    LV-Volumes und Function in 2D-und 3D-Echocardiography
    Measurement of LV-Volumes und LV-Function according current guidelines
    When is accurate measurement clinically relevant?
    Limitations of non-contrast 2D- und 3D-Echocardiography
    Advantages of Contrast Echocardiography for measurement of LV volumes
    Indications for Contrast Echocardiography
    Practice of 2D Contrast Echocardiography
    Recordings
    Criteria for adequate recordings
    Step by step analysis, how to avoid pitfalls
    Normal values
    EF-measurements in cardio-oncology
    EF measurements for ICD,CRT
    LV Volumes und EF in valvular heart disease
    EF and LV volumes in patients with heart failure
    Regional LV wall motion
    Practice of 3D Contrast Echocardiography
    Indications for using contrast agents
    3D contrast echo recordings: how to perform/trouble shooting
    Analysis/How to avoid
    Normal values
    LV-Myocardial disease and masses
    Cardiomyopathies
    LV aneurysm
    LV masses/thrombi
    At a glance
    Video-Guide
    References
    Transesophageal Contrast Echocardiography
    Anatomy of left atrial appendage (LAA)
    What is relevant to the physician?
    LAA shapes: chicken wing and non-chicken wing
    What causes LAA thrombi?
    LAA thrombi basics
    Diagnostic criteria of LAA thrombi
    Conclusion
    Echocardiography scanner settings
    General principles for adequate settings
    Analysis of contrast TEE recordings
    Conclusions
    Vivid 7 dimension settings
    Vivid E9 XD clear settings
    Philips IE 33 settings
    LAA thrombi
    case studies
    Variant 1
    Variant 2
    Variant 3
    Variant 4
    Spontaneous echo contrast and thrombi
    Exclusion of thrombi using contrast echocardiography
    Pericardial effusion and contrast echocardiography
    LAA occlude
    Aortic dissection
    Myxoma
    Conclusion
    Video-Guide
    References
    Coronary sonography
    Basics of coronary sonography
    Introduction
    Physiology and pathophysiology of myocardial perfusion
    Normal flow signals of coronary arteries
    Pathological flow recordings
    Coronary flow reserve
    Principle of coronary sonography
    Practice of coronary sonography
    Left coronary artery
    Left main stem
    Circumflex artery
    Right coronary artery
    Synopsis of typical scan planes
    Bypass grafts
    Coronary anomalies
    Coronary artery stenosis
    Conclusion
    Coronary flow velocity reserve (CFR)
    How to perform
    CFR und FFR
    CFR measurement in the right and circumflex arteries
    Echocardiography scanner settings
    Vivid- GE
    Philips EPIQ 7
    Siemens Acuson SC 2000
    Case study
    Conclusion
    Video-Guide
    References
    Stress echocardiography
    General principles
    Indications
    Contraindications
    Pretest probability
    Selection of the stress modality
    Echocardiographic parameters of ischemia
    Ischemic cascade
    Stress echocardiography for exclusion of significant coronary stenosis
    False positive and negative findings
    Stress echocardiography and ECG
    When to repeat stress echocardiography
    Referral to coronary angiography after stress echocardiography
    Exercise stress echocardiography in 10 steps
    Assessment of indications und contraindications
    Assessment whether physical stress is the adequate stress modality
    Patient preparation
    Required echocardiography laboratory equipment and staff
    Echocardiography scanner settings
    Preparation of the contrast agent
    Exercise protocol: mandatory recordings
    Management of the patient after finishing the test
    Assessment and reporting
    Conclusion and recommendations for patient management
    Dobutamine stress echocardiography in 10 steps
    Assessment of indications und contraindications
    Assessment whether Dobutamine stress is the adequate stress modality
    Patient preparation
    Required echocardiography laboratory equipment and staff
    Preparation of Dobutamine infusion
    Preparation of the contrast agent
    Dobutamine stress protocol: mandatory recordings
    Management of the patient after finishing the test
    Assessment and reporting
    Conclusion and recommendations for patient management
    Dobutamine stress echocardiography for assessment of myocardial viability
    At a glance
    Video guide
    References
    Multi-parametric stress echocardiography
    Rationale for multi-parametric stress echocardiography
    Basics of perfusion echocardiography
    Display of myocardial perfusion
    Flash-replenishment-method
    Triggered vs continuous recording
    Quality assessment of perfusion recordings
    Characteristics of abnormal perfusion
    Artifacts in perfusion imaging
    Echocardiography scanner settings
    Analysis of the recordings
    Adenosine
    Pharmacology
    Indications und contraindications.-Regadenoson
    Conclusion
    Practice of multi-parametric stress echocardiography
    Case studies
    Normal findings
    LAD stenosis
    Reporting
    Video-Guide
    References
    Acute coronary syndrome (ACS)
    Diagnostic criteria of ACS
    Role of echocardiography
    Impact of contrast echocardiography
    Safety of contrast media in ACS
    Myocardial perfusion and risk stratification during ACS
    Case study
    Myocardial perfusion and risk stratification after ACS, stunning and no-reflow
    Case study
    Myocardial rupture, perforation of coronary arteries
    Aortic dissection/rupture
    Video-Guide
    References
    EACVI Core Syllabus
    References. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jacopo Nori, Maninderpal Kaur, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive, practical resource entirely devoted to Contrast-Enhanced Digital Mammography (CEDM), a state-of-the-art technique that has emerged as a valuable addition to conventional imaging modalities in the detection of primary and recurrent breast cancer, and as an important preoperative staging tool for women with breast cancer. CEDM is a relatively new breast imaging technique based on dual energy acquisition, combining mammography with iodine-based contrast agents to display contrast uptake in breast lesions. It improves the sensitivity and specificity of breast cancer detection by providing higher foci to breast-gland contrast and better lesion delineation than digital mammography. Preliminary results suggest that CEDM is comparable to breast MRI for evaluating the extent and size of lesions and detecting multifocal lesions, and thus has the potential to become a readily available, fast and cost-effective examination. With a focus on the basic imaging principles of CEDM, this book takes a practical approach to breast imaging. Drawing on the editors' and authors' practical experience, it guides the reader through the basics of CEDM, making it especially accessible for beginners. By presenting the key aspects of CEDM in a straightforward manner and supported by clear images, the book represents a valuable guide for all practicing radiologists, in particular those who perform breast imaging and have recently incorporated or plan to incorporate CEDM into their diagnostic arsenal.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Marc Lobbes, Maxine S. Jockelson, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to contrast-enhanced mammography (CEM), a novel advanced mammography technique using dual-energy mammography in combination with intravenous contrast administration in order to increase the diagnostic performance of digital mammography. Readers will find helpful information on the principles of CEM and indications for the technique. Detailed attention is devoted to image interpretation, with presentation of case examples and highlighting of pitfalls and artifacts. Other topics to be addressed include the establishment of a CEM program, the comparative merits of CEM and MRI, and the roles of CEM in screening populations and monitoring of response to neoadjuvant chemotherapy. CEM became commercially available in 2011 and is increasingly being used in clinical practice owing to its superiority over full-field digital mammography. This book will be an ideal source of knowledge and guidance for all who wish to start using the technique or to learn more about it.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents;
    1: A History of Contrast-Enhanced Mammography;
    2: Physics of Contrast-Enhanced Mammography;
    3: Setting Up a CEM Program;
    4: Interpretation of Contrast-Enhanced Mammography;
    5: Comparison of Contrast-Enhanced Mammography and Contrast-Enhanced Breast MRI;
    6: CEM as a Problem-Solving Tool;
    7: Use of Contrast-Enhanced Mammography in Breast Cancer Screening;
    8: Contrast-Enhanced Mammography in Neoadjuvant Therapy Response Monitoring
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alexander N. Sencha, Yury N. Patrunov, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive analysis of the value of contrast-enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) in the diagnosis of a wide variety of pathologies. Sonography reliably identifies a wide range of diseases, and the efficacy of modern ultrasound has dramatically improved with contrast enhancement. This book covers almost all aspects of CEUS starting from basic principles and ending with features of its application in individual organs. In particular, it explores the diseases of abdominal, retroperitoneal, and pelvic organs as well as superficial structures, highlighting the characteristic features of typical findings. Focal lesions are discussed in depth, with attention to their early detection and differential diagnosis. Besides, a practical approach to the stratification of the risk of malignancies is provided. The authors summarized their own experience with CEUS in oncology, hepatology, gynecology, urology, endocrinology, and other fields of medicine. The role of CEUS in differential diagnosis of various disorders of the female reproductive system is comprehensively discussed as well. The presentation is clear and concise, and richly illustrated. The book will be a helpful tool for both residents and practitioners approaching ultrasound diagnostics, as well for more experienced radiologists and other professionals.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. General Aspects of the Use of Contrast Agents in Diagnostic Ultrasound. History and Current State of the Technology. Review of Contrast Agents
    Chapter 2. Physical Principles and Technical Aspects of CEUS
    Chapter 3. Technique of CEUS and Data Analysis
    Chapter 4. Liver
    Chapter 5. Gallbladder
    Chapter 6. Pancreas
    Chapter 7. Spleen
    Chapter 8. Kidneys and Adrenals
    Chapter 9. Small Intestine and Colon
    Chapter 10. Bladder
    Chapter 11. Prostate
    Chapter 12. CEUS in Gynecology
    Chapter 13. Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands
    Chapter 14. Breast
    Chapter 15. Salivary Glands
    Chapter 16. Scrotum and Testicles
    Chapter 17. Lymph Nodes
    Chapter 18. Major Blood Vessels
    Chapter 19. CEUS for Minimally Invasive Procedures. Intracavitary CEUS
    Chapter 20. CEUS in Pediatric Practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Paul S. Sidhu, Maria E. Sellars, Annamaria Deganello.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the rapidly evolving field of contrast-enhanced ultrasound (CEUS) in the child. The uses and interpretation of CEUS are clearly explained with the aid of numerous illustrations. The coverage encompasses both established indications, such as focal liver lesions, abdominal solid organ injury, and vesicoureteral reflux, and a range of newer applications. Extensive information is also provided on microbubble agents and their use in the pediatric age group, as well as on practical aspects of setting up a CEUS service for children. CEUS is a safe imaging method that is ideal for the young patient and can be used for problem solving in a number of clinical situations. Ultrasound combined with microbubble contrast avoids the ionizing radiation of a CT examination, the use of iodinated contrast, the need for sedation or a general anesthetic, and the complexities of MR imaging. In bringing readers up to date with best practice and the latest innovations in CEUS, this book will be of value for pediatric radiologists, pediatric sonographers/technicians, and pediatricians.

    Contents:
    Physiology of Microbubble agents
    Safety of Microbubble agents
    Quantitate measurements of Microbubble agents
    Legal aspects of Microbubble use in children
    How to set up a CEUS service for children
    Paediatric focal liver disease - clinical perspective
    CEUS in focal liver lesions in children
    CEUS in Paediatric Transplantation
    Blunt Abdominal Trauma in Children - clinical perspective
    CEUS in Blunt Abdominal Trauma
    Vesico-ureteric reflux - clinical perspective
    Ce VUS - current experience and technique
    Ce VUS - advanced techniques of CEUS imaging
    CEUS in the Paediatric Testis
    Lung CEUS in childhood pneumonia
    CEUS in Inflammatory bowel disease
    CEUS in Childhood Oncology
    CEUS in Neurosurgery
    Cost effectiveness of CEUS in paediatric practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Thomsen, Henrik S.; Webb, Judith A. W.
    Summary: In 1994 the European Society of Urogenital Radiology (ESUR) set up a committee to consider the safety of contrast media used for diagnostic imaging. Subsequently the committee questioned ESUR members, reviewed the literature, proposed guidelines, and discussed these proposals with participants at the annual symposia of the society. The end result of this work was the successful first edition of this book, published in 2006, which was followed by an equally successful second edition in 2009. This third edition not only fully updates the previous edition, but also includes new chapters on complex topics such as use of contrast media in children and practical aspects of off-label contrast media use. The authorship includes members, past members, and non-members of the Contrast Media Safety Committee. Comprehensive consideration is given to the many different safety issues relating to iodine-based contrast media, gadolinium-based contrast media, microbubbles for ultrasound, and barium sulfate. The text includes chapters on both acute and delayed non-renal adverse reactions and on renal adverse reactions. All of the questions frequently raised in radiological practice are addressed. This book, presented in a handy, easy-to-use format, provides an invaluable, unique, and unparalleled source of information.

    Contents:
    General Issues: Classification and Terminology
    Requests for Imaging using contrast agents: What information must be provided
    Off-label use of medicines: legal aspects
    Off-label use of contrast media: practical aspects
    Pharmacovigilance: When to report adverse reactions to contrast media
    What is required to get the authorities to approve a new contrast medium?
    A critical review of meta-analysis of adverse events after contrast media
    Iodine- and Gadolinium-Based Contrast Media: General Adverse Reactions: Acute adverse reactions to contrast media: Mechanisms and prevention
    Iodine-based contrast medium temperature and adverse reactions
    Management of acute adverse reactions to contrast media
    Renal Adverse reactions:Chronic kidney disease, serum creatinine and estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR)
    Contrast medium-induced nephropathy
    Dialysis and contrast media
    Other adverse effects: Pregnancy and lactation: intravascular use of contrast media
    Pheochromocytoma and contrast media
    Contrast media and interactions with other drugs and clinical tests
    Contrast media extravasation injury
    Iodine-based contrast media: Late adverse reactions to iodine-based contrast media
    Effects of iodine-based contrast media on blood and endothelium
    Effects of iodine-based contrast media on thyroid function
    Pulmonary effects of iodine-based contrast media
    MR contrast media: Gadolinium chelates and stability
    Diagnostic efficacy of gadolinium-based contrast media
    Radiography with gadolinium-based contrast media
    Acute adverse reactions to gadolinium-based contrast media
    Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis and gadolinium- based contrast media
    Organ specific gadolinium-based contrast media
    Ultrasonographic Contrast media
    Barium Preparations: Barium preparations: safety issues
    Pediatric use of Contrast Media: Contrast media use in pediatrics: Safety issues
    Appendix: ESUR Guidelines on Contrast Media Version 8.1
    Official publications from the Contrast Media Safety Committee of the European Society of Urogenital Radiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Contributions in philosophy to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    14
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Karger v. 1-, 1998-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    16
  • Digital/Print
    Berlyne, Geoffrey Merton; Giovannetti, S.
    Digital Access Karger v. 1-, 1975-
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    44
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    91
  • Digital/Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Contributions to oncology to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    editors, Burton W. Wilcke, Jr, and David L. Heymann.
    Contents:
    Laboratory safety practices : building a strong biosafety program
    Laboratory referral networks
    Laboratory informatics
    Communicable disease laboratory methods
    Reporting of communicable diseases under the international health regulations
    Overview of quality laboratory systems
    Animal, food, and environmental testing in support of communicable disease control : a one health approach
    Transport of infectious specimens
    Outbreak response in case of deliberate use of biological agents to cause harm : laboratory considerations.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA643 .C764 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Christoph-Martin Geilfus.
    Summary: An understanding of crop physiology and ecophysiology enables the horticulturist to manipulate a plant's metabolism towards the production of compounds that are beneficial for human health when that plant is part of the diet or the source of phytopharmaceutical compounds. The first part of the book introduces the concept of Controlled Environment Horticulture as a horticultural production technique used to maximize yields via the optimization of access to growing factors. The second part describes the use of this production technique in order to induce stress responses in the plant via the modulation of these growing factors and, importantly, the way that this manipulation induces defence reactions in the plant resulting in the production of compounds beneficial for human health. The third part provides guidance for the implementation of this knowledge in horticultural production.

    Contents:
    Part 1
    Introduction 1. Introduction 2. Protected Cropping in Horticulture 3. Plant Secondary Compounds 4. Hydroponic Systems in Horticulture Part 2
    Controllable Production Factors in Horticulture 5. Light 6. Nutrient deficiencies 7. Salt stress 8. Drought Stress 9. Thermal Stress 10. Wounding 11. Mycorrhiza 12. Microbial and Plant-Based Biostimulants 13. Mineral Biofortification 14. CO2 Enrichment 15. Hormones 16. Intercropping Part 3
    Exercise 17. Acrylamide Concentrations of Deep-fried Potatoes 18. Enrichment of Anthocyanin in Pak Choi 19. Improving Flavor of Tomatoes 20. Biofortification of Carrots 21. Enrichment of Flavonoids in Lettuce 22. Effect of Germination Substrates on Tomato Plants.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peter S. Staats, Sanford M. Silverman, editors.
    Contents:
    1 Scope of the pain problem
    2 Scope of the problem: Intersection of chronic pain and addiction
    3 Evidence-based treatment for chronic pain with opioids
    4 Opioid pharmacology
    5 Pharmacokinetics
    6 Benzodiazepines, Alcohol and Stimulant Use in Combination with Opioid Use
    7 Marijuana and cannabinoids for pain
    8 Adjuvant agents in chronic pain therapy
    9 Complications of opioid therapy
    10 Risk mitigation strategies
    11 Naloxone Treatment of Opioid Overdose
    12 From Patient Evaluation to Opioid Overdose Prevention: Ten Steps to Make the Law Work for You and Your Patients
    13 Treating the difficult patient
    14 Controlled Substance Management: Exit Strategies for the Pain Practitioner
    15 Alternatives to opiates in the management of non-cancer related pain
    Appendix A: American Society of Interventional Pain Physicians (ASIPP) Guidelines for Responsible Opioid Prescribing in Chronic Non-Cancer Pain
    Appendix B: Sample Opioid Agreement/Informed Consent
    Appendix C: Opioid Risk Tool
    Appendix D: Screener and Opioid Assessment for Patients with Pain-Revised (SOAPP®-R)
    Appendix E: McGill Pain Questionnaire.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Albrecht Wilhelm.
    Contents:
    Tennis Elbow
    Golf Elbow
    Proximal Radial Compression Syndrome
    so-called coracoiditis
    Sudeck̀s Dystrophy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Robert S. Bonser, Domenico Pagano, Axel Haverich, Jorge Mascaro, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews the surgical management of patients with aortic disease, revealing many options open to cardiovascular specialists in this often controversial area of management. It reviews each controversy and provides clinical information for cardiac surgery, and discusses the spectrum of disorders and their management. With the knowledge base in this discipline changing rapidly, Controversies in Aortic Dissection and Aneurysmal Disease meets an important requirement to consolidate the wide-ranging information on which clinicians must base their practice. It is directed towards surgeons, physicians, and healthcare workers involved in the care of patients requiring cardiac, cardiothoracic and cardiovascular surgery. This book will be an essential resource for these professionals looking to accelerate the translation of basic research findings into clinical study and practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    John A. Ambrose, Alfredo E. Rodríguez, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mona Sazgar, Cynthia L. Harden, editors.
    Contents:
    1. New onset primary generalized epilepsy in adolescence
    2. New onset partial epilepsy in adolescence
    3. Catamenial epilepsy in adolescence
    4. Contraception choice in adolescence
    5. Folic acid supplementation
    6. Risk of seizure during pregnancy
    7. Seizure medications and teratogenicity
    8. Valproic acid and pregnancy: failed other medications
    9. Valproic acid and pregnancy: not tried other medications
    10. Epilepsy inheritance
    11. Infertility and menstrual disorders: seizure medications vs. seizures
    12. Ever advise against pregnancy?
    13. New onset seizures during pregnancy
    14. Valproic acid and pregnancy
    15. Lamotrigine and pregnancy
    16. What is your advice to pregnant women with epilepsy regarding breastfeeding?
    17. Change in seizure pattern and menopause
    18. Perimenopausal symptoms in women with epilepsy
    19. Bone health in women with epilepsy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Anderson T. Huang, Darren Huang.
    Summary: This book is the first evidence-based evaluation of the present limitations, shortcomings, and controversies in clear aligner therapy. It discusses problems in finishing, relapse, complex movements, mechanotherapy, attachment optimization, the mandibular advancement appliance, interproximal reduction, extraction therapy, interceptive treatment, accelerated orthodontics, and deep bite/open bite correction. Unlike current available texts on clear aligner therapy, this book features a nonpartisan, critical analysis of the problems of the technique and demonstrates their clinical implications. Unique solutions to the current limitations of clear aligner therapy are presented, and systematic strategies and protocols for addressing a vast range and complexity of malocclusions commonly confronted by practitioners are introduced. The book helps orthodontists, technicians and bioengineers to investigate prevailing misconceptions, and to resolve significant controversies and dilemmas in clear aligner therapy.

    Contents:
    Problems in Clear Aligner Mechanotherapy: How can Current Attachments be Optimized for Ideal Orthodontic Treatment?
    Adapting Clear Aligner Therapy to Interceptive Treatment for Early Mixed Dentitions: Are They the Same as Late Teen or Adult Treatment?
    Mandibular Advancement: A Viable Alternative to Functional Appliances?
    Problematic Complex Movements: Can Clear Aligners Treat Them Alone?
    Interproximal Reduction
    Dilemmas in the Vertical Dimension
    Power Ridges: How Powerful Are They?
    Overcoming Blind Spots in Clear Aligner Extraction Therapy
    Accelerated Orthodontics in Clear Aligner Therapy: Is it Viable?
    The Predictability of Bite Jumps
    Overcoming Obstacles in Detailing
    When and How to Overcorrect?
    Appendix I: Case Studies
    Appendix II: Additional Resources.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Amanda D. Henderson, Andrew R. Carey, editors.
    Summary: This book functions as a resource for providers who treat patients with neuro-ophthalmic conditions. Using an evidence-based approach to controversial management decisions, the material is presented in a digestible, case-based format. Divided into six sections, the book begins with an introduction to its framework, format, and purpose. Following this, sections two, three, and four discuss various optic neuropathies, ocular motility disorders, and transient visual symptoms. The concluding sections then address neuro-ophthalmic manifestations of pain, including migraine and post-concussive syndrome, and systemic diseases, such as giant cell arteritis. Each chapter focuses on cases that are historically complex, or which have undergone a recent shift in traditional management due to new scientific discoveries or newly available therapies. Controversies in Neuro-Ophthalmic Management presents essential, thorough information on management options and the data for their use to provide the best care for patients.

    Contents:
    I. Introduction
    1. Purpose of this Book
    II. Optic neuropathies
    2. Non-arteritic anterior ischemic optic neuropathy
    3. Radiation optic neuropathy
    4. Optic neuritis
    5.Traumatic optic neuropathy
    6. Papilledema
    7. Leukemic infiltration of the optic nerve
    8. Infectious optic neuropathy
    9. Hereditary optic neuropathy
    10. Compressive optic neuropathy
    III. Ocular motility disorders
    11. Transient diplopia
    12. Third nerve palsy
    13. Sixth nerve palsy
    14. Fourth nerve palsy
    15. Multiple cranial neuropathies
    16. Nystagmus
    IV. Transient visual symptoms
    17. Transient monocular vision loss
    18. Transient binocular vision loss
    19. Visual aura
    V. Pain
    20. Migraine
    21. Trigeminal autonomic cephalgia headaches
    22. Post-concussive syndrome
    VI. Systemic disease
    23. Giant cell arteritis
    24. Myasthenia gravis.-25. ophthalmopathy
    26. Sarcoidosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Peter Nakaji, MD, Professor Director of Minimally Invasive and Endoscopic Neurosurgery Program Director of the Neurosurgery Residency Program Department of Neurosurgery Residency Program Department of Neurosurgery Barrow Neurological Institute Phoenix, Arizona, Hasan A. Zaidi, MD, Assistant Professor Co-Director of Adult Spinal Deformity/Scoliosis Department of Neurosurgery Harvard Medical School/Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts.
    Summary: "A unique perspective on neuroendoscopic versus microsurgical techniques from world-renowned neurosurgeons. In the last two decades, neuroendoscopy has evolved from a fringe neurosurgical tool to an established subspecialty focusing on the treatment of diverse cranial and spinal diseases. Today, neuroendoscopic technology is widely used to treat supratentorial diseases, skull base pathologies, craniocervical diseases, and spinal pathologies. Despite the expanded use of neuroendoscopy across several subspecialties, its benefits and disadvantages versus those of traditional microsurgical methods remain highly controversial. Contradictory evidence in the neurosurgical literature adds to the surgical decision-making challenges for veteran and novice practitioners alike. Controversies in Neuroendoscopy by Peter Nakaji and Hasan Zaidi fills an unmet need for a book encompassing best practices, patient selection, and limitations and advantages of neuroendoscopic surgical approaches. Each case presents firsthand knowledge of internationally esteemed neurosurgeons, with a moderator, an endoscopic expert, and an expert in traditional microsurgical approaches. The unique discussion of neuroendoscopy versus microsurgery enables readers to compare the benefits and pitfalls of endoscopic and open microsurgical procedures for a wide range of conditions. In-depth comparative guidance on applications of the flexible endoscope, rigid endoscope, 3D endoscope, and high-definition 2D endoscope versus the microscope. A full spectrum of neurological conditions across the age continuum with comparative approaches for skull base surgery, pituitary surgery, hydrocephalus, spinal surgery, peripheral nerve surgery, and arachnoid cyst fenestration. Radiological imaging and intraoperative photographs enhance cases and provide precise, insightful technical guidance. High-quality color illustrations from the skilled medical illustrators at Barrow Neurological Institute reinforce key points and surgical techniques. Neurosurgery residents, neurosurgeons, and spine surgeons will all benefit from reading this remarkable book cover to cover, and they will no doubt use it as a go-to resource for specific cases"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    Section A: Skull Base I. Pituitary-Tumor Surgery. II. Anterior Skull-Base TumorsIII. Craniovertebral Junction. Section B: Paraventricular Lesions. IV. Management of Colloid Cysts. Section C: Neurovascular. V. Decompression of Cranial Nerves. VI. Clipping of Cerebral Aneurysms. VII. Evacuation of Intraparenchymal Hemorrhage. VIII. Approaches to Brainstem Cavernous Malformations. Section D: Tumors. IX. Intraparenchymal Brain Tumors. Section E: Pediatrics. X. Craniosynostosis Surgery. Section F: Spine and Peripheral Nerves. XI. Cervical Discectomy/Foraminotomy. XII. Thoracic Discectomy. XIII. Endoscopic Versus Open Carpal Tunnel Release. Section G: Technology.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019
  • Digital
    edited by David Haslam, Arya Sharma, Carel Le Roux.
    Summary: Obesity is a relatively new and controversial field of medicine. Some of the controversies surrounding obesity can be dismissed as myths, others reveal the lack of consensus and comprehensive knowledge which exist in obesity and its complex relationship with diabetes and other serious long-term conditions. Controversies in Obesity takes the unique approach of assessing the controversies surrounding obesity, thus seeking to debunk the myths and highlight and explore the genuine science, whilst demonstrating areas where there is healthy debate. This book will appeal to primary care physicians, trainees and specialist nurses involved in care of the obese patient, and would be of interest to anyone who wishes to gain a better understanding of the complex nature of obesity and its management.

    Contents:
    1. Obesity: Why Bother?
    2. Too Late to Challenge the Modern Obesity Epidemic?
    3. Government Action to Tackle Obesity
    4. Why Are Governments Abdicating from Dealing with the Obesity Crisis?
    5. Childhood Habits and the Obesity Epidemic
    6. Obesity and Sexuality
    7. Fat on Display
    8. The Emerging Paradigm Shift in Understanding the Causes of Obesity
    9. Adenoviruses and Obesity
    10. The Role of the Gut Microbiome in Obesity
    11. Saturated Fat in Cardiovascular Disease and Obesity: Friend or Foe?
    12. Childhood Obesity and the Environment
    13. Genetics and Epigenetics: Myths or Facts?
    14. Chronicities of Modernity and the Contained Body as an Explanation for the Global Pandemic of Obesity, Diabetes, and the Metabolic Syndrome
    15. Screening for Type 2 Diabetes
    16. Assessing the Cardiometabolic Risk of Obesity: Importance of Visceral/Ectopic Fat and of the Use of Hypertriglyceridemic Waist
    17. Moving Beyond Scales and Tapes: The Edmonton Obesity Staging System
    18. Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    19. Obesity and the Heart Disease Patient: Controversies Abound
    20. Obesity, Diabetes and Dental Health: Relationship and Management
    21. Very Low Calorie Diets: Saint or Sinner?
    22. Obesity and the Mind
    23. Adipose Tissue Expansion for Improving Glycemic Control
    24. Should Hip and Knee Arthroplasty Be Restricted in the Obese?
    25. Is It Time to Rename Obesity Management as Secondary Prevention?
    26. Childhood Obesity: What Harm, Any Solutions?
    27. Residential Weight Loss Camps for Children and Young People
    28. Sibutramine and Rimonabant: Gone, but Is Their Passing Instructive?
    29. Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding: The Physicians Choice in Bariatric Surgery
    30. Challenges Faced by the Bariatric Multidisciplinary Team
    31. The Controversies Around Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    32. Weight Gain on Glucose-Lowering Agents
    33. Tipping the Scales of Truth: Why the Energy Balance Equation Is a Dangerous Lie
    34. OTC Slimming Aids
    35. Overcoming Sloth.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    E. Carlos Rodríguez-Merchán, Alexander D. Liddle, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the state of the art in controversies in orthopaedic surgery of the lower limb, i.e. of the hip, knee, and ankle, a treatment option that is becoming more and more frequent. Written by experts from leading institutions, it clarifies these controversies on the basis of real-world examples to provide readers with reliable insights. Each of the 3 sections discusses the most relevant controversies related to the joint specificities of hip, knee, and ankle ranging from cemented vs. uncemented THR, through ACL reconstruction vs. repair, to the diverse treatment options for Achilles tendon rupture. This comprehensive guide is a valuable resource for all orthopaedic surgeons involved in the care of lower limb problems.

    Contents:
    I HIP
    1 THR: cemented or uncemented?
    2 Conventional THR or Hip Resurfacing?
    3 Bilateral THA: 1-Stage or 2-Stage?
    4 Osteonecrosis of the femoral head: core decompression or THA
    II KNEE
    5 Cartilage injuries: therapeutic alternatives
    6 Acute ACL injuries: reconstruction or repair?
    7 ACL reconstruction: isolated or combined with an extra-articular procedure?
    8 HTO: Closed wedge or open wedge?
    9 HTO or UKA?
    10 UKA or TKA?
    11 Bilateral TKA: 1-Stage or 2-Stage?
    12 TKA acute hematogenous infection: DAIR, single or two stage revision
    13 Femoral periprosthetic fractures: plate fixation, IM nailing or endoprosthetic replacement?
    III ANKLE
    14 Arthrodesis or TAR?
    15 Achilles ruptures: nonoperative treatment, open repair or percutaneous repair?
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    E. Carlos Rodríguez-Merchán, Alonso Moreno-García, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses existing controversies in orthopedic and trauma surgery of the upper limb, i.e. of the shoulder, humerus, elbow, wrist and hand. Real-world examples by experts from leading institutions equip the reader with the necessary knowledge and insights to address controversial issues and clinical presentations. The volume is subdivided into 5 sections, each of which discusses the most relevant controversies related to each joint, such as surgical versus conservative interventions, resection vs. prosthetic arthroplasty and more generally if, when and how to intervene in diverse pathologic conditions. This comprehensive guide is a valuable resource for all orthopedic surgeons, residents and fellows practicing in the field of upper limb surgery.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    1: Displaced Proximal Humeral Fractures in the Elderly: Conservative Treatment Versus Open Reduction and Internal Fixation Versus Hemiarthroplasty Versus Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Epidemiology, Pathoanatomy, and Fracture Classification
    1.2.1 Epidemiology
    1.2.2 Pathoanatomy
    1.2.3 Classification
    1.3 Diagnosis: Clinical Presentation and Imaging
    1.3.1 Clinical Presentation
    1.3.2 Imaging
    1.4 Treatment
    1.4.1 Nonoperative Treatment
    1.4.2 Operative Treatment 1.4.2.1 Open Reduction and Internal Fixation (ORIF)
    Technique
    1.4.2.2 Intramedullary Nailing (IMN)
    1.4.2.3 Arthroplasty
    Hemiarthroplasty (HA)
    Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty (RSA)
    Outcomes
    1.5 Postoperative Rehabilitation
    1.6 Outcomes Evaluation
    1.6.1 Health Questionnaires
    1.6.2 Functional Scales
    1.7 Overall Complications
    1.8 Mortality
    1.9 Conclusions
    References
    2: Surgical Versus Conservative Interventions for Treating Acromioclavicular Dislocation of the Shoulder in Adults
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Epidemiology and Classification 2.3 Diagnosis
    2.4 Treatment and Results
    2.5 Surgical Treatment
    2.6 Acute Injuries
    2.7 Chronic Injuries
    2.8 Conclusions
    References
    3: Calcific Tendinopathy of the Rotator Cuff in Adults: Operative Versus Nonoperative Management
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Pathogenesis
    3.3 Imaging
    3.4 Treatment
    3.4.1 Ultrasound-Guided Percutaneous Irrigation of Rotator Cuff Calcific Tendinopathy (US-PICT)
    3.4.1.1 US-Guided Percutaneous Irrigation of Calcific Tendinopathy of the Rotator Cuff in Patients with or Without Previous External Shockwave Therapy 3.4.1.2 Efficacy of Ultrasound-Guided Percutaneous Treatment of the Rotator Cuff Calcific Tendinopathy with Double Needle Technique
    3.4.1.3 US-PICT: Redefining Predictors of Treatment Outcome
    3.4.2 External Shock Wave Therapy (ESWT)
    3.4.2.1 Focused, Radial, and Combined ESWT
    3.4.2.2 Effectiveness of Focused Shockwave Therapy Versus Radial Shockwave Therapy for Noncalcific Rotator Cuff Tendinopathies: A Randomized Clinical Trial
    3.4.3 Platelet-Rich Plasma (PRP)
    3.4.4 Needle Aspiration
    3.4.5 Dextrose Prolotherapy
    3.4.6 Sodium Thiosulfate
    3.4.7 Surgical Treatment 3.5 Comparative Studies
    3.5.1 Operative Versus Nonoperative Management
    3.5.2 Radial ESWT Versus Ultrasound Therapy
    3.5.3 Comparing Ultrasound-Guided Needling Combined with a Subacromial Corticosteroid Versus High-Energy ESWT
    3.5.4 Comparison of Radial Extracorporeal Shockwave Therapy and Traditional Rehabilitation Medicine
    3.6 Conclusions
    References
    4: Recurrent Anterior Shoulder Instability in Adults: Bankart or Latarjet?
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Bankart Procedure
    4.2.1 Open Bankart Repair
    4.2.2 Arthroscopic Bankart Repair
    4.3 Latarjet Procedure
    4.3.1 Modified Open Latarjet
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Angela E. Thomas, Christina Halsey.
    Contents:
    Neonatal thrombocytopenia / Chakravorty, S.; Roberts, I.
    Pediatric and adolescent immune thrombocytopenia : prevention of bleeding versus burden of treatment / Cooper, N.
    Thrombosis in paediatrics : genetic versus environmental risk factors and implications for management / Monagle, P.
    Hematological problems in pediatric intensive care / Revel-Vilk, S.; Cox, P.; Robitaille, N.; Blanchette, V.
    New advances in the treatment of children with hemophilia / Lillicrap, D.
    Myelodysplastic and myeloproliferative diseases in children : current concepts / Vyas, P.
    Towards personalized medicine in childhood acute lymphoblastic leukaemia / Halsey, C.
    Reduced intensity conditioning in paediatric haematopoietic cell transplantation / Chiesa, R.; Veys, P.
    Can iron chelators replace stem cell transplantation in the treatment of thalassaemia syndromes? / Darbyshire, P.J.
    Iron deficiency : when and why oral iron may not be enough / Crary, S.E.; Buchanan, G.R.
    Principles of transitional care in haematology / Bolton-Maggs, P.; Choudhuri, S.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Catherine J. Hunter, editor.
    Summary: Although appendicitis is the leading cause of an acute surgical abdomen in children, many areas of controversy exist in diagnosis and medical and surgical management of this condition. Written in a practical, easy-to-use format, Controversies in Pediatric Appendicitis provides a thorough overview of these debated issues, careful to include perspectives on every aspect of care. The book begins with an introductory framework that examines the history of pediatric appendicitis, the epidemiology of disease, defining a complicated diagnosis, the role and efficacy of laboratories in diagnosis, and use and overuse of radiographic imaging for appendicitis. Later chapters cover antibiotic selection, surgical approaches to appendicitis, non-operative management of acute and perforated appendicitis, discussion of potential complications, as well as appendicitis in special pediatric situations like malignancy and other instances of immune suppression. Each chapter follows a similar format, beginning with clinical vignettes and concluding with pearls and pitfalls to provide readers with necessary clinical grounding and context with which to examine each of these areas of current controversy. A unique, first-of-its-kind book, Controversies in Pediatric Appendicitis is an ideal resource for pediatric surgeons, interventional radiologists, emergency room specialists, and all providers and surgeons that care for children with appendicitis. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. History and epidemiology of pediatric appendicitis / Guillermo Ares and Catherine J. Hunter
    2. Defining the disease : uncomplicated versus complicated appendicitis / Christie Buonpane and Seth Goldstein
    3. Making the diagnosis : the use of clinical features and scoring systems / Young Mee Choi and Steven Moulton
    4. The role and efficacy of laboratories in the diagnosis of pediatric appendicitis / Colin Martin and Raoud Marayati
    5. Diagnostic imaging for pediatric appendicitis / Dalya M. Ferguson, K. Tinsley Anderson, and KuoJen Tsao
    6. Selection and timing of antibiotics for the management of appendicitis / Christopher Gayer and Michelle V. L. Nguyen
    7. Non-operative management of uncomplicated appendicitis / Leo Andrew Benedict and Shawn D. St. Peter
    8. Non-operative management of complicated appendicitis / Emily D. Dubina and Steven L. Lee
    9. Interventional radiology as a therapeutic option for complicated appendicitis / Marcus Jarboe and Sara Smolinski-Zhao
    10. Timing of appendectomy for acute appendicitis : can surgery wait? / Shawn J. Rangel
    11. Surgical techniques in pediatric appendectomy / Natasha R. Ahuja and David H. Rothstein
    12. The controversial role of interval appendectomy / Alexander W. Peters and Demetri J. Merianos
    13. Diagnostic and management strategies for postoperative complications in pediatric appendicitis / Cynthia Susai, Julie Monteagudo, and Francois I. Luks
    14. Disparities in the management of appendicitis / Randi L. Lassiter and Robyn M. Hatley
    15. Appendicitis : unusual complications and outcomes / John Aiken
    16. Management of acute appendicitis in special pediatric situations : malignancy, neutropenia, and other etiologies of immune supression / Timothy B. Lautz.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Simon S. Lo, Bin S. Teh, Guo-Liang Jiang, Nina A. Mayr, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses key issues of controversy in radiation oncology for each disease site, with expert commentaries from leading authorities in the field. It identifies areas of confusion arising from discrepant data in the literature regarding certain clinical scenarios for different diseases and presents high-level evidence on each issue with a view to fostering best practice. Controversies in Radiation Oncology will serve as a very useful resource for busy radiation oncology physicians, practitioners, and trainees/residents/fellows seeking to utilize evidence in the literature to guide the management of radiation therapy patients.

    Contents:
    Breast cancer
    Head and neck cancer
    Non-small cell lung cancer
    Small cell lung cancer and other intrathoracic malignancies
    Sarcoma
    Prostate cancer
    Non-prostate genitourinary cancer
    Gynecologic cancer
    Esophageal and stomach cancers
    Colorectal cancer
    Hepatobiliary tract cancer
    Pancreatic cancer
    Hodgkin lymphoma
    Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
    Plasma cell tumors, myeloma and leukemia
    Brain metastasis
    Bone metastasis
    Visceral metastasis
    Gliomas
    Benign extraaxial primary brain tumors
    Pediatric central nervous system tumors
    Non-central nervous system pediatric cancers
    Skin cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Shelly D. Timmons, editor.
    Summary: This book addresses the current levels of evidence for management of a variety of critical parameters after severe traumatic brain injury (TBI), as well as providing the reader with practical approaches to care based upon existing evidence. As the management of severe traumatic brain injury remains one of the most complicated and controversial areas of neurosurgery, trauma care and critical care medicine, it will serve as a helpful reference and guide to the impact of potential therapeutic interventions. Each chapter is organized by the proposal of a commonly encountered clinical question, addressing the current evidence for a variety of treatments, outlining the relevant questions on the topic that have not been adequately addressed in the literature, summarizing the options for treatment and the level of evidence upon which each is based, and finally proposing questions yet to be addressed in the literature. The text identifies ongoing questions for future research relevant to the topic at hand as well as providing a comprehensive educational reference for resident and fellowship training. Controversies in Severe Traumatic Brain Injury Management will become an invaluable resource and data point for neurosurgeons, neurointensivists, trauma surgeons and other healthcare professionals involved in the care and treatment of TBI patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Andrew S. Little, Michael A. Mooney.
    Summary: State-of-the-art approaches and insightful discussions on challenging topics in skull base surgery Advances in endoscopic, microsurgical, radiosurgical, and pharmacotherapeutic strategies have revolutionized the treatment of skull base pathologies. Controversies in Skull Base Surgery, edited by Andrew Little and Michael Mooney and authored by esteemed multidisciplinary contributors, focuses on management strategies and treatment options for a wide range of tumors affecting the skull base, while addressing the most urgent and challenging questions facing skull base surgeons today. Throughout ni.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alexander R. Vaccaro, Richard G. Fessler, Faheem A. Sandhu, Jean-Marc Voyadzis, Jason C. Eck, [and] Christopher K. Kepler.
    Contents:
    Lumbar discectomy : Are tubular or endoscopic discectomies better than traditional microdiscectomy? / MIS: Martin H. Pham, Alexander Tuchman, John C. Liu, open: John D. Attenello, Steven R. Garfin, Richard Todd J. Allen
    Lumbar stenosis best treated with an open laminectomy? / MIS: Hasan R. Syed and Sylvain Palmer
    Facet cysts : Is there an advantage to treating synovial cysts with MIS techniques? / MIS: Jose M. Torres-Campa, Marjan Alimi, and Roger Hartl
    Transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion : MIS vs open / MIS: Rory J. Petteys, Anthony Conte, and Faheem A Sandhu, open: Jason C. Eck
    The lateral transpsoas approach versus ALIF : Do the risks of lateral interbody fusion outweigh the benefits compared to anterior lumbar interbody fusion? / MIS: Steven M. Spitz, Hasan R. Syed, and Jean-Marc Voyadzis, open: David L. Scott, and Peter G. Whang
    Is AxiaLIF comparable to open Fusion with ALIF and posterolateral 360-degree fusion at L5-S1? / MIS: Venu M. Nemani and Oheneba Boachie-Adjei, open: John D. Koerner, and Todd J. Albert
    Multiple-level interbody fusion : How do two-level fusion techniques compare between open and MIS? / MIS: OluMide Ojeifo, Christopher Hills, and Robert E. Isaacs, open: P. Justin Tortolani
    Is lumbar adjacent segment degeneration best treated using MIS over open fusion techniques? / MIS: Luiz Pimenta, Luis Marchi, Leonardo Oliveira, open: Christopher M. Bono
    Degenerative scoliosis : Is there an advantage to using MIS techniques to treat degenerative scoliosis? / Chun-Po Yen, Juan S. Uribe, Christopher I. Shaffrey
    Flatback syndrome : Can lumbar flatback syndrome be treated adequately with MIS techniques? / MIS: Navid R. Arandi and Gregory M. Mundis Jr., open: Randa El Mallah and Ahmad Nassr
    Can thoracic disc herniation be effectively treated using MIS techniques? / MIS: Paul W. Millhouse, Troy Mounts, Kristen E. Radcliff, open: Alexander A. Theologis, Vedat Deviren
    Posterior cervical foraminotomy / MIS: Tim Eugene Adamson, open: Andrew Hecht and Steven Joseph McAnany
    Complications of instrumentation : Is there a higher complication rate in placing instrumentation via an MIS technique compared with an open technique? / MIS: Russell G. Strom, and Anthony K. Frempong-Boadu, open: Saad B. Chaudhary and Michael J. Vives
    Dural tears : Should an MIS complication such as a dural tear routinely be opened for adequate repair or are there safe and reliable MIS techniques for dural closure? / MIS: John E. O'Toole, open: Michelle J. Clarke
    Do MIS techniques broaden the scope for geriatric spine surgery? / Michael Y. Wang
    Thoracolumbar burst fractures : Can thoracolumbar burst fractures be effectively managed using minimally invasive surgery techniques? / MIS: Gurpreet S. Gandhoke, David O. Okonkwo, and Adam S. Kanter, open: Amandeep Bhalla and Kristen E. Radcliff
    Open and minimally invasive treatment of cervical spine fractures / MIS: Michael Y. Wang and Joanna Gernsback, open: S. Babak Kalantar and Joseph Paul Letzelter III
    Thoracolumbar metastatic tumors : comparison of minimally invasive surgery versus open techniques for addressing thoracolumbar metastatic tumor resection and stabilization / MIS: Dr. Prashanth J. Rao and Dr. Ralph J. Mobbs, open: Dr. Peter S. Rose and Dr. Michelle Clarke
    Intradural spine tumors : Is There an advantage to removing intradural spine tumors using an MIS approach? / MIS: Anthony Conte, and Trent L. Tredway, open: Jeremy Fogelson and Michelle J. Clarke
    Quality of life in advanced tumors : Can minimally invasive surgery techniques improve the quality of life of patients with advanced oncologic disease to allow for decreased pain or should traditional techniques of palliation be used? / MIS: Ankit I. Mehta, open: Alp Yurter and Daniel M. Sciubba
    Radiation exposure : How does radiation exposure differ between open and minimally invasive techniques? / MIS: Jonathan Yun and Alfred T. Ogden, open: Mark L. Prasarn
    Infection rates : How do infection rates compare between MIS and open spine techniques? / MIS: Kurt M. Eichholz, open: Bryce A. Basques, Daniel D. Bohl, Nicholas S. Golinvaux, and Jonathan N. Grauer
    Cost : Which cost more, open or MIS surgery? / MIS: Scott L. Parker, open: Matthew J. McGirt
    Success rates and Time : Can three-dimensional navigational imaging improve the success and time required for MIS surgery and minimize radiation exposure to those in the OR Suite? / Eric W. Nottmeier.
  • Digital
    Jason P. Sheehan, MD, PhD ; Peter C. Gerszten, MD, MPH.
    Summary: "Controversies in Stereotactic Radiosurgery: Best Evidence Recommendations is a comprehensive reference that compiles, synthesizes, and summarizes the most relevant scientific literature on the topic. Each succinct, problem-oriented chapter addresses a different controversy surrounding stereotactic radiosurgery. This book saves physicians significant amounts of time by distilling years of scientific research into sound guidelines that will help them make fully-informed treatment decisions. Key Features: Covers both intracranial and spine radiosurgery, providing complete coverage of this rapidly evolving technology Includes more than 35 chapters on treatment controversies for brain and spine tumors as well as vascular malformations Contains summary tables throughout the text that present the main conclusions of published studies All neurosurgeons, radiation oncologists, and neuro-oncologists, involved in the treatment of patients who may be candidates for stereotactic radiosurgery of the brain and spine will find this book to be an essential decision making guide".
  • Digital
    John P. Mulhall, Mario Maggi, Landon Trost, editors.
    Summary: "This book aims to address a number of controversies concerning the use of testosterone treatment. It explains topics that clinicians regularly encounter such as whether to use free or total testosterone in the evaluation of the patient with testosterone deficiency; what factors actually impact testosterone levels, polycythemia, gynecomastia, bone density, and hyperprolactinemia in the testosterone deficient patient; critical analysis of the numerous questionnaires that are available to clinicians; and the impact of testosterone therapy on male fertility, cardiovascular disease, and prostate events including prostate cancer. Guiding the reader in both evaluation and management, the book also illuminates novel concepts in the T space such as testosterone use in the transgender population, T therapy as an endothelial modulator, bipolar testosterone therapy in the patient with advanced prostate cancer, and testosterone therapy as a performance enhancer.Controversies in Testosterone Deficiency is intended for any clinician involved in the care of patients with testosterone deficiency, exploring hot topics and correcting existent misinformation in the routine care of patients."--publisher's description.

    Contents:
    What to Measure: Testosterone or Free Testosterone?
    Erythrocytosis in Patients on Testosterone Therapy
    Role of Gonadotropins in Adult-Onset Functional Hypogonadism
    Hyperprolactinemia in the Man with Testosterone Deficiency
    Testosterone and Disordered Sleep
    Testosterone Therapy and Male Fertility
    Testosterone and Prostate Effects
    Testosterone in Females
    Testosterone in Transgender Population
    Testosterone as a Performance Enhancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan Ledermann, Carien L. Creutzberg, Michael A. Quinn.
    Summary: Gynecological cancers are some of the most commonly occurring malignancies in women. Despite their high incidence, treatment and management of these cancers remain controversial, with conflicting evidence about many aspects of the disease. Controversies in the Management of Gynecological Cancers offers a unique assessment of the opposing sides of the controversial issues associated with gynecological cancers, and aims to provide professionals in the field with a keener sense of the underlying evidence-base and a starting point from which to follow the ongoing debate. A section on the direction of future research to resolve these issues completes the discussion in each chapter. This book will appeal to specialists, trainees and healthcare workers in gynecological oncology, gynecologists, medical oncologists and radiation oncologists, and is an excellent starting point for anyone who wishes to gain a better understanding of the complex nature of the management of gynecological malignancy.

    Contents:
    1. Controversies in the Treatment of Women with Early Stage Epithelial Ovarian Cancer
    2. Recurrent Ovarian Cancer: When to Treat and How to Assess
    3. New Views of Ovarian Carcinoma Types: How will this Change Practice?
    4. Lymphadenectomy in Endometrial Cancer: The Controversy Rages Unabated
    5. What is the Role of Adjuvant Radiotherapy and Chemotherapy in Endometrial Cancer?
    6. Chemotherapy and/or Targeted Therapies for Advanced Endometrial Cancer: Time to Rethink?
    7. Is Cervix Cancer a Disappearing Disease? Impact of HPV Vaccination in Developed Countries
    8. What is the Role of Cytotoxic Chemotherapy in Advanced Cervical Cancer?
    9. Response as a Measure of Treatment Efficacy in Clinical Trials: Should RECIST Be Abandoned?
    10. What are the Treatment Options for Recurrent Ovarian Cancer?
    11. How To Study Rare Gynaecological Tumours: Trials or Registries?
    12. What is the Best Treatment Model for Gynaecological Cancers? Does Centralization Help?
    13. When Should Surgery be Performed for the First-Line Treatment of Advanced Ovarian Cancer?
    14. Does Intraperitoneal Therapy for Ovarian Cancer have a Future?
    15. Maintenance Therapy for First-Line Treatment of Ovarian CancerIs this the Strategy for the Future?
    16. What is the Value of Lymphadenectomy in Early Ovarian Cancer?
    17. Sentinel Node BiopsyDoes it Help in the Management of Vulvar Cancer?
    18. Controversies in the Management of Advanced Vulvar Cancer
    19. Bowel Obstruction in Ovarian Cancer: To Operate or Not?
    20. Early Cervical Cancer: Can Fertility be Safely Preserved?
    21. What is the Role of PET/CT in Gynaecologic Cancers?
    22. Do Intensity-Modulated Radiation, Image-Guided Radiation, and 3D Brachytherapy Significantly Advance Radiotherapeutic Management of Gynecologic Cancers?
    23. What is the Place of Hormone Replacement Therapy in Ovarian, Endometrial, and Breast Cancer?
    24. Familial Gynaecological Cancers: Whom to Screen and How to Manage?
    25. Trial Design: Should Randomized Phase III Trials in Gynaecological Cancers be Abandoned?
    26. How Should Early Gestational Trophoblastic Disease be Managed?
    27. Should Every Woman with Gynaecologic Cancer Undergo Routine Screening for Psychological Distress and Sexual Dysfunction?
    28. How Should Gynaecological Sarcomas be Managed?
    29. What is the Future of Immunotherapy in Ovarian Cancer?.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Norimasa Nakamura, Stefano Zaffagnini, Robert G. Marx, Volker Musahl, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the reader with the best available evidence on the most pressing issues relating to reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) with the goal of supporting surgical reconstruction of the ACL and improving outcomes for patients. Key topics for which evidence-based information is presented include selection of graft material and source, the use of different surgical techniques, graft rupture in relation to surgical technique, and progression to osteoarthritis. The book will aid the surgeon in making decisions with respect to fixation devices and tensioning, the bundles to be reconstructed, and whether to preserve remnants or partial bundle ruptures. An evidence-based stance is taken on evolving topics such as the anatomy of the tibial insertion site of the ACL and the role of the anterolateral capsule and posteromedial corner in high-grade rotatory instability. Furthermore, novel technical developments for measurement of knee laxity and soft tissue navigation are discussed. The reader will also find useful information on general issues concerning physical examination, arthroscopic setup, timing of reconstruction, anesthesia, and anticoagulation.

    Contents:
    ACL prevention programs
    Arthroscopic set up for ACL reconstruction
    Early vs. delayed ACL reconstruction
    Physical examination for ACL injury
    Timing for pediatric ACL reconstruction
    Technical considerations for pediatric ACL reconstruction
    Anesthesia and nerve blocks for ACL reconstruction
    Anticoagulation after ACL reconstruction
    Technical considerations for patella tendon harvest
    Technical considerations for quadriceps tendon harvest
    Technical considerations for hamstring tendon harvest
    Meniscus repair with ACL reconstruction
    Anatomy of ACL insertion (Cadaveric & Histological study)
    Functional analysis of ACL insertion site
    How many bundles to be reconstructed? Single vs Double
    Femoral tunnel creation for anatomic ACL reconstruction
    Press fit graft fixation and bone grafting
    Is Notch plasty necessary for anatomic ACL reconstruction?- Pros and cons of different graft fixation device
    ACL graft tensioning
    ACL reconstruction for partial tear
    Remnant preservation in ACL reconstruction
    Allograft for ACL reconstruction
    Artificial ligament and Xeno-derived material for ACL reconstruction
    Extra articular plasty with ACL reconstruction -Long term results of associated procedure
    Treatment of MCL injury in combined ACL/MCL injury
    Treatment of ACL injury in the multi-ligament injured knee
    Anterolateral ligament repair/reconstruction combined to ACL reconstruction, rationale and technique
    Instrumental laxity evaluation (static)
    Instrumental laxity evaluation (dynamic)
    Evidence for use of navigation in ACL reconstruction
    Considerations for treatment of concomitant cartilage and ACL injury
    ACL reconstruction and progression of OA
    Re-rupture after ACL reconstruction
    Conservative treatment for ACL injury
    When non op care is indicated
    Biplanar osteotomies in the ACL deficient knee
    Rehabilitation after ACL reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    John B. Hanks, William B. Inabnet III, editors.
    Contents:
    Part A: General Topics
    Controversies in the Management of Nodular Thyroid Disease
    The Use of Ultrasound in the Management of Thyroid Disorders
    Pre and Post Thyroidectomy Voice Assessment
    Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring of the Laryngeal Nerves During Thyroidectomy
    Who Should Do Thyroid Surgery?
    Ambulatory Thyroid Surgery-Is This the Way of the Future?
    Robotic Thyroidectomy: Is There Still A Role?
    Graves' Disease-What is the Role and Timing of Surgery?
    Vocal Fold Paralysis and Thyroid Surgery
    Part B: Cancer Topics
    Optimal Treatment for Papillary Microcarcinoma
    Molecular Profiles and the "Indeterminate" Thyroid Nodule
    Controversies in the Surgical Management of Medullary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Central Lymph Node Dissection for Well-Differentiated Cancer
    The Role of Risk Stratification in the Treatment of Well Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
    Imaging for Preoperative Assessment and Staging of Thyroid Cancer
    Anaplastic Cancer and Rare Forms of Cancer Affecting the Thyroid
    The Role of Targeting Therapies or Non-Surgical Treatment of Thyroid Malignancies: Is Surgery Being Replaced?.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Erol Veznedaroglu, editor.
    Contents:
    Who to Treat with Craniotomy
    Flow Diverters and Endovascular Treatment
    Discussion
    Aggressive Treatment
    Conservative Approach
    Discussion
    Role for Surgery
    Craniotomy is Over for Basilar Artery Aneurysms
    Discussion
    Who I Operate On
    Who I Stent
    Distal Protection Where's the Evidence?
    Discussion
    How I've Changed My Practice
    Discussion
    Intra Arterial Treatment Who and When?
    Discussion
    When Is It Indicated?
    Making Practical Sense of Who to Treat and How.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Maria Carmen Garganese, Giovanni Francesco Livio D'Errico, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. General Considerations
    1. Managemetn of the pediatric patient: a teamwork
    2. Radiation risk
    Part II. Clinical Pediatric Practice
    3. Focus on children with nephrological and urological problems
    4. Hydronephrosis
    5. Megaureter
    6. Nephrourology: vesicoureteral reflux
    7. Nephrourology: nephrological problems
    8. Nephrourology: urinary tract infections
    9. Nephrourology: focus on child with bladder dysfunctions and urodynamics
    10. Nephrourology: bladder dysfunctions
    11. Oncology
    12. Oncology: solid mass in pediatrics and malignant bone involvement
    13. Oncology: neuroblastoma
    14. Gastroenterology: focus on children with gastrointestinal problems
    15. Gastroenterology: gastric emptying- gastroesophageal reflux
    16. Gastroenterology: intestinal bleeding
    17. Gastroeneterology: bronchoaspiration: neurological child
    18. Gastroenterology: focus on children with liver problems
    19. Gastroenterology: biliary atresia, choledochal cyst, cystic fibrosis
    20. Rheumatology
    21. Benign skeletal disease: bone infection and inflammation
    22. Endocrinology
    23. Endocrinology: thyroid carcinoma
    24. Endocrinology: congenital hypothyroidism
    25. Endocrinology: hyperparathyroidism
    26. Benign skeletal disease
    27. Bronchopneumology.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Steve Reich.
    Contents:
    David Lang
    Brian Eno
    Richard Serra
    Michael Gordon
    Michael Tilson Thomas
    Russell Hartenberger
    Robert Hurwitz
    Stephen Sondheim / with John Schaefer
    Jonny Greenwood
    David Harrington
    Elizabeth Lim-Dutton
    David Robertson
    Micaela Haslam
    Anne Teresa De Keersmaeker
    Julia Wolfe
    Nico Muhly
    Beryl Korot
    Colin Currie
    Brad Lubman.
    Digital Access 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    ML410.R27 R45 2022
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Walter Wilczynski, Georgia State University, Sarah F. Brosnan, Georgia State University.
    Summary: "Understanding the interaction between cooperation and conflict in establishing effective social behaviour is a fundamental challenge facing societies. Reflecting the breadth of current research in this area, this volume brings together experts from biology to political science to examine the cooperation-conflict interface at multiple levels, from genes to human societies. Exploring both the exciting new directions and the biggest challenges in their fields, the authors focus on identifying commonalities across species and disciplines to help understand what features are shared broadly and what are limited to specific contexts. Each chapter is written to be accessible to students and researchers from interdisciplinary backgrounds, with text boxes explaining terminology and concepts that may not be familiar across disciplinary boundaries, while being a valuable resource to experts in their fields"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    Alicea Howell, Monique Feyrecilde.
    Contents:
    Introduction to low-restraint and no-restraint veterinary care
    Perception and communication
    Learning, conditioning and training
    Successful visits : environments and protocols to prevent fear and stress
    Level one patients & training
    Level two patients and training
    Level three patients and training
    Additional patient resources
    Implementation strategies.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Print
    R. Luke Wiseman, Cole M. Haynes, editors.
    Summary: This volume reviews the current research focused on the functional importance of unfolded protein response (UPR) signaling in the context of health and disease. The chapters present cutting-edge work describing the diverse functions of UPR signaling critical for regulating cellular and organismal physiology under physiologic and pathologic conditions. Written by internationally respected scientists, this volume is designed to provide a broad view of the diverse functional importance of UPR, and as such appeals to clinicians and academic researchers alike.
  • Digital
    edited by Catherine Stavropoulos-Giokas, Dominique Charron, Cristina Navarrete.
    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction. Introduction to cord blood stem cells / Dominique Charron, Catherine Stavropoulos-Giokas, Cristina Navarrete. Section II: Cord blood cells biology. Cord blood content / Gesine Kögler [and 3 others]
    Cord blood hematopoiesis : the road to transplantation / Anna Rita Migliaccio, Thalia Papayannopoulu
    Immunobiology of cord blood cells / Sergio Querol, Aurore Saudemont, Antoine Toubert
    Cord and cord blood-derived endothelial cells / Suzanne M. Watt [and 8 others]
    HLA and immunogenetics in cord blood transplantation / Dominique Charron, Emeline Masson, Pascale Loiseau. Section III: Cord blood cells for clinical use. Clinical use of umbilical cord blood cells / Robert Danby, Vanderson Rocha
    Immunodeficiencies and metabolic diseases / Paul J. Orchard, Angela R. Smith
    Cord blood cells and autoimmune diseases / LingYun Sun [and 3 others]
    Umbilical cord as a source of immunomodulatory reagents / Antonio Galleu, Francesco Dazzi
    Cord blood cells for clinical use : expansion and manipulation / Amanda L. Olson, Elizabeth J. Shpall
    Cord blood stem cells for clinical use : diabetes and cord blood / Yong Zhao
    Section IV: Regenerative medicine applications. Emerging uses of cord blood in regenerative medicine : neurological applications / Jessica M. Sun, Joanne Kurtzberg
    Biobanks for induced pluripotent stem cells and reprogrammed tissues / Lee Carpenter. Section V: Cord blood banking : a current state of affairs. Cord blood banking : operational and regulatory aspects / Cristina Navarrete
    Cord blood unit selection for unrelated transplantation / Andromachi Scaradavou
    Quality management systems including accreditation standards / Andreas Papassavas [and 6 others]
    Regulation across the globe / Maria Mitrossili [and 3 others]
    International development and import/export : WMDA / Lydia Foeken, Daniela Orsini. Section VI: Cord blood banking : current and future outlooks. Allogeneic and autologous cord blood banks / Paolo Rebulla
    The future of cord blood banks / Catherine Stavropoulos-Giokas [and 3 others]. Section VII: The viewpoint of society. An introductory note to the cord blood banking issues in a European and international environment / Marietta Giannakou
    Ethical and legal issues in cord blood stem cells and biobanking / Maria Mitrossili, Marcos Sarris, Yannis Nikolados
    Industrial economics of cord blood banks / Gregory Katz
    Public health policies in European Union : an innovation strategy : Horizon 2020 / Sotiris Soulis [and 5 others].
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Mitchell Horwitz, Nelson Chao, editors.
    Summary: In this book, experts in the field express their well-reasoned opinions on a spectrum of important and complex issues in the area of cord blood transplantation. The aim is to provide practicing hematologists, including hematopoietic transplant physicians, with clinically relevant and immediately applicable information that will assist in the delivery of optimal care. The book opens by offering a historical perspective and examining current concepts and practices in cord blood banking. Sections are then devoted to strategies for cord blood graft selection and to areas of consensus and controversy in cord blood transplantation for neoplastic diseases - and nonmalignant - in children and adults. Attention is drawn to the implications of high-impact clinical trials whenever such trials are available. The readily intelligible text is complemented by numerous helpful tables, algorithms, and figures. This book will appeal to all residents, fellows, and faculty members responsible for the care of hematopoietic cell transplant patients and will offer a robust, engaging tool to aid vital activities in the daily work of every hematology and oncology trainee.

    Contents:
    Historical perspective and current trends
    Current cord blood banking concepts and practices
    Strategies for Cord Blood Graft Selection: Single or double cord blood unit for transplant: What have we learned?- Immunogenetics and cell dose considerations in cord blood transplants: What does matters?- Ex-vivo cord blood manipulation: Methods, data and challenges
    Conditioning regimens for cord blood transplants
    Cord blood transplants for non-neoplastic hematologic diseases: Data, consensus and challenges
    Cord Blood Transplants for Neoplastic Diseases in Children- Data, Consensus & Challenges: Cord blood transplants for myeloid malignancies in children
    Cord blood transplants for lymphoid malignancies in children
    Cord Blood Transplants for Neoplastic Diseases in Adults- Data, Consensus & Challenges: Cord blood transplants for myeloid malignancies in adults
    Cord blood transplants for lymphoid malignancies in adults
    Immune reconstitution after cord blood transplantation
    Cord blood transplants for non-hematopoietic disorders
    Cord blood transplants versus other sources of allografts: Comparison of data in adult setting
    Unique complications and limitations of cord blood transplants
    Future prospect of cord blood transplants.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Cynthia M. Clark.
    Summary: "The consequences of incivility have a significant impact on the lives of healthcare faculty, students, and professionals as well as the patients and families they serve. Incivility in the patient care environment can provoke uncertainty and self-doubt, weaken self-confidence, and cause detrimental and lasting effects on individuals, teams, organizations. These behaviors can result in life-threatening mistakes, preventable complications, harm, or death of a patient. In Core Competencies of Civility, Cynthia Clark, a nurse-leader dedicated to organizational change and an unwavering advocate for civility and dignity for all, provides practical solutions for creating and sustaining communities of civility, diversity, inclusion and respect in healthcare education and work environments. A firm commitment to respect and civility is a critical step toward achieving optimal patient care and high reliability in health care. The book provides evidence-based strategies and solutions to foster civility and healthy academic and practice environments at both the individual and organizational levels. Rather than dwelling on the negative aspects of incivility and other workplace aggressions, this book expands current thinking in nursing to build healthy, productive work and learning environments"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    What Is Civility, and Why Does It Matter?
    The Detrimental Impact of Workplace Aggression
    The Power and Imperative of Self-Awareness
    Practicing the Fundamentals of Civility
    Honing Communication Skills and Conflict Competence
    The Power of Leadership, Visioning, and Finding Our WHY
    Optimizing Self-Care and Professional Well-Being
    Leadership Support and Raising Awareness for Organizational Change
    Galvanizing a High-Performing Civility Team
    Develop, Implement, and Evaluate a Data-Driven Action Plan
    Securing Civility Into the Organizational Culture Through Policy Development
    Celebrating Civility : A Powerful Engine to Uplift and Transform the Profession.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    Sushrut S. Waikar, Patrick T. Murray, Ajay K. Singh, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide covers the causes, characteristics, and presentations of acute kidney injury (AKI), as well as prevention and treatment. The first part of the book features chapters on the epidemiology and diagnosis of AKI. This is followed by sections on pathophysiology, clinical syndromes and patient management. Authored by leading clinicians, epidemiologists, basic scientists, and clinical trialists, this book captures the latest evidence and best practices for treating patients with AKI.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Colm C. Magee, J. Kevin Tucker, Ajay K. Singh, editors.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of End-Stage Renal Disease
    Technical Aspects of Hemodialysis
    Hemodialysis Dose
    Hemodialysis Complications.- Nutrition Management in Hemodialysis
    Vascular Access in Hemodialysis.- Managing Anemia and Metabolic Bone Disease in Dialysis Patients
    Technology of Peritoneal Dialysis
    Dosing of Peritoneal Dialysis.- Complications of Peritoneal Dialysis
    Peritoneal Dialysis in Children.- Special Problems in Caring for Patients on Peritoneal Dialysis.- Home Hemodialysis
    Wearable Dialysis Devices
    Continuous Renal Replacement Therapies (CRRT) Overview
    Continuous Renal Replacement Therapies Technology.- Complications of Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy.- Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy in Children
    Drug Dosing in Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy
    Therapeutic Plasmapheresis
    High Cut-Off Hemodialysis.- Sorbents, Hemoperfusion Devices
    Hemodiafiltration.-.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Ajay K. Singh, Rajiv Agarwal, editors.
    Summary: This guide provides a comprehensive review of the full spectrum of hypertension in chronic kidney disease (CKD). Targeted towards the busy practitioner, the focus of this volume is on various therapies and how to lower blood pressure through lifestyle changes. Specialist patient populations and hypertension and causes of hypertension are also covered in detail. Clinically-focused and authoritative, this resource offers a rationalized approach to diagnosing and treating hypertension in CKD.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Fernando C. Fervenza, Julie Lin, Sanjeev Sethi, Ajay K. Singh, editors.
    Summary: Core Concepts in Parenchymal Kidney Disease provides comprehensive and state-of-the-art information on the diagnosis, treatment, classification and pathogenesis of glomerular and tubulointerstitial diseases. Chapters feature various clinical scenarios and are authored by a team of renowned experts in the field. Experienced clinicians and trainees alike will find this authoritative reference to be a valuable resource and contribution to the literature.

    Contents:
    General Approach to the Diagnosis and Management of Glomerular Diseases
    Minimal Change Disease in Adults
    Childhood Onset Nephrotic Syndrome
    Focal and Segmental Glomerulosclerosis
    Membranous Nephropathy
    Membranoproliferative Glomerulonephritis
    Cryoglobulinemias
    IgA Nephropathy and Schöenlein- Henoch Purpura Nephritis
    Anti-glomerular Basement Membrane Disease
    Pathogenesis and Management of ANCA-Associated Vasculitis
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus and the Kidney
    Tropical Infectious Diseases and the Kidney
    Glomerular Diseases Associated with HIV, Hepatitis B, and Hepatitis C Infections
    Cytomegalovirus, BK, and Other Viral Infections of the Kidney
    Thrombotic Microangiopathies: Thrombus Formation Due to Common or Related Mechanisms?
    Thrombotic Microangiopathy Not Associated with the Classic/Idiopathic TTP-HUS
    Renal Involvement by IgG4-Related Disease
    The Collagen IV Nephropathies
    Other Glomerular Diseases
    Monoclonal Immunoglobulin Deposition Disease
    Amyloidosis
    Glomerular Disease in Pregnancy
    Acute Interstitial Nephritis
    Chronic Interstitial Nephritis
    Reflux Nephropathy and Vesicoureteral Reflux
    Uric Acid and the Kidney
    Plasmapheresis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    American Association of Critical-Care Nurses ; [edited by] Tonja M. Hartjes.
    Contents:
    Professional caring and ethical practice
    Pulmonary system
    Cardiovascular system
    Neurologic system
    The renal system
    Endocrine system
    Hematologic and immune systems
    Gastrointestinal system
    Multisystem disorders
    Psychosocial aspects of high acuity and critical care
    Care of patients with special needs.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Brenda Baker, PhD, RN, FAAN, Jill Janke, RN, PHD, WHNP.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Reproduction-fetal and placental development. Reproductive anatomy, physiology, and the menstrual cycle ; Genetics ; Fetal and placental development and functioning
    Section 2: Maternal-fetal well-being. Age-related concerns ; Prenatal testing and antepartum fetal surveillance ; Environmental hazards
    Section 3: Antepartum period. Perinatal diversity ; Physiology of pregnancy ; Psychology of pregnancy
    Section 4: Intrapartum period. Essential forces and factors in labor ; Normal childbirth ; Intrapartum fetal assessment
    Section 5: Postpartum period. Physical and psychologic changes after childbirth ; Breastfeeding ; Contraception
    Section 6: The newborn period. Transitional care of the newborn ; The infant at risk
    Section 7: Complications of childbearing. Intimate partner violence ; Hypertensive disorders in pregnancy ; Maternal infections ; Hemorrhagic disorders ; Endocrine and metabolic disorders ; Management of non-obstetrical surgery and trauma in pregnancy ; Perinatal substance use ; Other medical complications ; Labor and delivery at risk ; Postpartum complications
    Section 8: Ethics and issues. Ethics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2024
  • Digital
    editor, Heather Craven.
    Contents:
    Patient/family education
    Cancer
    Care of the geriatric patient
    Behavioral health
    Care of the bariatric patient
    Nutrition
    Immobility
    Pain
    Fluid/electrolyte/acid-base imbalances
    Shock
    End-of-life care and ethics
    Perioperative nursing care
    Complementary, alternative, and integrative therapies
    Disaster planning
    The gastrointestinal system
    The respiratory system
    The cardiovascular system
    The endocrine system
    Diabetes
    The renal and urologic systems
    The reproductive system
    The neurologic system
    The musculoskeletal system
    The hematologic system
    The immune system
    Infectious disease and sepsis
    The integumentary system
    Domains of nursing practice
    Achieving excellence in medical-surgical nursing.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by M. Terese Verklan, Marlene Walden.
    Summary: Perfect as a resource in the field or for exam preparation, this authoritative reference from the Association of Women's Health, Obstetric, and Neonatal Nurses (AWHONN) includes in-depth coverage of the most common neonatal disorders and their management. The concise outline format highlights the essentials of each condition including definition, etiology, pathophysiology, signs and symptoms, diagnostic tests, treatments, and outcomes to help you find important information quickly. This new edition also features an increased focus on evidence-based practice, new CAMTS and AAMS guidelines, new techniques for PICC placement, and changes to the Neonatal Resuscitation Program.

    Contents:
    Uncomplicated antepartum, intrapartum, and postpartum care
    Antepartum-intrapartum complications
    Perinatal substance abuse
    Adaptation to extrauterine life
    Neonatal delivery room resuscitation
    Thermoregulation
    Physical assessment
    Fluid and electrolyte management
    Glucose management
    Nutritional management
    Developmental support
    Pharmacology
    Laboratory testing in the NICU
    Radiologic evaluation
    Common invasive procedures
    P ain assessment and management
    Families in crisis
    Patient safety
    Discharge planning and transition to home
    Genetics: from bench to bedside
    Intrafacility and interfacility neonatal transport
    Care of the extremely low birth weight infant
    Care of the late preterm infant
    Respiratory distress
    Apnea
    Assisted ventilation
    Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation
    Cardiovascular disorders
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Endocrine disorders
    Hematologic disorders
    Infectious diseases in the neonate
    Renal and genitourinary disorders
    Neurologic disorders
    Congenital anomalies
    Neonatal dermatology
    Ophthalmologic and auditory disorders
    Foundations of neonatal research
    Ethical issues
    Legal issues.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jeannine Brant.
    Summary: The only OCN Exam review developed in collaboration with the Oncology Nursing Society (ONS), "Core Curriculum for Oncology Nursing", 6th Edition, is the must-have OCN certification review resource. This essential guide covers the entire scope of practice for oncology nursing and reflects important changes in the dynamic field of cancer treatment and care. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: The care continuum. Epidemiology, prevention, and health promotion / Joni L. Watson
    Screening and early detection / Jaya M. Gill
    Survivorship / Stacie Corcoran
    Palliative and end-of-life care / Regina M. Fink and Nancy Robertson
    Nursing navigation across the cancer continuum / Shama Shrestha and Ellen Carr
    Communication and shared decision making / Pamela Katz and Joseph D. Tariman. Part 2: Scientific basis for practice. Carcinogenesis / Jennifer Alisangco Tschanz and Cathleen Sugarman
    Immunology / Christine Boley
    Precision medicine / Marlon Garzo Saria and Santosh Kesari
    Genetic risk factors / Julie Eggert
    Clinical trials and research protocols / Marlon Garzo Saria and Santosh Kesari
    Bone and soft tissue cancers / Ellen Carr
    Breast cancer / Jan Petree
    Gastrointestinal cancers / Christa Braun-Inglis
    Genitourinary cancers / Sally Maliski
    Head and neck cancers / Beverly Hudson and Ellen Carr
    HIV-related cancers / Brenda K. Shelton
    Leukemia / Stephanie Jackson and Jeannine M. Brant
    Lung cancer / Geline J. Tamayo
    Lymphoma / Judy Petersen
    Multiple myeloma / Joseph D. Tariman and Jazel Dolores Sugay
    Neurologic system cancers / Mady C. Stovall
    Reproductive system cancers / Denise Falardeau
    Skin cancer / Krista M. Rubin and Christine Boley. Part 3: Treatment modalities. Surgery / Gail W. Davidson
    Nursing implications of hematopoietic stem transplantation / Terry Wikle Shapiro
    Radiation therapy / Susan Weiss Behrend
    Chemotherapy and hormonal therapy / Patti Davis and Anna Howard
    Biotherapies: targeted therapies and immunotherapies / Kristine Deano Abueg and Brenda Keith
    Support therapies and access devices / Dawn Camp-Sorrell. Part 4: Palliation of symptoms. Pharmacologic interventions / Tia Wheatley and Rowena N. Schwartz
    Complementary, alternative, and integrative modalities / Roberta Bourgon
    Cardiovascular symptoms / Deborah Kirk Walker
    Cognitive symptoms / Catherine E. Jansen
    Endocrine symptoms / Marianne Davies
    Fatigue / Jeannine M. Brant
    Gastrointestinal symptoms / Rita Wickham
    Genitourinary symptoms / Sally Maliski
    Hematologic and immune symptoms / Eileen Galvin
    Integumentary symptoms / Kathy Waitman
    Musculoskeletal symptoms / Kathy Waitman
    Neurologic symptoms / Kathy Waitman
    Nutrition issues / Diana Cope
    Pain / Jeannine M. Brant
    Respiratory systems / Leslie Matthews
    Sleep-wake disturbances / Tricia Montgomery and Jeannine M. Brant. Part 5: Psychosocial dimensions of care. Altered body image / Elizabeth Freitas
    Caregiver burden / Geline J. Tamayo
    Cultural and spiritual care / Emily A. Haozous
    Psychosocial disturbances and coping / Kathleen Murphy-Ende
    Sexuality and sexual dysfunction / Patricia W. Nishimoto and Hana K. Choi. Part 6: Oncologic emergencies. Metabolic emergencies / Elizabeth Delaney, Carol Nikolai and Kristi Coe
    Structural emergencies / Wendy Vogel. Part 7: Professional practice. Standards of practice and professional performance / Barbara Lubejko
    Evidence-based practice / Jennifer Shamai, Tia Wheatley and Allison Winacoo
    Principles of education and learning / Diana Cope
    Legal issues / Julie Ponto
    Ethical issues / Jeanne Marie Erickson and Joshua Hardin
    Professional issues / Lani Kai Clinton
    Compassion fatigue / Susie Newton.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2020
  • Digital
    American Society for Pain Management Nursing ; editors, Michelle L. Czarnecki, MSN, RN-BC, APNP, Helen N. Turner, DNP, APRN, PCNS-BC, AP-PMN, FAAN.
    Contents:
    Foundations
    Clinical Practice of Pain Management Nursing
    Nursing Roles Involved in Pain Management.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2018
  • Digital
    Association of American Medical Colleges.
    Summary: "This landmark publication published by the AAMC identifies a list of integrated activities to be expected of all M.D. graduates making the transition from medical school to residency. This guide delineates 13 Entrustable professional activities (EPAs) that all entering residents should be expected to perform on day 1 of residency without direct supervision regardless of specialty choice. The Core EPAs for entering residency are designed to be a subset of all of the graduation requirements of a medical school. Individual schools may have additional mission-specific graduation requirements, and specialties may have specific EPAs that would be required after the student has made the specialty decision but before residency matriculation. The Core EPAs may also be foundational to an EPA for any practicing physician or for specialty-specific EPAs"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Gather a history and perform a physical examination
    Prioritize a differential diagnosis following a clinical encounter
    Recommend and interpret common diagnostic and screening tests
    Enter and discuss orders and prescriptions
    Document a clinical encounter in the patient record
    Provide an oral presentation of a clinical encounter
    Form clinical questions and retrieve evidence to advance patient care
    Give or receive a patient handover to transition care responsibility
    Collaborate as a member of an interprofessional team
    Recognize a patient requiring urgent or emergent care and initiate evaluation and management
    Obtain informed consent for tests and/or procedures
    Perform general procedures of a physician
    Identify system failures and contribute to a culture of safety and improvement.
    Digital Access R2Library 2014
  • Digital
    Wolfgang Krüger, Andrew James Ludman.
    Summary: Every year, numerous articles on critical care topics are published, and it is increasingly difficult for the busy practitioner to keep abreast of the latest developments. This book provides a detailed review of state of the art knowledge as well as the latest research findings. It covers the core aspects in excellent detail, but is not so comprehensive as to make its daily use unfeasible. For each condition considered, discussion of the pathophysiology is integrated with observations on diagnosis and treatment in order to allow a deeper understanding. The book is scientifically based, with extensive references to published research. This will allow readers to investigate their individual interests further and will enable physicians to base their approach upon evidence rather than upon traditions or routines. Accordingly, clinicians will be able to justify measures by providing a coherent, evidence-based strategy and relevant citations where needed. Core Knowledge in Critical Care Medicine will appeal to experienced practitioners as an aide-mémoire, but will also be of great value to a wide range of more junior staff wishing to complement their background knowledge with important facts applicable to everyday practice.

    Contents:
    Cardiac Function and Hemodynamic Monitoring
    Mechanical Ventilation and Weaning
    Shock in general and in specific conditions
    Sepsis
    Adult Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS)
    Acute Kidney Injury (AKI)
    Critical Illness Neuropathy and Myopathy
    Nutrition in the critically ill Patient
    Analgo-Sedation
    Scoring Systems
    Post cardiac arrest care.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Tim Cook, Michael Kristensen.
    Summary: "It is a great honour and pleasure for us to have been asked to take over editing the 3rd edition of this book, so successfully previously edited by Ian Calder and Adrian Pearce. It is now almost 10 years since the last edition of the book was published and it is clearly time for an update. In this new 3rd edition we have updated only a small number of chapters - most have been completely rewritten to ensure they are up to date and relevant. While a few chapters have been combined we have added several new ones to ensure the book fully covers the range of challenges encountered during modern airway management. There are new full chapters on the epidemiology of airway complications, ultrasonography, videolaryngoscopy, combined techniques, expiratory ventilatory assist, airway management for robotic surgery, during CPR, for the bloody and bleeding airway and during prehospital emergency medicine"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Christopher Bouch, Jonathan Cousins.
    Contents:
    Section 1. Background to Obesity, Epidemiology and Anthropology
    1. The Obesity Problem and its Relationship to Healthcare
    2. Drivers of Obesity, Nutrition and Dietary Considerations
    3. Body Morphology and Fat Distribution
    4. Reports and Guidelines Related to the Morbidly Obese Patient
    5. Education and Training in Peri-operative Care
    Section 2. Pathophysiology of Obesity
    6. Cardiovascular System Pathophysiology in Obesity
    7. The Respiratory System and Airway Pathophysiology in Obesity
    8. The Pathophysiology of Sleep Disordered Breathing in the Morbidly Obese
    9. Drug Compartments and Body Systems
    10. Diabetes Mellitus and the Metabolic Syndrome
    Section 3. Pre-operative Assessment and Preparation
    11. Airway Assessment in Obesity
    12. Respiratory Assessment in Obesity
    13. Cardiovascular Assessment in Obesity
    14. Sleep Disordered Breathing: Assessment and Management in Obesity
    15. Risk Assessment and Stratification for Obesity --16. Peri-operative Anaesthetic Implications in the Obese Child
    17. Ward and Operating Room Equipment for the Obese
    Section 4. Intra-operative Management
    18. Patient and Operating Room Preparation for the Obese
    19. Induction of General Anesthesia and Positioning in Obesity
    20. The Rapid Sequence Induction: Myth and Obesity
    21. Airway Management in Obesity
    22. Maintenance of General Anaesthesia in Obesity
    23. Techniques of Ventilation and the Pneumoperitoneum
    24. Analgesic Techniques
    25. Reversal and Emergence from Anaesthesia
    26. The Morbidly Obese Parturient
    27. Day Case Surgery for Obese Patients
    28. Emergency Surgery and Trauma in the Obese
    Section 5. Post-operative Care
    29. Post-operative Recovery: Location and Potential Complications
    30. Enhanced Recovery for the Obese Patient
    31. Thromboprophylaxis for the Obese Surgical Patient
    32. Peri-operative Management of the Obese Diabetic Patient
    33. Nutritional Management of the Obese Surgical Patient
    34. Critical Care Management of the Obese Patient
    Section 6. Bariatric Surgery
    35. Indications for Bariatric Surgery
    36. Surgical Procedures for Weight Loss
    37. Bariatric Surgery Complications
    38. Anaesthesia for Bariatric Surgery
    39. Management of Patients Post Bariatric Surgery
    40. Paediatric Bariatric Surgery and Anaesthesia.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph Arrowsmith, Andrew Roscoe, Jonathan Mackay.
    Summary: "In the words of one of our contributors (Sam Nashef*), "There is no such thing as a good cardiac anaesthetist". Recently published** evidence however, suggests that the anaesthetist's contribution to cardiac surgical mortality is very small, suggesting that - at least in the UK - there is no such thing as a bad cardiac anaesthetist either!!! As with many textbooks, it was inevitable that the second edition was fatter and heavier than the first as we sought to cover more topics in greater detail. In considering a third edition, the consistent feedback (sometimes blunt) was to delete less frequently read chapters and return to the original remit - a small, concise, portable reference focusing on key points for trainees in the first six months of subspecialty training. We warmly welcome Andy Roscoe, a recognized international authority on transoesophageal echocardiography, as an editor. Under Andy's stewardship, we are confident that future editions of this book will be in safe hands. In the third edition, we cover many of changes that have occurred since publication of the second edition - a huge expansion in ECMO (a four-letter word in many centres), increased numbers of cardiology procedures undertaken in cardiac catheter laboratory and hybrid operating theatre, and the tentative return of aprotinin into clinical practice. In larger cardiac surgical centres there has been a gradual separation of cardiothoracic anaesthesia from critical care, with the latter becoming a specialty 26 in its own right. Many intensive topics are well covered in a sister publication, Core Topics in Cardiothoracic Critical Care, 2nd Edition and these are referenced in the text. We are extremely grateful to our contributors for their forbearance and to Cambridge University Press for their seemingly endless patience"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Kamen Valchanov, Nicola Jones, Charles W Hogue.
    Summary: Most patients with critical cardiac or thoracic conditions will at some stage pass through the cardiothoracic critical care unit. Critical care presents more complex clinical data than any other area of medicine. The new edition of Core Topics in Cardiothoracic Critical Care focuses on the latest practise in the management of patients in cardiothoracic intensive care. The practice of cardiothoracic critical care medicine is constantly evolving, and this new edition reflects the modernized learning styles for trainees. Each chapter includes key learning points as well as sample multiple choice questions and answers to assist in exam preparation. This edition also features updated chapters on ECMO, perioperative management of patients undergoing emergency cardiothoracic surgery, and advanced modes of organ support for patients. This text provides key knowledge in a concise and accessible manner for trainees, clinicians and consultants from specialities and disciplines such as cardiology and anaesthesia, and nursing and physiotherapy.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by David J. Barron.
    Summary: "Featuring a combination of easily digestible sections, clinical images, and a text layout that assists rapid fact acquisition, this book highlights the core topics in congenital cardiac surgery. The text covers all the commonly encountered anomalies, with simple explanations of the underlying anatomy and management options. Readers are provided with strong support from the outset; including guidance on diagnosis, operative technique, and post-operative management. Aimed at trainees preparing for professional examination and newly appointed consultants, this invaluable handbook is a go-to resource for the busy practitioner. It will also be an ideal reference for cardiologists, intensivists, perfusionists, and cardiac nurses, requiring a concise and accessible summary of the surgical aspects of diagnosis and treatment. The book includes sections on transplantation, ECMO, hybrid procedures and adult congenital heart disease"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The fetal circulation and patent ductus arteriosus / Timothy J. Jones
    Essentials of pediatric cardiopulmonary bypass / Timothy J. Jones
    Imaging in congenital heart disease / Oliver Stumper
    Arterial shunts and pulmonary artery banding / David J. Barron
    Patent arterial duct / Phil Botha
    Coarctation of the aorta and aortic interruption / Natasha Khan
    Atrial septal defects / Natasha Khan
    Anomalous pulmonary venous connection and cor triatriatum / Natasha Khan
    Ventricular septal defects / Natasha Khan
    Atrioventricular septal defects / David J. Barron
    Tetralogy of fallot / David J. Barron
    Pulmonary atresia with major aortopulmonary collateral arteries / David J. Barron
    Pulmonary atresia with intact ventricular septum / David J. Barron
    Aortic valve disease and left outflow tract obstruction / David J. Barron
    Tricuspid valve abnormalities in congenital heart disease / David J. Barron
    Transposition of the great arteries / William J. Brawn
    Double outlet right ventricle / David J. Barron
    Congenitally corrected transposition of the great arteries / David J. Barron
    Truncus arteriosus / William J. Brawn
    Hypoplastic left heart syndrome / William J. Brawn
    Cavopulmonary shunts and the fontan circulation / David J. Barron
    Vascular rings / David J. Barron
    Hybrid cardiac surgical procedures in congenital heart disease / Oliver Stumper
    Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation in children / Timothy J. Jones
    Surgery for adult congenital heart disease / David J. Barron
    Transplantation for congenital heart disease / Phil Botha.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew "Fred" Robinson, James W. Brodsky, John P. Negrine.
    Summary: This concise guide offers an ideal overview of both the practical and theoretical aspects of foot and ankle surgery for trainees and junior consultants. Easy to read chapters cover all areas of surgery, from examination, imaging, and the biomechanics of the foot and ankle, to specific conditions including amputations and prostheses, deformities, arthritis, cavus and flat foot, sports injuries, Achilles tendon, benign and malignant tumors and heel pain. Fractures and dislocations of the ankle, hind-, mid- and forefoot are also covered, as are the foot in diabetes and pediatrics. Written by a team of international experts, the text is an accessible way to prepare for postgraduate examinations and manage patients successfully.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Simon Paterson-Brown, Hugh M. Paterson.
    Summary: "Core Topics in General and Emergency Surgery meets the needs of surgeons in higher training and practising consultants for a contemporary and evidence-based account of general surgery in both elective and emergency situations. It is a practical reference source incorporating the most current information on recent developments, management issues and operative procedures. The text is thoroughly referenced and supported by evidence-based recommendations wherever possible, distinguishing between strong evidence to support a conclusion, and evidence suggesting that a recommendation can be reached on the balance of probabilities"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Evaluation of surgical evidence
    Perioperative care and enhanced recovery
    Organisation of emergency general surgical services
    Patient assessment and surgical risk
    Perioperative and intensive care management of the surgical patient
    Surgical nutrition
    Abdominal hernias
    Neck surgery for the general surgeon
    Human factors and patient safety in surgery
    Principles of organ donation and general surgery in the transplant patient
    Early assessment of the acute abdomen
    Perforation of the upper gastrointestinal tract
    Acute non-variceal upper gastrointestinal bleeding
    Pancreaticobiliary emergencies
    Acute conditions of the small bowel and appendix
    Colonic emergencies
    Anorectal emergencies
    Paediatric surgical emergencies
    Management of trauma for the general surgeon
    Abdominal sepsis and abdominal compartment syndrome
    Complications of bariatric surgery presenting to the general surgeon and considerations for the general surgeon when operating on the obese patient.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Simon Paterson-Brown.
    Summary: Core Topics in General & Emergency Surgery meets the needs of surgeons in higher training and practising consultants for a contemporary and evidence-based account of this sub-specialty that is relevant to their general surgical practice. It is a practical reference source incorporating the most current information on recent developments, management issues and operative procedures. The text is thoroughly referenced and supported by evidence-based recommendations wherever possible, distinguishing between strong evidence to support a conclusion, and evidence suggesting that a recommenda.

    Contents:
    Evidence-based practice in surgery / Kathryn A. Rigby and Jonathan A. Michaels
    Outcomes and health economic issues in surgery / Sharath C.V. Paravastu and Jonathan A. Michaels
    Day case surgery / Paul Baskerville
    Abdominal hernias / Andrew C. de Beaux
    Organisation of emergency general surgical services and the early assessment and investigation of the acute abdomen / Simon Paterson-Brown
    Perforations of the upper gastrointestinal tract /Enders K.W. Ng
    Acute non-variceal upper gastrointestinal bleeding / Colin J. McKay and James Lau
    Pancreaticobiliary emergencies / Mark Duxbury
    Acute conditions of the small bowel and appendix / Peter Lamb
    Colonic emergencies / David E. Beck
    Anorectal emergencies / Felicity J. Creamer and B. James Mander
    Paediatric surgical emergencies / Dafydd A. Davies and Jacob C. Langer
    Abdominal trauma / Kenneth D. Boffard
    Venous thromboembolism : prevention, diagnosis and treatment / Rhona M. MaClean
    Patient assessment and surgical risk / Chris Deans
    Perioperative and intensive care management of the surgical patient / R. Michael Grounds and Andrew Rhodes
    Surgical nutrition / William G. Simpson and Steven D. Heys
    Abdominal sepsis and abdominal compartment syndrome / Emma Barrow and Iain D. Anderson
    Complications of bariatric surgery presenting to the general surgeon / Bruce R. Tulloh and Andrew C. de Beaux.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by A. Agata Crerar-Gilbert, Mark MacGregor.
    Summary: Part of the popular Core Topics series, this book provides a practical guide to pre-operative assessment for consultants and trainee anaesthetists. Chapters cover comprehensive evidence-based guidance for assessing and managing patients with particular conditions, as well as perioperative risk stratification and challenges of pre-assessment. The chapters have been written by specialists in the respective clinical fields, while all content has been edited by anaesthetists to assure it is relevant and accessible to the anaesthetist in the everyday pre-operative clinic. Written specifically for anaesthetists, this resource will allow every reader to contribute effectively in a multidisciplinary approach when assessing and risk stratifying patients to ensure that they are optimised before surgery.

    Contents:
    Ischaemic heart disease
    Hypertension
    Cardiac arrhythmias
    Heart failure
    Cardiac investigations : echocardiography
    Cardiac investigations : myocardial perfusion imaging
    Cardiac investigations : cardiac magnetic resonance
    Cardiac investigations : computed tomography angiography
    Cardiac investigations : comparison of cardiac functional tests and imaging
    Respiratory disease
    Difficult airway prediction
    Renal disease
    Neurological disease
    Hepatobiliary disease
    Neuromuscular disease
    Connective tissue disease
    Immunocompromised patients
    Frailty
    Haematology
    Biochemistry
    Endocrine disease
    Bariatric patients
    Chronic pain and addiction
    Obstetric patients
    Herbal medications
    Anaphylaxis
    Legal considerations
    Predicting operative risk
    Challenges of setting up preoperative service.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    editor, Christopher J. Rapuano.
    Contents:
    Conjunctival infections and inflammations
    Conjunctival degenerations and mass lesions
    Anterior segment developmental anomalies
    Ectatic conditions of the cornea
    Corneal dystrophies
    Corneal degenerations and deposits
    Corneal infections, inflammations, and surface disorders
    Systemic and immunologic conditions affecting the cornea
    Anterior sclera and iris
    Surgery and complications
    Trauma.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    edited by Mark J. Mannis, Edward J. Holland.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Fabio A. Guarnieri.
    Summary: This book presents a unique approach not found in any other text for those looking to improve the clinical results of refractive surgery by gaining a better understanding of corneal biomechanics and the instrumentation related to it. Written by leading experts in the field, this book provides authoritative coverage of the interactions of the cornea and the bioinstrumentation, such as corneal topography, pachymetry, aberrometers, tonometry and optical coherence tomography. Organized in an easy-to-read manner, Corneal Biomechanics and Refractive Surgery is designed for refractive surgeons and general ophthalmologists alike and describes the biomechanical role of the corneal tissue and how each part is affected in refractive surgery. Additionally, showing what the bioinstrumentation can measure, how models can improve understanding of the interaction between biomechanics, bioinstrumentation, and refractive surgery, and how these models and bioinstrumentation together can improve the refractive results, are also discussed.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Mazen M. Sinjab, Arthur B. Cummings.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive coverage of corneal collagen cross-linking (CXL), a major management modality for keratoconus and ectatic corneal disorders. All aspects are covered, including refractive and non-refractive surgery indications, models of application, safety, efficacy, performance, outcome measures, evidence of CXL, complications, contraindications, use in children, and controversies. The discussion reflects the considerable progress that has been made in understanding of the modality since its development in the late 1990s. Detailed attention is paid to new concepts, changing surgical techniques and indications, the latest evidence-based science and research, and the future of CXL. Guidance is also provided on the use of CXL in combination with other modalities, such as LASIK, PRK, intracorneal ring implantation and others. The text is accompanied by numerous high-quality color illustrations. Corneal Collagen Cross Linking will provide the reader with a sound grasp of the technique and its use and will hopefully also serve as a stimulus to further research and advances.

    Contents:
    Basics of Corneal Collagen Cross Linking
    Indications
    Models of Application
    Outcome and Efficacy Measures
    Evidence of CXL
    Complications
    Contraindications
    CXL in Children
    Controversies in CXL.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Kathryn Colby, editor.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive coverage of the most important corneal diseases in children, including congenital corneal opacities, infectious keratitis, corneal ectasia, ocular surface disorders and allergic eye disease. Highlights include an extensive discussion of corneal surgery in children, in-depth coverage of the role of various anterior segment ocular imaging modalities in the diagnosis and management of corneal diseases in the pediatric population, and surgical videos to further assist the reader. Chapters dedicated to amblyopia management and contact lens use in children round out the volume. Corneal Diseases in Children stands out as one of the few books dedicated to this important topic.

    Contents:
    1. Approach to the child with a corneal condition / Kathryn Colby
    2. Corneal diseases in children : imaging
    3. Corneal diseases in children : infectious keratitis
    4. Corneal diseases in children : allergic diseases
    5. Corneal diseases in children : ocular surface diseases 6. Corneal diseases in children : congenital anomalies
    7. Corneal diseases in children : keratoconus
    8. Corneal diseases in children : surgery
    9. Corneal diseases in children : contact lenses
    10.Corneal diseases in children : amblyopia management
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Bhavana Sharma, Jeewan S. Titiyal, editors.
    Summary: The book provides a comprehensive insight into various corneal emergencies along with their risk factors, causative agents, diagnostic pearls, treatment challenges and management options. It provides essential information on relevant anatomical and physiological aspects in addition to epidemiology and risk factors. Comprising of explanatory flow diagrams, diagnostic and treatment algorithms and high-quality illustrations, this book is written and edited by renowned corneal specialists who have come together to address this complex topic in a simple and effective manner. The book highlights an important aspect of cornea which is relevant for specialists and general ophthalmologists alike and also serves as an important resource for postgraduate students and trainees. It emphasizes on the practical management of corneal emergencies, supplemented with preferred practice patterns and guidelines. Additionally, the book serves as a quick reference for ophthalmic practitioners to adequately manage such cases at the point of first contact.

    Contents:
    Anatomical and physiological aspects in emergencies of cornea
    Epidemiology and risk factors
    Requisites of operation room and cornea clinic to manage corneal emergencies
    Diagnostic and therapeutic approach in management of corneal emergencies
    Minor corneal emergencies
    Mechanical injuries of cornea
    Microbial keratitis
    Perforations in corneal ulcer
    Complications after refractive surgeries
    Chemical injuries
    Corneal emergencies after penetrating and lamellar keratoplasty
    Graft rejection
    Corneal wound dehiscence after surgery
    Approach to management
    Corneal emergencies in contact lens users
    Immune mediated peripheral ulcerative keratitis
    Emergencies associated with advanced corneal ectasias
    Preventive aspects and public awareness.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jorge L. Alió, Jorge L. Alió del Barrio, Francisco Arnalich-Montiel, editors.
    Summary: This text provides expert instruction on the varying surgical techniques currently employed for the regeneration of the ocular surface. Corneal Regeneration: Therapy and Surgery begins with a thorough discussion of current research based on data obtained in clinical human studies, and discusses the potential clinical implications for this promising new stage of eye surgery. Sections devoted to the stem cell, regenerative surgery and therapy of the ocular surface epithelium, corneal stroma, and corneal endothelium follow, each section comprehensively covering applied anatomy, current therapy and regenerative techniques, with a look to future directions of the field including eventual cell therapy. Corneal Regeneration: Therapy and Surgery is the first book of its kind, systematically covering the developments the medical community has achieved in corneal regeneration from all angles. Written and edited by leading experts in the field, researchers and ophthalmologists alike will find this to be a unique source of information on corneal regeneration, as well as a thoughtful reflection on potential applications of regenerative surgery in ophthalmology as a whole.

    Contents:
    Corneal regeneration: the concept, the facts, the potential
    The stem cell
    Regenerative surgery and therapy of the ocular surface epithelium
    Regenerative surgery of the corneal stroma
    Regenerative surgery of the corneal endothelium
    Bioengineering cornea surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Melanie Corbett, Nicholas Maycock, Emanuel Rosen, David O'Bart.
    Summary: The new edition of this leading text atlas on corneal topography has been updated to include the latest advances in technology, such as Pentacam and Orbscan. The principles and theory underlying each technology are first clearly explained, and clinical applications are then examined. The authors describe how to use the different technologies and devices, explain the clinical readout with illustrations of normal corneal topography, discuss applications and findings in common disease states, and present the appearances after various corneal surgical procedures. The pros and cons of each system are highlighted. This up-to-date, superbly illustrated book is the most comprehensive guide to corneal topography currently available. It is anticipated that this second edition will become the seminal corneal topography textbook for all with an interest in corneal disease and its management, and refractive surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jesper Hjortdal, editor.
    Contents:
    History of corneal transplantation
    Anatomy & physiology
    considerations in relation to transplantation
    Indications for keratoplasty, patient selection
    Corneal banking
    Penetrating keratoplasty
    Deep lamellar keratoplasty
    Superficial anterior keratoplasty
    Femtosecond laser aided PK and DALK
    Suture techniques
    Immunosuppression
    Tissue typing
    Recurrence of disease
    Complications
    Retransplantation
    DSAEK
    DMEK
    Endothelial cells
    Limbal stem cells
    Handling post-OP astigmatism (AK, PIOL, cataract, laser)
    Cataract surgery and transplantation (IOL calculation)
    Corneal transplant registers.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Kyoichi Mizuno, Masamichi Takano, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    J.T. Willerson, David R. Holmes, Jr., editors.
    Contents:
    1. Coronary artery disease: pathological anatomy and pathogenesis
    2. Clinical use of serum biomarkers in the prediction of cardiovascular risk
    3. Medical management of serum lipids and coronary heart disease
    4. Coronary artery disease: regulation of coronary blood flow
    5. Coronary angiography
    6. Diabetes and heart disease
    7. Women and coronary artery disease
    8. Exercise testing
    9. The electrocardiogram in coronary artery disease
    10. Echocardiographic evaluation of coronary artery disease
    11. Myocardial perfusion imaging utilizing single photon emission computed tomography techniques
    12. Clinical cardiac positron emission tomography
    13. Magnetic resonance imaging of the myocardium, coronary arteries, and anomalous origin of coronary arteries
    14. Computed tomograph cardiovascular imaging
    15. Coronary heart disease syndromes: pathophysiology and clinical recognition
    16. Evaluation of vulnerable atherosclerotic plaques
    17. Medical treatment of stable angina
    18. Medical treatment of unstable angina and acute non-ST-elevation myocardial infarction
    19. Treatment of acute ST-elevation myocardial infarction
    20. Medical treatment of heart failure and coronary heart disease
    21. Surgical treatment of advanced heart failure
    22. Kawasaki Disease
    23. Percutaneous coronary intervention and the various coronary artery disease syndromes
    24. Sudden cardiac death in coronary artery disease
    25. Surgical treatment of coronary artery disease
    26. Coronary artery bypass surgery and percutaneous coronary revascularization: impact on morbidity and mortality in patients with coronary artery disease
    27. Cardiovascular genetics: focus on genetics of coronary artery disease
    28. Preventive cardiology: the effects of exercise
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Dimitris Tousoulis.
    Contents:
    Biology of the vessel wall / Evangelos Oikonomou, Sotirios Tsalamandris, Konstantinos Mourouzis, Dimitris Tousiulis
    Endothelial function / Petros Fountoulakis, Evangelos Oikonomou, Georgios Lazaros, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Atherosclerotic plaque / Evangelos Oikonomou, Georgios Latsios, Georgia Vogiatzi
    Risk factors of atherosclerosis / Costas Tsioufis, Emmanouil Mantzouranis, Theodore Kalos, Dimitrios Konstantinidis, Dimitris Tousoulis
    The role of inflammation / Sotrios Tsalamandris, Evangelos Oikonomou, Nikoloas Papageorgiou, Dimitris Tousoulis
    The role of oxidative stress / Sotirios Tsalamandris, Georgia Vogiatzi, Alexios S. Antonopoulos, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Genetics of atherosclerosis / Nikolaos Papageorgiou, Evangelos Diamantis, Effimia Zacharia, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Functional anatomy / Alexios S. Antonopoulos, Gerasimos Siasos, Charalambos Antoniades, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Myocardial oxygen consumption / Alexios S. Antonopoulos, Athina Goliopoulou, Georgia Vogiatzi, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Regulation of oxygen transport and coronary blood flow / Konstantinos Aznadouridis, Konstantina Masoura, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Stable angina pectoris / Charalambos Vlachopoulos, Christos Georgakopoulos, Dimitris Pollalis, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Acute coronary syndromes / Maria Drakopoulou, Konstantinos Toutouzas, Dimitris Toussoulis
    Anti-inflammatory treatment / Sotirios Tsalamandris, Evangelos Oikonomou, Georgios Latsios, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Anti-oxidant treatment / Sotirios Tsalamandris, Evangelos Oikonomou, Aggelos Papamikroulis, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Gene Therapy / Debbie Falconer, Nikoloas Papageorgiou, Charalambos Antoniades, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Stem-cell therapy / Georgia Vogiatzi, Alexandros Briasoulis, Sotirios Tsalamandris, Dimitris Tsouloulis
    Non-invasive imaging techniques in coronary artery disease / Constantina Aggeli, Sofia Mavrogeni, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Invasive imaging techniques / Andreas Synetos, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Functional assessment of coronary lesions in the cath lab / Sofia Vaina, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Novel antiplatelet agents / Gerasimos Siasos, Vasiliki Tsigkou, Evangelos Oikonomou, Marina Zaromitidou, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Primary percutaneous coronary intervention / Konstantinos Toutouzas, Odysseas Kaitozis, Dimitris Tousoulis
    Novel developments in interventional strategies / Emmanouil Vavouranakissss, Konstantinos Kalogeras, Dimitris Tousoulis.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Miao Wang, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the etiology of coronary artery disease and focuses on the main therapies and drug interventions currently available. It highlights drug pharmacology and therapeutic challenges, with a special emphasis on the underlying principles of available therapeutics and the on-going development of drugs for coronary artery disease. The book is divided into eight chapters, the first of which describes the classical mechanism of coronary artery disease and its clinical presentations. Chapter 2 lists the principles of and related evidence on the prevention and treatment of coronary artery disease. This includes diet and lifestyle management, and guidelines for the treatment of acute coronary syndrome and stable coronary artery disease. In turn, Chapter 3 describes revascularization treatments, covering percutaneous coronary interventions, coronary artery bypass grafts and thrombolysis. This chapter also addresses the main therapeutic challenges. The following chapters provide an overview of three major categories of coronary artery disease drugs, which target thrombosis (Chapter 4), lipid metabolism (Chapter 5), and hypertension (Chapter 6). Heart failure constitutes the major health burden in the late stage of coronary artery disease; accordingly, current heart failure therapeutics and related drug pharmacology are described in Chapter 7. In closing, Chapter 8 provides a summary of on-going clinical trials for coronary artery disease drug development and discusses a number of promising areas in which intensive research into new therapeutics is being pursued. Given its scope, the book will be of interest to clinicians, medical students and research scientists, as well as to pharmaceutical professionals who are seeking new therapies and drugs for coronary artery disease and related disorders.

    Contents:
    Coronary Artery Disease: From Mechanism to Clinical Practice
    Evidence in guidelines for treatment of coronary artery disease
    Revascularization For Coronary Artery Disease: Principle And Challenges
    Antithrombotic drugs: pharmacology and perspectives
    Lipid modifying drugs: pharmacology and perspectives
    Anti-hypertensive drugs: pharmacology and perspectives
    Pharmaceutical treatment for Heart failure
    Drug discovery for coronary artery disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ghassan S. Kassab.
    Summary: This comprehensive text examines both global and local coronary blood flow based on morphometry and mechanical properties of the coronary vasculature. Using a biomechanical approach, this book addresses coronary circulation in a quantitative manner based on models rooted in experimental data that account for the various physical determinants of coronary blood flow including myocardial-vessel interactions and various mechanisms of autoregulation. This is the first text dedicated to a distributive analysis (as opposed to lumped) and provides digital files for detailed anatomical data (e.g., diameters, lengths, node-to-node connections) of the coronary vessels. This book also provides appendices with specific mathematical formulations for the biomechanical analyses and models in the text. Written by Dr. Ghassan S. Kassab, a leader in the field of coronary biomechanics, Coronary Circulation: Anatomy, Mechanical Properties, and Biomechanics is a synthesis of seminal topics in the field and is intended for clinicians, bioengineers, and researchers as a compendium on the topic. The detailed anatomical and mechanical data provided are intended to be used as a platform to address new questions in this exciting and clinically very important research area.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Biomechanics
    Chapter 2: Morphometry of Coronary Vasculature
    Chapter 3: Mechanical Properties and Microstructure of the Coronary Vasculature
    Chapter 4: Constitutive Models of Coronary Vasculature
    Chapter 5: Network Analysis of Coronary Circulation: I. Steady State Flow
    Chapter 6: Network Analysis of Coronary Circulation: II. Pulsatile Flow
    Chapter 7: Scaling Laws of Coronary Vasculature
    Chapter 8: Local Coronary Flow and Stress Distribution.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ion C. Tintoiu, Malcolm John Underwood, Stephane Pierre Cook, Hironori Kitabata, Aamer Abbas, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. CABG old therapy, new techniques
    Part II. Epidemiology and prognosis
    Part III. Pathophysiology
    Part IV. Diagnostic methods
    Part V.Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    William G. Rothstein.
    Contents:
    Pandemics as historical events
    Overview of the coronary heart disease pandemic in the United States and methods of analysis
    The emergence of the coronary heart disease pandemic in the United States, 1910-1935
    The coronary heart disease pandemic in the United States from 1940 to 1967
    Explanations for the emergence of the coronary heart disease pandemic
    State differences in coronary heart disease mortality
    Rates in the United States in 1950 and 1960
    The emergence of the coronary heart disease pandemic in Canada and England and Wales
    The peak and decline of the coronary heart disease pandemic in the United States, 1970 to 2010
    Explanations for the decrease in ischemic heart disease
    Mortality rates in the United States from 1970 to 2010
    Decreases in state ischemic heart disease mortality rates, 1970-1990
    The peak and decline of the pandemic in Canada, England and Wales, Western Europe, Australia and New Zealand
    Coronary heart disease after the pandemic.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC685.C6 R68 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Giampaolo Niccoli, Ingo Eitel.
    Summary: Coronary Microvascular Obstruction in Acute Myocardial Infarction: From Mechanisms to Treatment provides a comprehensive understanding of the phenomenon of coronary microvascular obstruction (CMVO) that is the main limitation of reperfusion therapies in ST-elevation myocardial infarction. It provides in-depth coverage of the phenomenon of CMVO which heavily affects prognosis by increasing the risk of death and heart failure at follow-up. A first of its kind reference dedicated solely to this topic, it is appropriate for a wide audience, from researchers, to those who aid in the management, prevention and treatment of CMVO.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Hiroaki Shimokawa, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews the latest findings on epicardial coronary spasm and coronary microvascular dysfunction (CMD), important diseases for understanding coronary artery vasomotion abnormalities. The book chiefly consists of two major parts, each of which explores the epidemiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment of the diseases. The chapters present a range of experimental and clinical studies, including the editor's life's work on coronary spasm; how Rho-kinase activation plays an important role in connection with the disease; how chronic adventitial inflammation is a central pathophysiology of the spasm; the importance of Rho-kinase activation in the pathogenesis of CMD; how epicardial spasm and CMD frequently co-exist; and much more. Coronary Vasomotion Abnormalities will help practicing cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, vascular biologists and radiologists understand the latest issues concerning the clinical, interventional, and surgical management of these conditions, and offer these readers valuable insights into the effective treatment of microvascular angina. .

    Contents:
    1. Overview
    Part 1. Epicardial Coronary Artery Spasm
    2. Epidemiology of Vasospastic Angina
    3. Pathophysiology and Molecular Mechanisms of Coronary Artery Spasm
    4. Diagnosis of Coronary Artery Spasm
    5. Treatment of Coronary Artery Spasm
    Part 2. Coronary Microvascular Dysfunction
    6. Epidemiology of Coronary Microvascular Dysfunction
    7. Pathophysiology of Coronary Microvascular Dysfunction
    8. Diagnosis of Coronary Microvascular Dysfunction
    9. Treatment of Coronary Microvascular Dysfunction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Summary: In December 2019, the world witnessed the occurrence of a new coronavirus to humanity. The disease spread quickly and became known as a pandemic globally, affecting both society and the health care system, both the elderly and young groups of people, and both the men's and women's groups. It was a universal challenge that immediately caused a surge in scientific research. Be a part of a world rising in fighting against the pandemic, the Coronavirus Disease - COVID-19 was depicted in the early days of the pandemic, but updated by more than 200 scientists and clinicians to include many facets of this new infectious pandemic, including i, characteristics, ecology, and evolution of coronaviruses; ii, epidemiology, genetics, and pathogenesis (immune responses and oxidative stress) of the disease; iii, diagnosis, prognosis, and clinical manifestations of the disease in pediatrics, geriatrics, pregnant women, and neonates; iv, challenges of co-occurring the disease with tropical infections, cardiovascular diseases, hypertension, and cancer and to the settings of dentistry, hematology, ophthalmology, and pharmacy; v, transmission, prevention, and potential treatments, ranging from supportive ventilator support and nutrition therapy to potential virus- and host-based therapies, immune-based therapies, photobiomodulation, antiviral photodynamic therapy, and vaccines; vi, the resulting consequences on social lives, mental health, education, tourism industry and economy; and vii, multimodal approaches to solve the problem by bioinformatic methods, innovation and ingenuity, globalization, social and scientific networking, interdisciplinary approaches, and art integration. We are approaching December 2020 and the still presence of COVID-19, asking us to call it COVID (without 19).

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction on Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Pandemic: The Global Challenge (Nima Rezaei, Saboura Ashkevarian, Mahsa Keshavarz Fathi, Sara Hanaei, Zahra Kolahchi, Seyedeh-Sanam Ladi Seyedian, Elham Rayzan, Mojdeh Sarzaeim, Aida Vahed, Kawthar Mohamed, Sarah Momtazmanesh, Negar Moradian, Zahra Rahimi Pirkoohi, Noosha Sameeifar, Mahsa Yousefpour, Sepideh Sargoli, Saina Adiban, Aida Vahed, Niloufar Yazdanpanah, Heliya Ziaei, Amene Saghazadeh)
    Chapter 2. Coronaviruses: What Should We Know About the Characteristics of Viruses? (Wei Ji)
    Chapter 3. Ecology and Evolution of Betacoronaviruses (Eduardo Rodríguez-Román, Adrian J. Gibbs)
    Chapter 4. The Epidemiologic Aspects of COVID-19 Outbreak: Spreading Beyond Expectations (Sara Hanaei, Farnam Mohebi, Maziar Moradi-Lakeh, Parnian Jabbari, Surinder Kumar Mehta, Liudmyla S. Kryvenko, Livio Luongo, Loďc Dupré, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 5. The Incubation Period of COVID-19: Current Understanding and Modeling Technique (Char Leung)
    Chapter 6. Coronavirus: Pure Infectious Disease or Genetic Predisposition (Farzaneh Darbeheshti, Hassan Abolhassani, Mohammad Bashashati, Saeid Ghavami, Sepideh Shahkarami, Samaneh Zoghi, Sudhir Gupta, Jordan S. Orange, Hans D. Ochs, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 7. Genetic Polymorphisms in the Host and COVID-19 Infection (Joris R. Delanghe, Marc L. De Buyzere, Marijn M. Speeckaert)
    Chapter 8. How COVID-19 Has Globalized: Unknown Origin, Rapid Transmission, and the Immune System Nourishment (Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 9. Potential Anti-viral Immune Response Against COVID-19: Lessons Learned from SARS-CoV (Mahzad Akbarpour, Laleh Sharifi, Amir Reza Safdarian, Pooya Farhangnia, Mahdis Borjkhani, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 10. COVID-19 and Cell Stress (Abdo A Elfiky, Ibrahim M Ibrahim, Fatma G Amin, Alaa M Ismail, Wael M Elshemey)
    Chapter 11. Clinical Manifestations of COVID-19 (Mahsa Eskian, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 12. Pediatrics and COVID-19 (Tuna Toptan, Sandra Ciesek, Sebastian Hoehl)
    Chapter 13. Geriatrics and COVID-19 (Mona Mirbeyk, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 14. Coronavirus Diseases in Pregnant Women, the Placenta, Fetus, and Neonate (David A. Schwartz, Amareen Dhaliwal)
    Chapter 15. COVID-19 in Patients with Hypertension (Thiago Quinaglia, Mahsima Shabani, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 16. COVID-19 and Cardiovascular Diseases (Babak Geraiely, Niloufar Samiei, Parham Sadeghipour, Azita Haj Hossein Talasaz, Seyedeh Hamideh Mortazavi, Roya Sattarzadeh Badkoubeh)
    Chapter 17. How Prevalent Is Cancer in Confirmed Cases with Coronaviruses and Severe Acute Respiratory Syndromes? (Maryam Fotouhi, Elham Samami, Sahar Mohseni, Amir Nasrollahizadeh, Mohammad Haddadi, Mona Mirbeyk, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 18. COVID-19 in Patients with Cancer (Ali Nowroozi, Sepideh Razi, Kamal Kant Sahu, Fabio Grizzi, Jann Arends, Mahsa Keshavarz-Fathi, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 19. COVID-19 and Tropical Infection: Complexity and Concurrence (Pathum Sookaromdee, Viroj Wiwanitkit)
    Chapter 20. Neurologic Manifestations of COVID-19 (Farnaz Delavari, Farnaz Najmi Varzaneh, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 21. Autoimmune Processes Involved in Organ System Failure Following Infection with SARS-CoV-2 (Steven E. Kornguth, Robert J. Hawley)
    Chapter 22. Clinical and Laboratory Predictors of Severity, Criticality, and Mortality in COVID-19: A Multisystem Disease (Bahareh Gholami, Samira Gholami, Amir Hossein Loghman, Behzad Khodaei, Simin Seyedpour, Nasrin Seyedpour, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 23. Diagnostic Tests for COVID-19 (Tung Phan, Kristin Nagaro)
    Chapter 24. The Role of Medical Imaging in COVID-19 (Houman Sotoudeh, Masoumeh Gity)
    Chapter 25. Therapeutic Development in COVID-19 (Chan Yang, Yuan Huang, Shuwen Liu)
    Chapter 26. Immune-based Therapy for COVID-19 (Abdolreza Esmaeilzadeh, Davood Jafari, Safa Tahmasebi, Reza Elahi, Elnaz Khosh)
    Chapter 27. Ventilatory Support in Patients with COVID-19 (Paolo Maria Leone, Matteo Siciliano, Jacopo Simonetti, Angelena Lopez, Tanzira Zaman, Francesco Varone, Luca Richeldi)
    Chapter 28. Nutrition and Immunity in COVID-19 (Marjan Moallemian Isfahani, Zahra Emam-Djomeh, Idupulapati M. Rao, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 29. Dietary Supplements for COVID-19 (Gerard E. Mullin, Berkeley Limektkai, Lin Wang, Patrick Hanaway, Loren Marks, Edward Giovannucci)
    Chapter 30. Photobiomodulation and Antiviral Photodynamic Therapy in COVID-19 Management (Reza Fekrazad, Sohrab Asefi, Maryam Pourhajibagher, Farshid Vahdatinia, Sepehr Fekrazad, Abbas Bahador, Heidi Abrahamse, Michael R Hamblin)
    Chapter 31. The COVID-19 Vaccine Landscape (Till Koch, Anahita Fathi, Marylyn M. Addo)
    Chapter 32. Prevention of COVID-19: Preventive Strategies for General Population, Health Care Settings, and Various Professions (Shirin Moossavi, Kelsey Fehr, Hassan Maleki, Simin Seyedpour, Mahdis Keshavarz-Fath, Farhad Tabasi, Mehrdad Heravi, Rayka Sharifian, Golnaz Shafiei, Negin Badihian, Roya Kelishadi, Shahrzad Nematollahi, Majid Almasi, Saskia Popescu, Mahsa Keshavarz-Fathi, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 33. Pharmacist Role and Pharmaceutical Care during the COVID-19 Pandemic (Pedro Amariles, Mónica Ledezma-Morales, Andrea Salazar-Ospina, Jaime Alejandro Hincapié-García)
    Chapter 34. Impact of COVID-19 on Dentistry (Arghavan Tonkaboni, Mohammad Hosein Amirzade-Iranaq, Heliya Ziaei, Amber Ather)
    Chapter 35. The Implications of COVID-19 to Ophthalmology (Tracy H.T. Lai, Emily W.H. Tang, Kenneth K.W. Li)
    Chapter 36. Challenges of Cellular therapy during COVID-19 Pandemic (Kamal Kant Sahu, Sikander Ailawadhi, Natalie Malvik, Jan Cerny)
    Chapter 37. COVID-19 Amid Rumours and Conspiracy Theories: The Interplay between Local and Global Worlds (Inayat Ali)
    Chapter 38. Exploration of the Epidemiological and Emotional Impact of Quarantine and Isolation during COVID-19 Pandemic (Helia Mojtabavi, Nasirudin Javidi, Anne-Frédérique Naviaux, Pascal Janne, Maximilien Gourdin, Mahsa Mohammadpour, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 39. The Main Sources and Potential Effects of COVID-19-related Prejudice and Discrimination (Piotr Rzymski, Hanna Mamzer, Michał Nowicki)
    Chapter 40. Potential mechanisms of COVID-19-related psychological problems and mental disorders (Chunfeng Xiao)
    Chapter 41. Mental Health in Health Professionals in the COVID-19 Pandemic (Antonia Bendau, Andreas Ströhle, Moritz Bruno Petzold)
    Chapter 42. Treatment of Patients with Mental Illness Amid a Global COVID-19 Pandemic (Ankit Jain, Kamal Kant Sahu, Paroma Mitra)
    Chapter 43. A Shift in Medical Education During the COVID-19 Pandemic (Farida Nentin1, Nagaraj Gabbur, Adi Katz)
    Chapter 44. Reopening Schools After a Novel Coronavirus Surge (Dan Li, Elizabeth Z. Lin, Marie A. Brault, Julie Paquette, Sten H. Vermund, Krystal J. Godri Pollitt)
    Chapter 45. COVID-19 and Its Impact on Tourism Industry (Dimitrios G. Lagos, Panoraia Poulaki, Penny Lambrou)
    Chapter 46. COVID-19 and Its Global Economic Impact (Zahra Kolahchi, Manlio De Domenico, Lucina Q. Uddin, Valentina Cauda, Igor Grossmann, Lucas Lacasa, Giulia Grancini, Morteza Mahmoudi, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 47. Retrieval and Investigation of Data on SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19 Using Bioinformatics Approach (Muhamad Fahmi, Viol Dhea Kharisma, Arif Nur Muhammad Ansori, Masahiro Ito)
    Chapter 48. Answering the Challenge of COVID-19 Pandemic through Innovation and Ingenuity (Kathryn Clare Kelley, Jonathan Kamler, Manish Garg, Stanislaw P. Stawicki)
    Chapter 49. COVID-19 Pandemic: The Influence of Culture and Lessons for Collaborative Activities (Linda Simon Paulo, George M. Bwire, Xingchen Pan, Tianyue Gao, Amene Saghazadeh, Chungen Pan)
    Chapter 50. A Borderless Solution Is Needed for A Borderless Complexity, Like COVID-19, The Universal Invader (Kawthar Mohamed, Rangarirai Makuku, Eduardo Rodríguez-Román, Aram Pascal Abu Hejleh, Musa Joya, Mariya Ivanovska, Sara A. Makka, Md Shahidul Islam, Nesrine Radwan, Attig-Bahar Faten, Chunfeng Xiao, Leander Marquez, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 51. Socialization During The COVID-19 Pandemic: The Role of Social and Scientific Networks During Social Distancing (Sara Momtazmanesh, Noosha Samieefar, Lucina Q. Uddin, Timo Ulrichs, Roya Kelishadi, Vasili Roudenok, Elif Karakoc-Aydiner, Deepak B. Salunke, Jan L. Nouwen, Juan Carlos Aldave Becerra, Duarte Nuno Vieira, Ekaterini Goudouris, Mahnaz Jamee, Morteza Abdullatif Khafaie, Morteza Shamsizadeh, Mohammad Rasoul Golabchi, Alireza Samimiat, Donya Doostkamel, Alireza Afshar, Mohammad Amin Khazeei Tabari, Melika Lotfi, Reza Yari Boroujeni, Niloofar Rambod, Anzhela Stashchak, Alla Volokha, Dainius Pavalkis, André Pereira, Amir Hamzah Abdul Latiff, Rauf Baylarov, Bagher Amirheidari, Mojtaba Hedayati, Antonio Condino-Neto, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 52. Interdisciplinary Approaches to COVID-19 (Negar Moradian, Marjan Moallemian, Farnaz Delavari, Constantine Sedikies, Carlos A. Camargo, Jr., Pedro J. Torres, Armin Sorooshian, Saeid Paktinat Mehdiabadi, Juan J. Nieto, Stephane Bordas, Hamid Ahmadieh, Mohammad Abdollahi, Michael R. Hamblin, Frank W. Sellke, Jack Cuzick, Bozkurt Biykem, Michael Schreiber, Babak Eshrati, Georg Perry, Ali Montazeri, Ali Akbar Saboury, Roya Kelishadi, Amirhossein Sahebkar, Ali A. Moosavi-Movahed, Hassan Vatandoost, Mofid Gorji-Bandpy, Bahram Mobasher, Nima Rezaei)
    Chapter 53. Health and Art (HEART): Integrating Science and Art to Fight COVID-19 (Nima Rezaei, Aida Vahed, Heliya Ziaei, Negin Bashari, Saina Adiban Afkham, Fatemeh Bahrami, Sara Bakhshi, Alireza Ghanadan, Atlasi Ghanadan, Nastaran Hosseini, Pariya Kafi, Reihaneh Khalilianfard, Kawthar Mohammed, Sepideh Sargoli, Kosar Tavasoli, Mahya Zare, Amene Saghazadeh).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Adnan I. Qureshi, Omar Saeed and Uzma Syed.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Shailendra K. Saxena, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of recent novel coronavirus (SARS-CoV-2) infection, their biology and associated challenges for their treatment and prevention of novel Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19). Discussing various aspects of COVID-19 infection, including global epidemiology, genome organization, immunopathogenesis, transmission cycle, diagnosis, treatment, prevention, and control strategies, it highlights host-pathogen interactions, host immune response, and pathogen immune invasion strategies toward developing an immune intervention or preventive vaccine for COVID-19. An understanding of the topics covered in the book is imperative in the context of designing strategies to protect the human race from further losses and harm due to SARS-CoV-2 infection causing COVID-19.

    Contents:
    Module 1_Global trends in epidemiology of Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19)
    Module 2_ Genome organization and Pathogenesis of novel Coronavirus 2019 (SARS-CoV-2)
    Module 3_Host immune response against human SARS-CoV-2 infection
    Module 4_ Emergence and Re-emergence of SARS Coronaviruses
    Module 5_Transmission cycle of SARS-CoV and SARS-CoV-2
    Module 6_Preparing for the perpetual challenges of pandemics of Coronavirus infections with special focus on SARS-CoV-2. -Module 7_Clinical manifestations and diagnosis of human SARS-CoV-2 infection
    Module 8_ Treatment and Drugs for SARS-CoV-2
    Module 9_Prevention and control strategies for SARS-CoV-2 infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Helena Jane Maier, Erica Bickerton, Paul Britton.
    Contents:
    Coronaviruses : an overview of their replication and pathogenesis / Anthony R. Fehr and Stanley Perlman
    Identification of a novel coronavirus from Guinea Fowl using metagenomics / Mariette F. Ducatez and Jean-Luc Guérin
    Serological diagnosis of feline coronavirus infection by immunochromatographic test / Tomomi Takano and Tsutomu Hohdatsu
    Estimation of evolutionary dynamics and selection pressure in coronaviruses / Muhammad Munir and Martí Cortey
    Preparation of chicken tracheal organ cultures for virus isolation, propagation, and titration / Ruth M. Hennion
    Preparation of chicken kidney cell cultures for virus propagation / Ruth M. Hennion and Gillian Hill
    Isolation and propagation of coronaviruses in embryonated eggs / James S. Guy
    Characterization of human coronaviruses on well- differentiated human airway epithelial cell cultures / Hulda R. Jonsdottir and Ronald Dijkman
    Quantification of infectious bronchitis coronavirus by titration in vitro and in ovo / Joeri Kint, Helena Jane Maier, and Erik Jagt
    Purification of coronavirus virions for Cryo-EM and proteomic analysis / Stuart Dent and Benjamin W. Neuman
    Partial purification of IBV and subsequent isolation of viral RNA for next-generation sequencing / Sarah M. Keep, Erica Bickerton, and Paul Britton
    Transient dominant selection for the modification and generation of recombinant infectious bronchitis coronaviruses / Sarah M. Keep, Erica Bickerton, and Paul Britton
    Engineering infectious cDNAs of coronavirus as bacterial artificial chromosomes / Fernando Almazán ... [et al.]
    Protein histochemistry using coronaviral spike proteins : studying binding profiles and sialic acid requirements for attachment to tissues / Iresha N. Ambepitiya Wickramasinghe and M. Hélène Verheije
    Identification of protein receptors for coronaviruses by mass spectrometry / V. Stalin Raj ... [et al.]
    Single particle tracking assay to study coronavirus membrane fusion / Deirdre A. Costello and Susan Daniel
    Studying coronavirus-host protein interactions / Chee-Hing Yang ... [et al.]
    Field-proven yeast two-hybrid protocol used to identify coronavirus-host protein-protein interactions / Pierre- Olivier Vidalain ... [et al.]
    Investigation of the functional roles of host cell proteins involved in coronavirus infection using highly specific and scalable RNA interference (RNAi) approach / Jean Kaoru Millet and Béatrice Nal
    Transcriptome analysis of feline infectious peritonitis virus infection / Parvaneh Mehrbod ... [et al.]
    Quantification of interferon signaling in avian cells / Joeri Kint and Maria Forlenza
    Studying the dynamics of coronavirus replicative structures / Marne C. Hagemeijer and Cornelis A. M. de Haan
    Preparation of cultured cells using high-pressure freezing and freeze substitution for subsequent 2D or 3D visualization in the transmission electron microscope / Philippa C. Hawes.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    J. Warren Salmon, Stephen L. Thompson.
    Summary: In this book, the authors, as policy analysts, examine the overall context and dynamics of modern medicine, focusing on the changing conditions of medical practice through the lens of corporatization of medicine, physician unionization, physician strikes, and current health policy directions. Conditions affecting the American medical profession have been dramatically altered by the continuing crises of cost increases, quality concerns, and lack of access facing our population, along with the ongoing corporatization toward bottom-line dictates. Pressures on practitioners have been intensifying with much greater scrutiny over their clinical decision-making. Topics explored among the chapters include: History of the Corporatization of American Medicine: The Market Paradigm Reigns Pharmaceuticals, Hospitals, Nursing Homes, Drug Store Chains, and Pharmacy Benefit Manager/Insurer Integration Medical Practice: From Cottage Industry to Corporate Practice Medical Malpractice Crisis: Oversight of the Practice of Medicine Big Data: Information Technology as Control over the Profession of Medicine Physician Employment Status: Collective Bargaining and Strikes The Corporatization of American Health Care offers different perspectives with the hopes that physicians will unite in a new awareness and common cause to curtail excessive profit-making, renew professional altruism, restore the charitable impulse to health provider institutions, and unite with other professionals to truly raise levels of population health and the quality of health care. It is also a necessary resource for health policy analysts, healthcare administrators, health law attorneys, and other associated health professions.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: History of the Corporatization of American Medicine: The Market Paradigm Reigns
    Chapter 2: Pharmaceuticals, Hospitals, Nursing Homes, Drug Store Chains, and Pharmacy Benefit Manager/Insurer Integration
    Chapter 3: Medical Practice: From Cottage Industry to Corporate Practice
    Chapter 4: Medical Malpractice Crisis: Oversight of the Practice of Medicine
    Chapter 5: Big Data: Information Technology as Control over the Profession of Medicine
    Chapter 6: Physician Employment Status: Collective Bargaining and Strikes
    Chapter 7: Conclusion: Progressive Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Conrad Fischer, MD, Residency Program Director, Department of Medicine, Brookdale University Hospital Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York, Associate Professor of Physiology, Pharmacology and Medicine, Touro College of Medicine, New York, New York.
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas Müller-Reichert, Paul Verkade.
    Summary: This new volume of Methods in Cell Biology looks at methods for analyzing correlative light and electron microscopy (CLEM). With CLEM, people try to combine the advantages of both worlds, i.e. the dynamics information obtained by light microscopy and the ultrastructure as provided by electron microscopy. This volume contains the latest techniques on correlative microscopy showing that combining two imaging modalities provides more than each technique alone. Most importantly it includes the essential protocols, including tips, tricks and images for you to repeat these exciting techniques in your own lab. With cutting-edge material, this comprehensive collection is intended to guide researchers for years to come.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas Müller-Reichert, Paul Verkade.
    Contents:
    Millisecond time resolution correlative light and electron microscopy for dynamic cellular processes / Ludek Stepanek ; Gaia Pigino
    3D subcellular localization with superresolution array tomography on ultrathin sections of various species / Sebastian M. Markert ; Vivien Bauer ; Thomas S. Muenz ; Nicola G. Jones ; Frederik Helmprobst ; Sebastian Britz ; Markus Sauer ; Wolfgang Rössler ; Markus Engstler ; Christian Stigloher
    Preserving the photoswitching ability of standard fluorescent proteins for correlative in-resin super-resolution and electron microscopy / Errin Johnson ; Rainer Kaufmann
    Minimal resin embedding of multicellular specimens for targeted FIB-SEM imaging / Nicole L. Schieber ; Pedro Machado ; Sebastian M. Markert ; Christian Stigloher ; Yannick Schwab ; Anna M. Steyer
    A new method for cryo-sectioning cell monolayers using a correlative workflow / Androniki Kolovou ; Martin Schorb ; Abul Tarafder ; Carsten Sachse ; Yannick Schwab ; Rachel Santarella-Mellwig
    Correlative light and electron microscopic detection of GFP-labeled proteins using modular APEX / Nicholas Ariotti ; Thomas E. Hall ; Robert G. Parton
    Correlation of live-cell imaging with volume scanning electron microscopy / Miriam S. Lucas ; Maja Günthert ; Anne Greet Bittermann ; Alex de Marco ; Roger Wepf
    A fully integrated, three dimensional fluorescence to electron microscopy correlative workflow / Claudia S. López ; Cedric Bouchet-Marquis ; Christopher P. Arthur ; Jessica L. Riesterer ; Gregor Heiss ; Guillaume Thibault ; Lee Pullan ; Sunjong Kwon ; Joe W. Gray
    CLAFEM: Correlative light atomic force electron microscopy / Sébastien Janel ; Elisabeth Werkmeister ; Antonino Bongiovanni ; Frank Lafont ; Nicolas Barois
    Correlative light---Electron microscopy in liquid using an inverted SEM (ASEM) / Chikara Sato ; Takaaki Kinoshita ; Nassirhadjy Memtily ; Mari Sato ; Shoko Nishihara ; Toshiko Yamazawa ; Shinya Sugimoto
    Relocation is the key to successful correlative fluorescence and scanning electron microscopy / Delfine Cheng ; Gerald Shami ; Marco Morsch ; Minh Huynh ; Patrick Trimby ; Pilip Braet
    Correlative two-photon and serial block face scanning electron microscopy in neuronal tissue using 3D near-infared branding maps / Robert M. Lees ; Christopher J. Peddie ; Lucy M. Collinson ; Michael C. Ashby ; Paul Verkade
    Find your way with x-ray: using microCT to correlate in vivo imaging with 3D electron microscopy / Matthia A. Karreman ; Bernhard Ruthensteiner ; Luc Mercier ; Nicole L. Schieber ; Gergely Solecki ; Frank Winkler ; Jacky G. Goetz ; Yannick Schwab
    triCLEM: Combining high-precision, room temperature CLEM with cryo-fluorescence microscopy to identify very rare events / Nicholas R. Ader ; Wanda Kukulski
    Matrix MAPS- An intuitive software to acquire, analyze, and annotate light microscopy data for CLEM / Martin Schorb ; Frank Sieckmann
    eC-CLEM: a multidimension, multimodel software to correlate intermodal images with a focus on light and electron microscopy / Xavier Heiligenstein ; Perrine Paul-Gilloteaux, Graçc Raposo ; Jean Salamero
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas Müller-Reichert, Paul Verkade.
    Summary: Abstract: Correlative light and electron microscopy (CLEM) combines the strengths of light microscopy (LM) and electron microscopy (EM) to pin-point and visualize cellular or macromolecular structures. However, there are many different imaging modalities that can be combined in a CLEM workflow, creating a vast number of combinations that can overwhelm new-comers to the field. Here, we offer a conceptual framework to help guide the decision-making process for choosing the CLEM workflow that can best address your research question, based on the answer to five questions.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    editors [Frederick Burkhardt] James A. Secord, Janet Browne [and others].
    Summary: This volume is part of the definitive edition of letters written by and to Charles Darwin, the most celebrated naturalist of the nineteenth century. Notes and appendixes put these fascinating and wide-ranging letters in context, making the letters accessible to both scholars and general readers. Darwin depended on correspondence to collect data from all over the world, and to discuss his emerging ideas with scientific colleagues, many of whom he never met in person. The letters are published chronologically: Volume 21 includes letters from 1873, the year in which Darwin received responses to his work on human and animal expression. Also in this year, Darwin continued his work on carnivorous plants and plant movement, finding unexpected similarities between the plant and animal kingdoms, raised a subscription for his friend Thomas Henry Huxley, and decided to employ a scientific secretary for the first time - his son Francis.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2014
  • Digital
    [editors, Frederick Burkhardt [and others]].
    Summary: This volume is part of the definitive edition of letters written by and to Charles Darwin, the most celebrated naturalist of the nineteenth century. Notes and appendixes put these fascinating and wide-ranging letters in context, making the letters accessible to both scholars and general readers. Darwin depended on correspondence to collect data from all over the world and to discuss his emerging ideas with scientific colleagues, many of whom he never met in person. The letters are published chronologically: volume 22 includes letters from 1874, the year in which Darwin completed his research on insectivorous plants and published second editions of Descent of Man and Coral Reefs. The year also saw an acrimonious dispute between Darwin and St George Jackson Mivart as a result of an anonymous review the latter had written in which he criticised Darwin's son George.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Frederick Burkhardt [and seven others] ; associated editors, Anne Schlabach Burkhardt [and five others].
    Summary: This volume is part of the definitive edition of letters written by and to Charles Darwin, the most celebrated naturalist of the nineteenth century. Notes and appendixes put these fascinating and wide-ranging letters in context, making the letters accessible to both scholars and general readers. Darwin depended on correspondence to collect data from all over the world, and to discuss his emerging ideas with scientific colleagues, many of whom he never met in person. The letters are published chronologically: Volume 23 includes letters from 1875, the year in which Darwin wrote and published Insectivorous plants, a botanical work that was a great success with the reading public, and started writing Cross and self fertilisation in the vegetable kingdom. The volume contains an appendix on the 1875 anti-vivisection debates, with which Darwin was closely involved, giving evidence before a Royal Commission on the subject.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2015
  • Digital
    Darwin, Charles; Burkhardt, Frederick; Secord, James A.
    Summary: This volume is part of the definitive edition of letters written by and to Charles Darwin, the most celebrated naturalist of the nineteenth century. Notes and appendixes put these fascinating and wide-ranging letters in context, making the letters accessible to both scholars and general readers. Darwin depended on correspondence to collect data from all over the world, and to discuss his emerging ideas with scientific colleagues, many of whom he never met in person. The letters are published chronologically: volume 26 includes letters from 1878, the year in which Darwin with his son Francis carried out experiments on plant movement and bloom on plants. Francis spent the summer at a botanical research institute in Germany; and father and son exchanged many detailed letters about his work. Meanwhile, Darwin tried to secure government support for attempts by one of his Irish correspondents to breed a blight-resistant potato

    Contents:
    Translations
    Chronology
    Diplomas
    Reviews of Forms of flowers
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    [editors: Frederick Burkhardt and seven others].
    Summary: This volume is part of the definitive edition of letters written by and to Charles Darwin, the most celebrated naturalist of the nineteenth century. Notes and appendixes put these fascinating and wide-ranging letters in context, making the letters accessible to both scholars and general readers. Darwin depended on correspondence to collect data from all over the world, and to discuss his emerging ideas with scientific colleagues, many of whom he never met in person. The letters are published chronologically: volume 27 includes letters from 1879, the year in which Darwin completed his manuscript on movement in plants. He also researched and published a biography of his grandfather Erasmus. The Darwins spent most of August on holiday in the Lake District. In October, Darwin's youngest son, Horace, became officially engaged to Ida Farrer, after some initial resistance from her father, who, although an admirer of Charles Darwin, thought Horace a poor prospect for his daughter.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Emanuela Arvat, Alberto Falorni.
    Contents:
    Pseudo-Cushing
    a clinical challenge? / F. Pecori Giraldi, A.G. Ambrogio
    Cushing's syndrome : where and how to find it / M. Debono, J.D. Newell-Price
    Subclinical hypercortisolism : how to deal with it? / I. Chiodini, V. Morelli
    Etiopathogeny of primary adrenal hypercortisolism / F.-L. Velayoudom-Cephise, M. Haissaguerre, A. Tabarin
    Metabolic alterations and cardiovascular outcomes of cortisol excess / R. Pivonello, M.C. De Martino, D. Iacuaniello, C. Simeoli, G. Muscogiuri, F. Carlomagno, M. De Leo, M., A. Cozzolino, A. Colao
    Skeletal fragility in endogenous hypercortisolism / G. Mazziotti, G.A. Delgado, A. Giustina
    Cortisol excess and brain / E. Resmini, A. Santos, S.M. Webb
    Update on hypercortisolism therapy / G. Arnaldi, L. Trementino
    Is adrenal insufficiency a rare disease? / P. Dahlqvist, M. Isaksson, S. Bensing
    From genetic predisposition to molecular mechanisms of autoimmune primary adrenal insufficiency / A. Falorni, A. Brozzetti, R. Perniola, R
    From appearance of adrenal autoantibodies to clinical symptoms of Addison's Disease : natural history / C. Betterle, S. Garelli, F. Presotto, J. Furmaniak
    Is diagnosis and subclassification of adrenal insufficiency as easy as it looks?
    L.C.C.J. Smans, P.M.J Zelissen
    Secondary adrenal insufficiency : where is it hidden and what does it look like? / F. Guaraldi, I. Karamouzis, R. Berardelli, V. D'Angelo, A. Rampino, C. Zichi, E. Ghigo, R. Giordano
    Quality of life and life expectancy in patients with adrenal insufficiency : what is true and what is urban myth? / S. Burger-Stritt, A. Pulzer, S. Hahner
    Congenital adrenal hyperplasia : unresolved issues / M. Yau, A. Khattab, D. Poppas, L. Ghizzoni, M. New
    Adrenal insufficiency therapy : how to keep the balance between good quality of life and low risk for long-term side effects? / K. Simunkova, E.S. Husebye.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Andreas Burkovski, editor.
    Summary: Corynebacterium diphtheriae is the classical etiological agent of diphtheria and the type strain of the genus Corynebacterium. While diphtheria of the respiratory tract became rare with the introduction of vaccination programs in industrialized countries, even today several thousand cases per year are reported to the World Health Organization. This shows that diphtheria is not completely eradicated and that reservoirs exist. The book summarizes the latest advances made in understanding C. diphtheriae and the closely related species Corynebacterium ulcerans and Corynebacterium pseudotuberculosis. Topics addressed are genomics of toxigenic corynebacteria, host-pathogen-interaction, detection, surveillance and treatment as well as application aspects.

    Contents:
    Diphheria and its etiological agents
    Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Corynebacterium ulcerans and Corynebacterium pseudotuberculosis
    general aspects
    Comparative genomics and pathogenicity islands of Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Corynebacterium ulcerans and Corynebacterium pseudotuberculosis
    Corynephages : infections of the infectors
    toxin structure, delivery and action
    Iron acquisition and iron-dependent gene expression in Corynebacterium diphtheria
    Assembly and function of Corynebacterium diphtheria
    Toxigenic Corynebacteria : adhesion, invasion and host response
    Detection methods for laboratory diagnosis of Diphtheria
    Diphtheria surveillance
    History of diphtheria vaccine development
    Antimicrobial susceptibility and treatment
    Sialidases of Corynebacteria and their biotechnological application
    Molecular genetic tools for research in Corynebacterium diphtheria
    Diphtheria toxin based molecules as therapeutic approaches.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Masayuki Inui, Koichi Toyoda, editors.
    Summary: This book shows how data from genome sequencing allows engineering of the entire cellular metabolism, and how systems biology permits further optimization of C. glutamicum as a biocatalyst. Covers gene regulation, biorefinery applications and more.

    Contents:
    Part I. Characteristics of Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Chromosome Organization and Cell Growth of Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Architecture and Biogenesis of the Cell Envelope of Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Respiratory Chain and Energy Metabolism of Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Part II. Regulation at Various Levels
    Sigma Factors of RNA Polymerase in Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Global Transcriptional Regulators Involved in Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Sulfur Metabolisms in Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Post-Translational Modifications in Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Part III. Amino Acids
    Recent Advances in Amino Acid Production
    Pathways at Work: Metabolic Flux Analysis of the Industrial Cell Factory Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Amino Acid Exporters in Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Part IV. Metabolic Design for a Wide Variety of Products
    Metabolic Engineering in Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Aromatic Compound Catabolism in Corynebacterium glutamicum
    Aromatic Compound Production by Corynebacterium glutamicum.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Zoe Diana Draelos.
    Summary: Improve your knowledge and treat patients with confidence using today's most advanced cosmeceutical treatments and expert guidance from author Zoe Diana Draelos, MD. Cosmeceuticals, 3rd Edition, a volume in the Procedures in Cosmetic Dermatology Series, covers cutting-edge content, keeping you up to date with developments in this rapidly-moving field so you can offer your patients the latest cosmeceutical therapies with optimal results.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    volume editors, J. Comstock, M.H. Gold.
    Summary: "The purpose of this book is to show how cosmeceuticals (defined as a skin care product with bioactive ingredients, which have a desired effect on the skin) work for a variety of skin care concerns, and in concert with cosmetic procedures commonly used by dermatologists and cosmetic physicians"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cosmeceuticals and Delivery Mechanisms : Skin Function and Skin Barrier /
    Almukhtar, R.M.; Fabi, S.G.
    Evaluating Cosmeceuticals / Draelos, Z.D.
    Cosmeceutical Using Alpha, Beta and Polyhydroxy Acids / Ladenheim, L.A.; Marmur, E.S.
    Cosmeceuticals Using Vitamin A and Its Derivatives plus New Delivery
    Methods for Them / Kim, A.; Weinkle, S.H.
    Cosmeceuticals Using Vitamin C and Other Antioxidants / Barnes, L.E.; Mazur, C.; McDaniel, D.H.
    Cosmeceuticals Using Growth Factors and Stem Cells / Taub, A.F.
    Cosmeceuticals Using Peptides, Amino Acids, Glycosaminoglycans and Other Active Ingredients / Bucay, V.W.
    Specific Use : Cosmeceuticals for Daily Skin Maintenance Optimizing Tone, Texture, and Tightening / Braun Levin, L.; Glick, J.B.; Tedaldi, R.
    Cosmeceuticals for Acne and Rosacea / Turegano, M.; Farris, P.
    Specific Use : Cosmeceuticals for Skin Brightening and Lightening / Burgess, C.; David, J.
    Specific Use : Cosmeceuticals for Body Skin Texture and Cellulite Treatment / Lindgren, A.; Hui Austin, A.; Welsh, K.M.
    Specific Use : Cosmeceuticals for Hair Loss and Hair Care / Holman, J.
    Specific Use : Cosmeceuticals for the Treatment of Scars, Hypertrophic Scars, and Keloids / Boen, M.; Alhaddad, M.; Butterwick, K.
    Cosmeceuticals for Sun Protection, Daily Repair, and Protection from Pollution / Shamban, A.
    Cosmeceuticals following Cosmetic Procedures Including the Use of Facial Mask / Aristizabal, M.; Gold, M.H.
    Nutraceuticals and Diet for Healthy Skin / Comstock, F.
    The Future of Cosmeceuticals / Comstock, F.
    Digital Access Karger 2021
  • Digital
    Leslie Baumann.
    Summary: Cosmeceuticals and Cosmetic Ingredients helps skin-care professionals understand topical drug delivery through cosmeceuticals, the scientific basis of cosmetic ingredients, and the challenges of using either in a skin care regimen. The author addresses myths and misconseptions about specific ingredients and carefully details what each can and cannot do. It provides an unbiased brand neutral approach along with detailed information and references to published evidence.

    Contents:
    Principles of skin care. The importance of skin type : the Baumann skin type system
    Basic cosmetic chemistry
    Organic ingredient labeling
    Cosmeceutical marketing claims
    Epidermis and dermis
    The ingredients. Cleansing agents. Overview of cleansing agents. Moisturizing agents. Moisturizing agents
    Occlusives
    Oils
    Argan oil
    Borage seed oil
    Jojoba oil
    Mineral oil
    Olive oil
    Safflower oil
    Tamanu oil
    Petrolatum
    Dimethicone and silicones
    Barrier repair ingredients. Barrier repair ingredients
    Ceramides
    Cholesterol
    Lanolin
    Stearic acid
    Humectants
    Glycerin
    Hyaluronic acid
    Vitamin B5 (Pantothenic acid/Dexpanthenol)
    Urea
    Aquaporin
    Ajuga Turkestanica
    Natural moisturzing factor
    Skin lightening agents. Overview of the pigmentation process
    Overview of melanin production
    Aloesin
    Arbutin
    Hydroquinone
    Kojic acid
    Emblica extract
    Mulberry extract
    Vitamin C (ascorbic acid)
    Cucumber
    Lignin peroxidase
    Overview of the PAR-2 receptor
    Niacinamide
    Soy
    Antioxidants. Antioxidants
    Green tea
    Rosa damascena
    Pycnogenol
    Resveratrol
    Flaxseed oil
    Phloretin
    Caffeic acid
    Ferulic acid
    Vitamins. Ascorbic acid (Vitamin C)
    Tocopherol (Vitamin E)
    Other ingredients. Coenzyme Q10
    Coffeeberry
    Ginger
    Honey/Propolis/Royal jelly
    Idebenone
    Melatonin
    Peppermint
    Anti-inflammatory agents. Anti-inflammatory agents
    Aloe vera
    Feverfew
    Licorice extract
    Colloidal oatmeal
    Turmeric
    Chamomile
    Calendula
    Edelweiss
    Lavandula
    Horse chestnut
    Antiacne ingredients. Overview of acne
    Benzoyl peroxide
    Tea tree oil
    Salicylic acid
    Retinol, retinyl esters, and retinoic acid
    Silver
    Antiaging ingredients. Overview of aging
    Hydroxy acids
    Retinoids (retinol)
    Digital Access AccessDermatology 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sameer A. Patel, C. Bob Basu.
    Summary: "Cosmetic Breast Surgery by internationally recognized plastic surgeons Sameer Patel, C. Bob Basu, and esteemed colleagues presents the latest augmentation, lift, reduction, and revision surgery techniques. From dedicated chapters focused on the management and correction of undesirable results to expert perspectives on male aesthetics, this remarkable book provides a one-stop resource on cosmetic breast procedures. Every chapter includes technical pearls and methodologies to help surgeons master approaches and achieve optimal patient outcomes. Organized by six sections, the book starts with a discussion of breast anatomy, followed by a breast augmentation section that serves as a primer on breast implants, from selection to fat grafting. Section three covers management of the ptotic breast, including topics such as mastopexy, a novel internal bra technique, and reduction mammoplasty. Section four details important revision issues, such as managing acute complications and anaplastic large cell lymphoma linked to breast implants. Section five is devoted to male breast procedures, while section six includes chapters on congenital breast deformities, transgender breast surgery, and practice management issues. Key Highlights A contemporary update on capsular contracture and biofilms with evidence-based insights on prevention and treatment Pearls on managing and mitigating risk and complications in aesthetic breast surgery How to market a cosmetic breast surgery practice in an ever-evolving digital ecosystem Nearly 300 illustrations and high-quality procedural videos enhance understanding of techniques Comprehensive and diverse, this is a must-have reference for plastic surgery residents, fellows, and early-career aesthetic plastic surgeons. It will also benefit senior surgeons who wish to expand their surgical repertoire"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Breast / Ethan Baughman and Donald W. Buck II
    Made to Match : The Essence of Breast Implant Selection / Brad Bengtson
    Implant Options / Marilyn Ng, Shuja Shafqat, and Sameer A. Patel
    Selection of the Surgical Approach / Ziyad S. Hammoudeh and W. Grant Stevens
    Implant Placement Options / Maurice Y. Nahabedian
    Fat Grafting for Primary Augmentation / Ash Patel, Kristen Rezak, and Emily Van Kouwenberg
    Preoperative Evaluation of Patients with Macromastia and Ptosis / Katherine Carruthers, Pankaj Tiwari, and Ergun Kocak
    Mastopexy Techniques : Basic Principles / Elizabeth J. Hall-Findlay
    Augmentation and Mastopexy : Basic Principles to Develop a Treatment Plan and Technical Pearls / Alan Serure, Renee Gasgarth, and Alan Matarasso
    Management of the Massive-Weight-Loss Breast / Sharona Czerniak, Jeffrey A. Gusenoff, and J. Peter Rubin
    Internal Bra Technique in the Breast with Poor Soft Tissue Support / C. Bob Basu and Nirav B. Patel
    Reduction Mammaplasty / Clark Schierle, Robert Galiano, and Megan Fracol
    Management of Acute Complications of Aesthetic Breast Surgery Part I : Local and Systemic Complications / Christodoulos Kaoutzanis, Julian Winocour, James C. Grotting, and Kent Higdon
    Management of Acute Complications of Aesthetic Breast Surgery Part II : Malpositions and Rippling / Alexandra Bucknor, Munique Maia, Sumner A. Slavin, Bernard Lee, and Samuel J. Lin
    Capsular Contracture and Biofilms : Etiology, Prevention, and Treatment / Prati K. Rastogi and Anand K. Deva
    Breast Implant : Associated Anaplastic Large Cell Lymphoma / Mark W. Clemens and Berry Fairchild
    Managing and Mitigating Risk in Aesthetic Breast Surgery / Michele A. Manahan and Neal R. Reisman
    Evaluation and Surgical Management of Gynecomastia / Brannon Claytor and Joe Spaniol
    Aesthetics of the Male Breast / Douglas Steinbrech and John T. Stranix
    Evaluation and Treatment of Congenital Breast Deformities / Raja Mohan, Akash Chandawarkar, and Justin Sacks
    Transgender Breast Surgery / Paul R. Weiss and Loren S. Schechter
    Nipple Areolar Procedures and Aesthetics / Steven Woodward and Matthew P. Jenkins
    Marketing a Cosmetic Breast Practice Through Social Media Outlets / Heather J. Furnas
    Breast Implant Illness : Science and Evidence / Jordan Kaplan and Rod Rohrich
    Appendix A. Update on Breast Implant Associated Anaplastic Large Cell Lymphoma / Eric Weiss and Ornela Dervishaj
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Joe Naimtu, III, DMD.
    Contents:
    The Aging Face
    Evaluation of the Cosmetic Facial Surgery Patient
    Facelift Surgery (Cervicofacial Rhytidectomy)
    Brow and Forehead Lift
    Cosmetic Blepharoplasty
    Rhinoplasty
    Facial Implants
    Cosmetic Otoplasty and Related Ear Surgery
    Neuromodulators (Neurotoxins)
    Injectable Fillers
    Cosmetic Lip Surgery
    Lifetime Skincare
    Laser Skin Resurfacing
    Chemical Peel
    Management of Cerviofacial Fat.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Theda C. Kontis, Victor G. Lacombe ; Sarah E. Faris, medical illustrator ; foreword by Jean D. Carruthers.
    Summary: "This revised and updated second edition by esteemed facial plastic surgeons Theda Kontis and Victor Lacombe builds on their bestselling first edition. Content is designed to augment knowledge of beginner injectors and train veteran injectors on how to finesse facial fillers and muscle-relaxing injections. Since publication of the first edition, understanding of the aging face has increased, while the number of non-surgical facial enhancements has continued to skyrocket. This book's primary focus is the improvement of minor facial irregularities and asymmetries using the latest injection procedures"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    Section I Introduction to InjectablesSection II Introduction to NeurotoxinsSection III Neurotoxin Injection TechniquesSection IV Introduction to FillersSection V Filler Injection TechniquesSection VI Fat-Dissolving InjectionsSection VII Appendices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Panagiotis Milothridis.
    Summary: This book offers valuable insights into the psychosocial characteristics of patients interested in cosmetic surgery. It identifies factors such as experiences of being mobbed during childhood, as well as the nature of social relationships and psychiatric disorders that can strengthen or inhibit patients' interest in aesthetic plastic surgery and influence their postoperative outcomes. The books plays close attention to individual psychosocial profiles and their connections to specific surgical interventions. On this basis, it subsequently develops a tool that helps physicians decide whether or not a given patient should be considered for aesthetic surgery. This book offers a handy tool for daily practice, while also paving the way for future research in this field.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Author
    1: The Elective Nature of Cosmetic Medicine
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Determinants of Beauty
    1.3 History of Cosmetic Procedures
    1.4 Cosmetic Medicine in the Twenty-First Century
    1.5 Is Every Cosmetic Doctor Obliged to Perform Any Procedure They Are Asked to?
    1.6 Conclusion
    References
    2: Postoperative Benefit of Cosmetic Procedures
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Quantification of Benefit in Cosmetic Medicine
    2.3 Postoperative Satisfaction
    2.4 Health-Related Quality of Life
    2.4.1 Quality of Life Assessment 2.4.2 Postoperative Benefit in QoL
    2.5 Sexual Life
    2.6 Mental Health
    2.7 Self-Esteem
    2.8 Body Image
    2.8.1 Measurement Tools
    2.9 Conclusion
    References
    3: Cosmetic Medicine: Are All People Equally Prone to Be Interested in It?
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Motivation for Cosmetic Procedures
    3.2.1 Predicting Factors of Interest in Cosmetic Procedures
    3.3 Epidemiologic Factors
    3.3.1 Gender
    3.3.2 Age
    3.3.3 Body Mass Index (BMI)
    3.3.4 Alcohol and Smoking
    3.3.5 Level of Education
    3.4 Social Networks 3.5 Psychological Traits and Quality of Life
    3.5.1 Body Image
    3.5.2 Self-Esteem
    3.5.3 Personality Traits
    3.5.4 Health-Related Quality of Life
    3.6 Psychopathology
    3.7 Conclusion
    References
    4: Bullying About Someone's Appearance and Interest in Cosmetic Surgery
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Physiologic and Sociocultural Component of Beauty Perception
    4.3 The Social Burden of Bullying
    4.4 Bullying and Interest in Cosmetic Surgery
    4.5 Conclusion
    References
    5: Body Dysmorphic Disorder: Why Should Cosmetic Doctors Identify These Patients? 5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Clinical Presentation of BDD
    5.3 Avoidance of Social Situation and Repetitive Behaviors
    5.4 Measurement of BDD
    5.5 Are Cosmetic Doctors Aware of BDD?
    5.6 Consequences of BDD
    5.7 Treatment of BDD
    5.8 Clinical Tool to Identify Possible BDD Patients
    5.9 Conclusion
    References
    6: Do Psychiatric Disorders Influence Interest in Cosmetic Procedures?
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Are Psychiatric Consultations Common Among Cosmetic Patients?
    6.3 Body Dysmorphic Disorder
    6.4 Comorbidity in Cosmetic Surgery-Seeking Patients with BDD 6.5 Depression
    6.6 Anxiety
    6.7 Social Anxiety Disorder (SAD)
    6.8 Personality Disorders
    6.9 Schizoid Personality Disorder (SPD)
    6.10 Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD)
    6.11 Histrionic Personality Disorder (HPD)
    6.12 Narcissistic Personality Disorder (NPD)
    6.13 Conclusion
    References
    7: The Association of Breast Augmentation with Silicone Implants with Suicide
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Elective Breast Augmentation
    7.3 Breast Implants
    7.4 Psychosocial Profile of Breast Augmentation Patients
    7.5 The Social Burden of Suicide 7.6 Association Between Breast Augmentation with Implants and Suicide
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editors, Moshe Lapidoth, Shlomit Halachmi.
    Summary: Photodynamic Therapy (PDT) has become an important treatment modality in medical practice. New and exciting applications continue to emerge and the future of PDT looks brighter and brighter. Dermatologists and other health professionals around the world rely on its therapeutic effect for the treatment of actinic keratoses, non-melanoma skin cancers, acne vulgaris, and various other dermatologic conditions. In this comprehensive yet concise book, world-renowned experts showcase all of the common, everyday uses of PDT in dermatologic offices. They also examine how this beneficial therapy can be utilized to its full capacity. The considerable knowledge presented here renders this publication an indispensable resource for all dermatologists and health professionals who offer their patients this effective, noninvasive procedure.

    Contents:
    A historical look at photodynamic therapy / Gold, M.H.
    Photodynamic therapy in treating actinic keratosis and photorejuvenation / Peterson, J.D., Goldman, M.P.
    Topical methyl aminolevulinate-photodynamic therapy for the treatment of actinic keratoses and photorejuvenation / Foley, P.
    Photodynamic therapy
    novel cosmetic approaches / Munavalli, G.S., Clementoni, M.T., Roscher, M.B.
    Photodynamic therapy for acne vulgaris and sebaceous gland hyperplasia / Taub, A.F., Schieber, A.C.
    Chemoprevention using photodynamic therapy with aminolevulinic acid / Martin, G.
    How I use photodynamic therapy with 5-aminolevulinic acid in my clinical practice / Gibert, D.J.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Ammar Wahbi, Lee Heng, Gerd Dercon.
    Summary: This book is published open access under a CC BY 3.0 IGO license. This open access book provides methods for the estimation of Biomass Water Equivalent (BEW), an essential step for improving the accuracy of area-wide soil moisture by cosmic-ray neutron sensors (CRNS). Three techniques are explained in detail: (i) traditional in-situ destructive sampling, (ii) satellite based remote sensing of plant surfaces, and (iii) biomass estimation via the use of the CRNS itself. The advantages and disadvantages of each method are discussed along with step by step instructions on proper procedures and implementation.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Summary
    2. In-Situ Destructive Sampling
    2.1 The Concept of Representivity
    2.2 Plant Sampling Pattern and Design
    2.3 Biomass Water Equivalent
    2.4 Conclusions
    3. Remote Sensing via Satellite Imagery Analysis
    3.1 Photo-Reflective Properties of Plants
    3.2 Satellite Image Analysis
    3.3 Conclusions
    4. Estimate of Biomass Water Equivalent via the Cosmic Ray Neutron Sensor
    4.1 The role of Biomass in the CRNS Calibration
    4.2 Relationship between Neutrons and Crop Biomass
    4.3 Direct Relationship between Neutrons and Biomass
    4.4 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    by Alexander von Humboldt ; translated from the German by E.C. Otté.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D333 .H919c
    5
  • Digital
    [edited by] Seilesh C. Babu, Neal M. Jackson.
    Summary: "This textbook is the result of many conversations around the country in clinics, on hospital rounds, and at professional conferences. Patients with cranial neuropathy can be clinically challenging. Sometimes a missed diagnosis can be life threatening. Nowadays more and more payers, such as governments and insurance companies, are concerned with cost effectiveness of diagnostic and treatment steps. Therefore, physicians are often put in a challenging position between being good stewards of financial resources and being good providers of quality medical care. As the reader will observe in the subsequent chapters, cranial nerve issues are inherently complex and require expert clinical and radiographic evaluation. The primary aim of this textbook is to guide clinicians during these difficult situations"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Cost-Effective Evaluation of Cranial Neuropathy / Seilesh C. Babu and Neal M. Jackson
    Olfactory Dysfunction : Causes, Cost-Effective Diagnosis, and Management Options / Brendan Smith, Peter Svider, Robert Wayne Jr., and Adam Folbe
    Cranial Nerve II : Visual Disorders / Junru Yan, Michael Duan, Aroucha Vickers, Claudia M. Prospero Ponce, and Andrew G. Lee
    Ocular Motor Cranial Nerve Disorders / Michael Duan, Junru Yan, Aroucha Vickers, Claudia M. Prospero Ponce, and Andrew G. Lee
    Cranial Nerve V : Trigeminal Nerve / Wissam Elfallal and Jeff Jacob
    Cranial Nerve VII : Facial Nerve Disorders / Matt Kircher, Abigail Thomas, and John Leonetti
    Cranial Nerve VIII : Hearing Disorders / Eric N. Appelbaum and Daniel H. Coelho
    Cranial Nerve VIII : Vestibular Disorders / Gavriel D. Kohlberg and Ravi N. Samy
    Cranial Nerves IX, X, XII : Dysphagia / Erica E. Jackson and Anna M. Pou
    Cranial Nerve X : Dysphonia / Lacey Adkins, Melda Kunduk, and Andrew J. McWhorter
    Spinal Accessory Neuropathy / Rizwan Aslam
    Radiology in Cranial Neuropathy / Richard K. Gurgel, Vanessa Torrecillas, and Richard H. Wiggins III
    Conclusion and Discussion Points / Seilesh C. Babu and Neal M. Jackson.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Peter J. Neumann, Gillian D. Sanders, Louise B. Russell, Joanna E. Siegel, Theodore G. Ganiats.
    Contents:
    Using cost-effectiveness analysis in health and medicine : experiences since the original panel / Peter J. Neumann [and 6 others]
    Theoretical foundations of cost-effectiveness analysis in health and medicine / David O. Meltzer, Anirban Basu, and Mark J. Sculpher
    Recommendations on perspectives for the reference case
    Designing a cost-effectiveness analysis / Douglas K. Owens, Joanna E. Siegel, Mark J. Sculpher, Joshua A. Salomon
    Decision models in cost-effectiveness analysis / Karen M. Kuntz [and 5 others]
    Identifying and quantifying the consequences of interventions / Joshua A. Salomon, Thomas A. Trikalinos, Gillian D. Sanders, Jeanne S. Mandelblatt
    Valuing health outcomes / David Feeny, Murray Krahn, Lisa A. Prosser, and Joshua A. Salomon
    Estimating costs and valuations of non-health benefits in cost-effectiveness analysis / Anirban Basu
    Evidence synthesis for informing cost-effectiveness analysis / Thomas A. Trikalinos, Louise B. Russell, Gillian D. Sanders
    Discounting in cost-effectiveness analysis / Anirban Basu and Theodore G. Ganiats
    Reflecting uncertainty in cost-effectiveness analysis / Mark J. Sculpher, Anirban Basu, Karen M. Kuntz, David O. Meltzer
    Ethical and distributive considerations / Dan W. Brock, Norman Daniels, Peter J. Neumann, and Joanna E. Siegel
    Reporting cost-effectiveness analyses / Lisa A. Prosser, Peter J. Neumann, Gillian D. Sanders, Joanna E. Siegel.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA410.5 .C688 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Richard Edlin, Christopher McCabe, Claire Hulme, Peter Hall, Judy Wright.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse at Columbia University.
    Contents:
    Report 1. Medicaid hospital costs
    Report 2. Medicare hospital costs.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC564 .C837
    2
  • Digital
    Adam Haycock, Jonathan Cohen, Brian Saunders, Peter B. Cotton, Christopher B. Williams ; videos supplied by Stephen Preston.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    David D. Fang, editor.
    Summary: Cotton fiber is the most important natural fiber used in the textile industry. The physical structure and chemical compositions of cotton fibers have been extensively studied. Newer high speed spinning instruments are being deployed around the world that demand longer, stronger and finer fibers. Consequently, genetic improvement in fiber quality has been stressed. With improvement in fiber quality has come the realization that further fiber improvement will require a better understanding of fiber development and biology. As a consequence, cotton fiber developmental biology, genetics and genomics have become focal points in the cotton research community. As the longest single-celled plant hair, cotton fiber has been used as an experiment model to study trichome initiation and elongation in plants. This book provides a comprehensive update on cotton fiber physics, chemistry and biology that form the three sections of the book. In the physics section, the physical structure of cotton fiber is first illustrated in great detail. Then a suite of fiber properties and their measuring methods are described. The pros and cons of each method are outlined. New methods to measure physical properties of single fiber and young developing fibers are included. In the chemistry section, the chemical compositions of cotton fibers are described in detail. This knowledge is necessary for efficient modification of cotton fibers for better and broader utilization. The advancement in cotton fiber modification using chemical and enzymatic methods opened new ways to utilize cotton fibers. In the biology section, the book first introduces the utilization of naturally occurring color cottons. Color cottons possess unique attributes such as better fire retardant ability. Advancement in understanding fiber color genetics and biochemical pathways and new utilization of color cottons are discussed. Recent technological advancements in molecular biology and genomics have enabled us to study fiber development in great depth. Many genes and quantitative trait loci related to fiber quality attributes have been identified and genetically mapped. Some of these genes and QTLs are being used in breeding. Progresses in cotton fiber improvement using breeding and biotechnology are discussed in the last chapter. This book serves as a reference for researchers, students, processors, and regulators who either conduct research in cotton fiber improvement or utilize cotton fibers.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editor;
    Chapter 1: General Description of Cotton; References;
    Chapter 2: Cotton Fiber Structure; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Structure of the Secondary Wall; 2.2.1 Diffraction; 2.2.2 Cellulose Crystal Structure; 2.3 Cotton Structure; 2.3.1 Interpretation of Diffraction Patterns; 2.3.1.1 Electron Diffraction of Secondary Wall Fragment; 2.3.1.2 Synchrotron X-Ray Diffraction of Single Fibers; 2.3.1.3 Synchrotron Study of Cotton Fiber Bundle; 2.4 Rietveld Method of Crystallinity Analysis; 2.4.1 Problems with Current Methods. 2.4.2 Sample Analysis of TM-1 Upland Cotton2.5 Summary; References;
    Chapter 3: Physical Properties of Cotton Fiber and Their Measurement; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Length; 3.2.1 Array Method; 3.2.2 Almeter; 3.2.3 Standardized Instruments for Testing of Cotton (SITC); 3.2.4 Advanced Fiber Information System (AFIS); 3.3 Strength; 3.3.1 Single-Fiber Tensile Testing; 3.3.2 Flat Bundle Fiber Tensile Testing; 3.3.3 Tapered Bundle Fiber Tensile Testing; 3.4 Micronaire; 3.4.1 Micronaire Measurements; 3.5 Fineness and Maturity; 3.5.1 Cross-Sectional Image Analysis; 3.5.2 AFIS; 3.5.3 HVI; 3.5.4 Cottonscope. 3.5.5 Maturity Measurements3.5.5.1 Polarized Light Method; 3.5.5.2 Differential Dyeing; 3.5.5.3 Infrared (near Infrared (NIR) and Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR)); 3.5.6 Other Fineness Measurements; 3.5.6.1 Gravimetric Fineness; 3.5.6.2 Vibroscope; 3.6 Color; 3.6.1 Color Grades; 3.6.2 Reflectance (Rd) and Yellowness (+b); 3.7 Neps; 3.8 Fiber Cohesion; 3.8.1 Static Cohesion; 3.8.2 Dynamic Cohesion; 3.8.3 Energy Consumption; 3.9 Summary; References;
    Chapter 4: Chemical Composition and Characterization of Cotton Fibers; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Physical Characterization of Cotton Fibers. 4.3 Direct and Nondestructive Analysis of Cellulosic and Noncellulosic Components4.4 Determination and Characterization of Cotton Fiber Cellulose; 4.4.1 Chemical Analysis of Fiber Cellulose Formation; 4.4.2 ATR FT-IR Characterization of Fiber Cellulose Formation; 4.4.3 ATR FT-IR Determination of Cotton Fiber Cellulose Maturity; 4.4.4 Assessing the Cotton Fiber Cellulose Crystallinity; 4.4.5 Relating Cotton Fiber Strength with Crystallinity; 4.4.6 Chemical Imaging Characterization of Cotton Fiber Cellulose; 4.4.7 Estimating Mesoscale Packing of Cellulose Microfibrils. 4.5 Determination of Cotton Fiber Noncellulosic Components and Their Implications4.5.1 Wax; 4.5.2 Sugars; 4.5.3 Pectins and Hemicelluloses; 4.5.4 Proteins; 4.5.5 Inorganics; 4.6 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Chemical Properties of Cotton Fiber and Chemical Modification; 5.1 Chemical Properties; 5.2 Cotton Fabric Preparation; 5.3 Water/Oil Repellency and Self-Cleaning; 5.3.1 Plasma Modification; 5.3.2 Molecular Vapor Modification; 5.4 Antimicrobial Properties; 5.4.1 Sol-Gel Process; 5.4.2 Cyclodextrin Modification; 5.5 UV Protection; 5.6 Wrinkle Recovery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Shakeel Ahmad, Mirza Hasanuzzaman, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and systematic overview of the recent developments in cotton production and processing, including a number of genetic approaches, such as GM cotton for pest resistance, which have been hotly debated in recent decades. In the era of climate change, cotton is facing diverse abiotic stresses such as salinity, drought, toxic metals and environmental pollutants. As such, scientists are developing stress-tolerant cultivars using agronomic, genetic and molecular approaches. Gathering papers on these developments, this timely book is a valuable resource for a wide audience, including plant scientists, agronomists, soil scientists, botanists, environmental scientists and extention workers.

    Contents:
    1. World Cotton Production and Consumption: An Overview
    2. Soil Management and Tillage Practices for Growing Cotton Crop
    3. Managing Planting Time for Cotton Production
    4. Sowing Methods for Cotton Production
    5.Irrigation Scheduling for Cotton Cultivation
    6. Role of Macro Nutrients in Cotton Production
    7. Essential Micronutrients for Cotton Production
    8.Plant Growth Regulators for Cotton Production in Changing Environment
    9. Weeds Management in Cotton
    10. Pollination Behavior of Cotton Crop and its Management
    11. Insect Pests of Cotton and their Management
    12. Ecological Management of Cotton Insect Pests
    13. Cotton Diseases and Their Management
    14.Cotton Diseases and Disorders under Changing Climate
    16. Cotton Relay Intercropping under Continuous Cotton-Wheat Cropping System
    17. Cotton-Based Intercropping Systems
    18. Abiotic Stresses Mediated Changes Morphophysiology of Cotton Plant
    19. Salinity Tolerance in Cotton
    20. Heat Stress in Cotton: Responses and Adaptive Mechanisms
    21. Applications of Crop Modeling in Cotton Production
    22. Climate Resilient Cotton Production System: A Case Study in Pakistan
    23. Cotton Ontogeny
    24. Molecular Breeding of Cotton for Drought Stress Tolerance
    25. Biotechnology for Cotton Improvement
    26. Development of Transgenic Cotton for Combating Biotic and Abiotic Stresses
    27. Production and Processing of Quality Cottonseed
    28. Quality Aspects of Cotton Lint
    29. Modern Concepts and Techniques for Better Cotton Production
    30. Diverse Uses of Cotton: From Products to Byproducts.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by James E. Cottrell, MD, FRCA, Piyush Patel, MD ; foreword by David S. Warner, MD.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Alessandro Zanasi, Giovanni A. Fontana, Donatella Mutolo, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an updated and comprehensive overview of cough, while opening new perspectives for their treatment and management. It enables readers to not only discover new physiologic features and mechanisms but also to gain an in-depth understanding of the diagnostic workup of cough, still one of the most frequent and challenging symptoms in daily medical practice. The book also provides insights into coughs features and pathogenesis, as well as into pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic treatments. The most frequent causes of chronic cough (asthma, postnasal drip, gastroesophageal reflux and chronic hypersensitivity syndrome) and different types of pediatric cough are also explored. Coughing is a common symptom, occurring in many clinical settings, and as such the book appeals a broad readership, including pulmonologists specialized in cough, general practitioners, internists, pediatricians and otorhinolaryngologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Cough Sensorymotor Mechanisms
    1: Physiology of the Cough Reflex: Sensory and Mechanical Features
    1.1 General Features
    1.2 Cough-Related Afferents
    1.2.1 Tracheobronchial Tree
    1.2.2 Larynx
    1.2.3 Bronchoconstriction and Cough
    1.3 Bronchopulmonary Sympathetic Afferents
    1.4 Respiratory Muscles
    1.5 Phases of Cough and Expiratory Flow
    1.5.1 Inspiratory or Preparatory Phase
    1.5.2 Postinspiratory or Compressive Phase
    1.5.3 Expiratory or Expulsive Phase
    1.5.4 Cessation Phase
    References 2: Sensory Pathways and Neural Modulation of Cough
    2.1 Cough Afferents
    2.2 Cough Receptors
    2.3 Cough C-Fibers
    2.4 Modulation
    2.5 Vagus Nerve Conductivity
    2.6 Reflex Modulation of Cough
    2.7 Interaction of Motor Responses
    References
    3: Brainstem Structures Involved in the Generation of Reflex Cough
    3.1 Introductory Remarks
    3.2 Central Terminations of Cough-Related Afferents
    3.3 Brainstem Respiratory Network
    3.4 Role of Brainstem Structures in the Generation of the Cough Reflex
    3.5 Additional Neural Mechanisms Controlling or Modulating the Cough Reflex 3.6 Insights into the Brainstem Mechanisms by the Action of Antitussive or Protussive Drugs
    3.6.1 Caudal Nucleus Tractus Solitarii
    3.6.2 Caudal Ventral Respiratory Group (Nucleus Retroambigualis)
    3.7 Concluding Remarks
    References
    4: The Cough Motor Pattern
    References
    Part II: Clinical Assessment of Cough
    5: Acute and Chronic Cough
    5.1 General Aspects
    5.2 Acute Cough
    5.2.1 Common Causes of Acute Cough
    5.2.2 Less Common Causes of Acute Cough
    5.2.2.1 Heart Failure
    5.2.2.2 Pneumonia
    5.2.2.3 Pulmonary Embolism
    5.2.2.4 Aspiration Pneumonia 5.3 Chronic Cough and the Cough Hypersensitivity Syndrome
    5.3.1 Common Causes of Chronic Cough
    5.3.2 Less Common Causes of Chronic Cough
    5.3.2.1 Chronic Bronchitis
    5.3.2.2 Bronchiectasis
    5.3.2.3 Post-infectious Cough
    5.3.2.4 Bronchogenic Carcinoma
    5.3.2.5 Coughs Due to Antihypertensive Angiotensin-Converting-Enzyme Inhibitor Drugs
    5.3.2.6 Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
    5.3.2.7 Psychogenic or Habitual Cough
    References
    6: Chronic Cough and Upper Airway Syndrome
    6.1 Definition and Pathogenesis
    6.2 Prevalence
    6.3 Diagnosis
    6.4 Allergic Rhinitis 6.5 Non-allergic Perennial Rhinitis
    6.6 Vasomotor Rhinitis
    6.7 Drug-Induced Rhinitis
    6.8 Rhinitis During Pregnancy
    6.9 Postinfectious Rhinitis
    6.10 Chronic Sinusitis
    6.11 Therapy
    References
    7: Chronic Cough During Bronchial Asthma
    7.1 General Aspects
    7.2 Prevalence
    7.3 Characteristics of Asthmatic Inflammation
    7.4 Relationship Between Coughing and Bronchial Inflammation
    7.5 Relationships Between Coughing and Bronchoconstriction
    7.6 Medical History and Objective Examination
    7.7 Instrumental Findings
    7.8 Therapy
    References
    8: Chronic Cough During Gastro-oesophageal Reflux.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andrew Haskell, Michael J. Coughlin.
    Summary: The 10th edition of Coughlin and Mann’s Surgery of the Foot and Ankle delivers state-of-the-art, comprehensive coverage of the full range of foot and ankle disorders in an easy-to-manage, two-volume format. Authoritative guidance on every major aspect of the treatment and management of foot and ankle disorders and diseases helps you achieve consistent, optimal outcomes for your patients. With content covering biomechanics, examination, diagnosis, non-operative and operative treatment, and post-operative management, you have all the guidance you need to take your knowledge and skills to the next level.

    Contents:
    Biomechanics of the Foot and Ankle
    Principles of the Physical Examination of the Foot and Ankle
    Imaging of the Foot and Ankle
    Scientific Evidence-Based Foot and Ankle Care
    Non-surgical Treatment of Foot and Ankle Conditions
    Regional Anesthesia for the Foot and Ankle
    Hallux Valgus
    Hallux Varus and Complications of Bunion Repair
    Lesser Toe Deformities
    Bunionettes
    Sesamoids and Accessory Bones of the Foot
    Plantar Heel Pain
    Keratotic Disorders of the Plantar Skin
    Toenail Abnormalities
    Soft Tissue Disorders of the Foot
    Dermatology of the Foot and the Lower Extremity
    Soft Tissue and Bone Tumors
    Disorders of the Nerves
    Congenital and Acquired Neurologic Disorders
    Complex Regional Pain Syndrome
    Arthritis of the Foot
    Ankle Arthritis and Arthrodesis
    Ankle Replacement
    Avascular Necrosis and Total Talus Replacement
    Hindfoot and Pantalar Arthritis
    Midfoot Arthritis
    Hallux Rigidus and Other Forefoot Arthritis
    Disorders of Tendons
    Pes Planus
    Pes Cavus
    Ring External Fixation in the Foot and Ankle
    The Diabetic Foot and Neuroarthropathy
    Infections of the Foot and Ankle
    Amputations of the Foot and Ankle
    Lower Limb Prosthetics
    Athletic Soft Tissue Injuries of the Foot and Ankle
    Achilles Tendon Injuries
    Stress Fractures of the Foot and Ankle
    Arthroscopy of the Foot and Ankle
    Osteochondral Defects
    Congenital Foot Deformities
    Soft Tissue Reconstruction for the Foot and Ankle
    Pilon Fractures
    Ankle Fractures and Dislocations
    Fractures of the Calcaneus
    Talus Fractures and Peri-talar Dislocations
    Fractures and Dislocations of the Midfoot and Forefoot.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Jan Willer.
    Summary: "... Provides a full description of adult ADHD symptoms, based on the most current research, including executive functioning problems, emotional dysregulation, atypical reward sensitivity, and problems with time perception. Recognizing patterns of dysfunction is essential to identify ADHD, so two detailed composite cases are presented, along with supplemental case material. Strengths that may be associated with ADHD are described. Willer offers guidance on providing psychoeducation about cognitive differences in ADHD, which is essential for client self-acceptance and adaptive functioning. Common psychotherapy problems with ADHD clients are addressed, including chronic lateness to sessions, missed appointments, motivation problems, difficulties with homework, and tangentiality. Willer also discusses medications for ADHD, including their benefits, contraindications, and side effects, and reviews the effectiveness of non-traditional treatments." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Meet Clara and Troy : two adults with ADHD
    Adult ADHD symptoms
    Hidden ADHD : presenting problems and comorbidity
    Recognizing strengths
    A framework for assessment
    Medical problems and ADHD : comorbidity and mimics
    Assessing family history, childhood and adult development
    Assessing adaptive functioning
    Psychotherapy goals, structure and challenges
    Psychoeducation about cognitive differences
    Skills training
    Comorbid conditions, emotional distress and dysfunctional cognitions
    Medications
    Review of other treatments for ADHD.
    Digital Access Oxford [2017]
  • Digital
    Katherine A Schneider, Anu Chittenden, Kristen Mahoney Shannon.
    Summary: "Completely updated and reorganized presentation of issues related to counseling about cancer, including features of the major hereditary cancer syndromes. New chapters on Pediatric Cancer Syndromes, Genetic Testing Technologies. An increased focus on new focus on gynecologic cancer syndromes and genes. Detailed case examples stress the main teaching points of the chapter . Provides detailed information targeted for busy genetic counselors and other health care providers "-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cancer Diagnosis and Treatment
    Gastrointestinal Cancer Syndromes
    Breast and Gynecological Cancer Syndromes
    Rare Cancer Predisposition Syndromes
    Pediatric Cancer Counseling and Syndromes
    Cancer Family Histories (collection and interpretation)
    Cancer Risk Assessment and Risk Models
    Cancer Genetic Testing Technologies
    Pre- and Post- Test Cancer Genetic Counseling
    Cancer Genetic Patients with Special Considerations
    Psychosocial Issues in Cancer Counseling
    Ethical Issues in Cancer Counseling.
    Digital Access Wiley 2023
  • Digital
    Emily S. Fisher, Kelly S. Kennedy.
    Summary: "Counseling Special Populations in Schools provides school-based mental health professionals with practical, specific strategies for counseling special populations of students who are at risk for academic, social, emotional, and behavioral problems in school"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to counseling special populations in schools
    Counseling students who are homeless
    Counseling students living in foster care
    Counseling students involved with the juvenile justice system
    Counseling students who are lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and questioning
    Counseling students who are pregnant and parenting
    Counseling students who are gifted
    Counseling students with incarcerated parents
    Counseling dtudents in military families
    Counseling students to increase motivation and school completion.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Print
    Derald Wing Sue, David Sue.
    Summary: Counseling the Culturally Diverse: Theory and Practice, 7th Edition is the new update to the seminal work on multicultural counseling. From author Derald Wing Sue -- one of the most cited multicultural scholars in the United States -- this comprehensive work includes current research, cultural and scientific theoretical formations, and expanded exploration of internalized racism. Replete with real-world examples, this book explains why conversations revolving around racial issues remain so difficult, and provides specific techniques and advice for leading forthright and productive discussions. The new edition focuses on essential instructor and student needs to facilitate a greater course-centric focus. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The multiple dimensions of multicultural counseling and therapy. Part I. The affective and conceptual dimensions of multicultural counseling and therapy. Obstacles to cultural competence: understanding resistance to multicultural training
    The superordinate nature of multicultural counseling and therapy
    Multicultural counseling competence for counselors and therapists of marginalized groups
    Part II. The impact and social justice implications of counseling and psychotherapy. The political and social justice implications of counseling and psychotherapy
    The impact of systemic oppression: counselor credibility and client worldviews
    Microaggressions in counseling and psychotherapy / Christina M. Capodilupo
    Part III. The practice dimensions of multicultural counseling/therapy. Barriers to multicultural counseling and therapy: individual and family perspectives
    Communication styles and its impact on counseling and psychotherapy
    Multicultural evidence-based practice
    Non-Western indigenous methods of healing: implications for multicultural counseling and therapy
    Part IV. Racial/cultural identity development in multicultural counseling and therapy. Racial/cultural identity development in people of color: counseling implications
    White racial identity development: counseling implications
    Multicultural counseling and specific populations. Part V. Understanding specific populations. Culturally competent assessment / David Sue and Diane M. Sue
    Part VI. Counseling marginalized racial/ethic group populations. Counseling African Americans
    Counseling American Indians/ Native Americans and Alaska natives
    Counseling Asian Americans and Pacific islanders
    Counseling Latinos/os / Diane M. Sue and David Sue
    Counseling multiracial individuals
    Part VII. Counseling and special circumstances involving ethnic populations. Counseling Arab Americans and Muslim Americans
    Counseling immigrants and refugees
    Counseling Jewish Americans
    Part VIII. Counseling and special circumstances involving other multicultural populations. Counseling individuals with disabilities.-- Counseling LGBT individuals
    Counseling older adults
    Counseling individuals living in poverty / Laura Smith
    Counseling women / Diane M. Sue and David Sue.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Judith Lauwers, BA, IBCLC, FILCA, Anna Swisher, MBA, IBCLC.
    Summary: "This book presents topics within a counseling framework with practical suggestions and evidence-based information interwoven throughout. Completely updated and revised, it includes new research on milk composition, the importance of the gut microbiome and skin-to-skin care, Affordable Care Act changes, and the latest guidelines from the World Health Organization for breastfeeding with HIV."--Publisher.

    Contents:
    pt. I: Promotion and support
    Ch. 1. Breastfeeding advocacy in the modern world
    Ch. 2. Lactation consultants as part of the healthcare team
    Ch. 3. Sociological perspective on breastfeeding support
    Ch. 4. Empowering women to breastfeed
    Ch. 5. Counseling skills: learning how to help mothers
    Ch. 6. Client consultations
    pt. II: The science of lactation
    Ch. 7. The science of lactation
    Ch. 8. Maternal nutrition
    Ch. 9. Health factors in lactation
    Ch. 10. Use of infant formula
    Ch. 11. Substances in human milk
    pt. III: Prenatal through postpartum
    Ch. 12. Prenatal considerations
    Ch. 13. Hospital practices that support breastfeeding
    Ch. 14. Infant assessment and development
    Ch. 15. Getting breastfeeding started
    Ch. 16. Infant latch and sucking
    Ch. 17. Breastfeeding in the early weeks
    Ch. 18. Breastfeeding beyond the first month
    Ch. 19. Problems with milk production and transfer
    pt. IV: Special care
    Ch. 20. Changes in the family
    Ch. 21. Special counseling circumstances
    Ch. 22. Breastfeeding techniques and devices
    Ch. 23. Temporary breastfeeding situations
    Ch. 24. High-risk infants
    Ch. 25. When breastfeeding is interrupted
    Ch. 26. Long-term maternal and infant conditions
    pt. V: Role of the IBCLC
    Ch. 27. Professional considerations
    Ch. 28. Critical reading and review of research
    Ch. 29. Breastfeeding promotion and change
    Appendix A: Baby feeding requirements
    Appendix B: WHO weight charts
    Appendix C: Spanish breastfeeding glossary
    Glossary
    Index.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Judith Lauwers, Anna Swisher.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Title Page
    Copyright Page
    Contents
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Features for Educators and Students
    Mapping of Text Chapters with Clinical Competencies
    Chapter 1 Breastfeeding Advocacy in the Modern World
    Infant Feeding Practices Throughout History
    Current Breastfeeding Recommendations
    Breastfeeding Initiation and Duration Rates
    Global Breastfeeding Initiatives
    U.S. Initiatives
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 2 Interdisciplinary Healthcare Team
    Healthcare Team Approach
    Lactation Consulting Profession Practicing in a Hospital
    Practicing in Public Health
    Working in a Healthcare Provider Practice
    Practicing in Home Health Care
    Working in Private Practice
    Members of the Healthcare Team
    Breastfeeding Counselor Support
    The Mother's Role on the Healthcare Team
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 3 Sociological Perspective on Breastfeeding Support
    Cultural Factors in Breastfeeding Support
    Social Behavior
    Relationships
    Feminism and Breastfeeding
    Knowledge and Culture
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References Chapter 4 Empowerment to Breastfeed
    Health Consumerism
    Strategies to Optimize Learning
    Adult Learning
    Confidence in Breastfeeding
    Components of Communication
    Humor as a Communication Tool
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 5 Counseling Skills: Learning How to Help
    The Counseling Process
    Sequence Matters
    Putting It All Together
    Comparison of Counseling Techniques
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 6 Client Consultations
    Reaching Out Through Anticipatory Guidance
    Problem-Solving Consultation Methods
    Elements of a Consultation
    Providing Follow-Up
    Documenting
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 7 Lactation Anatomy and Physiology
    Anatomy of the Breast
    Supportive and Sustaining Tissue
    Glandular Tissue
    Mammary Growth and Development
    Hormonal Impact on Lactation
    Milk Synthesis
    Milk Ejection Reflex (Letdown)
    Variations in Breast Structure and Function
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 8 Maternal Nutrition
    Nutrition Education
    Basic Nutrients Nutrition in Pregnancy and Lactation
    Weight Loss While Breastfeeding
    Making Healthy Food Choices
    Offering Nutrition Suggestions to Mothers
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 9 Health Factors in Lactation
    Breastfeeding and Women's Health
    Breastfeeding and Infant Health
    Properties of Colostrum and Mature Milk
    Nutritional Components in Human Milk
    Immunological Protection
    Anti-infective Protection
    Obesity Protection
    Summary
    What You Learned-At a Glance
    References
    Chapter 10 Use of Infant Formula
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Brandé Flamez, Lamar University, A. Stephen Lenz, Texas A & M University Corpus Christi, Richard S. Balkin, University of Louisville, Robert L. Smith, Texas A & M University Corpus Christ.
    Summary: "This engaging book not only offers step-by-step guidance on planning, writing, and defending a dissertation but also helps create a beginning-to-end process that is meaningful, rewarding, and exciting. Each chapter answers commonly asked questions, contains a checklist for each part of the dissertation, provides a summary of key points, and lists additional resources. Topics addressed include tips for staying motivated, time management, and self-care; selecting a dissertation committee and narrowing down the topic; writing a proposal; preparing the literature review; creating the problem statement, purpose statement, and research questions; understanding research methodology and ethics; collecting and analyzing data; presenting results; and best of all-publishing a dissertation"--The publisher.

    Contents:
    The Doctoral Dissertation
    Staying Well Throughout the Dissertation Process
    Selecting the Dissertation Committee and Narrowing Down the Topic
    Writing a Proposal
    The Literature Review
    Creating the Problem Statement, Purpose Statement, and Research Questions
    Research Methodology and Ethics
    Collecting and Analyzing Data
    Presenting and Discussing the Results
    Preparing for the Defense
    Disseminating the Project to the Professional Community.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    Sarah J. Maas.
    Summary: Though Feyre now has the powers of the High Fae, her heart remains human, but as she navigates the feared Night Court's dark web of politics, passion, and dazzling power, a greater evil looms--and she might be key to stopping it. Feyre survived Amarantha's clutches to return to the Spring Court--but at a steep cost. Though she now has the powers of the High Fae, her heart remains human, and it can't forget the terrible deeds she performed to save Tamlin's people. Nor has Feyre forgotten her bargain with Rhysand, High Lord of the feared Night Court. As Feyre navigates its dark web of politics, passion, and dazzling power, a greater evil looms--and she might be key to stopping it. But only if she can harness her harrowing gifts, heal her fractured soul, and decide how she wishes to shape her future--and the future of a world cleaved in two. -- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PZ7.M1115 Cm 2016
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Abraham Verghese.
    Summary: "From the New York Times-bestselling author of Cutting for Stone comes a stunning and magisterial epic of love, faith, and medicine, set in Kerala, South India, following three generations of a family seeking the answers to a strange secret. Spanning the years 1900 to 1977, The Covenant of Water is set in Kerala, on South India's Malabar Coast, and follows three generations of a family that suffers a peculiar affliction: in every generation, at least one person dies by drowning-and in Kerala, water is everywhere. At the turn of the century, a twelve-year-old girl from Kerala's long-existing Christian community, grieving the death of her father, is sent by boat to her wedding, where she will meet her forty-year-old husband for the first time. From this unforgettable new beginning, the young girl--and future matriarch, known as Big Ammachi--will witness unthinkable changes over the span of her extraordinary life, full of joy and triumph as well as hardship and loss, her faith and love the only constants. A shimmering evocation of a bygone India and of the passage of time itself, The Covenant of Water is a hymn to progress in medicine and to human understanding, and a humbling testament to the difficulties undergone by past generations for the sake of those alive today. Imbued with humor, deep emotion, and the essence of life, it is one of the most masterful literary novels published in recent years"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    OverDrive
    Overdrive ebook (1 concurrent user) Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    OverDrive
    Audiobook Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    PS3622.E744 C68 2023
    1
  • Digital
    Igor Linkov, Jesse M. Keenan, Benjamin D. Trump, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to provide a collection of early ideas regarding the results of applying risk and resilience tools and strategies to COVID-19. Each chapter provides a distinct contribution to the new and rapidly growing literature on the developing COVID-19 pandemic from the vantage points of fields ranging from civil and environmental engineering to public policy, from urban planning to economics, and from public health to systems theory. Contributing chapters to the book are both scholars and active practitioners, who are bridging their applied work with critical scholarly interpretation and reflection. The book's primary purpose is to empower stakeholders and decision-makers with the most recent research in order that they can better understand the systemic and sweeping nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as which strategies could be implemented to maximize socioeconomic and public health recovery and adaptation over the long-term.

    Contents:
    Multi-Disciplinary Perspectives on Systemic Risk and Resilience in the Time of COVID-19
    Ten Strategies for Leadership During COVID-19: A Plan of Action for Decision Makers in Times of Critical Change
    Some Elements of Analysis of the Bibliography on Risk and Resilience on COVID-19
    Real-time Anticipatory Response to COVID-19: A Novel Methodological Approach
    Complexity, Interconnectedness and Resilience: Why a Paradigm Shift in Economics is Needed to Deal with Covid 19 and Future Shocks
    Enhancing Current Practice from the Natural and Manmade Hazards Domain to Pandemic: Insights from the Italian Case
    Value-Based Optimization of Healthcare Resource Allocation for COVID-19 Hot Spots
    Overview of Preventive Measures and Good Governance Policies to Mitigate the COVID-19 Outbreak Curve in Brunei
    Precarious Aging: COVID-19 Risk, Resilience and Response
    The Impact of "Flatten the Curve" on Interdependent Economic Sectors
    Repercussions of Monsoon in the Indian Sub-continent During COVID-19
    Why Did Risk Communication Fail for the COVID-19 Pandemic, and How Can We Do Better?
    Inclusive Communication to Influence Behaviour Change During the COVID-19 Pandemic: Examining Intersecting Vulnerabilities
    Between Resilience and Adaptation: A Historical Framework for Understanding Stability and Transformation of Societies to Shocks and Stress
    COVID and Climate: Exploring Categorical Resilience in the Built Environment
    The COVID-19 Pandemic: Lessons for Urban Resilience
    Resilient Urban Housing Markets: Shocks Versus Fundamentals
    Mutual Aid in the Time of COVID-19 and the Future of Hyper-Local Community Resilience
    Understanding How Community Resilience Can Inform Community Development in the Era of COVID
    Strengthening Community Resilience to Reduce Barriers to Economic Participation During a Pandemic and a Climate Crisis
    Resilience for Whom? Insights from COVID-19 for Social Equity in Resilience
    The Vaccine Supply Chain: A Call for Resilience Analytics to Support COVID-19 Vaccine Production and Distribution.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nicola Vargas, Antonio M. Esquinas, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the issues and challenges that clinicians encountered in the management of older critically ill patients during the Covid-19 pandemic, and offers practical information on how to manage them. Older adults are more susceptible to complications such as acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) as a result of viral pneumonia. In addition, they often have multiple comorbidities and are commonly frail, which means their various organs and systems, such as the respiratory system, have reduced functional reserves. As such, older adults are less able to react to acute stressors. During the current Covid-19 pandemic, older adult patients' mortality is increased. Further, the infection and death rates of elderly people in nursing homes and health care institutions are high. Management of older adults with Covid is complicated. The reduced availability of beds may limit their access to ICU. Moreover, the prognosis may be poor, and airway management and ventilation strategies have to take into account various clinical and physiological characteristics specific to older patients. This book is addressed to all allied professionals involved in the management of older critically ill patients and presents information collected and practical lessons learned from the clinical daily management of this population during the pandemic.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Epidemiology
    1: Mortality and Prognosis of Older Patients During COVID-19 Pandemic
    1.1 Epidemiological Perspective: A Global View of the Problem
    1.2 Why the Elderly Is at Higher Risk? A Pathophysiological View
    1.3 Prognosis of the COVID-19 Elderly Patient
    References
    2: Elderly Pneumonia COVID-19 Cases: Impact on the Outcome
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Acute Complications Associated with COVID-19 Pneumonia in Elderly
    2.3 Elderly Mortality Rate for COVID-19 Disease
    2.4 Conclusion
    References 3: Incidence of ARF Due to COVID-19 Interstitial Pneumonia
    References
    4: Changing the Demographics in ICU During COVID-19 Pandemic
    4.1 Pre-COVID-19 Epidemy Demographic Aspects in ICU
    4.2 Demographic Aspects During the COVID-19 Outbreak in ICU
    4.3 Comparison between H1N1 and COVID-19 Epidemy
    4.4 Conclusions
    References
    Part II: The Diagnosis of COVID ARF in Elderly
    5: Differential Diagnosis of Types of Pneumonia in the Elderly
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Aging of the Respiratory System and the Impact of Pneumonia
    5.3 Epidemiology
    5.4 Causes 5.5 Routes of Transmission
    5.5.1 Inhalation (Fig. 5.1)
    5.5.2 Aspiration (Fig. 5.2)
    5.5.3 Hematogenous Spread (Fig. 5.3)
    5.5.4 Direct Extension from Adjacent Infected Foci (Fig. 5.4)
    5.6 Clinical Presentation
    5.7 COVID-19 Pneumonia "Phenotypes"
    5.7.1 L-Phenotype
    5.7.2 H-Phenotype
    5.8 Risk Stratification
    5.8.1 CURB-65 (Table 5.3)
    5.8.2 Pneumonia Severity Index, Also Known as the PORT Score (Fig. 5.5 and Table 5.4)
    5.8.3 IDSA/ATS CAP Criteria
    5.8.4 COVID-GRAM Critical Illness Risk Score 5.8.5 Brescia-COVID Respiratory Severity Scale (BCRSS)/Algorithm
    5.9 Imaging
    5.10 Laboratory Investigations
    5.11 Microbiologic Diagnosis
    5.12 Viral Aetiology (Fig. 5.9)
    5.13 Viral Pneumoniae Diagnosis: Upper Respiratory Sample Collection
    5.13.1 Nasopharyngeal Swab/Oropharyngeal (Throat) Swab (Fig. 5.10)
    5.13.2 Nasal Mid-Turbinate (NMT) Swab, Also Called Deep Nasal Swab
    5.13.3 Nasopharyngeal Wash/Aspirate or Nasal Wash/Aspirate (Fig. 5.12)
    5.13.4 Sputum
    5.13.5 Storage
    References
    6: The Diagnosis of COVID ARF in Elderly: The Radiological Findings in Elderly 6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Radiology of the Normal Aging Lung and COVID-19 Disease
    6.3 Chest Imaging in Elderly COVID-19 Patients
    6.4 Imaging of COVID-19 Pneumonia Complications
    6.5 Conclusion
    References
    Part III: The Screening and the Access to ICU
    7: The Screening and the Access to ICU
    7.1 The Recommendations of the Intensive Caring Scientific Societies
    7.1.1 The Usual Screening and the Access to ICU
    7.1.2 The Guidelines During COVID-19 Epidemy
    7.2 Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Prem Misir.
    Summary: This book highlights and suggests remedies for the racial and ethnic health disparities confronting people of color amid COVID-19 in the United States. Racial and ethnic health disparities stem from social conditions, not from racial features, that are deeply grounded in systemic racism, operating through the White racial frame. Race and ethnicity are significant factors in any review of health inequity and health inequality. Hence, any realistic end to racial health disparities lies beyond the scope of the health system and health care. The book explores structuration theory, which examines the duality between agency and structure as a possibly potent pathway toward dismantling systemic racism, the White racial frame, and racialized social systems. In particular, the author examines COVID-19 with a focus on the segregated health system of the US. The US health system operates on the doctrine of "separate but equal" whereby the dominant group has access to quality health care and people of color have access to a lesser quality or zero health care. "Separation" implies and enforces inferiority in health care. Through the evidence presented, the author demonstrates that racial and ethnic health disparities are even worse than COVID-19. As in the past, this contagion, like other viruses, will dissipate at some point, but the disparities will persist if the US legislative and economic engines do nothing. The author also raises consciousness to demand a national commission of inquiry on the disproportionate devastation wreaked on people of color in the US amid COVID-19. COVID-19 may be the signature event and an opportunity to trigger action to end racial and ethnic health disparities. Topics covered within the chapters include: Introduction: Segregation of Health Care Systemic Racism and the White Racial Frame Dismantling Systemic Racism and Structuration Theory COVID-19 and Health System Segregation in the US is a timely resource that should engage the academic community, economic and legislative policy makers, health system leaders, clinicians, and public policy administrators in departments of health. It also is a text that can be utilized in graduate programs in Medical Education, Global Public Health, Public Policy, Epidemiology, Race and Ethnic Relations, and Social Work

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction: Segregation of Health Care
    Chapter 2. Epidemiology of COVID-19
    Chapter 3. Systemic Racism and the White Racial Frame
    Chapter 4. COVID-19 Deaths
    Chapter 5. Dismantling Systemic Racism and Structuration Theory.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Muhammad Saad, Timothy J. Vittorio.
    Summary: "Everything you need to know to date about COVID-19 and how it affects the heart"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to COVID-19 and Cardiovascular Disease / Nikee Shrestha, Niel Shah
    COVID-19 and Acute Coronary Syndrome (ACS) / Nisha Ali
    COVID-19 and Valvular Heart Disease / Rishi Shrivastava, Amandeep Singh
    COVID-19 and Cardiac Arrythmias / Jeirym Tijada Miranda, Timothy J. Vittorio
    COVID-19 and Myopericardial Disease / Niel Shah, Timothy J. Vittorio
    COVID-19 and Heart Failure / Miguel Rodriguez Guerra, Muhammad Khurram Gujjar
    COVID-19 and Cardiogenic Shock / Angel De La Cruz, Amandeep Singh
    COVID-19 and Thromboembolism / Maleeha Zahid
    COVID-19 and Hypertension / Fareeha Alavi, Hitesh Gurjar
    COVID-19 Management Strategies / Sarthak Kulshreshtha, Muhammad Hassan.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessCardiology
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Denise Battaglini, Paolo Pelosi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides healthcare professionals in Critical Care setting an easy consultation guide to fight against COVID-19. The book is divided into sections: Fundamentals of COVID-19, Pneumological critical care, Neurological manifestations, Cardiovascular manifestations, Renal manifestations, Haemostasis and coagulation, Other multi-organs involvement, Principles of therapy. Each section includes: ¨ brief pathophysiology of COVID-19 (ventilation, neurological, cardiovascular, etc.); ¨ principles of management (enriched with flowcharts and figures); ¨ principles of therapy; ¨ tips and key messages. Readers can find the most updated advices on how to face the ongoing pandemic: from principles of conventional oxygen therapy, assisted and invasive mechanical ventilation in critically ill COVID-19 patients to the complications sometimes underestimated. Tables and flowcharts provided are based on current knowledge in COVID-19 to help the clinician managing COVID-19 patients by a multiple-organs prospective. Written by international key opinion leaders of each field, the book represents a point of reference for all professionals involved in the management of COVID-19 pandemic.

    Contents:
    Part I. Fundamentals of COVID-19
    Introduction and Essential multi-organs pathophysiology
    Part II. Pneumological critical care of COVID-19
    Pathophysiology and phenotypes
    Radiological patterns and lung ultrasound
    Noninvasive mechanical ventilation and conventional oxygen therapy
    Criteria for intubation and ICU admission
    Invasive mechanical ventilation
    Weaning, tracheostomy and chest physiotherapy
    Part III. Neurological manifestations of COVID-19
    Brief pathophysiology
    Clinical characteristics
    Role of noninvasive neuro-monitoring systems and imaging
    Biomarkers
    Management of neurological complications
    Part IV. Cardiovascular manifestations of COVID-19
    Brief pathophysiology
    Echocardiography, electrocardiogram and biomarkers
    Clinical characteristics
    Management
    Part V. Renal manifestations of COVID-19
    Brief pathophysiology
    Clinical features and biomarkers
    Renal replacement therapy
    Part VI. Haemostasis and coagulation in COVID-19
    Brief pathophysiology
    Coagulation disorders and management
    Part VII. Other multi-organs involvement (MODS-CoV-2)
    Gastrointestinal manifestations (including hepatic disease)
    Nutritional therapy
    Part VIII. Principles of therapy
    Sedation, analgesia, myorelaxants
    Antibiotics, antiretroviral, corticosteroids, other therapies against SARS-CoV-2
    Coagulation and haemostasis
    Rescue therapies
    Part IX. Appendix - Practical Aspects (Figures and Flowcharts).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Flavio Tangianu, Ombretta Para, Fabio Capello, editors.
    Summary: This book assesses the main features of COVID-19 from a clinical point of view, based on observations made during the disease epidemic in Northern Italy, one of the most affected areas in the world (the region has been the epicenter of the global pandemic for more than a month), and the first region outside China facing overwhelming numbers of cases. With no practical guidelines in place, Italian doctors were called to fight against an unknown disease. For the first time in modern history, healthcare workers and decision-makers had to find rapid solutions to a life-changing health crisis with no evidence-based recommendations or procedures in place to guide their actions. Sharing the lessons learned from this experience, and offering practical tips on implementing future programs for pandemic preparedness, the book is a valuable tool for medical practitioners and health-policy-makers wanting to better understand the complexity of the current and future global health crises.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Covid-19, a novel disease
    3. COVID-19: Epidemiology and transmission methods
    4. Diagnosis of Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome-Related Coronavirus-2 disease
    5. Isolation measures for COVID-19 patient
    6. Facial Masks: where, how and why
    7. Clinical pictures of COVID-19
    8. Radiological pictures of COVID-19
    9. Management of Patients with SARS-CoV-2 Infection
    10. Respiratory support in COVID 19 respiratory failure
    11. Principles of pharmacological therapy
    12. Prognosis of COVID-19
    13. Basic principles of public health measures for the prevention of the diffusion of COVID-19
    14. Principles of management of COVID-19 in vulnerable communities
    15. AN INNOVATIVE SYSTEM TO UNDERSTAND THE DEVELOPMENT OF EPIDEMICS USING GIS SPATIAL ANALYSIS AND BASED ON A.I. AND BIG DATA
    16. Principles of Risk Communication and health crisis outreach management during the COVID-19 Pandemic
    17. Lessons learnt and future perspectives
    18. Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Deborah Wallace, Rodrick Wallace.
    Summary: This book is the first social epidemiological study of COVID-19 spread in New York City (NYC), the primary epicenter of the United States. New York City spread COVID-19 throughout the United States. The context of epicenter formation determined the rapid, extreme rise of NYC case and mortality rates. Decades of public policies destructive of poor neighborhoods of color heavily determined the spread within the City. Premature mortality rates revealed the "weathering" of policy-targeted communities: accelerated aging due to chronic stress. COVID attacks the elderly more severely than those under the age of 60. Communities with high proportions of prematurely aged residents proved fertile ground for COVID illness and mortality. The very public policies that created swaths of white wealth across much of Manhattan and parts of Brooklyn destroyed the human diversity needed to ride out crises. Topics covered within the chapters include: Premature Death Rate Geography in New York City: Implications for COVID-19 NYC COVID Markers at the ZIP Code Level Prospero's New Castles: COVID Infection and Premature Mortality in the NY Metro Region Pandemic Firefighting vs. Pandemic Fire Prevention Conclusion: Scales of Time in Disasters An exemplary study in health disparities, COVID-19 in New York City: An Ecology of Race and Class Oppression is essential reading for social epidemiologists, public health researchers of health disparities, those in public service tasked with addressing these problems, and infectious disease scientists who focus on spread in human populations of new zoonotic diseases. The brief also should appeal to students in these fields, civil rights scholars, science writers, medical anthropologists and sociologists, medical and public health historians, public health economists, and public policy scientists.

    Contents:
    Premature Death Rate Geography in New York City: Implications for COVID-19
    NYC COVID Markers at the ZIP Code Level
    Prospero's New Castles: COVID Infection and Premature Mortality in the NY Metro Region
    Pandemic Firefighting vs. Pandemic Fire Prevention
    Conclusion: Scales of Time in Disasters.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jorge Hidalgo, Gloria Rodríguez-Vega and Javier Pérez-Fernández.
    Summary: Providing a broad, global view of all aspects related to preparation for and management of SARS-CoV2, COVID-19 Pandemic: Lessons from the Frontline explores and challenges the basis of knowledge, the transmission of information, and the preparation and epidemiology tactics of healthcare systems worldwide. This timely and provocative volume presents real-world viewpoints from leaders in different areas of health management, who address questions such as: What will we do differently if another pandemic comes? Have we learned from our mistakes? Can we do better? This practical, wide-ranging approach also covers the problem of contrasting sources, health system preparedness, effective preparation of and protection offered to individual healthcare professionals, and the human tragedy surrounding the pandemic. Offers a global perspective on how the COVID-19 pandemic was handled, things that went wrong, and things that could be done differently in the future. Covers multiple aspects of the pandemic, including disaster preparedness; perspectives from patients, families, and healthcare providers; inequity of medical resources; risk exposure on the frontline; government decision making; lockdowns; the role of politics; the burden of COVID-19 in various countries worldwide; and future directions. Reflects on the role of professional societies and NGOs in advising governments and supranational organizations. Features a diverse list of contributors, including health decision makers and frontline healthcare personnel.

    Contents:
    The sudden appearance of SARS-CoV-2 / Jorge Hidalgo, Gloria Rodríguez-Vega, Javier Pérez-Fernández
    COVID-19 disaster preparedness / Alexis U. MacDonald, John M. Harahus, Marie R. Baldisseri et al.
    My experience with the novel coronavirus : as doctor and patient / Deena Lynch
    COVID-19 : a family's perspective / Maria Cruz Martin Delgado
    COVID-19 : a health-care worker's perspective / RIshi Suresh, Ryan J. Logue, Steven H. Hsu et al.
    Allocating scarce medical resources : inequity in the face of crisis (in pursuit of PPE) / Marilia Diaz, Jacqueline Y. Steuer
    COVID-19 and risk exposure of the front line : heroes or martyrs? / Marilia Diaz
    COVID-19 and social media / Patxi Perez Fernandez, Miguel Moreno Ariztegui
    COVID-19 and the role of medical professional societies / Drew Farmer, Jose Pascual, Lewis J. Kaplan
    Novel treatments and trials in COVID-19 / Andrew Conway Morris, Allison Tong
    COVID-19 : lessons from the frontline / Natalia Largaespada Beer, Lorna Perez
    Lockdown as a public health measure / Laila Woc-Colburn, Daniel Godinez
    Politics and the pandemic / Michael Singh
    The effects of the pandemic on oil services and shipping industry / William G. MacDonald
    Millennials and COVID-19 / Benjamin Hidalgo, Gerald Marin-Garcia, Allyson Hidalgo
    COVID-19 : data collection and transparency among countries / Erwin Calgua
    Brazilia battle against COVID-19 / Fernando Suparregui Dias, Regis Goulart Rosa, Ciro Leite Mendes
    The disproportionate burden of COVID-19 in Africa / Obashina Ogunbiyi
    How the Middle East is facing COVID-19 / Ahmed Reda Taha
    COVID-19 pandemic in India / Kapil Zirpe, Sushma Gurav
    Life after COVID-19 : future directions? / Pravin Amin.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Stephen S. Burkhart, Paul C. Brady, Patrick J. Denard, Christopher R. Adams, Robert U. Hartzler.
    Contents:
    Difficult and unusual rotator cuff tears
    Revision rotator cuff repairs
    Instability
    Slap lesions and the biceps
    The overhead athlete
    Shoulder separations and other ac joint injuries
    The arthroscopic treatment of glenohumeral osteoarthritis
    Miscellaneous shoulder conditions
    Tips, tricks, and pearls.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Colin M. Shapiro, Meenakshi Gupta, Dora Zalai, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a broad range of perspectives on the topic of CPAP adherence. This includes theoretical underpinnings of adherence; multi-disciplinary practical approaches as well as special considerations in diverse clinical populations, age groups and cultures by authors from five continents. CPAP Adherence is a novel and highly relevant publication for sleep physicians, psychologists, dentists, respiratory therapists, sleep technicians, family physicians as well as PAP and oral appliance providers. This book will help improve patient care and quality of life.

    Contents:
    PART 1
    1. When To Treat With Cpap And How To Define Success
    2. Interventions to Improve CPAP Adherence
    3. Patient Adherence to CPAP– A Practical Interdisciplinary Model
    4. Soft Styles of Motivating Patients to Adopt CPAP
    5. The role of education and support in CPAP adherence
    6. Role of the Behavioural Sleep Specialist Psychologist in Promoting CPAP Adherence
    7. Role of the physician in CPAP adherence and CPAP trials
    8. PAP Therapy for Sleep Breathing Disorders: Good Policies and Practices
    PART 2
    9. Socio-Economic Differences in CPAP Adherence
    10. The Impact of Partner and Family Support
    11. Personality and Mental Health as Determinants of CPAP Use
    12. Costs of Treatment Non-adherence in Obstructive Sleep Apnoea
    13. Obstructive Sleep Apnea Phenotypes And Positive Airway Therapy Adherence
    PART 3
    14. PAP Adherence in Neurology Patients
    15. Obstructive Sleep Apnea, CPAP and Impact on Cognitive Function
    16. Sleep Apnea and Cardiovascular Disease: The Role of CPAP and CPAP
    17. Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Insomnia in Patients with Comorbid Insomnia and Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    18. Overview of Medication Treatment for Comorbid Insomnia and Obstructive Sleep Apnea (COMISA)
    19. CPAP Adherence in Patients with Obstructive Sleep Apnea and Depression
    20. Adherence with Treatment for Sleep Apnea in Patients with Co-morbid Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder
    21. ReleVancouvere of CPAP in Ophthalmic Disease
    22. CPAP Adherence and Bariatric Surgery Patients
    23. CPAP adherence in pregnancy
    PART 4
    24. Pathophysiology of Obstructive Sleep Apnea in Children ReleVancouvere to Treatment Approaches
    25. PAP Management and Adherence for Children and Adolescents with OSAS
    26. Cpap Adherence In Children With Special Health Care Needs
    . PART 5
    27. Monitoring of the Patient on CPAP and When should Alternative Treatment Modalities be Considered
    28. Oral Appliance Use for Sleep Related Breathing Disorders
    29. Utilization of wake promoting drugs in patients on CPAP therapy
    30. Improving CPAP Adherence using Telehealth
    31. The CPAP Machine, Mask and Interface
    32. How to Start Using and Benefit from CPAP Use_ A CPAP Vendor's Practical Information to Patients
    33. The CPAP treatment Coordinator’s Role in Helping Patients with CPAP Use
    34. The Respiratory Therapist and the Vendor’s Perspective on CPAP Adherence
    35. Global Perspective on CPAP Adherence
    36. Questionnaires Evaluating Sleep Apnea and CPAP Adherence
    37. The Past and Future of CPAP.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ülo Langel.
    Summary: In this book, a summary and update of the most important areas of CPP research are presented, whilst raising relevant questions for further development. The CPP sequences are presented and discussed throughout the book. The methods for testing CPP mechanisms are discussed in detail. Various approaches for the testing of endocytotic pathways of CPP uptake are also described. Different CPP uptake experiments are compared since it is becoming clear that it is often best to apply several methods in a complementary manner in order to most comprehensively evaluate CPP uptake mechanisms due to the complexity of these processes. A brief summary of functionality issues of CPPs, both in vitro and in vivo are discussed. Therapeutic potential of CPPs and commercial developments are discussed. The monograph is written for researchers and students in the field.

    Contents:
    Classes and applications of CPP
    CPP functionalization
    Protein delivery and mimicry
    Targeting strategies
    Methods for detection and visualization of CPPs
    Methods for structural studies of CPPs
    Kinetics
    Toxicity and immune response
    Cell-translocation mechanisms of CPPs
    Clinical trials and commercialization using CPPs
    Therapeutic potential of CPPs.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Digital Access STAT!Ref Current year
    Limited to 7 simultaneous users
  • Print
    David Ohrvall.
    Summary: Crack the Case System shows you how to master the core skills you need for conquering the toughest interview of your career: the case interview. Favored by top consulting firms and many Fortune 500 companies, a case interview is a rigorous test of your analytical skills, business savvy and personal presentation. David Ohrvall, former Bain & Company management consultant, has trained over 50,000 top MBAs and undergrads at elite business schools around the world in his legendary Crack the Case Workshops. In Crack the Case System, David delivers a complete training program, including over 40 cases and 160 companion videos that take you deeper into key concepts and show you how star candidates approach a variety of case questions.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Consult 108
    1
  • Print
    written & illustrated by Prometheus Lionhart, M.D.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. Art of war ; Thoracic ; Cardiac ; Pediatrics ; GI ; Urinary ; Reproductive ; Endocrine ; Nukes
    Volume 2. Musculoskeletal ; Neuro ; Vascular ; Interventional ; Mammo ; Strategy.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Prometheus Lionhart, M.D.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. Pediatrics
    Gastrointestinal
    Urinary
    Reproductive
    Endocrine
    Thoracic
    Cardiac
    Vascular
    IR
    Mammo Volume 2. Neuro
    Musculoskeletal
    Nuclear
    Strategy
    Physics
    Non interpretive skills
    Biostatistics.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Prometheus Lionhart, M.D.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Wayne C. Booth, Gregory G. Colomb, Joseph M. Williams, Joseph Bizup, William T. FitzGerald.
    Summary: "With more than three-quarters of a million copies sold since its first publication, The Craft of Research has helped generations of researchers at every level-from first-year undergraduates to advanced graduate students to research reporters in business and government-learn how to conduct effective and meaningful research. Conceived by seasoned researchers and educators Wayne C. Booth, Gregory G. Colomb, and Joseph M. Williams, this fundamental work explains how to find and evaluate sources, anticipate and respond to reader reservations, and integrate these pieces into an argument that stands up to reader critique. The fourth edition has been thoroughly but respectfully revised by Joseph Bizup and William T. FitzGerald. It retains the original five-part structure, as well as the sound advice of earlier editions, but reflects the way research and writing are taught and practiced today. Its chapters on finding and engaging sources now incorporate recent developments in library and Internet research, emphasizing new techniques made possible by online databases and search engines. Bizup and FitzGerald provide fresh examples and standardized terminology to clarify concepts like argument, warrant, and problem. Following the same guiding principle as earlier editions-that the skills of doing and reporting research are not just for elite students but for everyone-this new edition retains the accessible voice and direct approach that have made The Craft of Research a leader in the field of research reference. With updated examples and information on evaluation and using contemporary sources, this beloved classic is ready for the next generation of researchers"--The publisher.

    Contents:
    I. Research, researchers, and readers
    Prologue : becoming a researcher
    Thinking in print : the uses of research, public and private
    Connecting with your reader : creating a role for yourself and your readers
    II. Asking questions, finding answers
    Prologue : planning your project--an overview
    From topics to questions
    From questions to a problem
    From problems to sources
    Engaging sources
    III. Making an argument
    Prologue : assembling a research argument
    Making good arguments : an overview
    Making claims
    Assembling reasons and evidence
    Acknowledgments and responses
    Warrants
    IV. Writing your argument
    Prologue : planning again
    Planning and drafting
    Organizing your argument
    Incorporating sources
    Communicating evidence visually
    Introductions and conclusions
    Revising style : telling your story clearly
    V. Some last considerations
    The ethics of research
    A postscript for teachers.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Q180.55.M4 B66 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Heinrich Lanfermann, Peter Raab, Hans-Joachim Kretschmann, Wolfgang Weinrich.
    Contents:
    Tomography and landmarks
    Coronal sections
    Sagittal sections
    Transverse sections
    Brainstem
    Topography of the cranium, intracranial spaces, and contained structures
    Facial topography
    Topography of the head/neck region
    Neurofunctional systems
    Neurotransmitters and neuromodulators
    Specimens and technique.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Ali Akhaddar.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction, definitions and historical aspects
    2. Epidemiology and risk factors
    3. Different pathogens involved
    4. Histopathologic changes
    5. Pathophysiology and anatomical spreads of infection
    6. Main clinical presentations
    7. Laboratory findings
    8. Imaging studios
    9. Differential diagnoses: clinical and imaging
    10. General considerations and surgical therapy
    11. Antimicrobial and medical therapy
    12. Adjuvant hyperbaric oxygen therapy
    13. Outcomes and prognoses
    14. Unusual pathogens
    15. Special clinical situations
    16. Preventive measures against cranial bone infection
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Francis W. Smith, London, Jay S. Dworkin, Melville, N.Y.
    Contents:
    Upright magnetic resonance imaging of the craniocervical junction / Smith, F.W.
    Craniocervical junction syndrome : anatomy of the craniocervical and atlantoaxial junctions / Harshfield, D.; Flanagan, M.; Levin, S.; Tribell, R; Postlewaithe, J.
    The cranial cervical syndrome defined : new hope for postwhiplash migraine headache patients
    cervical digital motion x-ray, FONAR upright cervical positional MRI and minimally invasive C1
    C2 transarticular lag screw fixation fusion / Franck, J.I.; Perrin, P.
    Concussion update : immunoexcitotoxicity, the common etiology of postconcussion syndrome, chronic traumatic encephalopathy and posttraumatic stress disorder / Maroon, J.C.; Bost, J.; Amos, A.; Winkelman, R.; Mathyssek, C.
    Cerebrospinal fluid physiology and its role in neurologic disease / Bradley, W.G.
    Observations at the craniocervical junction, including treatment of the cervical spine : misalignment, cerebellar tonsillar ectopia and obstructions of cerebrospinal fluid flow / Rosa, S.; Baird, J.W.
    Positional venous magnetic resonance angiography / Niggemann, P.; Pieper, C.C.; Hadizadeh, D.R.
    The possible role of craniocervical trauma and abnormal cerebrospinal fluid hydrodynamics in the genesis of multiple sclerosis and the craniocervical syndrome / Damadian, R.V.; Chu, D.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Onur Kadioglu, G. Fräns Currier, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to serve as an up-to-date reference on the use of cone-beam computed tomography for the purpose of 3D imaging of the craniofacial complex. The focus is in particular on the ways in which craniofacial 3D imaging changes how we think about conventional diagnosis and treatment planning and on its clinical applications within orthodontics and oral and maxillofacial surgery. Emphasis is placed on the value of 3D imaging in visualizing the limits of the alveolar bone, the airways, and the temporomandibular joints and the consequences for treatment planning and execution. The book will equip readers with the knowledge required in order to apply and interpret 3D imaging to the benefit of patients. All of the authors have been carefully selected on the basis of their expertise in the field. In describing current thinking on the merits of 3D craniofacial imaging, they draw both on the available scientific literature and on their own translational research findings.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Joseph G. McCarthy, editor.
    Summary: This book, edited by a leading pioneer of craniofacial distraction, summarizes the progress achieved in the field in a way that will serve the needs of the practicing clinician. All components of the craniofacial anatomy are covered and all topics are discussed in depth: clinical and anatomic pathology, diagnostic studies, treatment protocols, preoperative planning (including the latest virtual programs), device selection, operating room technical considerations, postoperative management, and intermediate/long-term follow-up. Relevant and timely studies from the literature are cited. The book is excellently illustrated, with many patient photos, radiographs, and drawings. Craniofacial Distraction will be a superb, up-to-date resource for a wide range of practitioners, including maxillofacial surgeons, craniofacial surgeons, plastic surgeons, head and neck surgeons, pediatric surgeons, orthodontists, prosthodontists, and pedodontists.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    PRINCIPLES: Biomolecular
    Biomechanical. MANDIBLE: Hypoplastic Mandible (unilateral/bilateral)
    Orthodontic Considerations
    Post-Ablative Mandibular Defects.-Mandibular Dentoalveolus
    TMJ Reconstruction. MIDFACE: Maxilla/Le Fort I
    Le Fort II
    Midface/Le Fort III
    External Device- Midface/Le Fort III
    Internal Device
    Variations in Le Fort III
    Monobloc
    Facial Bipartition
    Orthodontic Considerations. CRANIAL VAULT.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    David M. Yates, Michael R. Markiewicz, editors.
    Summary: The book provides a framework for diagnosis and treatment of the complex facial deformities found in craniofacial microsomia and Treacher Collins syndrome. These conditions are difficult to treat due to their complexity and variable presentation. The deformities may be mild or severe and merely cosmetic to life-threatening in nature. These conditions often manifest as complex facial deformities that require multiple surgical interventions. Timing is critical when treating these patients and knowing and choosing the correct operation is key to successful outcomes. This work provides a comprehensive approach in treating these complex patient populations, seeking to answer the following questions: When to operate versus when to wait? If operating is required what operation should be performed? What is the best orthodontic approach to the associated dental deformities that develop with these conditions? How should sleep apnea be evaluated and treated in this population? What is the best management for feeding patients with these conditions? Written by experts in the field, Craniofacial Microsomia and Treacher Collins Syndrome: Comprehensive Treatment of Associated Facial Deformities aims to provide the reader with literature based best practices in treating these children from the NICU through childhood and into adulthood.

    Contents:
    Etiology and Anatomical Variance in Craniofacial Microsomia
    Initial Evaluation of a Patient with Craniofacial Microsomia
    A look at Breathing, Feeding/Swallowing, and Speech Impairment in Patients with Craniofacial Microsomia
    Extracraniofacial Manifestations of Craniofacial Microsomia
    Management of the Mandibular Deformity in the Growing Patient With Craniofacial Microsomia
    Surgical Management of Hemifacial Microsomia With Temporomandibular Joint Malformation
    Definitive Reconstruction of Associated Maxillomandibular Deformities in Craniofacial Microsomia
    Orthodontic Considerations in the Craniofacial Microsomia Patients
    Management of Hearing Loss in Patients with Treacher-Collins Syndrome and Hemifacial Microsomia
    Microtia Reconstruction in Patients with Craniofacial Microsomnia
    Correction of the Soft Tissue Deformities Associated with Craniofacial Microsomia: Facial Reanimation and Soft Tissue Grafting Techniques
    An Overview of Treatment and Recommendations for the Craniofacial Microsomia Patient
    Etiology and Anatomical Variation in Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Initial Evaluation of a Patient with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    A look at Breathing, Feeding, and Speech Problems in Patients with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Associated Systemic Health Conditions Associated with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Ophthalmologic Findings and Reconstruction of Soft Tissue Orbital Deformities: Coloboma and Lid Deformities
    Correction of Orbital Zygomatic Deformities in the Treacher Collins Patient
    Management of the Mandibular Deformity in Growing Patients with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    TMJ Total Joint Prosthesis in Treacher Col-lins Syndrome and Hemifacial Microsomia
    Definitive Correction of Associated Maxillomandibular Deformities in Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Principles of Orthodontic Management of Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Hearing loss and aural rehabilitation in patients with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Reconstruction of the Ear Deformities Associated with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    Rhinoplasty in Patients with Treacher Collins Syndrome
    An Overview of Treatment Recommendations for the Treacher Collins Syndrome Patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Alex M. Greenberg, Rainer Schmelzeisen, editors.
    Summary: This in-depth revision of the successful first edition is one of the only books of its kind to cover the full range of craniomaxillofacial reconstructive and corrective bone surgery. This evolving field has a large number of contributions by worldwide clinicians covering new developments, especially in biomaterials, digital technologies, virtual surgical planning, patient specific implants, and navigation. These topics appeal to Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons, Plastic Surgeons, ENT/Head and Neck Surgeons, and Neurosurgeons. Complete with updates on popular topics from the first edition, such as advanced jaw reconstruction with stem cells and tissue engineering, wide varieties of microvascular flaps, orthognathic surgery, endoscopic skull base surgery, dental implantology, craniofacial surgery and facial allotransplantation.

    Contents:
    -- 55 Principles and Techniques for Facial Allotranplantation econstruction of the Head and Neck Oncologic Patient
    24 Autogenous Bone Grafts in Maxillofacial Reconstruction
    25 Microvascular Maxillofacial Reconstructive Bone Surgery
    26 Fixation of Bone Grafts for the Reconstruction of Mandibular Continuity Defects
    27 Soft Tissue Flaps for Coverage of Craniomaxillofacial Osseous Continuity Defects with or Without Bone Graft
    28 Mandibular Condyle Reconstruction with Free Costochondral Grafting
    29 Microsurgical Reconstruction of Large Defects of the Maxilla, Midface, and Cranial Base
    30 Reconstruction of Defects of the Mandibular Angle
    31 Mandibular Body Reconstruction
    32 Marginal Mandibulectomy
    33 Reconstruction of Major Anterior Defects of the Mandible
    34 Posttraumatic Osteomyelitis of the Mandible
    35 Microvascular Reconstruction of the Condyle and the Ascending Ramus
    36 Orbital Reconstruction
    37 Nasal Reconstruction Using Bone Grafts and Rigid Internal Fixation
    38 Endoscopic Skull Base Surgery
    Section IV Craniomaxillofacial Corrective Bone Surgery
    39 Orthognathic Examination and Treatment Planning
    40 Planning for Bimaxillary Surgery and the Implications of Rigid Internal Fixation
    41 Reconstruction of Cleft Lip and Palate Osseous Defects and Deformities
    42 Maxillary Osteotomies
    43 Mandibular Osteotomies
    44 Genioplasty Techniques
    45 Long-Term Stability of Maxillary and Mandibular Osteotomies
    46 Le Fort II and Le Fort III Osteotomies for Midface Reconstruction
    Section V Craniofacial Surgery
    47 Craniofacial Deformities: Introduction and Principles of Management
    48 Calvarial Bone Graft Harvesting Techniques
    49 Crouzon Syndrome: Basic Dysmorphology and Staging of Reconstruction
    50 Hemifacial Microsomia
    51 Orbital Hypertelorism: Surgical Management
    52 Surgical Correction of the Apert Craniofacial Deformities
    53 Craniomaxillofacial Distraction Osteogenesis
    54 Digital Technologies for Patient Specific Surgical Planning and Custom Implants.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Andreas Raabe ; associate editors, Bernhard Meyer, Karl Schaller, Peter Vajkoczy, Peter A. Winkler.
    Summary: "This atlas is a comprehensive compilation of common and frequently used craniotomies and includes all essential details for the training of neurosurgeons. Each craniotomy is described step-by-step in intraoperative color photographs and corresponding drawings, showing all details and landmarks mentioned in the text. The corresponding text gives technical instructions as well as detailed descriptions. The same structure will be used for the description of each craniotomy"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basics
    Landmarks
    Convexity Craniotomies
    Midline Craniotomies
    Skull Base Craniotomies
    Skull Base Extensions
    Transsphenoidal Approach
    Decompressive Hemicraniectomy
    Approaches to the Orbita.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Print
    Lide, David R.; Veazey, William Reed; Weast, Robert C.
    Digital Access 1978-
    latest ed. only
  • Print
    editor, Mario Werner.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RB37 .C187
    5
  • Print
    editor, Barry N. Feinberg.
    Contents:

    v. 1. General principles.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R856 .C16
    1
  • Print
    editors: David G. Fleming, Barry N. Feinberg.
    Contents:
    [sect. A. General data].--sect. B. Instruments and measurements.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R856 .C17
    2
  • Print
    editors, Allen I. Laskin, Hubert A. Lechevalier.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Bacteria.--
    v. 2. Fungi, algae, protozoa, and viruses.--
    v. 3. Microbial composition : amino acids, proteins, and nucleic acids.--
    v. 4. Microbial composition : carbohydrates, lipids, and minerals.--
    v. 5. Microbial products.--
    v. 6. Growth and metabolism.--
    v. 7. Microbial transformation.--
    v. 8. Toxins and enzymes.--v. 9, pt. A. Antibiotics.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    QR6 .C2
    9
  • Print
    authors, András Lipták, Péter Fügedi, Zoltán Szurmai.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Disaccharides
    v. 2. Trisaccharides
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP702.O44 H36
    2
  • Digital
    editors, Charles J. Lockwood, Joshua A. Copel, Lorraine Dugoff, Judette Louis, Thomas R. Moore, Robert M. Silver, Robert Resnik.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Jeffrey I. Mechanick, Robert F. Kushner, editors.
    Summary: Building on the groundbreaking work Lifestyle Medicine (2016), this unique new book bridges the gap between theory and practice by providing detailed information on the real-world development and creation of a Lifestyle Medicine Center, whether independently or as part of an established medical program or department. Part one sets the stage by establishing the rationale for creating a Lifestyle Medicine Center as well as the medical and economic burden it seeks to alleviate. The construction of the physical facility and all of the myriad details of the program and its key players are covered in part two, from the structural to the aesthetic, including informatics, developing patient resources and education tools, current technologies and applications, the role of the dietitian and exercise physiologist, inpatient consultation, the importance of community engagement, and more. Part three is comprised of case studies of existing, successful Lifestyle Medicine Centers across the country, with detailed descriptions of their history, development, programs and challenges. Chapters are supported with plentiful figures, tables and useful links. The burden of chronic disease in the U.S. and globally is growing, with pervasive direct and indirect multi-scale adverse effects on health and well-being, economics, and quality of life. Notwithstanding the remarkable progress in biomedical technology, the role of lifestyle medicine in managing chronic disease in a preventive care model is paramount; however, the relevant and effective education in lifestyle medicine is lacking. Translating the theory into action steps, instantiated by case studies with critical interpretations and problem-solving tools, Creating a Lifestyle Medicine Center is the go-to resource for family and primary care physicians, internal medicine physicians, and all clinical specialties interested in planning and developing a lifestyle medicine program.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    References
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    1: Statement of Purpose
    Introduction
    The Strategic Target: Chronic Disease
    The Tactical Plan: A Lifestyle Medicine Center
    Research
    Clinical Practice
    Education
    The Deliverable: A how-to Medical Textbook on Lifestyle Medicine
    References
    2: The Burden of Chronic Disease and the Role of Lifestyle Medicine
    Introduction
    The Epidemiology and Contributions of Non-communicable Diseases
    Creating a New Paradigm for and Redefining Lifestyle Medicine Update on Recommendations for Lifestyle Medicine
    Sleep and Stress
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Translating Knowledge and Implementing a Successful Lifestyle Medicine Center
    Introduction
    Implementation Modalities
    Research
    Clinical Practice
    Education
    Materialization: Conceptualization Variables
    Environment
    Chronic Disease Care Models
    Cardiovascular Disease
    Cancer
    Cognitive Health
    Materialization: Operationalization Variables
    Planning
    Building
    Managing
    Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Concepts 4: Implementation Science Across Lifestyle Medicine Interventions
    The Research-to-Practice Gap
    Fundamentals of Implementation Science
    Theories, Frameworks, and Models
    Implementation Outcomes and Strategies
    Methods and Study Designs
    Specific Recommendations
    Engage a Broad Range of Stakeholders to Coproduce Knowledge Regarding Implementation
    Build Capacity to Optimize Delivery of Lifestyle Interventions
    Training and Resources for the Science of Implementation
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Models for Caring for Patients with Complex Lifestyle, Medical, and Social Needs Introduction
    Overview of Current State of the US Healthcare System
    Overview of Lifestyle Factors Impacting Health
    Comprehensive Care Physician Program and Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation Study
    The Comprehensive Care, Community and Culture Program
    Preliminary Findings Concerning Unmet Social Needs
    Design of C4P Healthy Living Program
    Element 1: Healthy Eating Curriculum
    Element 2: Physical Activities
    Element 3: Community Gardens
    Element 4: Social Engagement
    Healthy Living Program Evaluation
    Dissemination of the C4P and the Healthy Living Programs Cost and Scalability Factors
    How to Start a Healthy Living Program
    References
    6: The Role of Physical Infrastructure on Health and Well-Being
    Introduction
    Environmental Health
    The Built Environment
    Urban Planning and Design for Health
    Social Determinants of Health
    Health in All Policies
    Conclusion
    References
    7: Preventive Medicine and Problem-Solving in Populations
    Introduction
    Define the Problem
    Measure the Magnitude of the Problem
    Identify Key Determinants of the Problem
    Identify and Prioritize Strategic Interventions
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Mary Marshall and Jane Gilliard.
    Summary: Demonstrating that it is essential to be sensitive to the cultural backgrounds of people with dementia in order to provide truly person-centred care, this book shows that it is possible to create culturally-appropriate outdoor spaces and experiences that resonate with people with dementia on a fundamental level and are a source of comfort and wellbeing.

    Contents:
    Introduction: why do we need to understand cultural differences? / Mary Marshall and Jane Gilliard
    A family's perspective on nature and dementia: using the great outdoors to help the inner person / Beth Britton
    Nature for people with dementia in Japan: some examples of horticultural activities in Japanese care homes / Yutaka Inoue
    Getting out and about in the British countryside: dementia adventure / Neil Mapes
    On Aran / Patrick Brenchley
    Some Southern African understandings of nature / Margaret-Anne Tibbs
    Contact with the natural world within hospital care / Sarah Waller and Abigail Masterson
    How Norwegian people with dementia experience nature / Sidsel Bjørneby
    How people with dementia experience nature in rural and island Scottish communities / Gillean Maclean
    Taking to the hills / Jean Howitt
    Digging up the roots: nature and dementia for First Nation elders / Wendy Hulko
    A sense of place: an anthroposophic approach / Judith Jones
    Nature in the lives of an urban population with dementia in North East England / Karen Franks and Kate Andrews
    Memories of an urban childhood with a nearby wood / James McKillop
    Dementia and landscapes: cultural attitudes towards nature / Joan Domicelj
    Conclusion: how do we make outside spaces familiar and life-affirming? / Mary Marshall and Jane Gilliard.
  • Digital
    Mateja Dovjak, Andreja Kukec.
    Summary: The open access book discusses human health and wellbeing within the context of built environments. It provides a comprehensive overview of relevant sources of literature and user complaints that clearly demonstrate the consequences of lack of attention to health in current building design and planning. Current designing of energy-efficient buildings is mainly focused on looking at energy problems and not on addressing health. Therefore, even green buildings that place environmental aspects above health issues can be uncomfortable and unhealthy, and can lead to public health problems. The authors identify many health risk factors and their parameters, and the interactions among risk factors and building design elements. They point to the need for public health specialists, engineers and planners to come together and review built environments for human wellbeing and environmental sustainability. The authors therefore present a tool for holistic decision-making processes, leading to short- and long-term benefits for people and their environment.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Health outcomes related to built environment
    Chapter 3. Identification of health risk factors and their parameters
    Chapter 4. Interactions among health risk factors and decision making process.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Judith W. Herrman.
    Contents:
    The art of innovation
    Who are our learners?
    Making nursing stick : how we learn
    Getting started with icebreakers
    Strategies for large classes
    Strategies for small classes
    Strategies for clinical instruction and orientation
    Strategies for discussion groups
    Strategies for teaching research
    Creative teaching strategies to enhance clinical decision making and test taking
    Creative evaluation strategies
    Creative strategies for concept-based curricula
    Creative strategies for the flipped classroom
    Creative strategies for technology and online/distance education.
    Digital Access CINAHL 2020
  • Digital
    Jay Schulkin.
    Summary: "Information molecules such as corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) are ancient and widely distributed across diverse organs. The scientific community is beginning to realize that CRF is a dynamic and diversely widespread peptide hormone (e.g. placenta) with many functions (parturtion, metamorphosis, circadian rhythmicity) beyond acting as a releasing factor in the brain. Indeed, CRF has been associated with a range of states of the brain, including fear and anxiety, social contact, and incentive salence and addiction. Examining the evolutionary origins of CRF, its diverse endocrine and neural functions, this book provides insights into CRF that will be of interest to students and researchers in the biological, medical and behavioral sciences."--Page 4 of cover.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Giulia Ottaviani.
    Summary: Crib death or sudden infant death syndrome is surely among the worst emotional tragedies that any parent can experience. It is the most frequent death-causing syndrome during the first year of life, striking one infant in every 700-1,000. Crib death is a great enigma, and one of the main open issues in the social-medical and scientific setting of contemporary medicine. Despite a wide spectrum of theories and years of research, its etiology remains unclear. The scarcity of knowledge in the field of crib death and its pathology has led to continued and growing concern, prompting an expanding search for explanation that will permit either prediction or rapid diagnosis. This book describes systematic studies of the cardiovascular system and autonomic nervous system carried out in a large number of infants, newborns, and fetuses who have died suddenly and unexpectedly, as well as in age-matched control cases. The cardiovascular and neuropathological findings are presented in detail, and the relationship between crib death and unexplained perinatal death is discussed. This monograph will aid pathologists, forensic pathologists, pediatricians, obstetricians, and neonatologists in recognizing all potential morphological substrata. It puts forward a well-researched standardized postmortem protocol to be applied in all cases of sudden unexpected infant and perinatal death.

    Contents:
    INTRODUCTION
    Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS)
    Sudden Intrauterine Unexplained Death (SIUD)
    MATERIALS AND METHODS
    Clinical and pathological information form
    Post mortem regulation on SIDS
    Necropsy procedures
    Cardiac sampling and study of the conduction system
    Brainstem sampling and inherent techniques
    Study of the carotid bifurcation, ganglia and paraganglia
    Lung: evaluation of the development stage
    Immunohistochemistry and other techniques
    RESULTS
    Epidemiological results
    Cardiac Conduction findings
    Central autonomic nervous system findings
    Hypoplasia and agenesis of the arcuate nucleus
    Combined pulmonary and arcuate nucleus hypoplasia
    Peripheral autonomic nervous system findings
    DISCUSSION
    Cardiac conduction pathology
    Neuropathology
    CONCLUDING REMARKS.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Michael St. Pierre, Gesine Hofinger, Robert Simon.
    Contents:
    Part I Basic Principles: Error, Complexity, and Human Behavior
    The Human Factors: Errors and Skills
    The Challenge of Acute Healthcare
    The Nature of Error
    The Psychology of Human Action
    Part II Individual Factors of Behavior
    Human Perception: The Way We See Things
    Information Processing and Mental Models: World Views
    Goals and Plans: Turning Points for Success
    Attention: The Focus of Consciousness
    Stress
    Strategies for Action: Ways to Achieve Good Decisions
    Part III The Team
    The Key to Success: Teamwork
    Speech Is Golden: Communication
    Leadership
    Part IV Error and Safety in Organizations
    Organization, Errors, and Safety
    Strategies for Patient Safety
    Learning for Safety.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    [edited by] David M. Gaba, Kevin J. Fish, Steven K. Howard, Amanda R. Burden.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD82.5 .G33 2015
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Scoll Bailey.
    Summary: CRISPR-Cas Enzymes, Volume 616, the latest release in the Methods in Enzymology series, continues the legacy of this premier serial with quality chapters authored by leaders in the field. Topics covered in this release include CRISPR bioinformatics, A method for one-step assembly of Class 2 CRISPR arrays, Biochemical reconstitution and structural analysis of ribonucleoprotein complexes in Type I-E CRISPR-Cas systems, Mechanistic dissection of the CRISPR interference pathway in Type I-E CRISPR-Cas system, Site-specific fluorescent labeling of individual proteins within CRISPR complexes, Fluorescence-based methods for measuring target interference by CRISPR-Cas systems, Native State Structural Characterization of CRISRP Associated Complexes using Mass Spectrometry, and more.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Aftab Ahmad, Sultan Habibullah Khan, Zulqurnain Khan, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book compiles the latest applications of the cutting-edge gene editing tool CRISPR/Cas in the area of crop improvement. It begins with an introduction to the technique and its application in crop plants. Next, it gives an updated overview of available delivery methods, design tools and resources in CRISPR/Cas. The book subsequently reviews the applications of CRISPR/Cas in connection with e.g. insect stress, disease stress, abiotic stress, nutritional and yield improvement in crop plants, etc. It also discusses the various regulatory, ethical and social aspects of the technique that must be kept in mind when designing experiments. In closing, the book summarizes the status quo and outlines future prospects for the tool in crop improvement and food security. Given its scope, the book will especially benefit students and researchers in food science, biotechnology, agriculture and the plant sciences.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. CRISPR/Cas System: An Introduction
    Chapter 2. CRISPR/Cas Based Techniques in Plants
    Chapter 3. Delivery Methods, Resources and Design Tools in CRISPR/Cas
    Chapter 4. CRISPR/Cas Based Insect Resistance in Crops
    Chapter 5. Disease Resistance in Crops Through CRISPR/Cas
    Chapter 6. CRISPR/Cas mediated Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Crops
    Chapter 7. Key Applications of CRISPR/Cas for Yield and Nutritional Improvement in Crop Plants
    Chapter 8. Applications of CRISPR/Cas beyond simple traits in Crops
    Chapter 9. Regulatory, Ethical and Social Aspects of CRISPR Crops
    Chapter 10. Challenges and Future Perspective of CRISPR/Cas Technology for Crop Improvement.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Anthony J. Nocella II and Amber E. George.
    Summary: "By promoting total liberation, this volume challenges the reader to think about new approaches to justice, equity, diversity, and inclusion. The contributors examine and disrupt many of the exclusionary assumptions and behaviors by those working toward justice and liberation, encouraging the reader to reflect on their own thoughts and actions"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Towards the footsteps of Nimrod: positive animal representation in Saki's short fiction / by Samantha Orsulak
    Making no appeal to the state: ending animal abuse through total liberation and direct action / by Will Boisseau
    The lamb with ear tag #8710: suffering as "good welfare" in animal science / by Nathan Poirier
    On the dharma of critical animal studies: animal spirituality and total liberation / by Michael Allen and Erica Von Essen
    Teaching public activism in the humanities: navigating a classroom climate in crisis / by Jessica Holmes
    The preservation of injustice: human supremacy, domination, and privilege / by Paislee House and Amanda R. Williams
    Manufacturing the line between brutality and best practice in the animal-industrial complex / by Ellyse Winter
    Animal rescue on Facebook: about the rescuer or the rescued? / by Tatjana Marjanovic
    Women, nonhuman animals, and the notion of marginalization in Bengali literature / by Swatilekha Maity.
  • Digital
    Mark Elwood, Professor of Cancer Epidemiology, University of Auckland, New Zealand.
    Summary: Critical appraisal is now accepted as central to the development of rational health care and evidence-based medicine, by applying it to questions of aetiology, clinical therapy, and health care management. The reader will learn how to assess the strengths and weaknesses of new studies, and how to conduct their own studies.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The importance of causal relationships in medicine and health care
    Study designs which can demostrate and test causation
    The results obtained from studies of causation
    Selection of subjects for study
    Error and bias in observation
    Confounding
    Chance variation
    Combining results from several studies: systematic reviews and meta-analyses
    The diagnosis of causation
    Critical appraisal in action
    Critical appraisal of a randomized clinical trial
    Critical appraisal of a randomized trial of a preventive agent
    Critical appraisal of a prospective cohort study
    Critical appraisal of a retrospective cohort study
    Critical appraisal of a matched case-control study
    Critical appraisal of a large population-based case-control study.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by John M. Oropello, Stephen M. Pastores, Vladimir Kvetan.
    Summary: "LANGE Critical Care delivers concise, evidenced-based, and highly clinical coverage of the surgical and medical aspects of critical care. The book provides basic fundamentals, applications and insights that will be of lasting value to all ICU physicians, nurses, advanced care providers, and allied personnel who care for the critically ill and injured patients in all ICUs. Noteworthy features include a well-illustrated Clinical Care Procedures section, high-yield summaries of the full spectrum of essential critical care topics, and the inclusion of "Controversies" chapters throughout each section addressing some of the ambiguous aspects of critical care. This timely book also covers the growing scope of critical care provided outside the ICU and the increasing importance of critical care services within the hospital structure. In keeping with the multi-professional nature of critical care delivery, several chapters are authored or coauthored by critical care fellows, ICU nurses, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and pharmacists" -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Pre-ICU critical care
    Triage and transport in the field for the critically ill patient
    Resuscitation and stabilization
    Targeted temperature management after cardiac arrest
    Military-related injuries
    Regionalization
    Pre-ICU syndromes
    Biomarkers in decision making
    Controversies in therapeutic hypothermia
    2. ICU critical care
    Bedside technology
    Physical examination in the ICU
    Imaging of the critically ill: radiology
    Imaging of the critically ill: bedside ultrasound
    Patient safety in the ICU
    ICU-acquired weakness and early mobilization in the intensive care unit
    Pharmacology in critical illness
    Analgesia, sedation, and neuromuscular blockade
    Airway management/The difficult airway
    Ventilator technology and management
    The acute respiratory distress syndrome
    Venous thromboembolism
    Shock: diagnosis and management
    CPR and ACLS updates
    Arrhythmia diagnosis and management
    Acute cardiac ischemia
    Heart failure syndromes in the critical care setting
    Pulmonary arterial hypertension in the ICU
    Electrolyte disorders in critically ill patients
    Acid-base disorders
    Nutrition support
    Acute kidney injury and failure
    Renal replacement therapy
    Hematologic dysfunction in the ICU
    Transfusion medicine in critical care
    Anticoagulation
    Acute abdominal dysfunction
    Gastrointestinal hemorrhage (upper and lower)
    Liver failure: acute and chronic
    Fever in the ICU
    Community-acquired infections in the ICU
    Health care-associated infections
    HIV infection in critically ill patients
    Sepsis, septic shock, and multiple organ failure Antimicrobials in the ICU
    Endocrine dysfunction leading to critical illness
    Oncologic emergencies
    Rheumatologic and inflammatory conditions in the ICU
    Skin complications
    Principles of neurosciences critical care
    Critical care of cerebrovascular disease
    Delirium in the intensive care unit
    Traumatic brain and spinal cord injury
    General postoperative management
    Posttransplantation care
    Posttrauma care
    Postcardiothoracic surgery care
    Postoperative management after specialty surgery
    Postoperative vascular surgery care
    Smoke exposure models in COPD
    Toxic pulmonary inhalation
    Overdose, poisoning, and withdrawal
    Environmental injuries and toxic exposures
    Critical Care issues in pregnancy
    Critical Care of burn patients
    Critical Care of disaster victims
    Controversies: scoring systems in critical care
    Controversies: patient-controlled sedation
    ready for print time?
    Ventilator weaning
    which strategy is better? RT-RN versus physician driven
    Controversies: invasive versus noninvasive strategy for diagnosing respiratory failures
    "Controversies: ventilator management in ARDS: one size fits all?"
    Controversies: corticosteroids for ARDS: friend or foe?
    Thrombolytic therapy for submassive pulmonary embolism
    Controversies: enternal nutrition
    pyloric versus postpyloric
    Controversies: continuous versus intermittent renal replacement in the critically ill patient Clinical controversies: ventilator-associated pneumonia
    does it exist?
    Controversies: Scvo2 versus lactate clearance to guide resuscitation in septic shock?
    Controversies: is glucose control relevant?
    3. Management
    Simulation and education in the ICU
    ICU bed utilization
    The ICU in the global hospital environment
    Alternative staffing models in the ICU
    Governance
    Managing the ICU from afar: telemedicine
    Ethics and palliative care in the intensive care unit
    Intensive talk: delivering bad news and setting goals of care
    Can intensivist performance be measured?
    Complications: never never or never ever
    Controversies: noninvasive ventilation at the end-of-life
    useful or not?
    4. Post-ICU critical care
    Post-intensive care syndrome
    Outcomes research and reporting
    5. Genomics of critical care
    Critical care medicine in the era of omics
    6. Critical care procedures
    Arterial line monitoring and placement
    Bronchoscopy
    Cardiac output measurement
    Cardioversion and defibrillation
    Central venous access
    Chest tube insertion
    Critical care echocardiography
    Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation
    Airway management in the critically ill patient
    Endoscopic placement of feeding tubes
    Continuous venovenous hemofiltration
    High-frequency oscillatory ventilation
    Intracranial pressure monitoring
    Lumbar puncture
    Temporary pacemaker insertion and management of CV implantable electrical devices in the ICU
    Paracentesis
    Percutaneous tracheostomy
    Pericardiocentesis
    Pulmonary artery catheterization
    Thoracentesis
    Controversies: early tracheotomy.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessAnesthesiology
  • Digital
    Jorge Hidalgo, Javier Pérez-Fernández, Gloria Rodríguez-Vega, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art overview on critical care administration. The text reviews important aspects and considerations involved in developing an efficient, cost-effective critical care program, while maintaining a safe and high-quality work environment. Major topics covered include different models of critical care services, planning and budgeting, administration support, staffing models, tele/smart ICU, protocols and guidelines, and disaster preparedness and management. Written by experts in the field, Critical Care Administration: A Comprehensive Clinical Guide is a practical, handy resource for critical care professionals involved in the administration and management of ICUs.

    Contents:
    Critical Care Services: Scope of Practice
    Planning and Budgeting
    Setting the Goals
    Administration Support
    Quality Indicators: The Use of Metrics in Critical Care Medicine
    Internal Financial Audits in the ICU
    Models of Staffing
    Tele-ICU
    Digital Transformation: The Smart ICU
    Protocols, Policies, and Procedures: Tools for Quality Improvement in Critical Care
    ICU Design
    Disaster Preparedness and Management
    Critical Care Educational Modeling
    Humanizing Critical Care
    Billing and Coding
    Intensive Care Burnout
    Complementary Therapies
    Establishing a Research Program in the ICU
    Patient Safety in Intensive Care Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    41
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    32
  • Digital
    [edited by] David A. Farcy, William C. Chiu, John P. Marshall, Tiffany Osborn.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ronaldo Collo Go.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Acid-Base Disorders
    Chapter 2: Electrolyte Disorders
    Chapter 3: Hemodynamic Monitoring
    Chapter 4: Shock
    Chapter 5: Cardiac Arrhythmias and Hypertensive Emergencies
    Chapter 6: Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Chapter 7: Congestive Heart Failure
    Chapter 8: Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure
    Chapter 9: Hypercarbic Respiratory Failure
    Chapter 10: Thromboembolic Disease
    Chapter 11: Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Chapter 12: Mechanical Ventilation
    Chapter 13: Airway Management
    Chapter 14: Analgesia, Sedation, Delirium, and Coma
    Chapter 15: Stroke
    Chapter 16: Status Epilepticus
    Chapter 17: Disorders of the Spinal Cord and Peripheral Nervous System in Critical Care
    Chapter 18: Sepsis
    Chapter 19: Healthcare-Acquired Infections
    Chapter 20: The Immune System and Infection
    Chapter 21: Antimicrobials
    Chapter 22: Endocrinology
    Chapter 23: Hematology and Oncology
    Chapter 24: Gastroenterology
    Chapter 25: Obstetrics
    Chapter 26: Acute Kidney Injury and Renal Replacement Therapy
    Chapter 27: Surgical Intensive Care Unit
    Chapter 28: Transplantation
    Chapter 29: Trauma and Warfare
    Chapter 30: Toxicology
    Chapter 31: Critical Care Ultrasound
    Chapter 32: Nutrition
    Chapter 33: Extracorporeal Life Support
    Chapter 34: Hypothermia and Hyperthermia
    Chapter 35: Biostatistics
    Chapter 36: Ethics, Death, and Organ Donation.
  • Digital
    Paul H. Robinson, Dasha Nicholls, editors.
    Summary: Anorexia and bulimia nervosa are serious disorders affecting pre-adolescents, adolescents and adults with high levels of co-morbidity, disability and mortality. The medical manifestations of these disorders are intrinsic to the illness and its treatment; some are secondary to malnutrition whereas others are the result of purging or other weight-controlling behaviours and a further group is due to poor management of nutritional problems. This book focuses on the role of the psychiatric, medical, nutritional and psychiatric assessment and management of severely ill patients with anorexia nervosa. Leading clinicians and researchers address the essentials of risk assessment, the identification of complications and the monitoring of treatment progress. Location of care and the role of the team are fully addressed, with due consideration of legal and ethical issues. Practical guidelines are included on risk assessment, management of acute and chronic physical problems, feeding during treatment and consent, as outlined in the MARSIPAN (2010) and Junior MARSIPAN (2012) documents. Critical Care for Anorexia Nervosa will be of value for medical and paediatric teams, GPs, psychiatrists℗ℓand all health-care professionals involved in the treatment of acutely ill patients with℗ℓanorexia℗ℓnervosa.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Eating Disorders and the Body
    The role of the Child, Adolescent and Adult Psychiatric Teams
    The role of the Paediatric Medical Team
    The role of the Adult Medical Team
    The role of the Paediatric dietitian
    The role of the Adult Dietitian
    Legal and Ethical Issues
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Dmitri Bezinover, Fuat Saner, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on patients with end-stage-liver disease (ESLD) who could possibly qualify for liver transplant. This patient cohort raises many problems: who should be treated and also, when is it too late for transplant? The authors are all dedicated experts in the field of ESLD/liver transplantation, but from different disciplines with different views of the problem. In the past 15 years many things have changed in the treatment for these patients: cardiac assessment, treatment of porto-pulmonary hypertension, hemodynamics, coagulation assessment and management, diagnosis of kidney failure, and the timing of dialysis. These issues are comprehensively discussed in this book, in order to provide physicians starting in the field of transplantation an overview of different areas of concern. This book is aimed at specialists and trainees in critical care, hepatology, anesthesia, surgery, and nephrology.

    Contents:
    Cardiac evaluation and management
    Pulmonary evaluation of liver transplant candidates
    Critical care for potential liver transplant candidates: ventilation
    Hemodynamic changes nad modulation in inpatients with acute and chronic liver failure
    Management of hyponatremia in end-stage liver disease
    Sepsis and septic shock in cirrhotic patients
    The hemostatic system in patients with cirrhosis, monitoring of coagulation and management of bleeding
    Management of thrombosis in the liver transplant candidate
    Acute kidney injury and hepatorenal syndrome
    Management of upper GI bleeding in cirrhotic patients
    Acute-on-chronic liver failure
    Critical care of the acute liver failure patient
    Liver assist systems for bridging to transplantation: devices and concepts.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    senior editor, Jeanine P. Wiener-Kronish ; associate editors, Aranya Bagchi [and four others].
    Summary: "This is a practical, multidisciplinary, clinically-oriented guide to all aspects of critical care written by the internationally renowned staff at MGH"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Hemodynamic monitoring
    Respiratory monitoring
    Use of ultrasound in critical illness
    Airway management
    Mechanical ventilation
    Hemodynamic management
    Sedation and analgesia
    Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base management
    Trauma
    Critical care of the neurological patient
    Nutrition in critical illness
    Infectious disease
    Critical care management of Ebola virus disease
    Transporting the critically ill patient
    Coronary artery disease
    Valvular heart disease
    Cardiac dysrhythmias
    ECMO and ventricular assist devices
    The Acute respiratory distress syndrome
    Asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Deep venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism in the intensive care unit
    Discontinuation of mechanical ventilation
    Acute kidney injury
    Critical care of patients with liver disease
    Coagulopathy and hypercoagulability
    Acute gastrointestinal diseases
    Endocrine disorders and glucose management
    Infectious diseases-empiric and emergency treatment
    Advances and challenges in sepsis
    Stroke, seizures, and encephalopathy
    Acute weakness
    Drug overdose, poisoning, and adverse drug reactions
    Adult resuscitation
    Burn critical care
    Transfusion medicine
    Obstetric critical care
    ICU handoffs and transitions
    Long-term outcomes of ICU patients
    The Economics of critical care: measuring and improving value in the ICU
    Telemedicine and remote electronic monitoring systems in ICU
    Quality improvement and standardization of practice
    Ethical and legal issues in ICU practice.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Joseph E. Parrillo MD and R. Phillip Dellinger MD, MSc, MCCM
    Summary: "Now completely revised to bring you up to date with the latest advances in the field, Critical Care Medicine: Principles of Diagnosis and Management in the Adult, 5th Edition, delivers expert, practical guidance on virtually any clinical scenario you may encounter in the ICU. Designed for intensivists, critical care and pulmonology residents, fellows, practicing physicians, and nurse practitioners, this highly regarded text is clinically focused and easy to reference"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Critical care procedures, monitoring, and pharmacology
    Cardiac arrest and cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    Airway management in the critically ill patient
    Assessment of cardiac filling and blood flow
    Arterial, central venous, and pulmonary artery catheters
    Cardiac pacing
    Pericardial tamponade: clinical presentation, diagnosis, and catheter-based therapies
    Intraaortic balloon counterpulsation & percutaneous ventricular assist devices
    Echocardiography
    General principles of mechanical ventilation
    Ventilatory management of obstructive airway disease
    Mechanical ventilation of acute respiratory distress syndrome
    Bronchoscopy and lung biopsy in the critically ill
    Noninvasive respiratory monitoring
    Tracheostomy
    Chest tube thoracostomy
    Intracranial monitoring
    Gastrointestinal endoscopy
    Bedside ultrasound in the critically ill patient
    Continuous renal replacement therapy
    Use of sedatives, analgesics, and neuromuscular blockers
    Principles of drug dosing in critically ill
    Section 2: Critical care cardiovascular disease
    Shock: classification, pathophysiology and approach to management
    Cardiogenic shock
    Severe sepsis and septic shock
    Cardiac tamponade
    Traumatic shock: nonsurgical management
    Severe heart failure
    Anaphylaxis and anaphylactic shock
    Acute coronary syndromes and acute myocardial infarction
    Valvular heart disease
    Cardiac arrhythmias
    Hypertensive crises
    Acute aortic dissection
    General principles of postoperative ICU care
    Postoperative management of the cardiac surgery patient
    Section 3: Critical care pulmonary disease
    Acute respiratory failure
    Life-threatening asthma
    Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Hypoventilation and respiratory muscle dysfunction
    Pneumonia: considerations for the critically ill patient
    Weaning from mechanical ventilation
    Pulmonary embolism
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Massive hemoptysis
    Pneumothorax and barotrauma
    Toxic gas, fume, and smoke inhalation
    Section 4: Critical care infectious disease
    Nosocomial infection in the intensive care unit
    Antimicrobial therapy
    Antifungal and antiviral therapy
    Critically ill immunosuppressed host
    Specific infections with critical care implications
    Section 5: Renal disease and metabolic disorders in the critically ill
    Acute kidney injury
    Chronic renal failure
    Acid-base, electrolyte, and metabolic abnormalities
    Acute diabetic emergencies, glycemic control, and hypoglycemia
    Adrenal insufficiency in the critically ill patient
    Thyroid disorders
    Section 6: Neurologic disease in the critically ill
    Coma
    Neurologic criteria for death in adults
    Stroke
    Seizures in the critically ill
    Head injury
    Section 7: Physical and toxic injury in the critically ill
    Critical care management of the severely burned patient
    Poisonings
    Hypothermia, hyperthermia, and rhabdomyolysis
    Section 8: Administrative, ethical, and psychological issues in the care of the critically ill
    Performance improvement in critical care
    Ethical considerations in managing critically ill patients
    Administration and education in the intensive care unit
    Section 9: Other critical care disorders and issues in the critically ill
    Diagnosis and management of liver failure in the adult
    Gastrointestinal bleeding
    Acute pancreatitis
    Hemorrhagic and thrombotic disorders
    Use of blood components in the intensive care unit
    Intensive care of the cancer patient
    Critical care medicine in pregnancy
    Nutrition support.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    John J. Marini, David J. Dries.
    Summary: "With a full-color design and concise, easy-to-read chapters, Critical Care Medicine: The Essentials and a Bit More covers the core elements of critical care, with a unique focus on the pathophysiology underlying clinical disorders and how pathophysiologic concerns affect treatment options. There is much here that's new: brand-new content, expanded discussions, and more graphical elements than ever before. Chapters follow a consistent structural template, with discussions of diagnosis, instrumentation, treatment and management techniques, and more. Expertly and succinctly captures all the fundamentals of the field! - Designed primarily for use by students and residents, but also helpful for anyone already in practice.-Emphasizes the pathophysiologic elements and treatments of illness and injury.-Now with updated drug info and more substantial coverage of interventional radiology, pregnancy care, and organization of critical care.-Adds new, brief summaries that present opposing arguments of controversial points.-Topics range from intubation, ventilation, and pharmacotherapy, as well as drug overdoses, sepsis, gastrointestinal bleeding, and other crisis care scenarios. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities!-Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone.-Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech.-Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Abraham Sonny, Edward A. Bittner, Ryan J. Horvath, Sheri M. Berg ; associate editor, Hassan Farhan
    Summary: "Covering all four critical care board exams (anesthesiology, surgery, internal medicine, and neurology), Critical Care Medicine Review: 1000 Questions and Answers prepares you for exam success as well as clinical practice in today's ICU. This full-color, easy-to-use review tool provides challenging case studies, relevant images, multiple-choice board-style questions, rationales for correct and incorrect answers, and references for every question. Edited by instructors of anesthesia and critical care from Harvard Medical School and Massachusetts General Hospital, this comprehensive resource is an ideal study guide for critical care fellows, recertifying practitioners, and CCRNs. Contains 1000 multiple-choice, case study questions and answers that mirror the four critical care exams in both content and distribution of questions and topics. Covers all body systems as well as Surgery, Trauma, and Transplantation; Pharmacology and Toxicology; Research, Administration, and Ethics; and miscellaneous topics such as pregnancy, dermatologic disorders, and thermoregulatory disorders. Answers include detailed rationales for both correct and incorrect responses, as well as references for further study and review"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    I: Neurologic disorders
    II: Cardiovascular disorders
    III: Pulmonary disorders
    IV: Renal, electrolyte and acid base disorders
    V: Endocrine disorders
    VI: Infectious and immunologic disease
    VII: Hematologic and oncologic disorders
    VIII: Gastrointestinal, nutrition and genitourinary disorders
    IX: Surgery, trauma, and transplantation
    X: Pharmacology and toxicology
    XI: Research, administration, and ethics
    XII: Miscellaneous
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Claudio Ronco, Rinaldo Bellomo, John A. Kellum, Zaccaria Ricci.
    Summary: "Comprehensive and clinically relevant, the 3rd Edition of Critical Care Nephrology provides authoritative coverage of the latest advances in critical care procedures for patients with renal diseases or disorders. Using common guidelines and standardized approaches to critically ill patients, this multidisciplinary reference facilitates better communication among all physicians who care for critically ill patients suffering from kidney disease, electrolyte and metabolic imbalances, poisoning, severe sepsis, major organ dysfunction, and other pathological events"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Akash Deep, Stuart L. Goldstein.
    Summary: This book represents an invaluable resource for professionals for the diagnosis and treatment of acute kidney injury (AKI) in children and how to select and deliver the appropriate form of renal replacement therapy (RRT). Experts from all over the globe have come together to share their wide experience in the field of Critical Care Nephrology in children. Paediatric critical care nephrology is a complex and highly specialised field, presenting challenges and management strategies that are often quite distinct from those seen in adult practice. Therefore, it is high time to address all the topics in the field of critical care nephrology in children in a unique book which is the first of its kind. This book covers the basics as well as advances in the field of Critical Care Nephrology. Each chapter is dedicated to practical aspects of a particular topic elucidating various management decision points. Each chapter is also accompanied with algorithms, figures and protocols in tabulated format. Information on how to manage specific conditions are contextualized with relevant background anatomy, physiology and biochemistry and practical examples. At the end of the chapter, there are key learning points. Paediatricians, nephrologists and paediatric intensivists, as well as paediatric critical care and nephrology nurses in all countries will find this book an invaluable reference text.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Part I. Acute Kidney Injury
    Evolution of Acute Kidney Injury in the last 2 decades
    Renal function monitoring in a critically sick patient
    Acute Kidney Injury-Definitions and Epidemiology
    Biomarkers in AKI
    Neonatal AKI including new devices
    Sepsis Associated AKI
    Acute Kidney Injury in a child after cardiopulmonary
    Bypass, post cardiac surgery and Cardio-renal Syndromes
    Acute Kidney Injury in stem cell transplant recipients
    Hemolytic Uremic Syndrome
    Acute Kidney Injury in liver disease
    Renal emergencies in PICU – electrolyte, acid base and blood pressure issues
    Nutrition in a child with Acute Kidney Injury and on CRRT
    Outcomes and Renal Recovery
    Part II. Renal Replacement Therpay
    Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy – Technology and Basic concepts
    Timing of initiation of CRRT
    Management considerations for the delivery of CRRT in children
    Anticoagulation in CRRT
    Haemodialysis
    Sustained Low Efficiency Dialysis (SLED) and hybrid therapies – Principles and Management
    Peritoneal Dialysis
    Plasmapheresis and Total plasma exchange in the PICU
    Tandem Therapies in Extracorporeal support
    Pharmacology of drugs in critically ill patient with AKI and renal replacement therapy
    CRRT nursing programme Development
    Future of Paediatric AKI and CRRT
    Part III. CRRT in Specific Disease States
    CRRT in a child in cardiac ICU
    CRRT in a child with sepsis and multi-organ failure
    Hyperammonaemia and Inborn Errors of metabolism (IEM)
    CRRT in Exogenous Intoxications
    CRRT in Liver Failure and other liver assist devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Eelco F.M. Wijdicks and Andreas H. Kramer.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. Neurocritical care. The history of neurocritical care / E.F.M. Wijdicks
    Airway management and mechanical ventilation in acute brain injury / D.B. Seder, J. Bösel
    Neuropulmonology / A. Balofsky, J. George, P. Papadakos
    Neurocardiology / N.D. Osteraas, V.H. Lee
    Principles of intracranial pressure monitoring and treatment / M. Czosnyka, J.D. Pickard, L.A. Steiner
    Multimodal neurologic monitoring / G. Korbakis, P.M. Vespa
    Continuous EEG monitoring in the intensive care unit / G.B. Young, J. Mantia
    Management of the comatose patient / E.F.M. Wijdicks
    Management of status epilepticus / M. Pichler, S. Hocker
    Critical care in acute ischemic stroke / M. McDermott, T. Jacobs, L. Morgenstern
    Management of intracerebral hemorrhage / A.M. Thabet, M. Kottapally, J. Claude Hemphill III
    Management of aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage / N. Etminan, R.L. Macdonald
    Management of acute neuromuscular disorders / E.F.M. Wijdicks
    Critical care management of traumatic brain injury / D.K. Menon, A. Ercole
    Management of acute traumatic spinal cord injuries / C.D. Shank, B.C. Walters, M.N. Hadley
    Decompressive craniectomy in acute brain injury / D.A. Brown, E.F.M. Wijdicks
    Diagnosis and management of spinal cord emergencies / E.P. Flanagan, S.J. Pittock
    Diagnosis and management of acute encephalitis / J.J. Halperin
    Management of bacterial central nervous system infections / M.C. Brouwer, D. van de Beek
    Management of infections associated with neurocritical care / L. Rivera-Lara, W. Ziai, P. Nyquist
    Determinants of prognosis in neurocatastrophes / K. Sharma, R.D. Stevens
    Family discussions on life-sustaining interventions in neurocritical care / M.M. Adil, D. Larriviere
    Organ donation protocols / C.B. Maciel, D.Y. Hwang, D.M. Greer. Volume 2. Neurology of critical illness. The scope of neurology of critical illness / E.F.M. Wijdicks
    Delirium in critically ill patients / A.J.C. Slooter, R.R. van de Leur and I.J. Zaal
    Posterior reversible encephalopathy in the intensive care unit / M. Toledano and J.E. Fugate
    Acute central neurotoxicology of drugs of abuse / S.J. Traub and M.D. Levine
    Seizures in the critically ill / J. Ch'ang and J. Claassen
    Intensive care unit-acquired weakness / J. Horn and G. Hermans
    Neurologic complications of transplantation / R. Dhar
    Neurologic complications of cardiac and vascular surgery / K. Sheth and E. Nourollahzadeh
    Neurology of cardiopulmonary resuscitation / M. Mulder and R.G. Geocadin
    Therapeutic hypothermia protocols / N. Badjatia
    Neurologic complications of polytrauma / L. Shutter and R.M. Jha
    Neurologic complications in critically ill pregnant patients / W.L. Wright
    Neurologic complications of sepsis
    septic encephalopathy / E. Schmutzhard and B. Pfausler
    Neurologic complications of acute environmental injuries / I.R. Ferreira da Silva and J.A. Frontera.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Print
    Linda D. Urden, Kathleen M. Stacy, Mary E. Lough.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RT120.I5 C934 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Linda D. Urden, DNSc, RN, CNS, NE-BC, FAAN, Kathleen M. Stacy, PhD, RN, CNS, CCRN, PCCN CCNS, Mary E. Lough, PhD, RN, CCRN, CNRN, CCNS, FCCM.
    Contents:
    Unit I: Foundations of critical care nursing
    Unit II: Cardiovascular alterations
    Unit III: Pulmonary alterations
    Unit IV: Neurologic alterations
    Unit V: Kidney alterations
    Unit VI: Gastrointestional alterations
    Unit VII: Endocrine alterations
    Unit VIII: Multisystem alterations
    Unit IX: Special populations.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Sheila Adam, Sue Osborne, John Welch.
    Summary: Encompassing the knowledge and skills required when nursing the critically ill patient, this book highlights priorities of care and principles of management in a range of problems common in the ICU. The reader will benefit from the strong clinical foundation and the high levels of expertise.

    Contents:
    The critical care continuum
    The critical care environment
    The patient within the critical care environment
    Respiratory problems
    Cardiovascular problems
    Cardiac arrest and cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    Renal problems
    Neurological problems
    Gastrointestinal problems and nutrition
    Sepsis and multiple organ dysfunction
    Trauma and major haemorrhage
    Haematological problems
    The immune system and the immunocompromised patient
    Endocrine, obstetric, and drug overdose emergencies
    Managing major incidents and preparing for pandemics
    Evaluating evidence and quality of care in the critical care unit
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    clinical editor, David W. Woodruff, MSN, RN-BC, CNS, CNE, FNAP, Dean of Academic Affairs/Associate Professor, Chamberlain College of Nursing, Cleveland, Ohio.
    Contents:
    Critical care basics / Wendeline J. Grbach
    Holistic care issues / Anna Jarrett
    Neurologic system / Ellie Z. Franges
    Cardiovascular system / Kathryn l. Kay
    Respiratory system / Elizabeth Moots
    Gastrointestinal system / Wendeline J. Grbach
    Renal system / Jodi l. Gunther
    Endocrine system / Margaret J. Malone
    Hematologic and immune systems / Maurice Espinoza
    Multisystem issues / Susan M. Raymond
    Moderate sedation / Carol A. Pehotsky
    CPR and emergency cardiac care / Nicolette C. Mininni
    Comparing types of shock / Nicolette C. Mininni
    Preventing complications in the critically ill obese patient / Nicolette C. Mininni
    Drug overdose and poisoning / Nicolette C. Mininni
    Critical care basics / Wendeline J. Grbach
    Holistic care issues / Anna Jarrett
    Neurologic system / Ellie Z. Franges
    Cardiovascular system / Kathryn l. Kay
    Respiratory system / Elizabeth Moots
    Gastrointestinal system / Wendeline J. Grbach
    Renal system / Jodi l. Gunther
    Endocrine system / Margaret J. Malone
    Hematologic and immune systems / Maurice Espinoza
    Multisystem issues / Susan M. Raymond.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    clinical editor, David W. Woodruff.
    Summary: "Critical Care nursing is a complex area of practice that not only includes the ICU, but can also include emergency departments and postanesthesia care. Nurses providing critical care treat patients with trauma, medical issues, surgical complications, and many other acute and life-threatening problems. To achieve complete comprehension, the education should be simple, understandable, and useful. Critical Care Nursing Made Incredibly Easy helps to achieve that level of understanding"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Critical care basics / Mary Anne Vincent
    Holistic care issues / Mary Jane Genuino
    Neurologic system / Ellie Z. Franges
    Cardiovascular system / Kathryn L. Kay
    Respiratory system / Elizabeth Moots
    Gastrointestinal system / Robyn Mitchell
    Renal system / Jennifer Myles-Clair
    Endocrine system / Jamie Jones
    Hematologic and immune systems / Julia Vicente
    Multisystem issues / Robyn Mitchell.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Mette M. Berger, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a pragmatic approach to day-to-day metabolic and nutritional care based on physiological considerations. Due to the numerous controversial trials published in the last 15 years, there is no clear guidance for intensive care physicians regarding the metabolic and nutritional management of patients. This has resulted in a return to underfeeding and related complications in most ICUs worldwide as shown by the latest Nutrition Day data. Using a structured, logical approach, the book examines practical solutions for artificial feeding in complex areas of critical care (brain injuries, burns, cardiac failure, ECMO, intestinal failure, long term patient, renal failure, metabolic diseases, obesity, old patients) and discusses measurement of the results of metabolic interventions. It also includes dedicated chapters focusing on specific problems, in order to avoid complications. Critical care nutrition therapy for non-nutritionists is a valuable resource for all general ICUs and ICU subspecialties such as cardiovascular, neuro, gastrointestinal and burns ICUs.

    Contents:
    General ICU patients
    Nutrition during prolonged hemodynamic instability
    ECMO patients
    Gastro-intestinal failure
    Brain injury and nutrition
    Major burns
    Obesity
    Acute kidney injury with and without renal replacement therapy
    Enteral feeding and noninvasive ventilation
    The very old patients
    Inborn errors of metabolism in adults : clues for nutritional management in ICU
    Chronic critical illness
    Practical aspects of nutrition.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Christine N. Duncan, Julie-An M. Talano, Jennifer A. McArthur, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive overview of critical care of the pediatric immunocompromised hematology-oncology patient. The text focuses on unique aspects of the pediatric immunocompromised patient that predisposes the child to significant illness, and presents critical care management strategies specific to the patient population. In addition to chapters on oncology, primary immune deficiency, immunocompromised hematology, and hematopoietic cell transplant patients, the book covers the changing landscape of ICU care, pharmacologic considerations, and psychological and social aspects of the critical care of hematology-oncology patients. Written by experts from a range of disciplines, Critical Care of the Pediatric Immunocompromised Hematology/Oncology Patient: An Evidence-Based Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat this patient population.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Predisposing Diseases and Specific Considerations in Critical Illness;
    Chapter 1: The Changing Landscape of the Critical Care of Pediatric Immunocompromised Hematology and Oncology Patients; References;
    Chapter 2: Diagnosis and Treatment-Related Complications of Acute Leukemia; Introduction; Tumor Lysis Syndrome; TLS Classification and Grading; TLS Management; Hyperuricemia; Hyperkalemia; Hyperphosphatemia; Hypocalcemia; Indications for Dialysis; Hyperleukocytosis and Leukostasis; Mediastinal Masses and Superior Vena Cava Syndrome; CNS Emergencies ThrombosisTyphlitis; Pancreatitis; Acute Promyelocytic Leukemia and Differentiation Syndrome; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Neuro-oncologic Emergencies; Introduction; Increased Intracranial Pressure/Hydrocephalus/Herniation; Seizures/Status Epilepticus; Spinal Cord Compression; Encephalopathy with Chemotherapy; Endocrinopathies; Radiation Injury and Radiation Necrosis; CNS Infection; Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Solid Tumors Outside of the Central Nervous System; Anterior Mediastinal Masses; Airway and Cardiovascular Compromise; Neuroblastoma; Immunotherapy for Neuroblastoma Spinal Cord CompressionSurgery and Surgical Complications; Metastatic Osteosarcoma; Surgical Approach; Desmoplastic Round Blue Cell Tumor; Enhanced Recovery After Surgery; Preoperative; Intraoperative; Postoperative; References;
    Chapter 5: Primary Immunodeficiency Diseases; Introduction; Normal Immune System; Innate Immunity; Adaptive Immunity; Primary Immunodeficiency Diseases; Classification; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis; Complications; Management; Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 6: Care of the Critically Ill Pediatric Sickle Cell Patient; Introduction and Chapter Overview Cardiovascular ConcernsBaseline Cardiovascular Pathology in SCD; Cardiomegaly and Left Ventricular Dysfunction; Cardiac Consequences of Iron Overload; ICU Concerns; Diastolic Dysfunction; Pulmonary Hypertension; Myocardial Ischemia; Hepatic and Biliary Concerns; Hepatobiliary Clinical Syndromes Secondary to Sickling; Acute Sickle Hepatic Crisis; Intrahepatic Cholestasis; Hepatic Sequestration Crisis; Hepatobiliary Dysfunction Secondary to Coexisting Conditions; Hepatic Consequences of Iron Overload; Viral Hepatitis; Acute Cholecystitis; Pyogenic Liver Abscess; Autoimmune Hepatitis Focal Nodular HyperplasiaHemodynamic Concerns; Thromboembolism in Sickle Cell Disease; Risk Factors Secondary to Sickling; Risk Factors Secondary to Traditional Causes; Splenic Concerns; Splenic Sequestration Crisis; Sepsis; Musculoskeletal Concerns; Fat Embolism Syndrome; Neurological Concerns; Initial Management of Possible Stroke; Diagnosis; Ischemic Stroke; Hemorrhagic Stroke; Ischemic Transformation; Subarachnoid Hemorrhage; Intraventricular Hemorrhage; Renal Concerns; Baseline Renal Pathology in SCD; Acute Kidney Injury; Prerenal AKI; Intrinsic AKI; Postrenal AKI; Pulmonary Concerns
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sidharth Kumar Sethi, Rupesh Raina, Mignon McCulloch, Timothy E. Bunchman, editors.
    Summary: This book covers all key aspects of critical care in pediatric nephrology, including acute dialysis in sick children. It also provides detailed protocols for managing fluid and electrolyte balance and dialysis in children in intensive care. In addition, this quick guide discusses innovations in pediatric renal replacement therapy technologies, such as plasma exchange, CARPEDIEM, NIDUS and aquadex. This is a go-to book for intensivists, physicians and trainees working in pediatric intensive care units.

    Contents:
    Critically ill child with acute kidney injury
    Kidney function monitoring in a sick child
    Acute kidney injury- definitions & epidemiology
    Acute kidney injury- diagnosis; biomarkers
    Neonatal AKI
    Hemolytic uremic syndrome
    Acute kidney injury- principles of management
    Fluid overload in pediatric AKI, and it’s assessment
    Nutrition in acute kidney injury
    Pharmacology of a critically ill child and drug dosing
    Peritoneal dialysis
    Vascular access
    Anticoagulation
    Hemodialysis
    SLED and hybrid therapies
    CRRT
    Plasmapheresis in the PICU
    Special situations
    Advances in pediatric RRT- NIDUS, CARPEDIEM, aquadex
    Acute kidney injury- outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Polly E. Parsons, Jeanine P. Wiener-Kronish, Renee D. Stapleton, Lorenzo Berra.
    Contents:
    I. General ICU care.
    Glycemic control in the ICU
    Early mobility
    Sedation, analgesia, delirium
    Pain management in the ICU
    Ethics and palliative care
    Fluid therapy
    Nutrition in critically ill patients
    Mechanical ventilation
    Noninvasive respiratory support
    Weaning from mechanical ventilation and extubation
    Quality assurance and patient safety in the ICU
    II. Monitoring. Pulse oximetry, capnography, and blood gas analysis
    Hemodynamic monitoring
    Neuromonitoring
    III. Procedures. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    Arterial and central venous catheters
    Critical care ultrasound
    Ventricular assist device
    Percutaneous assist devices
    Intra-aortic balloon pumps
    Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO)
    Tracheal intubation and airway management
    Tracheotomy and upper airway obstruction
    Chest tubes and pneumothorax
    Bronchoscopy
    Pacemakers and defibrillators
    IV. Pulmonary. Acute pneumonia
    Asthma
    Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Acute respiratory failure/ARDS
    Hemoptysis
    Venous thromboembolism and fat embolism
    V. Cardiology. Heart failure and valvular heart disease
    Acute myocardial infarction
    Cardiac arrhythmia
    Aortic dissection
    Pericardial disease (pericardial tamponade and pericarditis)
    VI. Infectious Disease. Sepsis and septic shock
    Endocarditis
    Meningitis and encephalitis in the intensive care unit
    Disseminated fungal infections
    Multidrug-resistant bacteria
    Skin and soft tissue infections
    H1N1/influenza
    Immunocompromised host
    VII. Renal disease. Hypertensive crises
    Acute kidney injury
    Renal replacement therapy and rhabdomyolysis
    Hypokalemia and hyperkalemia
    Hyponatremia and hypernatremia
    VIII. Gastroenterology. Upper and lower gastrointestinal bleeding in the critically ill patient
    Acute pancreatitis
    Hepatitis and cirrhosis
    IX. Endocrinology. Diabetic ketoacidosis and hyperosmolar hyperglycemic state
    Adrenal insufficiency in the intensive care unit
    Thyroid disease in the ICU
    X. Hematology/oncology. Blood products and coagulation
    Thrombocytopenia and platelets
    Disseminated intravascular coagulation
    XI. Neurology. Coma
    Brain death
    Status epilepticus
    Stroke and subarachnoid hemorrhage
    Guillain-Barré syndrome and myasthenia gravis
    Alcohol withdrawal
    XII. Surgery and trauma. Burns and frostbite
    Thoracic trauma (flail chest and pulmonary & myocardial contusion)
    Acute abdomen and peritonitis
    Organ donation
    XIII. Emergency medicine. Disaster medicine, bioterrorism and Ebola
    Allergy and anaphylaxis
    Hypothermia
    Heat stroke
    XIV. Toxicology. General approach to poisonings
    Analgesics and antidepressants
    Toxic alcohol poisoning
    Cardiovascular medications
    Neuroleptic malignant syndrome
    XV. Unique patient populations. Care of the critically ill pregnant patient
    Care of the obese patient
    Oncologic emergencies
    Post-intensive care syndrome & chronic critical illness
    ICU survivors
    XVI. Emerging therapies. Sepsis: emerging therapies
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Angelo Raffaele De Gaudio, Stefano Romagnoli, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical and comprehensive guide to delivering analgesia and sedation to critically ill patients for professionals and caregivers being involved in the management of these patients. It discusses and explains in detail the advantages and limitations of each drug and device using clear flowcharts, diagrams and tables. Furthermore, it explores the new drugs and - above all - new sedation delivery systems, particularly those for administering volatile anesthetics on ICUs. Written by respected experts in the field, this book is a valuable and practical resource for anesthesists, intensivists and emergency physicians interested in sedation.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The Stress Response
    Pain management in Critically Ill Patients
    Common Practice and Guidelines for Sedation in Critically Ill Patients
    Clinical and Instrumental Measures of Sedation
    Intravenous Sedatives and Analgesics
    Volatile Anesthetics
    Regional Anesthesia Techniques for Pain Control Critically ill Patients
    Neuromuscolar¬ocking Agents
    Sedation and Hemodynamics
    Sedation and Immune System
    Sleep in the ICU
    Delirium in Critically Ill Patients
    Sedation in pediatric Critically Ill Patients
    Sedation in Cardiac Surgery Intensive Care Unit.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alexander B. Levitov, Paul H. Mayo, Anthony D. Slonim.
    Contents:
    Section i: general principles and impact of ultrasound use in the icu
    1: ultrasound in critical care medicine: improving patient care and reducing cost
    2: physics of sound, ultrasound, and doppler effect and its diagnostic utility
    3: transducers, image formation, and artifacts
    4: training in critical care ultrasonography
    5: pediatric critical care: the use of bedside ultrasonography
    Section ii: cardiac sonography in the icu
    6: goal-directed echocardiography in the icu
    7: transthoracic echocardiography: image acquisition
    8: transesophageal echocardiography: image acquisition and transducer manipulation
    9: echocardiographic assessment of left ventricular systolic and diastolic function
    10: echocardiographic evaluation of preload responsiveness
    11: echocardiographic diagnosis and monitoring of right ventricular function
    12: echocardiographic diagnosis of cardiac tamponade
    13: echocardiographic diagnosis and monitoring of acute myocardial infarction and associated complications
    14: echocardiographic diagnosis of cardiomyopathies
    15: echocardiographic evaluation of valve function and endocarditis
    16: echocardiographic evaluation of cardiac trauma
    Section iii: ultrasound evaluation of the neck, trunk, and extremities
    17: ultrasound evaluation of the neck and upper respiratory system
    18: ultrasound evaluation of the pleura
    19: ultrasound evaluation of the lung
    20: ultrasound evaluation of the abdomen
    21: ultrasound evaluation of the renal system and the bladder
    22: ultrasound evaluation of the pelvis
    23: ultrasound evaluation of the peripheral vascular system
    Section iv: ultrasound guidance for procedures
    24: ultrasound-guided transthoracic procedures
    25: ultrasound guidance for abdominal and soft tissue procedures
    26: peripheral and central neuraxial blocks in critical care medicine
    27: ultrasound guidance for vascular access
    28: ocular ultrasound
    Appendix a: glossary
    Appendix b: draft ultrasound reports by body region.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Philip Lumb, Dimitrios Karakitsos.
    Summary: For physicians and nurses in critical care medicine, the increased demand and use of ultrasound necessitates further training. Critical Care Ultrasound helps meet that need. A straightforward, practical approach, an abundance of detailed ultrasound images, and online video demonstrations provide step-by-step guidance on the principles and effective use of this important imaging modality in both diagnosis and assistance with specific procedures. Coverage includes the latest applications of ultrasound for neurologic critical care; vascular problems; chest; hemodynamic monitoring; and abdominal and emergency uses, as well as assistance in a variety of specific procedures in critical care medicine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Steven R. Lowenstein.
    Contents:
    The normal electrocardiogram : a brief review
    Inferior wall myocardial infarction
    Anterior wall myocardial infarction
    Posterior wall myocardial infarction
    The electrocardiography of shortness of breath
    Confusing conditions : ST-segment depressions and T-wave inversions
    Confusing conditions : ST-segment elevations and tall T-waves (coronary mimics)
    Critical cases at 3:00 a.m.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Cheri Clancy.
    Contents:
    The importance of effective communication in healthcare
    Body language exposed
    The emotionally intelligent and emotionally competent nurse
    Mindful conversations
    Mind over matter
    Impromptu scripting, phrasing, and acronyms
    Interprofessional coaching conversations
    Improving patient experience
    Fostering a healthy workplace environment
    Organizational culture and behavior.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2019
  • Digital
    John Coveney, Sue Booth, editors.
    Summary: This second volume in the Food Policy series focuses on critical nutrition and dietetics studies, offering an innovative and interdisciplinary exploration of the complexities of the food supply and the actors in it through a new critical lens. The volume provides an overview of the growth of critical nutrition and dietetics since its inception in 2009, as well as commentary on its continuing relevance and its applicability in the fields of dietetic education, research, and practice. Chapters address key topics such as how to bring critical dietetics into conventional practice, applying critical diets in clinical practice, policy applications, and new perspectives on training and educating a critical nutrition and dietetic workforce. Contributing authors from around the globe also discuss the role of critical nutrition dietetics in industry, private practice, and consultancy, as well the role of critical dietetics in addressing the food, hunger, and health issues associated with the world economic crisis. The authors designed the volume to be a reference work for students enrolled in undergraduate and postgraduate courses in Critical Nutrition, Critical Food Studies, and Critical Dietetics. Each chapter offers concise aims and learning outcomes, as well as assignments for students and a concise chapter summary. These features enhance the value of the volume as a learning tool. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Foundations of critical aspects of food and nutrition studies
    Chapter 2: Critical perspectives in clinical practice of nutrition and dietetics
    Chapter 3: Community nutrition and dietetics practices and food democracy
    Chapter 4: Policy and practice: what does this gap look like using a critical nutrition and dietetics lens?
    Chapter 5: Training and educating a critical nutrition and dietetic workforce: new perspectives
    Chapter 6: Why is a critically reflexive practice critical to nutrition and dietetics?
    Chapter 7: Swimming against the tide: 12 ways of bringing critical nutrition and dietetics into conventional practices
    Chapter 8: Critical nutrition and dietetics in industry, private practice and consultancy: the importance of ethics
    Chapter 9: World economic crisis: food, hunger and health disparities
    Chapter 10: Dietitian as Advocate and Activist: Our Past, Present, and Future Possibilities
    Chapter 11: Toward critical nutrition counselling practice and pedagogy
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Richard M. Zaner.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Themes and schemes: a prelude
    3. At the beginning and end of life: a meditation on the subtle hoax of matter
    4. Dialogue and trust
    5. Openings into clinical ethics
    6. Voices and time
    7. Responsibility in clinical ethics consultation
    8. Clinical listening, narrative writing
    9. Visions and re-visions: life and the accident of birth.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ross M. Ungerleider, Jon N. Meliones, Kristen Nelson McMillan, David S. Cooper, Jeffrey P. Jacobs.
    Summary: "Now in brilliant full color and reflecting recent significant changes in the field, Critical Heart Disease in Infants and Children, 3rd Edition, keeps you abreast of the skills and knowledge required to safely care for children with congenital and acquired heart disease in the ICU. Pediatric intensivists, cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, and anesthesiologists from leading centers around the world provide a well-rounded perspective on basic scientific principles, medical and pharmacologic treatments, surgical techniques, and equipment"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The segmental approach to congenital heart disease
    Cardiovascular physiology and shock
    Regulation of pulmonary vascular resistance and blood flow
    Renal function and heart disease
    Splanchnic function and heart disease
    Cerebral function and heart disease
    Pharmacology of cardiovascular drugs
    Pediatric arrhythmias
    Pericardial effusion and tamponade
    Anesthesia for pediatric cardiac surgery
    Applied respiratory physiology
    Respiratory support
    Cardiac arrest and cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    Coagulation disorders in congenital heart disease
    Nutrition
    Transplantation
    Noninvasive diagnosis of heart disease
    Diagnostic and therapeutic cardiac catheterization
    Perioperative monitoring
    Cardiopulmonary bypass
    Mechanical circulatory support in infants and children
    Nursing care
    Perioperative management of patients with congenital heart disease
    ASD/VSD
    Atrioventricular septal defects
    Aortic valve disease
    CoA and IAA
    Mitral valve disease
    AP window/PDA
    ACLA
    Persistent truncus arteriosus
    Total anomalous pulmonary venous return
    Transposition of the great arteries and the arterial switch operation
    DORV/DOLV
    TOF with PAT and VSD
    Pulmonary atresia with intact ventricular septum (PA/IVS)
    Ebstein's anomaly
    Single ventricle
    Tricuspid atresia and the fontan operation
    HLHS
    Staged operative management of the SV
    Critical appraisal and use of evidence about therapy
    Cor pulmonale
    Inflammatory heart disease
    Infective endocarditis
    Syndromes and congenital heart defects
    Heritable disease
    Cardiomyopathy.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Jan B. Vermorken, Volker Budach, C. René Leemans, Jean-Pascal Machiels, Piero Nicolai, Brian O'Sullivan, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I : The Make Sense Campaign
    The Make Sense Campaign
    Section II: Head and Neck Cancer: a changing disease
    New epidemiologic aspects
    Biology of head and neck cancer
    Section III: Diagnostic challenges
    The changing role of the pathologist
    Molecular imaging in head and neck cancer
    Multidisciplinary Decision Making & Head and Neck Tumor Boards
    Clinical decision making: how and when. Section V: Locoregionally Advanced Head and Neck Cancer
    Pros and cons of endoscopic surgery
    Oncologic dentistry and implants
    Primary radiotherapy & concurrent chemoradiotherapy
    Treatment of viral-associated head and neck cancer
    Patient and treatment factors in concurrent chemoradiotherapy
    Section VI: Recurrent/Metastatic Head and Neck cancer: How and When to Treat
    The surgical approach
    When and how to irradiate
    Cytotoxic chemotherapy and targeted therapy
    Immunotherapeutic approaches
    Treatment in the elderly
    Supportive care
    Section VII
    Quality of life issues
    Palliative care in the palliative disease setting
    Community palliative care and dying at home.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editor: Sandra Steingard.
    Summary: This book is a guide for psychiatrists struggling to incorporate transformational strategies into their clinical work. The book begins with an overview of the concept of critical psychiatry before focusing its analytic lens on the DSM diagnostic system, the influence of the pharmaceutical industry, the crucial distinction between drug-centered and disease-centered approaches to pharmacotherapy, the concept of “de-prescribing,” coercion in psychiatric practice, and a range of other issues that constitute the targets of contemporary critiques of psychiatric theory and practice. Written by experts in each topic, this is the first book to explicate what has come to be called critical psychiatry from an unbiased and clinically relevant perspective. Critical Psychiatry is an excellent, practical resource for clinicians seeking a solid foundation in the contemporary controversies within the field. General and forensic psychiatrists; family physicians, internists, and pediatricians who treat psychiatric patients; and mental health clinicians outside of medicine will all benefit from its conceptual insights and concrete advice.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Frank R. Noyes, Sue Barber-Westin, editors.
    Summary: Total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is a frequently performed operation - in the U.S. alone, 5.2 million TKAs were performed from 2000-2010 - and partial (unicompartmental) knee arthroplasty (UKA) is another common operation that is done in younger, active individuals. Many patients require knee arthroplasty from osteoarthritis that develops after sports injuries or decades of participation in athletics. While much has been written regarding technical surgical details of arthroplasty, there is comparably little available on critical rehabilitation principles and guidelines that allow return to normal physical function, as well as recreational and sports activities. Filling this gap in the literature, this group of internationally recognized surgeons and therapists discusses all aspects of critical rehabilitation following both partial and total knee replacement, including: Advances in surgical techniques for robotic computer-navigated knee arthroplasty Effects of preoperative rehabilitation and nutrition on postoperative function Specific rehabilitation principles to avoid complications and return to daily activities Advanced physical therapy concepts to return to recreational and sports activities Objective testing to determine strength and physical function in the arthroplasty athlete Recommended guidelines for recreational and sports activities Key factors for achieving high patient satisfaction and quality of life after surgery Presenting the most up-to-date evidence and guidelines, Critical Rehabilitation for Partial and Total Knee Arthroplasty will be an invaluable resource for orthopedic surgeons, physical therapists, athletic trainers, personal trainers and all professionals caring for patients seeking to return to full activity after knee replacement.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Epidemiology of Knee Arthroplasty in the Younger Patient
    Preoperative Nutrition and General Health Concerns, Patient Indications, and Selection Criteria
    Knee Arthroplasty Designs: Comparisons, Patient-Specific Instrumentation, and Survivorship
    Advances in Robotic Computer-Navigated Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Advanced Surgical Techniques for Unicompartmental Knee Arthroplasty
    Biomechanical Analysis of Muscle Weakness and Dysfunction before and after Knee Arthroplasty
    Pathophysiology of Muscle Disuse in Osteoarthritis
    Effect of Preoperative Rehabilitation on Postoperative Function
    Early Postoperative Rehabilitation Concepts during Weeks 1-12 to Avoid Complications and Return to Daily Activities
    Use of In-Home Telerehabilitation and Virtual Exercise Modalities: Practical Considerations and Efficacy
    Advanced Postoperative Rehabilitation Concepts during Weeks 13-52 to Return to Physical Activity and Athletics
    Common Patient-Reported Outcome Measures: Instrument Reliability and Validity
    Common Objective Measurements for Strength and Function in the Arthroplasty Patient
    Recommended Guidelines for Physical Activity and Athletics after Knee Arthroplasty
    Effectiveness of Knee Arthroplasty on Return to Work
    Key Factors for Achieving Expectations in Patient Satisfaction and Quality of Life after Knee Arthroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Robert S. Rahimi, editor.
    Summary: This text provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of the diagnosis and management of the critically ill cirrhotic patient. The book reviews recent data about risk factors for acute on chronic liver failure (including infection, renal dysfunction and acute alcoholic hepatitis), profiles the latest treatment strategies for the management of variceal bleeding, ascites, hepatocellular carcinoma and presents current and novel therapies for acute hepatic encephalopathy, and anticoagulation in liver disease. The volume also focuses on the changing etiology of liver disease, with an emphasis on obesity and frailty/sarcopenia, and advances in surgical techniques, including living donor liver transplants and gender disparities in liver transplantation. Palliative care for the critically ill liver patient is also discussed in the book. Written by experts in the field, The Critically Ill Cirrhotic Patient: Evaluation and Management is a valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, health care providers, and researchers who encounter patients with chronic liver disease, including end-stage liver cirrhosis.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Natural History of Chronic Liver Disease
    Management of Ascites
    Portosystemic Shunt Embolization in Overt Hepatic Encephalopathy
    Gastroesophageal Variceal Bleeding Management
    Renal Dysfunction in Patients with Cirrhosis
    Intensive Care Management of Patients with Cirrhosis
    Infections in Critically Ill Cirrhosis Patients
    Obesity and the Critically Ill Cirrhotic Patient
    Frailty and Sarcopenia in the Critically Ill Patient with Cirrhosis
    Acute Alcoholic Hepatitis
    Acute on Chronic Liver Failure
    Anticoagulation in the Hospitalized Patient with Decompensated Cirrhosis: Management of a Delicate Balance
    The Management of Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Liver Transplantation
    Gender Disparities in Liver Transplantation
    The Role of Palliative Care in Cirrhosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Alessandro Fichera, Mukta K. Krane, editors.
    Contents:
    1. History of Crohn's Disease
    2. Molecular and Genetic Factors in Crohn's Disease
    3. Medical Therapy for Crohn's Disease: The Present
    4. Medical Therapy: The Future
    5. Diagnosti Fluoroscopy for Imaging Crohn's Disease
    6. Diagnostics: Body Imaging
    7. Diagnostics: Endoluminal
    8. Ultrasound
    9. Diagnostics: The Future
    10. Surgery: Small Intestine Terminal Ileum- Resection
    11. Bowel Sparing Procedures in Crohn's Disease of the Small Instestine
    12. Surgery: Colon
    13. Surgery: Perineum
    14. Perineal Reconstruction in Crohn's Disease
    15. Surgery: Surgical Quality
    16. Recurrent CD: Medical Prophylaxis
    17. Recurrent CD: Surgical Prophylaxis- Kono-S Anastomosis
    18. Recurrent Crohn's Disease: Surgical Treatment
    19. Extraintestinal Manifestations of Crohn's Disease
    20. Enterostomal Therapy in the Management of the Patient with Crohn's Disease
    21. Diet and Nutrition in the Treatment of Crohn's Disease
    22. Fertility/Sexual Function
    23. Quality of Life in Patients with Crohn's Disease
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Arumugam Rajesh, Rakesh Sinha.
    Contents:
    1. Etiology and clinical features of Crohn's Disease
    2. Pathological consideration in Crohn's Disease
    3. The Role of endoscopy in the diagnosis and management of Crohn?s Disease
    4. Capsule Endoscopy in the Evaluation of Crohn?s disease
    5.Role of CTE/Enteroclysis in Crohn?s Disease
    6. Ultrasonography in Crohn?s disease
    7. CT and Magnetic Resonance enterography in Crohn?s disease
    8. MR enteroclysis in Crohn?s disease
    9. Radiological Assessment of Crohn?s Disease ? Current status and recent advances.- 10. Paediatric Crohn?s disease
    11. Surgical management of Crohn?s disease
    12. Overview of Medical management of Crohn?s disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Lo Re, Massimo Midiri, editors.
    Contents:
    Epidemiologic aspect of Crohn's Disease.-Clinical presentation of Crohn's disease
    Laboratory tests in Crohn's disease
    Decourse of Disease.-Diagnostic and therapeutic role of endoscopy in Crohn's disease
    Perianal Crohn's
    Standard therapeutic approach and new therapies
    Current status of imaging in small and large bowel diseases
    X-ray in inflammatory and bowel disease, Jurassic technique or yet still useful in the 21st century?
    US in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    MDCT enteroclysis and enterography
    MRI enteroclysis and enterography
    Anal fistula in Crohn's disease
    Extraintestinal findings in Crohn' Disease patients
    Follow- up of IBD
    Surgery and Crohn's disease
    Surgical emergencies in Crohn's Disease
    Perianal surgery in in Crohn' Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Delphine Fleury and Ryan Whitford, Australian Centre for Plant Functional Genomics (ACPFG), University of Adelaide, Urrbrae, SA, Australia.
    Contents:
    Defining a genetic ideotype for crop improvement / Richard M. Trethowan
    From genes to markers: exploiting gene sequence information to develop tools for plant breeding / Melissa Garcia and Diane E. Mather
    Temperature switch PCR (TSP): a gel-based molecular marker technique for investigating single nucleotide polymorphisms / Le Phuoc Thanh and Kelvin Khoo
    Multiplex-ready technology for mid-throughput genotyping of molecular markers / Julien Bonneau and Matthew Hayden
    Genotyping by high-resolution melting analysis / Elise J. Tucker and Bao Lam Huynh
    Bi-allelic SNP genotyping using the taqman(r) assay / John Woodward
    SNP genotyping: the KASP assay / Chunlin He, John Holme, and Jeffrey Anthony
    Rindsel: An R package for phenotypic and molecular selection indices used in plant breeding / Sergí́o Perez-Elizalde, Jesú́s J. Cerón-Rojas, José Crossa, Delphine Fleury, and Gregorio Alvarado
    OptiMAS: A decision support tool to conduct marker-assisted selection programs / Fabio Valente ...[et.al]
    Genomic selection in plant breeding / Mark A. Newell and Jean-Luc Jannink
    Simulated breeding with QU-GENE graphical user interface / Adrian Hathorn, Scott Chapman, and Mark Dieters
    The control of recombination in wheat by Ph1 and its use in breeding / Graham Moore
    TILLING for plant breeding / Peter Sharp and Chongmei Dong
    In vitro culture for doubled haploids: tools for molecular breeding / Sue Broughton, Parminder K. Sidhu, and Philip A. Davies
    Biolistic transformation of wheat with centrophenoxine as a synthetic auxin / Ainur Ismagul, Gulnur Iskakova, John C. Harris, and Serik Eliby
    Agrobacterium-mediated transformation of barley (Hordeum vulgare l.) / Ainur Ismagul, Iryna Mazonka, Corinne Callegari, and Serik Eliby
    qPCR for quantification of transgene expression and determination of transgene copy number / Stephen J. Fletcher
    High-throughput analysis pipeline for achieving simple low-copy wheat and barley transgenics / Nataliya Kovalchuk..
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Makie Kokubun, Shuichi Asanuma, editors.
    Summary: This book presents field studies on crop production in developing countries such as Vietnam, Kenya, Namibia, Colombia, Afghanistan and Sudan. Further, it examines the achievements of SATREPS, a development assistance program sponsored by the Japanese government that promotes international joint research to address these global issues. In this context, multidisciplinary research teams consisting of breeders, physiologists, soil scientists, agronomists, and other scientists related to agricultural development worked together to tackle the challenges involved in enhancing the capacity of crop production in the respective regions. In addition to presenting novel scientific findings, this book highlights practical field studies that verify the effectiveness of the scientific findings in actual environments. The achievements will help to improve crop production worldwide, and the lessons learnt will be useful in re-designing strategies to address global issues in crop production, particularly in developing regions. Lastly, the outcomes discussed will be useful to policymakers and professionals engaged in crop production and food security in developing countries, as well as researchers and students.

    Contents:
    SATREPS program challenging global issues on crop production : overview
    Development of rice promising lines using genomic technology and information in Vietnam
    Development of rice breeding and cultivation technology tailored for Kenya's environment
    Development of flood and drought adaptive cropping systems in Namibia
    Improving resource utilization efficiency in rice production systems with contour-levee irrigation in Columbia
    Development of wheat breeding materials using genetic resources in Afghanistan
    Application of biotechnology to generate drought-tolerant soybean plants in Brazil : development of genetic engineering technology of crops with stress tolerance against degradation of global environment
    Sustainable management of invasive cassava pests in Vietnam, Cambodia, and Thailand
    Improvement of food security in semiarid regions of Sudan through management of root parasitic weeds
    Bringing stability to world food supplies with Japanese tehcnology and Mexican genetic resources
    Lessons learned from SATREPS projects and perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Samiha Ouda, Abd El-Hafeez Zohry, Tahany Noreldin.
    Summary: This book tackles the issue of using crop rotation to increase food production and secure it for the growing population of the future. Crop rotation can be a solution of food gaps in the developing counties. Crop rotation plays an important role in attaining soil sustainability and in controlling pests and weeds. It can alleviate damage caused by climate change by reducing losses in productivity of the crops, minimizing soil fertility loss and increase irrigation water productivity. This book also includes the reviews of a large number of crop rotations that have been published internationally, and additionally, the crop rotations that have been implemented in Egypt have a unique characteristic to them and therefore, a large number of those reviews have also been included.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; 1 Introductory Synopsis of the Natural Resources Involved in Food Production; Introduction; Soil Management for Higher Food Production; Water Management for Higher Food Production; Weather Manipulation for Higher Food Production; The Necessity of Crop Rotation; Climate Change Confine Food Production; References; 2 Irrigation Scheduling to Maximize Water Utilization of the Crop Rotation; Introduction; Methodology; Description of the Agro-climatic Zones of Egypt; Statistical Procedure; Validation of the ETo Time-Interval; Results and Discussion Crop Rotation to Reduce Weed PopulationCrop Rotations in Egypt; Crop Rotation in the Second Agro-climatic Zone; Crop Rotation in the Fourth Agro-climatic Zone; Conclusion; References; 6 Crop Rotation Could Diminish Summer Feed Gap in Egypt; Introduction; Increasing the Cultivated Area of Fahl Clover and Cowpea; Increasing the Cultivated Area of Fahl Clover; Increasing the Cultivated Area of Cowpea; The Potential Total Added Area of Summer Forge; The Projected Cultivated Areas of the Studied Crops in 2030; The Projected Cultivated Area of Fahl Clover in 2030 Soil Physical PropertiesSoil Structure; Soil Water; Bulk Density; Soil Chemical Properties; Soil pH; Soil Electrical Conductivity and Cation Exchange Capacity; Soil Biological Properties; Soil Organic Matter; Soil Microbial Biomass; Crop Rotations in Egypt; Crop Rotation Under Rain-Fed Condition; Crop Rotations in the Agro-climatic Zones of Egypt; Crop Rotation in the Second Agro-climatic Zone; Crop Rotation in the Fourth Agro-climatic Zone; Conclusion; References; 5 Crop Rotation Defeats Pests and Weeds; Introduction; Pests and Diseases Control by Crop Rotation Spatial and Temporal Variability of Weather ElementsSpatial and Temporal Variability of ETo; Coefficient of Determination Between Weather Elements and ETo; Deviation from the Mean Value of Seasonal ETo; Appropriate Values of ETo Time-Interval to Schedule Irrigation; Water Requirements for the Prevailing Crop Rotations; The Prevailing Crop Rotation in the First Agro-climatic Zone; The Prevailing Crop Rotation in the Second Agro-climatic Zone; The Prevailing Crop Rotation in the Third Agro-climatic Zone; The Prevailing Crop Rotation in the Fourth Agro-climatic Zone The Prevailing Crop Rotation in the Fifth Agro-climatic ZoneConclusion; References; 3 Crop Rotation Increases Land Productivity; Introduction; Monoculture Versus Rotation; Raised Beds Versus Basin Cultivation; Monoculture Versus Intercropping; Cultivation of Three Crops Per Year; Effect of the Duration of Crop Rotation on Land Productivity; Crop Rotations in Egypt; Crop Rotations in the Rain-Fed Area in Egypt; Crop Rotations in the Agro-climatic Zones of Egypt; Crop Rotation in the Fourth Agro-climatic Zone; Conclusion; References; 4 Crop Rotation Maintains Soil Sustainability; Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Roxana Savin, Gustavo A. Slafer, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive and state-of-the-art source reference for understanding the functions and mechanisms responsible for yield and quality determination under a range of conditions. By uncovering relationships and challenges of successful and scalable crop management and breeding, this volume addresses the challenges of environmentally sound production of bulk and quality food, fodder, fiber, and energy which are of ongoing international concern. Contemporary agriculture and crop management confronts the challenge of increasing demand in terms of quantitative and qualitative production targets. These targets have to be achieved against a background of climate change, including soil and water scarcity and higher temperatures, and the environmental and social aspects of agricultural sustainability. This book views crop production as an active source of methods, theories, ideas, and tools for application in genetic improvement and agronomy.

    Contents:
    Agroecological Basis for Managing Biotic Constraints
    Agronomic Interactions with CO2 Sequestration
    Crop Development Related to Temperature and Photoperiod
    Crop Radiation Capture and Use Efficiency
    Crop Responses to Available Soil Water
    Crop Responses to Nitrogen
    Crop Science and Technology, Introduction
    Cropping Systems: Shaping Nature
    Fertilizer Science and Technology
    Genotype by Environment Interaction and Adaptation
    Improving Grain Quality in Oil and Cereal Crops
    Integrated Pest Management
    Irrigation Management for Efficient Crop Production
    Lodging Resistance in Cereals
    Marker-Assisted Breeding in Crops
    Phenotyping: New Crop Breeding Frontier
    Plant Breeding Under a Changing Climate
    Roots and Uptake of Water and Nutrients
    Seed Dormancy and Agriculture and Physiology
    Simulation Models as Tools for Crop Management
    Source-sink Relationships in Cereals and Legumes
    Spatial Crop Structure in Agricultural Systems
    Heat Tolerance for Sustainable Productivity.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Asha Persson, Shana D. Hughes, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Biomedicine. Change & Diversity: Conceptualising Serodiscordance
    Part II. Stigma, Culture & Gender: Contextualising Serodiscordance
    Part III. Love, Risk & Relationships: Negotiating Serodiscordance.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jordi Rimola, editor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively describes the state of the art in cross-sectional imaging of Crohn's disease from both a clinical and a radiological perspective. The uses and impact of the different imaging techniques in daily practice and research are thoroughly examined, with coverage of ultrasound, computed tomography and magnetic resonance. In addition, emerging trends are scrutinized. The background to the book is an increasing perception that intestinal inflammation and complications are underdiagnosed using standard endoscopic or surgical techniques. Patients with Crohn's disease usually require multiple reassessments during their lifetimes and often favor noninvasive techniques with a low risk of complications. These factors have reinforced the need for effective cross-sectional imaging techniques. Additionally, the expanding use of biologic agents, combined with their increased efficacy, expense, and risk, justifies the use of these techniques (particularly ultrasound and magnetic resonance) to monitor disease treatment and objectively measure inflammation and healing. Cross-Sectional Imaging in Crohn's Disease will be of high value for both gastroenterologists and diagnostic radiologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Khaled M. Elsayes, editor.
    Summary: This book offers concise descriptions of cross-sectional imaging studies of the abdomen and pelvis, supplemented with over 1100 high-quality images and discussion of state-of-the-art techniques. It is based on the most common clinical cases encountered in daily practice and uses an algorithmic approach to help radiologists arrive first at a working differential diagnosis and then reach an accurate diagnosis based on imaging features, which incorporate clinical, laboratory, and other underlying contexts. The book is organized by anatomical organ of origin and each chapter provides a brief anatomical background of the organ under review; explores various cross-sectional imaging techniques and common pathologies; and presents practical algorithms based on frequently encountered imaging features. Special emphasis is placed on the role of computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). In addition to algorithmic coverage of many pathological entities in various abdominopelvic organs, unique topics are also examined, such as imaging of organ transplant (including kidney, liver and pancreas), evaluation of perianal fistula, and assessment of rectal carcinoma and prostate carcinoma by MRI. Cross-Sectional Imaging of the Abdomen and Pelvis: A Practical Algorithmic Approach is a unique and practical resource for radiologists, fellows, and residents.

    Contents:
    Overview of CT and MRI Techniques for Evaluation of the Liver
    Diagnostic Approach of Focal and Diffuse Hepatic Diseases
    Cirrhosis and Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Post-Locoregional Therapy Imaging of the Liver
    The Biliary Tree
    The Gall Bladder
    The Pancreas
    Cross Sectional Imaging of the Spleen
    The Stomach
    The Small Bowel
    Overview of CT Colonoscopy
    Approach to Colon Pathologies
    The Appendix
    MRI Evaluation of Rectal Carcinoma
    MRI for Perianal Fistula
    The Peritoneum
    The Extraperitoneal Spaces
    Cross Sectional Imaging of the Abdominal Wall
    Cross Sectional Imaging of the Adrenal Gland
    Prostate Imaging
    The Urinary Tract: Renal Collecting Systems, Ureters, and Urinary Bladder
    Imaging of Liver Transplant
    Imaging of Kidney Transplant
    Imaging of Pancreas Transplant
    Cross Sectional Imaging of the Kidney
    The Scrotum
    Cross Sectional Imaging of the Uterus
    The Adnexa
    The Vagina
    Cross Sectional Imaging of the Female Urethra
    Dual Energy CT and Its Applications in the Abdomen.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Peter D. Katsikis, Stephen P. Schoenberger, Bali Pulendran, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Type III interferons (IFNs): emerging master regulators of immunity
    2. Stability of regulatory T cells undermined or endorsed by different type-1 cytokines
    3. The role of Il-12 and type I interferon in governing the magnitude of CD8 T cell responses
    4. Functional diversity of human dendritic cells
    5. Selective dependence of kidney dendritic cells on CX₃CR1, implications for glomerulonephritis therapy
    6. Mechanisms of memory T cell activation and effective immunity
    7. Molecular programming of immunological memory in natural killer cells
    8. Induction of immune tolerance to dietary antigens
    9. The role of p110ð in the development and activation of B lymphocytes
    10. Immune memory and exhaustion: clinically relevant lessons from the LCMV model
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    M. Ashraf Akuji, Fiona Martin, David Chambers, Elizabeth Thomas.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Grenny, Joseph.
    Summary: Keep your cool and get the results you want when faced with crucial conversations. This New York Times bestseller and business classic has been fully updated for a world where skilled communication is more important than ever. The book that revolutionized business communications has been updated for today's workplace. Crucial Conversations provides powerful skills to ensure every conversation--especially difficult ones--leads to the results you want. Written in an engaging and witty style, the book teaches readers how to be persuasive rather than abrasive, how to get back to productive dialogue when others blow up or clam up, and it offers powerful skills for mastering high-stakes conversations, regardless of the topic or person. This new edition addresses issues that have arisen in recent years. You'll learn how to: Respond when someone initiates a crucial conversation with you Identify and address the lag time between identifying a problem and discussing it Communicate more effectively across digital mediums When stakes are high, opinions vary, and emotions run strong, you have three choices: Avoid a crucial conversation and suffer the consequences; handle the conversation poorly and suffer the consequences; or apply the lessons and strategies of Crucial Conversations and improve relationships and results. Whether they take place at work or at home, with your coworkers or your spouse, crucial conversations have a profound impact on your career, your happiness, and your future. With the skills you learn in this book, you'll never have to worry about the outcome of a crucial conversation again.

    Contents:
    What's a crucial conversation? And who cares?
    Mastering crucial conversations : the power of dialogue
    Start with heart : how to stay focused on what you really want
    Choose your topic : how to be sure you hold the right conversation
    Master my stories : how to stay in dialogue when you're angry, scared, or hurt
    Learn to look : how to notice when safety is at risk
    Make it safe : how to make it safe to talk about almost anything
    State my path : how to speak persuasively, not abrasively
    Explore others' paths : how to listen when others blow up or clam up
    Reclaim your pen : how to be resilient when hearing tough feedback
    Move to action : how to turn crucial conversations into action and results
    Yeah, but : advice for tough cases
    Putting it all together : tools for preparing and learning.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2022
  • Digital
    Alexey S. Kondrashov.
    Contents:
    Genotypes and Phenotypes
    Mendelian Inheritance and Population Genetics
    Complex Traits and Their Inheritance
    Unavoidable Mutation
    Struggle for Fidelity
    Mutation Rates
    Natural Selection
    Functioning DNA and Junk DNA
    It Takes All the Running You Can Do
    Phenomenon of Imperfection
    Our Imperfect Fitness
    Our Imperfect Wellness
    Mutational Pressure on Our Species
    Ethical Issues
    What to Do?.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    Gary Vaynerchuk.
    Summary: "In his 2009 book Crush It, Gary Vaynerchuk insisted that a vibrant personal brand was crucial to entrepreneurial success. Now Gary explains why that's even more true today, offering his perspective on what has changed in the last nine years and what principles remain timeless. He also shares stories from other entrepreneurs who have grown wealthier -- and not just financially -- than they ever imagined possible by following Crush It principles. The secret to their success (and Gary's) has everything to do with their understanding of the social media platforms and their willingness to do whatever it took to make these tools work to their utmost potential. Gary dissects every current major social media platform so that anyone, from a plumber to a professional ice skater, will know exactly how to amplify his or her personal brand on each. He offers both theoretical and tactical advice on how to become the biggest thing on old standbys like Twitter, Facebook, YouTube, Instagram, Pinterest, and Snapchat; podcast platforms like Spotify, Soundcloud, iHeartRadio, and iTunes; and other emerging platforms such as Musical.ly. For those with more experience, Crushing It! illuminates some little-known nuances and provides innovative tips and clever tweaks proven to enhance more common tried-and-true strategies. Crushing It! is a guide to building your own path to professional and financial success and a blueprint to living life on your own terms."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I, Get pumped: The path is all yours
    What (still) matters
    The eighth essential
    content
    What's stopping you?
    The only thing you need to give yourself to crush it
    Part II, Create your pillar: First, do this
    Get discovered
    Musical.ly
    Snapchat
    Twitter
    YouTube
    Facebook
    Instagram
    Podcasts
    Voice-first
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access OverDrive [2018]
    Limited to 1 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
  • Print
    Leo J. McCarthy.
    Summary: "Cryoprecipitate is still transfused although its genuine indications are specific and therefore, limited. Its accidental, yet fortuitous discovery by Dr. Judith Pool, and its clinical effectiveness subsequently established by Dr. Ed. Hershgold, enabled cryoprecipitate to quickly become the standard therapy for patients worldwide afflicted with hemophilia. However, its usage has declined since monoclonal factor VIII has emerged as the new standard of therapy primarily because of its lack of viral infectivity. Our expreience indicates it is frequently not transfused appropriately."--leaf 2.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    edited by Willem F. Wolkers, Harriette Oldenhof.
    Summary: This volume provides a variety of standard protocols used to cryopreserve or freeze-dry different types of specimens. In addition, it provides chapters focused on the fundamental principles of cryopreservation, vitrification, and freeze-drying. Several state of the art microscopic, spectroscopic as well as calorimetric methods are highlighted that can be used to study cellular and macromolecular changes in response to freezing or drying. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and practical, Cryopreservation and Freeze-Drying Protocols, Third Edition serves as a practical guideline for studies on freezing and drying processes as well as preservation strategies for biological specimens.

    Contents:
    Principles of cryopreservation / David E. Pegg
    Principles of cryopreservation by vitrification / Gregory M. Fahy and Brian Wowk
    Modeling and optimization of cryopreservation / James D. Benson
    Principles of freeze-drying / Gerald D. J. Adams, Isobel Cook, and Kevin R. Ward
    Use of in situ fourier transform infrared spectroscopy to study freezing and drying of cells / Willem F. Wolkers and Harriëtte Oldenhof
    Calorimetric analysis of cryopreservation and freeze-drying formulations / Wendell Q. Sun
    Measurement of intracellular ice formation kinetics by high-speed video cryomicroscopy / Jens O. M. Karlsson
    Laser scanning microscopy in cryobiology / Frank Stracke, Asger Kreiner-Møller, and Heiko Zimmermann
    Low-temperature electron microscopy : techniques and protocols / Roland A. Fleck
    Cryopreservation of semen from domestic livestock / Harald Sieme and Harriëtte Oldenhof
    Cryopreservation of mammalian oocytes / Victoria Keros and Barry J. Fuller
    Vitrification : a simple and successful method for cryostorage of human blastocysts / Juergen Liebermann
    Efficient cryopreservation of human pluripotent stem cells by surface-based vitrification / Julia C. Neubauer [and 3 others]
    Cryopreservation of Greenshell mussel (Perna canaliculus) sperm / Serean L. Adams [and 4 others]
    Membrane modification strategies for cryopreservation / Phillip H. Purdy and James K. Graham
    Sperm cleanup and centrifugation processing for cryopreservation / Harald Sieme and Harriëtte Oldenhof
    Cryopreservation of red blood cells / Johan W. Lagerberg
    Cord blood clinical processing, cryopreservation, and storage / Heidi Elmoazzen and Jelena L. Holovati
    Directional freezing for large volume cryopreservation / Joseph Saragusty
    Vitrification of heart valve tissues / Kelvin G. M. Brockbank [and 3 others]
    Cryopreservation of plant cell lines / Heinz Martin Schumacher, Martina Westphal, and Elke Heine-Dobbernack
    Writing standard operating procedures (SOPs) for cryostorage protocols : using shoot meristem cryopreservation as an example / Keith Harding and Erica E. Benson
    Freeze-drying of proteins / Baolin Liu and Xinli Zhou
    Freeze-drying of lactic acid Bbacteria / Fernanda Fonseca , Stéphanie Cenard , and Stéphanie Passot
    Freeze-drying of mammalian sperm / Levent Keskintepe and Ali Eroglu
    Freeze-drying of decellularized deart valve tissues / Willem F. Wolkers and Andres Hilfiker.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Judith Betsy, Stephen Kumar, editors.
    Summary: Understanding the reproductive physiology and endocrinology of fishes is essential for captive maturation and seed production in the field of aquaculture. Studying the spermatology of fishes is a comparatively new focus in aquaculture, which has emerged as an important area of fish research over the past two decades. In this regard, the cryopreservation of fish gametes is a crucial aspect. Moreover, energetics studies of gametes have become essential, considering the loss of vigour in the spermatozoa after cryopreservation. The latest development in this context is the cryopreservation of spermatogonial stem cell, which is also covered in the book, along with detailed information on embryo cryopreservation in fishes and crustaceans. The role of cryopreservation in conservation programmes is another important aspect, one that will especially interest biologists. This book addresses central issues in fish gamete cryopreservation and breeding, while also reviewing the history of cryopreservation. Its most unique feature is the breadth of its coverage, from basic information on reproduction in fishes, to such advanced topics as embryo cryopreservation. Chiefly intended as a handy troubleshooting guide, the book represents a valuable resource for research students in related fields.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Reproductive physiology in fishes
    Chapter 2: Endocrine regulation of reproduction with special emphasis on gametogenesis in fishes
    Chapter 3: Factors influencing milt quality in fishes and its usefulness to cryopreservation
    Chapter 4: Energetics of fish spermatozoa
    Chapter 5: Fish sperm quality evaluation after cryopreservation
    Chapter 6: Cryopreservation
    History and Development
    Chapter 7: Cryopreservation of fish gametes- an overview
    Chapter 8: Cryopreservation and short duration storage of germ cells and male gametes of freshwater fishes
    Chapter 9: Cryopreservation of marine fish sperm
    Chapter 10: Sperm cryopreservation in crustaceans
    Chapter 11: State of the art in cryopreservation of bivalve spermatozoa
    Chapter 12: Cryopreservation of germ stem cells in fishes
    Chapter 13: Cryopreservation and storage of oocytes, embryos and embryonic cells of fish
    Chapter 14: Potential of fish gamete cryopreservation in conservation programs in Bangladesh
    Chapter 15: Gamete manipulation and conservation for genetic improvement in penaeid shrimp.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Paola Pasquali, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to fill the gap created by the lack of formal training in cryosurgery, which leads not only to an underutilization of the technique but also to inappropriate uses with unpleasant consequences for patients. The book covers all practical aspects of cryosurgery and also offers a theoretical foundation for practice. Basic principles, equipment, and techniques are described, and procedures are explained step by step for a range of applications, including common benign lesions, vascular lesions, premalignant conditions, and malignancies. An important feature is the coverage of the latest advances in combination treatments such as topical drugs and cryosurgery, ultrasound and cryosurgery, photography and cryosurgery, cryobiopsy, and immunocryosurgery. Use of cryosurgery as palliative treatment is also discussed, and the closing chapters consider postoperative care, complications, and future directions.

    Contents:
    History
    Basic Principles. Cryobiology
    Immunocryosurgery
    Techniques
    Basic Equipments
    Cryobiopsy
    Common Benign Lesions
    Vascular Lesions
    Pre Malignant Management. Combination Treatments
    Malignant Lesions
    Bcc and Ultrasound
    Special Areas: Eyelids, Earlobe, Nose
    Cryosurgery and other Imaging Techniques
    Palliative Treatment
    Postoperative Care
    Complications
    Future considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Simone M. Cacciò, Giovanni Widmer, editors.
    Summary: This new volume on Cryptosporidium and Cryptosporidiosis discusses all relevant aspects of the biology, molecular biology, host-parasite interaction, epidemiology as well as diagnosis and treatment of these widespread parasites. It represents a useful guide for physicians, microbiologists, veterinarians and water professionals seeking advanced knowledge and guidance about these important parasitic pathogens. A section on practical lab procedures discusses step-by-step guidelines for sample preparation and lab procedures. The new book may further serve as a reference work for graduate students in medical and veterinary microbiology.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Taxonomy and epidemiology of Cryptosporidium
    Taxonomy and molecular taxonomy
    Epidemiology of human cryptosporidiosis
    Molecular epidemiology of human cryptosporidiosis
    Cryptosporidiosis in farmed animals
    Cryptosporidiosis in other vertebrates
    Section 2: Molecular Biology
    Cryptosporidium: current state of genomics and systems biological research
    From Genome to Proteome: transcriptional and proteomic analysis of Cryptosporidium parasites
    Cryptosporidium metabolism
    Section 3: Host-parasite interaction
    Human Cryptosporidiosis: A Clinical Perspective
    Immunology of Cryptosporidiosis
    Treatment of cryptosporidiosis
    Section 4: Cryptosporidium and the water
    Cryptosporidium Oocysts in Drinking Water and Recreational Water
    Removal and inactivation of Cryptosporidium from water.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Abdulaziz A. AlQahtani, Paolo Castelnuovo, Roy Casiano, Ricardo L. Carrau, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book is divided into 6 parts that cover all topics related to cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) rhinorrea. It provides in-depth theoretical and practical knowledge, and includes teaching material as well as evidence-based scientific content. The introductory part presents the skull base anatomy, CSF physiology, pathophysiology of skull base defects as well as the role of imaging in this condition. The second and third parts provide details of different diagnostic features and conservative management. The fourth and central part thoroughly illustrates surgical approaches for this clinical condition and follows a similar structure, describing each surgical procedure step-by-step. The fifth part sheds light on the postoperative management and the long-term follow up, while the last part addresses miscellaneous topics, such as quality of life, outcome measures, and medico-legal issues. The book is enriched by a wealth of high-quality figures and online videos that illustrate real-world clinical cases, and each chapter features a summary box, key points and a conclusion. The contributors are leading experts in the field and include authorities and inventors of skull base surgical approaches and reconstruction techniques. The multidisciplinary panel of authors from 6 continents consists of neurosurgeons, radiologists and anesthesiologists. The book is intended for medical, surgical and paramedic professionals, and is a valuable resource for all levels from medical students to consultants.

    Contents:
    1 Skull base development and anatomy
    2 Imaging of skull base
    3 Physiology of CSF
    4 Pathophysiology of skull base defect and CSF leak
    5 Clinical presentation of CSF leak
    6 Fluid analysis in rhinorrhea
    7 Role of radiology in CSF leak
    8 Use of fluorescein
    9 Diagnostic algorithm for CSF leak
    10 Conservative management of CSF leak
    11 Traumatic CSF leaks
    12 Spontaneous CSF leaks: Intracranial hypertension, Neoplasms, Idiopathic
    13 Multidisciplinary approach to CSF leak
    14 History of surgical approaches and techniques for skull base reconstruction
    15 Operative room set-up and instrumentation
    16 Role of anesthesiologist
    17 Synthetic materials for skull base reconstruction
    18 Free autologous graft
    19 Local pedicled flaps
    20 Regional pedicled flap
    21 Micro-vascular free flap
    22 Anterior cranial fossa CSF leak repair
    23 Middle & Posterior cranial fossa CSF leak repair
    24 The proper use of reconstructive material
    25 External approaches for skull base reconstruction
    26 Post-operative instructions
    27 Surgical complications of skull base reconstruction
    28 Failure of CSF leak repair
    29 Role of lumbar drain in CSF leak
    30 Long-term follow up strategy
    31 Pediatric CSF leak
    32 Outcomes of skull base reconstruction
    33 Abnormal presentation of CSF leak
    34 Management of benign intracranial hypertension
    35 Evidence based medicine in CSF leak and skull base reconstruction
    36 Quality of life and Outcome measures in CSF leak
    37 Surgical competence in CSF leak repair
    38 Patients advocacy and medico-legal issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ramiah Rajeshkannan, Vimal Raj, Sanjaya Viswamitra, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the cross-sectional imaging of congenital heart diseases, and features a wealth of relevant CT and MRI images. Important details concerning anatomy, physiology, embryology and management options are discussed, and the key technical aspects of performing the imaging are explained step by step. Written by a team of respected authors, the book is richly illustrated and supplemented with access to a number of clinical videos. Intended to provide quick and reliable access to high-quality MRI and CT images of frequently encountered congenital and structural heart abnormalities, the book offers a go-to guide for imaging physicians, helping them overcome the steep learning curve for pediatric cardiac imaging.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basics
    CMR
    Cardiac Embryology
    Cross Sectional Imaging Atlas
    Technical Aspects of Pediatric Cardiac CT
    Scan Techniques for Pediatric Cardiac MRI
    Sequential Segmental Approach to CHD
    Part II: Imaging in Congenital Heart Disease
    Congenital Aortic Anomalies
    Vascular Rings and Slings
    Radiological Review of Coronary Artery Anomalies
    Imaging in Pulmonary Atresia with Ventricular Septal Defect
    Congenital Pulmonary Venous Anomalies
    CT and MRI of Simple Cardiovascular Shunts
    Ebstein Anomaly
    Pre and Post Operative Imaging in Tetralogy of Fallot
    Double Outlet Right Ventricle : Morphology and Function
    Pre and Post Operative Imaging in Transposition of Great Arteries
    Imaging of Single Ventricle
    CT and MR Imaging in Post Operative CHD
    Valvular Heart Disease
    Part III : Special Topics in CHD
    Techniques and Clinical Applications of Phase Contrast MRI in CHD
    Imaging of Pulmonary Hypertension in Congenital Heart Disease
    CT Versus MRI in Congenital Heart Disease
    Echocardiography for Congenital Heart Disease
    Fundamental Approach
    3D Prototyping
    Technology and Applications for CHD
    Radiation issues in Pediatric Cardiac CT Imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Pablo R. Ros, Koenraad J. Mortele ; associate editors, Vincent Pelsser, Smitha Thomas.
    Summary: "Now in its Third Edition, this trusted and practical volume in LWW's Teaching File Series offers residents and practicing radiologists a unique opportunity to study alongside the experts in their field. For the first time, CT and MRI of the Abdomen and Pelvis is a hybrid publication, with a new paperback format and accompanying web content that includes a wealth of case studies users can access from their laptop, tablet, or mobile device. The book is useful both as a quick consult or study aid for anyone preparing for Board examinations in Radiology and other specialties where knowledge of CT and MRI of the abdomen and pelvis are required. This skill-builder delivers ... 416 structured case studies based on actual patients--each providing a brief patient history, as many as four CT/MR images, a short description of the findings, differential diagnosis, final diagnosis, and a discussion of the case. Detailed imaging of all areas of the abdomen and pelvis including the liver and biliary system, pancreas, GI tract, spleen, mesentery/omentum/peritoneum, kidney and urinary system retroperitoneum and adrenal glands and abdominal wall--helps readers understand relevant anatomy and identify pathologies. NEW to third Edition ... Hybrid format includes print and online components. 30% new cases address new challenges and provide timely information. Accompanying web site delivers access to all cases in the book, plus several hundred supplemental, "bonus" cases!"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    Joel H. Bortz, Aarthi Ramlaul, Leonie Munro, editors.
    Contents:
    Patient-centred communication
    Informed consent
    Principles of computed tomography (CT)
    Principles of radiation dose in computed tomography and computed tomography colonography
    Dose optimisation in CT colonography
    Overview of CT colonography in imaging the colon
    Role of contrast media in CTC: types, usage and allergic reactions
    Patient preparation, including bowel preparation, the role of tagging, and methods of colonic insufflation
    CTC technique and methods of interpreting images
    Anatomy of the colon
    Pitfalls and artefacts
    Internal haemorrhoids and other anorectal lesions
    Polyps
    The adenoma-carcinoma sequence, management and treatment of colon cancer
    Diverticular disease
    Lipomas of the colon
    Extracolonic findings
    Good practice in CT colonography reporting
    Ultrasound, magnetic resonance imaging, and positron emission tomography in the evaluation of colon cancer
    Legal and professional requirements of radiographer reporting: a framework for practice
    Self-assessment of CT colonography images.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    U. Joseph Schoepf, editor.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive and richly-illustrated guide to cardiac CT, its current state, applications, and future directions. While the first edition of this text focused on what was then a novel instrument looking for application, this edition comes at a time where a wealth of guideline-driven, robust, and beneficial clinical applications have evolved that are enabled by an enormous and ever growing field of technology. Accordingly, the focus of the text has shifted from a technology-centric to a more patient-centric appraisal. While the specifications and capabilities of the CT system itself remain front and center as the basis for diagnostic success, much of the benefit derived from cardiac CT today comes from avant-garde technologies enabling enhanced visualization, quantitative imaging, and functional assessment, along with exciting deep learning, and artificial intelligence applications. Cardiac CT is no longer a mere tool for non-invasive coronary artery stenosis detection in the chest pain diagnostic algorithms; cardiac CT has proven its value for uses as diverse as personalized cardiovascular risk stratification, prediction, and management, diagnosing lesion-specific ischemia, guiding minimally invasive structural heart disease therapy, and planning cardiovascular surgery, among many others. This second edition is an authoritative guide and reference for both novices and experts in the medical imaging sciences who have an interest in cardiac CT.

    Contents:
    HISTORY OF CARDIAC CT: A PERSONAL STORY
    Evolution of Radiation Dose from Cardiac CT
    THE LONG MARCH INTO CLINICAL PRACTICE: CARDIAC CT AND ITS COMPETITORS
    Cardiac Computed Tomography: A Team Sport
    Cardiac CT: Credentialing and Accreditation
    Principles of Cardiac CT Image Acquisition
    Cardiac CT Platforms: State of the Art
    Dual Energy and Spectral CT Techniques in Cardiovascular Imaging
    Drugs in Cardiac CT
    Contrast Media Injection Protocols in CT Coronary Angiography
    Cardiovascular CT: Image Reconstruction
    The Challenging Patient
    Cardiac CT: Contemporary Clinical Image Data Display, Analysis, and Quantification
    Workflow Optimization
    Defining the Role and Benefits of a 3D Laboratory for Cardiovascular
    Structured Reporting for Cardiac CT
    Integration of CT Data into Clinical Workflows: Role of Modern IT Infrastructure including Cloud Technology
    Thoughts on Coding and Reimbursement
    Pathology and Pathophysiology of Coronary Atherosclerotic Plaques
    CT CARDIAC ANATOMY
    Patient Selection: When to Use Cardiac CT versus Other Imaging or Non-Imaging Tests
    Current Guidelines
    Clinical Application of the Coronary Artery Calcium Score and Implications for Cardiovascular Disease Prevention
    The Many Uses of Epicardial Fat Measurements
    Nonatherosclerotic Coronary Artery Disease
    The Many Faces of Atherosclerosis
    Use of Coronary Computed Tomography Angiography in Cardiac Risk Assessment for Non-Cardiac Surgery
    Chronic Chest Pain
    Coronary CT Angiography for Evaluation of Acute Coronary Syndrome in the Emergency Department
    The Role of Cardiac CT in Patients with Metabolic Disorders
    CT for Guiding Successful Revascularization
    Multidetector CT Angiography for Coronary Bypass Graft Assessment and Reoperative Cardiac Surgery
    Stent Assessment
    CT of Cardiac Function and Wall Motion
    Three-Chamber Function with Cardiac CT
    Diseases of the Myocardium and Pericardium
    CT of Cardiac and Paracardi ac Masses
    Valvular Heart Disease and Prostheses
    CT in the Context of Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    CT for Minimally Invasive Repair of Mitral Valve and Other Structural Heart Disease
    Cardiac CT: Electrophysiological Applications
    Cardiac Devices
    Special Technique Considerations for Congenital Heart Disease Imaging
    CT of Coronary Artery Anomalies
    CT Spectrum of Congenital Heart Disease
    The Use of Cardiovascular CT in repaired CHD
    Cardiac CT in the Setting of Heart Transplantation
    CT Imaging of the Heart-Lung Axis
    Ischemic Stroke: The Role of Cardiac CT
    Incidental Findings on CT angiography and How to Manage Them
    A Test on the Move: Cardiac CT in China as a Case Study
    Prognosis and Outcome: State of the Evidence
    Cardiac CT: Comparative Cost-Effectiveness
    Barriers to Greater Clinical Implementation
    Differences and Disparities in Cardiovascular Medicine Related to Gender, Race, and Ethnicity: The Role of Cardiac CT
    Cardiac CT Radiomics
    Coronary CT Angiography for Screening, Risk Stratification, and Management of Asymptomatic Patients: State of the Evidence
    Advanced Methods for Coronary Artery Plaque Analysis
    Transluminal Attenuation Gradient and Other CT Techniques for Gauging Lesion Significance
    CT Angiography Derived Fractional Flow Reserve
    CT Myocardial Perfusion Imaging: Arterial First Pass Imaging
    Myocardial Perfusion Imaging: Dual-Energy Approaches
    Dynamic Myocardial CT Perfusion Imaging
    CTs Role for Myocardial Viability Assessment
    Coronary CT Angiography as the Gatekeeper to the Cathlab: Where Are We?
    3D Printing from Cardiac CT Images
    Future Technological Advances in Cardiac CT.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Giorgio Ascenti, Angelo Vanzulli, Carlo Catalano, Rendon C. Nelson.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the continuously evolving field of dual-energy CT (DECT). An introductory section presents information on the physical and technical background of DECT and considers nonspecific and specific software advantages. Clinical applications of DECT in the evaluation of retroperitoneal viscera are then addressed in detail with the help of high-quality illustrations. Particular attention is devoted to the most recent DECT study protocols, software, and applications in aortic, renal, pancreatic, and adrenal disease. A number of case studies are reported that elucidate the advantages of DECT, and the relevant literature is extensively discussed. The book closes by considering radiation dose and dose-saving measures. The simple and practical approach offered by this book will assist radiologists in the optimal routine use and interpretation of DECT in different retroperitoneal sites and radiology technologists in the choice of settings and parameters.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Technical principles
    Dual-, multi- and mono-energy CT & iodine: basic concepts and clinical applications
    Renal Masses
    CT Urography
    Urinary Stones
    Adrenal Glands
    Pancreas.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Fausto Catena, Salomone Di Saverio, Luca Ansaloni, Federico Coccolini, Massimo Sartelli, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Matthias Hofer.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Patricia Carrascosa, Carlos Capuñay, Carlos E. Sueldo, Juan Mariano Baronio.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of CT Virtual Hysterosalpingography, a new non-invasive diagnostic technique that allows the evaluation of the entire gynecologic tract in a single study, by combining the benefits of hysterosalpingography (HSG) with multidetector Computed Tomography (CT). The addition of 64-row CT scanners with HSG has significantly improved visualization and assessment of the uterine cavity and fallopian tubes, and allows for the diagnosis of polyps, myomas, uterine anomalies and tubal pathology with a high degree of accuracy. CT Virtual Hysterosalpingography is written and edited by the leaders in the field and covers all aspects of the technique, from its origin and technical principles through to descriptions of the normal anatomy and most common pathologies. This will be an essential text for Gynecologists, Infertility Specialists, Radiologists and Reproductive Endocrinologists who would want to learn about this technique and how it can be implemented in their practice.

    Contents:
    Technical Aspects of Multislice Computed Tomography
    The Birth of a New Diagnostic Technique
    Study and Interpretation Protocol
    Normal Radiological Anatomy
    Cervical Pathology
    Pathology of the Uterine Cavity
    Uterine Wall Pathology
    Congenital Uterine Anomalies
    Tubal Pathology
    Morphological Post-treatment Changes
    Incidental Findings
    Pitfalls
    Usage of Gadolinium in Allergic Patients
    Radiation Dose
    Clinical Applications of Virtual Hysterosalpingography.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    John R. Fowler, editor.
    Summary: Cubital tunnel syndrome is the second most common compression neuropathy in the upper extremity. While the treatment of carpal tunnel syndrome is relatively straightforward, there is much debate regarding the most efficient diagnostic methods, appropriate non-surgical management, and surgical management of cubital tunnel syndrome. This unique book is sensibly divided into three thematic sections. Part one reviews the relevant anatomy and presents the physical exam and diagnostic test modalities, along with non-surgical treatment strategies such as splinting and injections as well as the role of physical therapy. Surgical treatment strategies are discussed in detail in part two, including decompression, anterior transposition, minimal medial epicondyectomy and ulnar motor nerve transfer. Management of the failed release is highlighted here as well. Part three describes outcomes, acute and chronic complications and rehabilitation. Case material will be included where appropriate to provide real-world illustration of the presentations and procedures discussed. Practical yet comprehensive, Cubital Tunnel Syndrome will be an excellent resource for orthopedic, hand and plastic surgeons, trainees and residents, with content that will also be useful for physical therapists and rehabilitation specialists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Victor G. Carrión.
    Summary: "Trauma can be defined as exposure to a shocking, distressing, or emotionally painful event that can result in negative mental and physical health effects. Due to its interference with development, childhood trauma is particularly detrimental and can result in symptoms including posttraumatic stress disorder, anxiety disorders, depression, dissociation, externalizing behavioral problems, and suicidal ideation. It can increase the risk of substance use, school disengagement, and academic difficulties, and it has been associated with attentional impairment, cognitive performance, and the development of self-regulation. Cue-Centered Therapy for Youth Experiencing Posttraumatic Symptoms presents a psychosocial treatment approach for children and adolescents who have been exposed to chronic traumatic experiences. Cue-Centered Therapy (CCT) derives its name from its focus on the conditioning process that results in sensitivity towards trauma-related cues. CCT addresses four core domains: cognition, behavior, emotions, and physiology, through a combination of empirically supported and CCT-specific interventions. This structured and flexible Therapist Guide focuses on helping the youth develop insight into his/her own patterns of behaviors and emotions. Rather than having youth attempt to "unlearn" maladaptive responses conditioned to cues, CCT focuses on creating new connections and behavioral responses. The treatment manual offers guidelines on conducting each of the sessions while respecting the individual therapist's own strengths. Through the use of visual icons, forms, and figures, the manual facilitates teaching relevant lessons. The therapy reduces negative cognitions, allows for emotional expression, identifies and changes trauma-related responses, empowers with knowledge and skills, and strengthens the relationship between the caregiver and his/her child"-- Provided by publisher "Cue-Centered Therapy for Youth Experiencing Posttraumatic Symptoms presents a psychosocial treatment approach for children and adolescents who have been exposed to chronic traumatic experiences"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Cover; Series; Cue-Centered Therapy for Youth Experiencing Posttraumatic Symptoms; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Acknowledgments;
    Chapter 1 Introductory Information for Therapists;
    Chapter 2 Diagnostic Criteria and Assessment;
    Chapter 3 Assessment of the Child;
    Chapter 4 Session 1: Education;
    Chapter 5 Sessions 2 and 3: Mindfulness, Relaxation, and Cognitive Tools;
    Chapter 6 Sessions 4 and 5: Chronic Traumatic Stress History;
    Chapter 7 Sessions 6 and 7: Processing the Chronic Traumatic Stress History;
    Chapter 8 Session 8: Midtherapy Update;
    Chapter 9 Session 9: Approaching Cues
    Chapter 10 Session 10: Imaginary Exposure to Cues
    Chapter 11 Session 11: In-Session Exposure to Cues;
    Chapter 12 Session 12: Evaluation of In-Vivo Exposure Assignment;
    Chapter 13 Session 13: Processing Chronic Traumatic Stress History;
    Chapter 14 Session 14: Closing Session 1;
    Chapter 15 Session 15: Closing Session 2; References; About the Author; Epilogue
    Digital Access Oxford U Press [2016]
  • Print
    Cohen, Ramón Rafael E.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    O126 .C67 1943
    1
  • Digital
    Steven P. Shelov, editor jefe ; Tanya Remer Altmann, editor a médica asociada ; Juan C. Kupferman, revisor médico ; Robert E. Hannemann, editor médico asociado, eméito ; Richard Turbo, escritor.
    Summary: The most up-to-date, expert advice for mothers, fathers, and care providers from the American Academy of Pediatrics, the most respected organization on child health; this is the essential resource for all parents who want to provide the very best care for their children.

    Contents:
    Preparación para recibir un nuevo bebé
    El parto y los primeros momentos después
    Cuidado básico del bebé
    Alimentación de su bebé
    Los primeros días de su bebé
    El primer mes
    Desde el mes hasta los 3 meses de edad
    De los 4 a los 7 meses de edad
    De los 8 a los 12 meses de edad
    Su bebé de 1 año
    Su hijo de 2 años
    Su hijo de 3 años
    Su hijo de 4 y 5 años
    Educación temprana y guarderías
    Cómo mantener seguro a su hijo
    Abdomen y tracto gastrointestinal
    Alergias
    Conducta
    Pecho y pulmones
    Afecciones y enfermedades crónicas
    Discapacidades del desarrollo
    Oídos, nariz y garganta
    Emergencias
    Salud ambiental
    Ojos
    Problemas familiares
    Fiebre
    Sistemas genital y urinario
    Cabeza, cuello y sistema nervioso
    Corazón
    Vacunas
    Medios
    Problemas musculoesqueléticos
    Piel
    El sueño de su hijo.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2017
  • Print
    by Jonathan Burgess, MD, MPH, Jasna Robinson-Wright, MSc, RD, CDE, CIEC, and Deborah Kennedy PhD
    Summary: "A Focus on Creating Delicious, Healthy Food to Support Mental Health. This book is one in the Culinary Medicine Textbook series. The focus is on diet and how it impacts mental health by providing nutrients as cofactors in the production of neurotransmitters; adding fiber and diversity to the microbiome, which impacts the gut-brain axis; modulating neuro-inflammation and neuro-oxidative stress; and through the production of BDNF. Diet and nutrient randomized controlled trials have demonstrated impressive results in treating depression, as well as other psychiatric disorders. The central premise of diet and lifestyle interventions for optimum mental health is that if a behavior is healthful for you from the neck on down, it will be healthful for you from the neck on up."--Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA784 .K471 2021
    1
  • Print
    Deborah Kennedy PhD
    Summary: "Focus on creating cravable, delicious, healthy food to change the health of individuals and the planet one bite at a time. Deb Kennedy PhD has a unique blend of skills she whisks together to make healthful changes both simple and delicious. As a nutritional biochemist and chef she was able to gather a tribe of fellow chefs and nutrition scientists from around the world to create this comprehensive work that has developed culinary competencies for various diseases - heart disease, diabetes, and obesity for example - and groups of people - seniors, children, pregnant/lactating females and athletes."

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Servings, portions, and labels
    Satiation and satiety
    Factors influencing food intake
    Taste and flavor
    Cooking, nutrition, & bioavailability
    Nutrition research-an overview
    Mindful eating
    Motivational interviewing.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA784 .K466 2021
    1
  • Print
    Deborah Kennedy PhD with Julia Hilbrands MS, MPH, RD
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA784 .K468 2021
    1
  • Print
    Deborah Kennedy PhD with Julia Hilbrands MS, MPH, RD
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA784 .K467 2021
    1
  • Print
    Deborah Kennedy PhD with Julia Hilbrands MS, Laura Thomas
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA784 .K469 2021
    1
  • Print
    Deborah Kennedy PhD
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA784 .K470 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Shanaya Rathod, David Kingdon, Narsimha Pinninti, Douglas Turkington, Peter Phiri.
    Summary: "This book is designed to enable CBT clinicians to engage people from diverse cultural backgrounds by adapting their therapeutic techniques, resulting in increased therapist confidence and much improved patient outcomes"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    by Geri-Ann Galanti ; foreword by Michael S. Woods.
    Digital Access STAT!Ref 2018
    Limited to 7 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    David L. Rowland, Emmanuele A. Jannini, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this book is twofold: to promote an awareness of cultural differences in connection with sexual medicine among health care providers, and to demonstrate how such differences are relevant to the care and treatment of patients with sexual issues. Individual sexuality represents the cumulative effects of biological, psychological, and cultural influences. Yet much of the study of sexuality--including issues ranging from sexual identity to sexual response--has been conducted through a Western lens. Although a substantial body of work in anthropology has taken up the study of human sexuality from a cross-cultural perspective, two points are notable. First, this work seldom crosses the desks of medical and psychological health practitioners, and second, the relevance of specific cultural differences is rarely apparent to the typical sexual health practitioner. To address this situation, this book adopts a global perspective, focusing on how cultural practices and values can impact health care, treatment, and outcomes. In this regard, it covers three broad domains: Sexual Identity and Orientation; Sexual Response and Dysfunction; and Sexual Diversity. Each chapter consists of two parts: a general description of the relevant issues, and a discussion of how these issues can be relevant to clinical practice. The book offers a valuable, practical tool for specialists in sexual medicine and sexual psychology, for sexual healthcare givers, and for sexological researchers who want to better serve their patients by developing an awareness of and sensitivity to cultural differences, and by providing a framework for dealing with issues of sexuality and sexual health that takes cultural values into consideration, while adhering to best practices in patient care.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgement
    Contents
    Part I
    1: Culture and Practice: Identifying the Issues
    1.1 Diversity and Healthcare: The Idea Is Not New
    1.2 Diversity Is Increasing
    1.2.1 Subcultures Within Dominant Cultures
    1.3 How Do Cultural Differences Impact Health Care?
    1.4 Kinds of Issues Encountered
    1.4.1 Views of Health and Illness
    1.4.1.1 Stigmatization and Mental Illness
    1.4.2 Issues of Language, Expression, and Communication
    1.4.3 Relationship Between the Patient and Practitioner
    1.5 Cultural Diversity and Sexual Medicine 1.6 Developing Cultural Competence in Medical Practice
    1.7 Conclusion
    1.8 Resources
    References
    2: Role of Medical Anthropology in Understanding Cultural Differences in Sexuality
    2.1 Using Anthropology to Understand Sexual Health
    2.2 ED Versus Natural Aging in Mexico
    2.3 Vulvar Disease
    2.4 Conclusion and Guidelines
    References
    Part II
    3: Socio-cultural Perspectives, Challenges, and Approaches to Sexual Health in the Indian Subcontinent
    3.1 Sexuality in Indian Culture: Ancient to Modern
    3.2 Indian Sexual Health Scenario
    3.2.1 Education Delays Sex 3.2.2 Youth and Premarital Sex
    3.2.3 Gender Perceptions of Sexuality
    3.2.4 Synthesis
    3.3 Sexual Dysfunction in Men and Women in India
    3.3.1 Male Sexual Dysfunction
    3.3.2 Female Sexual Dysfunction
    3.4 Sample Treatment of Sexual Dysfunction in an Indian Context
    3.4.1 Synthesis
    3.5 Issues Surrounding Women and Sexual Minorities in India
    3.5.1 LGBTQ Status and Issues in India
    3.5.2 Sexual Violence in India
    3.6 Recent Laws and Regulations Affecting Issues of Sexuality in India
    3.6.1 Sex Education 3.6.2 Bidding Farewell to Article 377 of the Indian Constitution
    3.6.3 Sexual Violence
    3.6.4 The Protection of Children
    3.6.5 Synthesis
    3.7 Conclusion
    References
    4: Lesbian, Gay, and Bisexuality from a Cross-Cultural Perspective
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Understanding and Defining Sexual Orientation
    4.3 Understanding Sexual Identity
    4.4 Key Considerations for Understanding LGB Healthcare Needs
    4.5 Practical Implications
    4.6 Implications for Practice
    4.7 Assessment
    4.8 Diagnosis/Treatment
    4.9 Summary
    4.10 Case Examples
    Appendix: Tables
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Neelam A. Vashi, editor.
    Summary: This book addresses the importance of the physicians' understanding on how varying ethnic and cultural identities can affect dermatological disease presentation in patients. It bridges the gap in knowledge for practicing dermatologists, especially those not studying or practicing in a highly multi-ethnic center who may not be exposed to patients from a variety of cultures. Concise and cohesive, the book examines how dermatoses can manifest due to cosmetic practices, therapeutics, religious practices, cultural hair-related practices, and environmental variables. These elements underscore that without exposure to patients of varying backgrounds, it can be nearly impossible to learn about practices that may influence a patient's health. There are many examples of cultural practices causing dermatologic lesions, and it is becoming increasingly more likely that practicing dermatologists will encounter patients with these findings as migration, tourism, and public interest continue to rise. Socially conscientious and relevant, Cultural Practices and Dermatoses covers everything from more common cultural practices, such as acupuncture and threading, to lesser known ones, like pew blisters and turban ear, as there is limited medical literature describing their cutaneous effects and complications.

    Contents:
    1. Therapeutic Practices
    2. Cosmetic Practices
    3. Cultural Hair-Related Dermatoses
    4. Religious Dermatoses.-5. Environmental Dermatoses
    6. Cultural Competency.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Ranna Parekh, Cheryl S. Al-Mateen, Maria Jose Lisotto, R. Dakota Carter.
    Summary: "In Cultural Psychiatry With Children, Adolescents, and Families, the editors and authors aim to provide history, theory, and evidence-based practice to the various dimensions influencing mental health in children, adolescents, transitional age youth, and families. Knowledge needed to provide culturally competent care includes an understanding of cross-cultural issues that relate to mental health disparities. It also includes pertinent cultural information such as historical trauma that may impact health behaviors. Topics covered in this book include race and ethnicity, mi-croaggressions, intersectionality, social determinants of mental health, and special issues of cul-ture and mental health across the lifespan from infants to college age students. Chapters are de-voted to immigrant and refugee populations, gender and sexuality, religion and spirituality, the influence of digital media and technology, rural psychiatry, adoption and foster care systems, and use of the DSM-5 Cultural Formulation Interview and the Outline for Cultural Formulation"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Introduction to Cultural Psychiatry / Cheryl S. Al-Mateen, Ranna Parekh, Maria Jose Lisotto, R. Dakota Carter
    The Black Diaspora : Cultural Psychiatry Perspectives on African American Children and Adolescents and Their Families / Lisa M. Cullins, Jessica Moore
    A Broad Overview of American Indian, Alaskan Native, and Native Hawaiian/Pacific Islander Cultures / Rebecca Susan Daily [and 7 others]
    Mental Health in Asian American Populations / Annie S. Li, Jang E. Cho, Janet C. Chen
    Bridging the Gap in Psychiatric Care of Latinx Youth and Families / Maria Jose Lisotto, Andrés Martin, Lisa R. Fortuna
    The Role of Culture, Stigma, and Bias on the Mental Health of Arab American Youth / Balkozar Adam, Omar M. Mahmood
    Gender and Sexuality in the Twenty-First Century : Cultural Psychiatry for Children, Adolescents, and Families / R. Dakota Carter, Aaron Janssen
    Religion and Spirituality in Child and Adolescent Cultural Psychiatry / Mary Lynn Dell, D. Min, Jonathan J. Shepherd
    Diverse Families and Family Treatment / Neha Sharma, John Sargent
    Social Determinants of Child and Adolescent Mental Health / Phillip Murray, Kamille Williams, Sarah Y. Vinson
    Aliens, Illegals, Deportees : Children, Migration, and Mental Health / Schuyler W. Henderson, Maria Baez
    Clinical Strategies to Address the Mental Health of Forcibly Displaced Children (Refugees, Asylum Seekers, and Unaccompanied Minors) : The Role of Silence, Family, and Socioecological Resilience / Suzan Song
    The Global State of Child and Adolescent Mental Health / Ayesha Irshad Mian, Aisha Sanober Chachar
    Digital Media, Culture, and Child and Adolescent Mental Health / Brittnie Fowler, Sarah Y. Vinson
    Culture of Technology : Use of Telepsychiatry and Other Advances to Engage Children, Adolescents, and Transitional-Age Youth / R. Dakota Carter
    Rural Psychiatry / L. Lee Carlisle
    Infant Psychiatry : Culture and Early Childhood / Wanjikũ F.M. Njoroge, Amalia Londoño Tobón
    Adoption and Foster Care Systems / Courtney L. McMickens
    Microaggressions : Effects in Early Life and Strategies to Overcome / Ranna Parekh [and 5 others]
    Cultural Aspects of College Mental Health / Ludmila De Faria
    DSM-5 Outline for Cultural Formulation and Cultural Formulation Interview : Complex Case Examples / Kathryn L. Jones, Pratik Jain, Collin Weintraub, Cheryl S. Al-Mateen
    Advocacy / Debra E. Koss.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2021
  • Digital
    Sally N. Ellis Fletcher.
    Summary: The healthcare workforce and landscape continues to evolve with the ongoing education systems forming in foreign countries and immigration and foreign employment continuing to grow in the United States. Every heath care provider and patient is challenged with cultural competency and acceptance on a daily basis. Often times our own prejudices and beliefs have great potential to interfere with effective health care interactions when what is truly important is providing the best patient care possible. There is much discussion around cultural sensitivity and cultural expertise, but now the discussion has shifted to cultural sensibility, which is a deliberate behavior that proactively provides an enriched provider consumer/patient interaction, where the health care provider acknowledges cultural issues and situations through thoughtful reasoning, responsiveness, and discreet (attentive, considerate, and observant) interactions. In this highly practical and informative handbook, author Sally Ellis Fletcher offers healthcare providers a process that encourages them to first consider their own attitudes, biases, beliefs, and prejudices through self-reflection. Cultural Sensibility in Healthcare challenges readers to examine cultural issues beyond just theory and to instead explore culture as it affects your professional role thus creating culturally sensibility health care encounters.

    Contents:
    Cultural sensibility: personal and professional
    Common ground: terms and definitions
    Lessening the impact of cultural clashes
    Healthcare disparities: they affect us all
    Bracketing, critical thinking, and reflection-in-action
    Yes, we're all alike, but the differences matter.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Maria D. Llorente.
    Summary: "Health care organizations are beginning to recognize the importance of cultural competence as it relates to efficiency, quality, and equity in the delivery of care within a competitive health care market, and Culture, Heritage, and Diversity in Older Adult Mental Health Care is designed to train mental health clinicians to deliver culturally sensitive care to an increasingly diverse patient population. Projections indicate that 35% of patients older than age 65 will be from a racial or ethnic minority group by 2050, compared with 11% in 1970. Today's mental health practitioners require knowledge, sensitivity, and an understanding of institutionalized practices and systems that undermine their patients' health and well-being. The term culture is multifaceted and may refer to one's belief system, values, religion, race, socioeconomic status, ethnicity, language, sexual orientation, geographic location, educational level, age, occupational risks and exposures, and gender. The authors of the book examine mental health care through these lenses, teaching the reader about implicit biases and potential miscommunication and offering strategies for overcoming these difficulties"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Why is cultural competency important when working with older adults? / Amy Gajaria, Ebony Dix, Ken Sakauye, Maria D. Llorente
    Cultural competence in geriatric psychiatry : teaching and evaluative methods / Ken Sakauye, Shuo Sally He, Ebony Dix, Raissa Tanqueco, Iqbal Ahmed
    Migration, acculturation, and mental health / Carl I. Cohen, Pachida Lo, Carine Nzodom, Samra Sahlu
    Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders / Madeline Nykamp, Shiv Lamba, Nhi-Ha Trinh, Jai C. Gandhi, Lan Chi Vo, Iqbal Ahmed
    Culturally competent care for geriatric Indigenous peoples : American Indians, Alaska Natives, First Nations, and Native Hawaiians / Mary Hasbah Roessel, Linda Nahulu, Mira Zein
    African American older adults / Rita Hargrave
    Cultural competency and Latino elders / Vicenzio Holder-Perkins
    Older lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender adults / R. Dakota Carter, Siddarth Puri, Rebecca Radue, Daniel D. Sewell
    Rural elderly / Rebecca Radue, Susan K. Schultz
    The seventh age : centenarians / Raya Elfadel Kheirbek, Yasmin Banaei
    Cultural competency and veterans / Marilyn Horvath, Elspeth Cameron Ritchie, Maria D. Llorente.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2019
  • Digital
    John G Bruhn.
    Contents:
    1. The border region: its culture and health disparities
    2. Understanding health disparities
    3. A critique of U.S.-Mexico Border health interventions
    4. Ethical issues in health interventions across contexts and cultures
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Daniel Coyle.
    Summary: "Daniel Coyle spent three years researching the question of what makes a successful group tick, visiting some of the world's most productive groups--including Pixar, Navy SEALs, Zappos, IDEO, and the San Antonio Spurs. Coyle discovered that high-performing groups relentlessly generate three key messages that enable them to excel: 1) Safety - we are connected. 2) Shared Risk - we are vulnerable together. 3) Purpose - we are part of the same story. Filled with first-hand reporting, fascinating science, compelling real-world stories, and leadership tools that can apply to businesses, schools, sports, families, and any kind of group, The Culture Code will revolutionize how you think about creating and sustaining successful groups."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: When two plus two equals ten
    Skill 1. Build safety
    The good apples
    The billion-dollar day when nothing happened
    The Christmas truce, the one-hour experiment, and the missileers
    How to build belonging
    How to design for belonging
    Ideas for action
    Skill 2. Share vulnerability
    "Tell me what you want, and I'll help you"
    The vulnerability loop
    The super-cooperators
    How to create cooperation in small groups
    How to create cooperation with individuals
    Ideas for action
    Skill 3. Establish purpose
    Three hundred and eleven words
    The hooligans and the surgeons
    How to lead for proficiency
    How to lead for creativity
    Ideas for action
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    OverDrive
    Fulltext Limited to 1 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
    OverDrive
    Audio Book Limited to 1 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    Marci M. Lesperance, Paul W. Flint.
    Summary: Cummings Pediatric Otolaryngology is your indispensable source for definitive, state-of-the-art answers on every aspect of treating children with otorhinolaryngologic disorders. With a focus on the simple problems in children with comorbidities as well as complex clinical problems in healthy and complex children, this derivative title of Cummings Otolaryngology provides the essential information needed for practicing otolaryngologists to stay up-to-date on these evolving areas.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Marci M. Lesperance.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Print
    Harrison W. Lin, Daniel S. Roberts, Jeffrey P. Harris.
    Contents:
    Preparing for clinical rounds and board examinations
    Otology and neurotology
    Facial plastic and reconstructive surgery
    Rhinology and endoscopic sinus surgery
    Head and neck surgery
    Pediatric otolaryngology
    Laryngology
    Otolaryngic allergy
    Sleep medicine
    Oral and maxillofacial surgery
    Head and neck pathology
    Head and neck radiology.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    WV18.2 .L564 2024
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Edward R. Yeomans, Barbara L. Hoffman, Larry C. Gilstrap III, F. Gary Cunningham.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: SECTION 1 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
    1. Needles, Sutures, and Knots
    2. Surgical Instruments
    3. Anatomy
    4. Incisions and Closures
    5. Perioperative Imaging
    6. Clinical Simulation
    7. Critical Illness in Pregnancy
    SECTION 2 ANTEPARTUM
    8. Ectopic Pregnancy
    9. First- and Second-Trimester Pregnancy Termination
    10. Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    11. Lower Genital Tract Procedures
    12. Treatment of Lower Genital Tract Infections
    13. Invasive Prenatal Diagnostic Procedures
    14. Adnexal Masses
    15. Diagnostic and Operative Laparoscopy
    16. Fetal Therapy
    17. Trauma in Pregnancy
    18. Perioperative Considerations
    19. Anesthesia for the Pregnant Woman
    SECTION 3 INTRAPARTUM
    20. Episiotomy and Obstetric Anal Sphincter Lacerations
    21. Vaginal Breech Delivery
    22. Delivery of Twin Gestations
    23. Operative Vaginal Delivery
    24. Shoulder Dystocia
    25. Cesarean Delivery
    26. Peripartum Hysterectomy Note continued: 27. Placenta Previa and Morbidly Adherent Placenta
    28. Urologic and Gastrointestinal Injuries
    SECTION 4 POSTPARTUM
    29. Management of Postpartum Hemorrhage
    30. Genital Tract Lacerations and Hematomas
    31. Uterine Inversion
    32. Postoperative Complications
    33. Puerperal Sterilization.
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2017
  • Digital
    by Sibylle Scholtz, Myriam Becker, Lee MacMorris, Achim Langenbucher.
    Summary: This anthology is devoted to the curious side of Medical History. Carl Sagan said: ”You have to know the past to understand the present.” This collection of 80 short stories, written by experts in the field, inspires curiosity and provides a detailed look at the History of Medicine. It investigates many topics, including ancient Egyptian knowledge, the fundamental importance of toothache and how it birthed Anesthesia, and why and when women were allowed to run marathons. The authors report on the background of rubber gloves, the stethoscope and the intraocular lens. Historically important biographies are included, such as those of Arthur Conan Doyle, Napoleon Bonaparte and Claude Monet. The book is relevant for those interested in Medicine and its curious history.

    Contents:
    Alhazen
    Apple
    Auenbrugger
    Atropos
    Bach
    Braille
    Barbieri
    Berger.-Borodin
    Bruegel
    Biometry
    Bleuler
    Brändström
    Cassatt
    Credé
    Chinin
    daVinci
    Doyle
    Dunant
    Ether.-Eye Banking
    El Greco
    Franklin
    Fiat lux
    Football
    Fercher
    Finger Print
    Gullstrand
    Gustav II
    Guie Dogs
    Glass Eyes
    Goethe- Helmholtz
    Haidinger
    Halsted
    Haldane
    Hysteria
    Hales
    Iry
    IOL Power Calculation
    Jersey
    Kohl
    Korotkow
    Knwipp
    Kirschner
    Leprosis
    Laënnec
    Laser
    LSD
    Marfan
    Meyer- Schwickerath
    Monet
    Marathon
    Mann, Ida
    Material
    Napoleon
    Odilia
    OVDs
    Optography
    OCT
    Quincke
    Ridley
    Scopoli
    Santorio
    Sauerbruch
    Schweitzer
    Stilling
    Turner
    Ultrasound
    Visual Aids
    White Cane
    Wichterle
    Zirm
    Zamenhof.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Tim Burt, Durham University and the University of Bristol, Des Thompson, Scottish Natural Heritage.
    Summary: "Notwithstanding the importance of modern technology, fieldwork remains vital, not least through helping to inspire and educate the next generation. Fieldwork has the ingredients of intellectual curiosity, passion, rigour and engagement with the outdoor world - to name just a few. You may be simply noting what you see around you, making detailed records, or carrying out an experiment; all of this and much more amounts to fieldwork. Being curious, you think about the world around you, and through patient observation develop and test ideas. Forty contributors capture the excitement and importance of fieldwork through a wide variety of examples, from urban graffiti to the Great Barrier Reef. Outdoor learning is for life: people have the greatest respect and care for their world when they have first-hand experience of it"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Stephen Nicol ; foreword by Marc Mangel.
    Summary: "Scientists say they are one of most abundant animals on the planet. But when pressed, few people can accurately describe krill or explain their ecological importance. Antarctic krill have used their extraordinary adaptive skills to survive and thrive for millions of years in a dark, icy world far from human interference. But with climate change melting ice caps at the top and bottom of the world, and increased human activity and pollution, their evolutionary flexibility to withstand these new pressures may not be enough. Eminent krill scientist Stephen Nicol wants us to know more about this enigmatic creature of the sea. He argues that it's critical to understand krill's complex biology in order to protect them as the krill fishing industry expands. Ocean enthusiasts will come away with a newfound appreciation for the complex ecology of a species we have much to learn from, and many reasons to protect."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Oceans of krill
    Going with the floes
    Labors of love
    Bringing krill to life
    Antarctic fast food
    Eating krill
    Conventional approaches
    Krill futures.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Helena Fernández, editor.
    Summary: Ferns, collectively, represent an ancient species of vascular plant which has a direct connection to the beginning of life on Earth. Today they are valued for their ornamental appeal, environmental benefit or as sources of health benefiting metabolites. Current pteridology, the study of fern, encompasses a wide range of research activities including, but not limited to, plant physiology, stress tolerance, genetics and genomics. The goal of this book is to compile the most relevant research done with ferns during the last decade. It is organized into four parts: I, Biology and Biotechnology; II, Evolution and Conservation; III, Metabolism and Genetic Resources, and IV, Environment. Each section reveals the utilization of ferns as a tool to explore challenges unique to plant development and adaptation. This project represents our collective effort to raise the awareness of ferns as a model system to study higher plant functions. Among the distinctive features of our proposed book are: (i) a wide range of topics with contributing researchers from all around the world, and (ii) recent advances of theoretic and applied knowledge with implications to crop species of economic value.

    Contents:
    Part I
    The fern's gametophyte: born to reproducing.- Azolla
    a model system for symbiotic nitrogen fixation and evolutionary developmental biology.- Meristems of seedless vascular plants-the state-of art.- Biotechnology in clone gametophytes: future perspectives of homosporous ferns.- Morphogenic events in ferns: single and multicellular explants in vitro.- Experimental and practical applications of fern somatic embryogenesis.- Biotechnology and apogamy in Dryopteris affinis ssp. affinis: the influence of tissue homogenization, auxins, cytokinins, gibberellic acid and polyamines.- Scope of ferns in Horticulturae and Economic development
    Part II.- Evolution and Classification of Ferns and Lycophytes.- Exploring the role of auxin in the evolution of tracheophyte body plans.- Fern conservation: Spore, gametophyte and sporophyte ex situ storage, in vitro culture, and cryopreservation.- Azolla and Bougainville's voyage around the world
    Part III.- The power of gametophyte transformation.- Generation of transgenic Ceratopteris richardii spores to analyze Ca2+ dynamics during gravity-directed polarization.- Secondary metabolites of ferns.- Current trends in ferns/pteridophytes extracts: from plant to nanoparticles
    Part IV.- Novel gene of hyperaccumulator ferns in arsenic tolerance, uptake and metabolism: implications for crop improvement.- Fern phenology.- Desiccation tolerance in ferns: from the unicellular spore to the multi-tissular sporophyte.- New insights on atmospheric fern spore dynamics.- Ecological significance of brassinosteroids in temperate forest ferns.- Ecomorphology of stomata in temperate ferns under contrasting environments.- Recent advances in the use of mitochondrial activity of ferns spores for the evaluation of acute toxicity.- Update on the assessment of chronic phytotoxicity using fern spore biomarkers.- Role of ferns in environmental clean-up.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Parul Ichhpujani, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the latest technological advances in various ophthalmology subspecialties: from the latest glaucoma shunt devices to mobile adaptors for posterior segment evaluation, this book has it all. It gives readers a valuable head start for adopting the uber-new and cutting-edge products now available on the market. Being familiar with these new products and technologies will help both new and established ophthalmologists make effective and efficient choices, while also helping their practices stand out from the crowd. Perhaps no other branch of medicine is as technology-oriented as ophthalmology: be it lasers, fiber optics, robotics, stem cells or nanoparticles, every cutting-edge step that "Research and Development" takes is rapidly integrated into everyday eye practice. As part of the series "Current Practices in Ophthalmology", this volume is intended for residents, fellows-in-training, generalist ophthalmologists, specialists and vision science researchers alike.

    Contents:
    New technology for cataract
    New technology for corneal diseases
    New technology for refractive surgeries
    New technology for glaucoma
    New technology for vitreoretinal diseases
    New technology for ocular oncology and oculoplasty
    New technology for pediatric ophthalmology and squint
    New technology for ocular imaging
    New technology for vision restoration
    New technology for ocular drug development and deployment
    Technology in the making and the future of ophthalmology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    edited by William B. Irby.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M523 .I65 1974
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Eugenie S. Kleinerman, editor.
    Summary: "Current Advances in Osteosarcoma summarizes molecular and genetic characteristics, new therapeutic ideas, and biological characteristics that have been uncovered in this field over the past 10 years. Osteosarcoma is an aggressive malignant neoplasm and is the most common histological form of bone cancer. Osteosarcoma accounts for approximately 56% of new bone tumors, making it the most primary malignant bone tumor in children and adolescents. The lungs are the most common site of metastases and once osteosarcoma spreads to the lungs, it is very difficult to treat. In order to improve the outcome of this disease, the biology of osteosarcoma needs to be better understood. There are numerous investigators around the world who have made seminal discoveries about the important molecular pathways and genetic alterations that contribute to the development and metastases of osteosarcoma. Other investigators have proposed novel therapeutic strategies including some based on the molecular and genetic phenotype of the disease. This volume will provide a comprehensive review of these new discoveries in one singular text, which will help move the field forward."

    Contents:
    Historical perspective on the introduction and use of chemotherapy for the treatment of osteosarcoma / Norman Jaffe
    Wnt signaling in osteosarcoma / Carol H Lin, Tao Ji, Cheng-Fong Chen, Bang H Hoang
    Receptor tyrosine kinases in osteosarcoma: not just the usual suspects / Ashley N. Rettew, Patrick J Getty, and Edward M. Greenberg
    Understanding the role of notch in osteosarcoma / Madonna M McManus, Kurt R Weiss, and Dennis PM Hughes
    Developmental pathways highjacked by osteosarcoma / Yi Zhang, Jared R Mortus, and Dennis PM Hughes
    MicroRNAs in osteosarcomagenesis / Lisa A Kafchinski and Kevin B Jones
    RECQ DNA helicases and osteosarcoma / Linchao Lu, Weidong Jin, Hao Liu, and Lisa L Wang
    Autophagy in osteosarcoma / Janice Santiago O'Farrill and Nancy Gordon
    Her-2 involvement in osteosarcoma / Jonathan Gill, David Geller, and Richard Gorlick
    Role of ezrin in osteosarcoma metastasis / Ling Ren and Chand Khanna
    Participation of the Fas/FasL signaling pathway and the lung microenvironment in the development of osteosarcoma lung metastases / Gangxiong Huang, Kazumasa Nishimoto, Yuanzheng Yang, and Eugenie S Kleinerman
    Zebrafish as a model for human osteosarcoma / AB Mohseny and Pancras CW Hogendoorn
    Using canine osteosarcoma as a model to assess efficacy of novel therapies: can old dogs teach us new tricks? / Carlos O Rodriguez
    Oncolytic viruses for potential osteosarcoma therapy / Pooja Hingorani, Valerie Sampson, Christina Lettieri, E. Anders Kolb
    Il-11r[alpha]: a novel target for the treatment of osteosarcoma / Valerae Lewis
    Bone-seeking radiopharmaceuticals as targeted agents of osteosarcoma: samarium-153-edtmp and radium-223 / Peter M Anderson, Vivek Subbiah, and Eric Rohren
    Muramyl tripeptide-phophatidyl ethanolamine encapsulated in lipomes (L-MTP-PE) in the treatment of osteosarcoma / Paul A Meyers
    Genetically modified T-cell therapy for osteosarcoma / Christopher DeRenzo and Stephen Gottschalk
    Natural killer cells for osteosarcoma / Nidale Tarek, and Dean A Lee.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Giles R. Scuderi.
    Contents:
    Current advances in total knee arthroplasty / Giles R. Scuderi
    Oxford medial mobile bearing unicompartmental knee arthroplasty / Vijay Kumar, Christopher Dodd, David Murray & Hemant Pandit
    High-flexion total knee arthroplasty / Jang-won Park & Young-Hoo Kim
    The influence of computer navigation in total knee arthroplasty gap balancing / Trent Stevens, John Harkess & William M. Mihalko
    Computer navigation within the operative field in total knee arthroplasty / Giles R. Scuderi, Amir Seraji & Louis-Philippe Amiot
    Patient-specific instruments in total knee arthroplasty / Chun Hoi Yan & Kwong Yuen Chiu
    Bone loss management in revision total knee arthroplasty / Ivan De Martino, Vasileios Sakellariou, Peter K. Sculco, Lazaros Poultsides & Thomas P. Sculco
    Complex extensor mechanism reconstructions in total knee arthroplasties / Matthew P. Abdel & Arlen D. Hanssen
    Pain management following total knee arthroplasty / Heng An Lin & Seng Jin Yeo
    Modern trends in the use of tranexamic acid in total knee arthroplasty / Phil Dang & Ran Schwarzkopf
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Emre Sezgin, Soner Yildirim, Sevgi Özkan Yildirim, Evren Sumuer, editors.
    Summary: "The promise and prospects for mobile technologies in healthcare service delivery--particularly as experienced by patients and other users--are the focus of this forward-looking volume. Its detailed sociotechnical perspective takes in factors influencing patient and provider adoption of technological advances, in addition to the well-known cost and accessibility advantages. Enlightening reports show mobile health technologies in multiple contexts as an impetus for behavioral change, a means of monitoring health changes, a growing trend in service delivery, and an emerging health frontier worldwide. Together, these chapters point to the continued expansion--and global reach--of mobile technology in the next stage of healthcare services. Included in the coverage: Behavior change techniques used in mobile applications targeting physical activity: a systematic review Mobile health integration in pregnancy Unintended users, uses, and consequences of mobile weight loss apps: using eating disorders as a case study Intention vs. perception: understanding the differences in physicians' attitudes towards mobile health applications HealthGuide: a personalized mobile patient guidance system Adoption of sensors in mobile health Current and Emerging mHealth Technologies is salient reading for researchers interested in mobile health development and implementation as well as technology adoption, and mobile health system developers and managers who are interested in the implications of mobile health use by patients and/or healthcare professionals. It can also be used for courses in technology adoption and health technologies" -- Back cover.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Andew Sails and Yi-Wei Tang.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Total laboratory automation in clinical bacteriology
    Chapter 2. MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry for microorganism identification
    Chapter 3. POC tests in microbial diagnostics: current status
    Chapter 4. Molecular diagnostics in the diagnosis of parasitic infection
    Chapter 5. Clinical applications of quantitative real-time PCR in virology
    Chapter 6. Low-density TaqMan® array cards for the detection of pathogens
    Chapter 7. Invasive fungal infections and approaches to their diagnosis
    Chapter 8. Technical and software advances in bacterial pathogen typing
    Chapter 9. Molecular strain typing and characterisation of toxigenic Clostridium difficile
    Chapter 10. Accurate whole-genome sequencing-based epidemiological surveillance of Mycobacterium Tuberculosis
    Chapter 11. Solid and suspension microarrays for microbial diagnostics
    Chapter 12. Gene amplification and sequencing for bacterial identification
    Chapter 13. Host-based diagnostics for detection and prognosis of infectious diseases
    Chapter 14. MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry in the clinical microbiology laboratory: beyond identification
    Chapter 15. Next-generation sequencing for pathogen detection and identification
    Chapter 16. Virology: the next generation from digital PCR to single virion genomics
    Chapter 17. Artificial nucleic acid probes and their applications in clinical microbiology
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Sara J. Czaja, Joseph Sharit, Jacquelyn B. James, editors.
    Summary: This timely volume provides an up-to-date and comprehensive summary about what is known about aging and work and addresses the challenges and opportunities confronting older workers and organizations. The authors describe current and emerging topics related to work and aging adults such as working in teams, the increasing diversity of the labor force, work and caregiving, the implications of technology for an aging workforce, and health and wellness issues. The authorship is international; the authors are renowned for their respective work in the topical areas and represent a broad range of disciplines within academia, as well as offer perspectives from government and policy. Jobs, organizations, the labor market, and the workforce are experiencing dramatic change. Workers of all ages, including older workers, need to interact with the wide variety of ubiquitous technologies that are reshaping work processes, job content, work settings, communication strategies, and the delivery of training, and this book aims to update readers on the particular issues facing today's aging adults in the workplace. The chapters' broad and inclusive scope encompasses: Workplace aging and jobs in the 21st century The retirement income security outlook for older workers Population aging, age discrimination, and age discrimination protections Older workers and the contemporary labor market The role of aging, age diversity, and age heterogeneity within teams The intersection of family caregiving and work Current and Emerging Trends in Aging and Work is relevant to a broad audience of academic researchers, practitioners, and students in psychology, sociology, management, engineering (industrial and human factors), the health sciences, gerontology/geriatrics, and public health. It is also a useful resource for government and policy leaders, as well as workers and managers in the public and private sectors.

    Contents:
    Part I: Current Employment Patterns and Demographics
    Chapter 1: Setting the Stage: Workplace and Demographic Trends
    Chapter 2: Workplace Aging and Jobs in the 21st Century
    Chapter 3: Leveraging Aging Workforce and Age Diversity to Achieve Organizational Goals: A Human Resource Management Perspective
    Chapter 4: Integrating the German and U.S. Perspective on Organizational Practices for Later-Life Work: The Later Life Work Index
    Part II: Policy Issues and An Aging Workforce
    Chapter 5: It is Time for a 21st Century Understanding of Older Workers, Aging, and Discrimination
    Chapter 6: Extended Working Lives: Feasible and Desirable for All?
    Chapter 7: The Retirement Income Security Outlook for Older Workers: Causes for Concern and Reasons for Optimism
    Chapter 8: How Much Does Work Pay at Older Ages?
    Chapter 9: Population Aging, Age Discrimination, and Age Discrimination Protections at the 50th Anniversary of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act
    Part III: Work Performance Issues
    Chapter 10: A Human Factors Engineering Perspective to Aging and Work
    Chapter 11: Work Motivation and Employment Goals in Later Adulthood
    Chapter 12: Can Acquired Skill and Technology Mitigate Age-Related Declines in Learning Rate?
    Chapter 13: Training the Older Workers: Pathways and Pitfalls
    Part IV: Trends in Jobs and Work Patterns
    Chapter 14: How Do Employers Respond to an Aging Workforce? Evidence from Surveys Among Employers, 2009-2017
    Chapter 15: A Narrative Review: Understanding How Employment Context Influences the Occupational Health and Well-being of Older Workers in Low-Wage Jobs
    Chapter 16: The Role of Aging, Age Diversity, and Age Heterogeneity within Teams
    Chapter 17: Difficult Adjustments: Older Workers and the Contemporary Labor Market
    Chapter 18: Beyond the Livelong Workday: Is There a New Face of Retirement?
    Chapter 19: The Stickiness of Quality Work: Exploring Relationships Between the Quality of Employment and the Intent to Leave/Intent to Retire
    Part V: Health and Wellness Issues
    Chapter 20: The Intersection of Family Caregiving and Work: Labor Force Participation, Productivity, and Caregiver Well-being
    Chapter 21: Decreasing Disability Rates in Older Workers: Some Newer Research Directions
    Chapter 22: Designing Age-Friendly Workplaces: An Occupational Health Perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    G. Cliff Lamb, Nicolas DiLorenzo, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the impacts of current and future reproductive technologies on our world food production and provides a significant contribution to the importance of research in the area of reproductive physiology that has never been compiled before. It would provide a unique opportunity to separate the impacts of how reproductive technologies have affected different species and their contributions to food production. Lastly, no publication has been compiled that demonstrates the relationship between developments in reproductive management tools and food production that may be used a reference for scientists in addressing future research areas. During the past 50 years assisted reproductive technologies have been developed and refined to increase the number and quality of offspring from genetically superior farm animal livestock species. Artificial insemination (AI), estrous synchronization and fixed-time AI, semen and embryo cryopreservation, multiple ovulation and embryo transfer (MOET), in vitro fertilization, sex determination of sperm or embryos, and nuclear transfer are technologies that are used to enhance the production efficiency of livestock species.

    Contents:
    Current and future assisted reproductive technologies for mammalian farm animals
    Current and future assisted reproductive technologies for avian species
    Current and future assisted reproductive technologies for fish species
    Incorporation of genetic technologies associated with applied reproductive technologies to enhance world food production
    Impacts of Reproductive Technologies on Beef Production in the United States
    Impact of Reproductive Technologies on Dairy Food Production in the Dairy Industry
    Impact of swine reproductive technologies on pig and global food production
    Impacts of reproductive technologies on beef production in South America
    An Australasian perspective on the role of reproductive technologies in world food production
    A perspective on the impact of reproductive technologies on food production in Africa
    International perspectives on impacts of reproductive technologies to world food production in Asia
    International perspectives on impacts of reproductive technologies to world food production in Asia associated with poultry production
    Beef Cattle in the Year 2050.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Myron R. Szewczuk, Bessi Qorri and Manpreet Sambi.
    Summary: Targeted therapies were initially developed to exploit the upregulation and dependence on key oncogenic pathways critical to cancer progression. Additionally, they also presented as a method to overcome chemoresistance by supplementing conventional therapeutic regimens with targeted therapies. However, the development of resistance to these combinatorial approaches has led to the reassessment of currently available therapeutic options to overcome resistance to targeted therapy. This book aims to provide an update on the advancements in the therapeutic arms race between cancer, clinicians and scientists alike to overcome resistance to targeted therapies. Subject experts provide a comprehensive overview of the challenges and solutions to resistance to several conventional targeted therapies in addition to providing a discussion on broad topics including targeting components of the tumor microenvironment, emerging therapeutic options, and novel areas to be explored concerning nanotechnology and the epigenome.

    Contents:
    Intro; Aims and Scope; Series Editor Biography; Acknowledgment; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Introduction to the Acquisition of Resistance to Targeted Therapy; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Molecular Events Leading to the Acquisition of Resistance to Targeted Therapy; 1.2.1 Alterations in Drug Target Expression to Prevent Therapeutic Action; 1.2.2 Activation of Compensatory Pathways; 1.2.3 Activation of Alternative Pathways to Ensure Survival; 1.2.4 Epigenome: Regulating Acquired Resistance and Modifying Drug Activity 1.3 Cellular Events Contributing to the Development of Resistance1.3.1 Transformation/Dedifferentiation Mechanisms and Indirect Resistance to Therapeutic Action; 1.3.2 The Tumor Microenvironment and the Development of Resistance to Targeted Therapies; 1.3.3 The Activity of Drug Efflux Transporters; 1.3.4 Other Considerations of Mechanisms Potentially Contributing to the Acquisition of Resistance; 1.4 Specific Mechanisms of Acquired Resistance to Select Targeted Therapies; 1.4.1 Mechanisms of Resistance to Anti-Angiogenic Therapy; 1.4.2 Resistance to Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors 1.4.3 Resistance to Anti-Apoptosis Inhibitors1.5 Future Directions of Targeted Therapy; References;
    Chapter 2: Targeting the Tumor Microenvironment to Overcome Resistance to Therapy; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Key Components of the Tumor Microenvironment That Contribute to the Acquisition of Resistance; 2.2.1 Extracellular Matrix Regulation of Invasion and Metastasis; 2.2.2 Soluble Factors in the Tumor Microenvironment Modulate Tumor-Stromal Crosstalk; 2.2.3 Inflammation and Immunity Modulate the Tumorigenic Niche; 2.2.4 The Angiogenic Switch in Tumorigenesis 2.2.5 Exosomes Are the Transporters of the Tumor Microenvironment2.3 Targeting the Tumor Microenvironment to Overcome Resistance to Therapy; 2.3.1 Discovering a Novel Role of Neuraminidase-1 Activity in Multistage Tumorigenesis; 2.3.2 Role of GPCR Transactivation in Neuraminidase-1 Activity; 2.3.3 Targeting Neuraminidase-1 Activity as the Achilles Heel of the Tumor Microenvironment; 2.4 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: Current Challenges and Applications of Oncolytic Viruses in Overcoming the Development of Resistance to Therapies in Cancer; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Types of Oncolytic Viruses 3.2.1 Adenovirus3.2.2 Herpes Simplex Virus 1 (HSV-1); 3.2.3 Vaccinia Virus (VV); 3.2.4 Reovirus Type 3 Dearing; 3.2.5 Measles Virus (MV); 3.2.6 Poliovirus (PV); 3.2.7 Coxsackievirus (CV); 3.2.8 Vesicular Stomatitis Virus (VSV); 3.2.9 Maraba Virus (MRB); 3.3 Oncolytic Viral Targeting of the Tumor Vasculature; 3.4 Targeting Components of the Tumor Extracellular Matrix with Virotherapy to Overcome Therapy Resistance; 3.4.1 Tumor Extracellular Matrix Limits Oncolytic Virus Efficacy; 3.4.2 ECM-Modifying OVs Can Overcome ECM-Mediated Resistance
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Maria Dorobanţu, Frank Ruschitzka, Marco Metra, editors.
    Contents:
    Evolving concepts on the basic mechanisms of heart failure
    Assessment of left ventricular systolic and diastolic dysfunction
    Right ventricular dysfunction in heart failure
    The role of atrial functional assessment in heart failure
    Assessment of secondary mitral regurgitation
    Assessment of left ventricular contractile reserve in heart failure
    Role of cardiac magnetic resonance imaging in heart failure
    The evolving role of multimodality imaging in heart failure
    Contemporary pharmacological treatment of heart failure
    Myocardial revascularization in heart failure
    Approach to arrhythmia in heart failure
    Implantable defibrillator therapy
    Cardiac resynchronization therapy
    Mechanical circulatory support
    Cell and gene therapy in heart failure
    Valvular Surgery in Heart Failure
    Percutaneous Valvular Therapies in Heart Failure
    Pretransplant evaluation
    Strategies for improving outcomes in heart transplantation
    Heart failure and hypertension
    Right heart failure
    Acute heart failure
    Heart failure in oncologic patients
    Iron Deficiency in Heart Failure
    The kidney and electrolyte imbalances in heart failure
    Prognostic factors and risk scores in heart failure
    Rehabilitation therapy in patients with heart failure. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editor, Johannes Häberle.
    Contents:
    Foreword : current approach to hyperammonemia / Johannes Häberle
    Ammonia metabolism in humans : production and removal / Daniel Rabier
    Neurobiology of ammonia / Vicente Felipo
    Ammonia toxicity to the brain / Olivier Braissant
    Oxidative and nitrosative stress in ammonia neurotoxicity / Marta Skowroñska & Jan Albrecht
    Preanalytical and analytical aspects of ammonia determination / Camilla Scott & Simon Olpin
    Inherited disorders leading to hyperammonemia in children / Arunabha Ghosh & Andrew Morris
    Inherited disorders leading to hyperammonemia in adults / Valerie Walker
    Role of cerebral ammonia toxicity in hepatic encephalopathy / Natalia Qvartskhava, Markus S. Jördens, Boris Görg & Dieter Häussinger
    Role of brain imaging for demonstrating ammonia-induced changes / Ileana Pacheco-Colón, Stanley Fricke & Andrea Gropman
    Medical treatment of hyperammonemia / Marie-Cécile Nassogne & Marie-Françoise Vincent
    Extracorporeal detoxifcation as a treatment of acute hyperammonemia / Nicholas Ah Mew & Marshall Summar
    Organ and cell-based replacement therapy for the treatment of urea cycle disorders / Shirou Matsumoto & Fumio Endo
    New treatment options for hyperammonemia / George A. Diaz.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Ferenc A. Jolesz, Tobias Penzkofer.
    Contents:
    Interventional radiology / Tobias Penzkofer & Ferenc A. Jolesz
    Intra-arterial therapy for neuroendocrine liver metastases / Julien Joskin, Thierry de Baere & Robert F. Dondelinger
    Advanced multimodal image-guided interventions and surgeries / Tobias Penzkofer & Ferenc A. Jolesz
    Renal sympathetic denervation for treatment-resistant hypertension / Sam Stuart & Premal A. Patel
    Pelvic congestion syndrome / Chaitanya Ahuja & John A. Kaufman
    Laser-induced thermotherapy for the treatment of pulmonary tumors / Thomas J. Vogl, Khashayar Vatankhah & Jijo Paul
    Interventional radiology in women's health : an obstetrician/gynecologist's perspective / Emily Goldenthal & Jay Goldberg.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Cristoforo Incorvaia.
    Contents:
    Current approaches to allergic rhinitis / Cristoforo Incorvaia
    Allergic rhinitis : symptoms / Nerin N. Bahceciler & Nilufer Galip
    Allergic rhinitis : causes and pathogenesis / Giovanni Passalacqua
    Diagnostic tests in allergic rhinitis / Cristoforo Incorvaia & Franco Frati
    Nasal steroids in allergic rhinitis / Davide Caimmi, Silvia Caimmi, Roberto Raschetti, Ilaria Brambilla & Gian Luigi Marseglia
    Other treatments / Takeshi Nabe
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Noriaki Sakuragi, Steven G. Silverberg.
    Contents:
    Current approaches to endometrial cancer / Noriaki Sakuragi & Steven G. Silverberg
    Epidemiology and risk factors of endometrial cancer / Kouji Banno, Iori Kisu & Daisuke Aoki
    Pathogenesis of endometrial cancer / Tatsuhiro Ohgami & Kiyoko Kato
    Genetic model of endometrial carcinogenesis / Hidemichi Watari, Peixin Dong, Takashi Mitamura, Hiromasa Fujita & Noriaki Sakuragi
    Pathology of endometrial carcinoma / Takuya Moriya & Naoki Kanomata
    Symptoms, signs and diagnostic procedures / Kimio Ushijima
    Imaging diagnosis of endometrial cancer / Kazuhiro Kitajima
    FIGO 2008 staging for endometrial cancer / Diana P. English & Alessandro D. Santin
    Sentinel lymph node mapping for apparent early-stage uterine cancer / Nadeem R. Abu-Rustum
    Role of pelvic and paraaortic lymphadenectomy / Alexandre Buckley de Meritens, Helen E. Dinkelspiel & Thomas J. Herzog
    Management of uterine sarcoma / Isao Sakaguchi, Hironori Tashiro & Hidetaka Katabuchi
    Nonsurgical modalities / Rebecca DeMaria & Akila N. Viswanathan
    Adjuvant therapy for endometrial cancer / Keiichi Fujiwara, Hiroyuki Yoshida, Akira Kurosaki & Kosei Hasegawa
    Prognosis of endometrial cancer / Michael Frumovitz
    Molecular targets and targeted therapy / Peixin Dong.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Hardeep Singh Tuli, editor.
    Summary: The book comprehensively introduces readers to various aspects of flavonoids, a category of natural metabolites that exhibits various pharmacological effects. It discusses their chemistry, absorption and metabolism, mechanisms of action and toxicology as well as future perspectives for clinical applications, and also provides detailed insights into their anti-cancer properties, since flavonoids are known to modulate tumor-associated intracellular as well as extracellular signaling pathways. The book also highlights the current research on the health effects of selected flavonoids, and their various roles in cancer prevention and treatment. Lastly, the book elucidates nanotechnology-mediated tools to enhance the bioavailability and solubility of flavonoids to improve their bioactivity and pharmacokinetic parameters.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. General introduction and sources of flavonoids
    Chapter 2. Analytical techniques for the identification and quantification of Flavonoids
    Chapter 3. Chemistry and Synthetic overview of flavonoids
    Chapter 4. Metal complexation and chemopreventive patent studies of flavonoid
    Chapter 5. Molecular targets of flavonoids in cancer: recent advances
    Chapter 6. Absorption and Metabolism of flavonoids
    Chapter 7. Recent trend in flavonoids studies in term of health prospective
    Chapter 8. Role of nanotechnology in flavonoid mediated anti-cancer therapy
    Chapter 9. Clinical trial of Flavonoids in cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Current clinical neurology to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Christopher M. Schlachta, Patricia Sylla, editors.
    Summary: This text reviews the areas of colorectal surgery that are at the cutting edge of innovation, paradigm shift and controversy with regard to diagnosis, patient selection, treatment algorithm, and therapeutic approaches. From the impact of enhanced recovery protocols on traditional colorectal practices, to that of novel strategies merging endoscopic and surgical techniques, to recent paradigm shifts in the management of common colorectal disorders, this text provides readers with an update on current controversies and evolving treatment rationale in the management of common colorectal diseases. Current Common Dilemmas in Colorectal Surgery provides a guide for the current common dilemmas that caregivers encounter in their daily practice. It is of great utility to colorectal surgeons, surgical oncologists and general surgeons practicing colorectal surgery, senior residents in general surgery training or surgical oncology or colorectal fellowships, allied healthcare professionals involved in the care of patients with colorectal disease, pharma and biomedical technology industry with an interest in current care of patients with colorectal disease.

    Contents:
    To prep or not to prep
    Practice Guidelines and Future Directions of Bowel Preparation: Science & History
    Enhanced Recovery Pathways: Is it Laparoscopy or is it Everything Else?
    Improving endoscopic detection of dysplasia in IBD: where do we stand?
    Management of Dysplasia in IBD
    Beyond Piecemeal Polypectomy: EMR and ESD
    Transanal Endoscopic Surgery (TES)
    The 3 A.M. Laparoscopic Bowel Surgery-Selection, Preparation and Techniques
    Fulminant Clostridium difficile colitis: Indications and extent of surgery
    Fulminant Clostridium difficile colitis: Colon-preserving therapies
    Perforated diverticulitis: Laparoscopic lavage and drainage
    Perforated diverticulitis: What are the options for resection?
    Perforated diverticulitis: When is interval resection really indicated?
    Utility of pelvic floor testing for clinical assessment of pelvic floor disorders
    Rectal prolapse in the healthy patient: Is perineal approach ever indicated?
    Rectal prolapse in the healthy patient: Which abdominal approach?
    Obstructed defecation: When is surgery indicated?
    Fecal incontinence: Is sacral nerve stimulation always the answer?
    Is there still a role for hand assisted laparoscopic surgery (HALS)?
    Intracorporeal anastomosis for right colon resection: Should this be the preferred method?
    Transrectal specimen extraction: Should this be catching on?
    Parastomal Hernia: An Ounce of Prevention
    Parastomal Hernia: Optimal Strategies for Repair
    Proctectomy for advanced rectal cancer: APE or ELAPE?
    Transanal TME: Why go bottom-up!
    Management of low rectal cancer after complete clinical response
    Optimizing function for very low rectal tumors: Intersphincteric resection or APR?
    Optimal Coloanal Reconstruction: J pouch, Straight, Stapled, and Hand-Sewn
    Short Course vs. Long Course Radiotherapy: Pros and cons
    Intersphincteric Resection: Perineal or Abdominal dissection first?
    Assessing anastomotic integrity and perfusion
    Laparoscopic TME: Is there a verdict?.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Edited by Betty S. Bergersen [and others]
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    W54 .C97
    3
  • Digital
    Ranu Patni, editor.
    Contents:
    Overview of Endometrial Carcinoma
    Premalignant lesions of the Endometrium
    Epidemiology and Prevention of Endometrial Carcinoma
    Pathophysiology of Endometrial Carcinoma
    Diagnosis and pre-management work-up of Endometrial Carcinoma
    Management of early stage Endometrial Carcinoma
    Management of advanced stage Endometrial Carcinoma
    Recurrent Endometrial Carcinoma
    Minimally invasive surgery for Endometrial Carcinoma
    Future perspectives for Endometrial Carcinoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Contents:
    Electronic cigarettes and awareness of their health effects
    Metachronous lung cancer: clinical characteristics and effects of surgical treatment
    Healthcare professionals' knowledge of influenza and influenza vaccination: results of a National Survey in Poland
    Benign acute childhood myositis during influenza B outbreak
    Serum diamine oxidase in pseudoallergy in the pediatric population
    Spontaneous elimination of hepatiits C virus infection
    Clinical manifestations of huge diaphragmatic hernias
    The diagnostics of human steroid hormone disorders
    Discriminant analysis of intracranial volumetric variables in patients with normal pressure hydrocephalus and brain atrophy
    Hoffa's fat pad abnormality in the development of knee osteoarthritis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    volume editors, Ajay Niranjan, L. Dade Lunsford, R. Mark Richardson.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    Risto J. Rintala, Mikko Pakarinen, Tomas Wester, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with a succinct but comprehensive overview of current concepts relating to intestinal failure, including its treatment, with a particular focus on recent advancements. The opening chapters address basic aspects of intestinal failure, including etiology, clinical pathophysiology, physiology of intestinal adaptation, and intestinal microbiota. The complications of intestinal failure, such as bacterial overgrowth and intestinal failure-associated liver disease, are then discussed. A series of chapters specifically address important strategies in the nutritional, pharmacological, and surgical treatment of intestinal failure as well as the concept of intestinal rehabilitation. Finally, two significant emerging developments are considered: regenerative medicine and distraction enterogenesis. The authors are internationally recognized experts from Europe and North America who are ideally placed to describe current knowledge and progress in the field.

    Contents:
    Intestinal failure in children
    Short Bowel Syndrome-Intestinal Adaptation
    Bacterial Overgrowth and Intestinal Microbiome
    Intestinal failure-associated liver disease
    Recent Advances in Nutritional Care of Patients with Intestinal Failure
    Pharmacological improvement of bowel function and adaptation
    Modern Intestinal rehabilitation and outcomes
    Serial transverse enteroplasty
    Longitudinal intestinal lengthening
    Controlled tissue expansion
    Pediatric small bowel transplantation
    an update
    Intestinal Regeneration
    distraction enterogenesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Thomas Verse, Nico de Vries.
    Summary: "The importance of unobstructed respiration in sleep, and the long-term risks of sleep apnea, cannot be overemphasized. The therapeutic efficacy of the widely prescribed "gold standard," continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP), is compromised by low patient acceptance and compliance. In light of the limitations of CPAP and other forms of conservative therapy (e.g., mandibular advancement devices), there is a growing tendency to explore and expand the role of surgery in the treatment of mild, moderate, and severe sleep apnea. New insights and developments in pathophysiology, surgical techniques, and implants have opened the way to increased success in treating sleep apnea surgically. This new work by leading international specialists provides a detailed, evidence-based approach to selected advanced surgical techniques, beginning with patient selection criteria, discussion of indications for and against surgery, choice of procedure (also in combinations), and more. Key Features: - Systematic, practice-oriented approach to examination, diagnosis, and treatment - Step-by-step description of surgical concepts and techniques - Superbly illustrated with full-colored photographs and drawings - Focus on those procedures that have been shown to be successful in specific situations - Discussion of outcomes, success rates, risks, and potential complications; where evidence-based data are not available, expert opinion is provided Current Concepts of Sleep Apnea Surgery will be welcomed by residents, fellows, and board-certified surgeons in otorhinolaryngology and head and neck surgery"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction and history of sleep apnea surgery
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis of sleep disordered breathing
    Nonsurgical treatment : lifestyle, weight loss, positional therapy, mandibular advancement devices, continuous positive airway pressure, multimodality treatment
    Surgical principles
    Pediatric obstructive sleep apnea
    Nose
    Surgery in adults
    Bariatric surgery
    Postoperative care and follow-up : anesthesiologist's aspects.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Print
    McPhee, Stephen J.; Papadakis, Maxine A.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC71 .C877
    1
  • Digital
    Katherine A. Morgan, editors.
    Contents:
    Update on the management of gastroenteropathic neuroendocrine tumors
    Gastric cancer
    Gastrointestinal stromal tumors
    Current issues in colorectal cancer
    Modern management of colorectal liver metastases
    Incidental pancreatic lesions
    Update on pancreatic adenocarcinoma
    Optimal care in gallbladder cancer
    Breast cancer
    Modern Melanoma Management
    Sarcoma
    HIPEC.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Jeannette E. South-Paul, Samuel C. Matheny, Evelyn L. Lewis.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015
  • Digital
    Jeannette E. South-Paul, Samuel C. Matheny, Evelyn L. Lewis, editors.
    Summary: "The Fifth Edition of Current Diagnosis & Treatment: Family Medicine is a comprehensive, single source reference for practicing family physicians and trainees delivering primary care in a continuity environment for all patients across the lifespan. The text is organized according to the developmental lifespan beginning with infancy, childhood, and adolescence, including a focus on the reproductive years, and progressing through adulthood and the mature, senior years."--Preface.

    Contents:
    Section I: Infancy & childhood. Well-child care
    Failure to thrive
    Neonatal hyperbilirubinemia
    Breastfeeding & infant nutrition
    Common acute infections in children
    Skin diseases in infants & children
    Routine vaccines
    Behavioral disorders in children
    Seizures
    Section II: Adolescence. Physical activity in adolescents
    Nutrition and the development of healthy eating habits
    Adolescent sexuality
    Menstrual disorders
    Sexually transmitted diseases
    Section III: Adults. Health maintenance for adults
    Preconception care
    Prenatal care
    Contraception
    Adult sexual dysfunction
    Acute coronary syndrome
    Heart failure
    Dyslipidemias
    Urinary tract infections
    Arthritis: osteoarthritis, gout, & rheumatoid arthritis
    Low back pain in primary care: an evidence-based approach
    Neck pain
    Cancer screening in women
    Respiratory problems
    Evaluation & management of headache
    Osteoporosis
    Abdominal complaints
    Anemia
    Hepatobiliary disorders
    Abnormal uterine bleeding
    Hypertension
    Diabetes mellitus
    Endocrine disorders
    Acute musculoskeletal complaints
    Common upper & lower extremity fractures
    Section IV: Geriatrics. Healthy aging & geriatric assessment
    Common geriatric problems
    Urinary incontinence
    Elder abuse
    Movement disorders
    Hearing & vision impairment in the elderly
    Oral health
    Section V: Therapeutics, genetics, & prevention. Pharmacotherapy principles for the family physician
    Genetics for family physicians
    Pharmacogenomics
    Complementary & integrative health
    Chronic pain management
    Travel medicine
    Tickborne disease
    Tuberculosis
    HIV primary care
    Section VI: Psychological disorders. Depression in diverse populations & older adults
    Anxiety disorders
    Personality disorders
    Somatic symptom disorder (previously somatoform disorder), factitious disorder, & malingering
    Substance use disorders
    Tobacco cessation
    Interpersonal violence
    Combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder & traumatic brain injury
    Section VII: Physician-patient issues. Cultural & linguistic competence
    Health & healthcare disparities
    Caring for LGBTQIA patients
    Hospice & palliative medicine
    Telemedicine.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2020
  • Digital
    Anil K. Lalwani.
    Summary: "Symptoms and diseases affecting the ear, nose, throat, and neck are common and commonly lead to patients seeking medical care. These include sinusitis, upper respiratory tract infections, hoarseness, balance disturbance, hearing loss, dysphagia, snoring, tonsillitis, ear infections, thyroid disorders, head and neck cancer, and ear wax. In this updated fourth edition of Current Diagnosis & Treatment Otolaryngology--Head and Neck Surgery, these and many other diseases are covered in a crisp and concise manner. Striking just the right balance between comprehensiveness and convenience, it emphasizes the practical features of clinical diagnosis and patient management while providing a comprehensive discussion of pathophysiology and relevant basic and clinical science. With its consistent formatting chapter-by-chapter, this text makes it simple to locate the practical information you need on diagnosis, testing, disease processes, and up-to-date treatment and management strategies. The book will be of interest to both otolaryngologists and all of the medical and surgical specialties and related disciplines that treat patients with head and neck disorders."--Preface
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessSurgery
  • Digital/Print
    Blumberg, R. S.; Burakoff, Robert; Greenberger, Norton J.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC799 .C978
    2
  • Digital
    editors, Louise C. Walter, Anna Chang; associate editors, Pei Chen, Rebecca Conant, G. Michael Harper, Daphne Lo, Josette Rivera, Michi Yukawa.
    Contents:
    Section I: Principles of geriatric assessment and care. Transforming the care of older persons
    Overview of geriatric assessment
    The interprofessional team
    Goals of care & consideration of prognosis
    Functional assessment & functional decline
    Falls & mobility impairment
    Managing vision impairment
    Managing hearing impairment
    Cognitive impairment & dementia
    Urinary incontinence
    Sexual health & dysfunction
    Depression & other mental health issues
    Defining adequate nutrition
    Principles of prescribing & adherence
    Addressing multimorbidity
    Atypical presentations of illness
    Caregiving & caregiving support
    The social context of older adults
    Detecting, assessing, & responding to elder mistreatment
    Prevention & health promotion
    Ethics & informed decision making
    Geriatric palliative care
    Geroscience: the biology of aging as a therapeutic target
    Applying evidence-based care to older persons
    Section II: Care settings. Ambulatory care and care coordination
    Transitions and continuity of care
    Emergency department care
    Hospital care
    Perioperative care for older surgical patients
    Home-based care
    Residential care & assisted living
    Nursing home care & rehabilitation
    Technology in the care of older adults
    Section III: Common conditions in geriatrics. Osteoarthritis
    Osteoporosis and hip fractures
    Delirium
    Parkinson disease & essential tremor
    Cerebrovascular disease
    Coronary artery disease
    Heart failure & heart rhythm disorders
    Hypertension
    Valvular disease
    Peripheral arterial disease & venous thromboembolism
    Anticoagulation
    Chronic venous insufficiency
    Chronic lung disease
    Gastrointestinal diseases
    Fluid & electrolyte abnormalities
    Chronic kidney disease
    Thyroid, parathyroid, & adrenal gland disorders
    Diabetes
    Anemia
    Common cancers
    Common infections
    HIV & AIDS
    Common skin disorders
    Common oral diseases & disorders
    Common rheumatologic disorders
    Section IV: Managing common symptoms and concerns in geriatrics. Sleep disorders
    Confusion
    Constipation
    Benign prostatic hyperplasia & lower urinary tract symptoms
    Persistent pain
    Headaches
    Chest pain
    Dyspnea
    Syncope
    Pressure ulcers
    Driving & older adults
    Unhealthy alcohol use
    Integrative geriatrics & cannabis use
    Encouraging appropriate exercise for older adults
    Section V: Special populations and health policies for an aging society. Meeting the unique needs of LGBT older adults
    Optimizing care of older adults with limited health literacy
    Effects of homelessness & housing instability on older adults
    Helping older persons in the criminal justice system
    Older travelers
    Unique needs of older immigrants
    Age-friendly health systems.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Edgar V. Lerma, Mitchell H. Rosner, Mark A. Perazella.
    Contents:
    Approach to the patient with renal disease
    Disorders of extracellular volume: hypovolemia and hypervolemia
    Disorders of water balance: hyponatremia and hypernatremia
    Disorders of potassium balance: hypo- and hyperkalemia
    Acid-base disorders
    Disorders of calcium metabolism: hypocalcemia and hypercalcemia
    Disorders of phosphorus balance: hyperphosphatemia and hypophosphatemia
    Disorders of magnesium balance: hypomagnesemia and hypermagnesemia
    Acute kidney injury
    Hepatorenal syndrome
    Rhabdomyolysis
    Contrast-induced nephropathy
    Tumor lysis syndrome
    Acute kidney injury from therapeutic agents
    NSAIDs and the kidney: acute kidney injury
    Obstructive uropathy
    The kidney in malignancy
    Chronic renal failure and the uremic syndrome
    Anemia and chronic kidney disease
    Cardiovascular disease in chronic kidney disease
    Chronic kidney disease-mineral bone disorder
    Chronic renal failure and the uremic syndrome: nutritional issues
    Slowing the progression of chronic kidney disease
    Nephrotic syndrome versus nephritic syndrome
    Minimal change disease
    Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis
    Membranous nephropathy
    Immunoglobulin A nephropathy and Henoch-Schönlein purpura
    -- Membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis
    Anti-glomerular basement membrane disease (goodpasture disease)
    Bacterial infection-associated glomerulonephritis
    Vasculitides
    Lupus nephritis
    Plasma cell dyscrasias
    Thrombotic microangiopathies
    Glomerular disorders due to infections
    Acute tubulointerstitial nephritis
    Chronic tubulointerstitial nephritis
    Nephrolithiasis
    Primary (essential) hypertension
    Secondary hypertension
    Hypertension in high-risk populations
    Resistant hypertension
    Hypertensive emergencies and urgencies
    Cystic diseases of the kidney
    Familial hematurias: Alport Syndrome and hematuria with thin glomerular basement membranes
    Fabry Disease
    Sickle cell nephropathy
    Hemodialysis
    Peritoneal Dialysis
    Continuous renal replacement therapy
    Kidney transplantation
    Diabetic kidney disease
    Pregnancy and the kidney
    Aging and the kidney
    Interventional nephrology
    Poisonings and intoxications
    Palliative care nephrology
    Clinical pharmacology and the kidney.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018
  • Digital
    edited by John C.M. Brust.
    Summary: Practical, up-to-date strategies for assessing and managing the neurologic conditions most frequently seen in adults and children--back cover.

    Contents:
    Section I: Neurologic investigations. Electroencephalography / Tina Shih
    Electromyography, nerve conduction studies, & evoked potentials / Dora Leung
    Neuroradiography / Maria J. Borja & John P. Loh. Section II: Neurologic disorders. Coma / John C.M. Brust
    Aphasia, apraxia, & agnosia / John C.M. Brust
    Hearing loss & dizziness / Jack J. Wazen, Soha N. Ghossaini & Benjamin J. Wycherly
    Epilepsy & seizures / Tina Shih
    Headache & facial pain / Mark W. Green & Anna Pace
    Dementia & memory loss / Karen Marder ... [et al.]
    Cerebrovsascular disease: ischemic stroke & transient ischemic attack / Joshua Z. Willey
    Cerebrovascular disease: hemorrhagic strokes / Richard A. Bernstein & Philip Chang
    Central nervous system neoplasms / Christopher E. Mandigo & Jeffrey N. Bruce
    Paraneoplastic neurologic syndromes / Ugonma N. Chukwueke ... [et al.]
    Trauma / Katja E. Wartenberg & Stephan A. Moyer
    Movement disorders / Blair Ford & Susan B. Bressman
    Ataxia & cerebellar disease / Harini Sarva & Clair Henchcliffe
    Multiple sclerosis & demyelinating diseases / Bruce A.C. Cree
    Nontraumatic disorders of the spinal cord / Olajide Williams, Jared Levin & Michelle Stern
    Peripheral neuropathies / Thomas H. Brannagan III
    Motor neuron diseases / Neil A. Shneider & Michio Hirano
    Autonomic disorders / Louis H. Weimer
    Myasthenia gravis & other disorders of the neuromuscular junction / Svetlana Faktorovich & Shanna K Patterson / Diseases of muscle / Christina M. Ulane & Olajide Williams
    Mitochondrial diseases / Michio Hirano
    Neurologic intensive care / Santiago Ortega-Gutierrez & Alan Z. Segal
    Bacterial, fungal, & parasitic infections of the nervous system / Barbara S. Koppel, Kiran T. Thakur & Adedoyin Akinlonu
    Viral infections of the nervous system / Kiran Thakur & James M. Noble
    HIV neurology / Deanna Saylor ... [et al.]
    Prion diseases / Lawrence S. Sonig
    Disorders of cerebrospinal fluid dynamics / John C.M. Brust
    Sleep disorders / Andrew J. Westwood & Carl Bazil
    Systemic & metabolic disorders / Laura Lennihan & Jason Diamond
    Alcoholism / John C.M. Brust
    Drug dependence / John C.M. Brust
    Psychiatric disorders / Eric R. Marcus
    Neurologic disorders of childhood & adolescence / Cladduai A. Chiriboga & Marc C. Patterson.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2019
  • Digital/Print
    DeCherney, Alan H.; Goodwin, T. Murphy; Laufer, Neri; Nathan, Lauren; Roman, Ashley S.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessObGyn
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RG101 .C95
    3
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael H. Ebert, James F. Leckman, Ismene L. Petrakis.
    Contents:
    Section I. Psychiatric principles and practice
    Clinical decision making in psychiatry
    Psychiatric epidemiology
    Psychiatric genetics
    The psychiatric interview
    Diagnostic encounter for children and adolescents
    Psychological assessment
    Diagnostic evaluation for children and adolescents
    Developmental psychology
    Psychopharmacologic interventions
    Behavioral and cognitive-behavioral interventions
    Psychodynamic psychotherapy and the therapeutic relationship
    Diagnostic formulation, treatment planning, and modes of treatment in children and adolescents
    Section II. Psychiatric disorders in adults
    Neurocognitive disorders
    Schizophrenia
    Other psychotic disorders
    Mood disorders
    Anxiety disorders
    Posttraumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder
    Obsessive-compulsive disorder
    Somatic symptom and related disorders
    Factitious disorders and malingering
    Dissociative disorders
    Sexual dysfunctions and paraphilic disorders
    Eating disorders
    Sleep disorders
    Impulse-control disorders
    Adjustment disorders
    Personality disorders
    Section III. Psychiatric disorders in children and adolescents
    Intellectual disability (intellectual developmental disorder)
    Learning disorders
    Motor disorders and communication disorders
    Autism and autism spectrum disorders
    Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
    Oppositional defiant disorder and conduct disorder
    Substance-related disorders in adolescents
    Depressive disorders (in childhood and adolescence)
    Pediatric bipolar disorder
    Suicidal behavior in chlidren and adolescents
    Anxiety disorders for children and adolescents
    Child maltreatment
    Posttraumatic stress disorder in children and adolescents following a single-event trauma
    Tourette syndrome, tic disorders, and obsessive-compulsive disorder in children and adolescents
    Developmental disorders of attachment, feeding, elimination, and sleeping
    Gender dysphoria in children and adolescents
    Psychological reactions to acute and chronic systemic illness in pediatric patients
    Disruptive mood dysregulation disorder
    Section IV. Alcohol and substance-related disorders
    Substance-related and addictive disorders
    Alcohol use disorders
    Opioid use disorders
    Stimulant use disorders
    Tobacco user disorder
    Cannabis use disorders
    Hallucinogen use disorders
    Gambling and behavioral addictions
    Section V. Psychiatry in special settings
    Emergency psychiatry
    Consultation-liaison psychiatry
    Forensive psychiatry.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessNeurology
  • Digital
    editor John H. Stone.
    Contents:
    Section I: Approach to the patient with rheumatic disease. Physical examination of the musculoskeletal system
    Joint aspiration & injection
    Laboratory testing
    Hand & wrist pain: a systematic approach
    Approach to the patient with foot & ankle pain
    Approach to the patient with shoulder pain
    Approach to the patient with neck pain
    Approach to the patient with low back pain
    Approach to the patient with hip pain
    Approach to the patient with knee pain
    Fibromyalgia
    Complex regional pain syndrome (reflex sympathetic dystrophy) & posttraumatic neuralgia
    Section II: Rheumatoid arthritis & spondyloarthropathies. Rheumatoid arthritis
    Adult-onset still disease
    Axial spondyloarthritis & arthritis associated with inflammatory bowel disease
    Reactive arthritis
    Psoriatic arthritis
    Juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Section III: Lupus & related autoimmune disorders. Systemic lupus erythematosus
    Treatment of systemic lupus erythematosus
    Antiphospholipid syndrome
    Raynaud phenomenon
    Scleroderma (systemic sclerosis)
    Primary Sjögren syndrome
    Autoimmune myopathies, immune-mediated necrotizing myopathies, & their mimickers
    Section IV: The vasculitides. Giant cell arteritis & polymyalgia rheumatica
    Takayasu arteritis
    Granulomatosis with polyangiitis
    Microscopic polyangiitis
    Eosinophilic granulomatosis with polyangiitis (Churg-Strauss syndrome)
    Polyarteritis nodosa
    Cryoglobulinemia
    Hypersensitivity vasculitis
    Behçet disease
    IgA vasculitis (Henoch-Schönlein purpura)
    Primary angiitis of the central nervous system
    Thromboangiitis obliterans (Buerger disease)
    Miscellaneous forms of vasculitis
    Section V: Degenerative joint disease & crystal-induced arthritis. Osteoarthritis
    Gout
    Calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease
    Section VI: Infectious arthritis. Septic arthritis
    Lyme disease
    The rheumatic manifestations of acute & chronic viral infections
    Section VII: Other single- or multi-organ inflammatory diseases. Whipple disease
    Sarcoidosis
    Relapsing polychondritis
    IgG4-related disease
    Ocular inflammatory diseases for rheumatologists
    Sensorineural hearing loss (immune-mediated inner ear disease)
    Section VIII: Disorders of bone. Osteoporosis & glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis
    Paget disease of bone
    Section IX: Imaging & genetics. Musculoskeletal magnetic resonance imaging
    Musculoskeletal ultrasound in rheumatology
    Genetics & genetic testing in rheumatology.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Doherty, Gerard M.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessSurgery
    AccessSurgery
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD35 .D771
    3
  • Digital
    edited by Michael H. Crawford.
    Summary: This book provides concise, clinically focused coverage of the major disease entities and therapeutic challenges in cardiology. It covers all the important management issues in cardiology ; Includes special topics such as pregnancy and heart disease, the use of anticoagulants in heart disease, and the perioperative evaluation of heart disease patients ; Logically organized into six sections: Prevention of cardiovascular disease, Ischemic heart disease, Arrhythmias, Valvular disease, Cardiomyopathy and heart failure and Systemic diseases & the heart.

    Contents:
    Section I. Prevention of cardiovascular disease
    Chapter 1. Lipid disorders
    Chapter 2. Systemic hypertension
    Chapter 3. Antiplatelet therapy
    Chapter 4. Long-term anticoagulation for cardiac conditions
    Chapter 5. Approach to cardiac disease diagnosis
    Section II. Ischemic heart disease
    Chapter 6. Chronic ischemic heart disease
    Chapter 7. Unstable angina/non-st elevation myocardial infarction
    Chapter 8. Acute myocardial infarction
    Chapter 9. Cardiogenic shock
    Chapter 10. Evaluation & treatment of the perioperative patient
    Section III. Arrhythmias
    Chapter 11. Supraventricular tachycardias
    Chapter 12. Atrial fibrillation
    Chapter 13. Ventricular tachycardia
    Chapter 14. Conduction disorders & cardiac pacing
    Chapter 15. Sudden cardiac death
    Chapter 16. Syncope
    Section IV. Valvular disease
    Chapter 17. Aortic stenosis
    Chapter 18. Aortic regurgitation
    Chapter 19. Mitral stenosis
    Chapter 20. Mitral regurgitation
    Chapter 21. Tricuspid & pulmonic valve disease
    Chapter 22. Infective endocarditis
    Section V. Cardiomyopathy & heart failure
    Chapter 23. Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 24. Restrictive cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 25. Myocarditis
    Chapter 26. Heart failure with reduced ejection fraction
    Chapter 27. Heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Chapter 28. Pericardial diseases
    Chapter 29. Pulmonary embolic disease
    Chapter 30. Pulmonary hypertension
    Chapter 31. Congenital heart disease in adults
    Section VI. Systemic disease & the heart
    Chapter 32. Cardiac tumors
    Chapter 33. Cardiovascular disease in pregnancy
    Chapter 34. Endocrinology & the heart
    Chapter 35. Connective tissue diseases & the heart
    Chapter 36. The athlete and the heart
    Chapter 37. Thoracic aortic aneurysms & dissections.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Michael H. Crawford.
    Summary: Current Diagnosis & Treatment: Cardiology is designed to be a concise discussion of the essential knowledge needed to diagnose and manage cardiovascular diseases.

    Contents:
    Section I: Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease
    Chapter 1: Lipid Disorders
    Chapter 2: Systemic Hypertension
    Chapter 3: Antiplatelet Therapy
    Chapter 4: Long-Term Anticoagulation for Cardiac Conditions
    Chapter 5: Approach to Cardiac Disease Diagnosis
    Section II: Ischemic Heart Disease
    Chapter 6: Chronic Ischemic Heart Disease
    Chapter 7: Unstable Angina/Non-ST Elevation Myocardial Infarction
    Chapter 8: Acute Myocardial Infarction
    Chapter 9: Cardiogenic Shock
    Chapter 10: Evaluation & Treatment of the Perioperative Patient
    Section III: Arrhythmias
    Chapter 11: Supraventricular Tachycardias
    Chapter 12: Atrial Fibrillation
    Chapter 13: Ventricular Tachycardia
    Chapter 14: Conduction Disorders & Cardiac Pacing
    Chapter 15: Sudden Cardiac Death
    Chapter 16: Syncope
    Section IV: Valvular Disease
    Chapter 17: Aortic Stenosis
    Chapter 18: Aortic Regurgitation
    Chapter 19: Mitral Stenosis
    Chapter 20: Mitral Regurgitation
    Chapter 21: Tricuspid & Pulmonic Valve Disease
    Chapter 22: Infective Endocarditis
    Section V: Cardiomyopathy & Heart Failure
    Chapter 23: Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 24: Restrictive Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 25: Myocarditis, Toxic Cardiomyopathy, and Stress Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 26: Heart Failure with Reduced Ejection Fraction
    Chapter 27: Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction
    Chapter 28: Pericardial Diseases
    Chapter 29: Pulmonary Embolic Disease
    Chapter 30: Pulmonary Hypertension
    Chapter 31: Congenital Heart Disease in Adults
    Section VI: Systemic Disease & the Heart
    Chapter 32: Cardiac Tumors
    Chapter 33: Cardiovascular Disease in Pregnancy
    Chapter 34: Endocrinology & the Heart
    Chapter 35: Connective Tissue Diseases & the Heart
    Chapter 36: The Athlete and the Heart
    Chapter 37: Thoracic Aortic Aneurysms & Dissections.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael H. Crawford, MD.
    Summary: "A concise, authoritative compilation of the essential information needed to diagnose and manage cardiovascular disease. Current Diagnosis and Treatment Cardiology, Sixth Edition, covers the latest developments in the field with detailed, consistently structured chapters with sharp clinical images that aid comprehension. Presented in the popular LANGE format, each chapter discusses diagnostic techniques, prevention strategies, treatment, and prognosis." -- from publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Section I. Prevention of cardiovascular disease
    Lipid disorders
    Systemic hypertension
    Antiplatelet therapy
    Long-term anticoagulation for cardiac conditions
    Approach to cardiac disease diagnosis
    Section II. Ischemic heart disease
    Chronic ischemic heart disease
    Unstable angina/non-ST elevation myocardial infarction
    Acute myocardial infarction
    Cardiogenic shock
    Evaluation & treatment of the perioperative patient
    Section III. Arrhythmias
    Supraventricular tachycardias
    Atrial fibrillation
    Ventricular tachycardia
    Conduction disorders & cardiac pacing
    Sudden cardiac death
    Syncope
    Section IV. Valvular disease
    Aortic stenosis
    Aortic regurgitation
    Mitral stenosis
    Mitral regurgitation
    Tricuspid & pulmonic valve disease
    Infective endocarditis
    Section V. Cardiomyopathy & heart failure
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Restrictive cardiomyopathy
    Myocarditis, toxic cardiomyopathy, and stress cardiomyopathy
    Heart failure with reduced ejection fraction
    Heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Pericardial diseases
    Pulmonary embolic disease
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Congenital heart disease in adults
    Section VI. Systemic disease & the heart
    Cardiac tumors
    Cardiovascular disease in pregnancy
    Endocrinology & the heart
    Connective tissue diseases & the heart
    The athlete and the heart
    Thoracic aortic aneurysms & dissections.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2023
  • Digital/Print
    Humphries, Roger L.; Stone, C. Keith.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    8th ed. (2017) latest ed. only.
    AccessMedicine
    7th ed. (2011) latest ed. only.
    AccessEmergency Medicine
    8th ed. (2017) latest ed. only.
    AccessEmergency Medicine
    7th ed. (2011) latest ed. only.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC86.7 .C977
    3
  • Digital/Print
    Crawford, Michael H.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC667 .C878
    6
  • Digital/Print
    Skinner, Harry B.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessSurgery
    AccessSurgery
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD731 .C976
    6
  • Digital
    [edited by] Andrew D. Hershey.
    Summary: "An up-to-date, quick reference guide to the diagnosis and treatment of neurologic disorders in infants, children, and adolescents for residents in pediatrics, neurology, internal medicine/pediatrics, family medicine, and child/adolescent psychiatry, as well as pediatric nurse practitioners and physician assistants"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessNeurology
    AccessPediatrics
  • Digital/Print
    Hay, William W.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessPediatrics
    AccessPediatrics
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ45 .C98
    8
  • Digital
    [editors] Brie A. Williams, MD, MS ; Anna Chang, MD ; Cyrus Ahalt, MPP ; Rebecca Conant, MD ; Christine Ritchie, MD, MSPH ; Helen Chen, MD ; C. Seth Landefeld, MD ; Michi Yukawa, MD, MPH.
    Contents:
    Principles of geriatric care
    Transforming the care of older adults: knowledge, skills, & system change
    Consideration of function & functional decline
    Goals of care & consideration of prognosis
    The social context of older adults
    The interprofessional team
    Geriatric assessment
    Atypical presentations of illness in older adults
    Prevention & health promotion
    Principles of prescribing for older adults
    Addressing multimorbidity in older adults
    Geriatrics & palliative care
    Ethics & informed decision making
    Care settings
    Transitions and continuity of care
    Ambulatory care & the patient-centered medical home
    Providing quality care to older adults in the emergency department
    Hospital care
    Perioperative care in older surgical patients
    Long-term care, nursing home, & rehabilitation
    Home-based care
    The aging traveler
    Common conditions in geriatrics
    Delirium
    Cognitive impairment & dementia
    Cerebrovascular disease
    Parkinson disease & essential tremor
    Falls & mobility disorders
    Osteoarthritis
    Osteoporosis & hip fractures
    Coronary disease
    Heart failure & heart rhythm disorders
    Hypertension
    Valvular disease
    Peripheral arterial disease & venous thromboembolism
    Chronic venous insufficiency & lymphedema
    Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Gastrointestinal & abdominal complaints
    Constipation
    Fluid & electrolyte abnormalities
    Chronic kidney disease
    Urinary incontinence
    Benign prostatic hyperplasia & prostate cancer
    Thyroid, parathyroid, & adrenal gland disorders
    Diabetes
    Anemia
    Common cancers
    Depression & other mental health issues
    Sexual health & dysfunction
    Common infections
    Pressure ulcers
    Common skin disorders
    Sleep disorders
    Oral diseases & disorders
    Common clinical scenarios in geriatrics
    Evaluating confusion in older adults
    Addressing polypharmacy & improving medication adherence in older adults
    Managing persistent pain in older adults
    Considering anticoagulation in older adults
    Assessing antiaging therapies for older adults
    Considering complementary & alternative medicines for older adults
    Managing misuse of alcohol & psychoactive prescription medications in older adults
    Assessing older adults for syncope following a fall
    Treating headaches in older adults
    Managing vision impairment in older adults
    Managing hearing impairment in older adults
    Addressing chest pain in older adults
    Addressing dyspnea in older adults
    Managing joint pain in older adults
    Managing back pain in older adults
    Determining the appropriate use of exercise for older adults
    Defining adequate nutrition for older adults
    Helping older adults with low health literacy
    Understanding the effects of homelessness and housing instability on older adults
    Understanding the effects of criminal justice involvement on older adults
    Detecting, assessing, & responding to elder mistreatment
    Meeting the unique needs of LGBT older adults
    Broadening clinical practice
    Applying evidence-based medicine to older patients
    International perspectives in geriatric care
    Public policy intersecting with an aging society.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    edited by C. Keith Stone, Dorian Drigalla, Roger L. Humphries, Maria Stephan.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPediatrics
    AccessEmergency Medicine
  • Digital/Print
    Matthias Theobald, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive review of recent advances in cancer immunotherapy, and explores the value and limitations of the most effective current therapeutic strategies and emerging treatment modalities. It discusses in detail the successes achieved using monoclonal antibodies (mAbs), including developments with regard to conjugated mAbs and also bispecific mAbs as novel treatment options for leukemia and solid tumors. It also examines the advances toward personalized immunotherapy, focusing on the effectiveness of adoptive cell therapy using genetically engineered T cells with tumor-associated antigen-specific T-cell receptors and chimeric antigen receptors, as well as the role of tailored vaccines based on the patient's cancer mutanome. Further, it describes the impressive therapeutic results recently achieved with checkpoint inhibitors, and analyzes novel strategies to modulate the immunosuppressive tumor microenvironment. Written by leading international experts and providing up-to-date information on emerging strategies, such as oncolytic virus-based therapy, epigenetic therapy, and combination therapy, the book appeals to all those with an interest in immunotherapy as it comes of age.

    Contents:
    Current Development of Monoclonal Antibodies in Cancer Therapy
    Clinical Experience with Bispecific T-Cell Engagers
    Advances and challenges of CAR-modified T cells in clinical trials
    Targeting Cancer with Genetically Engineered TCR-T Cells
    Tailored Vaccines Based on Patient's Cancer Mutanome
    Next-Generation Checkpoint Inhibitors and Immune Agonists.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Robyn Guymer, Chi Luu.
    Contents:
    Age-related macular degeneration / Robyn Guymer & Chi Luu
    Classification of age-related macular degeneration / George Trichonas & Peter K. Kaiser
    Clinical symptoms and signs / Samir Khandhadia & Andrew J. Lotery
    Pathological insight into age-related macular degeneration including polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy / Hiroyuki Nakashizuka
    Epidemiology and risk factors of age-related macular degeneration / Loren Jack & Eyal Margalit
    Genetic markers for age-related macular degeneration / Chee Wai Wong & Ching-Yu Cheng
    Imaging in age-related macular degeneration / Oudy Semoun & Eric H. Souied
    Assessment and monitoring of retinal function in age-related macular degeneration / Chi Luu & Robyn Guymer
    Treatment of age-related macular degeneration with laser photocoagulation and photodynamic therapy / Michael W. Stewart
    Pharmacotherapy for neovascular age-related macular degeneration / Irene M. Rusu, Jesse J. Jung, Sarah Mrejen, Roberto Gallego-Pinazo & K. Bailey Freund
    Novel approaches to restore vision in end-stage age-related macular degeneration / Mandeep S. Singh & Samantha R. de Silva
    Impact on quality of life / Paolo Lanzetta, Daniele Veritti & Valentina Sarao
    Polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy / Gemmy Cheung & Gavin Tan.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Viroj Wiwanitkit.
    Contents:
    From an old classical influenza to a new emerging influenza, from pathogenesis to prevention / Viroj Wiwanitkit
    Introduction to influenza infection / Zichria Zakay-Rones & Dany Shoham
    Molecular mechanisms of attenuation of influenza viruses / Larisa Rudenko & Irina Kiseleva
    Human monoclonal antibodies with broad-spectrum neutralizing activity against influenza viruses / Yang Pan, Ririn Ramadhany, Tadahiro Sasaki & Kazuyoshi Ikuta
    Influenza in pregnancy / Amy E. Whitten & Bernard Gonik
    General applicability and reliability of immunochromatography based RDT kits for POCT at clinics / Tadahiro Sasaki, Ritsuko Kubota-Koketsu & Kazuyoshi Ikuta
    Antiviral agents for influenza virus / Olivia Perwitasari, Ralph A. Tripp & Stephen M. Tompkins
    Therapeutic guidelines for influenza in general and high-risk population / Pedro Plans-Rubió
    Influenza vaccines / Åsne Jul-Larsen & Rebecca Jane Cox
    Mechanisms of cross-protection and development of universal influenza vaccines / Huan Huu Nguyen & De-chu Christopher Tang.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Huangui Xiong, Howard E. Gendelman, editors.
    Summary: Current Laboratory Methods in Neuroscience Research is a research manual for both students and seasoned researchers. It focuses on commonly-used techniques employed in neuroscience research, presented in a simple, step-by-step manner for laboratory use. The manual also offers a blueprint for bench-to-bedside research designed to facilitate multidisciplinary neuroscience pursuits. Sections include coverage of neurohistological techniques, in vitro preparations, leukocyte isolation and application in neuroscience, standard laboratory nucleic acid and protein detections, nanomedicine, bioimaging, neuroelectrophysiology, immunohistochemistry and autoradiography, analysis of gene expression, and animal models.

    Contents:
    Part I. Neurohistological Techniques
    Brain Tissue Preparation, Sectioning, and Staining / Jingdong Zhang and Huangui Xiong
    Brain Stereotaxic Injection / Jingdong Zhang and Huangui Xiong
    Neuronal Tract Tracing with Light and Electron Microscopy / Jingdong Zhang and Huangui Xiong
    Stereological Analysis / Kristi M. Anderson, Adam M. Szlachetka and R. Lee Mosley
    Part II. In Vitro Preparations
    Preparation and Use of Rodent Hippocampal Slices / Huangui Xiong and Jianxun Xia
    Single-Cell Neuronal Dissociation for Electrophysiological Studies / Yu-Long Li
    Isolation and Culture of Human Neurons, Microglia, and Astrocytes / Li Wu and Santhi Gorantla
    Isolation and Culture of Neural Stem/Progenitor Cells / Hui Peng, Qiang Chen and Jialin Zheng
    Isolation of Mitochondria from Brain Tissue and Cells / Changhai Tian and Jialin Zheng
    Isolation of Synaptosomes from Archived Brain Tissues / Gurudutt Pendyala, James L. Buescher and Howard S. Fox
    Xenopus Oocytes Isolation and Microinjection / Huangui Xiong
    Part III. Leukocyte Isolation and Application in Neuroscience
    Centrifugal Elutriation for Studies of Neuroimmunity / Santhi Gorantla, Myhanh Che and Howard E. Gendelman
    Flow Cytometry in Neuroscience Research / Charles Kuszynski
    Part IV. Standard Laboratory Nucleic Acid and Protein Detections
    Western Blotting Technique in Biomedical Research / Jianuo Liu, James Haorah and Huangui Xiong
    Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) and Real-Time PCR / Georgette D. Kanmogne
    Part V. Nanomedicine
    Nanoformulations / Xin-Ming Liu and Tatiana K. Bronich
    Neuronanomedicine / JoEllyn M. McMillan, Xin-Ming Liu and Howard E. Gendelman
    Part VI. Bioimaging
    Confocal Imaging of Nerve Cells / You Zhou
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Yutong Liu
    X-Ray, Positron Emission, and Single Photon Emission Tomographic Bioimaging / Katherine A. Estes, Jacob C. Peterson, Adam M. Szlachetka and R. Lee Mosley
    Noninvasive Neurophysiological Imaging with Magnetoencephalography / Tony W. Wilson
    Multiphoton Brain Imaging / Anna Dunaevsky
    Part VII. Neuroelectrophysiology
    Techniques for Extracellular Recordings / Jingdong Zhang, Jianxun Xia and Huangui Xiong
    Blind Patch-Clamp Recordings from Rodent Hippocampal Slices / Jianxun Xia and Huangui Xiong
    Whole-Cell Patch-Clamp Recording / Matthew J. Van Hook and Wallace B. Thoreson
    Part VIII. Immunohistochemistry and Autoradiography
    Analysis of Receptor Binding and Quantitative Autoradiography / L. Charles Murrin
    Techniques in Immunohistochemistry and Immunocytochemistry / Yang Yuan and Jyothi Arikkath
    Part IX. Analysis of Gene Expression
    Protein Identification by Mass Spectrometry: Proteomics / Melinda Wojtkiewicz, Kelley Barnett and Pawel Ciborowski
    DNA Microarrays as a Tool for Neurosciences Research / James D. Eudy, Lynette Smith
    Metabolomics / Yazen Alnouti
    Bioinformatic Methods and Resources for Neuroscience Research / Chittibabu Guda
    Part X. Animal Models: Behavior and Pathology
    Motor Function in Rodent Models of Neurodegenerative Disorders / Jessica A. Hutter Saunders, Max V. Kuenstling, Robert A. Weir, R. Lee Mosley and Howard E. Gendelman
    Humanized Mice / Larisa Y. Poluektova and Edward Makarov
    Animal Models for PD and ALS / Max V. Kuenstling, Adam M. Szlachetka and R. Lee Mosley
    Animal Models of Alzheimer's Disease / Tomomi Kiyota
    Animal Models: Behavior and Pathology: Preclinical Assessment of the Putative Cognitive Deficits in HAND / Landhing M. Moran, Rosemarie M. Booze and Charles F. Mactutus.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Caroline R. Baumal, Jay S. Duker.
    Summary: "This book serves to discuss the risk factors and classification of diabetic retinopathy, followed by a chapter on each treatment modality. Clinicial cases are presented by the authors to demonstrate complicated diabetic reinopathy management issues" -- From preface.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and natural history of diabetic retinopathy / Dante J. Pieramici, MD and Daniel Learned, MD
    Clinical diagnosis of diabetic retinopathy / Randee M. Watson, MD, Lindsay Machen, MD and Yannek I. Leiderman, MD, PHD
    Classification of diabetic retinopathy / Geraldine R. Slean, MS, MD and Rahul N. Khurana, MD
    Imaging in diabetic retinopathy / Caroline R. Baumal, MD
    Genetics of diabetic retinopathy / Karen Jeng-Miller, MD, MPH and Caroline R. Baumal, MD
    Effect of modifiable risk factors on the incidence and progression of diabetic retinopathy / Michael D. Tibbetts, MD
    Anti-vascular endothelial growth factor therapy for diabetic eye disease / Kendra Klein, MD and Michelle C. Liang, MD
    Corticosteroid therapy for diabetic retinopathy / Elad Moisseiev, MD and Anat Loewenstein, MD
    Laser treatment of diabetic retinopathy / Sean Platt, MD and Sophie Bakri, MD
    Surgical treatment of diabetic retinopathy / María H. Berrocal, MD and Alexandra Acabá
    Treatment of diabetic retinopathy in pregnancy / Avni P. Finn, MD, MBA and Lejla Vajzovic, MD
    Novel treatments for diabetic retinopathy / David Eichenbaum, MD
    Clinical scenarios: introduction / cases from David Eichenbaum, MD, Darin R. Goldman, MD, Charles C. Wykoff, MD, Caroline R. Baumal, MD
    Summary of diabetic clinical research network (DRCR.net) protocols / Caroline R. Baumal, MD and Xuejing Chen, MD
    Diabetic terminology.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Ferdinando Cafiero, Franco De Cian.
    Summary: In the last decade, the clinical management of melanoma has become more effective: basic clinical studies, randomized clinical trials, and new drugs have greatly improved the prognosis of patients, both in the initial and in the advanced stage of the disease. This book offers a wide and up-to-date overview of the multidisciplinary treatment of melanoma. Among the topics discussed, there are the role of sentinel lymph node biopsy and the radical dissection, following the results of international randomized clinical trials, in particular MSLT-II. The last chapters are focused on new medical treatments in adjuvant, neoadjuvant, and metastatic settings. The volume has been written for all the professionals involved in melanoma treatment, such as general surgeons, surgical oncologists, medical oncologists, dermatologists, radiotherapists, and nuclear medicine physicians.

    Contents:
    The history of melanoma: from Incas to the 3rd millennium
    2 Epidemiology, prevention and clinical diagnosis
    3 Treatment of primitive tumour
    4 Histopathological examination: the keystone of treatment
    5 Molecular assessment: when and why
    6 New tumour staging: prognostic factors
    7 Lymphatic mapping and Positron Emission Tomography (PET): the role of nuclear medicine
    8 Evolution of sentinel lymph node biopsy technique
    9 The rationale of sentinel lymph node biopsy: prognostic and therapeutic implications
    10 Surgical technique and indications of radical dissections: axylla
    11 Surgical technique and indications of radical dissections: groin
    12 Surgical technique and indications of radical dissections: head and neck
    13 Management of complications of radical dissections
    14 Local treatments of loco-regional pathology
    15 Surgical indications of metastatic disease in election
    16 Surgical treatment of urgency
    17 Medical treatment of melanoma: neoadjuvant and adjuvant therapies
    18 Systemic treatment in advanced melanoma
    19 Management of brain metastases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Chatton, Milton J.; Krupp, Marcus A.; McPhee, Stephen J.; Papadakis, Maxine A.; Rabow, Michael W.; Tierney, Lawrence M.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC71.A14 C98
    30
  • Print
    Barker, Jeffery L.; McKelvy, Jeffrey F.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QP351 .C88
    2
  • Digital
    Akebe Luther King Abia, Guy R. Lanza, editors.
    Summary: Scientific output in low- and middle-income countries is greatly challenged by numerous factors. This is particularly pronounced in sub-Saharan African countries, despite the continent being the world's second largest and second most-populous continent, currently undergoing rapid economic growth. Financial constraints and unclear areas of focus when funding is available, are among the limiting factors, with the consequence being the development of inadequate policies, especially those relating to environmental protection and conservation. This 13-chapter book is a unique piece in the field of microbiology, designed to stimulate some research areas in Africa by illustrating interesting and informative examples of the current applied research agenda in environmental microbiology in selected countries within the continent. With authors from the North, South, East and West of Africa, the book touches diverse applied methods and approaches to meet the pragmatic needs faced by environmental microbiologists in Africa. Also included are topics on viruses, bacteria (including cyanobacteria), and protozoa, and their importance in disease. Sustainable agriculture and aquaculture, and eco-friendly oil and hydrocarbon bioremediation and degradation approaches are highlighted. Microbial involvement in different common indoor (e.g., household kitchens, latrines, and hospitals) and outdoor settings including air, soil, and water habitats, and their resistance to commonly used antibiotics, are described. Hopefully, the work presented here will stimulate the need for increasing modern training and funding initiatives to prepare African microbiologists to meet the challenges they face in African universities and research laboratories.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Foreword
    Antibiotics used in aquaculture and their biological effects in fish
    Socio-political challenges facing microbiology research in Africa
    Low-Cost Household Water Treatment (HWT) Technologies for Microbiological Contaminants
    Microbial pathogens in water resource sediments: towards setting up guidelines for microbial sediment quality
    Some bacterial pathogens of public health concern in water and wastewater
    Understanding the development and structure of biofilms in water distribution systems and household water storage containers
    Enrichment versus non-enrichment methods of biodegradation of hydrocarbons
    Emerging viral diseases, resistance and impact in the environment
    Fermented foods and beverages in Africa and their potential health benefits
    Use of effective and competitive native strains of Rhizobium inoculants for sustainable agricultural productivity
    The Significance of Cryptosporidium and Giardia in Africa
    Vibrio cholerae and Cholera
    The use of biosurfactants in the bioremediation of oil-polluted water
    The era of bacterial genomics in antibiotic research in Africa
    Environmental risk related to Bacterial predation on Cyanobacteria
    Next-generation sequencing as a tool for profiling soil microbial communities in South Africa
    Biocidal activity of Algerian plant extracts on selected bacteria of public health concern
    Emerging and re-emerging bacterial pathogens of humans in environmental and hospital settings
    Prevalence of pathogenic E. coli genes on toilet sears from rural and peri-urban communities in South Africa
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Joseph LaDou, Robert J. Harrison.
    Summary: A thorough, concise, up-to-date guide to the diagnosis and treatment of common occupational and environmental injuries and diseases Coverage includes: Chapters on how to conduct an occupational and environmental medical history, examine the patient, evaluate exposures, and prevent further injury and illness ; New methods of disability management and the important role that physicians can play in preventing disability ; Practical information on the toxic properties and clinical manifestation of common industrial materials ; Techniques to prevent acute and cumulative workplace-related injuries ; Detailed discussion of international occupational and environmental health, and issues of worker migration.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Section I Occupational Health
    1. The Practice of Occupational Medicine / Robert J. Harrison
    2. International Occupational and Environmental Health / Joseph LaDou
    3. Migration and Occupational Health / Marc B. Schenker
    4. The Occupational & Environmental Medical History / Karen B. Mulloy
    5. Electronic Health Records / Sachin Kapoor
    6. Workers' Compensation / James Craner
    7. Disability Management & Prevention / Glenn Pransky
    Section II Occupational Injuries
    8. Musculoskeletal Injuries / C. Benjamin Ma
    9. Shoulder, Elbow, & Hand Injuries / Alexis Descatha
    10. Back and Lower Extremity Injuries / C. Benjamin Ma
    11. Management of Chronic Pain / Wolf Mehling
    12. Eye Injuries / Allan J. Flach
    13. Hearing Loss / Robert Dobie
    14. Injuries Caused by Physical Hazards / Peter D. Lichty
    15. Ergonomics & the Prevention of Occupational Injuries / Ira L. Janowitz
    Section III Occupational Illnesses
    16. Medical Toxicology / Kent R. Olson
    17. Clinical Immunology / Jeffrey L. Kishiyama
    18. Occupational Hematology / Hope S. Rugo
    19. Occupational Cancer / Hope S. Rugo
    20. Occupational Infections / Robert J. Harrison
    21. Occupational Skin Disorders / Mahbub M.U. Chowdhury
    22. Upper Respiratory Tract Disorders / Dennis J. Shusterman
    23. Occupational Lung Diseases / John R. Balmes
    24. Cardiovascular Toxicology / Neal L. Benowitz
    25. Liver Toxicology / Robert J. Harrison
    26. Renal Toxicology / Rudolph A. Rodriguez
    27. Neurotoxicology / Yuen T. So
    28. Female Reproductive Toxicology / Sarah Janssen
    29. Male Reproductive Toxicology / Sarah Janssen
    Section IV Occupational and Environmental Exposures
    30. Metals / Michael J. Kosnett
    31. Chemicals / Robert J. Harrison
    32. Solvents / Rachel Roisman
    33. Gases & Other Airborne Toxicants / Paul D. Blanc
    34. Pesticides / Michael A. O'Malley
    Section V Program Management
    35. Occupational Mental Health & Workplace Violence / Robert C. Larsen
    36. Substance Use Disorders / Stephen Heidel
    37. CBRNE Preparedness / Richard Lewis
    38. Occupational Safety / Peter B. Rice
    39. Industrial (Occupational) Hygiene / Peter B. Rice
    40. Disease Surveillance / Eileen Storey
    41. Medical Surveillance / James Craner
    42. Biologic Monitoring / Rupali Das
    Section VI Environmental Health
    43. Principles of Environmental Health / Gina M. Solomon
    44. International Chemicals Policy, Health, and Human Rights / Megan R. Schwarzman
    45. Industrial Emissions, Accidental Releases, & Hazardous Waste / Marilyn C. Underwood
    46. Outdoor Air Pollution / John R. Balmes
    47. Building-Associated Illness / Michael L. Fischman
    48. Water Pollution / Craig Steinmaus
    49. Multiple Chemical Sensitivity / Robert J. Harrison
    50. Health Risk Assessment / Michael J. Dibartolomeis.
  • Digital
    editors, Joseph LaDou, Robert J. Harrison.
    Summary: "The book provides a complete guide to common occupational and environmental injuries and illnesses, their diagnosis and treatment, and preventive measures in the workplace and community. Our aim is to help health care professionals understand the complexities of occupational and environmental health issues and provide useful clinical information on common illnesses and injuries. The book contains many new chapters, expanding the coverage of occupational and environmental medicine well beyond that of the earlier editions"--Preface.

    Contents:
    Section I: Occupational health practice. The practice of occupational medicine
    The occupational & environmental medical history
    Workers' compensation
    Ethics in occupational medicine
    Disability management & prevention
    Section II: Occupational injuries. Ergonomics & the prevention of occupational injuries
    Musculoskeletal injuries
    Shoulder, elbow, & hand injuries
    Back & lower extremity injuries
    The management of chronic pain
    Eye injuries
    Hearing loss
    Injuries caused by physical hazards
    Section III: Occupational illnesses. Medical toxicology
    Clinical immunology
    Occupational infections
    Occupational skin disorders
    Upper respiratory tract disorders
    Occupational lung diseases
    Cardiovascular toxicology
    Liver toxicology
    Renal toxicology
    Neurotoxicology
    Occupational hematology
    Occupational cancer
    Genetic toxicology
    Female reproductive toxicology
    Male reproductive toxicology
    Section IV: Occupational and environmental exposures. Metals
    Chemicals
    Solvents
    Gases & other airborne toxicants
    Pesticides
    Section V: Program management. The changing nature of work
    Total worker health
    Occupational mental health & substance use disorders
    Fatigue, shiftwork, & sleep disorders
    Workplace violence prevention
    Occupational safety
    Industrial (occupational) hygiene
    Disease surveillance
    Surveillance & screening in occupational health
    Biologic monitoring
    CBRNE preparedness
    Responder safety and health
    Section VI: Environmental health
    Principles of environmental health
    International occupational & environmental health
    Pediatric environmental health
    Climate change and worker health: implications for clinical practice
    Air pollution
    Water pollution
    Industrial emissions, accidental releases, & hazardous waste
    Building-related illness
    Multiple chemical sensitivity
    Health risk assessment
    Appendix. Biostatistics & epidemiology
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2021
  • Digital
    Sanjeev Agarwal, editor.
    Summary: The book is intended as the second edition of previously published current Orthopaedic Practice The book is a unique publication from the UK, which covers the entire clinical orthopaedic spectrum. The FRCS exam is an end-of-training examination for Orthopaedic trainees in the UK. There is a paucity of textbooks published in the UK which cover the spectrum of knowledge required. The updated edition builds on the success of the first edition. This book is divided into 18 chapters, which cover the entire remit of clinical orthopaedics. The chapter on sports injuries has been split into two chapters - disorders of the hip and disorders of the knee. A unique feature which has been retained is the incorporation of annotated bibliography within the text. The list of references has been provided as 'further reading suggestions' at the end of the chapter. The annotated text within the chapter helps the reader to understand the study design and key message from the article. The articles selected for inclusion in the text are seminal articles, or recent articles which have led to change in practice. The line drawings are simple and easy to reproduce. Classifications are presented pictorially as much as possible, instead of tables, and this helps memorisation. This book is an essential resource for all orthopaedic graduates, trainees and professionals alike.

    Contents:
    Trauma.-Shoulder disorders
    Adult pathology knee
    Adult pathology hip
    Spinal disorders
    Foot and ankle
    Hand
    Bone and soft tissue tumours
    Infections
    Nonunion
    Inflammatory joint disorders
    Arthrodesis and amputations
    Paediatric disorders
    Hip and knee replacement
    Nerve injuries and neuromuscular disorders
    Imaging
    Clinical examination
    Surgical approaches.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Gaetano La Manna, Claudio Ronco.
    Contents:
    Extracorporeal treatments in patients with acute kidney injury and sepsis / M. Marengo, S. Dellepiane, V. Cantaluppi
    Citrate anticoagulation during continuous renal replacement therapy / D. Ricci, L. Panicali, M.G. Facchini, E. Mancini
    Coupled plasma filtration adsorption application for liver and thyroid toxins / G. Donati, I. Capelli, A.L. Croci Chiocchini, N. Natali, A. Scrivo, G. La Manna
    Extracorporeal sorbent technologies : basic concepts and clinical application / W.R. Clark, F. Ferrari, G. La Manna, C. Ronco
    Development of the new Kibou equipment for continuous renal replacement therapy from scratch to the final configuration / M. Neri, A. Lorenzin, A. Brendolan, F. Garzotto, F. Ferrari, S. De Rosa, R. Bonato, G. Villa, S. Bazzano, F. D'Ippoliti, Z. Ricci, G. La Manna, C. Ronco
    Phosphate in chronic kidney disease progression / M. Cozzolino, D. Foque, P. Ciceri, E. Ottaviano, A. Galassi
    FGF23 : mineral metabolism and beyond / A. Grabner, S. Mazzaferro, G. Cianciolo, S. Krick, I. Capelli, S. Rotondi, C. Ronco, G. La Manna, C. Faul
    Restenosis in hemodialytic fistulas and chronic kidney disease-associated vascular disease : two pathologies driven by metakaryotic stem cells / G. Pasquinelli, W.G. Thilly, E.V. Gostjeva, P. Todeschini, G. Cianciolo, C. Ronco, G. La Manna
    Mycophenolate mofetil : a possible alternative treatment for IgA nephropathy / O. Baraldi, G. Comai, V. Cuna, M. Cappuccilli, C. Serra, C. Ronco, G. Manna
    Genetics and autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease progression / V. Corradi, A. Giuliani, F. Gastaldon, M. de Cal, B. Mancini, A. Montaldi, A. Alghisi, I. Capelli, G. La Manna, C. Ronco
    Expanded hemodialysis : a new therapy for a new class of membranes / C. Ronco, G. Manna
    Mathematical model of potassium profiling in chronic dialysis / M. Ursino, G. Donati
    Home hemodialysis : what Is old is new again / P.G. Kerr, J. Jaw
    Treatment of acute antibody-mediated rejection / G. Comai, M. Ravaioli, O. Baraldi, V. Cuna, L. Gasperoni, G.L. D'Arcangelo, M. Cappuccilli, A.D. Pinna, C. Ronco, G. La Manna
    Chronic allograft injury : an overview of pathogenesis and treatment strategies / H.M. Madariaga, L.V. Riella
    Looking into the graft without a biopsy : biomarkers of acute rejection in renal transplantation / A. Angeletti, P. Cravedi.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Jacob A. David ; [with fifteen contributors].
    Summary: "CURRENT: Practice Guidelines in Inpatient Medicine, 2018-2019 digests evidence based guidelines into salient point-of-care applications, enabling physicians, nurse practitioners, physician assistants and medical students to incorporate the advice of major professional societies and government agencies into the care of hospitalized adults. Each section outlines the initial assessment, acute management and subsequent care for conditions commonly encountered in the hospital, putting relevant information at the busy clinician's fingertips"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular
    Vascular
    Pulmonary
    Neurology
    Gastroenterology
    Infectious diseases
    Hematology
    Renal
    Endocrine
    Perioperative considerations
    Prevention of complications
    End-of-life care
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018
  • Digital
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Behavioral health and substance use disorders
    Chapter 2: Cardiovascular disorders
    Chapter 3: Ears, nose, and throat
    Chapter 4: Endocrine and metabolic disorders
    Chapter 5: Gastrointestinal disorders
    Chapter 6: Genitourinary disorders
    Chapter 7: Infectious diseases
    Chapter 8: Disorders of the musculoskeletal system
    Chapter 9: Pulmonary disorders
    Chapter 10: Renal disorders
    Chapter 11: Disorders of the skin
    Chapter 12: Newborns and infants
    Chapter 13: Children and adolescents
    Chapter 14: Pregnant patients
    Chapter 15: Women
    Chapter 16: Men
    Chapter 17: Older adults
    Chapter 18: Behavioral health disorders
    Chapter 19: Cardiovascular disorders
    Chapter 20: Care of the older adult
    Chapter 21: Endocrine and metabolic disorders
    Chapter 22: Disorders of the eye, ear, nose, and throat
    Chapter 23: Gastrointestinal disorders
    Chapter 24: Genitourinary disorders
    Chapter 25: Hematologic disorders
    Chapter 26: Infectious diseases
    Chapter 27: Disorders of the musculoskeletal system and rheumatologic disorders
    Chapter 28: Neurologic disorders
    Chapter 29: Prenatal and obstetric care
    Chapter 30: Pulmonary disorders
    Chapter 31: Renal disorders
    Chapter 32: Disorders of the skin
    Chapter 33: Appendices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RT120.I5C82
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Hönigsmann, H.; Mali, J. W. H.
    Digital Access Karger v. 2-, 1968-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    33
  • Digital
    Gallagher, Sean R.; Wiley, Emily A.
    Contents:
    Volume/weight measurement
    Concentration measurement
    Reagent preparation
    Cell culture techniques
    Sample preparation
    Chromatography
    Electrophoresis
    Blotting
    Microscopy
    Enzymatic reactions.
    Digital Access Wiley v. 00-, 2008-
  • Digital
    Summary: Current Protocols in Chemical Biology provides validated protocols and overviews about specialized chemical techniques and tools for studies of biology and drug design. These tools include small-molecule design, synthesis, derivatization, handling, and detection as well as advances in laboratory automation, robotics, and medicinal chemistry as applied to high-throughput screening (HTS). Methods for modification of proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and lipids for their use as tools in the study of particular biological systems are also included
    Digital Access Wiley v. 1-, 2009-
  • Digital/Print
    Dracopoli, Nicholas C.
    Digital Access Wiley v. 00-, 1994-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    1994-2010.
    Loose-leaf for updating in supplement form.
    QH440.5 .C87
    4
  • Digital/Print
    Coligan, John E.
    Contents:
    ch. 1. Care and Handling of Laboratory Animals
    ch. 2. Induction of Immune Responses
    ch. 3. In Vitro Assays for Mouse Lymphocyte Function
    ch. 4. In Vivo Assays for Lymphocyte Function
    ch. 5. Immunofluorescence and Cell Sorting
    ch. 6. Cytokines and Their Cellular Receptors
    ch. 7. Immunologic Studies in Humans
    ch. 8. Isolation and Analysis of Proteins
    ch. 9. Peptides
    ch. 10. Molecular Biology
    ch. 11. Biochemistry of Cell Activation
    ch. 12. Detection and Analysis of HIV
    ch. 13. Complement
    ch. 14. Innate Immunity
    ch. 15. Animal Models for Autoimmune and Inflammatory Disease
    ch. 16. Antigen Processing and Presentation
    ch. 17. Engineering Immune Molecules and Receptors
    ch. 18. Ligand-Receptor Interactions in the Immune System
    ch. 19. Animal Models for Infectious Diseases
    ch. 20. Animal Models for Tumor Immunology
    ch. 21. Microscopy
    ch. 22. Isolation and Differentiation of Stem and Progenitor Cells
    Appendix 1. Abbreviations and Useful Data
    Appendix 2. Commonly Used Reagents and Equipment
    Appendix 3. Commonly Used Immunological Techniques
    Appendix 4. The CD System of Leukocyte Surface Molecules
    Appendix 5. Suppliers.
    Digital Access Wiley v. 00-, 1991-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    v. 1-6, 1991-2010.
    Loose-leaf for updating in supplement form.
    QR183 .C87
    6
  • Digital
    Coico, Richard.
    Contents:
    Emerging technologies
    Microscopy
    Alpha proteobacteria
    Beta proteobacteria
    Enteric gamma proteobacteria
    Nonenteric gamma proteobacteria
    Delta proteobacteria
    Epsilon proteobacteria
    Firmicutes (low G+C gram positive)
    Actinobacteria (high G+C gram positive)
    Chlamydiae
    Spirochetes
    Other eubacteria
    Animal DNA viruses
    Animal RNA viruses
    Plant RNA viruses.
    Digital Access Wiley v. 00-, 2006-
  • Digital/Print
    Ausubel, Frederick M.
    Contents:
    ch. 1. Escherichia coli, Plasmids, and Bacteriophages
    ch. 2. Preparation and Analysis of DNA
    ch. 3. Enzymatic Manipulation of DNA and RNA
    ch. 4. Preparation and Analysis of RNA
    ch. 5. Construction of Recombinant DNA Libraries
    ch. 6. Screening of Recombinant DNA Libraries
    ch. 7. DNA Sequencing
    ch. 8. Mutagenesis of Cloned DNA
    ch. 9. Introduction of DNA into Mammalian Cells
    ch. 10. Analysis of Proteins
    ch. 11. Immunology
    ch. 12. DNA-Protein Interactions
    ch. 13. Yeast
    ch. 14. In Situ Hybridization and Immunohistochemistry
    ch. 15. The Polymerase Chain Reaction
    ch. 16. Protein Expression
    ch. 17. Preparation and Analysis of Glycoconjugates
    ch. 18. Analysis of Protein Phosphorylation
    ch. 19. Informatics for Molecular Biologists
    ch. 20. Analysis of Protein Interactions
    ch. 21. Chromatin Assembly and Analysis
    ch. 22. Nucleic Acid Arrays
    ch. 23. Manipulating the Mouse Genome
    ch. 24. Generation and Use of Combinatorial Libraries
    ch. 25. Discovery and Analysis of Differentially Expressed Genes in Single Cells and Cell Populations
    ch. 26. Gene Silencing
    ch. 27. RNA-Protein Interactions
    ch. 28. Mammalian Cell Culture
    ch. 29. Mouse Phenotyping
    ch. 30. Metabolomics
    Appendix 1. Standard Measurements, Data, and Abbreviations
    Appendix 2. Commonly Used Reagents and Equipment
    Appendix 3. Commonly Used Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
    Appendix 4. Suppliers
    Appendix 5. Vectors
    Appendix 6. Pathway Modulators and Inhibitors.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    v. 1-6, 1988-2010.
    Loose-leaf for updating in supplement form.
    QH506 .C87
    6
  • Digital/Print
    Coligan, John E.
    Digital Access Wiley v. 00-, 1995-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP551 .C86
    3
  • Digital
    Elefanty, Andrew G.; Schlaeger, Thorsten M.; Wu, Joseph C.
    Summary: Includes methods for isolating, maintaining, and differentiating embryonic and adult stem cells.
  • Print
    Kaliner, Michael A.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC593 .C8
    1
  • Print
    Aynsley-Green, A.; Chambers, T. L.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Current reviews in paediatrics to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital/Print
    Wolfgang Walther, editor.
    Contents:
    p53 replacement therapy for cancer
    Retroviral vectors for cancer gene therapy
    Minicircle-based engineering of chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T cells
    Noncoding RNA for cancer gene therapy
    mRNA cancer vaccines
    Gene therapeutic approaches to overcome ABCB1-mediated drug resistance
    Bacterial toxins for oncoleaking suicidal cancer gene therapy
    Use of bacteria in cancer therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Cameron, Andrew M.; Cameron, John L.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
    (14th ed.)
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD49 .C976
    14
  • Digital
    edited by Andy Shores and Brigitte A. Brisson.
    Contents:
    Section I: Diagnostics and planning. Neurosurgical instrumentation
    Orthopedic implants in neurosurgery
    Minimum database for intracranial surgery
    Advanced imaging: intracranial surgery
    Cisternal cerebrospinal fluid taps
    Minimum database: spinal surgery
    Advanced imaging: spinal surgery
    Lumbar cerebrospinal fluid taps
    Muscle and nerve biopsy
    Section II: Intracranial procedures. Transfrontal craniotomy
    Lateral (rostrotentorial) craniotomy/craniectomy
    Suboccipital craniectomy/foramen magnum decompression
    Surgical treatment of skull tumors
    Shunt placement and marsupialization in treatment of hydrocephalus and quadrigeminal diverticula
    Section III: Spinal procedures. Atlantoaxial subluxation
    Dorsal cervical decompression (laminectomy/hemilaminectomy and laminotomy)
    Ventral slot
    Lateral cervical approach
    Cervical distraction and stabilization
    Thoracolumbar hemilaminectomy
    Intervertebral disc fenestration
    Thoracolumbar lateral corpectomy
    Pediculectomy/mini-hemilaminectomy
    Dorsal laminectomy in the thoracolumbar region
    Vertebral fracture and luxation repair
    Lumbosacral decompression and foraminotomy
    Surgical management of spinal neoplasia
    Section IV: Postoperative care and rehabilitation. Guidelines for postoperative medical care of the neurosurgical patient
    Physical rehabilitation of the neurosurgical patient.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    by Raghu N. Gaind, Barbara L. Hudson.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    edited by the late Victor W. Fazio, MBBS, MS, MD (Hon), FRACS, FRACS (Hon), FACS, FRCS, FRCS (Ed), FASCRS, OA, formerly Rupert B. Turnbull, Jr., MD, Chair, Emeritus, Emeritus Chairman, Department of Colorectal Surgery, Cleveland Clinic Foundation, Cleveland, Ohio, James M. Church, MBChB, MMedSci, FRACS, FACS, Victor W. Fazio Chair, Department of Colorectal Surgery, Cleveland Clinic Foundation, Cleveland, Ohio, Conor P. Delaney, MCH, PhD, FRSCI (GEN), FACS, Chairman, Digestive Disease and Surgery Institute, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio, Ravi P. Kiran, MBBS, MS, FRCS (Eng), FRCS (Glas), FACS, Kenneth A. Forde Professor of Surgery, Columbia University Medical Center and Mailman School of Public Health, Chief and Program Director, Division of Colorectal Surgery, Director, Center for Innovation and Outcomes Research, New York-Presbyterian Hospital/Columbia, University Medical Center, New York, New York.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Print
    Kursh, Elroy D.; Resnick, Martin I.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD571 .C88
    1
  • Print
    Glassock, Richard J.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC902.A1 C88
    2
  • Print
    Niederhuber, John E.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC270.8 .C89
    1
  • Print
    Marsh, Jeffrey L.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD118.A1 C9
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] James C. Stanley, Frank J. Veith, Thomas W. Wakefield.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Print
    Schlossberg, David.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM267 .S35
    2
  • Digital
    [edited by] Juan A. Asensio, Donald D. Trunkey.
    Summary: Demanding surgical situations require expert advice from pioneers in the field as well as from those on the front lines of trauma care. Practical and evidence-based, Current Therapy of Trauma and Surgical Critical Care, 2nd Edition, draws on the experience of Drs. Juan A. Asensio and Donald D. Trunkey to offer a comprehensive, contemporary summary of the treatment and post-operative management of traumatic injuries. The concise format makes it ideally suited for everyday use, and new, full-color illustrations highlight the most important aspects of urgent surgical care, including ventilator management, damage control, noninvasive techniques, imaging, infection control, dealing with mass casualties, and treating injuries induced by chemical and biological agents.

    Contents:
    Trauma systems
    Prehospital trauma care
    Initial assessment and resuscitation
    Head and central nervous system injuries
    Maxillofacial and ocular injuries
    Neck injuries
    Thoracic injuries
    Abdominal injuries
    Special issues in major torso trauma
    Peripheral vascular injury
    Musculoskeletal and peripheral central nervous system injuries
    Special issues and situations in trauma management
    Critical care I : management of organ failures and techniques for support
    Critical care II : special issues and treatments
    Rehabilitation and quality of life after trauma and other issues.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Archer, Trevor K.; Kostrzewa, Richard M.
    Summary: Consists of volumes that cover the latest developments in neurotoxicity studies including neurodegeneration, neuroprotection, and neuroregeneration. The series has a translational focus and addresses the causes of neurotoxicity associated with diseases such as Alzheimers, Parkinsons Disease, autism, HIV associated dementia etc.
  • Digital
    Claus Cursiefen, Albert S. Jun, editors.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology and genetic basis of Fuchs Endothelial Corneal Dystrophy
    MicroRNAs in FED: New therapeutic option?
    Clinical phenotypes of Fuchs Endothelial Corneal Dystrophy (FECD), disease progression, differential diagnosis, and medical therapy
    Optical and anatomic changes in Fuchs Endothelial Dystrophy corneas
    Evolution of posterior lamellar keratoplasty: PK-DLEK-DSEK/DSAEK-DMEK-DMET
    DMEK Graft Preparation: eye bank perspective and risk factors for preparation failure
    Donor-tissue splitting and tissue storage for DALK and DMEK surgery
    DSAEK and UT-DSAEK in FED: Step-by-step approach
    DSAEK (not only) in Asian eyes: What glide to use? Optimized insertion techniques
    Intra- and postoperative complications and their management in DMEK
    DMEK: step-by-step surgical approach
    Complications of Descemet Stripping Automated Endothelial Keratoplasty (DSAEK) surgery
    Revision for failed penetrating keratoplasty in FED
    Long-term clear graft survival and chronic endothelial cell loss following posterior lamellar keratoplasty
    Immune reactions and dry eye after posterior lamellar keratoplasty
    Tissue engineering of a healthy corneal endothelium for FECD patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Toshiya Muramatsu, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses the clinical indications for chronic total occlusion (CTO) recanalization using percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI) and illustrates the recent academic findings on this constantly developing field of study. In addition to exploring the indications for revascularization and reading angiographies, the authors examine new strategies and techniques using innovative materials and equipment employing the antegrade, retrograde and their hybrid approaches, with a particular focus on the settings and management as well as the prevention of complications. They also describe the future potential of CTO PCI, with emphasis on how the latest advances in clinical science may be integrated into current and future therapies. Current Trend and Techniques of Percutaneous Coronary Intervention for Chronic Total Occlusion is an informative book providing academic insights for interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons, clinical residents, medical students and scholars in the field of peripheral arterial CTO interventions.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: Clinical Indications of CTO Revascularization
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Cardiovascular Outcomes of CTO-PCI from Registries and Randomized Trials
    1.3 Current Guidelines
    1.4 Conclusions
    References
    2: CTO PCI in Clinical Readings of Angiography
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 General Occlusion Pattern of CTO
    2.3 Grasping the Level of Difficulty from Angiogram
    2.4 Optimum Plane and Its Selection in Angiogram Observation
    2.4.1 Right Coronary Artery CTO
    2.4.1.1 Consideration from Antegrade Approach 2.4.1.2 Consideration from Retrograde Approach
    2.4.2 Left Anterior Descending Coronary Artery CTO
    2.4.2.1 Consideration from Antegrade Approach
    2.4.2.2 Consideration from Retrograde Approach
    2.4.3 Left Circumflex Coronary Artery CTO
    2.4.3.1 Consideration from Retrograde Approach
    2.5 Complementing Modality to Coronary Angiogram
    2.6 Summary
    References
    3: Trends in CTO-PCI Dedicated Intravascular Ultrasound
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Operation Using Antegrade Approach
    3.2.1 Search for the Entry Point from the Side Branch 3.2.2 IVUS-Guided Rewiring in Antegrade Approach
    3.3 Utilization of IVUS After Retrograde Approach
    3.3.1 Type 1: Both the Antegrade IVUS Catheter and the Retrograde Guidewire Are Located in the Subintimal Space
    3.3.2 Type 2: The Antegrade IVUS Catheter Is Located in the Subintimal Space and the Retrograde Guidewire Is Located in the Intimal Space
    3.3.3 Type 3: The Antegrade IVUS Catheter Is Located in the Intimal Space and the Retrograde Guidewire Is Located in the Subintimal Space 3.3.4 Type 4: Both the Antegrade IVUS Catheter and the Retrograde Guidewire Are Located in the Intimal Space
    3.4 Conclusion
    4: Antegrade Wire Escalation and Parallel Wire
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Foundations of Antegrade Guidewire Crossing in All CTOs
    4.3 Antegrade Intimal Plaque Tracking Throughout CTO
    4.4 Antegrade Wire Escalation
    4.5 Parallel Wire
    4.6 Optional Techniques of Antegrade Guidewire Crossing
    4.7 Case Presentation
    4.8 Conclusion
    References
    5: Antegrade Dissection Reentry
    5.1 Background
    5.2 CrossBoss and Stingray Devices 5.2.1 CrossBoss
    5.2.2 Stingray Catheter
    5.2.3 Stingray Wire
    5.2.4 Clinical Indications
    5.2.4.1 Primary Strategy
    5.2.4.2 Secondary Strategy
    5.2.5 Steps of ADR
    5.2.6 Obtaining the Right View of the Stingray Balloon
    5.2.7 Reentry Utilizing the Stingray Balloon
    5.3 How to Utilize CrossBoss and Stingray
    5.3.1 CrossBoss
    5.3.2 How to Use Stingray?
    5.3.2.1 Prep of the Balloon
    5.3.2.2 ADR When Using Knuckle Wiring
    5.3.2.3 Choosing a Reentry Zone
    5.3.2.4 Stingray Balloon to the Reentry Zone
    5.3.2.5 Reentry Through the Stingray Balloon
    5.4 Tips and Tricks with ADR.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    I.W. Fong.
    Summary: A follow-up to Emerging Issues and Controversies in Infectious Diseases, this volume provides a comprehensive review of topical issues in infectious diseases, highlighting the controversies related to the newest findings and recommendations. Coverage includes trends and debates in HIV research, community-acquired pneumonia, H. pylori, progress in Hepatitis C treatment paired with the lack of progress on Hepatitis B, and the effects of climate change on infectious disease epidemiology, among others. This is an essential resource for practicing and academic physicians, investigators, residents, and fellows focused on infectious diseases, infection control, public health, and global health.

    Contents:
    1. Prevention of HIV Infection
    2. Immune Reconstitution Inflammatory Syndrome and Paradoxical Reaction
    3. Issues in Community-acquired Pneumonia
    4. Helicobacter pylori Infection: When Should It be Treated?
    5. Major Advances in Hepatitis C Treatment, but not Hepatitis B
    6. Infectious Complications of Biologic Agents
    7. Climate Change: Impact on Health and Infectious Diseases Globally
    8. Blood Transfusion-associated Infections in the 21st Century: New Challenges
    9. Mass Drug Treatment of Tropical Diseases: Is It Really Progress?
    10. Issues in Therapeutics of Some Bacterial Infections
    11. Issues and Concerns in the Management of Systemic Candidiasis
    12. Emerging and Difficult-to-Treat Nontuberculous Mycobacteria Infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gulshan Wadhwa, P. Shanmughavel, Atul Kumar Singh, Jayesh R. Bellare, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights the latest breakthrough developments in bioinformatics. It presents a series of timely, in-depth reviews, drug clinical trial studies, biodiversity informatics and thematic issues. In addition, it includes insightful reviews on advances in computational molecular/structural biology, which address areas such as computing in biomedicine and genomics, computational proteomics and systems biology, and metabolic pathway engineering. Innovations in these fields have direct impacts on key issues related to healthcare, medicine, genetic disorders, the development of agricultural products, renewable energy, and environmental protection. Written by respected leaders in the field and covering a wide range of topics involving the integration of biology with computer and information science, the book offers an ideal basis for teaching at the undergraduate and graduate levels. It can also be used for self-instruction by research investigators interested in applying bioinformatics-based analytical methods and information technologists working with academic and industrial laboratories.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Overview
    Chapter 1. An Insight of Biological Databases used in Bioinformatics
    Chapter 2- Bioinformatics in Next-Generation Genome Sequencing
    Chapter 3. The Role of Bioinformatics in Epigenetics
    Chapter 4. Three dimensional structures of carbohydrates and glycoinformatics
    An Overview
    Chapter 5. Epigenome: The guide to Genomic Expression
    Part 2. Bioinformatics Approaches
    Chapter 6. Molecular Modeling and Drug Design: A Contemporary Analysis in Vibrio cholera
    Chapter 7. Modelling Polyketide Synthases and Similar Macromolecular Complexes
    Chapter 8. In silico Studies on Colon Cancer
    Chapter 9. Tools, Databases and Applications of Immunoinformatics
    Chapter 10. Metabolic Pathway Analysis Employing Bioinformatics Software
    Chapter 11. The Interactomics of the RNA Induced Silencing Complex
    Chapter 12. Computational Tools: RNA Interference in Fungal Therapeutics
    Chapter 13. Genome Wide Essential Gene Identification in Pathogens
    Chapter 14. Disease Informatics
    Chapter 15- Development in Malaria and Anemia Screening: Medical Imaging Informatics Approach
    Chapter 16. Role of Bioinformatics in Drug-Resistance Prediction forHIV/AIDS
    Chapter 17. Bioinformatics approaches for animal breeding and genetics
    Chapter 18. Amylase Inhibitor's performancein the Control of Diabetes Mellitus: Anapplication of computational Biology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to disseminate and deliberate on the latest knowledge concerning immunity and its role in protection and fight against microorganism invasion. The articles tackle both humoral and cellular immunity, and their interconnectivity. The former involves B cells that recognize invading pathogens and create the antibody-mediated response, which when memorized provides future immunity. The latter involves mostly T cells, exemplified by cytotoxic or killer cell destroying the pathogens, or helper cells stimulating B cells to produce antibodies to bind and neutralize the pathogens. T cells act through release of cytokines, interleukins, and other bioactive mediators. Neutrophils play a key role in innate immunity against bacterial infections. The process of NETosis is a recently unraveled sophisticated defense mechanism, consisting of the formation of neutrophil extracellular traps that catch, immobilize, and remove pathogens from the body. Dysfunction of immunity is indisputably conducive to the propensity for infections, particularly respiratory tract infections, as the airways are the first line of defense against invading pathogens. Pathogens can rapidly evolve and adapt to avoid detection by the immune system. The case in point is the influenza virus. The articles report on the epidemiology, diagnostics, serology, complications, and the process of acquired immunity due to vaccination against influenza and influenza-like infections in recent epidemic seasons. The book is a blend of medical research and practice. It is intended for academic scientists, research scholars, clinicians, family doctors, and healthcare professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Lothar Mueller, Frank Eulenstein, editors.
    Summary: This book presents definitions, key concepts and projects in landscape research and related areas, such as landscape science and landscape ecology, addressing and characterising the international role, status, challenges, future and tools of landscape research in the globalised world of the 21st century. The book brings together views on landscapes from leading international teams and emerging authors from different scientific disciplines and regions of the globe. It describes approaches for achieving sustainability and for handling the multifunctionality of landscapes and includes international case studies demonstrating the great potential of landscape research to provide partial sustainable solutions while developing cultural landscapes and protecting semi-natural landscapes. It is intended for scientists from various disciplines as well as informed readers dealing with landscape policies, planning, evolvement, management, stewardship and conservation.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I The Essence and Mission of Landscape Research
    Part II Concepts for Landscape Assessment and Evolvement
    Part III Tools for Landscape Planning
    Part IV Landscape Characterization: International Case Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    edited by Martin I. Resnick.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC871 .C857
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Editors: Jeffrey Raizer, Andrew Parsa.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of Gliomas
    Glioma biology and molecular markers
    Surgery for Gliomas-- Radiation therapy of Glioblastoma
    Low-grade Glioma
    Treatment of anaplastic Glioma
    Current medical treatment of Glioblastoma
    Novel chemotherapeutic approaches in adult high-grade Gliomas
    Immunotherapy for malignant Gliomas
    Glioblastoma in the elderly
    Palliative and supprotive care for Glioma patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.B7 C87 2015
    1
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Patricia A. Thomas, David E. Kern, Mark T. Hughes, Belinda Y. Chen.
    Contents:
    Overview : a six-step approach to curriculum development / David E. Kern
    Step 1 : problem identification and general needs assessment / Belinda Y. Chen and Eric B. Bass
    Step 2 : targeted needs assessment / Mark T. Hughes
    Step 3 : goals and objectives / Patricia A. Thomas
    Step 4 : educational strategies / Patricia A. Thomas
    Step 5 : implementation / Mark T. Hughes
    Step 6 : evaluation and feedback / Brenessa Lindeman and Pamela A. Lipsett
    Curriculum maintenance and enhancement / David E. Kern and Patricia A. Thomas
    Dissemination / David E. Kern and Eric B. Bass
    Curriculum development for larger programs / Patricia A. Thomas.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R834 .C87 2015
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Orth, Johannes.
    Digital Access Google Books 1878-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    E551 .O77 1888
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Edward R. Laws, Jr., M.D., F.A.C.S. ; with an introduction by Louise Pace.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Mazen M. Sinjab, Arthur B. Cummings, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses customized laser vision correction and integral management options for the treatment of irregular corneas. This type of treatment reshapes the corneal surface in order to improve both the quality and the quantity of vision by reducing high order aberrations. Beginning with an introduction to the basics of this science, the three types of customized laser vision correction are then discussed by experts in this field. Throughout this practical guide, clinical examples are supported with the most recent scientific material and a step-by-step systematic methodology to fit all levels of ophthalmologists. .

    Contents:
    Introduction to Astigmatism and Corneal Irregularities
    Introduction to High Order Aberrations
    Optical Physics of Customized Laser Profiles
    Topography-guided treatment
    Corneal Wavefront-guided treatment
    Ocular Wavefront-guided treatment. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Luis Requena, Omar Sangüeza.
    Contents:
    I Neoplasms With Eccrine And Apocrine Differentiation
    1 Apocrine And Eccrine Units
    2 General Principles For The Histopathological Diagnosis Of Neoplasms With Eccrine And Apocrine Differentiation. Classification And Histopathologic Criteria For Eccrine And Apocrine Differentiation
    3 Hidrocystomas
    4 Eccrine And Apocrine Nevi
    5 Porokeratotic Adnexal Ostial Nevus
    6 Supernumerary Nipple
    7 Syringocystadenoma Papilliferum
    8 Nipple Adenoma
    9 Hidradenoma Papilliferum
    10 Apocrine Hidradenoma
    11 Mixed Tumors of the Skin
    12 Tubular Adenoma
    13 Cutaneous Fibroadenoma
    14 Cylindroma and Spiradenoma
    15 Syringoma
    16 Poromas
    17 Tubular Carcinoma
    18 Papillary Carcinoma
    19 Syringocystadenocarcinoma Papilliferum
    20 Apocrine Hidradenocarcinoma
    21 Hidradenocarcinoma Papilliferum
    22 Malignant Mixed Tumor Of The Skin
    23 Cylindrocarcinoma And Spiradenocarcinoma
    24 Syringoid Carcinoma
    25 Porocarcinoma
    26 Microcystic Adnexal Carcinoma
    27 Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma
    28 Cribriform Carcinoma
    29 Mucinous Carcinoma
    30 Primary Cutaneous Signet-Ring Cell Carcinoma
    31 Secretory Carcinoma
    32 Polymorphous Sweat Gland Carcinoma
    33 Extramammary Paget?s Disease
    34 Basal Cell Carcinoma With Ductal Differentiation
    35 Neoplasms Of The Mammary-Like Glands Of The Anogenital Region
    II Neoplasms With Follicular Differentiation
    36 Embriology, Histology And Physiology Of The Hair Follicle
    37 Histopathologic Criteria For Follicular Differentiation
    38 Classification Of The Proliferations With Follicular Differentiation
    39 Nevus Comedonicus
    40 Basaloid Follicular Hamartoma
    41 Trichofolliculoma
    42 Fibrous Papule
    43 Trichoadenoma
    44 Fibrofolliculoma And Trichodiscoma
    45 Infundibular Cyst
    46 Tricholemmal Cyst
    47 Dilated Pore of Winer
    48 Follicular Induction
    49 Inverted Follicular Keratosis and Tricholemmoma
    50 Panfolliculoma
    51 Trichoblastoma
    52 Pilomatricoma
    53 Pilar Sheath Acanthoma
    54 Tumor Of The Follicular Infundibulum
    55 Proliferating Tricholemmal Tumor
    56 Pilomatrixcarcinoma
    57 Basal Cell Carcinoma With Follicular Differentiation
    III Neoplasms With Sebaceous Differentiation
    58 Embriology, Anatomy, Histology And Physiology Of The Sebaceous Glands
    59 Histopathologic Criteria For Sebaceous Differentiation
    60ìassification Of The Proliferations With Sebaceous Differentiation
    61 Yuxta-Clavicular Beaded Lines
    62 Ectopic Sebaceous Glands
    63 Nevus of Jadassohn
    64. Steatocystoma
    65 Folliculo-Sebaceous Cystic Hamartoma
    66 Sebaceous Hyperplasia And Rhinophyma
    67 Sebaceous Induction
    68 Sebaceous Adenoma And Sebaceoma
    69 Seborrheic Keratosis With Sebaceous Differentiation
    70 Reticulated Acanthoma With Sebaceous Differentiation
    71 Basal Cell Carcinoma With Sebaceous Differentiation
    72 Sebaceous Carcinoma
    IV Neoplasms Combining Several Types Of Differentiation
    73 Neoplasms Combining Sebaceous, Apocrine And Follicular Differentiation
    V Inherited Syndromes With Adnexal Neoplasms
    74 Inherited Syndromes With Cutaneous Adnexal Neoplasms
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Manu Jain, Anthony Rossi, Kishwer Nehal, Mercedes Sendín-Martín, editors.
    Summary: This atlas provides a detailed overview of the novel technique of ex vivo confocal microscopy for rapid imaging of excised tissues in dermatological practice. It features an extensive collection of ex vivo images acquired from normal skin structures and from a variety of neoplastic lesions (benign and malignant) and inflammatory lesions. Each chapter contains several image types of a particular disorder, including gray-scale, digital purple-pink images (DHE) and hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) correlations to assist the acquisition of diagnostic skills. Guidance on how to use techniques for tissue preparation, staining, handling and image acquisition are also provided enabling the reader to develop confidence in integrating this technique into their day-to-day practices. Furthermore, this atlas also provides an update on the ongoing latest advances in the field. Cutaneous Atlas of Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy covers how to apply these techniques into dermatological practice, especially in Mohs surgery for the evaluation of keratinocytic neoplasm and in dermatopathology for rapid evaluation of varied skin lesions. It is therefore a valuable resource for trainee, residents, practicing dermatologists and dermatopathologists who are seeking a resource to assist in developing their knowledge and skills of utilizing these methodologies.

    Contents:
    Section I. Basics of Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy
    Roles and Applications of Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy
    Principles of Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy
    Hands-On Guide for Ex Vivo Confocal Imaging
    Section II. Normal Skin
    Normal Skin on Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy: Patterns and Histopathologic Correlation
    Section III. Benign Skin Tumours
    Features of Benign Epidermal Nonmelanocytic Lesions on Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy and Histopathologic Correlation
    Features of Benign Nonmelanocytic Dermal and Subcutaneous Lesions on Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy and Histopathologic Correlation
    Section IV. Malignant Keratinocyte Neoplasms
    Morphological Features of Basal Cell Carcinoma on Ex Vivo Confocal Imaging and Histopathologic Correlation
    Squamous Cell Carcinoma Features on Ex Vivo Confocal Imaging and Histopathologic Correlation
    Section V. Melanocytic Lesions
    Normal Nevi: Junctional, Compound, and Dermal
    Dysplastic Nevi
    Melanoma
    Section VI. Inflammatory Lesions
    Features of Lichen Planus and Psoriasis on Ex Vivo Confocal Imaging and Histopathologic Correlation
    Eczema: Features on FCM, Digital H&E, and Corresponding Conventional H&E
    Fluorescence Confocal Microscope for Identification of Discoid Lupus Erythematosus Histologic Features
    Immunofluorescence with Confocal Microscopy: Pemphigoid, Pemphigus, Cutaneous Vasculitis, Lichen Planus, and Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus
    Section VII. Future of Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy
    Advances in Technology, Staining Protocol, and Flattening Devices in Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy
    Epidermal Reconstruction During Ex Vivo Confocal Microscopy for Detection of Superficial Basal Cell Carcinoma with 3D-mosaicking and Intensity Projection.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Murat Durdu.
    Summary: Sampling and staining of specimens for cutaneous cytology is broadly known to be one of the simplest, fastest, most reliable and inexpensive methods for the diagnosis of skin diseases, based as it is on the investigation of peculiar features in individual cells. This book illustrates the best practices in cutaneous or diagnostic cytology, and how cellular material is obtained by means of scraping, slit-skin smear, touch smear or fine needle aspiration, depending on the type of skin lesion. Starting from clinical lesions, the reader is provided with fundamental information on the correct preparation and staining of slides. Today, dermatological cytology is commonly used in the diagnosis of various erosive vesiculobullous, pustular, granulomatous, and tumoral skin lesions, but extending its use could be highly beneficial. Accordingly, this practical and richly illustrated book, explicitly dedicated to professionals and practitioners in the field of pathology and dermatology, outlines and encourages the intensified use of this method in daily practice. .

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents;
    1: History of Cytology; References;
    2: Specimen Sampling and Staining; 2.1 Sampling of Microscope Slides; 2.2 Fixation of Cytological Samples; 2.3 Cytological Sample Staining; 2.4 May-Grünwald-Giemsa Staining Procedure; 2.5 Diff-Quick Staining Procedure; 2.6 Rapid Papanicolaou (Cytocolor) Staining Procedure; 2.7 Methylene Blue Staining Procedure; 2.8 Toluidine Blue Staining Procedure; References;
    3: Dermatocytological Diagnostic Process; 3.1 Cytological Evaluation; 3.2 Evaluation of Sample Adequacy; 3.3 Microscopic Evaluation
    4: Cytological Definitions4.1 Cells; 4.2 Infection and Infestation Agents; 4.3 Cells; 4.4 Keratinocytic Cells; 4.4.1 Normal Keratinocyte; 4.4.2 Basaloid Cell; 4.4.3 Acantholytic Cell; 4.4.4 Tadpole Cell; 4.4.5 Multinucleated Giant Keratinocytes; 4.4.6 Dyskeratotic Cell; 4.4.7 Apoptotic Cell; 4.5 Koilocyte; 4.6 Emperipolesis; 4.7 Cannibalism; 4.8 Hematologic Cells; 4.8.1 Eosinophils; 4.8.2 Neutrophils; 4.8.3 Lymphocytes; 4.8.4 Erythrocytes; 4.8.5 Thrombocytes; 4.8.6 Plasma Cells; 4.8.7 Histiocytes; 4.9 Other Cells; 4.9.1 Melanocytes; 4.10 Sebocytes; 4.10.1 Foamy Cells 4.10.2 Mast Cells4.10.3 Multinucleated Giant Cells; 4.11 Infections and Infestation Agents; 4.12 Cellular Patterns; 4.12.1 Granulomatous Reaction; 4.12.2 Cellular Atypia; 4.12.3 Panniculitis; 4.12.4 Rosette Formation; 4.12.5 Streptocytes; 4.13 Extracellular Structures; 4.13.1 Mucin; 4.13.2 Hyaline Material; 4.13.3 Keratin; 4.13.4 Collagen; 4.13.5 Foreign Body; 4.13.6 Artifacts; References;
    5: Diagnostic Approach to Acantholytic Diseases; 5.1 Multinucleated Giant Cells and Acantholytic Cells; 5.1.1 Herpetic Infection; 5.2 Dyskeratotic Acantholytic Cells and Cocci 5.2.1 Bullous Impetigo5.3 Acantholytic Cells, Corps Ronds and Grains; 5.3.1 Darier's Disease; 5.4 Nuclear Contour Irregularity in Acantholytic Cells; 5.4.1 Acantholytic Squamous Cell Carcinoma; 5.5 IgG Deposition Around Acantholytic Cells; 5.5.1 Pemphigus; 5.6 Acantholytic Cells Only, Without Immunoglobulin Deposition; 5.6.1 Hailey-Hailey's Disease; References;
    6: Diagnostic Approach to Spongiotic Dermatitis; 6.1 Eosinophils, Mast Cells, and Tadpole Cells; 6.1.1 Bullous Insect Bite Reaction; 6.2 Multinucleated Giant Cells, Acantholytic Cells, and Tadpole Cells 6.2.1 Eczema Herpeticum6.3 Acantholytic Cells and Tadpole Cells; 6.3.1 Pemphigus Herpetiformis; 6.4 Bacteria and Tadpole Cells; 6.4.1 Infected Eczematoid Dermatitis; 6.5 Hyphae, Spores, and Tadpole Cells; 6.5.1 Vesiculobullous Dermatophytic Infections; 6.6 Melanocytes, Eosinophils, Pigment Incontinence, and Tadpole Cells; 6.6.1 Incontinentia Pigmenti; 6.7 Plentiful Tadpole Cells Only; 6.7.1 Contact Dermatitis; References;
    7: Diagnostic Approach to Pustular Diseases; 7.1 Multinucleated Giant Cells and Acantholytic Cells; 7.1.1 Herpetic Folliculitis; 7.2 Molluscum Bodies
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kelly H. Tyler, editor.
    Summary: From the unique perspective of a board certified obstetrician/gynecologist turned board certified dermatologist comes a much needed text focusing solely on the cutaneous disorders that occur during pregnancy. Written with the insider knowledge that education on pregnancy dermatoses is often underrepresented in OB/GYN and family medicine programs, this text will aid these practitioners in correctly assessing these issues and discussing next steps with their patients so that the topic of skin disease is no longer a struggle. Although dermatologic disease in pregnancy is part of the curriculum in dermatology residencies, dermatologists and other physicians also may not feel as comfortable prescribing topical or systemic treatments in their pregnant patients. This book will not only provide in-depth information about physiologic skin changes in pregnancy, pregnancy dermatoses, and pre-existing skin disease in pregnant patients, but treatment options and medication safety for various conditions will be covered in detail. Cutaneous Skin Disorders of Pregnancy is developed by dermatologists and OB/GYNs and will serve as an invaluable resource for General Dermatologists, Obstetricians/Gynecologists, Family Medicine doctors and midwives who deliver and/or care for pregnant women.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I: Pregnancy-Specific Skin Changes and Disorders
    Physiologic Skin Changes in Pregnancy
    Pregnancy Dermatoses
    Part II: Pre-existing skin disease in Pregnancy
    Psoriasis
    Connective Tissue Disease
    Atopic Dermatitis in Pregnancy
    Acne and Rosacea in Pregnancy
    Part III
    Skin cancer and dermatologic surgery during pregnancy
    Skin cancer in pregnancy
    Dermatologic Surgery During Pregnancy
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    John C. Hall, Brian J. Hall, editors.
    Contents:
    Immunology of Cutaneous Drug Eruptions
    Principles of Diagnosis of Cutaneous Drug Eruptions
    Histopathology of Drug Reactions
    Principles of Treatment of Cutaneous Drug Eruptions
    Morbilliform Drug Eruptions
    Drug-Induced Urticaria
    Erythema Multiforme and Drug Reactions
    Drug-Induced Vasculitis
    Pigment Changes and Drug Reactions
    Drug-induced Photosensitivity
    Erythema Nodosum as a Drug Eruption
    Lichen Planus Drug Reactions
    Pityriasis Rosea-Like Drug Eruptions
    Psoriasiform Drug Eruptions and Drugs that Flare Psoriasis
    Acne and Drug Reactions
    Collagen Vascular Diseases and Cutaneous Drug Reactions
    Fixed Drug Eruptions
    Autoimmune Bullous Diseases and Drugs
    Lymphoma and Pseudolymphoma and Drug Reactions
    Drug-Induced Alopecia
    Drug Eruptions of the Scalp
    Drug Reactions in the Nail in Cutaneous Drug Eruptions
    Drug Eruptions and Generalized Exfoliative Erythroderma
    Stevens?Johnson Syndrome and Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis
    Drug-induced Delayed Multi-organ Hypersensitivity Syndrome
    Acute Generalized Exanthematous Pustulosis
    Cutaneous Drug Reactions to Anticoagulants
    Antiepileptic Medications and Cutaneous Drug Reactions
    Chemotherapy and Cutaneous Drug Reactions
    Tyrosine Kinase Medications and the Skin
    Medical Therapies and Their effects on Skin Cancer
    Cutaneous Reactions to BRAF Inhibitors
    Cutaneous Reactions to Corticosteroids
    Cutaneous Reactions to Retinoids
    Neutrophilic Dermatoses
    Granulomatous Drug Reactions
    Cutaneous Drug Reactions in Patients Infected with Human Immunodeficiency Virus
    Pediatric Drug Eruptions of the Skin.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Andreas J. Bircher, Howard I. Maibach, Knut Brockow, Annick Barbaud, editors.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of hypersensitivity to drugs, providing practical information for non-specialist physicians as well as addressing issues of interest to practitioners in different specialties and presenting the expert knowledge required by specialist allergists and immunologists. The opening, general section discusses basics such as clinical manifestations, histopathology, mechanisms, risk factors, drug hypersensitivity in particular populations, and the full range of diagnostic methods. The second part of the book provides concise information on the most important drug classes and guides the reader on how to proceed when patients present with a suspected reaction. For each drug class, the current level of evidence for use of the different diagnostic tools, including skin tests, provocation tests, and in vitro tests, is clarified, and management options, outlined. The inclusion of helpful tables and algorithms is designed to aid in decision making. Drug hypersensitivity is among the more complex allergological issues, and this book will meet the needs of general practitioners, internists, and specialists.

    Contents:
    Part I. General aspects of drug hypersensitivity
    Chapter 1. Terminology, classifications, chronology
    Chapter 2. Epidemiology
    Chapter 3. Clinical manifestations: Cutaneous signs and syndromes
    Chapter 4. Clinical manifestations: Other organs (kidney, gut, heart, brain etc.)
    Chapter 5. Danger signs in drug hypersensitivity and severity SCORES
    Chapter 6. Pathomechanisms in Drug Hypersensitivities
    Part II. Diagnostic methods
    Chapter 7. Skin tests
    Chapter 8. Serological tests
    Chapter 9. T cell tests
    Chapter 10. Basophil activation tests
    Chapter 11. Histopathology of drug induced exanthemas
    Part III. Management
    Chapter 12. Drug desensitization in immediate-type hypersensitivity
    Chapter 13. Documentation allergy card/pass
    Part IV. Drug hypersensitivity in specific populations
    Chapter 14. Children and Adolescents
    Chapter 15. HIV-Infection and AIDS
    Chapter 16. Oncology. immune checkpoint Inhibitors
    Chapter 17. MC releasing syndromes in drug hypersensitivity
    Part V. Eliciting Drugs
    Chapter 18. Penicillins
    Chapter 19. Cephalosporin Allergy
    Chapter 20. Other Antibiotics
    Chapter 21. Other Antiinfectious drugs
    Chapter 22. Analgesics and non-steroidal antiphlogistic drugs
    Chapter 23. Periinterventional hypersensitivity: Anesthetic drugs and materials
    Chapter 24. Muscle relaxants
    Chapter 25. Anticoagulants
    Chapter 26. Biological drugs
    Chapter 27. Hormones (delayed)
    Chapter 28. Vaccines
    Chapter 29. Antiepileptic and psychotropic drugs
    Chapter 30. PROTON PUMP INHIBITORS
    Chapter 31. Diagnostic agents
    Chapter 32. Hypersensitivity to blood pressure agents
    Chapter 33. Iron preparations
    Chapter 34. Vitamins and supplements
    Chapter 35. Anti-tumor drugs / Cytostatics
    Chapter 36. Photosensitizing drugs
    Chapter 37. Topically applied drugs
    Chapter 38. Additives: Preservatives, Antioxidants (sulfites), Colors, dyes and other.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Vasilios K. Thomaidis.
    Summary: "This textbook, containing a plethora of illustrations and pictures, will serve as an atlas and as a superb guide to the use of cutaneous flaps in head and neck reconstruction. Each chapter depicts, in a layered manner, the anatomy of a particular donor site from which flaps are derived and used in head and neck defects, providing systematic steps in understanding the topographical anatomy of the various tissue layers. The flaps derived from each donor site are presented in detail, with step-by-step instructions in flap design and harvesting techniques based in anatomy. The author uses numerous high-quality color illustrations drawn from his own practice in order to demonstrate the techniques. His combined expertise as a maxillofacial surgeon and an assistant professor of anatomy enables him to explain clearly the transition from basic science anatomy to applied anatomy and to document reconstructive surgical techniques in precise detail. This beautifully illustrated book, including many basic and advanced flap designs, will be an illuminating reference for all who treat defects in the head and neck area."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Hernani D. Cualing, Marshall E. Kadin, Mai P. Hoang, Michael B. Morgan, editors.
    Summary: This volume explores the nexus of manifestations of hematopathology and dermatopathology and provides a novel compartmental(epidermal, dermal, subcutaneous) -based framework to approach a diagnosis that considers both pseudolymphomatous and lymphomatous patterns. Through photographs, tables, and text, the book illustrates the range of non-neoplastic hematologic disorders and their neoplastic counterparts in skin: reactive patterns of infectious etiology and immune responses that simulate cutaneous lymphomas. The epidemiology, pathobiology, clinical and immuno-histopathologic manifestations in skin as well as the approach to diagnosis, selection and algorithmic interpretation of tests, and prognosis are also described. Written by experts in the field, Cutaneous Hematopathology: Approach to the Diagnosis of Atypical Lymphoid-Hematopoietic Infiltrates in Skin is a comprehensive resource that is of great value to surgical pathologists, hematopathologists, dermatopathologists, residents and fellows, community dermatologists, oncologists and infectious disease practitioners.

    Contents:
    Patterns of Lymphohistiocytic Reaction in Skin: An Approach to Cutaneous Lymphohematopoieitic Infiltrate Using Histologic Patterns and Immunostains
    Functional Organization of the Skin as an Immune Response Organ: Skin, Immune Response and Useful Immunohistochemistry
    Role of Immunohistochemistry and Chromogenic In Situ Hybridization in Diagnosis
    Role Of Molecular Genetic and Flow Cytometry Analysis In Cutaneous Hematopathology- Including Application in Ten Disease Categories: Using Molecular and Immunophenotyping Technics in Evaluation of Hyperplasia, Atypical Infiltrates, and Frank Lymphomas
    Epidermotropic Reactions
    Neoplastic Epidermotropic Diseases
    Nodular B Lymphocyte Reactive Patterns: Reactive Nodular B-cell Pattern
    T-cell Pseudolymphoma Presenting in a Lichenoid and Nodular Pattern
    Neoplastic Nodular B-Cell Pattern
    Neoplastic Nodular T Cell Pattern: An Approach to Diagnosis of Neoplastic Nodular T-cell Lymphomas of Skin
    Subcutaneous Pattern: Subcutaneous Lymphoproliferative Disorders
    CD30+ Cutaneous Lymphoproliferative Disorders and Pseudolymphomas
    Lymphohistiocytic and Granulomatous Dermatitis: Differential Diagnosis of Granulomatous Dermatitis
    Cutaneous Pathology of Emergent and Tropical Infections: Skin, Infectious Pathogens, Emergent and Tropical Infections
    Cutaneous Lymphoid Infiltrates in Patients Receiving Biologic Modifiers
    Cutaneous Myelomonocytic Infiltrates
    Cutaneous Intravascular Conditions
    Non-Lymphoid Tumors Mimicking Lymphoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Cynthia M. Magro, MD, Professor of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Department of Pathology, Cornell University, Weill Cornell Medicine, New York, NY, USA, A. Neil Crowson, MD, Clinical Professor of Dermatology, Pathology, and Surgery, Director of Dermatopathology at the University of Oklahoma and Regional Medical laboratory, President of Pathology Laboratory Associates, Martin C. Mihm, MD, Clinical Professor of Pathology and Dermatology, Harvard Medical School, Director of Melanoma Program, Dermatology, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Co-Director of Melanoma Program, Dana-Farber and Brigham and Women's Cancer Center, Director, Mihm Cutaneous Pathology Consultative Service, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, MA, USA.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the classification of lymphoma
    The therapy of cutaneous T cell lymphoma / Benjamin H. Kaffenberger, Mark A. Bechtel, and Pierluigi Porcu
    Molecular analysis in cutaneous lymphoid proliferation / Shabnam Momtahen, Cynthia Magro, and Carl Morrison
    Benign lymphocytic infiltrates
    Reactive lymphoid tissue reactions mimicking cutaneous T and B cell lymphoma
    Precursor lesions of cutaneous T cell lymphoma
    Marginal zone lymphoma and other related post germinal center B cell lymphoproliferative disorders of the skin
    Primary cutaneous follicle center cell lymphoma
    Primary cutaneous diffuse large B-cell lymphoma including the leg type and precursor B cell lymphoblastic lymphoma
    Intravascular lymphoma
    Cutaneous mantle cell lymphoma
    Mycosis fungoides and sezary syndrome
    CD30-positive lymphoproliferative disorders including lymphomatoid papulosis, borderline CD30-positive lymphoproliferative disease, anaplastic large cell lymphoma, and T-cell-rich CD30-positive large B cell lymphoma / Cynthia M. Magro and A. Neil Crowson
    CD4+ peripheral T cell lymphoma unspecified
    Subcutaneous panniculitis-like T cell lymphoma
    CD8 T cell lymphoproliferative disease of the skin
    Nasal and related extranodal natural killer cell/T cell lymphomas
    Primary cutaneous T cell lymphoma
    Epstein-Barr virus-associated lymphoproliferative disease
    Primary cutaneous hodgkin lymphoma
    Chronic lymphocytic leukemia of B cell and T cell prolymphocytic leukemia
    Adult T cell leukemia/lymphoma
    Angioimmunoblastic lymphadenopathy (AILD)/angioimmunoblastic T cell lymphoma
    Lymphomatoid granulomatosis (LYG)
    Cutaneous infiltrates of myeloid derivation.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital/Print
    G. Burg, P.E. LeBoit (eds.) ; co-editors W. Kempf and B. Müller.
    Contents:

    v. 2 Unusual cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2001
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.L9 C88 2001
    1
  • Digital
    Oleg E. Akilov (editor).
    Summary: This book provides a current experience in the diagnostic diagnostic techniques and treatment approaches available for unusual cutaneous lymphomas. It features concise case-based chapters with a particular emphasis on instances of mature T-cell and NK-cell neoplasms, mature B-cell neoplasms, immature hematopoietic malignancies, and other lymphoproliferative disorders. Clinically-oriented cases emphasize the importance of physical examination along with modern tests of laboratory diagnostics and clinico-pathological correlations. Cutaneous Lymphomas: Unusual Cases 3 presents a range of difficult and rare cases, which would be uncommon even to the specialists in this field. Therefore, it is a vital reference source for dermatologists, dermatophatologists, cutaneous oncologists, hematooncologists, pathologists, oncologists, and other medical professionals who treat these patients.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    List of Authors
    I: Mycosis Fungoides and Mimickers
    Case 1. Folliculotropic Mycosis Fungoides with Central Nervous System Involvement
    References
    Case 2. Erythema Gyratum Repens-Like Mycosis Fungoides with Large Cell Transformation
    References
    Case 3. Eczema Molluscatum in a Patient with Erythrodermic Mycosis Fungoides
    References
    Case 4. Parakeratosis Variegata-Like Poikilodermatous CD8+ Mycosis Fungoides
    References
    Case 5. Parakeratosis variegata in a patient with CD8+ mycosis fungoides with post-inflammatory hypopigmentation References
    Case 6. Poikilodermatous Mycosis Fungoides
    References
    Case 7. Tumor Mycosis Fungoides with Xanthomatized Atypical Lymphocytes
    References
    Case 8. CD20+ Mycosis Fungoides Partially Responsive to Rituximab
    Reference
    Case 9. Chronic Lymphocytic Inflammation with Pontine Perivascular Enhancement Responsive to Steroids (CLIPPERS) in a Patient with Granulomatous Mycosis Fungoides and Multiple Tumors
    References
    Case 10. Folliculotropic Mycosis Fungoides with Exuberant Neutrophil-Rich Scale and Follicular Plugging Mimicking Hypertrophic Actinic Keratosis
    References. Case 11. Small plaque parapsoriasis-like mycosis fungoides
    References
    Case 12. Extragenital Lichen Sclerosus et Atrophicans Mimicking Hypopigmented Mycosis Fungoides
    References
    Case 13. T-Cell-Rich Angiomatoid Polypoid Pseudolymphoma (TRAPP) of the Skin
    References
    II: Sezary Syndrome
    Case 14. Pustular Sezary syndrome
    Reference
    Case 15. De novo expression of CD26 on Sezary cells as an indicator of the disease progression in a patient with Sezary syndrome
    Reference
    Case 16. Sezary syndrome presenting with papuloerythroderma of Ofuji and leonine facies
    References III: CD30+ Lympho proliferative Disorders and Mimickers
    Case 17. Mycosis fungoides-like presentation of primary cutaneous anaplastic large cell lymphoma
    References
    Case 18. Anaplastic lymphoma kinase-positive primary cutaneous anaplastic large cell lymphoma
    References
    Case 19. Successful treatment of primary cutaneous anaplastic large cell lymphoma on the penile shaft with brentuximab vedotin and allogenic stem cell transplant
    References
    Case 20. Lymphomatoid papulosis type D in a child with CD8+ hypopigmented mycosis fungoides
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Brian R. Gastman.
    Contents:
    Prevention of future skin cancer / Trevor Batty and Jerry D. Brewer
    Clinical detection of skin cancer / Michael Schowalter, Allison Vidimos, and Philip L. Bailin
    Treatment of squamous and basal cell carcinoma of the skin / Rogerio I. Neves
    Surgical treatment of cutaneous melanoma / Andrea M. Abbott, Matthew P. Doepker, and Vernon K. Sondak
    Treatment of rare skin malignancies / Karri Kluesner and William W. Dzwierzynski
    Mohs micrographic surgery's role in the treatment of skin cancer / Charlene Lam, Christine Poblete-Lopez, and Elizabeth M. Billingsley
    Role of radiation therapy in the treatment of skin malignancies / Shlomo A. Koyfman, Bindu V. Manyam, Nikhil Purushottam Joshi, and Sue S. Yom
    Surgical implications of systemic therapy for skin cancer / Vadim P. Koshenkov, Oliver Eng, and Howard L. Kaufman
    Common reconstructive techniques after facial skin cancer excision / Neilendu Kundu and Brian R. Gastman
    Operative lymphadenectomy / Calvin J. Young, Amrita Pandit, and Deepak Narayan
    The role of dermatopathology in the surgical management of skin cancer / Jennifer S. Ko, Eugen C. Minca, and Klaus J. Busam
    High-risk cutaneous malignancies / Sashank K. Reddy and Anthony P. Tufaro.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Charles M. Balch, Michael B. Atkins, Claus Garbe, Jeffrey E. Gershenwald, Allan C. Halpern, John M. Kirkwood, Grant A. McArthur, John F. Thompson, Arthur J. Sober, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface to the Sixth Edition
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Editorial Board
    Contributors
    Part I: Biology and Immunology of Melanoma
    Biology of Melanocytes and Primary Melanoma
    Introduction
    Development of Melanoblasts
    Regulation of Specification
    Regulation of Migration
    Regulation of Survival and Proliferation
    Differentiation of Melanocytes
    Regulation of Differentiation
    Regulation of Survival
    Melanomagenesis
    From Melanocyte to Melanoma: A Multistep Process
    Molecular Genetics: Early Lessons from Familial and Sporadic Melanoma Melanoma: A Consequence of Homeostatic Disruption
    Melanoma: Cell of Origin
    Melanoma and the Environment
    Sun Exposure and Epidemiology
    Photobiology and Melanoma
    Conclusion
    References
    Immunology of Melanoma
    Innate Immunity
    Adaptive Immunity
    Immune Regulation and Tolerance
    Co-stimulatory/Co-inhibitory Receptors
    B7-CD28 Family
    TNFR Family
    TIM Family
    Regulatory T Cells
    Cytokines
    Animal Tumor Models
    Antigens Recognized by Tumor-Reactive T Cells
    Identification of Tumor Antigens Recognized by T Cells: General Principles
    Cancer Germline Antigens Tissue-Specific Differentiation Antigens
    Overexpressed Gene Products
    Melanoma Neoantigens
    Conclusions: Implications for Immunotherapy
    Cross-References
    References
    Biomarkers for Melanoma
    Biomarker Definition and Use
    Definition of Cancer Biomarkers
    Differential Utilization of Cancer Biomarkers
    Biomarker Use in Melanoma
    Biomarker Discovery and Validation
    Biomarker Discovery
    Biomarker Validation
    Tumor Tissue-Based Markers
    Diagnostic Markers for Primary Melanoma
    FISH-Based Diagnostic Assays for Melanoma Gene Expression Profiling of Melanocytic Neoplasms
    Immunohistochemical Analysis in the Diagnosis of Melanocytic Neoplasms
    Prognostic Markers for Primary Melanoma
    Gene Expression Profiling of Melanoma Prognostic Markers
    IHC Analysis of Melanoma Prognostic Markers
    Tumor Environment-Based Non-soluble Biomarkers
    Tumor-Initiating Cells
    Epithelial-Mesenchymal Transition
    Epigenetic Changes
    Immune Escape Mechanisms
    Soluble Biomarkers
    Lactate Dehydrogenase (LDH)
    S100B
    Other Serum Biomarkers (CRP, FGF, IL-8, MIA, SAA, VEGF, YKL-40)
    Circulating Tumor Cells (CTCs) Circulating Tumor DNA (ctDNA)
    Circulating MicroRNA (miRNA)
    Circulating Immune Cells
    Treatment-Associated Biomarkers
    Serum Lactate Dehydrogenase (LDH)
    Burden of Metastatic Disease
    Body Mass Index (BMI)
    Molecular Features Associated with Outcome on BRAF Inhibitor-Based Therapy
    References
    Part II: Diagnosis and Staging
    Clinical Presentations of Melanoma
    Introduction
    Patterns of Presentation
    Clinical Assessment
    Patient History
    Personal History of Skin Cancer
    Family History
    Phototype and Sun Exposure
    Signs and Symptoms
    Physical Examination
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Giuseppe Argenziano, Aimilios Lallas, Caterina Longo, Elvira Moscarella, Athanassios Kyrgidis, Gerardo Ferrara.
    Contents:
    1. Melanoma epidemiology
    2. Risk factors
    3. Diagnosis of primary melanoma
    4. Melanoma staging
    5. Therapy of melanoma
    6. Follow-up of disease-free patients
    7.Special clinical situations.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Heung Jae Chun, Chan Hum Park, Il Keun Kwon, Gilson Khang, editors.
    Summary: "This book explores in depth the latest enabling technologies for regenerative medicine. The opening section examines advances in 3D bioprinting and the fabrication of electrospun and electrosprayed scaffolds. The potential applications of intelligent nanocomposites are then considered, covering, for example, graphene-based nanocomposites, intrinsically conductive polymer nanocomposites, and smart diagnostic contact lens systems. The third section is devoted to various drug delivery systems and strategies for regenerative medicine. Finally, a wide range of future enabling technologies are discussed. Examples include temperature-responsive cell culture surfaces, nanopatterned scaffolds for neural tissue engineering, and process system engineering methodologies for application in tissue development. This is one of two books to be based on contributions from leading experts that were delivered at the 2018 Asia University Symposium on Biomedical Engineering in Seoul, Korea – the companion book examines in depth novel biomaterials for regenerative medicine"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    3D printing and 3D electro-spun for regenerative medicine. 3D bioprinting of adipose-derived stem cells for organ manufacturing / Xiaohong Wang, Chang Liu
    3D bioprinting technologies for tissue engineering applications / Bon Kang Gu, Dong Jin Choi, Sang Jun Park, Young-Jin Kim, Chun-Ho Kim
    Electrospun 3D scaffolds for tissue regeneration / T. S. Sampath Kumar, V. Yogeshwar Chakrapani
    Scaffolds fabricated from natural polymers/composites by electrospinning for bone tissue regeneration / Hasham S. Sofi, Roqia Ashraf, Mushtaq A. Beigh, Faheem A. Sheikh
    Electrospun and electrosprayed scaffolds for tissue engineering / Natasha Maurmann, Laura-Elena Sperling, Patricia Pranke
    Intelligent nanocomposite biomaterials for regenerative medicine. Graphene-based nanocomposites as promising options for hard tissue regeneration / Yong Cheol Shin, Su-Jin Song, Seung Jo Jeong, Bongju Kim, Il Keun Kwon, Suck Won Hong [and others]
    Modifications of poly(methyl methacrylate) cement for application in orthopedic surgery / Yue Sa, Fang Yang, Yining Wang, Joop G. C. Wolke, John A. Jansen
    Intrinsically conductive polymer nanocomposites for cellular applications / Özge Lalegül-Ülker, Ayşe Eser Elçin, Yaşar Murat Elçin
    Materials and applications of smart diagnostic contact lens systems / Sijin Park, Dong Yun Lee
    Advances in protein-based materials: from origin to novel biomaterials / Soon Mo Choi, Prerna Chaudhry, Sun Mi Zo, Sung Soo Han
    Drug delivery systems for regenerative medicine. Crosslinking biopolymers for advanced drug delivery and tissue engineering applications / Goutam Thakur, Fiona Concy Rodrigues, Krizma Singh
    Bone tissue engineering strategies in co-delivery of bone morphogenetic protein-2 and biochemical signaling factors / Sungjun Kim, Sangmin Lee, Kyobum Kim
    Growth factor delivery systems for tissue engineering and regenerative medicine / Pau Atienza-Roca, Xiaolin Cui, Gary J. Hooper, Tim B. F. Woodfield, Khoon S. Lim
    New combination/application of polymer-based nanoparticles for biomedical engineering / Ray Chang, Peng-Yuan Wang, Ching-Li Tseng
    Reactive oxygen species responsive naturally occurring phenolic-based polymeric prodrug / S. V. Berwin Singh, Angela Guma Adam, Nirmalya Tripathy, Dongwon Lee, Gilson Khang
    Biodegradable polymeric nanocarrier-based immunotherapy in hepatitis vaccination / Seo Jin Hong, Min Hye Ahn, Yong Woo Lee, Sukdeb Pal, Jaiprakash Sangshetti, Rohidas B. Arote
    Future enabling technologies for regenerative medicine. Biomaterials developments for brain tissue engineering / Eduarda P. Oliveira, Joana Silva-Correia, Rui L. Reis, Joaquim M. Oliveira
    Polypyrrole as electrically conductive biomaterials: synthesis, biofunctionalization, potential applications and challenges / Jifu Mao, Ze Zhang
    Design of temperature-responsive cell culture surfaces for cell sheet-based regenerative therapy and 3D tissue fabrication / Jun Kobayashi, Yoshikatsu Akiyama, Masayuki Yamato, Tatsuya Shimizu, Teruo Okano
    Harnessing nanotopography of electrospun nanofibrous nerve guide conduits (NGCs) for neural tissue engineering / Jeong In Kim, Cheol Sang Kim, Chan Hee Park
    Biomechanics in annulus fibrosus degeneration and regeneration / Genglei Chu, Chen Shi, Jun Lin, Shenghao Wang, Huan Wang, Tao Liu [and others]
    Nanopatterned scaffolds for neural tissue engineering and regenerative medicine / Sunho Park, Daun Kim, Sungmin Park, Sujin Kim, Dohyeon Lee, Woochan Kim [and others]
    Process system engineering methodologies applied to tissue development and regenerative medicine / Ágata Paim, Nilo S. M. Cardozo, Patricia Pranke, Isabel C. Tessaro
    Biomimetic extracellular matrices and scaffolds prepared from cultured cells / Guoping Chen, Naoki Kawazoe
    Tissue scaffolds as a local drug delivery system for bone regeneration / Elif Sarigol-Calamak, Canan Hascicek.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ulrich Spandau, Gabor Scharioth, editors.
    Contents:
    Endoscopic lacrimal duct surgery
    Historical overview of the clinical development of "all in one" femtosecond refractive laser surgery
    SMILE ? small incision lenticule extraction: A basic guideline
    Canaloplasty
    Viscocanalochromostomy
    Iris surgery (iris prosthesis and iris suture
    Femto-Catarakt
    Laser phaco
    Congenital cataract surgery with Tassignon IOL.-Macula IOL
    Add-on IOL
    Scleral fixated IOL and Glued IOL
    Pediatric vitrectomy with 27G TDC cutter
    Robotic surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Astha Jain, S. Natarajan, SAndeep Saxena, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the entire range of vitreoretinal surgeries. The first section covers essential information about the anatomy and the appropriate diagnostic techniques which helps in preoperative evaluation. The second section is on surgical instrumentation, and includes adjuncts used in VR surgery. Advanced instrumentation such as 3D visualization system, endoscopic vitrectomy and robotic surgeries are well described in the chapters. The later sections deal with the surgical technique for different disease entities. Management of posterior segment complication of anterior segment surgeries such as cataract and keratoprosthesis are reviewed in detail. A section on gene therapy has been incorporated. This book will help the reader to gather a detailed round-up of basics of and advances made in the field of vitreoretinal surgery. It is supplemented with videos. This book is meant for practicing retinal surgeons, those in training as well as students with interest in vitreoretinal surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Tony Rousmaniere, Rodney K. Goodyear, Scott D. Miller, Bruce E. Wampold.
    Contents:
    Part 1. The cycle of excellence
    1. Introduction / Tony Rousmaniere, Rodney K. Goodyear, Scott D. Miller, and Bruce E. Wampold
    2. Professional development : from oxymoron to reality / Scott D. Miller, Mark A. Hubble, and Daryl Chow
    3. What should we practice? : a contextual model for how psychotherapy works / Bruce E. Wampold
    4. Helping therapists to each day become a little better than they were the day before : the expertise-development model of supervision and consultation / Rodney K. Goodyear and Tony Rousmaniere
    Part 2. Tracking performance
    5. Qualitative methods for routine outcome measurement / John McLeod
    6. Quantitative performance systems : feedback-informed treatment / Norah A. Chapman, Stephanie Winkeljohn Black, Joanna M. Drinane, Nicholas Bach, Patty Kuo, and Jesse J. Owen
    7. Routine outcome monitoring in child and adolescent mental health in the United Kingdom at the individual and systems levels : learning from the child outcomes research consortium / Miranda Wolpert, Kate Dalzell, Jenna Jacob, Jenny Bloxham, Matt Barnard, Emma Karwatzki, Duncan Law, Benjamin Ritchie, Isabelle Whelan, and Kate Martin
    Part 3. Applications for integrating deliberate practice into supervision
    8. Some effective strategies for the supervision of psychodynamic psychotherapy / Mark J. Hilsenroth and Marc J. Diener
    9. Nurturing therapeutic mastery in cognitive behavioral therapy and beyond : an interview with Donald Meichenbaum
    10. Nurturing expertise at mental health agencies / Simon B. Goldberg, Robbie Babins-Wagner, and Scott D. Miller
    11. The ongoing evolution of continuing education : past, present, and future / Jennifer M. Taylor and Greg J. Neimeyer
    12. Advances in medical education from mastery learning and deliberate practice / William C. McGaghie
    Part 4. Recommendations
    13. Improving psychotherapy outcomes : guidelines for making psychotherapist expertise development routine and expected / Tony Rousmaniere, Rodney K. Goodyear, Scott D. Miller, and Bruce E. Wampold.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Jonathan Walton.
    Summary: Poisonous mushrooms have fascinated scientists and laypersons alike for thousands of years. Almost all mushroom fatalities are due to the genus Amanita, whose poetic common names (death cap, destroying angel) attest to their lethality. In his classic 1986 book, Theodor Wieland covered the state of our knowledge about the chemistry and biochemistry of the toxins of Amanita mushrooms up until that time, with a particular focus on the decades of chemical research by him and the Wieland dynasty (including his father, brother, brother-in-law, and cousin). Wieland's book is now mainly of historical interest, with its exhaustive overview of the early chemical studies done without benefit of methods taken for granted by modern chemists. This book is a complete top-to-bottom revision of Wieland's 1986 book. The material covers history, chemistry, and biology with equal thoroughness. It should be of interest to natural products chemists and biologists, professional and amateur mycologists, and toxicologists. The three scientific fields that are most relevant to the book are natural products chemistry, mycology, and fungal molecular genetics. Dr. Walton is an expert in all three. To maximize the broad utility and appeal of the book, care has been taken to define all technical terms specific to a particular discipline, so that, for example, mycologists will be able to understand the relevant chemistry, and chemists will be able to understand the relevant fungal biology.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chemistry of the Amanita peptide toxins
    Distribution and taxonomic variation in the Amanita cyclic peptide toxins
    Biosynthesis of the Amanita cyclic peptide toxins Amanita cyclic peptide toxins
    Biological activity of the Amanita peptide toxins
    Ecology and evolution of the Amanita cyclic peptide toxins
    Medical and biotechnological aspects
    Future outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mar Orzáez, Mónica Sancho Medina, Enrique Pérez-Payá.
    Contents:
    Immunoprecipitation of Cdy-Cyclin complexes for determination of kinase activity / Edurne Gallastegui and Oriol Bachs
    Expression and purification of recombinant cyclins and CDKs for activity evaluation / Edurne Gallastegui and Oriol Bachs
    Expression and purification of recombinant CDKs : CDK7, CDK8, and CDK9 / Reena Pinbero and Krassi,ir Yankulov
    Preparation of CDK/Cyclin inhibitor complexes for structural determination / Asterios I. Grigoroudis and George Kontopidis
    Fragment-based De Novo design of cyclin-dependent kinase 2 inhibitors / R Sunil Kumar Tripathi, Poonam Singh, and Sanjeev Kumar Singh
    Protein-protein interaction for the De Novo design of cyclin-dependent kinase peptide inhibitors / Karthiga Arumugasamy [and three others]
    Identification of cylin A bingers with a fluorescent peptide sensor / Elena Pazos, José L. Mascareñas, and Eugenio Vazquez
    Cell synchronization techniques to study the action of CDK inhibitors / Beatriz Pérez-Benavente and Rosa Farrás
    Analysis of CDK inhibitor action on mitochondria-mediated apoptosis / Anna Gortat
    Evaluating the effects of CDK inhibitors is ischemia-reperfusion injury models / Tatiana Guevara
    Assessing cell cycle independent function of the CDK inhibitor p21[superscript]CDKNIA in DNA repair / Ilaria Dutto, Micol Tillhon, and Ennio Properi
    Drug delivery strategies of chemical CDK inhibitors / Daniel Alvira and Laura Mondragon
    Animal models for studying the in vitro functions of cell cycle CDKs / Sanjiv Risal, Deepak Adhikari, and Kui Liu
    Evaluating chemical CDK inhibitors as cell death inducers / Hiroshi Hirai and Yoko Nakatsuru.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    George Morris Piersol, editor-in chief, and Edward L. Bortz, assistant editor.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R125 .C99
    15
  • Digital
    editor, Pierre Baumann.
    Contents:
    CYP2D6 : genetics, pharmacology and clinical relevance / Pierre Baumann
    A history and overview of phenotypic variability in CYP2D6 activity / Diren Beyoğlu & Jeffrey R. Idle
    Genetic variability of CYP2D6 : basic and clinical aspects / Ulrich M. Zanger
    CYP2D6 : interethnic variability / Pilar H. Saladores & Matthias Schwab
    CYP2D6 ethnic variability in Hispanics / Adrián LLerena, Pedro Dorado, María Eugenia G Naranjo & Eva Peñas-Lledó
    Structural properties of CYP2D6 : requirements for substrates and inhibitors / Eva Anzenbacherová, Karel Berka, Michal Otyepka & Pavel Anzenbacher
    CYP2D6 substrates and drug metabolism / Yury Kapelyukh & Roland Wolf
    Occurrence, distribution and potential actions of CYP2D6 in the brain / Vijayalakshmi Ravindranath
    Importance of CYP2D6 genotype/activity testing and applications / José A.G. Agúndez & Elena García-Martin
    CYP2D6 : clinical implications in neuropsychiatry / Pierre Baumann
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Print
    edited by Stephanie Duggins Davis, Margaret Rosenfeld, James Chmiel.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the multisystem disease, cystic fibrosis, for both pediatric and adult patients. Written by experts in the field, the text outlines the progressive nature of CF as well as the impact of this autosomal recessive disease on the respiratory, gastrointestinal, endocrine, rheumatologic, and renal systems, as well as the patients mental health. The book begins with a chapter describing the history of cystic fibrosis and how the face of this life-shortening disease has changed over the past several decades. The following chapters elucidate the pathophysiology of how cystic fibrosis impacts each organ system. Current management and therapeutics are detailed with step-by-step guidelines for clinicians. This book is unique in that it highlights the entire person, not just the respiratory system, with detailed inclusion of the patient perspectives throughout, informing practice standards and considerations. This is an ideal guide for pediatric and adult physicians who care for patients with cystic fibrosis, as well as respiratory therapists, physical therapists, nurses, nutritionists, and pharmacists who care for these patients.

    Contents:
    The Changing Face of CF
    Diagnosing cystic fibrosis
    SECTION I: Pulmonary Manifestations
    Early lung disease
    Pulmonary complications as an adult
    Treating respiratory complications
    Transplant
    SECTION II: Gastrointestinal Manifestations
    Liver disease
    Pancreatic insufficiency and nutritional complications
    SECTION III: Endocrine Manifestations
    Diabetes
    Bone Disease. SECTION IV: Further Comorbidities
    Rheumatologic Manifestations
    Reproductive Issues
    The Impact of CF on the Kidney
    Mental Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Douglas Lewis, editor.
    Summary: Cystic fibrosis is a disease that affects the entire body. It tends to be thought of as primarily a pulmonary disease since pulmonary decline is the main factor in early mortality. Because of the multi-system nature of the disease, a better understanding of cystic fibrosis expands the family physician's understanding of subjects ranging from genetics to pulmonary function to nutrition to colon transport to hydration to electrolyte management. The primary care philosophy is unique in that it always considers how a narrow problem can affect an individual globally. Cystic Fibrosis care can often feel fractured to patients as they are sent to multiple specialists to deal with problems outside of the comfort level of a prior or current specialist. With a broad medical philosophy, care is more inclusive as clinicians can manage topics such as diabetes and preventive care without multiple referrals and additional appointments. Family physicians are well-positioned and well-qualified to competently meet many of the care needs of those with cystic fibrosis. This book is edited by a family medicine physician who has specialist level experience with the disease. It opens with a background on cystic fibrosis foundations and centers to familiarize the reader. The next chapter gives a basic overview of the disease. Each of the subsequent chapters provide a comprehensive look at how cystic fibrosis affects other areas of the body that the primary care physician should be familiar with. Major components of cystic fibrosis such as physiology, spirometry, inflammation, airway clearance, chronic infection, cystic fibrosis related diabetes and pancreatic insufficiency, among others, are thoroughly explained. Written by experts in the field, Cystic Fibrosis in Primary Care appeals to all family physicians as well as specialists, residents, medical students physician assistants and nurse practitioners alike.

    Contents:
    Evolution of Cystic Fibrosis Care
    CF Basics
    CFTR Physiology
    Spirometry in CF
    Exercise for CF
    The Inflammation of CF
    CF Airway Clearance
    Acute and Chronic Infection Management in CF
    Sexual and Reproductive Health in CF
    Gastrointestinal Disease and Nutrition in CF
    CF Related Diabetes
    Electrolyte Abnormalities in CF
    CFTR Carrier Status
    CFTR Correction Therapies
    Psychology and Psychotherapy in CF.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Oscar H. Del Brutto, Héctor H. García.
    Summary: Neurocysticercosis (neural infection by larvae of Taenia solium) occurs when humans become intermediate hosts of the tapeworm Taenia solium after ingesting its eggs, usually directly from a Taenia carrier. Nowadays, the disease is the most common helminthic infection of the nervous system in humans, and a major cause of acquired epilepsy. It has long been endemic in developing countries of Latin America, sub-Saharan Africa, the Indian subcontinent, and Southeast Asia. Recently, however, mass migration from endemic to non-endemic areas and growth in overseas travel have resulted in an increase in the prevalence of cysticercosis in countries where it was formerly considered exotic. The introduction of modern neuroimaging and serologic techniques has improved the diagnosis of neurocysticercosis, and the development of potent cysticidal drugs has changed the prognosis of most affected patients. Nevertheless, much remains to be learned about this parasitic disease. This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date review of the various aspects of cysticercosis of the nervous system that will be of interest to all who are involved in the care of patients with the disease. Epidemiology, neuropathology, immunopathogenesis, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, and management are all thoroughly discussed based on current evidence and practice.

    Contents:
    1 Foreword
    2 History of taeniasis and cysticercosis
    3 Epidemiology of human cysticercosis:
    Cysticercosis in endemic regions
    Cysticercosis in travelers and non-endemic regions
    4 Life cycle and biological characteristics of Taenia solium
    5 Neuropathology of cysticercosis and evolutive stages of cysticerci
    6 Immunopathogenesis of cysticercosis
    7 Clinical manifestations of Parenchymal neurocysticercosis:
    Epilepsy
    Focal neurological deficits
    Cognitive decline and psychiatric alterations
    Increased intracranial pressure
    8 Clinical manifestations of Extraparenchymal neurocysticercosis:
    Intraventricular NCC
    Cysticercosis of the Sylvian fissure and basal CSF cisterns
    Subarachnoid NCC of the convexity
    9 Diagnosis of cysticercosis (and Taeniasis):
    Neuroimaging
    Immunological diagnosis
    Other exams
    Diagnosis of taeniasis
    Diagnostic criteria for neurocysticercosis
    10 Management of neurocysticercosis:
    Cysticidal drugs (albendazole and praziquantel) Surgery
    11 Control and perspectives for elimination. .
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Jong Hoon Park, Curie Ahn, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1. ADPKD overview. Recent trends in ADPKD research / Yu Bin Shin and jong Hoon Park
    Genetic mechanisms of ADPKD / Do Yeon Kim and Johng Hoon Park
    part 2. Cystogenesis mechanisms.Cell proliferatio and apoptosis in ADPKD / Eun Ji Lee
    Inflammation and fibrosis in ADPKD / Hyowon Mun and Jong Hoon Park
    Functional study of the primary cilia in ADPKD / Je Yeong Ko
    Epigenetic regulation in cystogenesis / Yu Mi Woo
    part 3. Therapeutic approaches and diagnostic markers for ADPKD. Validation of effective therapeutic targets for ADPKD using animal models / Yu Mi Woo, Je Yeong Ko, and Eun Ji Lee
    Diagnostic evaluation as a biomarker in patients with ADPKD / Hayne Cho Park and Curie Ahn
    Clinical trials and a view toward the future of ADPKD / Hyunsuk Kim and Young-Hwan Hwang
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Shlomit Schaal, Henry J. Kaplan, editors.
    Summary: Written for comprehensive ophthalmologists and vitreoretinal surgeons, this book discusses state-of-the-art medical and surgical management of cystoid macular edema (CME) and explains the current understanding of the pathophysiology of the condition and methods of diagnosis. The management approach is clearly detailed for each potential presentation, including CME occurring in association with uveitis, diabetes mellitus, vitreoretinal interface changes, retinal vascular occlusions, and lens-induced pathology. The guidance takes full account of the continued expansion in medical treatment options due to the development of new drugs and the increased availability of minimally invasive surgical procedures. Additionally, since therapeutic approaches to CME depend on a clear understanding of pathophysiologic mechanisms and the structural changes in the vitreous and neurosensory retina revealed by imaging studies, these aspects are carefully considered as well.

    Contents:
    Part. I. Pathophysiology and diagnosis of CME: 1. Introduction.
    2. Mechanisms of macular edema
    3. Diagnosis of cystoid macular edema: imaging
    Part II. Medical management of CME: 4. Medical management of CME associated with uveitis
    5. Medical management of CME associated with diabetes
    6. Management of macular edema in vitreo-maculopathies
    7. Medical management of CME associated with retinal vascular occlusions
    8. Cystoid macular edema in retained lens fragments after cataract surgery
    Part. III. Surgical management of CME: 9. Surgical management of macular edema associated with uveitis
    10. Surgical management of diabetic maccular edema
    11. Surgical management of CME associated with vitreoeretinal interface
    12. Surgical management of cystoid macular edema associated with retinal vascular occlusions
    13. Surgical management of vitreous retained lens fragments during or following phacoemulsification surgery
    14. Conclusion and outlook for the future.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Susanne Radtke-Schuller.
    Summary: Description This stereotaxic atlas of the ferret brain provides detailed architectonic subdivisions of the cortical and subcortical areas in the ferret brain using high-quality histological material stained for cells and myelin together with in vivo magnetic resonance (MR) images of the same animal. The skull-related position of the ferret brain was established according to in vivo MRI and additional CT measurements of the skull. Functional denotations from published physiology and connectivity studies are mapped onto the atlas sections and onto the brain surface, together with the architectonic subdivisions. High-resolution MR images are provided at levels of the corresponding histology atlas plates with labels of the respective brain structures. The book is the first atlas of the ferret brain and the most detailed brain atlas of a carnivore available to date. It provides a common reference base to collect and compare data from any kind of research in the ferret brain.^Key Features Provides the first ferret brain atlas with detailed delineations of cortical and subcortical areas in frontal plane. Provides the most detailed brain atlas of a carnivore to date. Presents a stereotaxic atlas coordinate system derived from high-quality histological material and in vivo magnetic resonance (MR) images of the same animal. Covers the ferret brain from forebrain to spinal cord at intervals of 0.6 mm on 58 anterior-posterior levels with 5 plates each. Presents cell (Nissl) stained frontal sections (plate 1) and myelin stained sections (plate 2) in a stereotaxic frame. Provides detailed delineations of brain structures and their denomination on a Nissl stained background on a separate plate (3). Compiles abbreviations on plate 4, a plate that also displays the low resolution MRI of the atlas brain with the outlines of the Nissl sections in overlay.^Displays high-resolution MR images at intervals of 0.15 mm from another animal with labeled brain structures as plate 5 corresponding to the anterior-posterior level of each atlas plate. Provides detailed references used for delineation of brain areas. Target audience of the book: The book addresses researchers and students in neurosciences who are interested in brain anatomy in general (e.g., for translational purposes/comparative aspects), particularly those who study the ferret as important animal model of growing interest in neurosciences.

    Contents:
    Intro; Ethical Approval; Conflict of Interest; Acknowledgments; Contents; Introduction; Methods; Animals; MR Imaging; CT Imaging; Histology; Atlas Coordinate System; Standardized Embedding; Stereotaxic Reference System; Selection of the Atlas Series; Preparation of Images and Plates; High-Quality MRI Series; Anatomical Structures, Nomenclature, and Abbreviations; Further References Taken into Account; Atlases of Carnivore Brains; Telencephalon; Cerebral Cortex; Frontal Cortex; Parietal Cortex; Temporal Cortex; Occipital Cortex; Other; Diencephalon; Thalamus; Hypothalamus; Brainstem CerebellumIndex of Brain Structures; Index of Structures; Index of Abbreviations; Surface Views of the Ferret Brain; Gyri and Sulci of the Ferret Forebrain in Top and Side Views (Fig. 1); Delineations of Functional and Structural Areas of the Ferret Cortex in Top and Side Views (Fig. 2); Atlas Plates with Sub-panels; References
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Paul R. Ortiz de Montellano, editor.
    Summary: This authoritative Fourth Edition summarizes the advances of the past decade concerning the structure, mechanism, and biochemistry of cytochrome P450 enzymes, with sufficient coverage of earlier work to make each chapter a comprehensive review of the field. Thirteen chapters are divided into two detailed volumes, the first covering the fundamentals of cytochrome P450 biochemistry, as well as the microbial, plant, and insect systems, and the second exclusively focusing on mammalian systems. Volume 1 begins with an exploration of the biophysics and mechanistic enzymology of cytochrome P450 enzymes, with a discussion of the structures of P450 enzymes and their electron donor partners, the mechanisms of oxygen activation and substrate oxidation, and the approaches and nature of cytochrome P450 inhibition. Two more chapters discuss the nature and roles of cytochrome P450 enzymes in microbes, plants and insects, and an eighth chapter is a survey of the potential utility of P450 enzymes in biotechnology. The first chapter of Volume 2 examines the roles of P450 enzymes in mammals, mainly humans. Four further chapters then deal with the genetic and hormonal regulation of P450 enzymes and their specific roles in the processing of sterols and lipids. Cytochrome P450: Structure, Mechanism, and Biochemistry is a key resource for scientists, professors, and students interested in fields as diverse as biochemistry, chemistry, biophysics, molecular biology, pharmacology and toxicology.

    Contents:
    Volume 1
    1 Structures of Cytochrome P450 Enzymes
    2 Electron Transfer Partners of Cytochrome P450
    3 Activation of Molecular Oxygen in Cytochromes P450
    4 Substrate Oxidation by Cytochrome P450 Enzymes
    5 Inhibition of Cytochrome P450 Enzymes
    6 Microbial Cytochromes P450
    7 P450s in Plants, Insects and their Fungal Pathogens
    8 P450 Biotechnology
    Volume 2
    9 Human Cytochrome P450 Enzymes
    10 Nuclear Receptor-Mediated Regulation of Cytochrome P450 Genes
    11 Hormonal Regulation of Liver Cytochrome P450 Enzymes
    12 P450 Enzymes in Steroid Processing
    13 P450 Enzymes in Lipid Oxidation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Susan Mahler Zneimer.
    Contents:
    Guidelines for good clinical laboratory practice
    Quality management
    Design control of tests and FDA guidelines for laboratory developed tests (LDTs)
    Pre-clinical validation studies
    Reagents, instruments and equipment
    Cost of testing and staffing requirements
    Process improvement : six sigma approach to laboratory improvement
    Staff training and competency for a cytogenetics laboratory
    Training program for cytogenetic and FISH technologists
    Training program for molecular genetic technologists
    General SOP information by test and pre-analytic procedures
    Analytic procedures : chromosome analysis
    Analytic procedures : FISH analysis
    Analytic procedures : microarrays
    Post-analytic procedures.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Aileen Wee, Pichet Sampatanukul, Nirag Jhala.
    Summary: Each volume in this richly illustrated series, published in association with the Papanicolaou Society of Cytopathology, provides an organ-based approach to the cytologic and histologic diagnosis of small tissue samples. Benign, pre-malignant and malignant entities are presented in a well-organized and standardized format, with high-resolution color photomicrographs, tables, and lists of key specific morphologic criteria. Example vignettes allow the reader to assimilate the diagnostic principles in a case-based format. This volume provides comprehensive coverage of both surgical pathology and cytopathology of focal liver lesions. Extensively illustrated throughout, it contains key cytologic and histologic features, practical points, radiologic and morphologic pictures, flow charts, and tabulated summaries for easy comprehensive overview and quick reference and provides a pragmatic algorithmic approach to cytohistologic diagnosis. with over 700 printed photomicrographs and a CD-ROM offering all images in a downloadable format, this is an important resource for all anatomic pathologists.

    Contents:
    The focal liver lesion : general considerations
    Morphologic approach
    Diagnostic algorithm
    Focal liver lesions with low or no suspicion of malignancy
    Focal liver lesions suspicious of hepatocellular carcinoma
    Focal liver lesions suspicious of intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma
    Focal liver lesions from metastases and other malignancies
    Focal liver lesions with cystic appearance
    Focal liver lesions in infants and children
    Ancillary studies
    Techniques and technology in practice.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Ivana Vancurova.
    Contents:
    Control of pro-inflammatory cytokine release from human monocytes with the use of an interleukin-10 monoclonal antibody / Hardik Patel and Dennis Davidson
    Cytokine-induced neutrophil chemotaxis assay / Dennis Davidson and Hardik Patel
    In vitro one-dimensional assay to study growth factor-regulated tumor cell-macrophage interaction / Ved P. Sharma, Brian T. Beaty, Dianne Cox, John S. Condeelis, and Robert J. Eddy
    Chemotactic responses by macrophages to a directional source of a cytokine delivered by a micropipette / Michael Cammer and Dianne Cox
    Assessment of phagocytic activity of cultured macrophages using fluorescence microscopy and flow cytometry / Lokesh Sharma ... [e tal.]
    Assessment of cytokine-modulated proteasome activity / Christopher J. Kirk, Saul R. Powell, and Edmund J. Miller
    Evaluation of the adverse effect of low concentration of cadmium on interleukin-4 induced class switch recombination in burkett's lymphoma Raji cell line / Vladimir Poltoratsky
    Mix-and-measure assay for determining the activation status of endogenous Cdc42 in cytokine-stimulated macrophage cell lysates / Veronika Miskolci ... [et al]
    Analysis of the cell surface expression of cytokine receptors using the surface protein biotinylation method / Mahmud Arif Pavel
    Detection of CXCR2 cytokine receptor surface expression using immunofluorescence / Clarissa Lam ... [et al.]
    Detecting Tie2, an endothelial growth factor receptor, by using immunohistochemistry in mouse lungs / Prajna P. Guha, Sascha A. David, and Chandra C. Ghosh
    Use of shRNA for stable suppression of chemokine receptor expression and function in human cancer cell lines / Nicole Salazar ... [et al.]
    Intracellular staining and detection of cytokines by fluorescence-activated flow cytometry / Giulia Freer
    Cytokine detection by flow cytometry / Jian-Ge Qiu ... [et al.]
    Analysis of IL-17 production by flow cytometry and ELISPOT assays / Ling Zhao ... [et al]
    Interleukin-1 (IL-1) immunohistochemistry assay in oral squamous cell carcinoma / Takaaki Kamatani
    Immunofluorescence and subsequent confocal microscopy of intracellular TNF in human neutrophils / Janet Rollins and Veronika Miskolci
    Evaluating cytoplasmic and nuclear levels of inflammatory cytokines in cancer cells by western blotting / Himavanth R. Gatla ... [et al.]
    Western analysis of intracellular interleukin-8 in human mononuclear leukocytes / Veronika Miskolci ... [et al.]
    Quantitative analysis of bortezomib-induced IL-8 gene expression in ovarian cancer cells / Bipradeb Singha ... [et al.]
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Maria Foti, Massimo Locati.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction to cytokines as tissue regulators in health and disease
    Chapter 2. Physiology and pathophysiology of adipose tissue-derived cytokine networks
    Chapter 3. Cytokine networkds in the ovary
    Chapter 4. Cytokines in the liver: cytokine mechanisms in liver health and disease
    Chapter 5. The role of adipokines and adipogenesis in the pathogenesis of osteoarthritis
    Chapter 6. Cytokines in atherosclerosis
    Chapter 7. Cytokines in diabetes and diabetic complications
    Chapter 8. Proinflammatry and regulatory cytokines in sarcoidosis
    Chapter 9. Cytokines and their implication in axon degeneration and regeneration following peripheral nerve injury
    Chapter 10. Cytokines as orchestrators of skeletal muscle tissue maintenance and the inflammation associated with acquired autoimmune and hereditary muscle diseases
    Chapter 11. Airway epithelial cytokines in asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Chapter 12. Eosinophil cytokines in allergy
    Chapter 13. Cytokines in hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Chapter 14. Cytokine therapy in the tumor microenvironment: old players, new tricks
    Chapter 15. Cytokines from mesenchymal stem cells induce immunosuppressive cells
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Takayuki Yoshimoto, Tomohiro Yoshimoto, editors.
    Contents:
    The Interleukin-1 Family / Charles A. Dinarello and Mihai G. Netea
    IL-6 and Inflammatory Diseases / Daisuke Kamimura, Yasunobu Arima, Toshio Hirano, Hideki Ogura, and Masaaki Murakami
    The Roles of IL-17A and IL-17F in Infection and Inflammatory Disorders / Harumichi Ishigame and Susumu Nakae
    IL-18 / Wen Li, Yoshimasa Tanaka, and Haruki Okamura
    Interleukin-21: a Pleiotropic Mediator of Immunity and Inflammation with Broad Therapeutic Potential / Rosanne Spolski and Warren J. Leonard
    Interleukin-22: A Bridge Between Epithelial Innate Host Defense and Immune Cells / Xiaoting Wang and Wenjun Ouyang
    IL-23 in Health and Disease / Jonathan P. Sherlock, Luis A. Zuniga, and Daniel J. Cua
    IL-36: An Epithelial Cytokine Important in Psoriasis / John E. Sims, Solenne Vigne, Cem Gabay, and Jennifer E. Towne
    Anti-TNF Therapy: 20 Years from Our First Therapeutic Adventure / Jagdeep Nanchahal, Peter Taylor, Richard Williams, and Marc Feldmann
    Interleukin-25: Key Initiator of Type 2 Immune Responses / Hiroshi Nakajima, Tomohiro Tamachi, and Koichi Hirose
    Interleukin-33: Multifunctional Alarmin that Promotes Both Health and Disease / Kazufumi Matsushita and Tomohiro Yoshimoto
    Thymic Stromal Lymphopoietin (TSLP) / Steven F. Ziegler, Florence Roan, Bryan D. Bell, Thomas A. Stoklasek, Masayuki Kitajima, and Hongwei Han
    Interleukin-10: Cytokines in Anti-inflammation and Tolerence / Ashleigh Howes, Philippa Stimpson, Paul Redford, Leona Gabrysova, and Anne O'Garra
    Interleukin-27: Regulation of Immune Responses and Disease Development by a Pleiotropic Cytokine with Pro- and Anti-inflammatory Properties / Izuru Mizoguchi, Kaname Higuchi, Kana Mitobe, Ren Tsunoda, Junichiro Mizuguchi, and Takayuki Yoshimoto
    Interleukin-35: A Novel Mediator of Peripheral Tolerance / Greg M. Delgoffe and Dario A.A. Vignali.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Randy Q. Cron, Edward M. Behrens, editors.
    Summary: Cytokine Storm Syndromes, including HLH and MAS, are frequently fatal disorders, particularly if not recognized early and treated during presentation. The genetics of Cytokine Storm Syndromes are being defined with many of the risk alleles giving rise to mutations in the perforin-mediated cytolytic pathway used by CD8 cytotoxic T cells and natural killer cells. These are being studied using murine models. Up to 10% of the general population may carry risk alleles for developing Cytokine Storm Syndromes, and Cytokine Storm Syndromes are being increasingly recognized around the world in pediatric and adult hospitals. A variety of infectious, rheumatic, and oncologic triggers are commonly associated with Cytokine Storm Syndromes, but understanding this disorder is critical for all researchers and physicians to ensure timely and appropriate therapy. This textbook, the first of its kind, addresses all aspects of the disorder - from genetics, pathophysiology, and ongoing research, to clinical presentations, risk factors, and treatment.

    Contents:
    History of Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis
    The history of Macrophage Activation Syndrome in autoimmune diseases
    Clinical features of Cytokine Storm Syndrome
    Laboratory features and pathology of the Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Criteria for Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Genetics of primary Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis
    Genetics of acquired Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Genetics of Macrophage Activation Syndrome in systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    CD8+ T cell biology in Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Immunology of Cytokine Storm Syndromes: natural killer cells
    Myeloid cells in the immunopathogenesis of Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Cytokines in Cytokine Storm Syndrome
    Primary immunodeficiencies and Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Infectious triggers of Cytokine Storm Syndromes: herpes virus family (non-EBV)
    Cytokine Storm Syndromes associated with Epstein-Barr Virus
    Cytokine Storm Syndrome associated with hemorrhagic fever and other viruses
    Cytokine Storm Syndrome as a manifestation of primary HIV infection
    Bacteria-associated Cytokine Storm Syndrome
    Zoonotic bacterial infections triggering Cytokine Storm Syndrome
    Parasitic and fungal triggers
    Cytokine Storm Syndrome associated with systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus and cytokine storm
    Kawasaki Disease-associated Cytokine Storm Syndrome
    The intersections of autoinflammation and cytokine storm
    Macrophage Activation Syndrome in the setting of rheumatic diseases
    Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis in the context of hematological malignancies and solid tumors
    Cytokine storm and sepsis-induced Multiple Organ Dysfunction Syndrome
    Murine models of familial Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Murine models of secondary Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Etoposide therapy of Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    IL-1 family blockade in Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    IL-6 blockade in Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Anti-interferon-gamma therapy for Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Alternative therapies for Cytokine Storm Syndromes
    Salvage therapy and allogeneic hematopoietic cell transplantation for the severe Cytokine Storm Syndrome of Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Arnaud Echard.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Edmund S. Cibas, Barbara S. Ducatman.
    Summary: Fully updated, the 4th edition of Cytology helps you apply the latest diagnostic techniques for the interpretation of a complete range of cytological specimens. This medical reference book offers access to the newest methods and adjunct tests, all in a brief, highly readable format that makes quick work of reviewing the key information available on this powerful yet minimally invasive method. It's a perfectly practical bench manual for trainees and practicing pathologists. Take advantage of comprehensive yet concise coverage of nearly every type of cytology, including gynecologic, non-gynecologic, and FNA. Understand the clinical implications of your diagnoses and better equip yourself to make effective interpretations with clinical correlations emphasized throughout. Make the most informed reporting decisions through an in-depth analysis of common diagnostic pitfalls. Quickly find the answers you need with succinct, bulleted text, clinical pearls, and summaries of key points. Gain real-life perspective on a complete range of cytologic findings with over 700 full-color illustrations.

    Contents:
    Cervical and vaginal cytology / Edmund S. Cibas
    Respiratory tract / Christopher A. French
    Urine and bladder washings / Andrew A. Renshaw
    Pleural, pericardial, and peritoneal fluids / Edmund S. Cibas
    Peritoneal washings / Edmund S. Cibas
    Cerebrospinal fluid / Edmund S. Cibas
    Gastrointestinal tract / Gamze Ayata and Helen H. Wang
    Fine-needle aspiration technique and specimen handling / Amy Ly
    Breast / Barbara S. Ducatman and Helen H. Wang
    Thyroid / Edmund S. Cibas
    Salivary gland / Jeffrey F. Krane and William C. Faquin
    Lymph nodes / Tad J. Wieczorek and Paul E. Wakely Jr.
    Liver / Barbara S. Ducatman
    Pancreas and biliary tree / Martha Bishop Pitman
    Kidney and adrenal gland / Andrew A. Renshaw and Edmund S. Cibas
    Ovary / Edmund S. Cibas
    Soft tissue / Xiaohua Qian
    Laboratory management / Edmund S. Cibas.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Edmund S. Cibas, Barbara S. Ducatman.
    Summary: "Concise yet comprehensive, Cytology: Diagnostic Principles and Clinical Correlates is a practical guide to the diagnostic interpretation of virtually any cytological specimen you may encounter. This highly useful bench manual covers all organ systems and situations in which cytology is used, including gynecologic, non-gynecologic, and FNA samples, with an in-depth differential diagnosis discussion for all major entities. As with previous editions, the revised 5th Edition focuses on practical issues in diagnosis and the use of cytology in clinical care, making it ideal for both trainee and practicing pathologists"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Cervical and vaginal cytology
    Respiratory tract
    Urine and bladder washings
    Pleural, pericardial, and peritoneal fluids
    Peritoneal washings
    Cerebrospinal fluid
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Fine-needle aspiration: technique and specimen handling
    Breast
    Thyroid
    Salivary gland
    Lymph nodes
    Liver
    Pancreas and biliary tree
    Kidney and adrenal gland
    Ovary
    Soft tissue
    Bone
    Laboratory management.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Fernando Schmitt, editor.
    Summary: This book covers the complete field of the Cytopathology - from cytological findings of Acinic cell carcinoma Disease to Warthin tumor. The alphabetically arranged entries, each of which provides a detailed description of a specific pathological disease pattern, allow readers to quickly and easily find the information they need.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Christopher J. VandenBussche, Syed Z. Ali.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Ritu Nayar, editor.
    Summary: In recent decades, cytopathology has assumed an increasing role in the primary diagnosis of mass lesions owing to its ability to provide rapid, non-invasive, and timely information. With cytopathology at the forefront of diagnosis and prognostication of neoplastic lesions, it is essential that physicians involved in the diagnosis and treatment of precancerous lesions and cancer have a clear understanding of specimen collection techniques, terminology for reporting, and outcomes in various diagnostic categories. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the role of cytology at various body sites. The diagnostic details covered are abbreviated in comparison with those in pathology texts. Instead, a more clinical approach is taken, with the focus on the advantages and limitations of techniques and the key features of entities that are important to clinicians. Pathological clinical correlation is highlighted throughout the book, ensuring that it will be highly relevant for clinicians. In particular, physicians who deal with oncology patients will find it to be a rich source of guidance on how to use and understand cytopathology in the diagnosis and exclusion of malignancy.

    Contents:
    Overview of Cytopathology Procedures and Techniques
    Ancillary Studies on Neoplastic Cytologic Specimens
    Head and Neck
    Cytology of the Lung
    Liver Cytology
    Esophagus, Stomach, and Pancreas
    Genitourinary Cytopathology (Kidney and Urinary Tract)
    Body Cavity Fluids
    Cytopathology in the Diagnosis of Lymphoma
    Female Genital Tract
    Beyond the Standard of Care: The Role of Cytopathology in Molecular Testing of Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC270.3.C97 C986 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Yener S. Erozan, Armanda Tatsas.
    Summary: This volume fulfills the need for an easy-to-use and authoritative synopsis of intra-abdominal organ cytopathology. Part of the Essentials in Cytopathology book series, the book is heavily illustrated with a full color art program, while the text follows a user-friendly outline format. The book also fits into the lab coat pocket and is ideal for portability and quick reference. Written by authorities in the field, Cytopathology of the Liver, Biliary Tract, Kidney and Adrenal Glands is a concise and valuable resource to pathologists on the subject of intra-abdominal organ cytopathology.

    Contents:
    Image-Guided Fine Needle Aspiration of Intra-Abdominal Masses and organs: Liver, Kidney, and Adrenal Gland
    On-Site Evaluation and Speciman Preparation
    Liver
    Biliary Tract
    Kidney
    Adrenal Glands.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Gabrijela Kocjan ; contributor Simon, Morley.
    Contents:
    Salivary gland
    Thyroid
    Lymph node
    Miscellaneous lesions of head and neck.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Vaidurya Pratap Sahi, František Baluška, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the plant cytoskeleton and its various cross-talks with other cellular components leading to its role in plant growth and development. It not only allows the geometric and signaling dimensions of cells, but is also very important in physiological processes. The book discusses the recent studies showing the role of actin and microtubule cytoskeleton interactions in cell-wall assembly and dynamics. The authors examine the role of both microtubules in the mechanics of plant cells, and actin filaments in the motility of chloroplasts. Based on recent advances in the study of the acto-myosin complex using high-resolution microscopy, they propose a new model for intracellular transport in plants. Exploring an almost-forgotten field of bioelectricity in the context of the cytoskeleton, the book highlights connections between the dynamic actin filaments and the bioelectricity of membranes and demonstrates that the plant cytoskeleton is involved in the distribution of plant hormones. Lastly, it addresses the role of endomembrane -cytoskeleton interactions to show the importance of the cytoskeleton in organelle morphogenesis and cellular functions. Studies in various plant models have shown how the actin filament and microtubules control and coordinate plant cell growth and development. This book summarizes the mechanisms underlying these functions.

    Contents:
    ​- Cortical Region of Diffusively Growing Cells as a Site of Actin-Microtubule Cooperation in Cell Wall Synthesis.
    Insights into the Cell Wall and Cytoskeletal Regulation by Mechanical Forces in Plants.
    Chloroplast Actin Filaments Involved in Chloroplast Photorelocation Movements.
    Diversity of Plant Actin-Myosin Systems.
    Actin Cytoskeleton and Action Potentials: Forgotten Connections.
    The Actomyosin System in Plant Cell Division: Lessons Learned from Microscopy and Pharmacology.
    Cooperation Between Auxin and Actin During the Process of Plant Polar Growth.
    Interactions Between the Plant Endomembranes and the Cytoskeleton.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Elena Ranieri.
    Contents:
    Negative and positive separation techniques for the isolation of antigen-specific CD8+ T cells from blood and tumor tissue / Margherita Gigante, Sharon Natasha Cox, and Elena Ranieri
    In vitro\ex vivo generation of cytotoxic T lymphocytes / Margherita Gigante and Elena Ranieri
    Phenotypic and functional characterization of cytotoxic T lymphocytes by flow cytometry / Iulia Popescu [and three others]
    Intracellular signaling of CTLs / Sharon Natasha Cox
    Monitoring antigen-specific T cell responses using real-time PCR / Devin B. Lowe, Jennifer L. Taylor, and Walter J. Storkus
    CTL ELISPOT assay / Elena Ranieri, Iulia Popescu, and Margherita Gigante
    Methods of purification of CTL-derived exosomes / Angela Montecalvo, Adriana T. Larregina, and Adrian E. Morelli
    Characterization of CTL by microscopy / Giuseppe Stefano Netti
    Intravital imaging of cytotoxic T lymphocytes / Gaetano Faleo, Per-Olof Berggren, and Antonello Pileggi
    The microarray-based approach for the analysis of the transcriptome / Matteo Accetturo, Paola Pontrelli, and Loreto Gesualdo
    miRNome analysis using real-time PCR / Paola Pontrelli, Matteo Accetturo, and Loreto Gesualdo
    Proteomic approaches by SELDI and MALDI-TOF/MS for CTL analysis / Massimo Papale and Maria Teresa Rocchetti
    Two-dimensional gel electrophoresis approach for CTL phosphoproteome analysis / Maria Teresa Rocchetti, Massimo Papale, and Loreto Gesualdo
    Targeting the JAK/STAT pathway in cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTL) by next generation sequencing (NGS) / Maddalena Gigante, Sterpeta Diella, and Elena Ranieri
    Experimental model for studying the involvement of regulatory cytotoxic T cells in bone resorption / Giacomina Brunetti [and three others]
    CTL and transplantation : tissue in vivo characterization / Federica Rascio, Chiara Divella, and Giuseppe Grandaliano.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
all 2116 "C" titles

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.